Fragments on the Psalms

Fragmenta in Psalmos

Didymus the Blind · c. 313–c. 398 AD · PG

Jump to contents

The Tree of Life and the Vine of Wisdom§1

1In the new covenant, the testimonies taken from the book of the Psalms are set forth as having been spoken by the Holy Spirit. Paul, having taken a chapter from the ninety-fourth Psalm in the epistle to the Hebrews, writes that it was announced by the Holy Spirit, saying, 'As the Holy Spirit says: If today you hear his voice...' (Hebrews 3:7), and the following. To this, Peter, the forerunner of the apostles, also says in the Acts of the apostles according to the pattern: 'It was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled, which the Holy Spirit foretold through the mouth of David concerning Judas, who became a guide to those who seize Jesus' (Acts 1:16), and the following, having said a few words, he brought forward: 'For it is written in the book of Psalms: Let his habitation become a desert, and let him not dwell in it; and let another take his oversight' (Psalm 69:25). It is nothing foreign if the apostles write these things, especially since the Savior is sealing these things. For a memory having occurred in the Gospel of the ninety-first Psalm at the beginning, sounding thus: 'The Lord said to my Lord: Sit at my right hand, until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet' (Psalm 109:1), the Pharisees were eager to ask if David, in the Holy Spirit, says Christ is Lord, how he is his son. If, therefore, the Psalms contain spiritual meanings, it was not by chance that they were composed in their scripture.

2 Ps 1,1 It is the way of sinners for the devil to say, in which the one having become one should not remain, following the deceptive teaching: 'Resist the devil and he will flee from you' (James 4:7). He who does not stand in this way will come to the one saying, 'I am the way' (John 14:6), and if, having become one, running according to the purpose, he will win the prize. 3 Ps 1,3 ab For how must the one testified to by the things said, as being wise, not resemble wisdom? For someone resembles one bestowing such a quality, or does not the righteous resemble the just...

Eternal and holy in holiness; if this is so, then the wise man is also wise in wisdom. Having approached and broken being away from it, the wise man becomes like it, according to what was said by the Savior: 'It is sufficient for the disciple that he become as his teacher, and the servant as his lord' (Matt 10:25).

And he who becomes like the tree of life is planted in paradise to be with it; thus it is heard of what is written in Isaiah from the face of God: 'The days of the people of my God shall be as the days of the wood of life' (Isa 66:19). This being true, since the wood of life is eternal, it joins and shares in the passion of Him; thus the likeness makes us grow together in the wood, so that we may be made branches and shoots to bring forth divine fruit. For the wood of life is said to be a true vine toward those becoming imitators through goodness: 'I am the true vine; you are the branches; my Father is the gardener; every branch abiding in me, he prunes it, so that it may bear more fruit' (John 15:1, 2, 5).

But also, the mystical and spiritual understanding of the Scriptures is a fruit of the wood planted by the watercourses (this is the wisdom of God), and the ready words are leaves covering the said fruit, intended to do the proper work in guarding the fruits and becoming food for the most pure men, those called simple like cattle, according to: 'You will save men and cattle, Lord' (Ps 35:6).

For if they desire to be in the deficiency of dust through impiety and to bear the image of the swine, similarly they are swept away from the face of the earth by the most meager dust, being scattered there by the evil wind. And you will understand the one sweeping them away and the one punishing them, the angel, and the impulse of the teaching that tosses them about, being carried around by every wind of teaching in the...

Greek · §1

Fragmenta in Psalmos Prologus 1 ̓Εν τῇ καινῇ διαθήκῃ λέξεων ἀπὸ τῆς βίβλου τῶν ψαλμῶν παραληφθεισῶν μαρτυρίαι κεῖνται ὡς ὑπὸ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἰρημέναι. Παῦλος ἐν τῇ πρὸς ̔Εβραίους ἐπιστολῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνενηκοστοῦ τετάρτου ψαλμοῦ κεφάλαιον λαβὼν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἀπηγγέλθαι αὐτὸ γράφει φήσας Καθὼς λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον· σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. πρὸς τούτῳ καὶ ὁ τῶν ἀποστόλων πρόκριτος Πέτρος ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων σύμφωνα λέγει ο που μὲν Εδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν γραφήν, η ν προεῖπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον διὰ στόματος ∆αυὶδ περὶ ̓Ιούδα τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν ̓Ιησοῦν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, οι ς ὀλίγα ἐπειπὼν ἐπήγαγεν Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν· γενηθήτω ἡ ε παυλις αὐτοῦ ε ρημος καὶ μὴ ε στω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ, καί· τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ετερος. Οὐδὲν δὲ ξένον εἰ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ταῦτα γράφουσιν, αὐτοῦ μάλιστα τοῦ σωτῆρος ταῦτα ἐπισφραγιζομένου. μνήμης γὰρ γενομένης ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ ἑκατοστοῦ ἐννάτου ψαλμοῦ ω δε ἐχούσης· Ει πεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου· κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ε ως α ν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου, ἐπύθετο τῶν Φαρισαίων, εἰ ∆αυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ τὸν Χριστὸν κύριον ει πεν, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. Εἰ τοίνυν πνευματικὰ νοήματα περιέχουσιν οἱ ψαλμοί, οὐχ ὡς ε τυχεν ἐντευκτέον τῇ γραφῇ αὐτῶν. 2 Ps 1,1 Εστιν ἁμαρτωλῶν ὁδὸν τὸν διάβολον εἰπεῖν, ἐν ῃ ὁ γενόμενος μὴ ἐμμενέτω ἑπόμενος τῇ φασκούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ̓Αντίστητε τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ' ὑμῶν. ̔Ο μὴ στὰς ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ὁδῷ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα κύριον ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδός, ἐν ῃ γενόμενος κατὰ σκοπὸν δραμῶν τεύξεται τοῦ βραβείου. 3 Ps 1,3 ab Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ε δει τῇ σοφίᾳ ὁμοιοῦσθαι τὸν ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων μαρτυρούμενον ὡς ει η σοφός; ὁμοιοῦται γάρ τις τῷ ποιότητα τοιάνδε χαριζομένῳ, η οὐχ ο μοιος δικαιοσύνῃ ὁ δίκαιος καὶ ὁ αγιος ἁγιότητι· εἰ δὴ τοῦτο, καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ ὁ σοφός. προσελθὼν σπάσας ἀπ' αὐτῆς τὸ ειναι, σοφὸς ὁμοιοῦται αὐτῇ, κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ̓Αρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ινα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ. ̔Ο δὲ ὁμοιούμενος τῷ τῆς ζωῆς ξύλῳ γίνεται μὲν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, ι να σὺν αὐτῷ φυτευθῇ· ου τως ἀκουστέον τοῦ ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ γεγραμμένου ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ Κατὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς ε σονται αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ λαοῦ μου. τούτου ἀληθοῦς ο ντος, ἐπεὶ ἀΐδιον τὸ τῆς ζωῆς ξύλον, συναιωνίζει καὶ συναπαθανατίζεται αὐτόν· αυ τη ἡ ὁμοιότης συμφυεῖς ἡμᾶς ποιεῖ ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ, ω στε κλάδους αὐτοῦ καὶ κλήματα χρηματίσαι ἐπὶ τῷ θεῖον καρπὸν ἀγαγεῖν. αμπελος γὰρ ἀληθινὴ τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς τυγχάνον φησὶ πρὸς τοὺς μιμητὰς διὰ καλοκἀγαθίας γινομένους ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ αμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή· ̔Υμεῖς τὰ κλήματα· ̔Ο πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός· Πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μένον, καθαίρει αὐτό, ι να καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ. 4 Ps 1,3 cd ̓Αλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ πεφυτευμένου παρὰ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὑδάτων (τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ σοφία) καρπὸς μέν ἐστιν ἡ μυστικὴ καὶ πνευματικὴ τῶν γραφῶν διάνοια, φύλλα δὲ σκέποντα τὸν εἰρημένον καρπὸν αἱ πρόχειροι λέξεις εἰσὶν αι πρὸς τῷ ποιεῖν τὸ ι διον ε ργον ἐν τῷ φυλάττειν τοὺς καρποὺς καὶ τροφὴ γίνονται τῶν ἀκεραιοτέρων ἀνθρώπων τῶν δι' ἁπλότητα κτηνῶν λεγομένων κατὰ τὸ ̓Ανθρώπους καὶ κτήνη σώσεις, κύριε. 5 Ps 1,4 ̓Αμέλει γοῦν δι' η ν ε σχον ἐκ τοῦ ἀσεβεῖν εὐτέλειαν χνοῦς θελήσαντες ει ναι καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ φέρειν, παραπλησίως εὐτελεστάτῳ χνῷ ἐκριπτοῦνται ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς, ἀνέμου αὐτοὺς ἀναρριπίσαντος πονηροῦ καὶ τῇδε κἀκεῖσε διαρριπτοῦντος. νοήσεις δὲ α νεμον 1 ἐκριπτοῦντα αὐτοὺς καὶ τὸν τιμωροῦντα αὐτοὺς α γγελον καὶ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς πλανησάσης αὐτοὺς διδασκαλίας Περιφερομένους παντὶ ἀνέμῳ διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ

The Gospel, Divine Instruction, and the Mountain of God§2

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

2By the guile of men in cunning. 6 Ps 1:5 The ungodly shall rise, but they shall not be judged, being self-condemned for being. For he who does not believe in me, he says, is already judged, having been shown to be condemned from his own unbelief. Ps 1:6a The deeds of the righteous are owned by God; for by this He knows them here. 7 Ps 1:6b Having been shown that the ungodly are not raised in judgment, it has been revealed how many of those sleeping in the dust of the earth are raised, some to eternal life, and others to eternal reproach and shame. For how is it that those being raised to be judged do not rise to eternal reproach and shame, the judgment itself making their sins manifest? If indeed this has become clear, why is it not said that all those sleeping in the dust of the earth are raised, some to eternal life, and others to eternal reproach and shame? For these things have been written concerning only those sinners coming unto judgment and the righteous being raised unto eternal life; of the ungodly, there is nothing of these being raised, nor will there be an examination of them after the resurrection. 8 Ps 2:8 Of all men moving by choice (for they are free agents), no one is essentially good or bad; and since the one possessing virtue is owned by God alone, and every such one becomes an inheritance of God. The whole of Israel was not good; it was said concerning him, 'He became a portion of the Lord, a branch of the inheritance of Israel Jacob.' It is shown that this nation did not only become an inheritance, but through goodness was so treated from what is said concerning God by the holy men: 'He chose for us His inheritance, the beauty of Jacob whom He loved.' If, however, one keeps the commandments and the faith toward God, one becomes an inheritance of God; the one transgressing the commandments of God and falling away from faith toward Him is cast out from such honor, just as he who turns from evil and does good becomes a lot of God even if he was not so before. This sequence remaining, he who formerly through godliness was an heir of God, Israel, becoming an apostate of God, fell away, not receiving the one who previously went before him in blessing, even as also for all other men, the Savior has come. It is necessary, therefore, that another, being fulfilled from many nations, should be brought in and approach...

It is said regarding the gospel: 'You will not add to me, and I will give you life instead of death' (cf. John 10:28), but it is not said of the Son; for it shows that he adds nothing to himself, but rather to those who are in need; just as to a physician and teacher things are given, so that they may become healthy and knowledgeable from him.

But also the saying 'The ends of the earth shall hold fast to you' is understood more simply: until the ends of the earth, his teaching shall prevail, the gospel being preached in all creation under the heaven. If it is possible for the ends of the earth to be called here, understand those who have passed through the earth in life and wisdom.

Ps 2:10: 'Now receive understanding, you risen from the dead who were crucified; and you, rulers, be instructed, knowing what you honored by surrounding with death, having risen, having loosed death' (Ps 2:9 allusion); for this will turn you to serve in fear, knowing what is being plotted against you, what God is, through which you have come. This slavery in fear will cease, having produced progress, so that divine exultation may come to you with trembling; for if any joy comes reasonably, it is exultation; but it does not happen before God with mere trembling. With this, 'Shout for joy to God with a voice of exultation, who is the Most High and awesome' (Ps 2:11 allusion) is consistent; for since the exultation is of the Most High and awesome, it is necessary to have it with trembling.

Ps 2:12a–c: The saying 'Seize instruction' is spoken in an extraordinary way, as if to be the follower of the phrase: 'Seize instruction quickly, and what you are encountering in this life, lest, while you are being sluggish, the Lord be angry and you perish from the way of righteousness' (Ps 2:12).

Ps 3:4: Since it was said that the psalm is proclaimed before the face of the Lord (Ps 3:4), it must be said that his head is also raised, the God who is, or that his divinity becomes manifest to the faithful through demonstration. The name of the head in these things signifies ruler; therefore, Christ, the ruler of men, is rightly their king of those being holy, and in this way he signifies their head.

Ps 3:5: His exceedingly high mountain is able to be a holy mountain of God, from which God hears those praying, his only-begotten Son, concerning whom it was said, 'The mountain of the Lord shall be visible at the end of days' (Ps 3:5), this word indicating the manifestation of what is to come according to...

Greek · §2

κυβείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν πανουργίᾳ. 6 Ps 1,5 ̓Αναστήσονται μὲν οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, ἀλλ' οὐ κριθήσονται τῷ αὐτοκατάκριτοι ει ναι. ̔Ο γὰρ μὴ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, φησίν, η δη κέκριται, κατάκριτος ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀπιστίας ἀναδειχθείς. Ps 1,6a Οἰκειοῦται τὰς τῶν δικαίων πράξεις· τούτῳ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὸ Γινώσκει. 7 Ps 1,6b ∆ειχθέντος ὡς οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἐν κρίσει οὐκ ἐγείρονται, πεφανέρωται πῶς Πολλοὶ τῶν καθευδόντων ἐν χώματι γῆς, οἱ μὲν εἰς ζωὴς αἰώνιον, οἱ δὲ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον ἐγείρονται. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον ἀνίστανται οἱ ἐπὶ τὸ κριθῆναι ἐγειρόμενοι, αὐτῆς τῆς κρίσεως τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτῶν φανερούσης; εἰ δὴ τοῦτο σαφὲς γέγονεν, διὰ τί μὴ ει ρηται Πάντας ἐγείρεσθαι τοὺς καθεύδοντας ἐν γῆς χώματι, τοὺς μὲν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, τοὺς δὲ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον; ταῦτα γὰρ γέγραπται περὶ μόνων τῶν εἰς κρίσιν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐρχομένων καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐγειρομένων δικαίων, τῶν ἀσεβῶν οὐκ ει ς τι τούτων ἐγειρομένων, οὐκ ἐσομένης ἐξετάσεως αὐτῶν μετὰ ἀνάστασιν. 8 Ps 2,8 Πάντων ἀνθρώπων προαιρετικῶς κινουμένων (αὐτεξούσιοι γάρ), οὐδεὶς κατ' οὐσίαν ἀγαθὸς η κακός ἐστιν· καὶ ἐπεὶ ὁ ἀρετῆς μετέχων οἰκειοῦται θεῷ μόνος, καὶ πᾶς ὁ τοιοῦτος κληρονομία θεοῦ τυγχάνει. ο τε ου ν ὁ ̓Ισραὴλ ἀγαθὸς ὑπῆρχεν, ἐλέγετο περὶ αὐτοῦ ̓Εγενήθη μέρις κυρίου ̓Ιακώβ, σχοίνισμα κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ ̓Ισραήλ. παρίσταται ὡς οὐκ ἀποκληρωτικῶς μόνον τὸ ε θνος τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ διὰ καλοκἀγαθίαν ου τως ἐχρημάτισεν ἐκ τοῦ περὶ θεοῦ λεγομένου ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν ̓Εξελέξατο ἡμῖν τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ, τὴν καλλονὴν ̓Ιακὼβ η ν ἠγάπησεν. εἰ δὲ τηρήσει ἐντολῶν καὶ πίστει τῇ εἰς θεὸν κληρονομία τις γίνεται θεοῦ, ὁ παραβαίνων τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν πίστεως μεταπίπτων ἐκβάλλεται τῆς τοιαύτης τιμῆς, ὡς αυ ὁ ἐκκλίνας ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιῶν γίνεται θεοῦ κλῆρος καίπερ οὐκ ω ν πρότερον. ταύτης μενούσης τῆς ἀκολουθίας, ὁ πάλαι διὰ θεοσέβειαν ω ν κληρονόμος θεοῦ ̓Ισραήλ, ἀποστάτης θεοῦ γενόμενος μετέπεσεν, οὐ δεξάμενος τὸν ἐπ' εὐεργεσίᾳ προηγουμένως αὐτοῦ, ει τα καὶ τῶν α λλων ἀνθρώπων, ἐληλυθότα σωτῆρα. ε δει τοίνυν ἀντεισαχθῆναι ε τερον συμπληρούμενον ἐκ πλειόνων ἐθνῶν καὶ προσερχόμενον τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ. Τὸ ου ν Αι τησαι παρ' ἐμοῦ καὶ δώσω σοι ἡμῶν ε νεκα ἀλλ' οὐ τοῦ υἱοῦ ει ρηται· δηλοῖ γὰρ ὡς οὐκ αὐτῷ προστίθεταί τι ἀλλὰ τοῖς δεομένοις αὐτοῦ· ὡς γὰρ ἰατρῷ καὶ διδασκάλῳ δίδονται, ινα ὑγιαίνοντες καὶ ἐπιστήμονες ἐξ αὐτοῦ γένωνται. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ Τὴν κατάσχεσίν σου τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς ἁπλούστερον νοηθείη ου τως· μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων τῆς γῆς ἡ σὴ κρατήσει διδασκαλία, κηρυττομένου τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. εἰ δυνατὸν πέρατα τῆς γῆς καλεῖσθαι ἐνταῦθα τοὺς βίῳ καὶ φρονήματι περάσαντας τὴν γῆν, ἐπίστησον. 9 Ps 2,10 Κα ν νῦν σύνεσιν λάβετε ἀναστάντος ἐκ νεκρῶν τοῦ σταυρωθέντος, καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ οἱ α ρχοντες παιδεύθητε γνόντες, ο τι, ο ν ἐδόξατε περιβαλεῖν θανάτῳ, ἀνέστη λύσας τὴν νεκρότητα· τοῦτο γὰρ προτρέψεται δουλεῦσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν φόβῳ τῷ ἐπιβουλευθέντι πρὸς ὑμῖν γνοῦσιν, ο τι θεός ἐστιν, καθ' ου συνεληλύθειτε. αυ τη ἡ ἐν φόβῳ δουλεία πεπαύσεται προκοπῆς γεγενημένης, ὡς θείαν ἀγαλλίασιν μετὰ τρόμου ἐγγενέσθαι ὑμῖν· εἰ γὰρ καὶ χαρά τις εὐλόγως γινομένη, τυγχάνει ἡ ἀγαλλίασις· ἀλλ' ου ν ἐπὶ θεῷ σὺν τρόμῳ γίνεται. τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ ̓Αλαλάξατε τῷ θεῷ ἐν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως, ο τι κύριος υ ψιστος φοβερός· ὑψίστου γὰρ φοβεροῦ ο ντος τοῦ ἐφ' ῳ ἡ ἀγαλλίασις, μετὰ τρόμου ε χειν αὐτὴν δεῖ. 10 Ps 2,12a–c Τὸ ̓Εν τάχει τῷ ∆ράξασθε παιδείας ἀποδοτέον καθ' ὑπερβατὸν εἰρημένον, ὡς ει ναι τὸ ἀκόλουθον τῆς φράσεως ου τως· 2 ∆ράξασθε παιδείας ἐν τάχει καὶ ε τι ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ τυγχάνοντες, μήποτε, ῥαθυμούντων ὑμῶν, ὀργισθῇ κύριος καὶ ἀπολεῖσθε ἐξ ὁδοῦ δικαίας. 11 Ps 3,4 ̓Επειδὴ δ' ἐλέχθη ὡς ἐκ προσώπου κυρίου ὁ ψαλμὸς ἀπαγγέλλεται, ῥητέον ὡς καὶ αὐτοῦ ὑψοῦται ἡ κεφαλή, ὁ θεὸς ου σα, ο τ' α ν ἡ θεότης αὐτοῦ φανερὰ δι' ἀποδείξεως τοῖς πιστοῖς γίνεται. σημαίνει τὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ο νομα ἐν τούτοις α ρχοντα· διὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν α ρχων ὁ Χριστὸς ἁγίων ο ντων βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν εἰκότως ἐστίν, καὶ ταύτῃ κεφαλὴ αὐτῶν χρηματίζει. 12 Ps 3,5 ̔Η ὑπερφυὴς γνῶσις αὐτοῦ δύναται ο ρος α γιον ει ναι θεοῦ, ἐξ ου εἰσακούει τῶν εὐχομένων θεός, ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ, περὶ ου ει ρηται Εσται ἐμφανὲς τὸ ορος κυρίου ἐπ' ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν, δηλούσης τῆς λέξεως ταύτης τὴν γενομένην αὐτοῦ φανέρωσιν κατὰ

The Contemplative Aim and the Endurance of the Righteous§3

3The epidemic at the end of the ages. Ps 3:6. To sleep signifies a reclining, after which sleep immediately follows. Since Jesus voluntarily laid down his soul, for this reason, having slept, he slumbered; for he would not have died if he had not given himself to this, and having been raised from the dead, being grasped by God, he has become the firstborn from the dead. Ps 3:8b. Vainly does one have enemies if he does not provide a pretext of hatred and enmity; such are all those persecuted for living piety in Christ Jesus, to whom it is said by the Savior, 'Blessed are you when they revile you and persecute you and lie every kind of evil against you on my account,' and the following. With this intention also David had many enemies in vain, such as Saul and Absalom and those with them; for having often shown much gentleness and goodness toward them for the holy one, they were enemies in vain. Ps 3:8c-9. Concerning such teeth, he often says to God, 'They have set their teeth against me,' and thanking that he was not harmed by them, he says, 'Blessed is the Lord, who did not give us into the prey of their teeth.' It is evident what he says concerning spiritual things. To those spoken of as 'biting,' who use the teeth badly, as the Galatians bite and devour one another, the teeth are called allegorically, being used vainly and sinfully with the powers of the soul. For when the petition is established, instead of enemies, friends and instead of sinners, diligent ones will be. The salvation of the Lord; therefore, let us not seek this from another, but from Him. And your good pleasure is upon your people; but what is the good pleasure coming upon the people, is it the will of the Father concerning the epidemic? Having shown the Savior who became man, he says, 'This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.' To this he will take the power, and in your good pleasure our horn shall be exalted. Ps 4:1. An ode is a triumphal song, being uttered with a single voice, but a psalm is a hymn being struck with the instrument called the psalter or the lyre. If the ode, for the sake of leading upward, is an ode having become composed by thought alone, the psalm is a hymn with actions being performed according to the right reason, as if one having the practical life were singing, but the spiritual...

The text ends abruptly mid-clause.

The contemplative. Since now David perceives God and His truth with a pure heart, he utters a song, and he says that things are in the psalms because he has achieved much in a practical way. This song is that which they are accustomed to call the end, the most desired of his own things, while all other things are to be chosen and desired, but not for the sake of another; for it is the perfection of all things, concerning which also Paul says, 'If one has become like God, he will see Him' (1 John 3:2).

What, then, does the author intend by saying the song is for David but not written by David? Some say, then, that the psalm or the song belongs to David, but that he himself, having been inspired by God, brought it forward, while the song or the psalm belongs to David, but the things said have a reference to him. And often what is announced belongs both to him and to him; either that which is being suggested was foretold by him through his ministry of the Spirit, or that the psalm being given to someone who sings was announced to David through them. Whichever it may be of those written in the Scriptures, it is known only to the one who is wise according to God.

But God is enlarged in affliction, not ceasing the pressure, not overthrowing the evildoers, but providing magnanimity to bear the circumstances bravely (Ps 4:2b). This is the mindset that should be heard. And many afflictions of the righteous, and from all of them He will rescue them, granting endurance (Ps 4:3). And he who also, even outside of circumstances, makes himself a magnanimous man, standing against the circumstances like Joseph and Job, but also himself standing against what lies ahead.

And many such things are borne also in the Scripture, for it is said, 'The mortal is born of a woman' (Ps 4:4a), and in John 'Among those born of women, none is greater than John' (John 1:23). For these words are spoken instead of 'man.' The saint of God is not to be wondered at if he bears afflictions magnanimously, which seem to be beyond man, but also if he, calling upon God, should immediately have a rebuke, whereas the heavy-hearted man ignores everything, that is, having a mindset with malice; if the word was spoken concerning Christ to the Jews, because the heavy-hearted are not children of God but of men, how...

Greek · §3

τὴν ἐπιδημίαν ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων. 13 Ps 3,6 Τὸ κοιμηθῆναι σημαίνει τὴν ἀνάκλισιν, μεθ' ην εὐθέως ὁ υ πνος ἐπιγίνεται. ἐπεὶ ουν ἑκουσίως ̓Ιησοῦς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ εθηκεν, κατὰ τοῦτο κοιμηθεὶς υπνωσεν· οὐ γὰρ αν ἐτεθνήκει, εἰ μὴ αὑτὸν εἰς τοῦτο ἐδεδώκει, ἐξεγερθεὶς δὲ ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀντιλαβομένου θεοῦ, πρωτότοκος ἐκ νεκρῶν γεγένηται. 14 Ps 3,8b Ματαίως ἐχθροὺς ε χει ὁ μὴ παρέχων μίσους καὶ ε χθρας πρόφασιν· τοιοῦτοι δέ εἰσιν Πάντες οἱ διωκόμενοι διὰ τὸ ζῆν εὐσεβῶς ἐν Χριστῷ ̓Ιησοῦ, πρὸς ου ς λέγεται ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος Μακάριοί ἐστε ο τ' α ν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ ει πωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν ψευδόμενοι ε νεκεν ἐμοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ταύτης τῆς προθέσεως ω ν καὶ ὁ ∆αυὶδ πολλοὺς ει χεν ματαίως ἐχθροὺς ὡς τὸν Σαοὺλ καὶ τὸν ̓Αβεσσαλὼμ καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς· τοῦ γὰρ ἁγίου πολλὴν πραότητα καὶ ἀγαθότητα εἰς αὐτοὺς πολλάκις ἐνδειξαμένου, μάτην η σαν ἐχθροί. 15 Ps 3,8c.9 Περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὀδόντων πολλάκις ει πεν τῷ θεῷ Εβρυξαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτῶν, καὶ εὐχαριστῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ὑπ' αὐτῶν μὴ βλαβῆναί φησιν Εὐλογητὸς κύριος, ο ς οὐκ ε δωκεν ἡμᾶς εἰς θήραν τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν αὐτῶν. δῆλον δὲ ο τι περὶ νοητῶν ταῦτά φησιν. τοῖς ου τω λεγομένοις ὀδοῦσιν κακῶς χρώμενοι Γαλάται κακῶς ε δακνον ἀλλήλους καὶ κατήσθιον, ματαίως καὶ ἁμαρτητικῶς χρώμενοι ταῖς δυνάμεσι τῆς ψυχῆς αι ὀδόντες ἀλληγορικῶς καλοῦνται. βεβαιωθείσης γὰρ τῆς αἰτήσεως ἀντ' ἐχθρῶν φίλοι καὶ ἀντὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν σπουδαῖοι γενήσονται. Τοῦ κυρίου ἡ σωτηρία· μὴ α λλοθεν τοίνυν η παρ' αὐτοῦ ταύτην ζητῶμεν. Καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν λαόν σου ἡ εὐδοκία σου· τίς δὲ ἡ εὐδοκία ἡ ἐπὶ τὸν λαὸν ἐρχομένη η ἡ βούλησις τοῦ πατρὸς ἡ περὶ τῆς ἐπιδημίας; δείξας γοῦν τὸν ἐνανθρωπήσαντα σωτῆρα Ου τός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ε φη, ἐν ῳ ηὐδόκησα. εἰς τοῦτο λήψῃ τὸ Καὶ ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου ὑψωθήσεται τὸ κέρας ἡμῶν. 16 Ps 4,1 ̓Ωιδή ἐστιν ἐπινίκιος η χαριστήριος αι νος μόνῃ φωνῇ προφερόμενος, ψαλμὸς δὲ υ μνος ὀργάνῳ τῷ καλουμένῳ ψαλτηρίῳ η καὶ κιθάρᾳ κρουόμενος. ει η δὲ πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν ᾠδὴ ἡ θεωρία τῆς ἀληθείας μόνῃ νοήσει μεμουσωμένη γενομένη, ψαλμὸς δὲ πράξεις κατὰ λόγον τὸν ὀρθὸν ἐπιτελούμεναι, ὡς ψάλλειν μὲν τὸν πρακτικὸν βίον ε χοντα, ᾳ δειν δὲ τὸν θεωρητικόν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὁ ∆αυὶδ θεωρεῖ καθαρᾷ καρδίᾳ τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὴν ἀληθείαν αὐτοῦ, ᾠδὴν προφέρει, η ν ει ναι ἐν ψαλμοῖς λέγει διὰ τὸ πολλὰ πρακτικῶς αὐτῷ κατωρθῶσθαι. Αυ τη ἡ ᾠδὴ Εἰς τὸ τέλος ἐστὶν ἐκεῖνο, ο καλεῖν εἰώθασιν ε σχατον ὀρεκτὸν τῷ αὐτοῦ ε νεκα τὰ α λλα πάντα ει ναι αἱρετὰ καὶ ὀρεκτά, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐκ α λλου χάριν· ο περ ἐστὶν ἡ πάντων τελείωσις, περὶ ου καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησιν Ει τα τὸ τέλος, καθ' η ν ο μοιός τις τῷ θεῷ γεγενημένος ο ψεται αὐτόν. Κατὰ τί δὲ βούλεται καὶ τὸ Τῷ ∆αυὶδ τὴν ᾠδὴν ἀλλὰ μὴ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ἀναγεγράφθαι; φασὶν τοίνυν τινὲς τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ει ναι τὸν ψαλμὸν η τὴν ᾠδήν, ο τ' α ν αὐτὸς ῃ προενεγκὼν θεοπνευσθείς, τῷ ∆αυὶδ δὲ ει ναι τὴν ᾠδὴν η τὸν ψαλμόν, ο τ' α ν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὰ λεγόμενα ἀναφορὰν ε χῃ. συνπίπτει δὲ πολλάκις καὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ αὐτῷ ει ναι τὸ ἀπαγγελλόμενον, ο τ' α ν 3 αὐτοῦ διακονησαμένου τῷ πνεύματι τὰ ὑποβαλλόμενα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ προελέχθη, ει τα δοθέντος τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τινι τῶν ᾀδόντων ἀπηγγέλθη δι' ἐκείνων Τῷ ∆αυίδ· ὁποτέρως δ' ε χει ε καστον τῶν ἐν γραφαῖς κειμένων, μόνου τοῦ κατὰ θεὸν σοφοῦ εἰδέναι † 17 Ps 4,2b Πλατύνει δὲ ἐν θλίψει ὁ θεὸς οὐ παύων τὴν περίστασιν, οὐκ ἀνατρέπων τοὺς κακοῦντας ἀλλὰ παρέχων μεγαλοψυχίαν γενναίως φέρειν τὰ περιστατικά. κατὰ ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν ἀκουστέον καὶ τὸ Πολλαὶ αἱ θλίψεις τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἐκ πασῶν αὐτῶν ῥύσεται αὐτούς, ὑπομονὴν χαριζόμενος. ε στι δ' ο τε καὶ ε ξω τῶν περιστάσεων ποιεῖ τὸν μεγαλοψύχως πρὸς τὰς περιστάσεις στάντα ὡς τὸν ̓Ιωσὴφ καὶ τὸν ̓Ιὼβ ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν περὶ ου τὰ προκείμενα. 18 Ps 4,3a Πολλὰ δὲ τοιαῦτα φέρεται καὶ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ω ν ε ν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ Βροτὸς γὰρ γεννητὸς γυναικός, καὶ τὸ ̓Εν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν ̓Ιωάννου οὐδεὶς μείζων ἐστίν. καὶ αυ ται γὰρ αἱ λέξεις ἀντὶ τοῦ α νθρωποι ει ρηνται. 19 Ps 4,4a Η οὐ θαυμαστοῦται ὁ ο σιος τοῦ θεοῦ ο τ' α ν θλίψεις φέρῃ μεγαλοψύχως δοκούσας ὑπὲρ α νθρωπον ει ναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ο τ' α ν ἐπικαλούμενος θεὸν ἐπινεύοντα εὐθέως ε χῃ, α περ πάντα ἀγνοεῖ ὁ βαρείαν καρδίαν, τουτέστι νόησιν μετὰ κακίας, ε χων; εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ει ρηται πρὸς ̓Ιουδαίους ὁ λόγος διὰ τὸ βαρυκάρδιον οὐκ ε τι θεοῦ ἀλλ' ἀνθρώπων υἱούς, πῶς

Inheritance and the Vision of Light§4

4For the Lord did not marvel at the Holy One in him and through him, having fulfilled the prophecies, with extraordinary powers occurring through him, and also having risen from the dead. But you will know, having cast off a heavy heart and having searched the writings concerning the Holy One; for the newness of the Spirit will be found searching for you.

Having received this word, the apostle brought it to it: 'Let not the sun go down on your anger, nor give place to the devil' (Ephesians 4:26). He who has received this apostolic exhortation, being angry, does not sin by persisting in staying angry and calling it monthly anger. This thought is confirmed by what follows: 'For you say' (clearly being angry) 'in your hearts, strike upon your beds, so as to have risen from sleep and to have done or said nothing of those in the heart covered in anger' (Psalm 4:4).

It is possible to call the Light of the face of God the character of the substance and the icon of the invisible God, through which light it was signaled toward us, having been formed according to Him (Psalm 4:6). It should not be ignored how some read 'Who will show us the good things thus'; the good things are not of many, but it is of one to show; and he is the only-begotten Son of God. By 'thus' they take 'Who' as signifying specifically what is unique and one in number in essence. It is conjoined with the witness 'A certain noble man', for there the 'Who' signifies what is uniquely such.

Even if you do not receive glory from the pleasures of yourselves, but I, expecting an age to come and the reward of upright citizenship, having become free from all disturbance through hope, 'I will sleep and lie down also' (Psalm 4:8), saying the departure from life; giving the reason for having slept and having slumbered in peace, he immediately brought to it 'You have settled me on hope' (Psalm 4:9). It is also said in the Psalms toward the soul from the face of God, 'I will dwell in hope'. God does this, proposing the hope of coming divine good things to those dwelling by Him in intellectual and practical virtue and in doctrines of truth and ecclesiastical laws.

Toward the end, gracious to you...

He prays for the soul being brought forward, that the church might be prepared for a divine inheritance for those who are healers of God; for inheritance belongs to those being healed by the Lord. But this inheritance is not corruptible and does not possess being in sensible wealth; for it is said that the heirs of this are to be brought into an inheritance incorruptible, undefiled, and unfading, kept in the heavens (1 Peter 1:4). Into this, the Savior calls the worthy: 'Come, you who are blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you' (Matthew 25:34). Having received this, the one speaking the present psalm says he is sending a prayer to the one who has made it favorable to God, that he might be worthy to be shown an heir of it according to the New Covenant, just as he signifies concerning his own soul by the inscription 'For the one inheriting.'

As for 'To enlighten,' it is not used in a common way; in the Scripture, it constantly signifies receiving into the ears the words being announced by the speaker because of their nearness. It is said that the righteous are near to God, that God hearkens to the prayers of the righteous and has them in his heed for their supplication (Psalm 5:2-3). And God turns out to be a King and Creator of those who have not stretched out their hands toward a foreign god, nor are they ruled by sin.

According to theory, then: to whom the sun of righteousness has risen, having come into being at the beginning of an intelligible day, bringing a gift of grace to the cause of illumination. 'In the morning,' he says, 'hearkening to my voice' (Psalm 30:4); for to whom must one confess such a great good, O Lord, regarding the one who caused light to rise for me, existing as the greatest vision? For he always enters into the visions that are to be and desires to see the beauties of the truth. This is also presented from the 'And I shall see.' For just as 'I am coming' signifies unceasing approach, so 'I shall see' manifests an ever-increasing comprehension; for how can he who has obtained the promise not always see, 'The Lord shall be your eternal light, and Light to the righteous always' (Isaiah 60:19; Malachi 4:2)? And there is another scripture possessing 'I shall present to you and you shall see me,' which does not speak of all, but of those speaking with boldness according to the great Elijah because of their departure from the polity.

Greek · §4

γὰρ οὐκ ἐθαυμάστωσεν κύριος τὸν ο σιον ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ πληρώσας προφητείας, παραδόξων δυνάμεων γενομένων δι' αὐτοῦ ε τι μὴν καὶ ἀναστάντος ἐκ νεκρῶν; γνώσεσθε δὲ ἀποβαλόντες τὸ βαρυκάρδιον καὶ ἐρευνήσαντες τὰς περὶ τοῦ ὁσίου γραφάς· ἐρευνήσασι γὰρ ὑμῖν ἡ καινότης τοῦ πνεύματος εὑρεθήσεται. 20 Ps 4,5a Ταύτην τὴν λέξιν παραλαβὼν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐπήγαγεν αὐτῇ· ̔Ο η λιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ τῷ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν, μηδὲ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. ὁ ταύτην καταδεξάμενος τὴν ἀποστολικὴν προτροπὴν ὀργισθεὶς οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει τοῦ κατ' ὀργὴν διακειμένου ἐπίμονον αὐτὴν ε χοντος ο ν καὶ μηνιαστὴν ε θος καλεῖν. βεβαιοῖ ταύτην τὴν νόησιν τὸ ἑξῆς ἐπιφερόμενον· Α λέγετε γάρ φησίν (ὀργισθέντες δηλονότι) ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ ταῖς κοίταις κατανύγητε, ω στε ἀναστάντας ἐξ υ πνου μηδὲν πρᾶξαι η εἰπεῖν τῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν ὀργῇ διεσκεμμένων. 21 Ps 4,7b ∆υνατὸν Φῶς τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑποστάσεως καὶ εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου θεοῦ εἰπεῖν, ο περ φῶς ἀπεντεῦθεν ἐσημειώθη ἐφ' ἡμᾶς μορφωθέντας κατ' αὐτόν. οὐκ ἀγνοητέον ὡς ἀναγινώσκουσί τινες τὸ Τίς δείξει ἡμῖν τὰ ἀγαθὰ ου τως· τὰ ἀγαθὰ οὐ πολλῶν ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ἑνός ἐστιν δεῖξαι· ου τος δὲ ὁ μονογενής ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ υἱός. σημαίνει τοῖς ου τως ἐκλαμβάνουσι τὸ Τίς τὸ ὀνομαζόμενον ἰδίως ποιὸν η α τομον καὶ μίαν τῷ ἀριθμῷ οὐσίαν. συγχρῶνται μαρτυρίῳ τὸ Ανθρωπός τις εὐγενής, καὶ ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸ Τίς δηλοῖ τὸν ἰδίως ποιόν. 22 Ps 4,9 Εἰ καὶ ου τοι ἀπὸ τῶν ἡδέων αὑτοῖς ε δοξαν πληθύνεσθαι, ἀλλά γε ἐγὼ προσδοκῶν αἰῶνα μέλλοντα καὶ μισθὸν ὀρθῆς πολιτείας, πάσης ταραχῆς ἐκτὸς διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα γεγονώς, ̓Επὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κοιμηθήσομαι καὶ ὑπνώσωμαι, κοίμησιν καὶ υ πνον λέγων τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ βίου ἀναχώρησιν· ἀποδιδοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ κεκοιμῆσθαι καὶ ὑπνωκέναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ εὐθὺς ἐπήγαγεν ο τι ̓Επ' ἐλπίδι κατῴκισάς με. ει ρηται δὲ καὶ ἐν ̓Ωσηὲ πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ Κατοικιῶ σε ἐπ' ἐλπίδι. ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο θεὸς ἐλπίδα μελλόντων θείων ἀγαθῶν προτείνων τοῖς κατοικιζομένοις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐν διανοητικῇ καὶ πρακτικῇ ἀρετῇ καὶ ἐν δόγμασιν ἀληθείας καὶ θεσμοῖς ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς. 23 Ps 5,1a Εἰς τὸ τέλος χαριστήριος υ μνος ᾳ δεται ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀγομένης ψυχῆς η τοι ἐκκλησίας εἰς θείαν κληρονομίαν ἡτοιμασμένην τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ θεραπευταῖς· ε στι γὰρ κληρονομία τοῖς θεραπεύουσι κύριον. ε στιν δὲ αυ τη οὐ φθαρτὴ καὶ ἐν 4 αἰσθητῷ πλούτῳ τὸ ει ναι ε χουσα· ει ρηται γὰρ εἰσάγεσθαι τοὺς ταύτης κληρονόμους Εἰς κληρονομίαν α φθαρτον καὶ ἀμίαντον καὶ ἀμάραντον τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς. εἰς ταύτην τοὺς ἀξίους καλῶν ὁ σωτὴρ ∆εῦτε ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ει πεν, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν. ταύτης ε ρωτα λαβὼν ὁ τὸν ἐγκείμενον ψαλμὸν λέγων εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπει τῷ εὐτρεπίσαντι αὐτὴν θεῷ, ι ν' ἀξιωθῇ κληρονόμος αὐτῆς κατὰ τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην ἀναδειχθῆναι, ὡς καὶ περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ ψυχῆς σημαίνειν τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν τὴν ̔Υπὲρ τῆς κληρονομούσης. 24 Ps 5,2.3 Τὸ δὲ ̓Ενώτισαι μὴ φερόμενον ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ, ἐν τῇ γραφῇ κεῖται συνεχῶς δηλοῦν τὸ εἰς τὰ ω τα δέχεσθαι τὸν ἀκούοντα τοὺς ἀπαγγελλομένους λόγους τοῦ λέγοντος αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς ει ναι· σχέσει δ' ἐγγὺς οἱ δίκαιοι θεοῦ ο θεν εὐχαῖς δικαίων ἐπακούειν ει ρηται ὁ θεὸς καὶ τὰ ω τα ε χειν εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν. Βασιλεὺς δ' α μα καὶ δημιουργὸς ὁ θεὸς τυγχάνει τῶν μὴ διαπετασάντων χεῖρας αὐτῶν πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον μηδὲ βασιλευομένων ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 25 Ps 5,4 Κατὰ θεωρίαν δέ· ῳ ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης η λιος ἀνέτειλεν ἐν ἀρχῇ νοητῆς ἡμέρας γεγονώς, χαριστήριον αι νον προφέρων τῷ αἰτίῳ τοῦ φωτισμοῦ Τὸ πρωΐ, ε φη, εἰσακούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου· τίνι γὰρ ε δει χάριν ὁμολογῆσαι ὑπὲρ τηλικούτου ἀγαθοῦ η σοί, ω δέσποτα, τῷ ἀνατείλαντί μοι φῶς αι τιόν μοι μεγίστης θεωρίας ὑπάρχον; ἀεὶ γοῦν ε ρως εἰσέρχεται πρὸς ταῖς ὑπαρξάσαις θεωρίαις καὶ ε τι θέλειν βλέπειν τὰ κάλλη τῆς ἀληθείας. παρίσταται τοῦτο καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Καὶ ἐπόψομαι. ὡς γὰρ τὸ ἐπέρχομαι ἀκατάπαυστον πρόσοδον δηλοῖ, ου τω τὸ ̓Επόψομαι συνεχῶς προστιθεμένην κατανόησιν ἐμφαίνει· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἀεὶ βλέπει ὁ ἐπαγγελίας τυχὼν τῆς Εσται σοι κύριος φῶς αἰώνιον, καὶ Φῶς δικαίοις διὰ παντός; Εστιν δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα γραφὴ ε χουσα Παραστήσομαί σοι καὶ ἐπόψει με, ο περ οὐ παντὸς λέγειν ἀλλὰ τῶν κατὰ τὸν μέγαν ̓Ηλίαν διὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς πολιτείας παρρησίαν λέγειν θαρρούντων Ζῇ

Divine Justice and Human Transgression§5

5The Lord presented him before him today (Ps 5:5–7). Since this is true, evil is not from God, unlike those who make evil their very substance. For from the mouth of the Most High, evil shall not come out, nor the good alone. For He alone wills the good to be; it is impossible for evil to exist in any way.

And those who speak falsehood are lying, so that they might know the truth which they formerly feared. For knowing this is evident: no one, having begun to know something, is said to be 'knowing' it unless he has mastered it. And of all those speaking falsehood who are being destroyed by God, that one also shall be destroyed, as it is said: 'Whoever speaks falsehood, speaks from his own nature.' If this is so, he is not evil in essence; for it is not merely by becoming and entering into a substance, but after this, having turned to the habit of speaking falsehood, having once had the truth to be. This is shown by what is written about him: 'He has not stood in the truth, there is no truth in him' (Ps 51:7). For the liar, because he does not stand in truth, is manifest having been tested by these dispositions.

One must judge the liar by his intention, but not by voice alone, lest those who once acted providentially like Rahab be under the threat; for it seemed to be lying to those searching to kill the spies, who were good men; but having been sent by Joshua son of Nun, they were praised. Since the intention of a man is very important, it is not appropriate to rank it among the being destroyed or among those speaking falsehood. Just as he who kills a man in a certain way is not a murderer, so likewise he who sheds blood is not always a man of that name; for we do not say 'murderers of blood' of men who kill according to divine law those worthy to suffer this, since it is said of Samuel and Elijah, the great men, having been testified to regarding ag...

It is not to lie in unholiness and divine prophecy to be subject to these crimes, but none of these is a murderer or a man of blood, even if he kills someone on account of impiety and greatest crimes. When these are rightly confessed, the man who becomes the cause of the abolition of the law through transgression is to be called a murderer and a man of blood. And the deceitful is reasonably joined to this; for how is he who pours out the blood of men treacherously not loathsome to the Lord?

It must be examined how anyone is led by the justice of God. Lest perhaps he who progresses according to the justice of God (for that is genuine virtue) following God, 'Afterwards you shall walk, Lord, my God' (Ps 5:11), is led by the one who provides virtue, namely, God himself. And since the 'offending' is human, it must be observed how it is necessary to take what is said about God. God, being unchangeable and immutable, is impassible, though it seems he is surrounded by passions or we experience passions; for our passions, being considered as approaching Him, because of the forgetfulness we have concerning Him, are assumed to be His. Regarding us, indeed, 'Forget the law of your God, and I will forget you, my children' (Ps 5:12).

What is written by Paul is similar to this word: 'If anyone does not know, he is not known' (1 Cor 13:12); it is clear what is meant by the one speaking to the wicked, 'Depart from me, you workers of iniquity, I never knew you' (Matt 7:23). Thus, he who offends, suffering what is worthy of his character through the most bitter wickedness, which he has done, thinks that God is offended against him. If, indeed, the soul, falling unjustly by the vote of God because of sins, says, 'I, offending, was offended' (Ps 5:5), and thus follows the sequence of the judgment, 'The Lord is just' (Ps 5:6), what did his mouth offend? All who hope in you will rejoice, those whose plots against them are destroyed. And there is joy for those who hope in you (Ps 5:11).

Greek · §5

κύριος ῳ παρέστην ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ σήμερον. 26 Ps 5,5–7 Τούτου ἀληθοῦς ο ντος, οὐκ ε στιν ἐκ θεοῦ τὸ κακὸν ὡς οι ονται οἱ ἐνυπόστατον τὴν κακίαν τιθέμενοι. ̓Εκ στόματος γὰρ ὑψίστου οὐκ ἐξελεύσεται τὸ κακὸν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν. μόνον γὰρ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ει ναι βούλεται· ου ο ντος ἀδύνατον ε ν τινι συστῆναι τὸ κακόν. ̓Απόλλυσιν δὲ Τοὺς λαλοῦντας τὸ ψεῦδος ῃ ψεῦσταί εἰσιν, ι ν' ἐπιγνῶσιν τὴν ἀλήθειαν η ν καὶ πάλαι ῃ δεισαν. τὸ γὰρ ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο δηλοῖ· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀρχὴν ε χων τοῦ γινώσκειν τι ἐπιγινώσκειν αὐτὸ λέγεται. πάντων δὲ τῶν λαλούντων τὸ ψεῦδος ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἀπολλυμένων, ἀπολεῖται κἀκεῖνος περὶ ου ει ρηται Οτ' α ν λαλῇ τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, οὐκ ε στιν κατ' οὐσίαν κακός· οὐ γὰρ α μα τῷ γενέσθαι καὶ εἰς ὑπόστασιν ἐλθεῖν ἀλλὰ μετὰ ταῦτα τραπεὶς ἀρχὴν τοῦ λαλεῖν τὸ ψεῦδος ε σχεν, ἐσχηκώς ποτε τὸ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ει ναι. δηλοῦται δὲ τοῦτο ἐκ τῶν ου τω περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένων· ̓Εν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ε στηκεν, ο τι ἀλήθεια οὐκ ε στιν ἐν αὐτῷ· ὁ γὰρ ψεκτὸς ω ν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἑστάναι φανερός ἐστιν πειραθεὶς τούτων τῶν διαθέσεων. κριτέον δὲ ἐκ προθέσεως ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐκ μόνης φωνῆς τὸν ψευδόμενον, ι να μὴ ω σιν ὑπὸ τὴν ἀπειλὴν οἱ οἰκονομικῶς ποτε τοῦτο πεποιηκότες ὡς ̔Ραάβ· ε δοξεν γὰρ ψεύδεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς ἀναζητοῦντας ἐπὶ τῷ ἀποκτεῖναι τοὺς κατασκόπους ἀγαθοὺς α νδρας ο ντας· ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ γὰρ τοῦ Ναβῆ ἀποσταλέντες ἐπαινετοὶ η σαν. τῆς προθέσεως τῆς ἀνθρώπου πολὺ τὸ σπουδαῖον ἐσούσης, οὐκ ἀκόλουθον ου ν ἐστιν τάξαι αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις η ἐν τοῖς τὸ ψεῦδος λαλοῦσιν. ω σπερ δὲ οὐχ ὁ ο πως ποτὲ κτείνων α νθρωπον φονεύς ἐστιν, ου τως οὐ καθάπαξ ὁ ἐκχέων αι ματα αἱμάτων ἀνήρ ἐστιν· οὐ γὰρ λέγομεν φονέας η αἱμάτων α νδρας τοὺς κατὰ νόμον θεῖον ἀποκτέννοντας τοὺς ἀξίους τὸ παθεῖν τοῦτο, ἐπεὶ ω ρα λέγειν Σαμουὴλ καὶ ̓Ηλίαν τοὺς μεγάλους α νδρας μαρτυρηθέντας ἐπὶ ἀγαθότητι καὶ προφητείᾳ θείᾳ ὑποκεῖσθαι τοῖς ἐγκλήμασιν τούτοις, ἀλλ' οὐδεὶς τούτων φονεὺς η αἱμάτων ἀνήρ, εἰ 5 καὶ ε κτεινάν τινας ἐπὶ ἀσεβείᾳ καὶ ἐγκλήμασιν μεγίστοις. Τούτων ὀρθῶς ὁμολογουμένων, τὸν κατὰ παράβασιν νόμου αι τιον ἀναιρέσεως ἀνθρώπου γενόμενον φόνων καὶ αἱμάτων α νδρα λεκτέον. καὶ τὸ δόλιον δὲ εὐλόγως συνέζευκται τούτῳ· πῶς γὰρ ὁ σὺν δόλῳ φονικῶς αι ματα ἀνθρώπων ἐκχέων οὐ βδελυκτὸς κυρίῳ; 27 Ps 5,9a Πῶς δὲ ὁδηγεῖταί τις τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐξεταστέον. μήπωτ' ου ν ὁ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην (αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ γνησία ἀρετή) προκόπτων ἑπόμενος θεῷ κατὰ τὸ ̓Οπίσω κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ σου, πορεύσῃ, ὁδηγεῖται ὑπὸ τοῦ χορηγοῦντος τὴν ἀρετήν, αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ δηλονότι. 28 Ps 5,11 Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀνθρώπινον τὸ Παρεπίκραναν, σκοπητέον πῶς ἐκλαβεῖν αὐτὸ δεῖ περὶ θεοῦ εἰρημένον. ὁ θεὸς ἀναλλοίωτος καὶ α τρεπτος ὑπάρχων ἀπαθής ἐστιν, πάθεσιν δοκῶν περιβάλλεσθαι ο τ' α ν ἡμεῖς πάθη ε χωμεν· τὰ γὰρ ἡμέτερα ὡς ἐκείνῳ ἐγγιζόμενα νομίζεται, οι ον ἡ λήθη, η ν ε χομεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὑπολαμβάνεται αὐτοῦ ει ναι. περὶ ἡμῶν γοῦν ει πεν ̓Επελάθου νόμου θεοῦ σου, κἀγὼ ἐπιλήσομαι τέκνων σου. ο μοιον τῷ ῥητῷ τούτῳ τὸ γραφόμενον ὑπὸ Παύλου Ει τις ἀγνοεῖ, ἀγνοεῖται· δῆλον ο τι ὑπὸ τοῦ εἰπόντος πρὸς τοὺς φαύλους ̓Αποχωρεῖτε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ἐργάται ἀνομίας, οὐδέποτε ὑμᾶς ε γνων. ὡς ου ν ταῦτα ὁ παραπικραίνων ἑαυτοῦ τὸ η θος διὰ τῆς πικροτάτης κακίας ἀντάξια πάσχων, ω ν ε δρασεν, οι εται τὸν θεὸν κατ' αὐτοῦ πικράζεσθαι. ει πεν γοῦν τοῦτ' αὐτὸ ψυχὴ δίκῃ ὑποπεσοῦσα ψήφῳ θεοῦ δι' ἁμαρτήματα ̓Εγὼ παραπικραίνουσα παρεπικράνθην· ο θεν καὶ συνορῶσα τὴν τοῦ κρίματος ἀκολουθίαν ει πεν ∆ίκαιός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος, ο τι τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ παρεπίκρανα. 29 Ps 5,12ab Οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπὶ σὲ πάντες εὐφρανθήσονται, τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων αὐτοῖς καταλυθέντων. ε στιν δὲ τῶν ἐλπιζόντων ἐπὶ σὲ εὐφροσύνη

Circumcision and Divine Discipline§6

6It is not short-lived nor temporary; rather, they will rejoice forever, because God dwells in them. For how could they not always rejoice when God is present, tabernacling as if in his own temple? For how could those who have God in themselves, dwelling and walking about, be near to joy, when the distance from God, caused by sin capturing them, is near to wails and lamentations?

The preceding words shall be said concerning the arrival of the Savior, the joy of all those waiting for his human appearance (Ps 5:12ab); for the prophets and those who understand the prophecies hoped for this. For the Word of God arrived having become flesh to dwell in those believing in him; for he says, 'The Word became flesh and dwelt among us' (John 1:14). Thus, having dwelt, those who received him in themselves will rejoice forever; for they see the glory of the Word having tabernacled among them through the flesh, as the only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth; those of this time, rejoicing forever, having seen by work the glory of the one as the only-begotten from the Father, say: 'Even if we have known Christ according to the flesh, but now we no longer know him, having the vision of his glory as the only-begotten from the Father' (2 Cor 5:16).

The cross is both a weapon and a crown; a weapon for those warring, a crown for those conquering. And again: a weapon for the soldiers, a crown for those reigning.

But he is contained in hymns having a more divine thought, and he himself is such; and he also sees toward the end the most perfect things regarding the eighth. It must be considered what the spiritual circumcision is, which one having God is circumcised, not necessarily one being circumcised according to the flesh. For the prophet says to those striving only according to the flesh: 'Be circumcised to your God, and do not circumcise the flesh of your uncircumcision' (Rom 2:29); and the same prophet says: 'All Gentiles are uncircumcised in the flesh, but the house of Israel are uncircumcised in their hearts' (Rom 2:25). Therefore, he who is sensibly circumcised removes something of that which serves the generation of the member, just as he who casting out every thought friendly to the generation of the intellect circumcises the heart. This circumcision they have, the truly believing...

Those devoted to the things of the Lord, so as to please Him. For circumcision is established on the eighth day; for the circumcised must overcome the world that was created in six days, and this is to become on the seventh day a true, holy, and sweet Sabbath. And since the ceasing from worldly things is not sufficient for perfect blessedness, it is necessary to receive, after the Sabbath, a super-cosmic state as the eighth. He who has been tempted by this desire will not love the world nor the things in it. Toward this spiritual understanding he leads us, and the mixture with the command of the sensible circumcision does not save the Logos if it remains merely in bare histories: 'Every male shall be circumcised on the eighth day' (Exodus 12:48), he says. Regarding the transgression of what was commanded, a threat of destruction is set against the child not circumcised on the eighth day, but not against the parents or the one raising the child otherwise; for the threat seemed to be reasonable, if it were brought upon one of these, not saving the follower of the eight-day child from doing it, and especially the intention to keep the commandment of God.

He is reproved in anger, and his sins are not made manifest (Ps 6:2); being led by Him according to a bitter and painful guidance, just as one who has fallen under the wraths of God, receiving the sensation of the cause of the evil having happened, is being disciplined in anger for suffering these things. By this thought is said, regarding the wrath led toward the senses: 'I will endure the wrath of the Lord until I do wrong to Him,' so as not to justify my judgment and to turn away my judgment and to drive me into the light. For if one, having been led into such a state, knows that the wrath has been brought upon him from God by a way of healing, he will not at all be unwilling to be subject to it, so that the judgment might be justified on account of Him who judges not thus. For not he who, having endured the wrath according to the purpose of the one who led him, will be driven into the light by God, having turned away the judgment from Him. If, therefore, of those being reproved and being disciplined, some are so through anger and wrath, and others through logical teaching, these things are to be completed, and through toil they come to reproof and discipline. For the recognition of these things is not altogether voluntary, much the...

Greek · §6

οὐκ ὀλιγοχρόνιος οὐδὲ πρόσκαιρος· ο θεν Εἰς αἰῶνα ἀγαλλιάσονται, σοῦ κατασκηνοῦντος ἐν αὐτοῖς. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἀεὶ ἀγαλλίασιν ε ξει ῳ θεὸς πάρεστιν κατασκηνῶν ὡς ἐν ἰδίῳ ναῷ; ὡς γὰρ τὸ μακρύνεσθαι θεοῦ, αἰχμαλωτιζούσης τῆς ἁμαρτίας, θρήνων καὶ ὀλοφυρμῶν ἐπάξιον, ου τως οἰκεῖον ἀγαλλιᾶν τοῖς θεὸν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ε χουσιν ἐνοικοῦντα καὶ ἐμπεριπατοῦντα. 30 Ps 5,12ab 30 ̔Ρηθείη τὰ προκείμενα καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίας, εὐφρανθέντων πάντων τῶν καραδοκούντων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν· ἠλπίζετο γὰρ αυ τη τοῖς προφήταις καὶ τοῖς νοοῦσι τὰς προφητείας. ἐπεδήμησεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς λόγος σὰρξ γεγονὼς προσλήψει σαρκός, ι να σκηνώσῃ ἐν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν αὐτῷ· ̔Ο λόγος γάρ φησιν σὰρξ ἐγένετο καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν. ου τω σκηνώσαντος αὐτοῦ Εἰς αἰῶνα ἀγαλλιάσονται οἱ ὑποδεξάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς· ο ψονται γὰρ τοῦ σκηνώσαντος ἐν αὐτοῖς διὰ σαρκὸς λόγου τὴν ∆όξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας, οἱ τοῦ χρόνου τούτου εἰς αἰῶνα ἀγαλλιώμενοι ε ργῳ θεασάμενοι τὴν ὡς μονογενοῦς πατρὸς δόξαν, οι φασιν· Εἰ καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν, ε χοντες θεωρίαν τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ καθ' η ν μονογενὴς παρὰ πατρός ἐστιν. Ps 5,13b Οπλον καὶ στέφανος ὁ σταυρός· ο πλον διὰ τοὺς πολεμοῦντας, στέφανος διὰ τοὺς νικῶντας. καὶ πάλιν· ο πλον διὰ τοὺς στρατιῶτας, στέφανος διὰ τοὺς βασιλεύοντας. 31 Ps 6,1 Θειοτέραν δὲ νόησιν ε χων ἐν υ μνοις ἐμπεριέχεται καὶ αὐτὸς τοιοῦτος· ᾳ δεται δὲ καὶ ου τος Εἰς τὸ τέλος τῷ τελεώτατα ει ναι τὰ περὶ τῆς ὀγδοῆς θεωρήματα. θεωρητέον δὲ τίς ἡ πνευματικὴ περιτομὴ η ν ὁ ε χων θεῷ περιτέμνεται, τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα περιτεμνομένου οὐ πάντως τοῦτο ε χοντος. φησὶ γοῦν ὁ προφήτης πρὸς τοὺς σπουδάζοντας περὶ τὴν κατὰ σάρκα μόνον Περιτμήθητε τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν καὶ μὴ περιτέμνεσθε τὴν σάρκα τῆς ἀκροβυστίας ὑμῶν· καὶ ε τι ὁ αὐτὸς προφήτης· Πάντα τὰ ε θνη ἀπερίτμητα σαρκί, ὁ δὲ οικος ̓Ισραὴλ ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίας αὐτῶν. 6 ω σπερ τοίνυν ὁ αἰσθητῶς περιτεμνόμενος περιαιρεῖ τι τοῦ ὑπηρετοῦντος γενέσει μέλους, ου τως ὁ πάντα λογισμὸν φίλον γενέσει τῆς νοήσεως ἐκβαλὼν τὴν καρδίαν περιτέτμηται. ταύτην τὴν περιτομὴν ε χουσιν οἱ γνησίως ἀγαμίαν προτεθειμένοι μεριμνῶντες τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ι να αὐτῷ ἀρέσωσιν. Αυ τη ἡ περιτομὴ ὀγδόῃ ἡμέρᾳ κατορθοῦται· ὑπερβῆναι γὰρ δεῖ τῷ περιτεμνομένῳ τὸν ἐν ε ξ ἡμέραις κόσμον γεγενημένον, καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐν ἑβδόμῃ ἡμέρᾳ γενέσθαι ου σῃ ἀληθινῷ σαββάτῳ ἁγίῳ καὶ τρυφερῷ. καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐπαρκεῖ πρὸς τελείαν μακαριότητα τὸ ἀργῆσαι τῶν κοσμικῶς γινομένων, δεῖ προσλαβεῖν τὴν μετὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ διαγωγὴν ὑπερκόσμιον κατάστασιν ου σαν ὀγδόην. ὁ πειραθῆναι ταύτης ε χων πόθον οὐκ ἀγαπήσει τὸν κόσμον οὐδὲ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ. Εἰς ταύτην τὴν πνευματικὴν νόησιν χειραγωγεῖ ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸ καταμιχθὲν τῇ προστάξει τῆς αἰσθητῆς περιτομῆς οὐ σῷζον τὸ ευ λογον ἐπὶ ἱστορίας ψιλῆς μενόντων· Πᾶν, φησίν, α ρσεν τῇ ὀγδόῃ ἡμέρᾳ περιτμηθήσεται. ἐπὶ παραβάσει τῶν ου τω προσταχθέντων ὁρίζεται ἀπειλὴ ἐξολοθρεύσεως κατὰ τοῦ μὴ περιτμηθέντος τῇ ὀγδόῃ ἡμέρᾳ παιδίου ἀλλ' οὐ κατὰ τῶν γονέων η τοῦ ἑτέρως ἀνατρέφοντος τὸ παιδίον· ἐδόκει γὰρ ευ λογος ει ναι ἡ ἀπειλή, εἰ κατά τινος τούτων ἐφέρετο, οὐκ ε τι σῴζουσα τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐπὶ ὀκταημέρου παιδίου ου πω τέως ε χοντος τὸ πράττειν καὶ μάλιστα προθέσει τοῦ τηρεῖν ἐντολὴν θεοῦ. 32 Ps 6,2 ̓Ελέγχεται θυμῷ, ου τὰ ἁμαρτήματα φανεροῦται, ἐπαχθείσης αὐτῷ κατὰ ἀνταπόδοσιν πικρᾶς καὶ ἐπιπόνου ἀγωγῆς, ὡς αυ ὁ ὑποπεσὼν τοῖς ὀργῇ θεοῦ ἐπαγομένοις συναίσθησιν λαμβάνων τῆς αἰτίας γενομένης κακίας τοῦ ταῦτα παθεῖν ἐν ὀργῇ παιδεύεται. ταύτῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ ει ρηται πρὸς τοῦ εἰς αι σθησιν ἀχθέντος ̓Οργὴν κυρίου ὑποίσω ο τι η μαρτον αὐτῷ, ε ως ου δικαιῶσαι τὴν κρίσιν μου καὶ ἀποίσει τὸ κρίμα μου καὶ ἐξάξει με εἰς τὸ φῶς. ο τ' α ν γὰρ εἰς κατάστασιν ἀχθεὶς τοιαύτην γνῷ θεραπείας τρόπῳ ἐπῆχθαι αὐτῷ θεόθεν τὴν ὀργὴν, οὐκ ἀπαρέσκεται τέως ὑποκεῖσθαι αὐτῇ, ε ως δικαιωθῇ ἡ κρίσις τοῦ βοηθείας χάριν κρίναντος ου τως. οι δεν γὰρ ο τι ἀνυσάσης τῆς ὀργῆς κατὰ τὴν πρόθεσιν τοῦ ἐπαγαγόντος ἐξαχθήσεται εἰς τὸ φῶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ἀποισθέντος ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ κρίματος. Εἰ τοίνυν τῶν ἐλεγχομένων καὶ παιδευομένων οἱ μὲν διὰ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς, οἱ δὲ λογικῇ διδασκαλίᾳ ὑφίστανται, ταῦτα περαιτητέα τὰ μετὰ πόνου εἰς ε λεγχον καὶ παίδευσιν α γονται. οὐ γὰρ ε τι πάντῃ ἑκούσιον ἡ ἐπὶ τούτοις μετάγνωσις, πολὺ τὸ

The Return of the Soul and the New Man§7

7the voluntary application of rebuke and instruction through the word

The same. When such a vision is presented: since my soul, sinning, had turned away toward its own evil, having turned back to itself, calling itself back according to the Psalm, 'Turn back, you sons who have gone away' (Ps 6:7), to ransom itself from the sins that have grown distant and from the evil powers working them.

Those who imply that the upcoming words refer to common death err, but rather they act impiously. For the holy men do not have remembrance of God and the common life only then, but much more so, as they are separated from the corruptible body.

What do you say? Since no one, having remembered you, becomes in death—for sin does not die (and he is not the one separating the sinning soul from a virtuous life)—but I desire to have remembrance of you; for this purpose, having poured out your goodness: save me, so that I may not be overcome by the weakness and trouble that is present against me, and be crushed by death. For it is not said, 'He does not remember God in death' (Ps 6:5), but rather, 'He who remembers him is not in death,' as the Savior says, 'He who hears my word does not see death for eternity' (John 8:51).

Look if it is possible to be made new against all my enemies (Ps 6:8) and to have another mind. He who lives with righteousness, always living in renewal according to the newness of the spirit and the new covenant; because, having departed from the praiseworthy life through our inattention, having become old according to the antiquity of that man, whom Paul advises to strip off (for his life is vain), that we may put on the new man created according to God in holiness and knowledge of the truth (Eph 4:22-24); such is the unblemished life.

You will understand that these things are said also regarding the invisible enemies and evil powers who have prepared a device against him, who are envious of his progress according to God, and who, after sin, speak wickedly, 'There is no salvation for him in his God' (Ps 6:10).

He prays with good intention for the enemies; for he wants them to be ashamed because of what I do, since they became enemies of the righteous and of God. And this will be beneficial to them; for he who, being ashamed and troubled by the evil working through him, having recognized it...

Greek · §7

ἑκούσιον ἐχούσης τῆς διὰ λόγου προσαγωγῆς ἐλέγχου καὶ παιδεύσεως. Τὰ πάντα, φησίν, ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦται, γράφει Παῦλος. ὁ διὰ φωτὸς ε λεγχος φανέρωσίς ἐστιν ἀποδείξεως τρόπῳ γινομένη οὐχ ἁμαρτωλῶν μόνων ἀλλὰ καὶ δικαίων, φωτίζοντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν (δι' α γνοιαν καὶ κακίαν σκότος ὠνομασμένων) καὶ φανεροῦντος τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν τῶν δικαίων. πλὴν εἰ καὶ ἐπίπονα ἐπάγει ὁ θυμὸς καὶ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ προθέσει ἀγαθῇ ἐπὶ τῷ κωλῦσαι κακίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν γίνεται. ἀμέλει ὁ τοῦ χρησίμου τῆς ὀργῆς καὶ τοῦ θυμοῦ πειραθεὶς εὐχαριστεῖ λέγων· Εὐλογήσω σε, κύριε, ο τι ὠργίσθης μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν· ἀπέστρεψας τὸν θυμόν σου καὶ ἠλέησάς με. καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς φανερῶν τὴν ἐγκεκρυμμένην ἀγαθότητα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ φησὶν Οτ' α ν ὀργὴ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου γένηται, πάλιν ἰάσομαι· ἐπιφέρει γὰρ αὐτὴν οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ βλάψαι ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλ' ἀφανίσαι α προαιρετικῶς ε σχον κακά. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ̓Αποκαλύπτεται ὀργὴ θεοῦ ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ ἀλλά γε ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων ἐπάγεται, ι να ἀφανισθῇ ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἀδικία καὶ ἀσέβεια α ς ε σχον πρὶν πειραθῆναι ὀργῆς. Οτι δὲ οὐ πάθος θεοῦ ἐκ τούτων τῶν λέξεων παρίσταται, μανθάνομεν καὶ ἐκ τῶν Μωϋσέως πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λόγων φερομένων ου τως· ̓Απέστειλας τὴν ὀργήν σου καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτοὺς ὡσεὶ καλάμην. ει ρηται δὲ τὰ ἐπίπονα τὰ καθαπτόμενα τῶν πονηρῶν ἐν τούτοις ὀργῇ θεοῦ κρίσει αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς ἀξίους ἐρχόμενα. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ 7 ὀργὴ τὸ πάθος τῶν ἐξαποστελλομένων ἐστίν· ε χει γὰρ τὸ ει ναι ἐν μόνῃ τῇ θυμικῇ τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμει, η ς ε ξω γενομένη οὐδ' ο λως ὑφίσταται· ε στι γὰρ τῶν ἐν α λλοις τὸ ει ναι ἐχόντων. 33 Ps 6,3–4a Ιασις δὲ ἀσθενείας ψυχῆς ἡ ἐκ θεοῦ δύναμις, ὡς λέγειν τὸν ταύτης τυχόντα Πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντι με Χριστῷ. Οτι δὲ οὐκ ει που τῆς γραφῆς ει ρηται ̓Οστᾶ, οὐ πάντως περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐστιν τὸ δηλούμενον, ἐπιστατέον τῷ Πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν Κύριε κύριε, τίς ο μοιός σοι; καὶ τῷ ∆ιεσκορπίσθη τὰ ὀστᾶ ἡμῶν παρὰ τὸν ᾳ δην. 34 Ps 6,5a Τὸ ̓Επίστρεψον διττῶς νοεῖται. δηλοῦται γὰρ ὁτὲ μὲν νόησις τοιαύτη· ἐπεὶ ἀπέστρεψας τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐπ' ἐμοῦ, διὰ τί μοι χρήσιμον παρακαλῶ, ο πως ἐπιστρέψῃς καὶ ἐπιφάνῃς μοι αὐτό. ὁτὲ δὲ παρίσταται θεωρία τοιαύτη· ἐπεὶ ἡ ψυχή μου ἁμαρτάνουσα ἀπεστράφησεν ἐπὶ κακῷ τῷ ἑαυτῆς, ἐπιστρέψας αὐτὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀνακαλούμενος κατὰ τὸ ̓Επιστράφητε, υἱοὶ ἀφεστηκότες, λυτρῶσαι αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τῶν μακρυνάντων ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ τῶν ἐνεργουσῶν αὐτὰ πονηρῶν δυνάμεων. 35 Ps 6,6–7 Οἱ περὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ θανάτου ὑπονοοῦντες εἰρῆσθαι τὰ προκείμενα σφάλλονται, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀσεβοῦσιν. οἱ γὰρ α γιοι α νδρες οὐ τότε μόνον μνήμην ε χουσι θεοῦ, ο τε τὴν κοινὴν ζωὴν ε χουσιν, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μᾶλλον, ο τε χωρίζονται τοῦ φθαρτοῦ σώματος. τί ου ν φησιν; ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς μεμνημένος σου ἐν θανάτῳ γίνεται ο ν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀποτίκτει (ου τος δέ ἐστιν ὁ χωρίζων ἐναρέτου ζωῆς τὴν ἁμαρτάνουσαν ψυχήν), ποθῶ δὲ μνήμην σου ε χειν· εἰς τοῦτ' αὐτὸ ῥέψας τὴν ἀγαθότητά σου· σῶσόν με, ι να μὴ ἰσχυσάσης κατ' ἐμοῦ τῆς προσούσης ἀσθενείας καὶ ταραχῆς καταποθῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ θανάτου. οὐ γὰρ ει ρηται Οὐ μέμνηται θεοῦ ὁ ἐν θανάτῳ, ἀλλ' ̔Ο μνημονεύων αὐτοῦ οὐκ ε στιν ἐν θανάτῳ, περὶ ου φησιν ὁ σωτὴρ ̔Ο τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων θάνατον οὐ θεωρεῖ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 36 Ps 6,8b Ορα εἰ δύναται τὸ ̓Επαλαιώθην ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου καὶ ἑτέραν νόησιν ε χειν. ο τε σὺν δικαιοσύνῃ ε ζων, ἐνέαζον ἀεὶ ζῶν κατὰ τὴν καινότητα τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας ἡμετέρας μετέστην τοῦ ἐπαινετῶς ζῆν παρὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς γενάμενος, πεπαλαίωμαι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου παλαιότητα, ο ν ἐκδύσασθαι Παῦλος παραινεῖ (φαῦλος δὲ βίος ου τος), ι ν' ̓Ενδυσώμεθα τὸν νέον α νθρωπον τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ γνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας, ου τος δέ ἐστιν ὁ βίος ὁ ἀκηλίδωτος. 37 Ps 6,9 Νοήσεις δὲ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς τὴν συσκευὴν αὐτῷ κατεργασαμένους ἀοράτους ἐχθροὺς καὶ πονηρὰς δυνάμεις τὰς διαφθονουμένας τῇ κατὰ θεὸν αὐτοῦ προκοπῇ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐπιχαιρησικάκως λεγούσας Οὐκ ε στιν σωτηρία αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ αὐτοῦ. 38 Ps 6,11 ̓Αγαθῆ προθέσει ευ χεται ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν· θέλει γὰρ αὐτοὺς αἰσχυνθῆναι ἐφ' οι ς ε πραττον, δι' α καὶ ἐχθροὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ η σαν. ε σται δὲ τοῦτ' αὐτοῖς ἐπωφελές· ὁ γὰρ ἐξ αἰσθήσεως αἰσχυνθεὶς καὶ ταραχθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ ἐνεργουμένῃ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ κακίᾳ, καταγνοὺς αὐτῆς,

The Distinction of Righteousness§8

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

8He will cease to act in such a way. The interpretation is confirmed by the approaching verse: 'the enemies, having been turned, no longer driving forward toward evil, but turning back into the virtuous life they left behind.' This happens to them for a good purpose, not by chronological succession or slowly, but let it happen very quickly.

Psalm 7:1: 'The son of Jemini was called from the people' (Ps 7:1), who was Saul, and Shimei, who denounced the message to Saul, a son of Arahi from his father, and the high priest was the leader of the friends and an old man according to friendship. He sings the psalm practically, while also bringing it forth theoretically. It is said in the inscription of the fourth that the psalm denotes practice, while the ode denotes theory; and since there are inscriptions having 'Psalm of an Ode' or 'Ode of a Psalm,' it must be said about them that Psalm 8 is a theory concerning practical and moral instruction, while Ode is the practice necessary to be received in contemplating the truth; for many things are done for the sake of the theory of wisdom, and no one will say a 'Psalm of an Ode' without purpose. These things being observed as an ode, it is fitting that David sings the present psalm practically while contemplating theoretically concerning each of the things being done wisely and very Godward, desiring to know what is signified by those things being accomplished in such a sensory way. And the words of the psalm beginning in such a way must also be set forth: 'Lord my God, etc.'

Psalm 7:2-3: 'Who is it that said, Saving is not from me, he who has come to seek and to save the lost, and to give his soul as a ransom for many?' (Ps 7:2-3). These signify that the Father God saves through the Son, the existing Word of God; therefore, even in the present matters, the divinity of Father and Son must not be divided, as some might suppose.

Psalm 7:7-8: 'I beseech you, Lord, arising in wrath, appear high at the ends of the enemies; for the end of iniquity will consume those things through which my enemies occur.' (Ps 7:7-8). It is possible to say the ends of the enemies are their arrogance and pride, upon which they have reached and consider themselves to be secure, thinking themselves to be in the best states. The prayer is not defensive; for he does not give back evil for evil.

When God, sparing the enemies who oppose Him, wishes them to know how God is exalted in their borders, He uses wrath not against their essence, but against the malicious intention they possess. Since the Scripture says, 'In the borders of my enemies,' it is revealed that those enemies are the enemies of the Holy and God. Psalm 7:9: 'Bring Your judgment upon me only according to Your wickedness and my righteousness; for I shall be justified when no iniquity is found in my deeds.' Regarding 'wickedness' here, he says, one must not lack goodness according to what is written, 'The innocent believes all words,' but rather the simplicity that cleanses from deceit, as signified by what is said to God by the Holy One: 'But I have taken hold of you through innocence,' and 'In innocence I have gone forward.' In certain copies, 'Judge me, Lord, according to Your righteousness,' the word is to be explained thus: there is a righteousness of God reaching to men, being distributed toward a lower righteousness.

Paul, writing about the difference of these things concerning the Jews, says, 'For I testify to them that they have a zeal for God, but not according to knowledge; for knowing not the righteousness of God, but seeking to establish their own, they did not submit to the righteousness of God' (Romans 10:2-3). By saying the righteousness of God, he means that which comes to all who believe through Jesus Christ, which He Himself also desired. He says all things were sent so that one might be found having the righteousness from God through faith and not his own. Wishing this to be present also for the disciples, Jesus says to them, 'If your righteousness does not exceed that of the Scribes and Pharisees, you will by no means enter the kingdom of heaven' (Matthew 5:20). This distinction between human righteousness and that of God, according to the will of the Lord, is to be judged, knowing how this judgment will lead Him to salvation.

Psalm 7:10–11: 'To God belongs the examining and searching of hearts'; this does not signify merely seeking and tracing, but having a perfect apprehension; for He is a knower of hidden things, and every mind is revealed to Him. And one must not hear 'kidneys' as the bodily ones, but the intellectual powers of the soul, homonymous with the...

Greek · §8

πεπαύσεται τοῦ ἐνεργεῖν ε τι ου τως. Βεβαιοῦται ἡ ἐξήγησις ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιφερομένου στίχου ου τως ε χοντος· ̓Επιστραφείησαν ταραχθέντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ, εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω μηκέτι τῆς κακίας ε μπροσθεν ἐλαύνοντες ἀλλ' ἀνακάμπτοντες εἰς η ν κατέλειπον ἐνάρετον πολιτείαν. τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ πρὸς ἀγαθοῦ γινόμενον αὐτοῖς μὴ ἐν ὑπερθέσει χρονικῇ η ἀνειμένως ἀλλὰ Σφόδρα διὰ τάχους γενέσθω. 39 Ps 7,1 Υἱὸς ̓Ιεμενεὶ ἐκλήθη ἀπὸ τοῦ δήμου, ο θεν η ν ὁ Σαοὺλ καὶ ὁ Σεμεεὶ καὶ ὁ τὴν ἀγγελίαν καταμηνύσας τοῦ Σαούλ, υἱὸς δὲ ̓Αραχὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρός, ἀρχιεταῖρος δὲ ὁ α ρχων τῶν φίλων καὶ παλαιὸς κατὰ τὴν φιλίαν. Αιδει δὲ τὸν ψαλμὸν πρακτικῶς, α μα καὶ θεωρητικῶς αὐτὸν προφέρων. ει ρηται δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιγραφῇ τοῦ τετάρτου ὡς πρᾶξιν ὁ ψαλμός, θεωρίαν δὲ ἡ ᾠδὴ δηλοῖ· καὶ ἐπεί εἰσιν ἐπιγραφαὶ ε χουσαι Ψαλμὸν ᾠδῆς η ̓Ωιδὴν ψαλμοῦ, ῥητέον περὶ αὐτῶν, ὡς ψαλμοῦ 8 μὲν ᾠδή ἐστιν ἡ περὶ πρακτικῶν καὶ ἠθικῆς παιδεύσεως θεωρία, ψαλμὸς δὲ ᾠδῆς ἡ ἀναγκαίως ἐν τῷ θεωρεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν παραλαμβανομένη πρᾶξις· πολλὰ γὰρ πράττεται ὑπὲρ θεωρίας τῆς σοφίας, α ψαλμὸν ᾠδῆς οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τις ἐρεῖ. τούτων ω δε θεωρουμένων, εἰκότως τὸν προκείμενον ψαλμὸν ᾳ δει ὁ ∆αυὶδ πρακτικὸν ο ντα θεωρῶν περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν πραττομένων σοφῶς καὶ πάνυ θεοπρεπῶς, γνῶναι θέλων τί ε καστον δηλοῦται ἐκ τῶν ου τως αἰσθητῶς ἐπιτελουμένων. ̓Εκθετέον δὲ καὶ αὐτὰς τὰς τοῦ ψαλμοῦ λέξεις ου τως ἀρχομένας· Κύριε ὁ θεός μου κ.τ.λ. 40 Ps 7,2–3 Τίς δὲ ου τος η ὁ εἰπὼν Σῴζων οὐκ ε στιν πάρεξ ἐμοῦ, ὁ ἐληλυθὼς Ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός, καὶ ∆οῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀντίλυτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν· ταῦτα δὲ δηλοῖ, ὡς ὁ πατὴρ θεὸς ω ν σῴζει διὰ υἱοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ο ντος· ο θεν οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις διαιρετέον τὴν θεότητα πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ, ὡς ε δοξέ τισιν. 41 Ps 7,7–8 Παρακαλῶ Κύριε, ἀναστάντα σε ἐν ὀργῇ ὑψηλὸν ἐν τοῖς πέρασιν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὀφθῆναι· ου τω γὰρ τέλος ε ξει τὰ τῆς ἀδικίας, δι' η ν ἐχθροί μου τυγχάνουσιν. δυνατὸν πέρατα ἐχθρῶν εἰπεῖν τὰς ἀλαζονείας καὶ ὑψαυχενίας αὐτῶν, ἐφ' α ς φθάσαντες καὶ ει ναι βέβαιοι ἐν αὐταῖς ἡγούμενοι ἐν τέλεσιν ἀρίστοις ει ναι ἑαυτοὺς ὑπονοοῦσιν. οὐκ ἀμυντικοῦ ἡ εὐχή· Μὴ γὰρ ἀποδιδοὺς κακὰ ἀντὶ κακῶν, φειδὼ πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ο ντας αὐτῷ ε χων, ευ χεται γνῶναι αὐτούς, ὡς θεὸς ὑψοῦται ἐν τοῖς πέρασιν αὐτῶν, ὀργῇ χρησάμενος οὐ κατὰ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῶν ἀλλ' η ς ε χουσιν χειρίστης προθέσεως. φερομένης δὲ γραφῆς ἐχούσης ̓Εν τοῖς πέρασι τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου, φανεροῦται ὡς οἱ τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ θεοῦ τυγχάνουσιν ἐχθροί. 42 Ps 7,9 Μονονουχὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀκακίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐμὴν ἐπάγαγέ σου τὸ κρίμα· ου τω γὰρ καὶ δικαιωθήσομαι, ἀδικίας οὐχ εὑρισκομένης ἐν ταῖς πράξεσίν μου. ἀκακίαν δὲ ἐν τούτοις, φησίν, οὐ τὴν εὐήθειαν ἐκληπτέον κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον Ακακος πιστεύει παντὶ λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁπλότητα τὴν δόλου καθαρεύουσαν, καθ' ο σημαινόμενον ει ρηται πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου ̓Εμοῦ δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀκακίαν ἀντελάβου, καὶ τὸ ̓Εν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην. Φερομένου ε ν τισιν ἀντιγράφοις Κρῖνόν με, κύριε, κατὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου, ἐξηγητέον τὴν λέξιν ου τως· ε στιν τις δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ ἀνθρώποις ἐφικτή, διαστελλομένη πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ὑποδεεστέραν. Παῦλος γοῦν περὶ τῆς διαφορᾶς τούτων γράφων περὶ ̓Ιουδαίων Μαρτυρῶ γὰρ αὐτοῖς, ε φη, ο τι ζῆλον θεοῦ ε χουσιν ἀλλ' οὐ κατ' ἐπίγνωσιν· ἀγνοοῦντες γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν θέλοντες στῆσαι, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν. θεοῦ δὲ δικαιοσύνην λέγων τὴν εἰς πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας διὰ ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ γινομένην, η ν καὶ αὐτὸς ε σχεν ποθήσας, λέγει πάντα ἀποπεπέμφθαι δι' α ἰουδαϊκῶς δίκαιος ὑπῆρχεν, ι να εὑρεθῇ τὴν ἐκ θεοῦ διὰ πίστεως δικαιοσύνην ε χων καὶ μὴ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. ταύτην καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὑπαρχθῆναι ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς θέλων ει πεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ̓Εὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλέον τῶν Γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. ταύτης τῆς διαστολῆς ου σης ἀνθρωπίνης δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ δεσπότου βούλεται κριθῆναι, εἰδὼς ὡς ̓Αποβήσεται αὐτῷ εἰς σωτηρίαν τὸ ου τω κριθῆναι. 43 Ps 7,10–11 ̓Επὶ θεοῦ τὸ ἐξετάζειν καὶ ἐρευνᾶν καρδίας, οὐ τὸ ζητεῖν καὶ ἀνιχνεύειν δηλοῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸ παντελῆ κατάληψιν ε χειν· γνώστης γὰρ τῶν κρυπτῶν ἐστιν, καὶ πᾶς νοῦς αὐτῷ πεφανέρωται. Νεφροὺς δὲ οὐ τοὺς σωματικοὺς ἀκούειν δεῖ, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς νοητικὰς δυνάμεις ὁμωνύμως τοῖς

The Sword of Divine Judgment§9

9They are called bodily. This is shown from many scriptures, one of which is: 'Near is their mouth, but far from their kidneys.' This is said concerning wicked men, who indeed confess that God exists by word, but do not have Him in their intellect. 'My help is just from God, who saves those upright in heart.' This teaches by power whether He saves those upright in heart. And I demand just help from Him, by which I shall be saved; that I may have an upright heart, free from all deceit; therefore I also pray to be judged according to my goodness (Ps 7:12–14).

Having brought a prayer so that the wickedness of sinners might be completed and the Lord might be exalted over the edges of the enemies, rising in wrath through love toward neighbors, He does not want anyone to suffer the completion of wickedness by chance, but to know it by choice, knowing God to be a judge. If God is a just judge, it is to be feared to sin; for we approach the Word as a judge seeing the hidden and not being ignorant of anything being done. And just as a judge, so also He is just, bringing the judgment according to merit to those judged under Him. And a judge who is just and has power can without delay punish those stumbling.

If no one receives justice from the ungodly and sinning ones, through the long-suffering of the judge's goodness, there is an overcoming of the retribution; for if a just and powerful judge were only that, all would have been lost immediately, because the intellect of men is flowing toward sin, whereas He has power toward the things said and toward long-suffering. For He is good and does not bring wrath every single day, even though ungodliness and sins are happening constantly. But let us long-suffer not that we should persist in evil, but that we may have time and place for repentance; for He desires the repentance of the sinner so that he may live, rather than accepting death by persisting.

Regarding sinning, what is called being ignorant of what is the good of God for your repentance. However, even if he does not bring wrath on each day through exceeding goodness and patience, for those remaining in wickedness, wrath will be brought upon them in a day of wrath, that is, in a day of judgment. For if you do not turn back, he says, enjoying remaining in sin, he will make his sword shine (instead of being blunt).

And with it also his bow he will make ready, preparing in it instruments of death, having worked out the arrows of the punishments against those being burned from the fire of the sufferings. Often of the divine disciplines, the punishment is found being made manifest by the name of the sword. For that which is in Amos the prophet, 'All the sinners of the people shall be finished with the sword' (Amos 9:7), does not signify a physical knife; for not from everyone are all sinners slain by a hand-slaughter understood. It is not necessary that all the sinners be presented to be finished by punishment, being handed over to perish in Gehenna in soul and body.

The same is made manifest also in the prophet Zephaniah, saying of God: 'And you also, Ethiopians, are wounded by my sword' (Zephaniah 3:8), by which the sword of God is made clear, all the Ethiopian being called out through darkness and wickedness. Most clearly in Exodus, instead of a most bitter punishment, the sword was received; where the scribes of the sons of Israel, those over the works of the tyrant, having been appointed by him, having fallen under most bitter threat and tribulation, meeting Moses and Aaron, were saying, inciting: 'See, God has seen you and will judge; for you have made our stench loathsome before Pharaoh, to give the sword into his hands to kill us.' For they did not say they feared the iron knife, but the bitterness of the ruler, they said this. It is also presented from these words that the patience of God was not used cuttingly against those not repenting in...

The text ends mid-sentence.

Greek · §9

σωματικοῖς καλουμένας. παρίσταται τοῦτο ἐκ πλειόνων γραφῶν, ω ν μία ἐστὶν ἡ ̓Εγγὺς ει τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, πόρρω δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν νεφρῶν. ει ρηται τοῦτο περὶ φαύλων ἀνθρώπων, λόγῳ μὲν ὁμολογούντων θεὸν ει ναι, οὐκ ἐχόντων δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν διανοήσει. ∆ικαία ἡ βοήθειά μου παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ σῴζοντος τοὺς εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ. δυνάμει τοῦτο διδάσκει, εἰ τοὺς εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ σῴζει. ἀπαιτῶ δὲ δικαίαν βοήθειαν 9 παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐφ' ῃ σωθήσομαι· εὐθείαν καρδίαν ε χω ἐκτὸς ου σαν παντὸς δόλου· διὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκακίᾳ μου κριθῆναι δέομαι. 44 Ps 7,12–14 ∆έησιν προσενέγκας ἐπὶ τῷ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν πονηρίαν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν κύριον ἐπὶ τοῖς πέρασι τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀναστάντα ἐν ὀργῇ δι' ἀγάπην τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον, οὐδένα βούλεται ἀκουσίως παθεῖν τὴν συντέλειαν τῆς πονηρίας ἀλλὰ γνώσει προαιρετικῇ γνόντας τὸν θεὸν κριτὴν τυγχάνοντα. εἰ δὲ κριτὴς δίκαιος ὁ θεός, φοβητέον τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν· ε χομεν γὰρ τὸν λόγον πρὸς κριτὴν τὸ κρυπτὸν ὁρῶντα καὶ μηδὲν τῶν δρωμένων ἀγνοοῦντα. Ωσπερ δὲ κριτής, ου τω καὶ δίκαιός ἐστιν κατ' ἀξίαν ἐπάγων τὸ κρίμα τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δικαζομένοις. κριτὴς δὲ ω ν δίκαιος καὶ ἰσχὺν ε χει ω στ' ἀμελλητὶ δύνασθαι κολάζειν τοὺς πταίοντας. ει ποτ' ου ν τις μὴ παρ' αὐτὰ δίκας εἰσπράττεται τῶν ἀσεβουμένων καὶ ἁμαρτανομένων, μακροθυμίᾳ τῇ ἐξ ἀγαθότητος τοῦ κριτοῦ γίνεται ὑπέρθεσις τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως· εἰ γὰρ δίκαιος κριτὴς καὶ ἰσχυρὸς η ν μόνον, α ρδην τὸ πᾶν ἀπώλλυτο, τῆς διανοίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιρρεπῶς ἐχούσης πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, τῷ δὲ ε χειν πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ τὸ μακροθυμεῖν. ἀγαθὸς γὰρ οὐ καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὀργὴν ἐπάγει, καίτοι ἑκάστοτε ἀσεβείας ου σης καὶ ἁμαρτημάτων γινομένων. μακροθυμεῖ δὲ οὐχ ι να ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ κακίᾳ ἀλλ' ι να καιρὸν καὶ τόπον μετανοίας ε χωμεν· βούλεται γὰρ τὴν μετάνοιαν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ι να ζῇ ὑπὲρ τὸν θάνατον ο ν δέχεται ἐπιμένων τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν, τὸ λεγόμενον ἀγνοῶν ο τι Τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς μετάνοιάν σε α γει. Πλὴν εἰ καὶ μὴ ὀργὴν ἐπάγει καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν δι' ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἀγαθότητά τε καὶ μακροθυμίαν, ἀλλά γε τοῖς ἐμμένουσι τῇ κακίᾳ διὰ βίου ἐπαχθήσεται ὀργὴ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς τουτέστιν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. ̓Εὰν γὰρ μὴ ἐπιστραφῆτε, φησίν, ἡδόμενοι τῷ ἐμμένειν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, στιλβώσει τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ (ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀκονήσει). σὺν αὐτῇ δὲ καὶ τὸ τόξον αὐτοῦ εὐτρεπίσει, ἑτοιμάζων ἐν αὐτῇ σκεύη θανάτου, ἐξεργασάμενος η δη τὰ τῶν κολάσεων βέλη κατὰ τῶν καιομένων ἐκ τῆς πυρώσεως τῶν παθῶν. πολλαχοῦ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων εὑρίσκεται δηλουμένη ἡ κόλασις τῷ τῆς ῥομφαίας ὀνόματι. τὸ γὰρ ἐν Αμως τῷ προφήτῃ ου τως ε χον ̓Εν ῥομφαίᾳ τελευτήσουσιν πάντες ἁμαρτωλοὶ λαοῦ, οὐκ αἰσθητὴν μάχαιραν σημαίνει· οὐ γὰρ ἐξ α παντος πάντες οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ σφαγῇ προχείρως νοουμένῃ ἀναιροῦνται· ου μὴ ο ντος ἀναγκαίου παρίσταται πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς κολάσει τελευτᾶν παραδοθέντας ψυχῇ καὶ σώματι ἀπολέσθαι ἐν γεέννῃ. τὸ αὐτὸ δηλοῦται καὶ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ Σοφονίᾳ, λέγοντος τοῦ θεοῦ· Καὶ ὑμεῖς, Αἰθίοπες, τραυματίαι ῥομφαίας μού ἐστε, τῇ σαφηνισθείσῃ θεοῦ ῥομφαίᾳ παντὸς διὰ σκοτασμὸν τὸν ἐξ ἀγνοίας καὶ κακίας Αἰθίοπος προσαγορευομένου. φανερώτατα δ' ἐν ̓Εξόδῳ ἀντὶ ὠμοτάτης τιμωρίας ἡ ῥομφαία παρελήφθη· ε νθα οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν υἱῶν ̓Ισραὴλ οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν ε ργων τοῦ τυράννου, ὑπ' αὐτοῦ χειροτονηθέντες, πικροτάτῃ ἀπειλῇ καὶ θλίψει ὑποπεσόντες συντυχόντες Μωυσεῖ καὶ ̓Ααρὼν ε λεγον ἐπαρώμενοι· Ιδοι ὁ θεὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ κρίναι· ἐβδελύξασθε γὰρ τὴν ὀσμὴν ἡμῶν ἐναντίον Φαραὼ δοῦναι ῥομφαίαν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι ἡμᾶς. οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἐκ σιδήρου μάχαιραν ὑπειδόμενοι, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὠμότητα τοῦ α ρχοντος ταῦτ' εἰρήκασιν. Παρίσταται καὶ ἐκ τούτων τῶν λέξεων ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μακροθυμία οὐκ ἀποτόμως χρησαμένου κατὰ τῶν μὴ μετανοούντων τῇ

The Vineyard of Life and the Pit of Error§10

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

10A sword, but it is shining. And the bow has been drawn and prepared to shoot the arrows of punishment, but it has not yet released the arrows, even though it has fashioned them and holds them ready to shoot. It can be said that instruments of death are prepared in a bow, those serving the punishments, often called instruments of wrath. For the wicked are not angels through whom wrath, anger, and tribulation are sent upon the worthy. And if even the fashioned arrows, having been filled with poisonous medicine, are instruments of death for those being punished, one must take heed.

He who has labored in iniquity has conceived pain to give birth to injustice (Ps 7:15–17). These are the offspring that the one who has conceived will bring forth in secret, he who is to be punished through iniquity and injustice which he did; and appropriately, he will seize both the pain in the punishment and the pain in the sinning. For the work of iniquity is most heavy and burdensome, compared to a talent of lead; for nothing is more inferior than evil, which always brings down the one who does it.

Some say that, because of the order of evil, the labor is spoken of before the seizing of the birth-pangs. For upon those pregnant, after the seizing, is the pain with which they give birth; but there, before the seizing, the pain is named because it lacks the rhythm and order of that in evil. And likewise the precedence of injustice over iniquity. For someone having become lawless from this, is not under the law of righteousness, so as to also set upon other men while he acts unjustly. This is found especially concerning Cain; for having become lawless by not rightly dividing what is due to God, he subsequently gave birth to injustice by attacking his brother lethally. Moreover, these voices belong especially to the devil, who is primeval-evil because he first acted lawlessly and unjustly. And every one sinning first harms himself, if he harms others; for the evil thing is injurious and harmful, first of all to the one participating in it, harming and damaging him. For the folly of a man defiles his ways, as it is said, 'the foolish will flee from evil' (Prov 14:16). Who is the pit into which the liar, who has done evil, will be cast? For it is written concerning a sinning soul, 'As a pit, so is Sheol' (Ps 183:4), just so.

Its wickedness is a pit. And often in the Scriptures, a pit is taken instead of wickedness, just as when the blind man leads the blind, both shall fall into a pit; and for this reason, blind teachers and students, who are under ignorance and other evils, must be avoided.

46 Having begun from hoping in the Lord his God, the Psalm settles into thanksgiving, as is fitting, having obtained the things requested or faithfully awaiting them; for 'I will confess' (Ps 7:18) declares thanksgiving here; therefore 'I will sing' is joined to it. And he confesses not as if by chance, but according to the righteousness of God; and he sings not aimlessly, but to the name of the Lord the Most High, as he declares having called Him to himself. Therefore also it is high according to holiness and virtue; for no lowly person, but only the one striving for piety, partakes of the Most High's approach.

47 For the life of every man is called a vineyard according to the Scriptures. Concerning such a thing, Naboth the righteous resisted the one demanding tyrannically, choosing rather to die than to give his vineyard to the one who wanted to make it a vegetable garden. For the man is magnanimous and the vineyard is unvanquished, a life most excellent, both practical and contemplative. The wicked desire to take this, not so that it may bear fruit according to its nature, but to tear it down into temporary and quickly withering things, vegetables appropriately named; for he says they will fall quickly like vegetables. This is said concerning those having temporary haste. Near to this vineyard are also those in the 'Aisma' of sins who are named in 'My mother's sons fought against me, they imprisoned me in vineyards; they did not protect my vineyard' (Ps 87:12).' We have passed over this, using only this expression to show for the sake of demonstration what the name of the vineyard signifies: life. He who bears clusters of truth and brings forth grapes through such a vineyard. Since the offspring of the vineyard have a season for being plucked, it is fitting to reap them and bring them into winepresses, so that they might make wine pressing that gladdens the heart of man. And since the life turns out to be both practical and contemplative, the former are the insights of truth, and the latter the work, which is praised for bearing fruit. And it is not one winepress upon which they are brought...

Greek · §10

ῥομφαίᾳ ἀλλὰ στιλβώσαντος αὐτήν. καὶ τὸ τόξον δὲ ἐνέτεινεν καὶ ἡτοίμασεν ἐπὶ τῷ βαλεῖν τὰ τῆς κολάσεως βέλη, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀπέλυσέν πω τὰ βέλη καίτοι ἐξεργασάμενος αὐτὰ καὶ ἑτοίμως ε χων πρὸς τὸ βαλεῖν. δυνατὸν ἐν τόξῳ σκεύη θανάτου ἡτοιμάσθαι εἰπεῖν τοὺς ὑπηρετοῦντας ταῖς κολάσεσιν σκεύη ὀργῆς πολλαχοῦ ὀνομαζομένους· ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ πονηροὶ α γγελοι δι' ω ν ὀργὴ καὶ θυμὸς καὶ θλῖψις ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀξίους ἐκπέμπεται. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐξειργασμένα τοῖς καιομένοις βέλη πληρωθέντα τοῦ δηλητηρίου φαρμάκου εἰσὶ τὰ σκεύη τοῦ θανάτου, ἐπιστατέον. 45 Ps 7,15–17 ̔Ο 10 ὠδινήσας ἀνομίαν συνέλαβεν πόνον ἐπὶ τῷ τεκεῖν ἀδικίαν. ταῦτα τὰ γεννήματα ο λεθρον τῷ κυήσαντι προξενεῖ, κολασθησομένῳ δι' ἀνομίαν καὶ ἀδικίαν α ἐποίησεν, οι ς καταλλήλως καὶ πόνον τὸν ἐν τῇ κολάσει συλλήψεται η πόνον τὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν. βαρυτάτη γὰρ καὶ ἐπαχθὴς ἡ τῆς ἀνομίας ἐργασία, παραβαλλομένη ταλάντῳ μολίβου· οὐδὲν γὰρ κατωφερέστερον τῆς κακίας ἀεὶ κάτω φερούσης τὸν κατ' αὐτὴν ποιωθέντα. Ει ρηταί τισιν ὡς, διὰ τὸ α τακτον τῆς κακίας, πρὸ τῆς συλλήψεως τῆς ὠδινήσεως λεχθείσης. ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν κυουσῶν μετὰ τὴν σύλληψιν ἡ ὠδὶν μεθ' η ν τὸ τεκεῖν, ἐνταῦθα δὲ πρὸ τῆς συλλήψεως ἡ ὠδὶν ὠνόμασται τῷ μηδὲν τῶν ἐν κακίᾳ εἱρμὸν καὶ τάξιν ε χειν. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ προτετάχθαι τῆς ἀδικίας τὴν ἀνομίαν. ἐκ ταύτης γὰρ α νομος γεγονώς τις, οὐκ ε τι ὑπὸ τὸν νόμον ἐστὶν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ὡς λοιπὸν καὶ κατὰ τῶν α λλων ἀνθρώπων ἐπιτίθεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδικεῖν αὐτούς. εὑρίσκεται τοῦτο μάλιστα περὶ τὸν Κάϊν· πρότερον γὰρ α νομος γεγονὼς τῷ μὴ ὀρθῶς διαιρεῖν α ε δει θεῷ θύειν, υ στερον καὶ ἀδικίαν ε τεκεν φονικῶς ἐπιθέμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ. μάλιστα δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ προσοικειοῦνται αἱ φωναὶ αυ ται ἀρχεκάκῳ ο ντι διὰ τὸ πρὸ πάντων ἠνομηκέναι καὶ ἠδικηκέναι. καὶ πᾶς δὲ ἁμαρτάνων πρῶτον ἑαυτόν, ει τα α λλον η α λλους βλάπτει· ἐπιζήμιον γὰρ καὶ βλαπτικὸν ο ν τὸ κακόν, πρὸ πάντων τὸν μετέχοντα αὐτὸν ζημιοῖ καὶ βλάπτει· ̓Αφροσύνη γὰρ ἀνδρὸς λυμαίνεται τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ, ο θεν προσφυῶς ει ρηται τὸ ̔Αμαρτάνοντας καταδιώξεται κακά. Τίς δὲ ὁ λάκκος ο ν ω ρυξεν ὁ ψεγόμενος η η ν ἐποίησεν κακίαν; γέγραπται γὰρ περὶ ἁμαρτανούσης ψυχῆς ̔Ως ψύχει λάκκος υ δωρ, ου τως ψύχει κακία αὐτῆς. βόθρος δὲ πολλαχοῦ τῆς γραφῆς ἀντὶ κακίας λαμβάνεται ὡς τὸ Τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγεῖ, ἀμφότεροι ἐμπεσοῦνται εἰς βόθρον· καὶ ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τοὺς ὑπ' ἀγνοίας καὶ α λλης κακίας τυφλοὺς διδασκάλους καὶ μαθητὰς ἐκληπτέον. 46 Ps 7,18 ̓Απὸ τοῦ ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ κύριον τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ ἀρξάμενος τοῦ ψαλμοῦ, εἰς εὐχαριστίαν καταπαύει, ὡς εἰκός, τυχὼν τῶν αἰτηθέντων η πιστῶς προσδοκῶν αὐτά· εὐχαριστίαν γὰρ δηλοῖ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ̓Εξομολογήσομαι· διὸ καὶ συνέζευκται αὐτῷ τὸ Ψαλῶ. ἐξομολογεῖται δὲ οὐχ ὡς ε τυχεν, ἀλλὰ Κατὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ ψάλλει οὐ παρέργως, ἀλλὰ Τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ὑψίστου, ὡς η δη σχῶν ἐπικεκλημένον ἑαυτῷ αὐτό. διὸ καὶ ὑψηλὸς κατὰ ἁγιότητα καὶ ἀρετήν ἐστιν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ταπεινὸς ἀλλὰ μόνος ὁ ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας μετεωριζόμενος μετέσχει τῆς τοῦ ὑψίστου προσηγορίας. 47 Ps 8,1 ̔Ο γὰρ ἑκάστου ἀνθρώπου βίος ἀμπελὼν κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς καλεῖται. περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου Ναβουθαὶ ὁ δίκαιος ἀντέστη τῷ τυραννικῶς ἀπαιτοῦντι, αἱρούμενος τεθνᾶναι μᾶλλον η δοῦναι τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ τῷ θέλοντι αὐτὸν ποιῆσαι κῆπον λαχάνων. μεγαλόψυχος γὰρ ὁ ἀνὴρ καὶ ὁ ἀμπελὼν περιμάχητος, βίος ω ν α ριστος, πρακτικὸς α μα καὶ θεωρητικός. τοῦτον οἱ πονηροὶ λαμβάνειν ἐθέλουσιν οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ καρποφορεῖν κατ' αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ κατασπᾶν εἰς πρόσκαιρα καὶ ταχὺ μαραινόμενα πράγματα, λάχανα εἰκότως ὀνομαζόμενα· ̔Ωσεὶ λάχανα γάρ φησι ταχὺ ἀποπεσοῦνται. περὶ τῶν προσκαίρους σπουδὰς ἐχόντων ει ρηται τοῦτο. τούτῳ τῷ ἀμπελῶνι παραπλήσιοι καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων εἰσὶν ὀνομαζόμενοι ἐν τῷ Υἱοὶ μητρός μου ἐμαχέσαντο ἐν ἐμοί, ε θεντό με φυλάκισσαν ἐν ἀμπελῶσιν· ἀμπελῶνα ἐμὸν οὐκ ἐφύλαξα. Παρειλήφαμεν δὲ τὰ νῦν ταύτην τὴν λέξιν μόνον τοῦ δεῖξαι χάριν ο τι τὸ ο νομα τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος σημαίνει βίον. ὁ κατὰ τὸν τοιοῦτον ἀμπελῶνα καρποφορῶν βότρυας ἀληθείας καὶ σταφυλὴν φέρει. τὰ ου τω γενήματα τῆς ἀμπέλου καιρὸν ε χοντα τοῦ τρυγηθῆναι δρέψασθαι προσήκει καὶ εἰς ληνοὺς ἀπαγαγεῖν, ι ν' ἐκθλιβέντα οι νον ποιήσωσι τὸν εὐφραίνοντα καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου. καὶ ἐπεὶ πρακτικὸς καὶ θεωρητικὸς ὁ βίος τυγχάνει, οἱ μὲν θεωρήματα τῆς ἀληθείας, 11 ὁ δὲ ε ργα ἐπαινετὰ καρποφορήσει. οὐ μία δέ ἐστιν ἡ ληνὸς ἐφ' η ν φέρονται οἱ

The Exaltation of Christ and the Maturity of Believers§11

11Not merely fruits, but more; for the ode is not for a single vintage, but for many vintages. Again, since the practical virtues are many fruits, each will have its own particular vintage; some bear fruits upon the vintage of temperance, those who succeed in chastity and maintain a pure bed; others bear fruits upon the vintage of courage, which those are the farmers of; and concerning the other virtues, they speak of similar things.

Since there are more vintages, those who farm the practical virtues bring them into them like the harvests of vineyards; it is necessary also that those who have borne the clusters of doctrines and theorems of truth bring more into them for the contemplative life. Having said these things, let no one neglect the following of the virtues. For they are one and of the same kind, but since those who partake do not have equal measure toward all, they possess measure from which they profit more than others; he who more fully partakes of justice is named from this, and likewise for each of the others. For you will likewise perceive the various beatitudes spoken in the Gospel, one being named from the most powerful grass, another from the merciful, and similarly regarding the rest.

But also in its own number, this ode is composed as the seventy-eighth. For it has much harmony with the resurrection day of the Lord, on which there has become a harvest of many vineyards, as the disciples of the Risen One are sent to make disciples of all nations and to testify to the Risen One to the ends of the earth, so that the proclamation of the Risen One may be spread everywhere, as it is immediately shown from the words of the psalm. 'Great is the name of the Lord in Israel' (Ps 73:2–3), which was said in former times when Israel alone was holding to godliness; but now, the prophecy having been fulfilled, 'all nations shall serve him' (Ps 22:27), (for he is the hope of the nations), 'Wonderful is your name become in all the earth' among those partaking of Christ's proclamation everywhere. For his name has been magnified over all, as it is carried in another psalm. And the cause of his name being wondered at throughout the earth is given in the following verse. For he says, 'Your majesty has been lifted up above the heavens,' so that you...

Having been taken up, rising from the dead, the Christians of the whole earth are called by your designation, O Christ. The majesty of the Savior is being praised; the economy, which received its purpose for the salvation of the world, is above the heavens. For what is it to find remaining in it lacking in greatness what is becoming? His majesty was lifted up above the heavens, having been made to sit at the right hand of Majesty in the high places after the cleansing of sins.

By this understanding, it must also be received that he has become higher than the heavens after the resurrection. But let not all those believing from the Gentiles and those coming to the Gospel from the circumcision—who, even if they should ever reach the age of a man, are infants in wickedness, being made infants through simplicity, not knowing evil—be so. The difference between infants and sucklings is shown from the word: those receiving milk are sucklings, while those having surpassed this age of infants are being called infants. It is appropriate, as the Apostle wrote to the Corinthians, 'I gave you milk, not food' (1 Cor 3:2). One must watch over this differently: the one being introduced, receiving milk, is a suckling; but the one having been perfected according to understanding, yet being an infant in wickedness, remains an infant. Such are all those having turned and having become like children.

For not much remains to them of having attained the knowledge of you, and of becoming like you in holiness and virtue, to take up as far as is possible (Ps 8:6). But most correctly he said, 'You made him a little lower than the angels,' but 'You have not made him less than the angels' (Ps 8:5). For man, being equal and of equal strength to the immortal rational beings, was made lower than them by the providence of God, through which you alone, the one providing, having been surpassed by mortal life, were struck by the flesh. But even if it has not happened in that way regarding him, he has nonetheless been crowned with surpassing honor and glory by you, because he has become according to your image and likeness, through which image and likeness you have exercised the rational being, having subjected all things to him as being under his feet. Paul writes these words spoken about Christ to the Hebrews, saying, 'What is man, that you should remember him?' (Ps 8:4) and having placed...

Greek · §11

καρποί, ἀλλὰ πλείους, ο θεν οὐχ ὑπὲρ τῆς ληνοῦ ἀλλ' ̔Υπὲρ τῶν ληνῶν ἡ ἐπιλήνιος ᾠδή. πάλιν δ' αυ , ἐπεὶ πολλαὶ αἱ πρακτικαὶ ἀρεταὶ τοῦ καρποῦ, ἑκάστης οἰκείας τις ε σται ληνός, α λλη ληνὸς σωφροσύνης ἐφ' η ν φέρουσι τοὺς καρποὺς οἱ ἀγαμίαν κατορθοῦντες οἱ κοίτην ἀμίαντον διατηροῦντες, α λλη ἀνδρείας ἐφ' η ν οἱ ταύτης γεωργοὶ φέρουσι, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἑτέρων δὲ ἀρετῶν ἐρείδουσι τὰ παραπλήσια. πλειόνων δὲ οὐσῶν ληνῶν εἰς α ς φέρουσιν οἱ γεωργοῦντες δίκην ἀμπελώνων τὰς πρακτικὰς ἀρετάς, ἀνάγκη καὶ τοῦ θεωρητικοῦ βίου πλείονας ει ναι εἰς α ς φέρουσι τὰ δόγματα καὶ θεωρήματα τῆς ἀληθείας οι α βότρυς καρποφορήσαντες, τούτων λεγομένων Μὴ λάθῃ τις ἑαυτόν, τὴν ἀντακολούθησιν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀθετῶν. ε νθα γὰρ μία καὶ αἱ ὁμογενεῖς, ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ μὴ πρὸς πάσας τὴν ι σην ῥοπὴν ε χουσιν οἱ μετέχοντες, ἀφ' η ς ε χουσι, μᾶλλον τῶν α λλων χρηματίζουσιν· ὁ μᾶλλον δικαιοσύνης μετέχων ἀπὸ ταύτης παρονομάζεται, ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστης τῶν ἑτέρων. ου τω γὰρ νοήσεις καὶ τοὺς λεχθέντας διαφόρους μακαρισμοὺς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ, ἐκ τοῦ πλειστοδυναμοῦντος πράου τινὸς ὀνομαζομένου, ἑτέρου δὲ ἐλεήμονος, καὶ καταλλήλως ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἀριθμῷ οἰκείῳ ἡ ᾠδὴ αυ τη τέτακται ὀγδόη ου σα. ε χει γὰρ συμφωνίαν πολλὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀναστάσιμον ἡμέραν τοῦ κυρίου, ἐν ῃ τρυγητὸς πολλῶν ἀμπέλων γέγονεν, ἀποστελλομένων τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦ ἀναστάντος ἐκ νεκρῶν μαθητεῦσαι τὰ ε θνη πάντα καὶ μαρτυρῆσαι τῷ ἀναστάντι ε ως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, ι ν' ἐκταθῇ ἁπανταχῆ τοῦ ἀναστάντος ἡ προσηγορία, ὡς εὐθέως ἐκ τῶν λέξεων τοῦ ψαλμοῦ παρίσταται. 48 Ps 8,2–3 Πάλαι μὲν τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ μόνου ἐπανέχοντος τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ ἐλέγετο περὶ θεοῦ ̓Εν τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ μέγα τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ, νῦν δὲ πληρωθείσης τῆς προφητείας τῆς Πάντα τὰ ε θνη δουλεύσουσιν αὐτῷ (αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τῶν ἐθνῶν προσδοκία), Θαυμαστὸν τὸ ο νομά σου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ γέγονεν τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ μετεχόντων τῆς Χριστοῦ προσηγορίας. ̓Εμεγάλυνεν γὰρ ἐπὶ πάντας τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἐν α λλῳ ψαλμῷ φέρεται. τίς δὲ ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἁπανταχοῦ γῆς θαυμάζεσθαι τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἀποδίδοται ἐν τῷ ἑπομένῳ στίχῳ. ἐπεὶ γάρ φησιν ̓Επήρθη ἡ μεγαλοπρέπειά σου ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν, ο τε ἀνελήφθης ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάς, οἱ ἁπανταχοῦ γῆς α νθρωποι Χριστιανοὶ καλοῦνται τῇ σοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ προσηγορίᾳ. μεγαλοπρέπεια τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπαιρομένη ἐστὶν ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν ἡ οἰκονομία, η ν ἀνεδέξατο ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου σωτηρίας. τί γάρ ἐστιν εὑρεῖν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀπολειπόμενον τοῦ ε χειν ἐν μεγάλοις τὸ πρέπον; ὑπεράνω τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπήρθη ἡ μεγαλοπρέπεια αὐτοῦ καθίσαντος ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς μετὰ τὸ καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν πεποιηκέναι. ταύτῃ τῇ νοήσει ληπτέον καὶ τὸ ὑψηλότερον αὐτὸν τῶν οὐρανῶν γεγονέναι μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. μήποτε δὲ οἱ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν πιστεύοντες πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς προσελθόντες τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, οι αν καὶ ο σην ποτὲ ἐὰν ε χωσι τοῦ ε ξω ἀνθρώπου ἡλικίαν, βρέφη εἰσὶν τῇ κακίᾳ, νηπιάζονται διὰ τὸ ἁπλότητα ε χειν μὴ εἰδότα τὴν πονηρίαν. διαφορὰ νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων παρίσταται ἐκ τῆς λέξεως, τῶν μὲν ε τι γάλα δεχομένων τῶν θηλαζόντων, τῶν δὲ ὑπεραναβάντων τὴν ἡλικίαν ταύτην νηπίων χρηματιζόντων, οι ς κατάλληλον τὸ μετὰ τὸ γάλα βρῶμα κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον γράψαντα Κορινθίοις Γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, οὐ βρῶμα. ἐπιστατέον καὶ ἑτέρως· ὁ εἰσαγόμενος, γάλα δεχόμενος, θηλάζων ἐστίν, ὁ δὲ τελειωθεὶς κατὰ φρόνησιν, νηπιάζων δὲ τῇ κακίᾳ, νήπιος ὑπάρχει· τοιοῦτοι δὲ πάντες οἱ στραφέντες καὶ γενόμενοι ὡς τὰ παιδία. 49 Ps 8,6 Οὐ γὰρ πολὺ αὐτῶν ἀπολείπεται τὸ πεφυκέναι γνῶσίν σου ε χειν καὶ ὁμοιοῦσθαί σοι ἁγιότητος καὶ ἀρετῆς ἀναλήψει ὡς ἐφικτόν. ὀρθότατα δὲ καὶ ̓Ηλάττωσας αὐτὸν ει ρηται, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐλάττονα πεποίηκας. ἰσότιμος γὰρ καὶ ἰσοσθενὴς ω ν τοῖς ἀθανάτοις λογικοῖς ὁ α νθρωπος ἠλαττώθη ἐκείνων θεοῦ 12 προνοίᾳ, δι' ου σὺ δὲ μόνος ὁ προνοούμενος θνητῇ ὑπερβληθεὶς ζωῇ τῷ σαρκὶ συμπλακῆναι. ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ ου τω γέγονε τὰ κατ' αὐτόν, ο μως ε χει ὑπερβάλλουσαν τιμὴν τιμῇ καὶ δόξῃ στεφανωθεὶς ὑπὸ σοῦ ἐν τῷ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν σὴν γεγονέναι, δι' η ν εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἐνεχείρισας λογικῷ ο ντι τὴν τῶν θνητῶν ζῴων προστασίαν ὑποτάξας αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα ὡς ὑπὸ πόδας αὐτὰ ε χειν. Ταύτας τὰς λέξεις περὶ Χριστοῦ εἰρημένας ̔Εβραίοις γράφει Παῦλος ω δε ἀρχόμενος τῆς περιοχῆς· ∆ιεμαρτύρατο δέ που τις Τί ἐστιν α νθρωπος, ο τι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ; καὶ θεὶς

The Judgment of Cities and the Error of the Jews§12

12From here he brings in other words of the psalm. We see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels, being crowned with glory and honor through the suffering of death; for it was necessary for him, through whom all things and through whom all things, to lead many sons into glory, to perfect the leader of their salvation through sufferings (Ps 8:8–9).

Behold the sequence: it is not set to rule over all mortal creatures, but over the days (Ps 8:10). For the one-horned does not hold sway, nor does he stand against the others, strong and wild, as to rule the days, from the sheep and the ox and all the cattle of the field, and the following. I think this is not well said. For before these transgressions, man ruled; and the righteous rule even after these transgressions, as Daniel, having been thrown into the den of lions and suffering no harm from any of them, and Paul, having shaken off the viper from his own hand upon the fire. For wild beasts, they say, shall make peace with you; and in addition to these, the beasts of the field are included, as we have learned in Genesis.

It is fitting that the song spoken concerning the resurrection of the Savior should have a resemblance to the end at the beginning (Ps 8:10); for beginning and ending use the same words, the Spirit teaching the beginning to be the end according to the subject. It agrees with 'O Lord, how wonderful is your name in all the earth: let all the earth worship you and sing praises to you' (Ps 9:1).

Since it is not being defined who the Son is, what the Savior is is being made manifest in many ways by being so named. Indeed, in the Epistle to the Hebrews, Paul says, 'Christ, if he is a Son upon his own house, not we are' (Heb 1:8/2:13 context); and again, 'At the end of these days he spoke to us in a Son' (Heb 1:2); and the Savior himself writes about himself in the Gospel, 'If the Son does not set you free, you will be free indeed' (John 8:36). And also the proposed triumphal song has a reference to the end. For on account of that end, the Savior arrived, about which the precursor of the apostles writes: 'Having grasped the end of faith, the salvation of souls, concerning which salvation the prophets searched and inquired, and after a little time, testifying to the sufferings toward Christ...'

Regarding the glories that follow these things. Perhaps the Jews, concerning Absalom as the son of the one singing, will say that the inscription is true, being rebuked as they have not rightly received it, and because they are always in error for not searching the Scriptures. For what is it even plausible to say in the work 'On the Hidden Things', if they do not uncover the thoughts of Absalom that occurred in secret, regarding how the hidden things lie? And what is said by them possesses much elegance.

Such a sitting signifies him as a judge, but not that a certain seat has been established. Stand firm, if there is room to say, that after the nations have been rebuked, the impious shall perish in the manner of their ways, so as to no longer profit them. And this shall happen, the previously spoken thing being fulfilled thus: 'The way of the ungodly shall perish' (Ps 9:7a).

But the aggressions of the enemy are, in a sense, the heretical teachings and the vices according to appearance, which some have left as if they could no longer contend super-abundantly as cities, and they themselves shall be destroyed; for cities are collections of people standing together and being governed unlawfully. For it has been written concerning the one establishing them as 'building cities in vain and preparing cities in iniquity'. For their substance is wrongdoing and the shedding of blood of those being scandalized. The Savior, having arrived, pulls these down, pulling down the enemy who wishes to rule tyrannically, having been as it were cities.

Having seen this courage with divine eyes and speaking well, they say he is the best, as if uttering a gracious voice from one voice, beginning thus: 'Lord my God, I will glorify you, I will praise your name, what you have done wonderful things, an ancient and true counsel'; may it be, Lord, that what you have made cities into dust, a city of the ungodly, shall never be built for ever. Stand firm, if it signifies the raised ruin of Jerusalem, of the Savior having been crucified in it, of its citizens being the remainder of the ungodly because of the killing of the Lord (Ps 9:7b). 'The structure after the shout instead of with peace of those conquering has risen' (Ps 9:7b).

It exhorts the things set forth to withdraw indeed from wickedness and impiety, and to approach indeed virtue and piety (Ps 9:8b-9). For what mind, believing these things spoken thus, would not...

Greek · §12

ἐφεξῆς τὰς ἑτέρας λέξεις τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ἐπήγαγεν Τὸν δὲ βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους ἠλαττωμένον βλέπομεν ̓Ιησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον· ε πρεπεν γὰρ αὐτῷ, δι' ου τὰ πάντα καὶ δι' ο ν τὰ πάντα, πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα, τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν διὰ παθημάτων τελειῶσαι. 50 Ps 8,8–9 Ορα τὴν ἀκολουθίαν· οὐ καθάπαξ πάντων θνητῶν ζῴων α ρχειν τέθειται, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἡμέρων. οὐ γὰρ κρατεῖ μονοκέρωτος, οὐδὲ τῶν α λλων ἰσχυρῶν τε καὶ ἀγρίων παρίσταται ὡς ἡμέρων α ρχειν ἐκ τοῦ Πρόβατα καὶ βόας πάσας, ε τι δὲ καὶ τὰ κτήνη τοῦ πεδίου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Νομίζω τοῦτο μὴ καλῶς εἰρῆσθαι. πρὸ γὰρ τῆς παραβάσεως καὶ τούτων η ρχεν ὁ α νθρωπος· οἱ δίκαιοι δὲ καὶ τούτων μετὰ τὴν παράβασιν α ρχουσιν, ὡς ∆ανιὴλ ἐν τῷ λάκκῳ τῶν λεόντων βληθεὶς καὶ μηδεμίαν ἐξ αὐτῶν ὑποστὰς βλάβην, καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τὴν ε χιδναν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ χειρὸς ἐκτινάξας ἐπὶ τὴν πυράν. Θῆρες γὰρ α γριοι, φησίν, εἰρηνεύσουσίν σοι· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διὰ τῶν κτηνῶν τοῦ πεδίου περιείληπται καὶ τὰ θηρία, ὡς ἐν τῇ Γενέσει μεμαθήκαμεν. 51 Ps 8,10 Επρεπεν τὴν ἐπὶ ἀναστάσει τοῦ σωτῆρος λεγομένην ᾠδὴν ο μοιον ε χειν τῇ ἀρχῇ τὸ τέλος· καὶ γὰρ ἀρχόμενος καὶ λήγων τῇ αὐτῇ κέχρηται λέξει, διδάσκοντος τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ τέλει καθ' ὑποκείμενον ει ναι· συνᾴδει τῷ ̔Ως θαυμαστὸν τὸ ο νομά σου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ τὸ Πᾶσα ἡ γῆ προσκυνησάτωσάν σοι καὶ ψαλάτωσάν σοι. 52 Ps 9,1 Μὴ προσκειμένου δὲ τοῦ τίνος ὁ υἱὸς ὑπάρχει, φανερὸν ο τι ὁ σωτήρ ἐστιν δηλούμενος πολλαχοῦ ου τως ὀνομαζόμενος. ἐν γοῦν τῇ πρὸς ̔Εβραίους ἐπιστολῇ ὁ Παῦλος, Χριστός, ει πεν, ὡς υἱὸς ἐπὶ τὸν οι κον αὐτοῦ, ου οι κός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς· καὶ πάλιν ̓Επ' ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν ἐν υἱῷ· καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ σωτὴρ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ̓Εὰν ου ν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ο ντως ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ Εἰς τέλος ἀναφορὰν ε χειν τὴν προκειμένην ἐπινίκιον ᾠδήν. τοῦ γὰρ τέλους ἐκείνου χάριν ἐπεδήμησεν ὁ σωτήρ, περὶ ου ὁ πρόκριτος τῶν ἀποστόλων γράφει Κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν, περὶ η ς σωτηρίας ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηρεύνησαν προφῆται, καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα Προμαρτυράμενοι τὰ εἰς Χριστὸν παθήματα καὶ τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας. Ισως ̓Ιουδαῖοι περὶ τοῦ ̓Αβεσσαλὼμ ο ντος υἱοῦ τοῦ ψάλλοντος ἐροῦσιν τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ει ναι, ἐλεγχόμενοι ὡς οὐ καλῶς αὐτὴν ἐξειλήφασιν, α τε διὰ πάντων ἐσφαλμένοι τῷ μὴ ἐρευνᾶν τὰς γραφάς. τί γὰρ καὶ πειθανὸν εἰπεῖν ε χουσιν εἰς τὸ Περὶ τῶν κρυφίων, εἰ μὴ α ρα περὶ τῶν κρύβδην γεναμένων σκέψεων τοῦ ̓Αβεσσαλὼμ ἀροῦσιν τὰ ὑπὲρ τῶν κρυφίων κεῖσθαι; ε χει δὲ πολλὴν εὐήθειαν τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπ' αὐτῶν. 53 Ps 9,5–6 ̔Η τοιαύτη κάθισις κριτὴν αὐτὸν σημαίνει, ἀλλ' οὐ τὸ ἐπί τινος καθέδρας ἱδρῦσθαι. ἐπίστησον, εἰ χώραν ε χει ε τι εἰπεῖν, ἐπιτιμηθέντων τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἀπόλλυσθαι ἀσεβῆ τὸν α θεον τρόπον αὐτῶν ω στε μηκέτι χρηματίζειν αὐτούς. συμβήσεται δὲ τοῦτο, πληρουμένου τοῦ πρότερον εἰρημένου ε χοντος ου τως· ̔Οδὸς ἀσεβῶν ἀπολεῖται. 54 Ps 9,7a ̔Ρομφαῖαι δὲ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ ει εν α ν ι σως αἱ αἱρετικαὶ διδασκαλίαι καὶ αἱ κατ' ει δος κακίαι, αι τινες ἐξέλειπον ὡς μηκέτι δύνασθαι ὑπεραγωνίζεσθαι ω ν ει χον πόλεων, καὶ αὐταὶ καθαιρεθήσονται· ἀθροίσματα δὲ αἱ πόλεις παρανόμως συστᾶσαι 13 καὶ διοικούμεναι. γέγραπται γὰρ περὶ τοῦ ἱδρυσαμένου αὐτὰς ὡς ει η Οἰκοδομῶν πόλεις ἐν αι μασιν καὶ ἑτοιμάζων πόλεις ἐν ἀδικίαις. ἡ γὰρ υ λη αὐτῶν ἀδικήματα καὶ ε κχυσις αἱμάτων τῶν σκανδαλιζομένων ἐστίν. ταύτας καθελεῖ ἐπιδημήσας ὁ σωτήρ, καθελῶν τὸν ἐχθρὸν τυραννικῶς κρατεῖν θέλοντα ω ν ῳ ετο ἐσχηκέναι πόλεων. οἱ ταύτην τὴν ἀνδραγαθίαν ο μματι θείῳ θεασάμενοι εὐφημοῦντες τὸν ἀριστέα φασὶν ὡς ἐκ μιᾶς φωνῆς τὴν χαριστήριον προφέροντες φωνήν, ἀρχόμενοι ω δε· Κύριε ὁ θεός μου, δοξάσω σε, ὑμνήσω τὸ ο νομά σου, ο τι ἐποίησας θαυμαστὰ πράγματα, βουλὴν ἀρχαίαν ἀληθινήν· γένοιτο, κύριε, ο τι ε θηκας πόλεις εἰς χῶμα, πόλις τῶν ἀσεβῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα οὐ μὴ οἰκοδομηθῇ. ἐπίστησον εἰ σημαίνει τὸ ἀνέγερτον πτῶμα τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ, τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐν αὐτῇ σταυρωθέντος, τῶν πολιτῶν αὐτῆς ο ντων λοιπὸν ἀσεβῶν διὰ τὴν κυριοκτονίαν. Ps 9,7b Τὸ Μετ' η χους ἀντὶ τοῦ Οὐ σὺν ἠρεμίᾳ ἀλαλαγμοῦ νικησάντων τὸ κατόρθωμα ὑπῆρκται. 55 Ps 9,8b.9 Προτρέπει τὰ προκείμενα ἀναχωρῆσαι μὲν κακίας καὶ δυσσεβείας, προσελθεῖν δὲ ἀρετῇ καὶ εὐσεβείᾳ. τίς γὰρ νοῦν ε χων πιστεύσας τοῖς ου τως εἰρημένοις οὐ

The Cry of the Gentiles and the Wages of Sin§13

13He will fear lest he fall before the one judging in righteousness and uprightness because of false deeds and an impious mindset; for the judgment of him will be inescapable. This is shown by the expression 'at an acceptable time God heard you' (Ps 9:10), and by the first Psalm: 'Arising, you will have mercy on Zion' (Ps 9:11)—what a time to have mercy, what a time that is.

Having ascended above all human confidence (for having knowledge of your name they have strong and complete trust), they will hope for nothing of those things; but those who want all things from him seek God, wanting to exist not from themselves, and they are not abandoned by him. It is fitting to hear this word piously and wisely. For if anyone thinks that he who prospers in worldly things is not abandoned by God, he errs. For many impious people live thus. It is not to say that Abel was abandoned (for he was slain), but also the prophets and apostles; for they were continually afflicted, and in the end most of them were slain by men. Because of this distinction, we do not say that one held until the last breath is not abandoned by God, even if he suffers myriad times from enemies. For this is truly the not being abandoned by the Lord. The manner in which one must seek God is shown by those having such wisdom: 'Think about the Lord with goodness, and seek him with a simple heart, who is found by those not testing him, but is revealed to those not being unfaithful to him' (Ps 9:12–13).

Those who have practiced singing with spirit and mind are commanded to sing a hymn, but they do not sing thus with pious understanding and thought of the spirit; for they are commanded to sing even dreadfully and to sing with the heart. Those who do not sing thus to the Lord dwelling in Zion according to the guidance of the Holy Spirit receive another command toward him in the...

To announce to the nations his excellencies. These are, namely, what he marvelously did having arrived, both intelligible and sensible things. And the second command is said especially to the apostles having been sent, to disciple all the nations. And what they seek, their souls remembered those having been snatched away by the fiery arrows of the evil one.

By these, he says, the 'He did not forget the cry of the poor' is applied, so that no one will be at a loss saying: how did the poor from the nations cry to God, even though having been snatched away by the prevailing many-minded deception and by the invisible enemies working it? It must truly be said to bring up their cry, just as the blood of Abel cries to God and the reward having been deprived of the workers; for he says, 'Behold, the reward of those who have not sown your lands cries out, that which has been deprived from you' (Ps 9:13).

And another understanding is said; not entirely the same as those from the nations, of whom the souls remembered, the poor are those of whom the benefactor did not forget the voice. For they are not able to be those concerning the nations having prophetically pre-announced, of whom one says, 'Those from the ends of the earth' (Ps 72:32) and the other, 'All the nations, all that you have done, shall worship before you' (Ps 86:9). And the poor are also in these, it is said, those lacking much of the wealth of divinity and of the divine knowledge; for they were partially prophesying in the end.

Regarding that one being below death, it is not written, 'Death swallowed up by strength' (Ps 88:4); the enemies make those being humbled by it to become, either through maltreatment or through sinning. From this death and from the humbling upon it, it is possible to be outside by the mercy of God. For he who is concerning these things and suffering to the world, finding himself in humbling, if he should receive...

Greek · §13

φοβηθήσεται, μὴ ὑποπέσῃ τῷ κρίνοντι ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἐν εὐθύτητι διὰ πράξεις ψεκτὰς καὶ φρόνημα ἀσεβές; ου τω γὰρ κρίνοντος αὐτοῦ ἀναπόδραστον τὸ κρίμα ε σται. 56 Ps 9,10 Τούτου δηλωτικὸν τὸ ἐκ προσώπου λεχθὲν τοῦ θεοῦ Καιρῷ δεκτῷ ἐπήκουσά σου, καὶ τὸ ἐν ἑκατοστῷ πρώτῳ ψαλμῷ ου τω ε χον· Σὺ ἀναστὰς οἰκτειρήσεις τὴν Σιών, ο τι καιρὸς τοῦ οἰκτειρῆσαι αὐτήν, ο τι η κει καιρός. 57 Ps 9,11 Πάσης ἀνθρωπίνης πεποιθήσεως ἀνωτέρω χωρήσαντες (γνῶσιν γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματός σου ε χοντες ἀσφαλῆ καὶ τελείαν) ἐπ' οὐδενὶ ἐκείνων ἐλπίσουσιν, ζητοῦσι δὲ θεὸν οἱ πάντα παρ' αὐτοῦ θέλοντες ὑπαρχθῆναι α ἐξ ἑαυτῶν ε χειν οὐχ οι οί τέ εἰσιν, ο θεν οὐκ ἐγκαταλείπονται ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. ̔Οσίως καὶ φρονίμως καὶ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως ἀκοῦσαι προσήκει. εἰ γὰρ νομίσοι τις μὴ ἐγκαταλείπεσθαι ὑπὸ θεοῦ τὸν ἐν τοῖς βιωτικοῖς εὐοδούμενον, σφάλλεται. πολλοὶ γὰρ ἀσεβεῖς διάγουσιν ου τως. ἐπεὶ ω ρα λέγειν τὸν Αβελ ἐγκαταλελεῖφθαι (ἀνῃρέθη γάρ), ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς προφητὰς καὶ ἀποστόλους· ἐθλίβησαν γὰρ διηνεκῶς, καὶ τέλος ἀνῃρέθησαν ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων οἱ πλεῖστοι αὐτῶν. ου τω διαστολῆς γεγενημένης φαμὲν μὴ ἐγκαταλελεῖφθαι τὸν μέχρις ἐσχάτης ἀναπνοῆς περιεχόμενον ὑπὸ θεοῦ, κα ν μυριάκις ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν πάθῃ. τοῦτο γὰρ ἀληθῶς τὸ μὴ ἐγκαταλειφθῆναι ὑπὸ κυρίου ἐστίν. Παρίσταται ὁ τρόπος ὡς δεῖ ζητεῖν τὸν θεὸν ἐκ τῶν ἐν τῇ Σοφίᾳ ου τως ἐχόντων· Φρονήσατε περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἐν ἀγαθότητι, καὶ ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας ζητήσατε αὐτόν, ο τι εὑρίσκεται τοῖς μὴ πειράζουσιν αὐτόν, ἐμφανίζεται δὲ τοῖς μὴ ἀπιστοῦσιν αὐτῷ. 58 Ps 9,12–13 Υμνον εἰπεῖν προστάττονται οἱ πνεύματι καὶ νοῒ τὸ ψάλλειν ἐσχηκότες, ψάλλουσιν δὲ ου τοι εὐσεβεῖ νοήσει καὶ ἐπινοίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος· προστάττονται γὰρ ᾳ δειν καὶ ψάλλειν τῇ καρδίᾳ. οἱ ου τω ψάλλοντες τῷ κατοικοῦντι ἐν τῇ Σιὼν κυρίῳ καθ' ὑφήγησιν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ ἑτέραν πρόσταξιν δέχονται πρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ἀναγγεῖλαι ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσιν τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα αὐτοῦ. ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν, ο σα θαυμασίως ἐποίησεν ἐπιδημήσας νοητά τε καὶ αἰσθητά. ῥηθείη δ' α ν ἡ δευτέρα πρόσταξις μάλιστα τοῖς ἀποστόλοις πεμφθεῖσιν μαθητεῦσαι πάντα τὰ ε θνη. Καὶ ο τι ἐκζητῶν τὰ αι ματα αὐτῶν ἐμνήσθη τῶν ἀναιρεθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν πεπυρωμένων βελῶν τοῦ πονηροῦ. τούτοις, φησίν, ἐπιφέρεται τὸ Οὐκ ἐπελάθετο τῆς κραυγῆς τῶν πενήτων, περὶ ου ἐπαπορήσει τις λέγων· πῶς ε κραζον πρὸς θεὸν οἱ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν πένητες ο ντες, καίτοι ἀναιρεθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς κατεχούσης πολυθέου ἀπάτης καὶ τῶν ἐνεργούντων αὐτὴν ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν; πρὸς ο λεκτέον πραγματικῶς αὐτοὺς τὴν κραυγὴν ἀναφέρειν, ὡς τοῦ Αβελ τὸ αι μα βοᾷ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ ὁ μισθὸς ὁ ἀποστερηθεὶς τῶν ἐργατῶν· ̓Ιδοὺ γάρ φησιν ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν κράζει, ὁ ἀποστερηθεὶς ἀφ' ὑμῶν· κραυγὴ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ἀποστερηθέντος μισθοῦ τῷ μὴ ει ναι παρὰ 14 τῷ ἐργασαμένῳ ἀλλὰ τῷ κτήτορι τῆς χώρας τῆς ἀμηθείσης. 59 Ps 9,13 ̔Ρηθείη δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα διάνοια· οὐ πάντως οἱ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν, ω ν ἐμνήσθη τὰ αι ματα, οἱ πένητές εἰσιν ω ν τῆς φωνῆς οὐκ ἐπελάθετο ὁ εὐεργέτης. δύνανται γὰρ ου τοι ει ναι οἱ περὶ ἐθνῶν προφητικῶς προαναφωνήσαντες, ω ν ὁ μὲν ει πεν Πρὸς σὲ ε θνη η ξουσιν ἀπ' ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, ὁ δὲ Πάντα τὰ ε θνη ο σα ἐποίησας η ξουσιν καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιόν σου. πένητες δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις ει ρηνται οἱ πολὺ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς θεότητος ἀπολειπόμενοι η καὶ τῆς θείας γνώσεως· τέως γὰρ ἐκ μέρους προεφήτευον. 60 Ps 9,14 Κάτω που τυγχάνοντος τοῦ θανάτου ἐκείνου περὶ ου γέγραπται Κατέπιεν ὁ θάνατος ἰσχύσας, οἱ ἐχθροὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τοὺς ὑπ' αὐτῶν ταπεινουμένους, η τοι διὰ κακώσεως, η τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν. τούτου τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τῆς ἐπ' αὐτῷ ταπεινώσεως δυνατὸν ἐκτὸς γενέσθαι ἐλέῳ θεοῦ. ὁ γὰρ ε τι περὶ τὰ τῇδε ε χων καὶ προσπάσχων τῷ κόσμῳ ἐν ταπεινώσει τυγχάνων, εἰ λάβοι

The Nature of the Psalm and the Sinners§14

14The awareness of one's own evils and the knowledge of God's goodness leads to the prayer, 'Have mercy on me and see the humiliation that has come upon me from my enemies' (Ps 9:15b). For they humiliated me by dragging me down; but You alone are able to lift me up from the gates of death through a goodness that is always present.

Regarding the daughters of Zion, those participating in this must hear in harmony with being called sons of light, peace, and wisdom. The gates of the daughter of Zion, being opposite the gates of death, are praiseworthy deeds and contemplations of God's virtue and wisdom to be fulfilled.

Concerning the incorruptible virtue, it is said: 'The grace is with those who love our Lord Jesus Christ in incorruption' (Ps 9:16), while the opposite, evil, will be called corruption and destruction. It is shown that corruption is called evil from the saying, 'If anyone destroys the temple of God' (1 Cor 3:17), and from what is said to the wicked in the prophet, 'Because of incorruption you have been corrupted by destruction.' This is consistent with, 'Who will help you against your corruption, O Israel?' (Hos 4:9). The corruption so spoken of, in the doing of what is, is promised to be accomplished by those who possess it. The word says that the mortals have fallen into that in which they practiced corruption (Ps 7:15). For no one else is seized by another's impiety and sin; for each one dies by his own sin.

And since the wicked, having first harmed themselves and others through deceit, attempt to bring the same harm by trial, they secretly prepare snares in their treacherous wisdoms and words to catch the unsuspecting. By that very snare they are punished. For they render justice and through those whom they deceived. And to suffer thus becomes a judgment of the provident God; for how is it not His judgment that, in His works, He seizes the sinner who has used the pretext of acting wickedly to be condemned from without? This is consistent with what was said a little earlier: 'He who digs a pit will fall into it' (Ps 7:15). Having spoken about the psalm of lament, the song of the lament must now be spoken. Having begun the present psalm from 'I will confess to You, Lord,' the proclamation extended as 'The sinner was caught'; after which the words of the song begin...

Since 'Let the sinners be turned away' follows the interlude, the name of the hymn is entwined with the interlude. For if the whole psalm is called a hymn, the preface of the hymn was always arranged in a way and with a power before it, as is demonstrated for many psalms. But since it is not so here, and since the beginning is taken after the interlude, it is fitting that 'Hymn of the interlude' be placed in between. It will be shown how the hymn possesses the thought of the following, with their words being set forth: 'Let the sinners be turned away' etc. Ps 9:18–19: 'Let the sinners be turned away, those imposing judgment against the righteous, into the abyss.'

Interpreting who the sinners are, he brought forward that the things being forgotten are mortal things of God. But sinners and mortals must be understood not as men only, but also as fleshless powers. For if the sinner does not signify essence, but rather what kind of voice the sinner is—a nickname not from the sin itself—then everyone participating in sin would not be called thus. Appropriately to these things, the mortals will also be called. Just as one who is not locally in heaven, but walking upon the earth, is able to possess citizenship and thought there, so also one not dwelling locally in the abyss is able to bear signs of death and of sinning himself, as if he dwells in the abyss, even though he is among those in the life after the body.

And he is called poor, the one impoverishing through sin, and the moderate and the foolish, and the one needing to receive from God; and such a one is born wretched. According to all these ways, the one called poor is remembered by God. For through something advantageous, some forgetfulness of him might occur, but it does not remain entirely so, and for this reason he will not be forgotten unto the end. As for who will be judged poor or needy, we will say as the opportunity calls us to speak about these things. Ps 9:20: 'You, Lord, make those who stagger and those who faint fall from the lofty height, opposing the proud; let them not then be strong, but let them be judged before you; for a surpassing benefit will spring forth for them.'

Let it be interpreted that 'Let man not be strong' as it was said concerning the devil, and it is said in the parable of the tares as being an enemy of man, but also in the prophecy: 'Not man is the one provoking the earth.' And since man was not being strong before the descent of the Savior, saying...

Greek · §14

αι σθησιν τῶν οἰκείων κακῶν καὶ γνῶσιν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθότητος, εὐχῆς τρόπῳ ἐρεῖ ̓Ελέησόν με καὶ ἰδὲ τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου ἐκ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου γεγενημένην· αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἐταπείνωσαν καθελκύσαντές με· σὺ δὲ μόνος δύνασαι δι' ἀγαθότητα οὐσιωδῶς προσοῦσαν ὑψῶσαί με ἐκ τῶν πυλῶν τοῦ θανάτου. Ps 9,15b Θυγατέρας τῆς Σιὼν ἀκούειν δεῖ τοὺς μετέχοντας ταύτης καταλλήλως τῷ λέγεσθαί τινας υἱοὺς φωτὸς καὶ εἰρήνης καὶ σοφίας· πύλαι δὲ τῆς θυγατρὸς τῆς Σιών, ἀπεναντίως ταῖς πύλαις τοῦ θανάτου ε χουσαι, πράξεις εἰσὶν ἐπαινεταὶ καὶ αἱ ἐπιτελεσθεῖσαι κατ' ἀρετὴν καὶ σοφίαν θεοῦ θεωρίαι. 61 Ps 9,16–17 Τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀφθαρσίας λεγομένης ἐν τῷ ̔Η χάρις μετὰ τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ̓Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ, ἡ ἀπεναντίως ε χουσα κακία διαφθορὰ καὶ φθορὰ ἀκολούθως κληθήσεται. παρίσταται τὸ φθορὰν τὴν κακίαν λέγεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ Ει τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ λεγομένου πρὸς τοὺς φαύλους Ενεκεν ἀφθαρσίας διεφθάρητε φθορᾷ· σύμφωνον τούτοις καὶ τὸ Τῇ διαφθορᾷ σου, ̓Ισραήλ, τίς βοηθήσει; ̔Η ου τω λεγομένη διαφθορὰ ἐν τῷ πράττεσθαι τὸ ει ναι ε χουσα πεποιῆσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχόντων αὐτὴν ἐπαγγέλλεται. φησὶν ὁ λόγος ἐμπεπῆχθαι τὰ ε θνη ἐν ῃ ἐποίησαν διαφθορᾷ. οὐ γὰρ α λλος τῇ α λλου ἀσεβείᾳ καὶ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἐνέχεται· ε καστος γὰρ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀποθανεῖται. ει τ' ἐπεὶ οἱ κακοὶ πρότερον ἑαυτοὺς βλάψαντες καὶ ἑτέρους εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν βλάβην δι' ἀπάτης α γειν πειρῶνται, σκευάζουσιν κεκρυμμένως παγίδας ἐν τοῖς δολεροῖς φρονήμασιν καὶ λόγοις αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ἀγρεῦσαι τὸν ἀπροοράτως ε χοντα. αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ παγίδι ῃ ε κρυψαν τιμωροῦνται. δίκας γὰρ διδόασιν καὶ δι' ου ς ἠπάτησαν. γίνεται δὲ τὸ παθεῖν ου τως διακρίσει τοῦ προνοουμένου θεοῦ· πῶς γὰρ οὐ κρίμα αὐτοῦ τὸ ἐν τοῖς ε ργοις αὐτοῦ συλλαμβάνεσθαι τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ε χοντα τὴν πρόφασιν τοῦ καταδικάζεσθαι ἐξ ω ν ε δρασεν πονηρῶς; τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ ὀλίγῳ πρότερον λεχθὲν ε χον ω δε· ̔Ο ὀρύσσων βόθρον τῷ πλησίον ἐμπεσεῖται εἰς αὐτόν. Περὶ τοῦ διαψάλματος εἰρηκότες η δη, περὶ τῆς τοῦ διαψάλματος ᾠδῆς νυνὶ λεκτέον. ἀρξαμένου τοῦ προκειμένου ψαλμοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ̓Εξομολογήσομαί σοι, κύριε, παρέτεινεν ἡ ἀπαγγελία ε ως τοῦ Συνελήφθη ὁ ἁμαρτωλός· μεθ' η ν λέξιν ᾠδῆς ἀρχομένης ἀπὸ τοῦ ̓Αποστραφήτωσαν, ἀκόλουθον τῷ διαψάλματι συμπλέξαι τῆς ᾠδῆς τὸ ο νομα. εἰ γὰρ ο λος ὁ ψαλμὸς ᾠδὴ ει ρηται, τρόπῳ καὶ δυνάμει κα ν πρὸ αὐτοῦ πάντως ἐτάττετο ἡ ᾠδῆς προσηγορία, ὡς ἐπὶ πλειόνων ψαλμῶν ἀποδείκνυται. τῷ δὲ μὴ ου τως ε χειν, ἀρχὴν δὲ λαμβάνειν μετὰ τὸ διάψαλμα τὸ ᾳ σμα, εἰκότως ̓Ωιδὴ διαψάλματος μεταξὺ τέθειται. δειχθήσεται ὡς ᾠδῆς διάνοιαν ε χει τὰ ἑξῆς τῶν λέξεων αὐτῶν ἐκτεθεισῶν ̓Αποστραφήτωσαν κτλ. 62 Ps 9,18–19 ̓Αποστραφήτωσαν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί, οἱ πολεμίων δίκην ἐπιτιθέμενοι, εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην. ἑρμηνεύων δὲ τίνες οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί, ἐπήγαγεν ὡς τὰ ἐπιλανθανόμενα ε θνη τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν. ἁμαρτωλοὺς δὲ καὶ ε θνη οὐκ ἀνθρώπους μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀσάρκους δυνάμεις ἐκλαβεῖν δεῖ. εἰ γὰρ 15 μὴ σημαίνει οὐσίαν ἀλλὰ ποιὸν ἡ ἁμαρτωλὸς φωνή, παρωνυμία ου σα ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, πάντα τὸν μετέχοντα ἁμαρτίας ου τως ὀνομαστέον. καταλλήλως τούτοις καὶ τὰ ε θνη ἐκλήψει. ω σπερ δὲ οὐκ ω ν τις ἐν οὐρανῷ τοπικῶς, ε τι ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατῶν, δύναται ἐκεῖ πολιτείᾳ καὶ νοήσει τυγχάνειν, ου τω μὴ διατρίβων τις ἐν ᾳ δῃ τοπικῶς δύναται σημεῖα φέρειν νεκρότητος καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν, ὡς οἰκεῖν αὐτὸν τὸν ᾳ δην η δη καίτοι ο ντα ἐν τῇ μετὰ σώματος ζωῇ. Πτωχὸς δὲ λέγεται καὶ ὁ πτωχεύων δι' ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ ὁ μέτριος καὶ α τυφος, καὶ ὁ χρῄζων δέξασθαι παρὰ θεοῦ· ε καστος δὲ γενητός ἐστι τοιοῦτος. κατὰ πάντας τούτους τοὺς τρόπους ὁ λεγόμενος πτωχὸς μνημονεύεται θεῷ. κα ν διά τι σύμφερον δόξῃ λήθης τι αὐτοῦ γίνεσθαι, οὐκ εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δὲ παραμένει αυ τη, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Οὐκ εἰς τέλος ἐπιληθήσεται. Τίνος δὲ διοίσει πτωχὸς πένητος, προϊόντες ἐροῦμεν ο τ' α ν καιρὸς καλέσῃ εἰπεῖν περὶ τούτων. 63 Ps 9,20 Σύ, κύριε, ὁ τοὺς ὀγκυλλομένους καὶ ἀπαυθαδιζομένους πίπτειν ποιῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ψεκτοῦ υ ψους, ἀντιταττόμενος τοῖς ὑπερηφάνοις· μὴ τοίνυν κραταιούσθωσαν, ἀλλὰ Κριτήθωσαν ἐνώπιόν σου· ε ψεται γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὑπερβάλλουσα ὠφέλεια. ̔Ερμηνευθείη δὲ τὸ Μὴ κραταιούσθω α νθρωπος ὡς λεχθὲν περὶ διαβόλου, περὶ ου ει ρηται ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ τῶν ζιζανίων ὡς ο ντος ἀνθρώπου ἐχθροῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ προφητείᾳ Ου τος ὁ α νθρωπος ὁ παροξύνων τὴν γῆν. καὶ ἐπεὶ ὁ α νθρωπος ου τος ἐκραταιοῦτο πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος καθόδου λέγων

The Provocation of God and the Nature of Sin§15

15I will take the inhabited world in my hand as a disease and as abandoned dust to wipe away; no one shall escape me or answer me.

The human race does not bring the words of its pride as an embassy to the Savior, saying, 'Arise, O Lord, descend to us, so that the human who is proud against us may not be strengthened for long.' For the devil says that 'man' is not a mortal rational animal, but that they have fallen away from divinity just as those to whom God said, 'I am; you are gods and all are sons of the Most High, but you, as men, die' (Ps 82:6).

The prophet asks like a man and inquires of God, saying, 'Why, Lord, have you stood far off?' (Ps 22:13). If the Word responds to him, what is the good of God for the repentance of sinners? For God has stood far from the sinners, His presence discerning the sin itself and driving the sinners far away according to what has been said: 'Your sins divide you between me and you' (Ps 83:15). Otherwise, God is always present to all and happens to fill all things everywhere. Therefore it has been said in the prophecies: 'I am a God approaching,' says the Lord, 'and not a God from afar.'

But for the righteous who are afflicted in the present life and oppressed by the ungodly, he says, 'As if standing far off, you abandon them, O Lord, and look down from above' (Ps 22:14). Consequently, the pride of the ungodly increases, while He burns your poor and wretched one, the God-fearing man, who zealously desires and inwardly burns the soul with zeal.

And especially those who are deprived of divine wealth and wisdom and are not precise concerning the doctrines of piety; for they do not stumble upon judgments praising the sinner for that which he desires, it being manifest that the sinner reaches out not for the heretical but for the pleasant and the passionate. Along with these, they consider wealth and human, fleeting glory to be a blessing from the same error, asserting that the wrongdoers are blessed by God; but it is necessary to examine how the blessing of God is given to the righteous.

Even if it has seemed that God stands far off and looks down from above on the afflicted because of being troubled by the pride of the ungodly...

But he does not very much rage against the proud one having stumbled and, if it is said according to the scripture, having set fire to the poor man because of the bad use of the things that were to him by God's providence. For this is shown from the following words: for it is said, 'The sinner provoked the Lord.' And the one provoking is the impious one, praising himself according to his own desires. And he provoked the Lord to such an extent as for the anger to become stretched out, that he himself has stored up for himself according to what was said, 'According to your hardness and unrepentant heart, you store up for yourself wrath in a day of wrath' (Ps 7:16).

However, even if much wrath has been stored up by him, nevertheless there will not be a search according to the abundance and greatness of it on the day of judgment because of the goodness of the judging God. For if a search according to the abundance of the wrath were to happen, the wicked would immediately be lost. Having seen this very thing, they say, regarding the goodness being shown: 'If iniquity is observed, Lord, Lord, who will endure?' (Ps 53:2). The pretext for the sinner provoking the Lord is not having him before the eyes and in the presence, since he has turned away from God. For every one sinning does this; therefore God says concerning every such one, 'They turned their backs on me, and not faces' (Ps 53:2).

Cain, having become the father of this impiety, 'Went out from the presence of the Lord God, having turned away from him' (Gen 4:16) clearly. If these things are said concerning sinful men, much more concerning the devil, having provoked God and not having him before him. For especially the following words are said concerning him: 'His ways are defiled at all times' (Ps 106:18). For whose ways are defiled at all times, except of the impious, habitually performing many, many things? And he walks impiously, not only in single acts seizing men, but also defining unprovidence.

Indeed, he has persuaded many to dogmatize the unprotected world, having first himself fallen from the right opinion concerning God's administration and judgment. This is shown from what is said to God concerning him, 'Your judgments are overthrown from his face; he shall lord it over all his enemies' (Ps 72:4), not as if he were going to do this always, but because this very thing is set forth; for it is a lie...

Greek · §15

Τὴν οἰκουμένην ο λην ἀπολήψομαι τῇ χειρὶ ὡς νοσσιὰν καὶ ὡς ᾠὰ καταλελειμμένα ἀρῶ· οὐκ ε στιν ο ς διαφεύξεταί με η ἀντείπῃ μοι, οὐκ ἐνεγκὸν τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς μεθ' ὑπερηφανίας αὐτοῦ λόγους πρεσβείαν προσάγει τῷ σωτῆρι λέγον ̓Ανάστηθι, ω δέσποτα, κατάβηθι πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ι να μὴ ἐπὶ πολὺ ὁ καθ' ἡμῶν ὑπερηφανευόμενος α νθρωπος κραταιωθῇ· α νθρωπος δὲ ει ρηται ὁ διάβολος οὐ τῷ θνητὸν λογικὸν ζῷον ει ναι, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεότητος ἀποπεπτωκέναι ὡσαύτως ἐκείνοις πρὸς ου ς ὁ θεὸς ̓Εγὼ ει πα· θεοί ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες, ὑμεῖς δὲ ὡς α νθρωποι ἀποθνῄσκετε. 64 Ps 9,22–23 α ̔Ο προφήτης ὡς α νθρωπος ἐρωτᾷ καὶ πυνθάνεται τοῦ θεοῦ λέγων Ινα τί, κύριε, ἀφέστηκας μακρόθεν; ει πεν δ' α ν ὁ λόγος πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀποκρινόμενος ο τι Τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς μετάνοιαν α γει τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας. ἀφέστηκεν δὲ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν μακρὰν ὁ θεός, τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῆς διοριζούσης καὶ μακρὰν ἐλαυνούσης τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας κατὰ τὰ εἰρημένον· Αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὑμῶν διϊστῶσιν μεταξὺ ἐμοῦ καὶ ὑμῶν. α λλως γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἀεὶ τοῖς πᾶσι πάρεστι καὶ τὰ πάντα πληροῖ πανταχοῦ τυγχάνων. διὸ λέλεκται ἐν προφητείαις. Θεὸς ἐγγίζων ἐγώ εἰμι, λέγει κύριος, καὶ οὐ θεὸς πόρρωθεν. θλιβομένων δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα βίον τῶν δικαίων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσεβῶν καταπονουμένων, Ωσπερ μακρὰν ἀφεστώς, καταλείπεις αὐτούς, φησίν, ω κύριε, καὶ ὑπερορᾷς· διὸ καὶ αυ ξει ἡ ὑπερηφανία τῶν ἀσεβῶν, τὸν δὲ σὸν πένητα καὶ πτωχὸν ἐμπυρίζει ζηλοῦντα τὸν θεοσεβῆ ζῆλον καὶ ε νδοθεν φλεγόμενον τὴν ψυχήν. 65 Ps 9,24 Καὶ μάλιστα οἱ θείου πλούτου καὶ σοφίας στερούμενοι καὶ μὴ ἀκριβεῖς ο ντες περὶ τὰ δόγματα τῆς εὐσεβείας· ου τοι γὰρ τοῖς τῆς σοφῆς προνοίας προσκόπτουσιν κρίμασιν ἐπαινοῦντες τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐφ' οι ς ἐπιθυμεῖ, φανεροῦ ο ντος ὡς οὐ τῶν αἱρετῶν ἀλλὰ τῶν ἡδέων καὶ ἐμπαθῶν ὀρέγεται ὁ ἁμαρτωλός. πρὸς τούτοις ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σφάλματος εὐλογίαν ἡγοῦνται τοὺς πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν ἀνθρωπίνην καὶ πρόσκαιρον ε χοντας, φάσκοντες τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας πρὸς θεοῦ εὐλογεῖσθαι· ε δει δὲ τοπάσαι ὡς ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐλογία δίδοται δικαίοις. 66 Ps 9,25–27 Εἰ καὶ ε δοξεν μακρὰν ἀφεστάναι καὶ ὑπερορᾶν θεὸς τοὺς θλιβομένους διὰ τὸ ταράττεσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς ὑπερηφανίας, ἀλλ' ου ν πάνυ ἀγανακτεῖ κατὰ τοῦ ὑπερηφάνου σκανδαλίσαντος καὶ (ι να κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ει πω) ἐμπυρίσαντος τὸν πτωχὸν καὶ διὰ τὸ κακῶς κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑπάρξασιν αὐτῷ τῇ θεοῦ προνοίᾳ. τοῦτο γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ἑξῆς λέξεων παρίσταται· ει ρηται γὰρ Παρώξυνε τὸν 16 κύριον ὁ ἁμαρτωλός. ου τος δ' ἐστὶν ὁ ὑπερηφανευόμενος ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ἑαυτοῦ ἐπαινούμενος. εἰς τοσοῦτον δὲ παρώξυνεν τὸν κύριον ὡς ἐπιτεταμένην τὴν ὀργὴν γενέσθαι, η ν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἐθησαύρισεν κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν Κατὰ τὴν σκληρότητά σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς. Πλὴν εἰ καὶ πολλὴ ἡ θησαυρισθεῖσα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ὀργή, ἀλλά γε οὐκ ε σται κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος αὐτῆς ἐκζήτησις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως δι' ἀγαθότητα τοῦ κρίνοντος θεοῦ. εἰ γὰρ ἐκζήτησις κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς ὀργῆς ἐγίνετο, α ρδην ἀπώλλυντο καὶ παρ' αὐτὰ οἱ κακοί. τοῦτ' αὐτὸ θεωρήσαντες τῷ ἀγαθότητα ἐνδεικνυμένῳ φασὶν ̓Εὰν ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, κύριε, κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται; Πρόφασις δὲ τοῦ παροξύναι τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν τὸν κύριόν ἐστιν τὸ μὴ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτὸν ε χειν, ἐπείπερ ἀπεστράφη θεόν. πᾶς γὰρ ἁμαρτάνων τοῦτο πράττει· διό φησιν ὁ θεὸς περὶ παντὸς τοιούτου Εστρεψαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ νῶτα αὐτῶν καὶ οὐχὶ πρόσωπα. ταύτης τῆς ἀσεβείας ὁ Κάϊν πατὴρ γεγονὼς ̓Εξῆλθεν ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποστραφεὶς αὐτὸν δηλονότι. Εἰ περὶ ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν λέγεται ταῦτα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καὶ περὶ διαβόλου παροξύναντος τὸν θεὸν καὶ οὐκ ε χοντος αὐτὸν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ. μάλιστα γὰρ αἱ ἑπόμεναι λέξεις περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγονται· Βεβηλοῦνται αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ. τίνος γὰρ ἀνθρώπου Βεβηλοῦνται αἱ ὁδοὶ ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ, τῶν ἀσεβῶν καθηκόντως πολλὰ πολλάκις ἐπιτελούντων; βαδίζει δὲ βεβήλως οὐκ εἰς μόνας πράξεις ἐπιλήπτους α γων τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπρονοησίαν ὁρίζων. πολλοὺς γοῦν ε πεισεν ἀπροστασίαστον τὸν κόσμον δογματίσαι, πρότερον αὐτὸς ἐκπεσὼν τῆς ὀρθῆς περὶ διοικήσεως θεοῦ καὶ κρίσεως γνώμης. παρίσταται τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ λεγομένου τῷ θεῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ ̓Ανταναιρεῖται τὰ κρίματά σου ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ κατακυριεύσει, οὐχ ὡς πάντως τοῦτο σχήσοντος, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν τοῦτο προτεθεῖσθαι· ψεῦδος γὰρ τὸ

The Hidden Danger of the Rich and the Protection of the Poor§16

16He will be Lord over all his enemies. For especially his enemies are those perfect in holiness in whom no one rules. But he rules over only those practicing sin; for it is said, 'Everyone practicing sin is a slave to sin.' And the slave of sin is ruled over by the devil, who has worked sin in him. And according to the insatiable nature of his wickedness, what follows is brought forth: 'For if indeed,' he says, 'I shall never be shaken from generation to generation by evil' (Ps 9:28). the word reveals his arrogance and impudence. By this voice, one having understood will interpret regarding only those humans who have become his enemies, to say that he will rule over all his enemies. For if indeed from generation to generation one has never been shaken in heart by evil, it is evident that the saying refers only to humans having the 'being' in succession. But even this is not entirely true; for he did not rule over the holy patriarchs, prophets, and apostles; rather, they themselves stretched this authority under the feet of Jesus.

He, having fallen away from his holiness, truth, and blessing, leading himself far away, has a mouth full of curses, through which he says, testing, making a punishment and a curse upon those being deceived. And his word has much wickedness along with the harm; therefore, along with the curse and bitterness and deceit, his word is full, being called his mouth. And since he brings forth none of these things to harm and destroy under his tongue, but the word itself is harmful, pain and toil exist; for nothing is gentle or kind, but if he brings in toil and pain, he brings it forth.

Setting before himself harm and destruction through all things, he chooses men appearing to be rich in word (having false knowledge), and sitting with them, he tries to hide so as to remain unknown, to kill the innocent by wounding him with his burning arrows (Ps 9:29-32); for these are things scattering death, striking the one being cast from the life with virtue by the arrows. It is possible to pierce and thus: 'He sits in a seat with...'

Of the rich; with the stichoi we bring forward 'To kill the innocent in secret.' For the 'in secret' part causes doubt, being divided in two ways, as we have previously noted by stichoi: 'He sits in the seat with the rich in secret' (Ps 2:6), followed by 'to kill the innocent.' However, even if he sits in a seat with the aforementioned rich, intending to look and to kill the innocent, it is necessary to oversee that no one of the God-wise may be able to wound one clothed in the panoply of God; for he, obeying the command to turn his eyes toward the poor man, has him captured, the same one acting toward the poor man being scorched by the impiety of the ungodly's pride.

He sits in secret, a fierce lion in his den, to snatch the poor man through deceptive words (and indeed also through deeds), and he will drag him after snatching him into his trap in order to devour him. For he is a fierce beast, rather even a lion. Often indeed, sitting in a seat and seemingly speaking about stewardship, he conceals the matter concerning love of money. As one speaking about temperance, he proposes a manner of intemperance, just as the serpent deceived Eve in the paradise through the transgression of the commandment, setting up equality, and likewise Judas through love of money. The 'looking down' written there shows that, having turned the eye downward, he fell; for how could he not direct his gaze downward, he who rejects Providence, by saying 'God has forgotten' and the following things? (Ps 9:35–37a)

Being able immediately to humble the proud one who tyrannizes those being shaken by his audacity, for what is the use, being able to help them, if you allow them a certain time to be afflicted, during which you understood not only the pain upon him and through him? And this has happened, so that those who have benefited through the timely affliction may willingly deliver themselves into your hands, having a remaining desire to be disciplined and to be ruled by you. To you, then, the poor man is not abandoned; you will manage the things concerning his salvation, so that you may make him rich by providing good things from heaven. So also he helps the orphan, presiding over and rearing him into the rank of a son. An orphan in these things...

Greek · §16

κύριον αὐτὸν Πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ ει ναι η γενήσεσθαι. μάλιστα γὰρ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν οἱ ἐν ἁγιότητι τέλειοι ω ν οὐδενὸς βασιλεύει. μόνων δὲ τῶν ποιούντων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν κατακυριεύει· ει ρηται γὰρ Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. ὁ δὲ δοῦλος τῆς ἁμαρτίας κατακυριεύεται ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου τοῦ ἐνεργήσαντος ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. Κατὰ δὲ τὸ ἀκόρεστον τῆς κακίας αὐτοῦ ἐστιν τὸ ἑξῆς ἐπιφερόμενον· Ει πεν γάρ, φησίν, Οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ ἀπὸ γενεᾶς εἰς γενεὰν α νευ κακοῦ. δηλοῖ τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς ἀλαζονείας αὐτοῦ θράσος ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀναισχυντίαν. Ταύτῃ τῇ φωνῇ ἐπιστήσας τις ἑρμηνεύσει περὶ μόνων τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ γεναμένων εἰρῆσθαι Πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ κατακυριεύσει. εἰ γὰρ ἀπὸ γενεᾶς εἰς γενεὰν ει πεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ α νευ κακοῦ μηδεπώποτε κεκλονῆσθαι, φανερὸν ὡς περὶ τῶν κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἐχόντων τὸ ει ναι μόνων ἀνθρώπων ει ρηται. πλὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτο πάντως ἀληθές· τῶν γὰρ ἁγίων πατριαρχῶν καὶ προφητῶν καὶ ἀποστόλων οὐκ ἐκυρίευσεν· μᾶλλον γὰρ αὐτοὶ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ πόδας ε σχον τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ὀρέξαντος. 67 Ps 9,28 ̔Ο τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ ἐκπεσών, τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ εὐλογίας πόρρω ἑαυτὸν ἀπαγαγών, τὸ στόμα πλῆρες ε χει ἀρᾶς δι' ω ν λέγει πειρώμενος ὑπὸ κόλασιν καὶ ἀρὰν ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀπατωμένους. ε χει δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος σὺν τῷ δολερῷ πολλὴν δεινότητα· διὸ σὺν τῇ ἀρᾷ καὶ πικρίας καὶ δόλου ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ πλήρης ἐστίν, στόμα αὐτοῦ καλούμενος. καὶ ἐπεὶ τούτων ε καστον ἐπὶ τὸ βλάψαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι προφέρει ὑπὸ τὴν γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ, αὐτὴ δὲ ὁ λόγος ὁ δολερός ἐστιν, πόνος καὶ κόπος ὑπάρχει· οὐδὲν γὰρ προσηνὲς η χρηστόν, ἀλλ' ει τι κόπον καὶ πόνον ἐμποιῶν προφέρει. 68 Ps 9,29®32 ∆ιὰ πάντων βλαπτικὸς καὶ ἀπωλείας προθέμενος ει ναι αι τιος, ἐπιλέγεται δοκοῦντας ει ναι πλουσίους ἐν λόγῳ (ψευδώνυμον γνῶσιν ε χοντας) ἀνθρώπους, καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς καθεζόμενος κεκρυμμένως ἐπὶ τῷ λανθάνειν τίς ἐστιν ἐνεδρεύειν πειρᾶται, ι να ἀθῷον 17 ἀποκτείνῃ, τρώσας αὐτὸν τοῖς πεπυρωμένοις αὐτοῦ βέλεσι· θανάτου γὰρ ποιητικὰ ταῦτα κατασπῶντος ἀπὸ τῆς σὺν ἀρετῇ ζωῆς τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν βελῶν βαλλόμενον. Στίξαι δυνατὸν καὶ ου τως· ̓Εγκάθηται ἐν ἐνέδρᾳ μετὰ πλουσίων· μεθ' ο στίξαντες ἐπιφέρομεν ̓Εν ἀποκρύφοις ἀποκτεῖναι ἀθῷον. τὸ γὰρ ̓Εν ἀποκρύφοις ἀμφιβολίαν ποιοῦν ἑκατέρως διαστέλλεται, ο περ η δη πεποιήκαμεν πρότερον στίξαντες ̓Εγκάθηται ἐν ἐνέδρᾳ μετὰ πλουσίων ἐν ἀποκρύφοις, υ στερον ου τως ἀναγνόντες· ̓Εγκάθηται ἐν ἐνέδρᾳ μετὰ πλουσίων ἐν ἀποκρύφοις ἀποκτεῖναι ἀθῷον. πλὴν εἰ καὶ ̓Ενεδρεύει πλουσίοις τοῖς προειρημένοις συγκαθήμενος ἐπὶ τῷ ἑλεῖν καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι ἀθῷον, ἀλλά γε ἐπιστατέον ὡς οὐδένα τῶν κατὰ θεὸν σοφῶν τρῶσαι δύναται ἐνδεδυμένον τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ· ο θεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἰς τὸν πένητα ε χει πειθόμενος αὐτὸν ε χειν ἁλωτόν, τὸν αὐτὸν ο ντα τῷ ἐμπυριζομένῳ πτωχῷ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς ὑπερηφανίᾳ. ̓Ενεδρεύει ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ οι α α γριος λέων ἐν τῇ μάνδρᾳ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἁρπάσαι πτωχὸν διὰ λόγων ἀπατηλῶν (ε στιν δ' ο τε καὶ διὰ πράξεων), ο ν καὶ ἑλκύσει μετὰ τὸ ἁρπάσαι ἐν τῇ παγίδι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ καταφαγεῖν. θὴρ γὰρ α γριός ἐστιν, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο λέων. πολλάκις γοῦν ἐνεδρεύων, περὶ οἰκονομίας δῆθεν ὁμιλῶν, ἐγκρύπτει τὸν περὶ φιλαργυρίας λόγον. ὡς αυ περὶ σωφροσύνης φθεγγόμενος τρόπον ἀκολασίας ὑποβάλλει, ου τως τὴν Ευ αν ἠπάτησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τῆς ἐντολῆς ἰσοθείαν ὑποβαλὼν καὶ τὸν ̓Ιουδὰν διὰ φιλαργυρίας. Τὸ κύψαι κείμενον δηλοῖ, ὡς κάτω στρέψας τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ε πεσεν· πῶς γὰρ οὐ κάτω τὴν βλέψιν ε χει ὁ ἀθετῶν πρόνοιαν διὰ τοῦ λέγειν ̓Επιλέλησται ὁ θεός, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς; 69 Ps 9,35–37a ∆υνάμενος παραχρῆμα ταπεινώσει τὸν ὑπερήφανον καταδυναστεύοντα τοὺς ταραττομένους ἐπὶ τῇ θρασύτητι αὐτοῦ, διὰ τί χρήσιμον, βοηθῆσαι αὐτοῖς δυνάμενος, ει ασας αὐτοὺς χρόνον τινὰ θλιβῆναι ἐφ' ῳ γινομένῳ ἐγνώσθης οὐ μόνον καὶ τὸν ἐπ' αὐτῷ καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ πόνον κατανοῶν; γέγονε δὲ τοῦτο, ι ν' οἱ ὠφεληθέντες διὰ τῆς προσκαίρου κακώσεως ἑκουσίως ἑαυτοὺς παραδῶσιν εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου, πόθον λοιπὸν ε χοντες παιδεύεσθαι καὶ α ρχεσθαι ὑπὸ σοῦ. Σοὶ ου ν ἐγκαταλείπεται ὁ πτωχός· σὺ τὰ περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ οἰκονομήσεις, ι να πλούσιον αὐτὸν ποιήσῃς ἀγαθὰ οὐρανόθεν παρασχών. ου τω καὶ ὀρφανῷ αὐτὸς βοηθεῖ, προϊστάμενος καὶ ἀνατρέφων αὐτὸν εἰς υἱοῦ τάξιν. ὀρφανὸν ἐν τούτοις

The Readiness of the Ruling Principle§17

17The devil, who once had a father through wickedness, must now be cast out by a manner of repentance. The symbols of these received orphans seeking help by God are Abraham leaving his father's house to follow God when called, and the sons of Zebedee leaving their father after the exhortation of Jesus saying, 'Follow me.'

But who is the sinner and evil, as spoken of with the article, the devil? His arm is broken by the Lord, and his sin, being sought, is not found, having found its end in its fulfillment. For evil is not a certain substance but a quality, and thus the end will be established over all things, not because all other things have become so; for he himself is nothing, as there is no end to his kingdom. For one cannot be under two lords and kings. The one who ruled and reigned was the sin of the one doing it; God is not the lord or king of the one sinning. And since the sin that was ruling the one acting it was sought, it was not found, the Lord reigns forever and unto the age of ages.

It is said of the good heart of the earth of God (Ps 9:37). From this earth mortals perish, if every vain thought and evil purpose is cast out; for vain thoughts and purposes are mortal, being destroyed by the blessing of God. But if someone wishes to signify even the land of the gentle (for it also belongs to the Lord), mortals perish from this earth. For no one sinning is permitted to ascend into it; for only the saints shall inherit it. For it is said to someone holy: 'I believe to see the good things of the Lord among the living in the land' (Ps 9:38). And to another God says: 'I will bring you up to the good things of the earth' (Ps 9:38).

The desire of the poor was to see the one who tyrannically ruled over them fall. Since he has not risen...

Because the desire of the sinful and evil man is worn away at the arm, it is fitting that it is revealed to God, who oversees hearts and knows the hidden thing, as an active prayer. But the Lord heard them, paying attention with his ear to the readiness of their ruling principle; for how would the heart not be ready toward salvation, those having desire for the things foretold? (Ps 9:39).

In this way, the man must be caught out, either by boasting toward the mortal rational animal, or toward the one saying, 'I will seize the world with my hand, and no one shall escape me or answer me, the deceiver.' For he will not magnify himself while being crushed under the feet of the saints who tread upon his power, Jesus, this one having granted. (Ps 10:1-2).

And it should be read also thus: 'In the Lord I have trusted'; how do you say to my soul, 'Behold, the sinners have bent a bow, they have prepared arrows in a quiver,' and the following? (Ps 10:1-2). Upon these spoken things, the soul is urged to be poised like a sparrow with the wings of virtue, so that having passed over the high mountains, it might remain harmless among the spiritual things. And how one should bear the distinctions of the reading, it is fitting to trust in the Lord. (Ps 10:1-2).

According to theory: as if the ruling principle were held ready against many sophistically prepared visible and invisible enemies, resembling a bow drawn in readiness, and also arrows prepared, and persuasive words are used; in order that you might shoot down the enemy, you have a passage through high mountains, and having occurred there, you will not be harmed. It is said that the more divine meanings of the Scriptures are signified by the correspondence of the things seen; toward these, also the wise teachers, apostles, and prophets. It is possible through the Spirit to grasp the saying, 'Repent, go to the mountains like a sparrow,' exhorting one to withdraw, desiring to run from the venomous strike of the archers. And if even invisible powers are...

Greek · §17

ἐκλαβεῖν δεῖ τόν ποτε ε χοντα πατέρα τὸν διάβολον διὰ κακίαν, νῦν δὲ αὐτὸν ἀποβαλόντα μετανοίας τρόπῳ. σύμβολα τούτων τῶν προσληφθέντων ὀρφανῶν ἐπὶ τῷ βοήθειαν ε χειν ὑπὸ θεοῦ ὁ ̓Αβραὰμ καταλιπὼν τὸν οι κον τοῦ πατρὸς ι να θεῷ ἀκολουθήσῃ κεκλημένος, καὶ οἱ Ζεβεδαίου υἱοὶ ἀφέντες τὸν πατέρα προτροπῇ τοῦ εἰπόντος ̓Ιησοῦ ̓Ακολουθεῖτέ μοι. ̔Αμαρτωλὸς δὲ τίς α ν ει η καὶ πονηρὸς μετὰ τοῦ α ρθρου εἰρημένος η ὁ διάβολος; τούτου ὁ βραχίων ὑπὸ κυρίου συντρίβεται, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία αὐτοῦ ζητουμένη οὐχ εὑρίσκεται, ε χουσα ἐν τῷ ἐπιτελεῖσθαι τὸ ει ναι τέλος λαβοῦσα. οὐ γὰρ οὐσία τίς ἐστιν τὸ κακὸν ἀλλὰ ποιότης, καὶ ου τως ἐνστήσεται τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τέλος ου χάριν τὰ α λλα πάντα γέγονεν· αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδενὸς ε νεκά ἐστιν, ὡς τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ μὴ ει ναι τέλος. οὐ γὰρ οι όν τε τὸν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ δύο κυρίους καὶ βασιλεῖς ει ναι. ο τε ἐκυρίευεν καὶ ἐβασίλευεν ἡ ἁμαρτία τοῦ αὐτὴν ποιοῦντος, ὁ θεὸς οὐ κύριος οὐ βασιλεὺς τοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντος η ν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ζητηθεῖσα ἡ ἁμαρτία ἡ βασιλεύουσα τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος αὐτὴν οὐχ ηὑρέθη, Κύριος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα βασιλεύει καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. 70 Ps 9,37b Γῆ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ ἀγαθὴ καρδία ει ρηται. ἐκ ταύτης τῆς γῆς ε θνη ἀπόλλυνται, ο τ' α ν ἐκβληθῇ πᾶν ἐνθύμημα φαῦλον καὶ λογισμὸς πονηρός· ε θνη γὰρ τὰ φαῦλα ἐνθυμήματα καὶ λογισμοὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ θεοῦ ἀπολλύμενα. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὴν τῶν πραέων γῆν δηλοῦσθαί τις βούλεται (κυρίου γὰρ καὶ αὐτή), ἀπόλλυνται ἐκ τῆς γῆς ταύτης ε θνη. πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐκ ἐπιτρεπόμενος εἰς αὐτὴν ἀναβῆναι· μόνοι γὰρ α γιοι κληρονομήσουσιν αὐτήν. 18 ει ρηται γὰρ πρός τινος ἁγίου· Πιστεύω τοῦ ἰδεῖν τὰ ἀγαθὰ κυρίου ἐν γῇ ζώντων. καὶ πρὸς α λλον ὁ θεὸς ει πεν· ̓Αναβιβάσω σε ἐπὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς. 71 Ps 9,38 ̓Επιθυμίᾳ τῶν πενήτων ὑπῆρχε τὸ πεσεῖν τὸν τυραννικῶς κατακυριεύσαντα αὐτῶν. ἐπεὶ ου ν ὑπῆρκται αυ τη συντριβέντος τοῦ βραχίονος τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ, εἰκότως θεῷ τῷ τὰς καρδίας ἐπισταμένῳ καὶ τὸ κρυπτὸν εἰδότι ἡ ἐπιθυμία αὐτῶν πεφανέρωται, ἐνεργὴς ου σα προσευχή. εἰσήκουσεν δὲ αὐτῶν ὁ κύριος, προσέχοντος τοῦ ὠτὸς αὐτοῦ τῇ ἑτοιμασίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ αὐτῶν· πῶς γὰρ οὐχ ἑτοίμην τὴν καρδίαν ει χον πρὸς τὸ σωθῆναι οἱ τῶν προλεχθέντων ε χοντες ἐπιθυμίαν; 72 Ps 9,39 ∆ιχῶς καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸν α νθρωπον ἐκληπτέον, ει ς τε τὸ θνητὸν λογικὸν ζῷον ἀλαζονευόμενον, καὶ εἰς τὸν λέγοντα διάβολον Τὴν οἰκουμένην ο λην καταλήψομαι τῇ χειρί, καὶ οὐκ ε στιν ο ς διαφεύξεταί με η ἀντείπῃ μοι. οὐ γὰρ ε τι μεγαλαυχήσει συντριβόμενος ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἁγίων πατούντων αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, ̓Ιησοῦ τοῦτο χαρισαμένου. 73 Ps 10,1–2 73 ̓Αναγνωστέον δὲ καὶ ου τως· ̓Επὶ τῷ κυρίῳ πέποιθα· πῶς ἐρεῖτε τῇ ψυχῇ μου ̓Ιδοὺ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐνέτειναν τόξον, ἡτοίμασαν βέλη εἰς φαρέτραν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς; ἐφ' οι ς εἰρημένοις παρορμᾷ τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ μετεωρισθῆναι δίκην στρουθίου πτεροῖς ἀρετῆς, ι να περάσας ἐπὶ τὰ υ ψος ε χοντα ο ρη πνευματικὰ ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνῃ. ο πως δ' α ν ε χῃ τὰ τῆς διαστολῆς τοῦ ἀναγνώσματος, πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ κύριον προσήκει. 74 Ps 10,1–2 Κατὰ θεωρίαν δέ· πολλῶν σοφιστικῶς παρεσκευασμένων ὁρατῶν τε καὶ ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν ὡς η δη τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ε χειν τεταμένον, δι' ἑτοιμασίαν τόξῳ ἐντεταμένῳ ἐοικός, ἀλλὰ καὶ βέλη ε τοιμα, λόγοι δὲ πειθανοὶ ταῦτα, πρὸς τὸ κατατοξεῦσαί σε, ε χεις διατριβὴν ἐν ὑψηλοῖς ο ρεσιν, ε νθα γεναμένη οὐ τρωθήσει. ει ρηται δὲ ὡς τὰ θειότερα τῶν γραφῶν νοήματα τῇ τῶν ὀρῶν προσηγορίᾳ σημαίνεται· πρὸς τούτοις καὶ οἱ σοφοὶ διδάσκαλοι ἀπόστολοι καὶ προφῆται. ∆υνατὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος εἰρημένον ἐκλαβεῖν τὸ Μετανάστευε ἐπὶ τὰ ο ρη ὡς στρουθίον, προτρεπομένου ἀναχωρεῖν τὸν διαδράναι θέλοντα τὴν ἰοβόλον τρῶσιν τῶν τοξοτῶν. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀόρατοι δυνάμεις αἱ

The Judgment of the Wicked and the Cup of Wrath§18

18The relatives of the archers should not say 'Repent like a sparrow' in a mocking way, which we shall reject, wanting to show those who trust in God with a whole heart.

Since the archers prepared to sophistize are sons of darkness and of night, those having a straight heart set themselves to shoot in the clear night. Ps 10:3b The Lord is righteous; what will he do? Will he lay snares upon the sinners and divide to them a cup of punishment, so that while drinking them they become weak from the impulse to shoot? Ps 10:4-7 Concerning the Father, and also Him, the Savior: before the incarnation, His holy temple was to be rejected, having the holy and heavenly thought concerning Him. Ps 10:4 In His holy temple and He has the throne in heaven, reigning divinely and supernaturally. We also noted that previously the throne was taken instead of the kingdom.

But the watchful ones and the powers of God, called His eyes, become toward the sufferer, guarding him harmless from those appointed around him. The eyelids of the eyes of God examine the actions and the thoughts of men. From this, the philanthropy of the Judge is shown. For if He examined with eyes and not with eyelids, the judgment would be unendurable to men. But His examining with His own eyelids does not mean all the sins of those judged are observed, nor do these exist in magnitude.

It is also possible to say: His eyes are upon the one being benefited, if a sufferer exists, but the eyelids are upon the sons; many men's sons, if the benefits are abundantly and boldly accomplished, but the punishments hide much concerning God. And these things he will say by thought; they show no perceptible eyelid or anything of that kind, therefore these things must be thought of in a God-befitting way. Christ is not to be revealed on a step; all must be brought to each one what he has done through the body, whether good or evil. Having said this, under the Lord's examination being done of the righteous and the ungodly, he brings it as if he hates his own soul, the one doing evil without hating it as injustice, making it subject to punishment because of sinning; he acts contrary to the one acting justly.

He who loves his soul and his neighbor as himself strives toward virtue. The Lord does not fight, but examines the righteous and the impious by the fact that the impious do not stand up in judgment. For the former signifies those who are entirely atheistic, while the latter signifies those who despise God because of sinning. For the Scriptures declare this, especially that which says, 'The righteous shall be like the impious' in Genesis.

He will lay snares upon sinners, that is, he will punish them by making snares and by keeping those being hunted within them, unless they are delivered up by him to the desires of their own hearts; this is also declared by the sufferings of dishonor and an unproven mind. And therefore, if not for this, it is said 'He will lay snares' rather than 'He will rain snares'; for those having been ensnared by themselves are being rained upon with snares. This is also declared from 'The Lord will lead those turning into straits with those working iniquity.'

You will apply to the latter the recompenses, as it is written in Proverbs: 'God sends toward crooked, crooked ways.' Regarding the former recompense, you will punish by sending crooked ways to those who have become crooked through wickedness; but regarding the latter, the recompenses are those being delivered up, which are shown through the sufferings of dishonor and those being reproached. 'Fire and sulfur and a spirit of tempest are the portion of their cup.'

The painful recompenses are often declared in the Scripture by the name of the cup, as in Isaiah: 'Arise, arise, Jerusalem, pouring out the cup of downfall, the bowl of your fury,' and the following; but also in Jeremiah the same is presented from the sound of that voice: 'Take the cup of the wrath of my uncontrolled anger from my hand, and you shall make all the nations drink it, whom I have sent against you.' Does not this also signify the punishment in the things set forth by the portion of the cup divided to them, especially what the fullness of this cup is: 'Fire and sulfur and a spirit of tempest'? The things written in Genesis are not symbols, if they are the punishments having come upon Sodom and Gomorrah from the Lord; toward this fire and sulfur and spirit of tempest is the watering of the cup. The fire declares the through...

Greek · §18

αὐταὶ ου σαι η συγγενεῖς τοῖς τοξόταις λέγοιεν τὸ Μετανάστευε ἐπὶ τὰ ο ρη ὡς στρουθίον, χλευαστικῶς αὐτὸ εἰρημένον ἐκληψόμεθα, ὑποδειλῶσαι θελόντων τοὺς ἐν ο λῃ καρδίᾳ ἐπὶ θεὸν πεποιθότας. ει τ' ἐπεὶ σκότους υἱοὶ καὶ νυκτός εἰσιν οἱ πρὸς τὸ ου τω σοφιστεύειν παρεσκευασμένοι τοξόται, ἐν ἀφεγγεῖ νυκτὶ κατατοξεύειν προτέθεινται τοὺς εὐθείαν καρδίαν ε χοντας. Ps 10,3b ̔Ο κύριος δίκαιος ω ν τί ποιήσει η ἐπιβρέξει ἐπὶ ἁμαρτωλοὺς τὰς παγίδας αὐτοῦ καὶ μερίσει αὐτοῖς ποτήριον κολάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ πίοντας αὐτοὺς ἀσθενῆσαι ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸ τοξεύειν ὁρμῆς; 75 Ps 10,4–7 Η περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς η καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος· πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ναὸν α γιον αὐτοῦ ἐκληπτέον τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἁγίαν καὶ οὐράνιον νόησιν. ω ν ̓Εν ναῷ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν θρόνον ε χει ἐν οὐρανῷ, θεϊκῶς καὶ ἐπουρανίως βασιλεύων. ἐσημειωσάμεθα καὶ ἐν τοῖς πρότερον ἀντὶ βασιλείας τὸν θρόνον λαμβάνεσθαι. αἱ δὲ ἐποπτικαὶ καὶ ε φοροι τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεις ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ καλούμεναι, πρὸς τὸν πένητα γινόμεναι φρουροῦσιν αὐτὸν ἀβλαβῆ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν οἰκονομηθέντων. τὰ βλέφαρα τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξετάζει τὰς πράξεις καὶ τοὺς λογισμοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἐκ τούτου παρίσταται τοῦ κριτοῦ τὸ φιλάνθρωπον. εἰ γὰρ ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐξήταζεν καὶ μὴ βλεφάροις, ἀνύποιστος η ν ἀνθρώποις ἡ κρίσις. τὸ δὲ τοῖς βλεφάροις ἑαυτοῦ ἐξετάζειν τὰ κατ' αὐτοὺς οὐ παρατηρεῖται πάντα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῶν κρινομένων οὐδὲ οι ου μεγέθους ὑπάρχει ταῦτα. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν· τοὺς μὲν ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν εὐεργετούμενον ει ναι, κα ν ει ς πένης ὑπάρχῃ, τὰ δὲ βλέφαρα ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱούς· πολλοὺς ἀνθρώπων υἱούς, ι ν' αἱ μὲν εὐεργεσίαι δαψιλῶς 19 παρρησίᾳ ἐπιτελῶνται, αἱ δὲ κολάσεις πολὺ τὸ κεκρυμμένον ε χωσι περὶ θεοῦ. καὶ ταῦτα λέξει διανοούμενα· οὐδὲν αἰσθητὸν βλέφαρον η ε τερόν τι τοιοῦτον ἐμφαίνουσιν, ο θεν καὶ ταῦτα θεοπρεπῶς νοητέον. ̔Ο Χριστός ἐστιν ου τῷ βήματι φανερωθῆναι πάντας δεῖ, ι να κομίσηται ε καστος τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος πρὸς α ε πραξεν ει τε ἀγαθὸν ει τε κακόν. εἰπὼν δὲ ὑπὸ κυρίου ἐξέτασιν γινομένην τοῦ δικαίου καὶ τοῦ ἀσεβοὺς ἐπιφέρει ὡς μισεῖ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ὁ τὴν κακίαν ου σαν ἀδικίαν ἀγαπῶν ποιῶν αὐτὴν κολαστέαν διὰ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν· ῳ ἐναντίον ποιεῖ ὁ δικαίως ἐνεργῶν, ἀγαπῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν ὁ εἰς ἀρετὴν αὐτὸν α γων. οὐ μάχεται τὸ Κύριος ἐξετάζει τὸν δίκαιον καὶ τὸν ἀσεβῆ τῷ μὴ ἀνίστασθαι ἀσεβεῖς ἐν κρίσει. τὸ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς πάντῃ ἀθέους σημαίνει, τὸ δὲ τοὺς διὰ ἁμαρτάνειν καταφρονοῦντας θεοῦ. πλέονες γὰρ γραφαὶ δηλοῦσι τοῦτο, μάλιστα ἡ λέγουσα Εσται ὁ δίκαιος ὡς ὁ ἀσεβὴς ἐν Γενέσει. ̓Επιβρέξει ἐπὶ ἁμαρτωλοὺς παγίδας, τουτέστι κολάσεις παγιδευούσας καὶ ἐντὸς ἀρκύων ποιούσας τοὺς ἀγρευομένους, εἰ μὴ α ρα τὸ παραδίδοσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν· τοῦτο δηλοῖ καὶ πάθεσιν ἀτιμίας καὶ ἀδοκίμῳ νῷ. καὶ ο ρα εἰ μὴ διὰ τοῦτο ̓Επιβρέξει ἀλλ' οὐ βρέξει παγίδας ει ρηται· η δη γὰρ παγιδευθεῖσιν ὑφ' ἑαυτῶν ἐπιβρέχονται παγίδας. τοῦτο δηλοῦται καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Τοὺς δὲ ἐκκλίνοντας εἰς τὰς στραγγαλιὰς ἀπάξει κύριος μετὰ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν. ἐφαρμόσεις πρὸς ἑκατέρας τὰς ἀποδόσεις τὸ ου τω γεγραμμένον ἐν Παροιμίαις· Πρὸς τοὺς σκολιοὺς σκολιὰς ὁδοὺς ἀποστελεῖ ὁ θεός. πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὴν προτέραν ἀπόδοσιν κολάσεις ει εν αἱ σκολιαὶ ὁδοὶ τοῖς διὰ κακίαν σκολιοῖς γεγενημένοις ἐκπεμπόμεναι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἑτέραν αἱ παραδόσεις εἰσὶν αι ς παραδίδονται οἱ ἑκουσίως ἁμαρτάνοντες, αι δηλοῦνται διὰ τῶν παθῶν τῆς ἀτιμίας καὶ τῶν κατηριθμημένων. Πῦρ καὶ θεῖον καὶ πνεῦμα καταιγίδος ἡ μερὶς τοῦ ποτηρίου αὐτῶν. αἱ ἐπίπονοι ἀνταποδόσεις δηλοῦνται πολλάκις ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ὀνόματι τοῦ ποτηρίου ὡς ἐν ̔Ησαίᾳ ̓Εξεγείρου, ἐξεγείρου, ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸ ποτήριον τῆςπτώσεως, τὸ κόνδυ τοῦ θυμοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ̔Ιερεμίᾳ παρίσταται τὸ αὐτὸ ἐκ τῆς ἐχούσης ου τω φωνῆς· Ει πεν κύριος ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ Λάβε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οι νου τοῦ ἀκράτου ἐκ χειρός μου καὶ ποτιεῖς αὐτὸ πάντα τὰ ε θνη πρὸς ου ς ἐγὼ ἀποστελῶ σε. μήποτ' ου ν συμφώνως τούτοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις κόλασιν δηλοῖ ̔Η μερὶς τοῦ ποτηρίου τοῦ μερισθέντος αὐτοῖς, μάλιστα ο τι τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ ποτηρίου τούτου Πῦρ καὶ θεῖον καὶ πνεῦμα καταιγίδος ἐστὶν ου σύμβολα τὰ ἐν Γενέσει ἀναγεγραμμένα ει δη κολάσεων ἐλθόντα ἐπὶ Σοδόμα καὶ Γόμορρα παρὰ κυρίου· πρὸς τούτῳ τῷ πυρὶ καὶ τῷ θείῳ καὶ Πνεῦμα καταιγίδος ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ποτισμῷ τοῦ ποτηρίου. δηλοῖ τὸ πῦρ τὴν διὰ

Deceitful Speech and the Deliverance of the Poor§19

19It is a threat of burning, but the divine thing that awakens is rather the fire as a starting point. Along with these, the Spirit indicates a turning of some kind of storm of temptation. And as to what kind of temptation the storm indicates, it is clearly to be learned from that which is written in Isaiah: 'As a storm passing through the desert, coming near, its appearance is fearful and its hardness was announced to me.' Let us therefore flee from impiety, so that this cup may be far from us, and let us live in piety, so that we may drink the intoxicating cup as strongest; for perhaps even that is said: 'The Lord is the portion of my inheritance and of my cup.'

For the Lord is just and loved justice, and straightness is his face. For this reason, he watches his eyes over the poor for his salvation, but also upon the sinners he sends snares. For it does not happen by chance, if it becomes of the providence and the judgment of God; for the Lord is just in essence, not merely in participation of justice. Moreover, even if he does not have it by nature, he does not love the justices that are in the many righteous, accepting the intention of each. It is also possible to say another way that he loves justices; since there is justice in the judgment of each, and the judgments of God are many, about which it is written: 'The judgments of the Lord are true and justified'; on the same basis, it is necessary that many justices also exist. And as he is just, so also seeing straightness; and straightness you say is the opinion being regulated toward the right reason; he sees this rejoicing in those who have it. It may also be said regarding straightness in harmony with the second thought concerning the justiceses existing in his unsearchable judgments, which he sees because of the utterly accepting of his face; for God appears present in the works of providence and in the results of the judgments.

As the fullness of the deceit and wickedness of humanity, as if there were no mercy and truth and knowledge of God on the earth, there has become a need for the arrival of the Savior toward us, for the destruction of the existing harm (Ps 11:1). To this end that which is in Jeremiah shall take place: 'Each will play with his neighbor, they will not speak truth; their tongue has learned to speak lies' (Ps 11:2). Why is it not 'the truth' but 'the truths'? The one reason is because of the...

The various impieties in transactions, and the wrong opinions in dogmas. For it is not necessary to consider the members of the body being destroyed, but their deceitful use and their boastful speech; for even in Proverbs it is said: 'Remove from yourself a crooked mouth and long deceitful lips from you' (Prov 20:14). Our lips are with us; who is our master? From this audacity the impious man, prospering in finding what he desires, utters a voice like that in Job (Job 10:2): 'Depart from me, I do not wish to know your ways; what is sufficient, what shall we serve him?' For indeed they do not think the prosperity coming to them is due to anything, saying to the Lord: 'Depart; do not make your ways manifest to me; for I do not wish to know them; for what more is of us sufficient, that we may serve you?'

Regarding the impious ones thinking much of themselves as having a boastful tongue and deceitful lips, the poor suffer and the needy groan, not bearing their tyranny (Ps 11:6). Therefore the Lord says: 'I will arise now, having placed my counsel in salvation; I will speak boldly in it against those swelling up proudly of the lowly; and I will release the poor and the needy from suffering and groaning.' You say 'the poor' and in this also 'the needy' to exhort themselves through the weakness coming to them or through the wickedness leading to such a state. Indeed, they have not become superior to suffering and groaning, because the Lord, at the time of the visitation, has arisen and has come to us so that the salvation of those who have suffered and groaned might be made manifest. It is indeed appropriate to hear the following: 'I am a wretched man; who will rescue me from this body of death?' (Rom 7:24). Upon which, speaking boldly thereafter, he says: 'I thank God through Jesus Christ.' For it is shown through these things how Jesus Christ, who rescued the wretched one from the body of death, is the one who said: 'I will arise now,' says the Lord. It is possible to say that the poor are those fallen from wealth, and the needy are those whose living is made through toil; and according to this understanding, the poor and needy are...

Greek · §19

καύσεως ἀπειλήν, τὸ δὲ θεῖον τὴν διεγείρουσαν ε τι μᾶλλον τὸ πῦρ ἀφορμήν. πρὸς τούτοις τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς καταιγίδος πειρασμοῦ τινος συστροφὴν δηλοῖ. ο τι δὲ πειρασμὸν ἡ καταιγὶς δηλοῖ, σαφῶς ε στι μαθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν ̔Ησαίᾳ γεγραμμένου ̔Ως καταιγὶς δι' ἐρήμου διέλθοι ἐρχομένη ἐγγύς, φοβερὸν τὸ ο ραμα καὶ σκληρὸν ἀνηγγέλη μοι. φύγωμεν τοίνυν τὴν ἀσέβειαν, ι να τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον μακρὰν γένηται ἀφ' ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ ζήσωμεν, ι να πίωμεν τὸ μεθύσκον ὡς κράτιστον περὶ ου τάχα κἀκεῖνο λέλεκται· Κύριος ἡ μερὶς τῆς κληρονομίας μου καὶ τοῦ ποτηρίου μου. Οτι δίκαιος κύριος καὶ δικαιοσύνας ἠγάπησεν, εὐθύτητας ει δεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. καὶ τούτου χάριν ἐπὶ τὸν πένητα τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ε χει φροντίζων αὐτοῦ τῆς σωτηρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς παγίδας ἐπιπέμπει. οὐ γὰρ ὡς ε τυχεν, εἰ γίνεται τῶν τῆς προνοίας καὶ θεοῦ κρίσεως· δίκαιος δὲ κύριος κατ' οὐσίαν ἀλλ' οὐ μετοχῇ δικαιοσύνης ἐστίν. πλὴν εἰ καὶ ου τως ε χει φύσεως, ἀλλ' ου ν ἀγαπᾷ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς δικαίοις δικαιοσύνας, τὴν ἑκάστου πρόθεσιν ἀποδεχόμενος. Εστιν καὶ α λλως εἰπεῖν ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν δικαιοσύνας· ἐπεὶ ἑκάστου κρίματος ε στιν τις 20 δικαιοσύνη, πολλὰ δὲ τὰ κρίματα τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ ω ν γέγραπται Τὰ κρίματα τοῦ κυρίου ἀληθινὰ δεδικαιωμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὰς δικαιοσύνας πολλὰς ει ναι. ω σπερ δὲ δίκαιός ἐστιν, ου τω καὶ εὐθύτητα βλέπων· εὐθύτητα δὲ ἐρεῖς γνώμην τὴν πρὸς τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον κανονιζομένην· ταύτην ὁρᾷ χαίρων ἐπὶ τοῖς ε χουσιν. ῥηθείη καὶ περὶ τῆς εὐθύτητος ἁρμωνίως τῇ περὶ τῶν δικαιοσυνῶν δευτέρᾳ νοήσει ὑπαρχούσῃ ἐν τοῖς κρίμασιν τοῖς ἀνεξερευνήτοις αὐτοῦ, η ν διὰ τὸ πάνυ ἀποδέχεσθαι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὁρᾷ· ἐπιφαίνεται γὰρ παρὼν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ε ργοις τῆς προνοίας καὶ τοῖς ἀποτελέσμασιν τῶν κριμάτων. Ps 11,1 Πλησθείσης τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος ἀπάτης καὶ κακίας ὡς μὴ ει ναι ε λεος καὶ ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὑπὲρ καταλύσεως τῆς ὑπαρξάσης βλάβης χρεία γέγονε τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐπιδημίας. 76 Ps 11,2 Εἰς τοῦτο λήψει τὸ ἐν ̔Ιερεμίᾳ· Εκαστος τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ καταπαίξεται, ἀλήθειαν οὐ μὴ λαλήσωσιν· μεμάθηκεν ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτῶν λαλεῖν ψευδῆ. διὰ τί οὐκ ει πεν ἡ ἀλήθεια ἀλλ' αἱ ἀλήθειαι; τὸ μὲν διὰ τὰς διαφόρους ἀθεσίας τὰς ἐν τοῖς συναλλάγμασιν, τὸ δὲ διὰ τὰς ἐν τοῖς δόγμασιν κακοδοξίας. 77 Ps 11,5 Οὐ γὰρ τὰ μέλη τοῦ σώματος ἐξολοθρευόμενα ἡγεῖσθαι δεῖ ἀλλὰ τὴν χρῆσιν τὴν δολίαν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν μεγαλορήμονα λόγον· καὶ γὰρ ἐν Παροιμίαις ει ρηται Περίελε σεαυτοῦ σκολιὸν στόμα καὶ α δικα χείλη μακρὰν α πωσαι ἀπὸ σοῦ. Τὰ χείλη ἡμῶν παρ' ἡμῶν ἐστιν· τίς ἡμῶν κύριός ἐστιν; ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς θρασύτητος ὁ ἀσεβὴς εὐοδούμενος ἐν τῷ τυγχάνειν, ω ν ἐπιθυμεῖ, προφέρει φωνὴν τὴν ἐν τῷ ̓Ιὼβ Λέγει δὲ κυρίῳ ̓Απόστα ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὁδούς σου εἰδέναι οὐ βούλομαι· τί ἱκανός, ο τι δουλεύσομεν αὐτῷ; καὶ γὰρ ου τοι τῆς προσούσης αὐτοῖς εὐπραγίας αι τιοι νομίζοντες ει ναι λέγουσι κυρίῳ ̓Απόστα· μὴ φανέρου μοι τὰς ὁδούς σου· εἰδέναι γὰρ αὐτὰς οὐ θέλω· τί γὰρ πλέον ἡμῶν ε χων ἱκανὸς ει , ι να δουλεύσωμέν σοι; 78 Ps 11,6 ̓Επὶ τῶν ἀσεβῶν μέγα φρονούντων ὡς μεγαλορήμονα γλῶτταν καὶ χείλη δόλια αὐχεῖν οἱ πτωχοὶ ταλαιπωροῦσι καὶ στενάζουσιν οἱ πένητες, τὸ τυραννικὸν αὐτῶν οὐ φέροντες. τούτου χάριν φησὶν ὁ κύριος ̓Αναστήσομαι νῦν, ι να, θείς μου τὴν βουλὴν ἐν σωτηρίῳ, παρρησιάσομαι ἐν αὐτῷ κατὰ τῶν ἐναβρυνομένων ὑπερηφάνως τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων· ἀπολύσω δὲ τοῦ ταλαιπωρεῖν καὶ στενάζειν τοὺς πτωχοὺς καὶ πένητας. πτωχοὺς καὶ ἐν τούτοις καὶ πένητας ἐρεῖς τοὺς μὴ οι ους τε ἐπαμύνειν ἑαυτοῖς δι' ἀσθένειαν προσοῦσαν η διὰ τὴν εἰς τοιαύτην κατάστασιν α γουσαν κακίαν. ου τοι ἀνώτεροι ταλαιπωρίας καὶ τοῦ στενάζειν γεγένηνται, τοῦ κυρίου κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἐπιδημίας καιρὸν ἀναστάντος καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐληλυθότος ὡς φανερωθῆναι τὴν σωτηρίαν τῶν ε ξω ταλαιπωρίας καὶ τοῦ στενάζειν γεγενημένων. ε στιν γοῦν καταλλήλως τοῖς προκειμένοις ἀκοῦσαι τὸ Ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ α νθρωπος· τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου; ἐφ' ῳ λεχθέντι παρρησιαζόμενος ἑξῆς λέγει Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ διὰ ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ. δείκνυται γὰρ διὰ τούτων, ὡς ̓Ιησοῦς ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ ῥυσάμενος τὸν ταλαιπωροῦντα, δι' ο ει χεν σῶμα θανάτου, ὁ εἰπών ἐστι Νῦν ἀναστήσομαι, λέγει κύριος. ̓Επῆλθέν τισιν εἰπεῖν πτωχοὺς μὲν ει ναι τοὺς μεταπεσόντας τοῦ πλούτου, πένητας δὲ τοὺς ἐκ πόνου δι' ἐργασίας γινομένου τὸ ζῆν ε χοντας· καὶ ε στιν γε κατὰ ταύτην τὴν νόησιν ὁ πτωχὸς πένης ἐξ

The Light of Knowledge and the Sleep of Death§20

20It is not to be the case that the poor man is not being turned away from necessity. And perhaps what has been said concerning the poor man will be constructed as an argument, for it is said in the Scripture, 'The rich became poor,' and 'We became very poor'; in agreement with these, what was said concerning the Savior will also be taken: 'As He became rich through our poverty, so that we might become rich through His poverty.'

This also agrees with that concerning the needy: the groaning of the needy, always being in distress and wailing because of the hardship of approaching the destitute. 'I will come' in salvation declares 'I will limit and I will make,' just as He also in the Being placed Himself as heir of all things, the word declaring He limited and manifested Himself as heir. Toward these things, God placed first the apostles and the following in the church, and what was said toward the presbyters of the church: 'The Holy Spirit has placed you to shepherd the church as bishops.' For the word 'placed' shows the demonstration of being limited and made into apostles and bishops.

According to this meaning of preserving, the Savior also said to the Father concerning the disciples: 'Holy Father, keep them; though I am not with them, I kept them, and the evil one did not touch them' (John 17:11). But if this is the meaning because of what was said in Genesis concerning Adam to the serpent: 'He shall guard your head, and you shall guard his heel,' is not 'to guard' (φυλάσαι) and 'to keep' (τηρεῖν) the same thing here? For it appears from it: 'He shall guard your head,' and 'you, his heel.'

The one who is praying sends back the prayer: 'You, Lord, will guard us,' after having done all things from Himself, according to the exhortation saying, 'Keep your heart with all vigilance.' And since these things being made right are not sufficient for the things we strive for against the unforeseen (for if the Lord does not guard a city, in vain the one guarding it stays awake Ps 127:1), it is a rule to bring forward a prayer after we have been guarded by ourselves, saying, 'You, Lord, will guard us and will preserve us.' For while He is guarding, let us be courageous, lest we be without counsel for ever; for He is the Most High, O Master, and existing in the high places, according to the approaching height of Your goodness, the ones...

You have grown up as a son of men, judging them worthy to have your protection from your providence (Ps 12:4b, 5a). Even if these things are spoken by the Holy Spirit in the manner of an embassy, they are not spoken by one subject to the oblivion of God, but by one receiving all things of the petition into himself; and it is clear that the things of his petition are not concerning a sensible light or sleep and death, but concerning the light from the knowledge of God.

For 'enlighten yourselves with the light of knowledge, and draw near to the Lord and be enlightened.' This enlightenment becomes not concerning the sight of the flesh (for this is the sight of the sun) nor any other sensible light of those seeing the sun of righteousness; it is the true light of the eyes of the heart, not of the body, for the noetic powers are the eyes of the inner man. To the one being enlightened, there is blessed life. 'For I am the light of the world,' says the Lord; 'he who walks in me,' he says, 'shall not remain in darkness but shall have the light of life' (John 8:12).

When death comes to the one having been enlightened, it is his sleeping into death, while the one sleeping and dying is the one being in the darkness of ignorance. For he who has given up his eyes to sleep through negligence and laziness will immediately die, falling away from the life which is with virtue; therefore, one must flee from this so-called sleep and death, so that, the eyes of the soul having been enlightened, the enemy may no longer be able to prevail against him, he who formerly thought that we had sinned. (Ps 12:5b, 6)

Since the enemies, those who afflict the righteous, rejoice (Ps 12:6); if it happens that a stumbling occurs because of sin, it is necessary to be grieved for those falling; but even if they rejoice at someone being shaken, I, O Lord, pity my hope in you, and I will not be persuaded to see in myself the cause. For I await your salvation coming soon, on which my heart rejoices; for how can he not be glad and rejoice who is experiencing the experience of God's salvation? And if prophecy is being declared concerning the coming of the salvation of God, the Christ, visit. For he, having come for the salvation of the world, brought down those who were leaning upon the shaking ones according to the soul, casting down with them the enemy who was exalting himself.

Greek · §20

ἀνάγκης, οὐκ ἀντιστρέφοντος τὸν πένητα πτωχὸν ει ναι. καὶ τάχα γε τὰ εἰρημένα περὶ τοῦ πτωχοῦ κατασκευάσεται, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γραφῆς ει ρηται γὰρ Πλούσιοι ἐπτώχευσαν, καὶ Οτι ἐπτωχεύσαμεν σφόδρα· συμφώνως τούτοις ἐκλήψεται καὶ τὸ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος λεχθὲν ̔Ως ἐπτώχευσεν δι' ἡμᾶς πλούσιος ω ν, ι ν' ἡμεῖς πλουτήσωμεν τῇ αὐτοῦ πτωχείᾳ. συναινεῖ καὶ τοῖς περὶ τοῦ πένητος τὸ Στεναγμοῦ τῶν πενήτων, στενόντων ἀεὶ καὶ ὀλοφυρομένων ἐπὶ τῷ πόνῳ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ ἀπορεῖν 21 τῶν ἐπιτηδείων προσόντι. τὸ Θήσομαι ἐν σωτηρίῳ δηλοῖ τὸ ὁρίσω καὶ ποιήσω, ω σπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ Ον ε θηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων, δηλούσης τῆς λέξεως ο ν ω ρισεν καὶ ἀνέδειξεν κληρονόμον. εἰς ταῦτα λήψει τὸ Εθετο ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρῶτον ἀποστόλους καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰρημένον ̔Υμᾶς ε θετο τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον ἐπισκόπους ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν· τὸ γὰρ Εθετο ἀπόδειξιν τὴν διὰ τοῦ ὡρίσθαι καὶ πεποιῆσθαι ἀποστόλους καὶ ἐπισκόπους δηλοῖ. 79 Ps 11,8.9 Κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον τοῦ διατηρεῖν καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ε λεγεν τῷ πατρὶ Πάτερ α γιε, τήρησον αὐτούς· ο τε η μην μετ' αὐτῶν, ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτούς, καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ η πτετο αὐτῶν. ει πον δὲ κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον διὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ Γενέσει λεχθὲν περὶ τοῦ ̓Αδὰμ πρὸς τὸν ο φιν Αὐτός σου τηρήσει κεφαλήν, σὺ δὲ τηρήσεις αὐτοῦ πτέρναν. οὐκ ε τι γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ταὐτὸν τῷ φυλάξαι τὸ τηρεῖν; φαίνεται γὰρ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὸ Αὐτός σου ἐπιτηρήσει κεφαλήν, καὶ σὺ αὐτοῦ τὴν πτέρναν. ̓Αναπέμπει τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ φάσκων Σύ, κύριε, φυλάξεις ἡμᾶς, μετὰ τὸ πάντα ποιῆσαι τὰ παρ' ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ τηρεῖν τὴν λέγουσαν παραίνεσιν Πάσῃ φυλακῇ τήρει σὴν καρδίαν· καὶ ἐπεὶ τούτων κατορθουμένων οὐκ αὐτάρκη πρὸς τὸ ἀνεπιβούλευτον τὰ ὑφ' ἡμῶν σπουδαζόμενα ( ̓Εὰν γὰρ μὴ κύριος φυλάξῃ πόλιν, εἰς μάτην ἠγρύπνησεν ὁ φυλάσσων αὐτήν), εἱρμὸς α γει μετὰ τὸ φρουρηθῆναι ἡμᾶς ὑφ' ἑαυτῶν προσευχὴν προσαγαγεῖν τὴν λέγουσαν Σύ, κύριε, φυλάξεις ἡμᾶς καὶ διατηρήσεις ἡμᾶς. αὐτοῦ γὰρ φυλάττοντος θαρσήσωμεν, ὡς ἀνεπιβούλευτοι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐσόμεθα· υ ψιστος γὰρ ω ν, δέσποτα, καὶ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς ὑπάρχων, κατὰ τὸ προσὸν υ ψος τῇ ἀγαθότητί σου τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπολυώρησας, κρίνας αὐτοὺς ἀξίους ει ναι τοῦ προστασίαν ε χειν ἐκ προνοίας τῆς σῆς. 80 Ps 12,4b.5a Εἰ καὶ πρεσβείας τρόπῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου λέγεται ταῦτα, ἀλλά γε οὐχ ὑποκείμενος λήθῃ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ τὰ α λλων εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναδεξάμενος λέγει τὰ τῆς αἰτήσεως πάντα. δῆλον δὲ ὡς οὐ περὶ αἰσθητοῦ φωτισμοῦ η υ πνου καὶ θανάτου τὰ τῆς αἰτήσεώς ἐστιν ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ ἐκ γνώσεως θεοῦ φωτισμοῦ. Φωτίσατε γὰρ ἑαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως, καὶ Προσέλθετε τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ φωτίσθητε. γίνεται δὲ ὁ φωτισμὸς ου τος οὐ περὶ τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ο μμα (ὁρατικὸν γὰρ τοῦτο ἡλίου) καὶ ει τι ε τερον αἰσθητὸν φῶς τῶν ὁρώντων τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης η λιον· τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ὀφθαλμῶν οὐ σώματος ἀλλὰ καρδίας ο ντων· τοῦ γὰρ ε σω ἀνθρώπου ὀφθαλμοὶ αἱ νοητικαὶ δυνάμεις. τῷ ου τω φωτιζομένῳ ε πεται ζωὴν μακαρίαν ε χειν. ̓Εγὼ γάρ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου, ὁ κύριος λέγει· ̔Ο περιπατῶν ἐν ἐμοί, φησίν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὐ μὴ μείνῃ ἀλλ' ε ξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς· η ς ζωῆς παραγινομένης εἰς τὸν φωτισθέντα, α πεστιν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὑπνῶσαι εἰς θάνατον, ὑπνοῦντος καὶ ἀποθνῄσκοντος τοῦ ο ντος ἐν σκότει τῆς ἀγνοίας. ὁ γὰρ δοὺς δι' ἀμελείας καὶ ῥαθυμίας εἰς υ πνον τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εὐθέως τεθνήξεται, ἐκπίπτων τῆς σὺν ἀρετῇ ζωῆς· ο θεν φευκτέον τὸν ψεγόμενον υ πνον τοῦτον καὶ θάνατον, ι να, πεφωτισμένων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς, μηκέτι ει πῃ ὁ ἐχθρὸς Ισχυσα πρὸς αὐτόν, πάλαι νομίζων ἰσχυκέναι ο τε ἡμάρτομεν. 81 Ps 12,5b.6 ̓Επεὶ χαιρέκακοι ο ντες οἱ θλίβοντες τοὺς δικαίους ἐχθροί, ἀγαλλιῶνται. εἰ συμβαίη ἐξ ἁμαρτίας γενέσθαι κλόνον, δέον λυπεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τοῖς πίπτουσι· ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ ἀγαλλιῶνται ἐπὶ τῷ σαλεύεσθαί τινα ἐκεῖνοι, ἐγώ, ω δέσποτα, ἐλέει τῷ σῷ ἐλπίζων οὐ πείσομαι ο ἰδεῖν ἐν ἐμοὶ ποθοῦσιν. προσδοκῶ γὰρ τὸ σωτήριόν σου θᾶττον παραγενόμενον ἐφ' ῳ ἀγαλλιᾶται ἡ καρδία μου· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ εὐφραίνεται καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶται ὁ πεῖραν θεοῦ σωτηρίας ε χων; Εἰ δὲ καὶ προφητεία ἐστὶν δηλουμένη περὶ τοῦ ἐλεύσεσθαι τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν Χριστόν, ἐπίσκεψαι. ου τος γὰρ ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ κόσμου καθεῖλεν τοὺς ἐφηδομένους ἐπὶ τοῖς κλονουμένοις κατὰ ψυχήν· καταβαλὼν σὺν αὐτοῖς τὸν ἐχθρὸν τὸν ὑψούμενον 22

The corruption of the soul and the loss of divine knowledge§21

21He has loftily enlightened the eyes, so that no one might see the death of the soul. He, having come to visit and having looked upon, ceased the pain; but when the psalmist has been made upright, the blessed gift is a victorious song, saying: 'I will sing to the Lord who has done good to me, and I will sing to the name of the Lord Most High' (Ps 109:1). Having truly learned what is said well by the Lord toward those who pray, while He is still speaking to you, I will say: 'Behold, I am here.' And He says these things to those who are present. Having happened to experience what I requested, therefore, through each goodness occurring to us, let us hymn, and let us also say the set hymn, not by contemplation alone but also by singing; for contemplation signifies the seeing, and singing signifies practical energy.

The foolish one lacks not common concepts, but the companionship of skill, rather the one of the virtues, wisdom, concerning which it is written: 'He who acquires wisdom loves himself, and he who guards wisdom will find good things' (Prov 3:7). But what is the natural companionship? The word declares, as if he is not obeying anyone but says in his own heart, 'There is no God' (Ps 10:4). For no one received the words concerning the denial of God. Almost all men, having an unswerving thought concerning God, the first verse has much familiarity, as has been said concerning the devil. For even he is not to anyone, but 'In his own mind': 'I will ascend to heaven, above the stars of heaven I will set my throne; I will be like the Most High' (Ps 108:21).

But as he who knows God keeps His word and turns His commandments into work, not so does everyone sinning, who comes to this by not knowing God; for John writes, that everyone sinning is far from having the knowledge of God, that everyone sinning has not seen Him nor known Him (1 John 3:9). Having cast out from the soul the piety which was preceding and ruling the virtues,. Text ends abruptly..

Having space for it, one possesses virtues. But if the intellect is weak, it would be clear if it were to happen from the writings concerning the sons of Eli (1 Sam 2); for they, not knowing the Lord, proven plagues, were sinning, but rather they were impious regarding the priestly service, corrupting the duties of both the law and godliness.

The following will be taken and what is announced in Jeremiah (Jer 31:37) likewise: Offspring upon offspring, deceit upon deceit; all are committing adultery, a gathering of those breaking covenants, what has come out from evil into evil; but 'me he did not fear,' says the Lord. For how will it not be that, having ignorance of God, they are transgressors of his laws? These things being considered generally, it persuades that one has God in memory, so that we may be praised in duties, pursuing them with incorruptible intention.

Among those who have been defiled by corrupting the duties, no one doing goodness is found; for all are wicked, all goodness having been cut off because of hardness of heart (Ps 13:4–5). As wisdom will not enter into a craftily-made soul, nor does it dwell in a body guilty of sin, likewise he who works lawlessness does not receive divine knowledge; for no one sinning sees or knows God, according to that which is written in the Epistle of John (1 John). But he who desires to be a knower sows into righteousness, reaps the fruit of life, and will thus enlighten himself with the light of knowledge.

And since the enemies of the people of God are workers of lawlessness, as if to devour him, they are deprived of the knowledge of God; and someone, preferring to devour and harm him, acts according to: 'Bite each other and devour each other; see that you are not consumed by one another' (Lev 26:22). And in Isaiah (Isa 9:5) it is written likewise: 'Syria from the rising of the sun and the Greeks from the setting of the sun, devouring Israel with a maw of mouth.' But if ever they are able to devour the people of God delivered to them, they shall suffer judgment through sin; for Holy Israel belongs to the Lord.

Greek · §21

ὑπερηφάνως, ἐφώτισεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, ι να μή τις ι δῃ τὸν τῆς ψυχῆς θάνατον. ου τος ἐπιδημήσας ἐπιβλέψας η κουσεν, ὀδύνην ε παυσεν· ω ν κατορθωθέντων ὁ εὐπαθὼν χαριστήριον ἐπινίκιον ᾠδὴν ᾳ δει λέγων· Αισω τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ εὐεργετήσαντί με καὶ ψαλῶ τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ὑψίστου. Πραγματικῶς μαθὼν τὸ πρὸς τοὺς εὐχομένους καλῶς λεγόμενον ὑπὸ κυρίου Ετι σοῦ λαλοῦντος ἐρῶ· ̓Ιδοὺ πάρειμι. λέγει δὲ ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς συνόντας η δη. εὐπέπονθα τυχὼν ω ν ᾐτησάμην, ο θεν Ψαλῶ τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ὑψίστου. διὸ ἐφ' ἑκάστης εὐεργεσίας γινομένης εἰς ἡμᾶς ὑμνῶμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς τὸν προκείμενον υ μνον λέγοντες, μὴ θεωρίᾳ μόνῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ψάλλειν· θεωρίαν γὰρ τὸ ᾳ δειν, ἐνέργειαν δὲ πρακτικὴν τὸ ψάλλειν δηλοῖ. 82 Ps 13,1 Αφρων δὲ οὐ κοινῶν ἐννοιῶν λειπόμενος η τῆς σὺν δεινότητι ἐντρεχείας, ἀλλὰ τῆς μιᾶς τῶν ἀρετῶν φρονήσεως, περὶ η ς γέγραπται· ̔Ο κτώμενος φρόνησιν ἀγαπᾷ ἑαυτόν, καὶ ὁ φυλάσσων φρόνησιν εὑρήσει ἀγαθά. ο τι δὲ ει χεν τὴν φυσικὴν ἐντρέχειαν, παρίστησιν ἡ λέξις δηλοῦσα ὡς οὐκ εἰς ὑπήκοόν τινων ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ ἑαυτῶν καρδίᾳ λέγει μὴ ει ναι θεόν. ῃ δει γὰρ ο τι οὐδεὶς ἐδέχετο τοὺς περὶ ἀρνήσεως θεοῦ λόγους. πάντων σχεδὸν ἀνθρώπων ἀδιάστροφον τὴν περὶ θεοῦ ε ννοιαν ἐχόντων, ε χει πολλὴν οἰκειότητα ὁ πρῶτος στίχος ὡς εἰρημένος περὶ διαβόλου. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος οὐ τινὶ η τισιν ει πεν ἀλλ' ̓Εν διανοίᾳ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ· Εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι, ἐπάνω τῶν α στρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου· ε σομαι ο μοιος τῷ ὑψίστῳ. ω σπερ δὲ ὁ γνῶσιν ε χων θεοῦ τηρεῖ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ εἰς ε ργα μεταβάλλει, ου τω πᾶς ἁμαρτάνων ἀγνοῶν θεὸν εἰς τοῦτο ε ρχεται· γράφει γοῦν ̓Ιωάννης, ὡς πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων μακράν ἐστιν τοῦ ε χειν γνῶσιν θεοῦ, ὡς Πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑόρακεν αὐτὸν οὐδ' ε γνωκεν αὐτόν. ἐκβαλὼν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν προύχουσαν καὶ βασιλεύουσαν τῶν ἀρετῶν εὐσέβειαν, συναναχωρούσας αὐτῇ ε χει τὰς ἀρετάς. ο τι δὲ αυ τη ἡ νόησις ε ρρωται, δῆλον α ν γένοιτο ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων περὶ τῶν υἱῶν ̓Ηλί· οὐκ εἰδότες γὰρ ου τοι τὸν κύριον, λοιμοὶ ἀποδεδειγμένοι, ἡμάρτανον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἠσέβουν περὶ τὴν ἱερουργίαν, διαφθείροντες ἐν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν τοῖς τῆς νομοθεσίας τε καὶ θεοσεβείας. λήψει τὰ προκείμενα καὶ εἰς τὰ ἐν ̔Ιερεμίᾳ ἀπαγγελλόμενα ου τως· Τόκος ἐπὶ τόκον, δόλος ἐπὶ δόλον· πάντες μοιχῶνται, σύνοδος ἀθετούντων, ο τι ἐκ κακῶν εἰς κακὰ ἐξῆλθον· ἐμὲ δὲ οὐκ ῃ δεισαν, λέγει κύριος. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ε μελλον, α γνοιαν θεοῦ ε χοντες, παραβάται ει ναι τῶν νόμων αὐτοῦ; Ταῦτα καθόλου θεωρούμενα πείθει διὰ μνήμης ε χειν θεόν, ι να ἐν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐπαινετοὶ ἀποδειχθῶμεν, ἀφθάρτῳ προθέσει αὐτὰ μεταδιώκοντες. ̓Εν τοῖς βδελυχθεῖσιν τῷ διαφθείρειν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν οὐδεὶς ποιῶν χρηστότητα εὑρίσκεται· πάντες γάρ εἰσιν πονηροί, πᾶσαν χρηστότητα ἐκτμηθέντες διὰ σκληρότητα καρδίας. 83 Ps 13,4–5 ̔Ως Εἰς κακότεχνον ψυχὴν οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται σοφία οὐδὲ κατοικεῖ ἐν σώματι καταχρέῳ ἁμαρτίας, ου τως οὐ δέχεται γνῶσιν θείαν ὁ ε τι ἀνομίας ἐργαζόμενος· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἁμαρτάνων ὁρᾷ η γινώσκει θεόν, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον ἐν τῇ ̓Ιωάννου ἐπιστολῇ· ο θεν ὁ γνωστικὸς ει ναι ποθῶν σπείρει εἰς δικαιοσύνην, τρυγᾷ καρπὸν ζωῆς, ι ν' ου τω φωτίσῃ ἑαυτῷ φῶς γνώσεως. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐργάται ἀνομίας τυγχάνουσιν οἱ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς κατεσθίειν αὐτὸν οι α α ρτον, γνώσεως θεοῦ στεροῦνται· κατεσθίει δέ τίς τινα βλάπτειν αὐτὸν προτιθέμενος, κατὰ τὸ ̓Αλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε· βλέπετε μὴ ὑπὸ ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε. καὶ ἐν ̔Ησαίᾳ δὲ γέγραπται ου τως· Συρίαν ἀφ' ἡλίου ἀνατολῶν καὶ τοὺς Ελληνας ἀφ' ἡλίου δυσμῶν τοὺς κατεσθίοντας τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ο λῳ τῷ στόματι. πλὴν κα ν ποτε δυνηθῶσιν κατεσθίειν τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λαὸν παραδοθέντα αὐτοῖς, δι' ἁμαρτίας δίκην ὑφέξουσι· Αγιος γὰρ ̓Ισραὴλ τῷ κυρίῳ,

Jacob, Israel, and the Tabernacle of the Word§22

22The beginning of his judgments: all those eating him shall be filled with calamity, evil or violence upon them, says the Lord.

Those about to eat the people of God unjustly did not call upon the Lord, thinking to carry out all things by their own power and to tyrannize the people of God. For if they had known that they received him through the judgment of God by sin, they would have feared even more, lest they should fall under the same judgment. Therefore it is said to them, having become more reckless than is proper proper proper: 'Though I was angry a little, they themselves pressed on to evils' (Ps 7:8). Thus, having tyrannized the people of God unjustly, they fell into cowardice. Therefore one should not fear a coward; for fear is not present, if having received those delivered by the judgment of God, they approached them humanely and gently. But since they did all things harshly and without mercy, having fallen into cowardice, they laid waste to others. And this has risen up.

'Since God is in the generation of the righteous,' you will say, 'a generation of the righteous,' meaning the harmony of the righteous deeds in which the righteous judge is found, or the concord of righteous men and the commonality toward the same end. For if where two or three gather at his assembly, the Lord is found present, how much more would a whole generation of the righteous be found? And those who fulfill the same mind and life, even if they become a generation in different times, after this it would be said that time has called them to this. One who is cowed by a fear that is not fear; and he who fears man and once simply those killing the body, but not being able to kill the soul. For it is said, 'But do not fear anyone other than God.'

In connection with this passion, the Lord reproves Jerusalem saying: 'Who has not been reverent toward a mortal man?' (Ps 13:7). But as for the captivity of the people, it must first be viewed, so that we may subsequently see its return. He who falls away through his own laziness from the doing of good is taken captive by the law of sin, so as to have the power of death under the tyrantically devouring devil. This one, having been found having surrendered to the enemies outside the fatherland (and this is the partaking of virtue), is called back.

The Lord is submissive to the manner of repentance and to the forgiveness of those who have previously sinned; and this is the redeeming of the captives and the turning back of the captivity. When this has been fulfilled by the Lord's cross, as the people believing from the nations have been redeemed, Jacob rejoices. The same, according to the underlying meaning, is Jacob through thought alone, discerning the difference. For if one, doing good things and working according to virtue, overcomes the passions and evils and the working evil powers as a conqueror of them, he is Jacob rejoicing; but if, after the practical life, having obtained a pure heart, he sees God, he is Israel, a mind seeing God. For he does not receive into the voice of the Greeks a divine joy, being rejoiced; no one is grieved to take from a parallel passage the 'Let him rejoice and let him be glad' to be said.

85 Ps 14,1 See if the one living according to the law, having become the pedagogue unto Christ, dwells as a sojourner in the tabernacle of the Lord, wandering around the tent of the testimony. But the one having hastened unto Christ, having adhered to the evangelical teaching, dwells in the holy spirit of God, not another, but of the Son of God, concerning which it was prophetically said: 'The light of the Lord shall appear.' Stand firm, if it be rightly understood: the holy light of God is the God the Word, and his tabernacle is what the man took up. And it is necessary to know beforehand according to the flesh Christ, if he is the only-begotten according to the Father. He who says, 'Even if we have known according to the flesh Christ, but now we know no longer,' who has seen his glory, the glory as the only-begotten from the Father, dwells in the tabernacle, no longer a sojourner but dwelling in the holy spirit of God. And to him it is said: 'Ascend upon a high light,' he who evangelizes Zion. Therefore, the prophet, seeking an equal, says of the one able to say, 'Our citizenship exists in the heavens' (Phil 3:20), asks of the one to whom the Lord answers: 'Going...'

86 Ps 14,3 The one being erased from the appointed things, being a lover of brothers and a companion, hastens to be wise, spending time with the wise, turning himself away from all the weakness of the foolish, lest he be known as one of them. If therefore he turns away from the bad ones, but has understanding with the good (for the wise are good ones).

Greek · §22

ἀρχὴ γενημάτων αὐτοῦ· πάντες οἱ ἐσθίοντες αὐτὸν πλημμελήσουσιν, κακὰ η ξει ἐπ' 23 αὐτούς, φησὶν κύριος. οἱ προκείμενοι κατεσθίειν τὸν θεοῦ λαὸν α ρτου δίκην τὸν κύριον οὐκ ἐπεκαλέσαντο, τῇ αὐτῶν δυνάμει πάντα ἀνύειν καὶ καταδυναστευκέναι τὸν θεοῦ λαὸν οἰόμενοι. εἰ γὰρ η σαν εἰδότες ὡς δι' ἁμαρτίας κρίσει θεοῦ παρέλαβον αὐτόν, κα ν ἐφοβήθησαν ε τι μᾶλλον ὡς μέτρον ἐπιθέσθαι κατὰ τοῦ παραδοθέντος, ι να μὴ κρίματι τῷ αὐτῷ ὑποπέσωσιν. διὸ λέγεται πρὸς αὐτοὺς πέρα τοῦ προσήκοντος ἐξαγριωθέντας· ̓Ανθ' ω ν ἐγὼ μὲν ὠργίσθην ὀλίγα, αὐτοὶ δὲ συνεπέθεντο εἰς κακά. ου τως καταδυναστεύσαντες τὸν λαὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀδίκως, εἰς δειλίαν ἐνέπεσαν. ε νθα οὐδὲ φοβεῖσθαι ε δει· φόβος γὰρ οὐκ η ν, εἰ παραλαβόντες τοὺς κρίσει θεοῦ παραδοθέντας φιλανθρώπως καὶ ἡμέρως προσενεχθέντες η σαν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ σκληρῶς καὶ ἀνελεημόνως πάντα ἐποίησαν, ἐδειλίασαν περιπεσόντες οι ς α λλους διέθηκαν. ὑπῆρκται δὲ τοῦτο. ̓Επεὶ ἐν γενεᾷ δικαίων ὁ θεός, γενεὰν δικαίων ἐρεῖς η τοι τὴν τῶν δικαίων πραγμάτων συμφωνίαν ἐν ῃ ὁ δίκαιος κριτὴς εὑρίσκεται, η τὴν τῶν δικαίων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοφροσύνην καὶ τὴν εἰς ταὐτὸν σύνοδον. Εἰ γὰρ ε νθα δύο καὶ τρεῖς συνέρχονται ἐπὶ τῇ αὐτοῦ προσηγορίᾳ, παρὼν εὑρίσκεται ὁ κύριος, ποσῷ μᾶλλον εὑρεθείη α ν ε νθα ο λῃ δικαίων γενεᾷ; ο τι δὲ οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης καὶ βίου τοῦ αὐτοῦ μίαν συμπληροῦσι γενεὰν κα ν ἐν διαφόροις χρόνοις γένωνται, μετὰ ταῦτα ῥηθείη ο ταν εἰς τοῦτο καλέσῃ καιρός. ∆ειλιᾷ τις φόβῳ ῳ οὐκ η ν φόβος· καὶ ̔Ο φοβούμενος α νθρωπον καὶ α παξ ἁπλῶς τοὺς ἀποκτένοντας τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυνάμενος ἀποκτεῖναι. ει ρηται γὰρ Πλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ φοβοῦ α λλον. τούτῳ τῷ πάθει συσχεθεῖσαν τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ὁ κύριος ἐλέγχει λέγων· Τίς ου σα εὐλαβήθης ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου θνητοῦ; 84 Ps 13,7 Τίς δὲ η ν ἡ αἰχμαλωσία τοῦ λαοῦ πρῶτον θεωρητέον, ι να καὶ τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν αὐτοῦ ἑπομένως ι δωμεν. ὁ ἐκπίπτων παρ' ἰδίαν ῥαθυμίαν τῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ποιήσεως αἰχμαλωτίζεται ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ὡς γενέσθαι ὑπὸ τὸν καταδυναστεύοντα τυραννικῶς διάβολον ε χοντα τὸ κράτος τοῦ θανάτου· τοῦτον ου τω ἑλόντα τοῖς πολεμίοις ε ξω τῆς πατρίδος (αυ τη δ' ἐστὶν ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς μετουσία) γεγενημένον ἀνακαλεῖται μετανοίας τρόπῳ ὁ κύριος, α μα καὶ α φεσιν τῶν προημαρτημένων ὑπισχούμενος· καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ λυτρωθῆναι τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ ἐπιστραφῆναι τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν. πληρωθέντος δὲ τούτου τῷ κυριακῷ σταυρῷ ὡς πάντα τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστεύοντα λαὸν λελυτρῶσθαι, ἀγαλλιᾷ ̓Ιακώβ. ὁ αὐτὸς κατὰ τὸ ὑποκείμενόν ἐστιν†, ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ ε χων τὴν διαφοράν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ πράττων τὰ καλὰ καὶ ἐνεργῶν τὰ κατὰ ἀρετὴν πτερνίζει τὰ πάθη καὶ κακίας καὶ τὰς ἐνεργούσας πονηρὰς δυνάμεις ὡς νικητὴς αὐτῶν ἀναφανῆναι, ̓Ιακώβ ἐστιν ἀγαλλιώμενος· εἰ δὲ μετὰ τὸν πρακτικὸν βίον καρδίαν καθαρὰν κεκτημένος ὁρᾷ τὸν θεόν, ̓Ισραήλ ἐστιν, νοῦς ὁρῶν θεόν. ου τω γὰρ μεταλαμβάνεται εἰς ̔Ελλήνων φωνὴν εὐφραινόμενος θείαν εὐφροσύνην· οὐδεὶς λυπεῖ λαβεῖν ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ ̓Αγαλλιάσθω καὶ Εὐφραινέσθω εἰρῆσθαι. 85 Ps 14,1 Ορα εἰ ὁ κατὰ νόμον πολιτευόμενος τὸν γενόμενον παιδαγωγὸν εἰς Χριστὸν παροικεῖ ἐν τῷ σκηνώματι τοῦ κυρίου, τευτάζων περὶ τὴν σκήνην τοῦ μαρτυρίου. ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν φθάσας προσηκάμενος τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν διδασκαλίαν κατασκηνοῖ ἐν ο ρει ἁγίῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐχ ἑτέρῳ ο ντι τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, περὶ ου προφητικῶς ἐλέχθη ̓Εμφανὲς ε σται τὸ ο ρος τοῦ κυρίου. ἐπίστησον εἰ ὀρθῶς νοηθείη, ο ρος μὲν α γιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ θεὸς λόγος ει ναι, σκήνωμα δὲ αὐτοῦ ο ν ἀνέλαβεν α νθρωπον· καὶ ἐπιγνῶναι δεῖ πρότερον κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν, ει τα κατὰ τὸ ἐκ πατρὸς μονογενὴς ει ναι. παροικεῖ ἐν τῷ σκηνώματι ὁ λέγων Εἰ καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν, τοῦ θεασαμένου τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, οὐκέτι παροικοῦντος ἀλλὰ κατοικοῦντος ἐν τῷ ο ρει τῷ ἁγίῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ει ρηται· ̓Επ' ο ρος ὑψηλὸν ἀνάβηθι ὁ 24 εὐαγγελιζόμενος Σιών. ἰσάγγελον τοίνυν α νδρα ζητῶν ὁ προφήτης, τὸν δυνάμενον λέγειν ̔Ημῶν δὲ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει, ἠρώτα πρὸς ο ν ἀποκρίνεται ὁ δεσπότης· Πορευόμενος κτλ. 86 Ps 14,3 ̔Ο διαγραφόμενος ἐκ τῶν προκειμένων φιλάλληλος καὶ φιλέταιρος ὑπάρχων σπεύδει σοφὸς ει ναι, σοφοῖς συνδιατρίβων, παντὶ σθένει τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀπάγων ἑαυτόν, ο πως μὴ γνωσθῇ ει ς ω ν αὐτῶν. εἰ τοίνυν ἐκτρέπεται τοὺς φαύλους, σύνεστι δὲ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς (ἀγαθοὶ γὰρ οἱ σοφοὶ οι ς

The Unshakable Foundation of the Saints§23

23He does not accept reproach from those approaching him, those who always reproach those who have evils approaching them as if they were praising their neighbors and having good friends. To this, the speaker is indifferent: 'Walking in an unblemished way, it did not work for my benefit; speaking righteousness, it did not direct itself before my eyes' (Ps 14:4c).

And the word of an oath of a man is unsearchable, upon which the 'Yes, yes' and 'No, no' are confirmed. If even at times there is a need for God to be a witness to the word toward the 'No', he does this unpretentiously, just as the prophetic apostle leaves behind a pattern and a guide in the Epistles, who says: 'God is my witness, whom I serve in the gospel of his Son' (Luke 22:60); and 'No': 'I call God as witness upon my soul' (Acts 20:26); and again: 'God, who is over all, is my witness, I do not lie' (1 Tim 4:5). For this is an ungraspable faith; for an oath is nothing other than a word with God's witness, a thing being confirmed by God's witness. And however an oath may be held, it does not invalidate an oath to a neighbor.

And it is also to lend spiritually without offspring, as it is signified by what was said to the disciples of Jesus by the Teacher: 'And do not turn away from the one who wishes to borrow from you' (Luke 6:35). For how could anyone say this perceptibly to those saying, 'We have left all and followed you' (Matt 19:21), or those saying with boldness, 'Silver and gold I do not have' (Matt 19:24)? Since, therefore, to lend perceptibly to the saints (whenever it is said they do this) is described, it is necessary to take this spiritually; the one lending must take the intelligible teaching word instead of silver for the sake of gaining something corporeal. For if even those sowing spiritual things receive the fleshly things only to be fed (for worthy is the laborer of his food Luke 10:7), they do not lend in this way; for they do not receive silver according to the value of the logical spiritual things given, but the only food.

And he shall not be shaken forever, because he remained through life having steeled himself in virtues (Ps 14:5ab). For this is the same as what is said here: 'I shall not eat meat forever,' and 'He shall be your slave forever.' He who has heard the words of Jesus and has done them remains unshakeable forever.

For he possesses the houses of his own citizenship, which are named as those having their foundations laid upon Christ, called a rock. They are not as firm as those concerning whom Jesus says, 'Whoever believes in me shall live forever' (John 11:25). There are some such as are standing; and what the apostle writes concerning them: 'Having been founded and rooted in love' (Ephesians 3:17). If that which is not to be shaken for eternity shows a greater endurance of an age, similarly examine the one said: 'And everyone who lives and believes in me shall live forever' (John 11:25).

The saints, remaining unshakeable for eternity, will perfect their life, not being limited by time but remaining always; and this is a symbol of their pillar of victory (Ps 15:1a). And this 'pillar-writing' of David is a prefiguration of the psalm to be set forth. For the deeds of those being destroyed and no longer existing do not turn out to be such; nor do the deeds of sinners have the quality of not remaining. For it is said that the enjoyment of sin is temporary, and that the sin of the sinner and the evil one will not be found. But the life of the saints is not such; for they look toward the things not seen and eternal. It is said, therefore, concerning each of them: 'His righteousness remains for the age of ages.' And since it is called a pillar in another way, as scriptures elsewhere lay down laws calling them tablets and boards, it should be called a 'pillar-writing' of the saints, who have handed down teachings written not on stone tablets but on fleshly tablets, that is, having ears and hearts favorable and well-receiving toward the writing. How he possesses the things of the prefiguration of the psalm, we shall see when God reveals it.

Since I have put my hope in you, O Lord, protect me (Ps 15:1b). For I will not be able to endure harmlessly, with myriads of enemies both visible and invisible attacking. Having prayed these things, he brought forth: 'The Lord is my Lord' (Ps 16:2). Who, sinning, is able to confirm this with his voice? For a slave who makes himself a sinner cannot serve God; for no one, he says, can serve two masters (Matt 6:24). Let it be said also in another way regarding the matter at hand. The apostle writes: 'No one can say, Jesus is Lord, except in the Holy Spirit' (1 Cor 12:3), meaning to say this by deed and disposition. For if it were merely spoken, it would be true...

Greek · §23

συμπορεύεσθαι προτέθειται), ὀνειδισμὸν οὐ δέχεται ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐγγίζουσιν αὐτῷ, ὀνειδιζομένων ἀεὶ τῶν ἐχόντων κακοὺς ἐγγίζοντας αὐτοῖς ὡς αυ ὑμνουμένων τῶν πλησίον καὶ φίλους ἀγαθοὺς ἐχόντων. τούτῳ αὐτῷ ἀπαρέσκεται ὁ φάσκων· Πορευόμενος ἐν ὁδῷ ἀμώμῳ, ου τός μοι ἐλειτούργει· λαλῶν α δικα οὐ κατεύθυνεν ἐναντίον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου. 87 Ps 14,4c Εστιν δὲ ο ρκος τοῦ τηλικούτου ἀνδρὸς ἀκατάγνωστος λόγος, ἐφ' ῳ βεβαιοῦται τὸ Ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ Ου ου . εἰ δὲ καί ποτε τῶν πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος χάριν καὶ θεοῦ μάρτυρος χρεία, ἀπεριέργως καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ὡς ὁ θεσπέσιος ἀπόστολος τύπον καὶ ἀγωγὴν ο ρκων καταλειπὼν ἐν ταῖς ̓Επιστολαῖς ο που μέν φησιν· Μάρτυς μοί ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ῳ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ· ο που δέ· Μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν· καὶ πάλιν· Οι δεν ὁ ω ν θεὸς ἐπὶ πάντας, οὐ ψεύδομαι. αυ τη γὰρ ἀνεπίληπτος πίστις· καὶ γὰρ ο ρκος οὐδὲν ε τερόν ἐστιν η λόγος μετὰ θεοῦ μαρτυρίας η πρᾶγμα βεβαιούμενον μετὰ θεοῦ μαρτυρίας. ο πως δ' α ν ε χῃ ὁ ο ρκος, οὐκ ἀθετεῖ ὀμνὺς τῷ πλησίον. 88 Ps 14,5ab Εστιν δὲ καὶ δανείζειν πνευματικῶς α νευ τόκου, καθὸ σημαινόμενον ει ρηται τοῖς μαθηταῖς ̓Ιησοῦ πρὸς τοῦ διδασκάλου· Καὶ τὸν θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ δανείσασθαι μὴ ἀποστραφῇς. πῶς γὰρ α ν αἰσθητῶς τοῦτο φήσειέν τις εἰρῆσθαι τοῖς λέγουσιν ̓Αφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι, τοῖς μετὰ παρρησίας λέγουσιν ̓Αργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι; ἐπεὶ τοίνυν περιγράφεται τὸ αἰσθητῶς δανείζειν τοὺς ἁγίους (α ν ποτε λέγωνται τοῦτο ποιεῖν), πνευματικῶς αὐτὸ ἐκλαβεῖν δεῖ, δανείζοντος παντὸς νοητῶς τὸν διδάσκοντα λόγον ο ντα ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τῷ κερδῆσαί τι σωματικόν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ σπείροντες τὰ πνευματικὰ ἐν τῷ διδάσκειν τὰ σαρκικὰ δέχονται πρὸς μόνον τὸ τραφῆναι ( Αξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ), ο μως οὐ δανείζουσιν· οὐ γὰρ τὸ κατ' ἀξίαν τῶν δοθέντων λογικῶν ἀργυρίων δέχονται, ἀλλ' η μόνην τροφήν. 89 Ps 14,5c Οὐ σαλευθήσεται δὲ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, διὰ βίου μένων αι ς κατώρθωσεν ἀρεταῖς. ταὐτὸν γὰρ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐνταῦθα τῷ Οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ τῷ Εσται σοι δοῦλος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. α σειστος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένει ὁ ἀκούσας τῶν ̓Ιησοῦ λόγων καὶ ποιήσας αὐτούς· ε χει γὰρ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ πολιτείας οἰκίας ὀνομαζομένης τοὺς θεμελίους ἐπὶ τὸν Χριστὸν ἱδρυμένους, καλούμενον πέτραν. ου τω βέβαιοι η σαν περὶ ω ν ̓Ιησοῦς ει πεν· Εἰσί τινες τῶν ω δε ἑστηκότων· καὶ ε τι περὶ ω ν ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει· Τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἐρριζωμένοι ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. εἰ δὲ τὸ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μὴ σαλεύεσθαι καὶ πλείονά τινα παρέκτασιν αἰῶνος ἐμφαίνει παραπλησίως τῷ εἰρημένῳ Καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐπίσκεψαι. 90 Ps 15,1a ̓Ακλόνητοι μένοντες εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα οἱ α γιοι βίον κατορθοῦσιν οὐ χρόνῳ περιοριζόμενον ἀλλ' ἀεὶ μένοντα, οι α στήλην τῆς νίκης αὐτῶν σύμβολον ου σαν· καὶ ταύτη στηλογραφία τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ει ναι ει ρηται ἡ τοῦ ἐκτεθησομένου ψαλμοῦ προγραφή. οὐ γὰρ τῶν καταλυομένων καὶ μηκέτι ὑπαρχουσῶν αἱ πράξεις αὐτῶν τυγχάνουσιν· ου τω δ' ε χουσιν αἱ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ὡς μὴ παραμένειν αὐτάς. πρόσκαιρος γοῦν ἡ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσις ει ρηται, καὶ τὸ μὴ ε σεσθαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ· ζητουμένη γὰρ οὐχ εὑρεθήσεται. ἀλλ' οὐχ ὁ τῶν ἁγίων βίος τοιοῦτος· σκοποῦσι γὰρ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα καὶ αἰώνια. λέγεται γοῦν 25 περὶ ἑκάστου αὐτῶν· ̔Η δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἑτέρως λέγεται στήλη, ε νθα γραφαὶ ἀνάκεινται περὶ νόμων α ς καλοῦσιν κυρβικὰς καὶ πίνακας, λεκτέον καὶ ου τως στηλογραφίαν τῶν ἁγίων, α ς παραδεδώκασιν διδασκαλίας γραφείσας οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις ἀλλ' ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις, τουτέστιν εὐέκτοις καὶ εὐπαραδέκτως ἐχούσαις πρὸς τὴν γραφήν. ο πως δ' ε χει τὰ τῆς προγραφῆς τοῦ ψαλμοῦ, θεοῦ φανεροῦντος εἰσόμεθα. 91 Ps 15,1b.2 ̓Επεὶ σὲ ἐλπίδα ε χω, ω δέσποτα, Φύλαξόν με· ου τως γὰρ ἀβλαβῶς διατελέσαι δυνήσομαι, μυρίων ἐφεδρευόντων ἐχθρῶν ὁρατῶν τε καὶ ἀοράτων. ταῦτα εὐξάμενος ἐπήγαγεν τὸ Ει πα τῷ κυρίῳ Κύριός μου ει σύ. τίς ἁμαρτάνων δύναται ἐπαληθεῦσαι τῇ φωνῇ; δοῦλος γὰρ ω ν η ς ποιεῖ ἁμαρτίας οὐ δύναται δουλεύειν θεῷ· Οὐδεὶς γὰρ δύναται, φησίν, δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν. Λεχθείη καὶ ἑτέρως εἰς τὸ προκείμενον. γράφει ὁ ἀπόστολος ὡς Οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν Κύριος ̓Ιησοῦς εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, τοῦ λέγειν ἐν τούτοις γινομένου πράξει καὶ διαθέσει. εἰ γὰρ ψιλῶς ἐκληφθείη, ἀληθὲς

The Spiritual Inheritance and the Measuring Line§24

24It will not be so, with myriads of heretics and hypocrites saying it is mere utterance and not having the Holy Spirit of God. For the Savior himself says: 'Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord' (Matt 7:22); and I, he says, will confess to them, 'Depart from me, workers of iniquity, I never knew you' (Matt 7:23). And again: 'Why do you call me Lord, Lord, and do not do what I say?' (Luke 6:46). Therefore, the one saying 'Lord Jesus' in the Holy Spirit, not in mere utterance but in diligent work and true disposition, is truly a servant, just as when you hear with the apostles, 'You call me Lord and Teacher, and you say well, for I am so.'

Thus, the one announcing the foregone things by a practical and contemplative life has established an unshakeable pillar crying out, 'If you are my Lord' (Ps 15:2). And since you turn out to be my Lord, I offer you gifts from your own dogmas, not as to one in need; for they, as not having need of our good things, receive them in order to grant back something far more excessive and greater. And not only through things presented sensuously, but also through spiritual things must the voice be presented.

For we perform virtues, as we manage our own bodies through complete temperance. We are what God accepts, not for our own benefit, but as those who ask him to give us the good things from heaven; for for whose grace does God seek human virtue, if not so that he might grant higher things instead of those which we offer to him? The holy ones of God dwell upon his earth (Ps 15:3a). And this heavenly Jerusalem is that in which they have a citizenship in heaven, even as they dwell on earth.

He never says 'not to gather their assemblies,' but 'out of blood' (Ps 15:4bc); nor does he say 'not to remember their names,' but 'through my lips' (Ps 15:4bc). Perhaps, when there are some gathering assemblies out of blood, pouring them out to harm those gathered, he is himself benefiting, rather vivifying those who are called, gathering them not out of blood but out of immortality, remembering their characteristics, not out of superficiality but having depth of disposition. It will also be said thus: even if many prophets and apostles were killed, their blood being poured out, it is not in these many blood-offerings that the truth lies.

I will gather the assemblies of them, but only into the one single eye of the spotless and unblemished Christ; for this honor is given, so that they might be liberated from their vain, ancestral conduct. Concerning those who have been thus liberated, he will remember not by word alone, but by deep insight. Ps 15:5a He who has become above all the world possesses no other portion and inheritance than God; for everyone must renounce all things, so that one might be able to say, 'My portion is God unto the age of ages.' And as for the seed of the inheritance, it is also the cup that brings joy to the righteous portion, the Lord.

It is worth observing how the Lord becomes a cup for someone. Never does he provide moral instruction and thereby nourish the man in secret, becoming bread, supporting the heart of the eater; but he is also a cup according to the theory of truth, providing joy to the one drinking through the agreement of the illumination of knowledge. This cup is provided by the true vine so that the mind might be made to drink and be made glad, as one might graciously say, 'Esau has taken joy into my heart.' Ps 15:6 And you will understand thus: he who has God harmoniously and his possessions will enjoy.

For he who has the Lord as a portion of the inheritance and his possessions will enjoy, saying, 'You are the one restoring my inheritance to me'; but he does not restore this, saying, 'Come, inherit the kingdom prepared for you'; for if he is the same, he says, 'My portion is in the land of the living.' Regarding this spiritual inheritance, given by analogy to faith and excellent life to the heirs, it is fitting that the measuring line fell upon me among the best; for the cord is a symbol of measure and lot.

Indeed, concerning the sensible earth, into which the Hebrews were led by Joshua the son of Nun, being divided, it has been written many times: 'And the cord fell upon the tribe of Judah, and upon Reuben, the other of the twelve, upon this climate, the eastern one, and another past this.' Having observed these things, he who says, 'The measuring line fell upon me among the best,' demonstrates that good things were distributed to him, having entered into the best parts of the inheritance, which his lot shows through these spiritual geometric cords.

Greek · §24

οὐκ ε σται, μυρίων αἱρετικῶν καὶ ὑποκριτῶν λεγόντων ψιλὴν τὴν προφορὰν καὶ οὐ δήπου πνεῦμα α γιον ἐχόντων. φησὶν γοῦν αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήρ· Πολλοὶ ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Κύριε κύριε· κἀγώ, φησίν, ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς ̓Αποχωρεῖτε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ ἐργάται ἀνομίας, οὐδέποτε ὑμᾶς ε γνων. καὶ πάλιν· Τί με λέγετε Κύριε κύριε καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε α λέγω; ὡς τοίνυν ὁ λέγων κύριον ̓Ιησοῦν ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ οὐ ψιλῇ προφορᾷ ἀλλ' ε ργῳ σπουδαίῳ καὶ διαθέσει ἀληθῶς δοῦλός ἐστιν, ὡς ἀκοῦσαι μετὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ̔Υμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ̔Ο κύριος καὶ ̔Ο διδάσκαλος καὶ καλῶς λέγετε, εἰμὶ γάρ· ου τως ὁ τὰ προκείμενα ἀπαγγέλλων πρακτικῷ καὶ θεωρητικῷ βίῳ ῳ ε στησεν ἀκατάλυτον στήλην βοᾷ Ει πα τῷ κυρίῳ Κύριός μου ει σύ. Καὶ ἐπεὶ κύριός μου τυγχάνεις, ἐκ τῶν σῶν δογμάτων προσάγω σοι δῶρα οὐχ ὡς ἐνδεεῖ η χρῄζοντι· οι δα γὰρ ὡς οὐκ ε χων χρείαν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἀγαθῶν δέχῃ αὐτὰ ἐπὶ τῷ καθ' ὑπερβολὴν πλείονα καὶ μείζονα χαρίσασθαι. οὐ μόνον δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶς προσαγομένων ἀλλὰ καὶ πνευματικῶς προσενεκτέα ἡ φωνή. καὶ γὰρ ἀρετὰς ἱερουργοῦμεν, κα ν τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα διὰ παντελῶς σωφροσύνης. ι σμεν ο τι δέχεται αὐτὰ ὁ θεός, οὐκ εἰς ἰδίαν ὠφέλειαν ἀλλ' ο πως ἡμῖν δῷ τὰ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἀγαθὰ αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν· τίνος γὰρ χάριν ζητεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀρετήν, οὐχ ι να τὰ ἐπάξια χαρίσηται ἀνθ' ω ν αὐτῷ προσηγάγομεν; 92 Ps 15,3a Οἱ θεοῦ α γιοι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ διατρίβουσιν. ε στι δὲ αυ τη ἡ ἐπουράνιος ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ἐφ' η ν γίνονται ἐν οὐρανῷ τὸ πολίτευμα ε χοντες, κα ν ἐν γῇ ε τι διατρίβωσιν. 93 Ps 15,4bc Οὐ καθάπαξ λέγει μὴ συνάξειν τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν ἀλλ' ̓Εξ αἱμάτων· οὐδ' ἀπολελυμένως λέγει μὴ μνησθήσεσθαι τῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν ἀλλ' η ∆ιὰ χειλέων μου. μήποτ' ου ν ἐπεί εἰσίν τινες συνάγοντες συναγωγὰς ἐξ αἱμάτων, ἐκχέοντες αὐτὰς διὰ τοῦ βλάπτειν τοὺς συναγομένους, αὐτὸς ὠφελῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ ζωοποιῶν τοὺς προκαλουμένους, οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων ἀλλ' ἐξ ἀθανασίας συνάγει αὐτούς, τῶν προσηγοριῶν αὐτῶν μεμνημένος οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς ἀλλ' διαθέσεως βάθος ἐχούσης. Λελέξεται καὶ ου τως· εἰ καὶ πολλοὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν προφῆται καὶ ἀπόστολοι, ἐκχυθέντος τοῦ αι ματος αὐτῶν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν τούτοις τοῖς πολλοῖς αι μασιν συνάξω τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν ἀλλ' ̣ μόνῳ ἑνὶ αι ματι ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου Χριστοῦ· τοῦτο γὰρ τιμὴ δέδοται, ι να λυτρωθῶσιν ἐκ τῆς ματαίας πατροπαραδότου αὐτῶν ἀναστροφῆς. τῶν ου τω λελυτρωμένων μεμνήσεται οὐ προφορᾷ μόνῃ ἀλλὰ βαθείᾳ νοήσει. 94 Ps 15,5a ̔Ο ἀνωτέρω παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου γεγονὼς διαθέσει οὐδὲν ε τερον μερίδα καὶ κληρονομίαν ε χει η τὸν θεόν· ο θεν πᾶσιν ἀποτακτέον ι ν' εἰπεῖν δυνηθῇ τις Μερίς μου ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. ω σπερ δὲ τῆς κληρονομίας, ου τω καὶ τοῦ ποτηρίου τοῦ εὐφραίνοντος τὸν δίκαιον μερίς ἐστιν ὁ κύριος. α ξιον θεωρῆσαι πῶς ποτήριον ὁ κύριος γίνεταί τινος. μήποτ' ου ν ἠθικὴν διδασκαλίαν παρέχων καὶ ταύτῃ τρέφων τὸν ἐν κρυπτῷ α νθρωπον 26 α ρτος γίνεται, στηρίζων τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ ἐσθίοντος· ω ν καὶ ποτήριον κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς ἀληθείας, παρέχων εὐφροσύνην τῷ πίνοντι διὰ συγκαταθέσεως τὸν φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως. τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον πρὸς τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλου χορηγεῖται ἐπὶ τῷ ποτισθῆναι καὶ εὐφρανθῆναι τὸν νοῦν, ὡς χαριστηρίως εἰπεῖν τὸν μετειληφότα Εδωκας εὐφροσύνην εἰς καρδίαν μου. 95 Ps 15,6 Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ ου τως· ὁ θεὸν ε χων ἁρμονίως καὶ τὰ αὐτοῦ ε ξει. ο θεν ὁ τὸν κύριον μερίδα τῆς κληρονομίας ε χων καὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ ἀπολαύσει, λέγων· Σὺ ει ὁ ἀποκαθιστῶν τὴν κληρονομίαν μου ἐμοί· η οὐκ ἀποκαθίστησιν ταύτην, φάσκων· ∆εῦτε, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν; ει ποι δὲ ὁ αὐτός· Μερίς μου ει ἐν γῇ ζώντων. τῆς ου τως πνευματικῆς κληρονομίας πρὸς ἀναλογίαν πίστεως καὶ ἀρίστου βίου διδομένης τοῖς κληρονόμοις, εἰκότως ἐπενήνεκται τὸ Σχοινία ἐπέπεσάν μοι ἐν τοῖς κρατίστοις· σύμβολον δὲ μέτρου καὶ κλήρου τὸ σχοινίον. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ τῆς αἰσθητῆς γῆς, εἰς η ν εἰσήχθησαν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ τοῦ Ναυὴ οἱ ̔Εβραῖοι, μεριζομένης, πολλάκις ἀναγέγραπται· Επεσεν δὲ τὸ σχοινίον τῇ φυλῇ ̓Ιούδα η ̔Ρουβὶν η ἑτέρουτινὸς τῶν δώδεκα ἐπὶ τόδε τὸ κλίμα, τὸ ἀνατολικὸν φέρε η α λλο παρὰ τοῦτο. τούτων ω δε τεθεωρημένων ὁ λέγων· Σχοινία ἐπέπεσάν μοι ἐν τοῖς κρατίστοις, παρίστησιν ὡς ἀγαθὰ αὐτῷ ἐμερίσθη, εἰς τὰ κράτιστα τῆς κληρονομίας ἐλθόντος τοῦ κλήρου αὐτοῦ, ο ν δηλοῖ διὰ τῶν πνευματικῶν τούτων γεωμετρικῶν σχοινίων.

The Unshakable Word and the Human Economy§25

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

25Such a measuring line an angel holds in his hand to the prophet Zechariah, in order to measure how much the length and width of the true Jerusalem is. Furthermore, it is said: 'For indeed my inheritance is most strong for me,' (Ps 15:5) signifying through this that my inheritance truly becomes the most beautiful.

According to this, the signified 'strongest' is the God, whom Luke the evangelist writes about. Let no one consider the spoken word unsuitable for Christ (Ps 15:7). For if he needed an angelic measurement to show the human, what time would that be? If he was being wise regarding divinity from nature, being wise as God and source of wisdom, yet being wise as a man.

Since the following are said from the face of Christ (Ps 15:8), and the saying—the face from the Lord is my portion of inheritance (Ps 15:8)—is preserved without any change, whoever takes these verses spoken by the Lord does not sin. But those not having their thoughts about God properly ordered take them locally: that the Son is at the right hand of the Father because of 'Sitting at my right hands,' and that the Savior has sat after the ascension at the right hands of majesty, which is impossible to say. For if the Son is at the right hand of the Father locally, it is impossible for the Father to be at the right hand of the Son according to that same meaning; but the Son says: 'I saw the Lord at my right hand' (Ps 16:8). Therefore, it is not otherwise, according to place, to miss the Son at the right of the Father and the Father of the Son, just as 'I am in the Father and the Father in me' (John 10:30) is.

It must be observed, with the Savior understood as man and God, whether it is necessary to interpret these things according to the divinity or according to his economy according to the flesh. But it is not possible to piously take that the Word of God has spoken from the face of God the Father at his right hand and before himself, in such a way that he might remain unshakeable. For the God Word is unturning, nor is he existing by any amount of turning.

Since he denies the reason for the Word not being shaken, who is in the Father and at the right hand of the Father (for he is being in the Father and having him in himself, existing at the right hand and before him), the reason becomes that he who sees him and has him at the right hand is not shaken. Since therefore he denies this, it is rather impious to take these things regarding the only-begotten Son of God apart from his economy according to the flesh; it must be spoken harmoniously, he who has become truly human and humbled himself and became poor while being rich (2 Cor 8:9). For the human has become his, made like us in all things without sin; but his flesh was not without soul, as some wrongly thought. For how could flesh not having a soul say 'he has at the right hand a God and sees him always' so as not to sin? For a sinning movement arises from being shaken.

If these things are impossible (for the body does not see God, nor does it possess the thought of him who is at the right hand and before him), it remains, according to the economy, to speak these things humanly by the Word of God having become flesh truly, perfectly, and truthfully; for he will speak all things from one person, both the God-befitting and the human, as a man indeed has become, having the God at his right hand, he will not be shaken even if bitter things surround him, or if the kings of the earth stand against him and the rulers gather together against the Lord and against his Christ. For indeed, not having been shaken in soul, he did not commit sin, nor was deceit found in his mouth, having been tested in all things according to likeness without sin. Furthermore, it is brought forward how his heart rejoiced and his tongue exulted (Ps 34:10) over having the Lord at the right hand and before himself always. It is a praiseworthy exultation and gladness, he who does not become so because of chance things, but because of understanding.

Greek · §25

τοιοῦτο σχοινίον α γγελος ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ κατέχων ω φθη Ζαχαρίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ ἐπὶ τῷ μετρῆσαι πόσον τὸ μῆκος καὶ πλάτος τῆς ἀληθινῆς ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. ̔Εξῆς ἐπενήνεκται· Καὶ γὰρ ἡ κληρονομία μου κρατίστη μοί ἐστιν, σημαίνων διὰ τούτου ὡς καλλίστη ἀληθῶς ἡ κληρονομία μου τυγχάνει. κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον κράτιστος η ν ὁ Θεόφιλος, ῳ γράφει Λουκᾶς ὁ εὐαγγελίστης. Ps 15,7 Μή τις ἀνάρμοστον ἡγείσθω πρὸς Χριστὸν τὸ ῥητόν. εἰ γὰρ ἀγγελικῆς ἐδεήθη ῥοπῆς δεικνὺς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, τί καιρόν; εἰ παρὰ τῆς συμφύσεως θεότητος ἐσοφίζετο, σοφίζων μὲν ὡς θεὸς καὶ πηγὴ σοφίας, σοφιζόμενος δὲ ὡς α νθρωπος. 96 Ps 15,8.9ab ̓Επεὶ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγεται τὰ προκείμενα, φυλάττεται δὲ χωρὶς πάσης μεταβολῆς τὸ λέγον ταῦτα πρόσωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ Κύριος ἡ μερὶς τῆς κληρονομίας μου, καὶ τούτους τοὺς στίχους ὑπὸ κυρίου εἰρημένους ἐκλαμβάνων τις οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει. οἱ μὴ ε χοντες δὲ περὶ θεοῦ ἐννοίας διηρθρωμένας τοπικῶς ἐκλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ δεξιῶν ει ναι τοῦ πατρὸς τὸν υἱὸν διὰ τὸ Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, η κεκαθικέναι τὸν σωτῆρα μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς μεγαλωσύνης, οι ς ἀδύνατόν τι εἰπεῖν. εἰ γὰρ ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοπικῶς, ἀδύνατον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ υἱοῦ ει ναι τὸν πατέρα κατ' αὐτὸ τὸ σημαινόμενον· ἀλλὰ λέγει ὁ υἱός· Προωρώμην τὸν κύριον ἐκ δεξιῶν μου· ο θεν ἑτέρως η κατὰ τόπον ἐκληπτέον τὸν υἱὸν δεξιὸν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ υἱοῦ, ὡσαύτως τῷ ̓Εγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν. Σκοπητέον δέ, ἀνθρώπου καὶ θεοῦ α μα τοῦ σωτῆρος νοουμένου, πότερον ἐπὶ τῆς θεότητος δεῖ αὐτὰ ἑρμηνεῦσαι η ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίας. ἀλλ' οὐ δυνατὸν εὐσεβῶς ἐκλαβεῖν ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου εἰρῆσθαι ε χειν ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ τὸν πατέρα καὶ ἐνώπιον ἑαυτοῦ διαπαντός, ο πως ἀκλόνητος διαμείνῃ. α τρεπτος γὰρ ὁ θεὸς λόγος, οὐδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν κλόνον ὑφιστάμενος. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀπεμφαίνει αἰτίαν εἰπεῖν τοῦ μὴ σαλευθῆναι τὸν θεὸν λόγον, ο ντος ἐν ο ψει αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκ δεξιῶν διαπαντὸς τοῦ πατρὸς (αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ τυγχάνων καὶ ε χων αὐτὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἐκ δεξιῶν τινος καὶ ἐνώπιον διαπαντὸς ὑπάρχων), αι τιος καθίσταται τοῦ μὴ κλονεῖσθαι τὸν ὁρῶντα αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτὸν ε χοντα. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἀπεμφαίνει, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀσεβές ἐστιν περὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτὰ ἐκλαβεῖν χωρὶς τῆς αὐτοῦ κατὰ σάρκα οἰκονομίας, ἁρμονίως ἐκδοτέον εἰρῆσθαι αὐτά, ο τε γέγονεν ἀτρέπτως α νθρωπος καὶ ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐπτώχευσεν πλούσιος ω ν. αὐτοῦ γὰρ γέγονε 27 τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, ὁμοιωθὲν ἡμῖν κατὰ πάντα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας· ἀλλ' οὐδὲ α ψυχος η ν αὐτοῦ ἡ σὰρξ, ω ς τινες ἐνόμισαν. πῶς γὰρ σὰρξ ψυχὴν οὐκ ε χουσα ἐρεῖ ἐκ δεξιῶν ε χειν θεὸν καὶ προορᾶν αὐτὸν διαπαντός, ι να μὴ ἁμαρτάνῃ; ἁμαρτητικὴ γὰρ κίνησις ἐκ τοῦ σαλευθῆναι παρίσταται. εἰ δὲ ἀδύνατα ταῦτα (σῶμα γὰρ οὐ προορᾷ θεόν, οὐ νόησιν ε χει τοῦ ο ντος ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἐνώπιον διαπαντός), λείπεται κατ' οἰκονομίαν ἀνθρωπίνως εἰρῆσθαι ταῦτα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου σαρκωθέντος ἀτρέπτως καὶ τελείως καὶ ἀληθῶς· ὡς ἐξ ἑνὸς γὰρ προσώπου τὰ πάντα λελέξεται, τά τε θεοπρεπῆ καὶ ἀνθρώπινα, ὡς α νθρωπος τοίνυν ο τε γέγονεν, ἐκ δεξιῶν ε χων τὸν θεὸν οὐ κλονηθείη, κα ν πικρὰ περιεστηκότα ῃ , κα ν παραστῶσιν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ συναχθῶσιν οἱ α ρχοντες ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ· ου τω γοῦν μὴ κλονηθεὶς κατὰ ψυχήν, ̔Αμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ, πειρασθεὶς κατὰ πάντα καθ' ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. ̔Εξῆς ἐπιφέρεται ὡς ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλώσσα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ ε χειν ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἐνώπιον ἑαυτοῦ τὸν κύριον διαπαντός. ἐπαινετὴ ἀγαλλίασις καὶ εὐφροσύνη τυγχάνει, ο τε οὐ διά τι τῶν τυχόντων γίνεται ἀλλ' ἐπὶ κατανοήσει

David's Prayer and Divine Testing§26

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

26From these syllables, it is most clearly shown that the Lord became man; for his soul, the flesh having been laid in the tomb, was in the heart of the earth for three days and three nights, having risen with the flesh, having severed the soul from the body. It is said that the flesh tabernacled in hope because of the resurrection that is to come; for it was not dissolved, suffering any corruption, but having remained unharmed, it was joined again to the soul which was not abandoned to Hades. But if the destined soul, being separated from flesh, stands existing even in Hades, then it is clear that the rational souls of men are not being; for the rational soul, being separated from flesh, does not stand existing, nor does it go into Hades. But truly the soul of Jesus has experienced both; for it has become both in the place of human souls, and having become outside of the flesh, it lives and stands; it is indeed rational and of the same essence as the souls of men, just as the flesh, having come forth from Mary, is of the same essence as the flesh of men. Even if it seemed to have suffered because of the cross, it was not destroyed; the fact that both soul and flesh remained unharmed, having been joined together again, was demonstrated. Again, the holiness of God has not seen corruption, but is also the cause of the resurrection of the others, the dead; for having become the firstborn from the dead, he, our corruptible and mortal being, having clothed himself in incorruption, undergoes death together with the holy of God who has not seen corruption.

The incarnate Word of God, having risen from the dead, sings praises (Ps 15:11), in that he has become man without abandoning even his being as God, having revealed to him the paths leading to eternal life, so that he may be filled with perfect joy, filling the saints with all spiritual joy. His image is the face of God and the character of his substance. And what follows the one who has walked the known paths of life, to have divine delight in the truth and wisdom of God's right hand? And this is the only-begotten Son of God. And since the delight in the right hand of God is found to be unsurpassed, it will be an end that is not sought by any other; for all things have come to pass not for the sake of another, but for its own sake (Ps 15:11).

Some people, acting with arrogance, judge the one praying as being of moderate character; no one would say, 'Hear, O Lord, my righteousness, and let my judgment come forth from your face' (Ps 16:3). But David, not being arrogant, while doing all the will of God, but desiring to be judged with goodness, prayed that his judgment might come forth from the divine face. 'Let my eyes see straightness' (Ps 16:3). One prays to see straightness with the eyes of a man, by which God judges, bringing the judgment forth from his own face; one prays to behold the virtue of straightness. If, however, he prays to see it, he does not yet possess it; thus he is advised not to be arrogant by the way he offers the prayer. These things regarding perfect virtue should be considered, if anyone ever becomes greater than those previously foretold.

And through these things, much boldness of the speaker is manifest (Ps 16:3). For if he says these things concerning God, he manifests much of his own purity; for the heart of everyone who endures in obscurity is tested, and he who is afflicted in everything is not distressed, but enduring until the end, he is proven righteous; such as Job, to whom God said: 'If perhaps I may prove you, you shall be more righteous than I' (Job 2:9). [Or: If it is possible that I may prove you, that you may appear righteous, in the testing of your heart by the Lord and being refined and no iniquity being found in you?]. It is worth following to see what is meant by 'I visited in the night' (Ps 16:3); and indeed, if he calls the state of those in obscurity 'night' because of the dimness and having nothing propitious, in which God, having visited him, left him proven and, having refined through afflictions, showed him clean from all iniquities. It is said, 'I visited in the night' (Ps 16:3) and not thus: because the hidden things of the heart are not manifest to anyone except to Him to whom it is said, 'You alone know the hearts of men'; it was named night, and even those things, although they are dark to others because of the inscrutable, to you, who tested me by visiting me in the night, have been revealed. To this, 'If I had considered iniquity in my heart, do not hear me, Lord' (Ps 16:3) is conjoined.

To declare the works of men and dispositions, even in word, is evil (Ps 16:4a). But what are these works, those about which the apostle writes: 'For where there is jealousy among you...'

Greek · §26

θεοῦ. 97 Ps 15,9c.10 Καὶ ἐκ τούτων τῶν συλλαβῶν δηλοῦται μάλιστα τελείως ἐνηνθρωπηκέναι τὸν κύριον· τῆς γὰρ σαρκὸς ἀποτεθειμένης ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ γέγονεν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, μεθ' ο ἀναστὰς ε λαβε τὴν σάρκα η ν τέως διαζεύξας η ν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος. ει ρηται δὲ ἐπ' ἐλπίδι κατεσκηνωκέναι ἡ σὰρξ διὰ τὴν ἐσομένην παρ' αὐτὰ ἀνάστασιν· οὐ γὰρ διαλυθεῖσα η φθοράν τινα παθοῦσα ἀλλ' ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνασα συνεζεύχθη πάλιν τῇ μὴ ἐγκαταλειφθείσῃ εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην ψυχῇ. εἰ δὲ ἡ προκειμένη ψυχὴ καὶ σαρκὸς χωριζομένη ὑφέστηκεν καὶ ἐν τῷ ᾳ δῃ γίνεται, ε νθα αἱ λογικαὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχαί, δῆλον ο τι οὐ δύναται α λογος ει ναι· ἡ γὰρ α λογος ψυχὴ χωριζομένη σαρκὸς οὐχ ὑφίσταται οὐδὲ εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην πορεύεται. ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡ τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ ψυχὴ ἑκατέρων πείραν ε σχεν· γέγονε γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ψυχῶν, καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐκτὸς γενομένη ζῇ καὶ ὑφίσταται· λογικὴ α ρα καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁμοούσιος, ω σπερ καὶ ἡ σὰρξ ὁμοούσιος τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων σαρκὶ τυγχάνει ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας προελθοῦσα. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ε δοξεν πεπονθέναι διὰ τὸν σταυρόν, ἀλλ' ου ν οὐκ ει δεν διαφθοράν, ἀβλαβῶν διαμεινάντων τῆς τε ψυχῆς καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐξ ω ν συντεθέντων ἀνεδείχθη. πάλιν ὁ ο σιος τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ἑωρακὼς διαφθορὰν ἀλλὰ καὶ αι τιος τῆς τῶν α λλων νεκρῶν ἐγέρσεως· δι' αὐτὸν γὰρ πρωτότοκον ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν γεγενημένον τὸ φθαρτὸν καὶ θνητὸν ἡμῶν ἀφθαρσίαν ἐνδυσάμενον συναπαθανατίζεται τῷ μὴ ἑωρακότι διαφθορὰν ὁσίῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 98 Ps 15,11 ̓Εκ νεκρῶν ἀναστὰς ὁ σαρκωθεὶς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ὑμνεῖ, καθὸ α νθρωπος γέγονε μὴ ἀπολειπὼν καὶ τοῦ ει ναι θεός, τὸν φανερώσαντα αὐτῷ τὰς ἀγούσας ὁδοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν, ι να καὶ εὐφροσύνης πληρωθῇ τελείας ὁ πάσης εὐφροσύνης πνευματικῆς ἐμπιμπλῶν τοὺς ἁγίους. θεοῦ δὲ πρόσωπον ἡ εἰκὼν αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ. τί δὲ ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ ὁδεύσαντι τὰς γνωσθείσας ὁδοὺς τῆς ζωῆς η τὸ θείαν τέρψιν ε χειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ ου σῃ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ; αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ υἱός. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀνυπέρβλητος τυγχάνει ἡ ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ τέρψις, τέλος ε σται ε σχατον ὀρεκτὸν ου σα· οὐ γὰρ α λλου χάριν ἀλλ' αὐτῆς ε νεκα τὰ πάντα. 99 Ps 16,2 ̓Αλαζονείαν καταψηφίζονταί τινες τοῦ εὐχομένου φάσκοντες ὡς τῶν μετρίων τὸ η θος· οὐδεὶς λέξει τὸ Εἰσάκουσον, κύριε, τῆς δικαιοσύνης μου, καὶ τὸ ̓Εκ προσώπου σου τὸ κρίμα μου ἐξέλθοι. ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀλαζὼν ὁ ∆αυὶδ ποιῶν πάντα τὰ θελήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ σὺν ἀγαθότητι κριθῆναι θέλων παρεκάλει ἐξελθεῖν αὐτοῦ 28 τὸ κρίμα ἐκ τοῦ θεϊκοῦ προσώπου. Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου ἰδέτωσαν εὐθύτητας. ευ χεται τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου εὐθύτητα ἰδεῖν καθ' η ν κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς ἐξάγων τὸ κρίμα ἐκ προσώπου ἑαυτοῦ, η ευ χεται τὴν ἀρετὴν εὐθύτητας θεάσασθαι. εἰ δὲ ευ χεται αὐτὴν ἰδεῖν, ου πω παροῦσαν αὐτὴν ε χει, ῳ ε πεται τὸ μὴ ἀλαζονεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ου τω τὴν εὐχὴν ἀναφέροντα. ταῦτα περὶ τῆς παντελοῦς ἀρετῆς εἰρῆσθαι ἡγητέον, η τις ὀψέ ποτε παραγίνεται πλείστων ο σων προδιανυσθέντων. 100 Ps 16,3 Καὶ διὰ τῶν προκειμένων ἐμφαίνεται πολλὴ παρρησία τοῦ λέγοντος. εἰ γὰρ ταῦτα ἐπὶ θεοῦ λέγει, πολλὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐμφαίνει καθαρότητα· δοκιμάζεται γὰρ ἡ καρδία παντὸς τοῦ σκυθρωπὰ ὑπομένοντος, ο τ' α ν ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενος μὴ στενοχωρῆται, ἀλλ' ὑπομένων εἰς τέλος ἀποδείκνυται δίκαιος· οι ος η ν ̓Ιὼβ ῳ ει πεν ὁ θεός· Οι ει με α λλως σοι κεχρηματικέναι η ι να ἀναφανῇς δίκαιος, πρὸς τῷ δεδοκιμάσθαι τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ πεπυρῶσθαι καὶ μὴ ηὑρᾶσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ ἀδικίαν; ̓Ακόλουθον ἰδεῖν τί σημαίνεται ἐκ τοῦ ̓Επεσκέψω νυκτός· καὶ ο ρα εἰ τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν σκυθρωπῶν διὰ τὸ ἀφεγγὲς καὶ μηδὲν ἱλαρὸν ε χειν νύκτα καλεῖ, ἐν ῃ ἐπισκεψάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς δόκιμον ἀπέφηνεν καὶ πυρώσας διὰ τῶν θλιβερῶν καθαρὸν πάντων ἀδικημάτων ἀνέδειξεν. ῥηθείη τὸ ̓Επεσκέψω νυκτὸς καὶ ου τως· ἐπεὶ τῆς καρδίας τὰ κρύφια οὐκ εἰσὶν φανερὰ η μόνῳ τῷ πρὸς ο ν ει ρηται Σὺ μόνος γινώσκεις τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, νὺξ ὠνομάσθη, α καὶ αὐτά, καίτοι τοῖς α λλοις ο ντα σκοτεινὰ διὰ τὸ ἀκατάληπτον, σοὶ τῷ δοκιμάσαντί με διὰ τὸ ἐπεσκέφθαι με νυκτὸς πεφανέρωται. τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ Εἰ ἀδικίαν ἐθεώρουν ἐν καρδίᾳ μου, μὴ εἰσακουσάτω μου κύριος. 101 Ps 16,4a Τὸ ἀπαγγέλλειν τὰ ε ργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων πράξει καὶ διαθέσει, ε τι μὴν καὶ λόγῳ, φαύλων ἐστίν. τίνα δὲ τὰ ε ργα τούτων η ἐκεῖνα περὶ ω ν ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει· Οπου γὰρ ε ρεις καὶ ζῆλος ἐν ὑμῖν,

The Protection of the Right Hand and Wings§27

27Are you not men and walking according to man? The works of men happen to be a hindrance to speaking, and the failure to find truth in him, having been ignited by God through trials and those nearby (Ps 16:4b).

The paths bearing one toward virtue seem to be hard, having much roughness; for how is the path not hard, which commands the one being struck to a place beyond the jaws, and the rest of the hand to receive insult? In addition to this, a rough path seems to be one through which someone struggles toward death for the sake of the truth. And it is, through injuries, the most bitter of threats, of fire and iron and the assault of wild beasts, the completion of this; except even if these paths and those related to them are hard, they are guarded because of the words of the lips of the protecting God, and they are made smooth as if they were no longer something hard or heavy. For John indeed writes, 'And his commandments are not heavy' (1 John 5:3), and Jesus says to those hearing his words, 'My yoke is good and my burden is light' (Matt 11:30). For from much habituation and training, approaching without interruption, the heavy things appear most light, and the bitter and joyless things are made upright with much ease.

But the paths of the Lord and of his saints happen to be the keeping of the commandments (Ps 16:5a), rather the energies according to virtue, being shown to be smooth and even, having been developed from constantly suffering toil by those hurrying to reach their end; and their end is blessedness and the fulfillment of the promises. Let us therefore run according to them, so that we may find salvation, not wavering in our steps, that is to say, not stumbling. And if the Lord should prepare them in his paths, he says of one having obtained this request: 'I ran without lawlessness and directed myself, and I ran the path of your commandments' (Ps 16:6), and 'You have enlarged my heart' (Ps 16:7).

'I have cried out' (Ps 16:7) is to be heard spiritually; for it is not necessary to have cried out toward the invisible God with a loud voice, but with an attentive mind; this is the cry of the inner man. His mercies are wonderful upon those hoping in him, even if they have something more paradoxical regarding the mercies having become through favor, as the God inclining toward us hears the words of the voice.

Nothing else is our power, but the power descending through goodness to receive our words. For this, the eyes of the Lord shall be upon the righteous, and his eyes toward them for their prayer (Ps 16:8).

The right hand of God will be no other than his only-begotten Son, as was said a little earlier: 'Delight is at your right hand unto the end' (Ps 16:7). The devil and his angels, and with them sorcerers and evil men, stand against this, from whom the holy one desires to remain harmless, saying to God: 'Protect me from those standing at your right hand, according to the pupil of my eye, so that my mind may remain harmless; but also cover me in the shelter of your wings from the face of the impious who desire to surround me with misery' (Ps 16:8). It is possible to call the impious and those opposing the right hand of God in various ways, according to the underlying subject. But the voice 'Protect me as the pupil of the eye' does not belong to everyone, but only to the one having been enlightened according to the soul, having the eyes of the heart enlightened. And 'In the shelter of your wings you will cover me' is to be understood spiritually; for the covering powers of God are called his wings, through which he covers and for the sake of good cheer protects the one beseeching to be rescued from the impious who are planning misery against him. For indeed, there are certain invisible enemies making misery for those being caught by them, by bringing them under sin.

The wild and raw nature of those standing against signifies, by saying, that his soul is being enclosed by his enemies who have shut their canopy because of the striving toward matter (Ps 16:9). For the others, through their lusts, are material and fleshy, having been overcome by sin, and they are being shut out from much good cheer and luxury, just as wheat and oil used to be filled. Therefore, the Ally was blocked from their canopy; therefore also their mouths speak pride, not steadily bearing anything friendly or appropriate. For indeed, the enemies, casting out from much arrogance, surround the one saying these things in order to harm and destroy the one who has become sheltered within. For they do not seek anything useful or good, since having become transgressors of divine laws through the...

Greek · §27

οὐχὶ α νθρωποί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ α νθρωπον περιπατεῖτε; κωλυτικὸν τοῦ λαλεῖν τὰ ε ργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τυγχάνει καὶ τὸ μὴ εὑρέσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ ἀδικίαν ὑπὸ θεοῦ πυρωθέντι διὰ πειρασμῶν καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων. 102 Ps 16,4b Αἱ ἐπὶ ἀρετὴν φέρουσαι ὁδοὶ δοκοῦσιν σκληραὶ ει ναι πολὺ τὸ τραχὺ ε χουσαι· πῶς γὰρ οὐ σκληρὰ ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ παραγγέλλουσα τῷ ῥαπίζοντι εἰς θατέραν τῶν σιαγόνων καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν προχείρως εἰς ὑποδοχὴν υ βρεως παρέχειν; πρὸς τούτοις δοκεῖ τραχεία ὁδὸς ει ναι καθ' η ν ε ως θανάτου ἀγωνίζεταί τις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας. ε στιν ο τε δι' αἰκιῶν πικροτάτων ἀπειλῆς τε πυρὸς καὶ σιδήρου καὶ προσβολῆς θηρίων ἀγρίων τελειουμένου τούτου πλὴν εἰ καὶ σκληραὶ αυ ται αἱ ὁδοὶ καὶ αἱ συγγενεῖς αὐταῖς, ἀλλά γε φυλάττονται διὰ τοὺς λόγους τῶν χειλέων τοῦ προστάττοντος θεοῦ καὶ ἐξευμαρίζονται ὡς μηκέτι σκληρόν τι η βαρὺ ε χειν. ̓Ιωάννης γοῦν γράφει τὸ Καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς τοῖς ἀκούουσι τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ λέγει ̔Ο ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν. ἐκ γὰρ πολλοῦ συνεθισμοῦ καὶ γυμνασίων ἀδιαστάτως προσαγομένων καὶ τὰ α χθη κουφότατα φαίνεται καὶ τὰ πικρὰ καὶ ἀηδῆ κατορθοῦται σὺν ῥᾳστώνῃ πολλῇ. 103 Ps 16,5a Τρίβοι δὲ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ αἱ τηρήσεις τῶν ἐντολῶν τυγχάνουσιν, μᾶλλον δὲ αἱ κατ' ἀρετὴν ἐνέργειαι λεῖαι καὶ ὁμαλαὶ ἀναδειχθεῖσαι ἐκ τοῦ συνεχῶς πατεῖσθαι πρὸς τῶν σπευδόντων φθᾶσαι ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν· τέλος δὲ αὐτῶν ἡ μακαριότης καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν ἀπόδοσίς ἐστιν. δράμωμεν τοίνυν κατ' αὐτάς, ι να σωτηρίας τύχωμεν, οὐ κλονουμένων τῶν διαβημάτων τουτέστιν οὐ σφαλλομένων. ο τ' α ν ὁ κύριος ἐν ταῖς τρίβοις αὐτοῦ καταρτίσῃ αὐτά, ὁ ταύτης τῆς αἰτήσεως τυχών φησιν Ανευ ἀνομίας ε δραμον καὶ κατεύθυνα, καὶ τὸ ̔Οδὸν ἐντολῶν σου ε δραμον, ο τ' α ν ἐπλάτυνας τὴν καρδίαν μου. 104 Ps 16,6–7b Τὸ Κεκράξομαι πνευματικῶς ἀκουστέον· οὐ γὰρ γεγωνοτέρᾳ τῇ φωνῇ πρὸς τὸν ἀόρατον θεὸν κεκραγέναι δεῖ ἀλλ' ἐπιτεταμένῃ νοήσει· αυ τη δὲ ἡ κραυγὴ τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου. Θαυμαστοῖ τὰ ἐλέη 29 αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπ' αὐτόν, ο τ' α ν παραδοξότερόν τι ε χωσιν τὰ δι' εὐεργεσίαν ἐλέη γενόμενα, ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ κλίνοντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσακούει τῶν ῥημάτων τῆς φωνῆς ἡμῶν, οὐκ α λλο τι τυγχάνον η ἡ συγκαταβαίνουσα δι' ἀγαθότητα δύναμις αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ δέχεσθαι τοὺς ἡμετέρους λόγους. εἰς τοῦτο λήψῃ τὸ ̓Οφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ω τα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν. 105 Ps 16,7c–9a Τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ἑτέρας ου σης τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὡς καὶ μικρῷ πρότερον ει ρηται, ο τε προέκειτο τὸ Τερπνότης ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ σου εἰς τέλος, ἀνθιστάμενοι ταύτῃ διάβολος καὶ οἱ τούτου α γγελοι καὶ πρὸς τούτοις α νθρωποι γόητες καὶ πονηροὶ ἀφ' ω ν ἀβλαβὴς διαμεῖναι ποθῶν ὁ α γιος λέγει τῷ θεῷ· Φύλαξόν με ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθισταμένων τῇ σῇ δεξιᾷ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ μου κόρην, ι ν' ἀβλαβὴς ὁ νοῦς μου διαμείνῃ· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν πτερύγων σου σκέπασόν με ἀπὸ προσώπου ἀσεβῶν τῶν περιβαλεῖν με ταλαιπωρίᾳ ποθούντων. δυνατὸν δὲ ἀσεβεῖς καὶ ἀνθεστηκότας τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ κατ' ἐπίνοιαν διαφόρους εἰπεῖν, καθ' ὑποκείμενον τοὺς αὐτοὺς τυγχάνοντας. οὐ παντὸς δὲ ἡ φωνὴ ἡ Φύλαξόν με ὡς κόρην ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλλὰ μόνου τοῦ πεφωτισμένου κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ε χοντος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας πεφωτισμένους. Τὸ δὲ ̓Εν σκέπῃ τῶν πτερύγων σου σκεπάσεις με πνευματικῶς ἐκληπτέον· αἱ γὰρ σκεπαστικαὶ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεις πτέρυγες αὐτοῦ καλοῦνται, δι' ω ν σκέπει καὶ εἰς εὐθυμίαν α γει τὸν παρακαλοῦντα ἐξαιρεθῆναι ἀπὸ ἀσεβῶν τῶν ταλαιπωρίαν κατ' αὐτοῦ διανοουμένων. ου τοι δὲ ἀόρατοί τινές εἰσιν ἐχθροὶ ταλαιπώρους ποιοῦντες τοὺς ἁλισκομένους πρὸς αὐτῶν τῷ ὑποβαλεῖν αὐτοὺς ἁμαρτίᾳ. 106 Ps 16,9b–11 Τὸ α γριον καὶ ὠμὸν τῶν ἀνθισταμένων σημαίνει διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν περιέχεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ συγκλεισάντων τὸ στέαρ αὐτῶν διὰ τὴν πρὸς υ λην προσπάθειαν. ο λοι γὰρ δι' ο λων ὑλικοὶ καὶ σάρκινοι, πεπραμένοι ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, τυγχάνουσιν καὶ ἀπὸ πολλῆς εὐθυμίας καὶ τρυφῆς στέατος ω σπερ καὶ πιμελῆς ἐπληροῦντο. διὸ ὁ Σύμμαχος Τῷ στέατι αὐτῶν ἀπεφράγησαν· διὸ καὶ λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν ὑπερηφανίαν, οὐδὲν φιλικὸν η καθῆκον εὐσταθῶς προφερόντων. ου τοι οἱ ἐχθροὶ ἀπὸ πολλῆς ἀλαζονείας ἐκβάλλοντες οἱονεὶ τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα περικυκλοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῷ βλάψαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι τὸν ἐντὸς ἀρκύων γεγενημένον. οὐ γὰρ χρηστόν τι η ἀγαθὸν ἐπιτηδεύουσιν, ἐπεὶ παραβάται θείων νόμων γεγενημένοι διὰ τοῦ τοὺς

The Deception of the Unworthy and the Vision of Glory§28

28That their eyes are set upon the earth, turning away and living lawlessly; for this is shown by having set their eyes upon the earth, wanting to observe the passing things and thinking of earthly things, turning aside from not wanting to walk the straight way, but being tossed about by crooked paths. For, they say, those abandoning the straight ways of going, they go in ways of darkness, whose ways are crooked and winding. Not indeed they set their eyes upon the earth, but those bearing the image of the heavenly are setting their eyes upon heaven in order to straighten the straight way that leads up to the heavens (Ps 16:13-14a).

Since you are long-suffering, that you might sleep, you do not receive justice from them who were cutting me murderously, Arise therefore, O Lord, that you might cause them to be overshadowed (Ps 16:13). For they will understand having suffered this, so that not always running toward evil they might increase their destruction; for surrounding my soul and doing other things, if not prevented, they harm it most greatly. Therefore overshadow them, so that they may no longer be able against me, you having rescued my soul from each one being such and therefore being named ungodly; for rescue my soul from the ungodly (Ps 16:14). He will take his sword from their hands; for they received it given unrighteously. And they take it from them not using it as is necessary. Therefore also in the earth they are few, that is to say, they are cheapened. For those becoming about material and worthless things, striving for them, cast away from the soul its dignity and the wealth it possesses, unless they set the material before them. Therefore also they are not called as in the unspecified... Thy rod to those who are not (Ps 16:14b-15).

Of those agreeing upon evil and being of one mind, the division of life is useful; for having set to do evil, being of one mind, they cast away, becoming incomplete, having rebelled against them, as it has happened regarding the building of a tower and a city upon evil for themselves; for God, benefiting them, was holding their tongues together, so that they might no longer know anything said by their neighbors, so that the unspecified...

An ignorance, having taken hold, prepares them to turn back upon themselves, showing their purpose to be incomplete. This is what is made manifest in 'They are divided in their lives' and 'Their bellies were filled with your hidden things' (Ps 16:15). For the things unworthy of God's remembrance are hidden, whereas He leaves all the remnants to the infants after their bellies have been filled. What is unworthy of God's things that they seize upon is shown by Cain (for he went out from the presence of God Gen 4:16) and by those who do not remain lawful before your eyes. These, having become far from God, have been overwhelmed, and the remnants are left to their infants, having been gorged on filth. For among all those who corrupt, those who harm themselves and become a harm to others are more severe, which is shown by 'And he left the remnants to his infants.' For it is not possible to deceive those who truly are; therefore it is written concerning them: 'Because they wronged the infants, they shall be slain, and the scrutiny shall condemn the ungodly' (Ps 109:8). A scripture is brought forward: 'The sons were gorged; through the sons they ate filth.' Having been divided in their lives, they ate a manifold harm. For not only they, but also their infants were satiated with the hidden things of God.

They indeed are not, he says, as it is said, 'But I shall be seen in righteousness before your face' (Ps 16:15); for the virtue of the hidden ones from you is not like their wickedness. And those, being self-willed and thinking they are full of all things, having nothing, it seems they were sent to be gorged; but I, knowing in part, shall be satiated then, when your glory shall be seen standing according to the coming perfection, to face a Person face to face. It is possible to receive the glory of God when the Only-begotten Son is seen, as it is written: 'All flesh shall see his salvation, and the glory of the Lord shall be seen' (Luke 2:30). This is fulfilled in this, that we might behold the glory of the Son, a glory as the Only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth. And they were counted among the enemies from whom he was rescued, and they are invisible differences. And the phenomena shall be spoken against each word. To the end.

Greek · §28

ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ τεθεῖσθαι ἐκκλινόντων καὶ παρανόμων γινομένων· τοῦτο γὰρ παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ ἐν τῇ γῇ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν τεθεικέναι, σκοπεῖν θέλοντας τὰ πρόσκαιρα καὶ φρονεῖν τὰ ἐπίγεια ἐκκλίνοντας ἐκ τοῦ τὴν εὐθείαν ὁδὸν μὴ βούλεσθαι βαδίζειν ἀλλὰ τὰς σκολιὰς α ς ὁ ε χων ταλανίζεται· Ω γάρ, φησίν, οἱ ἐγκαταλείποντες ὁδοὺς εὐθείας τοῦ πορεύεσθαι ἐν ὁδοῖς σκότους, ω ν αἱ ὁδοὶ σκολιαὶ καὶ καμπύλαι αἱ τροχιαὶ αὐτῶν. ου τοι μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ ἐκκλίναι ε θεντο τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ, τῶν δὲ φορούντων τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου τιθέντων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐπὶ τῷ κατορθῶσαι εὐθείαν ὁδὸν τὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀναφέρουσαν. 107 Ps 16,13.14a ̓Επεὶ μακροθυμοῦντος σοῦ κοιμᾶσθαί σε ε δοξαν μὴ παρ' αὐτὰ δίκην εἰσπραττόμενοι ἐφ' οι ς φονικῶς διέκειντο, ̓Ανάστηθι λοιπόν, ω κύριε, ι να προφθάσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ ὑποσκελισθῆναι. συνοίσει γὰρ αὐτοῖς παθεῖν τοῦτο, ι να μὴ ἀεὶ ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν τρέχοντες αὐξάνωσι τὴν ἀπώλειαν αὐτῶν· περισχόντες γὰρ τὴν ψυχήν μου καὶ τὰ α λλα ποιοῦντες εἰ μὴ κωλυθεῖεν, τὰ μέγιστα αὐτὴν βλάπτουσιν· ο θεν ̔Υποσκέλισον αὐτούς, ι να μηκέτι κατ' ἐμοῦ δύνωνται, σοῦ ῥυσαμένου τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀφ' ἑκάστου ο ντος τοιούτου καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀσεβοῦς ὀνομαζομένου· ̔Ρῦσαι γὰρ τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπὸ ἀσεβοῦς. Τὴν ῥομφαίαν ἑαυτοῦ ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν λήψεται· ει χον γὰρ αὐτὴν εὐλόγως δοθεῖσαν. αι ρεται δὲ ἀπ' αὐτῶν οὐ χρωμένων ὡς δεῖ. διὸ καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ ὀλιγοῦνται, τουτέστιν 30 εὐτελίζονται. οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὰ ὑλικὰ καὶ χοϊκὰ γινόμενοι προσπαθοῦντες αὐτοῖς ἀποβάλλουσιν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ ἀνάστημα καὶ τὸν πλοῦτον ο ν ει χον, εἰ μὴ τὰ ὑλικὰ προτέθειντο. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μὴ ο ντες ὀνομάζονται ὡς ἐν τῷ Μὴ παραδῷς τὸ σκῆπτρόν σου τοῖς μὴ ου σιν. 108 Ps 16,14b–ε Τῶν ἐπὶ κακῷ συμφωνούντων καὶ ὁμονοούντων τῆς ζωῆς ὁ μερισμὸς ὠφέλιμος· ο γὰρ πρᾶξαι προτέθειντο κακὸν ὁμοφρονοῦντες, τοῦτο ἀποβάλλουσιν ἀτελὲς γινόμενον διαστασιάσαντες πρὸς αὐτούς, ὡς γέγονεν ἐπὶ τῶν προτεθειμένων πύργον καὶ πόλιν οἰκοδομῆσαι ἐπὶ κακῷ τῷ ἑαυτῶν· εὐεργετῶν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς συνέχεεν τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν, ὡς μηκέτι εἰδέναι ε καστον τὰ παρὰ τῶν πλησίον λεγόμενα, ι να ἡ προκαταλαβοῦσα α γνοια διαστασιάζειν αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς παρασκευάσασα ἀτελῆ τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτῶν ἀποδείξῃ. τοῦτο ου ν ἐστι τὸ δηλούμενον ἐν τῷ ∆ιαμέρισον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτῶν. Καὶ τῶν κεκρυμμένων σου ἐπλήσθη ἡ γαστὴρ αὐτῶν· κεκρυμμένα δὲ θεοῦ τὰ ἀνάξια τῆς μνήμης αὐτοῦ, ω ν πάντων τὰ κατάλοιπα τοῖς νηπίοις κατέλειπον μετὰ τὸ πλησθῆναι τὴν κοιλίαν αὐτῶν. ο τι δὲ ἀνάξια τῶν ο ψεων τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ἐπίληπτα, παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ Κάϊν ( ̓Εξῆλθεν γὰρ ου τος ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ) καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Οὐ διαμένουσι παράνομοι κατέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου. Τούτων τῶν μακρὰν θεοῦ τυγχανόντων ἐμφορηθέντες τὰ κατάλοιπα ει ασαν τοῖς νηπίοις αὐτῶν, χορτασθέντες ὑείων τουτέστιν ἀκαθάρτων. πάντων γὰρ τῶν μολυνόντων χαλεπώτεροι οἱ καὶ ἑαυτοὺς βλάπτοντες καὶ ἑτέρων αι τιοι γινόμενοι, ο δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ Καὶ ἀφῆκαν τὰ κατάλοιπα τοῖς νηπίοις αὐτῶν. τέλειον γὰρ ἀπατῆσαι οὐχ οι οί τέ εἰσιν· διὸ περὶ αὐτῶν γέγραπται· ̓Ανθ' ω ν γὰρ ἠδίκουν νηπίους, φονευθήσονται, καὶ ἐξετασμὸς ἀσεβεῖς ὀλεῖ. Φέρεται γραφὴ ε χουσα ̓Εχορτάσθησαν υἱῶν· δι' ου ς υἱωνοὺς εἰς κόρον ε σχον. διαμερισθέντες ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ἑαυτῶν, πολύτροπον τὴν βλάβην ε σχον. οὐ μόνον γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ νήπιοι αὐτῶν ἐκορέσθησαν τῶν κεκρυμμένων τοῦ θεοῦ. 109 Ps 16,15 ̓Εκεῖνοι μὲν ου τω, φησίν, καθ' α ει ρηται, ̓Εγὼ δὲ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ὀφθήσομαι τῷ προσώπῳ σου· οὐ γὰρ τῶν κρυπτομένων ἀπὸ σοῦ ἡ ἀρετὴ ὡς ἡ ἐκείνων κακία. κἀκεῖνοι μὲν αὐθάδεις ο ντες καὶ οἰόμενοι πάντων ει ναι πλήρεις μηδὲν ε χοντες ὡς ἀπεντεῦθεν δοκεῖν αὐτοὺς κεχορτάσθαι, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐκ μέρους γινώσκων α ρτι τότε χορτασθήσομαι, ο τ' α ν ὀφθῇ ἡ δόξα σου ὑφισταμένη κατὰ τὸ ἐρχόμενον τέλειον, ῳ προσβάλλειν τότε δυνατὸν Πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον. δυνατὸν ὀφθησομένην θεοῦ δόξαν ἐκλαβεῖν τὸν μονογενῆ υἱὸν περὶ ου γέγραπται· Οψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὀφθήσεται ἡ δόξα κυρίου. πληροῦται τούτων ε καστον, ο τ' α ν Θεασώμεθα τὴν δόξαν τοῦ υἱοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. 110 Ps 17,1 Συναριθμείσθωσαν δὲ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τοῖς ἀφ' ω ν ἐρρύσθη καὶ ἀόρατοι διάφοροι. ̔Ρηθείη δὲ καὶ πρὸς ἑκάστην λέξιν τὰ φαινόμενα. Εἰς τὸ τέλος,

The Soul's Cry and the Nature of Faith§29

29It says, to the child of the Lord, David. A conclusion to be taken from these things is victory over all enemies; for on account of this both wars and everything contributing to the excellence of a king exist. And it is rightly said that it is not the other things, but this itself, that triumphs. For since victory exists, it is not necessary to give thanks to anyone else but to God who granted it. For it is said to him by Ezra: 'From you is the victory.'

David refers the song to the Lord, as his child and servant, having wisely and faithfully expressed all the words of thanksgiving on that day (that is, in that light), in which all the enemies and Saul the king of Israel were overthrown, and David was rescued unharmed from them. And these things are said as regarding the history.

But since it seems to many of the faithful that the song is present from the face of the Savior, it must be said that the triumphal hymn refers to the resurrection from the dead, his being rescued from all the guarding nations and the empty peoples who studied to destroy him, but also from the kings who stood against him and the rulers gathered against him. And you say that he was rescued also from the hand of Saul, who was then ruling the Jews, in a certain way; for it was not an inaccurate representation of their manner, being wrathful and having with them an evil spirit, saying they did not have a god for a king; for how could they not be about to deny God, to be ruled by some base person? (Ps 17:5b,6).

'Streams of iniquity' were called, as another says, and because of entering into iniquity those who do not bravely stand against the trials. And if the preceding words concern the death that follows those who sin, and the harmony having with it slavery, then the pains of death and slavery are the sins that exist toward death. In accordance with this understanding, you will say 'streams of iniquity' referring to the currents of wickedness, and 'snares of death' referring to those which practically constitute sins toward death.

According to the previous explanation, the present passages fit the economy of the Lord according to the flesh. For 'My soul is greatly troubled, and my soul is very sorrowful near death' (Ps 17:7) possesses much intimacy with the Now.

Prayer has much boldness from a pure conscience, since to call upon the Lord is not a mere report, but to cry out to God. Lest it be not in agreement with us that God is the Father and Jesus Christ is Lord. We shall call God the Father and the Son Lord, unless both are said of the same one as Father and Son of God and Lord, being through the same divinity and lordship. How then, having said 'He heard my voice from His holy temple?' (Ps 17:7) It is said metaphorically that his cry enters into the ears of God. To this, one says: that having heard God, the one who prayed will become out of the distress, believing that, having cried again to God, he receives him into the ears and before him the upward-sent cry. Another saying: the one who perceived through the calling from His holy temple that the Paraclete had breathed upon him, is emboldened that he will find the outcome of those things for which he cried, the cry being sent up from a pure disposition into the ears of God and before Him.

These oracles remove from the deceived those having faith like a grain of mustard seed (Ps 17:8b); for if Paul says that faith as a grain of mustard seed removes them. Among these was also the spirit of moon-sickness about which the Savior says: 'If you have faith like a grain of mustard seed, you say to this mountain, Move from here to there' (Ps 17:9). 'Smoke ascended in His wrath' (Ps 17:10a); having an analogy with the exhausting of the material, regarding those being built up upon Christ, being the foundation, wood is a brush of reeds by wicked men, and evil deeds and...

Greek · §29

φησίν, τῷ παιδὶ κυρίου τῷ ∆αυίδ. τέλος ἐν τούτοις ληπτέον κατὰ πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν νίκην· ὑπὲρ ταύτης γὰρ καὶ οἱ πόλεμοι καὶ πάντα τὰ συντείνοντα πρὸς ἀριστείαν βασιλέως. τέλος δὲ ὀρθῶς λέγεται τὸ ου χάριν τὰ α λλα, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐδενὸς ε νεκα. νίκης τοιγαροῦν ὑπαρξάσης οὐκ α λλῳ δεῖ εὐχαριστῆσαι η τῷ θεῷ τῷ ὀρέξαντι αὐτήν. ει ρηται γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Εσδρα· Παρὰ σοῦ ἡ νίκη. ἀναφέρει δὲ τὴν ᾠδὴν ὁ ∆αυὶδ τῷ κυρίῳ, ὡς παῖς καὶ θεραπευτὴς αὐτοῦ πάντας τοὺς λόγους τῆς εὐχαριστίας σοφῶς καὶ πιστῶς διεξιὼν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ (τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ φωτισμῷ) ἐκείνῃ, ο τε πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ καὶ ὁ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ βασιλεὺς Σαοὺλ κατελύθησαν, τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ἀβλαβοῦς ἀπ' αὐτῶν ῥερυσμένου. καὶ ταῦτα ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν. ̓Επειδὴ δὲ πολλοῖς τῶν πιστῶν δοκεῖ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος ει ναι τὴν ᾠδήν, λεκτέον μετὰ ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν εἰρῆσθαι τὸν ἐπινίκιον υ μνον, ῥυσθέντος αὐτοῦ ἐκ 31 πάντων τῶν φρυαξάντων ἐθνῶν καὶ μελετησάντων κενὰ λαῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν παραστάντων βασιλέων καὶ συναχθέντων ἀρχόντων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατ' αὐτοῦ. ἐρεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ε ρρυσθαι καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς Σαούλ, ἐκ τοῦ τότε κρατοῦντος τῶν ̓Ιουδαίων, ῳ , μετὰ τοῦ τρόπου, οὐκ ἀπεικὸς γὰρ κεκρατηκέναι αὐτῶν τρόπον ὠμόθυμον καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ πνεῦμα πονηρὸν εἰρηκότων μὴ ε χειν βασιλέα θεόν· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ε μελλον ἀρνησάμενοι θεὸν ὑπὸ φαύλου τινὸς βασιλεύεσθαι; 111 Ps 17,5b.6 Χείμαρροι δὲ ἀνομίας ἐκλήθησαν, ὡς α λλος φησίν, καὶ διὰ τὸ εἰς ἀνομίαν ε ρχεσθαι τοὺς μὴ γενναίως ὑφισταμένους τὰ πειρατήρια. εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ ἑπομένου τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι θανάτου καὶ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἁρμονίαν ε χοντος ᾳ δου τυγχάνουσιν αἱ προκείμεναι λέξεις, καὶ ὠδῖνες θανάτου καὶ ᾳ δου τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τὰ πρὸς θάνατον ὑπάρχει. καταλλήλως ταύτῃ τῇ νοήσει χειμάρρους ἀνομίας ἐρεῖς τὰ ῥεύματα τῆς κακίας καὶ θανάτου παγίδας τὰς ἀποτελουμένας πρακτικῶς ἁμαρτίας. Κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀπόδοσιν ἁρμόζει τὰ προκείμενα τῇ κατὰ σάρκα τοῦ κυρίου οἰκονομίᾳ. ε χουσι γὰρ πολλὴν οἰκειότητα πρὸς τὸ Νῦν ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται καὶ τὸ Περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ε ως θανάτου. 112 Ps 17,7 Πολλὴν δὲ παρρησίαν ἀπὸ καθαρᾶς συνειδήσεως ἡ εὐχή, ἐπεὶ τὸ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον ει πεν ἀναφορὰν ε χειν, πρὸς τὸν θεὸν δὲ τὴν κραυγὴν αὐτοῦ ἐφθακέναι. ο ρα μήποτε συμφώνως τῷ ̔Ημῖν δὲ ει ς θεὸς ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ει ς κύριος ̓Ιησοῦς Χριστός. θεὸν τὸν πατέρα, κύριον δὲ τὸν υἱὸν ἐκληψόμεθα, εἰ μὴ α ρα κατὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀμφότερα λέγεται πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ θεοῦ καὶ κυρίου ο ντος διὰ τὸ ταὐτὸν τῆς θεότητος καὶ κυριότητος. Πῶς δὲ εἰπὼν Ηκουσεν ἐκ ναοῦ ἁγίου αὐτοῦ φωνῆς μου; μελλητικῶς λέγεται εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὰ ω τα τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ κραυγὴ αὐτοῦ. πρὸς τοῦτο ὁ μέν τις ἐρεῖ· η δη ἐπακούσαντος θεοῦ ὡς ἐκτὸς τῆς θλίψεως γενέσθαι τὸν εὐξάμενον, πιστεύει ο τι πάλιν κράξας πρὸς θεὸν ε χει αὐτὸν δεχόμενον εἰς τὰ ω τα καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀναπεμπομένην κραυγὴν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. α λλου λέξοντος· ὁ δὲ αἰσθηθεὶς α μα τῷ ἐπικαλέσασθαι ἐκ ναοῦ ἁγίου αὐτοῦ ἐπινεύσαντα τὸν παρακληθέντα θαρρεῖ ο τι ἐκβάσεως τεύξεται τὰ περὶ ω ν ηυ ξατο, εἰσελευσομένης εἰς τὰ ω τα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀπὸ καθαρᾶς διαθέσεως ἀναπεμφθείσης κραυγῆς. Ps 17,8b Τὰ ο ρη ταῦτα μεθίστησιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἠπατημένων ὁ α πασαν τὴν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως ε χων πίστιν· ̓Εὰν γάρ φησιν ὁ Παῦλος ε χω πίστιν ω στε ο ρη μεθιστάνειν. τούτων ὑπῆρχε καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ σεληνιασμοῦ περὶ ου φησιν ὁ σωτήρ· Εἰ ει χετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε α ν τῷ ο ρει τούτῳ Μετάβηθι ε νθεν ἐκεῖ. 113 Ps 17,9.10a ̓Ανέβη καπνὸς ἐν ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ· τῆς μοχθηρᾶς υ λης δαπανωμένης ἀναλογίαν ἐχούσης πρὸς τὰ ἐποικοδομούμενα ἐπὶ τῷ Χριστῷ, θεμελίῳ ο ντι, ὑπὸ φαύλων ἀνθρώπων ξύλα χόρτον καλάμην, πράξεις δὲ φαῦλαι καὶ

Divine Light and the Clouds of Mystery§30

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

30They sent up smoke, which is consumed by the coming wrath, making coals. Coals were kindled from it. These coals signify, on the one hand, punishments, and on the other hand, the piercing, hot words of God that purify the thoughts of the soul.

Punishments are signified in: 'If your enemy hungers, feed him; if he thirsts, give him drink; for so doing you will heap coals of fire on his head' (Rom 12:20). And in: 'Coals of fire shall fall upon them, and you shall cast them down; they shall not help you' (Isa 51:6). The piercing word is shown in Isaiah: 'And he was sent among the seraphim.' Thus, prepared for the virtue of the soul, it warms and fires the thoughts to show them bright and splendid, but it will consume the deeds of sinners while purifying them; those not receiving this fire will be consumed by the eternal fire.

The phrase 'He inclined the heavens and came down' (Ps 18:10) follows the word concerning the economy and the descent. Since the Savior is said to dwell in the heavens, having become man, he changes his dwelling; for he became lowly and walked among men on earth. He dwells in the heavens not locally, nor does he descend transitively (for these are things pertaining to bodies), but according to the saying 'he dwells in the heavens.' For existing in the form of God, having taken the form of a servant, he descended, without any local change occurring to him.

And 'He rode upon the cherubim and flew' (Ps 18:10). The cherubim are understood as a voice for a multitude of knowledge; there is much knowledge there, but more ungraspable. One ascending from there flies through an elevated and ethereal intellect. It should not be thought that the name signifies the fullness of knowledge possessed by immortal animals. And God, having ascended upon these rational animals, flies through sharp intellect.

'He spread himself upon the wings of the winds' (Ps 134:1). If the saying is taken regarding the sensible winds, it means God, according to His providential word, mounting the wings of the winds, that is, by their lifting up as He Himself wills; for 'He draws out the winds from His treasuries' (Job 37:9). But if one were to take the winds as those blowing like judgments, lifting up wise men being moved by the spirit,

God rides upon the wings of these, which are higher and more lofty thoughts. There are winds of teaching, as the Apostle Paul says regarding heretics, speaking of every wind of teaching in the cunning of men, in craftiness toward the method of error. But not as false teachers are the winds upon whose wings the wandering spirits of the people ride; rather, God, riding upon the wings of every wind of true teaching, blows where He wills. And this is to be spread upon the wings of winds.

Previously and truly, the God who dwells is unapproachable light, the Son who is true light, and the Holy Spirit who is the possession of knowledge and wisdom, just as of this light it is said, 'And the light is with Him' (John 1:14). Secondly, by reason of the incomprehensibility concerning His essence, it is said that His hiddenness is called darkness. For that which is indistinct and incomprehensible because of the depth of the matter is called darkness. In this way, it is said that He perceives a parable and a dark speech; and God, uncovering the deeps out of darkness, makes manifest and clear those things hidden under indistinctness and difficulty of comprehension.

His tabernacle is around Him. Just as he who is contained under a tabernacle cannot be seen unless he has entered into it, so also the God surrounded by indistinctness and difficulty of comprehension cannot be seen unless one has entered into the interior of the covering of that difficulty. Immediately, regarding Moses, it is said how he entered into the cloud where God was (Exodus 19:9). For having understood the thought, the creation, and the providence concerning God, he knew that God is contained by these; thus, having slightly passed through this tabernacle concerning Him, he might behold from the image (which is not the image) the one according to the image, and from the creation and providence, the Creator and Provider.

In many places of the Scripture, we find clouds being carried allegorically. For he who said 'the vineyard of Israel,' speaking of clouds receiving commands not to rain upon it, we find no others but the prophets. It is not only with them that 'Thus says the Lord' and 'The word of the Lord came to me' are found; until these clouds, the truth shines. For these clouds are souls.

Greek · §30

γνῶμαι χείριστοι (διὸ καταναλούμενα ὑπὸ τῆς ἐλθούσης εἰς αὐτὰ ὀργῆς) καπνὸν ἀνέπεμψαν. Ανθρακες ἀνήφθησαν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. οἱ α νθρακες ὁτὲ μὲν τὰς κολάσεις σημαίνουσιν, ὁτὲ δὲ τοὺς διαπύρους καὶ θερμοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους καθαίροντας τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς λογισμούς. τὰς κολάσεις σημαίνει ἐν τῷ ̓Εὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν, ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν· τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν α νθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ὑπὸ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. καὶ τὸ Πεσοῦνται ἐπ' αὐτοὺς α νθρακες πυρὸς καὶ καταβαλεῖς αὐτούς. ου τοι ε σονταί σοι βοήθεια. ὁ δὲ διάπυρος λόγος δηλοῦται περὶ ου ὁ ̔Ησαΐας Καὶ ἀπεστάλη ε ν τῶν σεραφείν. τῆς τοίνυν παρεσκευασμένης πρὸς ἀρετὴν ψυχῆς θερμαίνει καὶ πυρώσει τοὺς λογισμοὺς ω στε λαμπροὺς καὶ φαιδροὺς ἀποδεῖξαι, καταφλέξει δὲ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τὰς πράξεις καθαίρων αὐτούς, τοὺς δὲ μὴ τοῦτο τὸ πῦρ δεξαμένους τὸ αἰώνιον πῦρ φλέξει. Τὸ δὲ Εκλινεν οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατέβη ἀκολούθως τῷ περὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας ἐπέδωκεν λόγῳ καὶ ου τος. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανοῖς οἰκεῖν λέγεται ὁ σωτήρ, α νθρωπος γενόμενος μεταβάλλει τὴν οι κησιν· ἐπὶ γὰρ τῆς γῆς ω φθη καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνανεστράφη. οἰκεῖ δὲ ἐν οὐρανοῖς οὐ τοπικῶς οὐδὲ 32 καταβαίνει μεταβατικῶς (ταῦτα γὰρ σωμάτων η σῶμα περικειμένων), ἀλλὰ καθ' ο οἰκεῖν λέγεται τοὺς οὐρανούς· ̓Εν μορφῇ γὰρ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, μορφὴν δούλου λαβὼν κατελήλυθεν, οὐδὲ μιᾶς περὶ αὐτὸν τοπικῆς μεταβολῆς γινομένης. 114 Ps 17,11 Καὶ ἐπέβη ἐπὶ χερουβεὶμ καὶ ἐπετάσθη. ἡ χερουβεὶμ φωνὴ εἰς πληθυσμὸν γνώσεως μεταλαμβάνεται· ε νθα ου ν πολλὴ γνῶσις, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀκραιφνεστάτη. ἐκεῖθεν ἐπιβαίνων διὰ τῆς ἐπῃρημένης καὶ μετεώρου νοήσεως πέταται. οὐκ ἀπογνωστέον δὲ καί τι ει δος ἀθανάτων ζῴων πληρεστάτην κεχωρηκέναι γνῶσιν τῷδε τῷ ὀνόματι σημαίνεσθαι. καὶ τούτοις ου ν τοῖς λογικοῖς ζῴοις ἐπιβὰς ὁ θεὸς ι πταται διὰ τῆς ὀξυτάτης νοήσεως. ̓Επετάσθη ἐπὶ πτερύγων ἀνέμων. εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀνέμων ἐκλήψεται τὸ λεγόμενον, ἐρεῖ τὸν θεὸν κατὰ τὸν προνοητικὸν αὐτοῦ λόγον ἐπιβάντα τῶν πτερύγων τῶν ἀνέμων, τουτέστι τῷ μετεωρισμῷ αὐτῶν α γειν αὐτοὺς ῃ αὐτὸς βούλεται· ̓Εξάγων γάρ ἐστιν ἀνέμους ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτῶν. εἰ δὲ τοὺς πνεύματι μετεωριζομένους καὶ δίκην ἀνέμων πνόας ἐκπέμποντας σοφοὺς α νδρας ἐκλάβοι τις ἀνέμους, καὶ τούτων ταῖς πτέρυξιν ὁ θεὸς ἐπιβαίνων ι πταται πανταχοῦ· πτέρυγες δὲ αὐτῶν αἱ ὑπέρτεροι καὶ ὑψιπετεῖς νοήσεις. καὶ ἀνέμους δὲ διδασκαλίας ει πεν ὁ ἀπόστολος Παῦλος, περὶ ἑτεροδόξων λέγων Παντὶ ἀνέμῳ διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ κυβείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν μεθοδείαν τῆς πλάνης. ω σπερ ου ν ἐπὶ ψεκτῶν διδασκάλων ει εν α νεμοι ω ν ταῖς πτέρυξιν ἐπιβαίνει τὰ λαοπλανᾶ πνεύματα, ου τως ταῖς πτέρυξιν παντὸς ἀνέμου ἀληθοῦς διδασκαλίας ἐπιβαίνων ὁ θεὸς ο που βούλεται πνεῖ. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ πετασθῆναι ἐπὶ πτερύγων ἀνέμων. 115 Ps 17,12ab Προηγουμένως καὶ ἀληθῶς οἰκῶν ὁ θεός ἐστιν φῶς ἀπρόσιτον τὸν υἱὸν ο ς ἐστιν φῶς ἀληθινόν, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον τυγχάνον γνώσεως καὶ σοφίας υ παρξις, ω σπερ τούτου τοῦ φωτὸς λέγεσθαι Καὶ τὸ φῶς μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. κατὰ δεύτερον δὲ λόγον· διὰ τὴν περὶ τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτοῦ ἀκαταληψίαν σκότος λέγεται τεθεικέναι ἀποκρυφὴν αὐτοῦ. τὸ γὰρ ἀσαφὲς καὶ ἀκατάληπτον διὰ τὸ περὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα βάθος σκότος λέγεται. ταύτῃ γὰρ καὶ σκότος ει ρηται τὸ Νοήσει τε παραβολὴν καὶ σκοτεινὸν λόγον· καὶ ̓Ανακαλύπτων ὁ θεὸς βαθέα ἐκ σκότους, φανερῶν καὶ σαφηνίζων τὰ ὑπὸ ἀσαφείας καὶ δυσκαταληψίας κρυπτόμενα. Κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ σκηνὴ αὐτοῦ. ω σπερ τὸν ὑπὸ σκηνῆς περιεχόμενον οὐκ ε στιν θεάσασθαι μὴ εἰσελθόντα ἐν αὐτῇ, ου τως καὶ τὸν θεὸν ὑπὸ ἀσαφείας καὶ δυσκαταληψίας κυκλούμενον οὐκ ε στιν ἰδεῖν μὴ εἰσβάλλοντα ε νδον τοῦ τῆς δυσκαταληψίας περιπετάσματος. αὐτίκα γοῦν περὶ Μωυσέως ει ρηται ὡς α ρα Εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν γνόφον ου η ν ὁ θεός· ἐπιστήσας γὰρ τῇ περὶ θεοῦ ἐννοίᾳ καὶ δημιουργίᾳ καὶ προνοίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ε γνω ει σω τούτων περιέχεσθαι τὸν θεόν, ὡς, ὀλίγον διοίξαντα ταύτην τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν σκηνήν, ἐκ τοῦ κατ' εἰκόνα τὸν ου ἡ εἰκὼν καὶ ἐκ τῆς δημιουργίας καὶ προνοίας τὸν δημιουργὸν καὶ προνοητὴν θεωρῆσαι. 116 Ps 17,12c.13a ̓Εν πολλοῖς τόποις τῆς γραφῆς τὰς νεφέλας ἀλληγορικῶς φερομένας εὑρίσκομεν. τὸν γὰρ οι κον τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ἀμπελῶνα εἰπών, νεφέλας ἐντολὰς λαμβανούσας μὴκ' ε τι βρέχειν αὐτόν, οὐκ α λλας η τοὺς προφήτας εὑρίσκομεν. οὐκ ε τι γοῦν παρ' ἐκείνοις τὸ Τάδε λέγει κύριος, καὶ τὸ ̓Εγένετο λόγος κυρίου πρός με· μέχρι τούτων τῶν νεφελῶν ἡ ἀλήθεια λάμπει. αυ ται γοῦν αἱ νεφέλαι ψυχαῖς

The Springs of Water and the Foundations of the World§31

31Flowing as a rain of spiritual words, they belong to the air, not the earth; for having detached themselves from earthly things and no longer thinking of them, they are lifted up and exalted by their own virtue and by the active spirit of the air.

The water within them, before having attained clarity and manifestation through Jesus, is said to be a dark thing, being difficult for the many to see. But when God has spoken in the Son at the end of days, the law and the prophets shall be fulfilled: they shall come together before him in a bright shining (that is to say, his illumination), visible clouds and distinct, because of the presence of what was pre-proclaimed by them (Ps 17:13b–15).

Since no apology remains for those sinning, coming out of dark clouds into light through clarity, there immediately follows the bright shining of the clouds with hail and coals of fire. This is signified by the punishments through the pre-proclamations and having attained the manifestation of what was prophesied concerning Christ.

God immediately thunders from heaven, either through the loud voice of the words being fulfilled by Jesus, or by casting the highest words of theology concerning the only-begotten Son into each mind, not only having cried out this: 'This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased,' but also the Most High gives a voice to those who discourse highly concerning Christ, who did not reveal his own Son to them in flesh, but the Father in heaven revealed his own Son.

Just as for those prepared in mind for the vision of God and the hearing of the Word, the Lord thunders from heaven and the Most High gives his voice, so that, being lifted up by the thunder coming from heaven, they may fall away from earthly things and fly toward heaven, bearing the image of the heavenly, and may receive the high things of the thoughts being given by the Most High; but to those who are of contrary disposition, the Lord sends arrows sufficient to throw into confusion those who previously were of one mind concerning evil.

But now the arrows say the words pre-proclaiming the punishments; for the threats are sufficient to disturb and agitate the soul, and he shall clarify even the threats spoken in enigmas...

He will light up like lightning, and will throw into confusion those scattered by the aforementioned arrows. For those being scattered cast off their agreement toward evil, having become in turmoil and confusion.

Ps 17:16a When all the aforementioned things have happened, the springs of the waters will be seen. And if someone says that the springs of the waters are those sown among us concerning God and good thoughts, he will say that these will be seen when the ignorance and malice lying upon the soul are withdrawn. For these, having been removed, will not hide the springs of good things in us. But if someone says that every God-breathed scripture, though spiritual, is veiled by ambiguity, he says that the springs will be seen; stand firm! For if we turn now to the Lord, the veil of ignorance and ambiguity will be removed, and the springs of the waters lying within will be seen, so that it is easy to draw from each one, according to Ps 36:9 'Draw water with joy from the springs of salvation.' For this water of gladness is a part of the being of the springs of salvation, which were granted to the discerning one, and now he sees God, according to Ps 34:8 'Bless the Lord in the churches, O Israel, from the springs.'

Ps 17:16bc He acts through the building up of the inhabited world and says, and thinks of certain foundations; he is not speaking of the sins and dispositions of yours when he speaks of the foundations of the inhabited world. For if he scatters the wicked with his arrows and throws them into confusion, by the flashing of his lightning, making the hidden things of men become manifest, by the lighting of God of the secrets of darkness and by making manifest the foundations of the inhabited world, he will uncover the deep things from darkness from the rebuke of the inhabited world by him over all. And if someone says that the foundations of the inhabited world are the divine men, because of the goodness of life and the narrowness of virtue upon which those living according to Christ are built, the uncovering of these foundations too will happen, through the occurrence of a rebuke. For the uncovering and revealing of these foundations will not happen without the punishment of these sinners.

Ps 17:16d God does not delay the punishments for those sinning. For if this were to happen, all would be utterly lost. But by goodness...

Greek · §31

ῥέουσαι πνευματικῶν λόγων ὑετὸν οὐ γῆς ἀλλ' ἀέρος εἰσίν· τοῖς γὰρ ἐπιγείοις ἀποταξάμεναι καὶ μηκέτ' αὐτὰ φρονοῦσαι, μετεωριζόμεναι καὶ ἐπαιρόμεναι ὑπὸ τῆς σφῶν ἀρετῆς καὶ τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος πνεύματος ἀέρος εἰσίν. τὸ ἐν αὐταῖς ου ν υ δωρ, πρὶν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ ἐκβάσεως καὶ σαφηνείας τυχεῖν, διὰ τὸ τοῖς πολλοῖς δυσθεώρητον σκοτεινὸν ει ναι λέγεται. ο τ' α ν δὲ λαλήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ἐπ' ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν πληρωθῶσιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται, ̓Απὸ τῆς τηλαυγήσεως (τουτέστιν ἐπιλάμψεως αὐτοῦ) ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ συνελεύσονται, νεφέλαι φανεραὶ καὶ ἀρίδηλοι 33 γινόμεναι διὰ τὸ παρεῖναι τὸν προαναφωνηθέντα ὑπ' αὐτῶν. 117 Ps 17,13b–15 Σκοτεινῶν νεφελῶν εἰς φῶς διὰ σαφηνείας προελθουσῶν οὐδεμίας ἀπολογίας ὑπολείπεται πρόφασις τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν· διὸ εὐθέως τηλαυγήσει τῶν νεφελῶν ἀκολουθεῖ χάλαζαν καὶ α νθρακας πυρὸς ει ναι. ει δη δὲ κολάσεων διὰ τῶν προσηγοριῶν σημαίνεται καὶ τῶν περὶ Χριστοῦ προφητευομένων ἐκβάσεως τετυχηκότων. ὁ θεὸς εὐθὺς οὐρανόθεν βροντᾷ, η τοι διὰ τῆς μεγαλοφωνίας τῶν πληρουμένων λόγων ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ, η τῷ ἑκάστῃ διανοίᾳ ἐμβάλλειν θεολογίας ὑψολητάτους λόγους τὸν θεὸν περὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ, μόνον οὐχὶ τοῦτο κεκραγώς· Ου τός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἐν ῳ ηὐδόκησα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποκαλύπτων τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ φωνὴν δίδωσιν ὁ υ ψιστος τοῖς ὑψηλῶς περὶ Χριστοῦ διαλαβοῦσιν, ο τε οὐχ αι μα καὶ σὰρξ αὐτοῖς ἀπεκάλυψεν ἀλλ' ὁ πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος τὸν ι διον υἱόν. ω σπερ δὲ τοῖς παρεσκευασμένοις τὸν νοῦν πρὸς θεοπτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀκοὴν τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου διοίξασιν βροντᾷ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ υ ψιστος τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν, ι ν' ὑπὸ τῆς οὐρανόθεν ἐρχομένης βροντῆς μετεωρισθέντες ἐκστῶσι μὲν τῶν γηΐνων, προσπελάσωσι δὲ τῷ οὐρανῷ, τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου φέροντες, καὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ τῶν νοημάτων πρὸς τοῦ ὑψίστου διδόμενα λάβωσιν· ου τω τοῖς ἐναντίως διακειμένοις ἐξαποστέλλει βέλη ὁ κύριος ἱκανῶς ε χοντα συνταράξαι τοὺς πρότερον περὶ τὸ κακὸν ὁμονοοῦντας. βέλη δὲ νῦν λέγει τοὺς προαναφωνοῦντας τὰς κολάσεις λόγους· ἱκαναὶ γὰρ αἱ ἀπειλαὶ ἐκταράξαι καὶ θορυβῆσαι τὴν ψυχήν, ο τ' α ν δὲ καὶ τὰς μετ' αἰνιγμάτων λεγομένας ἀπειλὰς σαφηνίσῃ καὶ φωτίσῃ ἀστραπῶν δίκην, τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν βελῶν τῶν προειρημένων σκορπισθέντας συνταράξει. οἱ γὰρ σκορπιζόμενοι τὴν πρὸς τὸ κακὸν συμφωνίαν ἀποβάλλουσιν ὡς ἐν ταράχῳ καὶ συγχύσει γενόμενοι. 118 Ps 17,16a Τῶν προειρημένων ἁπάντων συμβεβηκότων, ὀφθήσονται αἱ πηγαὶ τῶν ὑδάτων. καὶ εἰ μὲν πηγάς τις λέγοι ὑδάτων τὰς ἐνεσπαρμένας ἡμῖν περὶ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν καλῶν ἐννοίας, ὀφθήσεσθαι ταύτας ἐρεῖ ἀναστελλομένης τῆς ἐπικειμένης τῇ ψυχῇ ἀγνοίας καὶ κακίας. αυ ται γὰρ περιαιρεθεῖσαι οὐκ ε τι κρύψουσιν τὰς ἐν ἡμῖν πηγὰς τῶν ἀγαθῶν. εἰ δὲ καὶ πᾶσαν θεόπνευστον γραφὴν πνευματικὴν ὑπὸ ἀσαφείας κεκαλυμμένην πηγὰς ἐρεῖ ὀφθησομένας, ἐπίστησον· ο τ' α ν ου ν ἐπιστρεψάντων ἡμῶν πρὸς κύριον περιαιρεθῇ τὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας καὶ ἀσαφείας κάλυμμα, ὀφθήσονται αἱ ἐγκείμεναι τῶν ὑδάτων πηγαὶ ὡς εὐκόλως ἀφ' ἑκάστης ἀρύεσθαι κατὰ τὸ ̓Αντλήσατε υ δωρ μετ' εὐφροσύνης ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν τοῦ σωτηρίου. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ υ δωρ εὐφρασίας ἐστὶν παρεκτικὸν οὐσῶν σωτηρίου πηγῶν, αι ἀπενεμήθησαν τῷ διορατικῷ καὶ νῦν ὁρᾶν τὸν θεὸν ε χοντι γένει κατὰ τὸ ̓Εν ἐκκλησίαις εὐλογεῖτε τὸν θεόν, κύριον ἐκ πηγῶν, ̓Ισραήλ. 119 Ps 17,16bc Τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐποικοδομήσης δι' ω ν πράττει καὶ λέγει καὶ νοεῖ θεμελίοις τισὶν προκαταβεβλημένοις, οὐκ α ν ἁμάρτοις τὰς ε ξεις καὶ διαθέσεις θεμέλια λέγων τῆς οἰκουμένης· ο τ' α ν διασκορπίσῃ τοὺς φαύλους τοῖς βέλεσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ συνταράξῃ ἐκλάμψει τῶν ἀστραπῶν αὐτοῦ, τῶν κρυπτῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φανερῶν γινομένων, φωτίζοντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους καὶ φανεροῦντος τὰ θεμέλια τῆς οἰκουμένης, ἀνακαλύψει βαθέα ἐκ σκότους ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως τῆς οἰκουμένης ὑπ' αὐτοῦ κατὰ πάντων. εἰ δὲ καὶ θεμέλια οἰκουμένης λέγει τις τοὺς θείους α νδρας διὰ τὸ ευ τονον τοῦ βίου καὶ τὴν στερρότητα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐφ' οι ς ἐποικοδομοῦνται οἱ κατὰ Χριστὸν πολιτευόμενοι, ἀνακαλύπτεσθαι καὶ τούτους τοὺς θεμελίους συμβήσεται, ἐπιτιμήσεως γινομένης κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων. τῆς γὰρ κολάσεως τούτων μὴ ἁπτομένης τῶν θεμελίων φανέρωσις καὶ ἀνακάλυψις αὐτῶν ε σται. 120 Ps 17,16δ Οὐ παραυτὰ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν θεὸς ἐπαφεῖ τὰς τιμωρίας. εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐγίνετο, τὸ πᾶν α ρδην ἀπώλλυτο. ἀλλ' ἀγαθότητι

The Righteousness of God's Judgments§32

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

32Because of great human-lovingness, even though a multitude of sins occurs constantly, He does not bring down wrath for every single day. This is what it means for Him to breathe His own spirit of wrath, because He pre-announces the punishments of wrath: 'For I will discipline them in the wrath of their affliction' (Ps 17:17).

Out of many waters—meaning the turbulent and salty matters of life, called a sea tropically, which are the poured-out and disordered opposing powers—He stands against them; and even if the doctrines of ungodliness are many, they are not able to quench love. God delivers from powerful enemies the invisible ones, as is said, and perhaps also those in high positions and those intending to deceive through pseudonymous knowledge, who are terrible in their sophistry.

No one is without their own private thoughts, and those who are dissatisfied with Providence also bring up impiety regarding others, calling them powerful enemies, and that they might be rescued from those who hate them, and that they might be strengthened above them, which is worthy, while the haters are in vain. For no one, being hated for something trivial, will have the boldness to speak this prayer to God, but rather if he is hated by sinners for Christ and for the upright life, those who loathe godliness, for they consider the conduct of the righteous to be a reproach to their own way of life.

Indeed, those who hate the righteous most vehemently attack then, when a time of affliction is present. For, being ignorant of the judgment of Providence, they suppose that the righteous is being afflicted through sin for no other reason, like those conversing with Job. For when God had subjected him to afflictions, so that he might be shown to be righteous, they said that this man had fallen into these things because of impiety and sin; but even against the one stumbling, all the predatory demons and the devil are strong, as they now think sin to be an evil.

For in the day of affliction, whoever takes refuge toward God, He becomes his support (Ps 17:19), meaning, supporting him so that he might not be shaken and fall. And concerning the perfection of the soul, those who accept the ascent and the brightening of it say marvelously: 'Who is she that ascends...'

Has she been whitened, leaning upon her brother? For the Lord becomes a support for someone, leading him out of the narrowness of afflictions, giving him breadth according to 'In affliction he enlarged me' (Ps 17:20a). But one is enlarged in affliction not by becoming outside of the affliction entirely, but by being courageously and piously stretched toward it.

He will rescue me from my strong enemies and from those hating me (Ps 17:20b–21), since they possess no power at all, for all His wills were doing me. Truly, the boldness of the pure and perfect is such that he condemns nothing of himself, even the shortest thing; therefore, those who wish to speak this psalm in the presence of the Savior, and who apply this word to Him, find Him having been tested in all things according to likeness, without sin. He speaks of righteousness as the general virtue of practice, and of cleanness of hands as the practical actions becoming pure and unstained by being fulfilled from the best of ways; for often hands are said to be upon the practical powers.

And he does not say these things arrogantly, as some are, but having placed the cause of the successes upon God. He who walks in His commandments keeps the ways of the Lord, and he who has correctly grasped the doctrines of truth does not act impiously toward his own God, conceiving blamelessly concerning God, speaking holily concerning Christ, remembering piously concerning the Holy Spirit, and glorifying in the proper manner concerning the other doctrines.

For even if His judgments are unsearchable and seem like an abyss because of the incomprehensible, it is not possible for those having them not to be displeased with Providence, nor to act impiously toward the one who provides. For even if we do not grasp, but having resolved that these things are fulfilled by God's judgment, we are well-pleased with them. And the very name 'Judgment' signifies the rectitude of the administration; for it contains and is heard to be that which has happened according to righteousness, as opposed to judgments of the unrighteous and the perverted which are performed apart from the right. Because of this, he says, a perverted judgment will come forth. 'I hold fast to the rights of God,' he says (Ps 17:23b).

Greek · §32

καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πολλῇ, ἑκάστοτε πλήθους ἁμαρτημάτων γινομένου, οὐ καθ' 34 ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὀργὴν ἐπάγει. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐμπνέειν αὐτὸν πνεῦμα τῆς ὀργῆς ἑαυτοῦ διὰ τὸ προαναφωνεῖν τῆς ὀργῆς τὰς κολάσεις· Παιδεύσω γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ τῆς θλίψεως αὐτῶν. 121 Ps 17,17–19a ̓Εξ ὑδάτων πολλῶν, η τοι τῶν ταραχωδῶν καὶ ἁλμυρῶν πραγμάτων τοῦ βίου τροπικῶς θαλάττης ὀνομαζομένων η ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων συγκεχυμένων καὶ τεταραγμένων· ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ καὶ δόγματα τῆς ἀθεότητος υ δωρ ἐστὶν πολὺ οὐ δυνάμενον σβέσαι τὴν ἀγάπην. δυνατοὺς δὲ ἐχθροὺς ἐξ ω ν ῥύεται ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ἀοράτους ῥητέον, τάχα δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν ὑπεροχαῖς ἀνθρώπους καὶ τοὺς ἀπατᾶν προτιθεμένους διὰ ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως, ο τ' α ν δεινοὶ περὶ σοφιστείαν ω σιν. οὐχ ἁμάρτοι δέ τις καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους λογισμούς, ο τ' α ν δυσαρεστῶνται τῇ προνοίᾳ η καὶ περὶ α λλην ἀσέβειαν ἐπανέχωσιν, ἐχθροὺς δυνατοὺς λέγων, καὶ ῥυσθῆναι ἐκ τῶν μισούντων, ο τ' α ν ὑπὲρ αὐτὸν κραταιωθῶσιν, ἀξιοῖ, μισούντων δὲ μάτην· οὐδὲ ει ς γὰρ διὰ τὸ φαῦλος ει ναι μισούμενος παρρησιάσεται πρὸς θεὸν ταύτην τὴν εὐχὴν εἰπεῖν, ἀλλ' ο τ' α ν διὰ Χριστὸν καὶ τὸν ὀρθὸν βίον μισῆται παρὰ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τῶν τὴν θεοσέβειαν βδελυττομένων· ε λεγχον γὰρ τῆς ἑαυτῶν πολιτείας ἡγοῦνται τὴν τοῦ δικαίου ἀναστροφήν. ου τοι δὲ οἱ μισητικῶς πρὸς τὸν δίκαιον ε χοντες τότε μάλιστα ἐπιτίθενται, ο τ' α ν κακώσεως καιρὸς ἐνστῇ. τὸ γὰρ κρίμα τῆς προνοίας ἀγνοοῦντες οὐ δι' α λλο τι η δι' ἁμαρτίας θλίβεσθαι τὸν δίκαιον ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ὡς οἱ διαλεγόμενοι τῷ ̓Ιώβ. τοῦ γὰρ θεοῦ θλίψεσιν αὐτὸν ὑποβαλόντος ο πως ἀναδειχθῇ δίκαιος, ε φασκον ἐκεῖνοι ἀσεβείας καὶ ἁμαρτίας χάριν τούτοις περιπεπτωκέναι τὸν α νδρα· ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ πταίοντος ἰσχυροὶ πάντες οἱ ἀλιτήριοι δαίμονες καὶ ὁ διάβολος, ὡς νοεῖσθαι νῦν κάκωσιν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. 122 Ps 17,19b ̓Εν ἡμέρᾳ γὰρ κακώσεως ο τ' α ν τις πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καταφύγῃ ε ξει αὐτὸν ἀντιστήριγμα αὐτοῦ γινόμενον, τουτέστιν ἀντιστηρίζοντα αὐτὸν ι να μὴ κλονηθεὶς καταπέσῃ. καὶ περὶ τῆς τελείας γοῦν ψυχῆς ἀντιστήριγμα τὸν θεὸν λόγον ἐχούσης θαυμαστικῶς οἱ ἀποδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀνάβασιν καὶ λάμπρυνσιν αὐτῆς φάσκουσιν· Τίς αυ τη ἡ ἀναβαίνουσα λελευκανθισμένη, ἐπιστηριζομένη ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτῆς; 123 Ps 17,20a ̓Αντιστήριγμα γὰρ ὁ κύριος γινόμενός τινι ἐξάγει αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς στενότητος τῶν θλιβερῶν, πλατυσμὸν αὐτῷ δωρούμενος κατὰ τὸ ̓Εν θλίψει ἐπλάτυνάς μοι. ἐν θλίψει δὲ πλατύνεταί τις οὐκ ε ξω τῆς θλίψεως πάντως γινόμενος ἀλλὰ γενναίως καὶ εὐλαβῶς πρὸς αὐτὴν τεταμένος. 124 Ps 17,20b–21 ̔Ρύσεταί με ἐξ ἐχθρῶν μου δυνατῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν μισούντων με, κα ν ο τι μάλιστα πλείστην ε χωσι δύναμιν· ἠθέλησεν γάρ με πάντα τὰ θελήματα αὐτοῦ ποιοῦντα. Πάνυ γε καθαροῦ καὶ τελείου ἡ παρρησία, μηδὲν κα ν τὸ βραχύτατον καταγινώσκοντος ἑαυτοῦ, ο θεν οἱ τὸν ψαλμὸν τοῦτον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρῆσθαι θέλοντες καὶ ταύτην τὴν λέξιν προσάπτουσιν αὐτῷ πεπειραμένῳ κατὰ πάντα καθ' ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. δικαιοσύνην δὲ τὴν καθόλου πρακτικὴν ἀρετὴν λέγει, καθαριότητα δὲ χειρῶν τὰς πρακτικὰς ἐνεργείας καθαρὰς καὶ ἀμολύντους γινομένας τῷ ἀπὸ βελτίστης ε ξεως ἐπιτελεῖσθαι· πολλαχοῦ γὰρ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τῶν πρακτικῶν δυνάμεων λεγομένας ε στιν εὑρεῖν. 125 Ps 17,22 Ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἀλαζονικῶς φησιν, ω ς τινες οι ονται, ἀλλ' ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ θεῷ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν κατορθωμάτων. φυλάσσει δὲ τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου ὁ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ πορευόμενος, καὶ οὐκ ἀσεβεῖ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ ὀρθῶς περὶ τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας δογμάτων διειληφώς, ἀμέμπτως περὶ θεοῦ ἐννοῶν καὶ ἁγίως περὶ Χριστοῦ διαλαμβάνων καὶ εὐσεβῶς περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐνθυμούμενος καὶ περὶ τῶν α λλων δογμάτων ο ν δεῖ τρόπον δοξάζων. 126 Ps 17,23a Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἀνεξεύρητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀβύσσῳ ἐοικότα διὰ τὸ ἀκατάληπτον, ἀλλ' ου ν δυνατὸν ἐνώπιον αὐτὰ ε χοντα μὴ δυσαρεστεῖσθαι τῇ προνοίᾳ μηδὲ ἀσεβεῖν εἰς τὸν προνοούμενον. εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ καταλαμβάνωμεν ἀλλά γε διατεθέντες ο τι θεοῦ κρίσει 35 ταῦτα ἐπιτελεῖται, εὐαρεστούμεθα αὐτοῖς. καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ο νομα τὸ Κρίματα τὴν ὀρθότητα τῆς διοικήσεως σημαίνει· ἐμπεριέχεται γὰρ καὶ συνεξακούεται τῷ κατὰ δικαιοσύνην γεγονέναι, τῶν παρὰ τὸ ὀρθὸν ἐπιτελουμένων κριμάτων αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀδίκων καὶ διεστραμμένων. Ενεκεν γὰρ τούτου, φησίν, ἐξελεύσεται τὸ κρίμα διεστραμμένον. 127 Ps 17,23b Τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, φησίν, δικαιωμάτων ἀντέχομαι·

The Turning of the Face and the Light of the Soul§33

33For they depart from those things which are not contained by them. And the rights and statutes must be spoken of which have been legislated according to equality and justice, such as 'If a Hebrew acquires a child' (Deut 21:15), and the following. For all these things, the judgments are arranged as side-notes, and the following.

The judgments, being named with the rights, can signify the tested and examined words of God; for they are not called judgments because they are not being checked or being overturned. In this way even the thoughts of the righteous are judgments, that is, having been accurately examined and tested, and being this very thing similar to a rule.

Perhaps those who, not through God but through glory or something else, find fault and call something unblemished, are unblemished indeed, but not with God; but those who have embraced the good through God and not for the sake of anything else, are unblemished with God; for this union toward God preserves one unblemished and good. But those being uncoupled and separated from God become immediately unblemished children, unblemished children becoming through the act of sinning.

He who has accomplished all the aforementioned things, how does he speak of his own lawlessness? It is to say that he does not wish to understand at any time; this is it: 'The mind of man leans toward evil things with care from youth' (Gen 8:21), as it flows toward sin, being enticed by pleasure. He who has given himself to the law of God protects himself from the lawlessness that overshadows men.

Perhaps also that which is called among us the mindset of the flesh, which is enmity toward God and does not submit to His law, is the lawlessness of man, from which one preserves the deeds of the body of death in the spirit and abstains from the works of the flesh. There he calls righteousness here, that which is established from the faith of Jesus Christ. For the righteousness of God has been revealed to all who believe (Rom 3:22); for to the one believing rightly, 'the faith is reckoned as righteousness' (Rom 4:3/5). And together with purity...

For you say the works of faith, which operate brightly and without stain, without which faith is dead (Ps 17:26–28). Regarding the change of face in Psalm 17:26–28, someone says these upcoming verses are to be spoken toward God, because he does not say to another, 'That you will save a humble people and humble the eyes of the proud,' but to God. Another will say that these are not spoken toward God but toward a man: that the one spending time with the holy should imitate their virtue, and the one spending time with the wicked should undergo perversion, as the divine writing of Proverbs says: 'He who walks with the wise will be wise, but he who walks with fools will be destroyed' (Prov 13:20). The interpretations are thus: 'With the holy man, O Lord, he shall be made holy,' providing him the holiness supplied from you so that, having been perfected according to it, you may bring him into the fitting promise, and the others following the one before it. He also says, 'You will pervert,' for it is possible to say, 'He perverts with a crookedness'; this is not said, but 'You will pervert.' For God perverts the one running toward evil things, blocking his way with stumbling blocks and rebuilding his paths; for to be prevented from evils is the beginning of blessing. But he who wishes to be taken toward a man says that the one associating with a holy man becomes holy from the holy things being done, as Elisha with Elijah and Timothy with Paul; and the one hastening with the innocent, having seized that one's virtue, will be innocent. Likewise, the one spending time with an elect man, but the one associating with the crooked, desiring to become like him, will pervert his own life. And he, having clarified the verses thus, turns his face toward God from 'That you will save a humble people.'

Regarding the receptive part of the soul's light, the power—that is, the mind, which some call the reasoning faculty—it is said to be its lamp, not being itself...

Greek · §33

ἀναχωροῦσι γὰρ ἐκείνων τῶν μὴ περιεχομένων αὐτῶν. δικαιώματα δὲ ῥητέον τὰ κατ' ἰσότητα καὶ δικαιοσύνην νενομοθετημένα, ὡς τὸ ̓Εὰν κτήσῃ παῖδα ̔Εβραῖον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. τούτων γὰρ ἁπάντων προτέτακται Καὶ ταῦτα τὰ δικαιώματα α παραθήσεις, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. δύναται δὲ τὰ α μα τοῖς δικαιώμασιν ὠνομασμένα κρίματα σημαίνειν τοὺς δεδοκιμασμένους καὶ ἐξητασμένους τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους· ου τοι γὰρ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐλέγχεσθαι η ἀνατρέπεσθαι κεκριμένοι ο ντες κρίματα ει ρηνται· ταύτῃ γὰρ καὶ οἱ λογισμοὶ τῶν δικαίων κρίματα, τουτέστιν ἠκριβωμένοι καὶ δεδοκιμασμένοι, καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο κανόσιν ἐοικότες. 128 Ps 17,24a Τάχα οἱ μὴ διὰ θεὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ δόξαν η ε τερόν τι τὸ α μωμον ε χοντες καὶ ἀναμάρτητον α μωμοι μὲν ει ναι δύνανται, οὐ μὴν μετὰ θεοῦ· οἱ δὲ διὰ θεόν τ' ἀγαθὸν καὶ μὴ α λλου του χάριν ἀσπασάμενοι μετὰ θεοῦ εἰσιν α μωμοι· αυ τη γὰρ ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ε νωσις ἀμώμους καὶ ἀγαθοὺς φυλάττει. οἱ δὲ ἀποζευγνύμενοι καὶ χωριζόμενοι θεοῦ μωμητοὶ εὐθὺς γίνονται, τεκνὰ μωμητὰ διὰ τὸ ἁμαρτεῖν γινόμενα. 129 Ps 17,24b ̔Ο τὰ προειρημένα πάντα κατορθώσας, πῶς ἰδίαν αὐτοῦ ἀνομίαν λέγει; ἐπιστήσεις μήποτ' ου ν ο βούλεται λέγειν ἐστὶν τοῦτο· ̔Η διάνοια τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τὰ πονηρὰ ε γκειται ἐπιμελῶς ἐκ νεότητος, ὡς ἐπιρρεπῶς ε χειν πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἡδονῇ θελγόμενος. ὁ ου ν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδεδωκὼς φυλάττεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνσκιρωσάσης τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀνομίας. τάχα δὲ καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς σαρκὸς φρόνημα, ε χθρα ο ν πρὸς θεὸν καὶ τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ μὴ ὑποταττόμενον, ἀνομία τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν, ἀφ' η ς φυλάττεταί τις πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατῶν καὶ ἀπεχόμενος τῶν τῆς σαρκὸς ε ργων. 130 Ps 17,25 ∆ικαιοσύνην ἐνταῦθα καλεῖ τὴν ἐκ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ συνισταμένην. ∆ικαιοσύνη γὰρ θεοῦ πεφανέρωται εἰς πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας· τῷ γὰρ ὀρθῶς πιστεύοντι ̔Η πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην λογίζεται. συζύγως δὲ καθαριότητα χειρῶν ἐρεῖς τὰ λαμπρῶς καὶ ἀμολύντως ἐνεργούμενα τῆς πίστεως ε ργα, ω ν χωρὶς ἡ πίστις νεκρά ἐστιν. 131 Ps 17,26–28 ̓Αθρόας μεταβολῆς προσώπου γεγενημένης, ἐρεῖ τις πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τοὺς προκειμένους στίχους λέγεσθαι διὰ τὰ ἑπόμενα· οὐκ α λλῳ γὰρ ἐρεῖ τὸ Οτι σὺ λαὸν ταπεινὸν σώσεις καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑπερηφάνων ταπεινώσεις, η τῷ θεῷ. α λλος δὲ λέξει μὴ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀλλὰ πρὸς α νθρωπον ταῦτα λέγεσθαι τῷ τὸν ὁσίοις συνδιατρίβοντα μιμεῖσθαι ἐκείνων τὴν ἀρετήν, τὸν δὲ σὺν φαύλοις ο ντα διαστροφὴν ὑφίστασθαι, ῃ φησιν ἡ θεία τῶν Παροιμιῶν γραφή· ̔Ο συμπορευόμενος σοφοῖς σοφὸς ε σται, ὁ δὲ συμπορευόμενος α φροσιν γνωσθήσεται. ἑρμηνεύσεις ου τως· Μετὰ τοῦ ὁσίου, ω δέσποτα, ὁσιωθήσῃ, παρέχων αὐτῷ τὴν ἐκ σοῦ χορηγουμένην ὁσιότητα ι να τελειωθέντα κατ' αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν ἐπαγγελίαν εἰσάξῃς, καὶ τὰ α λλα ἀκολούθως τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ. Ευ δέ φησιν καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν ∆ιαστρέψεις· δυναμένου γὰρ εἰπεῖν Μετὰ στρεβλοῦ διαστρέφῃ, τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ει ρηκεν ἀλλὰ ∆ιαστρέψεις. τὴν γὰρ πρὸς τὰ φαῦλα πορείαν κωλύων ὁ θεὸς διαστρέφει τὸν ε πειτα κατατρέχοντα, φράσσων τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν σκώλοψιν καὶ τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ ἀνοικοδομῶν· ἀρχὴ γὰρ εὐεργεσίας τὸ κωλύεσθαι τῶν κακῶν. ̔Ο δὲ ἐπ' ἀνθρώπου ἐξειλῆφθαι βουλόμενος ἐρεῖ τὸν συνόντα ὁσίῳ α νδρα ἐκ τῶν πραττομένων ὁσίων ὁσιοῦσθαι, ὡς ̓Ελισσαιὲ μετὰ τοῦ ̔Ηλία καὶ Τιμόθεος μετὰ τοῦ Παύλου· καὶ ὁ σὺν τῷ ἀθῴῳ σπεύδων ει ναι, τὴν ἐκείνου ἀρετὴν σπασάμενος, ἀθῷος ε σται. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀνδρὶ ἐκλεκτῷ συνδιατρίβων καὶ ὁ στρεβλῷ δὲ συνὼν κατὰ τὸ ἐθέλειν αὐτῷ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι διαστρέψει ἑαυτοῦ τὸν βίον. ὁ δὲ ου τως τοὺς στίχους 36 σαφηνίσας μεταβαλεῖ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸ πρόσωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ Οτι σὺ λαὸν ταπεινὸν σώσεις. 132 Ps 17,29 Τὸ δεκτικὸν φωτὸς τῆς ψυχῆς μόριον η τοι δύναμις, τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς ο καὶ λογιστικόν τινες καλοῦσιν, λύχνος αὐτῆς ει ναι λέγεται, οὐκ ω ν αὐτὸς

Confession and the Wall of Sin§34

34In essence it is not light, but it is capable of receiving light. But its darkness is the passionate and desiring part.

If the mind is now enlightened by the Lord, sharing with it His own rays, the victorious movements and the irrational movements of the soul are enlightened through knowledge being perfectly accomplished; not that the irrational parts themselves participate in light (for they are incapable of knowledge), but that which is under an enlightened mind is guided by knowledge and virtue without needing a way. If the mind, which is said to be a lamp, is now enlightened by the Lord, then the darkness we have spoken of must necessarily follow being enlightened.

And this is what the Savior says: 'If the light in you is darkness, how great is that darkness!' (Luke 11:35). For if the eye of the body, that is, the mind, which ought to be a lamp, is deprived of light, then the other is much more so; in this way, the body of the soul becomes darkness, but it is not a human body, rather it is that which happens according to its irrational composition.

Perhaps also those enlightened in the knowledge of the truth have the lamp exhausted, the Lord having given this to them; and having performed actions rightly from the enlightenment of the mind, they have their darkness being enlightened. And this too should not be said of the basket. Those having possessed scientific contemplation concerning intelligible and invisible things have a lamp being enlightened by the Lord, but also regarding sensible things, being well-disposed according to opinion, they have the sense perceiving things luminously, which is darkness because it is not by itself capable of being enlightened, that is, receiving knowledge; for would the senses, even if they received knowledge, receive the irrational parts?

It is not otherwise possible to be saved from the surrounding bitter things by becoming in God; for someone becomes in God partaking of Him. Just as one having come to be in knowledge is saved from ignorances, so one hastening to be in God will be saved from temptation, not by not entering into temptation, but by not being caught by its snares.

For he who confesses Jesus before men is in him; for whoever confesses me before men, I will confess him before my Father who is in the heavens (Matt 10:32-33). For one partakes of him and confesses Jesus, and is confessed by God as being in him. But the multitude of things being done toward us irrationally separates us from God and discerns a gap, as the prophet says: Is not the hand of the Lord able to save? Did his wrath grow because they did not listen? But your sins discern a gap between you and God. And he who now becomes in God, clinging to him and being toward him, surpasses the wall of sins by a little and casts them before and behind, so that, not being pierced through by anything, he may face God face to face.

Perhaps also the sense of bodily and sensible things, standing between our thought and God, separates us from him. But if we now, scientifically as much as possible, through the thought concerning God, grasp him above all bodies and senses, desiring to be united with him, we withdraw from the sensible and bodies as if to leap over the world and all visible things, so that we may be able to present ourselves to God. Our God is faultless in the way toward him (Ps 17:31). And this is virtue, through which, traveling by practice and discipline, we shall be shown faultless coming toward him. But especially faultless is the way of God, he who said: I am the way and the truth and the life (John 14:6). For through this way it is possible to come to the Father.

The word of the Lord, having been made fiery, is in the one who is truthful and pure, or is a fire that consumes the weakness of the matter of those partaking. He is a defender of all who hope in him. Those who know the weakness present to them, if they make those attacking them stronger, by casting hope upon God, are worthy to have him fight for them, saying, 'Fight, those who fight against me.' And thus God fights for them with his own shield, according to: His truth shall surround you with a shield (Ps 17:30). For no one is truly and principally God except the God of the Word, who is called the only-begotten God (Ps 17:32a).

Greek · §34

κατ' οὐσίαν φῶς ἀλλὰ φωτὸς δεκτικός. τὸ δὲ σκότος αὐτῆς τὸ θυμοειδὲς καὶ ἐπιθυμητικόν ἐστιν. ο τ' α ν ου ν ὁ νοῦς φωτισθῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου μεταδόντος αὐτῷ τῶν ἰδίων αὐγῶν, τὸ τηνικάδε καὶ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς α λογα κινήματα φωτίζεται ἐπιστημονικῶς ἐπιτελούμενα, οὐχ ο τι ἐξ αὐτῶν τὰ α λογα μετέχει φωτὸς (ἐπιστήμης γὰρ ἀνεπίδεκτα) ἀλλ' ο τι ὑπὸ νοῦ πεφωτισμένου ὑπὸ ἐπιστήμης καὶ ἀρετῆς ο ν δεῖ τρόπον α γονται. ο τ' α ν ου ν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου φωτισθῇ ὁ νοῦς ο ς ει ρηται λύχνος, ἀναγκαίως ἀκολουθήσει καὶ τὸ φωτισθῆναι τὸ εἰρημένον ἡμῶν σκότος. εἰ δὲ τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν πεφυκὸς φωτίζεσθαι, τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, δι' α γνοιαν καὶ ἀνεπιστημοσύνην σκότος ει η, πολλῷ πλέον αἱ α λογοι τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις, οὐκ ε χουσαι πεφωτισμένον ἡγεμόνα, ἐπιτεταμένον ει εν σκότος. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν ο φησιν ὁ σωτήρ· Εἰ ου ν τὸ ἐν σοὶ φῶς σκότος ἐστίν, τὸ σκότος πόσον; εἰ γὰρ ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ σώματος, τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, ὀφείλων ει ναι λύχνος ἐστέρηται φωτός, πολλῷ πλέον τὸ α λλο, ι ν' ου τως ει πω, σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς σκότος ὑπάρχει, σῶμα δὲ οὐχ ο περίκειται ἀνθρώπινον ἀλλὰ τὸ κατὰ τὴν α λογον σύστασιν αὐτῆς τυγχάνον. Τάχα δὲ καὶ οἱ τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας πεφωτισμένοι ἐξημμένον ε χουσι τὸν λύχνον, τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῖς τοῦτο δεδωκότος· τὰς δὲ πράξεις κατ' ὀρθὸν α γοντες ἐκ τοῦ πεφωτίσθαι τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸ σκότος αὐτῶν ε χουσιν φωτιζόμενον. οὐχ η κιστα δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ῥηθείη. οἱ θεωρίαν ἐπιστημονικὴν περὶ τῶν νοητῶν καὶ ἀοράτων πραγμάτων ἐσχηκότες πεφωτισμένον ὑπὸ κυρίου ε χουσι λύχνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ευ μάλα κατὰ τὴν γνώμην διακείμενοι τὴν αι σθησιν φωτεινῶς ἀντιλαμβανομένην τῶν πραγμάτων ε χουσιν, η τις σκότος ἐστὶν τῷ μὴ πεφυκέναι καθ' ἑαυτὴν φωτίζεσθαι τουτέστιν ἐπιστήμην δέχεσθαι· η γὰρ α ν καὶ τὰ α λογα ἐπιστήμην ἐδέχοντο αι σθησιν ε χοντα; 133 Ps 17,30 Οὐκ α λλως ῥυσθῆναι δυνατὸν ἀπὸ τῶν περιεστηκότων πραγμάτων πικρῶν η ἐν θεῷ γινόμενον· ἐν θεῷ δέ τις γίνεται μετέχων αὐτοῦ. ὡς γὰρ ἐκ τῶν ἀγνοημάτων ῥύεταί τις ἐν ἐπιστήμῃ γεγενημένος, ου τως ἐν θεῷ τις σπεύδων ει ναι ῥυσθήσεται ἀπὸ πειρατηρίου, εἰς πειρασμὸν μὴ εἰσερχόμενος οὐ τῷ ἐκτὸς πειρασμοῦ γενέσθαι ἀλλὰ τῷ μὴ ἁλῶναι ταῖς παγίσιν αὐτοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ ὁμολογῶν ̓Ιησοῦν ε μπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν· Πᾶς γὰρ ο ς α ν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ε μπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ε μπροσθεν τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. ὁμολογεῖ τις γὰρ ̓Ιησοῦν μετέχων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁμολογεῖται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ τυγχάνων. διατειχίζει δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πρὸς ἡμῶν παραλόγως πραττομένων καὶ διΐστησιν, ῃ φησιν ὁ προφήτης· Μὴ οὐκ ἰσχύει ἡ χεὶρ κυρίου ῥύσασθαι; η ἐβάρυνεν τὸ ου ς αὐτοῦ τοῦ μὴ εἰσακοῦσαι; ἀλλὰ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ὑμῶν διϊστῶσιν ἀνὰ μέσον ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ο τ' α ν ου ν ἐν θεῷ τις γένηται κολλώμενος αὐτῷ καὶ ε ν πρὸς αὐτὸν γινόμενος, ὑπερβαίνει τὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τεῖχος εἰς νῶτον καὶ ὀπίσω αὐτὰ ῥίπτων, ι να μὴ ὑπὸ μηδενὸς διειργόμενος τοῦ θεοῦ προσβάλῃ αὐτῷ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον. Τάχα δὲ καὶ ὁ τῶν σωματικῶν καὶ αἰσθητῶν ο γκος, χωρῶν μεταξὺ τῆς νοήσεως ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, διαζεύγνυσιν ἡμᾶς αὐτοῦ. ο τ' α ν ου ν ἐπιστημονικῶς κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν τῇ περὶ θεοῦ ἐννοίᾳ ἀνωτέρω πάντων σωμάτων καὶ αἰσθήσεως αὐτὸν καταλάβωμεν ἑνωθῆναι αὐτῷ γλιχόμενοι, ἀναχωροῦμεν τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ σωμάτων ὡς ὑπερπηδῆσαι τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὰ ὁρατὰ πάντα, ι ν' ου τω τῷ θεῷ παραστῆναι δυνηθῶμεν. 134 Ps 17,31 ̔Ο ἡμέτερος θεὸς α μωμον ε χει τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν α γουσαν ὁδόν. αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετή, η ν ὁδεύοντες διὰ μελέτης καὶ ἀσκήσεως α μωμοι ἀποδειχθησόμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐρχόμενοι. μάλιστα δὲ α μωμος ει η 37 ὁδὸς θεοῦ ὁ εἰπών· ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή. διὰ ταύτης γὰρ τῆς ὁδοῦ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἐλθεῖν ε στιν. Τὸ λόγιον κυρίου πεπυρωμένον, τῷ α δολον καὶ καθαρὸν ει ναι, η τῷ πῦρ ει ναι θερμαῖνον τοὺς μετέχοντας ἀναλίσκειν τὴν τῆς υ λης ἀχυρμίαν. ̔Υπερασπιστής ἐστιν πάντων τῶν ἐλπιζόντων ἐπ' αὐτόν. Οἱ ἐπιγνώμονες τῆς προσούσης αὐτοῖς ἀσθενείας, ο τ' α ν ἰσχυροτέρους φωράσωσι τοὺς προσπολεμοῦντας, ἐπὶ θεὸν τὴν ἐλπίδα ῥίψαντες ὑπέρμαχον ε χειν αὐτὸν ἀξιοῦσι, Πολέμησον, λέγοντες, τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με. καὶ ου τως θεὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἀσπίδι ὑπερμαχεῖ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸ Οπλῳ κυκλώσει σε ἡ ἀλήθεια αὐτοῦ. 135 Ps 17,32a Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀληθῶς καὶ κυρίως θεὸς πλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου, ο ς καὶ μονογενὴς θεὸς ει ρηται

Symbolic Interpretation of Psalm 17§35

35Because he alone is as the Father God. For all the others are made gods by the presence of the Word of God. For those are gods by participation, toward whom the Word of God came. But the Savior, not possessing divinity, is God, a maker of gods.

In Psalm 17:32b (Εἰπὼν μηδένα θεὸν κυρίως ειναι πλὴν τοῦ κυρίου), having said that no god exists in the strict sense except the Lord, he says that no god exists in any way like our God. For none of those who are gods by participation can be like the Lord Jesus Christ, or like our God as the one of the only-begotten Father; for to us is God the Father and is Lord Jesus the Christ. And if even the two verses can be said to be parallel, he himself will understand.

In Psalm 17:33–34 (Ἐνταῦθα Περιζωννύων με δύναμιν λέγεται), 'He girded me with strength' is said. But according to Paul, the truth is that those having put on the armor of God are girded, from which it is gathered that the Christ is the power of God; for the Savior says, 'I am the truth' (Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια), but Paul says, 'Christ the power of God' (Χριστὸς θεοῦ δύναμις). And he set my way blameless, that is, he demonstrated. For to demonstrate now means to have demonstrated, just as it is said 'He has appointed him heir of all things' (Ον εθεκεν κληρονόμον πάντων). It is also good from this verse to proclaim the whole psalm from the person of Christ.

He who says these things, having refuted the serpent-like evils and the evil powers that worked them, has the feet of his own man prepared by God (that is, the walking powers), so that he may be able to say, 'I have run without lawlessness and have directed my course' (Ἀνευ ἀνομίας ἐδραμον καὶ κατηύθυνα); and having fulfilled the course, he will be heard in the high places by God: 'You yourself also stand with me' (Σὺ δὲ αὐτὸς στῆθι μετ' ἐμοῦ). And to stand in the high places is not something one has from himself, but from God.

In Psalm 17:35a (Ωσπερ τὰ ἄλλα καλά), just as other good things, so also we are taught by God to fight against the opposing powers. For he strikes the hands of the soul (I mean the active powers of it), and teaches how to skillfully hold the mental shield and the sword of the spirit and other spiritual defenses, and how one must use such things. For even the Savior, having become man, having fought on our behalf, taught us to overcome and to fight against the opposing power; and he says that stretching out his hands in prayer: 'I am surrounded by the difficulties...'

Remaining. 139 Symbolically, he set a bow called bronze upon the arms (Ps 17:35b); for because of the bronze, it represents the unpierceable or the strong, and because of the bow, the ability to release arrows from our own arms to wound those set against us.

140 Besides these, you have given to me a shield of salvation, having sent your Son to fight for me with his own shield (Ps 17:36). But also your discipline, he says, has perfected me to the end—that is, the disciplinary teaching and the strenuous training. He has brought me to the end, that is, unto a perfect resurrection and standing. For discipline signifies the disciplinary aspect, as in 'Take my discipline, do not let go' (Prov 3:11), but also the strenuous aspect through 'Do not despise the discipline of the Lord' (Prov 3:11). And thus, in both ways, your discipline has become a teacher of good things to me.

141 Having been aided by ten thousand through God, confidence arose to pursue the enemies; and the end of the pursuit is their falling to the end (Ps 17:38). For neither toil nor fear caused me to stumble.

142 Sparing those who were envenoming, he crushes them, so that they might become unshakeable and immovable in the enmity (Ps 17:39a). For, not intending to destroy them, he surrounds them with tribulation, so that, having perceived they are evil, they might cease from the intention of hatred.

143 The falling of the enemies under the feet of the holy one signifies nothing other than the submission of the various kinds (Ps 17:39b). For as it is trivial to stand in the hand of the law, the beginning of salvation is to fall from it. For one falling from it does not oppose it, but lies down and submits.

144 You caused all those rising up against me to stumble, not permitting them to advance in the face of evil (Ps 17:40b.41). For, being hindered from the impulse toward evil, they will fall down beneath me, regarding me as nothing other than their ruler and head, so that, instead of hating, they might become friends; for such are they whom you have destroyed; for you do not destroy their essence, but only that which has happened to them. For it is very fitting for the goodness of God to make the evil vanish, but not the essence of that which has happened to them.

145 For he says to some: 'And if you multiply the prayer, I will not listen to you' (Ps 17:42), because of your hands—that is, your deeds—which are murderous.

Greek · §35

διὰ τὸ μόνος ει ναι ὡς ὁ πατὴρ θεός. πάντες γὰρ οἱ α λλοι παρουσίᾳ θεοῦ λόγου θεοὶ κατασκευάζονται. ἐκείνους γὰρ θεοὺς ει πεν, πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο. ὁ δέ γε σωτὴρ οὐ μετέχων θεότητος θεός ἐστιν, ποιητικὸς ω ν θεῶν. 136 Ps 17,32b Εἰπὼν μηδένα θεὸν κυρίως ει ναι πλὴν τοῦ κυρίου λέγει μηδὲ θεὸν ει ναί τινα ὡς τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν κατὰ μετοχὴν θεῶν ὡς ὁ κύριος ̓Ιησοῦς Χριστὸς ει ναι δύναται η ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ὡς ὁ τοῦ μονογενοῦς πατήρ· ̔Ημῖν γὰρ ει ς θεὸς ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ει ς κύριος ̓Ιησοῦς ὁ Χριστός. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ παραλλήλου οἱ δύο στίχοι εἰρῆσθαι δύνανται, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιστήσεις. 137 Ps 17,33–34 ̓Ενταῦθα Περιζωννύων με δύναμιν λέγεται. παρὰ δὲ Παύλῳ τὴν ἀλήθειαν περιζώννυνται οἱ τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνδυσάμενοι, ἐξ ου συνάγεται τὴν ἀλήθειαν ει ναι τὸν Χριστὸν τὴν θεοῦ δύναμιν· φησὶν γὰρ ὁ σωτήρ· ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια· ὁ δὲ Παῦλος· Χριστὸς θεοῦ δύναμις. Καὶ ε θετο α μωμον τὴν ὁδόν μου, τουτέστιν ἀπέδειξεν. τὸ γὰρ θεῖναι νῦν τὸ ἀποδεῖξαι σημαίνει, ω σπερ καὶ τὸ Ον ε θηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων. Καλῶς δ' ε χει καὶ ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ στίχου ἐκ προσώπου Χριστοῦ τὸν ο λον ψαλμὸν ἀπηγγέλθαι. ὁ ταῦτα δὲ λέγων, ἀναιρήσας τὰς ὀφιώδεις κακίας καὶ τὰς ἐνεργησάσας αὐτὰς πονηρὰς δυνάμεις, ὑπὸ θεοῦ τοὺς τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου πόδας (τουτέστιν τὰς πορευτικὰς δυνάμεις) κατηρτισμένους ε χει, ι να δυνηθῇ εἰπεῖν Ανευ ἀνομίας ε δραμον καὶ κατηύθυνα· καὶ πληρώσας τὴν πορείαν ἐν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς ἀκούσεται πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Σὺ δὲ αὐτὸς στῆθι μετ' ἐμοῦ. καὶ τὸ ἑστάναι δ' ἐν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς οὐκ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ τις ἀλλ' ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ε χει. 138 Ps 17,35a Ωσπερ τὰ α λλα καλά, ου τω καὶ τὸ πολεμεῖν πρὸς τὰς ἀντικειμένας δυνάμεις πρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ διδασκόμεθα. τὰς γὰρ χεῖρας τῆς ψυχῆς (λέγω δὴ τὰς δραστηρίους αὐτῆς δυνάμεις) τυποῖ, ω στ' ἐπιστημονικῶς κατέχειν τὴν νοητὴν ἀσπίδα καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ α λλα ο σα πνευματικὰ ἀμυντήρια καὶ τὸ πῶς χρῆσθαι δεῖ τοῖς τοιούτοις παιδεύων. ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ ὁ σωτήρ, α νθρωπος γενόμενος, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πολεμήσας ἐδίδαξεν ἡμᾶς καταπαλαίειν καὶ καταπολεμεῖν τὴν ἀντικειμένην δύναμιν· καὶ εἰς εὐχὴν δέ φησιν τὰς χεῖρας ἐκτείνων· Περιγίνομαι τῶν δυσμενῶν. 139 Ps 17,35b Συμβολικῶς βραχίονας ὀνομαζομένας χαλκοῦν ε θετο τόξον, διὰ μὲν τοῦ χαλκοῦ τὸ α τρωτον η ευ τονον παριστάς, διὰ δὲ τοῦ τόξου τὸ ἀπολύεσθαι βέλη ἀπὸ τῶν βραχιόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων τρῶσαι δυνάμενα τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους. 140 Ps 17,36 Πρὸς τούτοις α πασιν καὶ ὑπερασπισμὸν σωτηρίας μοι δέδωκας, τὸν σὸν υἱὸν καταπέμψας τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἀσπίδι ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ μαχησόμενον. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἡ παιδεία σου, φησίν, ἀνώρθωσέν με εἰς τέλος, η τοι ἡ παιδευτικὴ διδασκαλία καὶ ἡ ἐπίπονος ἀγωγή. Εἰς τέλος δέ, τουτέστιν εἰς τελείαν ἀνάστασιν καὶ στάσιν με η γαγεν. ἡ γὰρ παιδεία σημαίνει τὴν παιδευτικὴν ὡς ἐν τῷ ̓Επιλαβοῦ ἐμῆς παιδείας, μὴ ἀφῇς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐπίπονον διὰ τοῦ Μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας κυρίου. αυ τη δὲ ἡ ἑκατέρως παιδεία σου διδάσκαλος τῶν καλῶν μοι γεγένηται. 141 Ps 17,38 ∆ιὰ μυρίων συνεργηθεὶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ θάρσος ἀνέλαβεν καταδιῶξαι τοὺς ἐχθρούς· τῆς δὲ καταδιώξεως τέλος ἡ ἐκείνων εἰς τέλος ε κλειψις. οὐ γὰρ κόπος ου τε φόβος μοι ἐνεπόδισεν. 142 Ps 17,39a Φειδόμενος τῶν 38 ἐχθραινόντων ἐκθλίβει αὐτούς, ο πως μὴ βέβαιοι καὶ ἀμετακίνητοι ἐν τῇ ε χθρᾳ γένωνται. οὐ γὰρ ἀπολέσαι αὐτοὺς προελόμενος θλίψει περιβαλεῖ, ἀλλ' ι ν' αἰσθηθέντες οι κακῶν εἰσιν παύσωνται τῆς φιλέχθρου προαιρέσεως. 143 Ps 17,39b Τὸ πεσεῖν τοῦς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ἁγίου οὐκ α λλο τι σημαίνει η ὑποταγὴν τῶν διαφόρων. ὡς γὰρ φαῦλον τὸ ἑστάναι ἐν τῇ χειρίστῃ ε ξει, ἀρχὴ σωτηρίας τὸ πεσεῖν ἀπ' αὐτῆς. πεσὼν γάρ τις ἀπ' αὐτῆς οὐκ ε τι ἀντιτείνει, ἀλλ' ει κει καὶ ὑποτάσσεται. 144 Ps 17,40b.41 Πάντας τοὺς ἐπανισταμένους ἐπ' ἐμὲ συνεπόδισας, οὐκ ἐπιτρέπων αὐτοῖς ε μπροσθεν τῆς κακίας ἐλαύνειν. κωλυθέντες γὰρ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν ὁρμῆς ὑποκάτω μου γενήσονται, οὐκ ε τι διάφορόν με λογιζόμενοι ἀλλ' α ρχοντα καὶ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, ι ν' ἀντὶ μισούντων φιλοῦντες γένωνται· ῃ γὰρ τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν, ἐξωλότρευσας· οὐ γὰρ τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ τὸ συμβὰν αὐτοῖς ἐξολοτρεύει. πάνυ γὰρ ἁρμόζει τῇ ἀγαθότητι τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ κακὸν ἀφανίζειν ἀλλ' οὐ τὴν οὐσίαν ῃ συμβέβηκεν τοῦτο. 145 Ps 17,42 Φησὶν γὰρ πρός τινας· Καὶ ἐὰν πληθύνητε τὴν δέησιν, οὐκ εἰσακούσομαι ὑμῶν, τῷ τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν, τουτέστι τὰς πράξεις, φονικὰς

Recognition and Participation§36

36And the eyes are full. Regarding those of whom the Word speaks, having become thickened by thinking of earthly and material things, bearing the image of the earthly, they are thinned through exhortations, admonitions, threats, and painful discipline, so that, as having become dust in the face of the Divine Spirit, which is called the tropical wind, all that is earthly, being dispersed by them by the breath of the Spirit, may become pure dust as their underlying substance, for whom it has happened to be earthly.

And if they also willingly follow this calling, the author says as if to a filthy city: 'Shake off your dust, Jerusalem' (Ps 17:43). But the Lord, or His imitator, the just, licks these even as mud in the streets. But this mud being licked will not be able to become an earthen vessel useful in the great house in which there are golden and silver and wooden and earthen vessels; but since the golden and silver are for honor and the wooden and earthen are for dishonor, the one cleansing himself from these becomes a vessel of honor, having been sanctified and made useful to the Master, prepared for every good work, while those who remain such mud in the streets—that is, the mire of pleasures and desires—are being freed from all roughness from the passions.

He who says these things, by instilling a uniformity through the licking, is now making them earthen vessels, if they should cleanse themselves by a spontaneous impulse as if to become vessels of honor, golden or silver. For just as some have become earthen vessels from golden and silver ones (For the precious sons of Zion, exalted with silver, how were they reckoned as earthen vessels of the work of hands? Ps 51:7), so from their own domestic choice they shall become golden or silver from earthen ones.

Regarding the second meaning of the name of knowledge, he shows both the knowing and the being known and being recognized by the one knowing the one being known. According to the former meaning, God knows all, and not only the diligent ones. For toward the lowly the Savior says: 'You justify yourselves before men, but God knows your hearts' (Mt 6:1); and in the prophet: 'Because I knew all your sins' (Ps 40:3). And according to the second meaning...

It is said that he recognizes only the righteous. For the Lord knew those who were his, but he ignored the wicked. The Savior says to them: 'Depart from me, workers of lawlessness, I never knew you' (Matt 7:23). And the people from the nations, not being known by the Savior, though he healed both demons and idols and practiced all manner of evil, having changed through repentance to serve Christ, came to him. And even the saying 'He did not know' is true. For it is not said: 'A people I do not know served me' (Matt 15:22). For he who is doing the works of wickedness is not known; but he who has ceased from sins was not known before, but is known now.

To this the apostolic word agrees, saying: 'But formerly, not knowing God, you served those which by nature are not gods; but now, having known God, and even more having been known by God' (Gal 4:8). For they did not know God, and they were unknown by him, but having known him, they were known by him. Perhaps it will seem to some that the spoken thing passes by: 'To the hearing of an ear I obeyed' (1 Sam 13:30), meaning to obey with an ear that obeys all things. But the ear is not intended to pass by or to be superfluous for the one obeying all things, so as to use a non-human and mortal hearing, but a divine ear added to the one approaching; for he added to me an ear for hearing.

'Alien sons have grown old' (Heb 1:6), and the following. God the Father, becoming the beginning and source of the good, becomes the source of those doing good works, and those who are found in doing what is necessary are truly sons of God, partakers of his only-begotten Son. But if those who did not draw near participate in the opposites (and these are the evils), they would be alienated from God, and the growing old would follow. For participating in virtue, in bright and imperishable wisdom and incorruption, they were finding constant renewal; but falling into wickedness, they would be growing old through their own corruption (if indeed it is so), being worn out.

And since the verse is about the Jews, they are not sitting by the oldness of the letter, nor are they falling by quantity, enduring the newness of the spirit, 'Alien sons and having grown old have become'; but they are also said to be double-minded and double-souled, reeling from their many tribulations. For to be double-minded...

Greek · §36

καὶ πλήρεις αι ματος ει ναι. 146 Ps 17,43 Τούτους τοὺς περὶ ω ν ὁ λόγος παχυνθέντας τῷ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονεῖν καὶ ὑλικοὺς γεγενημένους, φοροῦντας τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ, λεπτυνῶ διὰ προτροπῶν, νουθεσιῶν, ἀπειλῶν, ἐπιπόνου ἀγωγῆς, ι ν' ὡς χοῦς γεγενημένοι κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ θείου πνεύματος, ἀνέμου τροπικῶς ὀνομαζομένου, α παν τὸ χοϊκὸν διαριφὲν ὑπ' αὐτῶν ὑπὸ τῆς πνοῆς τοῦ πνεύματος καθαρὸν παντὸς χοῦ τὸ ὑποκείμενον αὐτῶν ἐάσῃ, ῳ συμβεβήκει χοϊκῷ ει ναι. ει εν δὲ καὶ ἑκουσίως ἐπὶ τοῦτο καλούμενοι, οι ς φησιν ὡς πρὸς ο λην πόλιν ὁ κύριος· ̓Εκτίναξαι τὸν χοῦν σου, ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. Αὐτοὺς δὲ τούτους καὶ ὡς πηλὸν πλατειῶν λεανεῖ, η τοι ὁ κύριος η ὁ μιμητὴς αὐτοῦ δίκαιος. λεαινόμενος δὲ ου τος ὁ πηλὸς δυνήσεται α γγος ὀστράκινον γενέσθαι, χρησιμεύων ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ οἰκίᾳ ἐν ῃ χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα σκεύη ἐστίν· ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τὰ μὲν χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ εἰς τιμήν, τὰ δὲ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα εἰς ἀτιμίαν ἐστίν, ὁ ἐκκαθαίρων ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων γίνεται σκεῦος τιμῆς ἡγιασμένον καὶ ευ χρηστον τῷ δεσπότῃ εἰς πᾶν ε ργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον, τοὺς ο ντας τέως πηλὸν πλατειῶν, τουτέστι βόρβορον ἡδονῶν καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν, ἀπαλλάττων πάσης τραχύτητος τῆς ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν. ὁ ταῦτα λέγων, ὁμαλότητα διὰ τοῦ λεαίνειν ἐμποιῶν αὐτοῖς, α ρτι αὐτοὺς σκεύη ὀστράκινα ποιήσει, ι ν' αὐθαιρέτῳ ὁρμῇ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκκαθάρωσιν ὡς εἰς τιμὴν σκεύη γεγενῆσθαι χρυσέα η ἀργυρέα. ὡς γὰρ ἑαυτούς τινες ἐκ χρυσῶν καὶ ἀργυρῶν σκεύη ὀστράκινα γεγόνασιν (Υἱοὶ γὰρ Σιὼν οἱ τίμιοι ἐπηρμένοι ἀργυρίῳ πῶς ἐλογίσθησαν εἰς ἀγγεῖα ὀστράκινα ε ργα χειρῶν κεράμεως;), ου τως ἐξ οἰκείας προαιρέσεως ἐξ ὀστρακίνων χρυσᾶ η ἀργυρᾶ γενήσονται. 147 Ps 17,44–46 ∆ιττοῦ δὲ τοῦ τῆς γνώσεως ὀνόματος σημαινομένου δηλοῖ ὁτὲ μὲν τὸ ἐπίστασθαι, ὁτὲ δὲ τὸ ἡνῶσθαι καὶ ἀνακεκρᾶσθαι τὸν γινώσκοντα τῷ γινωσκομένῳ. κατὰ τὸ πρότερον σημαινόμενον πάντας γινώσκει ὁ θεός, καὶ οὐ τοὺς σπουδαίους μόνους. πρὸς γὰρ τοὺς φαύλους ὁ σωτὴρ ει πεν· ̔Υμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ε μπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁ δὲ θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν· καὶ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ· ∆ιότι ε γνων πάσας τὰς ἁμαρτίας ὑμῶν. κατὰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον σημαινόμενον μόνους τοὺς δικαίους εἰδέναι λέγεται· Εγνω γὰρ κύριος τοὺς ο ντας αὐτοῦ, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους ἠγνόει. ῃ φησιν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ σωτήρ· ̓Αποχωρεῖτε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ ἐργάται ἀνομίας, οὐδέποτε ε γνων ὑμᾶς. καὶ ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ου ν λαὸς μὴ γινωσκόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ο τε ει δωλα καὶ δαιμόνια ἐθεράπευεν καὶ τὴν α λλην α πασαν ε πραττεν κακίαν, μεταβαλὼν διὰ μετανοίας δουλεύειν τῷ Χριστῷ προσελήλυθεν. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν Ον οὐκ ε γνων. οὐ γὰρ ει πεν· Λαὸς ο ν οὐ γινώσκω ἐδούλευσέν μοι. ὁ γὰρ ε τι τὰ τῆς κακίας ἐνεργῶν οὐ γινώσκεται· ὁ δὲ παυσάμενος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων οὐκ ἐγνώσθη μὲν πρότερον, γινώσκεται δὲ νῦν. 39 τούτοις συνᾴδει τὸ ἀποστολικὸν φάσκον· ̓Αλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες θεὸν ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ ου σιν θεοῖς, νῦν δὲ γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ. ο τε γὰρ ἠγνόουν θεόν, ἠγνοοῦντο ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, γνόντες δὲ αὐτὸν ἐγνώσθησαν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. Ισως δὲ δόξειέν τισιν παρέλκον ει ναι τὸ εἰρημένον Εἰς ἀκοὴν ὠτίου ὑπήκουσέν μοι, τῷ πάντα τὸν ὑπακούοντα ὠτίῳ ὑπακούειν. οὐ παρελκόντως δὲ οὐδὲ περιττῶς πρόσκειται τὸ ὠτίον τῷ πάντα τὸν ὑπακούοντα, τῷ θεῷ μὴ ἀνθρωπίνῃ καὶ θνητῇ ἀκοῇ χρᾶσθαι ἀλλ' ὠτίῳ θείῳ ἐκ προσθήκης τῷ ε χοντι παραγινομένῳ· Προσέθηκεν γάρ μοι ὠτίον ἀκούειν. Υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι ἐπαλαιώθησαν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀρχὴ καὶ πηγὴ τυγχάνων ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ γίνεται τῶν ἀγαθοεργούντων, καὶ ο σον ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν τὰ δέοντα τυγχάνουσιν ου τοι ι διοι υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ μετέχοντες τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ. εἰ δὲ ἀπροσεκτήσαντες τῶν ἐναντίων μεθέξουσιν (ταῦτα δ' ἐστὶν τὰ κακὰ), ἀλλοτριωθεῖεν θεοῦ, οι ς ἀκολουθήσει καὶ τὸ παλαιωθῆναι. κοινωνοῦντες γὰρ τῇ ἀρετῇ, λαμπρᾷ καὶ ἀμαράντῳ σοφίᾳ καὶ ἀγήρῳ, ἀεὶ νεάζοντες ἐτύγχανον, μεταπεσόντες δὲ εἰς τὴν κακίαν παλαιωθεῖεν ὑπὸ τῆς φθορᾶς αὐτῶν (ι ν' ου τως ει πω) τριβακούμενοι. Καὶ ε τι ἐπεὶ περὶ ̓Ιουδαίων ἐστὶν ὁ στίχος, ου τοι δὲ παρακάθηνται τῇ παλαιότητι τοῦ γράμματος οὐδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν ε πεσθαι τῇ καινότητι τοῦ πνεύματος ἀνεχόμενοι, Υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοι καὶ πεπαλαιωμένοι γεγένηνται· ου τοι δὲ καὶ ἐπαμφοτερισταὶ καὶ δίψυχοι γεγενημένοι χωλεύειν ἀπὸ τῶν σφῶν τριβῶν λέγονται. τὸ γὰρ ἐπαμφοτερίζειν

The King and Priest Christ§37

37To limp, as Elijah says: 'How long will you limp with double inclinations?' (1 Ki 18:21). 'If he is Lord, go after him.' And perhaps everyone who has clung to the divine scripture, not meditating upon it as is necessary, is said to be limping in it, because he has not accepted it, neither walking nor limping in it.

Regarding Ps 17:47a: It is said that God lives, not by taking life but by providing it. And He himself indeed often says concerning Himself, 'I the Living am, says the Lord.' But also the Savior, saying, 'Just as the living Father sent me, and I live through the Father,' demonstrates that he lives not by a participation in life; for He himself is the life, from whom the Son, being consubstantial with the Father, is drawn. For if the Son is life, not by a sharing of life but by himself being life-giving to those who partake of him, and the Father also lives by providing life according to the same manner, the Son being given to the Father by the same energy, the same essence of the Father and Son exists. And this is what the word demonstrates: 'The Father lives,' he says, 'and I live through the Father,' as if he were saying that because of such a Father, he himself, living, exists by essence. He is the living God and is blessed, having blessed the saints with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places (Eph 1:3). It is said that he is blessed if all blessing is in him. For everything said, thought, and spoken or thought blessedly is about him.

Regarding Ps 17:47b: 'The God of my salvation is exalted, having taken my senses to his greatness; for great are his works, and they themselves are great.' Since the salvation of the rational animal is not a small work, it is necessary that the cause of this be great. And God is exalted, not by changing from a lowly place to a high one, but by those having recognized great things concerning him.

Regarding Ps 17:50: For he confesses thanks for this progress and salvation, having taken their sins into himself, becoming an ambassador of their repentance.

For the voice 'I will confess to you' signifies both. For the Son also sings in the name of the Father, doing all things according to the will of the Father. The Father exalts the salvation of the King Christ (Ps 17:51a); it is not that the King himself is saved, but he provides salvation to those being saved with him. And God is the King, not as reigning of the God, but of those reclining with God. For when we say ruler of those who are ruling, we mean as a leader of them; but when we say ruler of the king, we mean according to his laws.

The voice of Christ signifies priest and king (Ps 17:51bc). If the word is about David—that is, all who are capable by hand—it shows God showing mercy to practical men, being capable in their activities, and if some of their seed happen to be from the teaching and imitation of his life; then he does mercy to these not for a passing moment or for a little while, but for an age. But if the word is about the true David regarding God ('For I will arise for you a shepherd like my servant David' 1 Sam 2:25/2 Sam 7:12), he provides eternal mercy to him and to his seed, and his anointing and his priesthood are to be indestructible; for the old priesthood being transferred, the priesthood of Christ is inviolable.

The heavens declare the glory of God (Ps 18:2); and the glory of God is the only-begotten according to the radiance of glory, the order and the supremacy of his kingdom, according to 'And the glory of the Lord shall be seen' Isa 60:1. These the heavens declare by singing and theologizing, the powers dwelling in the heavens, named homonymously as dwelling in heavens according to the manner of metonymy. And the firmament announces the work of the active powers of God, called his hands, not only by words but by the works themselves (Ps 18:3-5b). Those who are the contemplative...

Greek · §37

χωλεύειν ̓Ηλίας ει πεν φάσκων· Εως πότε χωλανεῖτε ἐπαμφοτέραις ταῖς ἰγνύαις; εἰ ε στιν κύριος, πορεύεσθε ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ. καὶ τάχα πᾶς ὁ τὴν θείαν γραφὴν προσηκάμενος, μὴ ὡς δεῖ διανοούμενος αὐτήν, χωλεύειν ἐν αὐτῇ λέγεται τοῦ μὴ παραδεξαμένου αὐτήν, μήτε βαδίζοντος μήτε χωλεύοντος ἐν αὐτῇ. 148 Ps 17,47a Λέγεται ζῆν ὁ θεός, οὐ ζωῆς μεταλαμβάνων ἀλλὰ ταύτην παρέχων. καὶ αὐτὸς γοῦν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ πολλάκις τὸ Ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει κύριος, φησίν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ φάσκων Καθὼς ἀπέστειλέν με ὁ ζῶν πατήρ, κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα, παρίστησιν, ο τι ζῇ οὐ κοινωνίᾳ ζωῆς· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ζωή, ἐξ ου συνάγεται ὁμοούσιον ει ναι τῷ πατρὶ τὸν υἱόν· εἰ γὰρ ζωὴ ὁ υἱὸς οὐ μετουσίᾳ ζωῆς ἀλλὰ ζωοποιῶν αὐτὸς τοὺς μετέχοντας αὐτοῦ, ζῇ δὲ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ χορηγῶν ζωὴν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ υἱῷ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐνεργείας ἀποδιδομένης πρὸς πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ, ἡ αὐτὴ ει η πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ οὐσία. καὶ αυ τη δὲ ἡ λέξις τοῦτο παρίστησιν· Ζῶν, φησίν, ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα, ὡσεὶ ε λεγεν, διὰ τὸ τοιοῦτον ε χειν πατέρα ο ς κατ' οὐσίαν ζῇ καὶ αὐτὸς ζῶν ὑπάρχει. Αὐτὸς ὁ ζῶν θεὸς καὶ εὐλογητός ἐστιν, εὐλογήσας τοὺς ἁγίους ἐν πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις. ῥηθείη α ν εὐλογητὸς τῷ πᾶσαν εὐλογίαν περὶ αὐτὸν ει ναι. πᾶν γὰρ τὸ περὶ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενον καὶ φρονούμενον καὶ εὐλόγως λέγεται καὶ φρονεῖται. 149 Ps 17,47b ̔Ο τῆς σωτηρίας μου θεὸς ὑψοῦται, αι σθησίν μου λαβόντος τοῦ μεγέθους αὐτοῦ· ω ν γὰρ μεγάλα τὰ ε ργα, καὶ αὐτοὶ μεγάλοι. ἐπεὶ ου ν ὑψηλὸν ε ργον ἡ σωτηρία τοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου, ἀνάγκη ὑψηλὸν ει ναι τὸν ταύτης αι τιον. ̔Υψοῦται δὲ θεὸς οὐκ ἐκ ταπεινοῦ τόπου εἰς ὑψηλὸν μεταβάλλων, ἀλλ' ἡμῶν μεγάλα περὶ αὐτοῦ φρονεῖν διεγνωκότων. 150 Ps 17,50 Ητοι γὰρ εὐχαριστῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς τούτων προκοπῆς καὶ σωτηρίας ἐξομολογεῖται, η τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναδεξάμενος τῆς μετανοίας αὐτῶν πρεσβευτὴς γινόμενος· ἀμφότερα γὰρ σημαίνει ἡ ̓Εξομολογήσομαί σοι φωνή. ἀλλὰ καὶ ψάλλει ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ υἱός, πάντα ἐργαζόμενος κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός. 151 Ps 17,51a Τὰς σωτηρίας τοῦ βασιλέως Χριστοῦ μεγαλύνων ὁ πατήρ, οὐχ α ς αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς σῴζεται ἀλλ' α ς παρέχει τοῖς πρὸς αὐτοῦ σῳζομένοις. θεοῦ δ' ἐστὶν ὁ βασιλεύς, οὐχ ὡς αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλεύων ἀλλὰ τῶν τῷ θεῷ ἀνακειμένων. καὶ γὰρ τὸν α ρχοντα ὁτὲ μὲν τῶν ἀρχομένων ει ναι λέγομεν ὡς ἡγούμενον αὐτῶν, ὁτὲ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως α ρχοντα κατὰ 40 τοὺς νόμους αὐτοῦ. 152 Ps 17,51bc Ελεος ποιεῖ τῷ Χριστῷ, ἐλεῶν τοὺς ὑπὸ Χριστὸν ὑπὲρ ω ν ἱερᾶται καὶ ω ν βασιλεύει· ἱερέα καὶ βασιλέα σημαίνει ἡ Χριστὸς φωνή. Εἰ μὲν περὶ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ τουτέστι παντὸς τοῦ ἱκανοῦ τῇ χειρὶ ει η ἡ λέξις, δηλοῖ ἐλεοῦντα τὸν θεὸν τοὺς πρακτικοὺς α νδρας, ἱκανοὺς ο ντας ἐν ταῖς ἐνεργείαις, καὶ ει τινες σπέρμα αὐτῶν τυγχάνουσιν ἐκ διδασκαλίας καὶ μιμήσεως τοῦ σφῶν βίου· ο ν δὲ ποιεῖ τούτοις ε λεον οὐ πρόσκαιρος καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν ἀλλ' ε ως αἰῶνος. εἰ δὲ περὶ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀληθῶς ∆αυὶδ ὁ λόγος ( ̓Αναστήσω γὰρ ὑμῖν ποιμένα ε να τὸν δοῦλόν μου ∆αυίδ), αἰώνιον ε λεος αὐτῷ ποιεῖ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ τῷ τὸ χρῖσμα καὶ τὴν ἱερωσύνην αὐτοῦ ἀκατάλυτον ει ναι· τῆς γὰρ παλαιᾶς ἱερωσύνης μετατιθεμένης ἀπαράβατος ἡ Χριστοῦ ἱερωσύνη. 153 Ps 18,2 Οἱ οὐρανοὶ ου ν τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διηγοῦνται δόξαν· δόξα δὲ θεοῦ η τοι ὁ μονογενὴς κατὰ τὸ Τῆς δόξης ἀπαύγασμα, η ἡ διάταξις καὶ ἡ ὑπεροχὴ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸ Καὶ ὀφθήσεται ἡ δόξα κυρίου. ταύτην ου ν διηγοῦνται ὑμνοῦσαι καὶ θεολογοῦσαι αἱ οἰκεῖαι τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δυνάμεις, ὁμωνύμως οι ς οἰκοῦσιν οὐρανοῖς ὀνομαζόμεναι κατὰ τὸν τῆς μετωνυμίας τρόπον. τὴν δὲ ποίησιν τῶν δραστηρίων θεοῦ δυνάμεων, χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ὀνομαζομένων, ἀναγγέλλει τὸ στερέωμα, οὐ τοσοῦτον λόγοις ἀλλ' ε ργοις αὐτοῖς. 154 Ps 18,3–5b Οἱ τὸν θεωρητικὸν

The distinction between sounds and spiritual words§38

38Those grasping life treasure in heaven, having their heart there; the heavens are narrating the previously spoken glory of God through the contemplation of intelligible things. But those who have accepted the practical aspect accomplish a firmament through works, that is, they become stable and immovable; they announce the making of the hands of God, working the works of God and through them crying out as works becoming the works of God.

But also the day, that is, the luminous intellect, being not in harmony with another luminous intellect, searches out a word, which is why the Old Scripture says the day is luminous: for God called the light Day (Gen 1:5). This, having been filled with the nourishments of the Spirit, being searched out from the fullness, a word is brought forth in the New Covenant; allegorically also this day is so named.

And the night, the deepest discourse of things, announces knowledge to another such night. For if anyone searches the Spirit who searches all things and has the depths of God, he searches some of the deeper mysteries of God; having known it from this, he proceeds to the similarly obscure, and will come to the knowledge of those.

And the pre-preparations and those making the way forward are mere babblings, but the words were those setting forth the spiritual narratives and fully bringing their faiths demonstratively. The sounds and words for the obedience of God are not, since their voices are not heard as Being. For this reason it has been said by the Lord, so that they might be heard (Matt 25:4): therefore no word of apology is left to those not doing nor thinking; the voices of the previously spoken babblings and words are being narrated. Their sound has gone out into all the earth (Ps 19:4), and the following.

You are a land suitable for seed (Matt 13:23), but you do not receive the sound of the babblings and words, that is, the word according to the sensible aspect of the Scripture; but those having surpassed the state of these will receive the words of the babblings and the words, being clearly instructed in all things. Even the precursor of the apostles is not hearing the sound of Jesus but words; 'Words,' he says, 'you have of eternal life'; and the Savior himself: 'The words I have spoken to you are spirit' (John 6:63). For those which he said to the apostles, no longer...

tabernacle of God

Greek · §38

ἀσπαζόμενοι βίον θησαυρίζουσιν ἐν οὐρανῷ, κἀκεῖ τὴν καρδίαν ε χοντες· οὐρανοί εἰσιν διηγούμενοι τὴν προειρημένην θεοῦ δόξαν διὰ θεωρίας τῆς περὶ τῶν νοητῶν πραγμάτων. οἱ δὲ τὸν πρακτικὸν ἀποδεξάμενοι δι' ω ν ἐπιτελοῦσιν ε ργων στερέωμα τυγχάνουσιν, τουτέστιν ἑδραῖοι καὶ ἀμετακίνητοι· ἀπαγγέλλουσιν τὴν ποίησιν τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ χειρῶν, ἐργαζόμενοι τὰ θεοῦ ε ργα καὶ δι' αὐτῶν βοῶντες ε ργα τε τυγχάνοντες θεοῦ. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα, τουτέστιν ἡ φωτεινὴ νόησις, ἑτέρᾳ φωτεινῇ νοήσει σύμφωνος ου σα ἐρεύγεται ῥῆμα, οι ον ἡ παλαιὰ γραφὴ διὰ τὸ φωτεινὴν ει ναι ἡμέρα ἐστίν· ̓Εκάλεσεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸ φῶς ἡμέραν. αυ τη πληρωθεῖσα τῶν τοῦ πνεύματος τροφῶν, ἀπὸ τοῦ πληρώματος ἐρευγομένη, προφέρεται ῥῆμα τῇ καινῇ διαθήκῃ· ἀλληγορικῶς καὶ αυ τη ἡμέρα ὀνομαζομένη. ̔Η δὲ νύξ, ἡ βαθυτάτη τῶν πραγμάτων διάληψις, γνῶσιν ἀπαγγέλλει ἑτέρᾳ τοιαύτῃ νυκτί. ο τ' α ν γὰρ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πάντα ἐρευνῶν καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ ε χων τις ἐρευνᾷ τι τῶν βαθυτέρων τοῦ θεοῦ μυστηρίων, γνοὺς αὐτὸ ἐκ τούτου ἐπὶ τὰ ὁμοίως ἀσαφῆ μετέρχεται, κἀκείνων ἐπιστήμην ε ξει. Λαλιαὶ δέ εἰσιν αἱ προκατασκευάζουσαι καὶ προοδοποιοῦσαι τοῖς λόγοις, λόγοι δὲ ε στωσαν οἱ τιθέμενοι τὰ πνευματικὰ διηγήματα καὶ τελείως τὰς πίστεις αὐτῶν ἀποδεικτικῶς ἐπιφέροντες. οὐκ εἰσὶν ου ν λαλιαὶ οὐδὲ λόγοι πρὸς ὑπακοὴν θεοῦ, Ων οὐχὶ ἀκούονται αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ει ρηνται ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, ι να ἀκουσθῶσιν οι ς ει ρηνται· ο θεν οὐδεὶς καταλείπεται λόγος ἀπολογίας τοῖς μὴ ποιοῦσιν μηδὲ φρονοῦσιν α ὑφηγοῦνται αἱ φωναὶ τῶν προειρημένων λαλιῶν καὶ λόγων. Εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ο σοι τυγχάνουσιν γῆ ἐπιτηδείως πρὸς σπόρον ε χοντες, ου τοι χωροῦσι τὸν φθόγγον τῶν λαλιῶν καὶ λόγων, τουτέστιν τὴν λέξιν τὴν κατὰ τὸ αἰσθητὸν τῆς γραφῆς· οἱ δὲ ὑπερβεβηκότες τὴν τούτων κατάστασιν ὡς χρηματίσαι πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης δέξονται τῶν λαλιῶν καὶ τῶν λόγων τὰ ῥήματα, σαφῶς περὶ πάντων παιδευόμενοι. ἀμέλει καὶ ὁ τῶν ἀποστόλων πρόκριτος οὐ φθόγγου ̓Ιησοῦ ἀλλὰ ῥημάτων ἀκούων ̔Ρήματα, ε φη, ζωῆς αἰωνίου ε χεις· καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ σωτήρ· Τὰ ῥήματα α λελάληκα ὑμῖν πνεῦμά ἐστιν. οι ς γὰρ ταῦτ' ε λεγεν ἀποστόλοις, οὐκέτι γῆ ἀλλὰ καὶ πέρατα οἰκουμένης η σαν. 155 Ps 18,5c–7 Κατὰ δὲ τὸν τῆς ἀναγωγῆς νόμον σκήνωμα θεοῦ ἡ ἐκκλησία ει ναι δύναται, τεθεῖσα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ τουτέστιν ο σον καὶ ο που η λιος φαίνει· συντρέχει γὰρ ταῖς ἡλιακαῖς αὐγαῖς ὁ εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 41 ἐξεληλυθὼς φθόγγος καὶ τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης φθάσαντα. δύναται δὲ καὶ ε καστος τῶν χωρούντων θεοῦ δόξαν, σκήνωμα αὐτοῦ ὀνομαζόμενος, ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης τουτέστιν Χριστῷ τεθεῖσθαι· τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων σκηνωμάτων κρηπὶς καὶ θεμέλιος τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν. τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐπεὶ Φῶς τοῦ κόσμου καὶ Φῶς ἀληθινὸν καὶ Ηλιος δικαιοσύνης ὁ σωτὴρ λέγεται, οὐχ οι όν τε τούτου τοῦ φωτὸς νόησιν εἰληφέναι ἀγνοοῦντα τὸ αἰσθητὸν φῶς ὁ προσβαλὼν τῷ ὑπερέχοντι τῶν αἰσθητῶν. ε στιν δὲ ὁ η λιος ἐκ τῆς τούτου νοήσεως φαντασίαν λαμβάνων τοῦ νοεροῦ φωτός, ω σπερ οἰκοῦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἐν τῷ αἰσθητῷ ἡλίῳ εὑρήσει. οὐ γὰρ προσεκτέον τισὶν ἑτεροδόξοις λέγουσιν ο τι μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τῇ ἡλιακῇ σφαίρᾳ ἀπέθετο ο ἐφόρεσεν σῶμα φυλάττεσθαι μέχρι τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ἐνδόξου αὐτοῦ παρουσίας. ̓Εν τῷ ἡλίῳ ε θετο τὸ σκήνωμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. πρὸς τῇ λέξει νοήσεις κατὰ ἀναγωγήν, ο τι ὁ η λιος τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐκ παστοῦ τῶν κόλπων τῶν πατρικῶν ἐκπορευόμενος κατὰ τὸ ̓Εγὼ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον καὶ η κω, ἐκπορεύεται οι α νυμφίος σύζυγον ε χων τὴν λογικὴν φύσιν, τουτέστι τὴν ε νδοξον ἐκκλησίαν· ῃ φησιν ὁ ̓Ιωάννης· ̔Ο ε χων τὴν νύμφην νυμφίος ἐστίν. ἑαυτὸν γὰρ κενώσας μορφὴν δούλου ε λαβεν· γεγηθὼς καὶ ἀγαλλόμενος ἀνύει τὸν δρόμον τῆς οἰκονομίας η ς ἑκουσίως ἀνεδέξατο, ἰσχυροτάτου γίγαντος τὴν ὁρμὴν ἀναλαμβάνων. ου τος δὲ ἀπ' α κρου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐξόδου ε χων κατήντησεν εἰς α κρον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἀναβαίνων ἐκεῖ ο θεν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ω ρμησεν. φησὶν γοῦν· ̓Εὰν ι δητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀναβαίνοντα ο που η ν τὸ πρότερον, καὶ Οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ τὴν θέρμην αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς οι ός τέ ἐστιν ἀποκρυβῆναι· τοῦ γὰρ πυρὸς ου ἐλήλυθεν βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πάντες μεταλαμβάνουσιν, ω ς τινας τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντας γενέσθαι. 156 Ps 18,8b–10 ̔Η τοῦ

The Hidden Sins and Divine Cleansing§39

39The Lord's testimony, which testifies through good works and the knowledge of truth, is faithful. It is called faithful not from the act of believing, but from the worthiness of being believed, just as the Word 'Faithful' is said of the Faithful One, and concerning God it is said, 'God is faithful and there is no injustice in him' (1 Cor 10:13) and 'God is faithful through whom you were called' (1 Cor 1:9). For because of worthiness and the being worthy of being believed, it was so named, but also because of the certain and unchangeable nature. Thus indeed the Lord's faithful testimony makes wise those who have turned and become like children according to the will of Jesus.

And it makes wise even the newborn infants, those born through the gospel. Perhaps it also makes wise those little ones who have not been trained by disciplines and with the exercises of human words, but the unlettered and the laypeople. And the commands of the Lord, being outside of all crookedness, are straight, making straight those who receive them, so that they might cast off all sorrow and become in divine joy the soul.

And the fear of God is said to be pure, not a passion that casts one out from perfect love, but the same one that is characterized by piety and divine reverence. It does not work out the state of those who are merely fittingly pure, but it extends even unto the age to come, not being transient and short-lived. The judgments of the Lord are true. He who performs all things according to His own truth and judges, judges truly; as the apostle says: 'For the judgment of God is according to truth upon those practicing such things' (Rom 2:2). God judges according to truth, and the judgments are true—it is said 'true' in contrast to false and unjust judgments.

These true judgments are justified in the same way, whatever may happen, and in the same way it may become. For perhaps if anyone wished to see its truth and justice by itself, he would not clearly see it; for they testify to one another as whatever is, is to be held as testifying. These things, having been foreseen by the one who applied his own mind, are desirable, more precious than those among men. For he who has turned away his own desiring power from gold and precious stones, with longing toward the...

...

He will consume all of it into truly desirable things, and he will perceive the sweetness of these things more sweetly than the sweetness of a garden and honey in the senses. He will not taste it bodily, but by a divine sense he will perceive the sweetness of the things mentioned before. The servant of the Lord keeps these things. For indeed your servant keeps them; he is not saying this about himself alone, but also about every servant of the Lord. If one turns toward the guarding of these things something temporary and sensible, the recompense is not great; but since the recompense for the guarding of these things is supra-cosmic and supra-heavenly, it follows that it is great.

Everyone is aware of the manifest and effective sins, but the transgressions occurring in secret in the thoughts and reasonings, the one who sees them is rare; for who declares what is rare here? Paul, therefore, not being aware of anything to himself, knowing what is the rare thing to understand the aforementioned transgressions, says, 'Not in this I am justified' (cf. Rom 3:28). Furthermore, regarding the transgressions, who will understand? It lies to say, 'From my secret things cleanse me' (Ps 18:14c). This is said only by the righteous, since defilement occurs in the secret reasonings of the heart, which not only others but I myself am ignorant of; you, remove it, being a knower of those things which happen in secret. For this defilement, if it is not destroyed, becomes an increased starting-point and pretext to be captured by others; sparing your servant, do not let him be captured by others, having cleansed him from the secret things. For the sins occurring in secret, if not being cut off, may at some time pass over into practical sin, through which one might be involved with the things of God or with evil powers. God will spare his own servant, but if he does not spare his own Son, having handed him over above all, it is the loss of the Son for all, and not sparing leads to being lost for the salvation of all. And the Son himself will be outside of all harm, not receiving this even by nature.

He says it is a great sin, the effective one (Ps 18:15). For if he is not cleansed from my secret things, these transgressions remaining carry over into bad practice, and I become responsible for a great sin. If these...

Greek · §39

κυρίου μαρτυρία, η ν μαρτυρεῖ τοῖς καλοῖς ε ργοις καὶ τῇ γνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας, πιστή ἐστιν· οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ πιστεύειν ἀλλ' ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀξία ει ναι τοῦ πιστεύεσθαι κέκληται, ω σπερ καὶ τὸ Πιστὸς ὁ λόγος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀξιοπίστου ει ρηται καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ει ρηται ̔Ο θεὸς πιστὸς καὶ οὐκ ε στιν ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ Πιστὸς ὁ θεὸς δι' ου ἐκλήθητε. διὰ γὰρ τὸ ἀξιόχρεως καὶ τοῦ πιστεύεσθαι α ξιος ει ναι ου τως ὠνομάσθη, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ βέβαιον καὶ ἀμετάβλητον. ̔Η ου τως γοῦν πιστὴ τοῦ κυρίου μαρτυρία σοφοὺς ποιεῖ τοὺς στραφέντας καὶ γενομένους ὡς τὰ παιδία κατὰ τὸ βούλημα ̓Ιησοῦ. σοφίζει δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη, τὰ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου γεννηθέντα. τάχα δὲ κἀκείνους τοὺς νηπίους σοφίζει, τοὺς μὴ ἐντραφέντας ἀσκήσεσιν καὶ σὺν γυμνασίαις λόγων ἀνθρωπίνων ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀγραμμάτους καὶ ἰδιώτας. Τὰ δὲ δικαιώματα κυρίου πάσης σκολιότητος ἐκτὸς ο ντα εὐθεῖά ἐστιν, εὐθεῖς ποιοῦντα τοὺς παραδεχομένους αὐτά, ω στε καὶ πᾶσαν λύπην ἀποβαλόντας ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ θείᾳ γενέσθαι τὴν ψυχήν. ̔Αγνὸς δὲ ει ρηται ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος, οὐκ ω ν παθητικὸς οι ος ὁ ἐκβαλλόμενος ἀπὸ τῆς τελείας ἀγάπης ἀλλ' εὐλαβείᾳ καὶ θείῳ σεβασμῷ ὁ αὐτὸς ω ν. ου τος δὲ τοὺς προσηκαμένους ἁγνοὺς ἀπεργάζεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρεκτείνει μέχρι τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, οὐκ ω ν πρόσκαιρος καὶ ὀλιγοχρόνιος. Τὰ κρίματα τοῦ κυρίου ἀληθινά. ὁ πάντα ὁ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀλήθειαν ἐπιτελῶν καὶ κρίνων ἀληθινῶς κρίνει· ῃ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος· Οι δαμεν γὰρ ο τι τὸ κρίμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας. α ου ν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν κρίνει ὁ θεός, κρίματά ἐστιν ἀληθινά– ει ρηται δὲ ἀληθινὰ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν ψευδῶν καὶ ἀδίκων κριμάτων. ταῦτα δὴ τὰ ἀληθινὰ κρίματα δεδικαιωμένα ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, ο τ' α ν α μα καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γένηται. τάχα γὰρ εἰ ε καστον καθ' ἑαυτὸ θελήσοι τις ἰδεῖν, τὴν ἀληθότητα καὶ δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ τρανῶς οὐκ ο ψεται· η ρτηνται γὰρ ἀλλήλων ὡς ε καστον τοῦ ἐχομένου μαρτυρεῖσθαι οι όν ἐστιν. 157 Ps 18,11.12 Ταῦτα τὰ προτεθεωρημένα τῷ 42 ἐπιμεληθέντι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ διανοίας ἐπιθυμητὰ ὑπὲρ τὰ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις τίμιά ἐστιν. ὁ γὰρ ἀποστήσας τὴν ἐπιθυμητικὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἀπὸ χρυσοῦ καὶ λίθων τιμίων πόθῳ τῷ πρὸς τὸ ο ντως ἀγαθὸν πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἀναλώσει εἰς τὰ ἀληθῶς ὀρεκτά, καὶ γλυκύτερα αὐτὰ αἰσθήσεται τῶν ὡς ἐν αἰσθητοῖς γλυκυτάτων κηρίου καὶ μέλιτος. οὐ γεύσει δὲ σωματικῇ ἀλλ' αἰσθήσει θείᾳ ἀντιλήψεται τῆς γλυκύτητος τῶν προειρημένων. Ταῦτα δὴ φυλάξει ὁ τοῦ κυρίου δοῦλος. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ δοῦλός σου φυλάσσει αὐτά· οὐ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου τοῦτο λέγων ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ παντὸς δούλου κυρίου. Εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ φυλακῇ τούτων πρόσκαιρόν τι καὶ αἰσθητὸν ἀπηντᾷ, οὐκ η ν ἀνταπόδοσις πολλή· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑπερκόσμιος καὶ ὑπερουράνιος ἡ ἐπὶ τῇ τούτων φυλακῇ ἀνταπόδοσις, ἀκόλουθον πολλὴν αὐτὴν ει ναι. 158 Ps 18,13–14a Τὰς μὲν φανερὰς καὶ ἀποτελεσματικὰς ἁμαρτίας πᾶς τις ει σεται, τὰ δὲ ἐν κρυπτῷ γινόμενα παραπτώματα ἐν ταῖς ἐνθυμήσεσιν καὶ λογισμοῖς ὁ φωράσων σπάνιος· τὸ γὰρ Τίς ἐνταῦθα τὸ σπάνιον δηλοῖ. Παῦλος γοῦν οὐδὲν ἑαυτῷ συνειδὼς, ἐπιστάμενος ο τι σπάνιον τὸ συνιέναι τὰ προειρημένα παραπτώματα Οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ, ε φη, δεδικαίωμαι. ̔Εξῆς γοῦν τῷ Παραπτώματα τίς συνήσει; κεῖται τὸ ̓Απὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου καθάρισόν με· μονονουχὶ τοῦτο τοῦ δικαίου λέγοντος, ἐπεὶ ἐν τοῖς λογισμοῖς τοῖς κρυφίοις τῆς καρδίας συμβαίνει ῥύπον ει ναι ο ν οὐκ α λλοι μόνον ἀλλὰ κἀγὼ αὐτὸς ἀγνοῶ, σὺ περίελε αὐτόν, τῶν κρυπτῶν τυγχάνων γνώστης. συμβαίνει γὰρ τοῦτον τὸν ῥύπον, εἰ μὴ ἀφανισθείη, ἐπιταθέντα ἀφορμὴν καὶ πρόφασιν γενέσθαι τοῦ ἁλῶναί με ὑπὸ ἀλλοτρίοις· φειδόμενος ου ν τοῦ σοῦ δούλου μὴ ἐάσῃς αὐτὸν ὑπὸ ἀλλοτρίοις ἁλῶναι, ἀπὸ τῶν κρυφίων καθαρίσας αὐτόν. τὰ γὰρ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἁμαρτήματα μὴ ἐκκοπτόμενα μεταπέσοι α ν ποτε εἰς πρακτικὴν ἁμαρτίαν, δι' η ν περιτεύξεταί τις ἀλλοτρίοις θεοῦ η τοι πράγμασιν η τοι πονηραῖς δυνάμεσιν. φείσεται δὲ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ δούλου ὁ θεός, ο τ' α ν μὴ φείσεται τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντων παραδοὺς αὐτόν· τὸ γὰρ φείσασθαι τοῦ υἱοῦ πάντων ἀπώλεια, τὸ δὲ μὴ φείσασθαι πρὸς τὸ σωτηρίαν πᾶσιν γενέσθαι. καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ υἱὸς ἐκτὸς ε σται πάσης βλάβης, ταύτην δέχεσθαι οὐδ' ο λως πεφυκώς. 159 Ps 18,14c.15 Μεγάλην δὲ ἁμαρτίαν τὴν ἀποτελεσματικήν φησιν. εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἀπὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου καθαρισθείην, ἐπιμένοντα ταῦτα τὰ παραπτώματα εἰς πρᾶξιν φαύλην μεταφέρει, καὶ γίνομαι ὑπεύθυνος ἁμαρτίᾳ μεγάλῃ. Οτ' α ν ταῦτά

The Beauty of the Savior and the Fulfillment of Prayer§40

40If the words exist from you, then the words of my mouth are for acceptance; for I have previously prayed to you, praising you and thanking you; and the words of acceptance are worthy. The study of my intellect, occurring in thoughts and notions, is found always before you, free from all reproach. However, the praiseworthy study is not from another but has risen from you, having cleansed me from my secret faults. With you helping, O Lord, I fall not to any who fight against me spiritually. But if, through my inattention, I should be seized by the adversaries, you redeem me from those who have seized me, as you are found to be my helper and redeemer.

The one who is afflicted, making him joyful, is the word that exists in the soul, or the Holy Spirit who awakens him, he says (Ps 19:2–4): 'The Lord will hear you in a day of affliction.' Through progress, the afflicted learns not to be meager nor to cast down hopes, but to pour out himself to God through prayers; for prayer leads to hearing God. He does not urge the afflicted to pray in order to appear pious; 'The Lord will hear you in a day of affliction, and the name of the God of Jacob will protect you' (Ps 91:15). The presence of God, which has been made to dwell in Jacob, being a shield, is from you. One should seek why, God having enriched Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, the name of the God of Jacob, and not the God of Abraham and Isaac, protects the afflicted. Perhaps it is because, since Jacob has become in many sufferings and hardships as if his life were a symbol of the athletic life, the afflicted, practicing to endure tribulations and contending against them, is protected by the presence of God, which is that of Jacob, so that he, having become a wing-beater because of that, may flutter and strike down the afflictions and the evil spirits working them.

And from a holy place the help is sent, that of the heavenly temple (for the temple is called holy among the Hebrews), which is from the holy of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, it is said concerning: 'God from the heights and the Holy One from the strong Pharaoh shall overshadow like a dense cloud' (Ps 89:10). But the explanation will be mastered from the approaching verse. 'For from Zion shall He take hold of you, from there...'

The splendor of the Savior's beauty shines upon the race of men according to 'Out of Zion'. The first reading is understood as 'Out of the heavenly Zion of God'. 'May all your sacrifice be remembered', he prays, signifying this for the one being afflicted: that he will be released from this affliction as if he had offered a sacrifice thankfully, so that God may remember all your sacrifice, which is not such a sacrifice as is being approached, but a spiritual one. 'But also accepting your burnt offering, let it ascend'; it should be noted that a burnt offering differs from a sacrifice. For perhaps the name of sacrifice is laid upon the soulless things brought to the altar, whereas a burnt offering is a living victim.

Ps 19:5: God gives according to the heart of the one praying, whatever such things he requests; and it is proper to give to God, and it is beneficial to the receiver. For the prayer concerning these things, being done rightly, satisfies God. And 'to fulfill all your counsel'; counsel, that is, to fulfill the counsel being done rightly. And a counsel is fulfilled if it does not fail in its intentions, but meets those things about which it was pre-counseled.

Ps 19:6: And this is what is said concerning it: 'Behold, a Savior was born to us, who is Christ the Lord.' It is said that to speak of salvation is to speak of the salvation which is being saved, to whom God hearkens in a day of affliction, in which salvation there will be rejoicing. And 'we shall be magnified in the name of the Lord our God'. Unlike those being magnified in worldly things, we 'shall be magnified in the name of the Lord our God'. 'We shall be magnified' signifies progress in such goodness. For it does not say: 'We are great'. In this way, Isaac, as he went forward, became greater, as he became very great. And someone is magnified in the name of the Lord by performing the work of a genuine and perfect servant. A great encomium regarding that about which the word is: 'all his requests shall be fulfilled by the Lord, asking nothing which God does not provide'. And the fulfillment of requests is to emerge and come into abundance regarding those things for which someone was worthy.

Ps 19:7: The voice of Christ, sometimes upon the priest, sometimes upon the king, and sometimes upon the economy of the Word of God according to the flesh; one will say it was spoken upon David, and another upon Ezekiel regarding...

Greek · §40

μοι ὑπαρχθῇ παρὰ σοῦ, τότε εἰς εὐδοκίαν ἐστὶν τὰ λόγια τοῦ στόματός μου, α προήνεγκα εὐχόμενός σοι, ὑμνῶν σε, εὐχαριστῶν σοι· εἰς εὐδοκίαν δ' ἐστὶν τὰ λόγια τὰ ἀποδοχῆς α ξια. ̔Η μελέτη τοῦ διανοητικοῦ μου γινομένη ἐν λογισμοῖς καὶ νοήσεσιν, ἐκτὸς ου σα παντὸς μώμου, ἐνώπιόν σου τυγχάνει διαπαντός. τὸ μέντοι τῆς μελέτης α μεμπτον οὐκ α λλοθεν η ἐκ σοῦ ὑπῆρκται καθαρίσαντός με ἀπὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου. Σοῦ βοηθοῦντος, ω δέσποτα, οὐδενὶ ὑποπίπτω τῶν πνευματικῶς προσπολεμούντων. εἰ δὲ καὶ παρ' ἐμὴν ἀπροσεξίαν ἁλῶναι τοῖς ἐναντίοις συμβῇ, σύ με ἐκ τῶν κρατησάντων λύτρωσαι, α μα βοηθὸς καὶ λυτρωτής μου εὑρισκόμενος. 160 Ps 19,2–4 Τὸν θλιβόμενον εὐθυμοποιῶν η τοι ὁ ἐνυπάρχων τῇ ψυχῇ λόγος η τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα διεγεῖρον αὐτόν φησιν· ̓Επακούσαι σου κύριος ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεως. διὰ τῆς προκοπῆς μανθάνει ὁ θλιβόμενος μὴ ὀλιγωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰς ἐλπίδας καταβάλλειν ἀλλ' ἐξέχεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ προσευχῶν· τοῦ γὰρ ἐπακούειν θεὸν ἡγεῖται εὐχή. εἰς προσευχὰς ου ν παρακαλεῖ τὸν θλιβόμενον διὰ τοῦ φάναι· ̓Επακούσαι σου κύριος ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεως, ὑπερασπίσαι σου τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Ιακώβ. ἡ προσηγορία τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ προσοικειωθεῖσα τῷ ̓Ιακὼβ ἀσπὶς ὑπάρχουσα σοῦ ἐστιν. ζητητέον δὲ διὰ τί, θεοῦ χρηματίσαντος τοῦ ̓Αβραὰμ καὶ τοῦ ̓Ισαὰκ καὶ τοῦ ̓Ιακώβ, τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Ιακώβ, οὐχὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Αβραὰμ η ̓Ισαάκ, ὑπερασπίζει τοῦ θλιβομένου. μήποτε ου ν, ἐπεὶ ἐν πολλαῖς κακοπαθείαις καὶ ἐπιπόνοις ὁ ̓Ιακὼβ 43 γεγένηται ὡς τὸν βίον αὐτοῦ σύμβολον τῆς ἀθλητικῆς πολιτείας ει ναι, ὁ θλιβόμενος ἀσκούμενος ἐγκαρτερεῖν ταῖς θλίψεσιν καὶ ἀγωνίζεσθαι πρὸς αὐτὰς ὑπερασπίζεται ὑπὸ τῆς θεοῦ προσηγορίας, η τοῦ ̓Ιακώβ ἐστιν, ι να πτερνιστὴς κατ' ἐκεῖνον γεγενημένος πτερνίσῃ καὶ καταπαλαίσῃ τὰ θλιβερὰ καὶ τὰ ἐνεργοῦντα αὐτὰ πνεύματα πονηρά. ̓Εξ ἁγίου δὲ καταπέμπει βοήθειαν η τοῦ οὐρανίου ναοῦ (ὁ γὰρ ναὸς παρ' ̔Εβραίοις α γιον ὀνομάζεται) η ἐξ ἁγίου τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ ου λέγεται· ̔Ο θεὸς ἐκ Θεμᾶν η ξει καὶ ὁ α γιος ἐξ ο ρους Φαρᾶν κατασκίου δασέος. αυ τη δὲ ἡ ἐξήγησις κυριωθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιφερομένου στίχου. ̓Εκ Σιὼν γὰρ ἀντιλάβοιτό σου, τῷ ἐκεῖθεν τὸν σωτῆρα τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιλάμπειν κατὰ τὸ ̓Εκ Σιὼν ἡ εὐπρέπεια τῆς ὡραιότητος αὐτοῦ. μαρτυρηθείη δὲ καὶ ἡ πρώτη ἐκδοχή, ἐκ Σιὼν τῆς ἐπουρανίου ἀντιλαμβανομένου θεοῦ. Μνησθείη πάσης θυσίας σου, ἐπεύχεται, τῷ θλιβομένῳ τοῦτο σημαίνων· ε σται τὸ ῥυσθῆναί σε ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως ω στε εὐχαριστητικῶς θυσίαν προσενεγκεῖν, ι να πάσης τῆς ου τως προσαγομένης θυσίας σου μνησθείη ὁ θεὸς ου σης πνευματικῆς. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὁλοκαύτωμά σου ἀποδεχόμενος πιανάτω· σημειωτέον διαφέρειν θυσίαν ὁλοκαυτώματος. τάχα γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀψύχων προσαγομένων ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν κεῖται τὸ θυσίας ο νομα, τοῦ ὁλοκαυτώματος ἐμψύχου θύματος ο ντος. 161 Ps 19,5 ∆ίδωσι θεὸς κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ εὐχομένου, ο τ' α ν τοιαῦτα αἰτῆται, α καὶ θεῷ πρέπει διδόναι καὶ τῷ λαμβάνοντι συμφέρει. ἡ γὰρ περὶ τούτων αι τησις ὀρθῶς γινομένη ε ξει τὸν θεὸν παρέχοντα. Καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν βουλήν σου πληρώσαι· βουλὴν τουτέστιν τὴν βούλησιν ὀρθῶς γινομένην πληρώσαι. πληροῦται δὲ βούλησις, ο τ' α ν μὴ διαμάρτῃ ἐν ταῖς σκέψεσιν, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνα ἀπαντήσῃ περὶ ω ν προεβουλεύσατο. 162 Ps 19,6 Εστιν δὲ τοῦτο περὶ ου ει ρηται· ̓Ιδοὺ ἐτέχθη ἡμῖν σήμερον σωτήρ, ο ς ἐστιν Χριστὸς κύριος. λέγεται σωτήριον λέγειν τὴν σωτηρίαν η ν σῴζεται, ῳ ἐπακούει θεὸς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ θλίψεως, ἐφ' ῃ σωτηρίᾳ ἀγαλλίασις ε σται. Καὶ ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου θεοῦ ἡμῶν μεγαλυνθησόμεθα. α λλων ἐπὶ κοσμικοῖς πράγμασιν μεγαλυνομένων, ἡμεῖς ̓Εν ὀνόματι κυρίου θεοῦ ἡμῶν μεγαλυνθησόμεθα. σημαίνει δὲ τὴν ἐν τῷ ο ντως ἀγαθῷ προκοπὴν τὸ Μεγαλυνόμεθα. οὐ γὰρ ει πεν· μεγάλοι ἐσμέν. ταύτῃ τοι καὶ ὁ ̓Ισαὰκ προβαίνων μείζων ἐγίνετο, ε ως μέγας ἐγένετο σφόδρα. μεγαλύνεται δέ τις ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τὰ γνησίου καὶ τελείου δούλου ἐπιτελῶν. ̓Εγκώμιον μέγα τοῦ περὶ ου ὁ λόγος τὸ πληρωθήσεσθαι ὑπὸ κυρίου πάντα τὰ αἰτήματα αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν αἰτουμένου, ω ν μὴ παρέχει ὁ θεός. πλήρωσις δὲ αἰτήσεων τὸ ἐκβῆναι καὶ εἰς υ παρξιν ἐλθεῖν ἐκεῖνα, ὑπὲρ ω ν τις ἠξίωσεν. 163 Ps 19,7 Τῆς χριστοῦ φωνῆς ὁτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἱερέως, ὁτὲ δ' ἐπὶ τοῦ βασιλέως, ὁτὲ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ σάρκα τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου οἰκονομίας· ὁ μέν τις φήσει ἐπὶ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ εἰρῆσθαι, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ ̓Εζεκίου περὶ ου καὶ τὴν

The Crown of Precious Stones§41

41The hypothesis of the psalm is taken, and it is spoken regarding the human economy. Perhaps it is also for all those believing, fulfilling the body of Christ according to the teaching that not even Christ is one body, but many members; Christ is said to be saved, and those who have become his body and members may have salvation (1 Cor 12:27). And also to say 'Now I know'—for 'now' means in this present age we know Christ is saving, receiving the earnest of salvation from hereafter.

He hearkens to Christ according to every foretold repayment. And the right hand of God, that is, his Word, makes salvation, not by chance, but with power, like a best general or king. Regarding Ps 19:8, thinking of horses, the skittish powers of passions that ride upon them; and chariots, the concord of the rushing passions prepared against us. But even if not in these things, the unvanquishable defense of us is the approach of God. Regarding Ps 20:2–3, the one established as king upon Zion is truly and certainly king, rejoicing in divine joy from the power of God present to him. And let the whole psalm be interpreted concerning Christ the king and the one co-reigning with him, so that we are not compelled to signify this for every single word.

He does not fulfill the desire of the flesh, but walks by the Spirit (Gal 5:16). One strengthened by the Spirit receives the desire of the heart from God. For he, having abstained from the cravings of the flesh, hungers—that is, the mind hungers—and receives from God, who implants his desire in good things. But even if someone happens to be in need, he was not denied by the Lord because of the prayer of his lips. Regarding Ps 20:4–5, from 'Because you have preceded him in blessings of goodness'—by the causal connection of 'Because,' having used it, he showed what rejoices and exults in having been preceded in blessings of goodness. And regarding the contrast of blessings, not of goodness...

Here, goodness is set forth; for Jacob, in blessing the sons, will answer the sons in a manner of blessing who have some toil, as their anger is the accursed one. And if such a thing is to be lacking, God foretells a king and his imitator in blessings of goodness, lifting them up to the supra-cosmic promises, which are sent to be a pledge.

One is crowned from his own works and practices. Without doubt, he who has justly pursued the just shall receive the crown of righteousness (2 Tim 4:8), and he who has rightly glorified the Trinity shall bring the incorruptible crown of glory (1 Pet 5:4). And one having been satisfied by the Lord's crown of luxury protects himself, and he being saved by grace receives a crown of graces for his own head.

But also he who has treasured precious stones with gold and silver, from which he worked precious stones, shall be crowned, God restoring to him the head of the soul with the crown of precious stones; and being adorned with divine power in every virtue, he is called, 'All a good stone you have bound.' God crowns not in mercy, but will crown with precious stones a crown made of them, as also in hope he crowns those watching for it; for the Lord Sabaoth is the crown of hope, spread with glory (Isa 66:14).

And since the apostle writes to his own disciples, 'Joy and my crown' (Phil 4:1), perhaps also those who are known to Christ, being precious stones through virtuous character, having placed a crown, will be set upon the head of Christ, as Paul says to the disciples, 'Joy and my crown' (Philem 1:21). He asked life from you and you gave it to him. If the imitator of Christ is the one concerning whom the Word is, God has given eternal life to him who asked life from him; for the gift of God is eternal life (John 6:40). But if he speaks concerning Christ, regarding the one who asked life from him, the Father gave, so that he might vivify the dead (Eph 2:5). Length of days unto the age of ages; toward the life...

Greek · §41

ὑπόθεσιν ει ληφεν τοῦ ψαλμοῦ, ὁ δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀνθρωπίνως εἰρημένον. Τάχα δὲ καὶ τῶν πιστευόντων ἁπάντων συμπληρούντων τὸ σῶμα Χριστοῦ κατὰ τὸ Ου τω καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ε ν σῶμα, πολλὰ δὲ μέλη, σῴζεσθαι λέγεται ὁ Χριστός, ο τ' α ν οἱ γενόμενοι αὐτοῦ σῶμα καὶ μέλη σωτηρίαν ε χωσιν. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν Νῦν ε γνων. νῦν γὰρ τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι γινώσκομεν τὸν Χριστὸν σῳζόμενον τῷ ἀπεντεῦθεν ἀρραβῶνα σωτηρίας δέχεσθαι. ̓Επακούει τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀπόδοσιν προειρημένην. τὰ δεξιὰ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστιν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ, σωτηρίαν ποιεῖ, οὐχ ὡς ε τυχεν ἀλλ' ἐν δυναστείαις οι α στρατηγὸς η βασιλεὺς α ριστος. 164 Ps 19,8 Ιππους μὲν νοῶν τὰ σκιρτητικὰ τῶν παθῶν οι ς ἐπιβαίνουσιν αἱ ἀντικείμεναι δυνάμεις, α ρματα δὲ τὴν σύμπνοιαν τῶν ὁρμητικῶν παθῶν ἐν οι ς παρασκευάζονται καθ' ἡμῶν· ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ ου τοι ἐν τούτοις, ἀλλ' ἡμῶν ἀμυντήριον ἀκαταμάχητον ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορία. 44 165 Ps 20,2–3 ̔Ο κατασταθεὶς βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ Σιὼν ο ρος κυρίως καὶ ἀληθῶς βασιλεύς ἐστιν, εὐφραινόμενος θείαν εὐφροσύνην ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης αὐτῷ δυνάμεως θεοῦ. πᾶς δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς ἑρμηνευθείη περὶ Χριστοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τοῦ συμβασιλεύοντος αὐτῷ, ι να μὴ ἐφ' ἑκάστης λέξεως τοῦτο σημαίνειν ἀναγκαζώμεθα. ̔Ο ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς μὴ τελῶν τῷ πνεύματι περιπατεῖ. ου τος ἀνακραθεὶς τῷ πνεύματι ἐπιθυμίαν καρδίας λαμβάνει ἀπὸ θεοῦ. ὁ γὰρ τῶν τῆς σαρκὸς ὀρεκτῶν ἀπεσχημένος, α ὀρέγεται ἡ καρδία τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, λαμβάνει παρὰ θεοῦ ἐμπιμπλῶντος ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ τυχών τις ω ν δεῖται οὐκ ἐστερήθη ὑπὸ κυρίου τῆς δεήσεως τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ. 166 Ps 20,4–5 ̓Απὸ τοῦ Οτι προέφθασας αὐτὸν ἐν εὐλογίαις χρηστότητος αἰτιολογικῷ συνδέσμῳ τῷ Οτι χρησάμενος ε δειξεν ο τι εὐφραίνεται καὶ ἀγαλλιᾷ ἐπὶ τῷ προευφθάσθαι ἐν εὐλογίαις χρηστότητος. τὰ δὲ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν εὐλογιῶν, μὴ χρηστότητος, πρόσκειται ἐνταῦθα τῆς χρηστότητος· εὐλογῶν γὰρ ̓Ιακὼβ τοὺς υἱοὺς εὐλογίας τρόπῳ ἀπαντήσεσθαι τοῖς υἱοῖς ἐπίπονά τινα ει πεν, ὡς τὸ ̓Επικατάρατος ὁ θυμὸς αὐτῶν. καὶ ει τι τοιοῦτον ε λαττον προκείμενον, βασιλέα καὶ τὸν μιμητὴν αὐτοῦ προφθάνει ὁ θεὸς ἐν εὐλογίαις χρηστότητος, ἀναβιβάζων εἰς τὰς ὑπερκοσμίους ἐπαγγελίας ω ν ἐν ἀρραβῶνι ἀπεντεῦθέν ἐστιν γενέσθαι. ̓Εκ τῶν ε ργων καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἑαυτοῦ τις στεφανοῦται. ἀμέλει ὁ δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον διώξας ἀπολήψεται τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανον, καὶ ὁ ὀρθῶς περὶ τῆς τριάδος δοξάσας κομιεῖται τὸν ἀμαράντινον στέφανον τῆς δόξης. κατατρυφήσας δέ τις τοῦ κυρίου στεφάνῳ τρυφῆς ὑπερασπίζεται, καὶ ὁ χάριτι σωθεὶς στέφανον χαρίτων δέχεται εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κορυφήν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ θησαυρίσας μετὰ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου τιμίους λίθους, ὑφ' ω ν εἰργάσατο λίθων τιμίων, στεφθήσεται, θεοῦ ἀναδοῦντος αὐτοῦ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς κεφαλὴν τῷ στεφάνῳ τῷ ἐκ λίθων τιμίων· καὶ πρὸς δύναμιν δὲ θείαν κεκοσμημένην πάσῃ ἀρετῇ λέγεται Πάντα λίθον χρηστὸν ἐνδέδεσαι. ̔Ο ου ν στεφανῶν θεὸς ἐν ἐλέει καὶ οἰκτιρμοῖς στεφανώσει ἐκ λίθων τιμίων πεποιημένον στέφανον, ω σπερ καὶ ἐλπίδι τοὺς ἐπ' αὐτῷ καραδοκοῦντας· Εστι γὰρ κύριος Σαβαὼθ ὁ στέφανος τῆς ἐλπίδος ὁ πλακεὶς τῇ δόξῃ. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς Χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου, μήποτε καὶ οἱ Χριστοῦ γνώριμοι, λίθοι τίμιοι διὰ τὴν ευ τονον ἀρετὴν ο ντες, στέφανος πλακέντες ἐπιτεθήσονται τῇ Χριστοῦ κεφαλῇ μᾶλλον, Παύλου λέγοντος τοῖς μαθηταῖς Χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου. Ζωὴν ᾐτήσατό σε καὶ ε δωκας αὐτῷ. εἰ μὲν ὁ μιμητὴς Χριστοῦ ει η ὁ περὶ ου ὁ λόγος, ζωὴν αἰτησαμένῳ αὐτὸν τὴν αἰώνιον δέδωκεν ὁ θεός· Τὸ χάρισμα γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν. εἰ δὲ περὶ Χριστοῦ λέγει τὸ ζωὴν αἰτησαμένῳ αὐτῷ, ε δωκεν ὁ πατήρ, ι να ζωοποιήσῃ τοὺς νεκρούς. Μακρότητα ἡμερῶν εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος· πρὸς τῷ ζωὴν

The Hand of Judgment and the Right Hand of Salvation§42

42He asked to have obtained the length of days, so that he might have them immortally and without end. The length of days is received also by the one who has enlightened himself with the light of knowledge, as if he had a doctrine of truth enlightened within him; for each description of thought is a certain day.

The salvation of God acquires great glory for the king raised from the dead and for everyone rising together with him (Ps 20:6-8a). You will lay glory and majesty upon him, this glory which is according to the resurrection. And 'you will lay upon' signifies that even before this glory he had another, according to 'I glorified and again I will glorify.' And majesty is that which is becoming in great things. The becoming in great things has not happened concerning the Savior alone. For what is greater than to raise the dead and to walk upon the sea and his enormous miracles among those nearby? But even from his rising from the dead, the becoming in great things has exceeded for him; for he was taken up into the heavens and sat at the right hand of the Father, 'For you will give him blessing unto the age of ages.' All these things have exceeded for him, that blessing is given to him for the age of ages from the Father, by which he blesses those approaching him; then especially the curse having been turned for our sake, he redeemed us from the curse of the law regarding becoming mortal, through the blessing of Abraham (Gen 12:3). 'Rejoice him in joy before your face' (Ps 16:11). Oh, the same grace and peace are given from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ, the seed from God, such that the same joy from God and from his face comes to be; for the face is the character of his subsistence. And these things shall happen concerning the king, hoping in God the Lord, finding himself being of those who hope. For having approached the expected things through experience, he rejoices before the face of God. And otherwise: since your image is a face, and this is the God the Word, the king becoming with this face makes his temple profitable and, becoming conformed to him, rejoices in joy.

Having received oil from the Most High to be anointed with oil of exultation, he possesses an impassable priesthood from the anointing, according to the order of Melchizedek, a priest unto the age (Ps 20:8b-9). For that he shall not be shaken shows that he will not soon see the worthiness from which he is shaken.

Changing into something else. His hand is not found for a few, but for all the enemies of God, bringing punishments upon them and warring against those set against the divine law, according to 'The Lord fights with a hidden hand against Amalek' (1 Sam 15:30). And perhaps he means by enemies those bringing in thoughtlessness and embracing ungodliness. For if these do not set God before them, the hand would be found distressing them and bringing rebuke upon them, so that then they might know what God stands over of those who sin. He says 'hating God' here regarding those committing sin. For if in keeping the commandments the love of the perfect God is completed, according to 'If anyone loves me, he will keep my word' (John 14:23), he who does not keep the word and the commandments of God hates God. And he who hates thus is said to be perishing. Since there is no expectation of the Savior coming, the right hand of God, to seek and save the lost, it is fittingly said: 'May your right hand bring all who hate you to prosperity' (Ps 20:10).

But by what does the right hand differ according to the writings? One should consider the hand set upon punishments, as 'Your hand has utterly destroyed them' (Ps 6:10), and 'Now having sent the hand, I will strike you' (Ps 77:10) (and indeed 'The hand of the Lord has laid hold of me' Job 10:1); but the right hand is upon salvation and other good things; for 'His right hand saved him', and 'He made the right hand of the Lord a power', and 'The right hand of the Lord saved me' (Ps 18:35), and such things. It is fitting, then, that even here he says the hand is found punishing the enemies, but the right hand is found for those who hate Him, so that they might be found no longer in destruction.

Regarding Ps 20:10a, I think it is meant that they shall be cast upon the enemies; not that anyone is handed over for punishment to be cast as a furnace of fire always and continually, but as at the time of the shining of the divine face. And there also, 'the time' signifies not a duration of time but the kind of state of those capable of receiving the face of God. And I think also that the mention of the furnace was not in vain; for just as a furnace does not burn in vain or by chance, but for some useful purpose in baking bread or something similar, so also God sets punishments at the time to encounter such people as may be able to behold His face. Ps 20:10b The...

Greek · §42

ᾐτηκέναι καὶ μακρότητα ἡμερῶν ᾐτήσατο, ι ν' ε χῃ αὐτὴν ἀθανάτως καὶ ἀπεράντως. μακρότητα ἡμερῶν δέχεται καὶ ὁ φωτίσας ἑαυτῷ φῶς γνώσεως, ὡς ε καστον δόγμα τῆς ἀληθείας πεφωτισμένον ε χειν· ἑκάστη γὰρ περιγραφὴ νοήσεως ἡμέρα τίς ἐστιν. 167 Ps 20,6–8a Τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ δόξαν περιποιεῖ μεγάλην τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάντι βασιλεῖ καὶ παντὶ τῷ συναναστάντι αὐτῷ. ∆οξὰν καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐπιθήσεις ἐπ' αὐτόν, δόξαν ταύτην τὴν κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. τὸ δ' ̓Επιθήσεις σημαίνει ο τι καὶ πρὸ ταύτης τῆς δόξης ἑτέραν ει χεν κατὰ τὸ ̓Εδόξασα καὶ πάλιν δοξάσω. ε στιν δὲ μεγαλοπρέπεια τὸ ἐν μεγάλοις πρέπον. τὸ πρέπον ου ν περὶ τὸν σωτῆρα ἐν μεγάλοις γεγένηται. τί γὰρ μεῖζον τοῦ νεκροὺς ἐγείρειν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης βαδίσαι η τῶν παραπλησίων τεραστίων αὐτοῦ; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀναστάντος, ἐν μεγάλοις τὸ πρέπον αὐτῷ ὑπῆρκται· εἰς οὐρανοὺς γὰρ ἀνελήφθη καὶ ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκάθισεν, Οτι δώσεις αὐτῷ εὐλογίαν εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος. ταῦτα πάντα περὶ αὐτὸν ὑπῆρκται, ο τι εὐλογία αὐτῷ εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος δίδοται παρὰ τοῦ 45 πατρὸς καθ' η ν εὐλογεῖ τοὺς προσπελάζοντας αὐτῷ, τότε μάλιστα ο τε κατάρα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γεγενημένος ἐξηγόρασεν ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ νόμου κατάρας ἐπὶ τῷ εἰς τὰ ε θνη γενέσθαι τὴν εὐλογίαν τοῦ ̓Αβραάμ. Εὐφρανεῖς αὐτὸν ἐν χαρᾷ μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου. ω σπερ ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ αὐτὴ χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη δίδοται, ου τω τὴν αὐτὴν χαρὰν ἐκ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ γίνεσθαι συμβαίνει· πρόσωπον δὲ θεοῦ ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ. ταῦτα δὲ γενήσεται περὶ τὸν βασιλέα ἐλπίζοντα ἐπὶ θεὸν κύριον τυγχάνοντα τῶν ἐλπιζομένων. πείρᾳ γὰρ προσβαλὼν τοῖς προσδοκωμένοις εὐφραίνεται μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ. Καὶ α λλως· ἐπεὶ πρόσωπον ἡ εἰκών σου τυγχάνει, αυ τη δ' ἐστὶν ὁ θεὸς λόγος, μετὰ τούτου τοῦ προσώπου γινόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς ναὸς αὐτοῦ χρηματίζει καὶ σύμμορφος αὐτοῦ γινόμενος εὐφραίνεται ἐν χαρᾷ. 168 Ps 20,8b.9 Παρὰ τοῦ ὑψίστου ε λαιον λαβὼν τῷ κέχρισθαι ἐλαίῳ ἀγαλλιάσεως, ̓Απαράβατον ε χει τὴν ἐκ τῆς χρίσεως ἱερωσύνην, κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ ω ν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἱερεύς. τὸ γὰρ μὴ σαλευθῆναι αὐτὸν δηλοῖ μὴ πρόσκαιρον αὐτὸν ε ξειν ἀξίαν ἀφ' η ς ἐστιν σαλευθῆναι μεταβάλλοντα εἰς ε τερόν τι. Οὐ τισὶν ἀλλὰ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τοῦ θεοῦ εὑρίσκεται ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ η τοι κολάσεις αὐτοῖς ἐπιφέρουσα η πολεμοῦσα τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους τῷ θείῳ νόμῳ κατὰ τὸ Πολεμεῖ κύριος κρυφαίᾳ χειρὶ ἐπὶ ̓Αμαλήκ. καὶ τάχα ἐχθροὺς δύναται ἐνταῦθα λέγειν τοὺς ἀπρονοησίαν εἰσάγοντας καὶ ἀθεότητα ἀσπαζομένους. τούτοις γὰρ μὴ τιθεμένοις θεὸν εὑρεθείη ἡ χεὶρ θλίβουσα καὶ ἐπιτιμίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπιφέρουσα, ὡς τότε αὐτοὺς γνῶναι ο τι θεὸς ἐπιστατεῖ τῶν ο λων. Μισοῦντας ἐνταῦθα θεὸν λέγει τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας. εἰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ τηροῦντι τὰς ἐντολὰς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ τελειοῦται κατὰ τὸ ̓Εάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμὸν τηρήσει, ἀκολουθήσει τὸν μὴ τηροῦντα τὸν λόγον καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ μισεῖν τὸν θεόν. ὁ δὲ ου τως μισῶν ἀπολωλέναι λέγεται. ἐπεὶ ου ν προσδοκία ἐστὶν ἐλεύσεσθαι τὸν σωτῆρα ο ντα θεοῦ δεξιὰν ἐπὶ τῷ ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός, εἰκότως λέγεται· ̔Η δεξιά σου ευ ροι πάντας τοὺς μισοῦντάς σε. Τίνι δὲ διαφέρει κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς χεὶρ δεξιᾶς θεωρητέον. τὴν χεῖρα ἐπὶ τῶν κολάσεων τάττει, ὡς τὸ ̔Η χείρ σου ε θνη ἐξωλόθρευσεν, καὶ Νῦν ἀποστείλας τὴν χεῖρα πατάξω σε (Καὶ γὰρ χεὶρ κυρίου ἡ ἁψαμένη μού ἐστιν)· τὴν δὲ δεξιὰν ἐπὶ τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τῶν α λλων ἀγαθῶν· Εσωσεν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡ δεξιὰ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ∆εξιὰ κυρίου ἐποίησεν δύναμιν, καὶ ∆εξιὰ κυρίου υ ψωσέν με, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα. εἰκότως ου ν καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν μὲν χεῖρα εὑρίσκεσθαι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τιμωρουμένην αὐτούς φησιν, τὴν δὲ δεξιὰν εὑρίσκειν τοὺς μισοῦντας ο πως εὑρεθέντες μηκέτι ω σιν ἐν ἀπωλείᾳ. 169 Ps 20,10a Τὸ Θήσεις αὐτοὺς ἀναφέρεσθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς νομίζω, ου ς τινας διὰ τὸ κολάσει παραδεδόσθαι θήσει ὡς κλίβανον πυρὸς οὐκ ἀεὶ καὶ ἐπ' α πειρον ἀλλ' ε ως τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς ἐπιλάμψεως τοῦ θεϊκοῦ προσώπου. σημαίνει δὲ κἀνταῦθα ὁ καιρὸς οὐ χρόνον ἀλλὰ τὴν ποίαν κατάστασιν τῶν δυναμένων χωρῆσαι τὸ θεοῦ πρόσωπον. νομίζω δὲ καὶ τὸ τοῦ κλιβάνου ο νομα μὴ μάτην παρειλῆφθαι· ὡς γὰρ οὐ μάτην οὐδ' ὡς ε τυχεν ἐκκαίεται κλίβανος ἀλλ' ἐπί τινι τέλει χρηστῷ η ἀρτοποιΐᾳ η α λλῳ τινὶ τοιούτῳ, ου τω καὶ τὰς κολάσεις τίθεται θεὸς ἐπὶ τῷ καιρὸν ἀπαντῆσαι τοιοῦτον καθ' ο ν ἐνιδεῖν τῷ προσώπῳ αὐτοῦ δυνήσονται. 170 Ps 20,10b Τοὺς

The Face of God and the Morning Perception§43

43Those being disturbed by wickedness and false glory, being agitated by the allurements of pleasure, God shall shake in His wrath, and those being disturbed by the expectation of punishment.

But these are not consumed by a fire that is entirely physical, but by that which follows the disease of the soul; rather, when the soul repents for the evils it has done, a penalty of fire pierces it, or when dissatisfaction arises in it, a fire analogous to the diseases of the body is generated.

For just as bodily foods, when consumed beyond what is necessary, which can cause illness, bring on feversose who have eaten them, so too, from these foods, a fitting fire will follow the wickedness and the worthless doctrines; it consumes them not by destroying their soul's essence (for it is indestructible) but their quality, according to which wood becomes hay, stubble, or weeds, so that when the things that joined them are consumed, the pure essence that was bound remains visible.

And here it is shown not that their essence is perishing, but that they bore fruit badly: 'for your works are weary and worthless' (Ps 20:11). Just as plants bearing perfect fruit project seed from that fulfilled fruit to become plants similar to themselves, so those having borne the seed of teachings in wickedness and impiety are cast down to make others like them, worthless and impious. God destroys this seed from among the sons of men.

'They turned evil toward him' (Ps 20:12) referring to the false doctrines concerning Him, attributing the cause of wickedness to Him; and the traitors and enemies of Him, having been proven, turned evil toward the Savior. It should be noted that evil is accomplished by turning aside, and not by straightness, as the good are seeds.

For all the worthless, having turned aside, act against the incapable; for they deliberate treacherously against the one who will not suffer harm. Perhaps also every evil man, through whom one sins, deliberates a plan that is unable to stand, because wickedness is unstable and not abiding. 'For you will set them low; with the remnant you will prepare their face' (Ps 20:13). God does not turn away; He sets these low, making them capable of being a face. And just as those who do not see the...

The silence of God allows one with a pure heart to contemplate His works and those following Him, so that observing His creation they may grasp His mind, and having cast off weakness to have a pure face, they approach God and give Him the face of God. Therefore he says: 'And in your remnants you prepare their face' (Ps 20:14a), for the remnants of God are those things above His sensible creations.

Since descending with our weakness, you took up something weak, O He who is stronger than men, having been crucified out of weakness, 'Exalt yourself in your power' (Ps 20:14b). It is terrible to take up through contemplation, but to sing is to act according to virtue. Contemplating the intelligible of the powers and acting according to them, we see and sing of your powers, you who ruled as a triumphal king against the devil and the opposing powers. It is also possible to declare the graciousness: we cry out to you, having ruled against death.

Morning perception is made straight by the rising of the sun of righteousness and the making of the beginning of the day; for the rising of the true light has laid an end to the night of ignorance and error and has shone a spiritual illumination. And that which begins toward the end of perfect illumination will arrive, through which all other spiritual things were spiritually completed at the end, not because of all other things, but it itself is nothing, which they also call the last, because no one desires anything above this, this being the ultimate good.

The prophecy of the present psalm points toward the end of the morning perception of David, that is, of him who was born of his seed according to the flesh. And this must be kept: he who guards the face, saying from beginning to end, no single change is found regarding the saying 'face'. And since the New Testament has taken words from the psalm as if spoken by Christ, it is necessary to interpret all of it from the face of Christ. Let us declare the words which the New Testament used, having reached them. It is to be noted that instead of 'calling', 'falling' has been used correctly; instead of...

Greek · §43

διαναπαυομένους ἐπὶ κακίᾳ καὶ ψευδοδοξίᾳ τῷ θέλγεσθαι ὑπὸ ἡδονῆς συνταράξει ὁ θεὸς ἐν ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ, θορυβουμένους ἐπὶ προσδοκίᾳ τιμωρίας. τούτους δὲ ου τω διατεθέντας καταφάγεται πῦρ οὐ σωματικὸν πάντως ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀκολουθοῦν τῇ νόσῳ τῆς ψυχῆς, η τοι μεταμελουμένης ἐφ' οι ς ε δρασεν κακοῖς αὐτῆς τῆς μεταμελείας δίκην πυρὸς διεσθιούσης αὐτήν, η τῆς δυσαρεστήσεως γεννώσης αὐτῇ πῦρ ἀνάλογον ταῖς τοῦ σώματος νόσοις. ω σπερ γὰρ αἱ σωματικαὶ τροφαὶ πέρα τοῦ δέοντος προσενεχθεῖσαι η νοσοποιὸν ποιότητα ε χουσαι πυρετοὺς ἐγείρουσιν τοῖς 46 βεβρωκόσιν, ου τω τοῖς τραφεῖσιν τὴν κακίαν καὶ τὰ φαῦλα δόγματα ἀκολουθήσει ἐκ τούτων τῶν τροφῶν κατάλληλον πῦρ, ο καταφάγεται αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἀναλίσκον αὐτῶν τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς οὐσίαν (ἀνώλεθρος γὰρ αυ τη) ἀλλὰ τὴν ποιότητα, καθ' η ν ξύλα χόρτον καλάμην α χυρα καὶ ζιζάνια γεγένηνται, ι να τῶν ἐπισυμβάντων ἀναλωθέντων καθαρὰ ἡ δεδεγμένη αὐτὰ οὐσία ὀφθῇ. 171 Ps 20,11 Καὶ ἐνταῦθα δείκνυται οὐχ ἡ οὐσία αὐτῶν ἀπολλυμένη ἀλλ' α κακῶς ἐκαρποφόρησαν· ε ξεις δὲ μοχθηραὶ καὶ φαῦλα ε ργα ἐστίν. Ωσπερ τὰ καρπὸν τέλειον φέροντα φυτὰ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πληρωθέντος καρποῦ προβάλλονται σπέρμα ἐπὶ τῷ ο μοια αὐτοῖς ε τερα φυτὰ γενέσθαι, ου τως οἱ ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ δυσσεβείᾳ καρποφορήσαντες διδασκαλίας σπέρμα καταβάλλονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοίους αὐτῶν φαύλους καὶ δυσσεβεῖς ποιῆσαι. τούτου τὸ σπέρμα ἀφανίζει θεὸς ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 172 Ps 20,12.13 Εκλιναν εἰς αὐτὸν κακὰ η τοι α θεα περὶ αὐτοῦ δόγματα η τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς κακίας προσάπτοντες αὐτῷ· ἐξέκλιναν δὲ κακὰ εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα οἱ προδόται καὶ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένοι. σημειωτέον ο τι κατ' ε κκλισιν ἐπιτελεῖται τὰ κακὰ καὶ οὐ κατ' εὐθύτητα ω σπερ τὰ ἀγαθά. διὰ πάντων δὲ οἱ φαῦλοι διαστραφέντες καὶ ἀδυνάτοις ἐγχειροῦσιν· διαλογίζονται γὰρ ἐπιβουλευτικῶς κατὰ τοῦ βλάβην μὴ ὑπομένοντος. τάχα δὲ καὶ πᾶς κακός, δι' ω ν ἁμαρτάνει, διαλογίζεται βουλὴν τὴν μὴ δυναμένην στῆναι τῷ ἀβέβαιον καὶ μὴ μένουσαν ει ναι τὴν κακίαν. Οτι θήσεις αὐτοὺς νῶτον· ἐν τοῖς περιλοίποις σου ἑτοιμάσεις τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν. ου ς ἀποστρέφεται ὁ θεός, τούτους νῶτον τίθεται δυναμένους ει ναι πρόσωπον. Η καὶ ου τως· τοὺς μὴ οι ους τε ὁρᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ μὴ ε χειν καρδίαν καθαρὰν τίθεται κατανοεῖν τὰ ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ τὰ μετ' αὐτὸν ο ντα δημιουργήματα, ι να τὴν κτίσιν αὐτοῦ θεωροῦντες ε ννοιαν αὐτοῦ λάβωσιν, ι να καὶ ἀποβαλόντες δι' α ἀδυνάτως ε σχον καθαρὸν ε χειν πρόσωπον, προσβαλόντες τῷ θεῷ αὐτὸ τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πρόσωπον ι δωσιν. διό φησιν· Καὶ ἐν τοῖς περιλοίποις σου ἑτοιμάσεις τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν. περίλοιπα δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ἀνωτέρω τῶν αἰσθητῶν κτισμάτων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. 173 Ps 20,14a ̓Επεὶ συγκαταβαίνων τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ ἡμῶν ἀσθενές τι ἀνείληφας ο περ ἰσχυρότερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, σταυρωθεὶς ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ̔Υψώθητι ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου. 174 Ps 20,14b Τὸ ᾳ δειν ἐπὶ θεωρίας ληπτέον, τὸ δὲ ψάλλειν ἐπὶ τῷ κατὰ ἀρετὴν ἐνεργεῖν. θεωροῦντες ου ν τὸ νοητὸν τῶν δυναστείων καὶ πράττοντες κατ' αὐτάς, Αισομεν καὶ ψαλοῦμεν τὰς δυναστείας σου, α ς ἐδυναστεύσας οι α τροπαιοῦχος βασιλεὺς κατὰ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων. δύναται δηλοῦν καὶ τὸ Χαριστηρίους αι νους ἀνακρουσόμεθά σοι δυναστεύσαντι κατὰ τοῦ θανάτου. 175 Ps 21,1 ̓Αντίληψις ἑωθινὴ κατορθοῦται, τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀνίσχοντος καὶ ἀρχὴν ἡμέρας κατασκευάζοντος· ἡ γὰρ ἀνατολὴ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς τῇ νυκτὶ τῆς ἀγνοίας καὶ πλάνης τέλος ἐπιθεῖσα ε ω πνευματικὴν ἀνέλαμψεν. αυ τη δὲ ἀρχομένη ἐπὶ τέλος φωτισμοῦ τελείου καταντήσει, δι' ο ν φωτισμὸν πάντα τὰ α λλα πνευματικὰ πνευματικῶς ἐτελέσθη τῷ τέλος ει ναι, ου χάριν τὰ α λλα πάντα, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐδενὸς ε νεκα, ο καὶ ε σχατον ὀρεκτὸν καλοῦσιν τῷ μὴ ει ναι ἀνωτέρω τούτου ου τις ὀρεχθείη τῷ τοῦτο ει ναι τὸ τελικώτατον ἀγαθόν. ̔Η προγραφὴ ου ν τοῦ προκειμένου ψαλμοῦ εἰς τέλος ᾳ δεται τῆς ἑωθινῆς ἀντιλήψεως τῷ ∆αυίδ, τουτέστιν τῷ ἐκ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα γεγενημένῳ. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τηρητέον ο τι φυλάττει πρόσωπον ε ν λέγον ἀπ' ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους ὁ ψαλμὸς οὐδὲ μιᾶς μεταβολῆς εὑρισκομένης περὶ τὸ λέγον πρόσωπον. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη λέξεις ἀπὸ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ε λαβεν ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ῥηθείσας, ἀνάγκη πάντα αὐτὸν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἑρμηνεῦσαι. δηλώσομεν δὲ τὰς λέξεις, αι ς ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐχρήσατο, ἐπ' αὐτὰς φθάσαντες. 47 176 Ps 21,2a Σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι ὀρθῇ πτώσει ἀντὶ κλητικῆς κέχρηται· ἀντὶ

The Nature of Salvation and the Divine Origin of Christ§44

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

44For to say, 'My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?'—that God, my God, is what he does in many places in the Scripture (Ps 21:2). He does not wish to say this specifically: that the general and true God, being my God, is encountering me while I am being fought against and experiencing many afflictions; for why have you forsaken me? The voice is inquiring about the cause of the abandonment. Since he possessed a great purity with himself (for sin was not necessary), he did not believe he was being forsaken because of sin, but because of something else that is beneficial to the whole. He does not wish this to become manifest through himself suffering, but through those seeing him; for having known what was forsaken for their sake, they will praise him as Savior.

Therefore, let us speak the words of the transgressions, not the pronunciations concerning the transgressions. For just as we say a word of heaven by which it has become, and a word of the sun by which it has risen, so also we shall say the words of transgressions, and not that the transgressions themselves drew the Savior into his own body. But his body brought these words of transgressions before the passion, and having risen from the dead—he who is also said to have saved—he held the words of the aforementioned sins far from his salvation, having stripped off the ruling principles and powers that work the transgressions, and he triumphed over them in himself, speaking boldly upon the cross.

It is allegorical that the cry 'O how I suffer something' to you, my God, is not only regarding those surrounding him in affliction and darkness at night (Ps 21:3), but also regarding those who are bright and shining, to whom I will again cry 'O how something harmful might come from the snare.' The Savior, confessing these things concerning us, says: 'O how will you hear when I cry to you?' For it is to be read with an undertone: 'And at night I will cry out,' not being considered by me as madness; the ones surrounding him are the dark ones, those darkened by many circumstances, just as he himself says 'Why must I cry out to God?'—is he ignorant? For I know what kind of night-state is around me.

The fathers from whom I am according to the flesh (they are not the patriarchs) have hoped in you, desiring my illumination (Ps 21:5). But having hoped, they did not fail; they were rescued.

For they were delivered and rescued from death and the devil by me. For they themselves, having cried out to you, abstained from the salvation which is through me and from me. For they did not become despondent toward you, hoping; for they abstained from the things of hope and expectation.

Those saying these things are law-learners, being promise-givers, falsely glorifying regarding providence. For the same things would be said by one being struck by Isaiah, and others have suffered for the sake of piety. For we do not say that to be rescued and saved from those standing around as oppressors means to become something outside of them, but to bravely and through toil endure them, so that the mind might not be harmed by the right intention being cast out by the pains. We say, indeed, that the witnesses of the truth, having suffered ten thousand things and having died by tortures, were rescued and were saved from the tribulations; for those having come to be outside of the tribulations through denial were not only not rescued and saved from the temptations, but were also exhausted by them.

For perhaps he who is conceived of seed, having been brought to completion in the womb, having been filled with the time of birth, is thrust forth from that womb to the outside. But the Father alone thrusts the Savior out from the womb of the Virgin, not having been cast into her from the outside by seed, but having been thrust out from her, from the divine offspring. To other men, hoping and expecting the things to come happens after the fulfillment of the word has come to pass with ages. But the child from Mary alone hopes for perfection; for God holds the hope; for he was never born in wickedness, unlike all men who grasp at the good through ignorance and malice. And Isaiah says this: Before he knows good or evil, he disobeys in wickedness to choose the good. Before the becoming-man, Jesus alone possessed intimacy toward the Father; for his Father was God, and he himself was the Son of God. But after becoming flesh, he came forth from the womb having a relationship like the relationship to God. Therefore he says: 'Even if you are always my Father, you are also my God, I will rescue you from the womb of the mother.' When the tribulation is present, God is with him who is...

Greek · §44

γὰρ τοῦ εἰπεῖν Θεέ μου θεέ μου ι να τί, ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ θεός μου ει πεν· ε θος δὲ τῇ γραφῇ ἐν πολλοῖς τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ο ου ν βούλεται εἰπεῖν τοῦτό ἐστιν· ὁ καθόλου καὶ ἀληθινὸς θεὸς θεός μου τυγχάνων πρόσχες μοι πολεμουμένῳ καὶ πολλοῖς ἐπιπόνοις περιτύχοντι· Ινα τί γὰρ ἐγκατέλιπές με; πυνθανομένου δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἐγκαταλείψεως ἡ φωνή. ἐπεὶ γὰρ συνῄδει ἑαυτῷ α κραν καθαρότητα (οὐκ ῃ δει γὰρ ἁμαρτίαν), ἠπίστατο μὴ ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἐγκαταλελεῖφθαι ἀλλὰ δι' ε τερόν τι τῷ παντὶ συμφέρον. τοῦτ' ου ν βούλεται φανερὸν γενέσθαι, οὐ δι' ἑαυτὸν πάσχοντα ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ὁρῶντας αὐτόν· γνόντες γὰρ ο τι δι' αὐτοὺς ἐγκατελείφθη ὑμνήσουσιν αὐτὸν ὡς σωτῆρα. 177 Ps 21,2b Λεκτέον τοίνυν λόγους παραπτωμάτων, οὐ τὰς περὶ τῶν παραπτωμάτων προφοράς. ὡς γάρ φαμεν λόγον οὐρανοῦ καθ' ο ν γέγονεν καὶ λόγον ἡλίου δι' ο ν ὑπῆρκται, ου τω καὶ λόγον παραπτωμάτων ἐροῦμεν καὶ οὐκ αὐτὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἀνειληφέναι τὸν σωτῆρα εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα. τούτους δὲ τοὺς τῶν παραπτωμάτων λόγους πρὸ τοῦ πάθους ε φερεν αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα, ἀναστὰς δὲ ἐκ νεκρῶν, ο τε καὶ σεσῶσθαι λέγεται, μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ τοὺς λόγους τῶν προειρημένων ἁμαρτημάτων ε σχεν, ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἐνεργούσας τὰ παραπτώματα ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας ο τε ἐθριάμβευσεν αὐτὰς ἐν αὐτῷ παρρησιασάμενος ἐπὶ τῷ σταυρῷ. 178 Ps 21,3 Οὐ μόνον ἐπιπόνων καὶ σκυθρωπῶν περιεστηκότων α νὺξ ἀλληγορικῶς ἐστιν βοῶ πρός σε Θεέ μου ο πως μὴ πάθω τι, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ φαιδρῶν καὶ λαμπρῶν ο ντων τῶν κατ' ἐμὲ πάλιν κράξω ο πως μὴ βλαβερόν τι ἐξ ἐπάρματος γένηται. ταῦτα δὲ περὶ ἡμῶν ἐξομολογούμενος ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει· ου τω δέ μου βοῶντος οι δα ο τι εἰσακούσῃ. μεθ' ὑποστιγμῆς γὰρ ἀναγνωστέον· Καὶ νυκτὸς δὲ κεκράξομαι, οὐκ ἀνοίας μοι λογιζομένης, ο τε τὰ περιεστηκότα ἐστὶν σκυθρωπά, τῶν πολλῶν ἐν ταῖς περιστάσεσιν σκοτιζομένων ὡς καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τί δεῖ κράζοντα πρὸς θεὸν λέγειν ἀγνοεῖν· ἐπίσταμαι γὰρ ἐγὼ τίνος ε νεκα περὶ ἐμὲ νυκτερινὴ κατάστασίς ἐστιν. 179 Ps 21,5.6 Καὶ οἱ πατέρες δὲ ἐξ ω ν εἰμι τὸ κατὰ σάρκα (ου τοί εἰσιν οἱ πατριάρχαι) ἐπὶ σοὶ η λπισαν προσδοκῶντες τὴν ἐμὴν ἐπίλαμψιν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλπίσαντες οὐκ ἀπέτυχον· ἐρρύσθησαν γὰρ ἀπὸ θανάτου καὶ διαβόλου, ἐμοῦ λυτρωσαμένου καὶ ῥυσαμένου αὐτούς. πρὸς σὲ γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ βοήσαντες τὴν δι' ἐμοῦ καὶ ἐξ ἐμοῦ σωτηρίαν ε σχον. οὐ γὰρ κατῃσχύνθησαν ἐπὶ σὲ ἐλπίσαντες· ἀπέσχον γὰρ τὰ τῆς ἐλπίδος καὶ προσδοκίας. 180 Ps 21,9 Ιστωσαν δὲ οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες, νομομαθεῖς ει ναι ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, ψευδοδοξοῦντες περὶ τῆς προνοίας. τὰ γὰρ αὐτὰ λέξειεν α ν τις ̔Ησαΐου πριζομένου, καὶ οι τινες α λλοι ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας πεπόνθασιν. ἡμεῖς γὰρ τὸ ῥυσθῆναι καὶ σωθῆναι ἐκ τῶν περιεστηκότων ἐπιπόνων οὐ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν γενέσθαι φαμέν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀνδρείως καὶ τλητικῶς αὐτὰ ἐνεγκεῖν, ω στε μὴ βλαβῆναι τὴν διάνοιαν ἐκκρουομένης τῆς ὀρθῆς προθέσεως ἐκ τῶν πόνων. τοὺς γοῦν μάρτυρας τῆς ἀληθείας, μυρία ο σα παθόντας καὶ ἐναποθανόντας ταῖς βασάνοις, ἐρρύσθαι καὶ σεσῶσθαι ἐκ τῶν θλίψεων λέγομεν· οἱ γὰρ ἐκτὸς τῶν θλιβερῶν δι' ἀρνήσεως γεγενημένοι οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐρρύσθησαν καὶ ἐσώθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν πειρασμῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατεπόθησαν ὑπ' αὐτῶν. 181 Ps 21,10.11 Τάχα γὰρ ὁ ἐκ σπέρματος συλληφθείς, τελεσφορηθεὶς ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ πληρωθέντος τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς ἀποτέξεως, ὑπ' αὐτῆς τῆς μήτρας ἐπὶ τὰ ε ξω προβάλλεται. μόνον δὲ τὸν σωτῆρα ὁ πατὴρ ἐκ τῆς γαστρὸς τῆς παρθένου ἐκσπᾷ, οὐκ ε ξωθεν σπέρματος αὐτῇ καταβληθέντος ἀλλ' ἐξ αὐτῆς τοῦ θείου τόκου ἐξεσπασμένου. Τοῖς α λλοις ἀνθρώποις τὸ ἐλπίζειν καὶ προσδοκᾶν τὰ μέλλοντα μετὰ συμπλήρωσιν τοῦ λόγου ἐφ' ἡλικίαις γενομένοις ἐπέρχεται. μόνον δὲ τὸ ἐκ Μαρίας βρέφος ἀπὸ μαστῶν τῆς μητρὸς ἐλπίζει τελειότητα· θεὸν γὰρ ε χει τὴν ἐλπίδα· οὐδέποτε γὰρ ἐν κακίᾳ γεγένηται, πάντων ἀνθρώπων μετὰ α γνοιαν καὶ πονηρίαν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀσπαζομένων. 48 καὶ τοῦτο δηλῶν ̔Ησαΐας ε λεγεν· Πρὶν η γνῶναι αὐτὸν ἀγαθὸν η κακὸν ἀπειθεῖ πονηρίᾳ τοῦ ἐκλέξασθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν. Πρὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς μόνην τὴν πρὸς πατέρα ε φερεν οἰκειότητα· η ν γὰρ αὐτοῦ πατὴρ ὁ θεός, καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς θεοῦ. ἀφ' ου δὲ σὰρξ γενόμενος ἐκ κοιλίας προῆλθεν σχέσιν ε σχεν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τὴν πρὸς θεόν. διό φησιν· Εἰ καὶ ἀεὶ πατήρ μου τυγχάνεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεός μου ει ναι η ρξω ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός. 182 Ps 21,12 Παρούσης θλίψεως συνὼν ὁ θεὸς οι ός τέ ἐστιν

The Body of Christ and the Dissolution of the Soul§45

45To provide endurance as if to bring forth the one being afflicted, but in the absence of God, those surrounding him are strong. He does not rejoice, the one saying the psalm, which becomes a type for us humans and teaches us in trials not to pray that such things might happen to him, so that God might be absent, since in the presence of God he would strike down those raising up affliction. For if God were to depart from someone, there would be no helper for that person (Ps 21:13-14).

And if calves and the evil powers working around earthly and bodily things (for this animal is a tiller of the earth), and those presiding over false doctrines through deceptive words and sophisms, they turn out to be fat bulls with horns, being so because of being ostensibly learned and adorned in phrasing. And it is also possible for the Jews, diving into the law from which they find calves, named as such, to surround the Lord hostily; and Pontius Pilate and if there are others existing in the pride of horned bulls, are striving to enclose him.

The Savior says these things also concerning his own body, the church, seeing men as low-dwellers and working the earth, hostily surrounding his body: 'Many calves have surrounded me.' And setting aside from them the thing awakened to evil and the preparation for affliction, he says: 'They opened their mouth against me like a lion seizing and roaring' (Ps 21:15). For their mouth is opened to seize the deceived; the sophist is the word. Perhaps 'like a lion seizing and roaring' refers to the devil, from whom the good shepherd was torn by two legs and an earlobe, consuming through disobedience the ear of the man of the soul, and through the legs its course. Since those who have believed are the body of Christ, the things of those who have believed...

Taking upon himself the suffering, he says these things: it has happened to those who complete his body. Since the sheep did not remain scattered when the shepherd was struck, he says, as Hosea says, 'a gift was poured out' (Hosea 14:7); for the gift having been emptied is scattered. But also concerning the apostles he says, 'All my bones were scattered' (Ps 22:14); for they themselves are his bones because of the good tension and the holding together of the whole body.

Perhaps someone's heart is melting like wax in the midst of the belly (Ps 22:15), and the soul sees those who have suffered labor pains and those bearing calamity born by it. Since, therefore, the things foretold concerning the disciples of Jesus have happened, his heart being divided toward them lovingly, he endured the passion of wax, burning in the midst of the belly, sympathizing with those he bore. But also the sweetness of the heart was like wax that was melting, and the food became and entered into the stomach; for the thoughts of the heart, having been eaten like wax, descended into the belly, melting and thinning through continuous study, in order that the substance of the eaten might be restored.

But also the strength, having been brought into the furnace of life, was dried up like an earthen vessel; for after the experience of tribulations, as one coming out of a furnace, he will receive the dryness of an earthen vessel, no longer being moistened by the moisture of the clay and the flux of pleasures. Of the scattered listeners, no longer being present, the tongue is not active in teaching and conversing, being inactive if it is stuck to the throat; for the one bringing forth a word moves, not being hindered by the sticking to the throat.

'Dust of death' perhaps is to be said, the 'body of death' being named by Paul (2 Cor 4:4); for this is truly fashioned from the earth. And 'dust of death' is said regarding the one who is born and will die. For if the being laid up is to be entwined with the body, it is necessary also that a dissolution take place, which is death.

Greek · §45

καρτερίαν παρασχεῖν ὡς γενναιάζειν τὸν θλιβόμενον, ἀπόντος δὲ θεοῦ ἰσχυρὰ τὰ περιεστηκότα. ευ χεται ου ν ὁ τὸν ψαλμὸν λέγων, τύπος ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γινόμενος καὶ διδάσκων ἡμᾶς ἐν πειρασμοῖς ου τω προσεύχεσθαι, μὴ τοιαῦτα αὐτῷ πραχθῆναι ἐφ' οι ς α ν χωρῇ θεός, ι να παρόντος θεοῦ καταπαλαίσῃ τοὺς ἐγείροντας τὴν θλῖψιν. εἰ γὰρ ἀποσταίη τινὸς ὁ θεός, οὐχ ὑπάρξει ἐκείνῳ βοηθός. 183 Ps 21,13.14 Μόσχοι δ' α ν ει εν καὶ αἱ περὶ τὰ γήϊνα καὶ σωματικὰ ἐνεργοῦσαι πονηραὶ δυνάμεις (γεωπόνον γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ ζῷον), αἱ δὲ ψευδοδοξίας προϊστάμεναι δι' ἀπατηλῶν λόγων καὶ σοφισμάτων κερατίζουσαι ταῦροι τυγχάνουσιν πίονες ο ντες διὰ τὸ δῆθεν πολυμαθὲς καὶ κεκομψευμένον τῆς φράσεως. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ̓Ιουδαίους κατὰ νόμον βουθυτοῦντας ἐξ ω ν ἐπιτηδεύουσιν μόσχους ὠνομασμένους περικυκλοῦν ἐχθρικῶς τὸν κύριον· Πόντιος δὲ Πιλᾶτος καὶ ει τινες α λλοι ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ταῦροι κερατισταὶ ὑπάρχοντες, περιέχειν σπουδάζουσιν αὐτόν. Λέγοι δ' α ν ταῦτα ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ περὶ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἰδὼν ἀνθρώπους χαμαιπεταῖς καὶ γῆν ἐργαζομένους πολεμικῶς περικυκλοῦντας αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα, τὸ ̓Εκύκλωσάν με μόσχοι πολλοί. τοὺς δὲ α ρχοντας, τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος σοφίαν ἐπαγγελλομένους, ἑωρακὼς περιθέοντας αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα ἐρεῖ· Ταῦροι πίονες περιέσχον με. παριστὰς δὲ αὐτῶν τὸ ἐξηγριωμένον τῆς πονηρίας καὶ τὸ ε τοιμον εἰς τὸ θλῖψαί φησιν· Ηνοιξαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν ὡς λέων ἁρπάζων καὶ ὠρυόμενος. στόμα γὰρ ἠνεῳγμένον αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ἁρπάσαι τοὺς ἀπατωμένους ὁ σοφιστικὸς ει η λόγος. τάχα δὲ ̔Ως λέων ὁ ἁρπάζων καὶ ὠρυόμενος ἀναφέρεται ἐπὶ τὸν διάβολον, ἀφ' ου λέοντος ἐξέσπασεν ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς δύο σκέλη καὶ λοβὸν ὠτίου, καταπίοντος διὰ μὲν παρακοῆς τὸ ου ς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τῆς ψυχῆς, διὰ δὲ τῶν σκελῶν τὴν πορείαν αὐτῆς. 184 Ps 21,15ab ̓Επεὶ σῶμα Χριστοῦ οἱ πεπιστευκότες εἰσίν, τὰ τῶν πεπιστευκότων πάθη εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναλαβὼν πεπονθέναι λέγει ταῦτα, α συμβέβηκεν τοῖς συμπληροῦσιν αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα. ἐπεὶ ου ν σκορπισμὸν ὑπέμειναν τὰ πρόβατα παταχθέντος τοῦ ποιμένος, φησὶν ̔Ωσεὶ υ δωρ ἐξεχύθη· τὸ γὰρ ἐκκενωθὲν υ δωρ σκορπίζεται. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων φησὶν τὸ ∆ιεσκορπίσθη πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου· αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσιν διὰ τὸ ευ τονον καὶ διακρατεῖν πᾶν τὸ σῶμα. 185 Ps 21,15c–16b Τάχα γίνεταί τινος ἡ καρδία τηκομένη οι α κηρὸς ἐν μέσῳ τῆς κοιλίας, ο τ' α ν ι δῃ τοὺς ὠδινηθέντας καὶ γεννηθέντας ὑπ' αὐτοῦ συμφορὰν ὑπομένοντας. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ τὰ προειρημένα περὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς ̓Ιησοῦ γέγονεν, ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ διακειμένη πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀγαπητικῶς, πυρουμένη κηροῦ πάθος ἀνεδέξατο ἐν μέσῳ τῆς κοιλίας συμπαθούσης οι ς ε τεκεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ γλυκὺ τῆς καρδίας ο τε κηρὸς ὑπῆρχεν ἐτάκη, ο τε τροφὴ γέγονεν καὶ εἰς γαστέρα ἐχώρησεν· τὰς γὰρ νοήσεις τῆς καρδίας ὡς κηρὸν τραφέντας εἰς κοιλίαν κατέβαλον, τηκόμενον καὶ λεπτυνόμενον διὰ τῆς συνεχοῦς μελέτης, ἐπὶ τῷ εἰς τὴν σύστασιν τοῦ τραφέντος ἀναδοθῆναι. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ βίου εἰσαχθεῖσα ὀστράκῳ παραπλησίως ἐξηράνθη· μετὰ πεῖραν γὰρ θλιβερῶν ὡς ἐκ καμίνου τις ἐξαφθεὶς ξηρασίαν ὀστράκου ἀναδέξεται, οὐκέτι ὑγραινόμενος οι α πηλὸς ὑπὸ τῆς ὑγρότητος τοῦ πηλοῦ καὶ τοῦ ῥευστοῦ τῶν ἡδονῶν. Τῶν ἀκροατῶν διεσκορπισμένων οὐκέτι παρόντων εἰς ου ς ἡ γλῶττα ἐνήργει διδάσκουσα καὶ διαλεγομένη, ἀνενέργητος ει η τῷ λάρυγγι κεκολλημένη· ἡ γὰρ προφέρουσα λόγον κινεῖται οὐκ ἐμποδιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸν λάρυγγα 49 κολλήσεως. 186 Ps 21,16c Χοῦν θανάτου τάχα λεκτέον τὸ παρὰ Παύλῳ σῶμα θανάτου ὀνομασθέν· χοῦς γὰρ ἀληθῶς τοῦτο πεπλασμένον ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. χοῦς δὲ θανάτου ει ρηται τὸ πάντως τὸν γεννώμενον καὶ τεθνήξεσθαι. εἰ γὰρ τὸ τεχθήσεσθαι συμπλέκεσθαί ἐστι σώματι, ἀνάγκη καὶ διάλυσιν γενέσθαι η τις ἐστὶν θάνατος. εἰς

The Soul's Defense against the Sword of the Devil§46

46This is not the body which the Savior, having entered into the womb from the Virgin, says, 'You have brought me into the dust of death' (Ps 22:14). Perhaps he also descended into mortality and the Hades, which for us is the dust of death; it took place in the depths of the earth for three days and three nights. Ps 22:17c–19: 'They pierced my hands and my feet' signifies the death of those coming to this, having their hands and feet dug out through the piercing of the nails. 'All my bones were counted.' All the bones of the body can be counted, if they are stripped of the joined flesh; and regarding the body of Christ, the apostles declare the bones, but his flesh is spoken of by those believing more superficially and more bodily. For the body is not the same thing: the bones hold the flesh together, and the flesh happens to be around the bones, covering them. If some fear should disturb those fleeing, the superficial believers, only the hard and zealous ones are left, as if they were counted as remaining having been stripped after the fleeing of the crowd. 'They understood and looked upon me; even though they did not cause my death to happen (for I took these things willingly), they divided my garments among themselves and cast lots upon my clothing' (Ps 22:18).

Regarding the history, the words of the Scriptures are more allegorical concerning the garments and the clothing of Jesus; for the Word of God, who exists in spiritual realities, both wears and is surrounded by these. The heterodox, the executioners and the spirits of the slayer, divide the garments of the Savior. For each of them receives the words of the Scriptures, and receives those not of the Scriptures, even though the seamless tunic of Jesus is seamless because it is woven; for it does not consist of joined parts but has a unified nature. And it is also from above because it is divinely inspired, woven through the Spirit; for the Scripture is from above by all power. But the Church does not divide the garments nor casts lots upon them; for she has and puts on, standing at the right hands of Jesus, a Queen clothed in golden attire, variegated. Having ascended above these garments, she will clothe herself with Jesus himself, becoming wise and powerful, possessing the wisdom and power of the Father. Ps 22:20: And doing these things...

Regarding his words: 'Do not withdraw your help from me; for if you do not help and attend to my understanding, I shall rise a third time from the dead to show the vainness of the plot against me' (Ps 21:21a).

Since the surrounding enemies, seeking to kill, possess a sword capable of wounding not the body but the soul, he asks to be saved from these blades, kept unharmed from disturbance and cowardice (Ps 21:21a). For even if our soul has been sufficiently prepared, seeing the devil with the whole phalanx of demons and the swarm of opposing and evil human energies acting through them, it becomes disturbed (for its nature is changeable) and calls upon the One capable of saving from the enemy's sword.

Perhaps even the devil himself is allegorically called a sword, since he dares to wound every soul by pre-meditation; thus, he asks to be saved from this sword.

He does not previously call the dogs surrounding him in the plural, but now calls them in the singular because of their kind (Ps 21:21b). And his soul is called 'only-begotten' because it is isolated and separated from all other souls; for all those there have known sin, but this one has not. And while God the Word visits those others at intervals, this one remains unseparated and indivisible without distinction until the end. Because of these exceptional qualities, he is called his only-begotten.

Perhaps also the glorious church standing before him, having no flaw or wrinkle and being filled by the blameless and perfect, is his only-begotten, though progressing into many ranks divided by the difference in progress: sixty indeed of queens, and eighty of companions and maidens whose number is countless; one of them is a perfect dove above all, an only-begotten one to her mother, the upper Jerusalem.

He asks to be saved now from the devil, previously spoken of as a lion, but also through his own humiliation, by which he humbled himself, becoming obedient to the Father unto death, even the death of the cross (Ps 21:22). And he wishes to be saved also from the horns of the unicorns, which are an opposing power promising a kingdom; for the horn is a symbol of a kingdom. And those who consider the...

Greek · §46

τοῦτο ου ν τὸ σῶμα τὸ ἐκ τῆς παρθένου ἐμβὰς ὁ σωτὴρ Εἰς χοῦν, ε φη, θανάτου κατήγαγές με. τάχα καὶ εἰς η ν κατῆλθεν νεκρότητα καὶ τὸν ᾳ δην δι' ἡμᾶς χοῦς ἐστιν θανάτου· γέγονε γὰρ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. 187 Ps 21,17c–19 ̔Η Ωρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας λέξις τὸν διὰ σταυροῦ σημαίνει θάνατον τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἐρχομένων, ἐξορυττομένων τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας διὰ τῆς τρυπήσεως τῶν η λων. ̓Εξηρίθμησαν πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου. ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ τοῦ σώματος δύναται, ο τ' α ν γυμνωθῇ τῶν συμπεπαρμένων σαρκῶν· καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ σώματος μὲν ὀστᾶ προαποδέδονται οἱ ἀποστόλοι, σάρκες δὲ αὐτοῦ ῥηθεῖεν οἱ ἐπιπολαιότερον καὶ σωματικώτερον πεπιστευκότες. ο τε ου ν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμα, τὰ μὲν ὀστᾶ διακρατεῖ τὰς σάρκας, αἱ δὲ σάρκες περὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ τυγχάνουσιν καλύπτουσαι αὐτά. ο τ' α ν ου ν φόβος τις ἐκταράξῃ φευγόντων τῶν ἐπιπολαιότερον πεπιστευκότων, καταλείπονται μόνοι οἱ στερροὶ καὶ ευ τονοι ζηλωταὶ ὡς ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς γυμνωθέντας πεφευγότος τοῦ πλήθους. Αὐτοὶ δὲ κατενόησαν καὶ ἐπεῖδόν με· καίτοι οὐκ αὐτῶν περιγεναμένων μου (ἐγὼ γὰρ ἑκουσίως αὐτὰ ἀνειλόμην), ∆ιεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ε βαλον κλῆρον. Πρὸς τῇ ἱστορίᾳ ἀλληγορικώτερον ̔Ιμάτια καὶ ̔Ιματισμὸς ̓Ιησοῦ ει ναιδύνανται αἱ πρόχειροι τῶν γραφῶν λέξεις· ταύτας γὰρ ἀμφίσκεται καὶ περιβάλλεται ὁ θεὸς λόγος ὑφεστὼς κατὰ τὰ πνευματικὰ νοήματα. οἱ ου ν ἑτερόδοξοι δήμιοι καὶ πνεύματα κυριοκτόνα τὰ ἱμάτια τοῦ σωτῆρος μερίζονται τὰς τῶν γραφῶν λέξεις. ε καστος γὰρ αὐτῶν τὰς μὲν δέχεται τῶν γραφῶν, τὰς δὲ ου , καίτοι τοῦ χιτῶνος ̓Ιησοῦ ἀσχίστου τυγχάνοντος διὰ τὸ ει ναι α ρραφον· οὐ γὰρ βεβιασμένην ε νωσιν ἀλλὰ συμφυῆ ε χει. ε στιν δὲ καὶ α νωθεν διὰ τὸ θεόπνευστος ει ναι ὑφαντὸς δι' ο λου· διὰ πάσης γὰρ δυνάμεως ἡ γραφὴ α νωθέν ἐστιν. ̔Η δὲ ἐκκλησία οὐ μερίζεται τὰ ἱμάτια οὐδὲ κλῆρον βάλλει ἐπ' αὐτοῖς· ο λα γὰρ ε χει καὶ ἐνδέδυται παραστᾶσα ἐκ δεξιῶν ̓Ιησοῦ οι α Βασιλὶς ἐν ἱματισμῷ διαχρύσῳ περιβεβλημένη πεποικιλμένη. ὑπεραναβᾶσα δὲ ταῦτα τὰ ἱμάτια καὶ αὐτὸν ̓Ιησοῦν ἐνδύσεται ο ντα σοφίαν καὶ δύναμιν πατρός, σοφὴ καὶ δυνατὴ γινομένη. 188 Ps 21,20 Ταῦτα δὲ ποιούντων ἐκείνων, Μὴ μακρύνῃς τὴν βοήθειάν μου· σοῦ γὰρ βοηθοῦντος καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀντίληψίν μου προσέχοντος, τριταῖος ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ματαίαν τὴν κατ' ἐμοῦ ἐπιβουλὴν ἀναδείξω. 189 Ps 21,21a ̓Επεὶ οἱ περικυκλώσαντές με ἐχθροὶ κατ' ἐμοῦ φονῶντες μάχαιραν ε χουσιν οὐ σῶμα ἀλλὰ ψυχὴν τρῶσαι δυνατήν, ̔Ρῦσαι ἀπὸ τῆς τούτων ῥομφαίας τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἀβλαβῆ αὐτὴν ἀπὸ ταράχου καὶ δειλίας φυλάττων. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἱκανῶς παρεσκεύασται ἡ ἡμετέρα ψυχή, ἀλλά γε θεωροῦσα τὸν διάβολον μετὰ πάσης τῆς τῶν δαιμόνων φάλαγγος καὶ τοῦ στίφους τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἐνεργειῶν καὶ πονηρῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὑπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεργουμένων ταραχθεῖσα (τρεπτῆς γάρ ἐστι φύσεως) σύμμαχον ε χειν παρακαλεῖ τὸν δυνάμενον ῥύσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ῥομφαίας τῶν πολεμίων. Τάχα δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ διάβολος ἀλληγορικῶς ῥομφαία λέγοιτο, ἐπεὶ τολμᾷ κατὰ πάσης ψυχῆς τρῶσαι αὐτὴν προαιρούμενος· καὶ ἐκ ταύτης τοίνυν τῆς ῥομφαίας ῥυσθῆναι παρακαλεῖ. 190 Ps 21,21b Ου ς πρότερον πληθυντικῶς περικυκλώσαντας αὐτὸν κύνας ει πεν, νῦν ἑνικῶς διὰ τὸ γένος καλεῖ. μονογενῆ δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ει πεν διὰ τὸ μεμονῶσθαι καὶ κεχωρίσθαι τῶν α λλων ψυχῶν. πᾶσαι μὲν γὰρ ἐκεῖναι ε γνωσαν ἁμαρτίαν, αυ τη δὲ ου . κἀκείναις μὲν ἐκ διαλειμμάτων ἐπιφοιτᾷ καὶ σύνεστιν ὁ θεὸς λόγος, ταύτῃ δὲ ἀχωρίστως καὶ ἀδιαστάτως μέχρι τέλους ἀδιάζευκτος διαμενεῖ. ταῦτ' ου ν τὰ 50 ἐξαίρετα αὐτῇ συνόντα μονογενὴς ει ναι αὐτοῦ λέγεται. Τάχα δὲ καὶ ἡ παραστᾶσα αὐτῷ ε νδοξος ἐκκλησία, οὐκ ε χουσα σπῖλον η ῥυτίδα, συμπληρουμένη ἐκ τῶν ἀμώμως τελείων, μονογενὴς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει, ω ν προκοπτόντων εἰς τάγματα πολλὰ διῃρημένων διὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς προκοπῆς διαφοράν· ἑξήκοντα γοῦν οὐσῶν βασιλίδων καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα παλλακῶν καὶ νεανίδων ω ν οὐκ ε στιν ἀριθμός, μία αυ τη ὑπὲρ πάσας ἐστὶν περιστερὰ τελεία μονογενὴς ου σα τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς τῇ α νω ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. 191 Ps 21,22 ̓Απὸ τοῦ μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἰρημένου λέοντος διαβόλου νῦν σωθῆναι παρακαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν ἑαυτοῦ καθ' η ν ̓Εταπείνωσεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπήκοος γενόμενος τῷ πατρὶ μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ. σωθῆναι δὲ βούλεται καὶ ἀπὸ κεράτων μονοκερώτων, α λλου ει δους ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως βασιλείαν ἐπαγγελλομένης· βασιλείας γὰρ σύμβολον τὸ κέρας. εἰσὶν δὲ οἱ νομίζοντες τὸν

The Two Kinds of Wealth and Prayer§47

47To signify a cross from the preceding word, having the shape of a horn (Ps 21:23).

The Epistle to the Hebrews says that this word is spoken from the person of Christ, as he says to the Father: 'O Father, your own name, that is, your own property and peculiarity, I will declare, making it manifest to my brothers who were born of me, to whom you sent my spirit; to whom it will be said, What you are, God sent the spirit of his Son into your hearts. For they are not those who have received the spirit of adoption from God, so as to be sons of God and brothers of the only-begotten. And having indeed risen from the dead, he appeared to the women, he says, "I have gone to my brothers." And in the midst of this gathering assembly, he will sing praise to the Father, sending up theological thoughts and songs.'

In many ways he is called Jacob (for the typology signifies this: when he is the divine man, the son of Isaac, the father of the twelve patriarchs; when he is the twelve-tribed people proceeding from him; when he is the ten tribes alone having split from David and having followed Jeroboam; when he is the savior himself, 'Jacob my servant, I will take hold of him'; 'Israel my chosen one, my soul has received him'; for Matthew wrote this prophecy concerning the Savior), it should be sought why it is said, 'O all the seed of Jacob, glorify him' (Ps 21:24). And one might say: the twelve-tribed seed of Jacob, having studied the law and the prophets, wishes to glorify God also through thoughts and words and good works. But perhaps, since this is a falsehood, many of those descended from Jacob being unfaithful and traitors to Jesus, someone will say: what is said of the seed of Jacob the 'plucked-up' and 'beaten-down' by death and the opposing power (and Jesus is that seed), his seed who came from teaching, will be able to glorify God. And since Israel is also the one whom the soul of God has received, the chosen seed of his, Israel will fear God. And each of those imitating...

If Jesus has a struggle against the principalities, powers, and rulers of this darkness, Jacob is one who beats back the opponents; but if he has a pure heart and a clear mind, he will see God, Israel being such a person. No seed of such a person will fail to fear God.

Since he did not reject the prayer of me the poor man nor crush it (Ps 21:25), for this reason, becoming thankful that the prayer for us was heard by the Lord, you praised, glorified, and feared him. For even though I prayed to him as a poor man, but you ought to know what I am: a rich man, a treasure of the fullness of goods; through you I became poor so that through my poverty I might make you rich; for those who are surrounded by the flesh did not receive my wealth, knowing and prophesying only a part of it. Having become poor for you, I cried out to the Lord on your behalf, and he heard me, giving you those things by which you were found rich. For in my interceding for you, he did not turn his face away from me, but rather he shone it upon me; therefore he also applied his attention to my cry.

Men indeed praise based on visible works and conveniences, but God, seeing the hidden, praises based on perfect virtue and surpassing knowledge (Ps 21:26a). It is not for anyone to say with boldness: 'O God, my praise is from you, not based on chance things, but on a great assembly'; for a great assembly is the one gathered from the great according to their kind, just as a great assembly is the one gathered from many (Ps 21:26b).

A prayer is a confession made in thanksgiving, if one should obtain these things from God (Ps 21:27). Concerning the two kinds of wealth, as the Scriptures say, to be the one rich in good works and in every word and in all knowledge, and the other to be rich from false-glorious dogmas and unpleasant deeds, being a poverty contrary to each kind of wealth. And he who possesses the divine wealth, being deprived of the worthless, possesses the contrary poverty, yet as a rich man and a poor man, I praise him as being such; just as he who possesses the laborious wealth possesses also the false poverty opposed to the wealth that...

Greek · §47

σταυρὸν σημαίνεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς προκειμένης λέξεως κέρατος σχῆμα φέροντα. 192 Ps 21,23 Καὶ ταύτην τὴν λέξιν ἐκ προσώπου Χριστοῦ εἰρῆσθαι ἡ πρὸς ̔Εβραίους ̓Επιστολή φησιν, ἀναφθεγγομένου πρὸς τὸν πατέρα· Ω πάτερ, τὸ σὸν ο νομα, τουτέστιν τὴν σὴν ἰδιότητα καὶ οἰκειότητα, τὴν ε ννοιάν σου διηγήσομαι, φανερὰν αὐτὴν ποιῶν τοῖς γεναμένοις μου ἀδελφοῖς οι ς τὸ ἐμὸν πνεῦμα κατέπεμψας· πρὸς ου ς ῥηθείη α ν ο τι ̓Εστὲ υἱοί, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν. ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας ἐκ θεοῦ λαβόντες, ι να τοῦ θεοῦ μὲν υἱοί, ἀδελφοὶ δὲ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ω σιν. καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν γοῦν ἀναστάς, ἐπιφανεὶς ταῖς γυναιξίν, Πορευθεῖσαι, ε φη, ει πατε τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου ο τι ἠγέρθην. ἐν μέσῳ δὲ τῆς ἐκ τούτων συναγομένης ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσει τὸν πατέρα, αι νους καὶ παιᾶνας θεολογικοὺς ἀναπέμπων. 193 Ps 21,24 Κατὰ πλείονας τρόπους τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ ὀνομαζομένου (σημαίνει γὰρ ἡ προσηγορία αυ τη ὁτὲ μὲν τὸν θεῖον α νδρα, υἱὸν μὲν ̓Ισαάκ, πατέρα δὲ τῶν δώδεκα πατριαρχῶν, ὁτὲ δὲ τὸν ἐκ τούτου προελθόντα δωδεκάφυλον λαόν, ὁτὲ δὲ τὰς δέκα φυλὰς μόνας ἀποσχισθείσας τοῦ οι κου ∆αυὶδ καὶ ἀκολουθησάσας τῷ ̔Ιεροβοάμ, ὁτὲ δὲ τὸν σωτῆρα αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸ ̓Ιακὼβ ὁ παῖς μου, ἀντιλήψομαι αὐτοῦ· ̓Ισραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου, προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου· ταύτην γὰρ τὴν προφητείαν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ὁ Ματθαῖος εἰρημένην ε γραψεν) ζητητέον κατὰ τί τῶν σημαινομένων ει ρηται τὸ Απαν τὸ σπέρμα ̓Ιακώβ, δοξάσατε αὐτόν. καὶ ὁ μὲν πολὺς ἐρεῖ· τοῦ πατριάρχου ̓Ιακὼβ τὸ σπέρμα τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἐντραφὲν τῇ ἀναγνώσει τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν δοξάσαι βούλεται τὸν θεὸν καὶ διὰ νοημάτων καὶ λόγων καὶ ε ργων ἀγαθῶν. τάχα δέ, ἐπεὶ ψεῦδος ει η τοῦτο πολλῶν ἐκ τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ γεγενημένων ἀπίστων καὶ προδοτῶν ̓Ιησοῦ, λέξει τις ο τι τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ τοῦ πτερνιστοῦ καὶ καταπαλαίσαντος τὸν θάνατον καὶ τὴν ἀντικειμένην δύναμιν ( ̓Ιησοῦς δέ ἐστιν ου τος) τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ τὸ γενόμενον ἐκ διδασκαλίας δοξάσαι τὸν θεὸν α παν δυνήσεται. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ̓Ισραήλ ἐστιν ο ν προσεδέξατο ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκλεκτὸν ο ντα σπέρμα αὐτοῦ, ῃ ̓Ισραήλ ἐστιν φοβηθήσεται τὸν θεόν. καὶ ε καστος δὲ τῶν μιμητῶν ̓Ιησοῦ, εἰ μὲν ε χει τὴν πάλην πρὸς ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τούτου, ̓Ιακώβ ἐστιν πτερνίζων τοὺς ἀντιπάλους· εἰ δὲ καρδίαν ε χει καθαρὰν καὶ νοῦν διαυγῆ, ο ψεται τὸν θεόν, ̓Ισραὴλ κατὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνων. παντὸς ου ν τοῦ τοιούτου τὸ σπέρμα θεὸν φοβηθήσεται. 194 Ps 21,25 ̓Επεὶ οὐκ ἐξουδένωσεν ἐμοῦ τοῦ πτωχοῦ τὴν δέησιν οὐδὲ προσώχθισεν μυχθίζων αὐτήν, τούτου χάριν εὐχάριστοι γινόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ ἐπηκοῦσθαι ὑπὸ κυρίου τὴν δέησιν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γινομένην αἰνέσατε καὶ δοξάσατε καὶ φοβήθητε αὐτόν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὡς πτωχὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν προσηυξάμην, ἀλλ' εἰδέναι ὀφείλετε ο τι ἐγὼ πλούσιος ω ν, θησαυρὸς ω ν τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν ἀγαθῶν, δι' ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσα ι να διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς πτωχείας πλουσίους ὑμᾶς ποιήσω· οὐ γὰρ οι οί τε η τε σάρκα περικείμενοι δέξασθέ μου τὸν πλοῦτον τέως ἐκ μέρους γινώσκοντες καὶ προφητεύοντες. πτωχεύσας ου ν δι' ὑμᾶς, 51 ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν πρὸς κύριον ἐκέκραξα, καὶ ὑπήκουσέν μου δοὺς ὑμῖν ἐκεῖνα ἐφ' οι ς πλούσιοι ἀπεφάνθητε. ου τω γάρ μου περὶ ὑμῶν πρεσβευομένου, Οὐκ ἀπέστρεψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ' ε τι μᾶλλον ἐπέλαμψέν μοι αὐτό· διὸ καὶ τὴν κραυγήν μου προσήκατο. 195 Ps 21,26a 195 Ανθρωποι μὲν ἐπὶ φανεροῖς ε ργοις καὶ ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐπαινοῦσιν, θεὸς δὲ τὸ κρυπτὸν ὁρῶν ἐπὶ τελείᾳ ἀρετῇ καὶ γνώσει ὑπερβαλλούσῃ ἐπαινεῖ. μεγάλου τινὸς ου ν ἐστιν μετὰ παρρησίας εἰπεῖν· Παρὰ σοῦ, ω θεέ, ὁ ε παινός μου, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν τυχόντων ἀλλ' ἐπ' ἐκκλησίας μεγάλης· μεγάλη δὲ ἐκκλησία ἡ ἐκ τῶν καθ' ε καστον μεγάλων συναγομένη, ὡς ἐκκλησία πολλὴ ἡ ἐκ πολλῶν συλλεγομένη. 196 Ps 21,26b Εὐχή ἐστιν ὁμολογία γινομένη εὐχαριστίας, εἰ τῶνδέ τινων θεόθεν τεύξοιτο. 197 Ps 21,27 ∆ιττοῦ πλούτου κατὰ τὰς γραφὰς λεγομένου, ὡς τοὺς μὲν πλουτεῖν ἐν ε ργοις ἀγαθοῖς καὶ παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει, τοὺς δὲ πλουσίους ει ναι ἐκ ψευδοδόξων δογμάτων καὶ πράξεων δυσαρέστων, ἀκόλουθον ἑκατέρῳ πλούτῳ ἐναντίαν ει ναι πενίαν. καὶ ὁ τὸν μὲν θεῖον πλοῦτον ε χων, τοῦ φαύλου στερούμενος, ε χοι α ν τὴν ἐναντίαν αὐτῷ πενίαν ὡς α μα πλούσιον καὶ πένητα ἐπαινετῶς αὐτὸν ει ναι· ὡς αυ ὁ τὸν μοχθηρὸν πλοῦτον ε χων ε χοι α ν καὶ τὴν ψεκτὴν πενίαν ἀντικειμένην τῷ πλούτῳ τῷ

The Spiritual Worship of the Poor§48

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

48Concerning those who labor not in a praiseworthy way, the saying 'The poor shall eat and be filled' is spoken. But you say 'the poor' according to the saying, meaning those from the nations who previously had no hope and were atheists in the world, who are coming to faith and shall eat and be filled (Ps 22:28). Remembering God at the ends of the earth and turning from the nations, those who have passed from the earth shall have their citizenship in heaven. And all the families of the nations shall worship before Him.

The Jews also seemed to worship before God coming to Jerusalem and the temple which Solomon built. This typical worship in a place, however, is not what the nations dwelling even unto the ends of the earth are to perform; rather, they were taught to worship in spirit and truth, remaining where they are, performing worship before God, as God wills them to live as citizens. With this, the prophecy also agrees, saying: 'And all the islands of the nations shall worship before Him, every place from its own place,' as Zephaniah says (Zeph 3:9).

Those nourished in the earth can be 'poor of the earth' (Ps 22:27), those who, having been called to repentance in spirit, are killing the deeds of the body so as to no longer think of earthly things, having eaten the spiritual food offered by Jesus, worshipped God in spirit and truth. And it is possible to call 'poor of the earth' those on earth who are departing from worldly wisdom, those becoming rich and ruling sensually; for these, having eaten the food from Jesus, being not a remedy for those foreseeing evils, shall worship God, finding Him above all wisdom, wealth, and rule.

But descending into the earth, if anyone is like those angels descending from heaven to earth and worshipping the Lord and Savior, according to 'Let all the angels of God worship Him' (Ps 97:7); but He stood ready if those receiving common death can descend into the earth, some of whom shall worship the Lord on behalf of them, having become in the lower parts of the earth (Ps 22:30c, 31a). It is good to live one's own soul, but not to serve it, but to serve Him. For the nature received...

by the divinity having taken hold of it

Greek · §48

ἀληθινῷ. Περὶ τῶν ου ν ἐπαινετῶς πενομένων τὸ Φάγονται πένητες καὶ ἐμπλησθήσονται ει ρηται. ἐρεῖς δὲ πένητας καθ' α ει ρηται η δη καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πρότερον ἐλπίδα μὴ ε χοντας καὶ ἀθέους ἐν κόσμῳ φαγομένους καὶ ἐμπλησθησομένους προσιόντας τῇ πίστει. 198 Ps 21,28 Πέρατα γῆς μνημονεύοντα θεοῦ καὶ ἐπιστρέφοντα η τοι τὰ ε θνη η οἱ περάσαντες ἀπὸ γῆς τῷ τὸ πολίτευμα ε χειν ἐν οὐρανῷ. Καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν. ̓Ιουδαῖοι ο τε τὴν ̓Ιουδαίαν ῳ κουν προσκυνεῖν ἐνώπιον θεοῦ ἐδόκουν ἐρχόμενοι ἐπὶ τὰ ̔Ιεροσόλυμα καὶ τὸν ναὸν ο ν ᾠκοδόμησεν Σαλομῶν. ταύτην τὴν τυπικὴν ἐν τόπῳ προσκύνησιν οὐχ οι ά τε η ν ἐπιτελεῖν τὰ ε θνη οἰκοῦντα μέχρι τῶν γῆς ἐσχάτων· προσκυνεῖν δὲ πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἐδιδάχθησαν, μένοντα ο ποι ποτ' α ν ω σιν, ἐνώπιον θεοῦ τὴν προσκύνησιν ποιούμενα, ο τε ὡς βούλεται θεὸς πολιτεύονται. τούτῳ συνᾴδει καὶ ἡ προφητεία λέγουσα· Καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, ε καστος ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ, πᾶσαι αἱ νῆσοι τῶν ἐθνῶν, ω ς φησιν Σοφονίας. 199 Ps 21,30ab Πίονες γῆς ει ναι δύνανται οἱ τοῖς γηΐνοις ἐντεθραμμένοι, οι τινες, εἰς μετάνοιαν κεκλημένοι πνεύματι, τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦντες ὡς μηκέτι τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονεῖν, φαγόντες τὴν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ ὀρεγομένην πνευματικὴν τροφὴν προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. δυνατὸν δὲ πίονας τῆς γῆς εἰπεῖν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς τοὺς διαφέροντας η τοι κοσμικὴν σοφίαν μετερχομένους η πλουτοῦντας καὶ α ρχοντας αἰσθητῶς· καὶ ου τοι γὰρ φαγόντες τὴν παρὰ ̓Ιησοῦ τροφὴν ἀλεξητήριον ου σαν τῶν προκαταλαβόντων κακῶν προσκυνήσουσι τῷ θεῷ, εὑρόντες αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν η ν ει χον σοφίαν καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ ἀρχήν. Καταβαίνοντας δὲ εἰς γῆν ει ποι α ν τις τοὺς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εἰς γῆν κατιόντας ἀγγέλους πάντας καὶ τῷ δεσπότῃ καὶ σωτῆρι προσκυνοῦντας κατὰ τὸ Προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες α γγελοι θεοῦ· ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ καταβαίνειν εἰς γῆν δύνανται οἱ τὸν κοινὸν ἀναδεχόμενοι θάνατον, οι τινες προσκυνήσουσιν τὸν κύριον ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἰς τὰ κατώτερα μέρη τῆς γῆς γενόμενον. Ps 21,30c.31a Καλῶς δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ζῆν ει πεν ἀλλ' οὐ δουλεύειν αὐτῷ τῷ δὲ σπέρμα δουλεύειν. ἡ γὰρ ληφθεῖσα φύσις ἡνώθη τῇ λαβούσῃ θεότητι καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς δόξης μετείληφε καὶ τιμῆς. 200 Ps 21,31b.32 Τὸ Γενεὰ πορεύεται καὶ γενεὰ ε ρχεται ἐπὶ τῶν δύο λαῶν ἐκλαμβάνοντές τινες γενεὰν πορευομένην τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς εἰρήκασιν τῷ ἀποπεφοιτηκέναι τοῦ κυρίου διὰ τὸ γενεὰ σκολιὰ καὶ πονηρὰ γεγονέναι. ἐρχομένη δὲ γενεὰ ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν κλῆσις πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν καλοῦντα σωτῆρα ἐπειγομένη. αυ τη ου ν ἀναγγελήσεται τῷ κυρίῳ πρὸς τῶν πρεσβευόντων 52 ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς λεγόντων· Πρὸς σὲ ε θνη η ξουσιν ἀπ' ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, καὶ Πάντα τὰ ε θνη ο σα ἐποίησας η ξουσιν καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιόν σου. ταύτην γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐρχομένην τὴν γενεὰν οὐκ ἐκβάλλει ὁ λέγων σωτήρ· Τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός με οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ε ξω. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν τὸν ἐρχόμενον καὶ οὐ τὸν ἐλθόντα· τὸν γὰρ ἀεὶ ἐνεργοῦντα τὸ πρὸς αὐτὸν η κειν τῷ πράττειν τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς οὐκ ἐκβάλλει ε ξω. καὶ γενεὰ ου ν περὶ η ς ὁ λόγος οὐκ η λθεν ἀλλ' ε ρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν τὰ τῆς πίστεως περιέπουσα. αὐτοὶ δὲ ου τοι οἱ ἀναγγέλλοντες τῷ κυρίῳ τὴν ἐρχομένην γενεὰν καὶ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην τὴν διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ εἰς πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐνεργουμένην ἀναγγελοῦσιν τῷ τεχθησομένῳ θεῖον τόκον λαῷ, ῳ ὁ κύριος ἐποίησεν, περιποιησάμενος αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου αι ματος, καλέσας τὸν οὐ λαὸν λαὸν ἑαυτοῦ. 201 Ps 22,1b–3a ̔Ο διὰ τὸ κατορθῶσαι τὸ πρᾶον καὶ εὐσταθὲς Χριστοῦ πρόβατον χρηματίσας περὶ τοῦ καλοῦ ποιμένος ἐρεῖ Κύριος ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει. ἀπάγει γάρ με ἐπὶ τὴν σωτήριον νομήν, ε νθα θεῖαι βοτάναι, περὶ η ς αὐτὸς ὁ ποιμὴν περὶ τοῦ ἰδίου προβάτου φησὶν Εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται καὶ νομὴν εὑρήσει. Τάχα δὲ τόπος χλόης ἡ θεία παίδευσις ει ναι δύναται, ε νθα πνευματικὴ πόα εὑρίσκεται ἠθικὴ ου σα διδασκαλία. ἐν τούτῳ ου ν τῷ τόπῳ Κατεσκήνωσέν με, οὐ κατῴκισεν· βούλεται γάρ με, ἐς ο σον προκόπτω, χρᾶσθαί με τῇ τοιαύτῃ νομῇ τελείως. ει ς γὰρ οὐ ποιμένος ἀλλὰ παιδευτοῦ καὶ διδασκάλου, ἐκ προβάτου α νθρωπος γεγονώς, πειραθήσομαι. ̓Επὶ υ δατος ἀναπαύσεως ἐξέθρεψέν με. τὸ γὰρ ἠθικὸν μάθημα οὐ μόνον α κος ἐστὶ δίψης, ἀλλὰ καὶ λύσιν ἁμαρτημάτων παρέχει. Τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐπέστρεψέν με· εἰ γὰρ καὶ πρόβατον ο ν πεπλάνημαι ἐκτὸς

The Table of Spiritual Food§49

49It has happened through wandering to sin, but the shepherd turned my soul back to the strayed. It should be noted that no one is inherently bad if they are open to returning. One returns to where they began. Since sin has happened to those turning away from God, it should be abolished.

Regarding the shepherd, he says, 'He led me' (Ps 22:3bc), leading forward and making a way so that we may step into it, himself treading the paths, following his own tracks. For if he drives out the sheep, he goes before them, and the sheep follow him. He speaks of righteousness, that by which the practitioners are righteous, and the paths of it are the things performed according to it. Perhaps righteousness is the general virtue, and the paths of it are the specific virtues. Because of this, the one called upon me led me onto the aforementioned paths of righteousness.

When God is with one, nothing harmful can harm or injure, as the prophet says: 'Behold, the Lord will help me; who will harm me?' (Ps 22:4ab). If indeed one has walked in tribulations and pains, which is called the shadow of death (Ps 22:4c), I will not fear the harmful things, having God with me. The evils here are not the strictly evil things, but the painful ones: poverty, sickness, distress, and the like, concerning which Job says: 'We shall not suffer evils' (Job 1:21). For no one having God with himself encounters evils that are the opposite of the strictly good; for sin is far from all that is in union with God.

He speaks of the rod to rebuke and to discipline, according to the question 'What do you want? Shall I come to you with a rod?'; and the staff to support through counsel, exhortation, and advice.

In the beginning, we say that the one in the progresses dwells in a place of grass. Since the one progressing reaches even to the end, there is no remaining sheep.

But having been shown to be rational, a table of rational foods has been beautifully prepared by the Lord. For the Lord, being the one who prepared His own table with wisdom, upon which He set the holy sacrifices, says, 'I have prepared a table before me' (Ps 23:5), which is not an inductive and ethical teaching as before, but a mystical one and the contemplation of the truth.

But consider, even if one is, in this life, seeing the truth through a mirror and through an enigma, being a sheep led by a shepherd, having passed over to the coming age, approaching truth face to face, he approaches the spiritual table according to the promise: 'And I will make a covenant with you to eat and drink at the table of the Father in the truth'; therefore, 'I have prepared' is said. For the God prepared from that place—'Eye has not seen and ear has not heard, and it has not ascended into the heart of man' (Ps 22:5)—God prepared for those who love Him.

And 'Before me' indicates that the Table has been made manifest to me and known to me in the presence of those distressing me, many desiring to contend with me and therefore distressing me. The Lord, wishing to establish me strongly against them, prepared a table before me, upon which solid food is set, so that, having been strongly equipped with this, I might be able to stand bravely against those distressing me. For we do not only attain to the good and perfect, but we have strong and many opponents; as the apostle says, 'For a great door is opened to me, and the opponents are many' (1 Cor 16:9).

This is to say, applying the mind lavishly to it; and this is the priestly anointing, the ointment which Aaron bore as a symbol; for he says, 'Like ointment which descends upon the head, upon the beard, the beard of Aaron' (Ps 133:2). Since wisdom prepared not only a table but also mixed her own wine in a bowl, having been made from a true vine, He mixed this...

Greek · §49

τῆς νομῆς διὰ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν γεγονός, ἀλλ' ὁ ἐπιστρέφων τὸ πεπλανημένον ποιμὴν τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐπέστρεψεν. σημειωτέον ο τι οὐδεὶς κακὸς φύσει τῷ δεκτικὸς ει ναι ἐπιστροφῆς. ἐπιστρέφεται δέ τις ἐκεῖ ε νθα τὴν ἀρχὴν διῆγεν. συμβεβηκυῖα α ρα ἡ ἁμαρτία τοῖς ἀποστραφεῖσι θεόν· διὸ καὶ ἀναιρεθείη. 202 Ps 22,3bc Περὶ τοῦ ποιμένος φησὶν τὸ ̔Ωδήγησέν με, προάγοντος καὶ ὁδοποιοῦντος ι ν' ἐπιβαίνωμεν αι ς αὐτὸς ε τριψε τρίβοις ἐπακολουθοῦντες τοῖς ι χνεσιν αὐτοῦ. ο τ' α ν γὰρ τὰ ι δια πρόβατα ἐκβάλῃ, ε μπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται, καὶ τὰ ι δια πρόβατα αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖ. δικαιοσύνην δὲ λέγει τὴν ε ξιν καθ' η ν πρακτικοὶ τῶν δικαίων ἐσμέν, τρίβους δὲ αὐτῆς τὰ κατ' αὐτὴν ἐπιτελούμενα. η τάχα δικαιοσύνη ἐστὶν ἡ καθ' ο λου καὶ γενικὴ ἀρετή, τρίβοι δὲ αὐτῆς αἱ κατ' ει δος ἀρεταί. ε νεκεν ου ν τῆς ἐπικληθείσης αὐτοῦ ἐπ' ἐμὲ προσηγορίας ὡδήγησέν με ἐπὶ τὰς προειρημένας τρίβους τῆς δικαιοσύνης. 203 Ps 22,4ab Οτ' α ν συνῇ θεός, οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπιβλαβῶν βλάψαι η ζημιῶσαι δύναται, ω ς φησιν ὁ προφήτης· ̓Ιδοὺ κύριος βοηθήσει μοι· τίς κακώσει με; ει ποτ' ου ν καὶ πορευθείην ἐν θλιβεροῖς καὶ ἐπιπόνοις α λέγεται σκιὰ θανάτου, οὐ φοβηθήσομαι τὰ κακωτικά, θεὸν ε χων μετ' ἐμαυτοῦ. κακὰ δὲ ἐνταῦθα οὐ τὰ κυρίως λέγει ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐπίπονα, πενίαν, νόσον, δυσφορίαν καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια, περὶ ω ν ὁ ̓Ιώβ· Τὰ κακὰ οὐχ ὑποίσομεν. οὐ γὰρ θεόν τις ε χων μεθ' ἑαυτοῦ γίνεται ε νθα κακὰ τὰ ἀντικείμενα τοῖς κυρίως ἀγαθοῖς· μακρὰν γὰρ ἡ ἁμαρτία παντὸς συνόντος θεῷ. 204 Ps 22,4c Τὴν μὲν ῥάβδον ἐπιτιμᾶν φησιν καὶ παιδεύειν κατὰ τὸ Τί θέλετε; ἐν ῥάβδῳ ε λθω πρὸς ὑμᾶς; τὴν δὲ βακτηρίαν ὑποστηρίζειν διὰ συμβουλῆς προτροπῆς τε καὶ παραινέσεως. 205 Ps 22,5a 205 ̓Εν ἀρχαῖς ἐφάσκομεν τὸν ἐν ταῖς προκοπαῖς ο ντα κατασκηνοῦν εἰς τόπον χλόης. ἐπεὶ ου ν ὁ προκόπτων καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος φθάσειεν, οὐκ ε τι μείνας πρόβατον ἀλλὰ λογικὸς ἀναδειχθείς, τράπεζαν ε χει λογικῶν τροφῶν ηὐτρεπισμένην ὑπὸ κυρίου. τῷ γὰρ κυρίῳ τυγχάνοντι καὶ σοφίᾳ ἑτοιμασάσῃ τὴν ἑαυτῆς τράπεζαν, ἐφ' ῃ τὰ ι δια θύματα παρέθηκεν, εὐχαριστῶν φησιν ̔Ητοίμασας 53 ἐνώπιόν μου τράπεζαν, οὐκ ε τι ἐπαγωγικὴν καὶ ἠθικὴν διδασκαλίαν καθὰ πρότερον ἀλλὰ μυστικὴν καὶ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας θεωρίαν. ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ καί, ο σον τίς ἐστιν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ, δι' ἐσόπτρου καὶ δι' αἰνίγματος τὴν ἀλήθειαν βλέπων πρόβατόν ἐστιν ὑπὸ ποιμένι ἀγόμενον, μεταβὰς δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν μέλλοντα αἰῶνα πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον προσβάλλων τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πνευματικῇ προσβάλλει τραπέζῃ κατὰ τὸ Κἀγὼ διαθήσομαι ὑμῖν διαθήκην ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· ο θεν καὶ τὸ ̔Ητοίμασας ει ρηται. ἀπεντεῦθεν γὰρ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεός, Α ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ ι δεν καὶ ου ς οὐκ η κουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, α ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. καὶ τὸ ̓Ενώπιον δέ μου δηλοῖ πεφανερῶσθαί μοι καὶ ἐγνῶσθαί μοι τὴν Τράπεζαν ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν θλιβόντων με, πολλῶν ἐχθρεύειν μοι βουλομένων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θλιβόντων με. ἐνίστασθαί με ἰσχυρῶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ κύριος θέλων ἡτοίμασεν ἐνώπιόν μου τράπεζαν, ἐν ῃ ἐπίκειται στερεὰ τροφή, ι να ταύτης ἀθλητικῶς ἐμφορηθεὶς ἀντιστῆναι γενναίως πρὸς τοὺς θλιβόντας δυνηθῶ. καὶ γὰρ ο τε ἀγαθῶν τελείων τυγχάνομεν, ἰσχυροὺς καὶ πλείονας ε χομεν τοὺς ἀντικειμένους· ῃ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος· Θύρα γάρ μοι ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη, καὶ οἱ ἀντικείμενοι πολλοί. 206 Ps 22,5b Τουτέστιν τὸν νοῦν δαψιλῶς ἐπιχέων αὐτό· τοῦτο δὲ τὸ χρῖσμα ἱερατικόν ἐστι μύρον ου σύμβολον ε φερεν ̓Ααρών· ̔Ως μύρον γάρ φησιν ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν τὸ καταβαῖνον ἐπὶ πώγωνα, τὸν πώγωνα τὸν ̓Ααρών. 207 Ps 22,5c ̓Επεὶ μὴ μόνον τράπεζαν ἡτοίμασεν ἡ σοφία ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς κρατῆρα ἐκέρασεν τὸν ἑαυτῆς οι νον, ἐξ αὐτῆς γεγενημένον ου σης ἀμπέλου ἀληθινῆς, ἐκέρασεν δὲ τοῦτον

The Cup and the Fullness of the Earth§50

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

50The Holy Spirit, having mixed divine decrees with human words, divides from this vessel a cup to each; and the cup that is strongest for the one is the most precious and exceptional to the one receiving it, for it is said that the Holy Spirit makes this a matter of profit. To the one who has received, He says, 'And my cup' (Ps 23:5). If your cup were to carry such a thought, it would be the cup of you, the Lord, 'whom you have given me to drink' (Ps 23:5). For the aforementioned mixture proposed toward wisdom is not human.

No one reaps such a salvation from works, but from the grace of God being merciful (Ps 22:6a). For God, being rich in mercy, through the great love approaching Him toward men, has made alive in Christ the dead who had come to be through sins and trespasses; therefore the Holy One says: 'And your mercy shall pursue me, always coming and overflowing for me' (Ps 23:6). Not indeed at times or sometimes, but all the days of my life it pursues me (Ps 23:6). And all the days of life are the various illuminations of the truth through which we happen to be made alive, namely the Christ who is present with us through life.

He settles in a place of pasture, and in the house of the Lord he dwells (Ps 22:6b), not for a certain time but all the days of immortal life, being illuminated unceasingly and repeatedly.

The earth has become more mystical of the Lord; how greatly he descended and liberated it from those who tyrannically hold it, the demons, destroying all the deceits being performed upon it: magic, sorcery, the divinations of the demons upon the earth along with the laws concerning idols and sacrifices. But also its fullness is of the Lord, namely all the mortal things dwelling upon it; the fullness of goods He cast upon it according to the Psalm, 'The earth is full of the Lord's mercy, and full of His praise' (Ps 32:9). But also the inhabited world; and this is His church under the sun, apart from those dwelling in it. But this inhabited world is inhabited by those who think and live ecclesiastically. He himself established it upon the seas, and the seas being understood as the many storms and salt-spray of the trials that occur. For then the church receives a foundation and a steadfastness, and the...

Against the onslaught of the three-fold waves

Greek · §50

τὸν οι νον, καταμίξασα τὰ θεῖα θεωρήματα λέξεσιν ἀνθρωπίναις. ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κρατῆρος μερίζουσα ἑκάστῳ δίδωσι ποτήριον, ο περ ποτήριον κράτιστον ο ν, τουτέστι τίμιον καὶ ἐξαίρετον τοῦ λαβόντος, λέγεται ὡς καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον χρηματίζει· τοῦ εἰληφότος αὐτό φησιν Καὶ τὸ ποτήριόν μου. εἰ δὲ φέροιτο τὸ Ποτήριόν σου τοιαύτην ε χον διάνοιαν, σοῦ τοῦ κυρίου τὸ ποτήριόν ἐστιν, ο περ ι να πίω δέδωκας. οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρώπινον τὸ προειρημένον κρᾶμα τὸ πρὸς τῆς σοφίας προτεινόμενον. 208 Ps 22,6a Οὐ τοσοῦτον ἐξ ε ργων τις καρποῦται σωτηρίαν, ο σον ἐκ χάριτος θεοῦ ἐλεήμονος ο ντος. ̔Ο γὰρ θεὸς πλούσιος ω ν ἐν ἐλέει διὰ πολλὴν προσοῦσαν αὐτῷ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἀγάπην Χριστῷ συνεζωοποίησεν τοὺς νεκροὺς δι' ἁμαρτήματα καὶ τὰ παραπτώματα γεγενημένους· ο θεν καὶ ὁ α γιός φησιν· Καὶ τὸ ε λεός σου καταδιώξεται, ἀεὶ ἐπερχόμενον καὶ ἐπιχεόμενόν μοι. οὐ γὰρ ποτὲ μὲν ποτὲ δὲ ου , ἀλλὰ Πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς μου καταδιώκει με. πᾶσαι δὲ αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς ζωῆς η τοι οἱ διάφοροι φωτισμοὶ τῆς ἀληθείας καθ' ου ς ζωοποιούμεθα τυγχάνουσιν, η ὁ διὰ βίου παρὼν ἡμῖν Χριστός. 209 Ps 22,6b Εἰς τόπον μὲν χλόης κατασκηνοῖ, ἐν οι κῳ δὲ κυρίου κατοικεῖ, οὐκ ἐπί τινα καιρὸν ἀλλὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἀθανάτου, ἀδιαστάτως καὶ ἐπαλλήλως φωτιζόμενος. 210 Ps 23,1b–2 Μυστικώτερον δὲ τοῦ κυρίου γέγονεν ἡ γῆ, ὁπηνίκα κατελθὼν ἠλευθέρωσεν αὐτὴν τῶν τυραννικῶς κρατούντων αὐτὴν δαιμόνων, καταλύσας πάντα τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἀπατηλῶς ἐπιτελούμενα, μαγείαν, φαρμακείαν, τὰ χρηστήρια τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς δαιμόνων σὺν τοῖς περὶ ἀγαλμάτων καὶ θυσιῶν νόμοις. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς τοῦ κυρίου ἐστίν, η τοι τὰ πάντα ἐπ' αὐτῆς ε θνη οἰκοῦντα· τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ο ἐπέβαλεν αὐτῇ κατὰ τὸ Τοῦ ἐλέους κυρίου πλήρης ἡ γῆ, Καὶ αἰνέσεως αὐτοῦ πλήρης ἡ γῆ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη· αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑφ' ἡλίῳ ἐκκλησία αὐτοῦ α μα τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν αὐτήν. κατοικοῦσι δὲ ταύτην τὴν οἰκουμένην οἱ ἐκκλησιαστικῶς φρονοῦντές τε καὶ βιοῦντες. Αὐτὸς ἐπὶ θαλασσῶν ἐθεμελίωσεν αὐτήν, θαλασσῶν δὲ νοουμένων τῶν κατὰ τοὺς πειρασμοὺς περιστάσεων πολλὴν τρικυμίαν καὶ ἁλμυρίδα ἐχόντων. τότε γὰρ θεμελίωσιν καὶ ε δραν ἀμετακίνητον ἡ ἐκκλησία λαμβάνει, ο τ' α ν τρικυμιῶν προσβαλλουσῶν α σειστος κατὰ τὴν πίστιν διαμένῃ. Καὶ ἐπὶ ποταμῶν 54 ἡτοίμασεν αὐτήν. εὐτρεπῆ τὴν προειρημένην οἰκουμένην καὶ γῆν κατεστήσατο διὰ τῆς δοθείσης νομοθεσίας πρὸς τὸ δέξασθαι τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα, ἀφ' ου ὡς ἀπὸ πηγῆς τὰ ποικίλα χαρίσματα ῥέουσιν ποταμοὶ υ δατος ζῶντος. ἐπὶ τῷ γὰρ ε χειν τούτους τοὺς ποταμοὺς ἡτοίμασεν αὐτήν, θεμελιώσας αὐτήν, ὡς προείρηται, ἐπὶ θαλασσῶν. 211 Ps 23,4a ̓Απόκρισις φέρεται πρὸς τὸν ἐρωτήσαντα ἑρμηνεύουσα ὁποῖός ἐστιν ου τος. ἀθῷος δὲ χερσίν ἐστιν ὁ ἀμέμπτους καὶ ἀθῴους πράξεις ε χων, καθαρὰν δὲ καρδίαν ε χει ὁ βελτίστην ε ξιν ἀναλαβὼν καὶ θεωρητικὸς ω ν τῆς ἀληθείας. 212 Ps 23,4b ̓Επὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχήν ἐστιν λαβεῖν, ο τ' α ν τις λογικὴν ψυχὴν ε χων γινώσκουσαν τί τὸ ὠφέλιμον καὶ βλαβερὸν μὴ χρῷτο τῇ γνώσει ταύτῃ, ω στε φεύγειν τὸ βλαβερὸν καὶ αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ ὠφέλιμον· ὡς καὶ νόμον ἐπὶ ματαίῳ εἰληφέναι φαμὲν τὸν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ μαθόντα τὰ ὑπαγορευόμενα καὶ ἐναλλὰξ χρώμενον ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα. ὁ ου ν ἑπόμενος ταῖς κρίσεσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ταῖς περὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν ὡς ἀναχωρῆσαι τῶν φαύλων μεταποιεῖσθαι δὲ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ου τος Οὐκ ε λαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ. Τάχα δὲ καὶ λαβών τις ψυχὴν λογικήν, δεκτικὴν ἀρετῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν, καὶ μὴ δεξάμενος ταῦτα ω ν ἐστιν δεκτικός, ἀλλ' ἀπάτῃ τοῦ βίου καὶ μερίμνῃ βιωτικῇ καταξανθεὶς ἡδοναῖς καὶ πάθεσιν, ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ει ληφεν. ὁ δ' ἐναντίως τούτῳ διακείμενος οὐκ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ αὐτὴν ε λαβεν. καὶ ο λος ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων ὁ τῶν πολλῶν βίος ἐστίν. 213 Ps 23,4c.5 Πρόσεστι τῷ περὶ ου ὁ λόγος καὶ εὐορκεῖν καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐπὶ δόλῳ πανούργως ὀμνύειν τῷ πλησίον. ὀμνύει δὲ α νευ δόλου μόνος καὶ πᾶς ὁ φυλάττων τὸ Ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ Ου ου . α θλον δὲ ε ξει παρὰ θεοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ εὐλογίαν η τις φθάννει ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν δικαίου. πνευματικὴ δὲ πάντως αυ τη, οὐ χοϊκή. σὺν ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ εὐλογίᾳ καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην λήψεται παρὰ θεοῦ τοῦ σῴζοντος αὐτὸν ἐλέῳ καὶ χάριτι, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ μακάριος ἐσόμενος ο τι ἐλεητικὸς καὶ κοινωνητικὸς γεγενημένος ἐλεηθήσεται. Μακάριοι γὰρ οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ο τι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται. 214 Ps 23,6 ̓Επεὶ μὴ περὶ ἑνός τινος ἀναβαίνοντος εἰς τὸ ο ρος τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἱσταμένου

The Lord of Powers and the Pantokrator§51

51The inquiry has become directed toward a holy place, not as an answer concerning a single person, but concerning every pure person with clean hands and a pure heart. Therefore, the text also brings forth the generation of those seeking him, instead of saying 'All such are'; and the generation having possessed the virtue of the aforementioned are seeking the Lord. They seek in order to find the face of God, as Jacob, whom they wish to behold, might be improved by the understanding and the illumination of it in some way: 'The light of your face has been signaled to us, Lord' (Ps 23:8–10).

Running forward, divine angels were addressing those standing at the heavenly gates: 'Lift up your gates, O rulers; you are leaders and you are guards.' For just as he, bowing, bent the heaven and did not open it, so having been taken up, he did not enter through opened gates, but through those being lifted up. Since these gates also are spiritual, and the angels say toward them: 'Be lifted up, eternal gates.' But these spiritual gates are not temporary, because they are not bodily, but eternal because of the incorporeal and unblemished nature; yet they say that the gates should be lifted and be lifted up, not so that the glorious ones might enter, but that the King of Glory might enter.

And it is said that the Savior is the King of Glory to rule over all the glorious ones according to God, and as one bringing glory from all and possessing the true and lasting kingdom. Providing this to the worthy, and he is its Lord, it is said according to: 'For if they had known, they would not have crucified the Lord of Glory' (1 Cor 2:8). But since not God the Word alone ascended, but coming forth he was taken up in flesh, being animated by a spiritual soul, the powers above were astonished, asking: 'Who is this King of Glory?' For seeing the one spoken of as the King of Glory surrounding himself with flesh, they marveled.

Again, those running forward said, 'Lord, mighty and powerful,' shouting contrary to this: 'Not the one surrounding himself with a body, but the one having excelled against those who fell from us and having taken on a tyrannical power, the Lord who is mighty in war,' having seen that he had utterly defeated all, to contradict and to wish to stand against them. Having heard these things, the rulers along with the eternal gates...

They were not satisfied with doing only what was commanded, but they also stood over the higher powers and the gates of the higher heavens, as they reported, proclaiming the gates of the Most High, your rulers, and so on. And when they were questioned again, the angels answered them, and this was their answer, saying, 'Lord of Powers,' He is the King of Glory. But they call Him 'Lord of Powers' as a commander of armies.

It should be noted that those who have been precise regarding the Hebrews say that the voice of Sabaoth is lying in the Hebrew. The Seventy translate into Greek either 'Lord of Powers,' 'Lord of Armies,' or 'the Pantokrator.' They say, indeed, that in this place where Sabaoth is located, the translation into 'Lord of Powers' has occurred. But if Sabaoth lies concerning the Savior, it is also translated into 'the Pantokrator,' so that it is fitting the voice of the Pantokrator should be attributed to the Savior; for if all things came into being through Him, and He is before all things, and all things consist in Him, and He holds providentially all things having come into being through Him, and He is before all things consisting in Him, it follows that He is called Pantokrator. For it is His face speaking in Zechariah: 'Thus says the Lord of hosts: I have been sent after glory' (Zech 8:2), and 'You shall know what the Lord of hosts has sent me to you' (Zech 8:13). For the Son is the Pantokrator being sent by the Pantokrator, being sent by the Father. And most clearly in the Apocalypse of John, the Savior is called Pantokrator: 'These things says the Lord, the faithful and true witness, the one who was and the one who is and the one who is coming, the Lord God the Pantokrator' (Rev 1:8). For these things have been said about the Son without dispute.

Let me not be put to shame, as those who trust in others are put to shame; for he who trusts in wealth shall not fall (Ps 24:1-3). This is to be said synecdochically concerning all temporal things. For I pray, having trust toward You, not to contend with those who are striving, lest I should be made a laughingstock by the enemies; and my enemies are the devil and the other evil powers and men except the God-fearing. For having learned this through all, I am emboldened, not to be put to shame by all those...

Greek · §51

εἰς τόπον α γιον αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐρώτησις γέγονεν, οὐδὲ ἡ ἀπόκρισις περὶ ἑνὸς ἀλλὰ περὶ παντὸς ἀθῴου χερσὶν καὶ καθαροῦ τῇ καρδίᾳ. διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει τὸ Αυ τη ἡ γενεὰ ζητούντων αὐτὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ Πάντες οἱ τοιοῦτοι καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων ἀρετὴν ἐσχηκότες γενεὰ ζητοῦντές εἰσι τὸν κύριον· ζητοῦντες δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ εὑρεῖν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Ιακώβ, ο ν θεωρῆσαι θέλουσιν ι να βελτιωθέντες ἐκ τῆς κατανοήσεως καὶ ἐκλάμψεως αὐτοῦ ει πωσιν· ̓Εσημειώθη ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου, κύριε. 215 Ps 23,8–10 Προτρέχοντες θεῖοι α γγελοι προσεφώνουν τοῖς ἐφεστηκόσιν ταῖς οὐρανίαις πύλαις· Αρατε πύλας, οἱ α ρχοντες ὑμῶν, τὰς ὑμετέρας ω ν ἡγεῖσθε καὶ φύλακές ἐστε. ὡς γὰρ κατιών, κλίνας οὐρανὸν καὶ οὐκ ἀνοίξας κατῆλθεν, ου τως ἀναληφθείς, οὐκ ἀνοιχθεισῶν πυλῶν, εἰσῆλθεν, ἀλλὰ αἰρομένων. ει τα ἐπεὶ αυ ται αἱ πύλαι καὶ λογικαὶ τυγχάνουσιν, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰς οἱ α γγελοί φασιν· ̓Επάρθητε, πύλαι αἰώνιοι. αυ ται δὲ αἱ πνευματικαὶ πύλαι οὐ πρόσκαιροι, ἐπεὶ μὴ σωματικαί, ἀλλ' αἰώνιοι διὰ τὸ α ϋλον καὶ ἀκήρατον· πλὴν φάσκοντες ἀρθῆναι καὶ ἐπαρθῆναι τὰς πύλας, οὐχ ε να τῶν ἐπιδόξων εἰσελεύσεσθαι ἀλλὰ τὸν Βασιλέα τῆς δόξης φασίν. Βασιλεὺς δὲ δόξης ὁ σωτὴρ τῷ α ρχειν πάντων τῶν ἐπιδόξων κατὰ θεὸν ει ρηται καὶ ὡς τὴν παρὰ πάντων κομιζόμενος δόξαν καὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ καὶ μόνιμον ε χων βασιλείαν. ταύτην δὲ παρέχων τοῖς ἀξίοις, καὶ κύριος αὐτῆς ει ρηται κατὰ τὸ Εἰ γὰρ ε γνωσαν, οὐκ α ν τὸν κύριον τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ μὴ μόνος ὁ θεὸς λόγος ἀνῆλθεν ἀλλ' ἐπιφερόμενος η ν ἀνείληφεν σάρκα ἐψυχωμένην ψυχῇ νοερᾷ, ξενιζόμεναι αἱ α νω δυνάμεις ἐπυνθάνοντο Τίς ἐστιν ου τος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης; σάρκα γὰρ περικείμενον τὸν λεχθέντα Βασιλέα τῆς δόξης ἰδοῦσαι, ἐθαύμαζον. Πάλιν 55 δὲ οἱ προτρέχοντες, Κύριος, ε λεγον, κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατός, α ντικρυς τοῦτο βοῶντες· ο ν ι στε παμβασιλέα καὶ τῶν ο λων δεσπότην κραταιὸν καὶ δυνατόν, ου τός ἐστιν σῶμα περικείμενος, ἀριστεύσας κατὰ τῶν ἀφ' ἡμῶν πεσόντων καὶ τυραννικὴν ε ξιν ἀναλαβόντων, Κύριος ω ν δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ, ὀφθεὶς τῷ πάντας καταλελυκέναι ἀντιδοξῆσαι καὶ ἀνθίστασθαι θελήσαντας. Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οἱ α ρχοντες μετὰ καὶ τῶν αἰωνίων πυλῶν αὐτῶν οὐκ ἠρκέσθησαν τὸ προσταχθὲν μόνον ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ὑπερτέρω δυνάμεσιν ἐπιστατούσαις καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς πύλαις τῶν ἀνωτέρων οὐρανῶν α περ η κουσαν ἀνήγγειλαν, κηρύττουσαι τὸ Αρατε πύλας, οἱ α ρχοντες ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. καὶ πυθομέναις πάλιν αὐταῖς ἀπεκρίναντο η ν ε σχον καὶ αυ ται ἀπόκρισιν, Κύριος δυνάμεων εἰποῦσαι Αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης. ∆υνάμεων δὲ κύριον αὐτὸν ει πον ὡς α ρχοντα στρατοπέδων. σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι οἱ τὰ ̔Εβραίων ἠκριβωκότες φασὶν τὴν Σαβαὼθ φωνὴν ἐν τῷ ̔Εβραικῷ κειμένην. εἰς ̔Ελλάδα φωνὴν οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα μεταλαμβάνοντες ὁτὲ μὲν τὸ Κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων, ὁτὲ δὲ Κύριος στρατιῶν, ὁτὲ δὲ τὸ Παντοκράτωρ ε ταξαν. λέγουσι γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ κειμένου τοῦ Σαβαώθ, μετάληψις εἰς τὸ Κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων γέγονεν. εἰ δὲ τὸ Σαβαὼθ ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος κεῖται, ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ Παντοκράτωρ, εἰκότως ἡ Παντοκράτωρ φωνὴ τοῦ σωτῆρος κατηγορηθείη· εἰ γὰρ Πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ γέγονεν καὶ Αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν, κρατεῖ δὲ προνοητικῶς τῶν δι' αὐτοῦ πάντων γεγενημένων καὶ πρὸ πάντων ἐστὶν τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ συστάντων, ἀκολούθως Παντοκράτωρ λέγεται. αὐτοῦ γοῦν ἐστι πρόσωπον λέγον ἐν Ζαχαρίᾳ Ου τω λέγει κύριος παντοκράτωρ ̓Οπίσω δόξης ἀπέστειλέν με, καὶ Γνώσῃ ο τι κύριος παντοκράτωρ ἀπέστειλέν με πρός σε. παντοκράτωρ γὰρ ὑπὸ παντοκράτορος ἀποστελλόμενος ὁ υἱός ἐστιν, ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς πεμπόμενος. ἀριδηλότατα δὲ ἐν τῇ ̓Ιωάννου ̓Αποκαλύψει παντοκράτωρ ὁ σωτὴρ λέγεται· Τάδε γὰρ λέγει κύριος, ὁ μαρτὺς ὁ πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινός, ὁ η ν καὶ ὁ ω ν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ. ἀναμφισβητήτως γὰρ ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ ει ρηται. 216 Ps 24,1b–3a Οι δα μὴ καταισχυνθησόμενον ἐμαυτόν, ω σπερ καταισχύνονται οἱ ἐπ' α λλοις τισὶ πεποιθότες· ̔Ο πεποιθὼς γὰρ ἐπὶ πλούτῳ ου τος πεσεῖται. συνεκδοχικῶς δὲ περὶ πάντων τῶν προσκαίρων τοῦτο λεκτέον. τὴν γὰρ πρὸς σὲ πεποίθησιν ε χων ευ χομαι μὴ διαμαρτεῖν τῶν σπουδαζομένων, ο πως μὴ ὀφλήσω παρὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς γέλωτα· ἐχθροί μου δὲ διάβολος καὶ αἱ α λλαι πονηραὶ δυνάμεις καὶ α νθρωποι θεοσεβείας ἐκτός. τεθάρσηκα γὰρ καθ' ο λου τοῦτο μαθών, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεσθαι πάντας τοὺς

Divine Mercy and the Two Ways§52

52Enduring you. Perhaps these things suit the saints before the arrival. They await him and endure his coming descent. For when he has come, the laughter of the enemies will reach its end, those who mocked against those hoping in God.

the way through emptiness, the vain and empty, signifies this (Ps 24:3b). Such is that in Proverbs 14:12: 'The way of all those who work iniquity, bringing shame to those who sin in vain'; for they do not perform the things of iniquity toward any perfection like the guardians of the law. The paths of the Lord, his commandments one must speak (Ps 24:4-5). But he also says that one must teach them as paths worn by foot-traffic, so that having trodden the tracks, I may make my course unerring. And since the practical life alone is not sufficient for perfect salvation, so that with this I might also perfect the contemplative life, 'Guide me pedagogically upon your truth.' And furthermore, according to the place, it will be said: of the law and the prophets, encountering the paths of the Lord, no one else will make them known to the one desiring to be tested by them, who is the Lord himself. For having made known to his paths and having taught the foot-traffic, through having spoken to the fathers in the prophets, 'Guide me upon the one who said: I am the truth' (John 14:6), having spoken in the Son at the end of days. And indeed you, O God, are my savior; for through whom you taught me, you will provide salvation to me.

As the proper energy of light is to illuminate and of knowledge is to know (Ps 24:6), so it is the proper energy of God to have mercy and to show mercy, and 'God and Father of mercies' is said. The saint does not wish to say it is such a thing; being a Father who is a source and beginning of them, he says 'Remember these, your offspring.' For even if you were angry for a little while with those who sinned, but the anger is not according to your nature, but having endured usefully in order to stop iniquity, let him cease, taking memory of your mercies which are according to your nature. And we also have become accustomed, being indignant at our own, and to speak to weak men, 'Remember your goodness and imitate yourself, reconciling with those under indignation.' Just as the mercies will stand in reconciliation with God, so also the mercies...

His mercy according to nature, being present to him, are from the age, therefore they remain unto the age according to 'His mercy is unto the age' (Ps 24:7ab). And to whom does God say, 'With eternal mercy I have had mercy on you'? No one confesses upon those present and actively committing sins, but upon those having ceased and those no longer being sinners. This indeed he says even now, asserting, 'Do not remember the sins of my youth and my ignorance.' For those having sinned and acted ignorantly in youth are no longer actively committing them to the one having passed through youth. Perhaps the term 'youth' does not signify age here, but the unstable and uncertain state of that period. For anyone who is in such a condition, he is ignorant and sins, as the Scripture says, 'That I might give cunning to the guileless,' whereas a young child is given perception and understanding. Having deemed it worthy that he should not remember the sins and ignorances of his youth, he immediately brought forward: 'According to your mercy, remember me' (Ps 24:7c). For according to mercy, God remembers; he does not recall the faults. By nature, being merciful and God being good, he possesses kindness by nature; he remembers the one repenting with mercy (Ps 24:8). And he is straight because he is not disposed toward sin, and because he requires the sinners to be straight; therefore, he will legislate for those sinning in the way (Ps 24:8). For he subjects those actively committing evil to law, so that, having been prevented from sinning, they might walk the way of salvation (Ps 24:9).

The God who legislates will guide those having gentleness and stability in judgment—that is, having been examined and scrutinized (Ps 24:9). For having learned the two ways before the face of man, the way of life and the way of death, and having turned away from the way of death and walking the way of life, he walks in judgment, being led by the Lord, because of the calmness and stability of the mind; for the gentle possess tranquility of thoughts. The Lord himself, after having led the gentle in judgment, will teach them and his own ways, which are the ways leading toward him; for he himself travels them; for one traveling behind the Lord learns his ways (Ps 24:10). All the ways leading toward the Lord, he himself walks in the manner having been said (Ps 24:10).

Greek · §52

ὑπομένοντάς σε. Τάχα δὲ ἁρμόζει ταῦτα τοῖς πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας ἁγίοις. προσδοκῶσιν αὐτὸν καὶ ὑπομένουσιν τὴν δεῦρο κάθοδον αὐτοῦ. ἐληλυθότος γὰρ αὐτοῦ, τέλος ι σχει ὁ γέλως τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ο ν ἐκάγχαζον κατὰ τῶν ἐπὶ θεὸν ἐλπιζόντων. 217 Ps 24,3b Τὸ ∆ιὰ κενῆς τὸ μάταιον καὶ κενὸν σημαίνει. τοιοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐν Παροιμίαις Αυ τη ἡ ὁδὸς πάντων τῶν συντελούντων τὰ α νομα, αἰσχύνην φέρουσα τοῖς διὰ κενῆς ἀνομοῦσιν· οὐ γὰρ ἐπί τινι τέλει χρηστῷ ὡς οἱ φύλακες τοῦ νόμου τὰ τῆς ἀνομίας ἐπιτελοῦσιν. 218 Ps 24,4.5 ̔Οδοὺς κυρίου ῥητέον τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὰς Τὰς ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁδοῖς τρίβους δίδαξόν μέ φησιν, ι να τὰ ι χνη α ε τριψαν οἱ προοδεύσαντες ε χων ἀπλανῆ τι ποιήσωμαι τὴν πορείαν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ μὴ ἀπαρκεῖ πρὸς τελείαν σωτηρίαν μόνος ὁ πρακτικὸς βίος, ι να σὺν τούτῳ καὶ τὸν θεωρητικὸν κατορθώσω, ̔Οδήγησόν με παιδευτικῶς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου. Καὶ α λλως δὲ κατὰ τὸν τόπον λεχθήσεται· τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ὁδῶν κυρίου τυγχανουσῶν, οὐκ α λλος αὐτὰς γνωρίσαι τῷ ποθοῦντι πειραθῆναι αὐτῶν οι ός τε η ὁ κύριος. αὐτὸς γὰρ γνωρίσας ἡμῖν τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς τρίβους διδάξας, διὰ τοῦ λελαληκέναι τοῖς πατράσιν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, ̔Οδήγησόν με ἐπὶ τὸν εἰπόντα· ̓Εγώ 56 εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἐπ' ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν λαλήσας ἐν υἱῷ. καὶ γὰρ σύ, ω θεέ, σωτήρ μου τυγχάνεις· δι' ω ν γὰρ ἐδίδαξάς με, σωτηρίαν μοι παρέσχου. 219 Ps 24,6 ̔Ως ἰδία ἐνέργεια τοῦ φωτὸς τὸ φωτίζειν καὶ τῆς ἐπιστήμης εἰς τὸ γινώσκειν α γειν, ου τω τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεία ἐνέργεια τὸ οἰκτείρειν καὶ ἐλεεῖν ο θεν καὶ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν ει ρηται. ο ου ν βούλεται λέγειν ὁ α γιος τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· οἰκτίρμων τυγχάνων πατὴρ τῷ πηγὴ καὶ ἀρχὴ αὐτῶν ει ναι Μνήσθητι τούτων τῶν σῶν γενημάτων. εἰ γὰρ καὶ πρὸς ὀλίγον ὠργίσθῃς τοῖς ἡμαρτηκόσιν, ἀλλ' ἡ ὀργὴ οὐ κατὰ φύσιν σου ου σα ἀλλὰ χρησίμως ὑποστᾶσα ἐπὶ τῷ ἀναιρῆσαι κακίαν παυσάσθω, μνήμην σου λαμβάνοντος τῶν κατὰ φύσιν σου οἰκτιρμῶν. εἰώθαμεν δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἀγανακτοῦντες τοῖς ἡμετέροις, καὶ ι λεω ἀνθρώποις λέγειν Μνήσθητι τῆς ἀγαθότητός σου καὶ μίμησαι σεαυτὸν καταλλασσόμενος τοῖς ὑπὸ τὴν ἀγανάκτησιν. Ωσπερ ου ν οἱ οἰκτιρμοὶ καταλλήλως τῷ θεῷ πρόσεισιν, ου τω καὶ τὰ ἐλέη αὐτοῦ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτῷ παρόντα ̓Απὸ τοῦ αἰῶνός εἰσιν, ο θεν καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένουσιν κατὰ τὸ Οτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ· καὶ πρός τινα δέ φησιν ὁ θεὸς ̓Ελέῳ αἰωνίῳ ἠλέησά σε. 220 Ps 24,7ab Οὐδεὶς μετανοῶν ἐπὶ παροῦσιν καὶ ε τι ἐνεργουμένοις ἁμαρτήμασιν ἐξομολογεῖται ἀλλ' ἐπὶ παυσαμένοις καὶ οὐκ ε τ' ου σιν. τοῦτο γοῦν λέγει καὶ νῦν, φάσκων ̔Αμαρτίας νεότητός μου καὶ ἀγνοίας μου μὴ μνησθῇς. τὰ γὰρ ἐν νεότητι ἡμαρτημένα καὶ ἠγνοημένα οὐκ ε τ' ἐνεργεῖται τῷ τὴν νεότητα διαβεβηκότι. τάχα δὲ τὸ τῆς νεότητος ο νομα οὐχ ἡλικίαν ἐνταῦθα δηλοῖ ἀλλὰ τὸ α στατον καὶ ἀβέβαιον τοῦ η θους. ο σον γάρ τις ἐν τοιαύτῃ καταστάσει ἐστίν, ἀγνοεῖ καὶ ἁμαρτάνει, ε ως ὁ θεὸς αι σθησιν καὶ ε ννοιαν δῷ ῃ φησὶν ἡ γραφὴ Ινα δῷ ἀκάκοις πανουργίαν, παιδὶ δὲ νέῳ αι σθησίν τε καὶ ε ννοιαν. ̓Αξιώσας ου ν ο πως μὴ μνησθῇ τῶν τῆς νεότητος αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ ἀγνοιῶν, ἐπήγαγεν εὐθὺς τὸ Κατὰ τὸ ε λεός σου μνήσθητί μου. κατὰ ἐλεημοσύνην γὰρ μιμνήσκεται ὁ θεὸς ου τῶν πταισμάτων οὐ μνημονεύει. 221 Ps 24,7c Κατὰ φύσιν ι λεως ω ν καὶ ἀγαθὸς ὁ θεὸς σύμφυτον ε χει χρηστότητα, η ς ε νεκα σὺν ἐλέῳ μνημονεύει τοῦ μετανοοῦντος. 222 Ps 24,8 Καὶ εὐθής ἐστιν η τοι διὰ τὸ πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πεφυκέναι η διὰ τὸ εὐθύνας ἀπαιτεῖν τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, ο θεν καὶ Νομοθετήσει ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐν ὁδῷ. τοὺς γὰρ ε τι ἐνεργοῦντας τὸ κακὸν ὑποβάλλει νόμῳ, ο πως κωλυθέντες τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν τὴν σωτήριον ὁδεύσωσιν ὁδόν. 223 Ps 24,9 ̔Ο νομοθετῶν θεὸς ὁδηγήσει τοὺς πραότητα καὶ εὐστάθειαν ε χοντας ἐν κρίσει τουτέστιν ἐξητασμένως καὶ ἠκριβωμένως. ὁ γὰρ μαθὼν δύο ὁδοὺς πρὸ προσώπου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ει ναι, τὴν τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ τὴν μὲν τοῦ θανάτου ἀποστραφείς, ὁδεύων δὲ τὴν τῆς ζωῆς ὁδόν, ̓Εν κρίσει βαδίζει, ποδηγούμενος ὑπὸ κυρίου, διὰ τὸ γαληνὸν καὶ εὐσταθὲς τῆς διανοίας· οἱ γὰρ πραεῖς ἀταραξίαν ε χουσι λογισμῶν. Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κύριος μετὰ τὸ ὁδηγῆσαι ἐν κρίσει τοὺς πραεῖς διδάξει αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰς ἑαυτοῦ ὁδούς, η τοι τὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν φερούσας η α ς αὐτὸς πορεύεται· ὁ γὰρ ὀπίσω κυρίου πορευόμενος τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ μανθάνει. 224 Ps 24,10 Πᾶσαι αἱ πρὸς κύριον φέρουσαι ὁδοὶ η α ς αὐτὸς βαδίζει τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον

The Monogenes and the Guiltless§53

53Those things established according to truth and becoming present with goodness are mercy and truth. For it is necessary to be shown mercy first, lest anyone fall upon them and, through this, outpace the one traveling upon the truth. But the ways of the Lord are not viewed as mercy and truth by all, but by those seeking His covenant and His testimonies; for he who is outside the covenant and the testimonies is a stranger to the goodness and the beauty of the Lord's ways.

One must seek the covenant which God set forth for the fathers, leading them out of the spiritual Egypt, that is, of the much-willed wandering. For having sought and having searched it, we shall enter into it and also the new covenant which Jesus confirmed with His own eyes; for every covenant is powerless if death has not overtaken the one establishing it, as the apostle says; for a covenant is established upon the dead, lest perhaps the one establishing it were not living. Therefore, to fulfill His own covenant, Jesus, willing, accepted death. And one must seek in the covenant also the testimonies of God, those having testified and having been inspired by Him with words.

For the sake of Your forgiveness, O Lord, I, Your servant, will seek Your covenant, expecting freedom from it and the inheritance which You appointed as if I had become a son (Ps 24:11). But also, be propitiated toward my sin, not toward the sin being worked, but toward it being ceased. For the required purity is great, not according to quantity but according to the comparison of that which is owed to be offered.

He who fears God is indeed rare, but is not unfindable (Ps 24:12). By this, the Lord does not legislate a way which He Himself preferred, but the one who fears Him. The soul of the devout, if it does not go further into the good things, is satisfied in them, always working them (Ps 24:13). Therefore, the seed will generally obtain the inheritance of the land, not the one under the feet, but that of the gentle ones (Ps 24:16b–20). His only-begotten self...

He says according to the one saying: 'I also was left alone, and they seek my soul.' Therefore also I am poor, for I do not have the support of those of the same mind. And it is to be known what the 'monogenes' means: the only, just as you would say the only sun; it is not the same as the 'monogenes' Son. For what pertains to the monogenes Son, the only-begotten from the Father, is said to be the only one from Him.

And you will perceive the tribulations of the heart and those driving through with opposing thoughts. 'Bring me out of my necessities' (Ps 25:1); from those surrounding, forcing and necessitating the departure of my intention, just as 'bring me out of great necessities' (Ps 25:1). One, having taken the perceptions of his own sins, humbling himself because of the lack of boldness and suffering because of the fruits of repentance, says: 'See my humiliation and my labor, and forgive all my sins' (Ps 25:7).

When someone ceases to have previously been active in sins, he will hate the demons who are active in them. And indeed many, becoming against the one being plotted against, hate him unjustly; but unjust hatred is that which happens against those doing things not worthy of hatred, while justly hating the evil things. 'Preserve the soul, lest it fall to those who hate unjustly' (Ps 24:21); but also to rescue it from deeds such as those which they will be able to hold onto.

'Guiltless' he says, either referring to those being deprived of malice or the more simple, and 'upright' to those having accomplished perfect virtue. 'Not clinging to me (through unanimity), what I endured, O Lord' (Ps 25:2). Perhaps also 'guiltless' refers to the diligent among men, and 'upright' to the divine angels clinging to Him and becoming of divine powers concerning the diligent. 'No one sins and wishes to be judged for those things which he has done, and especially before Him who sees the hidden things' (Ps 25:11). And he who has walked in guiltlessness, that is, having progressed, is worthy to obtain this; for he shall not receive a wage of inheritance, but upon the Lord...

Greek · §53

κατ' ἀλήθειαν κατορθούμεναι καὶ σὺν χρηστότητι γινόμεναι ε λεός εἰσι καὶ ἀλήθεια· δεῖ γὰρ ἐλεηθῆναι πρότερον, ι να τις ἐπιβῇ αὐταῖς καὶ ου τω δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὁδεύειν ἐπ' αὐτὴν τὴν ἀλήθειαν φθάσῃ. οὐ πᾶσιν δὲ ε λεος καὶ ἀλήθεια θεωροῦνται αἱ ὁδοὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἀλλὰ Τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσι τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια αὐτοῦ· ὁ γὰρ ἐκτὸς ω ν τῆς διαθήκης καὶ τῶν μαρτυρίων α πειρός ἐστιν τῆς χρηστότητος καὶ τοῦ κάλλους τῶν κυριακῶν ὁδῶν. ̓Εκζητητέον ου ν τὴν διαθήκην η ν διέθετο ὁ θεὸς τοῖς πατράσιν ἐξάγων αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς πνευματικῆς Αἰγύπτου τουτέστιν τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης. ἐκζητήσαντες γὰρ καὶ ἐρευνήσαντες αὐτὴν εἰσόμεθα καὶ τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην η ν ἐβεβαίωσεν ̓Ιησοῦς τῷ αι ματι τῷ ἰδίῳ· πᾶσα γὰρ διαθήκη ἀνίσχυρος μὴ θάνατον ἐσχηκότος τοῦ διατιθεμένου, ῃ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος· ∆ιαθήκη γὰρ ἐπὶ 57 νεκροῖς βέβαια, ἐπεὶ μήποτε ἰσχύει ο σον ζῇ ὁ διατιθέμενος. διὸ πληρῶσαι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ διαθήκην ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς βουλόμενος θάνατον ἀνεδέξατο. ἐκζητητέον δὲ ἐν τῇ διαθήκῃ καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια τοῦ θεοῦ, τοὺς μεμαρτυρηκότας καὶ ἐμπνευσθέντας ὑπ' αὐτοῦ λόγους. 225 Ps 24,11 Ενεκα τῆς σῆς προσηγορίας, ω δέσποτα, ἐγὼ ὁ σὸς οἰκέτης ἐκζητήσω τὴν διαθήκην σου, ἐλευθερίαν ἐξ αὐτῆς προσδοκῶν η κληρονομίαν η ν ὡς υἱῷ γενομένῳ ω ρισας· ἀλλὰ καὶ ̔Ιλάσθητι τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ μου, οὐ τῇ ε τι ἐνεργουμένῃ ἀλλὰ παυσαμένῃ. Πολλὴ γάρ ἐστιν, οὐ κατὰ ποσότητα ἀλλὰ κατὰ σύγκρισιν τῆς προσεῖναι ὀφειλούσης καθαρότητος. 226 Ps 24,12 ̔Ο φοβούμενος θεὸν σπανίζει μέν, οὐκ ἀνεύρετος δέ ἐστιν. τούτῳ ου ν νομοθετεῖ ὁ κύριος ὁδόν, η ν ᾑρετίσατο η τοι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος η ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτόν. 227 Ps 24,13 ̔Η ψυχὴ τοῦ εὐλαβοῦς τῶν ἀγαθῶν περαιτέρω μὴ γινομένη ἐν αὐτοῖς αὐλίζεται, ἐνεργοῦσα αὐτὰ ἀεί. διὸ καὶ καθόλου τεύξεται τὸ σπέρμα ε χειν κληρονομοῦν τὴν γῆν, οὐ τὴν ὑπὸ πόδας ἀλλὰ τὴν τῶν πραέων. 228 Ps 24,16b–20 Μονογενῆ ἑαυτὸν φάσκει κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα· Κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος, καὶ ζητοῦσι τὴν ψυχήν μου. διὸ καὶ πτωχός εἰμι, οὐκ ε χων τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὁμοζήλων ἀρωγήν. ἰστέον δ' ο τι τὸ μονογενὲς σημαίνει τὸ μόνον, ω σπερ καὶ τὸν η λιον μονογενῆ ἐρεῖς· οὐ ταὐτὸν α ν τῷ μονογενεῖ υἱῷ· ο που γὰρ πρόσκειται τῷ μονογενεῖ υἱὸς η παρὰ πατρὸς μονογενές, λέγεται τὸ μόνον ἐξ ἐκείνου τυγχάνον. Θλίψεις δὲ τῆς καρδίας νοήσεις καὶ τοὺς διοχλοῦντας ἐναντίους λογισμούς. ̓Εκ τῶν ἀναγκῶν μου ἐξάγαγέ με· ἐκ τῶν περιεστηκότων βιαζομένων καὶ ἀναγκαζόντων ἐκκροῦσαι τὴν πρόθεσίν μου ὡς ἐκ μεγάλων ἀναγκῶν ἐξάγαγέ με. Αι σθησιν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἑαυτοῦ λαβών τις ταπεινούμενος διὰ τὸ ἀπαρρησίαστον καὶ κάμνων διὰ καρποὺς μετανοίας ἐρεῖ τὸ Ιδε τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου καὶ τὸν κόπον μου καὶ α φες πάσας τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου. Οτ' α ν παύσηταί τις ω ν πρότερον ἐνήργει ἁμαρτημάτων, ἐχθροὺς ε ξει τοὺς ἐνεργοῦντας αὐτὰ δαίμονας. ου τοι δὲ καὶ πολλοὶ κατὰ τοῦ ἐπιβουλευομένου γινόμενοι μῖσος α δικον μισοῦσιν αὐτόν· μῖσος δὲ α δικόν ἐστι τὸ γινόμενον κατὰ τῶν μὴ α ξια μίσους πραττόντων, δικαίως μισουμένων τῶν φαύλων. Φύλαξον τὴν ψυχήν, ο πως μὴ ὑποπέσῃ τοῖς ἀδίκως μισοῦσι· ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥῦσαι αὐτὴν ἀπὸ πράξεων τοιούτων ἐφ' αι ς κρατῆσαι αὐτῆς δυνήσονται. 229 Ps 24,21 ̓Ακάκους λέγει η τοὺς στερομένους κακίας η τοὺς ἁπλουστέρους, εὐθεῖς δὲ τοὺς κατορθώσαντας τὴν τελείαν ἀρετήν. ου τοι ου ν ̓Εκολλῶντό μοι (δι' ὁμοφροσύνην), ο τι ὑπέμεινά σε, κύριε. τάχα δὲ καὶ ἀκάκους λέγει τοὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων σπουδαίους, εὐθεῖς δὲ τοὺς θείους ἀγγέλους κολλωμένους αὐτῷ τῷ καὶ θείας δυνάμεις γίνεσθαι περὶ τὸν σπουδαῖον. 230 Ps 25,1bc Οὐδεὶς ἁμαρτάνων κριθῆναι βούλεται ἐφ' οι ς πεποίηκεν καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς τοῦ τὰ κρυπτὰ ὁρῶντος. ὁ δὲ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ πορευθεὶς τουτέστιν προκόψας ἀξιοῖ τούτου τυχεῖν· οι δεν γὰρ μισθοῦ η κληρονομίας τευξόμενος, Καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ

The Tabernacle, Divine Protection, and the One Thing§54

54Hoping, I shall not be weak; for I am contained by the hope toward God, being strengthened by it, I shall not be weak. Scripture is carried forth saying: 'I shall not be shaken.' And through this it is not made manifest: because the hope toward God provides for me something firm and immovable, 'Hoping in the Lord, I shall not be shaken' (Ps 25:2).

Since it is not the one recommending himself who is proven, but the Lord establishes, having testified to himself that one should walk in integrity and desiring that one should not be weak, he wants one to be tested and tried by struggles, so that the righteous may be revealed, and one may be tried so that, having received a trial, he might have endurance that is proven. And previously, having an analogy between the kidneys and the heart, it is said. That these two things should be purified through painful struggle, so that they might be shown as proven gold (Ps 25:3).

I would not have been worthy to suffer the aforementioned painful things, unless your mercy had considered me, coinciding with me so as to enable me to endure them. Your mercy, which has been seen by me in front of my eyes, works together to please in your truth; for God's mercy makes one please according to truth and not by affectation (Ps 25:6,7).

One washes the practical powers of the soul, called hands tropically, in innocence, doing nothing trivial but something significant in them. Perhaps also the one who stains them in the work of evils washes and cleanses them, using good works instead of water. Having become outside of all the aforementioned evils and having washed my hands in innocence, I shall surround with the justice of an innocent priest the spiritual altar of the Lord, upon which someone offers up spiritual sacrifices, namely the pure prayers or the lawful acts. To have heard the voice of angels, souls, and spirits of the righteous praising you, to have become around the altar, to have washed my hands in innocence and to have abstained from all those leading astray, but also to perform the narrating of all your wonders in a vast and paradoxical way (Ps 25:8,9).

He who loves the Lord from his whole soul and all the things of God, to whom also the decency of his house belongs, loves; and the decency of God's house is the truth of the dogmas and the command of the canons of the church, being considered his house. Toward these...

And he says that even the tabernacle of the glory of God is loved. Perhaps the tent of witness which Moses constructed in the wilderness is the tabernacle of the glory of God; this is a symbol of progress. But that which Solomon built after the journey to Jerusalem is the temple, bearing a type of the beauty of perfection.

However, he does not wish for the ungodly to possess it, lest his soul be destroyed along with them; for one possessing a pious intention will not be persuaded by this. He also exhorts one not to become a murderer, so that his life may not be destroyed along with men of blood; for in the practice of these things there is injustice and total wickedness.

Even if he is conscious of the most beautiful things foretold to him, fearing to sin, he is not justified by this alone, through many hidden sins; he deserves to be redeemed and to receive mercy (Ps 25:11b). God our Savior is the one rescuing us from sins and from death, and a light that dissolves the darkness of wickedness and ignorance, and illuminating with the light of knowledge (Ps 26:1bc). He who has thus been united and enlightened by the Lord, whom shall he fear? For no one is able to harm such good ones who have attained security. The Lord is the defender of my life; from whom shall I dread? (Ps 26:3,4). These things shall be said, and concerning perceptible enemies and concerning a phalanx of invisible enemies; for if he says, 'war rises up against me,' in this heart which does not fear them, I hope, having become bold, in a God who fights for me. It is also requested and sought to dwell in the house of the Lord, that is, in the church, through thinking on ecclesiastical matters all the days of his enlightened life. 'One thing I asked, which I sought: to dwell on earth, even if I should find many good things, I beseech you, before all things I asked this one thing, to dwell in the house of the Lord (Ps 27:2) in order, and not in confusion, in all the good things that become one;' perhaps the 'One thing I asked' is to be heard as the exceptional or the great. Since he also says in the beforehand that he has loved the beauty...

Greek · §54

ἐλπίζων οὐ μὴ ἀσθενήσω· ο σον περιέχομαι τῆς πρὸς θεὸν ἐλπίδος, ὑπ' αὐτῆς ἐνδυναμούμενος οὐκ ἀσθενήσω. φέρεται γραφὴ λέγουσα· Οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ. καὶ διὰ ταύτης ου ν δηλοῦται· ἐπεὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ε δραν μοι βεβαίαν καὶ ἀμετακίνητον παρέχει, ̓Ελπίζων ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ. 231 Ps 25,2 ̓Επεὶ οὐχ ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων δόκιμός ἐστιν ἀλλ' ο ν ὁ κύριος συνίστησιν, μαρτυρήσας ἑαυτῷ τὸ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ πεπορεῦσθαι καὶ τὸ μὴ ἀσθενῆσαι βούλεται ὑπὸ κυρίου δοκιμασθῆναι καὶ πειρασθῆναι μὲν δι' ἀγώνων, ι να ἀναφανῇ δίκαιος, πειρασθῇ δὲ ο πως πεῖραν δεδωκὼς καρτερίας ε χῃ τὸ δόκιμον. Καὶ πρότερον η δη ὡς ἀναλογίαν ἐχόντων τῶν νεφρῶν πρὸς τὴν καρδίαν ει ρηται. πυρωθῆναι ου ν ἑκάτερα ταῦτα ἀξιοῖ δι' ἐπιπόνου ἀγωγῆς, ι να ὡς χρυσὸς δόκιμος ἀναδειχθῇ. 232 Ps 25,3 Οὐκ α ν ἠξίωσα παθεῖν τὰ προειρημένα ἐπίπονα, εἰ μὴ κατανενοήκειν τὸν ε λεόν σου 58 συμβαλούμενόν μοι εἰς τὸ ἐνεγκεῖν αὐτά. ὁ ε λεος σοῦ ὁ τεθεωρημένος μοι τῷ κατέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου ει ναι συνεργεῖ πρὸς τὸ εὐαρεστῆσαι ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου· κατὰ ἀλήθειαν γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐπιπλάστως εὐαρεστεῖν ποιεῖ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλεημοσύνη. 233 Ps 25,6.7 Τὰς πρακτικὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις χεῖρας τροπικῶς καλουμένας ἐν ἀθῴοις νίπτεταί τις οὐδὲν φαῦλον ἀλλ' ει τι σπουδαῖον ἐνεργῶν ἐν αὐταῖς. τάχα δὲ καὶ ὁ μολύνας αὐτὰς ἐν ἐργασίᾳ πονηρῶν νίπτεται καὶ ἀποπλύνει αὐτὰς ἀνθ' υ δατος χρώμενος τῇ ἀγαθοεργίᾳ. ̔Ο πάντων τῶν προειρημένων βλαβερῶν ἐκτὸς γεγονὼς καὶ νιψάμενος ἐν ἀθῴοις τὰς χεῖρας δίκην ἀθῴου ἱερέως κυκλώσει τὸ πνευματικὸν θυσιαστήριον τοῦ κυρίου, ἐφ' ο τὰς πνευματικὰς θυσίας τις ἀναβιβάζει η τοι τὰς καθαρὰς εὐχὰς η τὰς νομίμους πράξεις. Τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν αἰνούντων σε ἀγγέλων καὶ ψυχῶν καὶ πνευμάτων δικαίων φωνὴν η περικύκλῳ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου γεγένημαι η ἐνιψάμην ἐν ἀθῴοις τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ πάντων τῶν προαγόντων ἀπεσχόμην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ∆ιηγήσασθαι πάντα τὰ θαυμάσιά σου α τεραστίως καὶ παραδόξως ἐπιτελεῖς. 234 Ps 25,8.9 ̔Ο τὸν κύριον ἐξ ο λης ψυχῆς ἀγαπῶν καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα, ω ν ε ν καὶ ἡ εὐπρέπεια τοῦ οι κου αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει, ἀγαπᾷ· εὐπρέπεια δὲ τοῦ οι κου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ τῶν δογμάτων ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ διαταγὴ τῶν κανόνων τῆς ἐκκλησίας οι κου νοουμένης. πρὸς τούτοις δὲ καὶ τὸ σκήνωμα τῆς δόξης τοῦ οι κου τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαπᾶν φησιν. καὶ τάχα μὲν ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου η ν Μωυσῆς κατεσκεύασεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ σκήνωμα τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν· σύμβολον δὲ προκοπῆς τοῦτο. ο ν δὲ ᾠκοδόμησεν Σολομῶν μετὰ τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν εἰς τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ οι κός ἐστιν ου τὴν εὐπρέπειαν ἀγαπᾷ τελειότητος τύπον φέρων. Ευ χεται δὲ μὴ ὡσαύτως τοῖς ἀσεβέσι διαθεῖναι, ι να μὴ συναπόληται αὐτοῖς ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ· εὐσεβῆ γάρ τις γνώμην ε χων οὐ πείσεται τοῦτο. παρακαλεῖ δὲ μηδὲ φονικὸς γενέσθαι, ο πως ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἀνδράσιν αἱμάτων μὴ συναπόληται· ἐν πράξεσιν γὰρ τούτων ἀδικία ἐστὶν ἡ καθόλου κακία. 235 Ps 25,11b Εἰ καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα συνειδὼς αὐτῷ τὰ προειρημένα ει πεν, εὐλαβούμενος μὴ οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωται λανθανόντων πολλάκις τῶν ἐν κρυπτῷ ἁμαρτημάτων, λυτρωθῆναι καὶ ἐλεηθῆναι ἀξιοῖ. 236 Ps 26,1bc Σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ὁ θεός ἐστιν ῥυόμενος ἡμᾶς ἐξ ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ τοῦ θανάτου, φωτισμὸς δὲ λύων τὴν ἀχλὺν τῆς κακίας καὶ τῆς ἀγνοίας καὶ ἐναυγάζων τῷ φωτὶ τῆς γνώσεως. ὁ ου τως ου ν ἑνωθεὶς καὶ πεφωτισμένος ὑπὸ κυρίου, Τίνα φοβηθήσεται; οὐδεὶς γὰρ οι ός τέ ἐστι βλάψαι τὸν ἀγαθῶν τοιούτων καὶ ἀσφαλείας τετυχηκότα. Κύριος ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου· ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάσω; θεοῦ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ζωῇ ὑπερμαχοῦντος τῆς ζωῆς ̓Απὸ τίνος δειλιάσω; τὸ ̓Απὸ τίνος ἐξευτελισμὸν δηλοῖ τοῦ ἐπανιστανομένου κατ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑπὸ θεοῦ φρουρουμένου· Εἰ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς ὁ καθ' ἡμῶν; 237 Ps 26,3.4 ̔Ρηθείη ταῦτα καὶ περὶ αἰσθητῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ περὶ φάλαγγος ἀοράτων πολεμίων· ̓Εὰν γάρ φησιν ἐπαναστῇ ἐπ' ἐμὲ πόλεμος, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μὴ φοβουμένῃ αὐτοὺς καρδίᾳ μου ἐλπίζω, ὑπέρμαχον θεὸν ε χειν θαρρήσας. Εστιν ο αἰτεῖται καὶ ἐκζητεῖ τὸ Κατοικεῖν ἐν οι κῳ κυρίου, τουτέστιν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ διὰ τοῦ φρονεῖν τὰ ἐκκλησιαστικὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς πεφωτισμένης ζωῆς ἑαυτοῦ. δύναται δὲ τὸ Μίαν ᾐτησάμην ου τως ἀκουσθῆναι· ἐπὶ γῆς τέως διατρίβων, εἰ καὶ πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν τυχεῖν παρακαλῶ, πρὸ πάντων ταύτην ᾐτησάμην τὴν αι τησιν, τὸ ̓Εν οι κῳ κυρίου κατοικεῖν τῷ κατὰ τάξιν καὶ μὴ ἀθρόως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς οι όν τε γενέσθαι· η τάχα προσυπακουστέον τῷ Μίαν ᾐτησάμην τὸ ἐξαίρετον η μεγάλην. ̓Επεὶ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ε μπροσθέν φησιν ἠγαπηκέναι τὴν εὐπρέπειαν

Sacrifice of Victory and the Seeking of the Face§55

55Regarding the dwelling of the Lord, he who desires to behold this rejoices in becoming a dwelling, approaching it closely and genuinely, not only approaching but also surpassing, as if the Lord visits and surrounds his temple, perhaps not even wishing to depart, imitating Samuel. He who simply, having grasped the established dogmas of the church, beholds the delight of the Lord, differs from one who approaches the Lord by surrounding his temple regarding the Trinity (Ps 26:5,6).

Many times the difference between the tabernacle and the dwelling is called 'we have said,' signifying indeed progress, but the latter perfection. Therefore, the day of evils that has come upon someone cannot be in the dwelling of God, but it is hidden in the shadow, the Lord covering him to shield him from evil, for the one now repenting is not yet going to perfection. Perhaps the name of evils signifies circumstances, and here it is possible.

'He covered me in the secrecy of his tabernacle' (Ps 26:5), which is the instruction by which we progress. The manifest things are the former, but the secret and withdrawn things are the mysteries. In progressing, God does not cover in the obvious things, but in the secrecy of his tabernacle. His action is set forth as a representation that not every tabernacle is, that is to say, progress according to God.

'He lifted me up on a rock' (Ps 26:6), having reached progress, me upon the narrowest and most unyielding word of perfection, a rock called allegorically; 'the Lord himself lifted me up.' It is appropriate for progress to be 'He hid me,' and for perfection to be 'He lifted me up.' It is also possible to call the guidance through law and prophets a tabernacle; in the secrecy, that is, in the mystical way, God hides the one being instructed, lifting him up on a spiritual rock, not another, but one that is Christ's.

And now, after having passed through progress and having reached the goal of truth, to lift up the head, to understand my Christ having become the ruler of my mind, over my enemies, so that I may see them under my feet and having been made subject (Ps 27:6). 'I encircled and offered a sacrifice of praise in his tabernacle' (Ps 27:6). It is appropriate to 'He hid me in his tabernacle in the day of my evils' and the following: for then a sacrifice of shouting with...

A victory being completed is offered as a sacrifice, having encircled the enemy in his tent. To shout aloud is to cry out amidst the defeated enemies. He who, being surrounded by the enemies, rightly offers a gracious sacrifice of victory in the tent, that is to say, in progress. I will sing and I will praise the Lord. Not only will I contemplate the things of truth which are clearly manifested through the 'Singing', but also I will act according to virtue which is presented through the 'Praising', doing both in a pleasing manner to God. For this is what it means, 'I will sing and I will praise the Lord' (Ps 26:7–9a).

Knowing these things, he who says these things, hearing God through the prayers of the righteous, from the same disposition, having cried out to the righteous, deems it worthy that he will be heard. If you, Lord, were to consider according to merit, you would not hear a mortal; for no one would send up such a cry as to reach you. Having looked toward your goodness, have mercy on me; for you will also hear me. Both to be shown mercy and to be heard then happen not from the superficiality of lips, but from the heart toward you. Through this, it is presented that God hears not entirely the spoken voice, but above all the voice of the heart. 'Seek my face'; and this, if my heart is toward you, the face of my heart, which is nothing other than the mind, will seek you. And I will find, after the seeking, the face, approaching you face to face, the vision through a mirror and in a riddle having been done away. 'Having understood, I knew the face of your servant, imprinted according to the image and likeness of yours; therefore I seek to see your face.' For having understood it, I shall perceive a greater light. Then I am able to seek, if you appear, your face; for if this does not happen, I will not be able to approach it. Therefore I say: 'Do not turn your face away from me' (Ps 26:11).

Instruct me, Lord, so that having received such a law from you, I may walk in the word spoken (John 14:6). And guide me in the straight and unbending way of yours, escaping the enemies lying in wait, those placing stumbling blocks for me. For what is the virtue of the mean, of not being an excess or a deficiency, but keeping the proportion; you, Master, guide me, bringing me to the end of it, escaping my enemies who are working evil.

Greek · §55

τοῦ οι κου κυρίου, ὁ ταύτην ποθῶν θεωρεῖν ευ χεται ἐν τῷ οι κῳ γενέσθαι, ι ν' ἐγγὺς αὐτῆς τυγχάνων γνησίως προβάλλων ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπεραναβὰς ἐπισκέψηται τουτέστιν περιαθρήσῃ τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ, τάχα οὐδὲ ἀναχωρῆσαι αὐτοῦ ε τι θελήσας μιμούμενος 59 τὸν Σαμουήλ. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἁπλῶς περὶ τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων δογμάτων τῆς ἐκκλησίας διειληφὼς θεωρεῖ τὴν τερπνότητα κυρίου, προσβάλλων δέ τις τοῖς περὶ τῆς τριάδος περιαθρήσει τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ. 238 Ps 26,5.6 Πολλάκις η δη διαφορὰν σκηνῆς καὶ οι κου ο τε α μα ὀνομάζονται εἰρήκαμεν, ὡς τῆς μὲν προκοπὴν δηλούσης, τοῦ δὲ τελειότητα. ο τε τοίνυν ἐνέστηκέν τινι ε τι ἡ τῶν κακῶν ἡμέρα, οὐκ ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ει ναι δύναται, ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ κρύπτεται ὑπὸ κυρίου τῷ τὴν προκοπὴν σκεπάζειν τὸν κακίας ἀπαλλαττόμενον· οὐ γὰρ ὁ α ρτι μετανοῶν ἐπὶ τελειότητα ἰέναι οι ός τε. Τάχα δὲ τὸ ο νομα τῶν κακῶν σημαίνειν τὰ περιστατικὰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα δύναται. ̓Εσκέπασέν με ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ, τῆς παιδεύσεως καθ' η ν προκόπτομεν. τὰ μέν ἐστι προφανῆ, τὰ δὲ ἀπόκρυφα καὶ ἀνακεχωρηκότα οι α τὰ μυστικά. ἐν τῷ προκόπτειν ου ν σκεπάζει ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπολαίοις ἀλλ' ̓Εν τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ. πρόσκειται δὲ τὸ Αὐτοῦ πρὸς παράστασιν τοῦ μὴ πᾶσαν σκηνὴν τουτέστι προκοπὴν κατὰ θεὸν ει ναι. ̓Εν πέτρᾳ υ ψωσέν με, μετὰ τὴν προκοπὴν φθάσαντά με ἐπὶ τὸν στερρότατον καὶ ἀρραγῆ τῆς τελειώσεως λόγον πέτραν ἀλληγορικώτερον ὀνομαζόμενον· αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος υ ψωσέν με. κατάλληλον τῇ προκοπῇ τὸ Εκρυψεν, τῇ τελειότητι τὸ Υψωσεν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὴν διὰ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν ἀγωγὴν σκηνὴν λέγειν η ς ἐν τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ μυστικῷ νῷ κρύπτει τὸν παιδευόμενον ὁ θεός, ὑψῶν αὐτὸν ἐν πέτρᾳ πνευματικῇ οὐκ α λλῃ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τυγχανούσῃ. Καὶ νῦν μετὰ τὸ διαβῆναι τὴν προκοπὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ τέρμα τῆς ἀληθείας ἐφθακέναι ὑψοῖ τὴν κεφαλήν, η τοι νοῦν τὸν ἐμὸν η Χριστὸν α ρχοντα νοῦ γεγενημένον, ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου, ο πως ὑπὸ πόδας καὶ ὑποτεταγμένους αὐτοὺς ε χω. ̓Εκύκλωσα καὶ ε θυσα ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ αὐτοῦ θυσίαν αἰνέσεως. Κατάλληλον τῷ Εκρυψέν με ἐν σκηνῇ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κακῶν μου καὶ τὸ προκείμενον· τότε γὰρ θυσίαν ἀλαλαγμοῦ μετὰ νίκην ἐπιτελουμένην θύσει, κυκλώσας ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ αὐτοῦ. ἀλαλάξαι δέ ἐστιν τὸ ἀθρόως ἐπὶ ἡττηθεῖσιν ἐχθροῖς βοῆσαι. ὁ ου ν τῶν ἐχθρῶν περιγινόμενος τὴν ἐπὶ νίκῃ χαριστήριον θυσίαν εἰκότως ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ προκοπῇ, προσάγει. Αισω καὶ ψαλῶ τῷ κυρίῳ. Οὐ μόνον θεωρήσω τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας ο περ δηλοῦται διὰ τοῦ Αισω, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατ' ἀρετὴν ἐνεργήσω ο παρίσταται διὰ τοῦ Ψαλῶ, ἀρεσκόντως θεῷ ποιῶν ἀμφότερα. τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ Αισομαι καὶ ψαλῶ τῷ κυρίῳ. 239 Ps 26,7–9a ̓Επιστάμενος ὁ ταῦτα λέγων εὐχαῖς δικαίων ἐπακούοντα τὸν θεόν, ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς διαθέσεως τοῖς δικαίοις κεκραγὼς εἰσακουσθήσεσθαι ἀξιοῖ. Εἰ τὸ κατ' ἀξίαν σκοπήσοις, κύριε, οὐκ εἰσακούσῃ θνητοῦ τινος· οὐδεὶς γὰρ τηλικαύτην κραυγὴν ἀναπέμψει ὡς φθάσαι πρὸς σέ. εἰς τὴν σὴν ου ν ἀγαθότητα ἀποβλέψας ̓Ελέησόν με· ου τω γὰρ καὶ Εἰσακούσῃ μου. ἀμφότερα δὲ τότε ἐλεηθῆναι καὶ εἰσακουσθῆναι οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς χειλέων ἀλλ' ἀπ' αὐτῆς καρδίας ει πον πρὸς σέ. διὰ τούτου παρίσταται ο τι οὐ πάντως τῆς προφορικῆς φωνῆς ἀλλὰ μάλιστα τῆς φωνῆς τῆς καρδίας εἰσακούει θεός. ̓Εξεζήτησέν σε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου· καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ει πέν σοι ἡ καρδία μου, τὸ ἐμοῦ τῆς καρδίας πρόσωπον οὐκ α λλο τυγχάνον τοῦ νοῦ ἐκζητήσει σε. τεύξομαι δὲ τῆς μετὰ τὴν ἐκζήτησιν εὑρέσεως πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον προσβάλλων σοι, καταργηθέντος τοῦ δι' ἐσόπτρου καὶ ἐν αἰνίγματι. ̓Επιστήσας ε γνων τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν τὴν σὴν τετυπωμένον· ο θεν ζητῶ ἰδεῖν σου τὸ πρόσωπον. κατανοήσας γὰρ αὐτὸ φωτισμὸν πλείονα ε ξω. τότε δὲ ζητεῖν δύναμαι, ο τ' α ν σὺ ἐπιφάνῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου· εἰ μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο γένηται, προσβάλλειν αὐτῷ οὐ δυνήσομαι. διό φημι· Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. 240 Ps 26,11 Νομοθέτησόν με, ι να τοιοῦτον νόμον παρὰ σοῦ λαβὼν ὁδεύσω τὸν εἰπόντα· ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδός. Καὶ ὁδήγησόν με τῇ εὐθείᾳ καὶ ἀκαμπεῖ ὁδῷ σου ε νεκα τῶν ἐπικειμένων ἐχθρῶν, σκάνδαλα ἐχόμενα τρίβου τιθέντων μοι. ε τι μὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς μεσότητος 60 ου σης ὑπερβολῆς καὶ ἐλλείψεως τοῦ τηρεῖν τὸ σύμμετρον, σὺ δέσποτα, ὁδήγησον, φέρων με εἰς τὸ τέλος αὐτῆς ε νεκα τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου τῶν ἐνεργούντων τὴν κακίαν.

The Pit and the Works of God§56

56Acting excessively, standing by the door, they receive through deception those who do not stand by the distinction of moderation and excess. If you say that the path of true dogmas is a straight way, be careful that, not being led by God, the adjacent false dogmas are enemies of this age, who are its rulers; so that we may not fall into their deception, we pray to be led by the Lord on the straight way.

Since I have chosen to walk the straight way, all the wicked have set to trouble me (Ps 26:12); but You, Lord, my guardian, do not deliver me into their hands. He prays not to be delivered to them or to be numbered with their souls; those troubling him are witnesses that they are unrighteous. But injustice attributed it to themselves; being unstable and unsure, it lied about itselfor it is not promised to be such, such was found. For the voice of a lie does not always signify the opposite of truth, as in the prophet Aloinos, who lied to them instead of as he promised; according to the finding of Aloinos, they lied having been diminished.

The land of promises was called the land of the living, according to eternal life (Ps 26:13), since no one in it participates in the following death of sin. But this land is in the unseen and eternal things, and upon it are the truly and properly good things of God. Therefore the saint says such a thing: I believe to participate in eternal life, so that by it, living, I may be transplanted into the land of the living, to see the Lord's good things which lie according to the promises for those living holily. And it is possible to say both to see and not to eat or taste something else; for the whole benefit is provided in contemplating the divine good things.

He says this, reasoning with himself, or to everyone hearing him (Ps 26:14). And such an exhortation may be brought to him from above by the Spirit, since, having believed to see the good things in the coming age, wait for the Lord, or wait for the descent of the Savior here; for through it he will be able to ascend to the vision of the good things. Be manly, that is, take up manliness, not by the strength of the body but...

while your heart is being held firm. For you will not be able to endure the Lord according to all the ways previously foretold (Ps 27:1c). The name of the pit and the place that guards the condemned signifies this.

Since you are not lacking in many things, that you might be able to have these things replenished toward you (Ps 27:2a), I am worthy to cry out to you, that you might hear the voice of my prayer when I am praying to no one else; for no one else is able to replenish what I lack. The temple of God is the one, and the super-heavenly space and the powers within it, hosting the presence of God as much as is possible (Ps 27:2b). And the Word of God is also the one who declares: 'The Father who dwells in me performs the works.'

He prays, not saying: 'Since destruction certainly comes to the wrongdoer (Ps 27:3b), do not let me, providing justice to me, fall into becoming an unrighteous one, lest I perish with those practicing it.'

The discerning one, approaching things with scientific knowledge, turns away from the harmful useless things, choosing the good and profitable ones (Ps 27:4). But the foolish one, being enticed by pleasure, performs evils, not seeing their harmfulness. Since he does not rationally perceive the harmful things, the saint prays that the foolish one might be repaid according to his painful works, so that through those pains he might turn away from the evils having become causes of punishment for him.

A man does, his works indeed, but they are the works of his hands; for he works according to a disposition (Ps 27:5). And the active powers, being called his hands, perform the practical aspects of sins. They deserve to receive a retribution in kind, because they did not comprehend the works of the Lord and the works of his hands; they turn out to be the visible works and the invisible works of God. For those who do not comprehend the works of God and the works of his hands, he wishes to receive the retribution of them; for they themselves having chosen the non-comprehending, the punishment followed them to fall into it.

Hoping in the Lord, the helper and defender, my heart was helped (Ps 27:7), so that there is nothing in it of a shameful remembrance or a foolish opinion. For the helping of the heart is to agree with what is necessary and to renew toward the opposites. But not like that of the...

Greek · §56

καθ' ὑπερβολὴν ἐνεργοῦντες παρὰ θύραν ἱστάμενοι τῆς ἀρετῆς δι' ἀπάτης λαμβάνουσιν τοὺς μὴ ἐφιστάνοντας τῇ διαφορᾷ μεσότητος καὶ ὑπερβολῆς. εἰ δὲ καὶ εὐθείαν ὁδὸν τὴν τῶν ἀληθῶν δογμάτων πορείαν λέγοις, ι σθι ο τι μὴ ὁδηγοῦντος θεοῦ οἱ τὰ παρακείμενα ψευδῆ δόγματα τῆς ἀληθείας α γοντες α ρχοντες τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐχθροί εἰσιν, ω ν ε νεκα, ο πως μὴ ἐμπέσωμεν εἰς τὴν ἀπάτην αὐτῶν, παρακαλοῦμεν ὁδηγηθῆναι ὑπὸ κυρίου τὴν εὐθείαν ὁδόν. 241 Ps 26,12 ̓Επεὶ εἱλόμην ὁδεύειν τὴν εὐθείαν ὁδόν, πάντες οἱ πονηροὶ θλίβειν με προτέθεινται· σὺ δέ, κύριε, κηδόμενός μου Μὴ παραδῷς με εἰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν· η τοι εὐχόμενος μὴ παραδοθῆναι αὐτοῖς η μὴ συναριθμηθῆναι ταῖς ψυχαῖς αι ς ει χον οἱ θλίβοντες αὐτὸ τοῦτο μάρτυρες α δικοι ει ναι ἑλόμενοι. ἀλλ' ἡ ἀδικία ῃ ἑαυτοὺς προσῳκείωσαν ἀσύστατος καὶ ἀβέβαιος ου σα ἐψεύσατο ἑαυτήν· οὐχ οι α γὰρ ει ναι ἐπαγγέλλεται, τοιαύτη εὑρέθη. ἡ γὰρ ̓Εψεύσατο φωνὴ οὐκ ἀεὶ τὸ ἐναντίον τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σημαίνει, ὡς τὸ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ Αλων καὶ οι νος ἐψεύσατο αὐτοὺς ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐχ ὡς ἐπηγγέλλετο· κατ' ε τος ἡ α λων καὶ οι νος εὑρεθέντα ἐψεύσαντο ἐλαττωθέντα. 242 Ps 26,13 Γῆ ζώντων ἐκλήθη ἡ ἐν ἐπαγγελίαις γῆ κατὰ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν, ἐπεὶ οὐδεὶς ἐν αὐτῇ μετέχει τοῦ ἑπομένου τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ θανάτου. αυ τη δὲ ἡ γῆ ἐν τοῖς μὴ βλεπομένοις καὶ αἰωνίοις ι δρυται, καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἐστιν τὰ ἀληθῶς καὶ κυρίως τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθά. ο τοίνυν λέγει ὁ α γιος τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· πιστεύω ζωῆς αἰωνίου μετασχεῖν, ι να κατ' αὐτὴν ζῶν μετοικισθῶ εἰς τὴν τῶν ζώντων γῆν, ω στε ἰδεῖν τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῆς τοῦ κυρίου ἀγαθὰ τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἀποκείμενα τοῖς ὁσίως βεβιωκόσιν. ευ δὲ εἰπεῖν καὶ τὸ ̓Ιδεῖν καὶ μὴ φαγεῖν καὶ α ψασθαι η ε τερόν τι· τὸ γὰρ ο λον ἐν τῷ θεωρεῖσθαι τὰ θεῖα ἀγαθὰ παρέχει τὴν ὠφέλειαν. 243 Ps 26,14 Ητοι πρὸς ἑαυτὸν διαλεγόμενος τοῦτό φησιν η παντὶ ἀκούοντι αὐτοῦ. δύναται δὲ καὶ α νωθεν προτροπὴ αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος φέρεσθαι τοιαύτη, ἐπεὶ ἐπίστευσας τοῦ ἰδεῖν τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι ὑπόμεινον τὸν κύριον η ὑπόμεινον τὴν δεῦρο τοῦ σωτῆρος κάθοδον· δι' αὐτῆς γὰρ ἀνελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν δυνήσῃ. ̓Ανδρίζου τουτέστιν ἀνδρείαν ἀνάλαβε μὴ κατ' ἰσχὺν σώματος ἀλλὰ κραταιουμένης τῆς καρδίας σου. ου τω γὰρ ὑπομεῖναι τὸν κύριον δυνήσῃ κατὰ πάντας τοὺς προειρημένους τρόπους. 244 Ps 27,1c Σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ο νομα τοῦ λάκκου καὶ τὸν τόπον τὸν φυλάττοντα τοὺς κατακρίτους. 245 Ps 27,2a ̓Επεὶ ου ν πολλῶν ἐνδεὴς ω ν ε γνων πρὸς σοῦ ταῦτα ἀναπληροῦσθαι δύνασθαι, πρὸς σὲ βοῶν ἀξιῶ εἰσακοῦσαί σε τῆς φωνῆς τῆς δεήσεώς μου ἐν τῷ δέεσθαι οὐ πρὸς α λλον τινὰ η σέ· οὐδὲ γὰρ α λλος ἀναπληρῶσαι δύναται τὰ ω ν ἐλλειπής εἰμι. 246 Ps 27,2b Ναὸς δὲ θεοῦ ει η α ν καὶ ὁ ὑπερουράνιος χῶρος καὶ αἱ ἐν αὐτῷ δυνάμεις χωροῦσαι παρουσίαν θεοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτόν. ει η δὲ καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ φάσκων· ̔Ο πατὴρ ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ ποιεῖ τὰ ε ργα. 247 Ps 27,3b Ευ χεται ου ν λέγων· ἐπεὶ πάντως τῷ ἀδικοῦντι ἀπώλεια ε πεται, δικαιοσύνην παρέχων μοι μὴ ἐάσῃς με ἐν ἀδικίᾳ γενέσθαι, ο πως μὴ ἀπόλωμαι μετὰ τῶν ἐργαζομένων αὐτήν. 248 Ps 27,4 ̔Ο διορατικὸς ἐπιστημονικῶς τοῖς πράγμασιν προσερχόμενος ὡς βλαπτικὰ τὰ φαῦλα ἀποστρέφεται, αἱρούμενος τὰ ἀγαθὰ ὠφέλιμα ο ντα. ὁ δὲ φαῦλος ἡδονῇ θελγόμενος ἐργάζεται κακὰ οὐχ ὁρῶν αὐτῶν τὸ βλαβερόν. ἐπεὶ ου ν λογικῶς οὐκ αἰσθάνεται τῶν βλαβερῶν, ευ χεται ὁ α γιος ἀποτῖσαι τῷ φαύλῳ κατὰ τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ ἐπίπονα, ο πως κα ν διὰ τοὺς πόνους ἀποστραφῇ τὰ κακὰ αι τια κολάσεως αὐτῷ γεγενημένα. 249 Ps 27,5 Ων πράττει ὁ α νθρωπος, τὰ μὲν αὐτοῦ ε ργα, τὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἐστιν· αὐτὸς γὰρ κατὰ διάθεσιν ἐργάζεται. αἱ δὲ ἐνεργητικαὶ δυνάμεις χεῖρες αὐτοῦ καλούμεναι ἐπιτελοῦσι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὰ 61 πρακτικά. ἀξιοῖ ου ν καθ' ε τερα ἀνταπόδοσιν γενέσθαι, Οτι οὐ συνῆκαν εἰς τὰ ε ργα κυρίου καὶ εἰς τὰ ε ργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ. τῶν ε ργων τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ μὲν ὁρατά, τὰ δὲ ἀόρατα τυγχάνει. τοὺς γοῦν μὴ συνέντας τὰ ε ργα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ ε ργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀνταπολαβεῖν βούλεται τὸ ἀνταπόδομα αὐτῶν· αὐτοὶ γὰρ προαιρετικῶς ει λοντο τὸ μὴ συνιέναι τὰ ε ργα ῳ ἠκολούθησε τὸ τιμωρίας αὐτοὺς ὑποπεσεῖν. 250 Ps 27,7 ̓Επὶ τῷ βοηθῷ καὶ ὑπερασπιστῇ κυρίῳ ἐλπίσασα ἡ καρδία μου ἐβοηθήθη, ὡς μηδὲν ἐν αὐτῇ ει ναι ἐνθύμημα αἰσχρὸν η δόγμα φαῦλον. βοηθουμένης γὰρ καρδίας ἐστὶν τὸ συγκατατίθεσθαι οι ς δεῖ καὶ ἀνανεύειν πρὸς τὰ ἐναντία. ου τω δὲ τῆς

Numerical Symbolism and the Lambs§57

57My flesh has sprouted in doing these things, aiding my heart. Perhaps also the hoping heart will be aided, the flesh having risen according to the time of the resurrection, enjoying it. Near to this, even our bones sprout like herbs. For our body now holds the word of a seed toward the resurrection; for this very thing, having been sown in corruption, sprouts in incorruption, being sown. Paul also used the example of that which is sown regarding the things of the resurrection.

And I will confess to him according to my will. Many, through fear of punishment or shame, or because they are being reproached by men, forbid sins by disposition, enjoying them. But the critical man, having seen the mystery and the harm of sins, voluntarily turns away from them, confessing them to God of his own will. And if 'I will confess to him' signifies thanksgiving, someone does it according to his will, being thankful for all things that happen, even if something seems unpleasant. For those thanking only in things that please, they do not do it of their own will, but are driven to this by pleasure.

The people of God have nothing else as a stronghold except the Lord himself being their refuge and fortress (Ps 27:8). He himself is the Lord and the defender of the salvations of Christ. And every partaker of Christ is called 'Christ' homonymously with him. He who is not saved of the salvations, his Christ is not a defender; but if he is a defender of the salvations of Christ, the Son of the one who is, then salvation is heard through him by which he saves.

Save this your people, for you are a stronghold, blessing your inheritance; not like any other people (Ps 27:9). Bless it with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly things, lifting them up and suspending them through virtue, but also shepherding them into all this age. For in the future, having surpassed the state of being fed, they will be a pupil and a teacher to you.

The preceding psalm, containing greatest mysteries, is rightly arranged according to the twenty-seventh number, the power of the seven (Ps 28,1a). If indeed you combine the six numbers from unity as a seven, the twenty-seventh is composed; and it is a triangle, each of its sides being composed of seven. It is also a perfect number, second after the ten. For they say a perfect number is one composed of its own parts, so as not to exceed or fall short. And the present one is a number having parts: half, fourth, seventh, fourteenth, twenty-seventh; all being combined, it completes itself.

Protect then those who have the spirit of adoption by the angels, to bring upon the tent those things for healing (Ps 28,1b–2); and they carry glory, and they are also sons of the lambs. Lambs ought to be considered those who return to a life of godliness according to piety, without logically contemplating the truth. Therefore they are also sufficient to rule, and sons of lambs are those born of the imitation of their way of life. Those having correctly and justly and piously received the Trinity carry glory, but those guarding the commandments of the Lord carry honor. For he who transgresses the law, by transgressing, dishonors God; honor he offers to Him, the one who is contained by the divine law. Bring glory to the Lord in His name; likewise to Him before Him. Worship the Lord in His holy court. He who worships God according to the ecclesiastical doctrines and the blameless canons of it, worships the Lord in His holy court.

Someone, imposing a more superficial interpretation, will say of John baptizing in the Jordan river, 'A voice of the Lord upon the waters' (Ps 28,3a). Yet John, having taken up a more pleasant and austere life, making the flame of the pleasures of life manageable, is a voice of the Lord cutting the flame of fire (Ps 28,7).

Greek · §57

καρδίας μου βοηθείσης ̓Ανέθαλεν ἡ σάρξ μου ἐν τῷ πράττειν αὐτά. τάχα δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐλπίζουσα καρδία βοηθηθείη, ἀπολαμβάνουσα κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως καιρὸν ἀνατείλασαν τὴν σάρκα. παραπλήσιον τούτῳ τὸ Καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ ἡμῶν ὡς βοτάνη ἀνατελεῖ. σπέρματος γὰρ λόγον τὸ νῦν ἡμῶν σῶμα ε χει πρὸς τὸ ἐξ ἀναστάσεως· αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο σπαρὲν ἐν φθορᾷ ἀναθάλλει ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ σπειρόμενον· ο θεν καὶ τῷ παραδείγματι τῷ σπειρομένῳ εἰς τὰ περὶ ἀναστάσεως ἐχρήσατο Παῦλος. Καὶ ἐκ θελήματός μου ἐξομολογήσομαι αὐτῷ. πολλοὶ φόβῳ κολάσεως η αἰσχύνης ε νεκα τῆς πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ἀπαγορεύουσι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα κατὰ διάθεσιν ἡδόμενοι ἐπ' αὐτοῖς. ὁ δὲ κριτικὸς ἀνὴρ ἐνιδὼν τῷ μύσει καὶ βλαβερῷ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἑκουσίως ἀποστρέφεται αὐτά, ἐξ ἰδίου θελήματος περὶ αὐτῶν ἐξομολογούμενος θεῷ. ἐὰν δὲ εὐχαριστίαν σημαίνοι τὸ ̓Εξομολογήσομαι αὐτῷ, ἐκ θελήματός τις αὐτὸ ποιεῖ, ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν εὐχαριστῶν κα ν ἀηδῆ τινα ει ναι δοκῇ. οἱ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς τέρπουσι μόνοις εὐχαριστοῦντες οὐκ ἐξ ἰδίου θελήματος ἀλλ' ὑφ' ἡδονῆς α γονται ἐπὶ τοῦτο. 251 Ps 27,8 ̔Ο τοῦ θεοῦ λαὸς οὐκ α λλο τι ε χει κραταίωμα η τὸν κύριον αὐτὸν ε ρυμα καὶ ε ρκος αὐτῶν γινόμενον. αὐτὸς δὲ ου τος ὁ κύριος καὶ ὑπερασπιστής ἐστιν τῶν σωτηριῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. πᾶς δὲ Χριστοῦ μετέχων ὁμωνύμως αὐτῷ χριστὸς καλεῖται. ω ν ου ν σῴζεται σωτηριῶν ὁ ου τω χριστὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπερασπιστής ἐστιν, α ν δὲ χριστοῦ τοῦ ο ντος υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ὑπερασπιστὴς τῶν σωτηριῶν η σωτηρίας ἀκουστέον καθ' α ς σῴζει. 252 Ps 27,9 Σῶσον τὸν λαόν σου τοῦτον ου κραταίωμα τυγχάνεις, εὐλογῶν τὴν κληρονομίαν σου οὐκ α λλην τοῦ λαοῦ σου ου σαν· εὐλόγησον δὲ αὐτὴν πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις, ἐπάρας καὶ μετεωρίσας δι' ἀρετῆς αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιμαίνων αὐτοὺς εἰς πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον. ἐν γὰρ τῷ μέλλοντι ὑπερβάντες τὴν θρεμμάτων κατάστασιν παιδευτῇ καὶ διδασκάλῳ σοι χρήσονται. 253 Ps 28,1a ̔Ο προκείμενος ψαλμὸς μέγιστα περιέχων μυστήρια εἰκότως κατὰ τὸν εἰκοστὸν ο γδοον ἀριθμὸν τέτακται ο ντα δυνάμει ἑβδομάδα. ἐὰν γοῦν συνθῇς τοὺς ἑξῆς ἀριθμοὺς ἀπὸ μονάδος ε ως ἑβδομάδος, εἰκοστὸς ο γδοος ἀπαρτίζεται· ο θεν καὶ τρίγωνός ἐστιν ἑκάστης αὐτοῦ πλευρᾶς συγκειμένης ἐξ ἑβδομάδος. ε στιν δὲ καὶ τέλειος ἀριθμός, δεύτερος μετὰ τὸν ε κτον. τέλειον δὲ ἀριθμόν φασιν τὸν ἐκ τῶν μερῶν ἑαυτοῦ συντιθέμενον, ω στε μὴ ὑπερβάλλειν μηδὲ ἐλλείπειν. καὶ ὁ παρὼν ου ν ἀριθμὸς μέρη ε χει η μισυ, τέταρτον, ε βδομον, τεσσαρεσκαιδέκατον, εἰκοστὸν ο γδοον· α περ συντεθέντα ἀπαρτίζει ἑαυτόν. 254 Ps 28,1b–2 Προστάττει η τοι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις η τοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας ε χουσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐνεγκεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν τὰ πρὸς θεραπείαν· ε ν δὲ ω ν φέρουσιν καὶ υἱοὶ τῶν κριῶν εἰσιν. κριοὺς δὲ ἡγητέον ει ναι τοὺς εὐτόνους κατὰ θεοσεβείαν βίον ἐπανελομένους δίχα τοῦ λογικῶς θεωρεῖν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. διὸ καὶ α ρχειν εἰσὶν ἱκανοί, υἱοὶ δὲ κριῶν οἱ μιμήσει τῆς πολιτείας γεννηθέντες ὑπ' αὐτῶν. ∆όξαν φέρουσιν οἱ ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως καὶ εὐσεβῶς περὶ τῆς τριάδος διειληφότες, τιμὴν δὲ οἱ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ κυρίου φυλάττοντες. εἰ γὰρ ὁ παραβαίνων τὸν νόμον διὰ τοῦ 62 παραβαίνειν τὸν θεὸν ἀτιμάζει, τιμὴν αὐτῷ προσάγει ὁ περιεχόμενος τοῦ θείου νόμου. ̓Ενέγκατε τῷ κυρίῳ δόξαν ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ· ὁμοίως τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ. Προσκυνήσατε τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν αὐλῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ. ὁ κατὰ τὰ δόγματα τὰ ἐκκλησιαστικὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀμέμπτους αὐτῆς κανόνας τῷ θεῷ λατρεύων προσκυνεῖ τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν αὐλῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ. 255 Ps 28,3a Προχειρότερόν τις ἐπιβάλλων ἐρεῖ τὸν ̓Ιωάννην βαπτίζοντα ἐν τῷ ̓Ιορδάνῃ ποταμῷ φωνὴν ει ναι κυρίου ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων. 256 Ps 28,7 Ετι μὴν ευ τονον καὶ αὐστηρὸν βίον ἀναλαβὼν ὁ ̓Ιωάννης, διοδεύσιμον τὸν φλογμὸν τῶν ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου ποιήσας, Φωνή ἐστιν κυρίου διακόπτοντος φλόγα πυρός. 257 Ps

On Psalm 29§58

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

58It has not become a desert the inhabited world (Ps 28:8). The previously mentioned voice of the Lord prepares the allegorically called deer. And these are souls, to kill the acts of the body by the spirit and to strip the impious one by the spirit through the lips by imitation of God.

And the voice of the Lord will work for her and a revelation of woods (Ps 28:9), so that the beasts lurking in them might be made manifest, they are lifted up as deer. And a wood is a natural place of fruitless trees; and the wood is revealed when the fruitless trees in it are being cut down by the axe of the Word and are being thrown into fire.

When that which overshadows the progress of men is removed, then everyone, having ceased from the manifold error, will speak glory in the temple of God (Ps 28:10). The sitting of God signifies his strength to remain unshakeable and incorruptible forever (Ps 28:10). For indeed he distributes it to those perishing through turning: 'You sitting for the age, and we perishing for the age.' And here the permanence of his kingdom is presented. For this reason, 'And the Lord King is established for the age' (Ps 28:10), having no end to his kingdom.

But he who speaks according to the history says that David the king, having been eager to build something tangible for the Lord, was forbidden by God speaking to him (Ps 29:1): 'Not you shall build for me something, because you are a man of war from your youth, but he who comes out of your loins shall build for me something.' Having been persuaded by the oracle, David ceased from building, but he pre-arranged the materials for the building. As he says, he prepared the materials, and also having composed the psalm, he left it as one of the necessary things, and how, after the temple having been built and dedicated, it might be struck with singing and chanting by those appointed to this.

He says that he will be saved (Ps 29:4) if God does not let him descend to him, or after descending, having brought him up. These things are said economically and as from the face of Christ, who having descended his soul on our behalf and having given it and having risen from the dead by the good pleasure of God and Father, toward whom he says humanly: '...

"For You did not abandon my soul to the pit, a pit called by name; I say with confidence: You saved me from those descending into the pit" (Ps 29:6c).

The end of the day prepares the true light; they weep in the evening—that is, having come into being at the beginning of the night—while the beginning of the day rejoices, having occurred for them with the rising of the sun of righteousness (Ps 29:6d). This applies to both: the weeping of the circumcised when the sun of righteousness rises for them, and the joy of the Gentiles when the saving word shines upon them.

One must hear prosperity through spiritual fruitfulness, so that the seed of Jesus becomes a hundredfold and the other generations of virtue are multiplied (Ps 29:7). In this prosperity, having been evidenced through these things, I will say that I remain firm and immovable, never to be shaken for ever. And one must cry out thus: "In my prosperity, I shall not be shaken for ever" (Ps 29:7); for through his works he cries out, "If I were in the aforementioned prosperity, I would be unshakeable, not being turned aside by the adversary."

Bodily beauty appears through the symmetry and proportion of the limbs (Ps 29:8a), but the beauty of the soul is in the harmony and symphony of all perfected virtues, having symmetry and proportion in all activities according to reason, and the harmony of the soul's powers in proportion. "Grant this beauty to me, O Lord, according to your will." For having done your will and that of the Father in heaven, he took it up, since everyone having become conformed to the image of the Son of God has received beauty from God, having been united with the Lord's will.

He who, through doing material things and thinking of earthly things, being as dust and persisting in sin, will not confess to God, nor announce the truth to Him, being led astray through morals and knowledge (Ps 29:10c-d).

It is to be noted that "became" does not mean "always being," but also signifies a relationship toward someone. If such a voice were ever to occur regarding the Savior, it signifies a relationship toward Him and not merely being (Ps 29:11b-13). "You turned my weeping into joy for me." The voice of weeping signifies the emotion, just as the very act of the hands placing them on the chest demonstrates it.

Greek · §58

28,8b.9a Γέγονεν ου ν ἐξ ἐρήμου οἰκουμένη. ̔Η προειρημένη τοῦ κυρίου φωνὴ καταρτίζει τὰς ἀλληγορικῶς καλουμένας ἐλάφους. ψυχαὶ δέ εἰσιν αυ ται, πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦσαι καὶ πνεύματι διὰ χειλέων κατὰ μίμησιν θεοῦ ἀναιροῦσαι τὸν ἀσεβῆ ο φιν. 258 Ps 28,9b ̓Εργάσεται δὲ αυ τη ἡ τοῦ κυρίου φωνὴ καὶ δρυμῶν ἀποκάλυψιν, ο πως φανερὰ γένωνται τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς φωλεύοντα θηρία α ἀνειμῶνται ε λαφοι. δρυμὸς δέ ἐστιν σύμφυτος τόπος ξύλων ἀκάρπων· ἀποκαλύπτεται δὲ δρυμός, τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ξύλων ἀκάρπων ἐκκοπτομένων ὑπὸ τῆς ἀξίνης τοῦ λόγου καὶ εἰς πῦρ βαλλομένων. 259 Ps 28,9c Οτ' α ν τὰ ἐπισκιάζοντα τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων προκοπῇ περιαιρεθῇ, τὸ τηνικάδε πᾶς τις τὴν πολύθεον πλάνην ἐάσας δόξαν ἐρεῖ ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ. 260 Ps 28,10b Τὸ καθῆσθαι τὸν θεὸν σημαίνει τὴν ι δρυσιν αὐτοῦ α τρεπτον καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον μένειν ἀεί. διαστέλλει γοῦν αὐτὴν τοῖς διὰ τοῦ τρέπεσθαι ἀπολλυμένοις φάσκων· Σὺ καθήμενος τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπολλύμενοι τὸν αἰῶνα. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ου ν τὸ μόνιμον τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ παρίσταται. διὰ τοῦτο Καὶ καθιεῖται κύριος βασιλεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, τέλος οὐκ ἐχούσης τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ. 261 Ps 29,1 ̔Ο μέντοι τῇ ἱστορίᾳ συναγορεύων ἐρεῖ ο τι ∆αυὶδ ὁ βασιλεὺς οι κον αἰσθητὸν κυρίῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι προθυμηθεὶς κεκώλυται τοῦ θεοῦ εἰπόντος πρὸς αὐτόν· Οὐ σὺ οἰκοδομήσεις μοι οι κον διὰ τὸ ἀνὴρ πολεμιστὴς ει ναι ἐκ νεότητός σου, ἀλλ' ὁ ἐξερχόμενος ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος σου ου τος οἰκοδομήσει μοι οι κον. πεισθεὶς τῷ χρησμῷ ∆αυὶδ τοῦ μὲν οἰκοδομῆσαι ἐπαύσατο, τῶν δὲ πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν ὑλῶν προενοήσατο. ω σπερ ου ν, φησίν, τὰς υ λας προητοίμασεν, ου τω καὶ τὸν ψαλμὸν ποιήσας ὡς ε ν τι τῶν ἀναγκαίων καταλέλοιπεν, καὶ ο πως οἰκοδομηθέντος καὶ ἐγκαινισθέντος τοῦ οι κου ὑπὸ τῶν εἰς τοῦτο τεταγμένων ἀνακρουσθῇ μετ' εὐχαριστείας ψαλλόντων καὶ ᾀδόντων. 262 Ps 29,4 Σεσῶσθαι δέ φησιν η τοι μὴ ἐάσαντος αὐτὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καταβῆναι εἰς αὐτὸν η μετὰ τὸ κατελθεῖν ἀναγαγόντος. ῥηθείη δὲ ταῦτα οἰκονομικῶς καὶ ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ ἐληλυθότος τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θεῖναι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν καὶ δόντος γε αὐτὴν καὶ ἀναστάντος ἐκ νεκρῶν εὐδοκίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρός, πρὸς ο ν καὶ ἀνθρωπίνως φησίν· ἐπειδὴ Οὐκ ἐγκατέλιπες τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην, λάκκον ὀνομαζόμενον, θαρρῶν λέγω· Εσωσάς με ἀπὸ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς τὸν λάκκον. 263 Ps 29,6cδ Οι ς ἡμέρα ε ληξεν η ν κατασκευάζει τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, κλαίουσιν ἐν ἑσπέρᾳ, τουτέστιν ἐν ἀρχῇ νυκτὸς γεγενημένοι, ἀγαλλιώντων οι ς ἡμέρας ἀρχὴ συνυπέστη ἀνατείλαντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης. ἁρμόσει τοῦτο ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς λόγοις, τοῦ μὲν ἐκ περιτομῆς κλαίοντος ο τε ε δυ αὐτοῖς ὁ η λιος τῆς δικαιοσύνης, τοῦ δὲ πρωὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀγαλλιωμένων ἐπιλάμψαντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου. 264 Ps 29,7 Εὐθηνίαν ἀκούειν δεῖ ἐπὶ πολυκαρπίᾳ πνευματικῇ, ο τ' α ν ὁ σπόρος ̓Ιησοῦ ἑκατονταπλάσιος γένηται καὶ τα λλα γενήματα τῆς ἀρετῆς πληθυνθείη. ἐν ταύτῃ ου ν τῇ εὐθηνίᾳ γεγονὼς δι' αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐρῶ, βέβαιος καὶ ἀμετακίνητος μένων, τὸ Οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. στικτέον δὲ καὶ ου τως· Ει πα ἐν τῇ εὐθηνίᾳ 63 μου Οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· τοῖς γὰρ ε ργοις βοῶ ο τι, εἰ γενοίμην ἐν τῇ προειρημένῃ εὐθηνίᾳ, ἀκλόνητος ε σομαι μὴ περιτρεπόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνταγωνιζομένου. 265 Ps 29,8a Τὸ σωματικὸν κάλλος ἐμφαίνεται ἐπὶ συμμετρίᾳ καὶ ἀναλογίᾳ μελῶν συγκείμενον, τὸ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν ἁρμονίᾳ καὶ συμφωνίᾳ τῶν κατορθουμένων ἀρετῶν πασῶν τῶν κατὰ λόγον ἐνεργειῶν συμμετρίαν καὶ ἀναλογίαν ἐχουσῶν η καὶ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεων ἁρμονίως ἀναλογουσῶν. τοῦτ' ου ν τὸ κάλλος σύ μου, ω κύριε, τῷ σῷ θελήματι παράσχου. ποιήσας γάρ σου τὸ θέλημα καὶ τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρὸς ἀνέλαβον αὐτό, ἐπεὶ πᾶς ὁ σύμμορφος γεγονὼς τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ κάλλος θεόθεν ε σχεν ἑνωθεὶς τῷ κυριακῷ θελήματι. 266 Ps 29,10cδ ̔Ο διὰ τοῦ τὰ ὑλικὰ πράττειν καὶ φρονεῖν τὰ ἐπίγεια χοῦς γεγονὼς καὶ ἐπιμένων τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ οὐδ' ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ θεῷ, η ἀναγγελεῖ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ δι' ἠθῶν καὶ γνώσεως ἐσφαλμένος. 267 Ps 29,11b–13 Σημειωτέον ο τι τὸ ̓Εγενήθη οὐκ ἀεὶ οὐσίωσιν σημαίνει ἀλλ' ε σθ' ο τε καὶ τὴν πρός τινα σχέσιν. ει ποτε ου ν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος τοιαύτη γένοιτο φωνή, σχέσιν τὴν πρός τι καὶ οὐχὶ οὐσίωσιν σημαίνει. Εστρεψας τὸν κοπετόν μου εἰς χαρὰν ἐμοί. ἡ κοπετὸς φωνὴ τὴν συναίσθησιν σημαίνει, ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ πρᾶξις παρίστησιν τῶν χειρῶν τὸ στῆθος

The Multiplicity of the Human Spirit§59

59One who has not become aware in the consciousness of his own sins, and who has not actively awakened his sensation through spiritual hands, changing from being consumed by grief, will receive the fruit of the Spirit as joy. The phrase 'You have turned' signifies a change from cutting and grieving into joy; and 'I shall not be confounded' (Ps 30:2) is said instead of 'I shall not know'. He who sings glory while saying these things to God possesses a right conduct and sincere knowledge.

He who has hoped to reach the end of what is laid up for the saints, and who will not be put to shame for ever, has placed such an expectation upon the Lord. 'In your righteousness, he says, save me' (Ps 30:3) (not by any other than your only-begotten Son) 'from those surrounding me and bring me out from those intending to fight against me' (Ps 30:3). And since our cry may not reach your height, 'Incline your ear to me' (Ps 30:4) so that you may descend to accompany me; for the existence of this means that, having received my prayer, you will immediately deliver me by your wills.

And here 'Make me a hiding place' (Ps 30:4) signifies a protector for the one being protected. It is also worthy that those near a refuge should have God become a salvation for them, just as one is saved unharmed while remaining enclosed by an impregnable and unassailable fortress. This I have often and always attempted, as the Psalmist says, 'You are my strength and my refuge, since your name is my stronghold; for I am your man and your servant' (Ps 30:3). Even if I am not worthy to receive what I ask, because of your goodness you will guide me toward salvation and sustain me, providing me with your heavenly bread (Ps 30:5).

Diligence belongs to the good; the body is not so much to be wounded by enemies, for the war does not seek to deceive him with phantoms and terrors, but rather it seeks not to strike the flesh but to wound the mind from before; the spirit places itself into the hands of God, being able to guard it. And the Savior, having been hung upon the stake, his hands and feet having been pierced according to the prophecy, 'Into your hands I shall commit myself' (Ps 30:6), has used the hands of God, which are none other than his providential and protective powers, to be exercised.

It should be noted that the spirit of man is spoken of in many ways. For in the prophecy of the Virgin, where it is said she is to be holy in spirit and body, spirit refers to the intellect. But according to James (as the body without spirit is dead), the designation of 'spirit' signifies nothing other than the soul. And in the passage 'For what are the things of man, except the spirit of man which is in him?', it is shown to be nothing other than the spirit joined to the soul or being part of it, which is also called conscience; for the conscience of man is the inward thoughts, which are something other than the soul; for the soul is the man, not the inward thoughts.

Regarding the Psalm 'the spirit of man having been set in your hands', stand firm to grasp in what way it is meant: 'Into your hands I commit my spirit' (Ps 31:5). And it pleases me that the present text is true according to the three ways. 'Having been seized by enemies, as having become a captive, I will redeem, O Lord, you who are the God of truth and of the truth shared by each of those participating in the truth of the Only-Begotten' (Ps 30:7a). In general, everyone guarding vanity for no reason does this, making the uncertain to be, or making vanity to happen emptily and superfluously. And he who hates this makes those guarding it hateful to God.

The humiliation, on one hand, shows blindness, when it calls for humility, and on the other hand, the harm by enemies. And it is good to see God in both kinds of humiliation. What follows, he considers to be the harm following the humiliation: 'For you have compressed my soul by necessity' (Ps 31:5), saying 'necessities' regarding the circumstances from which the soul, having been rescued, is not enclosed into the hands of the harming enemy. If the 'spaciousness' were to say the same regarding the wide and spacious way (which is the love of pleasure), it would thank it for its stability and for desiring a standing in this life. For it says something like this: being in the place of the earth, where living is slippery and unsafe because of the sliding pleasures, you have given a standing to my soul, so that I might not be carried away there by the passions. But if it were to praise the spaciousness, it would say: 'Since being afflicted, I am not constricted, being more strengthened by pains', or perhaps, 'being widened by the...'

Greek · §59

κοπτουσῶν. ὁ ου ν ἐν συναισθήσει ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων γεγονὼς καὶ ἐνεργητικῶς διὰ χειρῶν πνευματικῶν τὴν αι σθησιν αὐτοῦ διεγείρας μεταβαλὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀλοφύρεσθαι χαρὰν τὸν καρπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος ἀναλήψεται. τὸ Εστρεψας δηλοῖ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ κόπτεσθαι καὶ λυπεῖσθαι εἰς χαρὰν μεταβολήν· τὸ δὲ Οὐ μὴ κατανυγῶ ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ μὴ μεταγνῶ φησιν. δόξα δὲ ψάλλουσα τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος τῷ θεῷ ὀρθὴ πολιτεία καὶ γνῶσίς ἐστιν εἰλικρινής. ἀντὶ τοῦ ̓Επὶ πᾶσι τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν οὐ προσηνέσι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιπόνοις εὐχαριστῶ σοι, δέσποτα. 268 Ps 30,2–3b ̔Ο ἐλπίσας τυχεῖν τοῦ τέλους τοῦ ἀποκειμένου τοῖς ἁγίοις οι δεν μὴ καταισχυνθήσεσθαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐπὶ κύριον θέμενος τὴν τοιαύτην προσδοκίαν. ̓Εν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου, φησίν, ῥῦσαί με (οὐκ α λλῃ ου σῃ τοῦ μονογενοῦς σου) ἐκ τῶν περιεστηκότων καὶ ἐξελοῦ ἐκ τῶν προσπολεμεῖν βουλομένων. καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ φθάνῃ ἡ ἡμετέρα κραυγὴ πρὸς τὸ σὸν υ ψος, Κλῖνον τὸ ου ς σου πρός με διὰ τοῦ συγκαταβαίνειν μοι· τούτου γὰρ ὑπάρξαντος δεξάμενός μου τὴν προσευχὴν ἀμελλητὶ ἐξελέσθαι με θελήσεις. 269 Ps 30,3c–4 Καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ Γενοῦ μοι σχέσιν δηλοῖ ὑπερασπιστοῦ πρὸς ὑπερασπιζόμενον. ἀξιοῖ δὲ καὶ οι κον καταφυγῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῷ γενέσθαι τὸν θεόν, ι ν' ω σπερ ὑπὸ φρουρίου δυσαλώτου καὶ ἀκαταμαχήτου περιεχόμενος σωθῇ ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνας. τούτου δὲ πολλάκις η δη καὶ ἀεὶ ἐπειράθην, ὡς Κραταίωσις καὶ καταφυγή μου ει σύ, ἐπεὶ τὸ σὸν ο νομα ᾠκείωταί μοι· σὸς γὰρ α νθρωπος η δοῦλος χρηματίζω. εἰ καὶ μὴ α ξιός εἰμι τυχεῖν ω ν αἰτοῦμαι, ἀλλ' ε νεκεν τῆς σῆς προσηγορίας ὁδηγήσεις με πρὸς σωτηρίαν καὶ διαθρέψεις δέ με παρέχων τὸν σὸν οὐράνιον α ρτον. 270 Ps 30,6 Σπουδὴ δὲ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἐστιν μὴ τοσοῦτον τὸ σῶμα α τρωτον πρὸς ἐχθρῶν ε χειν ο σον τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν. ἐπεὶ ου ν πρὸς φένακας καὶ δεινοὺς ἀπατῆσαι ὁ πόλεμος αὐτῷ, ου τοι δὲ οὐ σάρκα βάλλειν ἀλλὰ νοῦν τρῶσαι προύθεντο, εἰς χεῖρας τοῦ θεοῦ παρατίθεται τὸ πνεῦμα δυναμένας αὐτὸ διαφυλάξαι. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ δὲ ἀναρτηθεὶς εἰς τὸν σκόλοπα, τρωθεισῶν αὐτῷ τῶν χειρῶν καὶ τῶν ποδῶν ὠρωρυγμένων κατὰ τὸ προφητικόν, τῷ Εἰς χεῖράς σου παραθήσομαι κέχρηται. χεῖρας δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ α λλας τῶν προνοητικῶν καὶ σκεπαστικῶν αὐτοῦ δυνάμεων ἐκδεκτέον. Σημειωτέον δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλαχῶς λέγεσθαι. ο τ' α ν γὰρ λέγῃ τὴν παρθένον σπουδάζειν ει ναι ἁγίαν πνεύματι καὶ σώματι, πνεῦμα τὴν διάνοιαν λέγει. παρὰ δὲ ̓Ιακώβῳ ( Ωσπερ δὲ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν) οὐκ α λλο τι η τὴν 64 ψυχὴν σημαίνει ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος προσηγορία. ἐν δὲ τῷ Τίς γὰρ οι δεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ α λλο πνεῦμα δηλοῦται η τὸ συνεζευγμένον τῇ ψυχῇ ε τερον ο ν αὐτῆς, ο καὶ συνείδησις καλεῖται· τὸ γὰρ συνειδὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὰ ἐνθυμήματα α λλο τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ ὁ α νθρωπός ἐστιν, οὐ τὰ ἐνθυμήματα. τριχῶς ου ν πεφηνότος τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἐπίστησον κατὰ ποῖον σημαινόμενον ἐκλαβεῖν δεῖ τὸ Εἰς χεῖράς σου παραθήσομαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου. ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀρέσκει καὶ κατὰ τοὺς τρεῖς τρόπους ἀληθεύεσθαι τὸ προκείμενον. Κρατηθέντα δέ με, φησίν, ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων καὶ αἰχμάλωτον η δη γεγενημένον ἐλυτρώσω, ω κύριε, ο ς καὶ θεὸς τῆς ἀληθείας ει καὶ τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἀληθείας. 271 Ps 30,7a Καθόλου πᾶς ματαιότητα φυλάσσων διὰ κενῆς τοῦτο ποιεῖ η τοι τῷ ἀβέβαιον ει ναι η τῷ κενῶς καὶ περιττῶς γίνεσθαι τὴν ματαιότητα. μισητὴ δὲ αυ τη ου σα τῷ θεῷ μισητοὺς ποιεῖ τοὺς διαφυλάσσοντας αὐτήν. 272 Ps 30,8b–9 ̔Η ταπείνωσις δὲ ὁτὲ μὲν δηλοῖ τὴν ἀτυφίαν η ν ε θος ταπεινοφροσύνην καλεῖν, ὁτὲ δὲ τὴν ὑπ' ἐχθροῖς κάκωσιν. ἀγαθὸν δὲ τὸ ἐπειδεῖν τὸν θεὸν τὴν ἑκατέρως ταπείνωσιν. τὸ ἑξῆς δὲ ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ ταπείνωσιν νομίζειν τὴν κάκωσιν· Εσωσας γάρ φησιν ἐξ ἀναγκῶν τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἀνάγκας λέγων τὰς περιστάσεις ἀφ' ω ν ῥυσθείσης αὐτοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς οὐ συγκλείεται εἰς χεῖρας τοῦ καταπονοῦντος ἐχθροῦ. Εἰ τὸ εὐρύχωρον δὲ ὡσαύτως λέγοιτο τῇ πλατείᾳ καὶ εὐρυχώρῳ ὁδῷ (αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ φιληδονία), εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ βεβαιότητα αὐτῷ καὶ στάσιν ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ὀρέξαντι. ο γὰρ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἐν τῷ περὶ γῆς τόπῳ ὑπάρχων, ε νθα ὀλισθηρὸν καὶ ἐπισφαλὲς διὰ τὰς φωλευούσας ἡδονὰς τὸ ζῆν, στάσιν τῆς ψυχῆς μοι δέδωκας, ο πως μὴ ω δε κἀκεῖσε ὑπὸ τῶν παθῶν παραφέρωμαι. εἰ δ' ἐπαινετὸν λέγοι τὸ εὐρύχωρον, ἐρεῖ· ἐπεὶ θλιβόμενος οὐ στενοχωροῦμαι ἐγκαρτερῶν τοῖς πόνοις, ι ν' ου τως ει πω, πλατυνόμενος διὰ τὸ

Divine Providence and the Hidden Face§60

60Glory comes from circumstances, I will say: 'You have set my feet in a wide place' (Ps 30:11c). Not every poor person is weak (for many poor people are strong), nor is one lacking in strength poor; but in spiritual matters, since strength is the same as wealth, the one who is wealthy has strength in good works. He does not wish to say 'I am such a thing'; since, having turned away from the visible wealth (which is not the divine), he says, 'My strength has grown weak.' It is to be noted what it means to say 'is' instead of 'has'; for it is not strength that is weak, but the one who has it, just as we do not say one is ignorant of knowledge, but that one is ignorant. This is in agreement with what was said by Paul concerning Christ: 'That we might become the righteousness of God in him' (2 Cor 5:21). For in these things, he called those having righteousness 'righteousness.'

Those enemies who are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God, not only do not feel shame nor seem to suffer reproach for the evil they do, but on the contrary, they take pride, as it has been said concerning them: 'The glory is in their shame.' And they boast over those who become objects of reproach. Therefore, turn away from your boasting and reproach against the Lord; otherwise, they shall rise to reproach and eternal shame. But he who perceives himself to have become in the aforementioned poverty confesses that he is to be reproached. Therefore he says: 'I have become a reproach to all my enemies, but also to all those who draw near to me according to the proverb—that is, to those who hold the same opinion.'

Those who attack me with persistence, perceiving that they have fallen from wealth into poverty, fearing that they might suffer the same, hasten to be outside of my stability. But also, a vessel which formerly was precious and very useful to the master, seemed to have been lost. Because the ear hears the slander of many dwelling around. If a teacher is called a liar by those who seem to be his disciples because of the necessity of learning, yet they dwell around and do not remain in the lessons, they do not abide in them. And it is possible to not be so; since the ear hears the slander of many around me, because they do not abide but merely dwell around our things, for this reason I have become a lost vessel. With this,...

Is it that someone is weak and I am not weak? Is it that someone stumbles and I am not being burned? (Ps 30:16) My lots fall into those things which are covering and guarding by your hands, being profited by them; that is, all things allotted to me according to your judgment, either to flow from them or to suffer; for it does not happen to them by chance. (Ps 30:16a)

Others clarify the word not thus: the powers given, they say, are called their lots, as if they have superiority over teachers or others. They are not in the hands of God. For just as He establishes, so also He distributes kings. Therefore, because some are coming to move this superiority which is present to me, wanting to do so, they will not be able, since all things concerning me are in your hands. (Ps 30:16)

He does not merely hide his goodness from those fearing him (for they see much of it), but the abundance, so that they may not be harmed. (Ps 30:20-21) And it is also good to say: To those fearing you, it is stored up for them. Reveal it to them, so that those having become in perfect love might cast out fear. 'You have made it known to those fearing you' means you have revealed it by energy, so that those having more hope than fear possess it.

Regarding 'Against the sons of men': You say 'men' regarding those having preserved the rational and incorruptible image, but 'their sons' regarding those having become their rational disciples and imitators. And 'hidden from the face of God' you say, meaning that which is not attainable now to knowledge, but will be revealed then, when we shall see Him as He is. With this 'hidden' thing, that which is said by Paul is contrasted: 'made known to men,' that is, His creative and providential nature. For after the 'God revealed' it is said: 'For his invisible attributes, from the creation of the world, are understood and perceived through the works.' (Rom 1:20)

Perhaps also the Savior has the face of God hidden, all that is according to the divinity, but that which is according to the economy is manifest. And since now the Word having become flesh dwells among us, we are being hidden in the mystery of His face, so that we may see Him as we shall see His glory, a glory as of the only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth. (John 1:14) But stand firm, if...

Greek · §60

κλέος τὸ ἐκ τῶν περιστατικῶν, ἐρῶ· Εστησας ἐν εὐρυχώρῳ τοὺς πόδας μου. 273 Ps 30,11c Οὐ πάντως ὁ πτωχεύων ἀσθενεῖ (πολλοὶ γὰρ πτωχοὶ ἰσχυροί) οὐδὲ ὁ ἰσχύος λειπόμενος πτωχός· ἐν δὲ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς, ἐπεὶ ταὐτὸν ἡ ἰσχὺς πλούτῳ, ὁ πλουτῶν ἐν ε ργοις ἀγαθοῖς ἰσχὺν ε χει. ο ου ν βούλεται λέγειν ε στιν τοιοῦτον· ἐπεὶ ἐπτώχευσα τὸν βλέποντα πλοῦτον ἀποστραφείς (ου τος δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεῖος), ̔Η ἰσχύς μου ἠσθένησεν. Σημειωτέον ο τι τὴν ε ξιν ἀντὶ τοῦ ε χοντος ει πεν· οὐ γὰρ ἡ ἰσχὺς ἀσθενεῖ ἀλλ' ὁ ε χων αὐτήν, ω σπερ οὐδὲ τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἀγνοεῖν ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐσχηκότα φαμέν. τούτοις ὁμόλογον τὸ παρὰ Παύλῳ εἰρημένον περὶ Χριστοῦ· Ινα δικαιοσύνη γενώμεθα θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. καὶ ἐν τούτοις γὰρ τοὺς δικαιοσύνην ε χοντας δικαιοσύνην ἐκάλεσεν. 274 Ps 30,12–14a Οἱ ἐχθροὶ φιλήδονοι μᾶλλον η φιλόθεοι τυγχάνοντες οὐ μόνον οὐκ αἰσχύνονται οὐδ' ο νειδος ε χειν δοκοῦσιν ἐφ' οι ς πράττουσιν κακῶς, ἀλλ' ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου σεμνύνονται, ὡς λεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν· Ων ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν. καυχῶνται δὲ ἐφ' οι ς ὀνειδιστέοι γίνονται· Αἰσχύνθητε γοῦν ἀπὸ καυχήσεως ὑμῶν καὶ ὀνειδισμοῦ ἐναντίον κυρίου· ο θεν καὶ ἀναστήσονται ου τοι εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον. ̔Ο δὲ αἰσθόμενος ἐν τῇ προειρημένῃ πτωχείᾳ ἑαυτὸν γεγονέναι ὁμολογεῖ ὀνειδιστέος ει ναι. διό φησιν· Παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐγενήθην ο νειδος, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν τοῖς πλησιάζουσίν μοι κατὰ τὴν οι κησιν τουτέστιν τοῖς ὁμοδοξοῦσιν. Οἱ μετ' ἐπιστάσεως προσβάλλοντές μοι, αἰσθόμενοι ἐξ οι ου πλούτου εἰς πτωχείαν ε πεσον, εὐλαβούμενοι μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ πάθωσιν, ε ξω τῆς ἐμῆς καταστάσεως ε σπευδον ει ναι. ἀλλὰ καὶ σκεῦος ω ν πάλαι τίμιον καὶ ευ χρηστον τῷ δεσπότῃ ἠχρειώθην ου τως ὡς ἀπολωλέναι δοκεῖν. Οτι η κουσα ψόγον πολλῶν παροικούντων κυκλόθεν. ει ποι ταῦτα διδάσκαλος ψεγόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν δοκούντων περὶ αὐτὸν ει ναι διὰ τοῦ δῆθεν μανθάνειν, παροικούντων δὲ καὶ μὴ ἐμμενόντων τοῖς μαθήμασιν τῷ μὴ κατοικεῖν ἐν αὐτοῖς. 65 δύναται δὲ καὶ ου τως· ἐπεὶ ψόγον η κουσα ο ν ψέγονται πολλοὶ τῶν περικύκλῳ μου τῷ μὴ κατοικεῖν ἀλλὰ παροικεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἡμετέροις, τούτου χάριν σκεῦος ἀπολωλὸς γέγονα. τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ Τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ; Τίς σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι; 275 Ps 30,16 ̓Εν ταῖς σκεπαζούσαις καὶ φρουρούσαις δυνάμεσι χερσίν σου χρηματιζούσαις οἱ κλῆροί μου τυγχάνουσιν, τουτέστιν πάντα τὰ συγκληρωθέντα μοι κατὰ κρίσιν σὴν η τοι ῥυσθῆναι ἀπ' αὐτῶν η παθεῖν· οὐδὲ γάρ τι συντυχικῶς οι ομαι συμβαίνειν. 276 Ps 30,16a Ετεροι δὲ τὴν λέξιν σαφηνίζουσιν ου τως· αἱ δεδομέναι ἐξουσίαι, φασίν, η τοι ὡς α ρχουσιν η διδασκάλοις η α λλην ὑπεροχὴν ε χουσι, κλῆροι αὐτῶν ὀνομάζονται. ου τοι ου ν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν. ὡς γὰρ αὐτὸς καθιστᾷ, ου τως καὶ μεθιστᾷ βασιλεῖς. κα ν τοίνυν διὰ τὴν παροῦσάν μοι ὑπεροχὴν ἐπέρχωνταί τινες μετακινῆσαι αὐτὴν βουλόμενοι, οὐ δυνήσονται τῷ πάντα τὰ κατ' ἐμὲ ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου ει ναι. 277 Ps 30,20.21 Οὐχ ἁπλῶς κρύπτει τὴν χρηστότητα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν (πολὺ γὰρ αὐτῆς καθορῶσιν) ἀλλὰ τὸ πλῆθος, ι να μὴ βλαβῶσιν. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν· Τοῖς φοβουμένοις σε· αὐτοῖς γὰρ αὐτὴν ταμιεύεται. φανέρωσον αὐτὴν αὐτοῖς, ο τ' α ν ἐν τελείᾳ ἀγάπῃ γενόμενοι ε ξω βάλωσι τὸν φόβον. Αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα α Εκρυψας τοῖς φοβουμένοις σε η δη κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἐφανέρωσας τοῖς πλέον τοῦ φόβου τὴν ἐλπίδα ε χουσιν ̓Εναντίον τῶν υἱῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἀνθρώπους δ' ἐρεῖς τοὺς τὸ λογικὸν καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα ἀδιάστροφον φυλάξαντας, υἱοὺς δὲ αὐτῶν τοὺς λογικῶς μαθητὰς καὶ μιμητὰς αὐτῶν γενομένους. ἀπόκρυφον δὲ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐρεῖς τὸ μὴ ἐφικτὸν νῦν πρὸς γνῶσιν, φανερωθησόμενον δὲ τότε ο τε ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν. τούτῳ τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ ἀντιδιαστέλλεται τὸ λεγόμενον παρὰ Παύλῳ· Γνωστὸν αὐτοῦ φανερωθὲν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, τουτέστιν τὸ δημιουργὸν καὶ προνοητικὸν αὐτοῦ. ἑξῆς γὰρ τοῦ ̔Ο θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν ει ρηται· Τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα καθορᾶται. Τάχα καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ πρόσωπον ω ν θεοῦ ἀπόκρυφον ε χει πᾶν τὸ κατὰ τὴν θεότητα, ἐμφανὲς δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν. ο τ' α ν ου ν ὁ λόγος γενόμενος σὰρξ σκηνώσῃ ἐν ἡμῖν, κατακρυπτόμεθα ἐν τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, ὀψόμενοι αὐτὸ ο τ' α ν ὀψώμεθα Τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. ̓Επίστησον δέ, εἰ

Divine Providence and the Shelter of Truth§61

61The manifest works of providence can serve as his face, for through them we perceive God; but his secret, private words are the basis of all things, though we do not perceive them in the perfection of reality.

From the disturbance of men—those human doctrines promising things to men while causing disturbance, through which they trouble the uninstructed—God, making those who hope in him outside of this disturbance, hides them in the secrecy of his face in all the ways mentioned. He will cover them in a tent from the opposition of tongues. He who has reached the perfection of all progress, having withdrawn from it, understands the truth through which it is un-deceivable; but he who encounters it while still progressing needs the covering of God in a tent, that is, of various tongues, or rather various false doctrines. For it is said toward the perfect: 'And every voice that shall rise up against you for judgment shall defeat them all' (Ps 30:22-23). For every heterodox word rises up desiring to be judged alongside the ecclesiastical opinion. But he who thinks the things of the church will defeat them all.

Not such a great wonder is worthy of being shown by the mercy of God in the hostile and smoothed-over cities, which would be wondered at if it occurred in a city of dominion; just as for this reason God is most blessed, being praised by those who have been rescued from greater disturbance. And the name of ecstasy signifies madness, and also denotes the wonder occurring with astonishment; the present word signifies the second of these meanings. For he says such a thing: 'In ecstasy,' that is, having occurred in astonishment, 'I have been cast away far from the presence of your eyes' (Ps 31:9), that is, far from the glory of your supervisory and inspecting powers; and since I have thus arranged, I pleaded not to remain cast away but that the face of the Lord might appear to me.

iniquities and sins

Greek · §61

καὶ τὰ προφανῆ ε ργα τῆς προνοίας πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ει ναι δύναται· δι' αὐτῶν γὰρ θεὸν φανταζόμεθα· ἀπόκρυφον δὲ αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀπόρρητοι λόγοι καθ' ου ς γίνεται τὰ γινόμενα, ου ς ἐπὶ τέλει τῶν πραγμάτων εἰσόμεθα ̓Απὸ ταραχῆς ἀνθρώπων. οἱ ἀνθρώπινα δόγματα ἐπαγγελλόμενοι α νθρωποί εἰσιν ταραχὴν προβαλλόμενοι, δι' η ς ταράττουσιν τοὺς ἀνερματίστους. ταύτης τῆς ταραχῆς ἐκτὸς ποιῶν τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπ' αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς κατακρύπτει αὐτοὺς ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ κατὰ πάντας τοὺς εἰρημένους τρόπους. Σκεπάσεις αὐτοὺς ἐν σκηνῇ ἀπὸ ἀντιλογίας γλωσσῶν. ὁ τέλειος πάσης προκοπῆς ἀναχωρήσας αὐτὴν κατανοεῖ τὴν ἀλήθειαν δι' ο ἀνεξαπάτητός ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ ἐν τῷ προκόπτειν ἐπιτυγχάνων χρῄζει σκεπάζοντος θεοῦ ἐν σκηνῇ τουτέστιν τῶν διαφόρων γλωσσῶν η τοι διαφόρων ψευδοδοξιῶν. πρὸς γὰρ τὸν τέλειον λέγεται· Καὶ πᾶσα φωνὴ η ἀναστήσεται ἐπὶ σὲ εἰς κρίσιν, πάντας αὐτοὺς ἡττήσεις. πᾶς γὰρ λόγος ἑτερόδοξος ἀνίσταται κρίνεσθαι βουλόμενος μετὰ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς γνώμης. πάντας δὲ αὐτοὺς ἡττήσει ὁ τέλειος τὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας φρονῶν. 278 Ps 30,22.23 Οὐ τοσοῦτον θαύματος α ξιον ο τ' α ν ἐμφαίνηται ὁ ε λεος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς ἀνετικαῖς καὶ ἡπλωμέναις πόλεσιν, ο σον θαυμαστούμενος τότε ο τ' α ν ἐν πόλει περιοχῆς γένηται· ὡς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο εὐλογητὸν ει ναι τὸν θεὸν πάνυ εὐλογούντων τῶν ἐκ πλείονος περιστάσεως ῥερυσμένων. Τὸ δὲ τῆς ἐκστάσεως ο νομα σημαίνει τὴν παραφροσύνην, δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὸν θαυμασμὸν μετ' ἐκπλήξεως γινόμενον· σημαίνει ἡ παροῦσα λέξις τὸ δεύτερον τῶν σημαινομένων. ο γὰρ λέγει 66 ε στιν τοιοῦτον· ̓Εν ἐκστάσει, τουτέστιν ἐν ἐκπλήξει γεγενημένος, ει πα ̓Απέρριμμαι α ρα ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου, τουτέστιν μακρὰν ε δοξα ει ναι τῶν ἐποπτικῶν καὶ ἐπισκοπευτικῶν σου δυνάμεων, καὶ ἐπεὶ ου τω διατεθεὶς παρεκάλεσα μὴ ἀπερριμμένος μεῖναι ἀλλ' ἐπιφανῆναί μοι τὸ πρόσωπον τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου. ∆ιὰ τοῦτο εἰσήκουσας τῆς φωνῆς τῆς δεήσεώς μου ἐν τῷ κεκραγέναι με πρὸς σέ. 279 Ps 30,24ab Μιᾶς ἀληθείας ου σης τῆς εἰπούσης ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια, πολλαὶ συνίστανται ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσιν τῆς μιᾶς ἑκάστης ψυχῆς ἀλήθειαν ἐχούσης, ο ν ἐδέξατο τύπον ἐκ τῆς μονογενοῦς ἀληθείας. ἐπεὶ ου ν πάσας τὰς ἀληθείας ταύτας ἐκζητεῖ κύριος, τιμῆσαι ἐπ' αὐτὰς βούλεται τοὺς ε χοντας αὐτάς. τούτου χάριν, οἱ ο σιοι αὐτοῦ, ἐκζητήσατε αὐτόν, οὐκ ἀμισθὶ καταλύοντες ἐφ' ῃ ε χετε ἀληθείᾳ. 280 Ps 31,1a Καὶ ἐπεὶ πολλὰ κεκρυμμένα ὁ ψαλμὸς ε χει, συνέσεως χρεία τῷ ἐντυγχάνοντι, ι να συνιέναι δυνηθῇ ε καστα τῶν ἀσαφῶς εἰρημένων. 281 Ps 31,1bc ̓Ανομιῶν καὶ ἁμαρτιῶν διαφορὰν ει ναί φασιν τοιαύτην· αἱ ἁμαρτίαι τῶν μηδὲ ο ντιν' ου ν νόμον προσηκαμένων ἀνομίαι καλοῦνται, τῶν κατὰ παράβασιν νόμου πραττομένων ἁμαρτιῶν ὀνομαζομένων. Μακάριοι ου ν εἰσιν ω ν ἀφίενται αἱ ἀνομίαι, α ρτι τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ προσερχομένων· Μακάριοι δὲ καὶ ω ν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ο τ' α ν παρακούσαντες τοῦ νόμου υ στερον μετανοήσωσιν. α φεσις μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν, ἐπικάλυψις δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ει ρηται τῷ τὰς ἀνομίας πάντῃ ἀφίεσθαι. συγγνωστοὶ γὰρ οἱ δίχα νόμου ἁμαρτάνοντες τῶν ἐπικρυπτομένων ἁμαρτιῶν οὐ πάντῃ ἀφιεμένων ἀλλ' ἐξ ἀγάπης ἐπισκιαζομένων· ̓Αγάπη γὰρ καλύπτει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. Χρῶνται δέ τινες τῷ μὲν Μακάριοι ω ν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι ἐπὶ τῶν τὸ λουτρὸν εἰς α φεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ἐσχηκότων, τῷ δὲ Καὶ ω ν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκ μετανοίας ἐπικρυψάντων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. εἰσὶν δὲ οι λαμβάνουσιν τὴν μὲν προτέραν ἐπὶ τῶν πιστευόντων ἐθνῶν, τὴν δὲ δευτέραν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς τὸν σωτῆρα προσηκαμένων. 282 Ps 31,2 ̔Ο ἀναμάρτητος οὐχ ἁπλῶς α νθρωπος ἀλλ' ἀνὴρ διὰ τὴν τελειότητα λέγεται. ου τω γοῦν ὁ θεὸς οὐ λογίζεται ἁμαρτίαν η τοι τῷ ἀφίεσθαι αὐτὴν η τῷ μηδ' ο λως γεγονέναι. ἁρμόσει γὰρ τοῦτο

Forgiveness of Heart-Impurity and the Flight to Christ§62

62Especially regarding Christ according to the economy; and that there is no deceit in his mouth is likewise to be understood as the fact that he has not possessed deceit. For there is no deceit in the mouth of the Word, being true and unsearchable.

Glancing from the true light in the day, I ran and in this day I cried out to you, praying Ps 31:3. Since I did not fall silent from this cry due to inattention, my bones were struck, both the strong and the soft of the dogmas, which are called my bones. And he means by saying these things the falling away, that his bones are becoming old, but are not old by nature.

And in those things that lead forward it is said, as in many places of the Scripture, that the punishing power of God is called his hand Ps 31:4. That this lies heavily upon him day and night—that is, he says continuously—is because of the change that comes upon the hand. The Savior interpreted the cares of life, both the pleasure and the thorns of deceit of this age. And if one is pierced by such a thorn, he is immediately turned into misery. It must be understood what one becomes miserable through change and turning, not being such by nature. The word means the wretched and the pitiable. And to be pierced by a thorn signifies not being such by nature, but it approaching from without. 'I was turned into misery' through repentance and through the instructive admonishment of the Lord; for the Lord loves whom he disciplines, but he scourges every son whom he does not receive Heb 12:6. Let us know in the Kings who endured because of this sin, being disciplined by the Lord because of his former righteousness, so that, having been freed from that sin and the punishment through it, he might take back his former health 1 Kings 15:3-5.

He who has fallen into sin, if he wishes to work it, provides a cover and hides it; but he who has hated it makes it manifest to the one who is able to heal through confession, declaring it Ps 31:5. But he also reveals the lawlessness appropriate to this; for the sight of sin is lawlessness; for everyone who acts lawlessly sins, though not everyone who sins acts lawlessly. It can be said by analogy, especially because everyone who does sin also does lawlessness, and lawlessness is sin. But having spoken truly, 'I confessed my sin against myself' Ps 32:5 which I have done...

I did not ask for more lawlessness than what I had; for God has forgiven not only this but also the impiety of the heart. And impiety of the heart is able to be the dissatisfaction of providence occurring to many through the irregularity of things as they seem.

If even the righteous cleanse themselves from practical lawlessness (Ps 31:6a), they still often have impure thoughts from the aforementioned impiety of the heart. Even if those who pray do not have thoughts concerning lawlessness, they will pray concerning impiety, asking for its forgiveness in a favorable time. And a favorable time of prayer concerning the aforementioned forgiveness is when one cleanses himself from practical filthiness. And just as one who is wounded in a small scratch will not demand a physician's treatment, but having the whole body intact, only suffering in that single scratch, so no one filled with the guilt of actions will pray concerning the purity of thoughts, but only every righteous person.

When a flood of many spiritual waters comes (Ps 31:6b), having had a spring of water within himself changing into eternal life—that is, the waters vanishing all sins and the impiety of the heart upon them—impiety and lawlessness will not approach the one who has prayed for them.

He who says these things thinks he finds deliverance from the standing affliction in no other way than by fleeing to Christ (Ps 31:7). Just as righteousness and wisdom are, so also is the joy of the diligent Jesus. For he says to Him as our joy: 'Deliver me from those pursuing me; for lawless demons and evil men pursue me; for I will be persuaded that nothing evil can happen, You saving me.'

That is, not having cast away acting logically, you do not fall into an irrational state (Ps 31:9), such that through being headstrong you become like a mule because of being deficient toward evils; for such an impulse does not have understanding. The prophet says toward God: He brings those who have become like horses because of being skittish and unruly, and a mule, hard-mouthed, subduing their bits with nails and drawing them with Your suitable bridle, with which You lead them under Your yoke. The compliant and gentle ones approach God by a voluntary impulse, but those previously mentioned as horses and mules because of the lack of understanding...

Greek · §62

μάλιστα τῷ Χριστῷ κατὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν· καὶ τὸ Οὐκ ε στιν ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ δόλος ὁμοίως ἐκδεκτέον η τῷ ἀποβεβληκέναι η τῷ μὴ ἐσχηκέναι δόλον. οὐκ ε στιν δὲ δόλος ἐν στόματι τοῦ λόγον ἀληθῆ καὶ ἀκατάγνωστον ε χοντος. 283 Ps 31,3 ̓Απὸ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς καταυγαζόμενος ἐν ἡμέρᾳ διῆγον καὶ ἐν ο λῃ ταύτῃ ε κραζον ὑμνῶν εὐχόμενος. ἐπεὶ ου ν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς κραυγῆς ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας ἐσίγησα, ἐπαιλαιώθη τὰ ἰσχυρὰ καὶ τὰ ευ τονα τῶν δογμάτων, ὀστᾶ μου ὀνομαζόμενα. σημαίνει δὲ τὴν μετάπτωσιν τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος τῷ πεπαλαιῶσθαι καὶ μὴ φύσει παλαιὰ ει ναι τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ. 284 Ps 31,4 Καὶ ἐν τοῖς προάγουσιν ει ρηται, ὡς ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις τῆς γραφῆς ἡ κολαστικὴ τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμις χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ὀνομάζεται. ταύτην ου ν βαρέως ἐπικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς τουτέστιν συνεχῶς λέγει διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον μεταβολήν. Τὰς βιωτικὰς μέντοι μερίμνας ἡδονάς τε καὶ ἀπάτας τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀκάνθας ἡρμήνευσεν ὁ σωτήρ. ο τ' α ν ου ν τοιαύτη α κανθα ἐμπαγῇ τινι, εὐθέως εἰς ταλαιπωρίαν στρέφεται. ἰστέον ο τι κατὰ μεταβολὴν καὶ τροπὴν ταλαίπωρός τις γίνεται μὴ φύσει ω ν τοιοῦτος. σημαίνει δὲ ἡ λέξις τὸν οἰκτρὸν καὶ ἐλεεινόν. Καὶ τὸ ἐμπαγῆναι δὲ α κανθαν τὸ μὴ φύσει δηλοῖ ἀλλ' ε ξωθεν ἐπεισιοῦσαν. νυττόμενος ου ν ὑπὸ ταύτης ̓Εστράφην εἰς ταλαιπωρίαν, τὴν διὰ τῆς μετανοίας καὶ τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου παιδευτικῆς νουθεσίας· Ον γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ο ν παραδέχεται. ε γνωμεν δὲ ἐν ταῖς Βασιλείαις ο σα ὑπέμεινεν διὰ ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὑπὸ κυρίου παιδευόμενος διὰ τὴν προτέραν αὐτοῦ δικαιοσύνην, ι ν' ἐκείνης τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τῆς δι' αὐτὴν τιμωρίας ἀπαλλαγεὶς 67 τὴν προτέραν ὑγείαν ἀναλήψηται. 285 Ps 31,5 ̔Ο εἰς ἁμαρτίαν ἐμπεσὼν ο σον ἐνεργεῖν αὐτὴν βούλεται σκέπει καὶ κρύπτει αὐτήν, ὁ δὲ μισήσας αὐτὴν φανερὰν ποιεῖ τῷ δυναμένῳ ἰάσασθαι δι' ἐξομολογήσεως ἐξαγορεύων αὐτήν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ταύτῃ κατάλληλον ἀνομίαν ἀποκαλύπτει· ει δος γὰρ ἁμαρτίας ἡ ἀνομία· πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ἀνομῶν ἁμαρτάνει, οὐ παντὸς ἁμαρτάνοντος ἀνομοῦντος. δύναται ἐκ παραλλήλου εἰρῆσθαι μάλιστα διὰ τὸ Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία. Πραγματικῶς δὲ εἰπὼν ἐξαγορεύειν κατ' ἐμαυτοῦ η ν πεποίηκα ἀνομίαν πλέον ου ᾐτησάμην ε σχον· οὐ μόνον γὰρ ταύτην ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῆς καρδίας ἀσέβειαν ἀφῆκεν ὁ θεός. ἀσέβεια δὲ καρδίας ει ναι δύναται ἡ συμβαίνουσα τοῖς πολλοῖς δυσαρέστησις τῆς προνοίας ἐκ τῆς δοκούσης τῶν πραγμάτων ἀνωμαλίας. 286 Ps 31,6a Εἰ καὶ πρακτικῆς ἀνομίας καθαρεύουσιν οἱ ο σιοι, ἀλλά γε χραινομένους ε χουσι τοὺς λογισμοὺς πολλάκις ἐκ τῆς εἰρημένης καρδίας ἀσεβείας. καίτοι οὐ περὶ ἀνομίας η ς οὐκ ε χουσιν οἱ προσευχόμενοι, ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀσεβείας προσεύξονται, α φεσιν αὐτῆς αἰτούμενοι ἐν εὐθέτῳ καιρῷ. ευ θετος δὲ καιρὸς προσευχῆς περὶ τῆς εἰρημένης ἀφέσεως, ο τε τις ἀπὸ πράξεως ῥυπαρᾶς καθαρεύει. καὶ ω σπερ τις τραυματίας ο λος ω ν περὶ ἀμυχῆς οὐκ ἀπαιτήσει ἰατρὸν θεράπειαν ἀλλ' ο λον τὸ σῶμα ὁλόκληρον ε χων ἐν μόνῃ τῇ ἀμυχῇ τυγχάνων, ου τως οὐδεὶς πράξεων ἐναγῶν πεπληρωμένος περὶ καθαρότητος λογισμῶν προσεύξεται ἀλλὰ μόνος πᾶς ο σιος. 287 Ps 31,6b Οτ' α ν κατακλυσμὸς πολλῶν πνευματικῶν ὑδάτων γένηται, ἐσχηκότος τινὸς ἐν ἑαυτῷ πηγὴν υ δατος ἀλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον τουτέστιν τῶν ὑδάτων ἐξαφανιζόντων πάντα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ τὴν ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἀσέβειαν τῆς καρδίας, οὐκ ἐγγιοῦσιν ἡ ἀσέβεια καὶ ἡ ἀνομία τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν προσευξαμένῳ. 288 Ps 31,7 Τῆς περιεστηκυίας θλίψεως ἀπαλλαγὴν οὐκ α λλως εὑρίσκειν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων νομίζει η καταφυγὼν πρὸς Χριστόν. Ωσπερ δικαιοσύνη καὶ σοφία ου τω καὶ ἀγαλλίαμα τοῦ σπουδαίου ̓Ιησοῦς. φησὶν γοῦν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς ἀγαλλίαμα ἡμέτερον· Λύτρωσαί με ἀπὸ τῶν καταδιωκόντων με· καταδιώκουσι γάρ με δαίμονες ἀλιτήριοι καὶ α νθρωποι πονηροί· πείσομαι γὰρ οὐδὲν κακόν, σοῦ ῥυομένου. 289 Ps 31,9 Τουτέστιν μὴ τὸ λογικῶς ἐνεργεῖν ἀποβαλόντες εἰς α λογον πέσητε κατάστασιν, ω στε ι ππῳ διὰ τὸ θηλυμανὲς ὁμοιωθῆναι η ἡμιόνῳ διὰ τὸ ἐστερεῶσθαι πρὸς τὰ κακά· μὴ ἐχόντων γὰρ σύνεσιν ἡ τοιαύτη ὁρμή. Πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁ προφήτης φησίν· τοὺς γενομένους ὡς ι ππους διὰ τὸ σκιρτητικὸν καὶ ἀφηνιαστικὸν καὶ ἡμίονον σκληρόστομον ἐν χαλινῷ τῷ σῷ λόγῳ καὶ κημῷ τῇ καταλλήλῳ προτροπῇ τὰς σιαγόνας αὐτῶν α γξαις δαμάζων καὶ ε λκων τῷ σῷ χαλινῷ, ῳ α ξεις ὑπὸ ζυγὸν τὸν σόν. Οἱ μὲν εὐεικτοὶ καὶ εὐήνιοι ἑκουσίᾳ ὁρμῇ ἐγγίζουσι τῷ θεῷ, οἱ δὲ προειρημένοι ὡς ι ππος καὶ ἡμίονος διὰ τὸ ἀσύνετον

The Straightness of the Word and the Nature of the Heavens§63

63Having become subject to the aforementioned necessity of the afflictions, they will be drawn toward you (Ps 32:1). Those who have accomplished an ethical life are righteous, rejoicing in the Lord, and it is necessary that those who flee from all the crookedness of false doctrine be upright. For it is fitting to praise God with these, since praise is not beautiful in the mouth of a sinner (Ps 32:2).

Confession and here thanksgiving are expressed. This ought not to be made on a lyre. And if the body is a lyre, the stretched strings are none other than the senses; for being struck by divine hearing, they perceive the hearing and the heavens and those in them, seeing them as to marvel at the Creator, and using the other senses praiseworthy, we confess to the Lord rhythmically and harmoniously with this lyre. But if one should conceive the soul as a lyre, its powers—which are the mnemonic, the assentive, the productive, and others according to reason—being struck like strings by the mind musically, will confess to the Lord. Musicians say there is a difference between the psalmtery and the lyre, such as this: they say the lyre is composed of the lower parts, while the psalmtery is from the upper parts with the strings, and it is more straight through strings. Since the soul is given as lyres, the spirit of man, which is in it, is perhaps something other than the mind, is a psalmtery, singing not to anyone else but to God. For we use right thoughts and with our own spirit we receive the Holy Spirit, and we sing victoriously in a ten-stringed psalmtery. And perhaps from the ten strings its perfection is shown. For such a number is found continually being hymned in the Scriptures. And God used only ten general terms for the high priest Moses, and the people are commanded to offer ten.

He who hastens to praise God through all things and through voice will sing to God a new song (Ps 32:3), saying an anthem kindred to the new covenant and the newness of the Spirit, so that he might praise God not only with lyre and psalmtery but also with voice. And he wishes to sing praiseworthy with a shout of triumph; for the shout is a voice. He who makes a shout without distraction and without insignificance against the conquered enemies, then he says, 'You have sung well,' while those having conquered say, 'Shout!'

Because of the enemies. The word of the Lord, which he gives to those pursuing knowledge, is straight and not a crooked deception (Ps 32:4). Moreover, the workers perform the appropriate things for this word, being fulfilled in faith; and the works which the word of God performs are in faith, that is, they are firm and unshakeable, and the word by which he governs and provides is straight.

If someone were to call the word of God a straight word, the works he performed in this word, being fulfilled in faith, would be easy; for the paradoxical works of Jesus are his works according to the faith of those, becoming things for them: 'Let it be done to you according to your faith' (Ps 32:5). He himself is God, or his straight word, accepting judgment in that he must avenge the virtues being insulted by the wicked, but loving mercy, helping those being led to judgment by his own goodness. For if he were to observe all their works, no one would be able to endure. Therefore, even before judgment, he loves mercy. For if it were not so, all would suddenly be lost.

The heavens were made thin, having the most corruptible nature (Ps 32:6); for such is the nature of the heavens. But when taken allegorically, of all those who think upon the image of the so-called heavenly, their firm grip and stability becomes theirs through the word of the Lord, and their power, by which they are able, is not produced by anything else but by the Holy Spirit. And by this spoken word, pious men discourse that the Holy Spirit is the creative force.

Just as water held in a skin or in another vessel is not permitted to pour out outside of the container holding it, so the vastness of the sea's water is limited by a certain boundary, not being allowed to exceed the appointed rivers. For if it did not hold back by the command of God, it would have overflowed the whole earth. But stop, unless even this is made clear: since, calling the water of the sea, he pours it out upon all the earth through the rains, his command, practicing justice, makes the water ethereal, as if composing a cloud of mists to be carried over the earth. Allegorically, the life of men is often called a sea.

Greek · §63

γεγονότες τῇ προειρημένῃ ἀνάγκῃ τῶν πωλοδαμνῶν ἀχθήσονται πρὸς σέ. 290 Ps 32,1bc Οἱ τὸν ἠθικὸν κατορθώσαντες βίον δίκαιοί εἰσιν ἀγαλλιώμενοι ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ, εὐθεῖς δὲ οι ς πρέπει αι νεσις οἱ πᾶσαν σκολιότητα ψευδοδοξίας διαφυγόντες. τούτοις γὰρ ἁρμόζει θεὸν αἰνεῖν, ἐπεὶ Οὐχ ὡραῖος αι νος ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ. 291 Ps 32,2 ̔Η ἐξομολόγησις καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν εὐχαριστίαν δηλοῖ. ταύτην ου ν ἐν κιθάρᾳ ποιητέον. καὶ εἰ κιθάρα ει η τὸ σῶμα, νευραὶ τεταμέναι οὐκ α λλαι η τῶν αἰσθήσεών εἰσιν· θείᾳ γὰρ ἀκροάσει πληττόμενοι τὴν ἀκοὴν καὶ ο ψιν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ καθορῶντες ὡς θαυμάσαι τὸν πεποιηκότα καὶ ταῖς α λλαις αἰσθήσεσιν ἐπαινετῶς χρώμενοι, εὐρύθμως καὶ ἐναρμωνίως ταύτῃ τῇ κιθάρᾳ ἐξομολογούμεθα τῷ κυρίῳ. εἰ δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπολάβοι τις κιθάραν, αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτῆς οι ον μνημονικὴ καὶ συγκαταθετικὴ καὶ ἀνανευτικὴ καὶ α λλαι κατὰ λόγον κρουόμεναι νευρῶν δίκην ὑπὸ νοῦ μουσικῶς ἐξομολογήσονται τῷ κυρίῳ. 68 Ψαλτηρίου δὲ πρὸς κιθάραν διαφορὰν ει ναι λέγουσι μουσικοὶ τοιαύτην· τὴν μὲν κιθάραν ἐκ τῶν κάτω μερῶν ἀποτελεῖν τὸν η χόν φασιν, τὸ δὲ ψαλτήριον ἐκ τῶν α νω μερῶν μετὰ τοῦ καὶ εὐθύτατον ει ναι δι' ο λων. τῆς ου ν ψυχῆς ἀποδοθείσης ει ναι κιθάρας, τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ ε τερον τάχα τοῦ νοῦ τυγχάνον ψαλτήριόν ἐστιν, ψάλλον οὐκ α λλῳ τινὶ η τῷ θεῷ. ο τε γὰρ χρώμεθα νοήσεσιν ὀρθαῖς καὶ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἡμετέρῳ τὸ α γιον προσλαμβάνομεν πνεῦμα, τὸ τηνικάδε ψάλλομεν ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ δεκαχόρδῳ. Καὶ τάχα ἐκ τοῦ δέκα χορδὰς ε χειν τὸ τέλειον αὐτοῦ παρίσταται. τὸν γὰρ τοιοῦτον ἀριθμὸν συνεχῶς ὑμνούμενον ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς ε στιν εὑρεῖν. καὶ τῷ ἱεροφάντῃ γοῦν Μωυσῇ οὐ πλὴν δέκα γενικῶν λόγων ἐχρημάτισεν ὁ θεός, καὶ δεκάτας προσφέρειν ὁ λαὸς προστάττεται. 292 Ps 32,3 ̔Ο διὰ πάντων σπεύδων θεὸν ὑμνεῖν καὶ διὰ φωνῆς μελῳδήσει τῷ θεῷ καινὸν ᾳ σμα λέγων συγγενὲς τῇ καινῇ διαθήκῃ καὶ τῇ καινότητι τοῦ πνεύματος, ο πως μὴ μόνον κιθάρᾳ καὶ ψαλτηρίῳ ἀλλὰ καὶ φωνῇ ἐξευμενίσηται θεόν. βούλεται δὲ καὶ ἐπαινετῶς ψάλαι μετὰ ἀλαλαγμοῦ· φωνὴ δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἀλαλαγμός. ὁ ἀθρόως καὶ ἀσήμως κατὰ νενικωμένων πολεμίων γινόμενος τότε Καλῶς ψάλατέ φησιν, ο τ' α ν νικήσαντες ἀλαλάξητε κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων. 293 Ps 32,4 ̔Ο τοῦ κυρίου λόγος ο ν δίδωσι τοῖς τὰ τῆς γνώσεως μεταδιώκουσι εὐθής ἐστιν οὐδὲν ε χων ἀπάτης σκολιόν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κατάλληλα τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ ε ργα α ἐργάζονται οἱ ἐργάται αὐτοῦ ἐν πίστει ἐπιτελοῦνται, καὶ τὰ ε ργα δὲ α ποιεῖ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ἐν πίστει ἐστὶν τουτέστιν βέβαια καὶ ἀμετακίνητα, καὶ ὁ λόγος καθ' ο ν διοικεῖ καὶ προνοεῖ εὐθής ἐστιν. εἰ δὲ καὶ εὐθῆ λόγον τις αὐτοῦ λέγοι τὸν θεὸν λόγον, τὰ ε ργα α ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ εἰργάσατο ἐν πίστει ἐπιτελούμενα ευ ροι· αἱ γὰρ παραδοξοποιΐαι ̓Ιησοῦ ε ργα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσιν κατὰ πίστιν ἐκείνων εἰς ου ς ἐγίνοντο· Κατὰ γὰρ τὴν πίστιν σου γενηθήτω σοι. 294 Ps 32,5 Ητοι αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς η ὁ εὐθὴς λόγος αὐτοῦ κρίσιν μὲν ἀποδεχόμενος τῷ ἐκδικεῖσθαι δεῖν τὰς ἀρετὰς περιυβριζομένας ὑπὸ τῶν φαύλων, ἐλεημοσύνην δὲ στέργων τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἀγαθότητι βοηθῶν τοῖς ἐπὶ κρίσιν ἀγομένοις. εἰ γὰρ παρατηροῖτο πάντα τὰ ε ργα αὐτῶν, οὐδεὶς α ν ὑποστῆναι ἐδύνατο. διὸ καὶ πρὸ τῆς κρίσεως ἀγαπᾷ τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην. εἰ γὰρ ε μπαλιν ἐγίνετο, α ρδην τὸ πᾶν ἀπώλλυτο. 295 Ps 32,6 ̓Εστερεώθησαν δὲ οἱ οὐρανοὶ τὸ δυσφθαρτότατον ε χοντες· τοιαύτη γὰρ ἡ τῶν οὐρανῶν φύσις. ἀλληγορικῶς δὲ τῶν οὐρανῶν λαμβανομένων πάντων τῶν φρονούντων τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου ου τω καλουμένων, ἡ μὲν ἑδραία πῆξις καὶ βεβαιότης αὐτῶν τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ κυρίου γίνεται, ἡ δὲ δύναμις αὐτῶν καθ' η ν εἰσιν δυνατοὶ οὐκ α λλοθεν η ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου περιγίνεται. 296 Ps 32,6b Καὶ τούτῳ τῷ ῥητῷ συναγορεύουσιν εὐσεβεῖς α νδρες τὸ δημιουργικὸν ει ναι τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα. 297 Ps 32,7 Ωσπερ τὸ ἐν ἀσκῷ η ἐν ἑτέρῳ ἀγγείῳ υ δωρ συνεχόμενον οὐκ ἐπιτρέπεται ε ξω τοῦ συνέχοντος χεῖσθαι, ου τω τὸ πολὺ τῆς θαλάττης υ δωρ ο ρῳ τινὶ περιορίζεται, οὐ συγχωρούμενον ὑπερβαίνειν τοὺς τεταγμένους ο ρους. εἰ γὰρ μὴ προστάγματι θεοῦ ἐπείχετο, ἐπέκλυσεν α ν τὴν ο λην γῆν. ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῦτο δηλοῦται· ἐπεὶ προσκαλούμενος τὸ υ δωρ τῆς θαλάσσης ἐκχέει αὐτὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν διὰ τῶν ὑετῶν, τὸ πρόσταγμα αὐτοῦ ἀσκῶν δίκην ἀνιμώμενον τὸ υ δωρ ὑπεραέριον ποιεῖ ὡς συστασῶν νεφελῶν ο μβρον ἐπὶ γῆς ἐνεχθῆναι. ̓Αλληγορικῶς δὲ ὁ βίος τῶν ἀνθρώπων πολλαχοῦ θάλαττα ει ρηται

Divine Providence and the Folly of Human Strength§64

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

64Because of the still and salty nature of the waters upon the earth, the sea, which is called the abyss, gathers them together—not as if they were scattered by a storm—as if in a skin, so that the Savior might take up the body to become calm and drinkable. He places them in the abysses of treasuries.

Nothing in creation is carried out disordered; for as a seed is held in its own treasuries by its own will, so it is released and held as it seems fit to it. It is said, moreover, that He brings the winds out of the treasuries, not by their own impulse, these being carried, but by the will of the Creator, sometimes closing them and sometimes bringing them out. But He also opens the treasury of the good heaven and gives rain to the seed of the earth, just as a seed is held, and He holds the rain by closing the heaven, as regarding the prophet Elijah. And the abysses, because they are not able to harm through the unlimited multitude of the waters, are placed in treasuries, enclosing them, so that if anyone wishes to use them, it is as is profitable according to the season (Ps 32:7).

It is also possible for the ungraspable of His thoughts and the unsearchable of His judgments, which happen to be abysses, to be placed in the hidden treasuries of knowledge and of wisdom, so that no one might attain to this from himself unless God should grant it (Ps 32:8-9). Since they came into being by His speaking and were created by His commanding, let them be shaken by Him; for it belongs to the Creator to change things toward the good (Ps 32:11a). 'They came into being' signifies the essence of those things regarded as being, and 'they were created' signifies the adornment having come into being after the essence. If all things came into being and were created by the speaking and commanding of God, then no one other than the creative Word spoke and commanded; and this is the Son of God.

And elsewhere it is said: 'For who has counseled that God the Holy should scatter?' (Ps 32:11b). Just as in other places it is said of God in a human way—as having hands and eyes and other things—so also He speaks of His heart, meaning His deliberative and intellectual energy. The thoughts of this energy, being unlifted and certain, extend from generation to generation, that is, through all the generations.

Divine thoughts remain as a conviction. Perhaps he did not cast thoughts upon the generation of the circumcised, but he casts these upon the generation from the believing Gentiles; for he has not called out against others, but against those in whom the shadows of the circumcised are hidden.

They inhabit the earth, not humans alone, but also invisible spirits and the other mortal animals (Ps 32:14b). The care of God, overseeing all, extends to everyone upon the earth, bringing them out from his aforementioned dwelling-place.

Since God understands not only the things accomplished but also the intention from which these things are activated (Ps 32:15b), it is said that he sees not, but understands all their works.

For that a king is not saved by much strength, you shall learn from history (Ps 32:16-17a); Pharaoh did not have a great array, but God cast his armor and his strength into the sea. And all history is full of such things. And he says that the one who is exceedingly strong will not be saved in the strength present to him; but having understood this, he speaks concerning Goliath. And if the allusion also indicates the god-fighter, no one shall be saved in a multitude of strengths of impious dogmas. The one called 'not strong' is to be found in Isaiah saying, 'Giant and strong,' but the god-fighter again by the same author: 'Giants come to fill my wrath, rejoicing.' And also in Genesis: 'And Nebroth was a mighty hunter before the Lord.' A horse is prepared for the day of battle, but the help is by the Lord (Prov 21:31).

Since the departing light from the eyes of God is life (Ps 32:19), the pious, participating in this and having hope upon the lion, would be saved from the death that follows wickedness, as if their souls were being made alive; but participating in the heavenly bread (and the word of God is not bread), they are nourished in famine. For famine he speaks of not the scarcity of edible foods, but the deprivation of divine teachings. Accompanying this is the saying, 'I will send famine upon the earth' (Amos 8:11), not a famine of bread nor a thirst for water, but a famine of hearing the word of the Lord.

Since we are not sufficient to help ourselves or to fight for ourselves, knowing God as a helper and...

Greek · §64

διὰ τὸ α στατον καὶ ἁλμυρὸν η θος τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς. τούτου ου ν δίκην τρικυμίας ἐσκεδασμένου συνήγαγεν αὐτὸ υ δατα θαλάσσης καλούμενον ὡσεὶ ἐν ἀσκῷ ῳ ἀνέλαβεν ὁ σωτὴρ σώματι, ο πως γαληνὸν καὶ εὐδιεινὸν γένηται. Τιθεὶς ἐν θησαυροῖς ἀβύσσους. οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ κτίσει ἀτάκτως φέρεται· ε καστα γὰρ ω σπερ ἐν θησαυροῖς τῷ ἑαυτοῦ βουλήματι συνέχων ἀφίησιν καὶ ἐπέχει ὡς α ν αὐτῷ δοκῇ. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ τοὺς ἀνέμους ἐκ θησαυρῶν ἐξάγειν λέγεται, οὐ κατ' ἰδίαν φορὰν 69 τούτων φερομένων ἀλλὰ βουλήσει τοῦ πεποιηκότος ὁτὲ μὲν ἀποκλειομένων, ὁτὲ δὲ ἐξαγομένων. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν θησαυρὸν τῶν ἀγαθῶν οὐρανὸν ἀνοίγων δίδωσιν ὑετὸν τῷ σπέρματι τῆς γῆς, ω σπερ αυ καὶ ἐπέχει τὸν ὑετὸν κλείων τὸν οὐρανὸν ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ προφήτου ̓Ηλιοῦ· καὶ τὰς ἀβύσσους ου ν ἱκανῶς ἐχούσας διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τὸ ἀπεριόριστον τῶν ὑδάτων βλάψαι ἐν θησαυροῖς τίθεται περικλείων αὐτάς, ι ν' ο τ' α ν βούληται χρήσηται αὐταῖς ὡς συμφέρει κατὰ καιρόν. 298 Ps 32,7 ∆ύναται δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀκατάληπτα τῶν νοημάτων καὶ ἀνεξερεύνητα τῶν κριμάτων αὐτοῦ, τυγχάνοντα ἀβύσσους, τεθεικέναι ἐν τοῖς ἀποκρύφοις θησαυροῖς τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς σοφίας, ὡς μηδένα ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ τούτου τυγχάνειν εἰ μήπου ὁ θεὸς παράσχοι. 299 Ps 32,8.9 ̓Επεὶ αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ἐγενήθησαν καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐντειλαμένου ἐκτίσθησαν, σαλευθήτωσαν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ· τοῦ γὰρ πεποιηκότος καὶ τὸ ἀλλοιοῦν ἐπὶ τὸ καλόν ἐστιν. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ̓Εγενήθησαν τὴν οὐσίωσιν τῶν εἰς τὸ ει ναι ἠγμένων, τὸ ̓Εκτίσθησαν δὲ τὴν διακόσμησιν τὴν μετὰ τὴν οὐσίωσιν γεγενημένην. εἰ δὲ εἰπόντος καὶ ἐντειλαμένου θεοῦ ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα, ἐστὶν ῳ ει πε καὶ ἐνετείλατο οὐκ α λλος παρὰ τὸν δημιουργικὸν λόγον· ἐστὶν δὲ ου τος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱός. 300 Ps 32,11a Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ δὲ ει ρηται· Α γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ὁ α γιος βεβούλευται τίς διασκεδάσει; 301 Ps 32,11b 301 Ωσπερ τὰ α λλα ἀφ' ω ν οι δαμεν ἀνθρωπίνως περὶ θεοῦ λέγει ὡς χεῖρας καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ τὰ α λλα ε χοντος, ου τω καὶ καρδίαν αὐτοῦ λέγει τήν, ι ν' ου τως ει πω, βουλευτικὴν καὶ νοητικὴν αὐτοῦ ἐνέργειαν. ταύτης ου ν οἱ λογισμοὶ ἀραρότες καὶ βέβαιοι τυγχάνοντες παρατείνουσιν ἀπὸ γενεᾶς εἰς γενεάν, τουτέστιν κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν γενεᾷ διαδοχὴν οἱ θεῖοι λογισμοὶ μένουσιν. η τάχα ου ς ἐνέβαλεν λογισμοὺς τῇ ἐκ περιτομῆς γενεᾷ, τούτους ἐμβάλλει τῇ ἀπὸ τῶν πιστευόντων ἐθνῶν γενεᾷ· οὐ γὰρ ἐπ' α λλοις κέκληται τὰ ε θνη ἀλλ' ἐπ' ἐκείνοις οι ς ει χον οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς σκιᾷ κρυπτομένοις. 302 Ps 32,14b Κατοικοῦσι δὲ τὴν γῆν οὐκ α νθρωποι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ πνεύματα ἀόρατα καὶ τὰ α λλα θνητὰ ζῷα. εἰς πάντας ου ν τοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς παρατείνει ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κηδεμονία ἐφορῶντος αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ προειρημένου κατοικητηρίου αὐτοῦ. 303 Ps 32,15b ̓Επεὶ μὴ μόνον τὰ πεπραγμένα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν γνώμην ἀφ' η ς ἐνεργεῖται ταῦτα ἐπίσταται ὁ θεός, οὐχ ὁρᾶν ἀλλὰ συνιεῖν πάντα τὰ ε ργα αὐτῶν λέγεται. 304 Ps 32,16.17a Οτι δὲ οὐ σῴζεται βασιλεὺς διὰ πολλὴν δύναμιν, μαθήσῃ ἐκ τῆς ἱστορίας· Φαραὼ ου ν ει χεν πολλὴν παράταξιν, ἀλλὰ Τὰ α ρματα καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ε ρριψεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. πλήρης δὲ τῶν τοιούτων πᾶσα ἡ ἱστορία. καὶ γίγαντα δὲ τὸν ὑπερβαλλόντως ἰσχυρὸν οὐ σωθήσεσθαι ε φη ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ αὐτῷ ἰσχύϊ· ο ψει δὲ τοῦτο ἐπιστήσας τῷ κατὰ τὸν Γολιάθ. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν θεομάχον ἡ προσηγορία δηλοῖ, οὐδὲ ου τος σωθήσεται ἐν πλήθει ἰσχύος ω ν ε χει δογμάτων ἀθεότητος. τὸν μὲν ου ν ἰσχυρὸν ου τω καλούμενον ε στιν εὑρεῖν ἐν ̔Ησαίᾳ λέγοντι Γίγαντα καὶ ἰσχύοντα, τὸν δὲ θεομάχον πάλιν παρὰ τῷ αὐτῷ· Γίγαντες ε ρχονται πληρῶσαι τὸν θυμόν μου χαίροντες. α μα καὶ ἐν Γενέσει· Καὶ η ν Νεβρὼθ γίγας κυνηγὸς ε ναντι κυρίου. Ιππος μέντοι ἑτοιμάζεται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ πολέμου, παρὰ δὲ κυρίου ἡ βοήθεια. 305 Ps 32,19 ̓Επεὶ ὁ ἀπολυόμενος φωτισμὸς ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ζωή ἐστιν, τούτου μετάσχοντες οἱ εὐλαβεῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ε λεον τὴν ἐλπίδα ε χοντες ῥυσθεῖεν α ν ἐκ θανάτου τοῦ ἑπομένου τῇ κακίᾳ, ὡς τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ζωοποιηθῆναι· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ οὐρανίου α ρτου (θεοῦ δὲ λόγος ου τος) μεταλαμβάνοντες διατρέφονται ἐν λιμῷ. λιμὸν δὲ οὐ τὴν σπάνιν τῶν αἰθητῶν τροφῶν ἀλλὰ στέρησιν μαθημάτων λέγει θείων. τούτῳ συνῳδὸν τὸ ̓Επάξω λιμὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, οὐ λιμὸν α ρτου οὐδὲ δίψαν υ δατος ἀλλὰ λιμὸν τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι λόγον κυρίου. 306 Ps 32,20.21 ̓Επεὶ οὐκ αὐτάρκεις ἐσμὲν πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῖς βοηθεῖν η ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν μάχεσθαι, εἰδότες θεὸν βοηθὸν καὶ

The Divine Calling and the Protection of Angels§65

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

65We wait for a protector upon it with the soul, that is, from the depth of the intellect. Perhaps even those unable to benefit themselves before the arrival will wait with expectation for the coming helper and protector Savior. And in him our heart will rejoice.

Others are gladdened by something temporary, pouring out the soul, while others of these are absent; but we possess divine and eternal joy in the Lord, having not a bodily well-being but of mind and heart. Therefore we also hope in his holy name, praying that he might take part in sanctifying us, becoming a cause for us.

Just as those cast into the furnace in Babylon (Ps 33:4), praising God for not being burned by the fire, received all creation into this, knowing they were not sufficient for something so far off (for great is the praising of God); so also he who says 'Magnify the Lord with me' (Ps 34:3) wants all creation to join in this with the gentle ones. But to magnify God is not to increase his magnitude (for he is immeasurable; this is a matter of bodies, but God is incorporeal), but to think of the great things not as being toward him, but toward us, and to speak about him.

And those prepared with the same mind and the same purpose exalt his name. And the approach of God is exalted toward the created things, not rising from the lowly, but rather those who think of it do not fall to the ground, but contemplate high and heavenly things. For as they profane the name of God, not by the name itself becoming unholy, but by those surrounding it acting and thinking profanely, so also it is sanctified from our actions; for God the Savior says this also, teaching in the prayer 'Hallowed be thy name' (Matt 6:9), not of his name itself becoming holy by itself from being not holy. For it is necessary that it be hallowed in us by those who think and act holily. And so also the discourse concerning God...

The calling of God is a precise thing according to the thought of God. We possess it being sanctified, performing all things according to holiness. For most sons of men are in error and ignorance, the calling of God seems in a way to be pulling them in a way they should not. Some have called idols gods and their own belly.

Since 'I sought and He answered me' (Ps 33:5a) is given, it is clear what seeking and calling implies; since not only in name does one fulfill the things of a prayer, but also having sought the Lord with right mind and pure life through all these things, He found him answering. 'And from all my troubles He rescued me' (Ps 33:5b) is carried as 'And from all my wanderings He rescued me.'

Since 'The Lord is true light, he who approaches Him partakes of His light' (Ps 33:6), having been enlightened, having taken on much boldness, he possesses an unashamed face. The Spirit commands one to approach the Lord volitionally, so that having been enlightened, we may cast away all shame from the face of the soul.

Here he calls 'poor' the one not able to save himself from the present troubles (Ps 33:7). And all of us possess this poverty, so that he speaks very much about one needing salvation from God.

If he here denotes those fearing the Lord who have the spirit of slavery (Ps 33:8), we shall not say that angels are not surrounding them to rescue them from those intending to harm, just as even the little ones of those believing upon the Savior have angels, seeing the face of the Father in the heavens, having God, the perfect, in communion. If we take the perfect ones who fear God to have an angel placed around them to rescue them, we shall say nothing other than the angel of the great purpose of God the Savior. Following this is that which is said by Jacob: 'The angel who rescues me from all my evils; from all...'

Greek · §65

ὑπερασπιστὴν ο ντα ἐπ' αὐτῷ ὑπομένομεν τῇ ψυχῇ τουτέστιν ἀπὸ βάθους διανοίας. 70 τάχα δὲ καὶ οἱ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας ἑαυτοῖς ἀρήγειν μὴ δυνάμενοι ὑπομενοῦσιν τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τὸν ἐσόμενον βοηθὸν καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴν σωτῆρα. Καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ εὐφρανθήσεται ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν. α λλοι ἐπί τινι τῶν προσκαίρων εὐφραίνονται διαχεόμενοι τὴν ψυχὴν ο τ' α ν τι τούτων παρῇ, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ τὴν θείαν καὶ αἰωνίαν εὐφροσύνην ε χομεν, οὐ σωματικὴν εὐπάθειαν ἀλλὰ νοῦ καὶ καρδίας ε χοντες. διὸ Καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ ἐλπίζομεν, εὐχόμενοι αὐτοῦ μεταλαβεῖν ἁγιασμοῦ ἡμῖν αἰτίου ἐσομένου. 307 Ps 33,4 Ωσπερ οἱ ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ βληθέντες ἐν Βαβυλῶνι, ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ βεβλάφθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς θεὸν ὑμνοῦντες, πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν παρέλαβον εἰς τοῦτο, εἰδότες μὴ αὐτάρκεις ει ναι πρὸς τηλικοῦτον (μέγα γὰρ τὸ θεὸν ὑμνεῖν)· ου τω καὶ ὁ λέγων Μεγαλύνατε τὸν κύριον σὺν ἐμοὶ η πᾶσαν τὴν κτίσιν η τοὺς πραεῖς συνδραμεῖν τούτῳ βούλεται. τὸ δὲ μεγαλύναι τὸν θεὸν οὐκ αὐξῆσαι μέγεθός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ (ἀμεγέθης γάρ· σωμάτων ι διον τοῦτο, ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἀσώματος), ἀλλὰ τὸ μεγάλα οὐχ ὡς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς φρονῆσαι καὶ εἰπεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ. ̔Υψοῦσι δὲ τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ οἱ κατηρτισμένοι τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ. ὑψοῦται δὲ πρὸς τῶν γενητῶν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορία οὐκ ἐκ ταπεινοῦ μετεωριζομένη, ἀλλ' ο ταν οἱ φρονοῦντες αὐτὴν μηδὲν χαμαιπετὲς ἀλλὰ ὑψηλὰ καὶ οὐράνια διανοῶνται. ὡς γὰρ βεβηλοῦσιν τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ αὐτοῦ χραινομένου ὀνόματος ἀλλ' ο σον ἐπὶ τοὺς περικειμένους βέβηλα πράττοντας καὶ φρονοῦντας, ου τω καὶ ἁγιάζεται ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐνεργημάτων· ο θεν ὁ σωτὴρ πρὸς ἑτέροις καὶ τοῦτο λέγει, ἐν τῇ εὐχῇ διδάσκων τὸ ̔Αγιασθήτω τὸ ο νομά σου, οὐκ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος καθ' ἑαυτὸ ἐκ μὴ ἁγίου ἁγίου γινομένου. εὐκτέον γὰρ ἁγιασθῆναι αὐτὸ ἐν ἡμῖν ω ν ἁγίως νοοῦσι καὶ πράττουσι. καὶ ου τως ἡ περὶ θεοῦ διάληψις η ν κατ' ε ννοιαν θεοῦ ἠκριβωμένην ε χομεν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορία ἐστίν. ταύτην ἁγιαζομένην ε ξομεν, ο ταν καθ' ἁγιότητα πάντα ἐπιτελῶμεν. ο σον γὰρ ἐν πλάνῃ καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ ε νιοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰσίν, ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορία τρόπον τινὰ χραίνεται, ἑλκομένη ἐφ' α μὴ δεῖ. θεοὺς γοῦν ἀγάλματα καὶ τὴν σφῶν κοιλίαν ἐκάλεσάν τινες. 308 Ps 33,5a ̓Επεὶ τῷ ̓Εξεζήτησα τὸ ̓Επήκουσέν μου ἀνταπεδόθη, σαφὲς ο τι τὸ ἐκζητῆσαι καὶ παρακαλέσαι δηλοῖ· η ἐπεὶ μὴ μόνῳ ὀνόματι ἐπιτελεῖ τὰ τῆς εὐχῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ φρονήσει ὀρθῇ καὶ βίῳ καθαρῷ διὰ πάντων τούτων ἐκζητήσας τὸν κύριον, ε σχεν αὐτὸν ἐπινεύοντα. 309 Ps 33,5b Καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων ἐρρύσατό με. φέρεται Καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν παροικιῶν μου ἐρρύσατό με. 310 Ps 33,6 ̓Επεὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν ὁ κύριος, ὁ προσερχόμενος αὐτῷ μεταλαμβάνων αὐτοῦ φωτίζεται· φωτισθεὶς δὲ πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἀναλαβὼν ἀκαταίσχυντον ε χει τὸ πρόσωπον. προστάττει δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα προαιρετικῶς προσελθεῖν τῷ κυρίῳ, ι να φωτισθέντες τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς πρόσωπον πᾶσαν αἰσχύνην ἀποβάλωμεν. 311 Ps 33,7 Πτωχὸν ἐνταῦθα καλεῖ τὸν μὴ δυνάμενον ἐκ τῶν παρουσῶν θλίψεων ἑαυτὸν σῶσαι. πάντες δὲ ταύτην τὴν πτωχείαν ε χομεν, ω στε περὶ παντὸς λέγει χρῄζοντος ἐκ θεοῦ σωτηρίας. 312 Ps 33,8 Εἰ φοβουμένους τὸν κύριον τοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς δουλείας ε χοντας ἐνταῦθα δηλοῖ, ἀγγέλων ου τοι περικυκλούντων αὐτοὺς δέονται ῥυομένων αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν βλάπτειν βουλομένων, ω σπερ καὶ οἱ μικροὶ τῶν πιστευόντων ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα ἀγγέλους ε χουσιν συνόντας ὁρῶντας τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πατρός, τῶν τελείων τὸν θεὸν τῶν ἀγγέλων ἐχόντων συνόντα. εἰ δὲ τελείους ἐκλαμβάνοιμεν τοὺς θεὸν φοβουμένους, παρεμβαλόντα κύκλῳ αὐτῶν α γγελον ἐπὶ τῷ ῥύεσθαι αὐτοὺς οὐκ α λλον ἐροῦμεν η τὸν τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς α γγελον τοῦ θεοῦ σωτῆρα. τούτῳ ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ ̓Ιακὼβ λεγόμενον· ̔Ο α γγελος ὁ ῥυόμενός με ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν μου· ἐκ πάντων

The Preservation of the Righteous and the Nature of Divine Justice§66

66He is not an angel sent to rescue from evils, but the indicated Savior (Ps 33:9a). Regarding God, the good means the same as the good. Since he is also the bread of life, the Spirit commands those who do not have desire for it not to be overwhelmed by it, but only to taste it. For the tasting is sufficient to make them desirous and to make them desire to experience it. And to taste signifies, as if by a little, to know and to examine concerning God. For he says that a pure tasting imparts to the souls an incomparable enjoyment of those things which are above human and wonderful (Ps 33:9b).

Blessed is the man who hopes in him (Ps 33:9b). The man who exists by hoping in God completely and without fail is blessed (Ps 33:10). We say that fear is twofold. For immediately, someone coming to God, having taken up fear toward him, makes straight all his commandments. For it is said: Fear God and keep his commandments (Ps 33:10). But in the present verse, concerning a fear that has ascended above, he speaks of that on which he calls the saints to have become; for having taken on the introductory fear, they hurried toward holiness. But now, he commands those saints not to fear God, but to have the fear that fulfills all good, so that the one having it may be unceasing (Ps 33:12b).

It is to be noted that, just as other good things are taught, so also the divine fear is taught, from which we learn not to signify a passion-driven fear; for an undidactic fear exists by nature not only in humans but also in irrational animals (Ps 33:12b). Since those looking upon the whole of God—powers called eyes in a figurative sense—look upon the righteous, but also his ears are ready to receive their petition, for this reason he says: if you wish to enjoy these, turning away from evil, do the good (Ps 33:15-16).

Those placing all this thoughtlessly and doing evils as if God were not watching, will encounter punishment, receiving a reminder that God is present to exact judgment upon them (Ps 33:17). And according to this, it is said that the face of God shines upon them, or that how their remembrance shall be destroyed not ever, but from the earth. But blessed is the one whose remembrance is destroyed from the earth; for thus the law shall be written.

His protection in the heavens. But the workers of iniquity do evil. The Lord will preserve the bones of the righteous (Ps 33:21), not allowing even by chance for them to be broken, nor for the doctrines of the righteous nor for his own powers to be overturned.

He who sins is deprived of life (Ps 33:22a) as he approaches the keeping of the commandments, falling into evil death. And evil death is that which is contrary to the good life, which inflicts pain upon the subject; for Job was also struck with evil, as it is evident that it was inflicting pain. Those who hate what is loved harm not others but themselves (Ps 33:22b). And indeed, the one who hates the diligent righteous man errs and falls into punishment.

It is to be noted what the redemption truly is: it frees souls from captivity; for if bodies are ever redeemed, it is not beforehand but this happens by consequence (Ps 33:23a); and souls are saved, not of others, but of his slaves. Those who hope in the Lord will not be disappointed of the things hoped for and expected (Ps 33:23b).

He also teaches in other places those who fight against him, saying, 'Many are those fighting against me from below' (Ps 34:1bc). Those who were not fighting against him were acting unjustly toward him who had done no injustice; but he does not wish for the enemies to be unpunished, but rather that they be judged by the injustice of the enemies, opposing the justice of God, being destructive against the injustice, just as the light is destructive to the darkness. For injustice, being contrary to and set against the justice of God, will be fought against from it. Therefore also the unrighteous man would be called an enemy to the righteous. But justice makes the righteous a friend to God, just as the just are friends to the just. Therefore it has been said, 'The Lord is righteous and loves righteousness' (Ps 34:1c). The righteous, trusting in his own righteousness, says, 'Judge me, Lord, and judge my case' (Ps 34:1d). The Lord is therefore judging those who do injustice, destroying the injustice within them. And he also fights against those who fight against the righteous, doing this for the good of those being fought against, as if they might at some time cease by practicing righteousness (Ps 34:1b).

The act of doing injustice signifies harm in the words: 'Behold, I have given you to tread upon serpents and scorpions and upon...' (Ps 91:13).

Greek · §66

τῶν κακῶν οὐκ οι ός τε ῥύεσθαι α γγελος ἀλλ' ὁ σημαινόμενος σωτήρ. 313 Ps 33,9a 71 ̓Επὶ θεοῦ τὸ χρηστὸν ταὐτὸν τῷ ἀγαθῷ σημαίνει. ἐπεὶ ου ν καὶ τρόφιμός ἐστιν α ρτος ω ν ζωῆς, προστάττει τὸ πνεῦμα τοῖς μὴ ὀρεκτικῶς ε χουσιν ω στε αὐτοῦ ἐμφορηθῆναι, κα ν μόνον γεύσωνται αὐτοῦ. ἡ γὰρ γεῦσις ἱκανή ἐστιν ὀρεκτικοὺς αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι ὡς καὶ κατατρυφῆσαι αὐτοὺς θελῆσαι. τὸ δὲ γεύσασθαι δηλοῖ τό, κα ν ἀμωσγέπως, ἐπιστῆσαι καὶ ἐξετάσαι περὶ θεοῦ. ψιλὴ γὰρ γεῦσίς φησι τῶν ὑπὲρ α νθρωπόν τε καὶ θαυμασίων ἀσύγκριτον ἐνίησι ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῆς ἀπολαύσεως ε ρωτα. 314 Ps 33,9b Μακάριος ἀνὴρ ο ς ἐλπίζει ἐπ' αὐτόν. ὁ διὰ τὸ τελείως καὶ ἐνελλιπῶς ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ θεὸν ἀνὴρ ὑπάρχων μακάριός ἐστιν. 315 Ps 33,10 315 ∆ιττὸν ε φαμεν ει ναι τὸν φόβον. εὐθὺς γάρ τις θεῷ προσερχόμενος φόβον πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀναλαβὼν πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ κατορθοῖ. ει ρηται γοῦν· Τὸν θεὸν φοβοῦ καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ φύλασσε. ἐν τῷ προκειμένῳ δὲ στίχῳ περὶ ὑπεραναβεβηκότος φόβου λέγει ἐφ' ο ν καλεῖ τοὺς η δη ἁγίους γεγενημένους· τὸν γὰρ εἰσαγωγικὸν φόβον προσηκάμενοι ε σπευσαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἁγιότητα. νῦν δὲ ἁγίοις αὐτοῖς ου σι φοβηθῆναι τὸν θεὸν προστάττει φόβον τὸν πληροῦντα παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ, ω στε ἀνελλιπῆ ει ναι τὸν ε χοντα αὐτόν. 316 Ps 33,12b Σημειωτέον ο τι ὡς τὰ α λλα ἀγαθὰ ου τω καὶ ὁ θεῖος φόβος διδακτός ἐστιν, ἐξ ου μανθάνομεν μὴ τὸν παθητὸν δηλοῦσθαι φόβον· ου τος γὰρ ἀδίδακτος τῇ φύσει οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώποις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἐνυπάρχει. 317 Ps 33,15.16 ̓Επεὶ αἱ ἐπιβλέπουσαι τὸ πᾶν τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεις τροπικῶς ὀφθαλμοὶ λεγόμεναι ἐπιβλέπουσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς δικαίους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ω τα αὐτοῦ ε τοιμα εἰς τὸ δέξασθαι τὴν δέησιν αὐτῶν, τούτου χάριν φησίν· εἰ θέλετε τούτων ἀπολαῦσαι, ἐκκλίναντες ἀπὸ κακοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιήσατε. 318 Ps 33,17 Οἱ ἀπρονόητον τόδε τὸ πᾶν τιθέμενοι καὶ ταύτῃ πράττοντες τὰ κακὰ ὡς οὐκ ἐφορῶντος θεοῦ κολάσει περιτυχόντες ἐνθύμησιν λήψονται, παρόντος θεοῦ δίκην αὐτοὺς εἰσπραττομένου. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἐπιφαίνεσθαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον λέγεται, ο πως ἐξολοθρευθῇ τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν οὐ καθ' α παξ ἀλλ' ἐκ τῆς γῆς. μακάριον δὲ τὸ ἐξολοθρευθῆναι τὸ μνημόσυνόν τινων ἐκ γῆς· ου τως γὰρ ἐγγραφήσεται τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. ποιοῦσι δὲ κακὰ οἱ κακίας ἐργάται. 319 Ps 33,21 Τὰ ὀστᾶ τῶν δικαίων ο ντα η τοι δόγματα ἀληθείας η ψυχῆς δυνάμεις φυλάξει ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἐῶν οὐδὲ τὸ τυχὸν αὐτῶν συντριβῆναι τῷ μηδὲ τὰ δόγματα τοῦ δικαίου μηδ' αυ τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ ἀνατρέπεσθαι. 320 Ps 33,22a ̔Ο ἁμαρτάνων στερεῖται τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἐπὶ τηρήσει τῶν ἐντολῶν παραγινομένης, θανάτῳ πονηρῷ περιπίπτων. πονηρὸς δὲ θάνατος η τοι ὁ ἐναντίος τῇ ἀγαθῇ ζωῇ η ὁ πόνον ἐμποιῶν τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ· ου τω γὰρ καὶ ε λκει πονηρῷ ἐπαίσθη ὁ ̓Ιώβ, τῷ δηλονότι πόνον ἐμποιοῦντι. 321 Ps 33,22b Οἱ τὰ φιλητὰ μισοῦντες βλάπτουσιν οὐχ ἑτέρους ἀλλ' ἑαυτούς. καὶ τὸν δίκαιον γοῦν σπουδαῖον ο ντα ὁ μισῶν πλημμελεῖ καὶ τιμωρίᾳ περιπίπτει. 322 Ps 33,23a Σημειωτέον ο τι ἡ κυρίως λύτρωσις ψυχὰς ἀπὸ αἰχμαλωσίας ἐλευθεροῖ· εἰ γάρ ποτε καὶ σώματα λυτροῦται, οὐ προηγουμένως ἀλλὰ κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς τοῦτο ποιεῖ· καὶ ψυχαὶ δὲ ῥύονται οὐκ α λλων η τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ. 323 Ps 33,23b Οἱ ἐπὶ κύριον ἐλπίζοντες οὐκ α ν διαμάρτοιεν τῶν ἐλπιζομένων καὶ προσδοκωμένων. 324 Ps 34,1bc ∆ιδάσκει δὲ καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις τίνες η σαν οἱ πολεμοῦντες αὐτὸν λέγων Οτι πολλοὶ οἱ πολεμοῦντές με ἀπὸ υ ψους. οἱ μὲν ου ν πολεμοῦντες αὐτὸν ἠδίκουν τὸν μηδὲν ἀδικήσαντα· αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἀδικηθῆναι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ευ χεται ἀλλὰ δικασθῆναι τῇ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀδικίᾳ, τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἀντιτάττων ἀναιρετικὴν ου σαν τῆς ἀδικίας, ὡς τὸ φῶς ἀναιρετικὸν τυγχάνει τοῦ σκότους. ἡ μὲν ου ν ἀδικία ἐναντία ου σα καὶ ἀντικειμένη τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνῃ πολεμηθείη α ν ἐξ αὐτῆς. διὸ καὶ ὁ α δικος α νθρωπος ἐχθρὸς α ν λέγοιτο τῷ δικαίῳ. ἡ δὲ δικαιοσύνη 72 τὸν δίκαιον φίλον ποιεῖ τῷ θεῷ, ο τι δὴ τὰ ι σα τοῖς ι σοις φίλα. διὸ λέλεκται ∆ίκαιος κύριος καὶ δικαιοσύνας ἠγάπησεν. θαρρῶν τε τῇ αὐτοῦ δικαιοσύνῃ ὁ δίκαιος ει ποι α ν Κρῖνόν με, κύριε, καὶ δίκασον τὴν δίκην μου. δικάζων τοίνυν ὁ κύριος τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀδικίαν ἀπόλλυσιν. ου τω δὲ καὶ πολεμεῖ τοὺς πολεμοῦντας τὸν δίκαιον, ἐπ' ἀγαθῷ τῶν πολεμουμένων τοῦτο ποιῶν ὡς α ν παύσαιντό ποτε τὰ ἐχθρὰ τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ πράττοντες. 325 Ps 34,1b Σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ἀδικεῖν βλάβην ἐν τῷ ̓Ιδοὺ δέδωκα ὑμῖν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ο φεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ

The Integrity of the Soul and the Power of Prayer§67

67He will protect you from all the power of the enemy, and he will not wrong you in any way. Since many have set out to fight me through false doctrine and other evils, fight them instead on my behalf; for they shall be surely destroyedce you are the Lord who crushes wars (Ps 34:2).

Taking hold of your companion's shield and the wealth of truth, 'Arise to my help' (Ps 34:3), that is, become my champion. In the same way, you will think of the sword. It is noteworthy that in the upcoming verses he used imperative words instead of optative ones; for 'Let their way be made' (Gen 7:21) instead of 'May their way be made,' and 'Let him come' instead of 'May he come,' and the rest similarly. And 'he shall fall in the snare' (Ps 34:8); for according to their actions, each one is punished.

When these things happen to them, my soul shall rejoice (Ps 34:9), seeing by providence the wicked being punished and the diligent being benefited; but it will also experience delights, having gained experience of his salvation, of God. Let those who desire to take everything from the bare word and nothing allegorically be rebuked, even from the context of the verse. For it is not foolish to think that the bones possess the thought of God, so as to praise him and know that no one is like him. For concerning the bones of man (and his powers and true doctrines are these), it is said, 'All my bones' (Ps 34:10); for through every thought and true doctrine, I was established that nothing of the created is like the Lord; for he himself is the image of the invisible God and the character of the divine essence.

Furthermore, whether the poor man is more distinguished than the laborer, and whether by essence or by thought, the one who is poor and remains poor, and the one who has fallen from wealth, and the laborer who acquires things through toil to live. Those who, rising up and stirring themselves up as witnesses of injustice rather than justice, ask sophistically, 'I do not know.' For the diligent knows nothing of the wicked, that is, he has not been mixed with any of the evil ones; and a testimony: 'He who keeps the commandment shall not know an evil word' (Prov 14:16). And in

For here the 'will not know' stands instead of 'has not trusted' or 'has not been tested' regarding an evil word. For it is a falsehood to think that one who guards the divine commandment does not know an evil word; for having a discernment of evil and good, he has turned away from all other things to keep the commandment. He does not say such a thing: 'They, interrogating me, seeking to distinguish my lack of experience or knowledge or intention regarding evils, questioned me about them, just as the Egyptians did to Joseph, and the elders to Susanna.' (Ps 34:12).

When I, desiring to perform my duties toward all people blamelessly, wishing to live in peace with all men if possible, they instead returned evil to me for these good things, enemies and ill-wishers appearing through all things; and they attempted to annul in themselves the good fruitfulness of my soul. If, indeed, being persuaded by their questions, I had become such as they wished to make me, my soul would have been rendered barren, no longer receiving the divine marriages of the Bridegroom. But if the disciples of the Teacher were to say, 'and thus the soul of the Teacher is not rendered barren, falling into errors through its own stumbling block, annulling those born from it through discipleship,' this would be an error.

Because luxury, stirring up irrational pleasures, irrationally exalts the soul, while fasting, doing the opposite, cuts down the passions; but also praiseworthy fasting effects a cleansing of sins, truly working blindness and humbling the soul. For him who has prayed well, the prayer returns to him, bringing back the good things for his sake, and having turned back, it is drawn into the bosom of the one who sent it. And 'the bosom' signifies their ruling principle; for their humiliation was into their bosom in the land of Egypt, and all things come into the bosom of the innocent; and in this way all the righteous go into the bosom of Abraham, that is, into the same mind and promise as he. (Ps 34:13).

I did not lie so pleasingly toward those wishing to harm the things previously mentioned, as if one were pleasing to a neighbor and a closer brother; but not so, as they were not pleasing to me as a neighbor and a closer brother. (Ps 34:14). Since I lied as if concerning genuine brothers...

Greek · §67

πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, καὶ οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ. 326 34,1c ̓Επεὶ πολλοὶ οἱ διὰ ψευδοδοξίας καὶ τῆς α λλης κακίας πολεμεῖν μοι προύθεντο, τούτου χάριν σὺ ἀντ' ἐμοῦ πολέμησον αὐτοῖς· ἀναντιρρήτως γὰρ καταλυθήσονται, ἐπεὶ Κύριος συντρίβων πολέμους ὑπάρχεις. 327 Ps 34,2.3a ̓Επιλαβόμενος τοῦ καταλλήλου σου θυραιοῦ καὶ τοῦ ο πλου τῆς ἀληθείας ̓Ανάστα εἰς τὴν βοήθειάν μου, τουτέστιν ὑπέρμαχός μου γενοῦ. τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὴν ῥομφαίαν νοήσεις. 328 Ps 34,8 Σημειωτέον ο τι ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις στίχοις ἀντὶ εὐκτικῶν προστακτικοῖς ἐχρήσατο ῥήμασιν· τὸ γὰρ Γενηθήτω ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτῶν ἀντὶ τοῦ γενηθείη καὶ τὸ ̓Ελθέτω ἀντὶ τοῦ ε λθοι, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ὁμοίως. Καὶ ἐν τῇ παγίδι πεσεῖται ἐν αὐτῇ· κατὰ γὰρ τὴν πρᾶξιν ε καστος τιμωρεῖται. 329 Ps 34,9 Τούτων συμβάντων περὶ ἐκείνους, ἡ ἐμὴ ψυχὴ ἀγαλλιάσεται ὁρῶσα κατὰ πρόνοιαν τοὺς μὲν φαύλους τιμωρουμένους, τοὺς δὲ σπουδαίους εὐεργετουμένους· ἀλλὰ καὶ τέρψιν ε ξει, πεῖραν λαβοῦσα τοῦ σωτηρίου αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. 330 Ps 34,10a Οἱ πάντα ἐκ ψιλῆς τῆς λέξεως καὶ οὐδὲν ἀλληγορικῶς ἐκλαμβάνειν ποθοῦντες ἐλεγχέσθωσαν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ προκειμένου στίχου. οὐδὲν γὰρ ου τως ἠλίθιόν ἐστιν ὡς νομίσαι τὰ αἰσθητὰ ὀστᾶ ε ννοιαν ε χειν θεοῦ, ω στε ὑμνεῖν αὐτὸν καὶ εἰδέναι ο τι οὐδεὶς ο μοιος αὐτῷ. περὶ γὰρ τῶν ὀστῶν τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου (δυνάμεις δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ δόγματα ἀληθῆ ταῦτα) ει ρηται τὸ Πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου· διὰ πάσης γὰρ ἐννοίας καὶ δόγματος ἀληθινοῦ ἐβεβαιώθην μηδὲν τῶν γεννητῶν ο μοιον ει ναι τοῦ κυρίου· μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸς εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου καὶ χαρακτὴρ θεϊκῆς ὑποστάσεώς ἐστιν. 331 Ps 34,10c ̓Επιστήσεις δέ, εἰ ε τερός ἐστιν ὁ πτωχὸς παρὰ τὸν πένητα καὶ πότερον τῇ ὑποστάσει η τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ, τῷ ἐγχωρεῖν τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ πτωχὸν ει ναι πτωχεύσαντα τῷ ἀποπεπτωκέναι ου ε σχεν πλούτου καὶ πένητα τῷ μετὰ πόνου περιποιεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὸ διαζῆν. 332 Ps 34,11 Οἱ μὴ δικαιοσύνης ἀλλ' ἀδικίας μάρτυρες διαναστάντες καὶ διεγείραντες ἑαυτοὺς σοφιστικῶς ἐπερωτῶσιν α οὐ γινώσκω. οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν φαύλων γινώσκει ὁ σπουδαῖος, τουτέστιν οὐδενὶ τῶν πονηρῶν ἀνακέκραται· μαρτύριον δέ· ̔Ο φυλάσσων ἐντολὴν οὐ γνώσεται ῥῆμα πονηρόν. καὶ ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸ Οὐ γνώσεται ἀντὶ τοῦ οὐ πεποίωται οὐδὲ ἀνακέκραται κατὰ ῥῆμα πονηρόν. ψεῦδος γὰρ τὸ νομίζειν μὴ ἐπίστασθαι ῥῆμα πονηρὸν τὸν φυλάττοντα τὴν θείαν ἐντολήν· διάκρισιν γὰρ ε χων πονηροῦ καὶ ἀγαθοῦ, τα λλα πάντα ἀποστραφεὶς ῥήματα ἐπὶ τὸ τηρεῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν η λθεν. ο ου ν λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· πεῖραν οὐκ ε χοντα οὐδὲ γνῶσιν η ε ννοιαν τῶν κακῶν διερεθίζοντές με, ἐπηρώτων με περὶ αὐτῶν ω σπερ ἡ Αἰγυπτία τὸν ̓Ιωσὴφ καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τὴν Σουσάνναν. 333 Ps 34,12 ̓Εμοῦ φιλοτιμωμένου τὰ πρὸς πάντας καθήκοντα ἀμέμπτως ἐπιτελεῖν βούλεσθαι, εἰ δυνατὸν μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρηνεύειν, αὐτοὶ ἀντὶ τούτων τῶν καλῶν πονηρὰ ἀνταπεδίδουν μοι, ἐχθροὶ καὶ δυσμενεῖς διὰ πάντων ἀναφαινόμενοι· τὸ ο σον δ' ἐπ' αὐτοῖς τὴν ἐν καλοῖς εὐτεκνίαν τῆς ψυχῆς μου ἀναιρεῖν ἐπεχείρουν. εἰ γοῦν πεισθεὶς αὐτῶν ταῖς ἐρωτήσεσιν τοιοῦτος ἐγεγόνειν οι ον η θελόν με ποιῆσαι, ἠτεκνώθη α ν ἡ ψυχή μου μηκέτι δεχομένη τὰς θείας τοῦ νυμφίου γονάς. εἰ δὲ τέκνα λέγοιντο οἱ μαθηταὶ τοῦ διδάξαντος, καὶ ου τως ἀτεκνοῦται ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ διδασκάλου, σφάλμασιν περιπεσοῦσα τῷ ἑαυτῆς σκανδάλῳ, ἀναιροῦσα τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς γεναμένους διὰ μαθητείας. 334 Ps 34,13b 334 ̓Επειδὴ ἡ 73 τρυφὴ τὰς ἀλόγους ἡδονὰς διεγείρουσα ἀλόγως ἐπαίρει τὴν ψυχήν, νηστεία τὸ ἐναντίον ποιοῦσα καθαιρεῖ τὰ πάθη· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἁμαρτημάτων καθαίρεσιν ἡ ἐπαινετὴ νηστεία ποιεῖ, η καὶ ἀληθῶς ἀτυφίαν ἐργαζομένη τῇ ψυχῇ ταπεινοῖ αὐτήν. 335 Ps 34,13c Τοῦ καλῶς προσευξαμένου ἡ προσευχὴ εἰς αὐτὸν ἀνακάμπτει φέρουσα τὰ ἀγαθὰ ὑπὲρ ω ν γέγονεν, καὶ ἀποστραφεῖσα εἰς κόλπον συστρέφεται τοῦ ἀναπέμψαντος αὐτήν. σημαίνει δὲ ὁ κόλπος τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν αὐτῶν· Ου τος γὰρ ὁ φαυλισμὸς αὐτῶν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ εἰς κόλπον αὐτῶν, καὶ Εἰς κόλπον ἐπέρχεται πάντα τοῖς ἀδίκοις· καὶ ταύτῃ καὶ πάντες οἱ δίκαιοι εἰς κόλπον ̓Αβραὰμ χωροῦσιν, τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν αὐτῷ γνώμην καὶ ἐπαγγελίαν. 336 Ps 34,14 ̓Εγὼ ου τως εὐαρέστως διεκείμην πρὸς τοὺς βλάψαι τὰ προειρημένα βουλομένους, ὡς α ν τις εὐαρεστοίη τῷ πλησίον καὶ τῷ σφετέρῳ ἀδελφῷ, η ου τως, ὡς πλησίον αὐτῶν καὶ ὡς ἀδελφὸς σφέτερος εὐηρέστουν αὐτοῖς. ̓Επεὶ ὡς περὶ γνησίων ἀδελφῶν διεκείμην

The Nature of Sin and Davidic Conduct§68

68Seeing them through whom they act as if dying, I humbled myself by mourning them and frowning upon them, seeking to preserve the one able to keep me harmless from them (Ps 34:15ab).

The present text is explanatory if it is possible for God to repay me evil for good. For while I mourn and frown over them, through which they possess death, they gather together in joy against me, as if they were to take me by the hand; and they have plotted against me, so that they might gather and rejoice (Ps 34:15c).

Because of those who attempted against me, I was logically scourged in my soul; but I remain harmless, neither perceiving nor knowing those approaching them. If ever, when the enemies were dividing, a disturbance in the thoughts occurred toward sin, so that I was to be scourged by sensations from the thoughts, I did not reveal these lashes to those opposing me, lest they, not taking a starting point from the branch of the soul, should rather attack me (Ps 34:15c-16).

Having gathered and rejoiced against me, they were split apart by divine providence; having been dissolved and scattered in such a way, they did not repent, that is, they did not recognize for whom they had advised wickedly, but instead they attempted the same against others. Because of all those who were striving to make an attempt upon me, they were not able to see or take hold of me; therefore, they turned to mocking and sneering at me. Watching like wild beasts, they bared their teeth, that is, their angry and wrathful power, against me; for wanting to devour me, they failed (Ps 34:16-17).

The holy one says: 'Lord, how long will you look?' (Ps 34:17). For when you look, all the aforementioned things will be gathered together with those doing them. And he says 'only begotten' because his soul has it alone; for one must not pay attention to the myth-making regarding metempsychosis. Perhaps the only begotten besides his soul is the essence of the spirit joined to the soul; for it is only begotten in its separation from all those in us according to divinity (Ps 34:18).

A great assembly is gathered from many saints, a heavy people, the steadfast and solid, praying and interceding (Ps 34:22b). Since you are present with me, the enemies are far; do not depart from me, lest they come upon me alone (Ps 34:22b).

Because God's long-suffering is often called his breath (Ps 34:23), the Lord is driven to indignation by the pressing of enemies, saying: 'Arise, Lord, and take up my judgment,' that is, stand up with the power of your strength, so that the things concerning me against my enemies may be examined. For this is for good, since they hate me unjustly and those who hate me without cause shall certainly be condemned (Ps 34:27-28).

And not everyone, the writer, took the psalm toward David and toward Christ, but rather toward Christ; another took it indistinctly toward the righteous; and the third toward David alone. Regarding the overcoming of enemies, one says it is spoken prophetically of things that will happen, while the other says it is for the benefit of the enemies, that these things be said so that they might be ashamed, be trapped, and receive sensation of their own sins and retreat from the way they feared. The third says that David lives a legalistic and not an evangelical life; for the law, he says, forbids loving the neighbor and hating the enemy, and speaking badly; for David, living evangelically, says, 'If I repaid evil to those repaying evil to me' (Ps 35:2). Finally, not everyone says these things were spoken prophetically as that he would certainly be.

He who considers himself lawless in himself says nothing other than that he sins. For someone, having first agreed in thought, proceeds to sin in practice. He can also say in himself that he sins, which is 'But if all in your mind...' 'I will ascend into heaven,' and the following. 'If fear is held before the eyes of a man, he abstained from every sin,' but since he does not have it in himself, he says, 'to sin.' A testimony of not sinning for one who has fear is 'That how your fear may come upon you, so that you may not sin' (Ps 35:3).

He who has become lawless, knowing his lawlessness to be hateful; if he were to be observed, he would deceive before Him, so that the shame of the lawlessness might not be found, lest he should hate it. This is what those who reason sophistically do, agreeing with sin as if it were a duty and not something contrary to reason. There is another scripture (Ps 35:4-5).

Greek · §68

ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς δι' ω ν πράττουσι νεκρουμένους, ὡς πενθῶν αὐτοὺς καὶ σκυθρωπάζων ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐταπεινούμην, ἐξευμενιζόμενος τὸν δυνάμενον ἀβλαβῆ ἀπ' αὐτῶν με διαφυλάξαι. 337 Ps 34,15ab ̓Εξηγητικὸν τὸ παρὸν ει ναι δύναται τοῦ ̓Ανταπεδίδοσάν μοι πονηρὰ ἀντὶ ἀγαθῶν. ἐμοῦ γὰρ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πενθοῦντος καὶ σκυθρωπάζοντος ἐφ' ῃ ε χουσι νεκρότητι, αὐτοὶ κατ' ἐμοῦ συναγόμενοι εὐφροσύνην ει χον ὡς ὑποχείριόν με ληψόμενοι· ἑκάτερα δὲ κατ' ἐμοῦ πεποιήκασιν, τότε συναχθῆναι καὶ εὐφρανθῆναι. ∆ι' ω ν ἐπεχείρουν κατ' ἐμοῦ, ἐμάστιζον τὴν ψυχήν μου λογικῶς· ἐγὼ δὲ ἀβλαβὴς διαμένων οὐδὲ αι σθησιν η γνῶσιν ε σχον τῶν πρὸς αὐτῶν προσαγομένων. εἰ δὲ καί ποτε διερεθιζόντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν εἰς ἁμαρτίαν τάραχος ἐν τοῖς λογισμοῖς γεγένητο ὡς μαστίζεσθαί με ἐξ αἰσθήσεως τῶν ἀπὸ λογισμῶν, οὐκ ἐφανέρουν τὰς μάστιγας ταύτας τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις, ο πως μὴ λαβόντες ἀφορμὴν ἐκ τοῦ κλόνου τῆς ψυχῆς ε τι μᾶλλον ἐπιβῶσιν. 338 Ps 34,15c.16 Κατ' ἐμοῦ συναχθέντες καὶ εὐφρανθέντες θείᾳ προνοίᾳ διεσχίσθησαν· διαλυθέντες καὶ ο μως καὶ ου τω σκεδασθέντες οὐ κατενύγησαν, τουτέστιν οὐ μετέγνωσαν ἐφ' οι ς κακῶς ἐβουλεύσαντο ἀλλ' αυ θις τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπεχείρησαν. ∆ιὰ πάντων ω ν ἐποίουν ἀπόπειράν μου σπουδάζοντες λαβεῖν, ἑλεῖν με οὐ δεδύνηνται· διὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ χλευάζειν καὶ ἐκμυκτηρίζειν με μετεβάλοντο. Θηρῶν ἀγρίων δίκην τοὺς ὀδόντας, τουτέστιν τὴν ὀργίλον καὶ θυμωτικὴν αὐτῶν δύναμιν, ἐπ' ἐμὲ ε βρυξαν· καταφαγεῖν με γὰρ θέλοντες ἀπέτυχον. 339 Ps 34,17 ̔Ο α γιός φησιν· Κύριε, πότε ἐπόψει; ἐποψομένου σου γὰρ οἰχήσεται τὰ προειρημένα πάντα συναπιόντα τοῖς δρῶσιν αὐτά. Μονογενῆ δὲ λέγει τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ τῷ μόνην αὐτὴν ἐσχηκέναι· οὐ γὰρ προσεκτέον τῇ περὶ μετεμψυχώσεως μυθοποιΐᾳ. η τάχα μονογενὴς α λλη παρὰ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἡ οὐσία τοῦ συνεζευγμένου τῇ ψυχῇ πνεύματός ἐστιν· μονογενὴς γὰρ αυ τη τῷ ἀποκεχωρίσθαι ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν κατὰ θειότητα. 340 Ps 34,18 Πολλὴ ἐκκλησία ἡ ἐκ πολλῶν ἁγίων συναγομένη, λαὸς βαρὺς ὁ βέβαιος καὶ στιβαρὸς ἐπιπολαίῳ καὶ εὐχερεῖ ἀντιδιαστελλόμενος. 341 Ps 34,22b ̓Επεὶ σοῦ παρόντος μοι, οἱ ἐχθροὶ μακράν· Μὴ ἀποστῇς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ο πως μὴ ἐπέλθωσί μοι μονωθέντι σου. 342 Ps 34,23 ̓Επεὶ πολλαχοῦ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ μακροθυμία υ πνος αὐτοῦ λέγεται, ἐπιτριβομένων τῶν ἐχθρῶν διανίστησιν εἰς ἀγανάκτησιν τὸν κύριον λέγων· ̓Εξεγέρθητι, κύριε, καὶ πρόσχες τῇ κρίσει μου, τουτέστιν, ἐπίστησον τὴν ε φορον δύναμίν σου, ο πως ἐξετασθῇ τὰ κατ' ἐμὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου. πρὸς ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ τοῦτο, ἐπεὶ ἀδίκως ἐχθρεύουσίν μοι καὶ πάντως καταδικασθήσονται Οἱ μισοῦντές με δωρεάν. 343 Ps 34,27.28 Καὶ ου τος μὲν ὁ συγγραφεὺς ει ς τε τὸν ∆αυὶδ καὶ εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν ἐξέλαβεν τὸν ψαλμόν, μᾶλλον δὲ εἰς τὸν Χριστόν· α λλος δὲ ἀορίστως εἰς δίκαιον· ὁ δὲ τρίτος εἰς τὸν ∆αυὶδ μόνον. περὶ δὲ τοῦ κατεύχεσθαι τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὁ μὲν προφητικῶς ε φη λελέχθαι τὰ μέλλοντα συμβήσεσθαι, ὁ δὲ ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἐχθρῶν 74 ταῦτα λέγεσθαι τῷ αἰσχυνθῆναι αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐντραπῆναι καὶ αι σθησιν λαβεῖν τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ εἰς τοὐπίσω χωρῆσαι τῆς ὁδοῦ η ς ω δευσαν. ὁ δὲ νομικήν φησιν καὶ οὐκ εὐαγγελικὴν ζῆν τὸν ∆αυὶδ πολιτείαν· ὁ γὰρ νόμος, φησίν, διαγορεύει ἀγαπῆσαι τὸν πλησίον καὶ τὸν ἐχθρὸν μισῆσαι κακῶς τε λέγων· εὐαγγελικῶς γὰρ πολιτευόμενος ὁ ∆αυὶδ ε φασκεν, εἰ ̓Ανταπέδωκα τοῖς ἀνταποδιδοῦσί μοι κακά· τελευταῖον μέντοι καὶ ου τος προφητικῶς ε φη ταῦτα εἰρῆσθαι ὡς πάντως ἐσόμενα. 344 Ps 35,2 ̔Ο καθ' ε ξιν παράνομος ἐν ἑαυτῷ λογιζόμενος λέγοι οὐκ α λλο τι η τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν. συγκαταθέμενος γάρ τις κατὰ διάνοιαν πρότερον ἐπὶ τὸ πρακτικῶς ἁμαρτάνειν διαβαίνει. δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγειν ἁμαρτάνειν, οι όν ἐστιν τὸ Σὺ δὲ ει πας ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ σου Εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Εἰ φόβον ει χεν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου, ἀπείχετο πάσης ἁμαρτίας, ἐπειδὴ δὲ μὴ ε χει ̓Εν ἑαυτῷ, φησίν, τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν. μαρτύριον τοῦ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν τὸν ε χοντα φόβον τὸ Οπως α ν γένηται ὁ φόβος αὐτοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν, ι να μὴ ἁμαρτάνητε. 345 Ps 35,3 ̔Ο γεγονὼς παράνομος εἰδὼς τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτοῦ μισητὴν τυγχάνουσαν· εἰ θεωρηθείη, δολοῖ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, ο πως μὴ εὑρίσκηται τὸ αι σχος τῆς ἀνομίας ω στ' α ν αὐτὴν μισηθῆναι. τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν οἱ σοφιστικῶς συναγορεύοντες τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὡς καθηκόντως καὶ μὴ παρὰ λόγον γινομένῃ. 346 Ps 35,4.5 ̔Ετέρα ἐστὶν γραφὴ

The Fountain of Life and the Light of God§69

69Saying: the words of his mouth are lawlessness and toil, that is, prideful as to bringing toil upon those who attend to them. He did not will to have understanding to do good. It is clear from the things said that the lawless one is not such by nature; for not willing understanding upon doing good is by his own choice.

And in addition to this: He stood in every way not good, but did not attend to wickedness. Such is the 'Woe to those working evil on their bed and completing them by day' (Ps 35:6). Thus, one standing in every way not good, having reckoned lawlessness while on his bed, that is, in every evil practice; not attending to his wickedness, accepting it as if it were his own hand, he begins practically to walk every way not good.

And in Isaiah, among the clouds, it is remembered thus: 'Let the heaven rejoice anew and let the clouds rain down righteousness' (Isa 65:19). But perceptible clouds do not rain down righteousness or truth, but rain down water. The clouds raining not righteousness are divine men, pouring forth the spiritual rain, that is, the word according to virtue. And above these, a heaven rejoicing, meaning the blessed natures inhabiting the heaven, or the Savior is allegorically so named; for the heaven above is, that is, above every generated nature, and it rejoices for the benefit of all.

And here, not in the heaven, I say, but in the Savior, is the mercy of the Lord, pitying all; and his truth, which is set in opposition to wickedness and types, is in the aforementioned clouds. For even if the prophets lived according to a shadow, they did not fail to know the truth which is this symbol. It is no wonder that those who keep the image and the rational movement find salvation. But even having acquired...

If anyone is coming toward salvation, being astonished at the goodness of God, he will say: 'Since you have filled your lion, O God, not only men but also cattle are being saved; for great sins require greater mercy' (Ps 35:9a).

Since the Church's doctrine participates in God, it participates in His potency; those contained by it will be intoxicated with a sober drunkenness. If the Church is God or the Savior, those enjoying His instruction will be intoxicated from the potency of His teaching (Ps 35:9b, 10a).

'Since with you is the fountain of life' (Ps 36:9), and He is the one who said 'I am the Being', it is fitting that you also water the torrent of your luxury coming from the fountain of life, those who have been intoxicated from the potency of your goodness. The fountain of life is the Savior, who does not have it outside but provides himself to all living, not only to men but also to those who have ascended above, the same divine life, just as he is called the fountain of wisdom; and the torrent of luxury is the Holy Spirit, to luxury-drench those who have received from Him the various gifts of Him (Ps 36:10b).

'In your light we shall see light' (Ps 36:12); the true light is the light of God, the radiance of the eternal light. In this light we shall see light, regarding you as the eternal light, it is said: 'God is light' (1 John 1:5). He who has seen me has seen the Father.

If the divine word is to be used with the said changes, as the seed here of pride, not of a living creature's foot but of an unliving foot, it is named in Proverbs; for in Proverbs the feet bring down the foolish. For 'do not let pride take place in my soul to deceive me' (Ps 35:13a), but also let not the hand, that is, practice, shake me as a sinner; for if I should practice the things of sinners, I shall be shaken from virtue.

'There' may signify the life to come, as 'there shall be weeping' and 'there'...

Greek · §69

φάσκουσα· Τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἀνομία καὶ κόπος, τουτέστιν, ἐπαχθῆ ὡς κόπον ἐμποιεῖν τοῖς προσέχουσιν. Οὐκ ἐβουλήθη συνεῖναι τοῦ ἀγαθῦναι. δῆλον ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ὡς ὁ παράνομος οὐκ ἐκ κατασκευῆς ἐστιν τοιοῦτος· τὸ γὰρ μὴ βούλεσθαι σύνεσιν ε χειν ἐπὶ τῷ ἀγαθοποιεῖν αὐτεξουσίου. Ετι δὲ πρὸς τούτοις· Παρέστη πάσῃ ὁδῷ οὐκ ἀγαθῇ, κακίᾳ δὲ οὐ προσώχθισε. τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν τὸ Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι κακὰ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτῶν καὶ α μα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνετέλουν αὐτά. ου τως ου ν ἀνομίαν λογισάμενος ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης τυγχάνων Παρίσταται πάσῃ ὁδῷ οὐκ ἀγαθῇ, τουτέστιν πάσῃ πράξει πονηρᾷ· οὐ προσοχθίζων τῇ κακίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀποδεχόμενος αὐτὴν ου σαν χειρίστην ε ξιν, πρακτικῶς α ρχεται ὁδεύειν πᾶσαν οὐκ ἀγαθὴν ὁδόν. 347 Ps 35,6 Καὶ ἐν ̔Ησαίᾳ α μα ταῖς νεφέλαις μνημονεύεται ου τως· Εὐφρανθήτω ὁ οὐρανὸς α νωθεν καὶ αἱ νεφέλαι ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην. αἰσθηταὶ δὲ νεφέλαι οὐ δικαιοσύνην η ἀλήθειαν ἀλλ' ὑετὸν ῥέουσιν. αἱ ου ν δικαιοσύνην ῥέουσαι νεφέλαι θεῖοι α νδρες εἰσίν, τὸν πνευματικὸν ὑετὸν τουτέστι τὸν κατ' ἀρετὴν λόγον προχέουσαι. ὑπεράνω δὲ τούτων οὐρανὸς εὐφραινόμενος η τοι αἱ μακάριοι φύσεις αἱ οἰκοῦσαι τὸν οὐρανὸν τυγχάνουσιν η ὁ σωτὴρ ἀλληγορικῶς ου τως ὀνομαζόμενος· α νωθεν γὰρ ὁ οὐρανὸς ου τος τουτέστιν ὑπεράνω φύσεως πάσης γεννητῆς τυγχάνει, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς πάντων ὠφελείας εὐφραίνεται. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ου ν ἐν μὲν τῷ οὐρανῷ, φημὶ τῷ σωτῆρι, ἐστὶ τὸ ε λεος τοῦ κυρίου πάντας ἐλεοῦντος· ἡ δὲ ἀλήθεια αὐτοῦ ἡ τῇ κακίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τύποις ἀντιδιαστελλομένη ἐν ταῖς προειρημέναις νεφέλαις ἐστίν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ κατὰ σκιὰν ἐβίουν οἱ προφῆται, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἠγνόουν τὴν ἀλήθειαν η ς αυ τη σύμβολον. 348 Ps 35,7c.8a ̓Ανθρώπους τοὺς κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ τὸ λογικὸν κίνημα τηροῦντας σωτηρίας τυγχάνειν οὐ θαῦμα. ο ταν δὲ καὶ ἀποκτηνωθέντας η δη καὶ ι ππους θηλυμανεῖς γεγενημένους καὶ τῶν α λλων ἀλόγων ζῴων η θος ἀναλαβόντας ἐπὶ σωτηρίαν ἐρχομένους ι δῃ τις, ἐκπλαγεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθότητι ἐρεῖ ̓Επεὶ τὸν ε λεόν σου ἐπλήθυνας, ω θεέ, οὐκ α νθρωποι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ κτήνη σῴζονται· τὰ γὰρ μεγάλα ἁμαρτήματα μείζονος καὶ μᾶλλον ἐλέου δεῖται. 349 Ps 35,9a Οι κου θεοῦ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τυγχανούσης, πιότης αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐκκλησιαστικὴ διδασκαλία τυγχάνει. ἀπὸ ταύτης νηφάλιον μεθυσθήσονται μέθην οἱ περιεχόμενοι αὐτῆς. εἰ δὲ οι κος θεοῦ ει η ὁ σωτήρ, ἀπὸ τῆς παιδεύσεως αὐτοῦ ου σης πιότητος μεθυσθήσονται οἱ ἀπολαύοντες αὐτῆς. 350 Ps 35,9b.10a ̓Επεὶ Παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ 75 ζωῆς, αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ω ν, εἰκότως καὶ τὸν χειμάρρουν τῆς τρυφῆς σου ἐρχόμενον ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς τῆς ζωῆς ποτιεῖς τοὺς μεθυσθέντας ἀπὸ πιότητος τοῦ οι κου σου. πηγὴ δὲ ζωῆς ὁ σωτὴρ τῷ μὴ ε ξωθεν ε χειν ἀλλὰ παρέχειν αὐτὸν α πασι τοῖς ζῶσιν, οὐκ ἀνθρώποις μόνοις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὑπεραναβεβηκόσι κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ θείαν ζωήν, καθὸ καὶ πηγὴ σοφίας λέγεται· χείμαρρος δὲ τρυφῆς τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα τῷ τρυφᾶν τοὺς πεπωκότας ἀπ' αὐτοῦ δεχομένους τὰ διάφορα αὐτοῦ χαρίσματα. 351 Ps 35,10b ̓Εν τῷ φωτί σου ὀψόμεθα φῶς· φῶς τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἀληθινὸν φῶς, τὸ ̓Απαύγασμα τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀιδίου. ἐν τούτῳ ου ν τῷ φωτὶ ὀψόμεθα φῶς, σὲ τὸ ἀίδιον φῶς περὶ ου ει ρηται ̔Ο θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν. συμβαλεῖς τούτῳ ̔Ο ἐμὲ ἑωρακὼς ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα. 352 Ps 35,12 Οι δεν ὁ θεῖος λόγος ταῖς λεγομέναις μεταβολαῖς χρῆσθαι, ω σπερ ἐνταῦθα τῆς ὑπερηφανίας οὐ ζῴου ποδώτου ἀλλ' ε ξεως ου σης πόδα ὠνόμασεν, καὶ ἐν Παροιμίαις Τῆς γὰρ ἀφροσύνης οἱ πόδες κατάγουσι· ο γοῦν ευ χεται τοῦτό ἐστιν· μὴ λάβοι χώραν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ μου ἐπελθεῖν ἡ ὑπερηφανία ω στε ἀπατῆσαί με, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ χείρ, τουτέστι πρᾶξις, ἁμαρτωλοῦ σαλεύσαι με· εἰ γὰρ πράξοιμι τὰ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, κλονηθήσομαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς. 353 Ps 35,13a ∆ύναται τὸ ̓Εκεῖ σημαίνειν τὸν μέλλοντα βίον, ὡς τὸ ̓Εκεῖ ε σται ὁ κλαυθμός, καὶ τὸ ̓Εκεῖ

Anger and the End of the Sinner§70

70Those imprisoned in the body will be released there, and if something like that. He says not where, but in the future life, for all those working in lawlessness have fallen. For even if they seemed to stand and act in lawlessness, they no longer fall there, no longer permitted to act as they previously acted.

One should not be surprised if he speaks of what will be as if it has already happened; for many such things are spoken, such as 'They stretched out my hands and my feet, and they divided my garments' (Ps 35:13b); because the one prophetically foreseeing what is to come does not see the things to come as if they were certainly happening, but for this reason, he speaks of them as if they had already happened.

They were driven out, that is, they were forced to become outcasts, or they became outcasts through their own actions; because they can no longer stand, having been actively hindered, but not having had their practical powers destroyed.

Surely goodness will bring you to dwell upon the holy land, to be a shepherd upon its wealth (Ps 36:3), for you will find the true Shepherd leading you to a divine pasture, which is named the wealth of that land. And the others are likewise to what preceded it.

The Lord, providing himself for us in all things, is found to be both food and drink for us (Ps 36:4). We do not feed him, finding him to be the bread of life, and let us be filled with his flesh and his blood, being true food and drink; Having feasted upon him, we will find him satisfying all the longings of the heart, that is, of the mind, not the sensible things but the spiritual and intelligible ones.

Feast upon the Lord, and having attained the things spoken, make your way, which you practically walk, manifest (Ps 36:4–7a). But what are you doing? For those things which you do, God looks upon. For the one sinning hides God, hastening to cover his way. But making your way manifest to God, place hope in Him, and He will do the things hoped for you and expected for you, so that your righteousness, which was worked in secret, may emerge as light, like that of Job and Joseph. For the likeness of their light, having shone forth, was distributed throughout the whole inhabited world to all generations, but also your judgment. For the same one judged concerning you, as you judged and...

You have tested in yourself that at noon, having a bright and sharp light, it will be equal to the same. For all those revealed in you will become as a star in the world. But now the end is: 'Submit to the Lord' (Ps 37:7). How will this happen? Through guarding the divine commands, entreating Him, asking Him for the forgiveness of sins already committed, and through obtaining the things spoken.

Anger is a destructive passion, even as it destroys the wise (Ps 37:8). For anger destroys the wise, and it is also an obstacle to the activity of virtue; for the anger of a man does not work the righteousness of God. Therefore, stop from anger and leave behind wrath, becoming a zealot of meekness and gentleness. For someone is able to stop from the anger of God and leave behind his own wrath, abstaining from those who follow anger and fall by wrath.

Since the things of wickedness will be done away with after a short passing of time (Ps 37:10), the sinner will not exist, for in the time when such a thing is not found, he will not be. Therefore, even having searched for his place, you will not find it. But a place is to be heard of as being in a certain order, where a difference exists between teacher and student. There is a place for the teacher and a place for the student; if the student should be filled with knowledge, just as the teacher having become so will leave the place of the student as if it were no longer there. Since even among logical things there has been a difference by its own nature, such as the place of the righteous exceeding that of the sinners, when wickedness is vanishing, there will not be a place for the sinner. But those the gentle ones having made steadfast, heirs of the earth, we ask for another from whom we shall be shown, as they shall be shown to enjoy an abundance of peace upon it, if all the enemies against whom we have war should be dissolved.

It is possible for the devil to raise these things up with a breath, the one called a sinner (Ps 37:14). And the sinners themselves break the sword and bend the bow, so that with bows they may strike the poor and needy, and with the sword they may slaughter those who are upright in heart; for they do not wound their friends who are prospering in evil, nor do they slaughter their companions who are crooked in heart. But their bows being stretched...

Greek · §70

ἀνεπαύσαντο κατάκοποι τῷ σώματι, καὶ τὸ Γυμνὸς ἀπελεύσομαι ἐκεῖ, καὶ ει τι τοιοῦτον. λέγει ου ν ο τι ̓Εκεῖ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι βίῳ, ε πεσαν πάντες οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ω δε ε δοξαν ἑστάναι καὶ ἐνεργεῖν τὰ τῆς ἀνομίας, ἀλλ' ου ν γε ἐκεῖ ε πεσον οὐκέτι ἐπιτρεπόμενοι ἐνεργεῖν, ὡς πρότερον ἐνήργουν. οὐ δεῖ δὲ ξενίζεσθαι, εἰ τὸ μέλλον ὡς η δη γεγονὸς λέγει· πολλὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα ῥηθείη, ὡς τὸ Ωρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου, καὶ ∆ιεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ προφητικῶς προορῶν τὰ ἐσόμενα ου τως αὐτὰ βλέπει ὡς πάντως γενησόμενα, τούτου χάριν ὡς η δη γενόμενα αὐτὰ διορίζεται. 354 Ps 35,13b ̓Εξώσθησαν δέ, η τοι τῆς ε ξεως ε ξω η ς ει χον γενέσθαι ἐβιάσθησαν, η ε ξω τῆς αὐτοπραγίας γεγένηνται· διότι οὐκέτι στῆναι δύνανται, ἐνεργητικῶς ἐμποδισθεισῶν ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀναιρεθεισῶν τῶν πρακτικῶν δυνάμεων αὐτῶν. 355 Ps 36,3 Αυ τη ἡ χρηστότης προξενήσει σοι τὸ κατασκηνῶσαι ἐπὶ τῆς ἁγίας γῆς, ὡς ποιμαίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτῆς· ε ξεις γὰρ ποιμένα τὸν ἀληθινὸν α γοντά σε ἐπὶ θείαν νομήν, η τις πλοῦτος τῆς γῆς ἐκείνης ὠνόμασται. Τὰ δ' α λλα ὁμοίως τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ. 356 Ps 36,4 ∆ιὰ πάντων ὠφέλιμον ἡμῖν ἑαυτὸν παρέχων ὁ κύριος καὶ τροφὴ ἡμῖν καὶ ποτὸν εὑρίσκεται. ο ταν ου ν τροφῶμεν αὐτὸν τυγχάνοντα α ρτον ζωῆς καὶ ἐμφορηθῶμεν τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ αι ματος, ο ντων βρώσεως καὶ πόσεως ἀληθινῆς, κατατρυφήσαντες αὐτοῦ, ε ξομεν αὐτὸν ὀρέγοντα α παντα τὰ αἰτήματα τῆς καρδίας, τουτέστιν τοῦ νοῦ, οὐ τὰ αἰσθητὰ ἀλλὰ τὰ πνευματικὰ καὶ νοητά. 357 Ps 36,4–7a Κατατρύφησον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ τυχὼν τῶν προλεχθέντων τὴν σαυτοῦ ὁδὸν η ν πρακτικῶς ὁδεύεις κατάστησον φανεράν. πότε δὲ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; ο τ' α ν ἐνεργῇς ἐκεῖνα οι ς ἐφορᾷ ὁ θεός. ὁ γὰρ ἁμαρτάνων κρύπτεται θεόν, καλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὴν ὁδὸν σπεύδων. φανερῶν δέ σου τὴν ὁδὸν τῷ θεῷ Ελπισον ἐπ' αὐτόν, καὶ αὐτὸς ποιήσει τὰ ἐλπισθέντα σοι καὶ προσδοκηθέντα σοι, ω στε τὴν ἐν κρυπτῷ ἐνεργηθεῖσαν δικαιοσύνην σου ἐξοῖσαι ὡς φῶς, ὡς τὴν τοῦ ̓Ιὼβ καὶ ̓Ιωσήφ. ἡ γὰρ τούτων φωτὸς δίκην ἀναλάμψασα ἐν ο λῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ἐπὶ πάσας γενεὰς διεδόθη, ἀλλὰ Καὶ τὸ κρίμα σου. η τοι ὁ αὐτὸς ε κρινεν περὶ σοῦ, η ο σὺ ε κρινας καὶ ἐδοκίμασας ἐν σεαυτῷ ἐξοίσει κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῇ μεσημβρίᾳ τῇ ἀκμαῖον καὶ ἀκραιφνὲς φῶς ἐχούσῃ. ου τω γὰρ πάντων τῶν κατὰ σὲ φανερωθέντων ὡς φωστὴρ ἐν κόσμῳ γενήσῃ. τέως δὲ νῦν ̔Υποτάγηθι τῷ κυρίῳ. πῶς δὲ τοῦτο γενήσεται; διὰ τοῦ φυλάττειν τὰ θεῖα προστάγματα, ἱκετεύειν αὐτόν, τῶν προπεπραγμένων 76 ἁμαρτημάτων συγχώρησιν αὐτὸν ἀπαιτῶν, καὶ τοῦ τυχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων. 358 Ps 36,8a ̓Ολέθριον πάθος τυγχάνει ἡ ὀργή, ὡς καὶ τοὺς φρονίμους ἀναιρεῖν· ̓Οργὴ γὰρ ἀπόλλυσι καὶ φρονίμους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἐνεργείας τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐστιν ἐμποδιστική· ̓Οργὴ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ οὐκ ἐργάζεται. διὸ Παῦσαι ἀπὸ ὀργῆς καὶ ἐγκατάλειπε θυμόν, ζηλωτὴς πραΰτητος καὶ ἡμερότητος γινόμενος. δύναται δέ τις παύεσθαι ἀπὸ ὀργῆς τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐγκαταλείπειν τὸν θυμὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπεχόμενος ἐκείνων οι ς ἀκολουθεῖ τὸ ὀργῇ καὶ θυμῷ ὑποπεσεῖν. 359 Ps 36,10.11 ̓Επεὶ καταργηθήσεται τὰ τῆς κακίας ε τι ὀλίγου παραδραμόντος χρόνου, οὐχ ὑπάρξεται ὁ ἁμαρτωλός, τῆς ε ξεως καθ' η ν ἐστιν τοιοῦτος οὐχ εὑρισκομένης. διὸ καὶ ζητήσας τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ οὐχ εὑρήσεις. τόπον δὲ ἀκουστέον τὸν ὡς ε ν τινι τάξει, οι ον διαφορᾶς ἐνούσης διδασκάλου καὶ μαθητοῦ. ε στιν τόπος διδασκάλου καὶ τόπος μαθητοῦ, ο τ' α ν ὁ μαθητὴς πληρωθῇ τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος γεγενημένος ἀπολείψει τὸν μαθητοῦ τόπον ὡς μηκέτι ει ναι τοῦτον. ἐπεὶ ου ν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν ἐξ ἰδίας αἱρέσεως γέγονε διαφορὰ ὡς τοὺς μὲν δικαίων τοὺς δὲ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐπέχειν τόπον, ἀφανιζομένης τῆς κακίας οὐκ ε τ' ε σται τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ τόπος. οἱ δὲ πραεῖς εὐστάθειαν κατορθώσαντες κληρονόμοι γῆς ἑτέρας παρ' η ς πατοῦμεν ἀποδειχθήσονται, ὡς καὶ κατατρυφᾶν ἐπ' αὐτῆς πλήθους εἰρήνης ἐσομένου, ο τ' α ν πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ πρὸς ου ς ε χομεν τὸν πόλεμον καταλυθῶσιν. 360 Ps 36,14 ∆υνατὸν ἐπὶ τὸν διάβολον ἀνάγειν ταῦτα μετὰ α ρθρου ἁμαρτωλὸν ὀνομαζόμενον. σπῶνται δὲ καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ῥομφαίαν καὶ ἐντείνουσι τόξον, ο πως τοῖς μὲν τόξοις βάλωσι τὸν πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα, τῇ δὲ ῥομφαίᾳ σφάξωσι τοὺς εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ· οὐ γὰρ τοὺς ἐν κακοῖς πλουτοῦντας τιτρώσκουσι φίλους αὐτῶν ο ντας, οὐδὲ τοὺς σκολιοὺς τῇ καρδίᾳ σφάττουσιν ἑταιρίαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ε χοντες. τόξα δὲ αὐτῶν ἐντεταμένα οἱ

The Righteous Man's Wisdom and the Heavenly Inheritance§71

71Thoughts are evil, but the tongue having been unsharpened, indeed their word is destructive in its differences. Since therefore the one sinning by his own sin dies, and of these the sword which has been dulled against others will harm them into their heart (Ps 36:16). Regarding understanding: it is better for the righteous to have a little knowledge with piety than wealth with impiety of the sinners, who are some coming from the things of false knowledge (Ps 36:17). Regarding arms, now it is not to be said of the arms of the body but of the practical powers of the soul (Ps 36:17a).

The Lord knows the way of the righteous and the ways of the blameless (Ps 36:18a). That of knowledge is not to be said now regarding information but regarding restraint; for the Lord knows all the ways of the blameless, judging them by their blamelessness. And it is also carried forward that the Lord knows the days of the blameless. Since the blameless are never in darkness but are always in light and day, for this reason the Lord knows such days of theirs, and all the days of their life, as they work always without reproach and blamelessness.

An evil time is, or some hardship, when one enjoys the fruits of sins (Ps 36:19a). In this, in this time, the blameless will not be ashamed, not having deeds for which it is to suffer (Ps 36:20a). For the sinners will be destroyed, not by the dissolution of their constitution from the outside, but by no longer being sinners (Ps 36:20a).

When much scarcity of food comes because of a great famine, according to the commandment of God, ravens feed them as they did Elijah with foods, and as they did Daniel in the den of lions, the best being carried to him by the meteor of Abamuk (Ps 36:25ab). And this toward the literal, but toward the thought: from a young and uncertain mind, as one being younger than a youth, having changed into an old age, having come to a life without blemish and having acquired much prudence, such one, having progressed thus, is not a righteous man left abandoned. And the others are similarly to the first. They are left abandoned to him who has God feeding them and providing divine bread, so that the seed of the righteous—that is, those who have come to be according to the teaching—may never seek bread (Ps 36:25c.26). For indeed, he takes his life according to...

He does not produce a disturbance that is neither precise nor tested and known by all; nor does he spend the day in idleness, but he is a sharer with God, lending divine lessons to those who listen, just as one lends to God according to the saying 'He lends to the poor,' in order to gain salvific interest and so that their seed may be blessed with every spiritual blessing. The righteous, having perfected all moral virtue, has arrived at contemplation (Ps 36:30); therefore, his word, which is figuratively called 'mouth,' meditates on nothing other than the wisdom found in contemplation. To this end, the discourse of the pious possesses wisdom throughout, while the fool changes like the moon. And the tongue of the righteous does not speak haphazardly or by chance. For having judged and examined the difference between words to be spoken and words not to be spoken, he will say some things and keep others silent. Such is the lip of the wise, bound by perception, to both speak and be silent; for he uses the perception of the lips as a restraint.

We do not possess by nature a law in the heart by which we discern what is to be done and what is not to be done, but it is not other than that of the Creator, who made us according to His own image of God (Ps 36:31). Let us take care that we save our thoughts from being unswerving, avoiding the evil and imitating the better. Using this law as the leader of the way, we pass without stumbling toward the goal toward which we hasten. And it is possible for the evangelical law to be made manifest through the present word. The sinner, understanding the righteous man and seeking to kill him, is told: 'Wait upon the Lord' (Ps 36:34). Even if you have many who kill against you, receive salvation from God. But wait upon Him and keep His way, observing His commandments. For in this way, being prepared, you will follow the one who is exalted, so as to inherit the land often spoken of. It should be noted, however, what the Gospel says regarding the land that is to be 'in the heights': for no one is exalted to inherit a land that is in many places, but rather the one established above. And in Isaiah, it is said, 'The Lord will bring you up to the good things of the earth.' And since the land itself is found in that height, observe how God brings one up upon it and exalts him, so as to inherit it, by having someone become something for himself upon it. Then, O seed...

Greek · §71

πονηροί εἰσιν λογισμοί, ῥομφαία δὲ ἠκονημένη ἡ γλῶσσα η τοι ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ἀναιρετικός ἐστιν διαφορῶν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὁ ἁμαρτάνων τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀποθνῄσκει, καὶ τούτων ἡ ῥομφαία η ν κατ' α λλων ἠκόνησαν βλάψει αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν. 361 Ps 36,16 Πρὸς διάνοιαν· κρεῖττον τῷ δικαίῳ ὀλίγον γνώσεως ε χειν μετ' εὐσεβείας ὑπὲρ πλοῦτον μετὰ δυσσεβείας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, ο ν πλουτεῖν οι ονταί τινες τὰ τῆς ψευδονύμου γνώσεως μετερχόμενοι. 362 Ps 36,17a Βραχίονας δὲ νῦν οὐ τοὺς τοῦ σώματος ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ο ντας πρακτικὰς δυνάμεις ῥητέον. 363 Ps 36,18a ̔Ο γινώσκων κύριος τὴν τῶν δικαίων ὁδὸν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀμώμων ὁδοὺς ει σεται. τὸ τῆς γνώσεως οὐκ ἐπὶ τῆς εἰδήσεως ῥητέον τὰ νῦν ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῆς ἀνακράσεως· τὰς γὰρ τῶν ἀμώμων ὁδοὺς α ς ὁδεύουσιν πάσας γινώσκει κύριος τῇ ἀμωμότητι αὐτῶν ἀνακρινάμενος. φέρεται δὲ καὶ Γινώσκει κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀμώμων. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ α μωμοι οὐδέποτε ἐν σκότῳ ἀλλ' ἐν φωτὶ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ εἰσὶν ἀεί, τούτου χάριν γινώσκει κύριος τὰς τοιαύτας αὐτῶν ἡμέρας η καὶ πάσας τὰς τοῦ βίου αὐτῶν ἡμέρας ἀεὶ ἀμέμπτως καὶ ἀμώμως ἐνεργούντων. 364 Ps 36,19a Καιρὸς πονηρός ἐστιν ο τε ἐπίπονά τις ἀπολαμβάνει ἁμαρτημάτων ε νεκα. ἐν τούτῳ ου ν τῷ καιρῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσονται οἱ α μωμοι, οὐκ ε χοντες πράξεις ἐφ' αι ς ε στι τὸ παθεῖν. 365 Ps 36,20a Οτι οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀπολοῦνται, οὐ τῷ ἐξ ο λων διαλύεσθαι τὴν σύστασιν αὐτῶν ἀλλὰ τῷ μηκέτι ει ναι ἁμαρτωλούς. 366 Ps 36,25ab Κα ν πολλὴ σπάνις σιτίων διὰ κραταιὰν λιμὸν γένηται, κατ' ἐντολὴν θεοῦ κόρακες οι σουσιν ὡς τῷ ̔Ηλίᾳ τροφάς, καὶ ὡς τῷ ∆ανιὴλ ἐν τῷ λάκκῳ τῶν λεόντων α ριστον ὁ ̓Αμβακοὺμ μετέωρος φερόμενος οι σει. καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ῥητόν, πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν· ἐκ νεαροῦ καὶ ἀβεβαίου η θους καθ' ο νεωτερίζων νεώτερος η μην μεταβαλὼν εἰς γῆρας η λθον βίον ἀκηλίδωτον καὶ πολιὰν φρόνησιν κεκτημένος. ο μως ου τω προκόψας Οὐκ ει δον δίκαιον ἐγκαταλελειμμένον. τὰ δ' α λλα ὁμοίως τῷ πρώτῳ. 367 Ps 36,25c.26 ἐγκαταλελειμένον τῷ τὸν θεὸν ε χειν τρέφοντα καὶ α ρτους θείους 77 παρέχοντα, ὡς μὴ ζητῆσαί ποτε α ρτους τὸ τοῦ δικαίου σπέρμα τουτέστιν τοὺς κατὰ διδασκαλίαν γεγενημένους. ο λην γοῦν τὴν ζωὴν ἑαυτοῦ κατάστασιν ου σαν ἀκριβῆ τε καὶ δεδοκιμασμένην ἐγνωσμένην πᾶσιν ἐργάζεται· καὶ ου τως ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐλεεῖ κοινωνικὸς ω ν, καὶ δανείζει η τοι μαθήματα θεῖα τοῖς ἀκροωμένοις η θεῷ κατὰ τὸ ̓Ελεῶν πτωχὸν θεῷ δανείζει, ἐπὶ τῷ κερδῆσαι τόκους σωτηριώδεις ω στε καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν εὐλογημένον ει ναι πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ. 368 Ps 36,30 ̔Ο δίκαιος πᾶσαν τὴν ἠθικὴν κατορθώσας ἀρετὴν η λθεν ἐπὶ θεωρίαν διὸ καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ τροπικῶς στόμα καλούμενος οὐκ α λλο τι η τὴν ἐν τῷ θεωρεῖν σοφίαν μελετᾷ. εἰς τοῦτο παραλήψῃ τὸ ∆ιήγησις εὐσεβοῦς διὰ παντὸς σοφία, ὁ δὲ α φρων ὡς σελήνη ἀλλοιοῦται. καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα δὲ τοῦ δικαίου οὐκ ἀνεξετάστως οὐδ' ὡς ε τυχεν φθέγγεται. κρίνας γὰρ καὶ ἐξετάσας διαφορὰν λεκτέων καὶ οὐ λεκτέων· τὰ μὲν ἐρεῖ, τὰ δὲ ἡσυχάσει. τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν τὸ Χείλη σοφῶν δέδεται αἰσθήσει, τῷ ᾐσθημένως καὶ λέγειν καὶ σιωπᾶν· αἰσθήσει δεσμῷ τῶν χειλέων κέχρηται. 369 Ps 36,31 Ον κατὰ φύσιν ε χομεν νόμον ἐν καρδίᾳ καθ' ο ν διακρίνομεν τὸ ποιητέον καὶ οὐ ποιητέον, οὐκ α λλου ἐστὶν η τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ εἰκόνα θεοῦ. ἀμέλει ο τ' α ν σῴζωμεν ἀδιαστρόφους τὰς ἐννοίας τῶν χειρόνων ἀπεχόμενοι, τῶν κρειττόνων ἀντιποιούμεθα. τούτῳ τῷ νόμῳ ἡγεμόνι τῆς ὁδοῦ χρώμενοι α νευ ὑποσκελισμοῦ διαβαίνομεν ἐφ' ο ἐπειγόμεθα τέρμα. ∆υνατὸν δὲ τὸν εὐαγγελικὸν νόμον δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τῆς παρούσης λέξεως. 370 Ps 36,34 Τῷ δικαίῳ ῳ κατανοεῖ ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ζητῶν αὐτὸν θανατῶσαι λέγεται· ̔Υπόμεινον τὸν κύριον. εἰ καὶ πολλοὺς ε χεις τοὺς φονῶντας κατὰ σοῦ, ἐκ θεοῦ δέχου τὴν σωτηρίαν. ̔Υπόμεινον δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ φύλαξον τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ, τηρῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ. ου τω γὰρ διατεθέντι σοι ἀκολουθήσει τὸ ὑψωθῆναι, ω στε κατακληρονομῆσαι τὴν πολλάκις η δη εἰρημένην γῆν. Σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι ἐν υ ψει που κεῖσθαι τὴν τῆς εὐαγγελίας λέγει γῆν· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν ἐν ποσὶν κληρονομῆσαι γῆν ὑψοῦταί τις ἀλλὰ τὴν α νω που ἱδρυμένην. καὶ ἐν ̔Ησαίᾳ γοῦν ̓Αναβιβάσει σε κύριος ἐπὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς ει ρηται. καὶ ἐν οι ῳ δὲ υ ψει τυγχάνει αὐτὴ ἡ γῆ, σκόπει, ὡς θεοῦ ἀναβιβάζοντος ἐπ' αὐτὴν καὶ ὑψοῦντος, ω στε αὐτὴν κληρονομῆσαι τῷ μὴ οι όν τε ει ναί τινα ἑαυτῷ ἐπ' αὐτὴν γενέσθαι. τότε δέ, ω σπερ

The Weight of Sin and the Call to Repentance§72

72From on high the destruction of the wicked shall sweep away, being handed over to punishment (Ps 36:36). Having passed by, he says, in thought toward the coming life, the ungodly is not found, just as seeking his place and not finding it.

It has been said that the worthless ones are not found after these things, not by the vanishing of their essence, but by the quality according to which they are such; and regarding the not finding of their place in order, it has been demonstrated. If one were to say these things about Satan, since he is called the ruler of this world (and this world passes away), having searched, someone in the coming age will not find the place of this ruler.

And if even sin is a place of the devil according to 'Give no place to the devil' (Eph 4:27), the place of the ungodly was not found with the vanishing of evil. If you wish to understand according to the word the difference between iniquity and uprightness, if there is such a difference: if iniquity is the non-practice of the evil, uprightness is the state according to which we perform all things impassively; but if iniquity means the achievement of character, uprightness is the unbending contemplation of the dogmas of truth.

Either way, it commands to guard iniquity and to see uprightness as a remaining legacy for the coming life for the peaceful man, the hope that is not being shamed, of the ungodly being destroyed altogether at the same time according to the time of judgment. But the salvation of the righteous becomes by the Lord protecting them in the time of tribulation. To this is joined: 'But our salvation in the time of tribulation shall be' (Ps 34:19). And there shall be for them also the finding of help from the Lord and to be rescued from enemies, but also to be taken out of the hand of sinners, that is, the practice of evil powers; because they hoped in Him (Ps 37:38).

Therefore also this psalm is arranged in its own number of the things said in it. For it is the thirty-sixth. And this number is both triangular and square. Using the triangular, it is the side of the octagon, and the octagon is the resurrected day of the Savior. And the square has the number sixty as its side, for six times ten is sixty. And triangular according to this: for if from the unit six times eight is a number...

You will find no other number. A confessing person is introduced in this Psalm (Ps 37:2). For he says, 'If they have struck me, what kind of thing is it that I should be reproved by passion and instructed by anger, but having repented, I ask to be reproved by word and not by passion, and to be instructed by teaching and not by anger.'

The metaphor of the arrows and the beatings sometimes makes clear, as it is said in those things that lead forward (Ps 37:3a). He says therefore: 'Since I have committed sins, punishment follows: Your arrows have pierced me' (Ps 37:3a). 'My sins being laid bare' (Ps 37:4b); for it is a sign that they are present that their face is seen.

He says that iniquities have raised their head above his own (Ps 37:5-7a), so as to press and weigh down his ruling principle, which is called the head, and that these have also, in a way, burdened him like a weight; for since the nature of evil is inferior and most heavy, it is compared to a talent of lead, only the one repenting perceives the weight of it, supposing it to be lighter when it is acting with pleasure. But Jesus calls those who toil and are burdened toward himself through repentance, those having felt the heaviness of sin and having toiled from it. He says that the sores, having been taken from the burned arrows of the evil one, have become rotten and putrid from the face of having had sores; for evil does not consist with mere folly, as it acts with wisdom according to virtue.

And the following perhaps should not be read thus: 'Since, as an end, that is to say, through a lifetime, I was brought low, thinking of low things and looking toward the earth, the pitiful and miserable state followed me,' the 'I was brought low' stands from 'I was brought low' (Ps 37:7b). 'The arrows of my thoughts, of the evil spirits; from this I went about for a lifetime in darkness, all propitiation having been taken away (Ps 37:7b-8). And since the Scriptures say, 'My soul, and my hares were filled with mockeries' (Ps 37:8), it must be said that, since the seeds of the sheep and the hares are intended for upbringing, these things fall into mockeries if they are not accomplished for upbringing, but are accomplished in a profligate way.' Because of this

Greek · §72

ἀφ' υ ψους τὸν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐπόψει ο λεθρον, παραδιδομένους κολάσει. 371 Ps 36,36 Παρελθών, φησίν, τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐπὶ τὸν μέλλοντα βίον οὐκ ε θ' ευ ρον τὸν ἀσεβῆ, ὡς ζητῆσαι τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ εὑρεῖν. ει ρηται δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκεσθαι τοὺς φαύλους μετὰ ταῦτα, οὐ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῶν ἀφανιζομένης ἀλλὰ τῆς ποιότητος καθ' η ν εἰσιν τοιοῦτοι, καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ εὑρίσκεσθαι τὸν ἐν τάξει τόπον αὐτῶν προαποδέδεικται. εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ σατανᾶ ταῦτα λέγοιτο, ἐπεὶ α ρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ει ρηται (παρέρχεται δὲ ου τος ὁ κόσμος), ζητήσας τις ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι τὸν τόπον τούτου τοῦ α ρχοντος οὐχ εὑρήσει. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία τόπος ἐστὶν τοῦ διαβόλου κατὰ τὸ Μὴ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ, τῆς κακίας ἀφανιζομένης οὐχ εὑρέθη ὁ τόπος τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς. εἰ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν λέξιν βουληθείης νοῆσαι 372 Ps 36,37–40 Εἰ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν λέξιν βουληθείης νοῆσαι, διαφορὰν ἀκακίας καὶ εὐθύτητος ει ποι α ν τις τοιαύτην· εἰ μὲν ἀκακίᾳ ῃ ἡ τῶν κακῶν ἀπραξία, εὐθύτης ει η ἡ ε ξις καθ' η ν ἀπαθῶς πάντα ἐνεργοῦμεν· εἰ δὲ ἀκακίαν λέγοι τὴν τοῦ η θους κατόρθωσιν, εὐθύτης ει η ἡ ἀκαμπὴς τῶν δογμάτων τῆς ἀληθείας θεωρία. ἑκατέρως προστάσσει φυλάσσειν ἀκακίαν καὶ ἰδεῖν εὐθύτητα τῷ ει ναι ἐγκατάλειμμα εἰς τὸν μέλλοντα βίον τῷ εἰρηνικῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τὴν οὐ καταισχύνουσαν ἐλπίδα, τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐξολοθρευμένων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ α μα κατὰ τὸν τῆς κρίσεως καιρόν. Σωτηρία δὲ τῶν δικαίων γίνεται παρὰ κυρίου ὑπερασπίζοντος αὐτῶν ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως. τούτῳ συνῳδὸν τὸ ̔Η σωτηρία ἡμῶν ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως. ὑπάρξει δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ βοηθείας παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου τυχεῖν καὶ τὸ ῥυσθῆναι ἐκ πολεμίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐξαιρεθῆναι ἐκ 78 χειρὸς ἁμαρτωλῶν τουτέστιν πράξεως η δυνάμεων πονηρῶν· διότι Ηλπισαν ἐπ' αὐτόν. ∆ιὸ καὶ ὁ ψαλμὸς ου τος ἐν οἰκείῳ ἀριθμῷ τῶν λεγομένων ἐν αὐτῷ τέτακται. ε στιν γὰρ τριακοστὸς ε κτος. ου τος δὲ ὁ ἀριθμὸς ὁμοῦ τρίγωνος καὶ τετράγωνός ἐστιν. χρώμενος μὲν ἡ τρίγωνός ἐστιν πλευρὰ τῇ ὀγδοάδι, ε στι δὲ ἡ ὀγδοὰς ἀναστάσιμος τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμέρα. ἡ δὲ τετράγωνος πλευρὰν ε χει τὸν ε ξ ο ντα ἀριθμὸν τέλειον· ἑξάκις γὰρ τριάκοντα ε ξ. τρίγωνος δὲ κατὰ τοῦτο· εἰ γὰρ ἀπὸ μονάδος ἑξῆς ε ως ὀγδοάδος ἀριθμήσεις, οὐκ α λλον τούτου εὑρήσεις ἀριθμόν. 373 Ps 37,2 ̓Εξομολογούμενον πρόσωπον εἰσάγεται ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ τούτῳ. εἰ γὰρ πέπρακταί μοι, φησίν, τι τοιοῦτον ἐφ' ῳ α ξιον ὑπὸ θυμοῦ ἐλεγχθῆναι καὶ ὑπὸ ὀργῆς παιδευθῆναι, ἀλλά γε μετανοήσας παρακαλῶ ὑπὸ λόγου καὶ μὴ ὑπὸ θυμοῦ ἐλεγχθῆναι καὶ ὑπὸ διδασκαλίας καὶ μὴ ὑπὸ ὀργῆς παιδευθῆναι. 374 Ps 37,3a ∆ηλοῖ δέ ποτε ἡ τῶν βελῶν προσηγορία καὶ τὰς κολάσεις, ὡς ἐν τοῖς προάγουσιν ει ρηται. φησὶ τοίνυν· ἐπεὶ ἁμαρτίας πεποίηκα αι ς ἀκολουθεῖ κόλασις, Τὰ βέλη σου η δη ἐνεπάγησάν μοι. 375 Ps 37,4b ̓Επιφαινομένων τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μου· δεῖγμα γὰρ τοῦ ε τι αὐτὰς παρεῖναι τὸ ὁρᾶσθαι αὐτῶν τὸ πρόσωπον. 376 Ps 37,5–7a Τὰς μὲν ἀνομίας ὑπερηρκέναι τὴν κεφαλὴν ἑαυτοῦ φησιν, ω στε πιέσαι καὶ βαρύναι τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν αὐτοῦ τροπικῶς κεφαλὴν ὀνομαζόμενον, ταύτας δὲ καὶ τρόπον φορτίου βεβαρύνθαι ἐπ' αὐτόν· τῆς γὰρ κακίας φύσει κατωφεροῦς καὶ βαρυτάτης ου σης ὡς ταλάντῳ μολίβδου παραβάλλεσθαι, μόνος ὁ μετανοῶν αι σθησιν τοῦ βάρους αὐτῆς λαμβάνει, οἰομένου κουφοτάτην αὐτὴν ὑπάρχειν τοῦ σὺν ἡδονῇ ἐνεργοῦντος αὐτήν. ο θεν ̓Ιησοῦς τοὺς κοπιῶντας καὶ πεφορτισμένους διὰ μετανοίας η κειν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλεῖ αἰσθηθέντας τοῦ α χθους τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ κοπιάσαντας ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. τοὺς δὲ μώλωπας ου ς ε σχεν ἀπὸ τῶν πεπυρωμένων τοῦ πονηροῦ βελῶν εἰς σῆψιν καὶ δυσωδίαν τετράφθαι φησὶν ἀπὸ προσώπου η ς ε σχεν ἀφροσύνης· σὺν ἀφροσύνῃ γὰρ οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα συνίσταται κακία, ὡς αυ μετὰ φρονήσεως τὰ κατ' ἀρετὴν ἐνεργεῖται. Τὰ δ' ἑξῆς τάχα ου τως ἀναγνωστέον· ἐπεὶ ε ως τέλους, τουτέστιν διὰ βίου, κατεκάμφθην τὰ κάτω φρονῶν καὶ ἐπὶ γῆν βλέπων, ἠκολούθησεν τὸ οἰκτρὸν καὶ ἐλεεινόν με ει ναι, ο παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ ̓Εταλαιπώρησα. 377 Ps 37,7b.8 Ητοι τῶν λογισμῶν μου η τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων· τούτου ε νεκα διὰ βίου σκυθρωπάζων ἐπορευόμην, πάσης ἱλαρίας ἀφαιρεθείσης. ἐπειδὴ δὲ φέρονται γραφαί, ω ν ἡ μὲν Ψύαι μου, ἡ δὲ Αἱ λαγόνες μου ἐπλήσθησαν ἐμπαιγμῶν, ῥητέον ο τι, ἐπεὶ περὶ τὰς ψύας καὶ τὰς λαγόνας συνίσταται τὰ σπέρματα εἰς παιδοποιΐαν συντείνοντα, ἐμπαιγμῶν ἐμπίπλαται ταῦτα, ο τ' α ν μὴ εἰς παιδοποιΐαν ἀλλὰ πορνικῶς ἐπιτελῆται. ∆ιὰ τοῦτο

The Danger of Listening to Sophists§73

73For they say that it is not possible to be in my flesh, because my soul has been played with by the mockeries of the present; for the flesh, flowing and lacking self-control, is very weak, and so he who commits fornication in the body sins (Ps 37:9b,10).

From the depth of repentance, bringing forth groans through repentance, not from superficiality or pretension like the hypocrites of repentance; therefore also, daring, he says: 'To you, Lord, as truly the desire of my heart is before you' (Ps 37:9b,10); for indeed all the vile impulse is far from you and is hidden from you, but the desire of my heart, desiring to pass from wickedness into genuine virtue, possesses a good desire, which one does not find in dreams. He may also speak concerning the vile desire: since the evil desire lying within me has not eluded you, confessing concerning this I groan, as if the groan concerning it, being bold, would not be hidden from you; for it is praiseworthy to groan over evils (Ps 37:11–13).

Of my heart—that is, of my intellectual power—undergoing turmoil, my strength according to common understandings has abandoned me, but also the knowledge of the truths, the light of my eyes—that is, being the mind—is not with me; for having determined according to reason, I will not be able to conceive clearly or to think strongly. There may be strength in him saying this, and the light of his eyes is the right reason according to which it is rational. The right reason did not abandon him, and it no longer seems to be with him, the strength of the heart being called so according to the guidance of the practical sciences, and the light of the eyes according to the illuminating by the clarity of those seeing.

And he lived, he says, loving friends and neighbors, having found these standing warily and as enemies, having rushed to turn away from evil and to do the good. But also they were previously near me in relationship and disposition, from afar enemies...

One should speak thus: if anyone falls by various circumstances, he is abandoned by all those who were previously near him, both friends and neighbors, just as he is also accused by the one he formerly loved. These images are found in Job. And those who, seeking my soul harmfully and through strife, came forward and wished to surround me with violence, thought they were leading me down with coercive words as if they were proofs; but they hurried to subject me to the investigation of evils, through which vanity spoke to me. For the argument was not as a proof, but as a vain and deceptive sophistry. And the vanity through which they sophistically argue all day long, that is, through life, they practice deceit, not bringing proofs to the things, but deciding to seize the mind sophistically.

He who judges to guard himself will be deafened, not receiving vain hearing toward the deceitful and deceptive words, not wishing to have their sense from hearing (Ps 37:14-15); and much more, he would not wish to answer or to refute such words, like a senseless person. For it is said in other places that it is foolish to refute very gentle words. 'I became, he says, toward such men as if not hearing and not having reproaches in my mouth.' For there is much danger in hearing defamatory words and in conversing about proposed problems which lead to punishment. Therefore, it is blessed to be deaf to such things and to be considered as if one were not refuting them.

Since, having despised all others, I hoped in you alone, O Lord, and You being God, will hear me; having prayed, I began, O Lord, do not rebuke me in your anger (Ps 37:16). For often those who associate with me, even if they sinned, bring the past deeds as insults, as if through this to hinder my repentance.

Greek · §73

γάρ φησιν μηδὲ ι ασιν ει ναι ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου διὰ τὸ ᾐσθῆσθαι τὴν ψυχήν μου τῶν παρόντων ἐμπαιγμῶν· πάνυ γὰρ ἀσθενεῖ ἡ σὰρξ ῥέουσα καὶ μὴ σωφρονοῦσα, ο θεν καὶ ̔Ο πορνεύων εἰς τὸ ι διον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει. 378 Ps 37,9b.10 ̓Απὸ βάθους μετανοίας τοὺς ἐπὶ μετανοίᾳ στεναγμοὺς προφέρων, οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς καὶ ἐπιπλάστως ὡς οἱ μετανοίας ὑποκριταί· διὸ καὶ θαρρῶν λέγει· Σοί, κύριε, ὡς α ρα ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς καρδίας μου ἐναντίον σού ἐστιν· πᾶσα μὲν γὰρ φαύλων ο ρεξις μακράν σου καὶ κέκρυπταί σε, ἡ δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας τῷ μετελθεῖν ἐκ κακίας εἰς ἀρετὴν γνησίαν μετάνοιαν ποθοῦσα ἀγαθὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ε χει, η τις ἐν ο ψεσιν οὐ τυγχάνει. ∆ύναται καὶ περὶ τῆς φαύλης ἐπιθυμίας λέγειν· ἐπεὶ ἡ ἐγκειμένη μοι πονηρὰ ο ρεξις οὐκ ε λαθέν σε, περὶ ταύτης ἐξομολογούμενος στενάζω, ὡς τὸν στεναγμὸν τὸν περὶ αὐτὸν εὐπαρρησίαστον ο ντα μὴ κεκρύφθαι ἀπὸ σοῦ· ἐπαινετὸν γὰρ τὸ ἐπὶ φαύλοις στένειν. 379 Ps 37,11–13 Τῆς καρδίας μου τουτέστιν τῆς διανοητικῆς μου δυνάμεως τάραχον ὑπομενούσης, ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἡ κατὰ τὰς κοινὰς ἐννοίας ἐγκατέλιπέν με, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀληθῶν γνῶσις φῶς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου τουτέστιν τοῦ νοῦ τυγχάνουσα 79 οὐκ ε στιν μετ' ἐμοῦ· διατεθεὶς γὰρ κατὰ τὰ α λογα οὐδ' ἐννοεῖσθαι φωτεινῶς η ἰσχυρῶς διανοεῖσθαι δυνήσομαι. ∆ύναται καὶ ἰσχὺς ει ναι τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος καὶ φῶς ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ ὁ ὀρθὸς λόγος καθ' ο ν ἐστιν λογικός. ου τος ου ν ἐγκατέλιπεν αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκέτι ει ναι μετ' αὐτοῦ δοκεῖ, ταραχθείσης αὐτοῦ τῆς καρδίας ἰσχύος ὀνομαζομένης κατὰ τὴν τῶν πρακτικῶν ὑφήγησιν, φῶς δὲ ὀφθαλμῶν κατὰ τὸ φωτίζειν τῇ σαφηνείᾳ τῶν ὁρώντων. Καὶ ου ς δὲ ει χον, φησίν, φίλους καὶ πλησίον φιληδόνως ζῶν, τούτους πολεμικῶς ἀνθισταμένους καὶ πολεμίους ε σχον ῥέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἐκκλῖναι ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι. ου τοι δὲ καὶ Εγγιστά μου πρότερον ο ντες σχέσει καὶ διαθέσει ἀπὸ μακρόθεν πολεμίων τρόπαιον ε στησαν. ̔Ρητέον δὲ καὶ ου τως· ο τ' α ν τις περιστάσεσι περιπέσῃ, ἐγκαταλείπεται ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν πρότερον ἐγγιζόντων καὶ φίλων καὶ πλησίον ο ντων, ὡς ε σθ' ο τε καὶ κατηγορεῖν τὸν πάλαι ποθούμενον. τούτων εἰκόνας ευ ροις ἐν τῷ ̓Ιώβ. Καὶ οἱ βλαπτικῶς δὲ καὶ φιλονείκως ἐκζητεῖν τὴν ψυχήν μου προελόμενοι καὶ βίᾳ περιβαλεῖν με ἠθέλησαν, ἀναγκαστικοῖς λόγοις ὡς δῆθεν ἀποδεικτικοῖς ὑπαγαγεῖν με νομίζοντες· ἀλλὰ τὰ πρὸ τούτων λεγόμενα ἐπὶ ἐκζητήσει τῶν κακῶν οι ς ὑποβάλλειν με ε σπευδον ω φθησάν μοι ματαιότης. η κουον γὰρ οὐχ ὡς ἀποδείξεως ἀλλ' ὡς ματαίας καὶ ἀπατηλῆς σοφιστείας. ματαιότητα δὲ δι' ω ν σοφίζονται φθεγγόμενοι δι' ο λης ἡμέρας, τουτέστι διὰ βίου, δολιότητα μελετῶσιν ου τε ἀποδείξεις τότε τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπιφέροντες ἀλλὰ καὶ σοφιστικῶς συναρπάζειν κρίναντες. 380 Ps 37,14.15 ̔Ο κρίνας φυλάττειν τὸ Οὐ παραδέξῃ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν πρὸς τοὺς δολίους καὶ ἀπατηλοὺς λόγους κεκώφωται οὐδ' αι σθησιν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐξ ἀκοῆς ε χειν βουλόμενος· πολλῷ δὲ πλέον ἀλάλου δίκην οὐδ' ἀποκρίνεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους λόγους η ἐλέγχειν αὐτοὺς βουληθείη· ει ρηται γὰρ ἐν α λλοις ἠλιθίου ει ναι τὸ ἐξελέγχειν τοὺς λίαν εὐήθεις λόγους. ̓Εγενόμην ου ν, φησίν, πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους ἀνθρώπους ὡς οὐκ ἀκούων οὐδ' ε χων ἐν στόματί μου ἐλεγμούς· κίνδυνον γὰρ ε χει πολλάκις τὸ δυσφήμων λόγων ἀκούειν καὶ τὸ διαλέγεσθαι περὶ προβλημάτων ὑποκειμένων κολάσει. διὸ μακάριον κεκωφῶσθαι πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ νομίζεσθαι μὴ οι όν τε ει ναι αὐτὰ ἐλέγχειν. 381 Ps 37,16 ̓Επεὶ πάντων τῶν α λλων καταφρονήσας η λπισα ἐπὶ μόνῳ σοί, ω κύριε, τυγχάνων μου καὶ θεὸς Σὺ εἰσακούσῃ, ῳ εὐξάμενος ει πον ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ Κύριε, μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με. πολλάκις γὰρ οἱ συνόντες μοι, ο τε ἡμάρτανον, ἀλητήριοι δαίμονες ὀνειδίζουσι τὰ προπεπραγμένα εἰς μέσον φέροντες, ὡς διὰ τούτου ἐμποδίσαι τὴν μετάνοιάν μου

The struggle of the repentant against the accuser§74

74Having been tested and having experienced the despair of salvation, I myself am being subjected to such thoughts, being deaf and unable to hear, not wishing to refute them, lest by being found guilty of this, I should lose the brief readiness for repentance. For, O Lord, not hoping, I do not dare to assume I will be heard. For, being unable to defend myself, I endure the defense, knowing: 'Do not avenge yourselves, beloved, but leave room for the wrath, for it is written, Vengeance is mine, I will repay, says the Lord' (Ps 37:8).

I am ready and well-disposed toward the lashes of the senses. Indeed, even my pain, through which I suffer for past deeds, is before me, wounding and scourging me. And it can be so; since my pain is such that, while I suffer for the evils I have done, it is necessary to receive lashes besides the sins, I am ready for these, that is, I am ready to be struck for the sake of returning.

The clear sympathy toward us is the memory of the one's own suffering throughout. For, as Paul says, since he himself has suffered, he is able to help those being tempted. Just as according to the law, he who commits sin was mindful of those being offered as a sacrifice for it, so it is to care for one's own sin, hurrying to make the work of repentance right.

While I care for my own sin, those who hate me because I have repented live according to the bad life, being strong and powerful to make me weak according to this life. If even they cast me off as a dead thing to be loathed, but You cover me under Your mighty hand; for when You are present, the enemies are weak and feeble.

Since I am surrounded by enemies, both evil men and invisible powers, I need help; I do not require help from another, but from You, Lord; for You also are found to be the God of my salvation, and the cause of this salvation is God.

King David, having brought the ark of God into Jerusalem, arranged certain men as singers for its liturgy and order, so that the hymns of God might be heard.

Regarding these, even Jeduthun, as in the list and numbering of the previously mentioned songs in the Chronicles, carries something like this. He who composed the present psalm himself on behalf of David, or having received it from David, proclaimed it. And in the present psalm, the one proclaiming is introduced from repentance into virtue.

Since almost every beginning of sin occurs through speech, he intending to guard his ways through actions sets covenants with himself, so that he might not sin with the tongue. For if the sinless state regarding speech is kept by him, the cleansing from sins according to action will follow; 'For by your words you shall be justified,' he says, 'and by your words you shall be condemned' (Ps 38:2ab); and 'Amen I say to you: regarding every idle word you shall give an account on the day of judgment' (Ps 38:2c).

After the verse, the sinner and there the devil and the evil angel present with the man are called. If anyone, intending to guard his ways for himself so as not to sin in tongue, sets a guard for his mouth, the sinner, representing himself as such in opposition to the one repenting, reminds him of former things, bringing them into the midst as a reproach, wishing to mock through the reminder, so as to drag back into the former sin the one who has turned away from it.

Not so, he says, the one standing as a sinner before me, I was struck dumb toward the words from which I began to speak good things; for having begun not to speak concerning sinlessness, having understood from good doctrines what one must not answer toward provoking words, I was silent, having said nothing to them, so as, the one saying the aforementioned things, not the pain, but having been freed from sins through sense, being renewed and made new, having been pained again by those whom he reproached, saying the things done to me (Ps 38:4ab).

From the words of the one standing as a sinner before me, my heart was heated, being consumed by fire. But since I said nothing from such thoughts within me, the heating was guarded, and 'In my meditation fire shall be burned' (Ps 38:4c). He who meditates on the divine things not casually but earnestly and with fire will say the...

Greek · §74

πειρώμενοι καὶ ἀπόγνωσιν σωτηρίας ἐμποιῆσαι. ἐγὼ γοῦν πρὸς ου ς ὑποβάλλουσι τοιούτους λογισμοὺς κωφὸς καὶ οὐκ ἀκούων γεγένημαι οὐδ' ἐλέγξαι αὐτοὺς βουλόμενος, ο πως μὴ περὶ τοῦτο καταγινόμενος ἐκλύσω τὴν σύντονον περὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν προθυμίαν. ἐπεὶ ου ν ἐλπίζων, ω κύριε, θαρρῶ εἰσακουσθήσεσθαι. ἐμαυτῷ γὰρ ἀμῦναι δυνάμενος ἐπέχω τὴν α μυναν, γινώσκων τὸ Μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ, καὶ τὸ ̓Εμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει κύριος. 382 Ps 37,18 Ετοιμος καὶ εὐτρεπὴς πρὸς τὰς ἐξ αἰσθήσεως μάστιγάς εἰμι. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἡ ἀλγεδών μου, καθ' η ν ἀλγῶ ἐπὶ τοῖς προπεπραγμένοις, ἐνώπιόν μού ἐστιν τιτρώσκουσα καὶ μαστίζουσά με. ∆ύναται δὲ καὶ ου τως· ἐπεὶ ἡ ἀλγηδών μού ἐστιν, ἀλγοῦντός μου ἐφ' οι ς ε δρασα κακοῖς κα ν διὰ μαστίγων δέοι ἐκτὸς τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων γενέσθαι, ε τοιμός εἰμι πρὸς ταύτας, τουτέστι προθύμως ε χω περὶ ἐπιστροφῆς τυφθῆναι. Ps 37,18b ̔Η πρὸς ἡμᾶς δηλονότι συμπάθεια η ς ε νεκα τοῦ οἰκείου πάθους ε χει διὰ παντὸς τὴν ἀνάμνησιν· ̓Αφ' ω ν γὰρ πέπονθεν, ὁ Παῦλός φησιν, αὐτὸς πειρασθεὶς δύναται τοῖς πειραζομένοις βοηθῆσαι. 383 Ps 37,19 ̔Ως κατὰ τὸν νόμον ὁ ἁμαρτίαν ε χων ὑπὲρ η ς δεῖ θυσίαν προσαγαγεῖν ἐφρόντιζεν τῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς προσφερομένων, ου τως ἐστὶ μεριμνᾶν 80 ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἑαυτοῦ τινα σπεύδοντα κατορθοῦν μετανοίας ε ργα. 384 Ps 37,20a ̓Εμοῦ μεριμνοῦντος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μου, οἱ διὰ τὸ μετανενοηκέναι με ἐχθραίνοντές μοι ζῶσιν κατὰ τὴν φαύλην ζωήν, ἰσχύοντες καὶ κραταιοὶ ο ντες ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ τῷ ἐμὲ ἠσθενηκέναι κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ζωήν. 385 Ps 37,22 Εἰ κἀκεῖνοι ἀπέρριψάν με ὡς νεκρὸν ἐβδελυγμένον, ἀλλὰ σὺ σκέπε με ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιάν σου χεῖρα· σοῦ γὰρ παρόντος ἀνίσχυροι καὶ ἀσθενεῖς οἱ ἐχθροί. 386 Ps 37,23 ̓Επεὶ ἐχθρῶν περιεστηκότων ἀνθρώπων τε πονηρῶν καὶ ἀοράτων δυνάμεων βοηθείας δέομαι, οὐκ α λλοθεν βοήθειαν ἀπαιτῶ η παρὰ σοῦ, κύριε· σὺ γὰρ καὶ θεὸς τῆς σωτηρίας μου τυγχάνεις, σωτηρίας δὲ θεὸς ὁ ταύτης αι τιος. 387 Ps 38,1 ̔Ο βασιλεὺς ∆αυὶδ τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαγὼν εἰς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ὑμνῳδούς τινας α νδρας ἱεροὺς ε ταξεν ἐπ' αὐτῆς τῆς λειτουργίας τε καὶ τάξεως, ω στε τοὺς υ μνους τοῦ θεοῦ ᾳ δειν. ει ς ου ν η ν τούτων καὶ ὁ ̓Ιδιθούμ, ὡς ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ καὶ τῇ ἐξαριθμήσει τῶν προειρημένων ᾠδῶν ἐν ταῖς Παραλειπομέναις φέρεταί τι τοιοῦτον. τὸν ου ν προκείμενον ψαλμὸν αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ποιήσας ῃ σεν, η ὑπὸ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ γενόμενον αὐτὸν παραλαβὼν ἀπήγγειλεν. Εστιν δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ προκειμένῳ ψαλμῷ ἐκ μετανοίας εἰς ἀρετὴν εἰσαγόμενον πρόσωπον τὸ ἀπαγγέλλον. 388 Ps 38,2ab ̓Επεὶ σχεδὸν πάσης ἁμαρτίας ἀρχὴ διὰ λόγου γίνεται, ὁ φυλάξαι προθέμενος τὰς διὰ τῶν πράξεων ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν συνθήκας τίθεται, ο πως μὴ ἁμάρτῃ τῇ γλώττῃ. εἰ γὰρ τὸ ἀναμάρτητον περὶ τὸν λόγον αὐτῷ τηρηθείη, ἀκολουθήσει τὸ καθαρεῦσαι ἀπὸ τῶν κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἁμαρτημάτων· ̓Εκ γὰρ τῶν λόγων σου, φησίν, δικαιωθήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου καταδικασθήσῃ· καὶ ̓Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· περὶ παντὸς ἀργοῦ ῥήματος δώσετε λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. 389 Ps 38,2c.3 Μετὰ τοῦ α ρθρου ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς καὶ ἐνταῦθα διάβολος η καὶ ὁ παρὼν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πονηρὸς α γγελος λέγεται. Οτ' α ν ου ν τις πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ει πῃ τὰς ὁδοὺς φυλάξαι ἑαυτοῦ τοῦ μὴ ἁμαρτεῖν ἐν γλώσσῃ καὶ θῆται φυλακὴν τῷ στόματι ἑαυτοῦ, τὸ τηνικαῦτα συνιστάμενος ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ἀντιπαρατεταγμένως ἐναντίον τοῦ μετανοοῦντος ὑπομιμνήσκει τὰ πρότερα, ἐπ' ὀνειδισμῷ εἰς μέσον αὐτὰ φέρων η γαργαλίσαι διὰ τῆς ὑπομνήσεως θέλων, ο πως κατασπάσῃ εἰς τὴν προτέραν ἁμαρτίαν τὸν ἀποστάντα αὐτῆς. ου τω γοῦν, φησίν, συστάντος τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ καὶ ἐνώπιόν μου, κωφωθεὶς πρὸς τοὺς λόγους ἐσίγησα ἀφ' ω ν ἠρξάμην λέγειν ἀγαθῶν· ἀρξάμενος γὰρ η μην περὶ ἀναμαρτησίας λέγειν· η ἐξ ἀγαθῶν δογμάτων διειληφὼς ο τι οὐ δεῖ ἀποκρίνεσθαι πρὸς ἐρεθίζοντας λόγους, ἐσίγησα μηδὲν πρὸς αὐτοὺς φθεγξάμενος, ο πως, ἐκείνου λέγοντος τὰ προειρημένα, μὴ τὸ α λγημα, ο ἐξ αἰσθήσεως ε σχον ο τε τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπηλλατόμην, ἀνανεούμενον καὶ ἀνακαινιζόμενον γεγένηται, ἀλγήσας πάλιν ἐφ' οι ς ὠνείδισε λέγων τὰ πεπραγμένα μοι. 390 Ps 38,4ab ̓Εκ τῶν λόγων τοῦ συστάντος κατενώπιόν μου ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἐθερμάνθη διαπυρωθεῖσα ἡ καρδία μου. ἐπεὶ δὲ μηδὲν ἐφθεγξάμην ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων λογισμῶν ἐντός μου, ἡ θέρμανσις ἐφυλάχθη καὶ ̓Εν τῇ μελέτῃ μου ἐκκαυθήσεται πῦρ. ὁ μὴ ἐκλύτως ἀλλὰ σπουδαίως καὶ διαπύρως μελετῶν τὰ θεῖα ἐρεῖ τὸν

Participation in the Image and Divine Discipline§75

75With the verse set before him, the fire of such study consumes the pre-existing exhaustion.

Regarding the sinner he says: 'I was deaf and humbled and was silent' (Ps 38:4c); but regarding God: 'I spoke in my tongue' (Ps 38:4c). He who brings forth words in his own tongue from genuine desire and intention is different from him who speaks deceitfully in a foreign tongue. And since we have a tongue even within the human being, which is strictly our own tongue, by which it is possible to speak from a disposition.

Since I have begun to live according to human life and expect its end, this is not clear to me; make known to me my end, so that having learned the multitude of the years of life in the flesh, I may know whom I must aim for (Ps 38:5). What have I accomplished, and what is lacking to me for the completion of perfection? And so it is: since every wise man acts and works toward a certain perfection and goal, it is necessary to have knowledge of this, to know what the end is set for living and what is the number of the days according to the decrees of truth. For one is not wise if he does not know what he lacks for the fulfillment of the goal; just as one intending to take up a certain science asks the teacher: 'Show me how many the decrees of the science are, so that I may know which they are, and by which I lack the peak.'

Having passed from life into the struggle, I was enrolled to contend, as at the beginning having the wrestling match against blood and flesh, but having surpassed the child and becoming a man, I am at the beginning against the rulers of the powers of this darkness, so that the struggle may be mine (Ps 38:6ab). This signifies that the Wrestler is the same as 'In the struggle, set my days' (Ps 38:6ab). Now it is possible for Substance to be said instead of Essence, such that the saying is this: my existence, being compared to yours, does not seem to be anything.

Another scripture contains: 'Behold, you have set my days of old, having a familiarity toward the old man whom I clothed' (Ps 38:6). Therefore also my substance, by which I existed in things prior to faith, is that nothing is before you except all things are vanity. All things on the earth—animals, plants, and the like—say all is vanity. Man alone living...

By these things, he is a participant in immortal life. As Psalm 38:7 says, he who, as he progresses, is being led through an image, makes this his work, being one conformed to the image of the Son of God.

But indeed every man lives being led through an image, either through that of God, observing what is according to the image, or through that of some other animal, becoming female or irrational according to its nature. And indeed the sensible and apparent world is an image of the intelligible and invisible. Man is not led through this world, which is an image, by his own will.

Having said these things concerning the common man, he says concerning each individual that they are in vain, being tossed about in the strivings concerning mortal things. For regarding each one, he says, 'He stores up and does not know for whom he gathers them' (Ps 38:8). For the one storing up upon the earth does not know who will inherit the wealth for which he himself labored; but the one storing up in heaven, having stored up for himself and not for another, knows the wealth that is inexpressible and unremovable from him.

If essence is said instead of substance, it is also from God as from a Creator; just as we exist, so this substance of ours is from Him, imparting to us the existence of things happening by necessity. Since, having hoped to be delivered from all my iniquities, I have not attained this (Ps 38:11), the fool reproaches, as if holding your handiwork in his hand: 'From the strength of the power of your hand I have been cut off' (Ps 38:12). For if the striking hand lashes strongly, the one being lashed is cut off by such a thing.

And from the present word we learn that the things being said are not other than the lashes of God, not rebuking us. For after saying, 'Remove your lashes from me,' they have come to be in reproofs concerning iniquity. For man is disciplined by reproofs offered concerning iniquity, his soul having been stretched out to cast away all fleshy thickness. Then indeed he is able to weave according to the spider, not having matter lying outside him, but bringing forth this from where and from himself. The word is able also to make manifest the unsubstantial nature of the evil thoughts of the soul, just as it is said in Isaiah concerning the sinners, 'They weave a spider's web' (Isa 59:5).

Greek · §75

προκείμενον στίχον, ἐξαπτομένου πυρὸς ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης μελέτης διεσθίοντος τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν μοχθηρὰν ε ξιν. 391 Ps 38,4c Πρὸς μὲν τὸν ἁμαρτωλόν φησιν· ̓Εκωφώθην καὶ ἐταπεινώθην καὶ ἐσίγησα· πρὸς δὲ τὸν θεόν· ̓Ελάλησα ἐν γλώσσῃ μου. ὁ ἀπὸ γνησίου πόθου καὶ φρονήματος προφέρων λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ λαλεῖ, τοῦ δολερῶς φθεγγομένου γλώσσῃ ἀλλοτρίᾳ λαλοῦντος. καὶ ε τι ἐπεὶ ε χομεν καὶ ἐν τῷ ε σω ἀνθρώπῳ γλῶσσαν, κυρίως ἡμῶν αυ τη γλῶσσά ἐστιν, καθ' η ν ἀπὸ διαθέσεως ε στιν λαλεῖν. 392 Ps 38,5 ̓Επεὶ ἀρξάμενος τοῦ ζῆν κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωὴν καὶ τέλος αὐτῆς προσδοκῶ, α δηλον δέ μοι τοῦτο, σύ μοι γνώρισον τὸ πέρας 81 μου, ι να τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐτῶν τῆς μετὰ σαρκὸς ζωῆς μαθὼν καὶ τίνα μοι κατορθοῦσθαι δεῖ γνῶ. τί μὲν πεποίηκα, τί δὲ λείπει μοι πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν τελειώσεως; Η καὶ ου τως· ἐπεὶ πᾶς συνετὸς πράσσει καὶ ἐνεργεῖ ἐπὶ τέλει τινὶ ο καὶ σκοπὸς καλεῖται, δεῖ δὲ τούτου γνῶσιν ε χειν, ευ χεται γνῶναι τί τὸ τέλος καθ' ο ζῆν προτέθειται καὶ τίς ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν κατὰ τὰ θεωρήματα τῆς ἀληθείας ἡμερῶν. ου τω γὰρ ει σεται τί αὐτῷ ὑστερεῖ πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν τοῦ σκοποῦ· ὡσεὶ καὶ ἐπιστήμην τις προθέμενος ἀναλαβεῖν ε φασκε τῷ διδασκάλῳ· Τὰ θεωρήματα τῆς ἐπιστήμης δήλωσον πόσα ἐστίν, ι να γνῶ ποῖα ε σχον, ποίοις δ' ἀκμὴν ὑστεροῦμαι. 393 Ps 38,6ab ̓Εξ ου εἰς τὸν βίον παρῆλθον, εἰς τὸ ἀγωνίσασθαι ἀνεγράφη, ὡς κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἀρχὴν ε χειν τὴν πάλην πρὸς αι μα καὶ σάρκα, ὑπερβὰς δὲ τὸν παῖδα καὶ ἀνὴρ γενόμενος πρὸς ἀρχάς, πρὸς ἐξουσίας κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τούτου, ει ναί μοι τὸν ἀγῶνα. σημαίνει ου ν τὸ Παλαιστὰς ει ναι ταὐτὸν τῷ ̓Εν ἀγῶνι ε θου τὰς ἡμέρας μου. ∆ύναται δὲ νῦν ̔Υπόστασις ἀντὶ οὐσίας λέγεσθαι, ι ν' ῃ τὸ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτον· ἡ υ παρξις ἡ ἐμὴ τῇ σῇ παραβαλλομένη οὐδ' ει ναί τι δοκεῖ. 394 Ps 38,6 ̔Ετέρα δὲ περιέχει γραφή· ̓Ιδοὺ παλαιὰς ε θου τὰς ἡμέρας μου, οἰκειότητα ἐχούσας πρὸς τὸν παλαιὸν α νθρωπον ο ν ἐνεδυσάμην. διὸ Καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου, καθ' η ν ὑφιστάμην τὰ πρὸ τῆς πίστεως πράγματα, ὡς οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐνώπιόν σου πλὴν τὰ σύμπαντα ματαιότης. πάντα ματαιότητα λέγει τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ζῷα, φυτά, καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια. μόνος ὁ α νθρωπος ζῶν ἐστιν παρὰ ταῦτα μετέχων ἀθανάτου ζωῆς. 395 Ps 38,7 ̔Ο ἐν τῷ προκόπτειν διαπορευόμενος εἰκόνος θείας μετέχων τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ω ν σύμμορφος τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ε τι Μέντοιγε πᾶς α νθρωπος ζῶν ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται, η τοι τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ, τηρῶν τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα, η α λλου τινὸς ζῴου ι ππος θηλυμανὴς η α λλο τι α λογον κατὰ τὸ η θος γινόμενος. καὶ ε τι ὁ αἰσθητὸς καὶ φαινόμενος κόσμος εἰκών ἐστιν τοῦ νοητοῦ καὶ ἀοράτου. αὐτεξουσίως ου ν διαπορεύεται ὁ α νθρωπος ἐν τούτῳ τῷ κόσμῳ ο ς ἐστιν εἰκών. εἰπὼν δὲ περὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὰ εἰρημένα, περὶ τῶν καθ' ε καστά φησιν ὡς μάτην ταρασσομένων ἐν ταῖς περὶ τὰ θνητὰ σπουδαῖς. περὶ ἑκάστου γοῦν ἐπιφέρει τὸ Θησαυρίζει καὶ οὐ γινώσκει τίνι συνάγει αὐτά. ὁ γὰρ θησαυρίζων ἐπὶ γῆς οὐκ οι δεν τίς διαδέχεται τὸν πλοῦτον ὑπὲρ ου αὐτὸς ἐσπούδασεν· ὁ δὲ θησαυρίζων ἐν οὐρανῷ ἑαυτῷ καὶ οὐκ α λλῳ θησαυρίσας οι δεν τίνι, ἐπιστάμενος τὸν πλοῦτον ο ντα ἀναφαίρετον αὐτοῦ. 396 Ps 38,8b Κα ν ἡ οὐσία ἀντὶ τῆς ὑποστάσεως λέγηται, καὶ αὐτὴ παρὰ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὡς ἐκ δημιουργοῦ· κα ν καθὸ ὑφιστάμεθα, καὶ αυ τη ἡ ὑπόστασις ἡμῶν παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐνδιδόντος ἡμῖν τὸ ὑφίστασθαι τὰ συμβαίνοντα κα ν ἐπίπονα ῃ . 397 Ps 38,11 ̓Επεὶ ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν μου ἀξιώσας τέως τούτου οὐ τετύχηκα, ὀνειδίζει ὁ α φρων ὡς τὸ σὸν ποίημα ὑποχείριον ε χων· ̓Απὸ γὰρ τῆς ἰσχύος τῆς χειρός σου ἐγὼ ἐξέλειπον. ο τ' α ν γὰρ ἡ κολάζουσα χεὶρ ἰσχυρῶς μαστίζῃ, ἐκλείπει ὁ κολαζόμενος καθ' ο τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. 398 Ps 38,12ab Καὶ ἐκ τῆς παρούσης λέξεως μανθάνομεν τὰς λεγομένας μάστιγας τοῦ θεοῦ μὴ α λλας ου σας ἐλέγχων. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ εἰπεῖν ̓Απόστησον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὰς μάστιγάς σου ἐπενήνεκται τὸ ̓Εν ἐλεγμοῖς ὑπὲρ ἀνομίας ει ναι αὐτάς· τοῖς γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἀνομίας προσφερομένοις ἐλεγμοῖς παιδεύεται α νθρωπος, ἐκτηκομένης τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀποβαλεῖν πᾶσαν σαρκώδη παχύτητα. τότε γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἀράχνην ὑφαίνειν δύναται, οὐκ ε ξωθεν ὑποκειμένην υ λην ἀλλ' οι κοθεν ταύτην καὶ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ προφέρων. δύναται καὶ τὸ ἀνυπόστατον τῶν φαύλων τῆς ψυχῆς λογισμῶν δηλοῦν ἡ λέξις, ω σπερ ἐν ̔Ησαίᾳ περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ει ρηται ̔Ιστὸν ἀράχνης ὑφαίνουσιν. ο ταν τὰ

True Madness vs False Divination and the Fulfillment of Sacrifice§76

76Let the spider-like webs of the reproaches against lawlessness be destroyed; the soul of the one reproached is entangled like a spider's web (Ps 38:13-14).

Since he is not himself asking for much, he prays that he might be granted something to spend his life in, so that he might find refreshment after being worn out by perfect goods. For if he departs not as he should but as one lacking, he shall no longer exist—not in the sense of being destroyed into non-existence (for the soul is both immortal and indestructible), but in the sense of no longer being in participation of Being. For this is what truly is being: to participate in the One who says, 'I am the Being,' meaning that those not having this participation do not exist according to what was said in prayer to God: 'Do not give your scepter to those who are not' (Ps 39:3ab). Longing to participate in this existence, he prays that time might be given to him to find refreshment in the participation of Being, so that he may truly exist.

He calls idolatry a pit of misery, as those drawing from it are being miserable; for they draw nothing from that which is useful for life, just as Jeremiah, reproaching the Jews, said: 'They have dug for themselves broken pits, in which no water can be held' (Jer 2:13). Pleasures are a mud of clay, since they are dust and corruption of bodies and mere pits; whereas on the other hand, Christ saved the mortals through the faith in him and through the preaching.

Those who think that nothing is made manifest in the Scripture apart from the Word say: 'As one having attained a small good, he set the feet of the body upon the sensible rock, and thus he thanks the one who gifted this.' But we say that he who, having been freed from the aforementioned pit and mud, has been established upon the unshakeable and immovable perfection according to virtue, proclaims the things to come; for he follows the one standing on the rock, and his steps are directed by the passing Lord from evil to virtue and from mortal things to immortal things, and indeed according to every progress (Ps 39:4ab).

It is fitting that the moral discourse is new by the novelty of the spirit, and perhaps even new by Aisma, while theology is a hymn. He says that life's pursuits are to be called vanity, and false teachings and false prophecies are to be called madness. It should be noted, however, that as...

He added 'false' to 'madnesses' in contrast to true madnesses; for perhaps those seized prophetically possess a true madness, while false diviners possess a false madness.

Regarding Ps 39:6b, he speaks of the thoughts of God, meaning the deliberations occurring according to God's providence. To these, he says, no created thing shall be found resembling the mind of the Lord which knows all. Regarding Ps 39:6c, 'Your wonderful works and your thoughts'; for if anyone wished to examine something regarding depth, he would find it even more obscure than before: 'If I said, I will act wisely, but it has escaped from me far away, and a deep depth, who can find it?'

Regarding Ps 39:7, the Epistle to the Hebrews says that these upcoming verses are spoken from the face of the Savior concerning the Savior: 'Therefore, entering into the world, you said, a sacrifice and an offering you did not desire,' and the rest. This provided an occasion for him to speak the whole psalm, maintaining the same person until the end of what is said. Now, having passed the time of the shadow, according to which sacrifice and offering were brought, God, not wishing for worship through these things, perfected a body from the Virgin for the Son, so that whole burnt offerings and sacrifices concerning sin would no longer be pleasing. When the Savior said to the Father, 'Behold, I have come to do your will,' according to the will by which He removes the sin of the world, He himself, having been taken and brought forward for the sin of all, so that once remission has occurred, there is no longer a need for the sacrifice concerning sins.

Regarding Ps 39:8b-9a, he says the heading of the book calls all the God-breathed writing both legal and prophetic: 'For in this it is written concerning the coming conduct of the Savior.' And it is a heading because it summarizes all into one. And it is the becoming of the Savior a man, so that the will of the Lord might be done. It should be noted, however, that the concurrent will is something else, standing as a different will from the deliberative hypostasis which is of the one Willing.

Regarding Ps 39:9b, 'You have written it upon my leading principle.' And everyone who does according to the spiritual law has the law in his heart, that is, in his own disposition.

Greek · §76

ε ργα τὰ ἀράχνη ἐοικότα ἐκ τῶν ἐλέγχων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀνομίας ἀφανισθῇ, ἐκτήκεται ὡς ἡ ἀράχνη ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ ἐλεγχομένου. 399 Ps 38,13.14 ̓Επεὶ οι δεν ε τι ἑαυτὸν πολλῶν δεόμενον, παρακαλεῖ ἐνδοθῆναι αὐτῷ ε τι ἐνδιατρίψαι ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ, ο πως 82 ἀναψύξῃ κατατρυφήσας ἐν τελείοις ἀγαθοῖς. εἰ γὰρ μὴ ου τως ἀλλ' ε τι λείπων ἀπέλθοι, οὐκέτι μὴ ὑπάρξῃ, οὐ τῷ καταστρέφειν εἰς τὸ μὴ ο ν (ἀθάνατος γὰρ καὶ ἀνώλεθρος ἡ ψυχὴ) ἀλλὰ τῷ μηκέτι ἐν μετοχῇ τοῦ ο ντος ὑπάρχειν. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ἀληθῶς ει ναι τυγχάνει, τὸ μετέχειν τοῦ εἰρηκότος· ̓Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ω ν, λεγομένων μὴ ει ναι τῶν ταύτην τὴν μετοχὴν οὐκ ἐχόντων κατὰ τὸ λελεγμένον ἐν εὐχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν· Μὴ παραδῷς τὸ σκῆπτρόν σου τοῖς μὴ ου σιν. ταύτης τῆς ὑπάρξεως μετασχεῖν ποθῶν ευ χεται καιρὸν αὐτῷ δοθῆναι τοῦ ἀναψύξαι τῇ μετουσίᾳ τοῦ ο ντος, ι ν' ἀληθῶς ὑπάρξῃ. 400 Ps 39,3ab Λάκκον ταλαιπωρίας τὴν εἰδωλολατρίαν καλεῖ, ὡς ταλαιπωρουμένων τῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀντλούντων· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀντλοῦσιν τῶν εἰς ζωὴν ἐπιτηδείων, ο περ ̔Ιερεμίας ὀνειδίζων τοὺς ̓Ιουδαίους ε λεγεν Ωρυξαν ἑαυτοῖς λάκκουςσυντετριμμένους οι οὐ δυνήσονται υ δωρ συνέχειν· Πηλὸν ἰλύος τὰς ἡδονάς, ἐπειδὴ τρὺξ αυ τη καὶ φθορὰ σωμάτων καὶ σηπεδόνες τυγχάνουσιν, ὡς ἐξ ἑκατέρου δὲ ὁ Χριστὸς τὰ ε θνη διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ τοῦ κηρύγματος ε σωσεν. 401 Ps 39,3cδ Οἱ παρὰ τῆς λέξεως μηδὲν δηλοῦσθαι ἐν τῇ γραφῇ νομίζοντες λέγουσιν· ὡς α ν πηλίκου ἀγαθοῦ τυχὼν ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθητῆς πέτρας τοὺς πόδας τοῦ σώματος στάς, ου τως εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ τοῦτο δωρησαμένῳ. ἡμεῖς δέ φαμεν ο τι ὁ τῶν προειρημένων λάκκου καὶ πηλοῦ ἀπαλλαγεὶς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρραγῆ καὶ ἀκλόνητον κατ' ἀρετὴν τελειότητα ἱδρυνθεὶς ἀπαγγέλλει τὰ προκείμενα· τῷ γὰρ ου τω στάντι ἐπὶ πέτραν ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ τὸ κατευθύνεσθαι τὰ διαβήματα αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ κυρίου διαβαίνοντος ἀπὸ κακίας εἰς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἀπὸ θνητῶν εἰς ἀθάνατα ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ πᾶσαν προκοπήν. 402 Ps 39,4ab Οἰκεῖον τῇ καινότητι τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ τάχα Αισμα καινὸν ὁ ἠθικός ἐστιν λόγος, υ μνος δὲ ἡ θεολογία. 403 Ps 39,5b Ματαιότητας ἡγητέον λέγειν αὐτὸν τὰς βιωτικὰς σπουδάς, Μανίας δὲ ψευδεῖς τὰς ψευδεῖς διδασκαλίας καὶ ψευδοπροφητείας. σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι, ὡς οὐσῶν ἀληθινῶν μανιῶν, προσέθηκεν τὸ Ψευδεῖς ταῖς μανίαις· τάχα γὰρ οἱ προφητικῶς κατεχόμενοι ἀληθῆ ε χουσιν μανίαν, οἱ δὲ ψευδομάντεις μανίαν ψευδῆ. 404 Ps 39,6b ∆ιαλογισμοὺς δὲ θεοῦ λέγει τούς, ι ν' ου τως ει πω, ἐκλογισμοὺς τῶν κατὰ πρόνοιαν θεοῦ γινομένων. τούτοις ου ν, φησίν, τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς σου οὐκ εὑρεθείη τις τῶν γενητῶν ὁμοιούμενος τῷ μηδένα ει ναι τὸν γινώσκοντα νοῦν κυρίου. 405 Ps 39,6c Τὰ θαυμάσια καὶ οἱ διαλογισμοί σου· ο ταν γάρ τις περὶ βάθεός τινος διεξελθεῖν ἐθέλοι, τότε μᾶλλον ἀσαφέστερον εὑρήσει αὐτὸ η πρότερον· Ει πα γὰρ Σοφισθήσομαι, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐμακρύνθη ἀπ' ἐμοῦ μακρὰν ὑπὲρ ο η ν, καὶ βαθὺ βάθος, τίς εὑρήσει αὐτήν; 406 Ps 39,7 Τούτους δὲ τοὺς προκειμένους στίχους ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρῆσθαι ἡ Πρὸς ̔Εβραίους ἐπιστολή φησιν φάσκουσα περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ∆ιὸ εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον λέγει Θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν οὐκ ἠθέλησας, καὶ τὰ λοιπά. παρέσχεν ου ν ἀφορμὴν τοῦ ο λον τὸν ψαλμὸν εἰρῆσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τηροῦντα τὸ αὐτὸ πρόσωπον μέχρι τέλους τοῦ λέγοντος. παρελθόντος τοίνυν τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς σκιᾶς καθ' ο ν θυσία καὶ προσφορὰ προσήγετο, οὐκέτι τὴν διὰ τούτων λατρείαν βουληθεὶς ὁ θεός, κατηρτίσατο ἐκ τῆς παρθένου σῶμα τῷ υἱῷ, ὡς μηκέτι εὐδοκεῖν ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας. τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰπόντος τῷ πατρὶ ̓Ιδοὺ η κω ἐπὶ τὸ θέλημά σου, καθ' ο θέλημα η ρεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, αὐτὸς τυθεὶς καὶ προσενεχθεὶς ὑπὲρ τῆς πάντων ἁμαρτίας, ι να ἀφέσεως γεναμένης μηκέτι χρεία ῃ τῆς περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν θυσίας. 407 Ps 39,8b.9a Κεφαλίδα βιβλίου πᾶσαν τὴν θεόπνευστον γραφὴν νομικήν τε καὶ προφητικὴν λέγει· ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ γέγραπται περὶ τῆς δεῦρο φοιτήσεως τοῦ σωτῆρος. ̓Εν κεφαλίδι δὲ ει πεν διὰ τὸ τὴν πᾶσαν εἰς ε ν ἀνακεφαλαιοῦσθαι. Εστι δὲ τὸ τὸν σωτῆρα α νθρωπον γενέσθαι, ο πως ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου βουληθῇ. 83 σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι τὸ συντρέχον βούλημα ἐξ α λλου ἑτέρῳ θελήματι παραστατικόν ἐστιν τοῦ ὁμοούσιον ει ναι τὴν βουλευτικὴν ὑπόστασιν τῇ τοῦ θέλοντος οὐσίᾳ. 408 Ps 39,9b ̓Εγγράψας αὐτὸν τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ μου. καὶ πᾶς δὲ ὁ κατὰ τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον ποιωθεὶς ε χοι α ν τὸν νόμον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ ε ξει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ. 409

Repentance and the Care of God§77

77Regarding Psalm 39:10, 11a: A great assembly is being filled from many and perfect ones. In this, the righteousness established through the faith of Jesus is being preached. Proclaiming this unceasingly and continuously, he says: 'My lips I shall by no means restrain.' He himself says: 'I knew my righteousness, having accepted this and being at home in it.'

Regarding Psalm 39:11c: He speaks of a great gathering collected from all nations, in which he says he is proclaiming the lion of God and the truth with boldness, saying these things are not hidden. Perhaps he proclaims the lion by declaring the forgiveness of sins occurring according to the lion, and the truth by being set in opposition to the shadow.

Regarding Psalm 39:12, 13: While I am doing the things foretold, You, O Lord, do not let Your mercies be far from me; have mercy on those who benefit through me. For the greater part of salvation does not arise solely from the working of God's mercy, but also the truth, taking hold, preserves one lest they be caught in a deception or some other error. For lawlessnesses pursue the judgment of enemies against the one fleeing them; if they do not grasp them, the visual power of the soul is hindered so as not to be able to see the one catching them. Perhaps the lawlessnesses are being pursued by the evil powers working them. And they have multiplied beyond the hairs of my head; that is, the evils surrounding us are multiplying unperceived. With these many things having happened, being deprived of thinking rightly, we have been left abandoned from the heart.

Regarding Psalm 39:15, 16: Since the psalm is single-personed and is said of Christ, it must be said that those who have only the body saying, 'You used the Body for me, what also the soul confesses to have sought,' are lost—those who wrongly think this, praying lest they also be ashamed and fall into error. Just as those hurrying toward virtue have a command not to turn to the rear (for this is destruction), so the...

As evils rush upon them, let them hasten to turn back to the things behind, setting aside the bad intention; for then they are able to be shamed even in the sense of perception. Let those saying to me 'Well indeed, well indeed' immediately bring upon themselves shame. He who accepts sinlessness desires that no one should come into sin. But if anyone should go astray, 'well indeed', how he is immediately shamed for the bad and arrogant things he is doing, saying 'Well indeed, well indeed' (Ps 39:17, 18a).

Those seeking the Lord have an end to the seeking, which is to find him; and upon having found him, they rejoice and are glad with rejoicings and gladness. For someone having sought and having found God, and desiring to magnify him, wants to love the salvation of God, either the salvation from him or the Savior himself. And he loves him through all things and not for a little while. Toward the possession of good things, having confessed himself to God as weak, poor, and needy, he entrusts the care concerning himself to God, casting his care upon the Lord as upon a guardian (Ps 40:2b).

An evil day is the day of judgment, in which the God who pitied may pity the one pitied, and he is saved from every punishment; and perhaps even the whole existing life is an evil day, in which the Lord himself saves from those standing around (Ps 40:2b, 3a). Let the evil day and the day of punishment be understood. But he says 'to live' him the true life in the land of the gentle (Ps 40:3b, 4).

And he who is prevented from being delivered into the hands of his enemies is such as these, namely the souls of the enemies. And he will add to the one who understands concerning the poor and the needy, and these things following: 'For the Lord will help him at his bed of pain, and will turn his whole bed in his sickness, delivering him from human sickness, also granting him the health of the soul, even if there should happen to him some sickness of the soul (of which many things happen, as the apostle teaches, saying: 'Because of this among you...')

Greek · §77

Ps 39,10.11a Μεγάλη ἐκκλησία ἡ ἐκ μεγάλων καὶ τελείων συμπληρουμένη. ἐν ταύτῃ ου ν εὐαγγελίζεται δικαιοσύνην τὴν διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ συνισταμένην. ταύτην δὲ ἀδιαστάτως καὶ συνεχῶς ἀπαγγέλλων ἐρεῖ· Τὰ χείλη μου οὐ μὴ κωλύσω. αὐτὸς δέ φησιν· Εγνως τὴν δικαιοσύνην μου, ταύτην ἀποδεξάμενος καὶ οἰκειούμενος. 410 Ps 39,11c Πολλὴν συναγωγὴν τὴν ἀπὸ πάντων ἐθνῶν συνηγμένην λέγει, ἐν ῃ τὸν ε λεον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν μετὰ παρρησίας ἀπαγγέλλων φησὶν μὴ κεκρυφέναι αὐτά. καὶ τάχα ε λεον μὲν ἀπαγγέλλει δηλῶν τὴν κατ' ε λεον γινομένην α φεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, ἀλήθειαν δὲ τὴν ἀντιδιαστελλομένην τῇ σκιᾷ. 411 Ps 39,12.13 ̓Εμοῦ τὰ προειρημένα ποιοῦντος, Σύ, ω κύριε, μὴ μακρύνῃς τοὺς οἰκτιρμούς σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, οἰκτείρων τοὺς ὑπ' ἐμοῦ ὠφελουμένους. τὸ γὰρ πλεῖστον τῆς σωτηρίας οὐ τοσοῦτον ἐξ ε ργων ο σον ἐξ ἐλέου θεοῦ παραγίνεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἀντιλαμβανομένη φυλάττει μὴ ἁλῶναι ἀπάτῃ η ἑτέρᾳ τινὶ πλάνῃ. αἱ γὰρ ἀνομίαι δίκην πολεμίων διώκουσι τὸν φεύγειν αὐτὰς προελόμενον· ἐὰν ου ν καταλάβωσιν, ἐμποδίζεται ἡ ὁρατικὴ τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμις ω στε μὴ δύνασθαι βλέπειν τὸν ἁλόντα. τάχα δὲ ἀνομίαι καταδιώκουσαί εἰσιν αἱ ἐνεργοῦσαι αὐτὰς πονηραὶ δυνάμεις. Καὶ ἐπληθύνθησαν ὑπὲρ τὰς τρίχας τῆς κεφαλῆς μου· τουτέστιν, τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀναίσθητα πληθύνεται κακά. τούτων πολλῶν γεγενημένων, στερόμενοι τοῦ ὀρθῶς διανοεῖσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας ἐγκατελείφθημεν. 412 Ps 39,15.16 ̓Επεὶ μονοπρόσωπος ὁ ψαλμὸς ω ν ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ λέγεται, ῥητέον καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μόνον σῶμα πεφορηκέναι τὸν κύριον λέγοντας χρωμένους τῷ Σῶμα δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι, ο τι καὶ ψυχὴν ὁμολογεῖ ε χειν, η ν ζητοῦσιν ἀνώλεθρον ου σαν ἐξᾶραι οἱ τοῦτο ἐσφαλμένως νομίζοντες, ου ς καὶ αἰσχυνθῆναι καὶ ἐντραπῆναι ευ χεται. Ωσπερ δὲ οἱ σπεύδοντες ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐντολὴν ε χουσιν μὴ στραφῆναι εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω (ὀλέθριον γὰρ τοῦτο), ου τως οἱ πρὸς τὰ κακὰ ἐπειγόμενοι σπευδέτωσαν ἀποστρέφεσθαι εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀθετοῦντες τὴν φαύλην πρόθεσιν· τότε γὰρ καὶ τὸ ἐξ αἰσθήσεως αἰσχυνθῆναι ε ξουσιν. Κομισάσθωσαν παραχρῆμα αἰσχύνην αὐτῶν οἱ λέγοντές μοι Ευ γε ευ γε. ὁ ἀναμαρτησίαν ἀποδεχόμενος οὐδένα βούλεται γενέσθαι ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ. εἰ δὲ καὶ πλανηθείη τις, ευ χεται, ο πως παραχρῆμα αἰσχυνθῇ ἐφ' οι ς πράττων κακῶς ἀλαζονικῶς λέγει Ευ γε ευ γε. 413 Ps 39,17.18a Οἱ ἐκζητοῦντες τὸν κύριον τέλος ε χουσι τῆς ἐκζητήσεως τοῦ εὑρεῖν αὐτόν· ἐφ' ῳ εὑρεθέντι ἀγαλλιῶνται καὶ εὐφραίνονται ἀγαλλίασιν καὶ εὐφροσύνην. Ζητήσας γάρ τις καὶ εὑρὼν τὸν θεὸν καὶ μεγαλυνθῆναι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ βούλεται ἀγαπῶν τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ η τοι τὴν παρ' αὐτοῦ σωτηρίαν η τὸν σωτῆρα λόγον. ἀγαπᾷ δὲ διὰ παντὸς καὶ οὐ πρὸς ὀλίγον. Πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν κτῆσιν ἀσθενῶν πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα ὁμολογήσας ἑαυτὸν τῷ θεῷ τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ φροντίδα ἀνατίθησιν, ἐπιρρίπτων τὴν μέριμναν ἐπὶ κύριον ὡς ἐπὶ κηδεμόνα. 414 Ps 40,2b ̔Ημέρα πονηρὰ ἡ τῆς κρίσεως ει ναι δύναται ἐν ῃ τὸν ἐλεήσαντα ἐλεῶν ὁ θεὸς ῥύεται πάσης κολάσεως· τάχα δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἐνεστηκὼς βίος ἡμέρα ἐστὶν πονηρὰ ἐν ῃ καὶ αὐτῇ ῥύεται κύριος ἀπὸ τῶν περιεστηκότων. 415 Ps 40,2b.3a Νοηθείη δὲ ἡμέρα πονηρὰ καὶ ἡ τῆς κολάσεως. τὸ δὲ Ζῆσαι αὐτόν φησιν τὴν ἀληθινὴν ζωὴν ἐν τῇ γῇ τῶν πραέων. 416 Ps 40,3b.4 Οὐ παραδίδοται δὲ εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ ὁ κωλυόμενος ει ναι τοιοῦτος, οι αι αἱ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ψυχαί. Προσθήσει δὲ τῷ συνιέντι ἐπὶ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα καὶ τὰ τούτοις ἑξῆς· ̔Ο κύριος βοηθήσει γὰρ 84 αὐτῷ ἐπὶ κλίνης ὀδύνης αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν κοίτην αὐτοῦ στρέψει ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀπαλλάττων αὐτὸν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀρρωστίας χαριζόμενός τε αὐτῷ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγείαν, ω στ' εἰ καὶ συμβαίη αὐτῷ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀρρώστημά τι (ὁποῖα πολλὰ συμβαίνει γίνεσθαι, ω σπερ ου ν ὁ ἀπόστολος διδάσκει λέγων· ∆ιὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν

The Thirst of the Soul and the Divine Springs§78

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

78the standing of the apostles

Having come to be. Ps 40:14 Blessed indeed is the one whom the Lord blesses, and blessed means that which is worthy of being blessed eternally. Since the one is being blessed by the God of Israel, the 'may it become' prays 'may it become'; not that the prayer makes God blessed, just as neither the name of God is sanctified by the prayer of those saying, 'Hallowed be thy name.' This was said concerning these things in the previous parts.

Ps 41:1 But the three sons of Kore were arranged with others to sing the awesome psalms, which the Scripture also calls hymns, in which also the names are carried in Chronicles. So not the three, being equipped with the same mind and the same judgment, having been united in that which agrees concerning all things, in a unified way pronounce all things in the present psalm.

Ps 41:2a The deer, a creature warring against the eyes and eating them, if ever, having eaten, were to burn from the approaching venom of the serpent, seeks with haste the springs of water to quench the thirst. But those saying that she who wishes to see herself in the waters traces the springs, so that she might know the pollution having happened to her from the blood of the eyes, so that she might cleanse it; for in the scattering of the eyes, they sprinkle the divine blood into it. And the holy one, not lifting up the eyes against serpents and scorpions by which he received authority from Jesus, but also avenging every disobedience, being a spiritual deer, hastens to track out divine springs of water, since the God says, 'You abandoned me, a spring of living water' (Jer 2:13), and concerning the savior it is said to someone, 'You abandoned the spring of wisdom' (Prov 5:2), and the Holy Spirit concerning whom the Word announced, 'I will cause him to drink from the water, I will give to him; there shall be made in him a spring of water springing up unto eternal life' (John 4:14). Perhaps also every inspired Scripture proves to be a saving spring.

Ps 41:3 The intention of the diligent toward God is like that of the deer toward the springs of water with longing. And since they, in the present life, through a mirror, present him to God, having the face to face set aside for the things after this, pray that a time may be established through which, having come, he might appear before the face of God. And it is: since a shadow...

Greek · §78

πολλοὶ ἀσθενεῖς καὶ α ρρωστοι) καὶ ταύτην μεταβάλλει τὴν ἀρρωστίαν. καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δὲ πάντα παρέξει ὁ κύριος τῷ συνιέντι ἐπὶ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα. 417 Ps 40,5b ̓Εκ τούτων μανθάνομεν ο τι νόσος καὶ τρῶσις ψυχῆς ἁμαρτία. 418 Ps 40,7–9 Τούτους τοὺς στίχους περὶ ̓Ιούδα ἑρμηνεύουσιν. ου τος γὰρ ε ξω τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων καταστάσεως η δη γενόμενος. ὁ ̓Ιούδας ἀφ' ου προέθετο προδοῦναι τὸν διδάσκαλον εἰσιὼν προσποιητῶς ὡς α ν ε τι ἀπόστολος μάτην ἐλάλει ̔Ραββί, καὶ διδάσκαλον προσαγορεύων ̓Ιησοῦν, τῆς καρδίας ἑαυτοῦ ἀνομίαν ἑαυτῷ συναγαγούσης. βαλόντος γὰρ τοῦ διαβόλου εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ φιλοχρηματίαν, ἐπισυνήγαγε καὶ τὸ προδοῦναι τὸν ̓Ιησοῦν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἀπάγξασθαι. ου τος δὲ καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος, τουτέστιν ε ξω γινόμενος τῆς ̓Ιησοῦ μαθητείας, ἐλάλει ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῖς Φαρισαίοις κατὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος. καὶ ἐπεὶ λάθρα συνετίθεντο περὶ τῆς δόσεως τῶν τριάκοντα ἀργυρίων, κατ' αὐτοῦ ἐψιθύριζον πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ· τὸ γὰρ ψιθυρίζειν ἀπαρρησίαστον φθέγμα. αὐτοὶ ου ν ου τοι οἱ προθέμενοι ψιθυρίζειν κατὰ τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ λόγον παράνομον κατέθεντο κατ' αὐτοῦ· τὸ γὰρ ἀγοράζειν καὶ πιπράσκειν αι μα ἀθῷον παρανόμου συνθήκης ε ργον. πρὸς τούτους δὲ ματαιουργοῦντας Τί μάταια σπουδάζετε ει πεν, Η δοκεῖτε ο τι ο ν περιβάλλετε θανάτῳ οὐκ ἀνίσταται; ι στε ο τι ὁ κοιμώμενος Προσθήσει τοῦ ἀναστῆναι. προσθήκη γὰρ ἀναιρετικὴ τοῦ θανάτου ἀνάστασις. 419 Ps 40,10 Θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν, ἐρεῖ ὁ σωτήρ, εἰ οἱ ἐχθροί μου κατ' ἐμοῦ κατέθεντο τοιαῦτα· καὶ γὰρ ὁ α νθρωπος τῆς εἰρήνης ὁ εἰρηνεύων μοι καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ εἰρήνην σπουδάζων, ἐφ' ῳ καὶ θαρσῆσαι ἐλπίσαντα ἐπ' αὐτὸν συνέβαινεν, συνέρχεται τοῖς κατ' ἐμοῦ. ὁμοδίαιτός μοι γὰρ τυγχάνων καὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἁλῶν μεταλαμβάνων, μᾶλλον δὲ τοὺς ἐμοὺς α ρτους ἐσθίων ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν πολεμίως ἐπῆρεν φάσκων δολερῶς Χαῖρε ῥαββί, καὶ ει τι α λλο πανουργευόμενος ει πεν. σαφῶς τοίνυν ἐνταῦθα περὶ τοῦ ̓Ιούδα φησὶν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου ἐπικεκαλυμμένως περὶ αὐτοῦ διηγούμενος. 420 Ps 40,11 ∆ιὰ τοῦ ἀντεισᾶξαί μοι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀποβληθέντος ε τερον λαὸν καὶ ἀντὶ ̓Ιούδα Ματθίαν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ̓Ανάστησόν με ο πως ἀνταποδώσω αὐτοῖς, τῆς ἀνταποδόσεως πρὸς καλοῦ αὐτοῖς γενησομένης. 421 Ps 40,14 Εὐλογημένος μέν ἐστιν ο ταν ω σιν οἱ εὐλογοῦντες, εὐλογητὸς δὲ τουτέστιν α ξιον τοῦ εὐλογηθῆναι αἰωνίως. εὐλογητοῦ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ο ντος, ἐπεύχεται τὸ Γένοιτο γένοιτο, οὐχ ο τι ἡ εὐχὴ εὐλογητὸν ποιεῖ τὸν θεόν, ω σπερ οὐδὲ τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ ἁγιάζει ἡ εὐχὴ τῶν λεγόντων ̔Αγιασθήτω τὸ ο νομά σου. ει ρηται δὲ περὶ τούτων ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέροις. 422 Ps 41,1 Τρεῖς δὲ η σαν οἱ υἱοὶ Κορὲ τεταγμένοι μετὰ α λλων εἰς τὸ ᾳ δειν τοὺς θείους ψαλμούς, ου ς καὶ ᾠδοὺς ἡ γραφὴ καλεῖ, ω ν καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα φέρεται ἐν Παραλειπομέναις. ου τοι ου ν οἱ τρεῖς τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ κατηρτισμένοι, ἑνωθέντες τῷ περὶ πάντα συμφώνως ε χειν, ἑνικῶς τὰ ἐν τῷ προκειμένῳ ψαλμῷ προφέρονται πάντα. 423 Ps 41,2a ̔Η ε λαφος τὸ ζῷον πολεμίως ε χουσα πρὸς τοὺς ο φεις καὶ ἐσθίουσα αὐτούς, ει ποτε φαγοῦσα ὑπὸ τοῦ δίψους φλέγοιτο τοῦ ἐγγινομένου ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰοῦ ω ν ε φαγεν ἑρπετῶν, ζητεῖ διὰ σπουδῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων ἐπὶ τῷ ἀκέσασθαι τὸ δίψος. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ λέγοντες ο τι καὶ ἐσοπτρίσασθαι θέλουσα ἐν τοῖς υ δασιν ἰχνεύει τὰς πηγάς, ο πως ι δῃ τὸν περὶ αὐτὴν γενόμενον μολυσμὸν ἐκ τοῦ αι ματος τῶν ο φεων, ι ν' ἀπονίψηται αὐτόν· ἐν γὰρ τῷ σπαράττεσθαι τοὺς ο φεις ἀποσειόμενοι ῥαντίζουσιν εἰς αὐτὴν τὸ ι διον αι μα. Καὶ ὁ 85 α γιος ου ν ἀναιρῶν ο φεις καὶ σκορπίους καθ' η ν ει ληφεν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκδικῶν πᾶσαν παρακοήν, πνευματικὸς ω ν ε λαφος, σπεύδει ἀνιχνεύειν θείας πηγὰς ὑδάτων, οι ον τὸν θεὸν λέγοντα ̓Εμὲ ἐγκατέλιπον πηγὴν υ δατος ζῶντος, καὶ τὸν σωτῆρα περὶ ου ει ρηται πρός τινα ̓Εγκατέλιπες τὴν πηγὴν σοφίας, καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα ὑπὲρ ου ἀπήγγελται τὸ Ος δ' α ν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ υ δατος ου ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ υ δατος ἀλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. τάχα δὲ καὶ πᾶσα θεόπνευστος γραφὴ πηγαὶ σωτήριοι τυγχάνουσιν. 424 Ps 41,3 ̔Ομοιοῦται ου ν ἡ πρόθεσις τοῦ σπουδαίου πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τῷ πρὸς τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων πόθῳ τῆς ἐλάφου. καὶ ἐπεὶ οι δεν ἐν τῷ παρόντι βίῳ δι' ἐσόπτρου προσβάλλοντα αὐτὸν τῷ θεῷ, τοῦ Πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον ἀποκειμένου εἰς τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα, ευ χεται ἐνστῆναι καιρὸν καθ' ο ν ἐλθὼν ὀφθείη τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ε τι· ἐπεὶ σκιὰν

The Sea of Life and the Mercy of God§79

79As it is said that the law contains the things of the future, the festivals according to the flesh were seen as shadows and symbols of future festivals; one longs to enter the spiritual festivals, so that the face of God may be seen perfectly, being nothing other than the icon of the invisible God.

He who does not toil in vain with tears but from a disposition for the sake of virtue, his own tears shall be fed as a just reward; he calls the day not only in the bearable circumstances but also names the night in the accidental circumstances (Ps 41:4a-b). Those deceived in all things stumble, and concerning the thinking that God is in a place; mocking indeed they say, 'Where is your God?' (Ps 41:4b-5a). For after this desire, you comforted my spirit and the being mocked by those holding me as if there were no helper; and besides these, the memory of the things being performed in those places is for my healing. And 'These things I remembered, and I poured out my soul' instead of 'From despondency I was dissolving' (Ps 41:5a).

Since I am progressing and not yet perfect, and the tabernacle is a symbol of progress as it is often said, for this reason I am troubled; but the tabernacle according to God wonderfully bears upon His own dwelling, that is, the perfection through which we dwell in God (Ps 41:5bc). I shall pass through a wonderful place of tabernacling, as the dwelling of God, in a voice of rejoicing and holy confession according to the manner of those celebrating spiritually; for those celebrating spiritually hear themselves rejoicing and confessing (Ps 41:5bc).

If I were in the land of the Jordan, that is, if I were made worthy of the holy baptism, I will remember your victories (Ps 41:7b). And they also interpret 'Hermon' as the way of the lamp, as the holy baptism opening for them a way of light and radiance into the mind and heart.

The deepest words about Him are the waterfalls of God, or the divine prophets (Ps 41:8). The teaching of this Jesus calls upon the abyss, calling upon the abyss from the Old Scripture. Perhaps also, since the judgments of God are a great abyss, it is presented what is said of the judgments of others as judgments, and even those of all others are from the word of God, which is said to be a small stream (Ps 41:8).

Having the cause; for the God Word is a great sea, but a small sea through which he voluntarily remained in a state of emptying for our sake. All your billows and your waves have passed over me. The sea, which is tropical to human life, not shipwrecked in it but sailing uprightly, having experienced storms and the swellings from the winter of the sea, having arrived at the harbor of salvation, will say the verse: 'For they did not pass over me, but they passed over' (Ps 41:9a).

We have all deeply sought God manifestly as merciful, but not all of us see how he shows mercy; for often, those things occurring according to his mercy, those experiencing them painfully and not sweetly, we think they are not mercy. But he who has deeply sought, whatever God brings, he brings advantageously, that one will not say such a thing as 'Why have you forgotten me?' (Ps 41:10), unless he is discussing his own repentance.

As a dejected one goes gloomily, I inquire what the cause of this is, whether it is from myself or if I shall lift it up through repentance. For we have all deeply sought God manifestly as merciful, even if not all of us see how he shows mercy; for often, those things occurring according to his mercy, those experiencing them painfully and not sweetly, we think they are not mercy, and because of this we say: 'Why have you forgotten me?' (Ps 41:11). The one who has deeply sought, whatever God brings, he brings advantageously, and he will not say such a thing, unless he is discussing his own repentance (Ps 41:12).

Through the advancing bones of the soul, its pleasant doctrines and powers are said to be. Since it often happens to be crushed by terrible sophists, the deceivers reproach, not saying 'Where is your God upon whom you prosper?', but saying to his wisdom that it has been educated, and also concerning this suffering he reasons with his own soul, saying 'Why are you dejected? (Ps 42:5/11) For you hoped to confess upon the Lord; for certainly his face will shine upon you (Ps 42:6/12)', nothing other than the truth, as you are able to loose the deceits of those crushing your set-before bones through the truth from God. If the Lord's face is this, saying: 'But a nation not...'

...

Greek · §79

καθ' ο λου περιέχειν ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν λέγεται, αἱ δὲ ἑορταὶ καθ' α ς ὠπτάνετο τὰ ἀρσενικὰ τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ σκιαὶ καὶ σύμβολά εἰσιν μελλουσῶν ἑορτῶν, ευ χεται ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὰς πνευματικὰς ἑορτάς, ο πως τελείως ὀφθῇ τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ἑτέρου τυγχάνοντος τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου. 425 Ps 41,4a ̔Ο μὴ μάτην δακρύων ἀλλ' ἀπὸ διαθέσεως τῷ ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πονεῖν, ἐκεῖνος τὰ δάκρυα ἑαυτοῦ α ρτου δίκην τραφήσεται, οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἀνεκτοῖς μόνοις α ἡμέραν καλεῖ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς περιστατικοῖς α νύκτα ὀνομάζει. 426 Ps 41,4b Οἱ περὶ πάντα ἠπατημένοι σφάλλονται καὶ περὶ τὸ νομίζειν τὸν θεὸν ἐν τόπῳ ει ναι. ὀνειδίζοντες γοῦν λέγουσι Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεός σου; 427 Ps 41,5a Μετὰ γὰρ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ταύτης ἐπέτεινέ μοι τὴν ἀθυμίαν καὶ τὸ ὀνειδίζεσθαι παρὰ τῶν κατεχόντων ὡς οὐκ ο ντος τοῦ βοηθοῦντος· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἡ μνήμη τῶν ἐπιτελουμένων ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις εἰς θεραπείαν σήν. τὸ δὲ Ταῦτα ἐμνήσθην καὶ ἐξέχεα ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀντὶ τοῦ ̓Απὸ τῆς ἀθυμίας διελυόμην. 428 Ps 41,5bc ̓Επεὶ γὰρ προκόπτω καὶ ου πω τέλειός εἰμι, σύμβολον δὲ προκοπῆς ἡ σκηνὴ ὡς πολλάκις ει ρηται, διὰ τοῦτο τετάραγμαι· πλὴν ἡ κατὰ θεὸν σκηνὴ θαυμαστῶς φέρει ἐπὶ τὸν οι κον αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστιν τὴν τελειότητα καθ' η ν οἰκοῦμεν ε νθα θεός. ∆ιελεύσομαι δ' ἐν τόπῳ σκηνῆς θαυμαστῆς ε ως τοῦ οι κου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἱερᾶς ἐξομολογήσεως κατὰ τὸν η χον τῶν πνευματικῶς ἑορταζόντων· οἱ γὰρ πνευματικῶς ἑορτάζοντες ἠχοῦσιν ἀγαλλιώμενοι καὶ ἐξομολογούμενοι. 429 Ps 41,7b Εἰ γενοίμην ἐν τῇ γῇ τοῦ ̓Ιορδάνου, τουτέστιν εἰ ἀξιωθείην τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος, τὸ τηνικάδε σου μνησθήσομαι. διερμηνεύουσι δὲ καὶ τὸ ̔Ερμωνιεὶμ ὁδὸς λύχνου, ὡς τοῦ ἁγίου βαπτίσματος ὁδὸν αὐτοῖς ἀνοιγνύντος φωτισμοῦ καὶ αὐγῆς τῆς εἰς νοῦν καὶ καρδίαν. 430 Ps 41,8 Καταρράκται τοῦ θεοῦ οἱ περὶ αὐτοῦ βαθύτατοι λόγοι η οἱ θεῖοι προφῆται. ἡ τοῦ τοίνυν ̓Ιησοῦ διδασκαλία α βυσσος ου σα ἐπικαλεῖται τὴν α βυσσον ἐκ τῆς παλαιᾶς γραφῆς. τάχα δὲ καί, ἐπεὶ τὰ κρίματα τοῦ θεοῦ α βυσσός ἐστιν πολλή, παρίσταται ο τι τὰ κρίματα ἑτέρων η ρτηται κριμάτων κἀκεῖνα α λλων πάντων ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ, ο ει ρηται μικρὸν ο ρος, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐχόντων· ο ρος γὰρ μέγα, φησίν, ὁ θεὸς λόγος, ο ρος δὲ μικρὸν δι' η ν ὑπέμεινεν ἐθελούσιον κένωσιν δι' ἡμᾶς. Πάντες οἱ μετεωρισμοί σου καὶ τὰ κύματά σου ἐπ' ἐμὲ διῆλθον. θαλάττης τροπικῶς ο ντος τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου, ὁ μὴ ναυαγῶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀλλὰ κατ' ὀρθὸν πλέων, πεῖραν τρικυμιῶν καὶ τῶν ἐξ ὀγκώσεως τῶν ἀπὸ χειμῶνος τῆς θαλάττης ε χων, ἐπὶ τὸν λιμένα τῆς σωτηρίας ἐλθὼν ἐρεῖ τὸν στίχον· οὐ γὰρ ει πεν ̓Επ' ἐμὲ διέρχονται, ἀλλὰ ∆ιῆλθον. 431 Ps 41,9a Πάντες διειλήφαμεν περὶ θεοῦ φανερῶς ὡς ἐλεήμονος, οὐ πάντες δὲ ὁρῶμεν πῶς ἐλεεῖ· πολλάκις γὰρ τὰ κατ' ἐλεημοσύνην αὐτοῦ γινωσκόμενα τῷ ἐπίπονα ει ναι οὐχ ἡδέως ε χοντες οὐδὲ ε λεον ει ναι νομίζομεν. ὁ δὲ διειληφὼς ο τι πᾶν ο ἐπάγει ὁ θεὸς συμφερόντως ἐπάγει, ἐκεῖνος ο ψεται ο τι δηλοῖ ἐν νυκτὶ τὸν ε λεον αὐτοῦ ο ν ἡμέρας ἐνετείλατο. 432 Ps 41,10 86 Παρρησιαζομένου ἡ φωνή· ὁ γὰρ λέγων ∆ιὰ τί μου ἐπελάθου θαρρεῖ μηδὲν πεποιηκὼς δι' α ἐπιλανθάνεται θεός. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐκθλίβοντος ἐχθροῦ σκυθρωπάζων πορεύομαι, πυνθάνομαι τί τὸ αι τιον τούτου, ι ν' εἰ ἐξ ἐμοῦ ει η ἀναιρήσω διὰ μετανοίας αὐτό. πάντες γὰρ διειλήφαμεν περὶ θεοῦ φανερῶς ὡς ἐλεήμονος, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντες ὁρῶμεν πῶς ἐλεεῖ· πολλάκις γὰρ τὰ κατὰ ἐλεημοσύνην αὐτοῦ γινόμενα τῷ ἐπίπονα ει ναι οὐχ ἡδέως ε χοντες οὐδ' ε λεον ει ναι νομίζομεν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λέγομεν· Ινα τί μου ἐπελάθου; ὁ δὲ διειληφὼς ο τι πᾶν ο ἐπάγει ὁ θεὸς συμφερόντως ἐπάγει οὐδὲν ἐρεῖ τοιοῦτον, εἰ μή τι τὴν μετάνοιαν ἑαυτοῦ πραγματευόμενος. 433 Ps 41,11.12 ∆ιὰ τῶν προαγόντων ὀστᾶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ ευ τονα αὐτῆς δόγματα καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις ει ρηνται. ἐπεὶ ου ν συμβαίνει πολλάκις ὑπὸ δεινῶν σοφιστῶν καταθλᾶσθαι τὰ ὀστᾶ, ὀνειδίζουσιν οἱ ἀπατεῶνες, οὐκ α λλα λέγοντες η Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεός σου ἐφ' ῳ ευ χει; τῇ σοφίᾳ λέγων αὐτοῦ πεπαιδεῦσθαι ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τούτου τοῦ πάθους πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν διαλέγεται φάσκων Ινα τί περίλυπος ει ; ἐλπίσας γὰρ ἐπὶ κύριον ἐξομολόγησαι· πάντως γὰρ ἐπιλάμψει σοι πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ οὐκ α λλο ο ν τῆς ἀληθείας, ὡς ε χοντά σε τὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἀλήθειαν λύειν δύνασθαι τὰς ἀπάτας τῶν καταθλασσόντων τὰ προκείμενά σου ὀστᾶ. 434 Ps 42,1 Ει η α ν πρόσωπον τὸ κυριακὸν τὸ ταῦτα λέγον· ε θνος δὲ οὐχ

The Ears of the Saints and the Horns of Strength§80

80not righteous

They are not the ears of God but the ears of men themselves, just as musicians are said to be men. Musical instructions are heard by the ears of musical men. Therefore, when they say 'to our ears' (Ps 43:11), they are not saying it for any other reason but by distinguishing the common things, they say 'to our ears.' The command 'let the one who hears, let him hear' agrees with this.

Our fathers announced to us; those fathers according to instruction announced the divine things, and the ancestors announced what was done through them. 'Your hand has destroyed and planted them' (Ps 43:3b). Regarding the thought of Israel, after the betraying of the Savior from the hand of God, those from the nations, having been destroyed, were planted by divine instruction in the God-breathed writings. God, having maltreated the people of the circumcision, cast them out from the holy training of the law. But the ones from the nations, having conquered not by a law of war, inherited the land spoken of as peaceful. Nor did their own arm save them, that is, their own work. For they have obtained salvation by grace under your right hand and the arm, that is, of the only-begotten Son. 'And the light that finds your face is illumination' (Ps 43:5b); what you have been pleased to save in them by grace, not by their work, so that they should not boast.

The salvation of Jacob, which shakes off the worthless things, is commanded by God to the holy spirits sent for ministry, for those intending to inherit salvation, so that they may quickly arrive at understanding and give help through themselves. Just as God has granted a horn of protection to certain irrational animals so that they may escape those able to harm them, so the horns of Jesus are powers for the saints, goring their enemies. Therefore, also all animals using horns are considered clean, and the food is brought up upon the divine altar.

'God has turned away from himself' (Ps 43:10), not entirely because of sin, but also because of other things for which He is not the cause. And not everyone turning toward the things behind experiences this; for if someone, leaving the worthless things, flees far away by withdrawing from them, not everyone having turned toward the things behind has left what he left behind.

Greek · §80

ο σιον ἐρεῖ τὸ ̓Ιουδαϊκόν, α νθρωπον δὲ α δικον καὶ δόλιον τὸν ̓Ιούδαν. ἐπιστατέον διὰ τί μὴ ἀνόσιον ἀλλ' οὐχ ο σιον ει πε τὸ ε θνος. τάχα γὰρ μὴ ἀποκόπτων τὰς ἐλπίδας τῆς μετανοίας καὶ διὰ τοῦ οὐχ ο σιον εἰπεῖν αἰνιττόμενος ο τι, εἰ διὰ μετανοίας ἐπιστραφείη, γενήσεται ο σιον. Ps 42,1 Αλλος δὲ τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ σωτῆρος παρεισήγαγεν λέγον πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τὰ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ, καὶ ε θνος μὲν οὐχ ο σιον τοὺς ̓Ιουδαίους ὀνομάζων, α δικον δὲ καὶ δόλιον τὸν ̓Ιούδαν· ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐδυνήθη συναρμόσαι τοῖς ἑξῆς τὰ λεγόμενα· πῶς γὰρ οι όν τε η ν αὐτὸν λέγειν· ̓Εξαπόστειλον τὸ φῶς σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς; 435 Ps 42,3 ̓Επεὶ φῶς ἀληθινὸν ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἡ ἀλήθεια ει ναί φησιν, οἱ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας α νθρωποι ἐκ τῶν προφητευομένων μαθόντες, ὡς ἐπιλάμψει τὸ φῶς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ, παρεκάλουν ἀποσταλῆναι διὰ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως τὸ φῶς καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ο πως ὁδηγηθῶσιν ὑπ' αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ ο ρος τὸ α γιον, τὸν περὶ τῆς τριάδος ὑψηλότερον λόγον, καὶ τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς. οὐχ ε τερον δὲ τὸ φῶς τῆς ἀληθείας κατ' οὐσίαν (ἀμφότερα γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸς) ἀλλ' ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ· ῃ γὰρ σκιᾶς καὶ ψεύδους ἐλευθεροῖ ἀλήθεια, ῃ δὲ πλάνης καὶ ἀγνοίας φῶς ἐστιν. 436 Ps 42,4a Τὸ Εἰσελεύσομαι οὐ παρέργως ει ρηται· ὁ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ θυσιαστηρίου φαντασίαν τοῦ νοητοῦ λαβὼν ει σεισι πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν θεόν, ἀοράτως ἐπ' αὐτῷ ἀναφέρων θυσίας. 437 Ps 42,4b Πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν εὐφραίνοντα τὴν νεότητά μου, ἀντικειμένως ε χουσαν πρὸς τὸν παλαιὸν α νθρωπον· μόνος γὰρ ὁ πνεύματι καὶ φρονήματι νεάζων συγγενῶς τῷ καινῷ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τῇ καινότητι τοῦ πνεύματος ει σεισιν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν εὐφραίνοντα τὴν τοιαύτην νεότητα. 438 Ps 43,2.3a Οἱ διαβάλλειν βουλόμενοι τὴν θείαν γραφὴν ὡς οὐκ ἀκριβοῦσαν τὰς φωνὰς καὶ τὰ σημαινόμενα καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ λέξει χρώμενοι τῇ λεγούσῃ ̔Ο θεὸς, ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡμῶν ἠκούσαμεν, φασίν· Τίς γὰρ ἀκούων οὐχὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἑαυτοῦ ἀκούει; ἐξ αὐτῶν δὲ ω ν διαβάλλειν ἐθέλουσιν τὸν ε λεγχον τῆς σφῶν ἀβελτερίας ε χουσιν. ο γὰρ λέγουσιν οἱ ψάλλοντες τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· οἱ λογικῶς ἀκούοντες οὐ τοῖς κοινοῖς ὀργάνοις τῆς αἰσθήσεως ὠσὶν ὀνομαζομένοις ἀκούουσιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἰδίοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὠσίν, ὡσεὶ καὶ μουσικοὶ α νδρες ε φασκον· Τοῖς ὠσὶν τῶν μουσικῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ μουσικὰ παιδεύματα ἀκούεται. διὸ κα ν λέγωσιν Τοῖς 87 ὠσὶν ἡμῶν, οὐ πρὸς α λλο τι ἀλλὰ τὰ κοινὰ ἀντιδιαστέλλοντες λέγουσιν τὸ Τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡμῶν. συνᾴδει τούτοις τὸ ̔Ο ε χων ω τα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. Οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀνήγγειλαν ἡμῖν. η οἱ κατὰ παίδευσιν πατέρες τὰ θεῖα ἀπήγγειλαν η οἱ πρόγονοι τὰ κατ' αὐτοὺς πραχθέντα. ̔Η χείρ σου ε θνη ἐξωλόθρευσεν καὶ κατεφύτευσεν αὐτούς. πρὸς διάνοιαν τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ μετὰ τὸ προδοῦναι τὸν σωτῆρα ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ χειρὸς ὀλοθρευθέντες οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν κατηχήσει θείᾳ ἐν ταῖς θεοπνεύστοις γραφαῖς κατεφυτεύθησαν. 439 Ps 43,3b.4 Κακώσας τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς λαοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τῆς ἱερᾶς τοῦ νόμου παιδεύσεως. οὐ νόμῳ δὲ πολέμου νικήσαντες οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστεύσαντες ἐκληρονόμησαν τὴν ε ναγχος εἰρημένην γῆν. οὐδὲ ὁ βραχίων αὐτῶν ε σωσεν αὐτούς, τουτέστιν ἡ ἐργασία αὐτῶν. χάριτι γὰρ τὴν σωτηρίαν ἐσχήκασιν ὑπὸ τῆς σῆς δεξιᾶς καὶ τοῦ βραχίονος, τουτέστι τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ. φωτισμὸς δὲ ὁ φωτίζων πρόσωπόν σου τυγχάνον, ο τι ηὐδόκησας ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῦ σῶσαι αὐτοὺς τῇ χάριτι, οὐκ ἐξ ε ργων αὐτῶν, ι να μὴ καυχήσωνται. 440 Ps 43,5b Τὰς τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ σωτηρίας τοῦ πτερνίζοντος τὰ φαῦλα καθ' α σῴζεται ἐντέλλεται ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἁγίοις πνεύμασιν τοῖς εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλομένοις διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν εἰς ἀντίληψιν χωρῆσαι ταχὺ καὶ τὴν δι' ἑαυτῶν ἐπικουρίαν διδόναι. 441 Ps 43,6a Ωσπερ τισὶν ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἀμυντήριον κέρας ἀναδέδωκεν ὁ θεὸς ο πως α ν ἀπαλλάξωσιν τὰ βλάπτειν αὐτὰ δυνάμενα, ου τω τοῖς ἁγίοις κέρατα αἱ τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ δυνάμεις εἰσὶν καθ' α ς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν κερατίζουσιν. διὸ καὶ πάντα τὰ ζῷα τὰ κέρασι χρώμενα καθαρὰ ο ντα η ἐπὶ τὸν θεῖον βωμὸν ἀνάγεται η τροφὴ τῇ μερίδι τοῦ θεοῦ τυγχάνει. 442 Ps 43,10.11 ̓Απωθεῖται ὁ θεὸς ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ οὐ πάντως δι' ἁμαρτίας ἀλλὰ καὶ δι' α λλας α ς οι δεν αὐτὸς αἰτίας. οὐ πᾶς δὲ ὁ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀποστρεφόμενος ψεκτῶς τοῦτο ὑφίσταται· εἰ γάρ τις τὰ φαῦλα καταλιπὼν μακρὰν φύγοι ἀποχωρῶν ἀπ' αὐτῶν, ου τος εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω στραφεὶς ἐφ' α καταλέλοιπεν

Allegorical and Tropological Interpretations of Psalm 43§81

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

81One falls into destruction. If someone, having left Zion, that is to say, virtue, rushes toward the evil called Babylon, turning back to the things behind, he receives a blessed thing; but those saying the things set forth, since they have become among the enemies, having turned back to the things behind, fell into filth (Ps 43:12).

Those saying these things are like certain sons who, similarly to a sheep being led to slaughter, are given to be food for those approaching them for their own benefit with words and life; but even among the Gentiles they were scattered by God, sowing the seed like farming, so as to change the Gentiles into the same quality as themselves. For one must not pay attention to those saying that God's portion was scattered among the Gentiles in the manner of captivity.

Not for honor, he says, having taken the people, he sent them away, but because of their sins they have been made submissive to enemies (Ps 43:13a); for through their sins they were given over according to the prophet.

Since we have fallen away from the aforementioned things through a life fearing destruction, we face our own disgrace (Ps 43:16), the shame of our face covering us so that we no longer have boldness, with the face of the soul uncovered to reflect the glory of the Lord.

From the voice of the one reviling and acting unjustly and speaking wrongly, he sees that the day of ruin is before him (Ps 43:17). And from the one displaying his terrible face, driving out an enemy, the shame of it covered his face.

The voice, having taken up perfect courage (Ps 43:18): for having heard many and various afflictions upon them and being coerced into forgetting God, they say, as it were, 'In the affliction of the Lord I remembered' (Ps 43:19b). God turns away some of the troubles from...

He abandons his own way, handing himself over to the desires of his own heart and to an unproven mind (Ps 43:20a). The earth and the underworld are a place of affliction; thus those having experienced the body of death are humbled (Ps 43:22b). The impressions in the heart must be addressed and examined (Ps 43:26).

If one speaks these things tropically, what is meant is this: since we are currently surrounded by the composite of pleasure and other passions, because of this, 'Our soul was humbled to the earth, having become low-minded, and also our belly was stuck to the earth, feeding on nothing heavenly but eating all things according to the nature of earth all the days of their lives.' But if the present text is explained allegorically, the soul stepping into the body says, 'Our soul was humbled to the earth.' Having fallen away from itself and from the blessed life of the heavenly, while thinking of the lower things, it says, 'Our belly was stuck to the earth,' for it feeds on nothing other than earthly things (Ps 43:27).

These say that they are worthy to receive help and deliverance, not by the grace of another but by His name. And these things are also said regarding the Savior, being worn down in the heart of the earth according to the season of passion, so that having risen, He might provide help and giving deliverance, giving His soul as a ransom for many. And He does these things for the glory of His name.

A goal for those making progress and changing from quality to quality is that the one at the summit of qualities should hasten (Ps 44:1), by which the corruptible and the immortal might be proven. Concerning this, the end being attained. Concerning those who shall be transformed, that is, those who are changed and have become eager from evil, sons of Kore turning all things into a song concerning the beloved, bringing forth and shouting. And the beloved here is the only-begotten Son of God. Concerning this, the triumphal song is sung, through whom He transformed, having given incorruption instead of corruption.

Greek · §81

ὀλέθρῳ περιπίπτει. εἰ δέ τις τὴν Σιών, τουτέστι τὴν ἀρετήν, καταλείψας ἐπείγοιτο ἐπὶ τὴν κακίαν Βαβυλῶνα καλουμένην, ἀποστρεφόμενος εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω μακάριον ἀναδέχεται πρᾶγμα· πλὴν οἱ τὰ προκείμενα λέγοντες, ἐπεὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς γεγόνασιν, εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀποστραφέντες ψεκτοῖς περιέπεσον. 443 Ps 43,12 ̓Εοίκασιν οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες, α γιοί τινες ο ντες, παραπλησίως τῷ ̔Ως πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἀγομένῳ δεδόσθαι ̔Ως πρόβατα βρώσεως, τροφὴ γινόμενοι τοῖς ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὸν βίον αὐτοῖς προσιεμένοις· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσιν ου τοι ὑπὸ θεοῦ διεσπάρησαν, δίκην σπέρματος γεωργικῶς καταβαλλόμενοι, ι να μεταποιήσαντες τὰ ε θνη εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν αὐτοῖς ποιότητα ἀγάγωσιν. οὐ γὰρ προσεκτέον τοῖς λέγουσιν διεσπάρθαι ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσι τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ μερίδα αἰχμαλωσίας τρόπῳ. 444 Ps 43,13a Οὐ τιμήν, φησίν, τοῦ λαοῦ λαβὼν ἀπέδου αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας α ς πεποιήκασιν ἐχθροῖς ὑποχείριοι γεγένηνται· ταῖς γὰρ ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν ἐπράθησαν κατὰ τὸν προφήτην. 445 Ps 43,16 ̓Επεὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις ἀπευκταίως ὑπεπέσαμεν διὰ βίου ἐντρεπόμενοι ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐναντίον τὴν ἐντροπὴν ἑαυτῶν ε χομεν, τῆς αἰσχύνης τοῦ προσώπου ἡμῶν καλυπτούσης ἡμᾶς ὡς μηκέτι παρρησίαν ε χειν ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ τῷ προσώπῳ τῆς ψυχῆς κατοπτρίζεσθαι τὴν δόξαν κυρίου. 446 Ps 43,17 ̓Εκ τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ ὀνειδίζοντος καὶ δίκην παραπαίοντος καὶ παραλαλοῦντος ο λην ἐντροπὴν τὴν ἡμέραν ει ναι κατενώπιον ἑαυτοῦ θεωρεῖ. ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἐπιδεικνύντος ἑαυτοῦ φοβερὸν τὸ πρόσωπον ἐκδιώκοντος ἐχθροῦ ἡ αἰσχύνη ἐκάλυψε τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. 447 Ps 43,18 Τελείαν ἀνδρείαν ἀναλαβόντων ἡ φωνή· πολλῶν γὰρ καὶ διαφόρων θλίψεων ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἡκουσῶν καὶ ἐκβιαζομένων ἐπιλαθέσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐξ ἐναντίας ἀνεπόλουν θεὸν ὡς ε καστον εἰπεῖν ̓Εν θλίψει τοῦ κυρίου ἐμνήσθην. 448 Ps 43,19b ̓Εκκλίνει τὰς τρίβους τινὸς ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ὁδοῦ, παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῆς καρδίας ἑαυτοῦ καὶ εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν. 88 449 Ps 43,20a Τόπος κακώσεως ὁ περὶ γῆν καὶ ὁ καταχθόνιος χῶρος· ε νθα ταπεινοῦνται οἱ πεῖραν ε χοντες τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου. 450 Ps 43,22b Τὰς ἐν καρδίᾳ τυπώσεις α ς καὶ ἑξῆς προσαγορευτέον. 451 Ps 43,26 Εἰ μὲν τροπικῶς ταῦτα λέγοιτο, τὸ δηλούμενόν ἐστιν τοιοῦτον· ἐπεὶ χοῦν περικείμεθα τὸν ἐξ ἡδονῶν καὶ τῶν α λλων παθῶν συγκείμενον, διὰ τοῦτο ̓Εταπεινώθη εἰς χοῦν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν, χαμαιριφῶν γενομένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ Εἰς γῆν ἐκολλήθη ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν, οὐδὲν οὐράνιον τρεφομένων ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν ο φιν γῆν ἐσθιόντων πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἑαυτῶν. Εἰ δὲ πρὸς ἀλληγορίαν ἐξηγηθείη τὸ προκείμενον, εἰς τὸ σῶμα ἐμβατεύουσα ἡ ψυχὴ ἐρεῖ ̓Εταπεινώθη εἰς χοῦν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν. αυ τη καὶ τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς τῆς ἐπουρανίου ἐκπεσοῦσα, ἐν τῷ κάτω φρονεῖν ἐρεῖ τὸ ̓Εκολλήθη εἰς γῆν ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν· οὐκ α λλα γὰρ τῶν γηίνων τρέφεται. 452 Ps 43,27 Ταῦτά φασιν βοηθείας καὶ λυτρώσεως τυχεῖν ἀξιοῦντες οὐκ α λλου του χάριν η τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. λέγοιεν δὲ ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς διατρίβοντα κατὰ τὸν τοῦ πάθους καιρόν, ι να ἀναστὰς ἀρωγὴν παράσχοι καὶ λύτρα διδοὺς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. ποιεῖ δὲ ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. Ps 44,1 Σκοπὸς τοῖς προκόπτουσι καὶ ἐκ ποιότητος εἰς ποιότητα μεταβάλλουσι τὸ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρίστην τῶν ποιοτήτων ἐπείγεσθαι καθ' η ν α φθαρτοι καὶ ἀθάνατοι ἀποδειχθεῖεν. ὑπὲρ τούτου ου ν τοῦ τέλους ο ντος ̔Υπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων, τουτέστι τῶν ἀλλαγέντων καὶ ἐκ φαύλων σπουδαίων γεγενημένων, υἱοὶ Κορὲ εἰς σύνεσιν πάντα μεταβάλλοντες ᾠδὴν περὶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ προφέρουσι κελαδοῦντες. ἀγαπητὸς δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ υἱός. ὑπὲρ τούτου ου ν τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ ἐπινίκιος ᾳ δεται, ὑπὲρ ω ν ἠλλοίωσεν ἀφθαρσίαν ἀντὶ φθορᾶς δεδωκώς.

The Arrows of Christ and the Rule of Virtue§82

82If the person is the Father, he says: 'Since I alone am good' (Ps 44:2a), 'it is necessary that the one becoming the word of my own essence also be good.' But if the prophet is the one saying: 'Since a good man brings forth good from the good treasure of the heart' (Ps 44:2a), it is necessary that one having much good, having been fed with fornication foods, also brings forth a good word seeking it. For just as one having eaten an apple sends forth a scent of apple breathing, so one having eaten good things, having accustomed his soul to good things, brings forth a good word seeking it. Just as the quality of these foods is what becomes, so also regarding spiritual teaching, such things were sought and eaten.

Writing also certain instructions (Ps 44:2c). For just as the word of the gospel, being compared to a grain of cinnamon, if it should happen to be agriculture, becomes greater than human words of vegetables because of the temporary names given, so the word of God writes with his own pen and timely demonstrates these things, touching the thoughts and piercing the souls, apart from human writings.

Those hearing the words of Jesus, being full of grace (Ps 44:3bc), will say the upcoming text: 'He has poured out abundance' shows the grace; this agrees with 'I will pour out from my spirit upon all flesh' (Acts 2:17) and 'The love of God is poured out in our hearts' (Rom 5:5); for in these the abundance of the spirit and the wealth of the love from God is shown. Because of this poured-out grace, 'God has blessed you with your lips' (Ps 44:4), testifying of blessedness to you for all eternity.

Since regarding the testicle the things of generation are at work, and shameful desires grow around these, there is a need for the divisive word called a sword, in order that, having been made alive regarding the testicle, the unrestrained pleasures be cut away. The Savior, descending according to the human pattern, girds a sword around his testicle for the sake of self-sufficient purity, possessing beauty and loveliness because of the virtue coming forth in sinlessness; and what the symbol of the testicle of the aforementioned things is, let it be clear. For even Abraham, when sending the child for a bride, says his hand...

[...] upon my thigh, and I adjure you, the God of heaven. Perhaps, because of Him who is to become Savior through it, the Word who became flesh is able according to the flesh. The Word is understood and believed as a sword, while the flesh is a thigh from which the beginning of the flesh comes from there. But the Word, having escaped all weakness, is powerful, possessing the brightness, beauty, and splendor of divinity.

As for Psalm 44:5, the archer directs his best bow, wounding those who are thrown into divine arrows. It must also be read that he directs them to provide joy; and along with these, 'reign, O King, among the wounded' (Ps 44:6). The reason for your reigning is the perfection of virtue, not in practice alone but also in knowledge, because of truth, gentleness, and justice; for he says, 'reign, because it is necessary for the truth, gentleness, and justice to be known and established by those under your rule.' And 'your right hand shall guide you marvelously' (Ps 44:7). He who does all things according to God is marvelously guided by the right hand of good practice, using that path toward the Savior. And the Savior, performing paradoxical powers by his right hand, is marvelously guided.

As for Psalm 44:6ab, the words of the mighty Christ are like arrows that strike those who hear, so that they may judge the following of those toward Him. The apostles, being wounded by these arrows, having sent all things into the world, fell well to judge Him. And the peoples, who previously held a bad position, were struck by these arrows to be established in good, falling under Him; that is, they were made subject to Him and have become His.

As for Psalm 44:6c, the enemies of King Christ are all those who sin. If these spoken arrows do not exist in the hearts of these sinners, they fall from the throne, prostrating themselves before the King. Perhaps the peoples who stand in the hearts of the King's enemies, being confirmed according to the will of their enmity, fell by the arrows under Christ, falling into the heart of His enemies.

As for Psalm 44:8, if these things are toward the only-begotten Son of God, the Son of God, having hated the life lived before His coming...

Greek · §82

453 Ps 44,2a Εἰ τοῦ πατρὸς ει η τὸ πρόσωπον, λέγοι α ν ̓Επεὶ μόνος ἀγαθὸς ὑπάρχω, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἐμῆς οὐσίας λόγον γενόμενον ἀγαθὸν ει ναι· εἰ δ' ὁ προφήτης ει η ὁ λέγων, φαμὲν ̓Επεὶ ὁ ἀγαθὸς α νθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὸν τραφέντα τροφαῖς πορνικαῖς πολὺ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐχούσαις ἐρεύγεσθαι ἀγαθὸν λόγον. ὡς γὰρ ὁ μῆλον φαγὼν ἐρυγὴν ἐκπέμπει μήλου πνέουσαν, ου τως ὁ φαγὼν ἀγαθὰ ὡς ἐντρυφῆσαι ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀγαθὸν ἐκπέμπει λόγον ἐρευγόμενος αὐτόν. Ps 44,2a Ωσπερ ου ν ἐπὶ ταύτης τῶν σιτίων ποιότητός ἐστι τὸ γινόμενον, ου τω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πνευματικῆς διδασκαλίας τοιαῦτα ἠρεύγετο οι α καὶ ἐσιτεῖτο. 454 Ps 44,2c Γραφόντων καὶ αὐτῶν παιδεύσεις τινάς. ὡς γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου κόκκῳ σινάπεως παραβαλλόμενος, εἰ γεωργίας τύχοι, μείζων γίνεται τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων λόγων λαχάνων διὰ τὸ πρόσκαιρον ὀνομαζομένων, ου τως α γράφει ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος καλάμῳ ἰδίῳ καιρίως ἐπιδείκνυται αὐτὰ παρὰ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων συγγραφὰς τῶν λογισμῶν ἐφαπτόμενα καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐνιζάνοντα. 455 Ps 44,3bc Οἱ ἀκούοντες τῶν ̓Ιησοῦ λόγων, τυγχανόντων Πλήρης χάριτος, ἐροῦσιν τὸ προκείμενον· πολλάκις δὲ ἀντὶ λόγων τὰ χείλη λέγεσθαι ἀποδέδεικται. τὸ δὲ ̓Εξεχύθη τὴν δαψιλείαν δηλοῖ τῆς χάριτος· συνᾴδει τούτῳ τὸ ̓Εκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα, καὶ ̔Η ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν· καὶ ἐν τούτοις γὰρ ἡ δαψιλεία τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ ἀγάπης δηλοῦται. διὰ ταύτην ου ν τὴν ἐκχυθεῖσαν χάριν ἐν χείλεσί σου Εὐλόγησέν σε ὁ θεός σου, εὐλογιστίαν σοι μαρτυρήσας ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα. 456 Ps 44,4 ̓Επεὶ περὶ τὸν μηρὸν ἐνεργεῖται τὰ γενέσεως πράγματα, φύονται δὲ περὶ ταῦτα αἰσχραὶ ἐπιθυμίαι, χρεία τοῦ τμητικοῦ λόγου ῥομφαίας ὀνομαζομένου, ι να περὶ τὸν μηρὸν ζωσθεὶς ἐκτέμνοι τὰς ἀκολάστους ἡδονάς. ὁ σωτὴρ ου ν κατὰ τὸν α νθρωπον τύπον ἀρίστης πολιτείας καταβαλλόμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτοτελοῦς ἁγνείας περιζώννυται ῥομφαίαν ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ὡραιότητα ε χων καὶ κάλλος διὰ τὴν 89 προσοῦσαν ἐν ἀναμαρτησίᾳ ἀρετήν· ο τι δὲ σύμβολον ὁ μηρὸς τῶν προειρημένων δῆλον. καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ ̓Αβραάμ, ἐπὶ μνηστείαν πέμπων τὸν παῖδα, Θές φησι τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπὶ τὸν μηρόν μου, καὶ ἐξορκιῶ σε τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. τάχα διὰ τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ μέλλοντα ε σεσθαι σωτῆρα τὸ κατὰ σάρκα δύναται ὁ γενόμενος σὰρξ λόγος ει ναι. νοεῖται ου ν καὶ πιστεύεται ὁ μὲν λόγος ῥομφαία ει ναι, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ μηρὸς τῷ ἐκεῖθεν τὴν ἀρχὴν ε χειν τὴν σάρκα. ου τος δὲ πρὸς ο ν ὁ λόγος πᾶσαν ἀσθένειαν διαφυγὼν δυνατός ἐστι, τὴν φαιδρότητα τῆς θεότητος κάλλος καὶ ὡραιότητα ε χων. 457 Ps 44,5 ̓Εντείνας δὲ οι α τοξότης α ριστος τόξον κατευοδοῦ τιτρώσκων εἰς ε ρωτα θεῖον τοὺς βαλλομένους. ἀναγνωστέον δὲ καὶ Κατευοδοῦ ι σον τῷ Εὐοδίαν πάρεχε· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις βασίλευε τῶν βεβλημένων πόθῳ. ἡ δὲ αἰτία τοῦ βασιλεῦσαί σε τελειότης ἀρετῆς ἐστιν οὐκ ἐν πράξει μόνῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ γνώσει. τὸ γὰρ Ενεκεν ἀληθείας καὶ πραύτητος καὶ δικαιοσύνης τοῦτο σημαίνει· βασίλευε γάρ φησιν ε νεκα τοῦ γνωσθῆναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ πραότητα καὶ δικαιοσύνην κατορθωθῆναι τοῖς ὑπὸ τὴν σὴν ἀρχήν. Καὶ ὁδηγήσει σε θαυμαστῶς ἡ δεξιά σου. ὁ κατὰ θεὸν πάντα πράττων ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν καλῶν πρακτικῆς δεξιᾶς ου σης θαυμαστῶς ὁδηγεῖται ἡγεμόνι αὐτῇ χρώμενος τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα ὁδοῦ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ου ν ἐπιτελῶν δεξιῶς παραδόξους δυνάμεις ὑπὸ δεξιᾶς ἑαυτοῦ θαυμαστῶς ὁδηγεῖται. 458 Ps 44,6ab Οἱ τοῦ δυνατοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγοι βελῶν ἠκονισμένων δίκην βάλλουσιν τοὺς ἀκούοντας, ω στε πάντων προκρῖναι τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀκολούθησιν. τούτοις τοῖς βέλεσι τρωθέντες οἱ ἀπόστολοι, τὰ ἐν ποσὶ πάντα ἀποπεμψάμενοι, ε πεσθαι αὐτῷ καλῶς ε χειν ε κριναν· ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ λαοὶ οἱ πρότερον φαύλην στάσιν ε χοντες τῷ ἐν κακοῖς ἱδρύσθαι πληγέντες τούτοις τοῖς βέλεσιν ὑποκάτω αὐτοῦ ε πεσον, τουτέστιν ὑπετάγησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ὑπ' αὐτὸν γεγόνασιν. 459 Ps 44,6c 459 Οἱ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Χριστοῦ πάντες οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες. ο ταν ου ν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τούτων τὰ προειρημένα βέλη γένηται, πίπτουσιν ἀπὸ τῆς ε χθρας τὸν βασιλέα γονυπετοῦντες. η τάχα οἱ λαοὶ οἱ ἑστηκότες ̓Εν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοῦ βασιλέως, κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τῆς ε χθρας αὐτῶν βεβαιούμενοι, βληθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν βελῶν ε πεσαν ὑπὸ Χριστόν, τῇ καρδίᾳ τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ καταπεσόντες. 460 Ps 44,8 Εἰ δὲ ει η πρὸς τὸν μονογενῆ υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ μισήσας τὴν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ πολιτευομένην

The Change of Face and the Daughter of Tyre§83

83Having loved iniquity, but having been granted righteousness through faith which comes from his presence by a paternal good pleasure, a man becomes and is anointed with the oil of gladness, that is, with the Holy Spirit. The garments of Christ breathe the scent of kingship and hierarchy through the death he undertook (for this is the fragrance imposed upon the buried dead), but also a continuous, unceasing scent of myrrh because of having something more than Christ's death for the salvation of others and the destruction of the devil, and of cassia because of his word being fiery; for this ointment is warming. The garments of Christ are those which are reasonably theologized about him. Since he did not take up along with the others that which is praised as being like a corpse, it is fitting that from his garments the aforementioned things breathe; with this, 'The fragrance of your myrrh is above all ointments' (Ps 44:9b) accords.

Kings are spoken of here as those co-reigning with Christ, while he himself is King reigning over them. Their daughters have become, according to teaching, educators of souls, or rather of the church; these daughters, in honor of the one being praised, have glorified the King, Christ. From ivory. But 'ivory' you say, meaning the high things of theology; for ivory, it happens, is a symbol of the Word, since the musical instruments and the teeth are vocal; and the great houses are heavy. Since they did not magnify their own word as the greatest of contemplations concerning God, many of the kings' daughters, from the aforementioned rich ivory, have glorified Christ.

The soul, having truly become a spouse to the true King Christ, is the church, and is named queen because it is the bride of the king, standing at his right hand to hold the right position, possessing its foundation in virtue and faith. And she also holds golden garments, having wrapped herself in Christ; and she is also draped and variegated, embracing the manifold wisdom of God. And one should not stumble because he himself is both bridegroom and clothed; for in one relation and another, and in one thought and another, these things exist, just as shepherd and lamb, and ten thousand other things are found in the Gospels.

A change of face appears to have happened (Ps 44:11); for God is the one calling the church from the Gentiles and naming her his daughter. He says: 'Having received my words, O daughter, listen and see their mind, having understood it for them; for what more will you desire to incline your will more fully toward them and to hear and long for them more effectively? And the forgetting of your kin will follow you, no longer desiring to restrain those same things and your fatherland; and the memory of your father who begot you according to the malice of the devil will also come upon you.'

Because of this I call you, daughter, says God to her, on account of the doing of the things commanded to you; since my son the king has desired the beauty existing in you according to the image and according to likeness having been made mine, and he, the king desiring your beauty, is not among your equals (Ps 44:12-14). For he is your Lord; for he is not an angel or an archangel or any other created being; for all worship him. Since it is not of God to be worshiped, be a god, the king desiring your beauty, who is also your Lord. Toward this also you undergo much change. For you, daughter of Tyre, because of which you had fear, have been made my daughter, so as to bring all the rich of the people as suppliants to your face. For all of the people from circumcision are becoming rich for you according to faith and are coming to you the truth of the gospel, beseeching your face to become a spouse to the king. For just as formerly those from the Gentiles, coming to the Godly service of Israel, were adhering to his face entreating him, so now those from the Jews, repenting, flee to the church of the Gentiles, deeming themselves worthy to be received by it. All the glory of the daughter of kings is Asbos. Asbos is interpreted as 'thoughts'. And the king of the thoughts being righteous is the Lord. The glory of the daughter of Tyre, which is being praised, is not other than that from the king of the thoughts. And it is to be understood that often in the Scriptures instead of the intelligible essence, gold is taken, as it will be timely shown. Since

...

Greek · §83

ἀνομίαν, ἀγαπήσας δὲ τὴν ἐκ τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ φυομένην ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνην ἐπιδέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν εὐδοκίᾳ πατρικῇ α νθρωπος γενέσθαι καὶ χρισθῆναι ἐλαίῳ ἀγαλλιάσεως τουτέστιν τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι. 461 Ps 44,9a Τὰ ἱμάτια τοῦ Χριστοῦ βασιλείως α μα καὶ ἱεραρχίως ο ντα πνεῖ σμύρνης δι' ο ν ἀνέλαβεν θάνατον (τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ α ρωμα τοῖς θαπτομένοις νεκροῖς ἐπιβάλλεται), ἀλλὰ καὶ στακτῆς ου σης ἀπανθίσματος σμύρνης διὰ τὸ ε χειν τι πλεῖον τὸν Χριστοῦ θάνατον ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας α λλων καὶ καταλύσεως διαβόλου γεγονέναι, καὶ κασσίας διὰ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ο ντα διάπυρον· θερμαντικὸν γὰρ τὸ μῦρον τοῦτο. Χριστοῦ ου ν ἱμάτια τὰ εὐλόγως περὶ αὐτοῦ θεολογούμενά ἐστιν. ἐπεὶ ου ν προσελάβετο σὺν τοῖς α λλοις καὶ τὸ ὡς νεκρὸς ἀριστεύσας ὑμνεῖσθαι, εἰκότως ἐκ τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ τὰ προειρημένα πνεῖ· τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ ̓Οσμὴ μύρων σου ὑπὲρ πάντα ἀρώματα. 462 Ps 44,9b.10a Βασιλεῖς ἐνταῦθα ῥητέον τοὺς Χριστῷ συμβασιλεύοντας ω ν αὐτὸς βασιλεὺς βασιλευόντων. τούτων θυγατέρες γεγόνασιν κατὰ διδασκαλίαν α ς παιδεύουσι ψυχάς, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐκκλησίας· αι περ θυγατέρες ἐν τιμῇ τοῦ ὑμνουμένου ου σαι ηυ φραναν τὸν βασιλέα Χριστὸν ̓Απὸ βαρέων ἐλεφαντίνων. βαρεῖς δὲ ἐλεφαντίνας ἐρεῖς τὰς ὑψηλὰς θεολογίας· τὸ γὰρ ἐλεφάντινον, ὀδοὺς τυγχάνον, λόγου σύμβολόν ἐστιν· φωνητικὰ γὰρ ο ργανα καὶ οἱ ὀδόντες· βαρεῖς δ' εἰσὶν αἱ μεγάλαι οἰκίαι. ἐπεὶ ου ν τὸν ἑαυτῶν λόγον ου τως ἐμεγάλυναν ὡς οι κον μέγιστον θεωριῶν τῶν περὶ θεοῦ γενέσθαι, αἱ πολλαὶ τῶν βασιλέων θυγατέρες ἀπὸ τῶν προειρημένων βαρέων ἐλεφαντίνων ηυ φραναν 90 Χριστόν. 463 Ps 44,10bc ̔Η τῷ Χριστῷ τῷ ἀληθινῷ βασιλεῖ ἀληθῶς σύζυγος γενομένη ψυχή, η τοι ἐκκλησία, βασιλίσσα διὰ τὸ ει ναι νύμφη βασιλέως ὀνομάζεται, παραστᾶσα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ τῷ δεξιὰν ἐπέχειν στάσιν, ἐν ἀρετῇ δὲ καὶ πίστει τὴν ι δρυσιν ε χουσα. αυ τη δὲ καὶ ἱμάτια διάχρυσα ε χει, Χριστὸν ἐνδυσαμένη· περιβέβληται δὲ καὶ πεποικιλμένη, τὴν πολυποίκιλον σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναλαβοῦσα. οὐ προσκοπτέον δὲ εἰ αὐτὸς καὶ νύμφιος καὶ ε νδυμά ἐστιν· κατὰ γὰρ α λλην καὶ α λλην σχέσιν καὶ ἐπίνοιαν ταῦτα ὑπάρχει, ω σπερ καὶ ποιμὴν καὶ ἀμνὸς καὶ α λλα μυρία εὑρίσκεται ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις. 464 Ps 44,11 Μεταβολὴ προσώπου ἐμφαίνεται γενομένη· θεὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ προσφωνῶν τῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ η ν καὶ θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ ὀνομάζει. φησὶν γοῦν· ∆εξαμένη τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους, ω θύγατερ, α κουσον καὶ ἰδὲ αὐτῶν τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπιστήσασα αὐτοῖς· ε τι γὰρ μᾶλλον πλεῖον θελήσεις τὸ ου ς σου κλῖναι ἐπὶ τὸ πλειόνως αὐτὰ καὶ ἐξεργαστικώτερον ἀκοῦσαι καὶ ποθῆσαι· ἀκολουθήσει δέ σοι λήθη τῶν ὁμοφύλων, μηκέτι θελησάσης σου τὰ αὐτὰ ἐκείνων περιστέλλειν ε θη καὶ πάτρια· ἐπιλήσῃ δὲ καὶ τοῦ οι κου τοῦ πατρός σου γεννήσαντός σε κατὰ κακίαν τοῦ διαβόλου. 465 Ps 44,12–14 ∆ιὰ τοῦτο σὲ καλῶ, θύγατερ, φησὶν πρὸς αὐτὴν ὁ θεός, ἐπὶ τῷ ποιῆσαι τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι· ἐπείπερ ὁ ἐμὸς υἱὸς βασιλεὺς ω ν ἐπεθύμησεν τοῦ ἐνυπάρχοντός σοι κάλλους κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν ἐμὴν γεγενημένης, αὐτὸς δ' ου ν ου τος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπιθυμῶν τοῦ κάλλους σου οὐχ ει ς τῶν ὁμοτίμων σου τυγχάνει. Αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ κύριός σου· οὐ γὰρ α γγελος η ἀρχάγγελος η τις α λλος γενητὸς ω ν ὑπάρχει· αὐτῷ γὰρ καὶ προσκυνοῦσι πάντες. ἐπεὶ ου ν θεοῦ τὸ προσκυνεῖσθαι, ι σθι θεὸν ο ντα τὸν βασιλέα τὸν ἐπιθυμοῦντα τοῦ κάλλους σου, ο ς καὶ κύριός σού ἐστιν. Πρὸς τούτοις δ' ι σθι ο τι πολλὴν μεταβολὴν ε σχες. θυγάτηρ γὰρ Τύρου ου σα δι' η ν ει χες δεισιδαιμονίαν ἐμοῦ θυγάτηρ ἐχρημάτισας, ὡς λιτὰς τῷ προσώπῳ σου προσάγειν πάντας τοὺς πλουσίους τοῦ λαοῦ. τοῦ γὰρ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαοῦ πάντες ο σοι πλουτοῦσιν κατὰ πίστιν καὶ τὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἀλήθειαν σοὶ προσέρχονται, τὸ πρόσωπόν σου λιτανεύοντες διὰ τὸ σύζυγον τῷ βασιλεῖ γεγονέναι. ὡς γὰρ πάλαι οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῇ κατὰ θεὸν θεραπείᾳ προσερχόμενοι τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ προσηλύτευον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ παρακαλοῦντες, ου τω νῦν οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ̓Ιουδαίων μετανοοῦντες προσφεύγουσιν τῇ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀξιοῦντες ὑποδεχθῆναι παρ' αὐτῆς. Πᾶσα ἡ δόξα τῆς θυγατρὸς βασιλέων ̓Εσεβών. ̓Εσεβὼν ἑρμηνεύεται λογισμοί. ὁ βασιλεὺς δὲ τῶν λογισμῶν τῶν δικαίων ο ντων ε στιν ὁ κύριος. τῆς ου ν ὑμνουμένης θυγατρὸς Τύρου ἡ δόξα οὐκ α λλοθέν ἐστιν η ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν λογισμῶν. ̓Ιστέον δὲ ο τι πολλαχοῦ τῶν γραφῶν ἀντὶ τῆς νοητῆς οὐσίας λαμβάνεται ὁ χρυσός, ὡς εὐκαίρως δειχθήσεται. ἐπεὶ

Christological Interpretation of the Psalms§84

84Virtues are not merely found in the garments of the bride, nor is the discourse concerning the intelligible realities, especially that concerning the Trinity, adorned with golden embroideries; rather, it is made diverse through the varied and multifaceted teaching of Christ.egarding Psalm 44:15a, since the word has an obscurity, we shall take its meaning from another. The discourse says that in the Vision of the Souls, it interprets the differences of the souls approaching Christ: 'There are queens and concubines and maidens without number; my dove is one, my perfect one' (Ps 44:15a). As it has been said concerning this: 'Her daughters have given her, and they shall bless her; queens and concubines shall praise her' (Ps 45:9), from which it is shown to one another that through the daughters they have been called maidens, concubines, and queens. It is made manifest from these words that the souls approaching Christ are such that some, having not yet the time for marriage, are maidens; but those coming to him after having been restored, some are noble and have ascended far above the world that became existent in six days. 'Sixty are queens,' referring to those having received the eight-day circumcision and possessing the spirit of the maturity of slavery. 'Eighty are concubines;' but the one surpassing them all according to the Spirit, having been perfected, to be a perfect dove of the Word, is the glorious Church, which has no nest, no wrinkle, or anything of that kind. The psalmist, in the verses preceding this, says that he hymns this Church, that she shall be brought to her bride with those others being embraced by him, the queens being the maidens who formerly did not have the time for cohabitation, but now, because they have been perfected, are being led into the bridal chamber, so that, having slept with the king, they might be taken up to become members of the one perfect bride, no longer being such as they happened to be when they were imperfect.

Regarding Psalm 44:15b, even if many are incorruptible, it is a custom to call souls virgins, but not all are brought to the king, but only those having become near and close by the disposition of the perfect bride. And also 'they shall be brought'; for those not having experience of the Word of the bride are not such as they are to go to him by themselves; but those handing the preliminary educations to them bring them to him; for they are not law and prophets.

Since almost everything of the psalm is said toward Christ, this verse says that although you have children according to the flesh from fathers, that is, those from circumcision, there have been born to you from the same race sons resembling the evangelical word. And these you also have established as rulers over all the earth, saying to them, 'Having gone, make disciples of all the nations' (Matt 28:19), they are his witnesses, having become the beginning of the king, even to the end of the earth.

Because of this, peoples will confess with thanksgiving (Ps 44:18), not for the sake of the second age, but even unto the age of ages. For we do not permit the confession concerning sins to be named now. For it never happens even unto the age of ages; only in this age is it possible to repent and to confess. But if they shall be remembered, according to another writing, instead of 'Those having been bequeathed to rule with you,' they shall be remembered by your name in all generations and generations, by extending your kingdom unto all the ages.

It is customary to call the things said unclearly 'hidden' because of a certain economy; for according to this also the wisdom of God is hidden in a mystery. Just so, 'The treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden' (Prov 2:6) have been said. And the end or purpose of these hidden things is not to let the unworthy find the knowledge of divine things, so that those having a desire for the attainment of divine knowledge, having given themselves to labors and exercises, might attain the purpose.

God is not the God of all, nor of those who have renounced all human refuge and power (Ps 45:2). For those fleeing toward God have all safety and power to partake of him, as the apostle says: 'I am able through him who strengthens me to do all things' (Phil 4:13). A help in the tribulations that find us intensely. The 'intensely' lies uncertainly; for the help is intensely in the tribulations that find us, or it is a help in the intensely finding tribulations.

Mountains being moved in the hearts of seas (Ps 45:3b), one should not consider the sensible parts of the earth being moved, but evil powers being moved into the souls disturbed by storms, a salty drink of wickedness and bitterness of character. Even the Savior toward the disciples...

Greek · §84

ου ν ἐν τοῖς ἐνδύμασιν αὐτῆς τυγχανούσαις ἀρεταῖς συγκαθύφανται καὶ ὁ περὶ τῶν νοητῶν λόγος, μάλιστα ὁ περὶ τῆς τριάδος, κροσσωτὰ χρυσᾶ περιβέβληται ο ντα πεποικιλμένα διὰ τὸ πολύτροπον καὶ πολυειδὲς τῆς Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας. 466 Ps 44,15a Τῆς λέξεως ἀσάφειαν ἐχούσης, ἐξ α λλης τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῆς ληψόμεθα. ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων τὰς διαφορὰς τῶν Χριστῷ προσερχομένων ψυχῶν ἑρμηνεύων ὁ λόγος φησίν· Εἰσὶ βασίλισσαι καὶ παλλακαὶ καὶ νεάνιδες ω ν οὐκ ε στιν ἀριθμός· μία ἐστὶ περιστερά μου, τελεία μου· ὡς περὶ ταύτης εἰρῆσθαι Ει δοσαν αὐτὴν θυγατέρες καὶ μακαριοῦσιν αὐτήν, βασίλισσαι καὶ παλλακαὶ αἰνέσουσιν αὐτήν· ἐξ ω ν δείκνυται α λλη ου σα παρὰ τὰς θυγατέρας αι ει ρηνται νεάνιδες καὶ παλλακαὶ καὶ βασιλίδες. δηλοῦται δὲ ἐκ τῶν λέξεων τούτων ὡς α ρα αἱ Χριστῷ προσερχόμεναι ψυχαὶ αἱ μὲν ου πω καιρὸν ε χουσαι γάμου νεάνιδές εἰσιν, αἱ δὲ συνελθοῦσαι αὐτῷ η δη ἀνακραθέντι αὐταῖς αἱ μὲν εὐγένιδες καὶ ὑπεραναβεβηκυῖαι τὸν ἐν ε ξ ἡμέραις γενόμενον κόσμον ̔Εξηκοντά εἰσι βασίλισσαι, αἱ δὲ τὴν ὀκταήμερον περιτομὴν λαβοῦσαι ἀκμὴν τὸ τῆς δουλείας ε χουσαι πνεῦμα ̓Ογδοήκοντα παλλακίδες εἰσίν· ἡ 91 δὲ πάσας ὑπερέχουσα κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα πεποιωμένη ω στ' ει ναι περιστερὰ τελεία τοῦ λόγου ἡ ε νδοξος ἐκκλησία ἐστὶν ἡ μὴ ε χουσα σπίλον η ῥυτίδα η τι τῶν τοιούτων. ταύτην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ὑμνῶν ὁ ψαλμῳδὸς ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου στίχοις τὰ νῦν φησι μετ' ἐκείνην ἐνεχθήσεσθαι τῷ νυμφίῳ αὐτῆς βασιλεῖ τὰς νεανίδας τὰς πάλαι μὲν ω ραν συμβιώσεως οὐκ ἐχούσας, νῦν δὲ διὰ τὸ τελειωθῆναι προσαγομένας εἰς τὸν θάλαμον, ο πως συγκαθευδήσασαι τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀναληφθῶσιν εἰς τὸ μέλη γενέσθαι τῆς μιᾶς τελείας νύμφης οὐκέτι α λλαι παρὰ ταύτην τυγχάνουσαι ὡς ο τε ἀτελεῖς η σαν. 467 Ps 44,15b Εἰ καὶ πολλαὶ ἀδιάφθοροι ει εν ψυχαὶ α ς παρθένους ε θος καλεῖν, ἀλλ' οὐ πᾶσαι η δη ἀποφέρονται τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀλλ' αἱ πλησίον καὶ ἐγγὺς γενόμεναι τῇ διαθέσει τῆς τελείας νύμφης. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ ̓Απενεχθήσονται· αἱ γὰρ πεῖραν μὴ ε χουσαι τοῦ νυμφίου λόγου οὐχ οι αί τέ εἰσι δι' ἑαυτῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἰέναι· α γουσι δ' αὐτὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ τὰ προπαιδεύματα αὐταῖς παραδιδόντες· εἰσὶ δ' ου τοι νόμος καὶ προφῆται. 468 Ps 44,17 468 ̓Επεὶ πρὸς τὸν Χριστὸν λέγεται σχεδὸν τὰ πάντα τοῦ ψαλμοῦ, καὶ ου τος ὁ στίχος λέγοι α ν ο τι ἀνθ' ω ν ει χες κατὰ σάρκα πατέρων, τουτέστι τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς, ἐγεννήθησάν σοι ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ γένους υἱοὶ προσηκάμενοι τὸν εὐαγγελικὸν λόγον. τούτους δὲ καὶ κατέστησας α ρχοντες ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, φάσκων αὐτοῖς Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ε θνη, μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ οι α υ παρχοι βασιλέως γενόμενοι ε ως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. 469 Ps 44,18 ∆ιὰ τοῦτο λαοὶ εὐχαριστητικῶς ἐξομολογήσονται οὐκ ἐφ' ε να η δεύτερον αἰῶνα ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. τὴν γὰρ ἐφ' ἁμαρτίαις ἐξομολόγησιν οὐκ ἐπιτρεπόμεθα νῦν ὀνομάζειν. α παξ γὰρ καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος αυ τη γίνεται· μόνον γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι οι όν τε. εἰ δὲ Μνησθήσονται ε χει καθ' ἑτέραν γραφὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ Οἱ πρὸς σοῦ α ρχειν κεχειροτονημένοι, τοῦ ὀνόματός σου μνησθήσονται ἐν πάσῃ γενεᾷ καὶ γενεᾷ τῷ εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας παρατείνειν σου τὴν βασιλείαν. 470 Ps 45,1 Εθος τὰ ἀσαφῶς λεγόμενα δι' οἰκονομίαν τινὰ κρύφια καλεῖν· κατὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ σοφία ἐν μυστηρίῳ ἀποκεκρυμμένη ἐστίν· ου τω καὶ Οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι ει ρηνται. ε στιν ου ν καὶ τούτων τῶν κρυφίων τέλος οἱονεὶ σκοπὸς η τοι τὸ λαθεῖν τοὺς ἀναξίους τὴν τῶν θείων γνῶσιν, η οι α ν πόθον ε χοντες καταλήψεως τῆς θείας γνώσεως, πόνοις καὶ ἀσκήσεσιν ἐπιδόντες ἑαυτούς, τύχωσι τοῦ σκοποῦ. 471 Ps 45,2 Οὐ πάντων ὁ θεός ἐστιν η τῶν ἀποταξαμένων πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ καταφυγῇ τε καὶ δυνάμει. καταφεύγοντες γὰρ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν πᾶσαν ἀσφάλειαν ε χουσιν καὶ δύναμιν τῷ μετέχειν αὐτοῦ, ὡς λέγειν κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον· Πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ. Βοηθὸς ἐν θλίψεσιν ταῖς εὑρούσαις ἡμᾶς σφόδρα. τὸ Σφόδρα ἀμφιβόλως κεῖται· η γὰρ βοηθὸς σφόδρα ἐστὶν ἐν ταῖς εὑρισκούσαις ἡμᾶς θλίψεσιν, η ἐν ταῖς σφόδρα εὑρισκούσαις ἡμᾶς θλίψεσιν βοηθός ἐστιν. 472 Ps 45,3b Ορη μετατιθέμενα ἐν καρδίαις θαλασσῶν οὐ τὰ αἰσθητὰ τυγχάνοντα μέρη γῆς ἡγητέον, ἀλλὰ πονηρὰς δυνάμεις μετατιθεμένας εἰς τὰς τεταραγμένας ὑπὸ τρικυμιῶν παθῶν ψυχάς, ε νθα ἁλμυρόν τι πόμα κακίας καὶ πικρότης ἠθῶν. ἀμέλει καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς

The Stability of God and the Shaking of Nations§85

85a mustard seed

The Lord is in the midst of her, in the midst of threats (Ps 45:6). There is another scripture saying, 'God will help her with His face.' For He preserves her beauty, which is both vulnerable and incorruptible, the intelligible beauty; clearly, the intellect will receive disturbance from opposing things. For when the soul holds faith within itself as unassailable and assigns to itself the refinements of all virtue, the intellect possesses beauty and Christ Himself is revealed to it. Since the immediate, visible, and unchangeable is set aside, the Church, he says, will not be persuaded by this; for He preserves her beauty.

He calls the nations the hordes of demons warring against her (Ps 45:7). And when these see the incarnate appearance of the Savior, they are troubled against His Church and are filled with dread. Furthermore, the falling of the seven kingdoms over which death and sin reigned will follow. Even if you call those reigning 'kingdoms,' they too have fallen, flowing from error into the knowledge of truth and from wickedness into virtue.

Regarding the silence of God, the earthly and material things seem to have stability and standing, being shaken by God's having given a voice (Ps 45:8). For if God assists the intellect, immediately everything earthly is moved. And upon God having given the voice according to the Gospel, the earth has been shaken, with all customs, local laws, useful things, and even the impious deception being changed; the nations are troubled and the kingdoms are falling. While the earth is shaken, we are courageous, having the Lord of powers with us, the God of Jacob taking hold of us (Ps 45:9). Just as he who does the works of Abraham is His child, so he who imitates the asceticism of Jacob becomes His son, having an understanding from the God of Jacob.

And the Holy Spirit calls upon the acute minds for the understanding of these things.

Greek · §85

̓Εὰν ε χητε ε φη πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, οὐ μόνον τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, ἀλλὰ κα ν τῷ ο ρει τούτῳ ει πητε Αρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν· δεικνύμενον δὲ ο ρος ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος οὐκ α λλο παρεκτὸς τῆς ἀντικειμένης δυνάμεως. καὶ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ κινοῦντος τὸν σεληνιασμὸν δαίμονος πάλιν ει πεν ̓Εὰν ε χητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ο ρει τούτῳ μεταβῆναι ἐντεῦθεν ἐκεῖ, τὴν τελειοτάτην πίστιν κόκκῳ σινάπεως παραβάλλων. καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀπόστολος ̓Εὰν ε χω φησὶν πᾶσαν πίστιν ω στε ο ρη μεθιστάνειν. 473 Ps 45,4b Τῇ Χριστοῦ 92 κραταιότητι ἐταράχθη τὰ πονηρὰ πνεύματα, ψυχῶν καὶ σωμάτων τῶν προκατεσχημένων ἐλαυνόμενα. μέγα γὰρ ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς τὰ ο ρη ταῦτα φρονοῦντα, ἐξαπιναίως ἰδόντα τὸν μετ' ἐξουσίας ἐλαύνοντα ἐνέπεσον εἰς ταραχήν. 474 Ps 45,5a Πόλιν θεοῦ η τοι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν η τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ τὴν ἐπουράνιον νομιστέον λέγεσθαι. Ταύτην τὴν ἑκατέρως χρηματίζουσαν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ εὐφραίνουσιν τὰ ὁρμήματα τοῦ ποταμοῦ. ποταμὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ὁ ἐξ ̓Εδὲμ τῆς θείας τρυφῆς ἐκπορευόμενος καὶ πάντα τὸν πνευματικὸν παράδεισον ἐπάρδων καὶ πάντας καλῶν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν Ει τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω· ὁρμήματα δ' αὐτοῦ αἱ κατὰ μέρους διδασκαλίαι η ε ννοιαι α ς ὑποβάλλει τῇ ψυχῇ. 475 Ps 45,5b ̔Ο υ ψιστος κατ' οὐσίαν α γιος ὑπάρχων μεταδοτικὸς ἁγιότητός ἐστιν· ο θεν ἁγιάζει πάντας τοὺς ἐν οι ς κατασκηνοῖ, σκήνωμα αὐτοῦ καλουμένους. δύναται δὲ καὶ ο ἀνέλαβε σῶμα ἐκ τῆς παρθένου σκήνωμα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνον ἁγιάζειν ἐν αὐτῷ γεγενημένου. συνῳδὸν τούτῳ Τὸ γεννώμενον ἐν σοὶ α γιον κληθήσεται υἱὸς θεοῦ ζῶντος. 476 Ps 45,6a ̔Ο θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ τῆς πόλεως ἱδρυμένος οὐ σαλευθήσεται, οὐ καταλιμπάνων αὐτὴν διὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν αὐτῇ ἀναμαρτησίαν. σαλεύεται γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων· ο θεν καὶ τῷ ̓Αδὰμ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν περιπατῶν εὑρίσκεται, καὶ ἐν τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ φησὶν Πορεύσεται ἐν σάλῳ ἀπειλῆς ὁ κύριος. 477 Ps 45,6b ̔Ετέρα δ' ἐστὶν γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα Βοηθήσει αὐτῇ ὁ θεὸς τῷ προσώπῳ. σῴζει γὰρ αὐτῆς τὸ κάλλος α τρωτόν τε καὶ ἀπαράφθορον, τὸ νοητὸν δηλονότι ο τ' α ν ταραχὴν δέξηται τῶν ἀντικειμένων. ε ως μὲν γὰρ ἀδιάβλητον ε χει τὴν πίστιν ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ἁπάσης ἀρετῆς ὡραϊσμοὺς ἑαυτῇ περιτίθησιν, κάλλος ε χει τὸ νοητὸν ῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιγάνυται Χριστός. παρενεχθεῖσά γε μὴν τοῦ εἰκότος παραχρῆμα τὸ εἰδεχθὲς καὶ ἀτερπὲς ε χει, ἀλλ' οὐ πείσεται τοῦτο, φησίν, ἡ ἐκκλησία· σῴζει γὰρ αὐτῆς τὸ κάλλος. 478 Ps 45,7a Εθνη τὰ στίφη τῶν κατ' αὐτῆς στρατευομένων δαιμόνων ὀνομάζει. ο τ' α ν ου ν ταῦτα θεάσωνται τοῦ σωτῆρος τὴν ε νσαρκον ἐπιφάνειαν, ταράττονται κατὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐκκλησίας η καὶ δέους πληροῦνται. τηνικαῦτα δὲ ἀκολουθήσει καὶ τὸ κλιθῆναι τὰς ψεκτὰς βασιλείας καθ' α ς ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία. εἰ δὲ καὶ βασιλείαν λέγοις τοὺς βασιλευομένους, ἐκλίθησαν καὶ ου τοι ἐκ πλάνης εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας καὶ ἐκ κακίας εἰς ἀρετὴν ῥέψαντες. 479 Ps 45,7b.8 Σιωπῶντος θεοῦ βεβαιότητα καὶ στάσιν ε χειν δοκεῖ τὰ γήϊνα καὶ ὑλικὰ πράγματα, κλονούμενα θεοῦ φωνὴν δεδωκότος· ο τ' α ν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς ἐμβοήσῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ, εὐθὺς μετακινεῖται ταύτης πᾶν ει τι γεῶδες. Καὶ ἐπὶ θεοῦ τὴν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον φωνὴν δεδωκότος ἡ γῆ σεσάλευται, μετατιθεμένων ἁπάντων τῶν ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἐθῶν, νομίμων πατρίων, χρηστηρίων καὶ ει τι ε τερον τῆς δυσσεβοῦς ἀπάτης, ταραττομένων τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ κλινουσῶν τῶν βασιλειῶν· τῆς γῆς σαλευομένης, ἡμεῖς θαρροῦμεν μεθ' ἑαυτῶν ε χοντες τὸν τῶν δυνάμεων κύριον ἀντιλαμβανόμενον ἡμῶν τὸν θεὸν ̓Ιακώβ. Ωσπερ δὲ ὁ ποιῶν τὰ ε ργα τοῦ ̓Αβραὰμ τέκνον αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, ου τως ὁ τὴν α σκησιν τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ μιμούμενος τυγχάνει υἱὸς αὐτοῦ, ἀντίληψιν ε χων παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Ιακώβ. 480 Ps 45,9a Καλεῖ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον ἐπὶ τὴν τούτων κατανόησιν τοὺς ὀξὺ

The Calling of Apostles and the Nature of Psalmody§86

86Seeing them through the 'Second' to draw them near, and through the 'Behold' to dazzle them with the truth, he prepares them. 481 Ps 45,9 The apostles also filled the inhabited world, running everywhere and recounting what had happened through him and performing wonders in his name. The Word is able also to call the nations to know the Creator of this world from the wonders seen concerning creation. 482 Ps 45,10 Having come and having destroyed the devil, the holder of the power of death, and the other evil powers, he has abolished wars even to the ends of the earth, that is, those passing from the lands; smashing the bow, the burning arrows of the evil one which were being shot, but also consuming with fire the door of unbelief opposite the door of faith. 483 Ps 45,11a No one sinning and being occupied with wandering is able to know God; for everyone sinning has not seen him, nor has he known him. He who desires to know God, having renounced every occupation, will know who God is, as the present saying says: 'Be at leisure and know.' This, therefore, the tyrant of Egypt, having perceived, subjects the Hebrews to occupations so that they may not attend to God, saying, 'Be at leisure' [as in, 'you are mere laborers']: for this reason they say, 'Let us go forth and serve our God.' 484 Ps 46,2a Since hands are often said to be instead of deeds, and the nations perform various things according to diverse customs before the visitation, the Savior, having visited men, commands a tumult to occur, that is, a harmony of the practical powers of the nations, tropically called hands. 485 Ps 46,2bβ Not only is a harmony of deeds sufficient for salvation, but also a right mind with these things. Therefore, he commands the nations to shout aloud in a voice of rejoicing along with the tumult. 486 Ps 46,3a And he is fearsome and worthy of reverence to those who hold piety toward him. 487 Ps 46,3b It is not doubtful that he reigns over the super-celestial beings. Concerning those wavering about the earth, even if he holds even it, the preceding verse is spoken, and especially because those describing providence even unto the lunar sphere do not wish to admit those under the earth to be under providence. 488 Ps 46,4.5 He also perceives thus: he has subjected...

He ordained the holy apostles as rulers and teachers of all peoples, both the circumcised and the Gentiles, under their feet, having chosen for himself an inheritance not other than that of Israel; he himself chose the election of Jacob. And he says of the whole people of the Hebrews, Jacob. From this the impartiality of God is known, that he loved nothing other than the beauty of Jacob; for in every way the one fearing him and working righteousness is acceptable to him. A voice is made significant by the shout of falling enemies, in which he rejoices (Ps 46:6); and it rises above our understanding when it is found.

The loud voice and the piercing of the dogmas are called the voice of a trumpet; for in the manifest and in the Gospel, a trumpet is taken up, as in the saying, 'When you do alms, do not sound a trumpet before you' (Matt 6:2), which is, do not make it manifest. Sing not only sensually according to the shadow of the law, but also spiritually according to the Gospel (Ps 46:7). Perhaps it commands doing this unceasingly and continuously through doubling. And this same doubling of singing must be raised up to the King Christ; for he is indeed Creator, God, and indeed Providential, King. Therefore, it is necessary to sing unceasingly to the same God and King.

He who sings must also understand the things being brought forth in the song (Ps 46:8b). It is not necessary that the thing happen primarily concerning the rhythm and the tone of the voice, but concerning the understanding of the things being sung. For God spares those who do not sing thus, but only make a noise, saying, 'Turn away from me the noise of your songs, and I will not hear the sound of your instruments.' But he sings intelligently, the one practicing according to the divine teachings and understanding them.

The rulers of the peoples are the apostles or the leaders of the churches, gathered with God Abraham, so that they might bring in the peoples who benefit through him; for their God is the God of children having become of Abraham. But stand firm, if the rulers of the peoples can be angels, concerning whom it has been said, 'He set the bounds of the peoples according to the number of the angels of God' (Ps 46:10a), who also are gathered with God Abraham, since through faith they were made children.

Greek · §86

καθορῶντας διὰ μὲν τοῦ ∆εῦτε συνεγγίζειν αὐτούς, διὰ δὲ τοῦ Ιδετε ἀτενίζειν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ παρασκευάζων. 481 Ps 45,9b ̓Επλήρωσαν δὲ καὶ τεράτων τὴν οἰκουμένην οἱ ἀπόστολοι, πανταχῇ διατρέχοντες καὶ τά τε δι' αὐτοῦ γεγονότα διηγούμενοι καὶ ἐν ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ θαυματουργοῦντες. δύναται καὶ καλεῖν ὁ λόγος τὰ ε θνη ἐκ τῶν ὁρωμένων περὶ τὴν κτίσιν θαυμάτων τὸν ταύτης ἐπιγνῶναι δημιουργόν. 482 Ps 45,10 ̓Ελθὼν καὶ καταλύσας διάβολον τὸν τὸ κράτος ε χοντα τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τὰς α λλας πονηρὰς δυνάμεις, ἀντανεῖλεν πολέμους ε ως τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς, τουτέστι τῶν περασάντων ἀπὸ γηΐνων· συντρίβων τὸ τόξον ἀφ' ου ἠφίετο τὰ πεπυρωμένα τοῦ πονηροῦ βέλη ἀλλὰ καὶ πυρὶ κατακαύσει τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς ἀπιστίας ἐναντίως 93 ε χοντα τῷ θυρεῷ τῆς πίστεως. 483 Ps 45,11a Οὐδεὶς ἁμαρτάνων καὶ πλάνῃ σχολάζων γνῶναι θεὸν δύναται· Πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ε γνωκεν αὐτόν. ὁ βουλόμενος ου ν γνῶναι θεόν, πάσῃ ἀσχολίᾳ ἀποταξάμενος, γνώσεται τίς ὁ θεός ἐστιν, ῃ φησιν τὸ παρὸν λόγιον Σχολάσατε καὶ γνῶτε. τοῦτο τοίνυν ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου τύραννος νοήσας ἀσχολίαις ὑποβάλλει τοὺς ̔Εβραίους, ο πως μὴ ἐπισπῶνται θεόν, Σχολάζετε λέγων Σχολασταί ἐστε· διὰ τοῦτο λέγετε Πορευθῶμεν καὶ λατρεύσωμεν τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν. 484 Ps 46,2a ̓Επεὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἀντὶ τῶν πράξεων πολλάκις ει ρηνται, ε πραττε δὲ τὰ ε θνη διάφορα κατὰ τὰ ποικίλα πάτρια πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας, ὁ σωτὴρ εἰς ἀνθρώπους φοιτήσας προστάττει κρότον γενέσθαι, τουτέστιν συμφωνίαν τῶν πρακτικῶν δυνάμεων τῶν ἐθνῶν τροπικῶς χειρῶν ὀνομαζομένων. 485 Ps 46,2bβ Οὐ μόνον ἀπαρκεῖ πρὸς σωτηρίαν πράξεως συμφωνία, εἰ μὴ καὶ φρόνημα ὀρθὸν σὺν τούτοις ει η. διὸ καὶ ἀλάλαξειν ̓Εν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως μετὰ τοῦ κρότου προστάττει τοῖς ε θνεσιν. 486 Ps 46,3a Εστιν δὲ φοβερὸς καὶ τῷ σεβάσμιος ει ναι, ὡς εὐλάβειαν εἰς αὐτὸν ε χειν τοὺς ἐννοοῦντας αὐτόν. 487 Ps 46,3b Οὐκ ἀμφίβολον εἰ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων βασιλεύει. περὶ τῆς γῆς δὲ ἀμφιβαλλόντων τινῶν, εἰ καὶ αὐτῆς κρατεῖ, λέγεται ὁ προκείμενος στίχος καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τοὺς περιγράφοντας τὴν πρόνοιαν μέχρι τῆς σεληνιακῆς σφαίρας οὐ βουλομένους τὰ ὑπὸ γῆν ὑπὸ πρόνοιαν ει ναι. 488 Ps 46,4.5 Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ ου τως· ὑπέταξεν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς λαοὺς καὶ τὰ ε θνη ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν, πάντων ἀνθρώπων α ρχοντας καὶ διδασκάλους χειροτονήσας αὐτούς, ἐκλεξάμενος τὴν κληρονομίαν ἑαυτοῦ οὐχ ἑτέραν ου σαν τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ καὶ τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ τὴν ἐκλογὴν η ν αὐτὸς ἐκλεξάμενος ἠγάπησεν. ̓Ιακὼβ δὲ τὸν πάντα λαὸν τῶν ̔Εβραίων φησίν. ἐκ τούτου γνωρίζεται τὸ ἀπροσωπόληπτον τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν καλλονὴν οὐκ α λλο τι τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ ἀγαπήσαντος· ̓Εν παντὶ γὰρ ε θνει ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 489 Ps 46,6 Φωνὴ δὲ α σημος καταπεσόντων πολεμίων ὁ ἀλαλαγμὸς ἐν ῳ α νεισιν αὐτός· ἀναβαίνει δὲ ὑπεράνω τῆς νοήσεως ἡμῶν εὑρισκόμενος. ε οικεν τὴν μεγαλοφωνίαν καὶ τὸ διάτορον τῶν δογμάτων φωνὴ σάλπιγγος ὀνομάζεσθαι· ἐπὶ γὰρ τοῦ φανεροῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ σάλπιγξ λαμβάνεται ὡς ἐν τῷ λέγειν Σὺ δὲ ποιῶν ἐλεημοσύνην μὴ σαλπίσῃς ε μπροσθέν σου, ο ἐστιν μὴ φανερώσῃς. 490 Ps 46,7 Μὴ μόνον αἰσθητῶς κατὰ τὴν σκιὰν τοῦ νόμου ἀλλὰ καὶ πνευματικῶς κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ψάλατε. η τάχα διὰ τοῦ διπλασιασμοῦ τὸ ἀδιαστάτως καὶ διηνεκῶς τοῦτο ποιεῖν προστάττει. τὸν δ' αὐτὸν διπλασιασμὸν τοῦ ψάλλειν ἐπὶ τὸν βασιλέα Χριστὸν ἀνάγειν δεῖ· ῃ μὲν γὰρ δημιουργός, θεός, ῃ δὲ προνοητικός, βασιλεύς ἐστιν. τῷ γοῦν αὐτῷ ο ντι θεῷ καὶ βασιλεῖ ψάλλειν ἀδιαστάτως δεῖ. 491 Ps 46,8b Τὸν ψάλλοντα δεῖ καὶ νόησιν τῶν προφερομένων ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ ε χειν. οὐ γὰρ περὶ τὴν κλάσιν καὶ τὸ μέλος τῆς φωνῆς καταγίνεσθαι προηγουμένως δεῖ ἀλλὰ συνεῖναι τὰ ψαλλόμενα. τοὺς γὰρ μὴ ου τω ψάλλοντας ἀλλὰ μόνον η χον ἀποτελοῦντας παραιτεῖται θεὸς λέγων Μετάστησον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ η χον ᾠδῶν σου, καὶ ψαλμὸν ὀργάνων σου οὐκ ἀκούσομαι. ψάλλει δὲ συνετῶς ὁ πράττων κατὰ τὰ θεῖα παιδεύματα καὶ νοῶν αὐτά. 492 Ps 46,10a Οἱ τῶν λαῶν α ρχοντες οἱ ἀπόστολοι η οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν, συναγόμενοι μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Αβραάμ, ι να προσαγάγωσι τοὺς πρὸς αὐτὸν ὠφελουμένους λαούς· καὶ γὰρ αὐτῶν θεός ἐστι τεκνῶν γενομένων τοῦ ̓Αβραάμ. ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ α ρχοντες τῶν λαῶν ει ναι δύνανται α γγελοι περὶ ω ν ει ρηται Εστησεν ο ρια ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ, οι τινες καὶ συνάγονται μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Αβραάμ, ἐπεὶ διὰ πίστεως υἱοποιήθησαν

The Transformation of Souls and the Shipwreck of Bodies§87

87Regarding Abraham, the portions which are found are rulers (Ps 46:10). The mighty ones of the earth are men who have lived rightly, exalting themselves by thinking of the things above and seeking the things above. For they, having been greatly exalted, being suspended by divine knowledge and virtue, have become of God; for the mighty ones of the earth, having become the possession of God, were exalted.

The joy of all the earth is a deep-rooted and good-rooted thing (Ps 47:3); perhaps there is no other one of him who said, 'I am the true vine' (John 15:1). For he himself is the joy of all the earth, being also the provider of joy.

It does not seem that some, having moved from wherever, were heard to have suffered, to signify from the appointed word; for they say that the Savior was crucified on the northern sides of Zion, there being the place of the skull (Ps 47:3).

But we say, following many writings, that the north is not anything other than the devil, according to the 'Exert yourself, O North, and come' (Job 37:7). This side is wicked men, just as they say the retainers of a ruler are his side. The wicked men who serve the devil, having previously been his side, transformed so much in virtue that they did not merely plunder Zion, but became its mountain (Ps 47:3-4). Paul, then, being a traitor, being a side of the north, plundered the body of the church which is Zion as it was transforming. And since the woman is called the side of the man, and the souls that became spouses to the devil, being his side through fellowship with him, became the mountain of Zion through transformation, just as the city of the great King Christ was plundered. For this word intends this, saying Zion is the mountain, which was formerly the side of the north or of the great king, we understanding it again as a great king by excellence of power but not of size. And in this city there are certain heavy and great dwellings in which God is known and the care of the city is grasped. These dwellings are of the same kind as the house which he builds upon the rock, he who heard the words of Jesus and did them (Ps 47:5-8). In the city the kings have come and into it...

Having been gathered together, having become the same, prepared by the same mind and the same judgment; but the kings are not those ruling according to God, such as Abraham was to someone, although not perceptibly ruling: 'You are a king from God in our midst' (Gen 26:2).

Not having seen the ancient ones who rose to such height from the north side, they marveled at the sight of Zion, being struck by the change occurring in the rational nature. And if one sees the bad becoming diligent and wise, marveling at the change, if he considers what might happen again—that those able to fall might be the diligent and wise—having thought this, he will cause trouble and shaking even to those who have greatly progressed in virtue, as if they were to seize the terror of dread.

Accompanying this is: 'The righteous groan in the places of the ungodly' (Ps 47:9), for when they fall, they become terrified. There are pains like those of a woman in childbirth. In the city of the great king, it is likely that souls have become pregnant from the bridegroom, and they have a time for delivery to form the offspring cast upon him, as if to labor to bring forth the mother's offspring.

The name of pains may signify those who are troubled and shaken, whom terror has seized. 'A mighty wind shall break the ships of Tarshish' (Job 41:31). The bodies are often called the ships of the souls in the Scripture, as also in 'Those going down into the sea in ships' (Ps 107:23). These bodies are not being crushed by the Divine Spirit striking them violently in essence, that is, being dissolved, so that at the time of the resurrection, incorruptible, strong, and promising spiritual things might come forth from corruptible, weak, and dishonorable, psychic kinds.

But these ships are not simply so, but are 'Tarshish,' changing the voice of Tarshish into the joy of discovery. For then the bodies, being crushed and dying, are praiseworthily broken, so that those nearby may discover the divine joy. While experiencing this in this life, we hear much concerning the heavenly city of God and the spiritual goods in it from prophetic words and other inspired Scripture. If, having been relocated...

Greek · §87

τῷ ̓Αβραὰμ αἱ μερίδες ω ν τυγχάνουσιν α ρχοντες. 493 Ps 46,10b Κραταιοὶ τῆς γῆς οἱ 94 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ὀρθῶς πολιτευσάμενοι, ἐπαιρόμενοι τῷ τὰ α νω φρονεῖν τῷ τὰ α νω ζητεῖν. ου τοι γὰρ σφόδρα ἐπαρθέντες, γνώσει θείᾳ καὶ ἀρετῇ μετεωριζόμενοι, τοῦ θεοῦ γεγένηνται· οἱ γὰρ κραταιοὶ τῆς γῆς τοῦ θεοῦ κτῆμα γεγενημένοι ἐπήρθησαν. 494 Ps 47,3a Τὸ πάσης τῆς γῆς ἀγαλλίαμα ευ ριζον καὶ ἀγαθὰς ῥίζας ε χον ἐστίν, τάχα οὐχ ε τερον ο ν τοῦ εἰπόντος ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ α μπελος ἡ ἀληθινή. αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἀγαλλίαμα πάσης τῆς γῆς, αι τιος καὶ χορηγὸς τυγχάνων ἀγαλλιάσεως. 495 Ps 47,3b Οὐκ οι δ' ὁπόθεν κινηθέντες τινὲς ᾠήθησαν ε νθα πέπονθεν ὁ σωτὴρ σημαίνεσθαι ἐκ τῆς προκειμένης λέξεως· φασὶ γὰρ τὸν σωτῆρα ἐσταυρῶσθαι ἐν τοῖς βορείοις πλευροῖς τῆς Σιών, ἐκεῖσε τυγχάνοντος τοῦ κρανίου τόπου. 496 Ps 47,3b–4 ̔Ημεῖς δέ φαμεν, ἑπόμενοι πολλαῖς γραφαῖς, τὸν βορρᾶν οὐκ α λλον ει ναι η τὸν διάβολον κατὰ τὸ ̓Εξεγείρου, βορρᾶ, καὶ ε ρχου, νότε. τούτου ου ν πλευρὰ οἱ πονηροὶ α νθρωποι, ω σπερ καὶ α ρχοντος πλευρά φασιν τοὺς δορυφόρους αὐτοῦ. οἱ πονηροὶ ου ν α νθρωποι οἱ δορυφοροῦντες τὸν διάβολον, πλευρὰ αὐτοῦ πρότερον ο ντες, εἰς τοσοῦτον μεταβάλλοντες κατ' ἀρετὴν διέπρεψαν, ὡς μὴ ἁπλῶς τὴν Σιὼν χρηματίσαι ἀλλ' ο ρη αὐτῆς ἀποδειχθῆναι. Παῦλος ου ν ο τε προδότης η ν πλευρὸν τυγχάνων τοῦ βορρᾶ, μεταβαλλόμενος ο ρος τῆς ἐκκλησίας τυγχανούσης Σιὼν ἐχρημάτισεν. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡ γυνὴ πλευρὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς λέγεται, καὶ αἱ γενόμεναι ψυχαὶ σύζυγοι τῷ διαβόλῳ, πλευρὰ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσαι διὰ τῆς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον κοινωνίας, ο ρη τῆς Σιὼν διὰ μεταβολῆς γεγένηνται, ὡς καὶ πόλιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως Χριστοῦ χρηματίσαι. Αυ τη γὰρ ἡ λέξις τοῦτο βούλεται, ο ρη λέγουσα Σιὼν τὰ πάλαι πλευρὰ τοῦ βορρᾶ η τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ μεγάλου, μέγαν πάλιν βασιλέα καθ' ὑπεροχὴν δυνάμεως ἀλλ' οὐ μεγέθους νοούντων ἡμῶν. ταύτης δὲ τῆς πόλεως ει εν καὶ βάρεις τινὲς ὑψηλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι οἰκεῖαι ἐν αι ς ὁ θεὸς γινώσκεται ο ταν ἀντιλαμβάνηται τῆς πόλεως. αυ ται αἱ βάρεις ὁμογενεῖς εἰσιν τῇ οἰκίᾳ η ν οἰκοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν ὁ τοὺς ̓Ιησοῦ λόγους ἀκούσας καὶ ποιήσας. 497 Ps 47,5–8 ̓Εν τῇ πόλει οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐληλυθότες καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν συναχθέντες, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γεγενημένοι καταρτισθέντες τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ· εἰσὶν δὲ οἱ βασιλεῖς ου τοι οἱ κατὰ θεὸν βασιλεύσαντες, οι ος η ν ̓Αβραὰμ πρὸς ο ν ει πόν τινες καίτοι οὐκ αἰσθητῶς βασιλεύοντα· Βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ σὺ ει ἐν ἡμῖν. Ου τοι ἰδόντες τοὺς πάλαι πλευρὰ ο ντας τοῦ βορρᾶ εἰς τοσοῦτον υ ψος ἀναβάντας ὡς ει ναι τῆς Σιὼν ο ρη ἐθαύμασαν, ἐκπλαγέντες τὴν περὶ τὴν λογικὴν φύσιν γινομένην τροπήν. ο τ' α ν δὲ καὶ ἐκ φαύλων σπουδαίους καὶ σοφοὺς γινομένους ι δοι τις, θαυμάσας τὴν μεταβολὴν εἰ σκοπήσοι ο τι ἀνάπαλιν ἐνδέχεται γενέσθαι τοὺς σπουδαίους καὶ σοφοὺς μεταπεσεῖν δυναμένους, τοῦτ' ἐννοηθεὶς καὶ τοῖς πάνυ προκόψασιν κατ' ἀρετὴν τάραχον ἐμποιήσει καὶ κλόνον, ὡς τὸν ἐκ δέους τρόμον ἐπιλαβέσθαι αὐτῶν. τούτῳ συνῳδὸν τὸ ̓Εν τόποις ἀσεβῶν στένουσιν δίκαιοι· ἐκείνων πιπτόντων κατάφοβοι γίνονται. ̓Εκεῖ ὠδῖνες ὡς τικτούσης. ἐν τῇ πόλει τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ μεγάλου εἰκὸς ει ναι ψυχὰς ἐγκύμονας ἀπὸ τοῦ νυμφίου γεγενημένας, αι καὶ μορφώσασαι τὰς παρ' αὐτοῦ καταβεβλημένας γονὰς καιρὸν ε χουσιν ἀποτέξεως, ὡς καὶ ὠδινῆσαι ἐπὶ τῷ μητέρας γεννημάτων γενέσθαι. δύναται δὲ τὸ τῶν ὠδίνων ο νομα πόνους σημαίνειν τοὺς περὶ τοὺς ταραχθέντας καὶ σαλευθέντας, ω ν ἐπελάβετο τρόμος. ̓Εν πνεύματι βιαίῳ συντρίψει πλοῖα Θαρσεῖς. πλοῖα τῶν ψυχῶν τὰ σώματα πολλαχοῦ τῆς γραφῆς λέγεται ω σπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ Οἱ καταβαίνοντες εἰς θάλασσαν ἐν πλοίοις. ταῦτ' ου ν τὰ σώματα φθαρτὰ καὶ μετάβλητα κατ' οὐσίαν ο ντα ὑπὸ τοῦ θείου πνεύματος σφοδρῶς προσβάλλοντος αὐτοῖς συντρίβεται, τουτέστιν διαλύεται, ι να κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως καιρὸν α φθαρτα ἰσχυρὰ ἐπίδοξα πνευματικὰ ἐκ φθαρτῶν ἀσθενῶν καὶ ἀτίμων καὶ ψυχικῶν γένηται. οὐχ ἁπλῶς δὲ ἀλλὰ Θαρσεῖς ἐστιν τὰ πλοῖα ταῦτα, μεταβαλλομένης ̔Ελλάδι 95 φωνῇ τῆς Θαρσεῖς εἰς τὸ κατασκοπὴ χαρᾶς. τότε γὰρ ἐπαινετῶς συντρίβεται τὰ σώματα ὑποπιαζόμενα καὶ νεκρούμενα, ο τ' α ν κατασκοπῶσιν οἱ περικείμενοι αὐτὰ τὴν θείαν χαράν. 498 Ps 47,9a ̓Εν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ τυγχάνοντες, πολλὰ περὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου πόλεως τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ πνευματικῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀκούομεν ὑπὸ λόγων προφητικῶν καὶ τῆς α λλης θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς. ἐὰν ου ν μετοικισθέντες

The Instruction of the Power of Zion§88

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

88Let us become from the earth in the upper Jerusalem, weighing together the things seen in it which we have heard of long ago, saying: Just as we heard, so also we shall see. For it is also the city of our God, since He Himself established it for eternity (Ps 47:9c-d). And the Savior is not spoken of in these things; for the Father shows Him, saying: I will build my city. He is the artisan and creator, while God is the one having the foundations of the city which all the righteous receive.

Just as your name is wonderful in all the land, so is your praise, since the earth is full of His praise (Ps 47:11ab). One must consider the ends and the borders of the earth, those who have passed from the earth into heaven, upon which the name of God and the praise have reached. Of the assembly named Zion, its Lord is the one whom those trusting in the Lord resemble (Ps 47:12a). 'Judah' is interpreted as confession, and the souls participating in the exercise of confession are the daughters of Judah. Perhaps also all the God-breathed Scripture is homonymous with the place in which Judah is given, in which God is known. The daughters, not of the Judah being given on either side, but approaching as much as possible the judgments of the Lord, are true and justified, and they will rejoice in the same way. And since the judgments of the Lord are unsearchable, they do not rejoice at the present, but they will rejoice face to face, approaching the truth then.

Regarding the ecclesiastical opinion, being a scrutiny of the truth and for this reason called Zion, it is fitting to take it up with wisdom, so that having reflected upon the doctrines of the truth, we may describe them in a circle to their own intellect. And since the city of God is surrounded on every side by the approaching enemies, and has towers constructed from which the approaching enemies can be scouted. And since the enemies of the city are now warring, it is necessary also for those in its towers to give guidance. It also agrees: 'Upon your walls I have set guards by day and by night, who will never be silent until the end' (Ps 47:12bc/13-15).

Being islands of the Lord; in this way even Wisdom is proclaimed upon the battlements of walls. Set therefore your heart, that is to say your mind, having scientifically attending to the power of Zion (this is the ecclesiastical teaching), and divide out analytically to each one attending to it.

For just as it is logical to divide things into essence and what has become, and genera into being, so also to divide the power of Zion into its weighty parts as much as possible; and its weighty parts are the individual contemplations in which the doctrines of piety dwell. Do this, so that you may narrate to another generation what our God himself is.

Since the former generation, having received the city and its power, was reproved as evil, adulterous, crooked, and perverted by its own heresy, having attended to the power of the city and dividing its weighty matters, you shall know the things concerning the calling of the Gentiles, which is another generation besides the former, in which you shall also narrate that this is not the God who, having done the aforementioned paradoxical things, cast away the former generation and called another and others. But this God, concerning whom the proposed theology is always the same and likewise has, unto the age and unto the age of ages; and He himself will shepherd us unto the ages according to what has been said: 'And the Lord shall shepherd his flock in strength' (Ps 48:2a).

Prepare your hearing, not the common one toward other animals, but the one of the inner man through which we comprehend what is heard, as the Savior says: 'He who has ears to hear, let him hear' (Ps 48:3a).

Since among the called Gentiles, some are dull of the matter and of the earthly mindset, but having been born sons of men, they rise up through knowledge and instruction, through lessons and examined words; and He calls not only the herd-like and grazing ones, but also the prudent, saying: 'Hear these, you who are born in the Gentiles and are sons of men.' For teachers are debtors not only to the wise but also to the foolish.

I bring forth wisdom from my mouth, having previously meditated understanding in my heart (Ps 48:4). For then one will be able to speak wisely.

Greek · §88

ἀπὸ γῆς ἐν τῇ α νω ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ γενώμεθα, συμβάλλοντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ θεωρούμενα οι ς πάλαι ἀκηκόειμεν ἐροῦμεν Καθάπερ ἠκούσαμεν, ου τως καὶ ει δομεν. 499 Ps 47,9cδ Εστι δὲ καὶ πόλις τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ἐπείπερ αὐτὸς ἐθεμελίωσεν αὐτὴν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. ὁ σωτὴρ δέ ἐστιν περὶ ου λέγεται ταῦτα· δεικνὺς γὰρ αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ Ου τος ε φη οἰκοδομήσει τὴν πόλιν μου, αὐτὸς ω ν τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς οι α θεὸς τῆς τοὺς θεμελίους ἐχούσης πόλεως η ν καὶ ἐκδέχονται πάντες οἱ δίκαιοι. 500 Ps 47,11ab Ωσπερ τὸ ο νομά σου θαυμαστὸν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ, ου τω καὶ ἡ αι νεσίς σου κατὰ τὸ Τῆς αἰνέσεως αὐτοῦ πλήρης ἡ γῆ. πέρατα τῆς γῆς τὰ τέρματα καὶ τὰς ἐσχατιὰς ει ναι ἡγητέον, η τοὺς περάσαντας ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν ἐφ' ου ς τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἡ αι νεσις ε φθασεν. 501 Ps 47,12a Τῆς ἐκκλησίας Σιὼν ὀνομαζομένης, ο ρος αὐτῆς ὁ κύριός ἐστιν ῳ ὁμοιοῦνται οἱ ἐπὶ κύριον πεποιθότες. 502 Ps 47,12bc ̓Ιουδαία ἐξομολόγησις ἑρμηνεύεται, αἱ δὲ μετέχουσαι τῆς ε ξεως τῆς ἐξομολογητικῆς ψυχαὶ αἱ θυγατέρες εἰσὶν τῆς ̓Ιουδαίας. τάχα δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ θεόπνευστος γραφὴ ὁμωνύμως τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ῳ δέδοται ̓Ιουδαία ἐν ῃ γνωστὸς ὁ θεός ἐστιν. αἱ θυγατέρες ου ν τῆς ἑκατέρως ἀποδοθείσης ̓Ιουδαίας, προσβαλοῦσαι κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτὸν τοῖς κρίμασιν τοῦ κυρίου ου σιν ἀληθινοῖς καὶ δεδικαιωμένοις, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἀγαλλιάσονται. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀνεξερεύνητά ἐστιν τὰ κρίματα τοῦ κυρίου, ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος οὐκ ἀγαλλιῶνται, ἀλλὰ ἀγαλλιάσονται πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον προσβαλοῦσαι τότε τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. 503 Ps 47, 13–15 Τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς γνώμης σκοπευτικῆς τῆς ἀληθείας τυγχανούσης καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Σιὼν καλουμένης, τῇ φρονήσει περιλαβεῖν αὐτὴν προσήκει, ι να περινοήσαντες τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας δόγματα ὡς ἐν κύκλῳ περιγράψωμεν αὐτὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν νοήσει. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ πόλις πάντοθεν ὠχύρωται διὰ τοὺς ἐπερχομένους πολεμίους, καὶ πύργους ἐγκατεσκευασμένους ε χει ἀφ' ω ν ε στιν κατασκοπῆσαι τοὺς ἐπερχομένους ἐχθρούς. καὶ ἐπεὶ οἱ ἐχθροὶ τῆς πόλεως πολεμοῦσιν λοιπόν, ἀνάγκη καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς πύργοις ο ντας αὐτῆς διηγεῖσθαι. συνᾴδει καὶ τὸ ̓Επὶ τῶν τειχέων σου κατέστησα φύλακας ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς οι διὰ τέλους οὐ σιωπήσονται μιμνησκόμενοι κυρίου· ταύτῃ καὶ ̔Η σοφία ἐπ' α κρων τειχέων κηρύττεται. Θέσθε τοίνυν τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν, τουτέστιν τὸν νοῦν, ἐπιστημονικῶς ἐπιστάνοντες εἰς τὴν δύναμιν τῆς Σιών (αυ τη δ' ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκκλησιαστικὴ διδασκαλία), καὶ καταδιέλεσθε διαιρετικῶς ἑκάστοις ἐπιστάνοντες. ὡς γὰρ ε στιν λογικῶς διελεῖν τὰ ο ντα εἰς οὐσίαν καὶ συμβεβηκὸς καὶ τὰ γένη εἰς ει δη, ου τω καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς Σιὼν καταδιελεῖν εἰς τὰς βάρεις αὐτῆς δυνατόν· βάρεις δὲ αὐτῆς αἱ καθ' ε καστον θεωρίαι ἐν αι ς οἰκεῖ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας δόγματα. Τοῦτο δὲ πράξατε, Οπως διηγήσησθε εἰς γενεὰν ἑτέραν ο τι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν. ἐπεὶ ἡ προτέρα γενεὰ ἡ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς παραλαβοῦσα πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς καὶ σκολιὰ καὶ διεστραμμένη ἐξ ἰδίας αἱρέσεως ἠλέγχθη, ἐπιστήσαντες τῇ δυνάμει τῆς πόλεως καὶ καταδιελόντες τὰς βάρεις αὐτῆς γνώσεσθε τὰ περὶ τῆς κλήσεως τῶν ἐθνῶν, η τις ἐστὶν ἑτέρα γενεὰ παρὰ τὴν προτέραν, ῃ περ καὶ διηγήσησθε Οτι ου τος ὁ θεός ἐστιν ὁ τὰ προειρημένα παράδοξα ποιήσας ἀποβαλὼν τὴν προτέραν γενεὰν καὶ α λλην καὶ α λλους καλέσας. ου τος δὲ ὁ θεὸς περὶ ου ἡ προκειμένη θεολογία ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ε χει Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος· καὶ Αὐτὸς ποιμανεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον Καὶ στήσεται καὶ ο ψεται καὶ ποιμανεῖ τὸ ποίμνιον αὐτοῦ ἐν ἰσχύϊ κύριος. 96 504 Ps 48,2a Εὐτρεπίσατε δὲ τὴν ἀκοήν, οὐ τὴν κοινὴν πρὸς τὰ α λλα ζῷα ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου καθ' η ν συνίεμεν τῶν ἀκουομένων, καθά φησιν ὁ σωτήρ· ̔Ο ε χων ω τα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. 505 Ps 48,3a ̓Επεὶ ἐν τοῖς καλουμένοις ε θνεσιν εἰς ἀκρόασιν οἱ μέν εἰσιν γεώδεις ο λοι τῆς υ λης καὶ τοῦ γηΐνου φρονήματος, γεγενημένοι δὲ υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων κατ' ἐπιστήμην καὶ παίδευσίν εἰσιν ο σοι μαθήμασιν καὶ λόγοις ἐξητασμένοις ἐπανέχουσιν, καλεῖ δὲ οὐ μόνον τοὺς ἀγελαίους καὶ βοσκηματώδεις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς συνετοὺς λέγων ̓Ακούσατε ταῦτα οἱ ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσιν γηγενεῖς καὶ ἀνθρώπων υἱοί. ὀφειλέται γὰρ οἱ διδάσκαλοι οὐ μόνον σοφῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνοήτων εἰσίν. 506 Ps 48,4 Προφέρω ἐκ στόματος τὴν σοφίαν, πρότερον μελετήσας ἐν καρδίᾳ σύνεσιν. τότε γὰρ ἀλήπτως δυνήσεταί τις σοφὸν

The Folly of the Unwise and the Eternal Home of the Wicked§89

89To bring forward a word, one who has trained the mind according to understanding. He who has learned the divine things and is able to hand them over well (Ps 48:5b). Therefore, even after falling into a parable, he promises to open his own riddle in the Psalter; for he set forth for himself, proclaiming in a rhythmic and patterned way according to theory, he opens his own riddle in the Psalter. And the word is patterned as one who must speak the truths. Perhaps also he who shows the divine words as being riddles, opening each of the riddles in a Psalter composed of sensation and power.

If iniquity should surround me with its wing (Ps 48:6b), no other vision of the ancestral tradition has reached the wing of Adam. All the born are of one kind and brothers, but no one is able to redeem his own brother who is sinning. For that one man alone shall be redeemed, concerning whom it is said, 'I will send a man to them who will save them' (John 11:45), who also says concerning himself, 'Now you seek to kill a man whom I have spoken the truth to you' (John 8:45). But that man, since he did not know sin nor did he do sin, will not give to God an expiation of himself which is given for the sake of those sinning, nor will he even attain the price of his own soul's redemption; but having lived according to virtue, he will live forever.

And it can also be said concerning the one being redeemed, 'He will not give to God an expiation of himself.' For not everyone is one who is able to give an expiation, Christ propitiating all in his own blood, nor is anyone able to give a price sufficient for the redemption of his soul, Christ having given his soul as a ransom for all. Even if he gives neither an expiation nor the price of the redemption of his soul, yet after being redeemed he receives commands, so that having labored according to them he may be able to live until the end, having possessed the...

Eternal life. He who has been set free by Christ will not possess salvation so unsteadily as to be unstable and unmovable, even if he sees those considered wise dying (Ps 48:10b), since he is not so scandalized as to see corruption. For the stumbling over seeing is not to be placed upon this one, but upon those considered wise.

He says that they do not know the one who is entirely cut off, but the evil-willed and the bad-minded (Ps 48:11.12ab); and indeed we are accustomed to call the ill-faced one faceless and the ill-skilled one unskilled. Not so, for the evil-willed and bad-minded shall undergo no punishment; for indeed their destruction is such that they will leave the wealth they did not treasure well to strangers. For no one is an heir of the rich man of mind and understanding through these things. Not so, the foolish and mindless, having not known who they are, have glorified what, according to irrational animals, their soul does not abide in. For they say: Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die (Isa 22:13). Therefore, the tombs in which they are buried become their houses for an age, not expecting a resurrection of the dead; but also their tents are in every generation and generation (Ps 48:12c), they shall be tombs, hoping pitifully in this only life. Perhaps also, doing nothing vital but being dead through which they sin, they are casting the tomb down as an eternal house.

And they did not even call upon their names upon the earth. For the names of the apostles through whom they act or think are written in the heavens, but those concerning whom the word speaks called upon their own names upon their own earths, through whom they act, being urbanized upon the earth; for having departed from the earth, they shall be written. Man has become in image and likeness of God (Gen 1:26), and having been shown to be rational, he will have the greatest honor (Ps 48:13). But this not understanding, but acting with irrationality.

Greek · §89

προσενέγκασθαι λόγον, ο ταν συγγεγυμνασμένην κατὰ σύνεσιν ε χῃ τὴν διάνοιαν. 507 Ps 48,5b ̔Ο μαθὼν τὰ θεῖα καὶ καλῶς αὐτὰ παραδοῦναι δυνήσεται. διὸ καὶ μετὰ τὸ κλῖναι εἰς παραβολὴν τὸ ου ς αὐτοῦ ἀνοίγειν ὑπισχνεῖται, τουτέστιν σαφηνίζειν ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ τὸ πρόβλημα ἑαυτοῦ· ο γὰρ προέβαλεν ἑαυτῷ, μεμουσωμένως καὶ εὐρύθμως κατὰ θεωρίαν ἀπαγγέλλων ἀνοίγει ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ τὸ πρόβλημα ἑαυτοῦ. μεμούσωται δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ τὰ ἀληθῆ ὡς δεῖ προφέροντος. τάχα δὲ καὶ ὁ τοὺς θείους λόγους προβλήματα τυγχάνοντας ε ργοις ἐπιδεικνύων ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ συγκειμένῳ ἐξ αἰσθήσεως καὶ δυνάμεως ἀνοίγει ε καστον τῶν προβλημάτων. 508 Ps 48,6b.8 Εἰ α ρα κυκλώσει με τῆς πτέρνης μου ἀνομία, οὐκ α λλη ου σα τῆς πατροπαραδότου η ς ὁ ο φις ἐνῆκεν τῇ πτέρνῃ τοῦ ̓Αδάμ. Πάντες οἱ γεννητοὶ ὁμογενεῖς καὶ ἀδελφοί, οὐδεὶς δὲ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἀδελφὸν ἁμαρτῶντα λυτρώσασθαι δύναται. μόνος γὰρ ὁ α νθρωπος ἐκεῖνος λυτρώσεται περὶ ου ει ρηται ̓Αποστελεῖ αὐτοῖς α νθρωπον ο ς σώσει αὐτούς, ο ς καὶ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ φησιν Νῦν δέ με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι α νθρωπον ο ς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα. ου τος δὲ ὁ α νθρωπος, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ε γνω ἁμαρτίαν οὐδὲ ἐποίησεν ἁμαρτίαν, οὐ δώσει τῷ θεῷ ἐξίλασμα ἑαυτοῦ τὸ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων διδόμενον, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τιμὴν ὀρέξει λυτρώσεως αὐτοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς· κοπιάσας δὲ κατ' ἀρετὴν ζήσεται εἰς τέλος, οὐδεπώποτε ε τι τεθνηξόμενος. ∆ύναται δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ λυτρουμένου λέγεσθαι τὸ Οὐ δώσει τῷ θεῷ ἐξίλασμα ἑαυτοῦ. οὐ γὰρ ε καστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ οι ός τέ ἐστιν ἐξίλασμα δοῦναι, Χριστοῦ πάντας ἱλασκομένου ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ αι ματι, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δοῦναί τις τιμὴν ἱκανὸς τῆς λυτρώσεως τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, δόντος Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντων λύτρον τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ. εἰ καὶ οὐ δώσει δὲ ἐξίλασμα οὐδὲ τιμὴν τῆς λυτρώσεως τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλά γε μετὰ τὸ ἀπολυτρωθῆναι ἐντολὰς δέχεται, ι να κατ' αὐτὰς κοπιάσας ζῆσαι εἰς τέλος δυνηθῇ ἐσχηκὼς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν. 509 Ps 48,10b ̔Ο λυθρωθεὶς ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ ου τω βεβαίως ε ξει τὴν σωτηρίαν ὡς μὴ ευ σειστος καὶ εὐκίνητος ει ναι, ει περ α ρα καὶ τοὺς νομιζομένους σοφοὺς ὁρᾷ ἀποθνῄσκοντας, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ σκανδαλίζεται ω στε διαφθορὰν ἰδεῖν. τὸ γὰρ σκανδαλίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὁρᾶν οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦτον θετέον ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τοὺς νομιζομένους σοφούς. 510 Ps 48,11.12ab Ανουν οὐ τὸν πάντῃ ἐκτετμημένον ἀλλὰ τὸν κακόνουν καὶ κακόφρονά φησιν· καὶ γὰρ τὸν κακοπρόσωπον ἀπρόσωπον καὶ τὸν κακότεχνον α τεχνον λέγειν εἰώθαμεν. ου τως ου ν ὁ κακόνους καὶ κακόφρων α μα τιμωρίαν ὑφέξουσιν· αυ τη γὰρ αὐτῶν ἡ ἀπώλεια, δι' η ν τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτῶν ο ν κακῶς ἐθησαύρισαν καταλείψουσιν ἀλλοτρίοις· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ι διος τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος κληρονόμος πλουσίου α φρονος καὶ α νου. ου τος ὁ α φρων καὶ α νους ἀγνοήσαντες ἑαυτοὺς τίνες εἰσὶν ε δοξαν ο τι κατὰ τὰ α λογα ζῷα οὐκ ἐπιδιαμένει αὐτῶν ἡ ψυχή. φασὶν γάρ· Φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αυ ριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν. ου τοι τοὺς τάφους ἐν οι ς εἰσιν ἐντετυμβευμένοι οι ονται οἰκίας αὐτῶν ει ναι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν οὐ προσδοκῶντες· ἀλλὰ καὶ σκηνώματα αὐτῶν ἐν πάσῃ γενεᾷ καὶ γενεᾷ 97 οι ονται ει ναι τὰ μνήματα, ἐν μόνῃ ταύτῃ τῇ ζωῇ ἐλεεινῶς ἠλπικότες. τάχα δὲ καὶ μηδὲν ζωτικὸν ἐνεργοῦντες ἀλλὰ νενεκρωμένοι δι' ω ν ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἐν τάφῳ καταβαλλόμενοι οι ονται τὸν τάφον οἰκίαν αἰώνιον. 511 Ps 48,12c Ου τοι δὲ καὶ ἐπεκαλέσαντο τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῶν γαιῶν. τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα δι' ω ν πράττουσιν η φρονοῦσιν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, οἱ δὲ περὶ ω ν ὁ λόγος τὰς ἰδίας προσηγορίας ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων γαιῶν ἐπεκαλέσαντο δι' ω ν πράττουσι τῇ γῇ ἐμπολιτογραφούμενοι· ἀφεστηκότες γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς γραφήσονται. 512 Ps 48,13 Ανθρωπος κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν γέγονεν θεοῦ, καὶ λογικὸς ἀποδειχθεὶς τιμὴν ε χει μεγίστην. ταύτην δὲ μὴ συνιεῖς, ἀλλὰ πράττων σὺν ἀλογίᾳ

Judgment and the Two Presences of Christ§90

90He is compared to irrational cattle, like a female horse having become so and having imitated the impulses of all other irrational animals. He was not made like irrational cattle, having hope if he wishes to be made like God. For there shall be five above the cities and ten the upright in the time to come (Ps 48:15b). And Solomon in the Proverbs says the same thing: A wealthy man hastens to be rich, and he does not know that mercy will hold him.

If even the aforementioned things have happened to the majority of men, nevertheless God will take my soul from the hand of the slave holding it and desiring to swallow it (Ps 48:16). And since the sinner is in slavery according to his condition, the one forgiving those holding him in sins thanks God having received his soul from the hand of the slave.

The one lying before us rich, not knowing another life in his life, thinks by this to bless his soul; and only then does he confess that it is good to him through the giving of material desires (Ps 48:19). A father having begotten him through evil works and a clumsy intellect (Ps 48:20). Likewise, acting toward them, he imitated the parents, and as being similar to the generation of the fathers, he will enter into the same deep abyss of ignorance as they. For having accepted only the present life, he did not hasten to see the light; therefore it has been said regarding the age not to approach it; for perhaps, having been condemned in outer darkness, he will not be permitted to behold the eternal light.

He says the gods are not the idols and the demons, but the men partaking of the words of God; for those are gods to whom the word of God came. God the Lord is of these gods, just as he is king of kings. And again, from the rising of the sun even unto the settings, he says, to know what... From Zion the splendor of his beauty has come. For the one according to the flesh was shown from the seed of David. The God of the gods himself, having called all the earth to partake of him, will not hide nor be forgotten, but will manifest clearly according to the second presence in glory with his angels; and he will not be silent.

Thus, each one is judged according to his works and his practice. It should be noted that in this present word, both presences of Christ are shown: the first through the 'Out of Zion' glory, and the second through 'God has appeared manifestly' (Ps 49:4).

Since the giving of the law is given upon witnesses, heaven and earth, as it is written in Deuteronomy, it is necessary that the people, being distinguished upon the witnesses through whom they received the law, be examined having stood upon the divine laws. He calls not the heaven above, that is, the divine powers, and the earth, I say, the inhabitants upon it, so that those made his children upon it might be exposed: 'Hear, O heaven, and pay attention, O earth, for the children of God are being proclaimed; for they, having received the law upon you, did not keep it' (Ps 49:4).

Perhaps he commands angels to holy men, so that he might gather his pious ones to prepare and establish his covenant of God upon spiritual sacrifices: namely, the sacrifice of praise and if anyone else similar. He commands the pious ones to be gathered to him, receiving the spiritual covenant upon which they are to offer the sacrifices, so that they might fulfill the things foretold.

'The heavens announce so-called righteousness' (Ps 49:6a), being men who are holy, bearing the image of the heavenly.

'God examines not the things themselves offered to those approaching, but the disposition according to which they approach' (Ps 49:8); and indeed, he exposes Cain for not having divided the offering rightly. If someone offers a spiritual sacrifice as whole burnt offerings through his whole body, let him do this with right intention; for one is not praised for the things being done, but one is examined for the intention not being rightly fulfilled.

'Since those in your land, figuratively called bulls, have become hostile to the Savior, concerning whom it is said, "Many bulls have surrounded me, wild oxen have enclosed me"' (Ps 49:9-11a); for this reason, I will not receive them, nor the rams associated with them. For they, offering themselves on behalf of sin, are no better than those who sin. Know then what those who were once beasts of the forest, men awakened from the Gentiles, are to me, being made subject to the divine teaching.

Greek · §90

κτήνεσιν ἀνοήτοις παραβάλλεται, ι ππος θηλυμανὴς γεγονὼς καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων τῶν α λλων τὰς ὁρμὰς μιμησάμενος. ὡμοιώθη ου ν κτήνεσιν ἀνοήτοις, ἐλπίδα ε χων εἰ βουληθείη ὁμοιωθῆναι θεῷ. 513 Ps 48,15b Εσονται γὰρ ἐπάνω πέντε πόλεων καὶ δέκα οἱ εὐθεῖς ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι. καὶ ὁ Σολομῶν δὲ ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτό φησιν· Σπεύδει πλουτεῖν ἀνὴρ βάσκανος καὶ οὐκ οι δεν ο τι ἐλεήμων κρατήσει αὐτοῦ. 514 Ps 48,16 Εἰ καὶ τὰ προειρημένα τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων συμβέβηκεν, ἀλλά γε τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν λήψεται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τοῦ ᾳ δου η δη κρατοῦντος αὐτὴν καὶ καταπίειν θέλοντος. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐν ᾳ δῃ κατὰ τὴν κατάστασιν ὁ ἁμαρτάνων ἐστίν, ὁ α φεσιν τῶν κρατούντων αὐτὸν ἁμαρτημάτων ε χων εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ λαβόντι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπ' αὐτῆς τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ ᾳ δου. 515 Ps 48,19 ̔Ο προκείμενος πλούσιος οὐκ εἰδὼς α λλην ζωὴν ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ, ταύτῃ εὐλογεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ νομίζει· καὶ τότε μόνον ἐξομολογεῖται, ο ταν ἀγαθύνῃς αὐτῷ διὰ δόσεως τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν ὑλικῶν. 516 Ps 48,20 Πατέρας ει χεν ε ργοις φαύλοις καὶ χειρίστῳ φρονήματι γεννήσαντας αὐτόν. ὡσαύτως δὲ αὐτοῖς δρῶν ἐμιμήσατο τοὺς γεννήτορας καὶ ε ως τῆς γενεᾶς τῶν πατέρων ἐξομοιούμενος αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκείνοις τῆς ἀγνοίας τοῦ καλοῦ βυθὸν εἰσελεύσεται. ου τος γὰρ τὴν παροῦσαν μόνην ζωὴν ἀποδεξάμενος οὐκ ε σπευσε τὸ φῶς θεωρῆσαι· διὸ καὶ ε ως αἰῶνος ει ρηται μὴ προσπελάζειν αὐτῷ· τάχα γὰρ ἐν ἐξωτέρῳ σκότῳ καταδικασθεὶς οὐκ ἐπιτραπήσεται τὸ αἰώνιον φῶς ε τι θεάσασθαι. 517 Ps 49,1b Θεούς φησιν οὐ τὰ ἀγάλματα καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ἀλλὰ τοὺς μετέχοντας ἀνθρώπους τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγων· ἐκείνους γὰρ θεοὺς ει πε πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο. τούτων τῶν θεῶν θεὸς ὁ κύριός ἐστιν ὡς καὶ βασιλευόντων βασιλεύς. 518 Ps 49,1c Καὶ πάλιν τοῖς ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἡλίου, φησίν, καὶ μέχρι δυσμῶν ἐπέλαμψεν γνῶναι ο τι ̓Εκ τῆς Σιὼν ἡ εὐπρέπεια τῆς ὡραιότητος αὐτοῦ γεγένηται. ἐδείχθη γὰρ ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ ε χων τὸ κατὰ σάρκα. 519 Ps 49,2.3a Αὐτὸς ὁ τῶν θεῶν θεὸς ὁ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τὸ μετασχεῖν αὐτοῦ καλέσας οὐ κρύβδην οὐδὲ λεληθότως ἀλλ' ̓Εμφανῶς η ξει κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν ἐν δόξῃ μετ' ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν· καὶ Οὐ παρασιωπήσεται, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ε ργα καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν τὴν κρίσιν ποιῶν. σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι ῥητῷ ἀμφοτέρας τὰς Χριστοῦ παρουσίας δηλοῖ, τὴν μὲν πρώτην διὰ τοῦ ̓Εκ Σιὼν ἡ εὐπρέπεια, τὴν δὲ δευτέραν διὰ τοῦ ̔Ο θεὸς ἐμφανῶς η ξει. 520 Ps 49,4 ̓Επεὶ ἡ δόσις τοῦ νόμου ἐπὶ μάρτυσιν οὐρανῷ καὶ γῇ δέδοται, ὡς ἐν ∆ευτερονομίῳ γέγραπται, ἀνάγκη τὸν λαὸν διακρινόμενον ἐπὶ μάρτυσιν ἐφ' ω ν τὸν νόμον ε λαβεν ἐξετασθῆναι παραβεβηκότα τοὺς θείους νόμους. προσκαλεῖται ου ν τὸν οὐρανὸν α νω, τουτέστι τὰς θείας δυνάμεις, καὶ τὴν γῆν, λέγω δὴ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας ἐπ' αὐτῇ, ἐπὶ τῷ διελεγχθῆναι τοὺς ἐπ' αὐτῶν υἱοποιηθέντας· Ακουε γάρ, οὐρανέ, καὶ ἐνωτίζου, γῆ, ἐκκηρυττομένων τῶν τεκνῶν τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐφ' ὑμῖν γὰρ τὸν νόμον λαβόντες οὐκ ἐφύλαξαν. 521 Ps 49,5 ̓Αγγέλοις τάχα προστάττει η ἀνδράσιν ἱεροῖς, ο πως τοὺς ὁσίους αὐτοῦ συναγάγωσιν ἐπὶ τὸ 98 διαθέσθαι καὶ συνθέσθαι τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ θυσίαις πνευματικαῖς· θυσίας δὲ τὴν τῆς αἰνέσεως καὶ ει τις α λλη παραπλήσια. τὰς ου ν θυσίας ἐφ' α ς ἡ πνευματικὴ διαθήκη ἀποδεχόμενος συναχθῆναι αὐτῷ τοὺς ὁσίους αὐτοῦ προστάττει, ι να τὰ προειρημένα ἐπιτελέσωσιν. 522 Ps 49,6a ∆ικαιοσύνην προσονομαζόμενον ἀναγγελοῦσιν οἱ οὐρανοί, α νδρες ο ντες ἱεροὶ φοροῦντες τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. 523 Ps 49,8 ̓Ελέγχει θεὸς οὐκ ἐπ' αὐτὰ τοῖς προσαγομένοις ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῇ διαθέσει καθ' η ν προσάγεται ταῦτα· καὶ τὸν Κάϊν γοῦν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ ὀρθῶς διῃρηκέναι α ε δει προσάγειν η λεγξεν. κα ν πνευματικὴν ου ν θυσίαν προσφέρῃ τις ὡς ὁλοκαυτώματα διὰ παντελοῦς τὸ σῶμα ἑαυτοῦ, ὀρθῇ γνώμῃ τοῦτο ποιείτω· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς πραττομένοις ἐπαινετοῖς ου σιν ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῇ γνώμῃ οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἐπιτελούσῃ ἐλέγχεταί τις. 524 Ps 49,9–11a ̓Επεὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ οι κῳ σου, τροπικῶς λεγόμενοι μόσχοι, πολέμιοι τῷ σωτῆρι ω φθησαν περὶ ω ν καὶ λέγεται ̓Εκύκλωσάν με μόσχοι πολλοί, ταῦροι πίονες περιέσχον με, τούτου χάριν οὐ δέξομαι αὐτοὺς οὐδὲ τοὺς συγκαταλεγομένους αὐτοῖς χιμάρους. καὶ ου τοι γὰρ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτίας προσάγοντες ἑαυτοὺς οὐδὲν η ττον ἁμαρτάνουσιν. γίνωσκε γὰρ ο τι οἱ ποτὲ θῆρες τοῦ δρυμοῦ, οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐξηγριωμένοι α νθρωποι, τῇ θείᾳ διδασκαλίᾳ τιθασσευόμενοι ἐμοὶ

The Integrity of the Heart and Speech§91

91They have become previously unfruitful, for the grove is a symbol of this. But also the cattle, being like the sheep of Christ, and the oxen who have gone up over your fence—that is, trampling the shadow of the law in the dogmas of the gospel (because of the height they do not reach)—are our own possession. Does Paul say that the care of the oxen matters to God, he who sets forth the law concerning the ox in the books? Or is he speaking certainly about us? But also the souls that have become lofty, being winged by right thoughts and activities, are being called things of the heaven; for I know them, for I know those who belong to me.

The good land that has received the seed, that is, a right heart, having cast the seed thrown by Jesus and having borne fruit, a hundred and sixty, thirty, possessing a full and ripe fruit, is the beauty of the field, not far from the sower; for he says, 'The beauty of the field is with me' (Ps 49:11b). The Savior hungers for the salvation of some; as for the lack of concern for the salvation of the Samaritan woman, he says to the disciples, 'I have food to eat which you do not know' (John 6:32), and 'My food is to do the will of him who sent me' (John 4:34). Since those coming from circumcision approach him with the sensible worship of the shadow as one starving, he says, 'If I hunger, it is not for you'; for the glorious church, which has become mine, is inhabiting the world and its fullness. And the fullness of it is the gospel, not the type, the shadow. Being nourished by the fullness of the Gentiles, I will not demand from you food according to the shadow; but if you wish to have me as your God who heals with the Spirit, sacrifice to me a sacrifice of praise, of thanksgivings and theologizing; for these I receive as offerings; for I desire mercy, not sacrifice, and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings (Ps 49:14).

He is the same God who is both Most High and a deliverer from distress (Ps 49:14). regarding praise, he says to offer a sacrifice of thanksgiving that befit you, and regarding prayers, the promises; for he says both in the first and twentieth Psalm, 'I will render my thanksgivings in the presence of those who fear him' (Ps 49:12). Since praise is not beautiful in the mouth of a sinner (Ps 49:16), God strikes the one sinning, saying, 'Why do you not recount my righteous decrees, so that you may fulfill them, and why do you take up the...'

Did you receive my covenant in your mouth? For it is necessary that, having received it in your heart and having imprinted the thoughts according to it upon yourself, you would not utter the words of my covenant in this way. To this, the one proclaiming 'do you steal?' agrees, and the following (Ps 49:18–21).

And regarding the mind, 'you will think and not thus'; if ever you were observing someone stealing the will of the truth with heterodox opinion, you were agreeing and running together with him; but also those attempting to commit adultery with the bride of Christ, to draw the ecclesiastical souls toward them, by being of like mind with them or not turning away from those committing adultery, you are placing your part with them. You say this word is fitting for those who are indeed ecclesiastical, but for those coming into fellowship who are not ecclesiastical men.

'Your mouth has increased wickedness.' He who is ignorant of the good but does the evil, he sins; but he who, after knowing the good, sins, is rebuked for wickedness; therefore also the servant who knew the will of his master and does not do it will be beaten much. And it can be 'not thus'; because having taken up the covenant of God through the mouth, if the heart is full of sin, from the abundance of a wicked heart, being in the mouth, it increases in wickedness, just as through his tongue he is wise to entangle with deceits the heretical words that are sophisms.

'Sitting against your brother you have spoken, and against the son of your mother you have set a stumbling block.' Regarding the word 'brother', one can be of like mind and of the same fatherland; but regarding 'son of a mother', one is of the same womb and not from the father. He who is not thus toward brothers, what other can he be able to love?

And regarding the mind: since the word is toward a Jew, perceptibly offering burnt offerings and sacrifices to God, regarding this it must be said to be spoken in the presence of God, 'Sitting'. O you, regarding the letter of the law, you speak against your brother who is according to the spirit of the law and living by it; and you are also against the one who is the son of your mother; for from the same intention the spirit and the letter of the law were issued. And you scandalize the son of the mother, having set a stumbling block and a scandal, the circumcision which is a way of shadow and flesh. Having done these things, and

Greek · §91

γεγένηνται τὸ πρότερον ἀκαρπίᾳ συνόντες· ταύτης γὰρ σύμβολον ὁ δρυμός. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κτήνη οἱονεὶ πρόβατα Χριστοῦ καὶ οἱ βόες οἱ ὑπεραναβάντες σου τὸν οι κον, τουτέστιν τὴν τοῦ νόμου σκιὰν ἐν τοῖς δόγμασι τοῦ εὐαγγελίου (διὰ τὸ υ ψος ο ρεσιν ου σι) διατρίβοντες κτῆμα ἡμέτερόν εἰσιν. Παῦλος ου ν βοῦς ω ν τῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ο ρη τὸν περὶ βοὸς ἐκθέμενος νόμον ἐπήγαγεν τὸ Μὴ τῶν βοῶν μέλει τῷ θεῷ; η πάντως περὶ ἡμῶν λέγει; ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ ὑψιπέτεις γενόμεναι ψυχαί, ἑπτερωμέναι νοήσεσι καὶ ἐνεργείαις ὀρθαῖς, πετεινὰ οὐρανοῦ χρηματίζουσιν α ε γνωκα ἐγώ· γινώσκων γάρ εἰμι τοὺς ο ντας ἐμούς. 525 Ps 49,11b ̔Η δεξαμένη ἀγαθὴ γῆ, τουτέστι καρδία ὀρθή, τὸν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ βαλλόμενον σπόρον καὶ καρποφορήσασα ἑκατὸν ἑξήκοντα τριάκοντα τὸν πλήρη καὶ ω ριμον καρπὸν ε χουσα ὡραιότης ἐστὶν ἀγροῦ, οὐ μακρὰν ου σα τοῦ σπορέως· αὐτὸς γάρ φησιν ̔Ωραιότης ἀγροῦ μετ' ἐμοῦ ἐστιν. 526 Ps 49,12 Πεινᾷ ὁ σωτὴρ τήν τινων σωτηρίαν, ω σπερ ἀμέλει περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς φησιν ̓Εγὼ βρῶσιν ε χω φαγεῖν η ν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οι δατε, καὶ ̓Εμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ι να ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με. ἐπεὶ ου ν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς ἐρχόμενοι τῆς σκιᾶς ὡς πεινῶντι αὐτῷ προσάγουσι τὰς αἰσθητὰς λατρείας, φησὶν ̓Εὰν πεινάσω, οὐ μή σοι ει πω· ε χω γὰρ κτῆμά μου γεγενημένην τὴν ε νδοξον ἐκκλησίαν οἰκουμένην χρηματίζουσαν καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς. πλήρωμα δ' αὐτῆς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ου τύπος ἡ σκιά. τρεφόμενος ου ν τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν, οὐκ ἀπαιτήσω σε κατὰ σκιὰν τροφήν· εἰ δὲ θέλεις με τῷ ο ντι θεραπεύειν θεόν σου τυγχάνοντα, θῦσόν μοι θυσίαν αἰνέσεως αἰνῶν καὶ θεολογῶν· ταύτας γὰρ δέχομαι τὰς προσφοράς· Ελεον γὰρ θέλω η θυσίαν καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν θεοῦ η ὁλοκαυτώματα. 527 Ps 49,14 ̔Ο αὐτός ἐστι θεός τε καὶ υ ψιστος καὶ ῥυόμενος ἀπὸ θλίψεως. αἰνέσεως δὲ λέγει θυσίαν τοὺς δικαίους πρέποντας υ μνους, εὐχὰς δὲ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις· ου τω γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ καὶ εἰκοστῷ λέγει ψαλμῷ Τὰς εὐχάς μου ἀποδώσω ἐνώπιον τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτόν. 528 Ps 49,16 ̓Επεὶ οὐχ ὡραῖος αι νος ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ, τῷ ἁμαρτάνοντι ἐπιπλήττει ὁ θεὸς φάσκων Ινα τί διηγῇ τὰ δικαιώματά μου α ἐπιτελεῖν οὐ θέλεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ινα τί ἀναλαμβάνεις τὴν διαθήκην μου διὰ στόματος; ε δει γὰρ ἐν καρδίᾳ σου αὐτὴν δεξάμενον καὶ τυπώσαντά σου κατ' αὐτὴν τὰς νοήσεις ου τω προφέρειν τοὺς λόγους τῆς διαθήκης μου. τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ ̔Ο κηρύττων μὴ κλέπτειν κλέπτεις; καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. 529 Ps 49,18–21 Πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· ει ποτε ἐθεώρεις ἑτεροδόξῳ γνώμῃ κλέπτοντα τὸ βούλημα τῆς ἀληθείας, συναινῶν συνέτρεχες αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύειν πειρωμένους τὴν Χριστοῦ νύμφην τῷ περισπᾶν εἰς αὐτοὺς 99 τὰς ἐκκλησιαστικὰς ψυχὰς ὁμογνωμονῶν αὐτοῖς η μὴ ἐκτρεπόμενος αὐτοὺς μετὰ τῶν μοιχῶν ο ντων τὴν μερίδα σου ἐτίθεις, ἁρμόζειν ἐρεῖς τὴν λέξιν ταύτην τοῖς ἐπαγγελλομένοις μὲν ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς ει ναι, εἰς κοινωνίαν δὲ ἐρχομένοις μὴ ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς ἀνδράσιν. Τὸ στόμα σου ἐπλεόνασεν κακίαν. ὁ ἀγνοῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν, πράττων δὲ τὸ κακὸν η ττον ἁμαρτάνει· ὁ δὲ μετὰ τὸ γνῶναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἁμαρτάνων ἐπιτεινομένην ε χει κακίαν· διὸ καὶ ὁ ἐγνωκὼς δοῦλος τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ καὶ μὴ ποιῶν δαρήσεται πολλάς. δύναται δὲ καὶ ου τως· ἐπεὶ διὰ στόματος ἀναλαβὼν τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διαθήκην τὴν καρδίαν πλήρης ει χεν ἁμαρτίας, ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας φαύλου ο ντος ἐν τῷ στόματι πλεοναζομένην ει χεν κακίαν, ὡς καὶ τὴν γλῶσσαν αὐτοῦ δι' ω ν σοφίζεται περιπλέκειν δολιότητας τοὺς αἱρετικοὺς λόγους ο ντας σοφίσματα. Καθήμενος κατὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου κατελάλεις καὶ κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς μητρός σου ἐτίθεις σκάνδαλον. ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ἀδελφὸς ει ναι δύναται ὁμογνήσιος καὶ ὁμοπάτριος, υἱὸς δὲ μητρὸς ὁ ὁμογάστριος κα ν ἐξ α λλου ει η πατρός. ὁ ου ν ου τω πρὸς ἀδελφοὺς διακείμενος τίνα α λλον ἀγαπῆσαι δυνήσεται; πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν· ἐπεὶ πρὸς ̓Ιουδαῖον ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν αἰσθητῶς ὁλοκαυτώματα τῷ θεῷ προσάγοντα καὶ θυσίας, πρὸς τοῦτον ῥητέον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ λέγεσθαι Καθήμενος, ω ου τε, περὶ τὸ γράμμα τοῦ νόμου καταλαλεῖς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου τοῦ κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ νόμου φρονοῦντος καὶ πολιτευομένου· ι σθι δὲ ο τι καὶ υἱὸς μητρός σού ἐστιν ου τος· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς προθέσεως ἐκυήθη τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ γράμμα τοῦ νόμου. σκανδαλίζεις δὲ τὸν τῆς μητρὸς υἱὸν πρόσκομμα καὶ σκάνδαλον τιθεὶς τὴν κατὰ σκιὰν καὶ σαρκίνην περιτομὴν πολιτείαν. Ταῦτα ἐποίησας, καὶ

David's Repentance and the Pattern of the Saints§92

92I was silent. The silence of God is called the longsuffering toward sinners; for if He were to punish them immediately by those things, He would not be silent, deciding against them, whereas they ought to suffer. This is the mindset held by the 'I have been silent from eternity, and I will not always be silent and endure,' says the Lord (Ps 102:2). He does not say this to the one being reproved: 'These sins have been foretold to you, and I was silent, giving a space from afar through silence and longsuffering for repentance.' It is necessary to be benefited by such silence; from the opposite, you received lawlessness toward the wicked, by which you imagine me to be like you; for you, having glorified me, rejoice that I do not come forth against you.

Those who, having taken up the forgetfulness of God through sluggishness, take hold of understanding, stand upon the spoken words: 'What I longsuffer toward sins, I do not rejoice in, nor do I do this as an evil man, but as an occasion for repentance through goodness and innate kindness, by setting aside punishment' (Ps 50:1). For if you will not choose to understand, the law or the lawlessness seizes, and there is no one rescuing; for God will rescue those who understand and have repented from evil. Let those who confess not care about those who have ceased and are no longer acting, confessing, saying: 'We have sinned, we have done wrong, we have been ungodly' (Ps 50:2). For it is not the one currently doing these things who confesses.

That is, the one praising and theologizing the beauty of God glorifies Him; for the sensory worship rather dishonors, bringing God in by making Him manifest and in need of movement. The way is not there in sensory worship, but there in the truth which encounters beauty, which God shows by illuminating His own salvation, the only-begotten Son the Savior, who is the salvation itself; for the salvation of God at times signifies the salvation, and at times the Savior Christ. But let this not become an occasion to rise up against David; for when God has justified, there is no one condemning. But he will be pious toward the man, having understood that the man is long-lived and has spent most of his years in powers and in kingship, introducing only this one sin, having done it, and in addition to this, having counted the people contrary to the will of God, but not even persistently...

For such a great and far-reaching king was rebuked in sin, that when he was rebuked by a private man, he not only did not feel indignation, but even made himself worse, as the rebuking prophet says: 'And the Lord showed your sin' (Ps 51:5). For to say that the Lord showed it is to say that David himself, having led himself to most intense repentance, was led to his sin. We say that what other men fall into when sinning, the saints, running the race of salvation, if ever they should stumble as men inattentive, do not fall but persist in the race, as if the instability of the race had not seemed to them likely to trip them up. And for many other ineffective things the sins of the saints were written down in this regard; for since they are called to imitate an exceeding virtue, being hesitant, they made a pretext for having a divine portion and for the saints being unendurable in sin, but not being such, they were unable to imitate the far-reaching saints. Thus Providence granted a pretext for sin to have occurred concerning them, so that just as they are teachers of virtue, so also they are teachers of repentance for those being instructed then, having done such things. Perhaps also those far-reaching saints, having reached the height of virtue, did not arrive at this by their own power but by the cooperation of God. If they were not to fall, the divine grace would have been little, so that, having slipped, they might seek the helper of their own weakness, having come to be through consciousness (Ps 50:1,2).

And this psalm was not written in vain for Pentecost. For the number has a harmony toward mercy and forgiveness, since, if the writing spirit maintained the sequence of history, it arranged the first Pentecost and the hundredth and those following. For the first Pentecost has an inscription containing the slander of Doeg the Edomite; but that history is before the kingship of David. And the third Pentecost, the slander of the Ziphites against Saul concerning David as being hidden among them, contains this; and this narrative happened before the kingship of David, but the encounter with Bathsheba happened while David was reigning. If not the sequence...

Greek · §92

ἐσίγησα. σιγὴ θεοῦ λέγεται ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς μακροθυμία· ο τ' α ν γὰρ παρ' αὐτὰ τιμωρῆται, οὐ σιωπᾷ ἀποφαινόμενος κατ' αὐτῶν α δεῖ αὐτοὺς παθεῖν. Τοῦτον τὸν νοῦν ε χει καὶ τὸ ̓Εσιώπησα ἀπ' αἰῶνος, μὴ καὶ ἀεὶ σιωπήσομαι καὶ ἀνέξομαι, λέγει κύριος. πρὸς τὸν ἐλεγχόμενον ου ν φησιν· Ταῦτα ἐποίησας α προλέλεκται ἁμαρτήματα, καὶ ἐσίγησα, διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας μακρόθεν τόπον διδοὺς μετανοίας· ὠφεληθῆναι δέον ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης σιωπῆς, ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ὑπέλαβες πρὸς οι ς ει χες κακοῖς ἀνομίαν, καθ' η ν νομίζεις με ο μοιόν σοι τυγχάνειν· ε δοξάς με γὰρ χαίροντα οι ς πράττεις μὴ ἐπεξέρχεσθαι κατὰ σοῦ. 530 Ps 49,22 Οἱ λήθην θεοῦ διὰ ῥαθυμίας ἀναλαβόντες, σύνεσιν λάβετε τῶν εἰρημένων ἐπιστάνοντες ο τι κα ν μακροθυμῶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν οὐ χαίρω οὐδ' ὡς πονηρὸς ποιῶ τοῦτο ἀλλ' ἀγαθότητι καὶ συμφύτῳ χρηστότητι ἀφορμὴν μεταγνώσεως διὰ τοῦ ὑπερτίθεσθαι τὴν τιμωρίαν ὀρέγων. εἰ γὰρ μὴ θελήσετε συνιέναι, ἁρπάζει ὁ α νομος η ἡ ἀνομία, καὶ οὐκ ε στιν ὁ ῥυόμενος· ῥύσεται γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς συνόντας οι κακῶν εἰσιν καὶ μετανενοηκότας. ἀμέλει οἱ ἐξομολογούμενοι ἐπὶ παυσαμένοις καὶ οὐκέτ' ἐνεργουμένοις ἐξομολογοῦνται λέγοντες· ̓Ηνομήσαμεν ἠδικήσαμεν ἠσεβήσαμεν. οὐ γὰρ οι όν τ' ε τι ἐνεργοῦντα ταῦτα ἐξομολογεῖσθαι. 531 Ps 49,23 Τουτέστιν ἡ τῆς αἰνέσεως ὑμνοῦσα καὶ θεολογοῦσα δοξάζει αὐτόν· ἡ γὰρ αἰσθητὴ μᾶλλον ἀτιμάζει, ἐπιδεῆ καὶ χρῄζοντα κνίσης εἰσάγουσα τὸν θεόν. Οὐκ ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῇ αἰσθητῇ λατρείᾳ ἀλλ' ἐκεῖ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τυγχανούσῃ αἰνέσεως ἡ ὁδός ἐστιν η ν δείκνυσιν φωτίζων ὁ θεὸς τὸ σωτήριον ἑαυτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ υἱὸν σωτῆρα ο ντα η αὐτὴν τὴν σωτηρίαν· τὸ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριον ὁτὲ μὲν τὴν σωτηρίαν, ὁτὲ δὲ τὸν σωτῆρα Χριστὸν σημαίνει. 532 Ps 50,1.2 ̓Αλλ' ο ρα μὴ ἐκ τούτου ἀφορμὴ γένηται κατεπιβῆναι τοῦ ∆αυίδ· δικαιώσαντος γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδείς ἐστιν ὁ κατακρίνων. εὐλαβὴς δὲ περὶ τὸν α νδρα γενήσει ἐπιστήσας ὡς πολυχρόνιος ω ν ὁ ἀνὴρ καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν ἐτῶν ἐν δυναστείαις καὶ βασιλείᾳ διατελέσας τοῦτο μόνον τὸ ἁμάρτημα εἰσάγεται πεποιηκὼς 100 καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μεμετρηκέναι τὸν λαὸν παρὰ τὸ βούλημα θεοῦ ἀλλ' ω στε οὐδ' ἐπίμονον τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ε σχεν. βασιλεὺς γὰρ ω ν τοσοῦτος καὶ τηλικοῦτος ἐλεγχθεὶς ἐφ' ῳ η μαρτεν παρὰ ἀνδρὸς ἰδιώτου οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἠγανάκτησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκάκισεν ἑαυτόν, ὡς τὸν ἐλέγχοντα προφήτην εἰπεῖν· Καὶ κύριος παρήγαγεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν σου. τὸ γὰρ φάναι Καὶ κύριος ε δειξεν ο τι καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ∆αυὶδ σφοδροτάτῃ μετανοίᾳ παραγαγὼν η ν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. ἐροῦμεν ου ν ο τι οἱ α λλοι α νθρωποι καταπίπτουσιν ἁμαρτάνοντες, οἱ δὲ α γιοι τρέχοντες τὸν τῆς σωτηρίας δρόμον, ει ποτε ὡς α νθρωποι ἀπροσεκτήσαντες προσκόψοιεν, οὐ καταπίπτουσιν ἀλλ' ἐπιμένουσι τῷ δρόμῳ, ὡς ἀδιαστάτου μείναντος τοῦ δρόμου μὴ δεδόκειν αὐτοὺς προσκεκοφέναι· καὶ δι' α λλα δὲ πολλὰ λυσιτελῆ ἀνεγράφησαν τὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἁμαρτήματα ω ν ε ν τοῦτο· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἀρετὴν ει χον ἐπὶ μίμησιν τούτων καλούμενοι, ὀκνοῦντες ἐπροφασίσαντο α ν θείαν μοῖραν ει ναι καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀνεπίδεκτον τοὺς ἁγίους, αὐτοὺς δὲ μὴ ο ντας τοιούτους, ἀδυνάτως ει χον μιμήσασθαι τοὺς τηλικούτους ἁγίους· ο θεν ἐνδέδωκεν ἡ πρόνοια πρόφασιν ἁμαρτίας περὶ αὐτοὺς γεγενῆσθαι, ι ν' ω σπερ ἀρετῆς ου τως καὶ μετανοίας διδάσκαλοι ω σιν τῶν παιδευόντων τότε ἀνυόντων, ο τ' α ν πράξαντες ω σιν. τάχα δὲ καὶ ου τοι οἱ τηλικοῦτοι εἰς α κρον ἀρετῆς φθάσαντες ε δοξαν ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἀλλὰ μὴ θεοῦ συνεργείᾳ ἐπὶ τοῦτ' ἐληλυθέναι· ι ν' ου ν μὴ εἰς οι ησιν πέσωσιν, παρεῖδεν ὀλίγον ἡ θεία χάρις, ι ν' ὀλισθήσαντες ζητήσωσιν τὸν ἀρωγὸν τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀσθενείας ἐν συναισθήσει γεγενημένοι. 533 Ps 50,1.2 Πεντηκοστὸς δὲ ου τος ψαλμὸς ἀναγέγραπται οὐ ματαίως. ε χει γὰρ ἁρμονίαν πρὸς ε λεον καὶ α φεσιν ὁ ἀριθμός, ἐπεὶ, εἰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον τῆς ἱστορίας ἐτήρει τὸ συγγραφικὸν πνεῦμα, προέτασσεν τούτου τὸν πεντηκοστὸν πρῶτον καὶ πεντηκοστὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐφ' ἑξῆς. ὁ γὰρ πεντηκοστὸς πρῶτος ἐπιγραφὴν ε χει περιέχουσαν τὴν διαβολὴν ∆ωὴκ τοῦ Σύρου· αυ τη δὲ ἡ ἱστορία πρὸ βασιλείας ἐστὶν τοῦ ∆αυίδ. καὶ ἡ τοῦ πεντηκοστοῦ τρίτου τῶν Ζιφαίων διαβολὴ πρὸς τὸν Σαοὺλ περὶ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ὡς κεκρυμμένου παρ' αὐτοῖς περιέχει· καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τὸ διήγημα πρὸ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ ∆αυὶδ γέγονεν, ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὴν Βηθσαβεὲ σύνοδος βασιλεύοντος τοῦ ∆αυὶδ γέγονεν. ει περ ου ν τὸ ἀκόλουθον

Divine Justice and the Perfection of Truth§93

93The history was preserved, not because the fiftieth was arranged with them. But what analogy the number has to a lion, the Savior, teaching about forgiveness, took fifty debtors and with five hundred denarii of forgiveness, and to each side it had happened through the fifty and the related number to owe; but the five hundredth is not. Regardless, the Passover of the slaughter of the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world, having risen from the dead, who has made the forgiveness, the people for fifty days pass through rejoicing the fiftieth day of the outpouring of the Spirit, being worthy.

And called by the Hebrews Jubilee, the year through fifty years is a feast in which the cutting of debts and the restoration of the properties of the Hebrews' freedom are confirmed; therefore it is also following the psalm of David concerning repentance to be placed as fiftieth. And it is composed also of seven weeks and a unit, as if it were a week of weeks in number. It is necessary for there to be in weeks one who casts away the filth and the work of sin.

He who intensely repents and loves the fruits fitting for repentance asks for the great mercy from God to come to him (Ps 50,3a), for repentance is not sufficient without the mercy of God, nor the mercy of God without the recognition from us toward salvation. Just as the hard-to-wash dyes are removed not by one washing but by many, so also the great things of the lawless acts are erased by many mercies of God (Ps 50,3b).

The same energy calls lawlessness and sin, differing by the intention: the one consisting as lawlessness without law, the other consisting as sin according to the transgression of law (Ps 50,4); however, each is worthy to be washed and to be cleansed by God who is able to wash and cleanse it from the aforementioned defilement. But he who the...

Having committed a sin before Him, he would not take up another to do; for forgetting the former ones, we perform another. As for being a king, he was not subject to human law, but to God; nor did any of the lawgivers or a witness testify that he did evil before any of them; but since he wishes to be a king and God-fearing, he was subject to the law of God; therefore he did evil before God alone, and the witness is to God alone.

And again: since you are God, and the mind of men leans more toward evil things (Ps 50:6), and there is no man who will not sin, God is justified in His own words, in which He says that all who have strayed ought to sin; by this also He conquers when being judged against men, proving them to be sinners. Accompanying this, if we say 'We have not sinned' (Ps 50:7), we make Him a liar; for if it had been declared that all lean toward sin, he who claims sinlessness proves God to be a liar.

He who has been trained in the skill of sophistry upon the prey of truth, having known its greatness, possessed a perfect love toward it. For those not having been trained in falsehoods, having become more discerning, see the priceless beauty of the truth, namely Moses and Daniel. For after having been tested by the sophistical arguments, having ascended to the true wisdom, they received testimony from God as being perfect wise men, God having made known to them the unmanifest and the hidden things of His wisdom, so that nothing was unclear to them or overshadowed. David, by chance having this skill, spoke the coming verse.

He who has truly approached the typical Passover by the blood of the lamb in us is purified, being led in with hyssop as it is written in Exodus (Ex 12:22); but he who takes the lamb of God who takes away the...

Greek · §93

τῆς ἱστορίας ἐσῴζετο, οὐκ α ν ου τε πεντηκοστὸς η ν μετ' ἐκείνους ταττόμενος. ο τι δὲ ἀναλογίαν ε χει πρὸς ε λεον ὁ ἀριθμός, ὁ σωτὴρ περὶ ἀφέσεως διδάσκων χρεώστας παρέλαβεν ὑπευθύνους πεντήκοντα καὶ πεντακοσίοις δηναρίοις ἀφέσεως καὶ ἑκατέροις γεγενημένης διὰ τὸ πεντήκοντα καὶ τὸν συγγενῆ ἀριθμὸν χρεωστεῖν· ου τος δὲ ὁ πεντακοσιοστός ἐστιν. ἀμέλει τὸ πάσχα σφαγέντος τοῦ ἀμνοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου αι ροντος, ἀναστάντος ἐκ νεκρῶν τοῦ τὴν α φεσιν πεποιηκότος, ὁ λαὸς ἐπὶ πεντήκοντα ἡμέρας διάγομεν εὐφραινόμενοι τὴν πεντηκοστὴν ἡμέραν τῆς ἐκχύσεως τοῦ πνεύματος ἀξιούμενοι. Καλούμενος δὲ παρ' ̔Εβραίοις ̓Ιωβηλαῖος ὁ διὰ πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν ἐνιαυτός ἐστιν ἑορτάσιμος ἐν ῳ χρεῶν ἀποκοπαὶ καὶ τῶν ̔Εβραίων ἐλευθερίαι κτήσεων ἀποκαταστάσεις βεβαιοῦνται· ο θεν ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὸν περὶ μετανοίας τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ψαλμὸν πεντηκοστὸν τετάχθαι. ε στιν δὲ συγκείμενος καὶ ἐξ ἑβδομάδων ἑπτὰ καὶ μονάδος, ὡς ει ναι ἑβδομάδα ἑβδομάδων ἀριθμόν. ε δει ου ν ἐν ἑβδομάδων γενέσθαι τὸν ἀποβάλλοντα τὸ α χθος καὶ τὸ ε ργον τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 534 Ps 50,3a ̔Ο σφοδρῶς μετανοῶν καὶ τοὺς προσήκοντας τῇ μετανοίᾳ καρποὺς ἀγαπῶν αἰτεῖ καὶ τὸν παρὰ θεοῦ μέγαν ε λεον εἰς αὐτὸν γενέσθαι, οὐκ ἐπαρκούσης τῆς μετανοίας α νευ ἐλέου θεοῦ οὐδὲ τοῦ ἐλέου τοῦ θεοῦ α νευ τῆς ἐκ τοῦ ἐφ' ἡμῖν μεταγνώσεως πρὸς σωτηρίαν. 535 Ps 50,3b Ωσπερ αἱ δυσέκπλυτοι βαφαὶ οὐ μιᾷ πλύσει ἀλλὰ πολλαῖς ἐξίτηλοι γίνονται, ου τω καὶ τὰ μεγάλα τῶν ἀνομημάτων πολλοῖς οἰκτιρμοῖς θεοῦ ἀπαλείφεται. 536 Ps 50,4 Τὴν αὐτὴν ἐνέργειαν ἀνομίαν καὶ ἁμαρτίαν καλεῖ τῷ κατὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν διαφέρειν, τῷ α νευ μὲν νόμου 101 συνίστασθαι ἀνομίαν, τῷ δὲ κατὰ παράβασιν νόμου συνίστασθαι ἁμαρτίαν· πλὴν ἑκατέρως αὐτὴν ἐκπλυθῆναι καὶ καθαρισθῆναι ἀξιοῖ θεὸν τὸν ἐκπλύναι αὐτὴν καὶ καθαρίσαι δυνάμενον ἀπὸ τῆς προειρημένης ε ξεως. 537 Ps 50,5 ̔Ο δὲ τὴν α παξ πραχθεῖσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ε χων οὐκ ἀνάσχοιτο ἑτέραν ποιῆσαι· τῶν γὰρ προτέρων ἐπιλανθανόμενοι ἑτέρας ἐνεργοῦμεν ἡμεῖς. 538 Ps 50,6ab Οσον ἐπὶ τῷ ει ναι βασιλεὺς οὐχ ὑπέκειτο ἀνθρωπίνῳ νόμῳ, ο θεν οὐδέ τινι τῶν νομοθετῶν η μαρτεν οὐδ' ἐνώπιόν τινος αὐτῶν τὸ πονηρὸν ἐποίησεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς τῷ βασιλεὺς καὶ θεοσεβὴς ει ναι βούλεται, ὑπέκειτο τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ νόμῳ· διὸ καὶ η μαρτεν μόνῳ θεῷ, καὶ τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ἐποίησεν. 539 Ps 50,6cδ Καὶ πάλιν· ἐπεὶ θεὸς ει πεν ἐπιρρεπεστέραν ει ναι τὴν διάνοιαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπὶ τὰ πονηρὰ καὶ τὸ Οὐκ ε στιν α νθρωπος ο ς οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται ἁμαρτανόντων καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν τελείων, δικαιοῦται ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἑαυτοῦ ἐν οι ς ει πεν πάντας ἐκκεκλικότας α μα ἠχρεῶσθαι· ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ νικᾷ κρινόμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀποδεικνὺς αὐτοὺς ἁμαρτωλούς. συνῳδὸν τούτοις τὸ ̓Εὰν ει πωμεν Οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτόν· εἰ γὰρ ἀπεφήνατο κατὰ πάντων ἐπιρρεπῶς ἐχόντων πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν, ὁ ἀναμαρτησίαν αὐχῶν ο σον εἰς αὐτὸν ψεύστην ἀποφαίνει τὸν θεόν. 540 Ps 50,8 ̔Ο τῇ σοφιστικῇ ε ξει ἐγγεγυμνασμένος ἐπὶ θήρᾳ τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῆς γνοὺς ἀγάπην πρὸς αὐτὴν ε σχεν τελείαν. οἱ μὴ γὰρ τοῖς ψεύδεσιν ἐγγυμνασάμενοι διορατικώτεροι γεγενημένοι καθορῶσι τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ ἀξιάγαστον κάλλος, οι ός ἐστι Μωυσὴς καὶ ∆ανιήλ. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ πειραθῆναι σοφιστικῶν λόγων ἐπ' αὐτὴν τὴν ἀληθῆ σοφίαν ἀναβάντες ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ μαρτυρίαν ε σχον ὡς ο ντες τέλειοι σοφοί, δηλώσαντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ α δηλα καὶ τὰ κρύφια τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ ὡς μηδὲν αὐτοῖς ε τι ἀσαφὲς η ἐπεσκιασμένον ει ναι. ταύτης τῆς ε ξεως καὶ ὁ ∆αυὶδ τυγχάνων ἀνεφθέγξατο τὸν προκείμενον στίχον. 541 Ps 50,9 ̔Ο γνησίως τῷ τυπικῷ πάσχα προσεληλυθὼς ὑπὸ τοῦ αι ματος τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν προβάτου καθαίρεται, προσαγομένου ὑσσώπου ὡς ἐν ̓Εξόδῳ γέγραπται· ὁ δὲ τὸν ἀμνὸν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν αι ροντα τὴν

Repentance and the Davidic Model§94

94Having attached himself to the sin of the world, being washed in the blood from his own deathbove a pillar. And the things concerning David happened similarly; he was led astray by a fleece

Many times The doctrines and powers of the soul are like bones; they are humbled by sin and by deceptive influence. But having heard the joy and gladness of God, the humbled bones will rejoice (Ps 50:10). And sins are erased from the transformation of virtues (Ps 50:11b); for just as knowledge coming into the soul erases and makes the ignorance vanish, so also every sin is erased by the presence of perfect virtue.

If you will erase all my sins, the ones written through the impressions in my heart, you create a pure heart in me, lacking all evil (Ps 50:12), but also kindle a steadfast spirit within my indwellings. And the upright thoughts and earnest perceptions dwelling in the soul are those about which he says: 'And all that is within me, bless his name.' And the steadfast spirit is the Holy Spirit or the conscience, the upright one, which the spirit of a man within him says. It is to be noted that what the voice has created does not signify essential beings, but a certain relationship being established which has been produced.

Among those who constantly stand before God, only the one who sins is cast out and rejected. (Ps 50:13). But do not judge me, being contained by your divine comprehension, to be such a one as to be rejected from your face; but also do not take away the Holy Spirit whom you made to dwell in me, lest I be made naked of it (Ps 50:14). Expecting this descent of the Savior, by which it happens that he possesses perfect joy, he entreats the Father, saying: 'Restore to me the joy of your salvation, and with a ruling and perfect spirit support me.' And in these things, the Holy Spirit says 'ruling and leading' is either the man's internal principle or the soul of the man. And this ruling spirit desires support and confirmation according to the former interpretation.

We do not permit ourselves to ever overlook God, those who are diligent to do repentance and to demonstrate the teaching concerning repentance. Behold, indeed, even here what has been said is confirmed: for through the confession toward God, He promises to teach the lawless the ways of God himself, so that having stepped upon these, even if they were once impious, they might return to Him in a little while.

For those who have accomplished righteousness have the imitation and pattern of a good life, so also those who have erred concerning knowledge have to imitate the one coming into repentance, being impious ones returning toward God. 'Since by which I have done toward death, I am full of sins of blood' (Ps 50:16a), 'save me from these, the God who is once and our own.' Perhaps also David, from the sins of Uriah and if any others died with him, is worthy to be saved by God, being the God of his salvation.

'My tongue, called my own, in the always speaking concerning your righteousness, will rejoice in your righteousness' (Ps 50:17). From that, God opens the lips of the one having received the word in the opening of his mouth, so that his mouth shall proclaim the praises of God, always praising and giving thanks to Him.

'He who confesses concerning his own sin, what do you wish to discuss concerning Zion and Jerusalem?' (Ps 50:16b/20). But since we hope that he has not been entirely harmed by having stumbled in the short race, for this reason, possessing a prophetic thing and praying for and prophesying the communion of the Holy Spirit, he says: 'Doing good, saying that Zion was brought into being in your good pleasure for your son and approaching the Spirit'; but also the walls of Jerusalem are being built up. And these are guards of angels, a rooting out of incorruptible decrees.

He says righteousness, which is standing together through the faith of Jesus Christ for all those believing. But this righteousness turns out to be a lifting up and spiritual holocausts, and 'sacrifice a sacrifice of righteousness' (Ps 51:19); but also upon the spiritual altar, they bring up oxen like tillers, not other souls, but having been seen as the souls of martyrs, being brought up upon the heavenly altar.

Greek · §94

ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου προσηκάμενος, πλυνόμενος τῷ αι ματι τῷ ἐκ τῆς σφαγῆς αὐτοῦ, ὑπὲρ χίονα λευκαίνεται. ἑκάτερα δὲ περὶ τὸν ∆αυὶδ γέγονεν· ἐρραντίσθη γὰρ ὑσσώπῳ (τὸ αι μα τοῦ τυπικοῦ προβάτου) καὶ ἐπλύθη ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ ὡς ὑπὲρ χίονα λευκανθῆναι· χίονα δὲ νοητὴν ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει. 542 Ps 50,10 Πολλάκις η δη δόγματα καὶ ψυχῆς δυνάμεις ει ναι ει ρηται τὰ ὀστᾶ· ταῦτα ταπεινοῦται ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίας καὶ σοφιστικῆς γοητείας. θεοῦ δὲ ἀκουτίσαντος ἀγαλλίασιν καὶ εὐφροσύνην, ἀγαλλιάσεται τὰ τεταπεινωμένα ὀστᾶ. 543 Ps 50,11b ̓Εξαλείφονται δὲ ἁμαρτίαι ἀπὸ τῆς μετουσίας τῶν ἀρετῶν· ὡς γὰρ ἡ ἐπιστήμη εἰς ψυχὴν ἐλθοῦσα ἐξαλείφει καὶ ἀφανίζει τὴν α γνοιαν, ου τω παρουσίᾳ ἀρετῆς τελείας ἐξαλείφεται πᾶσα ἁμαρτία. 544 Ps 50,12 ̓Εὰν πάσας τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου ἐξαλείψῃς τὰς ἐγγεγραμμένας διὰ τῶν τυπώσεων τῇ καρδίᾳ μου, καρδίαν κτίζεις καθαρὰν ἐν ἐμοὶ πάσης κακίας στερομένην, ἀλλὰ Καὶ πνεῦμα εὐθὲς ἐγκαίνισον ἐν τοῖς ἐγκάτοις μου. Εγκατα δὲ ψυχῆς αἱ ὀρθαὶ ε ννοιαι καὶ σπουδαῖαι διαλήψεις περὶ ω ν φησιν· Καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐντός μου εὐλογεῖτε τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ. εὐθὲς δ' ἐστὶν πνεῦμα η τοι τὸ α γιον η ἡ συνείδησις ἡ ὀρθὴ η ο λέγει πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ. σημειωτέον ο τι ἡ ε κτισεν φωνὴ οὐκ οὐσίωσιν σημαίνει ἀλλὰ σχέσιν τινὰ ἐπιτεινομένην οι ς α ν παραγένηται. 545 Ps 50,13.14 Τῶν σπουδαίων ἀδιαστάτως παρισταμένων τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ προσώπῳ μόνος ὁ ἁμαρτάνων ἐκβάλλεται καὶ ἀπορρίπτεται αὐτοῦ. ἐμὲ δὲ περιεχόμενον τῆς θείας κατανοήσεώς σου μὴ κρίνῃς ει ναι τοιοῦτον, ω στ' ἀπορριφῆναι ἀπὸ προσώπου σου· ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ο ἐνῴκισάς μοι α γιον μὴ ἀντανέλῃς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ω στε με γυμνωθῆναι ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. Προσδοκῶν τὴν δεῦρο κάθοδον τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἐφ' ῃ ἀγαλλίασιν τελείαν ε χειν συμβαίνει, παρακαλεῖ τὸν 102 πατέρα φάσκων ̓Απόδος μοι τὴν ἀγαλλίασιν τοῦ σωτηρίου σου, ο πως καὶ πνεύματι ἡγεμονικῷ καὶ τελείῳ στηρίσῃς με. ἑκατέρως δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις πνεῦμα λέγει η τοι τὸ α γιον α ρχον καὶ ἡγεμονεῦον η τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ ε τερον ο ν τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ψυχῆς. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν πνεῦμα τὸ κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἐκδοχὴν στηριγμὸν καὶ βεβαίωσιν οι ς α ν παραγένηται ὀρέγει. 546 Ps 50,15 Καὶ ἐν τῇ προγραφῇ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ἐφάσκομεν παρορᾶν ποτὲ τὸν θεὸν τοὺς σπουδαίους ω στε ἁμαρτίαν ποιεῖν, ι να μετανοοῦντες ε ργῳ καὶ τὴν περὶ μετανοίας διδασκαλίαν ἐπιδείξωνται. ἰδοὺ γοῦν καὶ ἐνταῦθα βεβαιοῦται τὸ εἰρημένον· διὰ γὰρ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως τῆς πρὸς θεὸν διδάσκειν ὑπισχνεῖται ἀνόμους αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς ὁδούς, ι να τούτων ἐπιβάντες, εἰ καί ποτε ἠσέβησαν, ἐξ ὀλιγωρίας ἐπιστρέψωσιν πρὸς αὐτόν. 547 Ps 50,15 ̔Ως γὰρ ἀρίστου βίου μίμημα καὶ ὑπογραμμὸν ε χουσιν τοὺς κατορθώσαντας, ου τω καὶ οἱ περὶ γνῶσιν ἐσφαλμένοι ε χουσι μιμήσασθαι τὸν εἰς μετάνοιαν ἐρχόμενον, ἀσεβεῖς ο ντες πρὸς θεὸν ἐπιστρέφοντες. 548 Ps 50,16a ̓Επεὶ δι' ω ν ἐποίησα πρὸς θάνατον ἁμαρτιῶν πλήρης εἰμὶ αἱμάτων, ἐκ τούτων ῥῦσαί με ὁ καθάπαξ θεὸς ω ν καὶ ἡμέτερος. τάχα δὲ καὶ ὁ ∆αυὶδ ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Οὐρίου καὶ ει τινες α λλοι συναπέθανον αὐτῷ ῥυσθῆναι ἀξιοῖ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ο ντος τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ. 549 Ps 50,16b.17 ̔Ο λόγος ὁ ἡμέτερος Γλῶσσά μου καλούμενος ἐν τῷ ἀεὶ περὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου φθέγγεσθαι ἀγαλλιάσεται τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου. ἐκείνου δ' ἀνοίγει τὰ χείλη ὁ θεὸς τοῦ λαβόντος λόγον ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ, δι' ο καὶ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ἐξαγγελεῖ τὴν αι νεσιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀεὶ αἰνοῦν καὶ εὐχαριστοῦν αὐτῷ. 550 Ps 50,20 ̔Ο περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἰδίας ἐξομολογούμενος τί βούλεται περὶ τῆς Σιὼν καὶ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ διαλέγεσθαι; ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ει πομεν μὴ πάντως αὐτὸν βεβλάφθαι ἐκ τοῦ ἐπταικέναι ἐν τῷ συντόνῳ δρόμῳ, τούτου χάριν προφητικὴν ε τι ε ξιν ε χων καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος κοινωνίαν ευ χεται καὶ προφητεύει ̓Αγαθύνον λέγων τὴν Σιὼν ἐν τῇ σῇ εὐδοκίᾳ τῷ υἱῷ σου γεγενημένην καὶ τῷ πνεύματι συνεγγίζουσαν· ἀλλὰ καὶ οἰκοδομεῖται τὰ τείχη τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. ἀγγέλων δὲ φρουραὶ ταῦτα η δογμάτων ἀκαταλύτων ι δρυσις. 551 Ps 50,21 ∆ικαιοσύνην φησὶν τὴν διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας συνισταμένην. αυ τη δὲ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἀναφορὰ καὶ ὁλοκαυτώματα πνευματικὰ τυγχάνει καὶ τὸ Θύσατε θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πνευματικὸν θυσιαστήριον ἀνοίσουσι μόσχους γεωπόνους ε λκοντας α ροτρα ψυχὰς οὐκ α λλας τυγχανούσας τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν μαρτύρων ὀφθείσας παρὰ τὸ ἐπουράνιον θυσιαστήριον ἀναφερομένας ἐπ' αὐτῷ

Divine Providence and the Folly of Unbelief§95

95Like the calves. For in the Revelation of John, the souls of those having been perfected through the name of Jesus and his testimony have been seen under the heavenly altar (Rev 6:9).

Who then would justify such a tragedy, when the one who leads irrational animals is supposed to be a shepherd? For we are without a leader. David, having realized his own great wickedness, spoke the words of the psalm (Ps 51) as if to the one moving him through envy, the devil, as if he were present.

The phrase 'The name of the Day let them reveal here' signifies the whole time in which he goes astraye bringing punishment, the drowning signifying chastisement, just as the lips of the unthinking drown him.

And the Edomite is not truly interpreted as earthly, always shaking because of being uncertain; for he is interpreted as being in a state of instability, he who, having worked slander against the healers of God, loved a deceitful tongue and with it words drowning him. And the Gospel signifies drowning to be the punishment, saying to the one causing scandal among the little ones in the church: 'It is better to be drowned in the depths of the sea' (Matt 18:6), with a millstone hung around his neck.

Because he loved evil to the end, he falls completely, as one not well built but also as one badly planted; 'Every planting which my heavenly Father has not planted shall be uprooted' (Matt 15:13); but he will be made to migrate from the holy tent, casting out and driving you away from that tent, whom you have slandered and into whom you have led to death, even the root of the living. For even if you were an Edomite, if you had attached yourself to Israel through the instruction of the law, you were planted in the tent and in the land of the living; for if you did not have reverence toward the God of Israel, you would not have even begun to disturb the sanctuary. And the things said against this man will apply to all those falling away from piety.

The very pious, those falling away from virtue into wickedness, receive a fear lest they themselves suffer the same. Nor will they dare to mock the fallen, as if saying they would laugh at him.

Thus a man does not set God as his helper; for he has not cast out his servants and attendants. Connect this to the fact that he who rejects you, rejects me. Ps 51:11 Thanksgiving through confessing to God shows that he has done it, perhaps what he had previously set forth. For he had set forth to flee from Saul.

But also, 'what shall I do?' he says, 'your name is such that I might encounter whatever is good and full of goodness in the presence of your holy things'; Ps 52:2a for those having been made steadfast by the holiness of your goodness perceive it.

One is called foolish if he is lacking divine wisdom. For it appears that the word which does not preserve common sense is not about anything. For knowing that a thought of God has been cast upon every soul, embracing ungodliness, he is a god to no one except to his own heart. And thus the foolish devil does not act toward the heart of another (but his own is lying prostrate before God), but toward that which has become from him through sinning, he is a god to no one except to himself. Ps 52:2b

For he who has thought badly concerning God enters into wickedness; for casting out the piety of his own soul, he has also cast out with it all virtue following it like a royal garment of piety. Therefore, those saying through foolishness that God does not exist have corrupted their own mind by practicing lawlessness, from which they became loathsome, that is, they have become abominable. If it is chosen hereafter. Ps 52:2c

All those sinning, even those who seem to do good, not strictly and truly doing, but so that they might take a pattern of it through a mirror and an enigma, doing it himself. Ps 52:2c

The present verse introduces providence, of not only those in heaven but also those on earth; Ps 52:3 for it has been said to look down providently from heaven upon the sons of men, not looking upon them from without only according to the body, but also according to the hidden part of the heart. He looks upon the sons of men, so that I might know if he is one who understands by doing the good and seeking God by examining the truth. And it has been said in a human way that he stoops from heaven to see if he understands; for great, if not in this way, is the impact.

Greek · §95

μόσχων δίκην. ἐν γὰρ τῇ ̓Αποκαλύψει ̓Ιωάννου αἱ τῶν πεπελεκισμένων ψυχαὶ διὰ τὸ ο νομα ̓Ιησοῦ καὶτὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἐπουράνιον τεθεώρηνται. 552 Ps 51 αργ Τίνα δὲ δεῖ τῆς τοσαύτης τραγῳδίας πρόφασιν παρασχεῖν η τὸν νομέα τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων; ἀγελάρχης γὰρ η ν ἡμιόνων. ὁ γοῦν ∆αυὶδ συνεὶς τὴν πολλὴν αὐτοῦ κακίαν η τὸν κινήσαντα τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ φθόνον διάβολον ὡς πρὸς παρόντα τὰς λέξεις ἐφθέγξατο τοῦ ψαλμοῦ. 553 Ps 51,3 β Τὸ ο νομα τὸ ̔Ημέρα ἐνταῦθα φανέρωσιν δηλοῖ η ο λον τὸν χρόνον καθ' ο ν ἀνομεῖ. 554 Ps 51,6 Καταποντισμοῦ ῥήματά ἐστι τὰ τιμωρίαν φέροντα, τοῦ καταποντισμοῦ σημαίνοντος κόλασιν ὡς καὶ Τοῦ α φρονος δὲ χείλη καταποντιζοῦσιν αὐτόν. καὶ ∆ωὴκ ου ν ὁ ̓Ιδουμαῖος ἀληθῶς γήινος ἑρμηνευόμενος, ἀεὶ κλονούμενος τῷ ἀβέβαιος ει ναι· εἰς σάλον γὰρ ∆ωὴκ ἑρμηνεύεται ο ς διαβολὴν ἐργασάμενος κατὰ θεραπευτῶν θεοῦ ἠγάπησε γλῶσσαν δολίαν καὶ σὺν αὐτῇ ῥήματα καταποντίζοντα αὐτόν. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον καταποντισμὸν ει ναι τὴν κόλασιν λέγον τῷ σκανδαλίζοντι ε να τῶν μικρῶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ· Συμφέρει καταποντισθῆναι ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 103 περικεισόμενον αὐτῷ μύλον ὀνικὸν περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ. 555 Ps 51,7 ∆ιὰ τὸ ἠγαπηκέναι τὰ βλαβερὰ εἰς τέλος τουτέστι παντελῶς καθελεῖ σε ὡς οὐ καλῶς οἰκοδομηθέντα ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς κακῶς φυτευθέντα ἐκτῖλαι ὁ φάσκων Πᾶσα φυτεία η ν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται· ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ σκηνώματος μεταναστεῦσαι ποιήσει, ἐκβάλλων καὶ φυγαδεύων σε ἐκ τῆς σκηνῆς ἐκείνης η ς τοὺς ἱερεῖς διαβέβληκας καὶ εἰς θάνατον η γαγες, ε τι μὴν Καὶ τὸ ῥίζωμά σου ἐκ γῆς ζώντων. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ̓Ιδουμαῖος η ν ἀλλὰ προσηλύτευσας τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ διὰ τῆς τοῦ νόμου κατηχήσεως, ἐν τῷ σκηνώματι καὶ τῇ τῶν ζώντων γῇ πεφύτευτο· εἰ γὰρ μὴ ει χε σέβας πρὸς τὸν τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ θεόν, οὐδ' α ν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐνοχλούμενος η ρχετο. τὰ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτον λεγόμενα ἁρμόσει πρὸς πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μεταπίπτοντας. 556 Ps 51,8.9a Οἱ πάνυ εὐλαβεῖς, ο ταν μεταπίπτοντας ἐξ ἀρετῆς εἰς κακίαν ι δωσί τινας, φόβον λαμβάνουσι μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ πάθοιεν. ου τοι δὲ καὶ ἐπικερτομήσαιεν κατὰ τοῦ ἁλόντος ὡς ἐπ' αὐτῷ γελᾶν ἐροῦντες Ου τος ὁ α νθρωπος οὐκ ε θετο τὸν θεὸν βοηθὸν αὐτοῦ· η γὰρ α ν οὐ διέβαλε τοὺς δούλους καὶ θεραπόντας αὐτοῦ. συμβαλεῖς τούτοις τὸ ̔Ο ὑμᾶς ἀθετῶν ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ. 557 Ps 51,11 Εὐχαριστίαν διὰ τοῦ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τῷ θεῷ δηλοῖ ἐπὶ τῷ πεποιηκέναι αὐτόν, ι σως α ᾐτήσατο η α προτέθειτο. προθέμενος γὰρ η ν φυγεῖν τὸν Σαούλ. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ε τι ὑπομενῶ, φησίν, τὸ ο νομά σου ε στ' α ν αὐτοῦ τύχω ο τι χρηστὸν καὶ ἀγαθότητός ἐστι πλῆρες ἐναντίον τῶν ὁσίων σου· οἱ γὰρ ὁσιότητα κατορθώσαντες τῆς χρηστότητος τοῦ ὀνόματός σου αἰσθάνονται. 558 Ps 52,2a Αφρονα ἡγητέον λέγεσθαι τὸν φρονήσεως θείας στερούμενον. φαίνεται γὰρ ου τος περὶ ου ὁ λόγος μὴ σῴζων κοινὴν φρένα. εἰδὼς γὰρ πάσῃ ψυχῇ ε ννοιαν θεοῦ καταβεβλημένην, ἀθεότητα ἀσπαζόμενος, οὐδενὶ α λλῳ εἰ μὴ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ καρδίᾳ ει πεν μὴ ει ναι θεόν. καὶ ου τως ὁ α φρων διάβολος οὐ τῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ καρδίᾳ (αυ τη δ' ε στιν ἡ ἀνακειμένη θεῷ) ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐξ αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν γεγενημένῃ ει πεν μὴ ει ναι θεόν. 559 Ps 52,2b ̔Ο γὰρ κακῶς περὶ θεοῦ φρονήσας καὶ εἰς τὴν α λλην ε ρχεται κακίαν· τὴν γὰρ εὐσέβειαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς ἐκβάλλων συνεκβέβληκεν αὐτῇ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἀκολουθοῦσαν ὡς βασιλίδι τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ. οἱ γοῦν δι' ἀφροσύνην λέγοντες μὴ ει ναι θεὸν διέφθειραν τὴν ἑαυτῶν γνώμην ἐν ἀνομίαις αι ς ε πραξαν, ἐξ ω ν ἐβδελύχθησαν τουτέστι βδελυκτοὶ γεγόνασιν. Ει θ' ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγεται. 560 Ps 52,2c Η πάντων ἁμαρτανόντων η καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν δοκούντων τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖν, οὐ κυρίως καὶ ἀληθῶς ποιούντων ἀλλ' ι να κα ν τύπον αὐτοῦ λάβωσι δι' ἐσόπτρου καὶ αἰνίγματος αὐτὸ ποιούντων. 561 Ps 52,3 ̔Ο παρὼν στίχος προνοητὴν εἰσάγει τὸν θεόν, οὐ τῶν κατ' οὐρανὸν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς· ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γὰρ ἐφορᾶν προνοητικῶς τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ει ρηται, οὐκ ε ξωθεν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα μόνον ἐπιβλέπων αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸ κρυπτὸν τῆς καρδίας. ἐπιβλέπει γοῦν ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ο πως ι δῃ εἰ ε στιν ὁ διὰ τοῦ καλὸν ποιεῖν συνιὼν καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἐξετάζειν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐκζητῶν τὸν θεόν. ἀνθρωπίνως δὲ καὶ ἀφ' ω ν ι σμεν ει ρηται τὸ διακύπτειν αὐτὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἰδεῖν εἰ ε στιν συνιών· μεγάλῃ γάρ, ι ν' ου τως ει πω, προσβολῇ

The Prayer of the Righteous and the Judgment of God§96

96He has the knowledge of the hiding of all things (Ps 52:4). And from the present word we learn that sin consists in a transgression of the law by one who follows, if he is by nature evil. For all have turned aside; and this turning aside is sin, a failure not of the straight way. And those who turned aside were useless; saying it is useless, either according to the dominance of passions or according to the ignorance of one who, not thinking, is swept away into other things, does not have the knowledge of one thing. Of all those turning aside, it is rightly said, 'He does not do good' (Ps 52:5). According to each of the aforementioned, the 'until one' limit shows that neither is there one doing good, nor one not doing good.

Since wisdom will not enter a craftless soul, it must be known through divine knowledge. For it is not to be read according to a walk but according to a decision (Ps 52:6). There they will fear a fear that no fear can be brought up to the coming age; in that, fleeing from pain and sighing and grief, one must have courage. In this, not being in a state of fear, those approaching the things by which they will be punished will fear. Therefore, they will fear what God revealed there regarding those who became hypocrites, having the aim of pleasing men, scattering their bones, the doctrines and conveniences of laziness and greed, and the impulses of a vile soul. For if even there they were thought to be pleasing to men, deceiving them, but being nullified by God as if they were nothing, they were shamed. And perhaps those doing evil will encounter the previously spoken-of punishments. But those hypocritically acting the part of virtue will not be tried by another punishment, their hypocrisy having been exposed; for he who does almsgiving to be glorified by men will not be punished by fire or anything of that kind (for he did not show mercy), but will be shamed, having been shown to have shared in the poverty of existing things not through God but through men (Ps 52:7). For sin is that which takes captive those who do it. But the forgiveness of sins being given as a gift, the Lord rejoices.

Israel and Jacob rejoice with those rejoicing in the heavens, similarly with one sinner repenting. Christ is the power of the Father. Since He judges the hidden things of men, He entreats that they be handed over for examination not to other judges, but by the power of the good God; for those, seeking forgiveness for those they passed over, will have vengeance happen against those who do the same thing in vain.

It is necessary that his prayer become well-pleasing and that he receive the things for which he prayed. But also, having become near to God through good works, 'Enlighten with the words of my mouth' (Ps 52:9). For no one, uttering a word that is idle, shameful, or some other evil, wants God to enlighten his words, but only everyone speaking the true and pious.

He says that those having an opposing disposition to the earnest ones are strangers, and the wicked demons are strong. And he says: because they did not set God before them, turning away from Him and having given their backs to Him, they rose up against the righteous and sought his soul.

He confesses God as a helper, perhaps the Father and Lord sustaining his soul, so that He might somehow turn the Son; 'He will turn the evils toward my enemies; for they desire to bring evil upon me' (Ps 53:6), these things He turns toward them, this being judged by the Lord in this way. 'Do to him as he has done to his neighbor' (Ps 55:23) agrees with this. And the truth of God, reproving those who are liars, destroys them if they are such; for they are not to be refuted at all, but rather they are such as the holy one prays.

Having these things happened, coming to thanksgiving with a self-willed mind, 'I will offer to You a voluntary sacrifice, not by necessity or force, but by a self-commanded readiness' (Ps 54:6). Lifting up a prayer to God, he entreats Him to draw near to him so that He may receive the prayer which he has brought forward through his trials. For He is near to the one saying, 'to receive the word.' And since I entreat, I do not take courage from another that the things lacking me will be replenished from You; do not despise the plea for which I entreat You. Give to me, from those lifting up holy hands without anger and...

Greek · §96

βλέψεως τοῦ πάντων κρυπτοῦ γνῶσιν ε χει. 562 Ps 52,4 Καὶ ἐκ τῆς προκειμένης λέξεως μανθάνομεν κατὰ παράβασιν νόμου τὴν ἁμαρτίαν συνίστασθαι ῳ ἀκολουθεῖ μὴ ει ναί τινα φύσει πονηρόν· Πάντες γὰρ ἐξέκλιναν· αυ τη δὲ ἡ ε κκλισις ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, ἀποτυχία ου σα τῆς εὐθείας ὁδοῦ. α μα δὲ καὶ ἠχρειώθησαν οἱ ἐκκλίνοντες· ἀχρεῖον λέγων η κατὰ τὴν ἐπικράτησιν τῶν παθῶν η τὴν α γνοιαν τοῦ μὴ νοοῦντος συγχεομένου τῷ μετιέναι ἐξ ἑτέρων εἰς ε τερα πράγματα, τῷ μὴ κεκρατηκέναι ἑνὸς ου τὴν ἐπιστήμην ε χει. Πάντων ου ν ἐκκλινόντων, εἰκότως ει ρηται τὸ Οὐκ ε στι 104 ποιῶν ἀγαθόν. καθ' ἑκάτερον τῶν προειρημένων τὸ Εως ἑνὸς προσκείμενον δηλοῖ η τοι μηδὲ ε να ει ναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιοῦντα η τὸν μηδὲ ε ν ἀγαθὸν ποιοῦντα. 563 Ps 52,5a ̓Επεὶ εἰς κακότεχνον ψυχὴν οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται σοφία, οὐ γνώσονται α δεῖ εἰδέναι κατὰ θείαν γνῶσιν. οὐ γὰρ κατὰ πεῦσιν ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἀπόφασιν ἀναγνωστέον. 564 Ps 52,6 Τὸ ̓Εκεῖ φοβηθήσονται φόβον ου οὐκ η ν φόβος δύναται ἀναφέρεσθαι εἰς τὸν μέλλοντα αἰῶνα· ε νθα ἀποδράσης ὀδύνης καὶ στεναγμοῦ καὶ λύπης ε δει θάρσος ε χειν. ἐν τούτῳ ου ν τῷ καταστήματι οὐκ ο ντος φόβου, φοβηθήσονται οἱ ἐπιφερόμενοι τὰ ἐφ' οι ς κολασθήσονται. διὰ τοῦτο δὲ φοβηθήσονται ο τι τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς γενομένους ἐνταῦθα καὶ σκοπὸν ε χοντας ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσαι ἐφανέρωσεν ἐκεῖ ὁ θεὸς σκορπίσας αὐτῶν τὰ ὀστᾶ δόγματα καὶ ἐπιτηδεύματα μοχθηρίας καὶ οἰήσεως ε κγονα καὶ φαύλης ψυχῆς ἐνθυμήσεις ο ντα. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ε δοξαν ει ναί τι ἀνθρώποις οι ς η ρεσκον, ἀπατῶντες ἀλλά γε ἐξουδενωθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς οὐκ ο ντες τι κατῃσχύνθησαν. καὶ τάχα οἱ τὴν κακίαν ἐνεργοῦντες καὶ ταῖς προαναφωνηθείσαις κολάσεσι περιτεύξονται. οἱ δ' ἀνθρωπαρέσκως ὑποκρινόμενοι τὴν ἀρετὴν κολάσεως α λλης οὐ πειραθήσονται, διελεγχθείσης αὐτῶν τῆς ὑποκρίσεως· οι ον ὁ ποιῶν ἐλεημοσύνην πρὸς τὸ δοξασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐ κολασθήσεται ὑπὸ πυρὸς η α λλου τινὸς τοιούτου (ἠλέησε γάρ), καταισχυνθήσεται δὲ ἀποδειχθεὶς μὴ διὰ θεὸν ἀλλὰ δι' ἀνθρώπους κοινωνήσας τῶν ὑπαρχόντων πένησιν. 565 Ps 52,7 ̔Η γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ αἰχμαλωτίζουσα τοὺς ποιοῦντας αὐτήν. ἀφέσεως δὲ ἁμαρτημάτων δωρουμένης εὐφραίνεται ὁ ̓Ισραὴλ καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶται ὁ ̓Ιακὼβ τοῖς χαίρουσιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς παραπλησίως ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι. 566 Ps 53,3b ∆ύναμις τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ Χριστός. ου τος δὲ κρινεῖ τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, παρακαλεῖ δὲ μὴ α λλοις κριταῖς ἀλλὰ τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ἐξέτασιν παραδοθῆναι· οι δε γάρ, συγγνώμης τευξόμενος ἐφ' οι ς παρεῖδεν, ἐκδικίαν δὲ γενησομένην κατὰ τῶν αὐτὸν πορθούντων ματαίως. 567 Ps 53,4 ∆έεται ο πως εὐπρόσδεκτος ἡ προσευχὴ αὐτοῦ γενήσηται καὶ ι να λάβῃ τὰ περὶ ω ν ηυ ξατο. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἐγγὺς θεοῦ διὰ καλῶν ε ργων γεγενημένος ̓Ενώτισαι ε φη τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματός μου. οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀργὸν προφερόμενος ῥῆμα η αἰσχρὸν η ε τερόν τι κακὸν φθεγγόμενος θέλει τὸν θεὸν ἐνωτίσασθαι αὐτοῦ τὰ ῥήματα ἀλλὰ μόνος καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀληθῆ καὶ εὐσεβῆ λαλῶν. 568 Ps 53,5 ̓Αλλοτρίους φησὶ τοὺς ἐναντίαν προαίρεσιν τοῖς σπουδαίοις ε χοντας, κραταιοὺς δὲ τοῦς πονηροὺς δαίμονας. καὶ φησίν· ἐπεὶ οὐ προέθεντο τὸν θεὸν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἀποστραφέντες αὐτὸν καὶ νῶτα αὐτῷ δεδωκότες, ἐπανέστησαν τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ ἐζήτησαν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ. 569 Ps 53,6.7 Θεὸν βοηθὸν ε χειν ὁμολογεῖ, τάχα τὸν πατέρα καὶ κύριον ἀντιλαμβανόμενον τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ ι να ει πῃ τὸν υἱὸν ο ς ̓Αποστρέψει τὰ κακὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου· α γὰρ ἐπαγαγεῖν μοι βεβούληνται κακωτικά, ταῦτα πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀποστρέφει, τοῦτο τοῦ κυρίου κρίναντος ου τω. συνᾴδει τούτῳ τὸ Ποιήσατε αὐτῷ ο ν τρόπον ἐπονηρεύσατο ποιῆσαι τῷ πλησίῳ. καὶ τοὺς δὲ ψεύστας ο ντας διελέγχουσα ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλήθεια ὀλοθρεύει εἰ τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν· οὐ γὰρ ἀναιρεθῆναι καθάπαξ αὐτοὺς ἀλλ' ῃ τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν ὁ α γιος ευ χεται. 570 Ps 53,8a Τούτων δὲ συμβεβηκότων αὐθαιρέτῳ γνώμῃ ἐπ' εὐχαριστίαν ἐρχόμενος ̔Εκουσίως θύσω σοι, οὐκ ἀνάγκης η βίας εἰς τοῦτο καλούσης ἀλλ' αὐτοκελεύστου προθυμίας. 571 Ps 54,2.3a Προσευχὴν ἀναφέρων θεῷ παρακαλεῖ αὐτὸν ἐγγίσαι αὐτῷ ο πως εἰς τὰ ι δια ω τα δέξηται η ν προσαγήοχεν προσευχήν. ἐνωτίζεται γὰρ ὁ ἐγγὺς ω ν τοῦ λέγοντος, εἰς τὰ ω τα δεχόμενος τὸν λόγον. καὶ ἐπεὶ δέομαι ω ν οὐκ α λλοθεν θαρρῶ τὰ λείποντά μοι ἀναπληρωθῆναι η ἐκ σοῦ, μὴ ὑπερίδῃς τὴν ὑπὲρ 105 ω ν δέομαι παράκλησιν. πρόσχες δέ μοι ἐπαίροντι ὁσίους χεῖρας χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ

The Enemy and the Disturbance of the Soul§97

97Presenting a meditation to you decorously and priestly, listen to the words which I send from a pure conscience.

The same enemy can be to the sinner, differing only in the lack of distinction. When the sinner is distressed by those through whom he acts wickedly, and when the enemy speaks the truth, 'I was grieved in my iniquity and was troubled' (Ps 54:3b,4a). Here iniquity signifies prayer, as also in the first of the Kingdoms, Anna says, 'Out of the multitude of my iniquity I have stretched out to you until now'; for concerning prayer itself she says this. The saint says: seeing the enemy speaking proudly and seeing the sinner distressed, he was grieved toward God through a prayer of iniquity; seeing those of the same kind and of the same race fallen into the depth of wickedness, he was also troubled by the instability of nature, lest even I should undergo this same turn. Perhaps he is also deeply grieved and troubled seeing the wicked going astray, just as a father grieves for a son who remains behind. For some say that this psalm is reported to have been spoken from the face of Christ according to the human nature, and it is fitting to be grieved concerning those being harmed.

Every serious person understands that to sin in thoughts is neither tolerable nor so, and in deed and word it is both dangerous and heavy. Therefore, if it ever happens in thoughts to cause a stumbling block and harm, guarding these within oneself and not uttering a word, according to the sin committed in secret, and not acting effectively, knowing that the thought is both healing and yet incurable; therefore he says, 'My heart was troubled within me' (Ps 54:5). For I did not interpret the trouble as having done something through it, but also, as the fear of death was falling upon me following the sin, I seized it within myself. For it happens that fear appears from the outside and becomes a stumbling block to others for the one who has been revealed. Fear and trembling came (Ps 54:6,7).

the passive, the irascible, and the desiring

Greek · §97

διαλογισμοῦ κοσμίως καὶ ἱεροπρεπῶς παρισταμένῳ σοι, καὶ εἰσάκουσον τῶν λόγων ω ν ἐκ καθαρᾶς συνειδήσεως ἀναπέμπω. 572 Ps 54,3b.4a ∆ύναται ὁ ἐχθρὸς ὁ αὐτὸς ει ναι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ, σχέσει μόνῃ τῆς διαφορᾶς ου σης. θλίβοντος ου ν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ δι' ω ν πράττει κακῶς καὶ α θεα φθεγγομένου τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τῆς ἀληθείας, ̓Ελυπήθην ἐν τῇ ἀδολεσχίᾳ μου καὶ ἐταράχθην. ἡ ἀδολεσχία ἐνταῦθα τὴν εὐχὴν σημαίνει, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν Βασιλειῶν τῆς Αννας λεγούσης ̓Εκ πλήθους ἀδολεσχίας μου ἐκτέτακα ε ως νῦν· περὶ γὰρ τῆς προσευχῆς ἑαυτῆς τοῦτο λέγει. ὁ α γιος ου ν φησιν· τὸν ἐχθρὸν ὑπερήφανα φθεγγόμενον καὶ θλίβοντα τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ὁρῶν, πρὸς τὸν θεὸν δι' εὐχῆς ἀδολεσχῶν, ἐλυπήθην· τοὺς ὁμοουσίους καὶ ὁμογενεῖς μοι ὁρῶν εἰς βάθος κακίας πεσόντας ὡς καὶ ταραχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ τρεπτῷ τῆς φύσεως, μήτι α ρα κἀγὼ ταύτην τὴν τροπὴν ὑποστῶ. τάχα δὲ καὶ κηδεμονικώτατα λυπεῖται καὶ ταράττεται ὁρῶν τοὺς φαύλους παραπαίοντας ὡσεί τις πατὴρ λυπεῖ τῷ ἐπιμανέντι υἱῷ. Καὶ γὰρ τὸν ψαλμὸν τοῦτον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον ἀπαγγέλλουσί τινες εἰρῆσθαι ῳ καὶ ἁρμόζει περὶ τῶν βλαπτομένων λυπεῖσθαι. 573 Ps 54,5 ̓Επίσταται πᾶς σπουδαῖος ε τερον ει ναι τὸ ἐν λογισμοῖς ἁμαρτάνειν ο καὶ ἀνεκτόν ἐστι καὶ ε τερον ἐν πράξει καὶ λόγοις ο καὶ ἐπικίνδυνον καὶ βαρύ. διὸ καὶ ει ποτε ἐν λογισμοῖς συμβαίνει κλόνον καὶ βλάβην γενέσθαι, ἐν ἑαυτῷ φυλάττων αὐτὰ οὐδὲ προφέρει λόγον κατὰ τὸ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἁμάρτημα οὐδὲ πράττει ἀποτελεσματικῶς, εἰδὼς ἰάσιμον ει ναι τὸ ἐνθύμημα ε σθ' ο τε καὶ ἀνίατον· διό φησιν ̔Η καρδία μου ἐταράχθη ἐν ἐμοί. οὐ γὰρ ἡρμήνευσα τὴν ταραχὴν η ε πραξά τι κατ' αὐτήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δειλίας ἐπιπεσούσης θανάτου τοῦ ἀκολουθοῦντος τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἐν ἐμαυτῷ αὐτὴν κατέσχον. συμβαίνει γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ε ξω τὴν δειλίαν φανῆναι καὶ ἑτέρων πρόσκομμα γενέσθαι τὸν δηλωθέντα. Ps 54,6.7 Τὸ δὲ Φόβος καὶ τρόμος η λθεν ἐπ' ἐμὲ καὶ ἐκάλυψέ με σκότος, τῆς φύσεως τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἐνυπάρχον ἐχούσης τὸ παθητικὸν ο καὶ θυμικὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμητικόν τινες καλοῦσι, κα ν κατ' ἀρετήν τις προκόπτῃ, οὐκ ἀφανιζομένου τοῦ παθητικοῦ, συμβαίνει ἐν τῇ λεγομένῃ προπαθείᾳ γενέσθαι. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ τὸ προκείμενον πρόσωπον ὠθούμενον ὑπὸ φωνῶν ἐχθροῦ καὶ θλίψεως ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἀναρριζόμενον ε σχεν τὸ ἐνυπάρχον παθητικόν, ὡς φοβηθῆναι καὶ τρόμῳ ὑποπεσεῖν καὶ καλυφθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς ἀπορίας σκότους· τὴν γὰρ σκοτοδινίασιν ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει ἡ σκότος φωνή. Πολλῶν δὲ τῶν περιεστηκότων αὐτὸν θλιβηρῶν τυγχανόντων, ευ χεται δοθῆναι αὐτῷ τὰς τοῦ πνεύματος νοήσεις μετεωριζούσας καὶ ἐπαιρούσας πτέρυγας περιστερᾶς ἀλληγορικώτερον ὀνομαζομένας. αυ ται αἱ πτέρυγες πετασθῆναι ποιοῦσιν εἰς υ ψος, ὡς καταπαύσαντα ἐκεῖ τὸν ἀναπτάντα ἀμερίμνως τοῦ λοιποῦ διάγειν σαββατίζοντα τὰ τρυφερὰ καὶ εὐλογημένα σάββατα τοῦ θεοῦ. Ps 54,8 ̔Η τοῦ φυγαδεύειν λέξις τὸ διώκειν καὶ εἰς φυγὴν τρέπειν τοὺς ἐλαυνομένους δηλοῖ. φησὶ γοῦν ὁ τὸν ψαλμὸν λέγων· ̓Ιδοὺ ἐμάκρυνα, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ πολὺ φυγαδεύων τὸν ἐχθρὸν καὶ τὸν ἁμαρτωλόν, ὡς ἐκείνων ἐληλασμένων αὐλισθῆναί με ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τουτέστιν διαναπαύσασθαι ἐν καταστάσει εἰρηνικῇ. Εἰ δὲ τὸ φυγαδεύειν ἰδίως ἐνταῦθα τὸ φυγεῖν σημαίνοι, ἐρεῖ ὁ δίκαιος, τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς φεύγων καὶ μακρυνόμενος διὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν αὐτοῖς ἀλαζονείαν· Καὶ ηὐλίσθην ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, νόμου καὶ προφητῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ. ̔Αρμόζει δὲ ταῦτα μάλιστα τῷ κατ' οἰκονομίαν Χριστῷ. ταῦτα γὰρ συμβολικῶς ποιῶν ἀνεγράφη ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις· ̓Ακούσας γάρ φησιν ο τι ̓Ιωάννης παρεδόθη ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς ε ρημον τόπον. περὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐρήμου καὶ τὸ Εὐφράνθητι, ε ρημος διψῶσα, καὶ τὸ Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Ps 54,10a ̔Η ἐπὶ κακῷ συμφωνία δεινόν, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου μέγα ἀγαθὸν ἡ τῶν ἐπὶ κακῷ συμφωνησάντων διάλυσις. καὶ οἱ ὁμονοήσαντες γοῦν ἐπὶ τῇ

The distinction between living and dying through the Word§98

98Regarding the building of towers, they were assigned one voice and one lip, but through great impiety, having been joined together, they no longer had concord. For those who were making something from harmony, intending to be impious, they did not do this, their tongues having been divided. And here, indeed, the one praying desires the tongues of those who have voiced concord against him to be divided, the tongues being submerged, that is, becoming invisible. And before this, if it is said, 'to punish' means 'to submerge.' And Paul, knowing that sometimes it is advantageous to have disagreement against the wicked ones, defending himself on the steps, struck against Pharisees and Sadducees.

This can be referred to the Psalm 54:10b, 'Behold, I fled away and was distressed in the wilderness,' through the middle of the two verses from 'I waited for God who saves me,' as the 'He divided their tongues' is such a thing: since in the so-called city of God, Jerusalem, they were committing lawlessness and speaking against the truth, committing lawlessness and speaking against the truth, I fled away from it, so as having become in the wilderness called the Church from the Gentiles, to be distressed in it, resting and spending the night among the believers (Ps 54:11-12).

Since all night and with the day they commit lawlessness and speak against the truth in the city, as the city would be surrounded by lawlessness and speaking against the truth and by the camp coming upon it because of these, lawlessness and speaking against the truth reached and upon its walls, the holy apostles guarding it. For they did not leave it, seeing it committing lawlessness and speaking against the truth, because lawlessness and toil have come against the praiseworthy pleasure in its midst with injustice, as the birth and deceit of those dwelling in it do not cease from its streets, those acting craftily through whom they think wickedly, toiling by taking upon themselves the burden of evil, with lead being thrown against it.

And its streets were to be considered as souls widening themselves for the sake of pleasure, to walk a wide and spacious road, this being a glorious and passive life. And for always remaining in these, the toil concerning evils and the deceit concerning frauds, it makes it so that 'It did not fail from its streets'...

Birth and deceit. Ps 54,14b.15a 'You know my reproach instead of being known by me, who has made my bonds sweet to me, but to the rest of the disciples nourishing me with good works.'

Ps 54,16bc Someone of the ancients said that those descending into Hades alone are those having received the instruction of the divine teachings. For the taste of the words of life is dead; those living thus descend into Hades. For those living without the common life do not descend into Hades as becoming a body there, for no one has the common life there. Since neither Judas nor all the people of the Jews had received the instruction of the law and the prophets, they descend into Hades with death coming upon them, living according to sin. Consequently, the one approaching is also said in the verse: 'That wickedness is in their sojournings, in their midst.' For even if they had experience of the life-giving writings, they did not dwell but sojourned in them, having wickedness in their midst, that is, in the ruling principle; for it is said that the wickedness is in the midst of the animal.

Ps 54,17 'I cried to God and had my voice heard by the Lord.' For only he who has cried to God is heard by the Lord. For not everyone crying to God shouts; concerning the Sodomites it is written, 'The voice of Sodom and Gomorrah has been filled up,' not having cried to God.

Ps 54,18 Since the narration of a pious man is wisdom throughout, a pious man and narrating wisdom throughout, the psalmist says: 'The evening sets for me the things of wickedness and the extinguished light of the ungodly, but the sun of righteousness rises for me as to make it in the morning; having become one having reached its noon, I will narrate the things of the aforementioned evening and of the previously foretold morning and of the aforementioned noon; and my announcing, God hears the voice of me, accepting and—if so—rejoicing at my voice which has narrated everything.'

Ps 54,20b He says that God exists before the ages but not having existed. For if he had said 'having existed,' he himself, being the beginning, would have existed previously by some measured interval. Because of this, he is not 'The Existing One,' setting his existence as beginningless and eternal, but because of the 'Before the ages' beginning.

Greek · §98

106 πυργοποιΐᾳ τῷ ε χειν φωνὴν μίαν καὶ χεῖλος ε ν πάντες ἐνεποδίσθησαν μεγίστῃ δυσσεβείᾳ συσχεθέντες ὡς μηκέτι ὁμοφωνίαν ε χειν. ο γὰρ ἐκ συμφωνίας ποιοῦντες ἀσεβεῖν ε μελλον, τοῦτο οὐκ ἐποίησαν, τῶν γλωσσῶν αὐτῶν καταδιαιρεθεισῶν. καὶ ἐνταῦθα γοῦν ὁ εὐχόμενος βούλεται καταδιαιρεθῆναι τὰς γλώσσας τῶν ὁμοφωνησάντων κατ' αὐτοῦ, καταποντιζομένων τῶν γλωσσῶν τουτέστιν ἀφανῶν γινομένων. καὶ πρὸ τούτου δὲ ει ρηται κόλασιν σημαίνειν τὸ καταποντίζεσθαι. καὶ Παῦλος γοῦν, εἰδὼς συμφέρειν ποτὲ τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς τῶν φαύλων διαφωνίαν, ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν ἀπολογούμενος συνέκρουσε Φαρισαίους καὶ Σαδδουκαίους. Ps 54,10b Τοῦτο ἀναφέρεσθαι δύναται ἐπὶ τὸ ̓Ιδοὺ ἐμάκρυνα φυγαδεύων καὶ ηὐλίσθην ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, διὰ μέσου εἰρημένων τῶν δύο στίχων ἀπὸ τοῦ Προσεδεχόμην τὸν θεὸν τὸν σῴζοντά με ε ως τοῦ Καταδίελε τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν, ι ν' ῃ τὸ λεγόμενον τοιοῦτον· ἐπεὶ ἐν τῇ νομιζομένῃ θεοῦ πόλει τῇ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ει δον ἀνομίαν καὶ ἀντιλογίαν ἀνομούντων καὶ ἀντιλεγόντων τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἐμάκρυνα φυγαδεύων ἀπ' αὐτῆς, ω στε γενόμενον ἐν τῇ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐρήμῳ καλουμένῃ αὐλισθῆναι ἐν αὐτῇ διαναπαυόμενον καὶ διανυκτερεύοντα ἐν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. Ps 54,11.12 ̓Επεὶ διαπαντὸς νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ' ἡμέραν ἀνομοῦσι καὶ ἀντιλέγουσιν ἐν τῇ πόλει ὡς κυκλωθῆναι τὴν πόλιν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομίας καὶ τῆς ἀντιλογίας καὶ τοῦ διὰ ταύτας τὰς κακίας ἐπελθόντος αὐτῇ στρατοπέδου, ε φθασεν ἡ ἀνομία καὶ ἡ ἀντιλογία καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τείχη αὐτῆς τοὺς φρουρούντας αὐτὴν ἱεροὺς ἀποστόλους. καὶ γὰρ ου τοι ἐγκατέλιπον αὐτὴν ἀνομοῦσαν καὶ ἀντιλέγουσαν ἑωρακότες, διότι ἀνομία καὶ πόνος ἐναντίος τῇ ἐπαινετῇ ἡδονῇ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς σὺν ἀδικίᾳ γεγένηται, ὡς μὴ ἐκλείπειν ἐκ τῶν πλατειῶν αὐτῆς τόκον καὶ δόλον δολιευομένων τῶν οἰκούντων αὐτὴν δι' ω ν φρονοῦσι πονηρῶς, κοπιώντων δὲ τῷ αι ρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς τὸ τῆς κακίας α χθος μολύβδῳ παραβαλλομένης. Η καὶ πλατείας αὐτῆς ἡγητέον ει ναι τὰς διὰ τὸ φιλήδονον πλατυνούσας ἑαυτὰς ψυχὰς τῷ τὴν πλατείαν καὶ εὐρύχωρον ὁδεύειν ὁδὸν τουτέστι τὸν α δοξον καὶ παθητικὸν βίον. καὶ ἐν ταύταις γὰρ ἀεὶ μένων ὁ περὶ τὰ κακὰ κόπος καὶ ὁ περὶ τὰς ἀπάτας δόλος πληροῦσθαι ποιεῖ τὸ Οὐκ ἐξέλιπεν ἐκ τῶν πλατειῶν αὐτῆς τόκος καὶ δόλος. 574 Ps 54,14b.15a Τὸ Γνωστέ μου ἀντὶ τοῦ γινωσκόμενε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ, Ος ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἐγλύκυνάς μοι ἐδέσματα, α μα τοῖς λοιποῖς μαθηταῖς τρέφων με τοῖς καλοῖς ε ργοις. 575 Ps 54,16bc Ελεγε γάρ τις τῶν παλαιῶν ζῶντας εἰς ᾳ δου κατέρχεσθαι μόνους τοὺς κατήχησιν τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων ε χοντας. ὁ γὰρ α γευστος τῶν τῆς ζωῆς λόγων νεκρός· οἱ ου τω ζῶντες εἰς ᾳ δην κατέρχονται. οὐ γὰρ οι όν τε ζῶντας τὸ κοινὸν ζῆν εἰς ᾳ δην κατέρχεσθαι τῷ μὴ πεφυκέναι γίνεσθαι σῶμα ἐκεῖ μεθ' ου τις τὴν κοινὴν ζωὴν ε χει. ἐπεὶ ου ν ὁ ̓Ιούδας καὶ πᾶς ὁ τῶν ̓Ιουδαίων λαὸς κατήχησιν ει χον τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, θανάτου ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐρχομένου τοῦ ἑπομένου τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ζῶντες εἰς ᾳ δην κατέρχονται. ̓Ακολούθως δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐπιφερόμενος λέγεται στίχος Οτι πονηρία ἐν ταῖς παροικίαις αὐτῶν ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ πεῖραν ε σχον τῶν ζωοποιῶν γραφῶν, οὐ κατῴκησαν ἀλλὰ παρῴκησαν ἐν αὐταῖς τῷ πονηρίας ε χειν ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτῶν τουτέστι τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ· ἐν μέσῳ γὰρ ει ναι λέγεται τοῦ ο λου ζῴου. 576 Ps 54,17 ̓Εγὼ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐκέκραξα καὶ ε σχον εἰσακουμένην ὑπὸ κυρίου τὴν φωνήν μου. μόνος γὰρ εἰσακούεται ὑπὸ κυρίου ὁ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν κεκραγώς. οὐ γὰρ πᾶς κράζων πρὸς θεὸν βοᾷ· περὶ Σοδομιτῶν γέγραπται Φωνὴ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας πεπλήθυνται, οὐ πρὸς θεὸν κεκραγότων. 577 Ps 54,18 ̓Επεὶ διήγησις εὐσεβοῦς διαπαντὸς σοφία, εὐσεβὴς ω ν καὶ διαπαντὸς διηγούμενος σοφίαν, ὁ ψάλλων φησίν· ̔Εσπέρας ο ταν δύνει μοι τὰ τῆς κακίας καὶ τὸ σβεννύμενον φῶς τῶν ἀσεβῶν, ἀνατελεῖ δέ μοι ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης η λιος ὡς ἐν πρωΐᾳ με ποιῆσαι, ου ἀκμάσαντος ἐν τῷ μεσημβρινῷ γενόμενος διηγήσομαι τὰ τῆς προειρημένης ἑσπέρας καὶ τοῦ προαπηγγελμένου πρωῒ 107 καὶ τῆς προειρημένης μεσημβρίας· ἀπαγγέλλοντος δέ μου, ταῦτα εἰσακούσεται ὁ θεὸς τῆς φωνῆς μου, ἀποδεχόμενος καὶ (ι ν' ου τως ει πω) τερπόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ φωνῇ μου τῇ πάντα διηγησαμένῃ. 578 Ps 54,20b ̔Υπάρχοντα δέ φησι τὸν θεὸν πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἀλλ' οὐχ ὑπάρξαντα. εἰ γὰρ ει ρηκεν ὑπάρξαντα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀρχὴν ε χων μεμετρημένῳ τινὶ διαστήματι πρώην ω ν ὑπῆρχεν. διὰ τοῦτο ου ν ει πεν ̔Ο ὑπάρχων, α ναρχον καὶ ἀΐδιον αὐτοῦ τὴν υ παρξιν τιθέμενος, διὰ δὲ τοῦ Πρὸ αἰώνων ἀρχὴν

The misuse of the Word and the judgment of the unfaithful§99

99Being cast down from the existence of the ages. But it is necessary to hear from the ages how the creatures are being diminished. And the Savior is eternal, being from eternity, before the ages, so that even the ages themselves have come to be through him. And Paul says, 'And he himself is before all things' (2 Cor 5:19). The one existing is the same as the one before all things; for it is not that he has come to be before all things. And regarding the Savior, 'Before Abraham was, I am' (John 8:58), not 'I was' or 'I have been', but 'I am'.

Regarding sins, some are difficult and incurable, others are curable (Ps 54:20). Concerning the curable, there is found an exchange: the sacrifice brought up for sins, but also almsgiving and fasting with prayer (for these things rescue from death). But for the incurable of those who have sinned, there is no exchange to lay down as a ransom and a savior. For if a man sins against a man and they pray for him, there is an exchange for these; but if he sins against the Lord God, who will pray for him? For there is no exchange for such things.

He stretched out his hand to repay those who worked what was deserved (Ps 54:21). Since traitors and murderers of Christ have become unchangeable and madmen, they are worthy to fall under punishment as those who failed. They were captured by the Romans so that they might be stripped of their manhood and driven out of the nurtured land which they had never belonged to any other. Nor were they accepted back to their fatherland. For they profaned the covenant of God, not only by not adhering to it but also by rejecting the one prophesied under it. Perhaps also, even though the covenant was destined to be kept according to the sensible until the time came when it had to pass from the one according to the flesh to the one according to the spirit, by remaining in the typical worship, they profaned his covenant. Therefore, also, stretching out his punishing hand, he repaid them so that his wrath might reach them to the end, by which they were divided, no longer gathered together in his land, but scattered in every land. These things the wrath of the face of God brought upon them, since when his face shone and appeared, they did not receive it (Ps 54:22). For they were considered to be smooth and without fault because of their hypocrisy...

To seek out missiles like destructive ones and full of gall. For those interpreting even concerning God do not do so correctly; God has drawn near to their own heart, coming down with men, bringing forth words like oil being poured out and loosening the pains of those who suffer. But for those who despise them, the words concerning oil are found to be missiles, striking those who despise them. Often, regarding the striking, there is the metaphor of the arrow, and arrow and missile are the same according to the subject.

Regarding Psalm 54:24a, God does not give a stable place to the righteous, but those who have profaned his covenant he casts into a pit of destruction, contrary to the wells from which the Word protects life and incorruption from drinking. Perhaps 'pit of destruction' means the abyss into which those having been corrupted in their mind are brought down by his vote and are handed over by his judgment.

Regarding Psalm 54:24b–d, He does not wish that the Jews, who exist from before the ages, should be humbled by God. For they fell against the will of the Only-begotten, not fearing God but also profaning his covenant. And he says 'men of blood' concerning those saying, 'His blood is upon us and upon our children,' being guilty of all the blood of the righteous poured out upon the earth. And they themselves are men of guile, always approaching the Savior and the saints deceitfully. He does not wish that for these, even for half of their days, they should overtake death. For after they turned away from the day consisting for themselves from the brightness of the true light, having conceived a day of illumination through mythical traditions, it is evil that in this their days be filled; he intercedes that, in the intervening of their days, lest they should reach even half of their days, the sun of righteousness should set for them, so that they might become in the day of the Lord. And regarding the word 'let him force such things'; since in life the impious, dwelling in unrepentant resolve, do many evils, fearing them, it is worthy that, as human life is in the middle, they snatch away life so that for a few sins and not many they might be punished. Of these, he says, not being divided, 'I lay my expectation and hope upon you, O Lord.'

Greek · §99

ὑπάρξεως τῶν αἰώνων καταβαλλόμενος. δεῖ δὲ Τῶν αἰώνων ἀκούειν ὡς παρεκτάσεων οὐσῶν τῶν κτισμάτων. Καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ δὲ ἀΐδιος ἐξ ἀϊδίου τυγχάνων πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐστὶν τῷ καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς αἰῶνας δι' αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι. καὶ Παῦλος δὲ Καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν, φησί, πρὸ πάντων· ι σον δὲ τὸ ̔Υπάρχων τὸ αὐτό ἐστι Πρὸ πάντων· οὐ γὰρ ει πεν Καὶ αὐτὸς γέγονε πρὸ πάντων. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ Πρὶν ̓Αβραὰμ γενέσθαι οὐκ ει πεν ἐγὼ η μην ἀλλ' ἐγώ εἰμι. 579 Ps 54,20δ Τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὰ μὲν δυσίατα η καὶ ἀνίατα, τὰ δὲ ἰάσιμα. καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἰασίμων ε στιν ἀντάλλαγμα εὑρεῖν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν προσαγομένην θυσίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην καὶ νηστείαν μετὰ προσευχῆς (ταῦτα γὰρ ῥύεται ἐκ θανάτου), τῶν δὲ ἀνίατα ἡμαρτηκότων οὐκ ε στιν ἀντάλλαγμα λύτρον καὶ σῶστρον καταθέσθαι. ἐὰν γὰρ ἁμαρτῶν ἁμάρτῃ ἀνὴρ εἰς α νδρα καὶ προσεύξωνται περὶ αὐτοῦ, ε στι τούτων ἀντάλλαγμα· ἐὰν δὲ εἰς κύριον τὸν θεόν, τίς προσεύξεται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐκ ε στι γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ἀντάλλαγμα. 580 Ps 54,21.22a ̓Εξέτεινε τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ἀποδιδόναι τὰ ἀντάξια ω ν εἰργάσαντο. ἐπεὶ γὰρ προδόται καὶ φονεῖς Χριστοῦ γεγένηνται ἀκατάλλακτα ἠνομηκότες, α ξιοι ὑποπεσεῖν τιμωρίᾳ ω φθησαν. ἑάλωσαν ου ν ὑπὸ ̔Ρωμαίων ὡς ἐξανδραποδισθῆναι καὶ τῆς θρεψαμένης χώρας ἐξωσθῆναι ο οὐπώποτε α λλῳ ε θνει γεγένηται. ου τοι δ' α ν ἐπάνακτοι τῆς πατρίδος ἀπερρίφησαν. ̓Εβεβήλωσαν γὰρ τὴν διαθήκην τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ προσηκάμενοι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀναιρήσαντες τὸν ὑπ' αὐτῆς προφητευόμενον. τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐπεὶ μέχρι καιροῦ ω ριστο τηρεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἡ διαθήκη, πληρωθέντος τοῦ χρόνου καθ' ο ν ε δει ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ πνεῦμα αὐτὴν μεταβαλεῖν, ἐμμείναντες τῇ τυπικῇ λατρείᾳ ̓Εβεβήλωσαν τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ. διὸ καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα τὴν κολαστικὴν ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὡς φθάσαι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ εἰς τέλος ὑφ' η ς καὶ διεμερίσθησαν οὐκέτι ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ χώρᾳ συστρεφόμενοι ἀλλ' ἐν παντὶ ε θνει ἐσκορπισμένοι. ταῦτα δ' αὐτοῖς προυξένησεν ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπεὶ ἐπιλάμψαντος καὶ ἐπιφανέντος τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο. 581 Ps 54,22b–δ ̓Απαλοὶ γὰρ νομιζόμενοι ει ναι καὶ λεῖοι διὰ τὸ μεθ' ὑποκρίσεως αὐτοὺς προφέρεσθαι βολίδες η σαν ἀναιρετικαὶ καὶ ἰοῦ πλήρεις. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ καὶ περὶ θεοῦ ἑρμηνεύοντες ου τως· τὴν καρδίαν ἑαυτοῦ θεὸς η γγισεν συγκαταβαίνων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις λόγους τε προφέρων ἐλαίου δίκην ἰωμένους καὶ λύοντας τὰς ἀλγηδόνας τῶν καμνόντων. ου τοι δὲ οἱ ὑπὲρ ε λαιον ἀπαλοὶ λόγοι τοῖς καταφρονοῦσιν αὐτῶν εὑρίσκονται βολίδες, κολάζοντες τοὺς καταφρονοῦντας. πολλαχοῦ δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν κολάσεων κεῖται ἡ βέλους προσηγορία, βέλος δὲ καὶ βολὶς ταὐτὸν καθ' ὑποκείμενον. 582a Ps 54,24a Τῷ δικαίῳ οὐ διδοὺς σάλον ὁ θεὸς τοὺς βεβηλώσαντες τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ κατάξει εἰς φρέαρ διαφθορᾶς, ἐναντίως ε χον τοῖς φρέασιν ἀφ' ω ν πίνειν ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν προστάττει ὁ λόγος. η τάχα Φρέαρ διαφθορᾶς τὸν ᾳ δην λέγει εἰς ο ν οἱ διαφθαρέντες τὴν γνώμην κατάγονται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ψήφῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ κρίσει παραδιδόμενοι. 583 Ps 54,24b–d Ου ς ευ χεται ταπεινωθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων τοὺς ̓Ιουδαίους ει ναι νοήσομεν. ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ τῷ θελήματι ἀντέπιπτον τοῦ μονογενοῦς, οὐ φοβηθέντες τὸν θεὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ βεβηλώσαντες τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ. α νδρας δὲ αἱμάτων λέγει τοὺς εἰπόντας Τὸ αι μα αὐτοῦ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν, ο ντας καὶ ἐνόχους παντὸς αι ματος 108 ἐκκεχυμένου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῶν δικαίων. οἱ δ' αὐτοὶ καὶ δολιότητός εἰσιν α νδρες, δολερῶς ἀεὶ τῷ σωτῆρι καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις προσερχόμενοι. Τούτους ου ν ευ χεται μηδ' ἐπὶ τὸ η μισυ τῶν ἡμερῶν αὐτῶν φθάσαι. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀποστραφέντες τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐκ τῆς λάμψεως τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς συνισταμένην ἑαυτοῖς ἡμέραν δῆθεν φωτισμοῦ διὰ μυθικῶν παραδόσεων ἐπενόησαν, πονηρὸν δὲ τὸ ἐν τούτοις ἀναπληρωθῆναι αὐτῶν τὰς ἡμέρας παρακαλεῖ, μεσολαβηθεισῶν τῶν ἡμερῶν αὐτῶν μήποτε ἐπὶ τὸ η μισυ αὐτῶν τῶν ἡμερῶν φθάσασιν ἀνατεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τὸν η λιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης ι να ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κυρίου γένωνται. Καὶ πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν δὲ βιάσοιτό τις τοιαῦτα· ἐπεὶ ἐν τῷ βίῳ οἱ ἀσεβεῖς διαμένοντες ἀμετανοήτῳ προαιρέσει πολλὰ κακὰ δρῶσιν, φειδόμενος αὐτῶν ἀξιοῖ ο πως μεσούσης τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς ἁρπαγῶσι τοῦ βίου ι να ὑπὲρ ὀλίγων ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ μὴ πολλῶν τιμωρηθῶσιν. Τούτων, φησίν, ου τω διακειμένων, ἐγὼ τὴν προσδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα ἐπὶ σὲ ε χω, κύριε.

Partial vs Perfect Knowledge and the Soul's Preparation§100

100The scripture arranges the idea of being trampled with contempt, just as it is said of the chaff on the threshing floor, 'They throw it out' (Ps 55:2). To be trampled by men and concerning the one devaluing Christ, it has been written: 'How severe a punishment do you think the one who has trampled the Son of God will deserve?' (Ps 55:2). And the holy one, being devalued by a man through foolishness, according to the scripture 'Where is your jealousy and zeal among you, and do you walk according to man?' (1 Cor 16:14), deserves to be shown mercy by God. But this man is an unceasing, murderous enemy who crushes the day of life of the righteous by warring, not desiring to be peaceful in any measure. And since in the parable of the weeds (Matt 13:24) the sower of these has been interpreted as the evil man, the devil, stand firm despite what has been said about him.

From this doing, he says, perhaps having fallen from a higher day and life, they have come upon my enemies (Ps 55:3). God saves those who have fallen into wickedness freely, receiving nothing from them (Ps 55:8). For he says, 'Behold, you were struck by your sins and you shall not be redeemed with silver' (Ps 55:8), being saved not by works but by grace. Indeed, 'above nothing' signifies that they are not given salvation above anything else.

The voice growing bold before God (Ps 55:9). For the living one, not by sin but by God, through these works, makes his life manifest to God, announcing it through disposition and practice.

The word brought forth upon God and through God is praiseworthy, likewise also the discourse. But he argues from a parallel against the same word and the discourse, or sets such comparisons one upon another. Since the word is a part of the discourse, the one being led into godliness, if perhaps unable to participate in the most full discourse, begins from a word, that is, a partial discourse. Care not; first the word of the Lord comes upon Jeremiah (Jer 1:9), and after this, the discourse of the Lord comes to him; and in Isaiah, he says, 'Hear, O word of the Lord, you who tremble at his discourse' (Isa 66:2). But the word of the Lord is heard in the one occurring through him in the introduction. If anyone should object, saying that it is given to those being evangelized...

With much power, those who know and prophesy partially now receive a word toward the coming knowledge and teaching, as the perfect word is being given to them and the perfect knowledge is shining upon them as if the partial were being abolished. He who accepts both the introduction and the full bestowal of the word praises God with word and discourse (Ps 55:12).

Regarding the flesh, he says that the man who has the mindset of the flesh is an enemy to God, not being subject to the law of God. For he who becomes one in this flesh is not able to please God. He fears lest he who becomes one in the spirit should do to him, as having killed the works of the flesh; for he has not truly hoped in God (Ps 55:13).

He who prays does not stand in harmony with those to whom he is promised through prayer, but holds within himself the prayers of praise to render to God. And prayers of praise are those concerning praise; for just as someone prays to do or to render this or that to God, so someone prays to praise God (Ps 55:14ab).

And since mourning and the falling of tears follow the one dying, no one mourns the one dead according to the soul except himself, fittingly after the soul has been snatched from the death of the intellect of ignorance concerning God and his eyes have been freed from tears. He snatched his feet from slipping, having shod them with a shoe that lifts up and makes them above the earth. For God says, 'I have shod you with hyacinth.' And the hyacinth, imitating the body of the heaven, shows the soul being colored with the heavenly, with a shoe not being any other than the preparation of the Gospel. Since the one shod is being lifted up, there follows the being snatched from slipping, concerning the feet being snatched from the matter (Ps 55:14c).

Someone is snatched from the aforementioned harmful things in order to please God, living and having been enlightened. For he who pleases God does this while living in light; and he lives and has been enlightened, everyone partaking of God; for he himself, being life, is the light of men, according to the scripture: 'And the life was the light of men' (John 1:4).

The doubling shows that both in this life and in the future we need the mercy of God (Ps 56:2a–c). And he calls the divine protection the shadow of wings.

Greek · §100

584 Ps 55,2 Τὸ καταπατεῖσθαι ἐπὶ καταφρονήσεως τάττει ἡ γραφή, ω σπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ μεμωραμένου ἁλὸς λέγεται Εξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό. καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ περὶ τοῦ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐξευτελίζοντος γέγραπται· Πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας ὁ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καταπατήσας; καὶ ὁ α γιος ου ν ἐξευτελιζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διὰ φαυλότητα ἀνθρώπου ο ντος κατὰ τὸ Οπου ε ρις ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ ζῆλος οὐχὶ σάρκικοί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ α νθρωπον περιπατεῖτε; ἐλεηθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἀξιοῖ. Ου τος δὲ ἀδιαστάτως πολέμιος καὶ φονικὸς ω ν ο λην τὴν τοῦ βίου ἡμέραν ἐκθλίβει πολεμῶν τὸν δίκαιον, οὐδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν εἰρηνικὸς ει ναι βουλόμενος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ τῶν ζιζανίων ὁ τούτων σπορεὺς πονηρὸς α νθρωπος ὁ διάβολος ἡρμήνευται, ἐπίστησον εἰ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ῥηθείη τὰ προκείμενα. 585 Ps 55,3 ̓Αρξάμενοι ἀπὸ πολλοῦ τοῦτο ποιεῖν, φησίν, η τάχα ἀπὸ ὑψηλοτέρας ἡμέρας καὶ ζωῆς καταπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸ ἐχθροί μου ει ναι ἐληλύθασιν. 586 Ps 55,8a Τοὺς εἰς κακίαν πεσόντας σῴζει ὁ θεὸς δωρεάν, οὐδὲν παρ' αὐτῶν δεχόμενος. ̓Ιδοὺ γάρ φησι ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν ἐπράθητε καὶ οὐ μετὰ ἀργυρίου λυτρωθήσεσθε, οὐκ ἐξ ε ργων ἀλλὰ χάριτι σῳζόμενοι. τὸ γοῦν ̔Υπὲρ μηδενὸς σημαίνει μὴ ὑπέρ τινος διδομένου αὐτῷ τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς παρέχειν. Ps 55,9 Παρρησιαζομένου πρὸς θεὸν ἡ φωνή. ὁ γὰρ ζῶν μὴ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ δι' αὐτῶν τῶν ε ργων φανερὰν τῷ θεῷ ποιεῖ τὴν ζωὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ἐξαγγέλλων αὐτὴν διαθέσει καὶ πράξει. 587 Ps 55,11 Τὸ ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ καὶ διὰ τὸν θεὸν προφερόμενον ῥῆμα αἰνετόν ἐστιν, ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ λόγος. η τοι δὲ ἐκ παραλλήλου κατὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τὸ ῥῆμα καὶ τὸν λόγον κατηγορεῖ, η ἐπ' α λλου καὶ α λλου τίθεται τὰς τοιαύτας προσηγορίας. ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὸ ῥῆμα μέρος ἐστὶ λόγου, ὁ εἰς τὴν θεοσέβειαν εἰσαγόμενος πληρεστάτῳ λόγῳ μήπω δυνάμενος κοινωνεῖν ἀπὸ ῥήματος α ρχεται τουτέστι μερικοῦ λόγου. ἀμέλει πρότερον τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου γίνεται ἐπὶ ̔Ιερεμίαν καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λόγος κυρίου γίνεται πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ ̓Ακούσατέ φησι ῥῆμα κυρίου οἱ τρέμοντες τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ. ἀκούεται δὲ ῥῆμα κυρίου τῷ ἐν εἰσαγωγῇ γινομένῳ δι' αὐτοῦ. Εἰ δέ τις ἐνστήσεται ῥῆμα λέγων δίδοσθαι τοῖς εὐαγγελιζομένοις δυνάμει πολλῇ, ι στω πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν γνῶσιν καὶ διδασκαλίαν ῥῆμα λαμβάνειν νῦν τοὺς ἐκ μέρους γινώσκοντας καὶ προφητεύοντας, τοῦ τελείου λόγου διδομένου αὐτοῖς τῆς τελείας γνώσεως ἐπιλαμπούσης ὡς τὴν ἐκ μέρους καταργηθῆναι. ̓Αποδεχόμενος ου ν καὶ τὴν εἰσαγωγὴν καὶ τὴν πληρεστάτην τοῦ λόγου ἐπιφοίτησιν ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ αἰνεῖ ῥήματι καὶ λόγῳ. 588 Ps 55,12 Σάρκα δὲ η τὸν α νθρωπον λέγει η ἐκείνην η ς τὸ φρόνημα ε χθρα εἰς θεὸν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτασσομένης. ὁ γὰρ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ σαρκὶ γινόμενος θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύναται. φοβεῖται ου ν μήτι ποιήσει αὐτῷ σὰρξ ὁ ἐν πνεύματι γινόμενος, ὡς α ν τὰ ε ργα τῆς σαρκὸς νεκρώσας· ου τος γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἐπὶ 109 θεὸν η λπισεν. 589 Ps 55,13 ̔Ο εὐχόμενος ο τε καταλλήλως διάκειται οι ς ἐπαγγέλλεται διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς, ἐν ἑαυτῷ ε χει τὰς εὐχὰς τῆς αἰνέσεως α ς ἀποδώσει τῷ θεῷ. εὐχαὶ δὲ αἰνέσεως αἱ περὶ αἰνέσεως· ὡς γὰρ ευ χεταί τις ποιῆσαι η ἀποδοῦναι τῷ θεῷ τόδε τι, ου τως ευ χεταί τις αἰνέσαι τὸν θεόν. 590 Ps 55,14ab Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ θανατουμένῳ τὸ θρηνεῖσθαι καὶ δάκρυα ἐπ' αὐτῷ γίνεσθαι, οὐκ α λλος δὲ θρηνεῖ τὸν κατὰ ψυχὴν τεθνηκότα η αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν, εἰκότως μετὰ τὸ ἐρρύσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκ θανάτου τοῦ νοητοῦ τῆς ἀγνωσίας τῆς περὶ θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ δακρύων ἠλευθέρωνται. ̓Ερρύσατο δὲ ἀπὸ ὀλισθήματος τοὺς πόδας, ὑποδήσας αὐτοὺς ὑπόδημα μετεώριζον καὶ α νω τῆς γῆς ποιοῦν. ̓Εγὼ γάρ φησιν ὁ θεὸς ὑπέδησά σε ὑάκινθον. ὁ δὲ ὑάκινθος μιμούμενος τὸ σῶμα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ δηλοῖ τὴν ψυχὴν οὐρανίῳ χρωμένην ὑποδήματι οὐκ α λλῳ τυγχάνοντι η τῆς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἑτοιμασίας. μετεωριζομένου ου ν τοῦ ὑποδεδεμένου, ἀκολουθεῖ τὸ ἐξ ὀλισθήματος τοῦ περὶ τὴν υ λην ἐρρύσθαι τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ. 591 Ps 55,14c ̔Ρύεταί τις ἀπὸ τῶν προειρημένων ἐπιβλαβῶν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐαρεστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ ζῶν τε καὶ πεφωτισμένος. ὁ γὰρ εὐαρεστῶν τῷ θεῷ ἐν φωτὶ ζώντων τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ζῇ δὲ καὶ πεφώτισται πᾶς μετέχων θεοῦ· αὐτὸς γὰρ ζωὴ ω ν φῶς ἐστι τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τὸ Καὶ ἡ ζωὴ η ν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 592a Ps 56,2a–c ̔Ο ἐπιδιπλασιασμὸς δηλοῖ ο τι καὶ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι ἐλέου θεοῦ χρῄζομεν. σκιὰν δὲ πτερύγων τὴν θείαν κηδεμονίαν καλεῖ. εἰ

The Salvation of the Soul and the Unity of the Church§101

101The shadow is pre-ordained to distinguish itself from the truth; it means this: in this life, finding myself in the shadow of the wings, I hope to come upon those very wings, being carried on wings by virtue and spiritual intellect. But the wings of God are His sheltering powers, or the lofty thoughts about Him.

The passing away of lawlessness shows that it is temporary (Ps 56:2). And Paul indeed writes in Hebrews that the enjoyment of sin is temporary (Heb 13:5). It is not as if lawlessness were passing away having begun from a certain time; for he says something about it: it shall be neither from the beginning nor unto the age (Ps 56:3).

But the Most High is not in vain (Ps 56:3). For since lawlessness is clinging and low-lying, the one being delivered from it cries out toward the Most High, so that by lifting himself up with the cry, he might become far from the harmful beast.

The Lord, sent from heaven to save, says: 'I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will' (John 6:38). For God sent this word of His and healed those wounded by their corruptions, as David himself says elsewhere. If anyone seeks to ask whether the one sent from heaven signifies a local emission from the physical heaven, it would seem absurd to attribute a local descent to God. For does the voice of heaven not signify the incorporeal and intellectual essence, according to 'Store up in the heavens' (Matt 6:20) and 'God is in the heaven above' (Ps 115:4)? Therefore, the one being in the form of God and being healed as God, having taken the form of a servant, came to men (Phil 2:6-7). And this is the sending from heaven, so that the Word of God might become flesh and, having appeared upon the earth, might walk among men (John 1:14). Peter also writes, initiating mysteries concerning the Holy Spirit: 'Now it has been announced to you through those who preached to you by the Holy Spirit sent from heaven' (1 Pet 1:2); for having been sent from the intellect...

That the Spirit may find essence in men, it was granted to those who preached to you (Ps 56:4b). Before this, saying, 'Those who before this, by despising, trampling me into reproach, were given, God having sent from heaven how I might be saved' (Ps 56:4c). For having seen the Son of God caring for my salvation, those acting shamefully and reproaching me, even though they trampled, God saved (Ps 56:4c.5a).

In the preceding verse, having said, 'He sent from heaven' (Ps 56:5a), not having said what was sent from heaven, he now interprets what mercy is and truth, the one rescuing his soul having become among enemies of those who trampled; for these are wild and wrathful dogs. Mercy is not otherwise according to the essence of truth; for both are the Savior (Ps 56:5b).

Sleep often signifies rest, as in, 'In peace I will lie down and sleep.' He does not wish to say this, that is, even if I was troubled being trampled by enemies and terrified by the dogs having taken me in the midst, but the trouble did not remain. For I slept having been troubled, not remaining awake being troubled, but I slept having cast away the trouble (Ps 56:5b).

This is a symbol of the woman continually weakened by the spirit, collapsing and not able to rise up completely, whom Jesus released from the snares of Satan, the daughter of Abraham (Ps 56:7b). Perhaps also everyone who thinks of the things below has a soul having become fallen, not able to contemplate the things above, is such a thing.

And you will perceive the people and those from circumcision, but the mortals from the idols having repented, as to become one church (Ps 56:10). Those having loved the Lord in incorruption, having come to the end of not being corrupted, the pillars through whom they work well, they raise up. For just as those doing the opposite do evil things, they make a forbidden pillar...

Greek · §101

δὲ προδιαστέλλοιτο ἡ σκιὰ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ο βούλεται τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ τυγχάνων ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ τῶν πτερύγων εἰμί, ἐλπίζων καὶ ἐπ' αὐτὰς τὰς πτέρυγας ἐλθεῖν ἐπτερώμενος ἀρετῇ καὶ νοήσει πνευματικῇ. πτέρυγες δὲ θεοῦ η αἱ σκεπαστικαὶ αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις η αἱ ὑψιπετεῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ νοήσεις. 593a Ps 56,2d Τὸ παρέρχεσθαι τὴν ἀνομίαν δηλοῖ πρόσκαιρον αὐτὴν ει ναι· καὶ ὁ Παῦλος γοῦν ἐν τῇ Πρὸς ̔Εβραίους πρόσκαιρον γράφει τὴν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν. ω σπερ ου ν παρερχομένη, ου τω καὶ ἀπό τινος χρόνου ἀρξαμένη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία· περὶ γάρ τινος ει δους αὐτῆς ει ρηται· ου τε η ν ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ου τε εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ε σται. 594a Ps 56,3a Οὐ μάτην δὲ Τὸν υ ψιστον ει πεν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀνομία ἑρπηστικὴ καὶ χαμαιπετής ἐστιν, ὁ ταύτης ἀπαλλακτιῶν πρὸς τὸν υ ψιστον βοᾷ ι ν' εἰς υ ψος αἰρόμενος τῇ βοῇ μακρὰν ἀπὸ τοῦ βλαβεροῦ θηρὸς γένηται. 595a Ps 56,4a ̔Ο ἀποσταλεὶς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ σῶσαι ὁ κύριός ἐστι φάσκων Καταβέβηκα ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὐχ ι να ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν. τοῦτον γὰρ ο ντα λόγον αὐτοῦ ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἰάσατο τοὺς τετρωμένους ἐκ τῶν διαφθορῶν αὐτῶν, ω ς φησιν ἑτέρωθι αὐτὸς ὁ ∆αυίδ. Ζητήσειε δ' α ν τις τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἀπεστάλθαι, εἰ τοπικὴν ἐκ τοῦ σωματικοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐκπομπὴν δηλοῖ. δόξει γὰρ α λογον ει ναι τοπικὴν κατάβασιν τῷ θεῷ προσάπτειν. μήποτ' ου ν σημαίνει ἡ οὐρανὸς φωνὴ τὴν ἀσώματον καὶ νοητὴν οὐσίαν, κατὰ τὸ Θησαυρίζετε ἐν οὐρανοῖς, καὶ τὸ ̔Ο θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ α νω. ὁ ἐν μορφῇ τοίνυν θεοῦ καὶ ι σα θεῷ ὑπάρχων μορφὴν δούλου λαβὼν εἰς ἀνθρώπους η κεν. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἀποστεῖλαι ι να ὁ θεὸς λόγος σὰρξ γένηται καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀφθεὶς ἀνθρώποις συναναστράφῃ. τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μυσταγωγῶν ὁ Πέτρος γράφει Α νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ἀποσταλέντι ἀπὸ οὐρανοῦ· ἀποσταλὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ νοητὴν οὐσίαν τυγχάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα ἀνθρώποις ἐνῳκίσθη τοῖς εὐαγγελισαμένοις ὑμᾶς. 596a Ps 56,4b Οἱ πρὸ τούτου διὰ τοῦ ἐξευτελίζειν καταπατοῦντές με εἰς ο νειδος ἐδόθησαν, θεοῦ ἀποστείλαντος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ο πως σωθῶ. ἑωρακὼς γὰρ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸν φροντίσαντα τῆς σωτηρίας μου, ἀσχημονοῦντας αὐτοὺς καὶ ὀνειδιζομένους ει δον καταπατήσαντας ο ν ὁ θεὸς ε σωσεν. 597a Ps 56,4c.5a ̓Εν τῷ προάγοντι στίχῳ εἰπὼν ̓Εξαπέστειλεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, 110 οὐκ εἰρηκὼς τί τὸ ἀποσταλὲν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, νῦν ἑρμηνεύει ο τι ε λεός ἐστι καὶ ἀλήθεια τὸ ῥυόμενον τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ γενομένην μεταξὺ ἐχθρῶν τῶν καταπατησάντων· ου τοι δέ εἰσι διὰ τὸ α γριον καὶ ὠμόθυμον σκύμνοι. οὐχ ε τερον δὲ κατ' οὐσίαν τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ ε λεος· ἀμφότερα γὰρ ὁ σωτήρ. 598a Ps 56,5b ̔Η κοίμησις τὴν ἀνάπαυλαν πολλάκις σημαίνει, ὡς ἐν τῷ ̓Εν εἰρήνῃ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κοιμηθήσομαι καὶ ὑπνώσω. ο ου ν βούλεται λέγειν τοῦτό ἐστιν· εἰ καὶ ἐταράχθην καταπατούμενος ὑπὸ ἐχθρῶν καὶ θαμβούμενος τῶν σκύμνων τῶν μέσον με λαβόντων, ἀλλ' οὐ παρέμεινεν ἡ ταραχή. ἐκοιμήθην γὰρ τεταραγμένος, οὐχὶ τεταραγμένος γρηγορῶν ε μεινα ἀλλ' ἐκοιμήθην ἀποβαλὼν τὴν ταραχήν. 599a Ps 56,7b Τούτου σύμβολον η ν ἡ συνεχομένη πνεύματι ἀσθενείας γυνή, Συγκύπτουσα καὶ μὴ δυναμένη ἀνακῦψαι εἰς τὸ παντελές, η ν ε λυσεν ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς ἀπὸ τῶν βρόχων τῶν σατανικῶν θυγατέρα ου σαν ̓Αβραάμ. τάχα δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ τὰ κάτω φρονῶν κατακεκαμμένην ε χει τὴν ψυχὴν οὐ δυναμένην τὰ α νω σκοπεῖν ο σον ἐστὶν τοιαύτη. 600a Ps 56,10 Λαοὺς δὲ νοήσεις καὶ τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς, ε θνη δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων μετανοήσαντας ὡς μίαν γενέσθαι ἐκκλησίαν. 601a Ps 57 αργ Οἱ ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ τὸν κύριον ἀγαπήσαντες εἰς τὸ τέλος τοῦ μὴ διαφθείρειν ἐληλυθότες τὴν στηλογραφίαν δι' ω ν ἐνεργοῦσι καλῶς ἐγείρουσιν. ὡς γὰρ οἱ τἀναντία ποιοῦντες αὐτὰ α πράττουσι κακῶς στήλην ἀπηγορευμένην ποιοῦσιν, ῃ

The Pillar and the Womb§102

102They say the law: 'You shall not make for yourself a pillar' (Exodus 20:4), signifying that everyone who practices forbidden things raises up a life like a pillar. Therefore, one may also rightly say that the one doing good things is setting up a pillar, as a symbol of the contests through which he has struggled.

For such is the fruit of righteousness (Psalm 57:3), and in Proverbs: 'To perceive true justice and to direct judgment' (Proverbs 21:15). But injustice entangles, joining sin by acting without distinction in evil. This is equal to the binding of one's own sins in a knot. It is not in vain that you work iniquity in the land (Jeremiah 23:24); for if someone makes iniquity in the heart, he works it in the land, that is, concerning material things.

Those daring to slander the Scriptures and dragging this word into error, saying that those who are led astray from the stomach and speak lies are not true, say that the fulfillment of the word is sinning. It is not right to say that those who have not perceived the habit of the Scripture have thought these things; the newborn infant is receptive to virtue and to wickedness in power, then receiving by operation whichever of these two it encounters, it will know good and evil. For then also the word is fulfilled, when it begins to act according to virtue. It is said that the good has been made from the mother's womb. Such is what Job says: 'Even if I ate my morsel alone and did not share with the orphan' (Job 31:32); for from the mother's womb they guided them and I nourished them as a father. And those who, failing regarding the word, rushed to the fulfillment of the word from error, began to act. And the expression 'to speak' signifies 'having spoken lies.' Perhaps also, as in the preceding verse, to be a shepherd and to be of another birth: those born from a bad teaching, from the very stomach that bore them, referring to the being led astray and the speaking of lies.

They say that the ears of an ox, the so-called 'palms,' are carrying a shield. For if ever a singer, according to his own wisdom, were able to carry a song capable of lulling it to sleep, if it were to hear, the ox would lay its ears upon the non-hearing of the singer's voice, as if a medicine being prepared by a wise man. And they also lay their ears, not the ears of sensation but the ears of intellect, so that they might not hear the wise songs being proclaimed...

preparing a logical medicine

Greek · §102

φησιν ὁ νόμος Οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ στήλην α ἐμίσησεν ὁ κύριος, δηλῶν ο τι πᾶς ὁ τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα πράττων φαῦλον βίον στήλης δίκην ἐγείρει. διὸ καὶ τὸν τὰ ἀγαθὰ ποιοῦντα εἰκότως ἐρεῖς στήλην ἀνατιθέναι ου σαν σύμβολον ω ν διήθλησεν ἀγώνων. 602a Ps 57,3 Ου τος γὰρ καρπὸς δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐν Παροιμίαις· Νοῆσαί τε δικαιοσύνην ἀληθῆ καὶ κρίμα κατευθύνειν. συμπλέκει δὲ ἀδικίαν ὁ ἁμαρτίας συνάπτων ἐν τῷ ἀδιαστάτως ἐνεργεῖν τὸ κακόν. τούτῳ ἰσοδυναμεῖ τὸ Σειραῖς τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν ε καστος σφίγγεται. Οὐ μάτην πρόσκειται τῷ ̓Ανομίας ἐργάζεσθε τὸ ̓Εν τῇ γῇ· κα ν γὰρ ἐν καρδίᾳ τις ἀνομίαν ποιήσῃ, ̓Εν τῇ γῇ τουτέστι περὶ τὰ ὑλικὰ ἐνεργεῖ αὐτήν. 603a Ps 57,4 Οἱ διαβάλλειν δὲ τὰς γραφὰς ἀποτολμῶντες καὶ ταύτην τὴν λέξιν διέσυραν, λέγοντες μὴ ει ναι οι όν τε ἀπὸ γαστρὸς πλανηθῆναι καὶ ψεῦδος λαλῆσαι· συμπεπληρωκότων γὰρ τὸν λόγον φασὶ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν. πρὸς ου ς ῥητέον μὴ νενοηκότας τὴν συνήθειαν τῆς γραφῆς ταῦτα· τὸ ἀρτίτοκον βρέφος δεκτικὸν ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας ἐστὶ δυνάμει, τότε δεχόμενον κατ' ἐνέργειαν ὁποτέραν τούτων τῶν ε ξεων ο ταν γνῶσιν ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ σχῇ· τότε γὰρ καὶ συμπληροῦται ὁ λόγος ο ταν κατ' ἀρετὴν α ρξηται ἐνεργεῖν. ̓Εκ κοιλίας μητρὸς λέγεται τὸ ἀγαθὸν πεποιηκέναι. τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν ο φησιν ὁ ̓Ιώβ· Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν ψωμόν μου ε φαγον μόνος καὶ ὀρφανῷ οὐ μετέδωκα· ἐκ κοιλίας γὰρ μητρὸς ὡδήγουν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐξέτρεφον ὡς πατήρ. καὶ ου τοι ου ν περὶ ω ν ὁ λόγος φθάσαντες ἐπὶ συμπλήρωσιν τοῦ λόγου ἀπὸ πλάνης η ρξαντο ἐνεργεῖν. Καὶ σημαίνει τὸ κατ' αὐτὴν τὴν λέξιν φθέγγεσθαι τὸ λελαληκέναι ψευδῆ. τάχα δὲ καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ προάγοντος στίχου ει ποιμεν καὶ α λλην ει ναι γέννησιν· οἱ τεχθέντες ἀπὸ φαύλης διδασκαλίας ἀπ' αὐτῆς τῆς γαστρὸς τῆς αὐτοὺς τεκούσης ει χον καὶ τὸ πεπλανῆσθαι καὶ τὸ ψευδῆ λελαληκέναι. 604a Ps 57,5b.6 ̓Ασπίδα βύουσαν τὰ ω τα αὐτῆς τὴν καλουμένην παλαμναίαν φασίν. ει ποτε γὰρ ἐπαοιδὸς κατὰ τὴν σοφίαν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπῳδήν τινα προφέροι δυναμένην κατακοιμίσαι αὐτήν, εἰ ἀκούσοι, βύει τὰ ω τα ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ ἀκοῦσαι τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ ἐπᾴδοντος ου σαν φάρμακον παρὰ σοφοῦ σκευαζόμενον. βύουσι δὲ καὶ ου τοι, οὐ τὰ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ τὰ τῆς νοήσεως ω τα, ο πως μὴ ἀκούσωσι τῶν τὰς σοφὰς ἐπῳδὰς προφητικὰς καὶ ἀποστολικὰς προφερόντων. τούτων γὰρ ε καστος σοφός ἐστι φαρμακεύων, τουτέστι σκευάζων φάρμακον λογικὸν ἀλεξοῦν τὴν τῆς ἀσπίδος 111 ὁρμήν. Φαρμάκου δὲ ἀναγνωστέον ἐν παραθέσει ο ντος, τουτέστι συνοδῶς καὶ οὐ ῥηματικῶς φαρμακοῦται. 605a Ps 57,7.8a Τοῦτο δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ποιεῖ εὐεργετῶν ι να μὴ κατεσθίοντες τοὺς ὑπὸ σφῶν ἀπατωμένους ἀνθρώπους ὑπερβαλλούσῃ τιμωρίᾳ ὑπεύθυνοι γένωνται, καὶ τὰς μύλας γοῦν αὐτῶν συνέθλασεν ο πως μὴ δάκνωσι μηδὲ κατεσθιῶσιν. σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν διαφέρουσι μύλαι ὀδόντων· οἱ γὰρ τομεῖς καὶ διαιροῦντες τὴν τροφὴν ὀδόντες, αἱ δὲ μασώμεναι καὶ λεαίνουσαι μύλαι. Ωσπερ δὲ τὸ διαπορευόμενον διά τινος πόρου υ δωρ οὐ παραμένον ἀλλὰ διασκεδαννύμενον ἐξουδενεῖται καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητον γίνεται, ου τω καὶ ου τοι ἐξευτελισθήσονται οὐδὲν βέβαιον καὶ παράμονον ε χοντες ἀλλ' ὑδαρῆ καὶ ὑγρὸν βίον προσκαίρως ὑποδεξάμενοι. 606a Ps 57,8b–10 Καὶ πρότερον ει πομεν τὰ βέλη σημαίνειν αὐτοῦ τὰς κολάσεις, τόξον δ' ἐστὶν ἀφ' ου ἀφίεται τὰ βέλη· ταῦτα ἡ κριτικὴ τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμις. τοῦτο ου ν τὸ τόξον ἐντενεῖ, οὐκ ἀνιεὶς αὐτὸ ε ως ου ἀσθενήσωσιν οἱ βαλλόμενοι· πρὸς ἀγαθὸν δὲ αὐτοῖς τὸ ἀσθενῆσαι, καθαιρουμένης η ς ει χον ἰσχύος περὶ τὴν κακίαν. Ωσπερ δὲ ὁ τηκόμενος κηρὸς ἀναιρεῖται καθὸ τηκτὸς καὶ παχύτητα ε χων τοῦ πρώτου ὑποκειμένου εἰς πῦρ μεταβαλόντος, ου τως οἱ φαῦλοι κολάσεως πεπειραμένοι τὴν ἐκ μοχθηρᾶς ε ξεως παχύτητα τηκόμενοι ἀποβάλλουσι. πρὸ κολάσεως δ' ἐστὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν τυγχάνον δικαιοσύνης η λιος· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν κόλασιν οὐχ οι όν τε προσβάλλειν τῇ λαμπηδόνι τοῦ νοητοῦ ἡλίου. ο θεν ἐνταῦθα ει ρηται· ὡς α ρα ἐπιπεσόντος τοῦ κολαστικοῦ φωτὸς οὐκ ει δον τὸν η λιον οἱ τῇ κολάσει περιπεσόντες. οἱ δὲ συνέντες τὰ ι δια πάθη ἀλληγορικώτερον ἀκάνθας ὀνομαζόμενα οὐ πειρασθήσονται κολαζούσης ὀργῆς, πρὸ τοῦ δὲ συνιέναι τὰς πνευματικῶς λεγομένας ἀκάνθας καὶ ῥάμνον ὡσεὶ ζῶντες ὑπ' ὀργῆς καταποθήσονται· οὐ γὰρ ζῶντες ἀλλὰ ζῶσιν ο μοιοι τυγχάνοντες ὑπ' ὀργῆς συλληφθήσονται. τὸ γὰρ καταπιεῖν κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν τὸ κρατῆσαι καὶ νικῆσαι σημαίνει, τοῦ καταποθέντος η δη κεκρατημένου καὶ νενικημένου. καταπίνεται γοῦν καὶ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς, κρατούσης καὶ νικώσης

Deliverance from Lawless Workers§103

103The death of life. He does not rejoice exultantly, but, lest he himself be subject to punishment, he purifies his own deeds, becoming more secure (Ps 57:11a).

When one Saul is pursuing him, he prays to be rescued from many enemies (Ps 58:2-3). He prays not to be rescued from the spear-bearers sleeping with Saul, or from the predatory demons acting against him, saying 'many enemies' to be rescued from them. And he prays to be liberated from these rising up against him, wishing perhaps that the ransom of the one being liberated might be to give his own soul instead of many.

But workers of lawlessness are those doing what the law forbids, and since among the forbidden things is murder, men are men of blood, preferring to kill men because of the coming brutishness. But he who is not bothered by those working lawlessness is rescued, being under the protection of God, and also he who is not handed over into the hands of those willing to shed his blood is saved from murderous men.

And in another way: one is rescued from these; for he who does not work lawlessness but is disposed contrary to those doing it is rescued from the disposition of practical lawless acts, just as he who exists outside of murderous intent is saved, not being associated with murderous men.

The verses are to be interpreted thus: since men commit the work of lawlessness while the devil and his angels are working in men, he prays to be rescued from the devil and those with him who precede in the work of lawlessness. The testimony of this thought is: from the beginning the devil sins. For following that, others fall into sin in whom he works. Having cast betrayal into the heart of Judas, he became a traitor, following the thought of betrayal because of the one who incited him to this.

And also to add 'men' to the murderers; for it is not by chance, but the blood of a man is poured out by one strong and perfect in evils. Regarding the intention and brutishness of Saul and those sent by him to take him from his own people and to kill him (Ps 58:4a), he says, 'They have sought my soul, though by the power of God I shall be saved,' by a paradoxical art.

prone to change

Greek · §103

τῆς ζωῆς τὸν θάνατον. 607a Ps 57,11a Οὐκ ἐπιχαίρων εὐφραίνεται ἀλλ' ο τι μὴ αὐτὸς ὑπόκειται τιμωρίᾳ καὶ καθαίρει τὰς ἑαυτοῦ πράξεις γινόμενος ἀσφαλέστερος. 608 Ps 58,2.3 ̔Ενὸς τοῦ Σαοὺλ διώκοντος, ἐκ πλειόνων ἐχθρῶν ἐξαιρεθῆναι ευ χεται. μήποτ' ου ν τοὺς συμπνέοντας τῷ Σαοὺλ δορυφόρους η τοὺς ἐνεργοῦντας εἰς αὐτὸν ἀλιτηρίους δαίμονας καθ' ἑαυτοῦ πληθυντικῶς ἐχθροὺς εἰπών, ῥυσθῆναι ἐξ αὐτῶν ευ χεται· καὶ λυτρωθῆναι ἐκ τούτων ἐπανισταμένων ἐπ' αὐτὸν παρακαλεῖ, εὐχόμενος τάχα γενέσθαι ἐπιδημίαν τοῦ ἐλευσομένου λύτρον δοῦναι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἀντὶ πολλῶν. ̓Εργάται δὲ ἀνομίας οἱ πράττοντες α ἀπαγορεύει ὁ νόμος, καὶ ἐπεὶ τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων ὁ φόνος ἐστίν, οἱ ἀναιρεῖν ἀνθρώπους προτιθέμενοι διὰ τὴν προσοῦσαν ὠμότητα α νδρες αἱμάτων εἰσίν. ῥύεται δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν ὁ μὴ ἐπηρεαζόμενος ὑπ' αὐτῶν, σκέποντος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ σῴζεται ἀπὸ φονικῶν ἀνδρῶν ὁ μὴ παραδιδόμενος εἰς χεῖρας τῶν ἐκχέαι τὸ αι μα αὐτοῦ ἐθελόντων. καὶ ἑτέρως δέ· ῥύεταί τις ἐκ τούτων· ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἐνεργῶν τὴν ἀνομίαν ἀλλ' ἐναντίως διακείμενος τῶν ποιούντων αὐτὴν ε ρρυσται ἀπὸ διαθέσεως ἀνομημάτων πρακτικῆς, ὡς αυ ὁ ἐκτὸς φονικῆς γνώμης ὑπάρχων σέσωται οὐ συγκαταλεγόμενος ἀνδράσι φονικοῖς. ̔Ερμηνευτέον τοὺς στίχους καὶ ου τως· ἐπεὶ ἐνεργούντων διαβόλου καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν τῆς ἀνομίας ποίησιν ἀνομοῦσιν οἱ α νθρωποι, ευ χεται ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ προκατερχομένων τῆς ἐργασίας τῆς ἀνομίας. μαρτυρία τῆς νοήσεως ταύτης· ἀπ' ἀρχῆς ὁ διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει. προκατερχομένου γὰρ ἐκείνου ἐφέπονται ου τοι τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν οι ς ἐνεργεῖ. βαλόντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τοῦ ̓Ιούδα προδοσίας 112 ἐνθύμησιν προδότης γέγονεν, ἐπακολουθήσας ῳ ε τρεχεν περὶ προδοσίας λογισμῷ ἐκ τοῦ εἰς τοῦτο παρορμήσαντος. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ προσθεῖναι τοῖς φονικοῖς τὸ α νδρες· οὐ γὰρ τοῦ τυχόντος ἀλλ' ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τελείου ἐν κακοῖς τὸ αι μα ἀνθρώπου ἐκχεῖν. 609 Ps 58,4a Οσον εἰς τὴν πρόθεσιν καὶ ὠμότητα τοῦ Σαοὺλ καὶ τῶν πεμφθέντων παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ λαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ οι κου τοῦ ἰδίου καὶ θανατῶσαί φησιν ̓Εθήρευσαν τὴν ψυχήν μου, εἰ καὶ θεοῦ δυνάμει ἐσώθη παραδόξῳ τέχνῃ τῆς γαμετῆς. Περὶ ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν τῶν σπουδὴν ἐχόντων θηρεύειν ψυχὴν ἑρμηνευθείη ὁ στίχος τῶν παρασκευαζόντων τὸν Σαοὺλ φονέα κατὰ τοῦ διὰ πάντων ἀμέμπτου ∆αυὶδ γενομένου πρὸς αὐτόν. 610 Ps 58,4b Κραταίους δὲ τοὺς ἐπιθεμένους αὐτῷ δηλοῖ βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς δὲ πρὸς διάνοιαν τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τούτου. 611 Ps 58,5a Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ Εδραμον ει πεν· τελέσαντος γὰρ τὸν δρόμον ἡ φωνή. ὡς γὰρ οὐ ταὐτὸν τὸ πράττειν καὶ πεπραχέναι, ου τως οὐ ταὐτὸν τὸ τρέχειν καὶ τὸ δεδραμηκέναι. Παῦλος τοίνυν ἀμφοτέρων διδάσκαλος· ὁτὲ μὲν λέγει Ου τως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως, ὁτὲ δὲ Τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα, τοῦ τὸν δρόμον τελέσαντος οὐκέτι τρέχοντος. ̓Αντερεῖ δέ τις τοῖς εἰρημένοις, φέρων τὴν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Οὐρίου ἁμαρτίαν ἐξομολόγησιν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐξωμολογήσατο τῷ θεῷ φήσας ̓Επὶ πλεῖον πλῦνόν με ἀπὸ τῆς ἀνομίας μου καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας καθάρισόν με. γέγονε δὲ ἡ πρᾶξις περὶ η ς καὶ ἡ ἐξομολόγησις μετὰ τὸν τοῦ Σαοὺλ θάνατον. τούτου γοῦν ἀληθοῦς ο ντος, πῶς ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ ε τι ζῶντος Σαοὺλ διωκόμενος ὡς η δη τελέσας τὸν δρόμον ει πεν Ανευ ἀνομίας ε δραμον καὶ κατεύθυνα; λεκτέον πρὸς τὴν ἀντίρρησιν πρῶτον μὲν ο τι τὴν πρὸς τὸν Σαοὺλ καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπηρεσίαν α νευ ἀνομίας κατευθυκέναι φησὶν ὡς μάτην ἐκεῖνον ἐπιβουλεύειν, ει τα καὶ ου τως· εἰς ο τε τότε δραμὼν α νευ ἀνομίας καὶ κατευθύνας η ν πάντα τὰ διανυσθέντα αὐτῷ. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τρεπτὸς καθόλου πᾶς γενητὸς α νθρωπος ω ν, μετὰ ταῦτα πταίσας ῥᾷστα μετενόησεν· ἐξ ου καὶ αὐτοῦ δείκνυται ὡς οὐκ ει χε τριβὴν καὶ συνήθειαν πρὸς τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν. 612a Ps 58,5b Τῶν προειρημένων ἐχθρῶν ἐμμενόντων τῇ κατ' ἐμοῦ σπουδῇ, ἐξεγερθεὶς συνάντησον εἰς τὸ βοηθῆσαί μοι μηκέτι μακροθυμῶν ἐπ' αὐτοῖς. παρακαλῶ δὲ ἐξεγερθέντα εἰς συνάντησίν μου ἰδεῖν ὡς οὐ κατ' ἐμὴν πρόφασιν κατ' ἐμοῦ φονῶσιν ἁμαρτόντος εἰς αὐτούς. ου τε γὰρ ἡ ἀνομία μου ου τε ἡ ἁμαρτία μου ἐξεκαλέσατο αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ τὸ φθονερὸν αὐτῶν πάθος λυπηθέντας ἐπὶ ἐυκλείᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ. 613a Ps 58,6ab Τῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ εὐχῇ συμπαραλαμβάνει τὴν περὶ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀξίωσιν, φιλάνθρωπος α μα καὶ προφήτης ὑπάρχων. προγνοὺς γὰρ προφητικῶς τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν κλῆσιν παρακαλεῖ

Divine Discipline and Repentance§104

104He is Lord, the God of the divine powers, but also the God of Israel, attending to visit the nations so that He might heal them as they are being badly consumed by idolatry and the service of demons. The visitation of the nations occurs because the divine Word has been sent to heal all and to save them from the corruptions that take hold beforehand. Indeed, He is a physician of souls, healing those who are crushed in heart. He is called God of powers and Lord of the rational, holy animals and heavenly hosts. Just as He is God of these powers, so also, by the voice of the discerning men called Hebrews of Israel, He is God (Ps 58:10-11).

While David was being pursued by Saul because of the aforementioned envy, he knew what the successor of the kingdom would be. And having prophetically seen what was to come, and having been anointed for this by Samuel—though he was not yet fully filled with the knowledge of it—he did not repeatedly rush into his hands, wanting to legally receive the kingdom from God, but not to seize it by assault and murder. From this intention he says, 'God is my strength, I will guard myself toward You' (Ps 58:10), not intending to strike, but waiting to receive it from You; and I am confident in this assurance, having known through experience many times that You are both God and my perceiver. For it is not by our power that we are worthy to reign, but rather Your mercy, having foretold me, will show itself to me among my enemies, in which they shall be disciplined by falling under punishment, but I shall receive the kingdom from You.

And regarding the thought of reigning from God according to Abraham: it is written that if some say to the patriarch while he is not perceptibly ruling, 'King, You are with us,' ruling pleasingly to God, he says, 'My God is my strength, I will guard myself toward You' (Ps 58:12); for You will lead into the kingdom those who have spoken, as the Corinthians say, 'And it would be good if you reigned, that we might reign with you.' (Ps 58:13ab). As a matter of history: the enemies lying in wait are worthy to be rebuked by God, but not to die. For it is not right that, if they remained wicked, they should die, for they would bring an end to the divine law; but being scattered by the power of God and being handed over to captivity, they will cry out to...

Having experienced God as a trial of punishment. But He also wills that they be brought low from the height of the pride they possess, which is the one defending the Lord who carries up the prayer. For complete punishment prepares and turns one toward recognition. But David, sparing them from this, pleaded that they might be disciplined by a more moderate punishment so that they might be sober; he adds the following: for if they are scattered, they are punished at once, and they will be able to be gathered together again having repented. Likewise, He also wills that they be brought low, that is, humbled: to stop the sin of their mouth, the word of their lips, which is beneficial both to those being humbled and to the majority, so that they may not be provoked to zeal against those speaking and saying things in pride and unrighteousness. For those having spoken with pride, having lied against the righteous, receiving the condemnation in the pride of their own words contrary to their works, they receive it as if being caught as lawless men being reproved.

It is to be reproved also from the present word those who think with a defensive mindset that the Creator is a heretic (Ps 59:3). God is angry not to destroy, but to have mercy. By this, 'I will bless You, Lord, what You were angry with me for, toward salvation' (Ps 59:3). For if He is angry toward salvation and toward mercy, His anger is not a passion, but is received usefully.

Those striving for material things and thinking of earthly things (Ps 59:4), regarding them as being stable and imperturbable, this such a state brings harm to them; it is better to be shaken and troubled by the mercy of God in a useful way. For having known that to be entangled in material things and to think of them causes trouble and shaking, turning away from the former bad life toward a serious one, without care and having been crushed, having received the realization of the existing destructions from the demons, she will call upon the Lord who is able to heal these things.

Hard things are shown to someone if he falls into painful circumstances (Ps 59:5); but if anyone receives them toward the recognition of former sins, he drinks the wine of compunction, taking from the drinking the cause of being moved to repentance. Often the Scripture unreservedly calls the hard circumstances 'hard things'.

Greek · §104

κύριον τὸν θεὸν τῶν θείων δυνάμεων ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ θεὸν προσέχοντα ἐπισκέψασθαι τὰ ε θνη ο πως ἰάσηται αὐτὰ διάγοντα κακῶς διὰ εἰδωλολατρείαν καὶ δαιμόνων θεράπειαν. γίνεται δὲ ἡ ἐπισκοπὴ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀποσταλέντος τοῦ θείου λόγου ἐπὶ τῷ πάντας ἰάσασθαι καὶ σῶσαι ἐκ τῶν προκαταλαβουσῶν διαφθορῶν. ἰατρὸς γοῦν ἐστι ψυχῶν, τοὺς συντετριμμένους τῇ καρδίᾳ ἰώμενος. ∆υνάμεων δὲ θεὸν αὐτὸν καλεῖ καὶ κύριον η τοι λογικῶν ἁγίων ζῴων καὶ στρατευμάτων οὐρανίων. ὡς δὲ τούτων τῶν δυνάμεων θεός, ου τω καὶ τῶν διορατικῶν ἀνθρώπων ̓Ισραὴλ καλουμένων ̔Εβραίων φωνῇ θεός ἐστιν. 614 Ps 58,10.11 ∆ιωκόμενος ὁ ∆αυὶδ ὑπὸ Σαοὺλ διὰ τὸν προειρημένον φθόνον ε γνω ο τι ε σται τῆς ἀρχῆς διάδοχος. καὶ προφητικῶς μὲν θεωρήσας τὸ ἐσόμενον καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κεχρίσθαι εἰς τοῦτο ὑπὸ τοῦ Σαμουήλ, πλὴν εἰ καὶ ου τω πεπληροφόρητο, οὐκ ἀνῄρει αὐτὸν πολλάκις εἰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ παραδοθέντα, νομίμως ἐκ θεοῦ ἀντιπαραλαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν βουλόμενος ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιθέσθαι καὶ δολοφονῆσαι. ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς προθέσεώς φησιν ̔Ο θεὸς τὸ κράτος μου, πρὸς σὲ φυλάξω, οὐ σφετερίσασθαι αὐτὸ προαιρούμενος ἀλλ' ἐκδεχόμενος παρὰ σοῦ αὐτὸ λαβεῖν· θαρρῶ δὲ τῇ περὶ τούτου διαβεβαιώσει, γνοὺς 113 πεῖρᾳ πολλάκις ο τι καὶ θεὸς καὶ ἀντιλήπτωρ μου τυγχάνεις. κα ν γὰρ μὴ ἐξ ἡμετέρας δυνάμεως α ξιος λαβεῖν τὸ βασιλεύειν, ἀλλά γε τὸ σὸν ε λεος προφθάσαν με δείξει μοι ἐν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου, ὡς αὐτοὶ μὲν παιδευθήσονται κολάσει ὑποπεσόντες, ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν λήψομαι παρὰ σοῦ. Καὶ πρὸς διάνοιαν δὲ ὁ κατὰ τὸν ̓Αβραὰμ ἐκ θεοῦ τὸ βασιλεύειν ε χων. γέγραπται γὰρ ὡς ει πόν τινες τῷ πατριάρχῃ οὐκ αἰσθητῶς κρατοῦντι Βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ σὺ ει ἐν ἡμῖν. βασιλεύων ἀρεσκόντως θεῷ ἐρεῖ ̔Ο θεός μου τὸ κράτος μου, πρὸς σὲ φυλάξω· σὺ γὰρ εἰσάξεις εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοὺς εἰρηκότας Κορινθίους Καὶ ὀφελόν γε ἐβασιλεύσατε ι να καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν συμβασιλεύσωμεν. 615 Ps 58,12.13ab ̔Ως πρὸς ἱστορίαν· τοὺς ἐπικειμένους ἐχθροὺς ἐπιτιμηθῆναι πρὸς θεοῦ ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀποθανεῖν ἀξιοῖ. οι δεν γὰρ ο τι, εἰ μένοντες φαῦλοι ἀποθάνοιεν, λῆξιν ε ξουσι τοῦ θεϊκοῦ νόμου, διασκορπισθέντες δὲ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμει καὶ εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν παραδοθέντες στενάξουσι πρὸς θεὸν πεῖραν κακώσεως ἐσχηκότες. Βούλεται δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ καταχθῆναι ἀπὸ υ ψους η ς ε χουσι ὑπερηφανίας, ποιοῦντος αὐτὸ τοῦ ὑπερασπίζοντος κυρίου τοῦ τὴν δέησιν ἀναφέροντος. ἡ γὰρ παντελὴς τιμωρία εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν παρασκευάζει καὶ προτρέπεται. ο τι δὲ φειδόμενος αὐτῶν τοῦτο ὁ ∆αυὶδ ἐπρεσβεύετο, ι να τῇ μετριωτέρᾳ τιμωρίᾳ σωφρονισθέντες νήφωσιν, ἐπάγει τὰ ἑξῆς· ἐὰν γὰρ διασκορπισθῶσιν, ὁμοῦ καὶ τιμωροῦνται καὶ συναχθῆναι πάλιν δυνήσονται μετανοήσαντες. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ καταχθῆναι τουτέστι ταπεινωθῆναι βούλεται ̔Αμαρτίαν στόματος αὐτῶν, λόγον χειλέων αὐτῶν, συμφέρων αὐτοῖς τε τοῖς ταπεινουμένοις καὶ τοῖς πλείοσι ω στε μὴ παροξυνθῆναι πρὸς ζῆλον τῶν ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ λαλούντων καὶ φθεγγομένων α δικα. οἱ γὰρ μεθ' ὑπερηφανίας λελαληκότες οἱ κατὰ τοῦ δικαίου ψευσάμενοι· ο ταν ἐναντίαν τοῖς ε ργοις τὴν ε κβασιν ἐν τῇ ὑπερηφανίᾳ τῶν οἰκείων λόγων συλλαμβανόμενοι δέχωνται, ὡς παράνομοι καταληφθέντες ἐλέγχονται. 616a Ps 59,3b ̓Ελεγκτέον καὶ ἐκ τῆς προκειμένης λέξεως τοὺς ἀμυντικὸν φρονοῦντας ει ναι τὸν δημιουργὸν αἱρετικούς. ὀργίζεται ὁ θεὸς οὐχ ι να ἀπολέσῃ, ἀλλ' ι να οἰκτειρήσῃ. τούτῳ συνᾴδει Εὐλογήσω σε, κύριε, ο τι ὠργίσθης μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν. εἰ γὰρ εἰς σωτηρίαν ὀργίζεται καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ οἰκτεῖραι, οὐ πάθος ἡ ὀργὴ αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ χρησίμως παραλαμβανομένη. 617a Ps 59,4 Οἱ προσπαθοῦντες τοῖς ὑλικοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες† ἐπ' αὐτοῖς τῷ ἐμπαθεῖς ει ναι οι ονται εὐστάθειαν καὶ ἀταραξίαν ε χειν, βλάβην δὲ αὐτοῖς ἡ τοιαύτη κατάστασις φέρει· ο θεν χρήσιμον ἐλέῳ θεοῦ συσσεισθῆναι αὐτὴν καὶ ταραχθῆναι μεταμελείας τρόπῳ. γνοῦσα γὰρ ὡς ἐπιβλαβὲς τοῖς ὑλικοῖς ἐνέχεσθαι καὶ φρονεῖν τάραχον καὶ συσσεισμὸν σχοίη, μετατιθεμένη ἐκ τοῦ προτέρου φαύλου βίου ἐπὶ σπουδαῖον, ἀμέλει καὶ συντριβεῖσα, αι σθησιν λαβοῦσα τῶν ὑπαρξάντων συντριμμάτων ἐκ τῶν δαιμόνων παρακαλέσει τὸν δυνάμενον κύριον ἰᾶσαι ταῦτα. 618a Ps 59,5 ∆είκνυταί τινι σκληρά, ο ταν ἐπιπόνοις περιπέσῃ· α περ ἐάν τις δέξηται ἐπὶ μετάγνωσιν προτέρων ἁμαρτημάτων, οι νον κατανύξεως πίνει, αἰτίαν τοῦ κατανύττεσθαι ἐπὶ μετάνοιαν λαμβάνων ἐκ τοῦ ποτισμοῦ. πολλαχοῦ δὲ τῆς γραφῆς† ἀκράτου ὁμωνυμεῖ τὰ σκληρὰ τὰ περιστατικά,

Christ in Paul and the distinction of being§105

105As in the Cup in the hand of the Lord, the mind is uncontrolled. But the hard things are homonymous with the hard ways spoken of; in the Psalm it says: 'Through the words of your lips I have kept hard ways' (Ps 50:11). For indeed, hard ways are those called according to virtue because they are made straight through much sweat and toil, but here it is when the people, having been tested by hard things, are afflicted.

What is the sign that God gives, which is the illumination by which it is possible to discern spirits and good and evil? For having this knowledge existing, we flee from the malicious, becoming far from the evil of work and the evil spirit. But the sign is given not to those who happen to be, but to the God-fearing pious.

'That your beloveds, remaining unhurt, may be washed away from the face of the bow, you gave the said sign' (Ps 59:6). It must be said also: then they will be washed away from unseen enemies, whom your only-begotten Son shall save with your right hand. For the right of God has been interpreted many times, especially where it was foretold: 'I have strengthened you with my right, just, and with my right I have established the heavens' (Isa 51:9).

One must supervise how the order of thought precedes the order of utterance. For previously, having heard, God saves, and thus the unharmonious harmony, the word having the sequence 'Save' then 'Hear my' after it, unless it is thought otherwise: 'Having saved by the right, hear my prayer,' the prayer of the one being saved is not about being saved (for that is what is said) but about asking for divine goods, for the gifts of the divine Spirit are such.

But those who through goodness-and-beauty become gods' beloveds are worthy to be loved by him; men made according to the image of God, even if they have fallen most deeply into sin, yet they are nonetheless, because of the soul's spiritual and rational essence, his beloveds. God speaks to everyone participating in holiness.

Indeed, Christ spoke also in the holy Paul and in every prophet. But if the voice is seized regarding the Father, the holy one in whom the Savior speaks is he who is in agreement with the one: 'The Father who abides in me does the works,' and 'The Father has given me a commandment, what I must say and what I shall speak'; these things fit the economy.

Ps 60:3ab: He who prays here, knowing himself to be far off, sends up his prayer from the ends of the earth and says that he has cried out to God in his distress; for as it is said in Ecclesiastes: 'God is in the heaven above and you are in the earth below.' And it is signified by the word not a local distinction but a difference of uncreated essence and created things, of the existence of God being said to be above in heaven through the superiority of honor, and of the man being below in the earth by having come from non-being into being. Regarding this difference, the Baptist also, having observed the Savior, says that he is in heaven from above, and that the man is from the earth and speaks; for he declares it possible to say by means of a creature.

Ps 60:3c–5: We shall accept 'Rock' to signify the Christ, the flowing spiritual drink. He who becomes in this rock to partake of it (for wisdom and righteousness and holiness exist) is lifted up according to the mind, being raised by God. And those intending to fall toward the Savior, according to his exhortations saying, 'Come after me,' and again to Philip, 'Follow me,' using him as a guide, partake of that same lifting up, not hoping to find any other leader of the way which rushes toward the cause of all. Having obtained this gift, David also says with his mouth to the Lord: 'You have guided me to what became my hope'; and not only a guide but you have become a tower for me from the face of the enemy. For I remained unharmed, having you as a tower of strength and power, even though the enemy was an adversary and wished to fight me.

Greek · §105

ὡς ἐν τῷ Ποτήριον ἐν χειρὶ κυρίου οι νου ἀκράτου. ὁμωνυμεῖ δὲ τὰ σκληρὰ καὶ ταῖς εἰρημέναις σκληραῖς ὁδοῖς· ἐν ις ψαλμῷ ου τως λέγει· ∆ιὰ τοὺς λόγους τῶν χειλέων σου ἐγὼ ἐφύλαξα ὁδοὺς σκληράς. ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ὁδοὶ σκληραὶ αἱ κατ' ἀρετὴν ει ρηνται διὰ τὸ σὺν ἱδρῶτι πολλῷ καὶ πόνῳ κατορθοῦσθαι αὐτάς, ἐνταῦθα δὲ ει δεν ὁ λαὸς σκληρὰ πειραθεὶς κακωτικῶν. 619 Ps 59,6 Τίς ἡ σημείωσις η ν δίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς η ὁ φωτισμὸς καθ' ο ν δυνατὸν διάκρισιν ε χειν πνευμάτων καὶ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ; ταύτης γὰρ τῆς γνώσεως ὑπαρξάσης φεύγομεν ἀπὸ τῶν χειρόνων, μακρὰν κακοῦ 114 ε ργου καὶ πνεύματος πονηροῦ γινόμενοι. δίδοται δὲ οὐ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς κατὰ θεὸν εὐσεβέσι σημείωσις. 620 Ps 59,7 Οπως ἀβλαβεῖς διαμείναντες ῥυσθῶσιν ἀπὸ προσώπου τόξου οἱ ἀγαπητοί σου, τὴν λεχθεῖσαν σημείωσιν ε δωκας. λεκτέον καὶ ω δε· τότε ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ πολεμίων ἀοράτων δυνήσονται, ο ταν σώσῃ ἡ δεξιά σου, μονογενής σου υἱός. ου τος γὰρ δεξιὰ θεοῦ ἡρμήνευται πολλάκις, μάλιστα ο τε προέκειτο τὸ ̓Ησφαλισάμην σε τῇ δεξιᾷ τῇ δικαίᾳ μου, καὶ Τῇ δεξιᾷ μου ἐστερέωσα τὸν οὐρανόν. ̓Επιστατέον ὡς ε μπαλιν τῇ τάξει τῆς νοήσεως ε χει τὰ τῆς προφορᾶς. πρότερον γὰρ εἰσακούσας σῴζει θεὸς καὶ αυ τη ἡ ἀκόλουθος ἁρμονία, τῆς λέξεως μετὰ τὸ Σῶσον τὸ ̓Επάκουσόν μου ἐχούσης, εἰ μὴ α ρα ου τω νοηθείη· Σώσας τῇ δεξιᾷ ἐπάκουσόν μου, εὐχῆς ου σης ἐμοὶ τῷ σωθέντι οὐ περὶ τοῦ σωθῆναι (ἐκεῖνο γὰρ ει ρηται) ἀλλὰ περὶ θείων ἀγαθῶν αἰτουμένῳ α περ ἐστὶ τὰ τοῦ θείου πνεύματος χαρίσματα. ̓Αγαπητοὶ δὲ θεοῦ τυγχάνουσιν οἱ διὰ καλοκἀγαθίαν ο ντες, α ξιοι τοῦ ἀγαπᾶσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ· οἱ κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ πεποιημένοι α νθρωποι, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ὑποπεπτώκασιν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀλλ' ο μως διὰ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς οὐσίαν νοερὰν ου σαν καὶ λογικὴν ει εν α ν ἀγαπητοὶ αὐτοῦ. 621a Ps 59,8a Θεὸς λαλεῖ ἐν παντὶ μετέχοντι ἁγιότητος. ου τω γοῦν καὶ ἐν Παύλῳ ἁγίῳ ο ντι ἐλάλει Χριστὸς καὶ ἐν παντὶ προφήτῃ. εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκλαμβάνεται ἡ φωνή, α γιος ἐν ῳ λαλεῖ ὁ σωτὴρ α ν ει η συμφώνως τῷ ̔Ο πατὴρ ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ ποιεῖ τὰ ε ργα, καὶ ̓Εντολὴν δέδωκέν μοι ὁ πατὴρ τί ει πω καὶ τί λαλήσω· ἁρμόζει ταῦτα τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ. 622a Ps 60,3ab ̔Ο ἐνταῦθα εὐχόμενος πόρρω ἑαυτὸν τυγχάνοντα εἰδὼς τοῦ ῳ τὴν εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπει ἐκ τῶν περάτων ει ναι τῆς γῆς λέγει καὶ κεκραγέναι πρὸς θεὸν τότε ο τε ἀκηδιᾷ· καθὰ γάρ φησιν ἐν τῷ ̓Εκκλησιαστῇ ̔Ο θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ α νω καὶ σὺ ἐν τῇ γῇ κάτω. σημαίνεται δὲ διὰ τῆς λέξεως οὐ διάστασις τοπικὴ ἀλλ' οὐσίας ἀκτίστου καὶ κτισμάτων διαφορᾶς, τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπάρξεως δι' ὑπεροχὴν τιμῆς α νω ἐν οὐρανῷ λεγομένης, τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κάτω εἰς γῆν τυγχανούσης τῷ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ο ντος εἰς τὸ ει ναι ἐληλυθέναι. εἰς ταύτην τὴν διαφορὰν καὶ ὁ Βαπτιστὴς σκοπήσας τὸν σωτῆρα α νωθεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ει ναι λέγει, τὸν δὲ α νθρωπον ἐκ τῆς γῆς τυγχάνειν καὶ λαλεῖν· προφέρει γὰρ α κτίσματι δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν. 623a Ps 60,3c–5 Πέτραν σημαίνεσθαι ἐκδεξόμεθα ῥέουσαν πνευματικὸν πόμα τὸν Χριστόν. ὁ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ γινόμενος τῷ μετέχειν αὐτῆς (ὑπάρχει γὰρ σοφία καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμός) μετεωρίζεται κατὰ τὸν νοῦν ὑψούμενος ὑπὸ θεοῦ. Καὶ οἱ ε πεσθαι δὲ τῷ σωτῆρι προθέμενοι κατὰ τὰς αὐτοῦ προτροπὰς λέγοντος ∆εῦτε ὀπίσω μου, καὶ πάλιν πρὸς Φίλιππον ̓Ακολούθει μοι, ὁδηγῷ αὐτῷ χρώμενοι, τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπάρσεως κοινωνοῦσιν, οὐκ α λλον ἐλπίσαντες ἡγεμόνα εὑρήσειν τῆς ἀγούσης πρὸς τὸν πάντων αι τιον ὁδοῦ. ταύτης τῆς δωρεᾶς τυχὼν καὶ ὁ ∆αυὶδ μεθ' υ μνου λέγει τῷ κυρίῳ ̔Ωδήγησάς με ο τι ἐγενήθης ἐλπίς μου· οὐ μόνον δὲ ὁδηγὸς ἀλλὰ καὶ πύργος γέγονάς μοι ἀπὸ προσώπου ἐχθροῦ. σὲ γὰρ ἰσχὺν ε χων καὶ ἰσχύος πύργον ἀβλαβὴς διέμεινα, καίτοι τοῦ ἐχθροῦ τυγχάνοντος ἀντιπροσώπου καὶ πολεμεῖν με θέλοντος.

The fulfillment of eternal things through daily life§106

106He who begins to build this tower, as if starting with the foundation, should complete the building as if placing a crown upon the roof, lest he suffer shame before those passing by, who are accustomed to mocking those who have not completed the citizenship they undertook.undertook.undertook.

A connection can be made to 'Lead me from the face of the enemy' (Ps 60:6b) and 'You have led me in a straight path thus'; 'You have led me from the face of the enemy' has become my hope, but also a tower of strength in leading me from the face of the enemy. The hope of the saints is the true and unshakeable Savior, as Paul says, 'Jesus Christ of our hope' (1 Tim 1:1), and the prophecy upon him is that they hope in him; for he himself, having been foretold, shall be the expectation of the Nations. Someone, having been perfected in holiness for the ages in that dwelling, signifies 'Who shall dwell in your holy habitation?' (Ps 60:7); for this is the same eternal one in the tabernacle, the Lord, and not man. Although such a tabernacle does not possess the perfection of the Holy of Holies, there is no state with it surpassing the rational ones in which they shall be in Father and Son, but rather in the Trinity. Therefore, it is said to dwell for the ages, but not to reside in the dwelling. He who has become in this dwelling shall be covered under the shelter of the wings of God.

For he says, 'You are very rich, and you provide great gifts' (Ps 60:7), rather, by freely giving to perfect men the becoming of your sons, you have given them an inheritance. For although it is expected to be given according to the resurrection in the future age, it is nonetheless being given in a favorable way to those who are being led according to the time what is necessary. And to those who fear his name, God has given an inheritance (Ps 60:8). If there is a difference between those fearing God and his name, and those believing in him and in his name—since it is often said that those made intimate by the approach of God, those united to him, the God, are inferior—it is seen that the inheritance is given also to those fearing God; for if grace has been increased to the inferior, much more to those who have ascended far above. Whoever obtains the interpreted gifts, what kind of king is he, according to what is signified regarding the God-fearing ones as they were a Kingdom...

A beloved, a holy nation. By this signified thing to reign, and the apostles, expecting, say to the Corinthians, 'You reigned without us, let us also reign with you.' To the reigning which has happened, there is added by the Lord, 'day by day occurring.' For it is necessary from a preceding state of light to a transition into another likewise, so that the eternal things, concerning which it is said, 'And I remembered the eternal and meditated upon them' (Ps 103:2), might be fulfilled from that which is named of the days. And the life of the days is extended by taking them day by day, as generations of generations before God.

Who will seek out His mercy and truth? Often, of the divine teachings, His mercy is joined with the truth of God. For since to know clearly and purely the truth of God is not possible for one surrounded by human weakness, from this there is a need of the mercy of God in order to understand the truth. This contributes to the fore-set purpose, that all men should be saved and come to the knowledge of the truth. For first, it is necessary to be saved by the mercy of God, so that subsequently the knowledge of the truth may exist. For the salvation of men is the work of the mercy of God. 'For God sent His mercy and His truth,' and the following.

Since in whom I have found a thankful reception from You, I will sing in Your name, praising through works, thoughts, and good words the prophecy of You called upon me (Ps 60:8); and with this I will repay day by day, just as Jacob says, 'If God gives me bread to eat,' and the following, 'all things to me shall be mine if I tithe them to You' (Gen 28:20-22). For before these words it is brought forward, 'Jacob made a vow,' saying, 'If the Lord be with me,' as 'I will tithe them.' And also to say 'repaying prayers day by day' and 'singing in the name of God unto the age of ages,' for the one singing in the name is the one being praised, to extend into the coming age; but the one repaying the prayers, it is as if the time being fulfilled of the days is being completed; it is not that which is delayed by each individual's life. Since we are not in this life, we shall repay the prayers, so that we also may sing unto the age of ages in the name of God.

Greek · §106

τοῦτον τὸν πύργον ὁ οἰκοδομεῖν ἀρξάμενος ὡς θεμελίους η δη τεθεικέναι τελειωσάτω τὴν οἰκοδομὴν ὡς καὶ στεφανὴν ἐπιθεῖναι τῷ δώματι, ο πως μὴ αἰσχύνην ὀφλῇς πρὸς τῶν παραπορευομένων εἰωθότων ἐπιχλευάζειν τοῖς μὴ εἰς τέλος η ν ᾑρήσαντο πολιτείαν α γουσιν. ∆ύναται ἀναφορὰν ε χειν εἰς τὸ ̓Απὸ προσώπου ἐχθροῦ καὶ τὸ ̔Ωδήγησάς με εἱρμῷ τοιούτῳ· ̔Ωδήγησάς με ἀπὸ προσώπου ἐχθροῦ ἐλπίς μου γεγενημένος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πύργος ἰσχύος πρὸς τῷ ὡδηγηκέναι με ἀπὸ προσώπου ἐχθροῦ γέγονάς μοι. ἐλπὶς τῶν ἁγίων ἀληθινὴ καὶ ἀδιάπτωτος ὁ σωτήρ, ῃ φησι Παῦλος Καὶ ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ προφητεία ̓Επ' αὐτῷ ε θνη ἐλπιοῦσιν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ προαναφωνηθεὶς ε σεσθαι ̓Εθνῶν προσδοκία. Παροικεῖ 115 δέ τις τελειωθεὶς ἐν ἁγιότητι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ σκηνώματι, ο δηλοῖ τὸ Τίς κατασκηνώσει ἐν ο ρει ἁγίῳ σου; αἰώνιον γὰρ τοῦτο ταὐτὸν ο ν τῇ σκηνῇ Ην ε πηξεν ὁ κύριος καὶ οὐκ α νθρωπος. πλὴν εἰ καὶ ου τω τελειότητος ε χει ἡ τοιαύτη σκηνὴ ὡς καὶ Αγια ἁγίων ει ναι, ἀλλ' ου ν ἐστιν μετ' αὐτὴν κατάστασις ὑπερέχουσα τῶν λογικῶν καθ' η ν ε σονται ἐν πατρὶ καὶ υἱῷ, μᾶλλον δὲ τῇ τριάδι. διὸ παροικεῖν εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ἀλλ' οὐ κατοικεῖν ἐν τῷ σκηνώματι ει ρηται. ὁ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ οι κῳ γεγονὼς σκεπασθήσεται ἐν τῇ τῶν πτερύγων τοῦ θεοῦ σκέπῃ. 624a Ps 60,6b 624a Πλούσιος γὰρ ω ν, φησίν, καὶ μεγάλας δωρεὰς παρέχεις, μᾶλλον δὲ χαριζόμενος τοῖς τελείοις ἀνθρώποις τὸ γενέσθαι σου υἱοὺς κληρονομίαν αὐτοῖς δέδωκας. εἰ γὰρ καὶ προσδοκᾶται δοθησομένη κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι, ἀλλά γε τῷ η δη ηὐτρεπίσθαι δέδοται τοῖς εἰς αὐτὴν κατὰ καιρὸν τὸν δέοντα ἀχθησομένοις. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς κληρονομίαν ε δωκεν. ἐάν τις ῃ διαφορὰ φοβουμένων τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ, πιστευόντων αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, ἐπεὶ πολλάκις ει ρηται ὑποδεεστέρους ει ναι τοὺς οἰκειωθέντας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορίᾳ τῶν ἑνωθέντων αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ, ο ρα ὡς καὶ τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸν θεὸν δέδοται ἡ κληρονομία· εἰ γὰρ τοῖς ὑποδεεστέροις ὑπῆρκται ἡ χάρις αυ τη, πολλῷ πλέον τοῖς ὑπεραναβεβηκόσιν. 625a Ps 60,7.8 ̔Ο τυχὼν τῶν ἡρμηνευμένων δωρεῶν βασιλεύς τίς ἐστι καθ' ο σημαινόμενον ει ρηται περὶ τῶν θεοσεβῶν ὡς ει ησαν Βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ε θνος α γιον. τούτῳ τῷ σημαινομένῳ βασιλεῦσαι καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι προσδοκῶντες λέγουσι Κορινθίοις Χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε ι να καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν συμβασιλεύσωμεν. τῷ ου τω γενομένῳ βασιλεῖ ε τη ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου προστίθεται, ἡμέρας ἐφ' ἡμέρας ἀγομένης. δεῖ γὰρ ἐκ προλαβούσης φωτεινῆς καταστάσεως εἰς ἑτέραν ὡσαύτως ε χουσαν μετάβασιν γίνεσθαι, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ τῶν ἡμερῶν ὀνομαζομένου συμπληροῦσθαι τὰ ε τη τὰ αἰώνια περὶ ω ν ει ρηται Καὶ ε τη αἰώνια ἐμνήσθην καὶ ἐμελέτησα. παρατείναι δὲ ἡ ζωὴ τῶν ἡμέρας ἐφ' ἡμέρᾳ προσλαμβανόντων ε ως ἡμέρας γενεᾶς γενεῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. Ελεος καὶ ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ τίς ἐκζητήσει; πολλαχοῦ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων α μα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ συνέζευκται· μήποτ' ου ν ἐπεὶ τὸ γνῶναι ἀκραιφνῶς καὶ καθαρῶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ οι όν τε περικείμενον τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀσθένειαν, τούτου ε νεκα ἐλέου θεοῦ χρεία πρὸς τῷ συνιέναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. συντείνει πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον τὸ θέλειν πάντας ἀνθρώπους σωθῆναι καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ σωθῆναι ἐλέῳ θεοῦ δεῖ, ι ν' ἑπομένως ἡ ἐπίγνωσις τῆς ἀληθείας ὑπάρχῃ. ε ργον γὰρ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλεημοσύνης ἡ ἀνθρώπων σωτηρία· ̓Εξαπέστειλεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. 626a Ps 60,9 ̓Επεὶ ω ν ἠξίωσα παρὰ σοῦ τέτευχα εὐχάριστος ου τω γεγονώς, ψαλῶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ὑμνῶν δι' ε ργων νοημάτων τε καὶ λόγων ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἐπ' ἐμοὶ κληθεῖσαν προσηγορίαν σου· καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας α ηὐξάμην ἀποδώσω, ω σπερ ὁ ̓Ιακώβ φησιν ̓Εὰν δῷ μοι ὁ θεὸς α ρτον φαγεῖν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, πάντα μοι ο σα ἐὰν δῷς δεκάτην ἀποδεκατώσω σοι αὐτά. πρὸ γὰρ τούτων τῶν λόγων φέρεται τὸ Ηυ ξατο ὁ ̓Ιακώβ, λέγων τὸ ̓Εὰν ῃ κύριος μετ' ἐμοῦ ε ως τοῦ ∆εκάτην ἀποδεκατώσω αὐτά. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν ̔Ημέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας τὰς εὐχὰς ἀποδοῦναι ψάλλειν τε τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ θεοῦ Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος, τῷ τὸ μὲν ψάλλειν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ ὑμνουμένου παρεκτείνειν ε ως τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, τῷ δὲ τὰς εὐχὰς ἀποδοῦναι πληροῦσθαι ε ως ε τι ὁ ἐξ ἡμερῶν συμπληρούμενος χρόνος ἐστίν· ου τος δέ ἐστιν ὁ παραμετρούμενος τῇ ἑκάστου ζωῇ. ε ως ου ν ἐν βίῳ ἐσμέν, τὰς εὐχὰς ἀποδώσομεν, ι να καὶ ψάλαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ θεοῦ

The Deception of the Enemy and True Repentance§107

107That we may be able. Everyone shifting from virtue into vice is shaken (Ps 61:3), but this does not happen abruptly; a disturbance first occurs in the thoughts through the passions, so that if appropriate action is taken, the shaken thoughts do not become a collapse and a fall.

For when an ugly desire or some other irrational movement begins, the pious thought must intervene, grasping God, to direct the impulse toward action, so that a greater shaking does not occur. The Savior clearly teaches this in the Gospel, uprooting the beginnings of sins so that their remaining does not result in a greater practical shaking.

He who is established and rooted in love is an unshakable wall and has a firmly set hedge (Ps 61:4c); how then could those passing by the way, wicked men and evil powers, not strike it? God surrounds him with such a secure hedge, saying, 'I have plowed and set a hedge.' For this hedge consists of angels guarding, and of truths of dogmas, and of actions being performed according to virtue. While this remains, no one will be able to harm the divine fruits of the spiritual plant. But if the one guarding the vineyard should ever bring forth thorns instead of grapes, God, abandoning him, says, 'I will take away his hedge and it shall be for plunder, and I will pull down his wall and it shall be for trampling.' If this happens because of the production of bad fruit from us, the wall is leaned and the hedge is pushed.

The honor of the wise, which the wicked plot to cast away, is virtue and piety (Ps 61:5), according to 'Glory and honor and peace to everyone working the good' (1 Clem 1:1). Therefore, vice is a dishonor, in which those who have fallen, feeling they have suffered, say, 'Our dishonor has uncovered us unto tribulation' (Ps 61:5). To this, man also takes part, not understanding the value of being in honor. Since the deceivers lying in wait cannot draw one into vice by force, they say, 'They did not drive away my honor, but they plotted to cast it away'; for they are not those who can overcome the one standing strongly against them. Related to these are those about whom Paul writes, 'Deceiving through flattering speech and lying words the hearts of the innocent' (2 Cor 11:14).

It is of the same mind: 'If your enemy entreats you with a great voice, do not be persuaded Ps 61:7; for seven evils are in his soul, perhaps coming from the seven spirits, as the unclean spirit receives from more evil spirits than himself.'...as if he were entreating for the seven evils existing in his soul, the First God saying brightly and pleasantly in a punishing way, 'do not be persuaded'; for blessing with the mouth, he curses the heart.

I will not repent, becoming a repentant one by sinning and being distanced from God Ps 61:8, according to what is written concerning Jacob, who was overwhelmed and turned away from God his savior. Grasping God, I have not become a repentant one, they attain salvation and glory upon God; for I was not saved by my own power or art. And he says 'glory upon God' because it is that which the only God gives to those seeking him, and 'salvation' not of the flesh but of the rational soul, which the one having believed into the Trinity possesses, according to what is said, 'Finishing the faith, the salvation of souls.' Therefore, even if he is violently thrust back into error, I make hope upon him, who has often saved me.

All the assemblies of the peoples of the nations who have believed Ps 61:9, who no longer have God and hope, hope in him against all craftiness, making your hearts manifest before him; for God will become a helper to you. The same is meant by to pour out before him the heart, to love him from the whole soul and the whole heart. For often to pour out has been arranged instead of a rich abundance and a lavish supply, as in 'the love of God is poured out in the hearts of you through the Holy Spirit' Rom 5:5.

To such people it was said Ps 61:10, 'Why do you love vanity and seek falsehood, even though you are commanded not to have a small and a great weight, but a true scale, since a double weight is an abomination to the Lord.' It must be said whether these things are intended, and also toward those who have dealings and fellowship; for in every matter, justice is desired; for those running together toward vanity vainly strive, always having a vain agreement and zeal. Here it must be known: the 'Sons of men' signifies circumspectly those who are...

Greek · §107

δυνηθῶμεν. 116 627a Ps 61,3 β Σαλεύεται πᾶς ὁ ἐξ ἀρετῆς εἰς κακίαν μεταπίπτων· ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀθρόως συμβαίνει τοῦτο, προτέρας γινομένης ταραχῆς ἐν λογισμοῖς διὰ παθῶν μεθ' η ν, εἰ προσληφθείη κατάλληλος πρᾶξις, τοῖς τεταραγμένοις λογισμοῖς κλόνος καὶ πτῶμα γίνεται. ἀρχομένης τοιγαροῦν αἰσχρᾶς ἐπιθυμίας η ἑτέρου τινὸς ἀλόγου κινήματος, ἐπισχεῖν δεῖ τῷ εὐσεβεῖ λογισμῷ, συλλαμβανομένου θεοῦ, τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ὁρμήν, ι να μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον κλόνος γένηται. ταῦτα ὁ σωτὴρ σαφῶς ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ διδάσκει, τὰς ἀρχὰς τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀναιρῶν ι να μὴ μενόντων αὐτῶν τὸ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σαλευθῆναι πρακτικῶς γένηται. 628 Ps 61,4c ̔Ο ἐν ἀγάπῃ τεθεμελιωμένος καὶ ἐρριζωμένος α σειστός ἐστι τοῖχος καὶ φραγμὸν ε χει ἠσφαλισμένον, ο πως μὴ τρυγῶσιν αὐτὸν οἱ τὴν ὁδὸν παραπορευόμενοι φαῦλοι α νθρωποι καὶ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις. τὸν ου τως ἀσφαλῶς ε χοντα φραγμὸν ὁ θεὸς περιβάλλει, φάσκων Καὶ ἐχαράκωσα καὶ φραγμὸν περιέθηκα. σύγκειται γὰρ ου τος ὁ φραγμὸς ἐξ ἀγγέλων φρουρούντων καὶ δογμάτων ἀληθείας καὶ πράξεων κατ' ἀρετὴν ἐπιτελουμένων. τούτου μένοντος, οὐδεὶς βλάψαι τοὺς θείους καρποὺς τοῦ πνευματικοῦ φυτοῦ δυνήσεται. εἰ δὲ συμβαίη ποτὲ ἀντὶ σταφυλῶν ἀκάνθας ἐξενέγκειν τὸν φρουρούμενον ἀμπελῶνα, ἐγκαταλιπὼν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς λέγει ̓Αφελῶ τὸν φραγμὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ε σται εἰς διαρπαγήν, καὶ καθελῶ τὸν τοῖχον αὐτοῦ καὶ ε σται εἰς καταπάτημα. εἰ δὴ τοῦτο συμβαίνει διὰ τὸ φαῦλον καρπὸν γενέσθαι ἐξ ἡμῶν, κεκλιμένος ὁ τοῖχος καὶ ὠσμένος γίνεται ὁ φραγμός. *** 629 Ps 61,5 Τιμὴ τοῦ σοφοῦ η ν βουλεύονται ἀπώσασθαι οἱ πονηροὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἡ εὐσέβεια, κατὰ τὸ ∆όξα καὶ τιμὴ καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἀτιμία τοίνυν ἐστὶν ἡ κακία εἰς η ν οἱ ἐκπεσόντες ο πεπόνθασιν αἰσθανόμενοι λέγουσιν ̓Επεκάλυψεν ἡμᾶς ἡ ἀτιμία ἡμῶν εἰς θλῖψιν. εἰς τοῦτο λήψῃ καὶ τὸ Ανθρωπος ἐν τιμῇ ω ν οὐ συνῆκεν. ει τ' ἐπεὶ μὴ βίᾳ ἑλκύσαι εἰς κακίαν δύνανται οἱ ἐπικείμενοι ἀπατεῶνες, οὐκ ̓Απώσαντο ει πε τὴν τιμήν μου ἀλλ' ̓Εβουλεύσαντο ἀπώσασθαι· οὐ γὰρ οι οί τέ εἰσιν ἑλεῖν τὸν ἰσχυρῶς ἀνθιστάμενον. τούτων συγγενεῖς εἰσι περὶ ω ν γράφει ὁ Παῦλος ∆ι' εὐλογίας καὶ χρηστολογίας ἐξαπατῶντες τὰς τῶν ἀκάκων καρδίας. τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας ἐστὶ τὸ ̓Εὰν δέηταί σου ὁ ἐχθρὸς μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ, μὴ πεισθῇς· ἑπτὰ γάρ εἰσι πονηρίαι ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ, ἐγγινόμεναι τάχα ἀπὸ τῶν Ζ πνευμάτων ω ν παραλαμβάνει τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα πονηρωτέρων ἑαυτοῦ ὑπαρχόντων ** ...σαν τὰς ἑπτὰ πονηρίας ε χων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἱκετεύησε, τὸ Πρωῒ λαμπρὰ καὶ ἡδέα λέγων κολαστικῶς, μὴ πεισθῇς· στόματι γὰρ εὐλογῶν καταρᾶται τῇ καρδίᾳ. 630 Ps 61,7b Οὐ μὴ μεταναστεύσω, μετανάστου γινομένου τοῦ δι' ἁμαρτίας μακρυνομένου τοῦ θεοῦ, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον περὶ τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ ̓Ελιπάνθη, ἐπαχύνθη καὶ ἀπέστη ἀπὸ θεοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ. 631 Ps 61,8 ̓Αντιλαμβανομένου θεοῦ οὐ γέγονα μετανάστης, ο θεν η ν ε χω σωτηρίαν καὶ δόξαν ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ τυγχάνουσι· οὐ γὰρ ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει η τέχνῃ ἐσώθην. δόξαν δὲ λέγει ἐπὶ θεῷ ε χειν η ν δίδωσιν ὁ μόνος θεὸς τοῖς ζητοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ σωτηρίαν οὐ τὴν σαρκῶν ἀλλὰ τὴν ψυχῆς λογικῆς η ν ε χει ὁ πιστεύσας εἰς τὴν τριάδα κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν Κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν. ∆ιὸ κα ν τι πάλιν εἰς σάλον με βιάζηται, ἐπ' αὐτῷ τὴν ἐλπίδα ποιοῦμαι πολλάκις με σώσαντι. 632a Ps 61,9 Πᾶσαι αἱ τῶν λαῶν τῶν πιστευσάντων ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν συναγωγαί, ο πως μηκέτι α θεοι καὶ ἐλπίδα μὴ ε χοντες η τε, ἐλπίσατε ἐπ' αὐτὸν α νευ πάσης πανουργίας, ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ φανερώσαντες τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν· γενήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ὁ θεὸς βοηθός. Ταὐτὸν τῷ ἐκχεῖν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν τὸ ἐξ ο λης ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ο λης καρδίας ἀγαπᾶν αὐτόν. πολλαχοῦ γὰρ τὸ ἐκχέαι ἀντὶ δαψιλείας πλουσίας καὶ χορηγίας τέτακται, ὡς ἐν τῷ ̔Η ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου. 633a Ps 61,10 633a Πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους ἐρρήθη Ινα τί ἀγαπᾶτε ματαιότητα καὶ ζητεῖτε ψεῦδος, καίτοι παραγγέλλονται μὴ στάθμιον ε χειν μικρὸν 117 καὶ μέγα ἀλλὰ ζυγὸν ἀληθινόν, ἐπείπερ βδέλυγμα κυρίῳ ἐστὶ δισσὸν στάθμιον. ̔Ρητέον δὲ εἰ βουλητὸν ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς ῥητὸν τοῖς περὶ συναλλάγματα καὶ κοινωνίαν ε χουσιν· ἐν παντὶ γὰρ πράγματι ποθεινὴ ἡ δικαιοσύνη· οἱ γὰρ συντρέχοντες εἰς τὴν ματαιότητα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ματαιοῦνται, ἀεὶ περὶ ματαίαν συμφωνίαν καὶ σπουδὴν ε χοντες. ̓Ενταῦθα δ' ἰστέον· τὸ Υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων περιφραστικῶς σημαίνει τοὺς ὡς

The Twofold Circumcision and the True God§108

108They are dying men who are no longer gods and sons of the Most High, as it is signified by what is written: 'For where there is strife and jealousy among you, are you not fleshly and walking according to man?' (James 3:16).

For it is not possible to serve God and mammon, nor indeed to hope for injustice and God (Matthew 6:24). If it seems that the wealth of one who does not seize and does not act unjustly is flowing and diminishing, it is not necessary to add to the heart, so that the heart might not be grieved by the diminishing of the money.

Because the name of injustice signifies, on the one hand, inequality regarding exchanges and sharing, as in 'But you do wrong and deprive even your brothers,' and on the other hand, all practical wickedness, as it is said, 'I hated injustice and detested it' (1 John 3:15), so one must watch according to what the meaning of the word now presents. One says the former, making it clear through the fact that plunder and flowing wealth were accompanying him, while the other says the latter, as it is said, 'But he who loves injustice.' For this is the case, since injustice is not entirely one thing, nor is the seizing regarding money.

God is incorporeal, rather existing beyond all generated being, both material and intellectual, having nothing entangled with himself; thus, when God speaks, He speaks once, that is, monoidly and uncomposedly, not as I hear Him thus anymore. For what is spoken once, you hear as two, according to the manifestation; for this voice is a pointing voice.

He therefore says such a thing: as He speaks with a pure intellect and an uncomposed voice, I hear the things spoken as being two, with my imagination standing by, perceiving someone called a spoken word which turns out to be unspeakable, as He speaks with intellect and an uncomposed voice. And so, if the apostle, writing that he has heard unspeakable words (2 Corinthians 12:4), wishes to present this, the unspeakable ones are such that they are heard not by grasping syllables and sounds, but also by words being present, because the intellect possesses the truth. For where the truth is, there is a proposition. And it is necessary for the proposition to be from a name and a word.

And it must be said otherwise: we use vocal organs, and we are unable to say many things at once. Of God, speaking once and all at once, we hear doubly. Stop, lest it be possible to say a third. Of God, commanding once concerning sacrifice, we hear the command both sensuously and spiritually.

Just as we understand circumcision in two ways, once spoken by God: the bodily and the spiritual. Whether the Father is God, and the Son is Lord, and the Word stands among these, or whether the same God is both God and Lord, saying, 'Visit now' (Ps 62:2a); for what is being viewed is both pious and true in both respects. It is necessary to seek how he gives to each according to his works. For if the sufferings of the present time are not worthy of the glory that is about to be revealed (Rom 8:18), and he who has worked only trifles is not punished worthily. For if one observes iniquities, 'Lord, Lord, who will endure?' (Ps 69:1), how must one take judgment by equality? One must oversee lest it becomes not according to quantity but according to quality; and quantity is indicated by the word, the greater things of value being given praiseworthily to the righteous and the punishment being diminished. For equality is not according to corrective justice, but according to distributive justice, the equal and the unequal.

This is accomplished for the one who has come out of ignorance and malice, as 'The night has passed, and the day has approached' (Ps 62:2a). To this, 'Out of the night my spirit watches for you, O God' (Ps 62:2b) is conjoined. But if someone does the works of the night and darkness, how can he say 'I watch at dawn' without the dawn standing before him? And 'I watch toward you' is not to be heard locally. For God is not in a place, but in a disposition, becoming a relationship toward God by having leaped over the sensible things; for to this follows coming toward God. And also the saying, 'God, the God of mine.' For the God of the saints worshipping him is God once and for all, not of all those who have the 'is', but of some who have been set free. Therefore, the belly of those having desire for luxury is not simply called God; nor even the demons are strictly gods of the Gentiles, though called gods. God alone, and every truly wise man will say by nature and truly to God, 'God, the God of mine.'

'From all those present, let my longing depart' (Ps 62:3); I thirst with the soul to be toward God, a spring of water stretching toward me, changing into eternal life (Ps 62:3). And since the soul is being benefited and enlightened, and the flesh also partakes, and of these both as being one, how also it itself thirsts simply toward God and the power and the...

Greek · §108

ἀνθρώπους ἀποθνῄσκοντας τῷ μηκέτι θεοὺς καὶ υἱοὺς ὑψίστου ει ναι, καθὸ σημαινόμενον γέγραπται Οπου γὰρ ε ρις καὶ ζῆλος ἐν ὑμῖν, οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ α νθρωπον περιπατεῖτε; 634a Ps 61,11 Οὐ γὰρ δυνατὸν θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ, οὐδὲ μὴν ἐπ' ἀδικίαν ἐλπίσαι καὶ θεόν. ̓Εὰν δοκῇ ῥέειν καὶ μειοῦσθαι ὁ πλοῦτος τοῦ μὴ ἁρπάζοντος καὶ μὴ ἀδικοῦντος, οὐ δεῖ προστιθέναι τῇ καρδία, ι να μὴ δόξῃ λυπεῖσθαι τῶν χρημάτων μειουμένων. ̓Επεὶ τὸ τῆς ἀδικίας ο νομα σημαίνει ὁτὲ μὲν τὴν περὶ συναλλάγματα καὶ κοινωνίαν ἀνισότητα ὡς ἐν τῷ ̓Αλλ' ὑμεῖς ἀδικεῖτε καὶ ἀποστερεῖτε καὶ τοῦτο ἀδελφούς, ὁτὲ δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν πρακτικὴν κακίαν καθὸ λέγεται ̓Αδικίαν ἐμίσησα καὶ ἐβδελυξάμην, ἐπιστατέον κατὰ ποῖον σημαινόμενον τῆς λέξεως νῦν παρίσταται. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐρεῖ τὸ πρότερον δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τὸ συνεζεῦχθαι αὐτῷ ἁρπάγματα καὶ πλοῦτον ῥέοντα, ὁ δὲ τὸ υ στερον καθὸ ει ρηται ̔Ο δὲ ἀγαπῶν τὴν ἀδικίαν. ει δος γὰρ ταύτης καθόλου ου σης καὶ ἡ περὶ χρήματα ἁρπαγή. 635 Ps 61,12.13 ̓Ασώματος ω ν ὁ θεός, μᾶλλον δὲ ὑπερέκεινα πάσης γενητῆς οὐσίας καὶ νοητῆς ὑπάρχων, οὐδὲν ε χει ἐπιπεπλεγμένον ἑαυτῷ· ο θεν λαλῶν α παξ τουτέστι μονοειδῶς καὶ ἀσυνθέτως λαλεῖ, οὐκέτ' ἐμοῦ ου τως ἀκούοντος. τὸ γὰρ α παξ λαληθὲν δύο ο ντα κατὰ τὴν δεῖξιν η κουσα· ἡ γὰρ ταῦτα φωνὴ δεικτικὴ ὑπάρχει. ε στι τοίνυν ο λέγει τοιοῦτον· καθαρᾷ νοήσει καὶ ἀσυνθέτῳ φωνῇ λέγοντος αὐτοῦ, ὡς δύο ο ντων τῶν λεγομένων ἀκούω, παρυφισταμένου τῇ φαντασίᾳ μου τοῦ παρά τισι καλουμένου λεκτοῦ ἀρρήτου τυγχάνοντος νοήσει καὶ ἀσυνθέτῳ φωνῇ λέγοντος αὐτοῦ. καὶ ο ρα εἰ τοῦτο θέλει παραστῆσαι ὁ ἀπόστολος α ρρητα ῥήματα ἀκηκοέναι γράφων, ἀρρήτων ο ντων ω ν η κουσε τῷ μὴ ἐκ συλλαβῶν καὶ φωνῶν ὑπάρχειν ἀλλὰ καὶ ῥημάτων ο ντων διὰ τὸ νόησιν ε χειν τὸ ἀληθὲς ε χουσαν. ε νθα γὰρ τὸ ἀληθές, ἐκεῖ πρότασις. ἀνάγκη δὲ τὴν πρότασιν ἐξ ὀνόματος ει ναι καὶ ῥήματος. ̔Ρητέον δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως· ἡμεῖς φωνητικοῖς ὀργάνοις χρώμεθα, καὶ α μα πολλὰ εἰπεῖν ἀδυνατοῦμεν. θεοῦ ου ν α παξ καὶ α μα λέγοντος, διττῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν. ̓Επίστησον μὴ καὶ τρίτον δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν. θεοῦ α παξ ἐντελλομένου περὶ θυσίας Φέρε, αἰσθητῶς καὶ πνευματικῶς ἀκούομεν τῆς ἐντολῆς, ὡς καὶ περιτομὴν διττῶς νοοῦμεν α παξ εἰρημένην ὑπὸ θεοῦ, τὴν μὲν σωματικήν, τὴν δὲ πνευματικήν. Πότερον θεὸν τὸν πατέρα, κύριον δὲ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ ἐν τούτοις παρίστησιν ὁ λόγος η τὸν αὐτὸν θεὸν α μα καὶ κύριον λέγει, νῦν ἐπίσκεψαι· ἑκατέρως γὰρ καὶ εὐσεβὲς καὶ ἀληθὲς τὸ θεωρούμενον. Ζητῆσαι δὲ δεῖ πῶς ἀποδίδωσιν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ. εἰ γὰρ οὐκ α ξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι, καὶ ὁ τὰ ψεκτὰ δὲ ἐργασάμενος οὐκ ἀξίως ω ν ε πραξε τιμωρεῖται. ̓Εὰν γὰρ ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, κύριε κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται, πῶς κατ' ἰσότητα ἐκλαμβάνειν δεῖ; ἐπιστατέον μήποτε οὐ κατὰ τὴν ποσότητα ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν ποιότητα γίνηται, κα ν ποσότης δὲ δηλοῦται ἐκ τῆς λέξεως τὰ μείζονα τῆς ἀξίας τῶν πεπραγμένων ἐπαινετῶς δίδοσθαι τοῖς δικαίοις καὶ τὸ ἐλαττοῦσθαι τὴν κόλασιν. οὐ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἐπανορθωτικὴν δικαιοσύνην ἡ ἰσότης, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν διανεμητικὴν τὸ ι σον καὶ α νισον. 636 Ps 62,2a Κατορθοῦται τοῦτο τῷ γενομένῳ ἐκτὸς ἀγνοίας καὶ κακίας, ὡς φάναι ̔Η νὺξ προέκοψεν, ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα η γγικεν. τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ ̓Εκ νυκτὸς ὀρθρίζει τὸ πνεῦμά μου πρὸς σέ, ὁ θεός. εἰ δέ τις ε τι τὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ε ργα καὶ σκότους πράττοι, 118 πῶς α ν λέγοι τὸ ̓Ορθρίζω, μὴ ἐνστάντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ο ρθρου; Τὸ δὲ Πρὸς σὲ ὀρθρίζω οὐ τοπικῶς ἀκουστέον. οὐ γὰρ ἐν τόπῳ θεὸς ἀλλ' ἐν διαθέσει, σχέσει πρὸς θεὸν γινομένου τοῦ τὰ αἰσθητὰ ὑπερπηδήσαντος· τούτῳ γὰρ ἀκολουθεῖ τὸ πρὸς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ θεός μου. καὶ γὰρ τῶν ἁγίων ὁ θεὸς λατρευόντων αὐτῷ καὶ καθάπαξ θεός ἐστιν οὐ πάντων τῶν ἐχόντων τὸ ει ναι, τινῶν καὶ ἀπολελυμένων ο ντων. ἡ κοιλία γοῦν τῶν περὶ τρυφὴν ἐχόντων θεὸς ου σα ἁπλῶς οὐ λέγεται θεός, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ οἱ δαίμονες κυρίως εἰσὶ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν λεγόμενοι θεοί· ο θεν μόνος καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀληθῶς σοφὸς ἐρεῖ τῷ φύσει καὶ ἀληθῶς θεῷ ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ θεός μου. 637 Ps 62,2b–3 Πάντων τῶν παρόντων ἀποστήσῃ μου τὸν πόθον· διψῶ τῇ ψυχῇ ει ναι πρὸς θεὸν ὀρέξοντά μοι πηγὴν υ δατος ἀλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. καὶ ἐπεὶ ὠφελουμένης καὶ φωτιζομένης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἡ σὰρξ μεταλαμβάνει, καὶ τούτων ὡς οι όν τε καὶ αὐτὴ ποσαπλῶς διψᾷ πρὸς θεὸν καὶ *** τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν

The Thirst of the Soul and the Mercy of God§109

109His glory. And if the Father is the one who does not thirst, the only-begotten is His power and glory. For Christ is the power of God, He himself being also the glory concerning whom it is said, 'The glory of the Lord shall be seen' (Isa 60:1). And if the Son is His glory and power, the theology concerning Him and the performing of wondrous works exists according to that which is written in the Gospel, 'Power went out from him and healed all' (Mark 16:18), and again, 'And the power of God for the healing of him' (Acts 10:38).

Correspondingly, with this power and also the things concerning His glory were taken from Him, as in 'We have seen His glory, a glory as of the only-begotten' (John 1:14), and 'Glorify me, Father, with the glory which I had with you before the world was' (John 17:5). Therefore, on both sides it was taken, as in 'Let it be revealed to you in the Holy One, because my soul thirsted for you' (Ps 42:2), and 'my flesh thirsted in a desert land, uninhabitable and waterless' (Ps 63:1).

And indeed the place concerning the earth is not made manifest through the word 'desert' by means of perfection, nor 'waterless' by the not having abundantly the gifts of the Spirit. As in 'Rivers of living water were said to flow out of the spring of the one having believed' (John 7:38); therefore also it is uninhabitable, of no one passing over it, of those imitating God as much as possible. For how could the interpreted place not be desert by reason of the lack of knowledge in it, and waterless by the becoming of the pledge of the Spirit in it? For it is not desert and waterless by a complete deprivation of those dwelling and treading, and water is said, but because these things happen in it sparsely and briefly.

And it must also be understood otherwise: the one outside of wickedness and ignorance is a desert of these things, and the one who is also outside the moisture of the passions is waterless, just as being uninhabitable means being manifest to the evil, because a place of the devil or of some other evil spirit is not found in him. Never will the unclean spirit permit itself to approach such waterless places; it passes through them without finding rest among them; it is...

For they are fulfilled of all good things, those who drive away and overcome every evil power.

Someone happens to see the vision in a desert, interpreted on both sides as an inaccessible and waterless land, while a soul thirsts in holy desire for God, with the flesh also following as much as is possible.

And another scripture is brought forward, 'And my flesh was weakened,' concerning which it must be said thus: not that my soul thirsts for God, but the flesh, enjoying thickness, being composed of shameful desires and other passions. To this, one should take the evangelical saying: 'The spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak' (Matt 26:41). For if someone has readiness while thirsting with the soul for God, but the flesh is weak and yielding to passions.

The apostle has written that piety is useful for everything, possessing the promise of life, both of the present and of the one to come (1 Tim 4:8). Regarding the present, he does not speak of the common life of living creatures, but of that which exists in life, concerning which the Savior says, 'He who believes in me has eternal life, and this is eternal life, that he may know you, the only true God, and whom you have sent, Jesus Christ' (John 17:3).

Of this present life and of the one to come, whoever becomes according to perfection, those who approach the truth face to face, the mercy of God is greater, for through it and by it one becomes in these lives, being lifted up into them. For one does not come to live both lives according to the merit of works and contemplation, but by the goodness and mercy of God.

And it is said that mercy is better than them as the cause of the agent. See then, lest the mercy spoken of here be something other than the Word of God, concerning which it is written, 'God has sent His mercy and His truth' (Ps 145:6).

See if it is possible to fill the soul; wisdom has prepared sacrifices, and the true food is the flesh of the Word, a drink rejoicing the inner man, he who harvests.

Greek · §109

δόξαν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ εἰ μὲν ει η ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς ο ν διψᾷ, δύναμις καὶ δόξα αὐτοῦ ὁ μονογενής. Χριστὸς γὰρ θεοῦ δύναμις, αὐτὸς ω ν καὶ ἡ δόξα περὶ η ς ει ρηται ̓Οφθήσεται ἡ δόξα κυρίου. εἰ δὲ ὁ υἱὸς δόξα αὐτοῦ καὶ δύναμις, ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ θεολογία καὶ τεραστίων ἐπιτελεστικὴ ἐνέργεια ὑπάρχει κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ∆ύναμις παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας, καὶ πάλιν Καὶ δύναμις η ν θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν. καταλλήλως ταύτῃ τῇ δυνάμει καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐκλήψῃ ε κ τε τοῦ ̓Εθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς, καὶ τοῦ ∆όξασόν με, πάτερ, τῇ δόξῃ ῃ ει χον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον ει ναι. ̔Επομένως ἑκατέρᾳ ἀποδώσει ἐκλήψῃ τὸ ̓Εν τῷ ἁγίῳ ω φθην σοι, ἐπειδὴ ἡ ψυχή μου ἐδίψησέν σοι, ἡ σάρξ μου ποσαπλῶς ἐν γῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ ἀβάτῳ καὶ ἀνύδρῳ. Καὶ ο ρα μὴ ὁ περὶ γῆν τόπος δηλοῦται διὰ τῆς λέξεως, ε ρημος ω ν τῆς τελειότητος καὶ α νυδρος τῷ μὴ ε χειν δαψιλῶς τὰ χαρίσματα τοῦ πνεύματος Ποταμοὶ υ δατος ζῶντος εἰρημένα ἐξιόντες ἐκ νηδύος τοῦ πεπιστευκότος· διὸ καὶ α βατός ἐστιν, οὐδενὸς ἐπ' αὐτοῦ διατρίβοντος τῶν πάντῃ κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν θεῷ ὁμοιωμένων. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ε ρημος ὁ ἑρμηνευθεὶς χῶρος ἐκ μέρους ου σης ἐν αὐτῷ γνώσεως, καὶ α νυδρος ἀρραβῶνος πνεύματος ἐν αὐτῷ γινομένου; οὐ γὰρ ε ρημος καὶ α νυδρος κατὰ παντελῆ στέρησιν οἰκούντων καὶ πατούντων καὶ υ δατος ει ρηται, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ σπανίως καὶ βραχέως ἐν αὐτῷ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι. ̓Εκδεκτέον δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως τὸ προκείμενον· ὁ ἐκτὸς κακίας καὶ ἀγνοίας ε ρημός ἐστι τούτων, ω ν δὲ καὶ τῆς τῶν παθῶν ὑγρότητος ἐκτὸς α νυδρος ὑπάρχει, ὡς α βατος ει ναι η δη τοῖς χείροσι διὰ τὸ μὴ εὑρίσκεσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ τόπον διαβόλου η τινος α λλου χείρονος πνεύματος. κα ν ποτε ου ν ἐπιτολμήσῃ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πλησιάσαι τοῖς ου τως ἀνύδροις τόποις, διέρχεται αὐτοὺς οὐχ εὑρίσκον παρ' αὐτοῖς ἀνάπαυσιν· πεπληρωμένοι γὰρ πάντων ἀγαθῶν εἰσι τῶν ἀπελαυνόντων καὶ καταπονούντων πᾶσαν πονηρὰν δύναμιν. ̓Εν τῇ ἑκατέρως ἑρμηνευθείσῃ ἐρήμῳ καὶ ἀβάτῳ καὶ ἀνύδρῳ γῇ τυγχάνων τις ὀφθῆναι, ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ πόθῳ διψᾷ ψυχῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἐπακολουθούσης καὶ τῆς σαρκὸς κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτόν. Φέρεται δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα γραφὴ Καὶ ἐτάκη ἡ σάρξ μου, περὶ η ς λεκτέον τάδε· ο τε ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς θεὸν διψᾷ, τήκεται ἡ σὰρξ ἀπολαβοῦσα παχύτητα τὴν ἐξ αἰσχρῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τῶν τε α λλων παθῶν συνισταμένην. εἰς τοῦτο λήψῃ τὸ ω δε ε χον εὐαγγελικόν· Τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής. ο ταν γὰρ προθυμίαν ε χῃ τις διψώσης τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸν θεόν, τὸ ἠγγίκεναι δὲ ἀσθενεῖ ἡ σὰρξ τηκομένη. 638a Ps 62,4a Γέγραφεν ὁ ἀπόστολος ὡς πρὸς πάντα ὠφέλιμος ου σα ἡ εὐσέβεια ἐπαγγελίαν ζωῆς ε χει τῆς τε νῦν καὶ τῆς μελλούσης. τῆς δὲ νῦν εἰπὼν οὐ τῆς κοινῆς λέγει τῶν ζῴων ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐν βίῳ δυνατῆς ὑπαρχθῆναι, περὶ η ς φησιν ὁ σωτὴρ ̔Ο πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ε χει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ Αυ τη ἐστὶν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ι να γινωσκῶσι σὲ τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν καὶ ο ν ἀπέστειλας ̓Ιησοῦν Χριστόν. ταύτης τῆς νῦν 119 ζωῆς καὶ τῆς μελλούσης η τις κατὰ τὴν τελειότητα γίνεται τοῖς προσβάλλουσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον κρεῖσσόν ἐστι τὸ ε λεος τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ δι' αὐτὸ καὶ καθ' αὐτὸ γίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς ζωαῖς τὸν εἰς αὐτὰς ἀναγόμενον. οὐ γὰρ κατ' ἀξίαν πράξεως καὶ θεωρίας ἀλλ' ἀγαθότητι καὶ ἐλέου θεοῦ ε ρχεταί τις ἐπὶ τὸ ζῆν κατ' ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ζωάς. κρεῖσσον δὲ αὐτῶν ει ρηται τὸ ε λεος ὡς αι τιον αἰτιατοῦ. Ορα γε μὴ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐνταῦθα ε λεος οὐχ ε τερόν ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου, περὶ ου γέγραπται ̓Εξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ. 639a Ps 62,6 Ορα εἰ στέαρ ἐστὶ πληροῦν τὴν ψυχὴν α ε σφαξε θύματα ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ ἀληθινὴ βρῶσις σὰρξ τοῦ λόγου καὶ πιότης εὐφραίνουσα τὸν ε σω α νθρωπον ὁ τρυγώμενος

Cleaving to the Lord§110

110The mind is the true vine and the true drinking of wisdom. For having been called to partake of the table prepared by wisdom, having slaughtered her own victims and having mixed her own wine, the mind, being filled with the desire of the divine banquet and expecting to be filled, says: 'Oh that my soul might be filled with satiety and drinkability' (Ps 63:5). And since, always partaking of this liturgy, it hungers because the desire of the mind is insatiable, it says 'Oh that it might be filled' and yet 'my soul has not been filled,' even though it has abundantly partaken of the food and the drink.

Let those who, after the resurrection, dream of sensible food and drink be put to shame. For it is not the flesh or the body, but the soul that is to be filled with satiety and drinkability, the desire of the soul being filled with God in good things, as it is said in another psalm. And having been filled with gladness, it rejoices gratefully toward the one who has desired the food, saying: 'And lips of gladness shall praise your name' (Ps 63:11), concerning which it is said: 'My lips shall praise you' (Ps 36:13). And virtue is the lips of gladness. For as it is said, 'those who act foolishlyolishly,' as in the psalm of folly, 'the feet of those who use it bring them down' (Ps 140:12), so let not the lips also be of gladness, unless indeed in this also someone having outward things shows them through the eyes, as it was said concerning the fool, that those using them have feet bringing them down to the mire; and concerning the one rejoicing, as lips of gladness praising the approach of God.

He who avoids idleness is able to say these things, so that caring for the things of the Lord may please Him, and he who keeps his bed undefiled may honorably lie with his bride according to the holy men. Just as for the one running toward virtue and piety to reach the goal, it is said: 'I have finished the race' (2 Tim 4:7), and 'I have run without law and have directed my course' (Gal 5:4) (for the one who finished is the one who ran the race), so does the one following God, according to Jeremiah: 'But I have not been weary in following behind you' (Jer 2:12), and according to Hosea: 'I will go after the Lord' (Hos 2:23), and as Moses says: 'You shall go after the Lord your God' (Deut 31:8); let him finish at last the journey after God, having reached the goal of blessedness.

The end is that he will hear towards God, 'And you stand with me.' For a voice is not something of a traveler. Regarding this state, having arrived after traveling behind, as if to be joined behind, he says, 'My soul has cleaved behind you,' (Ps 63:8) signifying the voice of 'It has cleaved' is 'It has been united.' For it is not to be heard that those shunning the evil are being joined to the good. He shows union towards God, and 'He who is joined to the Lord is in the spirit.' It is not to be sought whether it is the same thing, 'My soul has cleaved behind you,' so as not to corrupt the joining to the Lord and the joining of the soul behind another, desiring the end to be the same joining to the Lord. For the end of traveling behind the Lord is the joining of the soul of the one traveling behind him; however, even if reaching union behind is also an end of a journey, there is nothing more perfect than the joining to the Lord in the spirit to become with him.

As he receives the things of the vision, he confesses that his soul has been cleaved behind God, grasping the right hand of God. And this is the only-begotten power of God; grasping and holding securely, the nearby visible and invisible enemies sought in vain the soul of him saying these things, unable to snatch away the one being guarded by the mighty hand of God (Ps 62:10b,11). 'Let the sinners be turned away into Sheol, all the Gentiles who forget God' (Ps 58:5) is in agreement with the entering of the wicked into the lowest parts of the earth. And having entered, they shall be delivered to punishment, the sword being signified by the name. The hands of this sword, or rather, it works pains and bitterness to those serving it, being called vessels of wrath in others. And it calls the evil powers a 'fox-catcher,' because of the cunning, deceitful, and malicious nature of those called fox-catchers.

And the present things are to be interpreted otherwise: since it is commanded to become material and fleshly such a one, you will say he has sunk himself down to the earth as if to have entered into its lowest parts by choice. And those who are delivered to dishonorable sufferings undergo this, having desired it with the desires of their hearts toward impurity. By this...

Greek · §110

οι νος ἐκ τῆς ἀμπέλου τῆς ἀληθινῆς καὶ ἡ ἀληθινὴ πόσις τῆς σοφίας τὸ αι μα. κληθεὶς γὰρ ὁ ταῦτα λέγων εἰς τὸ μετασχεῖν τῆς ἑτοιμασθείσης τραπέζης ὑπὸ τῆς σοφίας σφαξάσης τὰ ἑαυτῆς θύματα καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῆς κερασάσης οι νον. ̓Εμφορηθεὶς η δη τῆς θείας ἑστιάσεως καὶ ε τι ἐμφορηθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶν ου τως ει πεν· ̔Ωσεὶ στέατος καὶ πιότητος ἐμπλησθείη ἡ ψυχή μου. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀεὶ ὁ ταύτης τῆς εὐωχίας μεταλαμβάνων πεινᾷ διὰ τὸ τῆς ὀρέξεως τοῦ νοῦ ἀκόρεστον ̓Εμπλησθείη ει πεν καὶ οὐκ ̓Ενεπλήσθη ἡ ψυχή μου, καίπερ η δη δαψιλῶς μετειληφὼς τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τοῦ πόματος. ̓Εντρεπέσθωσαν καὶ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς λέξεως οἱ μετὰ ἀνάστασιν αἰσθητὴν τροφὴν καὶ μέθην ὀνειροπολοῦντες. οὐ γὰρ ει πε τὴν σάρκα η τὸ σῶμα ἀλλὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐμπλησθήσεσθαι στέατος καὶ πιότητος, πληροῦντος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιθυμίαν ὡς ει πεν ἐν ἑτέρῳ ψαλμῷ. Πληρωθεὶς δὲ τῆς εὐφροσύνης χαριστηρίως ἀγαλλιᾷ τῷ ὀρέξαντι τὴν τροφήν, λέγων Καὶ χείλη ἀγαλλιάσεως αἰνέσει τὸ ο νομά σου, περὶ ω ν ε λεγε Τὰ χείλη μου ἐπαινέσουσί σε. Χείλη δὲ ἀγαλλιάσεως τυγχάνει ἡ ἀρετή. ὡς γὰρ λέγεται ἀφροσύνης μέλη ὡς ἐν τῷ Τῆς γὰρ ἀφροσύνης οἱ πόδες κατάγουσι τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ, ου τω μήποτε καὶ τῆς ἀγαλλιάσεως ει η χείλη, εἰ μὴ α ρα καὶ ἐν τούτοις ει πῃ τις τοὺς ε χοντας τὰς ε ξεις δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τῶν ε ξεων, ὡς περὶ τοῦ α φρονος εἰρῆσθαι, ὡς ε χει πόδας τοὺς κατάγοντας εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτοῖς, καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀγαλλιῶντος ὡς χείλεσιν ἀγαλλιάσεως αἰνοῦντος τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορίαν. 640a Ps 62,7 ∆ύναται δὲ ταῦτα λέγειν ὁ ἀγαμίᾳ σχολάζων, ι να μεριμνῶν τὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἀρέσῃ αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ κοίτην ἀμίαντον ε χων τῷ κατὰ τοὺς ἁγίους α νδρας τιμίως συνεῖναι τῇ γαμετῇ. 641a Ps 62,9.10a Ωσπερ δέ ἐστι τὸν τρέχοντα ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν Τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα, καὶ τὸ Ανευ ἀνομίας ε δραμον καὶ κατεύθυνα (τελέσαντος γάρ ἐστι τὸ Εδραμον), ου τως ὁ ἑπόμενος θεῷ κατὰ τὸν ̔Ιερεμίαν ̓Εγὼ δὲ οὐκ ἐκοπίασα κατακολουθῶν ὀπίσω σου, καὶ κατὰ τὸν ̔Ωσηὲ ̓Οπίσω κυρίου πορεύσομαι, καὶ καθά φησιν Μωυσῆς ̓Οπίσω κυρίουτοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ, τελέσοι α ν ποτε τὴν ὀπίσω τοῦ θεοῦ πορείαν ἐπ' αὐτὸ φθάσας τὸ τῆς μακαριότητος τέλος ο τε ἀκούσεται πρὸς θεοῦ Σὺ δὲ αὐτοῦ στῆθι μετ' ἐμοῦ. Οὐ γὰρ ε τι πορευομένου φωνή. εἰς ταύτην τὴν κατάστασιν μετὰ τὸ πορευθῆναι ὀπίσω καταφθάσας ὡς κολληθῆναι ὀπίσω ου ει πετό φησιν ̓Εκολλήθη ἡ ψυχή μου ὀπίσω σου, δηλούσης τῆς φωνῆς τῆς ̓Εκολλήθη τὸ ̔Ηνώθη. ου τω γὰρ ἀκουστέον καὶ τοῦ ̓Αποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ. ε νωσιν τὴν πρὸς θεὸν δηλοῖ καὶ τὸ ̔Ο κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ ε ν πνεῦμά ἐστιν· ο περ ζητητέον εἰ ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ ̓Εκολλήθη ἡ ψυχή μου ὀπίσω σου, ὡς μὴ διαφθείρειν τὸ κολληθῆναι τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ τὸ κολληθῆναι τὴν ψυχήν τινος ὀπίσω ἑτέρου οὐ ταὐτὸν ει ναι βουλομένου τῷ τέλει τὸ αὐτῷ τῷ κυρίῳ κολληθῆναι. τέλος μὲν γὰρ τοῦ ὀπίσω κυρίου πορευθῆναι τὸ κολληθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ πορευομένου ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ· πλὴν εἰ καὶ τέλος πορείας τὸ φθάσαντα ἑνωθῆναι ὀπίσω, ἀλλ' ου ν ε τι τούτου τελειότερον τὸ κολληθῆναι πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἐπὶ τῷ ε ν πνεῦμα πρὸς αὐτὸν γενέσθαι. Οπως δ' α ν δέχῃ τὰ τῆς θεωρίας, 120 ὁμολογεῖ κεκολλῆσθαι ὀπίσω τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ἀντιλαμβανομένης τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δεξιᾶς. αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ μονογενὴς θεοῦ δύναμις· η ς ἀντιλαμβανομένης καὶ κρατούσης ἀσφαλῶς, εἰς μάτην ἐζήτησαν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος οἱ ἐπικείμενοι ὁρατοὶ καὶ ἀόρατοι ἐχθροὶ, οὐ δυνάμενοι ἁρπάσαι τὸν ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ θεοῦ φρουρούμενον. 642a Ps 62,10b.11 Σύμφωνον τῷ εἰσελεύσεσθαι τοὺς φαύλους εἰς τὰ κατώτατα τῆς γῆς τὸ ̓Αποστραφήτωσαν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην πάντα τὰ ε θνη τὰ ἐπιλανθανόμενα τοῦ θεοῦ. εἰσελθόντα δὲ κολάσει παραδοθήσονται σημαινομένῃ ὀνόματι τῆς ῥομφαίας. χεῖρες τῆς ῥομφαίας ταύτης η τοι ου ς ἐνεργεῖ πόνους καὶ πικρία ἐστὶν η οἱ ὑπηρετοῦντες αὐτῇ, σκεύη ὀργῆς ἐν ἑτέροις ὀνομαζόμενοι. ἀλωπέκων δὲ μερίδας τὰς πονηρὰς δυνάμεις καλεῖ, διὰ τὸ πανοῦργον καὶ δολερὸν καὶ κακόηθες ἀλωπέκων ὀνομαζομένων. ̔Ερμηνευτέον δὲ τὰ προκείμενα καὶ α λλως· ἐπεὶ ε στιν ἐπιτεταμένως ὑλικὸν καὶ σάρκινον γενέσθαι τὸν τοιοῦτον, ἐρεῖς βεβαθυγκέναι ἑαυτῷ εἰς γῆν κάθεσιν ὡς εἰς αὐτὰ τὰ κατώτατα αὐτῆς προαιρετικῶς εἰσελθεῖν. πάσχουσι δὲ τοῦτο οἱ παραδιδόμενοι εἰς ἀτιμίας πάθη οι ς ε χειν ει λοντο καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν. τούτῳ τῷ

The Triumph of Truth over Deception§111

111In the same manner, both Pharaoh and those around him were swallowed up under the earth, and Moses, as in a triumphal hymn Ps 118:12b: 'Stretch out your right hand, O God', says the earth swallowed them. And indeed, in the historical sense, they were not swallowed under the earth, but under the depths; those having been swallowed thus under the earth and having descended into the lowest parts of the earth, they were delivered into the hands of the devil's swords, allegorically so-called. And his hands are either his angels or his skillful actions. They, having been delivered thus, shall become portions of foxes.

[Ps 62:12b: 'And the one swearing by God shall be praised, who rejoices the king.'] [Ps 63:2b: 'God works fear, not necessarily overturning or casting down the opponent, but granting courage to the one praying.'] [Ps 63:3, 4a: 'Regarding the double harm of evil, both in thought and in deed, there are two phalanxes attacking the righteous, from whom the one praying asks God to be saved unharmed from the things set before him, saying, "Protect me from the distortion of the truth of the dogmas" (for they are those wishing to corrupt the truth of the dogmas), but also from those performing practical injustice and wishing to drag me into it. For both these camps have sharpened their tongues like swords, as if having a word, the ones committing adultery gathering together with a pseudonymous knowledge, and the others with practical wickedness.'] [Ps 63:6ab: 'Moreover, even if they are not prepared wickedly, the benefactor God gives signs to those fearing him to flee from the face of the bow.'] It is said that finding a bitter thing (and such is every evil and impious dogma), they, having aimed this, shoot the bow from it, having an analogy of arrows to the burning arrows of the enemy.]

[Ps 63:6c: 'And the heterodox say that no one is able to grasp their embellished and sophistically-made teaching.'] [Ps 63:7, 8a: 'When the wicked are failing, you will search; you will search out because they have searched out lawlessness very much, so as to strengthen an evil word for themselves and to hide snares in their narratives, which they have striven to produce with much elegance and take pride in as if they were unassailable words, so that no one may see them.']

To expose the deception, a true man comes to them, preserving the image and the being, being a learned person with a deep heart—that is, possessing deep understanding—as one who exalts God by seizing the wise in their craftiness. Likewise, through the Apostle Paul, He revealed the guile and craftiness of Elymas the sorcerer (Acts 13:6-12). For how will not God be exalted through holy men, as the error of the deceivers is being loosed? The pharmacists and flatterers of Egypt thought much of sorcery and sophistry, but Moses, the theophany of God, possessing in himself a deep heart, having approached, overturned the deception upon which they thought much. And thus God was exalted, being remembered by all.

And he who possesses this deep understanding receives it from the Spirit who searches all things. Just as the arrows sent of the prudent do not strike even to a speck, wounding anything (Ps 63:8b–10), so also the capture has left a bitter thing upon the prepared sophists, their matter being overturned; and their tongues grew weak, that is, their words, as if they were unable to strike even in quantity the door of faith being taken up. The men, observing the things foretold, having formerly testified to their own skill, were troubled, no longer remaining in the false opinions of the sophists, having received fear because of being associated with such impious doctrines.

For having learned from them that providence is not, that all things are carried by necessity, and having been snatched away along with other deceivers, they received both naturally good and bad men, and added that fate is presiding. These false opinions being shaken, they were troubled, and they revealed the truth: that God is the maker of all things and the provider. For they reported the works of providence and understood His creatures, and they came to know the one who provides, having observed the Creator in proportion to their greatness and beauty.

When the error is being reproved, the righteous man will rejoice in God (Ps 63:11), seeing the men who formerly wandered now announcing the works of God and having understanding of His works. And because of this, he will much more hope in the Lord in whom...

Greek · §111

τρόπῳ καὶ ὁ Φαραὼ καὶ οἱ ἀμφ' αὐτὸν ὑπὸ γῆς κατεπόθησαν, καὶ Μωυσῆς ὡς ἐν ἐπινικίῳ υ μνῳ ει πε πρὸς θεὸν ̓Εξέτεινας τὴν δεξιάν σου, κατέπιεν αὐτοὺς γῆ. καὶ μὴν ο σον ἐπὶ τῇ ἱστορίᾳ οὐχ ὑπὸ γῆς ἀλλ' ὑπὸ βυθοῦ κατεπόθησαν, οἱ ου τως καταποθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ εἰς τὰ κατώτατα τῆς γῆς κατεληλυθότες παρεδόθησαν εἰς χεῖρας διαβόλου ῥομφαίας ἀλληγορικῶς καλουμένου. χεῖρες δὲ αὐτοῦ η τοι οἱ α γγελοι αὐτοῦ η αἱ χείρισται πράξεις τυγχάνουσιν. ου τω παραδοθέντες μερίδες ἀλωπέκων γενήσονται. 643a Ps 62,12b ̓Επαινεῖται δὲ καὶ ὁ ὀμνύων ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ τῷ εὐφραίνοντι τὸν βασιλέα. 644a Ps 63,2b Εξω δὲ ποιεῖ φόβου θεός, οὐ πάντως ἀνατρέπων η καταβάλλων τὸν ἀντικείμενον ἀλλ' ἀνδρείαν ὀρέγων τῷ προσευχομένῳ. 645a Ps 63,3.4a ∆ιττῆς ου σης τῆς ἐκ κακίας βλάβης ζημιούσης ὁτὲ μὲν τὸ φρόνημα, ὁτὲ δὲ τὴν πρᾶξιν, δύο φάλαγγές εἰσιν αἱ προσπολεμοῦσαι τοῖς δικαίοις ἀφ' ω ν ῥυσθῆναι ἀβλαβὴς παρακαλεῖ ὁ ᾳ δων τὰ προκείμενα, φάσκων τῷ θεῷ Σκέπασόν με ἀπὸ συστροφῆς πονηρευομένων (ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παραχαράττειν τὴν τῶν δογμάτων ἀλήθειαν θέλοντες), ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν πρακτικὴν ἀδικίαν ἐπιτελούντων καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν ἑλκῦσαι με θελόντων. ἀμφότερα γὰρ τὰ στρατόπεδα ταῦτα ῥομφαίας δίκην τὰς γλώσσας ἑαυτῶν ἠκόνησαν ὡς λόγον ε χοντας τοὺς μὲν πονηρευομένους συναγορεύοντας καὶ ψευδωνύμῳ γνώσει, τοὺς δὲ τῇ πρακτικῇ κακίᾳ. 646a Ps 63,6ab Πλὴν εἰ καὶ ου τοι πονηρῶς εἰσι παρεσκευασμένοι, ἀλλ' ὁ εὐεργέτης θεὸς τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτὸν δίδωσι σημείωσιν τοῦ φυγεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου τόξου. ο περ ει ρηται τυγχάνειν πρᾶγμα πικρόν (τοιοῦτο δ' ἐστὶ πᾶν κακίας ει δος καὶ ἀσεβὲς δόγμα), τοῦτο ἐντείναντες οι α τόξον ἀπ' αὐτοῦ βάλλουσιν, ἀναλογίαν ε χοντα βέλη πρὸς τὰ πεπυρωμένα τοῦ ἐχθροῦ βέλη. 647a Ps 63,6c Καὶ οἱ ἑτερόδοξοί φασι μηδένα ει ναι τὸν καταλαβεῖν δυνάμενον τὴν κεκομψευμένην αὐτῶν καὶ σεσοφισμένην διδασκαλίαν. 648a Ps 63,7.8a ̓Εκλειπόντων ἐρευνᾶν ἐξερευνήσεις διὰ τὸ σφόδρα ἐξηρευνηκέναι τὴν ἀνομίαν ὡς καὶ λόγον ἑαυτοῖς κραταιῶσαι πονηρὸν καὶ παγίδας κρύψαι ἐν τοῖς διηγήμασιν ἑαυτῶν ἐφ' οι ς σὺν πολλῇ κομψείᾳ ἐσπουδασμένοις σεμνύνονται ὡς ἀλύτους ε χειν λόγους ὡς μὴ φωρᾶσαί τινα τὴν ἀπάτην, προσελεύσεται αὐτοῖς α νθρωπος ἀληθινὸς σῴζων τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ τὸ ει ναι διηρθρωμένος λόγιος καὶ βαθεῖαν καρδίαν τουτέστι νόησιν ε χων βαθεῖαν, ὡς ὑψωθῆναι τὸν θεὸν δραττόμενον τῶν σοφῶν ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν· ου τω γοῦν καὶ διὰ Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου ̓Ελύμαν τὸν μάγον φανερώσας αὐτοῦ τὸν δόλον καὶ 121 τὴν πανουργίαν. πῶς γὰρ οὐχ ὑψοῦται θεὸς δι' ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν, τῆς πλάνης λυομένης τῶν ἀπατεώνων; Μέγα ἐφρόνουν ἐπὶ γοητείᾳ καὶ σοφιστείᾳ οἱ Αἰγύπτου φαρμακοὶ καὶ ἐπαοιδοί, ἀλλ' ὁ θεοῦ ἱεροφάντης Μωυσῆς, ε χων ἐν ἑαυτῷ καρδίαν βαθεῖαν. προσελθὼν ἀνέτρεψε τὴν ἀπάτην ἐφ' ῃ μέγα ἐφρόνουν. καὶ ου τως ὑψώθη θεὸς πρὸς πάντων ἀνυμνούμενος. ὁ ταύτην δὲ τὴν βαθεῖαν νόησιν ε χων δέχεται αὐτὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐρευνῶντος πνεύματος. 649a Ps 63,8b–10 Ωσπερ τὰ πεμπόμενα νηπίων βέλη οὐδὲ μέχρις ἀμυχῆς πλήττει τι τιτρώσκοντα, ου τω καὶ τῶν παρεσκευασμένων σοφιστῶν ἐντεινάντων πρᾶγμα πικρὸν κεχώρηκε κατ' αὐτῶν ἡ λώβη· καὶ αἱ γλῶσσαι ἠσθένησαν δ' αὐτῶν, τουτέστιν οἱ λόγοι, ὡς μηδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν βαλεῖν δύνασθαι τὸν ἀναλαμβάνοντα τὸν τῆς πίστεως θυρεόν. Θεωροῦντες οἱ α νθρωποι τὰ προειρημένα, οἱ πάλαι δεινότητα ἑαυτοῖς μαρτυροῦντες, ἐταράχθησαν, οὐκέτι μένοντες ἐν αι ς ε σχον ὑπὸ τῶν σοφιστῶν ἠπατημέναις δόξαις, φόβον ἐσχηκότες διὰ τὸ τοιούτοις ἀσεβέσι δόγμασιν συγκατατεθεῖσθαι. μαθόντες γὰρ η σαν παρ' αὐτῶν ὡς οὐκ ει η πρόνοια· ὡς ἐκ ταὐτομάτου φέρονται τὰ πάντα, καὶ πρὸς α λλων ἀπατεώνων ε τεροι συναρπαγέντες φύσει ἀγαθοὺς καὶ κακοὺς ἀνθρώπους παρεδέξαντο, καὶ προσέτι ὡς εἱμαρμένης πρυτανευούσης. τούτων κλονηθεισῶν τῶν ψευδοδοξιῶν ἐν τῷ ταράττεσθαι αὐτούς, ἀληθῆ φανέρωσιν ε σχον ὡς ει η θεὸς ποιητὴς τῶν ο λων καὶ προνοητής. ἀνήγγειλαν γοῦν τὰ τῆς προνοίας ε ργα καὶ τὰ κτίσματα αὐτοῦ συνῆκαν καὶ τὸν προνοούμενον ε γνωσαν, ἐκ τοῦ μεγέθους καὶ κάλλους αὐτῶν ἀναλόγως τὸν δημιουργὸν θεωρήσαντες. 650a Ps 63,11 ∆ιελεγχομένης τῆς πλάνης, ὁ δίκαιος εὐφρανθήσεται ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ, ὁρῶν τοὺς πάλαι πλανωμένους ἀνθρώπους ἀναγγέλλοντας τὰ ε ργα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ σύνεσιν ε χοντας τῶν ποιημάτων αὐτοῦ. καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ ε τι μᾶλλον ἐλπίσει ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν ῳ

The Election and the Temple of God§112

112She rejoiced, as it remains to praise only those having a straight heart in practical and contemplative life. Regarding Psalm 64 (Ps 64:1), it was said previously that the psalm denotes practice, while the hymn denotes contemplation. The practical life, being perfected by the contemplative life, demonstrates a perfect man.

From the spoken word one must move toward the church's understanding. Because of the aim of the truth, being called Zion, hymn and prayer are appropriately offered to the Source of all things. The hymn signifies the contemplation of God and of the truth, and the prayer signifies thanksgiving. Therefore, let him who is giving thanks in everything in Zion do this, beginning from the hymn; the prayer gives its due.

Therefore, we approach with mind and spirit to God, listening to prayer, O Lord; and we have not deserved that the lion should have power over those whom we have been honored to be impious through ignorance. All flesh comes to God, the Gentiles having the power to come from the ends of the earth toward you, and all the Gentiles whom you made are before you (Ps 64:3b). It is also to be understood that all flesh comes to God, the soul that is well-disposed being drawn toward the easiest path by divine law and the truth; as it is signified, it has been said that the spiritual law is written on the heart, not on stone. This is also presented from the prophecy of Ezekiel, God saying concerning the hard-hearted, spoken in foolishness: I will remove from them the stony hearts and I will put in them hearts of flesh, so that they may walk according to my commands (Ezekiel 36:26).

the one chosen by holiness, if he remains in the election, is received by God, as having been relocated by him from the place of the earth to dwell in the courts of the chosen one, concerning whom it has been said: Enter into his courts with hymns; and one having desire from there places it upon him, and my soul is enclosed in the courts of the Lord (Ps 64:5ab). And since the end of blessedness is not in the courts, he who is received there dwells, so as to progress and having come to the home, he may dwell being blessed; for he says, Blessed are those who dwell in your house, they shall praise you forever and ever (Ps 84:4).

What is more perfect than to be chosen and then to be received by the one who chose? It is evident from: 'In your counsel you guided me and received me with glory' (Ps 64:5). For the one chosen does all things according to the will of God, and then receives the promises with glory. These words are brought forth by those who, having been delivered from life, give glory.

Paul, sending the church of God to Timothy, calls it: 'If you delay, see how you ought to conduct yourself in the household of God, which is the living church of God' (1 Tim 3:15). From this household come the good gifts of the Spirit, as well as the things concerning the Trinity and the rest of the doctrines, which are the statutes and canons handed down by the apostles. Those who have said, 'We have glorified Him, who said, Let atonement be made for our ungodliness, those strengthened by words against us,' expect to be filled with these good things.

Virtue, signified by the name of righteousness, is marvelously fulfilled in Him. The one believing and working good things, having been filled, has the Lord within himself; for it is said through faith that Christ dwells in the inner man. Thus the Lord, coming to the one keeping His word, makes a dwelling for Himself, so that the man is a holy temple; for it is written, 'Do you not know that you are the temple of God and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?' (1 Cor 3:16) and also, 'For the temple of God is holy, and you are that temple' (1 Cor 3:17). It is also marvelous, and he is made upright in righteousness through the standing of Jesus Christ, full of the good divine gifts of the Spirit, of which those expecting to share say, 'We shall be filled.'

For how could those dwelling at the borders not have been afraid and the Gentiles been stirred, when the charms were abolished, so that the prophetic demons could no longer boast, and with these magic and drugs were being abolished, and he, Satan himself, having the power of death, was being rendered powerless? For the signs that were accomplished were sufficient, showing that God exists. Knowing His divinity from the things happening, they know moreover how He also provides for the things in heaven, as the stars rise and set by His laws. For the exits of the morning are...

Greek · §112

ηὐφράνθη, ὡς λοιπὸν ἐπαινεῖσθαι μόνους τοὺς εὐθεῖαν ε χοντας καρδίαν ἐπὶ πρακτικῷ καὶ θεωρητικῷ βίῳ. 651a Ps 64 αργ Ει ρηται δὲ πρότερον ὡς πρᾶξιν μὲν ὁ ψαλμός, θεωρίαν δὲ ἡ ᾠδὴ δηλοῖ. ὁ πρακτικὸς α ρα α μα τῷ θεωρητικῷ βίῳ κατορθούμενος α νδρα τέλειον ἀποδείκνυσιν. 652a Ps 64,2.3a ̓Εκ τοῦ ῥητοῦ μεταβατέον ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν γνώμην. διὰ τὸ σκοπευτικὸν τῆς ἀληθείας Σιὼν ὀνομαζομένης, ἐν ταύτῃ πρεπόντως υ μνος καὶ εὐχὴ ἀποδίδοται τῷ πάντων αἰτίῳ. σημαίνει δὲ ὁ μὲν υ μνος θεωρίαν θεοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἡ δὲ εὐχὴ εὐχαριστίαν. ὁ ἐν παντὶ τοίνυν εὐχαριστῶν ἐν τῇ Σιὼν τοῦτο ποιείτω, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑμνεῖν τὸν ῳ τὴν εὐχὴν ἀποδίδωσιν. η ς τοίνυν προσηγάγομεν νῷ καὶ πνεύματι θεοῦ προσευχῆς εἰσάκουσον, ω κύριε· ε στι δὲ περὶ ου ἠξιώσαμεν τὸ ι λεών σε ε χειν ὑπὲρ ω ν ἀσεβεῖν ἐδόξαμεν κατὰ α γνοιαν. 653a Ps 64,3b Ερχεται πρὸς τὸν θεὸν πᾶσα σάρξ, πληρουμένου τοῦ Πρὸς σὲ ε θνη η ξουσιν ἀπ' ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, καὶ τοῦ Πάντα τὰ ε θνη ο σα ἐποίησας η ξουσιν ἐναντίον σου. ̓Εκληπτέον δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως πρὸς θεὸν ε ρχεσθαι πᾶσαν σάρκα τὴν ευ εικτον ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸ ῥᾷστα τυποῦσθαι πρὸς τῶν θείων νόμων καὶ τῶν χαρακτήρων τῆς ἀληθείας· καθὸ σημαινόμενον ει ρηται ὁ πνευματικὸς νόμος ἐν πλαξὶ καρδίας σαρκίναις γεγράφθαι καὶ οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶ λιθίναις. τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ παρίσταται καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ̓Ιεζεκιὴλ προφητείας, τοῦ θεοῦ λέγοντος περὶ τῶν σκληροκαρδίων λεγομένων κατ' ἠλιθιότητα ̓Εκσπάσω ἀπ' αὐτῶν τὰς λιθίνας καρδίας καὶ ἐνθήσω καρδίας σαρκίνας, ο πως ἐν τοῖς προστάγμασί μου πορεύωνται. 654a Ps 64,5ab ̔Ο ἐκλεγεὶς δι' ἁγιότητα, ἐὰν ἐπιμείνῃ τῇ ἐκλογῇ, προσλαμβάνεται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς μετοικισθέντα αὐτὸν τοῦ περὶ γῆν τόπου κατασκηνῶσαι ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς τοῦ ἐκλεξαμένου περὶ ω ν ει ρηται Εἰσέλθετε εἰς τὰς αὐλὰς αὐτοῦ ἐν υ μνοις· ω ν ἀπεντεῦθεν πόθον τις ε χων ει πεν ̓Επιποθεῖ καὶ ἐκλείπει ἡ ψυχή μου εἰς τὰς αὐλὰς 122 τοῦ κυρίου. καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς τὸ τῆς μακαριότητος τέλος, κατασκηνοῖ ἐν αὐταῖς ὁ ἐκεῖ παραληφθείς, ι να προκόψας καὶ ἐπ' αὐτὸν τὸν οι κον ἐλθὼν κατοικῇ μακαριζόμενος· Μακάριοι γάρ φησιν οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν τῷ οι κῳ σου εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων αἰνέσουσίν σε. ο τι τελειότερον τοῦ ἐκλεγῆναι τὸ προσληφθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐκλεξαμένου δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ ̓Εν τῇ βουλῇ σου ὡδήγησάς με καὶ μετὰ δόξης προσελάβου με. ο ταν γὰρ ὁ ἐκλεγεὶς πάντα κατὰ βούλησιν θεοῦ πράττῃ, τότε μετὰ δόξης τὰς ἐπαγγελίας προσλαμβάνεται. Τὰς δὲ λέξεις ταύτας προφέρουσιν οἱ τοὺς ἀπαλλαγέντας τοῦ βίου δοξολογοῦντες. 655a Ps 64,5cδ Οι κον θεοῦ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιστέλλων ὁ Παῦλος Τιμοθέῳ καλεῖ· ̓Εὰν δὲ βραδύνω ι να ι δῃς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οι κῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, η τις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος. τούτου τοῦ οι κου ἀγαθὰ τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος χαρίσματα τά τε περὶ τριάδος καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δόγματα οι τε παραδοθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων θεσμοὶ καὶ κανόνες. Τούτων τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐμπλησθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶσιν οἱ εἰρηκότες ̔Ιλάσθητι ταῖς ἀσεβείαις ἡμῶν α ς ε χειν ἐδόξαμεν, τῶν ἀνόμων λόγοις ὑπερδυναμωθέντων καθ' ἡμῶν. ̔Η ἀρετὴ τῷ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὀνόματι σημαινομένη θαυμαστῶς ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπιτελεῖται. ̔Ο πιστεύων καὶ ε ργων ἀγαθῶν πληρωθεὶς ε χει τὸν κύριον ἐν ἑαυτῷ· ει ρηται γὰρ διὰ τῆς πίστεως κατοικεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν εἰς τὸν ε σω α νθρωπον. ου τως ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν τηροῦντα τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐρχόμενος μονὴν ποιεῖται, ω στε ναὸς α γιος ὁ α νθρωπός ἐστιν· γέγραπται γὰρ Οὐκ οι δατε ο τι ναὸς θεοῦ ἐστε καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν; καὶ μεθ' ε τερα· ̔Ο γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ α γιός ἐστιν οι τινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς. ου τος θαυμαστός ἐστι καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κατορθοῖ τῇ διὰ τῆς πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ συνισταμένῃ, πλήρης ω ν ἀγαθῶν θείων χαρισμάτων τοῦ πνεύματος ω ν οἱ μετασχεῖν προσδοκῶντες ἐροῦσι Πλησθησόμεθα. 656 Ps 64,8c.9 Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐφοβοῦντο οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὰ πέρατα καὶ συνεταράσσοντο τὰ ε θνη, τῶν χρηστηρίων καταλυθέντων ὡς μὴ κομπάζειν ε τι τοὺς μαντικοὺς δαίμονας καὶ ἰατρείαν ἐπαγγελλομένους, πρὸς τούτοις μαγείας καὶ φαρμακείας καταλυομένης καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Σατανᾶ τοῦ τὸ κράτος ε χοντος τοῦ θανάτου καταργουμένου; σημεῖα γὰρ ἱκανὰ τὰ τελεσθέντα, δεικνῦντα θεὸν ει ναι τὸν ἐργασάμενον. ἀμέλει γνόντες αὐτοῦ τὴν θεότητα ἐκ τῶν γινομένων, ἐπίστανται λοιπὸν ὡς καὶ τῶν κατ' οὐρανὸν αὐτὸς προνοεῖ, ὡς τοῖς νόμοις αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει καὶ δύεται τὰ α στρα. ε ξοδοι γὰρ πρωΐας αἱ

Clouds, Grains, and the Flowering of Souls§113

113The sunrises are delights, and the sunsets are delights; the remaining faithful of the nations, having observed what he does—causing the sun, the moon, and the other stars to rise and to set—is the one who became man and freed them from deception and death (Ps 64:10ab).

You visited the earth and watered it, you filled it to make it rich, giving spiritual rain; first through the old law and then through the new covenant, through which the allegorized earth (which is the soul of man) was made rich in every way and in all knowledge and good works, as God increases it (Ps 64:10c-11).

The Word of God is a river of God, being life and a fountain itself. And perhaps, if it is toward God, a fountain exists; for it is said, 'From you is the fountain of life' (Ps 36:9). A river is then found which waters the rational creation. The impulses of this, that is, the partial teachings, gladden the city of God, that is, the church. And since the fullness of deity dwells in him, he is filled with waters, as it is said concerning him, 'We have seen his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth' (John 1:14).

Therefore, not only is the river full of these waters, watering all the rational creation, but it also has food being prepared from God, sowing the seed of Jesus, bearing fruit a hundredfold. From this river, the cultivators of the earth, upon which the spiritual plow has been cast, get drunk, drinking with joy, as the offspring of righteousness growing in it are being multiplied, concerning which it is said, 'Sow for yourselves for righteousness, reap for the fruit of life' (Hos 10:12); and 'Seek the Lord as he comes, let the offspring of righteousness come to you' (Amos 9:12). And since the cultivators of the earth do not only drink from the river but also pour from the spiritual rain...

The clouds, according to what was said, 'And the clouds rained down righteousness,' cause the earth to rejoice, rising in the drops coming upon it (Ps 64:13b,14ab). These are the words and the meanings of the God-breathed writings.

It is possible to say that the rams are clothed in joy, as it is commonly said, 'The mountains shall be girded,' where the rams are the sheep and the joy is the clothing, while the girdle is the belt. All those bearing fruit of the aforementioned things, and the hollow souls—which we call hollows because they lack thought—are filled with that grain which someone makes into bread to be eaten, according to the command, 'Open your eyes and be filled with bread' (Ps 64:15); but it is not the eyes of the heart, but to open them so that they may receive the light of knowledge. For when this happens, the breads, which are the practical virtues, multiply, feeding the inner man.

The Bridegroom in the assembly of the sins (though he is not the Savior) says, 'I am the flower of the field, the judge of the hollows' (Ps 64:14bc). He means such a thing: I have become a flower of the field in the place of the earth called low, so that men may receive the beginning of fruit; and I have become a judge for the hollows (the souls in Hades), having taken up death. He who has become thus the judge of the hollows shall be a grain of wheat, as he himself says, 'Amen, amen I say to you, unless a grain of wheat falls and dies, it remains alone; but if it falls and dies, it bears much fruit' (John 12:24). Because the grain, having fallen through the cross into the earth until it reached its heart, made more fruit, and in those places he has become a reason for the hollows to have a multitude of grain.

Because the wonderful works of God are shown throughout the whole psalm, it is fitting that he rested in a hymn. For it has reached those who have completed their tasks with diligence; they shall cry out, and indeed they shall sing, all those who have experienced good things loudly.

Greek · §113

ἀνατολαί, ἑσπέρας δὲ τέρψεις αἱ δύσεις, τερπομένων καὶ εὐφραινομένων λοιπὸν τῶν πιστευσάντων ἐθνῶν θεωρησάντων ο τι ὁ τὸν η λιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς α λλους ἀστέρας ἐπιτέλλειν καὶ δύεσθαι ποιῶν αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος α νθρωπος καὶ τῆς ἀπάτης καὶ τοῦ θανάτου ἐλευθερώσας. 657a Ps 64,10ab ̓Επεσκέψω τὴν γῆν καὶ ἐμέθυσας αὐτήν, ἐπλήθυνας τοῦ πλουτίσαι αὐτήν, ὑετὸν πνευματικὸν διδούς, πρώϊμον μὲν διὰ τῆς παλαιᾶς ο ψιμον δὲ διὰ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης δι' ω ν μεθυσθεῖσα ἡ ἀλληγορουμένη γῆ (ψυχὴ δὲ ἀνθρώπου αὐτή) ἐπλουτίσθη παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει καὶ ε ργοις ἀγαθοῖς, πληθύνοντος αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. 658a Ps 64,10cδ.11 Θεοῦ ποταμὸς ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει καὶ ζωὴ καὶ πηγὴ αὐτὸς ω ν. καὶ τάχα ο τε πρὸς τὸν θεόν ἐστι, πηγὴ ὑπάρχει· ει ρηται γὰρ Παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς, ποταμὸς τότε εὑρισκόμενος ο ταν τὴν λογικὴν κτίσιν ποτίζῃ. τούτου τὰ ὁρμήματα τουτέστιν αἱ κατὰ μέρος διδασκαλίαι εὐφραίνουσι τὴν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ η τοι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς θεότητος ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ, πεπληρωμένος ὑδάτων ἐστίν, καθὸ λέγεται περὶ αὐτοῦ ̓Εθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. οὐ μόνον τοίνυν ἐκ τούτων τῶν ὑδάτων ω ν πλήρης ὁ ποταμός ἐστιν ποτίζεται πᾶσα ἡ λογικὴ κτίσις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τροφὴν θεόθεν ἑτοιμαζομένην ε χει, σπείροντος ̓Ιησοῦ σπορὰν ἑκατονταπλασίονα καρποφοροῦσαν. ̓Εκ τούτου τοῦ ποταμοῦ οἱ αυ λακες τῆς γῆς ἐφ' η ν βέβληται τὸ πνευματικὸν 123 α ροτρον μεθύσκονται πίνοντες ἐπ' εὐφροσύνῃ, ὡς καὶ τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐξανόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ πληθύνεσθαι, περὶ ω ν ει ρηται Σπείρατε ἑαυτοῖς εἰς δικαιοσύνην, τρυγήσατε εἰς καρπὸν ζωῆς· καὶ ε τι ̓Εκζητήσατε τὸν κύριον ε ως ε λθῃ ὑμῖν γενήματα δικαιοσύνης. Καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ μόνον μεθύουσιν οἱ ἐκ τῆς γῆς αυ λακες ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πνευματικοῦ ὑετοῦ ου ῥαίνουσιν αἱ νεφέλαι κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν Καὶ αἱ νεφέλαι ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην, εὐφραίνεται ἀνατέλλουσα ἡ γῆ ἐν ταῖς σταγόσι ταῖς ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἐρχομέναις. εἰσὶ δὲ αυ ται αἱ τῶν θεοπνευστῶν γραφῶν λέξεις καὶ τὰ νοήματα. 659a Ps 64,13b.14ab ∆υνατὸν εἰπεῖν ἀγαλλίασιν ἐνδεδύσθαι τοὺς κριοὺς ι ν' ῃ κατὰ κοινοῦ λεχθὲν τὸ ̓Αγαλλίασιν οἱ βουνοὶ περιζώσονται, ἐνεδύσαντο οἱ κριοὶ τῶν προβάτων, ὡς τὴν ἀγαλλίασιν τῶν μὲν ε νδυμα τῶν δὲ ζώνην ει ναι. Πάντων καρποφορούντων τῶν προειρημένων, καὶ αἱ κεκοιλωμέναι ψυχαί, τῷ μὴ ε χειν ε παρμα νοήσεως κοιλάδες καλούμεναι, ἐπλήθυναν σῖτον ἐκεῖνον ο ν ἀρτοποιήσας τις τραφῆναι δύναται, κατὰ τὸ ∆ιάνοιξον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου καὶ ἐμπλήσθητι α ρτων· ο περ ἐστὶ τοὺς τῆς καρδίας ὀφθαλμοὺς διάνοιξον ι να μεταλάβωσι φῶς γνώσεως. τούτου γὰρ γινομένου, πληθύνονται οἱ α ρτοι, αἱ πρακτικαὶ ἀρεταί, τρέφοντες τὸν ε σω α νθρωπον. 660a Ps 64,14bc ̔Ο νύμφιος ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων (ου τος δ' ἐστὶν ὁ σωτήρ) φησὶν ̓Εγὼ α νθος τοῦ πεδίου, κρίνον τῶν κοιλάδων. ο δὲ λέγει τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ἐγὼ γέγονα α νθος τοῦ περὶ γῆν τόπου πεδίον διὰ τὸ χθαμαλὸν ὠνομασμένου ι ν' ἀρχὴν καρποφορίας οἱ α νθρωποι λάβωσιν, γέγονα δὲ καὶ ταῖς κοιλάσι (ταῖς ἐν ᾳ δου ψυχαῖς) κρίνον, νεκρότητα ἀναδεξάμενος. ὁ γεγονὼς τοίνυν τῶν κοιλάδων κρίνον καὶ κόκκος ε σται σίτου, ὡς αὐτὸς ει πεν ̓Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει· ἐὰν δὲ πεσὼν ἀποθάνῃ, πλείονα καρπὸν φέρει. ἐπεὶ πεσὼν ὁ κόκκος διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν μέχρι τῆς καρδίας αὐτῆς ε φθασε καρπὸν πλείονα ποιήσας, καὶ ἐν ἐκείνοις τοῖς χωρίοις αι τιος γέγονε καὶ ταῖς κοιλάσι πλήθους σίτου. ∆ιὰ παντὸς τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ε ργων θαυμασίων θεοῦ δηλουμένων, εἰκότως εἰς υ μνον κατέπαυσεν· ἐπενήνεκται γὰρ τοῖς σπουδαίως τελεσθεῖσι· Κεκράξονται, καὶ γὰρ ὑμνήσουσιν, πάντων τῶν εὐπαθόντων μεγαλοφώνως

Worship in Spirit and Truth§114

114With a mind fixed on praising the Source of all things (Ps 65:1b,2). The shout is a voice of those having triumphed over those having been conquered, being sent up insignificantly so that the sound of the voice might be passed on to the utmost extent. For since, by the grace of God, through Jesus having tasted every death, the dead are raised, the devil having been destroyed—he who held the power of death—it is commanded not just a part of the earth but the whole earth to shout to God, as the righteous and unrighteous dead are being raised everywhere.

And regarding the resurrection of repentance, it is fitting for the whole earth to shout, the place being called the place of repentance for the men of the whole earth. For it is said regarding the fallen: 'Not everyone who falls is not raised' (Prov 24:16), and regarding the whole church from among the Gentiles, the Lord says: 'Arise, my neighbor, that you may stand through repentance and be with Him.' When the shout of the voice has occurred on behalf of those defeated, those having been freed from the enemies are commanded to confess to God the cause of the victory, praising Him and singing in His name; but not as they happened to be, but gloriously; for He says, 'He shall praise His glory.' And this happens when the one singing makes the praise a fitting practice; for it is fitting for the well-disposed to praise. Therefore, the unworthy is forbidden from doing this, as it is not beautiful for a beautiful mind to be in the mouth of a sinner.

It is not always necessary to take falsehood upon word and glory (Ps 65:3). For the voice itself lies even regarding the protesting of the purpose. By this meaning, the enemies of God lied, even though they were not able to withstand Him in any measure. For through the multitude of divine works being done by Jesus, a divine power being manifested in the things occurring, the Jews, wishing to hate, thought Jesus to be a mere man and were lying, saying, 'By Beelzebul, ruler of the demons, He casts out the demons,' even though the works were demonstrating that these are greater than any created thing; therefore, for their understanding, the Savior said to them: 'Do not believe me; believe the works, so that you may know what I am in the Father and the Father is in me.'

With the Savior having arrived, the shadow of the Law finally took its leave (Ps 65:4); therefore, nothing is hastened to be performed in the temple in Jerusalem regarding the rites of God.

Worship, being done in spirit and truth, does not prevent a worshiper of God from doing this in any place. For they shall worship Him, and whoever does appropriate things for worshiping God from that place, for the word says: 'Worship Him and sing praises to Him' (Ps 65:5,6). And they do this blamelessly, when Your presence is called upon them; for God has necessarily brought the 'Sing praises to Your name' (Ps 65:6) to pass.

Come, O lovers of learning, and see the works of God accomplished in faithful men, being carried out not by human will but by the will of God. For how is it possible to accomplish poverty and lack, unless the will of God is working them? And what God is He, who provides the power to endure these things? He, whose life is tossed and troubled, changed the unruffled into dry land, casting the word of fire upon the earth, all moisture drying up, so that those coming from wickedness into virtue and from unbelief into faith might have the sea turned into a path to walk upon. The symbol of this is iconographically depicted by the faith of the apostle Peter, walking upon the sea toward the Savior.

But the river is the word, strengthened by Greek wisdom and art, blocking the way to the land leading to holiness. But He also turned this one, mocking the wise in their craftiness, and made a firm footing for those traveling toward holiness. And the things said against those who interrupt the divinity are a refutation. For no other god divided the Red Sea and performed the tremendous powers in the Gospels. For Jesus saved the people in Egypt, as it says in an apostolic epistle.

Having become by work and disposition, the sea and the river were turned into dry land so that one might cross as a path, traveling unhindered from wickedness and impiety toward virtue and piety. We rejoice in Him who made the difficult easy, God reigning kingly over the age and those in it, as He separates from the evil in it those who have believed, according to what was said: 'How He shall deliver us from the present evil age' (2 Thess 3:3). And it is possible to take the age that is testing, from the spoken word, in agreement with the Lord.

Greek · §114

ἐπιτεταμένῃ νοήσει δοξολογούντων τὸν τῶν ἀγαθῶν αι τιον. 661a Ps 65,1b.2 ̔Ο ἀλαλαγμὸς φωνή ἐστι νενικηκότων κατὰ τῶν ἑαλωκότων, ἀσήμως ἀναπεμπόμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ εἰς μήκιστον τὸν ψόφον τῆς φωνῆς διαδοθῆναι. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν χάριτι θεοῦ, ̓Ιησοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γευσαμένου θανάτου, οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καταλυθέντος τοῦ διαβόλου τοῦ τὸ κράτος ε χοντος τοῦ θανάτου, προστάττεται οὐ μέρος τῆς γῆς ἀλλὰ πᾶσα αὐτὴ ἀλαλάξαι τῷ θεῷ, ἐγειρομένων τῶν ἁπανταχοῦ νεκρῶν δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων. Καὶ πρὸς τὸ ε γειρον δὲ ει δος τῆς κατὰ μετάνοιαν ἀναστάσεως ἁρμόζει πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἀλαλάξαι, τοῖς ἁπανταχοῦ γῆς ἀνθρώποις τόπου μετανοίας λεγομένου. λέγεται γὰρ πρὸς ε καστον Μὴ ὁ πεσὼν οὐκ ἀνίσταται, καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίαν ὁ κύριος λέγει ̓Ανάστα ἐλθέ, ἡ πλησίον μου, εἰς τὸ ἀναστῆναι διὰ μετανοίας καὶ η κειν πρὸς αὐτόν. Γενομένης ου ν ἀλαλαγμῷ τῆς φωνῆς κατὰ τῶν ἡττηθέντων, προστάττονται οἱ ἐλευθερωθέντες τῶν πολεμίων τῷ θεῷ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς νίκης ὁμολογοῦντες αἰνεῖν αὐτὸν καὶ ψάλλειν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ε τυχεν ἀλλ' ἐπιδόξως· ∆ότε γάρ φησι δόξαν αἰνέσει. γίνεται δὲ τοῦτο ο ταν ὁ ὑμνῶν κατάλληλον τῇ αἰνέσει πρᾶξιν ε χῃ· Τοῖς γὰρ εὐθέσι πρέπει αι νεσις. διὸ κωλύεται ὁ ε τι φαῦλος τοῦτο ποιεῖν, οὐκ ο ντος ὡραίου αι νου ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ. 662a Ps 65,3 Οὐκ ἀεὶ τὸ ψεῦδος ἐπὶ λόγου καὶ δόξης λαμβάνειν δεῖ. ε στι γὰρ ο τε καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ διαμαρτάνειν τοῦ σκοποῦ κεῖται ἡ φωνὴ αυ τη. τούτῳ τῷ σημαινομένῳ ἐψεύσαντο οἱ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδὲ 124 κατὰ ποσὸν ἀντιστῆναι αὐτῷ δυνηθέντες. θεϊκῶν γὰρ ε ργων ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ γινομένων πλήθους τε δυνάμεως θεϊκῆς ἐκφαινομένης ἐν τοῖς γινομένοις, οἱ ἐχθρεύειν βουλόμενοι ̓Ιουδαῖοι ψιλὸν α νθρωπον τὸν ̓Ιησοῦν οἰόμενοι ἐψεύδοντο λέγοντες ̓Εν Βεεζεβοὺλ α ρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, καίτοι τῶν ε ργων δηλούντων ὡς κρείττω ταῦτα παντὸς γεννητοῦ· διὸ πρὸς κατανόησιν καλῶν αὐτοὺς ὁ σωτὴρ ε λεγε Κα ν ἐμοὶ μὴ πιστεύητε, τοῖς ε ργοις πιστεύετε ι να γνῶτε ο τι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί. 663a Ps 65,4 Τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημήσαντος, τέλος ἀπείληφεν ἡ τοῦ νόμου σκιά· ο θεν οὐ σπουδάζεται ε τι ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῷ ἐν ̔Ιεροσολύμοις τελεῖσθαι ἡ θεοῦ προσκύνησις, γινομένη η δη ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ὡς μὴ κωλύεσθαι τὸν θεοῦ προσκυνητὴν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ τοῦτο ποιεῖν. προσκυνήσουσι γὰρ αὐτῷ, ε καστος ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ πράττων κατάλληλα τῷ προσκυνεῖν θεῷ, ο θεν α μα ει ρηται Προσκυνησάτωσάν σοι καὶ ψαλάτωσάν σοι. ποιοῦσι δὲ τοῦτο ἀμέμπτως, ἐπικληθείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς σῆς προσηγορίας, ο θεν ἀναγκαίως ἐπενήνεκται τὸ Ψαλάτωσαν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, υ ψιστε. 664a Ps 65,5.6a,b ∆εῦτε, ω φιλομαθεῖς, καὶ ι δετε τὰ ε ργα τοῦ θεοῦ κατορθούμενα ἐν τοῖς πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἀνυόμενα οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ἀλλὰ θεοῦ βουλῇ. πῶς γὰρ ἀγαμίαν καὶ ἀκτημοσύνην ὡς δεῖ κατορθῶσαι δυνατόν, μὴ θεοῦ βουλῆς ἐξευμαριζούσης αὐτά; ο τι δὲ θεός ἐστιν ὁ δύναμιν παρέχων τοῦ ἀνυσθῆναι ταῦτα. τὸν βίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων κυματούμενον καὶ ταραττόμενον οι α ἀθάλατταν εἰς ξηρὰν μετέβαλεν, βαλὼν πυρὸς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς λόγον πᾶσαν ὑγρότητα ξηραίνοντα, ὡς ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐκ κακίας εἰς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἐξ ἀπιστίας εἰς πίστιν ἐρχομένων μετεστράφθαι τὴν θάλασσαν ὡς ποσὶ περιπατεῖσθαι. τούτου σύμβολον εἰκονογραφεῖται Πέτρου τοῦ ἀποστόλου πίστει τῇ εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντος. ̔Ο δὲ ποταμὸς λόγος ἐστὶν ὠχυρωμένος ̔Ελληνικῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τέχνῃ, κωλύων τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἁγίαν ἀπάγουσαν γῆν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον μετέστρεψεν ὁ δρασσόμενος τοὺς σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ αὐτῶν καὶ βάσιμον ἀπειργάσατο τοῖς πορευομένοις εἰς ἁγιότητα. Ελεγχος δ' ἐστὶ τὰ ου τως λεγόμενα κατὰ τῶν διακοπτόντων τὴν θεότητα. οὐ γὰρ α λλος θεὸς τὴν ἐρύθραν θάλασσαν διεῖλε καὶ τὰς ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις τεραστίους δυνάμεις πεποίηκεν. ̓Ιησοῦς γὰρ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τὸν λαὸν ε σωσεν, ὡς ἐν ἐπιστολῇ φησιν ἀποστολικῇ. 665a Ps 65,6c.7a Γενόμενοι ε ργῳ καὶ διαθέσει ε νθα ἡ θάλασσα καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς εἰς ξηρὰν μετεστράφη ὡς ποδὶ λοιπὸν διαβαίνειν ἀκωλύτως ὁδεύοντας ἀπὸ κακίας καὶ ἀσεβείας ἐπ' ἀρετὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν, εὐφραινόμεθα ἐν τῷ ποιήσαντι τὰ δυσχερῆ εὐμαρῆ, θεοῦ βασιλικῶς δεσπόζοντος τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, ὡς ἐξαιρεῖσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ πονηρίας τοὺς πιστεύσαντας κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν Οπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ ἐνεστηκότος αἰῶνος πονηροῦ. ∆υνατὸν δὲ τὸν αἰῶνα τὸν ἐπ' α πειρον ἐκλαβεῖν ἐκ τῆς προκειμένης λέξεως συμφώνως τῷ Κύριος

Spiritual Sacrifices and the Soul's Trials§115

115through the power of his joined kingdom

To burn and to move the soul hotly, it is called fire; but by another thought, it is called water because of its drowning and suffocating those who do not bear these things bravely. This, having been passed through by the cooperation of God, comes forth for the refreshment of life, hoping for rewards upon them. And since the beginnings and the progress belong to our practical efforts, while the ends belong to the gift of God—giving to themselves the passing through fire and water, while writing the cause of the end to God—what are the circumstances of fire and water? It is shown by the prophet Isaiah saying from the face of God: 'Fear not, for I am with you; and if you pass through fire, flame shall not burn you; and if you pass through water, rivers shall not overwhelm you' (Isa 43:2). 'I will enter into your house with burnt offerings, and I will pay my vows' (Ps 65:13-14). Before the arrival of the Savior, the sacrifices according to the law were offered; but entering into the house of God (which is the church) spiritually, one performs perfect and complete virtues through burnt offerings, giving to this burnt offering compatible virtues and paying the vows his lips sent.

The previously interpreted spiritual burnt offerings are found to be flourishing and marrow-filled, which are offered up not for the sake of another but for God. These things, indeed, are offered up in the manner that is necessary, with supplications; and this is signified by the very name of incense. 'Let my prayer be directed as incense before you' (Ps 141:2). And the offering is not made by incense alone, but also by rams. The rams are movements and fragrances, having their beginning from the incense of the soul. Along with the marrow-filled burnt offerings, the incense, and the rams, there is promised to open a cry with snow, perhaps through a bull performing a living sacrifice to God, the unique body; for the animal is a farmer, having an analogy with the body from the creation out of the earth. The snows are the works and words of repentance; for the ram is offered concerning sin. 'Without tongue and its offering, according to that which is kept silent in thought, you shall increase' (Ps 65:17). It is possible to take the verse with such understanding: 'If I had observed iniquity in my heart, the Lord would not have listened' (Ps 65:18).

Greek · §115

βασιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἐπ' αἰῶνα καὶ ε τι· ου τω γὰρ βασιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα ἐπ' α πειρον δεσπόζει αὐτοῦ τῇ δυναστείᾳ τῆς συμφυοῦς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ. 666a Ps 65,7b.ξ Εἰ δὲ καὶ πᾶσαν τῶν ἐναντίων τὴν δύναμιν παραπικραίνοντας ει ποις, οὐκ α ν ἁμάρτοις· ἠπείλουν γὰρ τοῖς ἀφισταμένοις ε θνεσιν. θάρσος τοίνυν καὶ εὐθυμίαν ἐμποιῶν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν, φόβον δὲ τοῖς ἀπειλοῦσιν αὐτοῖς, Οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὰ ε θνη, φησίν, ἐπιβλέπουσιν, φρουροῦντες αὐτοὺς ἀβλαβεῖς· ο θεν Οἱ παραπικραινόμενοι μὴ ὑψούσθωσαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὡς δυνάμενοι ἀπολέσαι τοὺς τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ προσερχομένους. 667a Ps 65,9 Τίθεται εἰς ζωὴν ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ τέλος κομιζομένου τῆς πίστεως σωτηρίαν, ὡς εἰπεῖν πιστῇ προθέσει ̔Η ψυχή μου αὐτῷ ζῇ (δῆλον δὲ ο τι τῷ θεῷ). ζῇ δὲ ψυχὴ ἀρετὴν καὶ σοφίαν ε χουσα, ὡς ψυχὴ ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα ἀποθανεῖται, ὡς εἰπεῖν τῷ θεῷ ̓Εν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου ζῆσόν με. Οὐ δίδονται εἰς σάλον οἱ πόδες τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου, ο ταν τις ἱδρυνθῇ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀρραγῆ 125 καὶ ἰσχυρότατον τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον, ὡς χαριστηρίως εἰπεῖν Εστησας ἐπὶ πέτραν τοὺς πόδας μου. 668a Ps 65,10 Πυροῦταί τις ὡς τὸ ἀργύριον φλεγούσαις περιστάσεσιν ὑποπίπτων· α ς γενναίως τις ἐνέγκων δόκιμος ἀναδείκνυται, οὐδὲν ε χων ψεκτὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ. εἰς τοῦτο λήψῃ Μακάριος ἀνὴρ ο ς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν, ο τι δόκιμος γενόμενος λήψεται τὸν στεφανὸν τῆς ζωῆς. 669a Ps 65,11b.12 ∆ιὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ ̓Επεβίβασας ἀνθρώπους ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡμῶν, ἀλλ' ου ν θαρροῦμεν δι' ὑπομονῆς μετεωρίσαι αὐτάς, κατασπωμένων ἀπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἐπικειμένων πολεμίων ἀνθρώπων. σημαίνει ἐνταῦθα τὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ο νομα ὡς καὶ ἐν ἑτέραις γραφαῖς τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐλογίᾳ κυρίου ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν δικαίου, καὶ Τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ. Τῶν δ' ἐχθρῶν θλίβειν με θελόντων, ὀπίσω μου αὐτοὺς ε ρριψας, παρασκευάσας με συντόνως τρέχειν. διὸ καὶ σπεύδοντες καταλαμβάνειν με ὀπίσω μένουσιν ἀεί, ὀξέως μου τρέχοντος συνεργείᾳ σῇ· ο θεν ἐπὶ τοῦ νώτου ε χω τὰς θλίψεις, οὐδ' ο λως ἰδεῖν αὐτὰς βουλόμενος· οὐ γὰρ στρέφομαι πρὸς αὐτάς, πόνου η ὀλιγωρίας ἑλκυσάντων. ∆ιήλθομεν διὰ πυρὸς καὶ υ δατος. ι να ει πῃ τὰ περιστατικὰ ἱκανὰ ο ντα πυρῶσαι καὶ θερμῶς κινῆσαι ψυχήν, ῥηθείη πῦρ, καθ' ἑτέραν δὲ ἐπίνοιαν καὶ υ δωρ λεγόμενα διὰ τὸ βυθίζειν καὶ ἀποπνίγειν τοὺς μὴ γενναίως αὐτὰ φέροντες. ὁ ταῦτα διεληλυθὼς συνεργείᾳ θεοῦ ἐξέρχεται εἰς ἀναψυχήν, ἐλπίζων τὰς ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἀμοιβάς. Καὶ ἐπεὶ αἱ ἀρχαὶ καὶ αἱ προκοπαὶ τοῖς πρακτικοῖς ἡμετέραι, τὰ δὲ τέλη τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ δωρεᾶς, τὸ μὲν διελθεῖν διὰ πυρὸς καὶ υ δατος ἑαυτοῖς δόντες, τοῦ δὲ τέλους τὴν αἰτίαν τῷ θεῷ ἐπιγράφουσιν. ο τι δὲ πῦρ καὶ υ δωρ τὰ περιστατικά, παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ προφήτου ̔Ησαΐου λέγοντος ἐκ προσώπου θεοῦ Μὴ φοβοῦ, μετὰ σοῦ εἰμι· καὶ ἐὰν διέλθῃς διὰ πυρός, φλὸξ οὐ κατακαύσει σε· καὶ ἐὰν διέλθῃς δι' υ δατος, ποταμοὶ οὐ συγκλείσουσί σε. 670a Ps 65,13.14a Εἰσελεύσομαι εἰς τὸν οι κόν σου ἐν ὁλοκαυτώμασιν, ἀποδώσω σοι τὰς εὐχάς μου· η τοι τὰς κατὰ νόμον θυσίας πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίας η πνευματικὰς εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν οι κον τοῦ θεοῦ (ου τος δ' ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκκλησία) ἐν ὁλοκαυτώμασι τελείας καὶ ὁλοκλήρους ἀρετὰς ἐξ ο λων ἱερουργῶν, καταλλήλους ταύτῃ τῇ ὁλοκαυτώσει ἀποδιδοὺς καὶ α ς διέστειλεν τὰ χείλη αὐτοῦ εὐχάς. 671a Ps 65,15 Τὰ προερμηνευθέντα πνευματικὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα εὐτραφῆ καὶ μεμυαλωμένα τυγχάνει, ο τε μὴ α λλου του χάριν ἀλλὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναφέρεται. ταῦτα γοῦν, ο πως ο ν δεῖ τρόπον ἀνυσθῇ, μεθ' ἱκεσίας ἀναφέρεται· σημαίνεται δὲ αὐτῇ τῇ ὀνομασίᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος. Κατευθυνθήτω γὰρ ἡ προσευχή μου ὡς θυμίαμα ἐνώπιόν σου. καὶ οὐ μετὰ μόνου θυμιάματος ἡ προσφορὰ γίνεται ἀλλὰ καὶ κριῶν. εἰσὶν οἱ κριοὶ κινήσεις καὶ θυμία, ἀπὸ τοῦ θυμικοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν ε χουσαι. Σὺν τοῖς μεμυαλωμένοις ὁλοκαυτώμασι καὶ τοῦ θυμιάματος καὶ τῶν κριῶν ἀνοίσειν ἐπαγγέλλεται βόας μετὰ χιμάρων, ἱερουργοῦντος τάχα βοῦν τοῦ προσάγοντος θυσίαν ζῶσαν τῷ θεῷ τὸ ι διον σῶμα· γεωπόνον γὰρ τὸ ζῷον, ο θεν ἀναλογίαν ε χει τῷ σώματι ἐκ γῆς τὴν πλάσιν ε χοντι. οἱ χίμαροι δέ εἰσι τὰ μετανοίας ε ργα καὶ λόγοι· περὶ ἁμαρτίας γὰρ προσφέρεται ὁ χίμαρος. 672a Ps 65,17 Ανευ γλώττης καὶ προσφορᾶς αὐτῆς κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἐν διανοίᾳ υ ψωσα. 673a Ps 65,18 ∆υνατὸν δὲ τὸν στίχον ἐκλαβεῖν τῇ νοήσει τοιαύτῃ· εἰ τῇ καρδίᾳ μου ἀδικίαν ἐθεώρουν, μὴ εἰσακουσάτω κύριος. εἰς

The Way and the Salvation of God§116

116This is what is taken by Paul: 'I do no favors to myself, but I am not justified by this; for God sees the injustice in me, and my heart does not perceive it.' To this, who will understand the transgressions? 'Cleanse me from my secret sins' (Ps 65:20). This has happened to me, not so much because of my sinlessness, but because of His mercy, which did not depart from me, the divine mercy not withdrawing because of not asking good things, but things pleasant and sweet to men.

The Psalm (Ps 66) is not in need of much interpretation because it has a clear mind. For it proclaims the becoming-man of the Word of God, and the saving appearance, and the salvation of all the Gentiles; 'Unto the end it is written.' And since the accomplished things are not human works, it is not written in panegyrics or praises, but in hymns; for to hymn is God's, but to panegyrize through praise is of men. Therefore, pay attention, the divine hymn, being a Psalm of song, and declaring the deeds of the Savior and their greatest contemplation, is arranged not by chance but in a beautiful containing number; for the number 26 has perfection in both units and tens.

Men are filled with mercies and blessings when the face of Him shines upon those wishing to experience this (Ps 66:2). And the face of the Creator of all shines when the character of His subsistence, having become man, arrives and reveals Himself to those worthyas He says, 'I will manifest myself to him.' Since this exists, the one saying these things is an image of the invisible God; the one approaching Him with a pure mind sees the Father; for He says, 'He who has seen me has seen the Father' (John 14:9). In this way, the divine face having appeared, those being benefited are pitied and are blessed with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places in Christ Jesus.

Your face having appeared, the way leading to You toward the Father is known (Ps 66:3). And who is this who said, 'I am the way and no one comes to the Father except through me' (John 14:6)? In agreement with the being known on the earth the way of God and His salvation, not...

The way of the Lord will be known among all the nations when all flesh is filled with the sight of the salvation of God. It is possible, when the way of God is made known in the land, to receive his commandments, according to 'I have run according to your commandments' (Ps 66:4).

Salvation, being in harmony with this way, is what has come to be known by all the nations and is what has come to provide. Regarding Psalm 66:4, in ancient times, a people of the Hebrews was confessing to the one saying to God, 'I am the one who blots out your sins; therefore first confess your sins (uttering them in a manner of repentance) so that you may be justified'—the holy one, bearing the face of this people, says, 'I made my lawlessness known and I did not cover my sin'. But since the arrival of the Savior, all the peoples from the believing nations, being fulfilled, are called to repentance in order to obtain the forgiveness of sins by having confessed to God. How then could it not be a willing following for all the peoples to confess, when the face of God has appeared to them?

Regarding Psalm 66:5, when the way is known in the land and the salvation of God among all the nations, the nations rejoice, having been freed from all evil and the deceit of the many-minded, as they establish moral virtue, and they exult having received the knowledge of God, having learned how the Lord will judge peoples in uprightness and will guide the nations in the land. 'Peoples' and 'nations' are used in a parallel sense: the peoples are those of the circumcision, and the nations are those from the Gentiles.

Regarding Psalm 66:6-7, for how is it not destined that all the earth, that is, the humans upon it, should be filled with praise and bear the fruit of piety, in every place offering incense and pure sacrifice among the nations, as the name of the Lord is magnified, according to what is carried forth in one of the twelve prophets?

Regarding Psalm 67:2, prayer is a word sent forth through imperative words; for instead of 'let him arise' (ἀνασταίη) and 'let them flee' (φύγοιεν), it was written (as 'let him arise' and 'let them flee' in the imperative). For this form is found most continuously in the Scriptures; I mean instead of what is said in a merely direct imperative way. It is possible to say that enemies will be scattered: those who are impious concerning the knowledge of truth, those who hate God, and those who flee from his face having practical wickedness. For if he who loves him keeps...

Greek · §116

τοῦτο λήψῃ τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ Παύλου Οὐδὲν ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωμαι, τῷ ἐγχωρεῖν θεὸν ὁρᾶν ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀδικίαν κα ν ἡ ἐμὴ καρδία μὴ θεωρεῖ αὐτήν. εἰς τοῦτο παραλήψῃ καὶ τὸ Παραπτώματα τίς συνήσει; ἀπὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου καθάρισόν με. 674a Ps 65,20 ̔Υπῆρκται δέ μοι τοῦτο, οὐ τοσοῦτον διὰ τὸ ἀναμάρτητόν μου ο σον διὰ τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ, ο οὐκ ἀπέστησέ μου, ἀφισταμένου τοῦ θεϊκοῦ ἐλέους ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ εἰσακουομένου διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀγαθὰ αἰτεῖσθαι ἀλλὰ τὰ ἀνθρώποις φίλα τε καὶ ἡδέα. 126 675a Ps 66 αργ Ου τος ὁ ψαλμὸς σαφῆ τὴν διάνοιαν ε χει καὶ πολλῶν λόγων εἰς ἑρμηνείαν οὐ δεῖται. προκηρύττει γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν καὶ τὴν σωτήριον ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων τὴν σωτηρίαν· ο θεν Εἰς τὸ τέλος ἐπιγέγραπται. καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ ἀνθρώπινα ε ργα τὰ κατορθωθέντα, οὐκ ἐν ἐγκωμίοις η ἐπαίνοις ἀλλ' ̓Εν υ μνοις ἐπιγέγραπται· θεοῦ γὰρ τὸ ὑμνεῖσθαι, ἀνθρώπων δὲ τὸ δι' ἐπαίνων ἐγκωμιάζεσθαι. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὁ θεῖος υ μνος Ψαλμὸς ᾠδῆς τυγχάνων τῷ καὶ πράξεις δηλοῦν τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ θεωρίαν αὐτῶν μεγίστην οὐκ ἐν τῷ τυχόντι ἀλλὰ κάλλη περιέχοντι ἀριθμῷ τέτακται· ὁ γὰρ ΞΣ τὸ τέλειος ει ναι ε χει καὶ ἐν μονάσι καὶ ἐν δεκάσιν. 676a Ps 66,2 Οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ εὐλογιῶν πληροῦνται οἱ α νθρωποι, ἐπιφαίνοντος τὸ πρόσωπον ἑαυτοῦ τοῖς τυχεῖν τούτου εὐχομένοις. ἐπιφαίνεται δὲ τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πάντων δημιουργοῦ, ο ταν ἐπιδημήσῃ ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ α νθρωπος γεγονὼς καὶ ἐμφανίσῃ ἑαυτὸν τοῖς ἀξίοις ῃ φησι περὶ τοῦ τηροῦντος τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ̓Εμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν. τούτου ὑπάρξαντος ἐπεὶ εἰκών ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου ὁ ταῦτα λέγων, ὁ αὐτῷ προσβάλλων νῷ καθαρῷ ὁρᾷ τὸν πατέρα· ̔Ο ἐμὲ γάρ φησιν ἑωρακὼς ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα. τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ τοῦ θεϊκοῦ προσώπου ἐπιφανέντος, οἰκτείρονται οἱ εὐεργετούμενοι καὶ εὐλογοῦνται πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ἐν Χριστῷ ̓Ιησοῦ. 677a Ps 66,3 ̓Επιφάναντος σοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον, γινώσκεται ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ πρὸς σὲ α γουσα τὸν πατέρα. τίς δὲ αυ τη η ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ οὐδεὶς ε ρχεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ δι' ἐμοῦ; συμφώνως δὲ τῷ γνωσθῆναι ἐν τῇ γῇ τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ε τερον ο ν τῆς ὁδοῦ, γνωσθήσεται ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσιν, πληρωθέντος τοῦ Οψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. ∆υνατὸν δὲ ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ γνωριζομένην ἐν τῇ γῇ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν, κατὰ τὸ ̔Οδὸν ἐντολῶν σου ε δραμον. σωτήριον ἁρμωνίως ταύτῃ τῇ ὁδῷ γνωσθὲν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσιν ἡ σωτηρία ἐστὶν η ν ἐλήλυθε παράσχειν. 678a Ps 66,4 Πάλαι ἑνὸς λαοῦ τοῦ τῶν ̔Εβραίων ἐξομολογουμένου τῷ λέγοντι θεῷ ̓Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ἐξαλείφων τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου· διὸ λέγε πρῶτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου (ἐξαγορεύων αὐτὰς μετανοίας τρόπῳ), ι να δικαιωθῇς– τούτου τοῦ λαοῦ πρόσωπον φέρων ὁ α γιος τῷ θεῷ φησι Τὴν ἀνομίαν μου ἐγνώρισα καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν μου οὐκ ἐκάλυψα· ἀφ' ου δὲ ἡ ἐπιδημία τοῦ σωτῆρος, πάντες οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν πιστευόντων ἐθνῶν συμπληρούμενοι λαοὶ ἐπὶ μετάνοιαν καλοῦνται ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξομολογησαμένους θεῷ ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτιῶν τυχεῖν. πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀκόλουθον εὐχαρίστως ἐξομολογεῖσθαι πάντας τοὺς λαούς, ἐπιφανέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ; 679a Ps 66,5 Γνωσθείσης τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ τοῦ σωτηρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσιν, ἐλευθερωθέντα πάσης κακίας καὶ πολυθέου ἀπάτης τὰ ε θνη εὐφραίνεται κατορθοῦντα ἠθικὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶται λαβόντα θεοῦ γνῶσιν, μαθόντα καὶ ὡς ἐν εὐθύτητι κρινεῖ λαοὺς καὶ ὁδηγήσει ε θνη ἐν τῇ γῇ ὁ κύριος. λαοὶ δὲ καὶ ε θνη η ἐκ παραλλήλου οἱ αὐτοὶ η λαοὶ μὲν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, ε θνη δὲ οἱ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν. 680a Ps 66,6.7 Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ε μελλε πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, τουτέστιν οἱ ἐπ' αὐτῆς α νθρωποι, αἰνέσεως πληροῦσθαι καὶ καρπὸν εὐσεβείας φέρειν, ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ προσαγομένου θυμιάματος καὶ θυσίας καθαρᾶς ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσιν, μεγαλυνθέντος τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου κατὰ τὸ φερόμενον ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ΙΒ προφητῶν; 681 Ps 67,2 Προσευχή ἐστιν ἀναπεμπομένη ῥήμασι προστακτικοῖς ἐξενεχθεῖσα· ἀντὶ γὰρ τοῦ ἀνασταίη τὸ ἀναστήτω καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ φύγοιεν φυγέτωσαν ἐγράφη. συνεχέστατα γὰρ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς εὑρίσκεται τοῦτο τὸ ει δος, λέγω δὴ ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐκτικῶς προστακτικῶς λεγόμενα. ∆υνατὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν ἐχθροὺς σκορπισθησομένους τοὺς περὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀσεβοῦντας, μισοῦντας δὲ θεὸν καὶ φεύγοντας ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ τοὺς περὶ πρακτικὴν κακίαν ε χοντας. εἰ γὰρ ὁ ἀγαπῶν αὐτὸν τηρεῖ 127

The Joy of the Church and the Resurrection§117

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

117Regarding his commandments, he who does not keep them does not love God. These things should be said in the manner of a prayer to the Father: that God—who descended into death because of Christ's suffering, while his body lay in the tomb being despoiled by the Jews, who were gathered together with those filled with deceitful demons and other evil powers—may rise up; for man has become one who has descended into death, so that those gathered against him might be scattered. For then even those who hate him, being unable to look upon him when he rises from the dead, will flee from his face (Ps 67:3,4). Not as wickedness is destroyed, so is the virtue of the righteous; for it is written, 'His righteousness remains forever and ever.'

A testimony of wickedness being smoke is this: just as a harmful path is called a way and smoke harms the eyes, so lawlessness, used by those, harms the powers of the soul in the same way, which are figuratively called teeth, cutting and devouring the spiritual foods, and also the thoughts of the soul, which are called the mind. It is to be understood that the melting wax does not destroy itself into nothingness from his presence, but its essence is given over to the fire. Thus, even if the quality by which someone is a sinner is removed, his essence remains incorruptible.

It must also be seen that the sinners are not utterly destroyed nor excluded from the presence of God, since, having become such, they flee from his face because they hate him, and the lawless do not remain before his eyes. There is a joy, according to which the righteous rejoice before God; joy is one of the fruits of the Spirit (Gal 5:22): love, joy, peace, and gladness, which is the flowing of the soul's thinking, rightly called well-being. If anyone does the good without turning away from evil (for they are co-existing), nor is he enlightened by the sun of righteousness under the sun, participating...

What is the thing of the one transforming himself into a false light and mocking righteousness, while being called a light of impiety? For the light of the impious shall be extinguished. For as this one sinks, that one rises in our hearts, mounting upon his enemies.

Prepare the way for the one coming with the Lord's approach, according to Moses and the prophets, to mount upon enemies. Adam has been cast out from the paradise planted toward the east, to bring him again into the east, which even he has done, saying to the repentant thief, 'Today you shall be with me in paradise' (Ps 67:6a).

The Word gladdens those who are afflicted by Satan, exhorting them to rejoicings through the showing of their protector and helper, who is the father of orphans and judge of widows. Let there be a haste for you to rejoice before him, especially those having left the former father who begot according to wickedness and the first man living lawlessly with him; become orphans from him, for you shall have a father. But also the souls having separated themselves from the unlawful mixture will attempt to become slaves of the indwelling of God.

His holy place is found to be the church sanctified by Christ, which is each of the ones having believed; for it is true and both sides. And his holy place is also the one who has taken up not a soulless body but a rational one.

But also he brings out the dead from the tombs according to 'The dead shall rise, and those in the tombs shall be raised' (Ps 67:7bc); for the dew from you is life to them. This is like that in the Gospel, 'All those in the tombs shall hear his voice' (Ps 67:8), (meaning clearly the Son), and the ones having done good things shall go forth into a resurrection of life, but the ones having doing evil things into a resurrection of judgment.

For indeed, in the going forth of God before his people...

Greek · §117

τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ, ὁ μὴ τηρῶν αὐτὰς οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν θεόν. ̔Ρηθείη δὲ ταῦτα εὐχῆς τρόπῳ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ο τε τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθόντος καὶ ε τι ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ κειμένου τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ τε σκυλεύοντος τὸν ᾳ δην συνήγοντο οἱ ̓Ιουδαῖοι α μα τοῖς πληροῦσιν αὐτοὺς ἀλιτηρίοις δαίμοσι καὶ ταῖς α λλαις πονηραῖς δυνάμεσιν· ἀναστήτω ὁ θεὸς ὁ εἰς θάνατον κατελθὼν ῃ α νθρωπος γέγονεν, ι να διασκορπισθῶσιν οἱ κατ' αὐτοῦ συναχθέντες. τότε γὰρ καὶ οἱ μισοῦντες αὐτὸν ἀντιβλέψαι αὐτῷ μὴ δυνάμενοι ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάντι φεύξονται ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. 682 Ps 67,3.4 Οὐχ ὡς ἡ κακία ἀπόλλυται, ου τως ἡ ἀρετὴ τῶν δικαίων· γέγραπται γὰρ ̔Η δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. μαρτύριον δὲ τοῦ τὴν κακίαν καπνὸν ει ναι τὸ Ωσπερ ο μφαξ ὀδοῦσι βλαβερὸν καὶ καπνὸς ο μμασιν, ου τω παρανομία τοῖς χρωμένοις αὐτῇ, βλάπτουσα κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις, τροπικῶς ὀδόντας αὐτὰς καλουμένας, αι ς τέμνει καὶ λεαίνει τὰς πνευματικὰς τροφάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς νοήσεις αὐτῆς ο ψεις καλουμένας. ̓Ιστέον ο τι ὁ τηκόμενος κηρὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ οὐκ εἰς τὸ μὴ ο ν καταστρέφει, ἀλλ' εἰς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς ἀναδίδοται οὐσίαν. ο θεν κα ν ἀπηλλοίηται ἡ ποιότης καθ' η ν ἁμαρτωλός τίς ἐστιν, ἡ οὐσία αὐτοῦ ἀδιάφθορος μένει. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι μὴ καθάπαξ ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς μηδὲ ἐκλείπειν ἀλλ' ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπείπερ τοιοῦτοι γεγενημένοι ὡς μισεῖν αὐτὸν φεύγουσιν ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ τῷ παρανόμους μὴ διαμένειν ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ. ∆ύναται ἀγαλλίασις καθ' η ν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαλλιῶσιν οἱ δίκαιοι χαρὰ ει ναι η τις Καρπός ἐστι τοῦ πνεύματος ἀγάπη χαρὰ εἰρήνη, εὐφροσύνη δὲ ἡ διαχέουσα τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ φρονοῦν, εὐπάθεια εἰκότως καλουμένη. 683a Ps 67,5b Οὐκ α ν δέ τις πράξοι τὸ ἀγαθὸν μὴ ἀποστὰς τοῦ κακοῦ (ἀσυνύπαρκτα γάρ) οὐδ' α ν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης φωτίζοιτο μετέχων ε τι τοῦ μετασχηματιζομένου εἰς α γγελον φωτὸς καὶ τὸν η λιον ὑποκρινομένου τῆς δικαιοσύνης, καλουμένου δὲ φωτὸς ἀσεβείας· Φῶς γὰρ ἀσεβῶν σβεσθήσεται. τούτου γὰρ καταδυομένου, ἐκεῖνος ἐν ταῖς ἡμῶν ἀνίσχει καρδίαις, ἐπιβαίνων ταῖς ἐκείνου δυσμαῖς. ̔Οδοποιήσατε τῷ ἐρχομένῳ μετὰ κυριακῆς προσηγορίας κατὰ Μωυσῆ καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἐπὶ τῷ ἐπιβῆναι ἐπὶ δυσμάς. ε νθα ἐκβέβληται ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ ἀνατολὰς πεφυτευμένου παραδείσου ̓Αδὰμ ἐπὶ τῷ εἰς τὰς ἀνατολὰς πάλιν αὐτὸν εἰσαγαγεῖν, ο περ καὶ πεποίηκεν εἰπὼν τῷ μετανοοῦντι λῃστῇ Σήμερον μετ' ἐμοῦ ε σῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. 684 Ps 67,6a Εὐθυμοποιῶν ὁ λόγος τοὺς καταπονουμένους ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ εἰς ἀγαλλίασιν αὐτοὺς προτρέπει διὰ δείξεως τοῦ προστάτου καὶ ἐπικούρου αὐτῶν ἐσομένου ο ς πατὴρ τῶν ὀρφανῶν καὶ κριτὴς τῶν χηρῶν ἐστιν. ο θεν σπουδὴ ὑμῖν γενέσθω ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, ο ταν μάλιστα καταλιπόντες τὸν πρότερον πατέρα γεννήσαντα κατὰ κακίαν καὶ τὸν πρῶτον α νδρα ἀνόμως συνοικοῦντα ὀρφανοὶ ἀπ' ἐκείνου γένησθε· πατέρα γὰρ ε ξετε τὸν θεόν. ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τῇ παρανόμῳ μίξει ἀποταξάμεναι ψυχαὶ χηρεύσασαι τῆς συνοικήσεως τοῦ θεοῦ πειράσονται. 685a Ps 67,6b Τόπος α γιος αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει η τοι ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ ἡγιασμένη ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ η ὁ καθεῖς τῶν πεπιστευκότων· ἀληθεῖ γὰρ καὶ ἀμφότερα. τόπος δὲ α γιος αὐτοῦ καὶ ο ἀνείληφεν ε μψυχον σῶμα καὶ λογικόν. 686a Ps 67,7bc ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τάφων ἐξάγει τοὺς νεκροὺς κατὰ τὸ ̓Αναστήσονται οἱ νεκροί, καὶ ἐγερθήσονται οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημίοις· ἡ γὰρ δρόσος ἡ παρὰ σοῦ ι αμα αὐτοῖς ἐστιν· ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ ̓Ελεύσεται ω ρα ο τε πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημίοις ἀκούσονται τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ (δηλονότι τοῦ υἱοῦ) καὶ ἐκπορεύσονται οἱ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ δὲ τὰ φαῦλα πράξαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. 687a Ps 67,8.9a Ηγουν ἐν τῷ ἐκπορεύεσθαι τὸν θεὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ η ἐκ

The Symbolism of Gold, Greenness, and Snow§118

118In the middle of it, for if indeed your mercy is released to you, according to Jeremiah, 'I have abandoned my concern, I have left my inheritance' (Jer 31:9), as he passes through the desert in the church of the nations, the earth was shaken—that is, the letter and the shadow of the law—because it was not called thick. And the earthquake of this happened, the divine dew having poured down from the heavens according to the life-giving spirit of the divine writings. And the heavens shall be spoken of in these things, namely Moses and the prophets, or the mystical teachings; and heaven and clouds are used interchangeably here. Oh, indeed the heavens poured, but elsewhere the clouds rained down righteousness (Ps 67:10-11). But also for the nations having been transferred from idolatry, the earth was shaken, while the spiritual dew-drops of the apostles, evangelists, and the rest of the teachers of the evangelical dispensation were remaining.

The spoken rain, having received the life-giving spirit of the Lord through weakness and desiring the cross, perfected the flesh, living by the power of God. For the divine Word gave life to his own body, having been crucified through weakness. And indeed the believer, a poor people from among the nations, is able to be, because God is, and without false hope. Concerning him the prophecy of Isaiah says: 'For this reason the poor people shall bless you, and cities of unjust men shall bless you' (Isa 61:1); for those being oppressed by Satan were acting unjustly.

'Other' signifies the lots and the guides of the waters. For it is said in Genesis concerning Issachar, that having been called a farmer man, he rested among the lots (Gen 49:14); so one must now turn toward the old and the new covenant. For these indeed provide a watering for the intellect for spiritual fruitfulness. one rests between these two lots, placing them together in the midst of one Goddd, as a way to distinguish the spirit from the letter. One having slept thus between the lots flies, perceiving according to the Holy Spirit. And since you will not perceive the wings of this dove as lifting up the winged soul, it is testified by the divine sayings that there exists refined silver; they are being purified, those who are transferred, joined to the greenness of the dove with the gold. Often of the divine...

Gold is taken for the sharpness of the mind. Greenness signifies the life of the gold; for this color is a symbol of living plants.

Regarding the 'among the lots' and 'thus' in Leviticus: on the day of atonement, two goats were brought to the tent of meeting; one was cast into the lot to be sacrificed to the Lord upon the altar, the other being sent away to the wilderness for the one who sends it. These are symbols of good and evil; he who is in the midst must discern them, to perform the good to the Lord and to send away the evil to the one who appeases, since from it he received the beginning. Thus one will fashion the spread wings and the greenness of gold in the translations.

And the knowledge of divine scripture shines out like gold (Ps 67:14c). 'They shall be covered with snow in Selom,' meaning they shall be filled with snows (Ps 67:15). These are the virtues, watering the mind with springs and cooling the flame of the passions. For 'Wash me, and I shall be white as snow' (Ps 51:7) is not about physical snow. For it is an ineffable thing toward the brightness of a purified soul. Such also is 'If your sins are as scarlet, I will make them white as snow' (Isa 1:18) and 'The Nazarenes were cleansed of it through snow' (Ps 67:15).

Solomon is interpreted as a shadow of a portion. Therefore, since the kings (not the apostles) who once kept the law according to the shadow are a portion of shadows, having indeed a spiritual portion but having also been tested by the shadow. Such is the one saying 'I am a Hebrew of Hebrews, a Pharisee according to the law.' And since the portion of Christ's disciples in the heavens is according to 'He has made us sufficient for the portion of the saints in light' (Col 1:12), but we have not yet reached it, as if the citizenship were in the heavens while walking upon earth, knowing in part and prophesying in part and having the earnest of the Spirit, they are in the shadow of their own portion. Therefore, it is a great thing that a life experiencing this finds itself being covered with snow unstained.

'The cloud of the Lord the Savior exists'; for it is said concerning him, 'The cloud of the Lord shall appear at the end of days' (Ps 68:1) and again 'Upon'...

Greek · §118

128 μέσου αὐτοῦ, ο τε ει πεν ̓Ιδοὺ ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οι κος ὑμῶν, κατὰ τὸ παρ' ̔Ιερεμίᾳ ̓Εγκατέλειπον τὸν οι κόν μου, ἀφῆκα τὴν κληρονομίαν μου, ἐν τῷ διαβαίνειν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῇ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ, γῆ ἐσείσθη τουτέστι τὸ γράμμα καὶ ἡ σκιὰ τοῦ νόμου, διὰ τὸ παχυλὸν ου τω κεκλημένη. γέγονε δὲ ὁ σεισμὸς ταύτης, σταξάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν τὸν θεῖον νοῦν κατὰ τὸ ζωοποιὸν πνεῦμα τῶν θείων γραφῶν. οὐρανοὶ δὲ ἐν τούτοις λελέξονται η τοι Μωσῆς καὶ οἱ προφῆται η τὰ μυστικὰ θεωρήματα· οὐρανὸς δὲ καὶ νεφέλαι ταὐτὸν εἰς τοῦτο. ω δε μὲν οἱ οὐρανοὶ ε σταξαν, ἀλλαχοῦ δ' Αἱ νεφέλαι ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ τῶν τῆς εἰδωλολατρείας μετατεθέντων ἐθνῶν, ἐσείσθη ἡ γῆ, κρατούσης λοιπὸν τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς διατάξεως ἀποστόλων καὶ εὐαγγελιστῶν καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν διδασκάλων τὰς πνευματικὰς σταζόντων γονάς. 688a Ps 67,10.11 ̔Η ῥηθεῖσα βροχὴ τῷ αἱρετὴν ει ναι καὶ ποθεινὴν σταυρὸν ἐξ ἀσθενείας ἀναδεξαμένην τὴν ζωοποιὸν τοῦ κυρίου σάρκα κατηρτίσθη, ζήσασα ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ. ὁ γὰρ θεῖος λόγος ἐζωοποίησε τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα σταυρωθὲν ἐξ ἀσθενείας. Πτωχὸς δὲ ἑνικῶς ὁ πιστεύσας ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν λαὸς ει ναι δύναται διὰ τὸ α θεος ει ναι καὶ μηδόλως ἐλπίδα ε χειν. περὶ αὐτοῦ φησιν ἡ προφητεία ̔Ησαΐου ∆ιὰ τοῦτο εὐλογήσει σε ὁ λαὸς ὁ πτωχὸς καὶ πόλεις ἀνθρώπων ἀδικουμένων εὐλογήσουσί σε· ἠδικοῦντο δὲ οἱ καταδυναστευόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ. 689a Ps 67,17 Ετερος σημαίνειν ε φη τοὺς κλήρους καὶ τοὺς τῶν ὑδάτων ἀγωγούς. ει ρηται γὰρ ἐν Γενέσει περὶ τοῦ ̓Ισσάχαρ ὡς κληθεὶς ἀνὴρ γεωργὸς ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν κλήρων ἀνεπαύετο· ο δὴ τρεπτέον νῦν εἰς τὴν παλαιὰν καὶ καινὴν διαθήκην. αυ ται γὰρ α γουσι τὸν νοητὸν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ποτισμὸν ἐπὶ καρποφορίᾳ πνευματικῇ. Τούτων τῶν δύο κλήρων κοιμᾶταί τις, ἀνὰ μέσον ἑνὸς θεοῦ ει ναι αὐτὰς συγκατατιθέμενος, ὡς διαστέλλειν τὸ πνεῦμα ἀπὸ τοῦ γράμματος. ου τω κοιμηθείς τις μεταξὺ τῶν κλήρων πτεροῦται, κατὰ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα νοῶν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὰς πτέρυγας ταύτης τῆς περιστερᾶς ου σας νοήσεις ἐπαιρούσας τὴν ἐπτερωμένην ψυχὴν καὶ ἐκ τῶν θείων λογίων μαρτυρεῖσθαι α ει ρηται ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον ὑπάρχειν, περιηργυρωμέναι εἰσίν, τῶν μεταφρένων τῆς περιστερᾶς χλωρότητι χρυσίου συνηρμοσμένων. πολλαχοῦ τῶν θείων γραφῶν τὸ χρυσίον ἐπὶ ἀκραιφνεστάτου νοῦ λαμβάνεται. ε χει δὲ χλωρότητα τὸ χρυσίον σημαίνουσαν τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ· σύμβολον γὰρ ζώντων φυτῶν τὸ χρῶμα τοῦτο. Λέγοις δ' α ν εἰς τὸ ̓Ανὰ μέσον τῶν κλήρων καὶ ου τως· ἐν τῷ Λευιτικῷ τῇ τοῦ ἱλασμοῦ ἡμέρᾳ δύο προσηγάγοντο τράγοι εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου· ει τα κλήρου βληθέντος, ὁ ει ς ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον η γετο τυφησόμενος τῷ κυρίῳ, τοῦ ἑτέρου τῷ ἀποπομπαίῳ εἰς τὴν ε ρημον ἐκπεμπομένου. σύμβολα δὲ ταῦτα ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ· ω ν ἐν μέσῳ γινόμενον χρὴ διακρίναντα, τὸ μὲν ἀγαθὸν ἱερουργεῖν τῷ κυρίῳ, τὸ δὲ κακὸν ἐκπέμπειν τῷ ἀρεσκομένῳ, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν ε λαβεν. ου τω γάρ τις σχήσει τὰς περιηργυρωμένας πτέρυγας καὶ τὴν χλωρότητα τοῦ χρυσίου ἐν τοῖς μεταφρένοις. 690a Ps 67,14c Καὶ ἡ γνῶσις τῆς θείας γραφῆς ὡς χρυσίον ἐξαστράπτων. 691a Ps 67,15 ∆ιασταλεῖσι τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀκολουθήσει τὸ Χιονωθήσονται ἐν Σελμών, τουτέστι πληρωθήσονται χιόνων. αυ ται δέ εἰσιν αἱ ἀρεταί, ποτίζουσαι νᾶμα τὸν νοῦν καὶ καταψύχουσαι τῶν παθῶν τὸν φλογμόν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Πλυνεῖς με, καὶ ὑπὲρ χιόνα λευκανθήσομαι, περὶ αἰσθητῆς χιόνος ὁ λόγος. ἀσύμβλητος γὰρ αυ τη πρὸς λαμπρότητα κεκαθαρμένης ψυχῆς. τοιοῦτον καὶ τὸ ̓Εὰν ω σιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὑμῶν ὡς κόκκινον, ὡς χιόνα λευκανῶ, καὶ τὸ ̓Εκαθαριώθησαν οἱ Ναζωραῖοι αὐτῆς ὑπὲρ χιόνα. Σαλωμὼν δὲ σκιὰ μερίδος ἑρμηνεύεται. μήποτε τοίνυν, ἐπεὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς (ου τοι οἱ ἀπόστολοι) ἰουδάϊσάν ποτε τηροῦντες τὸν κατὰ σκιὰν νόμον, μερίδος εἰσὶν σκιᾶς, ε χοντες μὲν πνευματικὴν μερίδα, πεπειραμένοι δὲ καὶ τῆς σκιᾶς. ὁποῖος ὁ λέγων ̔Εβραῖος ἐξ ̔Εβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος. η ἐπειδὴ ἡ 129 μερὶς μὲν η ν τῶν Χριστοῦ μαθητῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς κατὰ τὸ ̔Ικανώσαντι ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν μερίδα τῶν ἁγίων ἐν φωτί, ου πω δὲ ε φθασαν ἐπ' αὐτήν, κα ν ἐν οὐρανοῖς ε χωσι τὸ πολίτευμα, ἐπὶ γῆς ε τι περιπατοῦντες, ἐκ μέρους γινώσκοντες καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύοντες καὶ ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ πνεύματος ε χοντες, ἐν σκιᾷ τῆς ἑαυτῶν μερίδος εἰσίν. διὸ καὶ μέγα τυγχάνει τὸ ἐν ταύτῃ τυγχάνοντα χιονωθῆναι βίον ἀκηλίδωτον ε χοντα. 692a Ps 67,16 Κυρίως ο ρος θεοῦ ὁ σωτὴρ ὑπάρχει· ει ρηται γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ Εσται ἐπ' ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐμφανὲς τὸ ο ρος κυρίου· καὶ πάλιν ̓Επ'

The Ascent through Sinai and the Nature of Blessing§119

119The high mountain ascends, the one being evangelized to Zion. And this ascent is through progress. Therefore, the God who is the Word, Wisdom, Life, and Sanctification, is nourishing, not receiving potency from without, but providing it to those who partake of Him. This mountain is both nourishing and matured, giving milk to some and imparting solid food to others, and nothing other than this besides milk; for it has become a food that is solid. It will be spoken of as being matured, and thus: the nourishing mountain, which is God, became man by taking flesh from a virgin, through whom He is called matured, the human generation being made manifest by this expression, just as it is clearly said in Job to God, 'Remember that you formed me from clay' (Job 10:9), and furthermore: 'Did you not milk me as with milk and knead me with curds?' (Job 10:10), and 'You clothed me with skin and flesh' (Job 10:11). Since the matured one preserves the divinity harmlessly, and continues to nourish after being matured, the very words establish it, saying: a matured mountain, a nourishing mountain. For it is nourishing both before and after being matured. If you suppose the mountain is matured, did God not delight in it? (Ps 67:17). The argument fits better against the Valentinians. For the Savior is called by many names in the Scripture, and according to each, a different essence is shown, such as calling the Lord apart from Jesus and Wisdom, and the others. Now the mountain is that in which the Lord dwells, according to 'what God was in Christ' and 'the Father who abides in me'. Therefore, demand the reason by which you supposed many mountains to be matured, but rather the one incarnate is a single matured mountain, in whom the Lord, having been born of the Theotokos virgin, dwells permanently without moving from one to another as He did with the holy men; but teachers became men—Moses and the prophets and the apostles—and even angels. For if the word spoken through angels became firm, how much more was the one being nourished as if being struck from God and being matured? Do not think such things are many by nature, like polytheism. The army of God is not single, but is myriads.

The army of God is not single but is myriads.

The voices of the choir of the saints are yoked together with him: Moses and the prophets, the apostles, the evangelists, the angels, the archangels, the principalities, the powers, the dominions, and those simply receiving God and having the Holy Spirit, who in the psalm says, 'Ride upon the horses, O Lord, and thy chariot is salvation' (Ps 68:14). For through them the saving gospel was stretched out into the inhabited world. For more ranks appear yoked to the yoke of Christ. For this reason it has approached like an army of tens of thousands making straight their path, for no one among them is without fruit.

Just as an army and a chariot compose the unit in those whom God holds, so also the hosts having come to Sinai have the Lord within themselves, the lawgiver. And this is a high thing, in which God, having descended, commands Moses to ascend. For it is impossible for a created thing to ascend to divine height, unless God first descends with it. And Sinai is interpreted as temptation, not synonymous with a storm, but a trial, through which one, being tested by much experience, will be high, as the lawgiver ascending upon it and being revealed as a hierophant by the favor of God.

These preceding voices from the choir of the saints are spoken to the one ascending through the cross to the height, and there having taken captive those who are being tyrannized by Satan and freeing them from his bitterness, his tyranny, having given a ransom for his soul instead of many (Ps 68:18). In this way he redeemed all. For since not all come to him willingly and of their own accord, he takes even those who disobey to dwell with him. For many, disobeying the call of the gospel, are drawn away by sickness and other distraction. And some even came through visions to dwell with Jesus.

Of so many benefits occurring from the Lord, how could I not intend to bless the cause of such great blessings, and to bless—not perhaps never, nor perhaps always—but mixing prayer with blessing every day, asking that they may be guided by God, who grants the desire for salvation? And he is blessed, not by receiving blessing, but by giving these. For as a man is good, not by becoming so but by doing good things.

Greek · §119

ο ρος ὑψηλὸν ἀνάβηθι ὁ εὐαγγελιζόμενος τῇ Σιών. ἡ δὲ ἀνάβασις διὰ προκοπῆς. ὁ τοίνυν θεὸς λόγος σοφία τε καὶ ζωὴ καὶ ἁγιασμὸς ὑπάρχων πίων ἐστίν, οὐκ ε ξωθεν δεχόμενος πιότητα ἀλλὰ παρέχων αὐτὴν τοῖς μετέχουσιν αὐτοῦ. τοῦτο τὸ ο ρος πρὸς τῷ πῖον ει ναι καὶ τετυρωμένον ἐστίν, τοὺς μὲν γάλα ποτίζων, τοὺς δὲ στερεᾶς τροφῆς μεταδιδούς, οὐχ ἑτέρας ου σης ταύτης παρὰ τὸ γάλα· αὐτὸ γὰρ παγὲν τελείων γέγονε τροφή. Λελέξεται δ' εἰς τὸ τετυρωμένον καὶ ου τως· τὸ πῖον ο ρος θεὸς ω ν ἐνηνθρώπησεν, ἐκ παρθένου ἀναλαβὼν σάρκα δι' η ν τετυρωμένον κέκληται, δηλουμένης τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης γενέσεως τῇ λέξει ταύτῃ, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ ̓Ιὼβ φανερὸν λέγοντος πρὸς θεὸν Μνήσθητι ο τι πηλόν με ε πλασας, καὶ ἑξῆς· πότερον οὐχ ω σπερ γάλα με η μελξας, ἐτύρωσας δέ με ι σα τυρῷ; σάρκα καὶ δέρμα με ἐνέδυσας, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ει τ' ἐπεὶ τετυρωμένος γεγονὼς ἀβλαβῆ φυλάττει τὴν θεότητα, καὶ μετὰ τὸ τετυρῶσθαι πίων ἐστίν, ὡς αὐτὴ ἡ λέξις παρίστησι λέγουσα Ορος τετυρωμένον, ο ρος πῖον. πρὸ γὰρ τοῦ τετυρῶσθαι καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο πῖόν ἐστιν. Ει τ' ἐπάγει ̔Ινατί ὑπολαμβάνετε ο ρη τετυρωμένα, τὸ ο ρος ο εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεός; 693a Ps 67,17 ̔Αρμόσει δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀπὸ Οὐαλεντίνου μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος. τοῦ γὰρ σωτῆρος πολλαῖς προσηγορίαις ἐν τῇ γραφῇ λεγομένου, καθ' ἑκάστην ἐνόμισαν οὐσίαν δηλοῦσθαι διάφορον, ὡς ε τερον λέγειν τὸν κύριον παρὰ τὸν ̓Ιησοῦν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν ἑτέραν καὶ τὰ λοιπά. ε ν ου ν τὸ ο ρος ἐν ῳ κατοικεῖ ὁ κύριος, κατὰ τὸ ̔Ως ο τι ὁ θεὸς η ν ἐν Χριστῷ, καὶ τὸ ̔Ο πατὴρ ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοί. ̓Απαιτεῖ τοίνυν τὴν αἰτίαν καθ' η ν ὑπέλαβον πολλὰ ο ρη ει ναι τετυρωμένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ε ν ο ρος τετυρωμένον ὁ σαρκωθεὶς ἐκ τῆς θεοτόκου παρθένου ἐν ῳ κατοικῶν ὁ κύριος εἰς τέλος κατασκηνοῖ, μὴ μεταβαίνων ἐξ ἑτέρου εἰς ε τερον ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν· ἀλλὰ καὶ διδάσκαλοι γεγόνασιν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, Μωσῆς τε καὶ οἱ προφῆται καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἀλλὰ καὶ α γγελοι. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ δι' ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος ἐγένετο βέβαιος, ε καστος δὲ πίων η ν ὡς ἐκ θεοῦ πιαινόμενος παρ' ου καὶ τετύρωτο. πολυθεΐας ου ν τὸ τοιαῦτα φύσει νομίσαι πολλά. 694a Ps 67,18.19aα Τὸ α ρμα τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ μονοειδὲς ἀλλὰ μυριοπλάσιόν ἐστιν, ὑπεζευγμένων αὐτῷ πατριαρχῶν Μωυσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀποστόλων εὐαγγελιστῶν ἀγγέλων ἀρχαγγέλων ἀρχῶν θρόνων κυριοτήτων καὶ α παξ ἁπλῶς θεοληπτουμένων καὶ ἐχόντων α γιον πνεῦμα περὶ ω ν ἐν ᾠδῇ φησιν ̓Επίβηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς ι ππους σου, καὶ ἡ ἱππασία σου σωτηρία. δι' αὐτῶν γὰρ ἐξέτεινεν εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην τὸ σωτήριον εὐαγγέλιον. ἐμφαίνεται γὰρ πλείονα τάγματα λογικῶν ὑπεζευγμένα τῷ Χριστοῦ ζυγῷ. διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπενήνεκται ὡσεὶ ε ν α ρμα εὐθηνούντων χιλιάδες· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς α καρπος. Ωσπερ ου ν α ρμα καὶ ο χημα ε ν ἀποτελοῦσιν ἐν οι ς ἐποχεῖται ὁ θεός, ου τως καὶ ο ρος ε ν τὸ Σινᾶ γεγενημένοι κύριον ε χουσιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς νομοθετοῦντα. ὑψηλὸν δὲ τοῦτο ἐν ῳ ὁ θεὸς καταβὰς προστάττει Μωυσῇ ἀναβῆναι. ἀδύνατον γὰρ εἰς υ ψος θεῖον ἀναβῆναι γενητόν, μὴ πρότερον θεοῦ συγκαταβάντος ἐν αὐτῷ. ̔Ερμηνεύεται δὲ τὸ Σινᾶ πειρασμός, οὐ συνωνυμῶν περιστάσει ἀλλὰ πείρᾳ καθ' η ν πειραζόμενός τις διὰ πολυπειρίας ὑψηλὸς ε σται ὡς τὸν ἀναβαίνοντα ἐπ' αὐτὸ νομοθέτην καὶ θεοῦ χρησμῷ ἱεροφάντην ἀναδειχθῆναι. 695a Ps 67,19a–ξ Αἱ προκείμεναι φωναὶ παρὰ τοῦ χοροῦ τῶν ἁγίων ει ρηνται τῷ ἀναβάντι διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ εἰς υ ψος κἀκεῖθεν 130 αἰχμαλωτεύσαντι τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ καὶ ἐλευθεροῦντι αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ὠμότητος αὐτοῦ τῆς τυραννικῆς, λυτρὸν δεδωκότι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀντὶ πολλῶν. τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἐλυτρώσατο πάντας. ἐπεὶ γὰρ μὴ πάντες ἑκουσίως καὶ αὐθαιρέτως ε ρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ τοὺς ἀπειθοῦντας ε τι λαμβάνει ἐπὶ τῷ κατασκηνῶσαι παρ' αὐτῷ. πολλοὶ γὰρ ἀπειθοῦντες τῇ κλήσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ἑλκυσθέντες ὑπὸ νόσου καὶ α λλου περιστάσεως. ε στι δ' ο τε καὶ δι' ὁραμάτων η λθον εἰς τὸ κατασκηνῶσαι παρὰ τῷ ̓Ιησοῦ. 696a Ps 67,19δ.20 Τοσούτων εὐεργεσιῶν γενομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς οὐκ ε μελλον τὸν τῶν τηλικούτων εὐλογεῖν καὶ τοσούτων ἀγαθῶν αι τιον, καὶ εὐλογεῖν μήποτε μὲν ου , ποτὲ δὲ ου ; ἀλλὰ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν τῇ εὐλογίᾳ καταμίξαντες εὐχήν, αἰτοῦνται κατευοδωθήσεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τὰς σωτηρίας ὀρέγοντος. εὐλόγητος δέ ἐστιν οὐ τῷ δέχεσθαι εὐλογίας ἀλλὰ τῷ διδόναι ταύτας. ὡς γὰρ ἀγαθός ἐστιν, οὐ γινόμενος ἀλλὰ ποιῶν ἀγαθούς,

The Ways of Death and Life§120

120And a holy one sanctifies, not is being sanctified. Therefore also he is blessed, the fountain of all blessing to us (Ps 67:21-22). If the preceding things are said concerning common death, there are myriad ways known to all toward the common death; but if concerning living according to God and the death opposing this is also signified here, our God, the Savior, is the God of saving. For he becomes the cause of eternal salvation. Indeed he says concerning himself, 'The Savior does not stand away from me.' Just as God is of saving, so also the exits of death do not possess him as lord, providing always exits through which one comes out through repentance from the death following sin. For also the devil is not so named in 'Death prevailed, having been strong.' But he provides the exits of death to the one lifted up from the gates of death (1 Chron 4:10). And the heads are the enemies, or the rulers, or the dominating things, as in 'From the heads of the rulers of nations'; and the dominating thing in 'I gave their paths into their heads' (Ps 74:6), and 'Your hands are upon my head' (Ps 139:10). Both perhaps are shown by 'You cast death into the heads of the lawless' (Ps 140:9), the God doing good so that they might not live wickedly, being described as the life according to sin. But these enemies, being such, wander in their transgressions.

It should be noted also what the divine scripture sets as the name of the vision concerning Moses. For the ways of God are not grasped, but are pious and with right understanding (Ps 67:26). Let us say 'those singing who accomplish the practical life,' and let us omit the young women playing the timbrel, having deadened the members upon the earth and carrying the death of Jesus in their bodies, souls wandering. These singers were overtaken by the rulers according to teaching, so that they themselves might begin from practical virtue. But they are also in the midst of young women, those who because of having the beginning of playing the timbrel—that is, deadening the members upon the earth of the young women spoken of—are the rulers overtaking the singers, which are the apostles. The springs of Israel are the legal and prophetic writings. For from these springs the Lord is blessed toward those able to draw from them the spring of salvation (Ps 67:27).

welling up for eternal life

Greek · §120

καὶ α γιος ἁγιάζων, οὐχ ἁγιαζόμενος· ου τω καὶ εὐλόγητός ἐστι, πηγὴ πάσης εὐλογίας ω ν. 697a Ps 67,21.22 Εἰ μὲν περὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ θανάτου λέγεται τὰ προκείμενα, μυρίαι εἰσὶν ὁδοὶ γνώριμοι πᾶσιν εἰς τὸν κοινὸν α γουσαι θάνατον· εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ κατὰ θεὸν ζῆν καὶ τοῦ ἐναντιουμένου τούτῳ θανάτου καὶ ἐνταῦθα σημαίνεται, θεὸς ἡμῶν ω ν ὁ σωτὴρ θεὸς τοῦ σῴζειν ἐστίν. γίνεται γὰρ αι τιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου. λέγει γοῦν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ Σῴζων οὐκ ε στι πάρεξ ἐμοῦ. Ωσπερ ου ν τοῦ σῴζειν ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, ου τω καὶ αἱ διέξοδοι τοῦ θανάτου τυγχάνουσιν αὐτοῦ κυρίου ο ντος, παρέχοντος ἀεὶ διεξόδους δι' ω ν τις ἐξέρχεται διὰ μετανοίας τοῦ ἑπομένου τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ θανάτου. Καὶ ὁ διάβολος γὰρ ου τως ὠνόμασται ἐν τῷ Κατέπιεν ὁ θάνατος ἰσχύσας. παρέχει δὲ τὰς διεξόδους τοῦ θανάτου τῷ ὑψωθέντι ἐκ τῶν πυλῶν τοῦ θανάτου. κεφαλαὶ δὲ ἐχθρῶν η οἱ α ρχοντες η τὰ ἡγεμονικά, ὡς ἐν τῷ ̓Απὸ κεφαλῆς ἀρχόντων ἐθνῶν· τὸ δὲ ἡγεμονικὸν ἐν τῷ Τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῶν ε δωκα εἰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ τῷ Αἱ χεῖρές σου ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς σου. ἀμφότερα δὲ ι σως δηλοῖ τὸ Εβαλες εἰς κεφαλὰς ἀνόμων θάνατον, εὐεργετοῦντος θεοῦ ο πως μὴ ζῶσιν ε τι πονηρῶς περιγραφείσης τῆς καθ' ἁμαρτίαν ζωῆς. ἐχθροὶ δὲ ου τοι ο ντες ἐκ τοῦ πλημμελεῖν διαπορεύονται ἐν πλημμελείαις αὐτῶν. 698a Ps 67,25 Σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι καὶ ἡ θεία γραφὴ ἐπὶ τῆς Μωσέως τὸ τῆς θεωρίας ο νομα τάττει. οὐ γὰρ ο ψει αἱ πορεῖαι τοῦ θεοῦ καταλαμβάνονται ἀλλ' εὐσεβεῖ καὶ ὀρθῇ νοήσει. 699a Ps 67,26 Ψάλλοντας τοὺς τὸν πρακτικὸν κατορθοῦντας βίον λεκτέον, καὶ νεανίδας τυμπανιστρίας ἑπομένως ἐκληπτέον τὰς νεκρωσάσας τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἑαυτῶν περιφερούσας ψυχάς. τούτους τοὺς ψάλλοντας προέφθασαν οἱ κατὰ διδασκαλίαν α ρχοντες τῷ καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ πρακτικῆς ἀρετῆς η ρχθαι. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν μέσῳ νεανίδων εἰσὶν τῶν διὰ τὸ ἀρχὴν ε χειν τοῦ τυμπανίζειν, τουτέστι νεκροῦν τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς νεανίδων εἰρημένων. α ρχοντες προφθάνοντες τοὺς ψάλλοντάς εἰσιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι. 700a Ps 67,27 Πηγαὶ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ αἱ νομικαὶ καὶ προφητικαὶ γραφαί. ἐκ τούτων γὰρ τῶν πηγῶν ὁ κύριος εὐλογεῖται πρὸς τῶν δυναμένων ἀντλεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν σωτηρίου πηγῶν οὐσῶν μετ' εὐφροσύνης υ δωρ. τοῦτο δ' ἐστὶ περὶ ου ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς ει πεν Ος δ' α ν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ υ δατος ου ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, ε ξει ἐν ἑαυτῷ πηγὴν υ δατος ἀλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ̓Ελεγκτέον δὲ διὰ τούτου τοὺς διακόπτοντας τὴν παλαιὰν γραφὴν ἀπὸ τῆς καινῆς, ὡς οὐ δύνανται ἐν ἐκκλησίαις εὐλογεῖν τὸν θεόν, οὐκ ε χοντες τὰς τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ πηγὰς οὐδὲ τὸν κύριον αὐτῶν α τε καὶ τὴν θεότητα αὐτὴν διαιρεῖν τολμῶντες. 701a Ps 67,29.30 Εντειλαι τῇ δυνάμει σου ἐπὶ πάντων, δημιουργέ, ι ν' ἐπιδημήσασα λύσῃ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. λύσει δὲ αὐτὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐλθοῦσα ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ σου, ἐνδυναμωθέντος τοῦ ἡμῶν ε νεκα κατεργασθέντος. τοῦτο δ' ἐστὶ τὸ τεχθῆναι τὸν ̓Εμμανουὴλ τῷ γενέσθαι σάρκα τὸν λόγον σου. ταύτῃ τῇ δυνάμει θεῷ λόγῳ ου σῃ 131 ει πεν ὁ θεός, ι να γενηθῇ τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἐνετείλατο, ι να κτισθῶσι διάφορα. Λυθείσης τῆς ἀσθενείας παρουσίᾳ τῆς θεοῦ δυνάμεως, οἱ βασιλεῖς κομίζουσι δῶρα τῷ θεῷ ἐπὶ τὴν πνευματικὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ η τοι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. καὶ εἰ μὲν ἐκεῖνοι οἱ βασιλεῖς ου ς διέστειλεν ὁ ἐπουράνιος ἐν τῇ κληρονομίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ ει εν οἱ τὰ δῶρα φέροντες ἐπὶ τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλήμ, οἱ ὠφεληθέντες ὑπ' αὐτῶν εἰσιν οἱ προαγόμενοι. ου τως προσήνεγκεν ὁ ἀπόστολος Πέτρος δῶρον τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ̓Ανδρέα καὶ Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ καὶ ἑτέρους πλείονας οἱ α λλοι ἀπόστολοι, α λλοι δὲ προσήνεγκαν δῶρα νοήματα σπουδαῖα καὶ λόγους καὶ ε ργα ἐπαινετά. 12/4 ...Ναθαναὴλ καὶ πάντες τοὺς ἑαυτῶν μαθητάς· η γουν οἱ πιστοὶ κατὰ τὸ Καὶ ο φελόν γε ἐβασιλεύσατε, ι να καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν συμβασιλεύσωμεν, ω ν τὰ δῶρα νοήματα καὶ λόγοι καὶ ε ργα ἐπαινετά. 702a Ps 67,31a Νοήσεις θηρία καλάμου τοὺς τὴν ψευδώνυμον πρεσβεύοντας γνῶσιν. δύναται περὶ τούτων εἰρῆσθαι ἡ προφητεία ἡ ου τως ε χουσα Οὐαὶ τοῖς γράφουσιν πονηρίαν· γράφοντες γὰρ πονηρίαν γράφουσι. 703 Ps 67,32 ∆ιὰ μὲν τῆς Αἰγυπτίας τὴν σύμπασαν γῆν η ς ἐξῆρχεν ὁ νοητὸς Φαραώ, διὰ δὲ τῆς Αἰθιοπίας τὸ σκοτεινὸν καὶ δυσειδὲς τῶν ψυχῶν τῶν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐδήλωσεν· ὡς καὶ ἐν ἑνί φησι τῶν ψαλμῶν Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀλλόφυλοι καὶ Τύρος καὶ λαὸς τῶν Αἰθιοπῶν· ου τοι ἐγενήθησαν ἐκεῖ (δῆλον ὡς ἐν τῇ πνευματικῇ Σιών). καὶ Σοφονίας δὲ λέγει Τότε μεταστρέψει ἐπὶ

The Ascent to the Intelligible and the Transformation of the Psalm§121

121A people whose tongue is to proclaim that all shall serve the Lord under a yoke. From the ends of the rivers of Ethiopia come sacrifices to me. It agrees with the filling of Ethiopia from the kingdoms and in what is said. She herself, the one from nearby, and Ethiopia, having become spiritual and having embraced genuine repentance, says about herself: 'I am black and beautiful'; black indeed because of idolatry and practical wickedness, but beautiful because of the withdrawal from those things.

And what will exist after having confessed to her and having reached out the hand to God: to be cleansed by casting away all evil from the heart and to become in light? This is shown by the one of the sins seeing her with the... It indeed signifies all the mortal things of Ethiopia; it presents the bride saying through repentance: 'I am black and beautiful'; black indeed and double-natured because of idolatry and practical wickedness, but beautiful because of the withdrawal from them. And it happened to her to become luminous after having reached out her hand to God, as those seeing her with the benefactor say: 'Who is she, the one ascending, having become white?' (Ps 67:34).

His voice is the divine scripture. By this he will give a voice to receive spiritual power. And even in these things, his voice, John, must be taken, saying: 'I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness' (Matt 3:3), to be spoken as the Savior having ascended to the heaven of heavens, having fulfilled the prophecies that pre-proclaimed his incarnation, death, and resurrection, and his ascension, he gave voice to them. For those speaking about the things to come seem to be weak because of the lack of clarity of the outcome, then receiving the voice of power they will be fulfilled.

And also the saying that God has set himself upon the heaven of heavens: for only He reclines for the Lord according to 'The heaven of heavens is the Lord' (Ps 108:1), and 'Behold, the heaven of your God, the heaven of heavens' (Deut 10:14), into which no one has been born.

But to ascend to the things of the mind. For the place to which God ascended into heaven is not any created thing, but a state befitting God, which is not manifest, not declared by a master word. Ps 67:35ab Being made thankful in deed and word, glorify Him with hymns and theologies, so that you may be able to contain His majesty, having become true Israel by purity of heart, seeing God. For the superlative knowledge of God possesses what is fitting in greatness only to the one having sanctification and peace.

Since from beginning to end he preserves the same face speaking, one should take up the same rhythm of thought following him. Since therefore the Psalm signifies the Lord who has come among us, transforming men by life and teaching as to become from unbelievers and sinners faithful and righteous, the inscription 'Concerning those who shall be transformed' lies most fittingly. But also those having believed from circumcision were transformed, living according to the Spirit rather than the law. And if even through the change occurring from the better to the inferior quality, I say even so: nothing will be more fitting than 'Concerning those who shall be transformed' than the inscription for the Jews who did not believe in Him. And if even those transformed according to the resurrection from the dead, as in 'We also shall be changed' 1 Cor 15:52, are to be visited. For if the Psalm is from the person of Christ, and His passion is signified in it, concerning His dying and rising and all being raised, it is not lacking to take the inscription 'Concerning those thus transformed' to be for them.

It is necessary to consider what the most frequent things in the Psalm are said from our person by Jesus, bearing our infirmities and suffering on our behalf Ps 68:2-3. For certainly He does not confess sins, nor has He done anything at all. If therefore He does not confess on His own behalf, it is evident that He does this on our behalf. For also those fleeing from sinners, through...

Greek · §121

λαοὺς γλῶσσαν τοῦ ἐπαγγελεῖσθαι πάντας τὸ ο νομα κυρίου τοῦ δουλεύειν αὐτῷ ὑπὸ ζυγὸν ε να· ἐκ περάτων ποταμῶν Αἰθιοπίας οι σουσι θυσίας μοι. συνᾴδει τῷ ... πληροῦσθαι τὴν Αἰθιοπίαν ἐκ * τῶν βασιλειῶν * κ̣α̣ὶ̣ ἐν * λεγομένῳ. αὐτὴ ἡ ἀπ' ἐγγὺς καὶ ἡ Αἰθιοπία πνευματικὴ γενομένη γνησίαν μετάνοιαν συνεισενεγκαμένη φησὶ περὶ ἑαυτῆς Μέλαινά εἰμι καὶ καλή· μέλαινα μὲν διὰ τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν καὶ πρακτικὴν κακίαν, καλὴ δὲ διὰ τὴν *** ἀναχώρησιν ἐξ ἐκείνων δι' α μέλαινα ἐχρημάτισα. τί δὲ ὑπάρξει ἐξομολογησαμένῃ αὐτῇ καὶ προσφθασάσῃ τῷ θεῷ τὴν χεῖρα η τὸ καθαρισθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ πᾶσαν καρδίαν ἀποβαλεῖν καὶ ἐν φωτὶ γενέσθαι; δηλοῖ τοῦτο τὸ τῶν ᾀσμάτων Αισμα ἐν τῷ ὁρᾶσθαι αὐτὴν σὺν τῷ *** 5–13 ο τι γε μὴν Αἰθιοπία πάντα τὰ ε θνη δηλοῖ, παρίστησιν ἡ διὰ μετανοίας λέγουσα νύμφη Μέλαινά εἰμι καὶ καλή· μέλαινα μὲν καὶ δυσειδὴς διὰ τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν καὶ τὴν κακίαν τὴν πρακτικήν, καλὴ δὲ διὰ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναχώρησιν. ὑπῆρξε δὲ αὐτῇ φωτεινῇ γενέσθαι προφθασάσῃ χεῖρα θεῷ, ὡς τοὺς ὁρῶντας αὐτὴν σὺν τῷ εὐεργετήσαντι λέγειν Τίς αυ τη ἡ ἀναβαίνουσα λελευκασμένη; 704a Ps 67,34 Φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡ θεία γραφή. ταύτῃ δώσει φωνὴν δυνάμεως πνευματικὴν λαβεῖν. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐν τούτοις φωνὴν αὐτοῦ τὸν ̓Ιωάννην δεῖ λαβεῖν εἰπόντα ̓Εγὼ φωνὴ βοοῦντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, λεκτέον ὡς ἐπιβὰς τῷ οὐρανῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ σωτήρ, πληρώσας τὰς προφητείας τὰς προαναφωνησάσας τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν θάνατόν τε καὶ ἀνάστασιν καὶ ἀνάληψιν αὐτοῦ, φωνὴν αὐταῖς δέδωκε. τὰ γὰρ περὶ μελλόντων λέγοντα ἀσθενεῖν δοκεῖ διὰ τὸ α δηλον τῆς ἐκβάσεως, τότε φωνὴν δυνάμεως λαμβάνοντα ο ταν πληρωθῇ. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι τὸν θεὸν ἐπιβεβηκέναι ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· ο στις μόνος ἀνάκειται τῷ κυρίῳ κατὰ τὸ ̔Ο οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ̓Ιδοὺ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, εἰς ο ν οὐδεὶς πέφυκε τῶν νοητῶν ἀναβαίνειν. οὐ γὰρ κτίσμα τι η τόπος εἰς ο ν ἀνέβη θεὸς οὐρανόν, ἀλλὰ πρέπουσα θεῷ περιωπὴ η κατάστασις α φραστος, διὰ κυρίας λέξεως οὐ δηλουμένη. 705a Ps 67,35ab Εὐχάριστοι γινόμενοι ε ργῳ καὶ λόγῳ, δοξάσατε αὐτὸν υ μνοις καὶ θεολογίαις, ι να τὴν μεγαλοπρέπειαν αὐτοῦ χωρῆσαι δυνηθεῖτε ἀληθινὸς ̓Ισραὴλ γεγενημένοι διὰ καθαρότητα καρδίας θεὸν ὁρῶντες. ἡ γὰρ ὑπερφυὴς θεοῦ γνῶσις ἐν μεγάλοις τὸ πρέπον ε χουσα σύνεστι μόνῳ τῷ ἁγιασμὸν καὶ εἰρήνην ε χοντι. 132 706a Ps 68 αργ ̓Επεὶ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους πρόσωπον τὸ αὐτὸ λέγον φυλάττει, ἀκόλουθον ο λον αὐτῷ εἱρμῷ διανοίας τῆς αὐτῆς ἐκλαβεῖν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τὸν ἐπιδημήσαντα κύριον σημαίνει ὁ ψαλμὸς ἀλλοιώσαντα βίῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὡς ἐξ ἀπίστων καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν πιστοὺς καὶ δικαίους γενέσθαι, ἁρμοδιώτατα ̔Υπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ κεῖται. ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πιστεύσαντες ἐκ περιτομῆς ἠλλοιώθησαν κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα ζῶντες τοῦ νόμου. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ε μπαλιν τῆς μεταβολῆς γινομένης ἐκ τῆς κρείττονος ἐπὶ τὴν χείρονα ποιότητα, φημὶ καὶ ου τως· οὐδὲν η ττον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων ε σται τῶν μὴ πιστευσάντων αὐτῷ ̓Ιουδαίων. εἰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς κατὰ ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἠλλοιωμένους κατὰ τὸ Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησόμεθα, συνεπίσκεψαι. εἰ γὰρ ἐκ προσώπου Χριστοῦ ἐστιν ὁ ψαλμός, σημαίνεται δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ πάθος αὐτοῦ ῳ ε πεται ἀποθανόντος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀναστάντος καὶ πάντας ἐγείρεσθαι, οὐκ ἀπᾴδει ἐκλαβεῖν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ου τως ἀλλοιωθησομένων τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ει ναι. 707 Ps 68,2.3 ̓Ιστέον ο τι τὰ πλεῖστα ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ ἐκ προσώπου ἡμετέρου ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ λέγεται τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν φέροντος καὶ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὀδυνωμένου. ου τος γοῦν ἐξομολογεῖται περὶ ἁμαρτημάτων ω ν οὐδ' ο λως τι πεποίηκεν. εἰ τοίνυν μὴ ὑπὲρ ἰδίων ἐξομολογεῖται, δηλονότι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τοῦτο ποιεῖ. καὶ γὰρ οἱ περὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν φυγὴν ὑποστάντων, δι'

The Method of Accommodation and Forgiveness§122

122They perform this by asking a king, presenting the sins of those for whom they pray before his face, requesting a benefit and forgiveness for the wrongs done to them. For the saints have this habit in their confessions regarding others, saying: 'We have sinned, we have acted lawlessly, we have been impious.'

If even the king's messengers and friends of God ask on behalf of others, seeking grace as before a king's face, it is not at all paradoxical to demand, through an exceeding care for us, the confession of grace and forgiveness on behalf of others from Him who is the Advocate with the Father for the sins of the whole world. He explains regarding our own sins, though He has done nothing wrong at all. For it is unseemly to ask anything of the Savior, the provider of all good things. Indeed, He takes away the sin of the world and desires the forgiveness of sins for those coming to Him.

Since therefore the Lord did not reach that place because of sin, but accepted death on our behalf, he says: 'A storm sank me into the depths of the sea' (Ps 69:2). A storm signifies the trials, just as the 'Storm passed through the wilderness,' and 'I waited for God who saves me from despair and from the storm.' You may consider the present text to be like 'No one takes my life from me, but I lay it down of myself' (John 10:18), having voluntarily accepted death. Because it is not said that he gave his life through sickness or simply by the usual end, but having endured the cross, he is said to be sunk by a storm, even if he endured this not consciously, becoming obedient to the Father unto death.

This is a demonstration of the silencing of the Jews. For if, even when praying not because one ought to despair but crying out day and night to God, one has become weary in crying out in harmony with 'a loud cry and tears' (Ps 69:3), visit him. And he who turns all his expectation toward God will say, 'My eyes have failed' (Ps 69:1), clearly as those of the heart. But the benefactor doing these things is pursued and hated, just as the Savior, healing all infirmity among the Jews and raising the dead, became a city of scrutiny through these things. That the hairs of the head of the hated one should be multiplied by those hating him...

He is said to be excessively speaking. For both the manner and the excess are constantly guarded, and in the Scriptures, if it did not strike, then they were being cut off. Even if he gave back without striking, he did not redeem us—that is, to cut off—by erasing the hand-written document that we were compelled to cut off. And this was also lacking from the middle, of the forgiveness of sins being given.

No one is indeed a sinner who has folly or shortcomings added to him by God, remaining in lawlessness before His eyes (Ps 68:6). Why is someone disturbed hearing of folly? For the word is not far from him to have him confess ignorance when he says to someone, 'Never did I know you'; and he asserts as if he does not know anything concerning the day and the hour of the judgment. How these things are piously understood, and the things concerning his folly will find clarity when piously understood. For a teacher possessing perfect knowledge appears to be knowing through accommodation to those to whom these things are introduced, as if he were of the kind who are capable, in a way, resembling them; everyone accepted such an accommodation, as if possessing ignorance or folly. For since he was rich in wisdom, he became poor through us, as if some thought wisdom was not present, so that through his folly we might become rich. In every word and in all knowledge, it is fitting to receive in a manner consistent with the folly not being taken as literal, and the shortcomings not being hidden from God.

And what do those who are superstitious about these words have to say, saying such things are spoken concerning God, in which rather there is a turning away? For how is it not worse than the forgetting of folly and shortcomings—to have repentance, passion, and anger—when all these and more are said concerning God? Did they not also let these words be said as if not concerning God, or let them be placed in accommodation with the things set forth? This, spoken by the Savior, the apostle speaking in Christ took up, writing thus: 'Let each of us please our neighbor for good' (Rom 15:2). For Christ did not please himself, just as it is written: 'The reproaches of those reproaching you have fallen upon me' (Ps 68:9). Someone asserts this much: that Jesus abstained from fasting, as if he were compelled to bring glory as a glutton and a drunkard.

Greek · §122

α ε πραξεν, βασιλέως δεόμενοι, εἰς ι διον πρόσωπον τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῶν ὑπὲρ ω ν δέονται ἀναφέροντες εὐεργεσίαν καὶ συγχώρησιν τῶν κακῶς πραχθέντων αὐτοῖς αἰτοῦνται. ε θος γοῦν ε χουσιν οἱ α γιοι ἐν ταῖς ἐξομολογήσεσι ταῖς περὶ α λλων λέγειν ̔Ημαρτήκαμεν ἠνομήσαμεν ἠσεβήσαμεν. Εἰ δὴ τοῦτο δορύφοροι βασιλέως καὶ φίλοι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ α λλων παρακαλοῦσιν ὡς ι διον πρόσωπον χάριν αἰτούμενοι, παράδοξον οὐδὲν δι' ὑπερβάλλουσαν κηδεμονίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐξομολογεῖσθαι χάριν καὶ συγχώρησιν ἀπαιτοῦντα ὑπὲρ α λλων τὸν ο ντα πρὸς πατέρα παρακλητὸν ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτημάτων τοῦ ο λου κόσμου. Περὶ γοῦν τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτημάτων ἐξηγεῖται ω ν οὐδ' ο λως τι πεποίηκεν. ἀνοίκειον γὰρ αἰτεῖσθαί τι τὸν σωτῆρα ο ντα χορηγὸν πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν. αι ρει γοῦν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ α φεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ὀρέγει τοῖς προσερχομένοις. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὐ δι' ἁμαρτίας ὁ κύριος εἰς τὸν χῶρον ἐκεῖνον ε φθασεν ἀλλὰ διὰ θάνατον ο ν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀνεδέξατο, φησὶ Καταιγίς με εἰς τὰ βάθη τῆς θαλάσσης κατεπόντισεν. Καταιγίδα δὲ τοὺς πειρασμοὺς δηλοῖ καθάπερ τὸ Καταιγὶς δι' ἐρήμου διέλθοι, καὶ τὸ Προσεδεχόμην τὸν θεὸν τὸν σῴζοντά με ἀπὸ ὀλιγοψυχίας καὶ ἀπὸ καταιγίδος. ** νομίσῃς τὸ προκείμενον τῷ Οὐδεὶς αι ρει τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ' ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ, αὐθαιρέτως ἀναδεξαμένου τὸν θάνατον. ἐπειδὴ οὐ νόσῳ οὐδ' ἁπαξαπλῶς τῷ εἰθισμένῳ τέλει ἰδίῳ λέγεται τὴν ψυχὴν δεδωκέναι ἀλλ' ὑπομείνας σταυρόν, ταύτῃ λέγεται ὑπὸ καταιγίδος καταποντίζεσθαι, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἀκουσίως ὑπέμεινε τοῦτο ὑπήκοος τῷ πατρὶ μέχρι θανάτου γενόμενος. 708a Ps 68,4.5 Τοῦτο δὲ παραστατικόν ἐστι τῆς τῶν ̓Ιουδαίων κωφώσεως. εἰ γοῦν καὶ πρὸς μὴ δεῖν ἐκκακεῖν προσευχόμενον ἀλλὰ βοᾶν ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτὸς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ει πε κεκοπιακέναι ἐν τῷ κράζειν συμφώνως τῷ Μετὰ κραυγῆς ἰσχυρᾶς καὶ δακρύων, συνεπίσκεψαι. καὶ ὁ πᾶσαν δὲ τὴν προσδοκίαν τείνας εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἐρεῖ τὸ ̓Εξέλιπον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, δῆλον ὡς οἱ τῆς καρδίας. Μάτην δὲ διώκεται καὶ μισεῖται ὁ τῶν ταῦτα ποιούντων εὐεργετικός, ὡς ὁ σωτὴρ πᾶν ει δος ἀσθενείας ἐν ̓Ιουδαίοις ἰώμενος καὶ νεκροὺς ἐγείρων δι' α περίβλεπτος ἡ τούτων ἐγίνετο πόλις. Τὸ ὑπὲρ τὰς τρίχας τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ μισουμένου πεπληθῦνθαι τοὺς μισοῦντας αὐτὸν ὑπερβολικῶς ει ρηται. φυλάττεται γὰρ καὶ τῆς ὑπερβολῆς τρόπος συνεχῶς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς Α οὐχ η ρπασα, τότε ἀπετίννυον. εἰ καὶ ἀπέδωκεν α μὴ η ρπασεν, ἀλλ' ου ν ἡμᾶς ἐλυτρώσατο τουτέστιν ἀποτιννύναι ἐξαλείφων τὸ καθ' ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον ο ἠναγκάσμεθα ἀποτιννύναι ἐπιφερόμενον καθ' ἡμῶν. 133 ἐξήλειπται δὲ τοῦτο καὶ η ρται ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, ἀφέσεως ἁμαρτημάτων δοθείσης. 709a Ps 68,6 Οὐδείς γε μὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ε χει γινωσκομένην ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἀφροσύνην η πλημμελείας ἐπίπροσθεν αὐτοῦ μενούσας, οὐ διαμενόντων παρανόμων ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ. Τί ταράττεταί τις ἀκούων ἀφροσύνην; οὐ γὰρ μακρὰν αυ τη ἡ λέξις τὴν α γνοιαν ε χειν αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖν ἐν τῷ πρός τινας λέγειν Οὐδέποτε ε γνων ὑμᾶς· καὶ φάσκει ὡς οὐκ ε γνω τι περὶ τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ ω ρας τῆς κρίσεως. ὡς ου ν ταῦτα εὐσεβῶς ἐκλαμβάνεται, καὶ τὰ περὶ ἀφροσύνης αὐτοῦ σαφηνείας τεύξεται εὐσεβῶς νοούμενα. καὶ γὰρ διδάσκαλος τελείαν ε χων ἐπιστήμην διὰ συγκαταβάσεως τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις ταῦτα φαίνεται γινώσκων ω ν εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι χωρητικοί, τρόπον τινὰ συνομοιούμενος αὐτοῖς· τὴν τοιαύτην συγκατάβασιν ἀπεδέξατο πᾶς α γνοιάν πως καὶ ἀφροσύνην ὑπάρχουσαν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πλούσιος ω ν ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐπτώχευσε δι' ἡμᾶς ὡς ὑποληφθῆναί τισι μὴ ει ναι σοφία, ε σχεν ἀφροσύνην δι' η ς πλούσιοι γενησόμεθα ̓Εν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει. καταλλήλως τῇ ου τω ληφθείσῃ ἀφροσύνῃ καὶ τὰς πλημμελείας τὰς ἀπὸ θεοῦ μὴ κρυπτομένας ἐκδέξασθαι προσήκει. Τί δὲ καὶ ε χουσιν εἰπεῖν οἱ περὶ τὰς λέξεις ταύτας δεισιδαιμονοῦντες, λεγομένων περὶ θεοῦ τοιούτων ἐν οι ς μᾶλλον ἀπέμφασίς ἐστι; πῶς γὰρ οὐ χεῖρον ἀφροσύνης καὶ πλημμελειῶν λήθη μεταμέλεια θυμὸς ὀργή, α περ πάντα καὶ ε τι τούτων πλεῖστα περὶ θεοῦ λέγεται; η ου ν καὶ ταύτας τὰς λέξεις φασκέτωσαν μὴ περὶ θεοῦ εἰρῆσθαι, η καὶ ταῖς προκειμέναις συγκαταθέσθωσαν. 710a Ps 68,10b Ταύτην ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημένην ἐξείληφεν ὁ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλῶν ἀπόστολος, γράφων ω δε· Εκαστος ἡμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσκέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν· καὶ γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ η ρεσεν, καθάπερ γέγραπται Οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε ἐπέπεσον ἐπ' ἐμέ. 711a Ps 68,11.12a ̓Ενστήσεταί τις φάσκων τοσοῦτον· ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς ἀπείχετο νηστείας, ὡς φάγου καὶ οἰνοπότου ἀπενέγκασθαι δόξαν

The Depth of Christ's Suffering and Mercy§123

123Against those who maligned him. For it is said against him that Jesus and the disciples were always eating and drinking, even if they did so when called to a feast for the sake of benefit and to perform signs. They were not called to a feast to eat and drink, but they were called to a feast. For indeed he fasted for forty days.

Since fasting is not a preventative against the lifting up of the soul from irrational passions, 'I said, I will veil my soul with fasting,' he says. But the worthless are accustomed to reproach the good because of their virtues; for piety is an abomination to a sinner. Since the Savior confesses and is reviled on our behalf, he is alluded to through the sackcloth regarding the harsh and miserable lifestyle. For it was not sensorially said that Jesus was clothed in a sackcloth. Some say that from this garment it is shown that the body is that which Christ did not take up.

Therefore hear my voice in a multitude of your mercy, providing the salvation in truth for those for whom I am worthy Ps 68:14. And this will be, that you will save him who died through his resurrection. For not such life and salvation will be for them as I receive. Salvation in truth is that which is according to God, not in truth but in type and image of that which happens to the weary by physicians and generals. Even if you once demonstrated to them, you say, Father, 'This is my beloved Son in whom I am well-pleased' Matt 3:17, raise him crucified on their behalf. For that is the time, that is, the end of the good pleasure of your will for the sake of salvation.

Therefore also hear me, so that those dead through sin may be made alive with me as I am being made alive. The apostle is initiating this mystery: that God, who is rich in mercy because of his great love, loved us being dead through trespasses and sins, and made us alive together with Christ. And he presents this prayer for us, so that we may not be entangled in the body through the mud called passion Ps 68:15. But if even these sins he took into his own body, so that he might take them up having ascended the cross, the mud is, visit them. The elements indeed are trials which he did not accept on our behalf, so that his only salvation might exist for us; for in which he himself suffered.

Having been tested, he is able to help those being tested. And the depth of the interpreted waters is this: that those who do not bear the trials bravely cannot be saved from God alone, as it is said, 'Out of the depths I have cried to you, Lord' (Ps 68:15), and the following things exist for him, as he cries out, 'how can I be saved?' For nothing from those who harm him will terrify or frighten him.

Therefore, having outrun him through death, he begins to be terrified and to be distressed; first, indeed, he cries out for us, and since he has truly become both a worm and a man, he endures these sufferings. He is hated by the demons and by the men who hate him, such as those saying, 'Aron, Aron, crucify him' (Ps 68:15b).

The misfortunes do not close in like a cistern; oh, how for me these have become completely inescapable (Ps 68:16). For he sets these things tropically, clinging to the original hypothesis. For there also, 'Because water has entered,' he said, 'as to my soul,' and how, having said, 'And a storm has overwhelmed me,' now he says, 'Not so.' Since, having been submerged, he is to rise up again, he prays to the one who tested him, that he might not receive a second trial.

Since out of much goodness your mercy will be useful, I entreat that it become upon those for whom I am worthy (for you will loose their sins), hear me; as you will look upon me interceding for all, not according to the second judgment but according to the abundance of your mercies, and they will receive much benefit (Ps 68:17-19). For desiring to manage these things for me, you sent me; for I was sent not to judge but to save the world by your mercies toward those being benefited and by your good mercy.

The addition that presents the good mercy is that not all mercy is such; for God says concerning the criminals, 'Your eye shall not spare him, nor will you have mercy on him.' But it is not probable that these things are said from the face of the Only-begotten being stripped of humanity, as sometimes the child-like address signifies some son; but rather, he said these things clearly, having emptied himself and having taken the form of a slave and having become like us in all things, apart from sin, and having inhabited our daily sufferings—the natural and blameless ones, I say. Pay attention to...

Greek · §123

παρὰ τοῖς κακοηθεστέροις. λεχθείη γοῦν πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐ πάντως τὸν ̓Ιησοῦν καὶ τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν ει ναι, εἰ καὶ ἐποίουν αὐτὸ εἰς ἑστίας καλούμενοι τοῦ ὠφελῆσαι χάριν καὶ σημεῖα ποιῆσαι. πρὸς τὰς ἑστίας ου ν ἀφορῶντες φάγον καὶ οἰνοπότην ἐκάλουν. καὶ γὰρ καὶ τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας ἐνήστευσεν. ̓Επεὶ ου ν ἡ νηστεία κωλυτική ἐστι τῆς ἐξ ἀλόγων παθῶν ἐπάρσεως τῆς ψυχῆς, Συνεκάλυψα, ε φη, ἐν νηστείᾳ τὴν ψυχήν μου. Σύνηθες δὲ τοῖς φαῦλοις ὀνειδίζειν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς δι' α ς ε χουσι καλοκἀγαθίας· Βδέλυγμα γὰρ ἁμαρτωλῷ θεοσέβεια. ̓Επείπερ ὁ σωτὴρ περὶ ἡμῶν ἐξομολογεῖται καὶ κακοῦται, αἰνίττεται δὲ διὰ τοῦ σάκκου τὴν σκληρὰν καὶ κακωτικὴν δίαιταν. οὐ γὰρ αἰσθητῶς που ἐλέχθη σάκκον ἐνδεδύσθαι τὸν ̓Ιησοῦν. τινὲς δέ φασι δηλοῦσθαι ἐκ τοῦ ἐνδύματος τούτου τὸ σῶμα ο περ ἀνέλαβεν ὁ Χριστός. 712a Ps 68,14 ∆ιὸ ἐπάκουσόν μου ἐν πλήθει ἐλέου τοῦ σοῦ, τὴν ἐν ἀληθεῖ σωτηρίαν παρέχων τοῖς ὑπὲρ ω ν ἀξιῶ. ὑπάρξει δὲ τοῦτο ο ταν αὐτὸν ἀποθανόντα σώσῃς δι' ἀναστάσεως. ου τω γὰρ ζωὴ καὶ σωτηρία ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ε σται η ν ἀναδέχομαι. σωτηρία ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἡ κατὰ θεόν ἐστιν, οὐκ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἀλλ' ἐν τύπῳ καὶ εἰκόνι ου σης τῆς ὑπὸ ἰατρῶν καὶ στρατηγῶν γινομένης τοῖς κάμνουσιν. εἰ καί ποτε τοίνυν ἐπιδεικνύς με αὐτοῖς ει ρηκας, πάτερ, Ου τός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ἀγαπητὸς ἐν ῳ εὐδόκησα, σταυρούμενον ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀνάστησον. ου τω γὰρ ὁ καιρός, τουτέστι τὸ τέλος τῆς εὐδοκίας τῆς θελήσεως τῆς σῆς τῆς ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας. ∆ιὸ καὶ ἐπάκουσόν μου, ι να ἐμοῦ ζωοποιουμένου σὺν ἐμοὶ ζωοποιηθῶσιν οἱ δι' ἁμαρτίας νεκροί. Τοῦτο μυσταγωγῶν ὁ ἀπόστολος ει πεν ̔Ο θεὸς πλούσιος ω ν ἐν ἐλέει διὰ τὴν πολλὴν αὐτοῦ ἀγάπην η ν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς νεκροὺς ο ντας διὰ παραπτώματα καὶ ἁμαρτίας τῷ Χριστῷ συνεζωοποίησεν. 713a Ps 68,15 Καὶ ταύτην ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσάγει τὴν δέησιν, ι να μὴ ἐμπαγῶμεν τῷ σώματι διὰ παθῶν πηλῷ ὀνομαζομένῳ. εἰ δὲ καὶ αυ ται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι α ς ἀνέλαβεν εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα, ι να 134 ἀνέλῃ αὐτὰς ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρόν, ὁ πηλός ἐστιν, συνεπίσκεψαι. Τὰ υ δατα μὲν πειρασμοί εἰσιν ου ς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀνεδέξατο, ι ν' ἡ μόνη αὐτοῦ σωτηρία ἡμῖν ὑπαρχθῇ· ̓Εν ῳ γὰρ πέπονθεν αὐτὸς πειρασθείς, δύναται τοῖς πειραζομένοις βοηθῆσαι. βάθος δὲ τῶν ἑρμηνευθέντων ὑδάτων ἐστίν, εἰς ο γίνονται οἱ μὴ γενναίως τὰ πειρατήρια φέροντες, ἀφ' ου θεοῦ μόνου ῥύεσθαι αὐτοὺς μὴ δυναμένους εἰπεῖν ̓Εκ βαθέων ἐκέκραξά σε, κύριε† καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς δὲ ὑπαρχθῆναι αὐτῷ ἡμῶν ε νεκα αἰτεῖ. οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν θαμβεῖ η φοβεῖ τῶν α λλους βλαπτόντων. κα ν τοίνυν παρ' αὐτῷ τῷ θανάτῳ φθάσας α ρξηται θαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν, προηγουμένως μὲν ἡμῶν ε νεκα, οὐχ η κιστα δὲ ι να καὶ α νθρωπος ἀληθῶς γεγονὼς δειχθῇ, ἀναδέχεται τὰ πάθη ταῦτα. 714a Ps 68,15b Μισοῦντας καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ὑποληπτέον, καὶ τοὺς αὐτὸν μισοῦντας ἀνθρώπους, οι οι η σαν οἱ λέγοντες Αρον α ρον, σταύρωσον αὐτόν. 715a Ps 68,16 Μὴ ὡς φρέαρ αἱ συμφοραὶ σχῶσιν, ω στε μοι παντελῶς ἀδιεξοδεύτους ταύτας γενέσθαι. τροπικῶς γὰρ ταῦτα τίθησιν, ἐπιμένων τῇ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑποθέσει. κἀκεῖ γὰρ Οτι εἰσῆλθεν υ δατα, ε λεγεν, ε ως ψυχῆς μου, πῶς δὲ εἰπὼν Καὶ καταιγὶς κατεπόντισέ με· νῦν λέγει Μὴ ο τι. ἐπεὶ ε στι βυθισθέντα πάλιν ἀνανήξασθαι, ευ χεται ω ν ἐπειράθη, μὴ πεῖραν πάλιν λαβεῖν δευτέραν. 716a Ps 68,17–19 ̓Επεὶ ἐκ πολλῆς ἀγαθότητος χρηστὸν ε σται τὸ ε λεός σου ο παρακαλῶ γενέσθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ω ν ἀξιῶ (λύσεις γὰρ αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας), εἰσάκουσόν μου· ὡσεὶ ἐπιβλέψεις ἐπ' ἐμὲ πρεσβευόμενον ὑπὲρ πάντων, οὐ καθ' ε να η δεύτερον ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν σου σωθήσονται καὶ πολλὴν ὠφέλειαν σχήσουσιν. ταῦτα γὰρ οἰκονομῆσαί με βουλόμενος ἀπέστειλας· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ κρῖναι ἀλλὰ σῶσαι τὸν κόσμον ἐπέμφθην ὑπὸ τῶν σῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τῶν εἰς τοὺς εὐεργετουμένους καὶ τῷ χρηστῷ ἐλέῳ σου. ̔Η δὲ προσθήκη ἡ τῷ χρηστῷ παρίστησιν, ὡς μὴ πάντα ε λεον ει ναι τοιοῦτον· λέγει γὰρ ὁ θεὸς περὶ τῶν κόλπων τοῖς δικάζουσιν Οὐ φείσεται ὀφθαλμός σου ἐπ' αὐτῷ, οὐδὲ μὴ ἐλεήσεις αὐτόν. οὐ πιθανὸν δὲ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ μονογενοῦς ταῦτα λέγεσθαι γυμνοῦ ο ντος τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως, κα ν ποτε ἡ παῖς προσηγορία σημαίνει τόν τινος υἱόν· ἀλλὰ ταῦτα δηλονότι κενώσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ μορφὴν δούλου λαβὼν καὶ ὁμοιωθεὶς ἡμῖν κατὰ πάντα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα οἰκειωσάμενος πάθη (τὰ φυσικά φημι καὶ ἀδιάβλητα) ε λεγεν. Πρόσχες τῇ

The Vine of Sodom and the Bearing of Sins§124

124an irrational soul

He wished to die with the Israelites according to the flesh, to sympathize with him being sorrowful for the soul regarding death, nor did he encourage him by agreeing with the prophecies concerning his death. But because they passed into greater impiety by not doing these things, they nourished him with gall and gave him vinegar to drink. For how could it be that gall and vinegar did not become their fruit, since they did not guard the planting from the beginning? For the whole true Jewish multitude having planted a fruitful vine of God, having turned by their own impulse toward bitterness, the vine has become an alien vine. For it is indeed said concerning them, having become enemies and fools: For their vine is a vine of Sodom and their branch is from Gomorrah, their cluster is a cluster of gall, its fruit a fruit of bitterness; their mind is the wrath of dragons and their wrath is the unyielding wrath of asps. I brought this drink of the gall of the cluster and the bitterness of the fruit to him, even though he was thirsting for their salvation. For the transgression of the mind is vinegar.

Moreover, even if it is not found among the treacherous Jews sympathizing and encouraging, it is found in the calling of the Gentiles. For they indeed, not having the same mind, say, 'If we died with him, we shall live with him,' and 'If we have become partakers of his death, we shall also be of his resurrection.' Ps 68:26 Let their habitation become a desert, and Peter, the leader of the apostles, took the sixth verse concerning Judah to be prophesied. And since it has been driven out in the plural, it must be applied to all the betrayers of Jesus, their city having become desolate and its habitation having become a shelter because of their beastly manner. For in a shelter the scraps have the bed; and otherwise, not having God within herself but rather the angels who formerly watched over her. Ps 68:27 Jesus, taking our sins into his own body, through which indeed the wounds were struck by robbers while descending from Jerusalem to Jericho, making them his own in order to heal the wounds himself; but he has these pains if we persist in sinning. And if in addition to this we stir up persecution against him, we add a portion of suffering to him who no longer suffers simply on behalf of sinners, but also on behalf of those persecuting him.

Greek · §124

ψυχῇ μου καὶ λύτρωσαι αὐτήν. ἐστὶ δὲ τὸ λυτρωθῆναι αὐτὴν τὸ μὴ γενομένην ἐν νεκροῖς κατασχεθῆναι ἐν τῷ ᾳ δῃ ἀλλὰ καὶ λυτρώσασθαι τοὺς ἐκεῖ. ταῦτα περὶ ἀλόγου ψυχῆς οὐδεὶς νοῦν ε χων ει ποι, ζωὴν καὶ ὑπόστασιν καθ' ἑαυτὴν οὐκ ἐχούσης. πῶς δὲ καὶ λυτρωθείη αὐτή, εἰπάτωσαν οἱ ου τω φρονοῦντες· ἀνθρωπίνης γὰρ ψυχῆς τὸ λυτροῦσθαι, τουτέστι λογικῆς. ∆υνατὸν καὶ πιθανῶς εἰπεῖν ψυχὴν ει ναι τοῦ πρεσβευομένου πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκειωθεῖσαν αὐτῷ, ι να, ω σπερ τις α νθρωπος θεοῦ λέγεται οι ον Μωυσῆς καὶ ̓Ηλίας, ου τω καὶ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ῥηθείη ἡ κολληθεῖσα αὐτῷ καὶ ε ν πνεῦμα πρὸς αὐτὸν γεγενημένη. πᾶσαν γὰρ ταύτην λυτροῦται διδοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς η ν ἀνείληφεν· ὡς γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν σωμάτων τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων δέδοται τὸ ̓Ιησοῦ σῶμα, ου τως ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν αὐτῶν, ι ν' ο λος α νθρωπος ὑπὲρ πάντων δοθῇ πρὸς τοῦ αὐτὸν ἀνειληφότος. Ενεκα τοίνυν τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου τῶν ἐναλλομένων τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ῥῦσαί με ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν, ι ν' αὐτοὶ καὶ ὁ τὸ κράτος ε χων τοῦ θανάτου διάβολος καταλυθῶσιν, ἀναστῶσι δὲ οἱ α νθρωποι σωτηρίαν κοιμιούμενοι· ευ χομαι δὲ ἀπὸ ἐχθρῶν θλιβόντων με οὐκ ἀγνοουμένων· εἰσὶ γὰρ ἐνώπιόν σου. ἐμὴ δὲ θλῖψις τὸ καταπονεῖσθαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὑπὲρ ω ν ἀπέστειλάς με, ι να λυτρώσωμαι τοῦ καταδυναστεύοντος αὐτοὺς διαβόλου. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγει πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ι να οἱ α νθρωποι παιδευθῶμεν, η ν ε χει φροντίδα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὁ θεὸς οὐ φεισάμενος τοῦ υἱοῦ, ι ν' ἡμῶν φείσηται. 717a Ps 68,21.22 Περίλυπος ἡ ψυχή μου γέγονεν ε ως θανάτου, προσδοκώσης τῆς καρδίας μου ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ 135 ταλαιπωρίαν. (ὁ σταυρὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ δηλούμενος διὰ τοῦ ὀνειδισμοῦ καὶ τῆς ταλαιπωρίας.) ταύτης τῆς προσδοκίας ου σης ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου, ὑπέμεινα συλλυπούμενον εὑρεῖν ἐκ τῶν ̓Ιουδαίων τῶν ἀπιστούντων, καὶ οὐχ ὑπῆρξε, καὶ παρακαλοῦντα καὶ οὐχ ευ ρον. πῶς γὰρ συνελυποῦντο καὶ παρεκάλουν φάσκοντες Πιλάτῳ τῷ ἡγεμόνι Σταύρωσον σταύρωσον αὐτόν· ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ αι μα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν; πῶς δὲ παρεκάλουν η συνελυποῦντο οἱ δεδωκότες αὐτῷ ο ξος μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον; Πρὸς ἀλληγορίαν τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ προσδοκῶντος ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ ταλαιπωρίαν, ι ν' ὑπὲρ τοῦ κόσμου παθὼν α ρῃ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτοῦ· οὐδεὶς τῶν κατὰ σάρκα ̓Ισραηλιτῶν συναποθανεῖν ἠθέλησεν αὐτῷ, ι να συλλυπηθῇ περίλυπον αὐτῷ ε χοντι τὴν ψυχὴν ε ως θανάτου, οὐδὲ παρεκάλεσεν αὐτὸν συγκαταθέμενος ταῖς περὶ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ προφητείαις· ο θεν πρὸς τῷ ταῦτα μὴ ποιεῖν εἰς μείζονα ἀσέβειαν διαβάντες χολὴν αὐτὸν διέθρεψαν καὶ ἐπότισαν ο ξος. πῶς γὰρ οὐ χολὴ καὶ ο ξος ὁ καρπὸς αὐτῶν ἐγεγόνει μὴ τηρησάντων τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς φυτείαν; τοῦ γὰρ θεοῦ α μπελον καρποφόρον πᾶσαν ἀληθινὴν τὴν ̓Ιουδαικὴν πληθὺν φυτεύσαντος, αυ τη ὁρμῇ ἰδίᾳ στραφεῖσα εἰς πικρίαν γέγονεν α μπελος ἀλλοτρία. ει ρηται γοῦν περὶ αὐτῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ ἀνοήτων γεγενημένων ̓Εκ γὰρ ἀμπέλου Σοδόμων ἡ α μπελος αὐτῶν καὶ κληματὶς αὐτῶν ἐκ Γομόρρας, σταφυλὴ αὐτῶν σταφυλὴ χολῆς, βότρυς πικρίας αὐτῆς· θυμὸς δρακόντων ὁ οι νος αὐτῶν καὶ θυμὸς ἀσπίδων ἀνίατος. ταύτην τὴν τῆς σταφυλῆς χολὴν καὶ τῆς πικρίας τὸν βότρυν προσήγαγον αὐτῷ πότον, καίτοι διψῶντι αὐτῷ τὴν αὐτῶν σωτηρίαν. οι νου γὰρ παράβασις τὸ ο ξος. Πλὴν εἰ καὶ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν τοῖς προδόταις ̓Ιουδαίοις συλλυπούμενος καὶ παρακαλῶν, ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ κλήσει τῶν ἐθνῶν εὑρίσκεται. φασὶ γοῦν οἱ ου τω γνώμην ε χοντες Εἰ συναπεθάνομεν, καὶ συζήσομεν, καὶ Εἰ σύμφυτοι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ γεγόναμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ ἐσόμεθα. 718a Ps 68,26 Τὸ Γενηθήτω ἡ ε παυλις αὐτῶν ε ρημος καὶ τὸν ἑξῆς στίχον περὶ ̓Ιούδα πεπροφητεῦσθαι Πέτρος ὁ πρόκριτος τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐξείληφεν. καὶ ἐπεὶ πληθυντικῶς ἐξενήνεκται, περὶ πάντων τῶν ̓Ιησοῦ προδοτῶν ἐκληπτέον αὐτό, ἐρημωθείσης τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπαύλεως γεγενημένης διὰ τὸν κτηνώδη αὐτῶν τρόπον. ἐν ἐπαύλεσι γὰρ τὰ θρέμματα τὴν κοίτην ε χει· καὶ α λλως δὲ μὴ ε χουσα τὸν θεὸν ἐν ἑαυτῇ ἀλλ' ου τε ἀγγέλους τοὺς πάλαι αὐτὴν ἐφορῶντας. 719a Ps 68,27 Τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἀναλαμβάνων εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς, δι' α ς μὲν η μεν τραυματίαι πληγέντες ὑπὸ λῃστῶν ἐν τῷ καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ εἰς ̔Ιεριχώ, ἰδιοποιησάμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἰάσασθαι τραύματα ἑαυτοῦ ει πεν· ἀλγήδονα δὲ ε χει ταῦτα, εἰς ο σον ἐπιμένομεν τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν. εἰ δὲ πρὸς τούτῳ καὶ διωγμὸν κατ' αὐτοῦ κινοῖμεν, προσθήκην ἀλγήματος ποιοῦμεν τῷ μηκέτι ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἁπλῶς ἀλλὰ καὶ διωκόντων αὐτὸν

The Victory of the Poor and the Sacrifice of Praise§125

125Suffering on our behalf (Ps 68:28). By their own desires and by being handed over to passions, they are the cause of enduring these things, not having God as the cause, since they are handed over to those whom they loved. For He sent them away according to the desires of their hearts, so that they might walk in their own desires, an addition of lawlessness upon their lawlessness.

Since, therefore, they did not receive the truth when it came, but wished to live lawlessly within the shadow of the law, they were also driven out from the place of typical worship, so that I might add to the former lawlessness another, by wanting to keep this outside of Judea. Therefore they do not enter into the righteousness which is through the faith of Jesus Christ, concerning which it is written: 'But now the righteousness of God without law has been revealed, being witnessed by the law and the prophets' (Rom 3:21). For how could those who were always about external things and possessing the shadow, enter into the righteousness which they did not know as God, in order to establish their own? For he says that, not knowing the righteousness of God and seeking to establish their own, they did not submit to the righteousness of God; to submit to righteousness and to enter into it are the same thing.

For those having virtue and faith and knowledge of God live: 'Hear, O my life, your life and the length of your days, to love you, Lord your God, with all your heart and with all your soul' (Deut 6:5); but also, 'he who believes in me has eternal life' (John 3:36). It is a book in which those living thus are written: it is the knowledge of God, of him who knows those who are His, to whom it is promised that those not falling under the remembrance of God shall be blotted out.

Rich and being outside of wounds, I have become poor, so that the poor might become rich through my poverty, and having grieved, having been wounded on behalf of wounds made by the burning arrows of the evil one (Ps 69:29). If my being indifferent...

A poor and suffering one, as if a reproach were added to my wounds, and I am by nature a poor man, but salvation from the face of God has taken hold of me (Ps 68:34). For having risen from the dead and having been taken up, he cast away the wounds and the poverty which he had on behalf of men. And when the enemies had been destroyed, and especially the devil, it followed that a triumphal song should be shouted by him, having conquered in the name of Christ.

I came in the name of my Father, and having surpassed by thought him who does not magnify the name, in praise saying great things, not only praising and glorifying him but also contemplating highly the things concerning him; for those who do not magnify God in this way do not find all perceptible magnitude to be far from him being incorporeal. And since to praise God is a sacrifice, according to 'Sacrifice of praise, you will glorify him' (Ps 68:31), having praised the name of God with song and having magnified him in praise, he is encouraged as 'It pleases God that one brings a young bull with horns and weapons, being brought for a sacrifice.' Therefore also, to those who do not sacrifice thus, he says, 'I desire mercy, not sacrifice, a knowledge of God or burnt offerings' (Ps 50:8).

Let these things be seen by the poor in spirit, whom Jesus strengthened against every evil phalanx; for seeing such courage in them, to be rejoiced eternally according to 'Eternal joy shall take hold of them.' For he is not the one loosing those who are fallen and bringing out from bonds those who are bound and from the prison (Ps 68:35-36). Those formerly called prophets and God-beloved men, and after these, servants and ministers of the gospel (Ps 68:37).

It is fitting that the psalm gives remembrance concerning salvation to all those who are repenting, remembering and recognizing the good and the truth, and coming upon them; for he says, 'They shall remember and shall turn to the Lord all the ends of the earth' (Ps 68:37). And since the end of...

Greek · §125

ἀλγεῖν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 720a Ps 68,28 Ταῖς αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ αι ς ει λαντο ε χειν πάθεσιν παραδιδόμενοι, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν αι τιοι τοῦ ὑπομένειν ταῦτα, τοῦ θεοῦ αἰτίαν οὐκ ε χοντος, εἰ οι ς ἐπόθησαν παραδέδονται· ̓Εξαπέστειλε γοῦν αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν, πορεύσονται ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν αὐτῶν, προσθήκης γενομένης ἀνομίας ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτῶν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὐχ ει λαντο τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐλθοῦσαν ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ νόμου παρανόμως διαβιῶναι ἠθέλησαν, ἐξώσθησαν καὶ τοῦ τόπου τῆς τυπικῆς λατρείας, ι να προσθῶσι τῇ προτέρᾳ ἀνομίᾳ καὶ α λλην τῷ ε ξωθεν τῆς ̓Ιουδαίας βούλεσθαι ταύτην φυλάττειν. διὸ οὐκ εἰσέρχονται ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ τῇ διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, περὶ η ς γράφεται Νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται, μαρτυρομένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν. πῶς γὰρ οι όν τε η ν ἀεὶ περὶ τὰ ε ξω καὶ τὴν σκιὰν ε χοντας εἰσελθεῖν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, η ν ἠγνόησαν θεοῦ ου σαν, ι να στήσωσι τὴν ἰδίαν; ̓Αγνοοῦντες γάρ φησι τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ζητοῦντες στῆσαι, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ 136 οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν· ταὐτὸν τὸ ὑποταγῆναι δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ τὸ εἰσελθεῖν ἐν αὐτῇ. 721a Ps 68,29 Οτι γὰρ οἱ ἀρετὴν καὶ πίστιν καὶ γνῶσιν θεοῦ ε χοντες ζῶσιν, ἀκουστέον τοῦ Αυ τη ἡ ζωή σου καὶ ἡ μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν σου, ἀγαπᾶν σε κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ο λης καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ο λης ψυχῆς σου· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ̔Ο πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ε χει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. βίβλος ἐν ῃ οἱ ου τως ζῶντες γράφονται ἡ θεοῦ γνῶσίς ἐστιν γινώσκοντος τοὺς ο ντας αὐτοῦ, ῳ ε πεται ἐξαλείφεσθαι τοὺς μὴ ὑποπίπτοντας τῷ μνημονεύεσθαι ὑπὸ θεοῦ. 722a Ps 68,30–33a Πλούσιος καὶ ἐκτὸς τραυμάτων ὑπάρχων πτωχὸς γέγονα, ι να οἱ πτωχοὶ πλουτήσωσιν τῇ ἐμῇ πτωχείᾳ, καὶ η λγησα τραυματισθεὶς ὑπὲρ τραυματιῶν γενομένων ὑπὸ τῶν πεπυρωμένων βελῶν τοῦ πονηροῦ. κα ν ου τω μου ο ντος ἀναισθητῶσί τινες τῶν ὑπὲρ ω ν γέγονα πτωχὸς καὶ ἀλγῶν, ὡς προστιθέναι α λγος ἐπὶ τὰ τραύματά μου καὶ οι εσθαί με κατὰ φύσιν πτωχὸν ει ναι, ἀλλ' ου ν ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἀντελάβετό μου. ̓Αναστὰς γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν καὶ ἀναληφθεὶς ἀπέβαλεν τὰ τραύματα καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν η ν ει χεν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων. Καταλυθέντων δὲ τῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ διαβόλου, ἀκόλουθον η ν ᾠδὴν ἐπινίκιον ἀνακρουθῆναι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ νικήσαντος τῷ ὀνόματι περὶ ου ει πεν ̓Εγὼ ἐλήλυθα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ ε τι ὑπερβάντα τῇ νοήσει αὐτὸν τὸν ου τὸ ο νομα μεγαλύναι ἐν αἰνέσει μεγάλα λέγοντα ἐν τῷ αἰνεῖν καὶ δοξολογεῖν αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ θεωροῦντα ὑψηλῶς τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ· οὐ γὰρ οι όν τε ἑτέρως η ου τως μεγαλύνεσθαι τὸν θεὸν τῷ πᾶν αἰσθητὸν μέγεθος μακρὰν αὐτοῦ τυγχάνειν ἀσωμάτου ο ντος. Καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ αἰνεῖν τὸν θεόν ἐστι θυσία κατὰ τὸ Θυσία αἰνέσεως δοξάσει σε, αἰνέσας τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ μετ' ᾠδῆς καὶ μεγαλύνας αὐτὸν ἐν αἰνέσει θαρρεῖ ὡς ̓Αρέσει τῷ θεῷ ὑπὲρ μόσχον νέον κέρατα ἐκφέροντα καὶ ὁπλάς, προσαγόμενον εἰς θυσίαν. διὸ καὶ τοῖς ου τω θύουσιν ἀρεσκόμενός φησιν Ελεος θέλω η θυσίαν, ἐπίγνωσιν θεοῦ η ὁλοκαυτώματα. Ταῦτα ἰδέτωσαν οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι α κατώρθωσεν ̓Ιησοῦς κατὰ πάσης πονηρὰς φάλαγγος· ε ψεται γὰρ τῷ ἰδεῖν αὐτοὺς τὴν τοσαύτην ἀνδραγαθίαν τὸ εὐφρανθῆναι αἰωνίως κατὰ τὸ Εὐφροσύνη αἰώνιος καταλήψεται αὐτούς. 723a Ps 68,34a Ου τος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ λύων τοὺς πεπεδημένους καὶ ἐξάγων ἐκ δεσμῶν δεδεμένους καὶ ἐξ οι κου φυλακῆς. 724a Ps 68,37 Οι τε πάλαι λεγόμενοι προφῆται καὶ θεοφιλεῖς α νδρες καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα ὑπηρέται καὶ διάκονοι τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. 725 Ps 69 αργ Εἰκότως εἰς ἀνάμνησιν περὶ σωτηρίας ὁ ψαλμὸς ᾳ δεται, πάντων τῶν μετανοούντων ἀναμιμνῃσκομένων καὶ ἀναγνωριζόντων τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἐρχομένων ἐπ' αὐτά· Μνησθήσονται γάρ φησιν καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται πρὸς κύριον πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς. καὶ ἐπεὶ τέλος τῆς

Remembrance and the Image of God§126

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

126It is possible to fail to remember those things which were previously described as having precise and complete knowledge, following the command: 'To the end, into remembrance, to save me, Lord, you are' (Ps 69:3-4). This is the saving of everyone who has cast away the use and knowledge of the good through forgetfulness.

For all, having been made straight according to the image and likeness of God, have the thoughts concerning God scattered within them. For sin always enters through negligence; if it happens that after its practice one repents, he remembers the good, for his thought is rational and having become according to the image of God.

Since sin is led by insensitivity and ignorance of the good, and because of this one acts with pleasure and boldness, it is said concerning some that they have glory upon which they ought to be ashamed; for he says, 'The glory is in their shame' (Ps 69:3). And the prophet says, 'Be ashamed of your boasting' (Ps 69:3), for it brings mockery and destruction.

Those running toward evil without feeling, if they were to receive feeling and thought of it, would cease to desire to do it; the good turns them from the evil to do the good. He says that this very thing happens to those destined for various things: 'They would have been ashamed, knowing they are evil, having been ensnared and having failed to remember what they did; for they sought to lead my soul into the same wickedness as theirs, or to kill me, because I do not run with them into the apostasy in which they are outside of God' (Ps 51:13).

Saying this, he reproaches them, saying, 'They would have turned back, no longer desiring to hasten toward evil, and they would have been ashamed, regarding those things on which they acted wickedly, desiring that which harms me to be for me' (Ps 51:14). The one repenting turns back, running again toward what he left, desiring to be with the good and to be ashamed, even though before the repentance he spoke arrogantly against the one being persecuted, saying, 'Well done, well done,' that is, 'Let us prevail, as you flee from us' (Ps 51:15).

One must watch those who desire evil toward me; until they have the power to intend to do evil and harm, they will not be able to bring about evil, unless God delivers them (Ps 51:16). Not those who plot against money, but those who plot against the soul.

But the assault on the soul from God is alienation.

Greek · §126

ἀναμνήσεως ἀναπολῆσαί ἐστιν ἐκεῖνα α πρότερον ἐπιλέλῃστο ὡς ἀκριβῆ καὶ τελείαν γνῶσιν ε χειν, ἀκολούθως Εἰς τὸ τέλος εἰς ἀνάμνησιν εἰς τὸ σῶσαί με κύριον ει πεν, σῳζομένου παντὸς τοῦ τὴν λήθην τῶν καλῶν ἀποβαλόντος ὡς χρῆσιν καὶ γνῶσιν αὐτῶν ε χειν. πάντες γὰρ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ καὶ εὐθεῖς γεγενημένοι ἐσπαρμένας ε χουσι τὰς περὶ θεοῦ ἐννοίας. κα ν ποτε γοῦν ἐξ ἀμελείας ἡ ἁμαρτία παρείσδυσιν λάβῃ, εἰ συμβαίνει μετὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῆς μετανοῆσαι, ἀναμιμνῄσκεται τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ου κατὰ φύσιν τὴν ε ννοιαν ει χε λογικὸς καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγονώς. 726 Ps 69,3.4 ̓Επεὶ ἡγεῖται τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀναισθησίᾳ καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν καλῶν ὡς διὰ τοῦτο σὺν ἡδονῇ καὶ παρρησίᾳ πράττειν αὐτά, ει ρηται γοῦν περί τινων ὡς δόξαν ε χουσιν ἐφ' οι ς αἰσχύνεσθαι ε δει· ω ν γάρ φησιν ̔Η δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν· πρὸς ου ς καὶ ἡ προφητεία φησὶν Αἰσχύνθητε ἀπὸ καυχήσεως ὑμῶν· ψόγον γὰρ καὶ ἀπώλειαν φέρει. οἱ ου τως ἀναισθήτως ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν τρέχοντες, εἰ αι σθησιν καὶ ε ννοιαν αὐτοῦ λάβοιεν, πεπαύσεσθαι τοῦ ποιεῖν αὐτὸ θελήσαιεν· ῳ 137 ε πεται ἐκκλίναντας αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι. τοῦτο αὐτὸ ὑπαρχθῆναι τοῖς ἐπικειμένοις διαφόροις εὐχόμενός φησι περὶ αὐτῶν Αἰσχυνθείησαν γνόντες οι κακῶν εἰσιν, ἐντραπείησαν ἀναπολήσαντες α ε πραξαν· τὴν γὰρ ψυχήν μου εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν αὐτοῖς κακίαν ἀγαγεῖν ἐζήτησαν, η ἀποκτεῖναί με, ἐπεὶ μὴ συντρέχω αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν ἀποστασίαν καθ' η ν ἐκτὸς θεοῦ εἰσιν. Τοῦτο αὐτὸ συμφέρον αὐτοῖς προσλιπαρεῖ λέγων ̓Αποστραφείησαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, μηκέτι ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν ἐπείγεσθαι ποθοῦντες, καὶ καταισχυνθείησαν, ἐφ' οι ς ε δρασαν κακῶς βουλόμενοι ὑπαρχθῆναί μοι τὰ βλάπτοντα. ̓Αποστρέφεται εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ὁ μετανοῶν, πάλιν δρομῶν ἐφ' ο καταλέλοιπεν ἀγαθὸν μετὰ τοῦ αἰσχύνεσθαι θέλειν, καίτοι πρὸ τῆς μετανοίας ἀλαζονικῶς κατὰ τοῦ διωκομένου λέγων Ευ γε ευ γε, τουτέστιν Κρατήσομέν σου φεύγοντος ἀφ' ἡμῶν. ̓Επιστατέον τὸ Οἱ βουλόμενοί μοι κακά· μέχρι τοῦ βουληθῆναι κακῶσαι καὶ βλάψαι ε χουσι δύναμιν· α ἐπαγαγεῖν βούλονται κακὰ οὐχ οι οί τε ο ντες, εἰ μὴ θεὸς παραδῷ. 727a Ps 69,3a Οὐ κατεύχεται τῶν εἰς χρήματα ἐπιβουλευόντων η περὶ τῆς † ἀλλὰ τῶν εἰς ψυχὴν ἐπιβουλευόντων. ἡ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιβουλὴ ἡ ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐστιν ἀλλοτρίωσις. ει η δ' α ν αυ τη ἐκ παθῶν καὶ δαιμόνων καὶ ἐμπαθοῦς διαθέσεως καὶ τῶν τούτοις συνεργούντων κακοήθων ἀνθρώπων. 728a Ps 69,5 Πιστεύσας ο τι πάντως εὑρήσει τὸν βοηθήσαντα αὐτῷ περὶ πάντων τῶν ὡσαύτως διακειμένων ο τε περιστάσεις διάφοροι πάρεισιν, φησὶν ὑμνῶν ̓Αγαλλιάσονται καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται οἱ ζητοῦντές σε, κύριε. κα ν γὰρ σὺν πόνῳ καὶ ἱδρῶτι τὸ ζητεῖν τὸν κύριον γίνηται, ἀλλ' ου ν αὐτοῦ ἐπιφαινομένου ἀγαθότητι πολλῇ οι ς ποθοῦσιν ἰδεῖν ἀγαλλίασις θεία καὶ εὐφροσύνη διαδέχεται τὸν ἐν τῷ ζητεῖν πόνον. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς χάριτος τυχόντες διαπαντὸς ε ργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀλλὰ καὶ διαθέσει πιστῇ ἐροῦσι Μεγαλυνθήτω ὁ κύριος, ἀεὶ μέγεθος νοήσεως αὐτοῦ εὐχόμενοι δέχεσθαι. ̔Υμνοῦσι δὲ ου τως οἱ πεῖραν λαβόντες τῆς παρ' αὐτοῦ σωτηρίας ὡς ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὴν σωτήριον ὀνομαζομένην, η ἀγαπῶσι τὸ σωτήριον· τοῦτο δ' ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ αι τιος αὐτοῖς αἰωνίου σωτηρίας ω ν· τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον ο ψεται πᾶσα σάρξ. 729a Ps 69,5b Καὶ τὰ μὲν εἰρημένα ἐκεῖνοι πείσονται, οἱ δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς μερίδος η τοι οἱ τὴν παρὰ σοῦ σωτηρίαν ἐλπίζοντες καὶ οὐχὶ πλήθει καὶ δυνάμει θαρροῦντες θυμηδίας τῆς ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐμπλησθεῖεν, ι να σε μεγαλύνωσιν. 730a Ps 69,6a Πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος ἀφορῶν τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος τοῦ θεοῦ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα διὰ τῶν προκειμένων ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζει· καὶ ἀρχόμενος δὲ τοῦ λόγου ὡς μηδενὸς αὐτῷ αὐτῷ συμβαλλομένου, μὴ πλούτου μὴ βασιλείας μὴ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ε θνους βοηθείας μηδὲ τῆς ἐξ ἀσκήσεως πορισθείσης αὐτῷ δικαιοσύνης, τὴν παρὰ μόνου τοῦ θεοῦ βοήθειαν ἐκζητεῖ. 731a Ps 69,6b Μὴ εἰς μακρούς, φησίν, χρόνους πολεμούμενόν με καταλείψῃς, ι να μὴ μεγάλην ἀπενέγκωμαι βλάβην· ἀλλὰ βοήθειαν ο ρεξον, ι να ταύτῃ σκεπόμενος ὡς ο πλῳ εὐδοκίας μὴ βληθῶ ὑπ' αὐτῶν. 732a Ps 70,1b.2a ̔Ο ε χων τὴν ἐπὶ θεὸν ἐλπίδα ἀκαταίσχυντον ε χει τέλος, μέχρι τοῦ παντὸς αἰῶνος παρρησιαζόμενος ἐφ' ῃ ε σχεν προσδοκίᾳ, παντὸς τοῦ ἐπὶ ε τερόν τι τὴν πεποίθησιν ε χοντος καταισχυνομένου, ο ταν διαμάρτῃ τῆς ἐλπίδος. ̔Ο πεποιθὼς γάρ φησιν ἐπὶ πλούτῳ, ου τος πεσεῖται· καὶ Μὴ ἐλπίζετε, φησίν, ἐπ' α ρχοντας, ἐπὶ υἱοὺς ἀνθρώπων οι ς οὐκ ε στι σωτηρία· καὶ ̓Επικατάρατος ο ς τὴν

God as Refuge and the Hope of Youth§127

127Hope is held toward a person. One must strive, for the Lord holds hope; for blessed is the man who has trusted in the Lord (Ps 40:4), and he will be the Lord's hope. For this hope is living; therefore it is written, 'Born again into a living hope' (1 Pet 1:3). It has been said by the one possessing it, 'Not to be put to shame through the ages; and in your righteousness save me and bring me out' (Ps 7:10). God saves in righteousness those who hasten to be outside of iniquities, just as in wisdom He takes to Himself those who desire to possess it. And he who says the things set forth prays to be saved and to be set apart even from those who do wrong, 'Stand fast.' It seems appropriate to apply this to those mentioned in the prophecy 'For the sake of other captives' (Ps 141:7); for they do not justly demand to be saved and set apart. For some were doing wrong, but the Israelites did no wrong. It shall also be said thus: since practical virtue is named righteousness, and every sin in practice is injustice from the opposite, he who loves God deserves to be saved from injustice, while he who hates his own soul. And the testimony of saying thus of universal virtue, 'Walking blamelessly and working righteousness,' and the testimony of calling universal sin 'injustice,' is found in: 'I hated and detested injustice' (Ps 52:9), and 'The blood of Jesus Christ will cleanse us from all injustice' (1 John 1:7). He who wishes to surpass the shadow according to the law says this, believing in Jesus Christ, so that he might be found not having in himself his own righteousness from the law, but the righteousness of God, counted as righteous. O Lord, not of much superiority toward the creatures, but especially toward us humans, we are not strong enough to reach your ears with the prayers we offer; therefore I entreat you by much goodness to incline your way of condescension toward me, so that you might save me, receiving the prayer concerning salvation. Of many desiring to fight me, become my defender; cover me with your shield, concerning which it is said, 'His truth shall surround you with a shield' (Ps 5:12). And since I want you to be for me all things, to become for me an invincible fortress and an unshakeable bulwark, most fortified.

You are a place where I remain outside of all fear from enemies, my refuge and my stronghold. Regarding Ps 70:4, the hand of a sinner is a sinful practice from which it is worthy to be rescued, so that he may not act according to it to any extent. Likewise, when one transgresses and acts wickedly, the effective energies of his actions are placed outside of him, having been rescued by God. Whether the sinner himself or another is the subject of the transgressing and acting wickedly, examine this. For it seems to incline toward the two, if a sinner who transgresses and acts wickedly exists. But if the devil is meant by these names, his hand must be seized and his military-like power must be arranged against every evil and unclean spirit. He who is rescued from the hand of those things, having become under the mighty hand of God, is snatched by nothing from it.

Just as God is the wisdom and power of the holy one, so also He is the endurance and hope of the one enduring unto salvation and hoping in Him. For it is said about these things in the 70th Psalm, 'But now where is my hope? Is it not the Lord?' (Ps 70:5) and in the 71st, 'My hope is in God, the hope of all the ends of the earth' (Ps 71:5). One must oversee 'My hope' from youth, being able to demonstrate how one, having been brought up according to God from infancy, has never possessed any hope other than God. And in addition to this, you will say that from youth there is some hope in God, from which, having stripped off the old man, you put on the new and fresh man, created according to God in holiness and knowledge of the truth.

Regarding Ps 70:6ab, 'From the womb from my mother's belly' must be understood wisely, not meaning from the time of birth, but rather then moving logically and God-fearingly regarding the one being born; for it is written, 'Even Samuel, before knowing God' (1 Sam 3:7), although he was brought up God-fearingly from tender nails by God-fearing parents. For the children of men have a time from which they are able to move logically. The great Moses says in the wilderness, 'And all the children with us today will not enter into the land of promise, if indeed they do not enter good or evil' (Num 14:29-30). The children do not know good or evil before the fulfillment of the decisive word, how those who know God in this age do so, just as...

Greek · §127

ἐλπίδα ε χει ἐπ' α νθρωπον. ο θεν σπουδαστέον τὸν κύριον ε χειν ἐλπίδα· Εὐλογημένος γὰρ ὁ α νθρωπος ο ς πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ε σται κύριος ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ. ζῶσα γὰρ αυ τη ἡ ἐλπίς· διὸ γέγραπται ̓Αναγεγεννημένοι εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν. ο θεν ει ρηται ὑπὸ τοῦ ε χοντος αὐτὴν Οὐ καταισχυνθείην εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· καὶ ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου ῥῦσαί με καὶ ἐξελοῦ με. ̔Ρύεται ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ θεὸς τοὺς σπεύδοντας ει ναι ἐκτὸς ἀδικημάτων, ὡς ἐν σοφίᾳ τοὺς ποθοῦντας ἀναλαμβάνειν αὐτήν. εἰ δὲ 138 καὶ ἐξ ἀδικούντων ἀνθρώπων ευ χεται ῥυσθῆναι καὶ ἐξαιρεθῆναι ὁ τὰ προκείμενα λέγων, ἐπίστησον. δοκεῖ γὰρ ἀκολουθίαν ε χειν τὸ ὑποβαλεῖν τοῦτο τοῖς ἐν τῇ προγραφῇ εἰρημένοις Περὶ τῶν αἰχμαλωτισθέντων α λλων χάριν· δικαίως γὰρ ου τοι ῥυσθῆναι καὶ ἐξαιρεθῆναι ἀπαιτοῦσιν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἠδίκουν, οἱ δὲ ̓Ισραηλῖται οὐδὲν ἠδίκησαν. Λελέξεται καὶ ω δε· ἐπεὶ ἡ πρακτικὴ ἀρετὴ δικαιοσύνη ὀνομαζομένη καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἀδικία πᾶσα ἡ ἐν πράξεσιν ἁμαρτία, ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ἀξιοῖ ῥυσθῆναι ἐκ τῆς ἀδικίας η ν ὁ ἀγαπῶν μισεῖ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν. μαρτυρία δὲ τοῦ τὴν καθόλου ἀρετὴν ου τως εἰρῆσθαι τὸ Πορευόμενος α μωμος καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, τοῦ δὲ τὴν καθόλου ἁμαρτίαν προσαγορεύεσθαι ἀδικίαν μαρτυρία τὸ ̓Αδικίαν ἐμίσησα καὶ ἐβδελυξάμην, καὶ Τὸ αι μα ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ καθαρίσει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας. ̓Ερεῖ τὴν φωνὴν καὶ ὁ ὑπερβῆναι βουλόμενος τὴν κατὰ τὸν νόμον σκιάν, ι να σχῇ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην πιστεύσας εἰς ̓Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν, ο πως εὑρεθῇ μὴ ε χων ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου ἀλλὰ τὴν θεοῦ τὴν εἰς δικαιοσύνην λελογισμένην. 733a Ps 70,2b Πολλῆς ὑπεροχῆς ου σης σου, ω δέσποτα, πρὸς τὰ κτίσματα, μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους κράζειν τοσοῦτον, οὐ σθένομεν τοῦ φθάνειν εἰς τὰ ω τά σου τὸν προσευχὴν η ν ἀναπέμπομεν· διὸ παρακαλῶ ἀγαθότητι πολλῇ κλῖναί σε τρόπῳ συγκαταβάσεως τὸ ου ς σου πρὸς μέ, ι να σώσῃς με δεξάμενος τὴν περὶ σωτηρίας δέησίν μου. 734a Ps 70,3 Πολλῶν πολεμεῖν με θελόντων, ὑπερασπιστής μου γενοῦ σκέπων με τῇ σῇ ἀσπίδι περὶ η ς ει ρηται Οπλῳ κυκλώσει σε ἡ ἀλήθεια αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐπειδὴ σὲ θέλω ει ναί μοι πάντα, καὶ φρούριον ἀκαταμάχητον καὶ ε ρυμα ἀκαθαίρετον γενοῦ μοι, ι ν' ὀχυρώτατον τόπον σε ε χων παντὸς φόβου τοῦ ἀπὸ ἐχθρῶν ἐκτὸς μένω, σοῦ καταφυγῆς καὶ στερεώματός μου ο ντος. 735a Ps 70,4 Χεὶρ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἡ ἁμαρτητική ἐστι πρᾶξις ἀφ' η ς ῥυσθῆναι ἀξιοῖ, ι να μηδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν ἐνεργῇ κατ' αὐτὴν πράττων, ὡσαύτως παρανομοῦντος καὶ ἀδικοῦντος πράξεις αἱ ἀποτελεστικαὶ ἐνέργειαι ω ν καὶ αὐτῶν ε ξω ει ναι ποθεῖ, ῥυσαμένου θεοῦ. πότερον δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς η ε τερος καθ' ὑποκείμενον ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς τῷ παρανομοῦντι καὶ ἀδικοῦντι, ἐπίστησον. δοκεῖ γὰρ εἰς ἑκάτερα ῥέπειν, παντὸς παρανομοῦντος καὶ ἀδικοῦντος ἁμαρτωλοῦ ο ντος. ἐὰν δὲ ὁ διάβολος ῃ ἐκ τούτων τῶν ὀνομάτων σημαινόμενος, χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐκληπτέον καὶ τὴν ὡσεὶ στρατιωτικὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν συνταττομένην ἐκ παντὸς πνεύματος πονηροῦ καὶ ἀκαθάρτου. ὁ ῥυσθεὶς ου ν ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν ἐκκειμένων ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενος ὑπ' οὐδενὸς ἁρπάζεται ἐξ αὐτῆς. 736a Ps 70,5 Ωσπερ σοφία καὶ δύναμις τοῦ ἁγίου ὁ θεός, ου τω καὶ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἐλπὶς ὑπομείναντος εἰς σωτηρίαν καὶ ἐλπίζοντος ἐπ' αὐτόν. ει ρηται γοῦν περὶ τούτων ἐν τῷ ΛΗ ψαλμῷ, προκειμένου Καὶ νῦν τίς ἡ ὑπομονή μου; οὐχὶ κύριος; καὶ ἐν τῷ ̔Η ἐλπὶς πάντων τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς. ̓Επιστατέον τὸ ̔Η ἐλπίς μου ἐκ νεότητός μου δυναμένου δηλοῦν ὡς ὁ ἐκ βρέφους κατὰ θεὸν ἀνατραφεὶς α λλην τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλπίδα οὐκ ε σχε ποτέ. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐκ νεότητος ει ναί τινος ἐλπίδα τὸν θεὸν ἐρεῖς, ἀφ' ου τὸν παλαιὸν α νθρωπον ἐκδυσάμενος τὸν καινὸν καὶ νέον ἐνεδύσατο κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ γνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας. 737a Ps 70,6ab 737a Τὸ ̓Απὸ γαστρὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου ἐκληπτέον συνετῶς, οὐ σημαινομένου τοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ω ρας τῆς ἀποτέξεως, ου πω τότε κινουμένου λογικῶς καὶ θεοσεβῶς τοῦ τικτομένου· γέγραπται γὰρ Καὶ τὸν Σαμουὴλ πρὶν γνῶναι θεόν, καίτοι παρὰ θεοσεβέσι γονεῦσιν ἐξ ἀπαλῶν ὀνύχων θεοσεβῶς ἀνατραφέντος. ε χει γὰρ τὰ ἀνθρώπων τέκνα καιρὸν ἀφ' ου λογικῶς κινεῖσθαι δύναται. φησὶν ὁ μέγας Μωσῆς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Καὶ πάντα τὰ παιδία μεθ' ἡμῶν σήμερον α οὐκ οι δεν ἀγαθὸν η κακὸν εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας εἰ τοίνυν ἀγαθὸν η κακὸν οὐκ ἐπίστανται τὰ παιδία πρὸ τῆς τοῦ ἐνδιαθέτου λόγου συμπληρώσεως, πῶς οι όν τε τὸν ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ο ντα θεὸν εἰδέναι, ὡς καὶ

The Remembrance in God vs. Human Glory§128

128To be supported upon Him by choice?

While others are praising rulers, teachers of human lessons, and those very lessons which are indeed glorious and constitute an honorable wealth, our remembrance is in you and not in any other. A scripture is brought forward saying: 'My remembrance is in you always' (Ps 70:5). Regarding both types of scriptures, one must choose 'always' over 'throughout,' to have the remembrance and the recollection continually and without interruption in God.

Those who despise virtue and consider piety an abomination, sinners, are defiling the diligent and the lowly, calling it a terror. For they say among themselves, 'Let us give up the righteous one, since he is troublesome to us.' And since those who think and speak such things are vile to us, they say, 'It is not at all a terror, but it has happened to the many, that is, to the most vulgar,' and they flee from virtue. But even if they speak to me in that same manner, you, being stronger, protect me without harm from them. With this same thought the apostle also says that we have become a cleansing for the world and a reproach to all men (1 Cor 4:10-13). In agreement with this is also: 'We are fools for Christ, but you are wise' (1 Cor 4:10). From the same disposition is also written: 'For I think that what God has shown us the apostles to be, we are last, as if marked for execution' (1 Cor 4:13), and 'That we became a spectacle to the world' (1 Cor 4:9). Such also is what was said to the sinners by God: 'And I will be a terror to Ezekiel' (Ezek 4:14), as the prophet himself says, because of what happens most symbolically through him, to lay this one down for so many days on the right side, and so many again on the left, and the shaving of the hairs of the body. And if even these things are referred to the Savior, appearing to the many as if a terror had happened because of the cross, to visit them... And even the appearing as if a terror: for none of the aforementioned was such as the many supposed.

Worthy is his word, the mouth having been named, to be filled with praise (Ps 70:8). But the glory of God is the discourse concerning him, his only-begotten Son; for it is said concerning Christ, as the glory of God was to be revealed upon his appearing. For the glory of God shall be revealed, in majesty...

Greek · §128

139 ἐπιστηρίζεσθαι ἐπ' αὐτῷ προαιρετικῶς; ο σημαίνεται τοίνυν ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον· ἀφ' ου ἠρξάμην νοεῖν καὶ ἐνεργεῖν, τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ νοεῖν καὶ ἐνεργεῖν ἀνέθηκά σοι, ἐπιστηριζόμενός σοι καὶ σκεπόμενος ὑπὸ σοῦ, τοῦ μετὰ κακίαν ἀρξαμένην μετανοοῦντος ὡς δι' εὐσέβειαν η ν ἀνείληφεν ἐπιστηρίζεσθαι ἐπὶ θεὸν καὶ σκέπεσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ οὐ δυναμένου εἰπεῖν τοὺς προκειμένους στίχους ἀλλ' η μόνου τοῦ ἀμεσολαβήτως ἐπὶ θεὸν ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδεδωκότος. δείκνυται τουτὶ καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων τοῦ ̓Ιὼβ εἰρηκότος Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν ψωμόν μου ε φαγον μόνος καὶ ὀρφανοῖς οὐ μετέδωκα, εἰ μὴ ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου ὡδήγουν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐξέστρεφον ὡς πατήρ. νοῦν γὰρ ε χων οὐδεὶς ἡγήσεται ὡς ἀπ' αὐτῆς τῆς ω ρας τῆς ἀποτέξεως δυνατὸν κατορθοῦσθαι τὸ εἰρημένον, ἀρχὴν τοῦ γενέσθαι τότε λαμβάνοντα ο ταν συμπληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος καθ' ο ν οἱ λογικοί εἰσι τοιοῦτοι ω σπερ οἱ λέγοντες Εἰ ἐπελαθόμεθα τοῦ ὀνόματός σου, εἰ διεπετάσαμεν χεῖρας ἡμῶν πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον. Εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ περὶ πνευματικῆς γεννήσεως ἐκλαβεῖν τοὺς στίχους, ἐπίστησον, τοῦ ἐκ διδασκαλίας θείας καὶ ἐξ υ δατος καὶ πνεύματος γεννωμένου καταλλήλως τῇ γεννήσει ταύτῃ γαστρὸς καὶ κοιλίας νοουμένων ἀφ' ω ν ὁ γεννηθεὶς νοητῶς προελήλυθεν. 738a Ps 70,6c Πᾶν τὸ καλὸν καὶ εὐσεβὲς ἀνύεται σὺν θεῷ. ο θεν ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν ̓Ιησοῦν ε μπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν αὐτῷ αὐτὸ ποιεῖ, ι ν' ἀκολούθως καὶ αὐτὸς ὁμολογηθῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ο ντος ἐν τῷ ὁμολογοῦντι αὐτόν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ δικαιοσύνη καὶ σοφία ἁγιασμός τε καὶ ζωὴ καὶ ἀλήθεια ὁ σωτὴρ ὁ πραγματικῶς ὁμολογῶν αὐτὸν ῳ ε πεται καὶ διὰ φωνῆς ὁμολογία, ἐν τῷ ὁμολογουμένῳ τυγχάνει ω ν, ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ σοφίᾳ δίκαιος καὶ σοφὸς ὑπάρχων ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ ζωῇ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ α γιος καὶ ζῶν καὶ ἀληθὴς ἀποδειχθείς. ὡς ου ν αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ μετεχομένῳ, ου τω καὶ ὁ μεθεκτὸς ἐν τῷ μετέχοντι, καθὸ λέγομεν ἐν τῷ σπουδαίῳ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τὸν σπουδαῖον ει ναι. κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον ὁ ἀπόστολος α νθρωπος η ν ἐν Χριστῷ καὶ ει χεν Χριστὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ῃ φησιν Ει τις ἐν Χριστῷ, καινὴ κτίσις, καὶ Ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός. ταύτης τῆς θεωρίας καθόλου ου σης, καὶ ὁ ὑμνῶν θεὸν ἐν αὐτῷ τυγχάνει, ο ντος καὶ τοῦ ὑμνουμένου ἐν τῷ ὑμνοῦντι. Αλλων ὑμνούντων α ρχοντας διδασκάλους ἀνθρωπίνων μαθημάτων καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ μαθήματα ε τι μὴν δοξάρια καὶ πλοῦτον γεραιρόντων, ἡ υ μνησις ἡ ἡμετέρα ἐν σοὶ καὶ οὐκ ἐν α λλῳ τινὶ γίνεται. φέρεται γραφὴ ω δε ε χουσα· ̓Εν σοὶ ἡ ὑπόμνησίς μου διαπαντός. κατ' ἀμφοτέρας τοιγαροῦν τὰς γραφὰς ἐκληπτέον τὸ διαπαντὸς ὑπὲρ τοῦ συνεχῶς καῖ ἀδιαστάτως ἐν θεῷ τὴν υ μνησιν καὶ τὴν ὑπόμνησιν ε χειν. 739 Ps 70,7 Οἱ ἀρετὴν εὐτελίζοντες καὶ βδέλυγμα τὴν θεοσέβειαν ἡγούμενοι ἁμαρτωλοὶ τὸν σπουδαῖον καὶ εὐτελῆ βδελυττόμενοι τέρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν. φάσκουσι γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ∆ήσωμεν τὸν δίκαιον, ο τι δύσχρηστος ἡμῖν ἐστιν. καὶ ἐπεὶ φαῦλοί εἰσιν ἡμῖν οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα διανοούμενοι καὶ λέγοντες, εἰκότως οὐ καθάπαξ ει πεν τέρας ἀλλὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς γεγονέναι τουτέστι τοῖς χυδαιοτέροις καὶ φεύγουσι τὴν ἀρετήν. ̓Αλλ' εἰ κἀκεῖνοι προφέρονταί μοι τῷ εἰρημένῳ τρόπῳ, ἀλλ' ου ν σὺ κραταιὸς ω ν βοηθὸς φυλάττεις με ἀζημίωτον ὑπ' αὐτῶν. ταύτῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν ὡς περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου καὶ περίψημα πάντων ἀνθρώπων γεγενῆσθαι. συμφώνως τούτοις ε χει καὶ τὸ ̔Ημεῖς μωροὶ διὰ Χριστόν, ὑμεῖς δὲ φρόνιμοι. ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς διαθέσεως γράφεται καὶ τὸ ∆οκῶ γὰρ ο τι ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσχάτους ἀπέδειξεν ὡς ἐπιθανατίους, καὶ τὸ Οτι θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ. τοιοῦτον καὶ τὸ τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς εἰρημένον ὑπὸ θεοῦ Καὶ ε σται ̔Ιεζεκιὴλ εἰς τέρας, ὡς αὐτός φησιν ὁ προφήτης διὰ τὰ συμβολικῶς μάλιστα γινόμενα παρ' αὐτοῦ οι ον τὸ ἐπὶ τοσάσδε καταθεῖναι τοῦτον ἡμέρας ἐπὶ πλευροῦ δεξιοῦ καὶ τόσας πάλιν ἐπὶ εὐωνύμου καὶ τῶν τριχῶν τοῦ σώματος ξύρησιν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα ἀναφέρεται δόξαντα τοῖς πολλοῖς ὡσεὶ τέρας γεγονέναι διὰ τὸν σταυρόν, 140 συνεπίσκεψαι. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι ̔Ωσεὶ τέρας· οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν προειρημένων τοιοῦτος η ν, ὡς ὑπελαμβάνετο τοῖς πολλοῖς. 740a Ps 70,8 ̓Αξιοῖ αἰνέσεως πληρωθῆναι αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον στόμα ὠνομασμένον. δόξα δὲ θεοῦ η τοι ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ διάληψις η ὁ μονογενὴς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχει· ει ρηται γὰρ περὶ Χριστοῦ ὡς ει η δόξα θεοῦ ὀφθησομένου κατὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν. ὀφθήσεται γὰρ ἡ δόξα θεοῦ, μεγαλοπρεπείας

Divine Knowledge and the Ascent from Depths§129

129When his providence and creative order are understood as manifesting much propriety, it happens only by command. For such is also the providential order to the one capable of saying, 'I understood your works and was astounded' (Ps 70:9a); and it is consistent with the present context, 'He cast a new song into my mouth, a hymn to our God' (Ps 70:9a). 'Upon you is my hope from my youth' (Ps 70:9a). I beseech you in this state to remain until old age, not being rejected from you, but one who does all vain things and acts lawlessly being rejected.

And let it be considered also toward thought; since old age is precious not because of long duration, but because of much divine wisdom of the inward man and old age of an unblemished life through supreme virtue; since I am at the peak of progressing, I beseech you not to reject me but to cooperate by your goodness, so that I may reach the time of unblemished life. For if Christ is the one saying, 'If being an enemy, let them shame me, I have lifted up my head' (Ps 70:10-11); for this is also what is said regarding these things about Judas.

Of my shameful enemies who hastened to my ruin (Ps 70:14-16), I add even now to triumphantly praise you with the praise that preceded me: 'In you is my memory forever' (Ps 70:14-16). And those saying, 'God has forsaken him,' were casting into his soul. For the greatest slander against the one forsaken is declared by the phrase 'God has forsaken him,' but 'I, however, through all things, hope,' he says, showing that he will not leave any place available. Toward 'God has forsaken him' and 'I, however, through all things, hope' is the contrast. And regarding the enemies unjustly killing, wanting to surround him as a destruction, remaining unharmed from them, he announces the life (the day called) the righteousness and salvation of the Lord. And since he did not know, he says, some writing of the law, for this reason not knowing, I will not enter upon the word and the shadow, according to the life-giving spirit and...

God has given the power to rule the mind of the written scriptures in a kingly way. Therefore I say, I will remember your righteousness alone, not being one who cares for the righteousness according to the shadow of the law, having become according to the righteousness in the law; Paul, blameless, writes that all those shadowy things, which previously were his gains, are to be counted as refuse because of the excellence of knowledge.

These things, as the great works of the Most High, and with them the wonders, have been lifted up, because a Savior man has come into being. For having been born of the virgin, a multitude of the heavenly host cried out, 'Glory to God in the highest,' say, 'and peace on earth, in men goodwill' (Luke 2:14). For because of the goodwill having come into being in men, much peace prevailed, the enemies of all those on earth having been destroyed; but also glory has become in the highest, of the saved men having the ascent unto the highest. For how will not those having become perfect, just as the heavenly Father is perfect, having become in unsurpassable holiness, have God within themselves, all in all becoming? And the Lord himself says in the Gospels to his own Father, 'I will, Father, that where I am, they also may be with me, so that they may see my glory' (John 14:3).

Since God, through goodness, permitted to be tested by afflictions and evil things for the sake of some benefit, turning back again to himself, he gives life, imparting life to those who have seen through trials and evils, just as one is lifted up from the abysses, that is, from the depth of circumstances, the one being driven down. And since we have received the evil things, the painful and evil ones, as appropriate to the afflictions, following this, life-giving will be called according to the common life, and the ascent from the abyss; for since the evil things, having been stretched out, seem to kill and to bring down into Hades, if one receives the end of these things, he is being made alive by God and is brought up from the abysses of the earth.

Greek · §129

αὐτοῦ νοουμένης τῆς ἐν προνοίᾳ καὶ δημιουργίᾳ τάξεως ὡς πολὺ τὸ πρέπον ἐμφαινούσης, μόνῳ γινομένης κελεύματι. τοιαύτη γὰρ καὶ ἡ προνοητικὴ τῷ δυναμένῳ λέγειν Κατενόησα τὰ ε ργα σου καὶ ἐξέστην· σύμφωνον δὲ τῷ παρόντι τὸ ̓Ενέβαλεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου ᾳ σμα καινόν, υ μνον τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν. 741a Ps 70,9a ̓Επὶ σοὶ ἡ ἐλπίς μου ἐκ νεότητός μου. παρακαλῶ ἐν τῇ καταστάσει ταύτῃ μέχρι γήρως διαμεῖναι οὐκ ἀπορριπτόμενος ἀπὸ σοῦ, παντὸς τοῦ φαῦλα πράσσοντος καὶ ἀνομοῦντος ἀπορριπτομένου. Θεωρηθείη δὲ καὶ πρὸς διάνοιαν· ἐπεὶ γῆρας τίμιον οὐ τὸ πολυχρόνιον, πολιᾶς ου σης τοῦ ε νδον ἀνθρώπου τῆς θείας φρονήσεως καὶ γήρως τοῦ δι' ἀκροτάτην ἀρετὴν ἀκηλιδώτου βίου· ἐπεὶ ἀκμὴν ἐν τῷ προκόπτειν εἰμί, παρακαλῶ μὴ ἀπορριφῆναι ἀλλὰ συνεργεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγαθότητός σου, ε ως φθάσω ἐπὶ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦ ἀκηλιδώτου βίου. 742a Ps 70,10.11 Εἰ γὰρ Χριστὸς ὁ λέγων, ε πεται τῷ Εἰ ἐχθρὸς ὠνείδισέ με, ὑπήνεγκα α ν. τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τούτων περὶ τοῦ ̓Ιούδα φησίν. 743a Ps 70,14–16 Τῶν ἐμῶν αἰσχυνομένων ἐχθρῶν τῷ κατ' ἐμοῦ μάτην ἐσπουδακέναι, προστίθημι καὶ νῦν ἐπινικίως αἰνῶν σε τῇ προλαβούσῃ αἰνέσει περὶ η ς ε φην ̓Εν σοὶ ἡ υ μνησίς μου διαπαντός. ἐνδιέβαλλον δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ οἱ λέγοντες ̔Ο θεὸς ἐγκατέλιπεν αὐτόν. μεγίστη γὰρ δηλοῦται κατὰ τοῦ ἐγκαταλειπομένου διαβολὴ πρὸς ο τὸ ̓Εγὼ δὲ διὰ παντὸς ἐλπιῶ φησίν, δεικνὺς ὡς οὐδεμίαν ἐγκαταλείψει παρέσχετο χώραν. Πρὸς τὸ ̔Ο θεὸς ἐγκατέλιπεν αὐτὸν τὸ ̓Εγὼ δὲ διαπαντὸς ἐλπιῶ ει πεν. καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀδίκως φονώντων ὡς ἀπωλείᾳ περιβαλεῖν αὐτὸν θέλειν, ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνας ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἐξαγγέλλει παρ' ο λον αὐτοῦ τὸν βίον (ἡμέραν ὀνομαζόμενον) τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ σωτηρίαν τοῦ κυρίου. Καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ ε γνων, φησί, γραμματείας τι τοῦ νόμου, τούτου χάριν οὐκ ε ξω μένων ἐπὶ τῆς λέξεως καὶ τῆς σκιᾶς εἰσελεύσομαι, κατὰ τὸ ζωοποιοῦν πνεῦμα καὶ τὸν θεῖον τῶν γεγραμμένων νοῦν δυναστεύων βασιλικῶς, θεοῦ δεδωκότος. διό φημι Μνησθήσομαι τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου μόνου, οὐκ ε τι φροντίζων τὴν κατὰ σκιὰν τοῦ νόμου δικαιοσύνην, περὶ η ς γενόμενος κατὰ τὴν ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοσύνην α μεμπτος Παῦλος γράφει πάντα τὰ σκιώδη α η ν αὐτοῦ πρότερον κέρδη ἐζημιῶσθαι καὶ σκύβαλον ἡγεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως. 744a Ps 70,19a Ταῦτα ε ως ὑψίστων μεγαλεῖα καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς τὰ θαυμάσια ὑπῆρκται, τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνθρώπου γεγενημένου. τεχθέντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς παρθένου, πλῆθος οὐρανίου στρατιᾶς ∆όξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ, ε λεγε, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰρήνη, ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία. τῆς γὰρ γενομένης εὐδοκίας ἐν ἀνθρώποις εἰρήνη πολλὴ ἐκράτησεν, τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς πάντων πολεμίων καταλυθέντων· ἀλλὰ καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις γέγονεν, τῶν σῳζομένων ἀνθρώπων μέχρι τῶν ὑψίστων τὴν ἀνάβασιν ἐχόντων. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ε μελλον οἱ γενόμενοι τέλειοι, ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος τέλειός ἐστιν, ἐν ἀνυπερβλήτῳ ἁγιότητι γενόμενοι, ε χειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸν θεὸν πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν γενόμενον; καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κύριος ἐν Εὐαγγελίοις ε φη πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα Θέλω, πάτερ, ι να ο που εἰμὶ ἐγὼ καὶ ου τοι ω σιν μετ' ἐμοῦ, ι να θεωρῶσι τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμήν. 745 Ps 70,20 ̓Επεὶ ἀγαθότητι ὁ θεὸς πειραθῆναι θλιβερῶν καὶ κακωτικῶν πρὸς σύμφορόν τι συνεχώρησεν, πάλιν ἐπιστρέψας πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ζωοποιεῖ, μεταδιδοὺς ζωῆς τοῖς ἑωρακόσι διὰ πείρας θλίψεις καὶ κακά, ὡς καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀβύσσων τουτέστι τοῦ βάθους τῶν περιστατικῶν ἀνιμήσασθαι τὸν κατενεχθέντα. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὰ κακὰ κατάλληλα ταῖς θλίψεσι τὰ ἐπίπονα καὶ κακωτικὰ ἐξειλήφαμεν, ἀκολούθως ἡ 141 ζωοποίησις κατὰ τὴν κοινὴν ζωὴν ἐκληφθήσεται καὶ ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου α νοδος· ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὰ κακωτικὰ ἐκταθέντα θανατοῦν δοκεῖ καὶ καταβιβάζειν εἰς ᾳ δην, ο ταν τέλος λάβῃ τὰ αι τια, ζωοποιεῖταί τις ὑπὸ θεοῦ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀβύσσων τῆς γῆς ἀναβιβάζεται.

Wisdom, Peace, and the Just Judgment§130

130The holy one does not speak these things from his own person, but concerning the human race having been tested by many evils and tribulation before the arrival of the Savior. After the trial, the Lord, having turned back toward us, came and gave life, having given instead of us his own soul as a ransom; so that everyone believing in him and receiving his teaching possesses eternal life. He brought up me from the abysses of the earth, that is, from Hades, having become there after the shedding of the body, and no one else resurrected me except him, to bring up those having been cast down there through their own sin.

Regarding 'You have brought me up again from the abysses of the earth' (Ps 70:21): if the abyss signifies a sinking in circumstantial matters (as it is interpreted), it follows to take it as being often raised up from there by God, always doing good (the testimony of this is the saying: 'Many are the tribulations of the righteous, and from all of them the Lord will rescue them'); but if instead of Hades the abyss is understood, it is difficult to say how someone is raised up there again; for just as there is one entrance into life and one exit from it, it is necessary that those being separated from the body also become one in Hades. Therefore, the 'again' does not pass by, but will find consolation; yet it is not passing by the divine and is not superfluous. His thought will be such: 'Having given me life by your goodness, and also having increased your righteousness upon me, you have brought me up again from the abysses of the earth, not only by having given me life and having increased your righteousness upon me, but also by bringing me up from the lower parts.'

The Psalter is a vessel of the psalm, through which he says 'I will confess to you,' bringing forth the truth thankfully, according to which no one is like God after having made bad things life-giving and having completed every following goodness. Regarding the confessing of the truth in a vessel of a psalm and in a harp, he promises to the God existing, the Holy of Israel. And 'Holy of Israel' is said as one sanctifying him; for just as if we say 'they are holy of God' we present those being sanctified by him, so we do not say 'Holy of him' without signifying what is being sanctified. And if it is not so, attend to what is said concerning Christ, who...

Wisdom was revealed to us from God, along with righteousness, sanctification, and redemption; for wisdom became for the wise, righteousness for those being justified, and sanctification and redemption for those being sanctified and redeemed. It is not only said that the Holy One of Israel is God, but also in the Parousia, the Holy One of Israel is revealed, making manifest what the sinners do. The rational soul is redeemed, because Jesus gave his own soul as a ransom for it, and it is clearly a rational soul. For just as he redeemed the bodies of men by giving a body of the same essence for them, so he redeemed rational souls by placing a rational soul for them.

Regarding Psalm 71, the psalm does not pertain to the father of Rehoboam, Solomon, but to the one called spiritual, through the participation in the name; for it is interpreted with a Greek voice of peace. For who is he who says, 'Jesus, I give you my peace'? Concerning this, the theologian writes: 'For He is our peace' (Eph 2:14), and 'He preached peace to you who are far off, and peace to those who are near' (Eph 2:17), having dissolved the enmity that divided Greeks from Hebrews, as one flock and establishing one people from the nations and Jews. Thus, being shown to be peaceful through his works, he who was born according to the flesh from a virgin is from David. Indeed, it is written concerning him, 'The Book of the generation of Jesus Christ, Son of David' (Matt 1:1).

Regarding Psalm 71:2, 'To judge your people in righteousness (clearly those of the circumcision) and your poor in judgment' (Ps 72:2); for those coming to the gospel from the nations are not called poor because of a poverty of unbelief and wickedness. But if the poor of God can be the moderate in mind, according to 'Blessed are the poor in spirit' (Matt 5:3), then He visits them. Regarding Psalm 71:3, He protects the great-minded through virtue, the high-born and those called princes, to take up peace toward the people. And even if the high-born and princes turn out to be archangels and angels, the whole human race is a people toward whom they are called to bring peace, since Jesus, through the blood of the cross, made peace between those in the heavens and those on the earth, who previously were at odds on the earth because of wickedness toward those in the heavens. Since, therefore, the one crucified...

Greek · §130

Ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἀπὸ ἰδίου προσώπου ὁ α γιος λέγει ἀλλὰ τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους πειραθέντος πλείστων ο σων κακῶν καὶ θλίψεως πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίας· μεθ' η ν πεῖραν ἐπιστρέψας ὁ κύριος πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐλήλυθεν καὶ ἐζωοποίησεν δοὺς ἀνθ' ἡμῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν λύτρον ω στε πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ δεχόμενον τὴν διδασκαλίαν αὐτοῦ ε χειν ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἀνήγαγεν δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἀβύσσων τῆς γῆς τουτέστι τοῦ ᾳ δου γενόμενος ἐκεῖ μετὰ ἀπόθεσιν ου ει χεν σώματος οὐκ α λλου ε νεκα η τοῦ ἀναγαγεῖν τοὺς ἐκεῖ καταχθέντας δι' ἁμαρτίας ἰδίας. 746 Ps 70,21 Προσκειμένου τῷ ̓Εκ τῶν ἀβύσσων τῆς γῆς ἀνήγαγές με τοῦ πάλιν–εἰ μὲν ἡ α βυσσος σημαίνοι τὸν ἐν τοῖς περιστατικοῖς βυθισμόν (ὡς ἑρμηνεύεται), ἀκόλουθον ἐκλαβεῖν ὡς πολλάκις ε στιν ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἐκεῖθεν ἀναχθῆναι ἀεὶ εὐεργετοῦντος (μαρτύριον τούτου τὸ φερόμενον ου τως· Πολλαὶ αἱ θλίψεις τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἐκ πασῶν αὐτῶν ῥύσεται αὐτοὺς ὁ κύριος)· εἰ δὲ ἀντὶ τοῦ ᾳ δου ἡ α βυσσος παραληφθῇ, ε ργον εἰπεῖν πῶς πάλιν ἐκεῖθέν τις ἀνάγεται· ὡς γὰρ μία ει σοδος εἰς τὸν βίον καὶ ε ξοδος ἀπ' αὐτοῦ μία, ἀνάγκη καὶ τοὺς χωριζομένους τοῦ σώματος ου ε σχον ἐν τῷ ᾳ δῃ α παξ γίνεσθαι. Ητοι ου ν παρέλκει τὸ πάλιν η παραμυθίας τεύξεται, ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδὲν τοῖς θείοις παρέλκον καὶ περιττόν. ε σται αὐτοῦ α ρα νόησις τοιαύτη· ζωοποιήσας με εὐεργεσίᾳ τῇ σῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου πλεονάσας ἐπ' ἐμέ, πάλιν εὐεργετῶν ἀνήγαγές με ἐκ τῶν ἀβύσσων τῆς γῆς τῷ μὴ μόνον ἐζωοποιηκέναι με καὶ πεπλεονακέναι σου τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἀναγαγεῖν με. 747 Ps 70,22.23 Σκεῦος ψαλμοῦ τὸ ψαλτήριον, δι' ου λέγει ̓Εξομολογήσομαί σοι, εὐχαριστικῶς προφέρων τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ καθ' η ν οὐδεὶς ο μοιος θεοῦ μετὰ τὰ κακὰ ζωοποιοῦντος καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἑπομένην εὐεργεσίαν τελοῦντος. πρὸς τὸ ἐξομολογήσασθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν σκεύει ψαλμοῦ καὶ ἐν κιθάρᾳ ψάλαι ὑπισχνεῖται τῷ θεῷ ὑπάρχοντι ἁγίῳ τοῦ ̓Ισραήλ. α γιος δὲ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ λέγεται ὡς ἁγιάζων αὐτόν· ω σπερ γὰρ ἐὰν λέγωμεν θεοῦ ἁγίους ει ναι παριστῶμεν τοὺς πρὸς αὐτοῦ ἁγιαζομένους, ου τως α γιον αὐτὸν λέγοντες τίνος τὸ ἁγιαζόμενον σημαίνομεν. καὶ ο τι τοῦθ' ου τως ε χει, ἐπίστησον τῷ περὶ Χριστοῦ λεγομένῳ Ος ἐγεννήθη ἡμῖν σοφία ἀπὸ θεοῦ, δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις· γέγονε γὰρ σοφία τοῖς σοφοῖς, δικαιοσύνη τοῖς δικαιουμένοις, ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις τοῖς ἁγιαζομένοις καὶ ἀπολυτρουμένοις. οὐκ ἐνταῦθα μόνον α γιος τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ὁ θεὸς ει ρηται ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ Παρωξύνατε τὸν α γιον τοῦ ̓Ισραήλ, δῆλον ο τι οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες. Λυτροῦται ἡ λογικὴ ψυχή, λύτρον δεδωκότος τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν καὶ αὐτὴν δηλονότι λογικὴν ου σαν. ο νπερ γὰρ τρόπον λυτρούμενος τὰ σώματα τῶν ἀνθρώπων σῶμα ὁμοούσιον αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν δέδωκεν, ου τως λυτρούμενος λογικὰς ψυχὰς λογικὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ε θηκεν. 748 Ps 71 αργ Ου τος ὁ ψαλμὸς οὐ διενέγκοι τῷ πατρὶ τοῦ ̔Ροβοὰμ Σολομῶνι ἀλλὰ τῷ πνευματικῷ ου τω καλουμένῳ διὰ τὴν τοῦ ὀνόματος μετάληψιν· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ ̔Ελλήνων φωνῇ εἰρηνικός. τίς δὲ ου τος ὑπάρχει η ὁ λέγων ̓Ιησοῦς Εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν; περὶ τούτου ὁ θεολόγος γράφει Αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸ Εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν καὶ εἰρήνην τοῖς ἐγγύς, λύσας τὴν ε χθραν τὴν διαιροῦσαν Ελληνας ἀπὸ τῶν ̔Εβραίων ω στε μίαν ποίμνην καὶ ε να λαὸν ἐξ ἐθνῶν καὶ ̓Ιουδαίων συστῆναι. ου τως εἰρηνικὸς δεικνύμενος διὰ τῶν ε ργων ω ν ἐτέλεσεν ἐκ τοῦ ∆αυίδ ἐστιν ὁ κατὰ σάρκα γεννηθεὶς ἐκ παρθένου. 142 γέγραπται γοῦν περὶ αὐτοῦ Βίβλος γενέσεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ υἱοῦ ∆αυίδ. 749a Ps 71,2 Κρίνειν δὲ τὸν λαόν σου ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ (τὸν ἐκ περιτομῆς δηλονότι) καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς σου ἐν κρίσει· ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ προσερχόμενοι πτωχοὶ ὠνομασμένοι διὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀπιστίας καὶ κακίας πενίαν. εἰ δὲ δύνανται πτωχοὶ ει ναι θεοῦ οἱ μέτριοι τὴν γνώμην κατὰ τὸ Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, συνεπίσκεψαι. 750 Ps 71,3 Προστάττει τοῖς μεγαλοφυεστέροις δι' ἀρετῆς υ ψος ο ρεσι καὶ βουνοῖς καλουμένοις πρὸς τὸν λαὸν εἰρήνην ἀναλαβεῖν. καὶ εἰ μὲν ο ρη καὶ βουνοὶ ἀρχάγγελοι καὶ α γγελοι τυγχάνουσι, πᾶν τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος λαός ἐστι πρὸς ου ς εἰρηνεῦσαι καλοῦνται, ἐπείπερ ̓Ιησοῦς διὰ τοῦ αι ματος τοῦ σταυροῦ εἰρηνοποίησε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πρότερον διαστασιαζόντων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς διὰ κακίαν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὁ σταυρωθεὶς ῃ

The Church as the Moon§131

131The Lamb of God is sacrificed, and by this the sin of the world is released, the sin of those upon the earth; peace is being made between those in the heavens and those upon the earth, joy being made in the heavens before the angels for those repenting from sin. And if Moses and the prophets are signified by mountains and hills, let them take up peace toward the people from the nations who disbelieved, knowing what they themselves had previously spoken concerning this calling. And since even among those possessing virtue, some more so and others having it less, it must be said of those who possess it more that they are increased in greater measure through practice and knowledge of the truth, that they are the higher mountains compared to the lower hills. Ps 71:4 For it is the work of him who received from God judgment and righteousness, to judge the poor of the people.

Not such are those clinging to the letter and the shadow of the law, always named poor, seeing sharply the wealth of not having possessed the spiritual law, having that which the ones from the Jews who believed have, and the apostles also are such. Toward this also he brings salvation to the sons of the penitent. Not such are those who have come from idolatry to the faith of Jesus, those who were born of them according to the superstition of the penitent. Therefore, he will not leave them remaining in many-sided error, but will save their sons having recognized the truth. These having been rescued and saved, in order to judge and having come to save, he humbles the one who tyrannizes all in slander, so that he might be crushed as under the feet of the saints. For toward the righteous it is said, 'And you shall tread upon the lion and the dragon,' Ps 71:5 and toward a man (and toward every slanderer), if he were to say, 'He will turn away slander.'

The same is said to the one remaining with the anointed, what was said to him: 'You are a priest forever according to the order of Melchizedek,' Ps 110:4 and 'Before the moon, generations of generations, the same one established me before the age.' Ps 89:2 It is said 'He remains with the anointed' concerning the flesh which he clothed himself with, the soul being breathed into it, being both rational and spiritual; for he remains with the anointed of righteousness because of the indivisible union. But even before the moon, which has the analogy to the sun, there exists a generation of generations, for the church is established through him and in him, composed of all the generations.

They have it from generation to generation in succession. It is presented from the cloud of the waters as the moon is the church; but not thus: Who is she, emerging like the dew, beautiful as the moon, chosen? (Ps 71:6) Just as the rain comes upon the earth bringing fertility, so the visitation of the Savior to men has become the generation of righteousness.

It must be said that the cloud signifies Israel, and the earth signifies the Gentiles. Since previously it descended upon the cloud, and then from there upon the earth. For because Israel disobeyed and did not receive the one who had come, there was a transition to the rain upon the earth, so that all the men upon it might be moistened, rather being watered from the drops to bear spiritual fruits. (Ps 71:7) In the days of the Savior's visitation, the light of practical virtue of righteousness rises, and with it the evangelical standing through the faith of Jesus among the living, and the appropriate peace, possessing a great multitude, so as to extend until the completion of the world. For this is what the reflection of the moon signifies. (Ps 71:7b)

We say that the moon signifies the church. For the moon receives light as a derivative from the sun and does not possess it from itself; so the church, being upon the earth, knows in part and has not been truly illuminated, destined one day to be according to the sun, the perfect one... gap...destined not to have been truly illuminated by appearance, then this happening according to the sun, so that it may receive the perfect light and face to face. For by the Word, knowing in part is abolished, and the surpassing knowledge will be established. Thus the lunar condition of the church will be abolished when the sun of righteousness comes, shining like the sun, completing the church of the righteous in the kingdom of their own Father. gap...in the cloud of the waters is the perfection of the bride; and the church itself, after much progress, will be according to the sun. For who is she, he says, emerging like the dew, possessing the beginning of illumination, with which the beginning will be, as the moon, approaching? For she... gap...with which there will be wonder like the sun. (Ps 71:9-11a) Understandings are not thus: of those from the nations, the Ethiopians.

Greek · §131

ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τέθυται, ι ν' αι ρῃ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου λυθείσης τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς, εἰρηνοποιεῖται τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, γινομένης χαρᾶς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ε μπροσθεν ἀγγέλων ἐπὶ τοῖς μετανοοῦσιν ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας. εἰ δὲ Μωυσῆς καὶ οἱ προφῆται σημαίνονται διὰ τῶν ὀρῶν καὶ βουνῶν, πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τὸν ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν ἀπιστεύσαντα εἰρήνην ἀναλαβέτωσαν εἰδότες ο τι αὐτοὶ περὶ τῆς κλήσεως ταύτης προανεφώνησαν. Ει τ' ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν ἀρετὴν ἐχόντων οἱ μὲν μᾶλλον, οἱ δ' η ττον αὐτὴν ε χουσιν, τοὺς μᾶλλον ε χοντας ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖον διαρθέντας πράξει καὶ γνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας ο ρη λεκτέον τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων χρηματιζόντων βουνῶν. 751 Ps 71,4 Εργον δὲ τοῦ λαβόντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ κρίμα καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὸ κρίνειν τοὺς πτωχοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ. Ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ τῷ γράμματι καὶ τῇ σκιᾷ τοῦ νόμου ἐπανέχοντες, ἀεὶ πτωχοὶ ὠνομασμένοι τῷ μὴ ἐσχηκέναι τὸν κατὰ πνευματικὸν νόμον ὀξὺ βλέποντα πλοῦτον, ἐχόντων αὐτὸν τῶν ἀπὸ ̓Ιουδαίων πιστευσάντων ω ν εἰσι καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι. πρὸς τούτῳ καὶ σωτηρίαν φέρει ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν πενήτων· ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἐξ εἰδωλολατρίας ἐπὶ τὴν πίστιν τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ ἐληλυθότες, τῶν γεννησάντων αὐτοὺς κατὰ δεισιδαιμονίαν πενήτων ο ντων. διὸ οὐκ αὐτοὺς καταμείναντας ἐν τῇ πολυθέῳ πλάνῃ ἀλλὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν μεταγνόντας σώσει. τούτων ῥυσθέντων καὶ σωθέντων πρὸς τοῦ κριτοῦ καὶ σῶσαι ἐληλυθότος ταπεινοῦται ὁ πάντας καταδυναστεύων ἐν συκοφαντίᾳ ὡς ὑπὸ πόδας τῶν ἁγίων συντριβῆναι. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸν δίκαιον ει ρηται Καὶ καταπατήσεις λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα, καὶ πρὸς α νδρα δὲ (πάντα δὲ συκοφάντην), εἰ λέγοιτο, ̓Αποστρέψει συκοφαντίας. 752 Ps 71,5 Ταὐτὸν τῷ Παραμενεῖ τῷ ἡλίῳ ο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰρημένον Σὺ ει ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ, καὶ τὸ Πρὸ τῆς σελήνης γενεὰς γενεῶν ταὐτὸν τῷ Πρὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐθεμελίωσέ με. λέγεται τὸ Συμπαραμενεῖ τῷ ἡλίῳ καὶ περὶ τῆς σαρκὸς η ς η νωσεν ἑαυτῷ τῆς ἐμψυχωμένης ψυχῇ λογικῇ τε καὶ νοερᾷ· συμπαραμένει γὰρ τῷ ἡλίῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης διὰ τὴν ἀδιαίρετον ε νωσιν. ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς σελήνης τῆς ἀναλογίαν ἐχούσης πρὸς τὸν νοητὸν η λιον ὑπάρχει γενεὰ γενεῶν τῷ δι' αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἱδρῦσθαι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν συγκειμένην ἐκ πάντων τῶν γενεὰν ἐχόντων ἀνθρώπων. ου τοι γὰρ ἐκ γενεᾶς καὶ γενεᾶς κατὰ διαδοχὴν υ παρξιν ε χουσιν. παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ Αισματος τῶν ᾀσμάτων ὡς σελήνη ἡ ἐκκλησία· χρηματίζει ου τως· Τίς αυ τη ἐκκύπτουσα ὡσεὶ ο ρθρος, καλὴ ὡς σελήνη ἐκλεκτή; 753a Ps 71,6 Ωσπερ ὁ ὑετὸς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐρχόμενος εὐκαρπίας αι τιος, ου τως ἡ ἐπιδημία τοῦ σωτῆρος πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους γενημάτων δικαιοσύνης ε νεκα γεγένηται. ῥητέον δὲ ὡς ὁ μὲν πόκος τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ σημαίνει, ἡ δὲ γῆ τὰ ε θνη δηλοῖ. ἐπεὶ πρότερον ἐπὶ πόκον κατῆλθεν, ει τ' ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. ἀπειθήσαντος γὰρ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ὡς μὴ δέξασθαι τὸν ἐληλυθότα, μετάβασις ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τοῦ ὑετοῦ γέγονεν ὡς πάντας τοὺς ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἀνθρώπους ὑγραίνεσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ ποτίζεσθαι ἐκ τῶν σταγόνων ἐπὶ τῷ ἀγαγεῖν καρποὺς πνευματικούς. 754 Ps 71,7 ̓Εν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ 143 ἐπιδημήσαντος σωτῆρος ἀνατελεῖ οι α φῶς δικαιοσύνη πρακτικὴ ἀρετὴ ου σα καὶ σὺν αὐτῇ ἡ διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ εἰς τοὺς ζῶντας εὐαγγελικῶς συνισταμένη καὶ ἡ κατάλληλος εἰρήνη πλῆθος ε χουσα πολὺ ὡς παρατείνεσθαι μέχρι τῆς συντελείας τοῦ κόσμου. τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει ἡ τῆς σελήνης ἀνταναίρεσις. 755 Ps 71,7b ̓Ελέγομεν τὴν σελήνην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν δηλοῦν. ἡ γὰρ σελήνη νόθον ἐξ ἡλίου δέχεται φῶς καὶ οὐχὶ οι κοθεν ε χει, ὡς ἡ ἐκκλησία ο σον ἐστὶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἐκ μέρους γινώσκει καὶ οὐ γνησίως ο λη πεφώτισται λήγουσα ποτὲ ἐσομένη κατὰ τὸν η λιον ο τε τὸ τέλειον ... ...λήγουσα οὐχ ο λη γνησίως πεφώτισται σχήσεως, τότε τοῦτο γενομένη κατὰ τὸν η λιον, ο ταν τὸ τέλειον καὶ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον ε λθῃ. ῳ γὰρ λόγῳ καταργεῖται τὸ ἐκ μέρους γινώσκειν, ἐνστήσει τῆς ἀνυπερβλήτου γνώσεως. ου τως ἀναιρεθήσεται ἡ σεληνιακὴ κατάστασις τῆς ἐκκλησίας κατὰ τὸν η λιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐσομένης, ἐκλαμψάντων ὡς ὁ η λιος τῶν συμπληρούντων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν δικαίων ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτῶν. κατα...... ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων ἡ τελειότης τῆς νύμφης· ἡ ἐκκλησία δ' αὐτὴ μετὰ πολλὴν προκοπὴν κατὰ τὸν η λιον ε σται. Τίς γὰρ αυ τη, φησίν, ἡ ἐκκύπτουσα ὡσεὶ ο ρθρος, ἀρχὴν φωτισμοῦ ε χουσα μεθ' η ν ἀρχὴν ὡς σελήνη πλησιφαὴς ἐσομένη; αυ τη γὰρ ἡ ἐκλ... * μεθ' ο ὡς η λιος θάμβος ε σται. 756 Ps 71,9–11a Νοήσεις ου τως· τῶν ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν Αἰθιόπων

The Fruitfulness of the Support and the Drying of the Grass§132

132Regarding those called through their existence out of impiety, falling down before the king in a manner of recognition, the Jews, who are the king's enemies, will indeed be lacking. And it also seems that the Ethiopians fall down before him; the falling down before the king, who sees the hidden things, demonstrates genuine submission.

It is also possible for the enemies of God to appear to have the sensation of repentance through the fact that they lack; for they are bowing down. Tharsis takes hold of the opportunity to spy out joys, spying out the joy of the friends of virtue and piety, if one might ever be able to hear: 'Come into the joy of your Lord' (Matt 25:21).

Those not having a contemplative gaze toward the joy, the kings who hold their power bring their gifts to those who are beginning. And islands are brought forward. But these are souls, possessing themselves firmly and unmovably, even when the sea stirs up a gale and a storm. To these, the Savior says: 'Dedicate yourselves, islands, to me, being renewed by the newness of the Spirit, bearing the new human being created according to God.'

Along with these kings, also the Arabs and Saba will bring gifts, those coming toward the evening of the faulty life, so that the light of the impious might be darkened by them. And it is possible for one to be falsely transformed into an angel of light until he deceives even the elect; for Arabs are interpreted as morning and evening. After these Arabs and many others, repentance is offered by Saba; and the name is taken for the return.

It is possible to take as those worshiping him and offering gifts the teachers of all the nations, the apostles and disciples and the successors of these; for they offer gifts to God from the men who are profited by them. And if even one of the faithful brings gifts of praiseworthy deeds and true mindset, it is as if kings bring their own gifts to the only and one All-King. It is also written that his name is honored, having delivered them from so many evils (Ps 72:14). Having learned, the holy men, that no one of the born humanity will deliver men from the prevailing wickedness, all turned away and were made blameless concerning the unclear...

Wishing to be saved from the hand of the powerful and becoming a cause of eternal salvation, they were continually and unceasingly sending prayer to the Father, at times saying, 'Show us, Lord, your mercy and grant us your salvation,' and at other times, 'Send out your light and your truth.' Concerning his sending and at the beginning of the present Psalm 71, they prayed saying, 'O God, give your judgment to the king and your righteousness to the son of the king' (Ps 71:15c).

They glorify him through all the days of this present age or of the enlightened life of those blessing (Ps 71:16a). The outcomes of the anticipatory proclamations are more extreme than these mountains, for the one prophesied has become a support in the land (Ps 71:16a).

For Jesus did not bear fruit through the arrival of faithful men, and they possess a multitude and greatness of deeds and theorems; but a witness to this is the promise that 'the righteous shall flourish like a palm tree, and like a cedar in Lebanon he shall multiply' (Ps 71:16bc). For when the fruit of the support has been multiplied and exceeded, the Jews who were unfaithful to the Savior shall spring up from the city of Jerusalem like grass from the earth, because of the parched state and the rapid drying up, so named and most justly.

Since they have become flesh in their wisdom, having been unfaithful to the Savior and seeking glory from one another rather than that which is given by God alone, they shall spring up from the earth as grass; for all flesh is grass and all the glory of man is like the flower of the grass. For they shall not merely bloom, but shall spring up and wither.

And also those of the grass, whether out of the city or not in the city, shall spring up, those of whom the word is. For those who hastened toward life and wisdom outside the spiritual city, Jerusalem, were dried up like the parched and rapidly drying grass; but of the one remaining within the city, nothing of this sort was experienced; for 'he who dwells in Jerusalem shall never be shaken' (Ps 71:17c–19a).

The nations, which are to be blessed in him, make happy the one who blessed them, saying, 'Blessed is the Lord, the God of the discerning race, who alone has done wondrous things, having freed us from idolatry and the treatment of wandering demons; for truly it is a wonder.'

Greek · §132

καλουμένων δι' η ν ει χον ἐξ ἀσεβείας μελανίαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ βασιλέως προσπιπτόντων μεταγνώσεως τρόπῳ, οἱ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐχθροὶ ̓Ιουδαῖοι γοῦν λείξουσιν. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ προσπίπτειν τοὺς Αἰθίοπας· γνησίαν ὑποταγὴν δηλοῖ τὸ ἐπίπροσθεν τοῦ τὰ κρυπτὰ ὁρῶντος βασιλέως προσπίπτειν. δυνατὸν καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοῦ θεοῦ αι σθησιν μετανοίας φαίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ χοῦν λείχειν· γονυπετούντων γὰρ ἡ ἐνέργεια. Μεταλαμβάνεται δὲ Θάρσεις εἰς τὸ κατασκοπεῖν χαράς, κατασκοπούντων χαρὰν τῶν ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐσεβείας φίλων, ι ν' ἀκοῦσαί ποτε δυνηθῇ ε καστος αὐτῶν Ει σελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου. τῶν ου τω θεωρητικῶν πρὸς τὴν χαρὰν τὸ βλέμμα ἐχόντων, οἱ κρατοῦντες βασιλεῖς δῶρα οι σουσιν τοὺς ἀρχομένους. καὶ νῆσοι δὲ προσάγονται. ψυχαὶ δέ εἰσιν αυ ται, ἑδραίως καὶ ἀμετακινήτως ε χουσαι κα ν ἐπαφρίζει καὶ τρικυμίας ἡ θάλασσα ἐπεγείρει. πρὸς ταύτας ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει ̓Εγκαινίζεσθε, νῆσοι, πρός με, ἀνανεούμεναι τῇ καινότητι τοῦ πνεύματος, φέρουσαι τὸν νέον α νθρωπον τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα. πρὸς τούτοις τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ οἱ τῶν ̓Αράβων καὶ Σαβᾶ προσοίσουσι δῶρα τοὺς πρὸς τὴν ἑσπέραν τοῦ βίου τοῦ φαύλου ἐρχομένους ὡς σκοτισθῆναι ἀπ' αὐτῶν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀσεβῶν. Καὶ δύναιτ' α ν μετασχηματιζόμενον εἰς α γγελον φωτὸς ψευδῶς καὶ μέχρι τοῦ ἀπατῆσαι η λιον ο ντα· Αραβες γὰρ δυσμαὶ καὶ ἑσπέρας ἑρμηνεύονται. μετὰ τούτων τῶν ̓Αράβων καὶ ἑτέρων πλειόνων μετάνοια προσφέρεται Σαβᾶ· μεταλαμβάνεται δὲ τὸ ο νομα εἰς τὸ ἐπιστροφή. ∆υνατὸν ἐκλαβεῖν προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν καὶ δῶρα προσφέροντας τοὺς διδασκάλους πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀποστόλους καὶ μαθητὰς καὶ τοὺς τούτων διαδόχους· προσφέρουσι γὰρ τοὺς κερδαινομένους ὑπ' αὐτῶν ἀνθρώπους δῶρα τῷ θεῷ. εἰ δὲ καὶ ε καστος τῶν πιστῶν δῶρα φέρει πράξεις ἐπαινετὰς καὶ ἀληθὲς φρόνημα, ὡς βασιλεῖς προσάγουσι τὰ οἰκεῖα δῶρα τῷ μόνῳ καὶ ἑνὶ παμβασιλεῖ. 757a Ps 71,14b Γράφεται δὲ καὶ ε ντιμον τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν τοῦ τοσούτων κακῶν αὐτοὺς ἀπαλλάξαντος. 758 Ps 71,15b Μαθόντες οἱ α γιοι α νδρες ὡς οὐδεὶς τῶν γενητῶν λυτρώσεται τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκ τῆς κατεχούσης κακοπραγίας, πάντων ἐκκλινάντων καὶ α μα ἀχρειωθέντων περὶ τοῦ δυναμένου ῥύσασθαι ἐκ χειρὸς δυναστοῦ καὶ σωτηρίας αἰωνίου αἰτίου ἐσομένου, συνεχῶς καὶ ἀδιαστάτως εὐχὴν τῷ πατρὶ ἀνέπεμπον, ὁτὲ μὲν λέγοντες ∆εῖξον ἡμῖν, κύριε, τὸ ε λεός σου καὶ τὸ σωτήριόν σου δῴης ἡμῖν, ὁτὲ δὲ ̓Εξαπόστειλον τὸ φῶς σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου. περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀποστολῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ παρόντος 144 ψαλμοῦ προσηύχοντο λέγοντες ̔Ο θεός, τὸ κρίμα σου τῷ βασιλεῖ δὸς καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ βασιλέως. 759a Ps 71,15c ∆οξολογοῦσί τε αὐτὸν δι' ο λης ἡμέρας η τοι τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος αἰῶνος η τοῦ πεφωτισμένου βίου τῶν εὐλογούντων. 760a Ps 71,16a Ακρα τούτων τῶν ὀρέων αἱ ἐκβάσεις τῶν προαναφωνήσεών εἰσιν ἐφ' α φθάσας ὁ προφητευόμενος στήριγμα γέγονεν ἐν τῇ γῇ. 761 Ps 71,16bc Ου ς γὰρ ἐκαρποφόρησεν ̓Ιησοῦς διὰ τῆς ἐπιδημίας πιστοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος πράξεων καὶ θεωρημάτων ε χουσιν· μαρτύριον δὲ τούτου τὸ ∆ίκαιος ὡς φοῖνιξ ἀνθήσει, ὡσεὶ κέδρος ἡ ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ πληθυνθήσεται. ου τω γοῦν πληθυνθέντος καὶ ὑπεραρθέντος τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ στηρίγματος τῶν ο λων, ἐξανθήσουσιν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ οἱ ἀπιστήσαντες τῷ σωτῆρι ̓Ιουδαῖοι ὡς ἐκ τῆς γῆς χόρτος, διὰ τὸ εὐμάραντον καὶ ταχὺ ἀποξηραίνεσθαι ου τως ὠνομασμένοι καὶ μάλα δικαίως. ἐπεὶ σὰρξ τῷ φρονήματι γεγόνασιν ἀπιστήσαντες τῷ σωτῆρι καὶ δόξαν παρ' ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες ἀλλὰ μὴ τὴν παρὰ θεοῦ μόνου διδομένην ζητοῦντες, ἐξανθήσουσιν οι α τῆς γῆς χόρτος· Πᾶσα γὰρ σὰρξ χόρτος καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου ὡς α νθος χόρτου. οὐ γὰρ ἀνθήσειν ει πεν ἀλλ' ἐξανθήσειν. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ ̓Εκ πόλεως καὶ μὴ ἐν πόλει ἐξανθῆσαι οι α χόρτος τοὺς περὶ ω ν ὁ λόγος. ε ξω γὰρ τῆς πνευματικῆς πόλεως ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ βίῳ καὶ φρονήματι σπεύσαντες ει ναι ὡς ὁ εὐμάραντος καὶ ξηραινόμενος ταχὺ χόρτος ἐξηράνθησαν, τοῦ ε νδον ἐν τῇ πόλει μένοντος οὐδὲν τοιοῦτο πεισομένου· Οὐ σαλευθήσεται γὰρ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὁ κατοικῶν ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. 762 Ps 71,17c–19a Αἱ εὐλογηθεῖσαι ἐν αὐτῷ φυλαὶ ου σαι τὰ ε θνη μακαρίζουσιν τὸν εὐλογήσαντα λέγουσαι Εὐλόγητος κύριος ὁ τοῦ διορατικοῦ γένους θεός, ο ς μόνος θαυμάσια πεποίηκεν ἐλευθερώσας ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ εἰδωλολατρείας καὶ δαιμόνων ἀλιτηρίων θεραπείας· θαυμάσιον γὰρ ἀληθῶς

The progression of impiety and the rejection of Providence§133

133Regarding what concerns the calling of the Gentiles. The 'Only One' should not be troubled, for the Son cannot do anything contrary to the Father, unless he sees the Father doing it; for whatever the Father does, the Son likewise does. For the 'Only One' and such things taken regarding divinity declare a Father and a Son, as it is presented from the prophet; for it is said to the Father: 'And the Sabaean men shall pass over high upon you and shall worship you and shall pray to you, that what is in you is God and is not God except you; for you are God, and not to be feared, God of Israel, Savior' (Ps 72:1,2). Who is the glory whose name is blessed, who has made the worthless and gloryless glorious and honorable—those who are repentant? It is possible to call his glory and he did not receive an unsung death for the sake of the salvation of the world; for Jesus was not yet glorified, and the Jesus whom we see being humbled through the suffering of death is being crowned with glory and honor.

If indeed his glory is that which his name is blessed for unto the age, concerning which Paul writes: 'Not worthy are the sufferings of the present time compared to the glory that is about to be revealed to us, stand fast' (Rom 8:18). For especially this and the proclamation concerning it we find to be eternally hymned, as Peter said; this is what the witness of his sufferings and the glory to come declares: 'And a companion of that glory' (2 Pet 1:11). And Israel seeing God is interpreted. Therefore, those who do not see him still perceive what is good (Ps 72:6b-9). For indeed, although it provides something dark and unpleasant to men, they perceive how it also works advantageously toward salvation, and their steps are not shaken having crossed over and having advanced. Since those about whom the word is are held not only by wickedness but also by impiety, they are clothed in injustice.

And there is the moral wickedness according to the soul, and with this impiety, they think impiously concerning all dogmas. And also to say that their injustice will come forth as from a cloud; then, when it comes forth, the sin is practically fulfilled, no longer remaining only in the thoughts. It has passed into a disposition of the heart.

Having previously disposed themselves according to wickedness, they not only established the evil to themselves but also desired to be harmful to others. Then, after passing into a disposition of wickedness, having thought in malice, they spoke deceitfully as if of good things. They were lifted up, he says, as if to speak even against God, slandering His justice, His creation, and His providence; such as are those who, at the time of the stars, having set their preconceptions, and those who, making the heavens and the creation themselves instead of the Creator, lift up their mouth to heaven. They were torn apart, rather they were consumed, as if their tongue had passed through the earth against the Most High, so that all who hear might know what vain and impious things are being philosophized against God and His providence (Ps 72:10).

Of the impious boasting loudly (Ps 72:10), the people of God calls as a starting point for a good return, desiring to enjoy the contemplations of the light of day. And the 'Here' referring to the one saying this is God, such as what was said to Moses: 'And you shall stand with me' (Ex 33:33).

Those wanting to cast out providence and injustice, having spoken toward the height (Ps 72:11-13), bring forth such words; how can one know God through human things? For does the intellect not have a sensory, organic power? For his understanding does not receive the forms of the seen and the heard, so that, having known, he might also know providential and royal things as he wishes? And having said before, 'How will God be known?', they confess to knowing God, but they are ignorant of the manner of knowing. And after these things they also say they are ignorant of Him, saying, 'If there is knowledge in the...

Greek · §133

ε καστον τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς κλήσεως τῶν ἐθνῶν γεγονός. Προσκείμενον δὲ τὸ Μόνος μὴ ταραττέτω σε· οὐ γὰρ ἐναντιοῦται τῷ Οὐ δύναται ποιεῖν ὁ υἱὸς οὐδέν, ἐὰν μὴ βλέπῃ τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα· α γὰρ α ν ὁ πατὴρ ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ὁμοίως ποιεῖ. τὸ γὰρ Μόνος καὶ ο σα τοιαῦτα ἐπὶ θεότητος λαμβανόμενα δηλοῖ πατέρα καὶ υἱόν, ὡς ἐκ τοῦ προφήτου παρίσταται· ε νθα ει ρηται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Καὶ οἱ Σαβαεῖν α νδρες ὑψηλοὶ ἐπὶ σὲ διαβήσονται καὶ προσκυνήσουσίν σοι καὶ ἐν σοὶ προσεύξονται, ο τι ἐν σοὶ ὁ θεός ἐστιν καὶ οὐκ ε στι θεὸς πλὴν σοῦ· σὺ γὰρ ει ὁ θεός, καὶ οὐκ ῃ δειμεν, θεὸς τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ σωτήρ. Τίς δὲ ἡ δόξα η ς τὸ ο νομα εὐλογεῖται η η ν κατώρθωσεν ἐπιδημήσας ἐπιδόξους καὶ ἐπιτιμίους ποιήσας ἐξ ἀτίμων καὶ ἀδόξων τοὺς μετανοήσαντας ἀνθρώπους; δυνατὸν δόξαν αὐτοῦ φάναι καὶ ο ν ἀνεδέξατο ἀοίδιμον θάνατον ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ο λων σωτηρίας· τὸ γὰρ ̓Ιησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη, καὶ τὸ Τὸν ἠλαττωμένον βλέπομεν ̓Ιησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφανωμένον *** Εἰ δὲ κἀκείνη δόξα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν η ς εὐλογεῖται τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα περὶ η ς γράφει Παῦλος Οὐκ α ξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι εἰς ἡμᾶς, ἐπίστησον. μάλιστα γὰρ ταύτην καὶ τὴν περὶ αὐτῆς ἀπαγγελίαν εἰς ἀεὶ ὑμνούμενον εὑρίσκομεν, Πέτρου φήσαντος· τάδε λέγει ὁ μάρτυς τῶν αὐτοῦ παθημάτων Καὶ ὁ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης κοινωνός. 763a Ps 72,1.2 Καὶ ὁ ̓Ισραὴλ δὲ ὁρῶν τὸν θεὸν ἑρμηνεύεται. διὸ καὶ νοοῦντες ο ν ὁρῶσιν ι σασιν ο τι ἀγαθός ἐστιν. κα ν τι γοῦν σκυθρωπόν τε καὶ ἀηδὲς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις παρέχει, ι σασιν ὡς συμφερόντως καὶ πρὸς σωτηρίαν ποιεῖ τοῦτο, καὶ οὐ σαλεύονται τὰ διαβήματα α η σαν διαβεβηκότες καὶ προκόψαντες. 764 Ps 72,6b–9 ̓Επεὶ μὴ μόνῃ πρακτικῇ κακίᾳ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀσεβείᾳ ἐνέχονται οἱ περὶ ω ν ὁ λόγος, ἀκολούθως περιβέβληνται ἀδικίαν καὶ τὴν καθ' ο λου ἠθικὴν κακίαν καὶ σὺν ταύτῃ ἀσέβειαν ἀσεβῶς περὶ πάντων τῶν δογμάτων φρονοῦντες. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν 145 ἐξελεύσεσθαι τὴν ἀδικίαν αὐτῶν ὡς ἐκ στέατος, τότε ἐξερχομένης ο ταν πρακτικῶς ἐπιτελῆται μηκέτι ἐν μόνοις τοῖς λογισμοῖς μένουσα. ∆ιήλθοσαν εἰς διάθεσιν καρδίας. κατὰ κακίαν πρότερον διαθέντες, οὐ μόνοις ἑαυτοῖς ε στησαν τὸ κακὸν καὶ α λλοις βλαπτικοὶ ποθοῦντες ει ναι· ο θεν μετὰ τὸ διελθεῖν εἰς διάθεσιν κακίας διανοηθέντες ἐν πονηρίᾳ ἐλάλησαν ἀπατηλῶς ὡς ἀγαθά. ̓Επήρθησαν, φησίν, ὡς καὶ κατὰ θεοῦ λαλεῖν α δικα καὶ τὴν δημιουργίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν διαβάλλειν, ὁποῖοί τινές εἰσιν οι τῇ φορᾷ τῶν ἀστέρων ἀνατιθέντες τὰ προαιρέσει γινόμενα, οι καὶ θεοποιοῦντες τὰ α στρα καὶ τὴν κτίσιν παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα εἰς οὐρανὸν ε θεντο τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν. κατεσπάσθησαν, μᾶλλον κατερίφθησαν ὡς τὴν γλώτταν αὐτῶν η ν κατὰ τοῦ ὑψίστου ἠκόνησαν διελθεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὡς πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας εἰδέναι ο τι ματαίως καὶ ἀσεβῶς κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῆς προνοίας αὐτοῦ φιλοσοφοῦσιν. 765a Ps 72,10 Τῶν ἀσεβῶν ὑπερήφανα λελαληκότων, ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λαὸς ἀφορμὴν ευ ρεν ἐπιστροφῆς, φωτεινῶν ἐθέλων ἀπολαύσασθαι θεωριῶν α ς ἡμέρας ὁ λόγος καλεῖ. τὸ δὲ ̓Ενταῦθα ε νθα ὁ λέγων τοῦτο θεὸς ὁποῖον τὸ λεχθὲν Μωυσῇ Σὺ δὲ αὐτοῦ στῆθι μετ' ἐμοῦ. 766 Ps 72,11–13 Οἱ ἐκβάλλειν θέλοντες τὴν πρόνοιαν καὶ ἀδικίαν εἰς τὸ υ ψος λαλήσαντες τοιούτους προφέρουσι λόγους· πῶς γνῶναι θεὸν δυνατὸν τὰ ἀνθρώπινα; μὴ γὰρ αἰσθητικὴν ε χει ὀργανικὴν δύναμιν; μὴ γὰρ τύπους τῶν ὁρωμένων καὶ ἀκουομένων δέχεται ἡ νόησις αὐτοῦ, ι να καὶ γνοὺς * διάθηται προνοητικῶς α μα καὶ βασιλικῶς α γων αὐτὰ ῃ βούλεται; εἰπόντες δὲ πρότερον Πῶς γνώσεται ὁ θεός; ὁμολογοῦσι γινώσκειν * τὸν θεόν, ἀγνοοῦσι δὲ τὸν τρόπον τῆς γνώσεως. μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν λέγουσιν εἰπόντες Εἰ ε στι γνῶσις ἐν τῷ

The Beastly State and the Proximity of God§134

134a disposition according to quality

He turns toward other things. Ps 72:22b, 23a: 'I have become like a beast in your sight.' For just as all creatures are ignorant toward the Father of wisdom and the God of knowledge, as Moses said, 'I am the Word,' and those who do not know the God of the Word; for how would one not compare the Word and the most wise Word? In this way it is said again by Moses: 'I am not able to speak from before I began to speak to your servant; heavy of mouth and slow of tongue am I.' For it is not simply being heavy of mouth and slow of tongue and not being able for oneself, but rather after having begun to speak to your servant. In this way, Abraham spoke to the Creator: 'Since I began to speak to the Lord, I myself am earth and ashes,' he who was ignorant before speaking to God. And he stands forth through the fact that he was born, as if he were not being troubled by sin among men, but rather he perceives things not by chance, but as bringing them about by his own wise providence. And it is not by chance to say, 'I am always with you,' but only to the one possessing virtue and piety in an orderly and consistent manner, which is made straight through the intervals.

Ps 72:27, 28: 'Since God is not in a place, locally no one is separated from him, but he is far from the thought of the unrighteous and evil, and near to the righteous and good and the cause of all things; and since the approaching of virtue takes hold of him and saves, the standing away from him having badness and impiety brings destruction.' The same applies to how sin causes God to distance himself. It is fitting that it is said: 'Behold, those who distance themselves shall perish,' not that those who distance themselves should cause those who have sinned to perish by imposing an end to sin through repentance. In this way also, he who does the sin but not he who made the sin is a slave to it. Having moved many to long distances and many words about the essence of the goodise man revealed himself through brevity, saying that the good is strictly to be joined to God and to place hope upon him. And it is said that the gates of Zion are virtues and introductions into perfection, and all the daughter of Zion becomes she who is born according to her and a soul profiting toward her. Ps 73:1b: One inquires what is the cause of falling to the...

Greek · §134

ὑψίστῳ; πεπλάνηνται δὲ νομίζοντες αὐτὸν ε χειν διάθεσιν τὴν κατὰ ποιότητα. πατὴρ γὰρ σοφίας καὶ ἀληθείας καὶ θείας ἐπιστήμης ἐστίν. ει ρηται γοῦν Θεὸς γνώσεων κύριος, καὶ ̔Ο διδάσκων α νθρωπον γνῶσιν, καὶ Κύριος γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ πῶς ω ν καὶ διδάσκει καὶ δίδωσι λείπεται, νεμεσητικοῦ δὲ πάθους τὸ θέλειν ε καστον τῶν πρὸς ἀξίαν τυγχάνειν, τοῦ ἀληθῶς σοφοῦ τὴν εὐπραγίαν η δυσπραγίαν οὐκ ἐν ἡδέσιν η λυπηροῖς τιθεμένου, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν ἐν ἀρετῆς κτήσει καὶ εὐσεβείας, τὴν δὲ τῇ τούτων στερήσει; ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἑκατέροις συμβαίνει ἀηδῆ τε καὶ λυπηρά, οὐκέτι ὡς εὐσεβέσιν η ἁμαρτωλοῖς τοῖς μὲν ταῦτα, τοῖς δὲ ἐκεῖνα συμβαίνει. ο περ διὰ τοῦ προκειμένου κατασκευάζεται, ὡς α ν μετὰ τὸ λεχθῆναι τὰ ταράττοντα λύσις εὐσεβὴς ἐπενεχθῇ, τοιοῦτον ἐν τῷ Μαλαχίᾳ φησὶν ὁ θεός· ̓Εβαρύνατε ἐπ' ἐμὲ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν καὶ ει πατε ̓Εν τίνι κατελαλήσαμέν σου; καὶ ει πατε Μάταιος ὁ δουλεύων θεῷ· καὶ ἰδοὺ μακαρίζομεν ἀλλοτρίους, καὶ ἀνοικοδομοῦνται πάντες ποιοῦντες α νομα, ἀντέστησαν θεῷ καὶ ἐσώθησαν, οὐδὲν ἡμῶν πλέον ἐχόντων τῶν δουλευόντων αὐτῷ, καίτοι ἱκέται προπορευόμενοι τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ταῦτα λέγοντας ἐπάγει μεθ' ε τερα Ει πατε Πᾶς ποιῶν πονηρά, καλὸν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς αὐτὸς εὐδόκησεν. 767 Ps 72,14 ...περὶ τῆς μελλούσης αἰῶνος ὡς κολασθήσονται α νομοι καὶ ἀσεβεῖς, τῶν δικαίων ἐπαγγελίας θείας ληψομένων. ∆υνατὸν ἐκλαβεῖν Καὶ ἐγενήθην μεμαστιγωμένος ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν νοήσει τοιαύτῃ· εἰρηκὼς Αρα ματαίως ἐδικαίωσα τὴν καρδίαν μου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, γνοὺς ὡς οὐκ ε δει ταραχθέντα τοῦτ' εἰπεῖν, ἐμαστίχθην ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς εὐσεβείας λογισμοῦ ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐλεγχόμενος καὶ ἐπιτιμώμενος ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. 768 Ps 72,19b Συνᾴδει τῷ προκειμένῳ καὶ τὸ Ει δον τὸν ἀσεβῆ ὑπερυψούμενον καὶ ἐπαιρόμενον ὡς τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβανοῦ καὶ παρῆλθον, καὶ ἰδοὺ οὐκ η ν, καὶ ἐζήτησα αὐτόν, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθη ὁ τόπος αὐτοῦ. 769a Ps 72,20b.21a Τὴν εἰκόνα γὰρ τοῦ χοϊκοῦ ἐξουδένωσεν ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐῶν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἐπουράνιον πόλιν· τοῦτο γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. γράφεται δὲ καὶ ο τι Ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, παυσαμένη δηλονότι τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ νομίζειν πρόνοιαν ταραχῆς καὶ 146 μεταβάλλουσα πρὸς θάτερα. 770 Ps 72,22b.23a Καλῶς τὸ Κτηνώδης ἐγενόμην παρὰ σοί. ὡς γὰρ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τῆς σοφίας καὶ θεὸν τῆς γνώσεως πάντες οἱ γενητοὶ ἀγνοοῦντές εἰσιν, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ Μωυσέως, ο τε ει δεν τὸν θεὸν λόγον, ̓Εγὼ α λογός εἰμι· πῶς γὰρ οὐ συγκρίσει λόγου καὶ ὁ λογιώτατος α λογος εὑρίσκετο; ταύτῃ ει ρηται πάλιν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ Μωυσέως Οὐ εἰμι ἱκανὸς πρὸ τῆς χθὲς καὶ τρίτης ἀφ' ου η ρξω λαλεῖν τῷ θεράποντί σου· ἰσχνόφωνος καὶ βραδύγλωσσος ἐγώ εἰμι. οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς ει πεν ἰσχνόφωνον καὶ βραδύγλωσσον καὶ τὸ μὴ ἱκανὸν ει ναι ἑαυτῷ πρὶν ** λόγιος γὰρ ** ἀλλὰ μετὰ ** τοῦ ̓Αφ' ου η ρξω λαλεῖν τῷ θεράποντί σου *** Ταύτῃ καὶ ὁ ̓Αβραὰμ πρὸς τὸν κτίστην ει πεν ̓Επεὶ ἠρξάμην λαλεῖν πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι γῆ καὶ σποδός, ο περ ἠγνόει πρὶν λαλῆσαι θεῷ Παρίσταται δὲ διὰ τοῦ ̓Εγενήθην, ὡς οὐδ' ἁμαρτίαν ἐταράττετο ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλ' ο τι οὐχ ου τως αὐτὰ θεωρεῖ ὡς ἐπιφέρων αὐτὰ τῇ αὐτοῦ σοφῇ προνοίᾳ. οὐ τοῦ τυχόντος δ' ε στι τὸ εἰπεῖν ̓Εγὼ διαπαντὸς μετὰ σοῦ, η μόνου τοῦ τεταγμένως καὶ ὁμαλῶς ἀρετὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν ε χοντος τοῦ ἐκ διαστημάτων κατορθοῦντος. 771 Ps 72,27.28 ̓Επεὶ μὴ ἐν τόπῳ ὁ θεὸς, τοπικῶς οὐδεὶς αὐτοῦ διίσταται, ἀλλὰ σχέσει καὶ διαθέσει τοῦ ἀδίκου καὶ πονηροῦ μακρὰν νοουμένου τοῦ δικαίου καὶ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ πάντων αἰτίου· καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ ἐγγίζειν αὐτῷ ἀρετῆς ἀναλήψει σῴζει τὸν πλησιάζοντα, τὸ ἀφίστασθαι αὐτοῦ τῷ κακίαν καὶ ἀσεβείαν ἐσχηκέναι ἀπώλειαν φέρει. ταὐτὸν τὸ μακρύνεσθαι θεοῦ τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν. εἰκότως ου ν ει ρηται ο τι ̓Ιδοὺ οἱ μακρύνοντες ἑαυτοὺς ἀπολοῦνται, οὐχ οἱ μακρύναντες τῷ μὴ τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας ἀπόλλυσθαι τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν τέλος ἐπιβάλλοντας διὰ μετανοίας. ταύτῃ καὶ ̔Ο ποιῶν ἀλλ' οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν αὐτῆς. Πολλῶν κινησάντων μακροὺς καὶ πλείονας λόγους περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ οὐσίας, διὰ βραχυλογίας ὁ σοφὸς παρέστησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν υ παρξιν, εἰπὼν κυρίως ἀγαθὸν ει ναι τὸ προσκολλᾶσθαι τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῷ τίθεσθαι τὴν ἐλπίδα. ει ρηται δὲ η δη ὡς ἀρεταὶ καὶ εἰς τὴν τελειότητα εἰσαγωγαὶ αἱ πύλαι τῆς Σιών εἰσιν, θυγάτηρ δὲ Σιὼν πᾶσα γινομένη ἡ γενηθεῖσα κατ' αὐτὴν καὶ πρὸς αὐτῇ ψυχὴ χρηματίζουσα. 772a Ps 73,1b Πυνθάνεται τίς ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ὑποπεσεῖν τοῖς

The Fleshly Food of the Ethiopians and the Lion of the Enemy§135

135They stand around, preventing her from approaching and making her stay, and her things are present. God rejects the sinner, after he has first distanced himself. For he says, 'He who comes to me I will by no means cast out' (John 6:37). Do not think the wrath and anger of God is against us; it is far from senselessness. For regarding God, no human passion is indicated, but rather the exceeding turning away through the words spoken, for he says he endures the sheep of his pasture. The pasture of God is the words of the Spirit, the law and the prophets, in which as a shepherd pastures the righteous sheep.

The whole life of man is taken as a sea raised for contemplation. God strengthened this by his power to lead it from more abundant snow and more intense storm into happiness and serenity, as it is said, 'He who turns the sea into dry land' (Ps 74:13). The Savior crushed not the many heads of many dragons, but also the many heads of one upon the water, the water being understood as the wickedness of the unstable and disordered affairs of life. For in such water the dragons work harmfully, and he who excels them is written about as king over all those in the waters and how he dwells in the sea.

For this great and spacious sea shows the turbulence of affairs and the wickedness, saying, 'In this small animals are tossed with large ones, and ships are driven about by playing with the dragon within it' (Ps 74:14). Many heads of dragons are crushed; these are the rulers of this age who promise wisdom, and with them principalities and powers, cosmic rulers of this world, and also spiritual evils and the whole host of demons and opposing powers. And the heads of these dragons are divinations, sorceries, superstitions, and all that contributes to idolatry, but also false doctrines and deceptive practices. The work of the Savior alone is to crush the heads of the said dragons. It did not seem to be possible from any other than him to be strong. Since, however, he did not crush the heads of the dragon alone, al-

And he provided all of it, this food, for the Ethiopian peoples. For he did not need others to be carried away by the flesh and parts of it, nor the Ethiopian peoples, being sons of darkness and night through ignorance. Just as the flesh of Jesus is true food, since all the sons of light are nourished from its use and eating, being enlightened beyond a white snow, so the Ethiopian children of the inner man will be fed with the fleshly parts (that is, the things of wickedness and false glory), which will be handed over to the desires of their hearts into uncleanness, and additionally into passions of dishonor and an unproven mind.

He began from the flesh of the numbering to show that the year begins from the flesh, starting from the spring equinox, the beginning of the months and the first in the months of the year, which Moses announced (Ps 73:17b). An enemy mocking the Lord, the devil, but the people is a flock of the other invisible and evil powers (Ps 73:18). The high priest Caiaphas, the enemy, mocked the Savior Christ, and the people, having cried out the Jews, provoked his name: 'Aaron, Aaron, crucify him' (Ps 73:18–21). It is not true the preceding text regarding the taking of sensible beasts. For many perfect men, witnesses of the truth, were eaten by beasts. Let it be said, therefore, that a soul confessing its faith will not be handed over to those beasts, concerning whom it is written, 'A wandering sheep of Israel; lions drove him out.' The Lord crushed the teeth of these lions. Satan is among these, as the apostle Peter writes, 'Your adversary the devil walks like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour' (1 Peter 5:8). But the poor of God are those who are able, having left his possessions having been deprived of wealth, according to those saying, 'Behold, we have left all and have followed you,' whereas others become differently poor, having cast away the wealth of wickedness in false glory. But if those named now the poor of God possess nothing even to the poor in spirit, consider this. After these things, he entreats God to look upon the covenant which he established with the fathers around Abraham, so that he may not leave the ones from his seed incomplete.

Greek · §135

περιεστηκόσι, ι να κωλύσαντες αὐτὴν συναπερχόμενα σχῶσι καὶ τὰ αὐτῆς ε νεκα παρόντα. ̓Απωθεῖται ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα, ἐκείνου πρότερον ἀποσχοινίσαντος ἑαυτόν· Τὸν γὰρ ἐρχόμενον πρός με οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλλω ε ξω, ει πεν ὁ κύριος. 773a Ps 73,1c ̓Οργὴν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ θυμὸν μὴ καθ' ἡμᾶς νόμιζε· α παγε τῆς ἀτοπίας. περὶ γὰρ τὸν θεὸν οὐδὲν πάθος ἀνθρώπινον ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἀποστροφὴν διὰ τῶν εἰρημένων αἰνίττεται λέξεων η ν ὑπομένειν φησὶ πρόβατα νομῆς αὐτοῦ. νομὴ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ λόγια τοῦ πνεύματος, νόμος οι ον καὶ προφῆται, ἐν οι ς καθάπερ ποιμὴν πρόβατα τοὺς δικαίους νέμει. 774a Ps 73,13.14 Πρὸς θεωρίαν ἀνηγμένην θάλασσα πᾶς ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος λαμβάνεται. τοῦτον ἐν τῇ δυνάμει ἑαυτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐκραταίωσεν ὡς ἐκ πλείονος χειμῶνος καὶ σφοδροτάτης ζάλης εἰς εὐδίαν καὶ γαλήνην ἀγαγεῖν, ι ν' οἱ πατοῦντες αὐτὴν ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς βαδίζωσι κατὰ τὰ λεχθέντα ̔Ο μεταστρέφων τὴν θάλασσαν εἰς ξηράν. πλειόνων ου ν δρακόντων πολλὰς κεφαλὰς ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑνὸς πολλὰς κεφαλὰς συνέθλασεν ἐπὶ τοῦ υ δατος ὁ σωτήρ, υ δατος νοουμένου τῆς κακίας η τῶν ἀστάτων καὶ τεταραγμένων πραγμάτων τοῦ βίου. ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ γὰρ υ δατι ἐνεργοῦσι βλαπτικῶς οἱ δράκοντες, καὶ ὁ τούτων ὑπερέχων ει ς περὶ ου γέγραπται ὡς βασιλεὺς ει η πάντων τῶν ἐν τοῖς υ δασι καὶ ὡς ἐν θαλάσσῃ διατρίβει. Αυ τη γὰρ ἡ θάλασσα ἡ μεγάλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος· δεικνὺς τὴν ταραχὴν τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τὴν κακίαν λέγει ̓Εν ταύτῃ ζῷα μικρὰ μετὰ μεγάλων ἐννήχεται καὶ διαπορεύεται πλοῖα ἐπὶ τῷ ἐμπαίζειν τῷ ἐν αὐτῇ δράκοντι εἰς τοῦτο πεπλασμένῳ. Πλείονες ου ν δράκοντες ω ν συντρίβονται αἱ κεφαλαὶ οἱ 147 α ρχοντές εἰσι τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου οἱ ἐπαγγελλόμενοι σοφίαν καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀρχαὶ καὶ ἐξουσίαι κοσμοκράτορες τοῦ κόσμου τούτου καὶ προσέτι πνευματικὰ πονηρίας καὶ πᾶς ὁ τῶν δαιμόνων καὶ ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων ο χλος, κεφαλαὶ δὲ τούτων τῶν δρακόντων μαντεῖαι γοητεῖαι οἰωνισμοὶ καὶ ο σα συντελεῖ πρὸς εἰδωλολατρίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ ψευδοδοξίαι καὶ πράξεις ἐναγεῖς. μόνου τοῦ σωτῆρος ε ργον συντρίβειν τῶν εἰρημένων δρακόντων τὰς κεφαλάς. οὐκ α λλοθεν ἀλλ' ε νθα ἰσχύειν ἐδόκουν. Ει τ' ἐπεὶ μὴ μόνας τὰς κεφαλὰς τοῦ δράκοντος συνέθλασεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ο λον αὐτὸν ἐνέκρωσεν, βρῶμα τοῦτον παρέσχεν λαοῖς τοῖς Αἰθίοψιν. οὐ γὰρ α λλους ε δει ἐμφορεῖσθαι τῶν σαρκῶν καὶ μερῶν αὐτοῦ η τοὺς λαοὺς τῶν Αἰθιόπων δι' α γνοιαν σκότους καὶ νυκτὸς ο ντας υἱούς. ὡς γὰρ τὰς ̓Ιησοῦ σάρκας τροφὴν ἀληθινὴν ου σαν τρέφονται πάντες οἱ τοῦ φωτὸς υἱοὶ ὡς ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς χρήσεως τῆς βρώσεως φωτιζομένους ὑπὲρ χιόνα λευκαίνεσθαι, ου τω τὰ τέκνα τοῦ σκότους Αἰθίοπες κατὰ τὸν ε σω α νθρωπον ο ντα τραφήσονται τὰς σάρκας τὰς δρακοντείους (τὰ κακίας καὶ ψευδοδοξίας ει δη), ο ταν παραδοθῶσι ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν καὶ προσέτι εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας καὶ ἀδόκιμον νοῦν. 775a Ps 73,17b Ηρξατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ε αρος τῆς ἐξαριθμήσεως πρὸς δήλωσιν τοῦ ἀπὸ ε αρος α ρχεσθαι τὸν ἐνιαυτόν, ἀρχομένου τοῦ μηνὸς τῶν νέων ἀπὸ ἐαρινῆς ἰσημερίας, ο ν μηνῶν ἀρχὴν καὶ πρῶτον ἐν τοῖς μησὶ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἀπήγγειλε Μωυσῆς. 776a Ps 73,18 ̓Εχθρὸς ὀνειδίζων τὸν κύριον ὁ διάβολος, α φρων δὲ λαὸς ὁ τῶν α λλων ἀοράτων καὶ πονηρῶν δυνάμεων ο χλος. 777a Ps 73,18–21 ̓Ωνείδισε τὸν σωτῆρα Χριστὸν ἐχθρὸς Καϊαφᾶς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, παρώξυνε δὲ τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ λαὸς α φρων ὁ τῶν ̓Ιουδαίων κεκραγὼς Αρον α ρον σταύρωσον αὐτόν. Οὐκ ἀληθὲς τὸ προκείμενον αἰσθητῶν θηρίων λαμβανομένων. πολλοὶ γὰρ τέλειοι α νδρες, μάρτυρες τῆς ἀληθείας, ἐβρώθησαν ὑπὸ θηρίων. λεκτέον τοίνυν ὡς οὐ παραδοθήσεται ψυχὴ ἐξομολογουμένη θηρσὶν ἐκείνοις, περὶ ω ν γέγραπται Πρόβατον πλανώμενον ̓Ισραήλ· λέοντες ἐξῶσαν αὐτόν. τούτων τῶν λεόντων τὰς μύλας συνέθλασεν ὁ κύριος. ει ς τούτων ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐστιν, ὡς Πέτρος ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει ̔Ο ἀντίδικος ὑμῶν διάβολος περιπατεῖ ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος ζητῶν τίνα καταπίῃ. Πένητες δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ει ναι δύνανται οἱ αὐτοῦ ε νεκα ἀπεσχημένοι πλούτου κατὰ τοὺς εἰπόντας ̓Ιδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι, ἑτέρως πενήτων αὐτοῦ τυγχανόντων τῶν ἐν ψευδοδοξίᾳ κακίας πλοῦτον ἀποβαλόντων. εἰ δὲ αὐτοὶ τοῖς πτωχοῖς τῷ πνεύματι τυγχάνουσιν οἱ ὀνομαζόμενοι νῦν θεοῦ πένητες, ἐπίσκεψαι. Μετὰ ταῦτα παρακαλεῖ τὸν θεὸν ἐπιβλέψαι τὴν διαθήκην η ν διέθετο τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν ̓Αβραὰμ πατράσιν, ι να μὴ τέλεον τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ ἐγκαταλείψῃ·

The Pillars of the Ordered Earth§136

136It must be said that the clouds of iniquity have filled those who are darkened in the earth; for they do not walk upon the earth as citizens of heaven, but because of this they have an earthly veil of life, their intellect being darkened by ignorance. (Ps 74:1)

If to corrupt and to be corrupted is often, according to the Divine Scripture, to sin, then incorruption and to possess it signifies virtue; for it is said, 'The grace is with those who love our Lord Jesus Christ in incorruption.' And since it is necessary for Him who began the good work to bring it to completion, that is to say, to lead it to an end, 'Lest you be corrupted' is said, fleeing corruption until the end, so that no one remains in it but remains in incorruption. And this achievement is great, so a Psalm of song is sent up regarding its fulfillment. Having reached the end so as not to be corrupted, with incorruption having been achieved, we shall thankfully confess to you, God, as the cause of the good things that have existed and are being achieved; for with you and from you these are made firm. And we desire to receive even more upon the good things having been achieved; for we are not yet perfect. We shall indeed confess concerning the things that have existed, but we shall call upon your favor in order to receive more. And if those who confess and call upon you are perfect, they confess on behalf of those who have received in fullness, calling upon you for their protection, so that what was given by the heavenly Father might remain with those asking for it. (Ps 74:4b)

And Didymus similarly explained this. (Ps 74:4,5a)

To dwell in the earth as a resident instead of a speck is taken as being a sojourner upon praise; for it is said, 'Woe to all those who dwell in the earth,' (Ps 74:4) and 'From the face of the north shall the evils be burned upon those who dwell in the earth.' (Isa 15:2) Truly, being one who dwells in the earth, it happens to become fat from thinking of earthly things and doing the works prescribed of the flesh, and to be subject to its intellect happens to become filth toward God because of dwelling in the earth. This thickness coming from evil, through which the heart of the burning people was thickened, the piercing teaching of the Savior stretched out, concerning which it is said, 'What Fire came to be cast upon the earth.' (Luke 12:49) And since it is necessary not only to be consumed from the thing falling away, but the evil...

Because of the predetermination of those being held, the spirit commands the deeds of the body to die and the spirit to walk, so that we do not fulfill the desire of the flesh. Regarding the pillars of this ordered earth, those having a well-tuned and true mindset, the heralds of truth say, the Savior, establishing them in the house of God, does not make them unsteady (Ps 74:4,5a).

Having strengthened the pillars of the church, he grants to the rest not to deviate. He says this regarding the established order and the completed work of Christ, through whom the earth and all who dwell in it were ordered. Furthermore, to the inhabitants of the whole inhabited world, it was testified through the apostles not to deviate nor to speak injustice against God, paying heed to the many errors. But to dwell on the earth is from above as if being received in praise, whereas to reside as a sojourner is as if being received in mockery. For he says, 'Woe to all those dwelling on the earth' (Luke 12:53), and 'From the face of the north shall the evils be burned upon those dwelling on the earth' (Isa 7:4).

For the one thinking of the things on the earth and doing the works of the flesh, his mindset is made fat toward God because of dwelling on the earth, according to the saying: 'He was made fat, enlarged, and left empty.' Such were those whose covering they closed up in the earth, concerning whom it has been said, 'Their iniquity shall come out like the scent of a covering.' The piercing teaching of the Savior, having said, 'Fire has come to be cast upon the earth' (Luke 12:49), has stretched out such a fatness of wickedness.

But since even by predetermination wickedness must be consumed, and not by the one commanding alone, we are commanded to let the deeds of the body die and to walk by the spirit, so that we may not fulfill the desire of the flesh. The Savior strengthens the pillars of this ordered earth, those having a well-tuned life and a true mindset; rather, regarding the heralds of truth, it has been said, 'Pillars of heaven were stretched out,' having been winged with heavenly wings, as it is said concerning them, 'He who is heavenly, such also are the heavenly ones.' It has also been written concerning all of the glorious church, to which Christ presented himself as a 'pillar and foundation of the truth' (1 Tim 3:15). The Savior, establishing all these pillars in the house of God, does not make them unsteady, saying, 'I will lay the foundation of my holy house' (Ps 74:7b).

Greek · §136

πεπληρῶσθαι δὲ οι κων ἀνομιῶν ῥητέον τοὺς ἐσκοτισμένους ἐν τῇ γῇ· ου τοι γὰρ ἐν τῇ γῇ προσπελάζουσι· διὸ ε χουσι σκῆνος γήϊνον βίον, πολυφρόντιδα νοῦν σκοτισθέντες δι' α γνοιαν. 778a Ps 74,1.2 Εἰ τὸ φθεῖραι καὶ διαφθεῖραι πολλαχοῦ παρὰ τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐστίν, ἀφθαρσία καὶ τὸ ε χειν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν σημαίνει· ̔Η χάρις γάρ φησι μετὰ τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ̓Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ. καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸν ἀρξάμενον ε ργου ἀγαθοῦ ἐπιτελέσαι αὐτὸ δεῖ τουτέστιν ἀγαγεῖν αὐτὸ εἰς πέρας, Εἰς τὸ τέλος μὴ διαφθείρῃς ει ρηται, μέχρι τέλους φεύγων τὴν φθοράν, ι να μὴ μείνῃ τις ἐν αὐτῇ ἀλλ' ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ μείνῃ. μέγα δὲ τοῦτο τὸ κατόρθωμα, ο θεν Ψαλμὸς ᾠδῆς ἐπὶ τῇ συμπληρώσει αὐτοῦ ἀναπέμπεται. Εἰς τὸ τέλος φθάσαντες τοῦ μὴ διαφθεῖραι, κατωρθωμένης ἀφθαρσίας, εὐχαρίστως ἐξομολογησόμεθά σοι, θεέ, ὡς αἰτίῳ τῶν ὑπαρξάντων καὶ κατορθουμένων ἀγαθῶν· σὺν σοὶ γὰρ καὶ ἐκ σοῦ βεβαιοῦται ταῦτα. καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς κατορθωθεῖσιν ἀγαθοῖς προσλαβεῖν καὶ ε τερα βουλόμεθα· ου πω γάρ 148 ἐσμεν τέλειοι· ἐξομολογησόμεθα μὲν περὶ τῶν ὑπαρξάντων, ἐπικαλεσόμεθα δὲ τὴν προσηγορίαν σου ὑπὲρ τοῦ α λλα λαβεῖν. ̓Εὰν δὲ ω σι τέλειοι οἱ ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ἐπικαλούμενοι, ἐξομολογοῦνται ὑπὲρ ω ν πλήρη εἰλήφασιν ἐπικαλούμενοι ὑπὲρ φυλακῆς αὐτῶν, ο πως παραμένῃ αὐτοῖς μέχρι τέλους τὰ δοθέντα παρὰ τοῦ οὐρανίου πατρὸς τοῖς αἰτήσασιν αὐτόν. 779a Ps 74,4b Καὶ ∆ίδυμος δὲ ὁμοίως τούτοις ἐξηγήσατο. 780a Ps 74,4.5a Τὸ κατοικεῖν τὴν γῆν ὡς ἐπίπαν ἀντὶ ψόγου λαμβάνεται ω σπερ τὸ παροικεῖν ἐπὶ ἐπαίνου· Οὐαὶ γάρ φησιν ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν, καὶ ̓Απὸ προσώπου βορρᾶ ἐκκαυθήσεται τὰ κακὰ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν. φαύλου τοιγαροῦν ο ντος τοῦ κατοικεῖν τὴν γῆν, παχύνεσθαι συμβαίνει ἐκ τοῦ φρονεῖν τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ κατηριθμημένα τῆς σαρκὸς ε ργα καὶ τὸ ὑποκεῖσθαι τῷ φρονήματι αὐτῆς τυγχάνοντι ε χθρᾳ εἰς θεὸν διὰ τὸ κατοικεῖν τὴν γῆν. ταύτην τὴν ἐκ κακίας προσγενομένην παχύτητα καθ' η ν ἐπαχύνθη ἡ καρδία τοῦ ἐγκαλουμένου λαοῦ ἐκτήκει ἡ διάπυρος τοῦ σωτῆρος διδασκαλία, περὶ η ς ει πεν ο τι Πῦρ η λθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ μόνον ἐκ τοῦ τήκοντος ἀναλωθῆναι δεῖ τὴν κακίαν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ προαιρέσεως τῶν ἐνεχομένων, προστάττεται πνεύματι πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦν καὶ πνεύματι περιπατεῖν, ι να Σαρκὸς ἐπιθυμίαν μὴ τελέσητε. Στύλους δὲ αὐτῆς τῆς τακείσης γῆς τοὺς ευ τονον καὶ φρόνημα ἀληθὲς ε χοντας λέγει η τοὺς κήρυκας τῆς ἀληθείας, ου ς στερεοῖ ὁ ἐν τάξει τῇδε ου σῃ ἱδρύων αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήρ. 781a Ps 74,4.5a Στερεώσας τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοὺς στύλους τοῖς λοιποῖς παρῄνεσα μὴ παρανομεῖν. λέγοιτο δ' α ν πρὸς τὸ καταστασιάσαν τάγμα καὶ κατεπαρθὲν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, δι' ου ς ἐτάκη αὐτῶν ἡ γῆ καὶ πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες αὐτήν. πλὴν καὶ τοῖς καθ' ο λης οἰκουμένης ε θνεσι διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμαρτύρατο μὴ παρανομεῖν μηδὲ λαλεῖν ἀδικίαν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ πολυθέῳ προσέχοντας πλάνῃ. Ανωθεν δὲ τὸ κατοικεῖν τὴν γῆν ὡς ἐπίπαν ἐπὶ ψόγου λαμβάνεται ὡς ἐν ἐπαίνῳ τὸ παροικεῖν. Οὐαὶ γάρ φησιν ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν, καὶ ̓Απὸ προσώπου βορρᾶ ἐκκαυθήσεται τὰ κακὰ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν. παχύνεται γὰρ ὁ φρονῶν τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ποιῶν τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ε ργα η ς τὸ φρόνημα ε χθρα εἰς θεὸν διὰ τὸ κατοικεῖν τὴν γῆν, κατὰ τὸ ̓Επαχύνθη ἐπλατύνθη ἐλιπάνθη· ὁποῖοι η σαν οἱ τὸ στέαρ αὐτῶν συγκλείσαντες ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ περὶ ω ν ει ρηται ̓Εξελεύσεται ὡς ἐκ στέατος ἡ ἀδικία αὐτῶν. Τὴν δὲ τοιαύτην ἐκ κακίας παχύτητα ἐκτήκει ἡ διάπυρος τοῦ σωτῆρος διδασκαλία εἰπόντος Πῦρ η λθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ καὶ ἐκ προαιρέσεως ἀναλωθῆναι δεῖ τὴν κακίαν καὶ οὐκ ἐκ μόνου τοῦ τήκοντος, προσταττόμεθα τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦν καὶ πνεύματι περιπατεῖν, ι να σαρκὸς ἐπιθυμίαν μὴ τελέσωμεν. Στερεοῖ δὲ τῆς γῆς τῆς τακείσης τοὺς στύλους τοὺς ευ τονον βίον καὶ ἀληθὲς ε χοντας φρόνημα, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας τοὺς κήρυκας περὶ ω ν ει ρηται Στῦλοι οὐρανοῦ ἐπετάσθησαν, πτερωθέντες πτεροῖς οὐρανίοις ὡς λέγεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν Οι ος ὁ ἐπουράνιος, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ ἐπουράνιοι. γέγραπται δὲ καὶ περὶ πάσης τῆς ἐνδόξου ἐκκλησίας η ς παρέστησε Χριστὸς ἑαυτῷ Στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας. πάντας ου ν τοὺς στύλους τούτους στερεοῖ ὁ ἐν τάξει τῇδε ου σῃ ἱδρύων αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ θεοῦ σωτὴρ λέγων Τὸν οι κον τὸν α γιόν μου θεμελιώσω. 782a Ps 74,7b Ερημον

The Breaking of Horns and the Dwelling of God§137

137They say it is a sign of virtue and piety. But a sign of their wickedness is that they turn away from sacrifices as if they were harmful, unless they receive residue, smoke, and ash; but the pious, knowing God, are free from the thinking of fate and sorcery.

Similarly Didymus says. The faithful, being pious, are such that the works of providence come not from the east or the west, nor from wicked caretakers, but from God. He himself establishes kings and removes them; he raises the poor from the earth and from poverty lifts up the needy (Ps 74:7-8). Regarding the verse about receiving from the Gentiles and from the circumcised people, one must also stand regarding the humbling of the circumcised and the lifting up of the Gentiles (Ps 74:9).

An opposition seems to be signified from the being full of the cup of mixture, with the mind being uncontrolled in it. But the uncontrolled does not oppose the mixture; for the uncontrolled voice is ambiguous, sometimes signifying that the mind does not differ from the uncontrolled, and at other times presenting the one who is pure as being toward a liquid. It also presents a third meaning: that when a mixture has become, from mind and water, with the mind prevailing, we call the mixture 'the mixture'.

The third thing, therefore, signifies what is about to be said: God mixing into the mixture for those being judged a good intention, so that the one being punished might not be punished unworthily, having done this without anyone standing over him, observing the sins that occurred; God brought the judgment according to which the lawless one is punished. This cup in the hand of God is tilted from one to another, many a time for the one being punished, so that through the evils he did, he might be justified by repentance, and the one who was glorifying himself for a little while might fall into being good. However, even if it tilts from this to that, the reaper does not pour out upon men, but upon the sinners of the earth, and upon the devil and the robbers.

...demons. Ps 74:10-11 When the righteous ones speaking against God are reproved and those following them are finished, I give thanks that I am not found responsible for any of those accused; I rejoice and sing for ever to the God of the patriarch Jacob, who has given me strength, as if to break all the horns of the sinners, which they used against the weaker ones, being like horned bulls. Who are these? It was shown in the assembly of the bulls among the cows of the peoples.

Having said this, he did not bring forth 'And my horns shall be exalted,' but 'of the righteous.' This is customary for the saints through approaching blindness; and they teach that it is for every man to exist in Christ, so that the righteous, having broken the horns of the sinners, may have his horn exalted. And also to say it in a plural way: the horns of the sinners are being broken, but in a singular way: the horn of the righteous is exalted. For every sinner is a multitude, because they are found not to coexist with one another, but evils following virtues like seeds, because of being a middle state. Therefore, let many men have righteousness (which is virtue in general), and they are called righteous in the singular.

Ps 75:2 It is not the same to be the knowing and the known, so that the known, being known, might be able to be known even of the unknown. For in this way, according to what was said in Judea, that God is known, and following that, in the one inhabiting Judea, Israel, great is His name, I say, of the known.

Ps 75:3-4 In every way the disturbance of passions and the war of evils must be driven away, so that having the peace which surpasses all understanding, we may become a place of God. For we shall not only be His habitation, but also intending to be observers of truth and virtue; for His habitation is found in the given Zion. The things said will be applied to the holy church, as a place of God established in peace and the...

Greek · §137

δέ φησιν ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐσεβείας. σημεῖον δὲ τῆς πονηρίας αὐτῶν τὸ διὰ θυσιῶν αὐτοὺς ἀποτροπιάζεσθαι ὡς διαβλάπτοντας, εἰ μὴ λοιβὴν καὶ καπνὸν καὶ κνῖσαν λάβοιεν· ἀλλ' οἱ εὐσεβεῖς θεὸν εἰδότες τοῦ φρονεῖν εἱμαρμένην καὶ γοητείαν ἐλεύθεροι. 783a Ps 74,7.8 ̔Ομοίως καὶ ∆ίδυμός φησιν. Οἱ πιστοὶ εὐσεβεῖς ο ντες ι σασιν ὡς οὐκ ἐξ ἀνατολῆς καὶ δύσεως α στρων οὐδὲ πονηρῶν ἐπιμελητῶν ἀλλ' ἐκ θεοῦ α γεται τὰ τῆς προνοίας ε ργα· Αὐτὸς καθιστᾷ βασιλεῖς καὶ μεθιστᾷ, ἐγείρει ἀπὸ γῆς πτωχὸν καὶ ἀπὸ κοπρίας ἀνίστησι πένητα. ̓Επίστησον δὲ εἰ οι όν τε καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ 149 ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαοῦ λαβεῖν τὸν στίχον, ταπεινωθέντος τοῦ ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ ὑψωθέντος τοῦ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν. 784 Ps 74,9 ̓Εναντίωμα δοκεῖ σημαίνεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ πλῆρες ει ναι τὸ ποτήριον κεράσματος, ἀκράτου οι νου ο ντος ἐν αὐτῷ. οὐκ ἀντίκειται δὲ τὸ α κρατον τῷ κεράσματι· ἡ γὰρ α κρατος φωνὴ ὁμώνυμος, δηλοῦσα ποτὲ αὐτὸν τὸν οι νον ὡς μὴ διαφέρειν οι νον η α κρατον εἰπεῖν, α λλοτε παριστᾷ τὸν ἀμιγῶς ε χοντα πρὸς υ δωρ οι νον. παριστᾷ δὲ καὶ τρίτον σημαινόμενον, ο ταν κράματος γενομένου ἐξ οι νου καὶ υ δατος ἐπικρατοῦντος τοῦ οι νου α κρατον λέγωμεν τὸ κρᾶμα. τὸ τρίτον τοίνυν σημαινόμενον δηλοῖ τὸ προκείμενον ῥητόν, τοῦ θεοῦ καταμιγνῦντος τῷ κράματι τῷ πρὸς τοὺς κρινομένους ε λεον καὶ χρηστὴν πρόθεσιν ω στε μὴ ἐπαξίως τιμωρηθῆναι οι ς ε δρασεν ὁ κολαζόμενος, οὐδενὸς α ν ὑφισταμένου εἰ τὰς γενομένας ἁμαρτίας παρατηρούμενος ὁ θεὸς ἐπήγαγε τὸ κρίμα καθὸ κολάζεται ὁ ἠνομικώς. Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ θεοῦ κλίνεται ἐξ α λλου εἰς α λλο τῷ πολλάκις τὸν κολαστέον δι' α ἐποίησεν κακὰ ἐκ μετανοίας δικαιοῦσθαι καὶ τὸν δόξαντα πρὸς ὀλίγον ει ναι ἀγαθὸν μεταπίπτειν. πλὴν εἰ καὶ κλίνει ἐκ τούτου εἰς τοῦτο, οὐκ ἐκχεῖ εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὁ τρυγίας ἀλλ' εἰς τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς ει ς τε τὸν διάβολον καὶ τοὺς ἀλιτηρίους δαίμονας. 785a Ps 74,10.11 ̓Ελεγχθέντων τῶν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ α δικα λαλούντων καὶ τῶν ἑπομένων τελεσθέντων, ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ μὴ ὑπεύθυνος εὑρεθείς τινι τῶν ἐγκληθέντων· ο θεν καὶ ἀγαλλιῶ καὶ ψαλῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τῷ θεῷ τοῦ πατριάρχου ̓Ιακὼβ ἰσχὺν δεδωκότι μοι ὡς ἐκείνῳ ἐπὶ τῷ συγκλάσαι πάντα τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τὰ κέρατα οι ς ἐχρῶντο κατὰ τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων τυγχάνοντες ταῦροι κερατισταί. τίνες δὲ ου τοι ἐδηλώθη ἐν τῷ ̔Η συναγωγὴ τῶν ταύρων ἐν ταῖς δαμάλεσι τῶν λαῶν. εἰπὼν δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπήνεγκεν Καὶ ὑψωθήσεται τὰ κέρατά μου, ἀλλὰ Τοῦ δικαίου. σύνηθες τοῦτο τοῖς ἁγίοις διὰ προσοῦσαν ἀτυφίαν· καὶ διδάσκουσιν ὡς ὑπάρξαι παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐν Χριστῷ ο ντι δικαίῳ συντρίψαντι τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τὰ κέρατα τὸ ὑψωθῆναι τὸ κέρας αὐτοῦ. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι πληθυντικῶς μὲν τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ω ν τὰ κέρατα συντρίβεται, ἑνικῶς δὲ τὸν δίκαιον ου ὑψοῦται τὰ κέρατα. πλῆθος γὰρ πᾶς ἁμαρτωλὸς τῷ μὴ συνυπάρχειν ἀλλήλαις τὰς κακίας ω σπερ τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀντακολουθούσας ἀλλήλαις εὑρίσκεσθαι διὰ τὸ ει ναι μεσότητας. κα ν τοίνυν πολλοὶ α νθρωποι δικαιοσύνην ε χωσιν (αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ καθόλου ἀρετή), ἑνικῶς δίκαιος καλοῦνται. 786a Ps 75,2 Οὐ ταὐτὸν τὸ γινώσκεσθαι καὶ τὸ γνωστόν, γνωστοῦ ο ντος καὶ τοῦ ἀγνοουμένου ο ταν γνωσθῆναι δυνατῶς ε χῃ. ο ντος τοιγαροῦν τρόπῳ τῷ λεχθέντι ἐν τῇ ̓Ιουδαίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ γνωστοῦ, ἀκολούθως ἐν τῷ οἰκοῦντι τὴν ̓Ιουδαίαν ̓Ισραὴλ μέγα ἐστὶ τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ, φημὶ δὲ τοῦ γνωστοῦ. 787a Ps 75,3.4 Παντὶ τρόπῳ ἀποδιωκτέον τὴν τῶν παθῶν ταραχὴν καὶ τὸν τῶν κακιῶν πόλεμον, ι ν' εἰρήνην τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν πάντα νοῦν ε χοντες τόπος γενώμεθα θεοῦ. ου τω γὰρ καὶ κατοικητήριον αὐτοῦ ἐσόμεθα, σκοπευτικοὶ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἀρετῆς προθέμενοι ει ναι· τὸ γὰρ κατοικητήριον αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀποδοθείσῃ Σιὼν τυγχάνει. ̓Αναχθήσεται τὰ εἰρημένα εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν ἐκκλησίαν ου σαν τόπον θεοῦ ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἱδρυμένην καὶ τὸ

The Rider and the Horses of the Soul§138

138His dwelling-place. For he says, 'Sing to the Lord who dwells in Zion.' And since these things are established not by our power but by the grace of God, the word attributes to Him the cause of peace, saying: 'There He crushed the powers of bows, the shield and the sword and war' (Ps 75:5-7). For peace prevails in the place of God once the rulers of bows are crushed, from whom the evil one, sending his flaming arrows, was making afflictions and disordered movements, of which he was the cause. Along with the aforementioned bows, the related shield and sword are also crushed, and along with them, those called war are crushed; for the Lord is the one crushing wars (Ps 75:5-7).

And the holy men, looking ahead eternally, namely the unseen and eternal things, from which God illuminates differently the light of the knowledge of Christ—first before the manifestation through prophets and Moses, and after this through apostles and evangelists, so that those being illuminated become light, as Paul says: 'The God who said, Let light shine out of darkness, has shone in our hearts to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God' (2 Cor 4:6). And He marvelously added to the illuminating, that which He promises as knowledge to others, and by this God illuminates more paradoxically into knowledge and wisdom for the holy ones through both revelations and visions, seeing marvelously from the things mentioned. And even if it is not in Judea, as the Scripture says, these high contemplations and the doctrines of godliness are seen, and from these God marvelously illuminates those coming into the knowledge of truth. Often in the Scripture, intelligible things and angels are seen, from which God again illuminates, sending them into service for those about to inherit salvation. And to each of the editions it will be fitting to say: 'Draw near to the eternal things, protected by God for those who desire godliness, benefiting the prudent through the virtue of the present.' For understanding is a good thing for all who practice it. The senseless are troubled by both afflictions and wickedness; they are also troubled by both sensible and invisible deceivers, according to the scripture: 'Their senseless heart was darkened.' For to be darkened and to be troubled are the same; for each denotes ignorance, with the mind being darkened in both cases. And God is called the Jacob of the ascetic and man...

A good and righteous state is maintained against the reproach of one falling from these through personal laziness, being established by reproof. For some say that bodies are like vehicles and horses of the souls. In these horses, those riding themingly desire the beginning of sleep, being drawn into a false breath of those who inhale the body and enslave it with skill, those sitting upon the horses.

Indeed, one sees in the Scripture the rider as being mostly falsely named, as also in Zechariah the prophet there is a threat of God: 'And I will strike every horse in ecstasy and the rider in thoughtlessness' (Zechariah 11:7); and according to Moses, a horse and a rider was thrown into the sea—and riders being praised. For instance, toward Elijah, Father Elisha, the army of Israel and his rider; and toward the Savior it is announced: 'Ride upon your horses, and your riding is salvation' (Psalm 75:8).

No one among the wretched is able to stand against God when He is angry, creating fear for those being judged, so that they might not overlook the One who knows the heart (Psalm 75:7). For those having the word toward Him as toward a judge say: 'Lord, Lord, if He observes iniquity, who will stand?' Moreover, even if no one will be able to stand against His wrath, being terrible, yet He Himself, through the coming goodness with mercy, judges. For mercy and judgment are yours, Lord.

Judgment listens from heaven, making everything happen according to the word of providence for the benefit of each. This agrees with what is in the prophecy of Amos: 'The Lord doing judgment, He has set high judgment and righteousness in the earth' (Amos 5:24). For as it is in heaven, He does all judgment in the high place; and as He listens from heaven, sending judgment from it to those on earth, He has set righteousness in the earth as the end of judgments (Psalm 75:11).

The hidden thing of man is in the mind. He who cleanses this will confess to God with gladness. Then he will celebrate in doing what is profitable, and he will be able to think the truths. If, however, 'He will confess' denotes the disclosure of sins, the understanding of the matter will be this: since the one desiring to be perfectly holy must not cleanse himself in solitary acts and words alone, he must confess while rebuking himself regarding a very brief thought. This...

Greek · §138

κατοικητήριον αὐτοῦ. Ψάλατε γάρ φησι τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ κατοικοῦντι ἐν Σιών. καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐκ δυνάμεως ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ χάριτι θεοῦ κατώρθωται ταῦτα, αὐτῷ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀναφέρων ὁ λόγος φησὶν ̓Εκεῖ συνέτριψεν τὰ κράτη τῶν τόξων, ο πλον καὶ ῥομφαίαν καὶ πόλεμον. ου τω γὰρ εἰρήνη ὑπῆρκται ἐν ῃ ὁ τόπος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν, συντριβέντων τῶν κρατούντων τῶν τόξων ἀφ' ω ν ὁ πονηρὸς πέμπων τὰ πεπυρωμένα βέλη αὐτοῦ ἐνεποίει πάθη καὶ α τακτα κινήματα, ω ν καὶ αι τιος η ν. σὺν τοῖς εἰρημένοις τόξοις καὶ τὰ συγγενῆ ο πλα καὶ ῥομφαία συντρίβεται καὶ σὺν 150 αὐτοῖς οἱ χρώμενοι πόλεμος καλούμενοι· Συντρίβων γὰρ πολέμους ὁ κύριός ἐστιν. 788a Ps 75,5–7 Καὶ οἱ α γιοι δὲ α νδρες ο ρη αἰώνια σκοποῦντες, λοιπὸν τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα καὶ αἰώνια, ἀφ' ω ν φωτίζει θεὸς διαφόρως τὸ φῶς τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, πρὸ μὲν τῆς ἐπιδημίας διὰ προφητῶν καὶ Μωυσέως, μετὰ δὲ ταύτην δι' ἀποστόλων καὶ εὐαγγελιστῶν ὡς τοὺς φωτιζομένους γίνεσθαι φῶς, λέγοντος Παύλου ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εκ σκότους φῶς λάμψαι ε λαμψεν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαιςἡμῶν πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ. Τὸ θαυμαστῶς δὲ τῷ φωτίζειν προσέθηκεν, ο τι τῶν α λλων γνῶσιν ἐπαγγελλομένων καὶ ταύτῃ φωτίζειν θεὸς παραδοξότερον εἰς γνῶσιν καὶ σοφίαν α γων δι' ἀποκαλύψεών τε καὶ ὀπτασιῶν φωτίζει θαυμαστῶς ἀπὸ τῶν εἰρημένων ὀρῶν. εἰ δὲ καὶ ̓Ιουδαίας ου σης, ὡς ει ρηται τῆς γραφῆς, ο ρη ταύτης αἱ ὑψηλαὶ θεωρίαι καὶ τὰ δόγματα τῆς θεοσεβείας, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων θαυμαστῶς φωτίζει θεὸς τοὺς ἐρχομένους εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας. πολλαχοῦ δὲ τῆς γραφῆς ο ρη νοητὰ καὶ οἱ α γγελοι ἀφ' ω ν πάλιν φωτίζει θεὸς ἀποστέλλων αὐτοὺς εἰς διακονίαν διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν. ἑκάστῃ δὲ τῶν ἐκδόσεων ἁρμόσει τὸ ̓Εγγίσατε ο ρεσιν αἰωνίοις, ὑπὸ θεοῦ τοῖς ποθοῦσιν εὐσέβειαν προσταττόμενον, τῶν μέντοι συνετῶν ἐκ τῆς παρούσης αὐτοῖς ἀρετῆς ὠφελουμένων. Σύνεσις γὰρ ἀγαθὴ πᾶσιν τοῖς ποιοῦσιν αὐτήν. οἱ ἀσύνετοι ὑπὸ παθῶν τε καὶ κακίας ταράττονται, ἐσθότε καὶ ὑπὸ ἀπατεώνων αἰσθητῶν καὶ ἀοράτων, κατὰ τὸ ̓Εσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία. ταὐτὸν γὰρ τὸ σκοτισθῆναι καὶ ταραχθῆναι· δηλοῖ γὰρ ἑκάτερον α γνοιαν, ἐπ' ἀμφοτέρων σκοτιζομένου τοῦ νοῦ. Θεὸς δὲ λέγεται ̓Ιακὼβ τοῦ ἀσκητικοῦ καὶ ἀνδρείου καὶ δικαίου πρὸς ε λεγχον τοῦ διὰ ῥαθυμίαν ἰδίαν τούτων ἐκπίπτοντος ὑπευθύνου ἐπιτιμίοις καθισταμένου.† Ει ρηταί τισιν ὡς ὀχήματα καὶ ι πποι τῶν ψυχῶν τὰ σώματα. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς ι πποις ἐπιβᾶσαι φιληδόνως ἀρχὴν τοῦ καθεύδειν δέχονται, καθελκόμενοι εἰς υ πνον ψεκτὸν τῶν ὑποπιαζόντων τὸ σῶμα καὶ δουλαγωγούντων σὺν ἐπιστήμῃ τοῖς ι πποις ἐπικαθημένων. ε στι γοῦν ἰδεῖν ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τὸν ἐπιβάτην ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ψεκτῶς ὠνομασμένον, ὡς καὶ ἐν Ζαχαρίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ ἀπειλὴ θεοῦ· Καὶ πατάξω πάντα ι ππον ἐν ἐκστάσει καὶ τὸν ἐπιβάτην ἐν παραφρονήσει· καὶ παρὰ Μωυσῇ Ιππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ε ρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν– καὶ ἱππέα ἐπαινετῶς παραλαμβανόμενον· ει πε γοῦν πρὸς τὸν ̓Ηλίαν ̓Ελισσαῖος Πάτερ, α ρμα ̓Ισραὴλ καὶ ἱππεὺς αὐτοῦ· καὶ πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα ἀπαγγέλλεται ̓Επίβηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς ι ππους σου, καὶ ἡ ἱππασία σου σωτηρία. 789a Ps 75,8 Οὐδεὶς οι ός τέ ἐστιν τῶν πενήτων ὀργιζομένῳ θεῷ ἀντιστῆναι φόβον ἐμποιοῦντι τοῖς κρινομένοις τῷ μηδὲν παρορᾶν ο σον ἐπὶ τῷ καρδιογνώστην ει ναι. φασὶν γοῦν οἱ τὸν λόγον πρὸς αὐτὸν ὡς πρὸς κριτὴν ε χοντες ̓Εὰν ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, κύριε κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται; Πλὴν εἰ καὶ μηδεὶς ἀντιστῆναι τῇ ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ δυνήσεται ο ντος φοβεροῦ, ἀλλ' ου ν αὐτὸς διὰ προσοῦσαν ἀγαθότητα σὺν ἐλέει καὶ κρίνει· Ελεος γὰρ καὶ κρίσιν ᾳ σομαί σοι, κύριε. ̓Εξ οὐρανοῦ ἀκουτίζει κρίμα κρίνων τῷ προνοίας λόγῳ πρὸς τὸ ε καστον ὑπὸ ι διον συμφέρον γενέσθαι. συνᾴδει τῷ προκειμένῳ τὸ ἐν προφητείᾳ τοῦ ̓Αμὼς ου τως ε χων· Κύριος ποιῶν εἰς υ ψος κρίμα καὶ δικαιοσύνην εἰς γῆν ε θηκεν. καθὸ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ ἐστιν, ἐν υ ψει ποιεῖ πᾶν κρίμα· καθὸ δὲ ἀκουτίζει ἐξ οὐρανοῦ κρίσιν ἐκπέμπων αὐτὴν τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς, δικαιοσύνην εἰς γῆν ε θηκεν ου σαν τέλος τῶν κριμάτων. 790a Ps 75,11 ̓Ενθύμιόν ἐστι τὸ κρυπτὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ὁ τοῦτο καθαρεῦον ε χων εὐχαρίστως ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ θεῷ. τότε ἑορτάσει ἐν τῷ πράττειν τὰ ὠφελοῦντα, καὶ φρονεῖν τἀληθῆ δυνήσεται. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ ̓Εξομολογήσεται τὴν ἐπὶ ἁμαρτήμασιν ἐξαγόρευσιν δηλοῖ, νόησις τοῦ προκειμένου ε σται τοιαύτη· ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐν μόναις πράξεσι καὶ λόγοις καθαρεύειν δεῖ τὸν θέλοντα ει ναι τελείως α γιον, καὶ περὶ ἐνθυμήματος βραχυτάτου ἐξομολογεῖσθαι δεῖ κακίζοντα ἑαυτόν. τοῦτο

Authenticity of Voice and the Guarding of the Heart§139

139He is able to be made manifest from the prayer, 'Cleanse me from my secret sins.' If one does not even imply something regarding the non-existence of sin, a confession might not occur; consequently, the remnant of the man's inner mind is celebrated having been found outside of all evil. Or, when the doubt concerning him is taken away by the manifestation of purity, the saint celebrates—not sometimes and sometimes not, but steadily and always knowing the truth and acting according to righteousness. For this is truly the feast according to the apostle who said, 'Let us celebrate, not in leaven of malice and wickedness, but in unleavened bread of sincerity and truth' (1 Cor 5:8).

He is terrible before the kings of the earth, who struck down Pharaoh, and pursued Nebuchadnezzar of men, altering his thinking as if his life were among beasts (Ps 76:13); he deprived Saul of the spirit, who, despising the covenant of God, was rejected by Samuel; for it is said, 'The Spirit of the Lord departed from Saul' (1 Sam 16:14), and he was oppressed by an evil spirit from the Lord, sent upon him by judgment and vote. And if even concerning ecclesiastical leaders these things are to be considered, hold fast to the God-breathed Scripture. For Paul, having called the elders of Miletus, says to them, 'Take heed to yourselves and to all the flock in which the Holy Spirit of God has made you overseers, and with Him, and also from among yourselves some will arise speaking twisted things, that is, the divine Spirit of the terrible ones being taken away' (Acts 20:28-30).

When the one speaking has departed far off, speaking with a strained voice (Ps 76:2).Ps 76:2). Since, therefore, the begotten essence is separated from the One who made all, a cry according to the intellect is necessary. He is called God because He made all things, and Lord because He rules over those things which come from Him. And it is said, God indeed the Father, and Lord the Son. But to the one speaking, the day is one of affliction, his whole life, indeed, the age which has come upon him, in which he seeks God as one would seek a physician for a disease, calling out. He seeks Him through deed and disposition, not being deceived like those who are ignorant of the end regarding circumstances, just as Saul went to a medium and was deceived. But the saint, who is not troubled, seeks God in the night called the ignorance of circumstances, according to the...

According to Isaiah, my soul became attached to a mortal, not being self-sufficient for all the consolation of the memory concerning God. To this, what is in Isaiah also applies: 'In trouble of the Lord I remembered' (Isa 26:3). According to the common habit of many, a wandering voice indicates something superficial, but according to the Scripture and being placed upon one who is praised, it is authentic.

For Anna, praying genuinely toward God, being called by the priest's child to persist in prayer, answers: 'From a multitude of wanderings I have wasted away until now.' And concerning Isaac, that which says: 'He went out to wander in the field.' But you will receive something superficial if you receive the one who explained to me unlawful wanderings.

If indeed the word were ever said by the divine scholars, having understood the sequence and the speaking person, we would receive the voice either for the better or for the evil. Now, therefore, both the person and the word are praised; the spirit did not faint, which indicates the soul. For even Stephen did not say, 'Lord Jesus, receive my spirit' (Luke 22:43), but, having been faint-souled because of the enemies lying in wait, he gave himself to God.

My eyes preceded the guards (Ps 76:5). Another scripture is brought forward, not saying: 'I have preceded the guards,' but: 'All my enemies preceded the guards.' Concerning many guards happening against me, he was guarding the saying: 'With all vigilance, keep your heart.' They preceded them, those which were about to make me faint-souled, all my enemies; for they were not few, but rather all, and they were filled against me.

Therefore, also, they having become more dominant, I have seen in a certain foreknowledge that I would undergo trouble, but I did not utter anything troubling, nor in any disposition have I become disturbed; for the things of judgment and foreknowledge were not at all heavy upon me, nor had I been made in a passionate fear. For indeed I uttered nothing, whereas those who have shrunk in courage love to speak.

If the guards were to speak in a masculine way, he would say that all the thoughts, that I ought to stand regarding myself to guard me, all my enemies reached me instead of those guarding, casting unlawful and harmful thoughts. Let these things be said concerning invisible enemies. And if the divisions of the night are also called guards (if it should happen, he says, to lose the night being filled according to...)

Greek · §139

151 δηλοῦσθαι δύναται ἐκ τοῦ ̓Απὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου καθάρισόν με. ̓Εὰν ου ν καὶ περὶ τοῦ ου τως ε χοντος ω σθ' ὑπονοεῖσθαι μὴ α ρα ὑπάρχῃ ἐξομολόγησις γένηται, ἑορτάσει λοιπὸν τὸ ἐγκατάλειμμα τοῦ ἐνθυμίου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εὑρεθὲν πάσης κακίας ἐκτός· η τῷ ἀπειλῆφθαι τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀμφιβολίαν, ἀναδειχθείσης καθαρότητος, ἑορτάζει ὁ α γιος, οὐ ποτὲ μέν, ποτὲ δὲ οὐ, ἀλλ' ἀδιαστάτως καὶ ἀεὶ γινώσκων τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἐνεργῶν κατὰ δικαιοσύνην. αυ τη γὰρ κυρίως ἑορτὴ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον εἰρηκότα Ωστε ἑορτάζωμεν μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας ἀλλ' ἐν ἀζύμοις εἰλικρινείας καὶ ἀληθείας. 791a Ps 75,13 Φοβερὸς ω ν παρὰ τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τῆς γῆς τὸν Φαραὼ κατεπόντισεν, τὸν Ναβουχοδονόσορ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐδίωξεν ἀλλοιώσας αὐτοῦ τὸ φρονοῦν ὡς μετὰ θηρίων τὴν διατριβὴν ε χειν, ἀφῄρηκε πνεῦμα ἀπὸ Σαοὺλ ο τε ἐξουθενήσας τὸν Σαμουὴλ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διαθήκην παρέβη· ει ρηται γὰρ ὡς ̓Απέστη πνεῦμα κυρίου ἀπὸ Σαούλ, καὶ ε πνιγεν αὐτὸν πνεῦμα πονηρὸν παρὰ κυρίου, κρίσει καὶ ψήφῳ ἐπιπεμφθὲν αὐτῷ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ἀρχόντων ἐκδεκτέα ταῦτα, ἐπίστησον τῇ θεοπνεύστῳ γραφῇ. ε φη γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς Μιλήτου πρεσβυτέρους ὁ Παῦλος καλέσας αὐτοὺς Προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ ἐν ῳ ὑμᾶς ε θετο τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπισκόπους, καὶ μεθ' ε τερα Καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν ἀναστήσονταί τινες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, δηλαδὴ τὸ θεῖον πνεῦμα τοῦ φοβεροῦ τούτους ἀφαιρουμένου κριτοῦ. 792a Ps 76,2–4 Οτε δὲ πόρρω διέστηκεν ὁ λέγων τοῦ πρὸς ο ν ὁ λόγος, ἐπιτεταμένης χρεία φωνῆς. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τοῦ ποιήσαντος ἡ γεννητὴ οὐσία κεχώρισται, κραυγῆς τῆς κατὰ διάνοιαν δεῖ. θεὸν δὲ καλεῖ τῷ πάντα πεποιηκέναι, κύριον δὲ τῷ δεσπόζειν τῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονότων. λέγοι δ' α ν καὶ θεὸν μὲν τὸν πατέρα, κύριον δὲ τὸν υἱόν. ̔Ημέρα δὲ τῷ λέγοντι θλίψεως η πᾶς ὁ βίος αὐτοῦ η γουν αἰὼν ὁ ἐνεστηκὼς ἐν ῳ πρὸς τὸ ῥυσθῆναι ζητεῖ τὸν θεὸν ὡς α ν τις ἰατρὸν ἐπὶ νόσῳ διενοχλούσῃ καλῶν. ζητεῖ δὲ πράξει καὶ διαθέσει, μὴ ἀπατώμενος κατὰ τοὺς τῶν περιστατικῶν ἀγνοοῦντας τὸ τέλος, ὡς ὁ Σαοὺλ πρὸς ἐγγαστρίμυθον ἀπελθὼν ἠπατήθη. ὁ δὲ α γιος ο σον ἐνοχλεῖται ζητεῖ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῇ τῶν περιστατικῶν ἀγνοίᾳ καλουμένῃ νυκτί, κατὰ τὸ παρ' ̔Ησαΐᾳ ... ̓Απηνήνατο πρός τινος θνητοῦ παρακληθῆναι ἡ ψυχή μου, αὐτάρκους ου σης πρὸς πᾶσαν παραμυθίαν τῆς περὶ θεοῦ μνήμης. εἰς τοῦτο λήψει καὶ τὸ ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ ̓Εν θλίψει τοῦ κυρίου ἐμνήσθην. Κατὰ μὲν τὴν τῶν πολλῶν συνήθειαν ψεκτόν τι δηλοῖ ἡ ̓Ηδολέσχησα φωνή, κατὰ δὲ τὴν γραφὴν καὶ ἐπὶ ἐπαινετοῦ κεῖται· η γουν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν γνησίως προσευχομένη Αννα, καλουμένη ἀπὸ παιδαρίου τοῦ ἱερέως ἐπιμένειν τῇ εὐχῇ, ἀποκρίνεται ̓Εκ πλήθους ἀδολεσχίας μου ἐκτέτηκα ε ως τοῦ νῦν· καὶ περὶ τοῦ ̓Ισαὰκ δὲ ο τι ̓Εξῆλθεν ἀδολεσχῆσαι εἰς τὸ πεδίον. ἐπὶ ψεκτοῦ παραλήψῃ δὲ τὸ ∆ιηγήσαντό μοι παράνομοι ἀδολεσχίας. ει ποτε γοῦν λέγοιτο ἡ λέξις αυ τη ἐν τοῖς θείοις λογίοις, τῇ ἀκολουθίᾳ καὶ τῷ λέγοντι προσώπῳ ἐπιστήσαντες τὴν φωνὴν ληψόμεθα η ἐπὶ βελτίονος η ἐπὶ κακοῦ. νῦν τοίνυν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον καὶ ἡ λέξις ἐπαινετὰ ου τὸ πνεῦμα ὠλιγοψύχησεν δηλοῦν τὴν ψυχήν· ου τω γὰρ καὶ Στέφανος ε λεγε Κύριε ̓Ιησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου· ὀλιγωρήσας δὲ διὰ τοὺς ἐπικειμένους ἐχθροὺς ἐπέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν τῷ θεῷ. 793a Ps 76,5 Προκατελάβοντο φυλακὰς οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου. α λλη γραφὴ φέρεται ου τω ε χουσα· Προκατελάβοντο φυλακὰς πάντες οἱ ἐχθροί μου. Πολλῶν φυλακῶν περὶ ἐμὲ τυγχανουσῶν, ἐφύλαττον τὴν λέγουσαν ἐντολὴν Πάσῃ φυλακῇ τήρει σὴν καρδίαν. προκατελάβοντο αὐτὰς τὸ ο σον ἐπὶ τῷ ὠλιγοψυχηκέναι με πάντες οἱ ἐχθροί μου· οὐ γὰρ ει ς ἀλλὰ πολλοί, μᾶλλον δὲ πάντες α μα ἐπλήσθησαν κατ' ἐμοῦ. διὸ καὶ ἐπικρατεστέρους αὐτοὺς γενομένους ἑωρακὼς ἐν προπαθείᾳ τινὶ γεγένημαι ὡς τάραχον ὑπομεῖναι, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐφθεγξάμην τι ταραχῶδες οὐδ' ἐν διαθέσει τινὶ 152 τεθορυβημένῃ γεγένημαι· ε στη γάρ μοι τὰ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς προπαθείας οὐδ' ο λως ἐν τῷ παθητικῷ φόβῳ γεγενημένῳ. ἐφθεγξάμην γοῦν οὐδὲν ω ν οἱ δειλωθέντες φιλοῦσι λέγειν. Εἰ δὲ ἀρρενικῶς οἱ φύλακες λέγοιντο, ἐρεῖ ο τι πάντας τοὺς λογισμούς, ου ς ε δει με στῆσαι περὶ ἐμαυτὸν ἐπὶ τῷ φρουρεῖν με, ε φθασαν πάντες οἱ ἐχθροί μου ἀντὶ τῶν φυλαττόντων ὀλεθρίους καὶ ἐπιβλαβεῖς ὑποβάλλοντες λογισμούς. ταῦτα δὲ περὶ ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν λεγέσθω. Εἰ δὲ καὶ φυλακαὶ οἱ τῆς νυκτὸς μερισμοὶ λέγονται (εἰ συμβαίη, φησίν, ο λην τὴν νύκτα υ πνου ἐμπλησθῆναι κατὰ

The Soul, Divine Mercy, and the Way of God§140

140Regarding Ephraim, all enemies will lay hold of these strongholds, anticipating them; for they will not sleep unless they have afflicted him (Ps 76:6).

Having these things happen to me, he says, I awoke myself to remember the former and many anticipating circumstances (not only me but also my virtuous fathers) from which all the Lord rescued me and them; by which reason I have become more cheerful to endure unto the end, so that I might happen to have salvation from the struggles of such things; for he who endures unto the end, he shall be saved. For having conversed with the ancient days and the eternal ages, having remembered and having meditated, I found many times both myself and the rest of men falling into such a state of helplessness, as to leave behind salvation and all hope; but, having been established in confidence toward God, every helplessness in those who grasp the truth is overcome. You shall remember when the Hebrew multitude comes toward the things laid before you by the valleys of the sea; for no good hope remaining there, suddenly God provided abundance in narrowness and in remote helplessness (Ps 76:7).

Throughout all this life, because of the encroaching ignorance of things, being called night, I did not deliver myself to sleep and heart like other men, but toward sobriety and alertness I stirred myself up; for those sleeping at night sleep and at night they get drunk. With my heart, that is, with my mind, I was conversing with myself about the actions and natures of things (for know what the present things are approaching), I learned what the end of the surrounding evils will be. And I was tilling my spirit with the art of farming, desiring to sow into it, so that from it I might reap eternal life; for he who sows into the spirit, from the spirit he will reap eternal life (2 Cor 9:6). And it is not to be thought that to say 'spirit' is to speak synonymously, but rather homonymously regarding the present word and that which was previously set forth; for there the soul was called spirit, but here the spirit of the man is that which is in him. For if even here the spirit is said instead of the soul, who is the one tilling his spirit and idling with his heart? For it is not the body that does these things.

For the soul is not strictly a human being when it is wandering aimlessly apart from the mind and unsettling the spirit joined to the mind. I will pray with the spirit, and I will pray also with the mind; I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing also with the mind. Corruption is the departure from natural goodness, which occurs not while the essence remains, but if something belonging to the natural state is taken away from it. Previously, he was willing to help and was favorable to those asking of him, as I reasoned: 'I remembered the days of old.' Was his goodness not present until those times, and no longer being added to, he was willing to be favorable? No, by no means. For his mercy is not cut off from the former generation, nor does it fail regarding the coming one. For they think that the end of his mercy is this: that he might do good and show mercy to one generation, and not to another. Nor will he fail to have compassion, just as neither fire nor light fails to shine and to warm. For his mercies are held in check by a temporary anger arising from sin, but they are not joined in a way that lasts forever.

Even though many troubles have come upon me, they cast a disturbance into me (Ps 76:8-10). What has been recounted followed in all the appointed words, but also, having understood things, I observed that God is not being thrust away for the ages, nor has He chosen to do other things, as if in some way to cast down a different beginning of a kind of life. For through all those things I have passed through, I have begun the Now, changing all those things that disturbed and frightened me, so that I might become courageous for the rest. This change is not a change of quality (for I have passed from one disposition to another), but an alteration, not caused by another, but by the right hand of the Most High. For He also provided these thoughts and brought them together so that I might be altered.

This aimless wandering is like the one from above is good; for it is a good thing to speak often of the wonders of God. Since God dwells and walks among the saints (Ps 76:14a), He has in each of the saints his own way, traveling according to the intellect of each of them. And since his Word is said to be a Way ('I am the Way,' He says John 14:6),

Greek · §140

τὸν ̓Εφραίμ), προκαταλαμβάνοντες ταύτας τὰς φυλακὰς πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ ἐπιθήσονται· Οὐ γὰρ μὴ ὑπνώσωσιν, ἐὰν μὴ κακοποιήσωσιν. 794a Ps 76,6 Τούτων συμβάντων μοι, φησίν, διήγειρα ἐμαυτὸν πρὸς τὸ μνημονεῦσαι τῶν α νωθεν καὶ πολλῶν προκαταλαβουσῶν περιστάσεων (οὐ μόνον ἐμὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κατ' ἀρετὴν πατέρας μου) ἀφ' ω ν πασῶν ὁ κύριος ἐρρύσατο ἐμέ τε κἀκείνους· ἐφ' ῳ καὶ εὐθυμότερος γέγονα πρὸς τὸ ὑπομεῖναι εἰς τέλος, ι να α θλου τῶν τοιούτων ἀγώνων σωτηρίας τύχω· ̔Ο γὰρ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, ου τος σωθήσεται. διαλογησάμενος γὰρ τὰς ἀρχαίας ἡμέρας καὶ τὰ αἰώνια ε τη μνησθεὶς καὶ μελετήσας, ευ ρον πολλάκις ἐμαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ἀπορίαν τοιαύτην ἐμπεσόντας, ὡς ἀπογνῶναι τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα καταλεῖψαι· ἀλλὰ πεποιθήσεως ἐπὶ θεὸν γεγενημένης, πᾶσα εὐπορία ἐν τοῖς καταλαβοῦσιν ἀπόρεις ἀναπέφανται. μνημονεύσῃς εἰς τὰ προκείμενα τῆς ̔Εβραϊκῆς πληθύος ἐλθούσης παρὰ τὰς ο χθας τῆς θαλάσσης· οὐδεμιᾶς γὰρ ἐκεῖ ὑπολειπομένης ἐλπίδος χρηστῆς, ἐξαίφνης ὁ θεὸς ἐν στενοῖς πλάτος καὶ ἐν ἀπόροις εὐπορίαν παρέσχεν. 795a Ps 76,7 Παντὸς τοῦ βίου τούτου διὰ τὴν ἐπιπολάζουσαν α γνοιαν τῶν πραγμάτων νυκτὸς ὀνομαζομένου, οὐ κατὰ τοὺς α λλους ἀνθρώπους υ πνῳ καὶ κάρῳ ἐμαυτὸν παραδέδωκα ἀλλὰ πρὸς νηφαλεότητα καὶ γρήγορσιν διαναστήσας ἐμαυτόν· Οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν καὶ νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν. Μετὰ τῆς καρδίας μου, τουτέστι τοῦ νοῦ μου, αὐτὸς ἐμαυτῷ διαλεγόμενος περὶ τῶν πρακτέων καὶ φύσεων τῶν πραγμάτων (γνοῦς γὰρ ο τι πρόσκαιρα τὰ παρόντα) ε μαθον ο τι τέλος ε ξει τὰ περιστηκότα πονηρά. ἐσκάλευον δὲ σὺν γεωργικῇ τέχνῃ τὸ πνεῦμά μου, σπείρειν εἰς αὐτὸ βουλόμενος, ι να ἐξ αὐτοῦ θερίσω ζωὴν αἰώνιον· ̔Ο σπείρων γὰρ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Οὐ νομιστέον δὲ συνωνύμως εἰρῆσθαι τὸ πνεῦμα, ἀλλ' ὁμωνύμως ἐπὶ τῆς παρούσης λέξεως καὶ τῆς πρότερον τεθείσης· ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ πνεῦμα ἐλέγετο, ἐνταῦθα δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ πνεῦμα ἀντὶ τῆς ψυχῆς λέγεται, τίς ὁ σκάλλων τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀδολεσχῶν μετὰ τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ; οὐ γὰρ οι όν τέ ἐστι τὸ σῶμα ταῦτα ποιεῖν. Ψυχὴ ου ν ἐστιν ἡ καὶ κυρίως α νθρωπος ου σα καὶ ἀδολεσχοῦσα μετὰ τοῦ νοῦ καὶ σκαλεύουσα τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ τῷ νῷ συνεζευγμένον· Προσεύξομαι γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι, προσεύξομαι δὲ καὶ τῷ νοΐ· ψαλῶ τῷ πνεύματι, ψαλῶ δὲ καὶ τῷ νοΐ. 796a Ps 76,8–10 Φθορὰ γὰρ α ν ει η τὸ ἐκστῆναι τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἀγαθότητος, οὐκέτι τῆς οὐσίας μενούσης, εἰ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ὑπαρχόντων τι ἀφαιρεθείη αὐτῆς. πρότερον γὰρ εὐδοκοῦντα βοηθεῖν καὶ ἐπινεύοντα τοῖς αἰτουμένοις ει δον αὐτόν, ο τε ∆ιελογισάμην ἡμέρας ἀρχαίας. α ρ' ου ν μέχρις ἐκείνων ε στη ἡ χρηστότης αὐτοῦ, οὐκέτι προστιθέντος αὐτοῦ εὐδοκῆσαι; α παγε. ου τε γὰρ τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ ἀποκόπτει ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας γενεᾶς, οὐ φθάνον ἐπὶ τὴν ἐσομένην. τοῦτο γὰρ οἰομένων ἐστὶ τέλος ε ξειν τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ, εἰ ε ν τινι μὲν γενεᾷ εὐεργετοίη καὶ ἐλεοίη, ε ν τινι δὲ μή. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπιλήσεται τοῦ οἰκτειρῆσαι, ω σπερ οὐδὲ τὸ πῦρ καὶ τὸ φῶς ἐπιλήσεται τοῦ φωτίζειν καὶ θερμαίνειν. κα ν γὰρ διὰ πρόσκαιρον ὀργὴν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν συμβᾶσαν δόξῃ συνέχειν τοὺς οἰκτιρμοὺς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ συσχεθήσονται. 797a Ps 76,11 Εἰ καὶ πολλὰ θλιβερὰ περὶ ἐμὲ γεγενημένα τάραχον ἐνέβαλέ μοι ῳ 153 ἠκολούθησε τὰ διηγηθέντα ἐν πάσαις ταῖς προκειμέναις λέξεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπιστήσας τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐθεώρησα μὴ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ἀπωθούμενον τὸν θεὸν μηδὲ τὰ α λλα α κατείλεκται ποιοῦντα, ὡς α λλην ἀρχήν με τρόπον τινὰ ζωῆς καταβαλέσθαι· ἐπὶ πᾶσιν γὰρ οι ς διεξελήλυθα ει πον τὸ Νῦν ἠρξάμην, πάντων τῶν ταραξάντων με καὶ φοβησάντων μεταβαλόντων ὡς θαρσαλέον με τοῦ λοιποῦ γενέσθαι. Αυ τη ου ν ἡ μεταβολὴ κατὰ ποιότητα ου σα (ἐκ διαθέσεως γὰρ εἰς διάθεσιν μεταβέβηκα) ἀλλοίωσίς ἐστιν, οὐκ α λλου αὐτὴν ἐνεργήσαντος η τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου. αυ τη γὰρ καὶ τὰς ἐννοίας ταύτας παρέσχεν καὶ συνήργησεν εἰς τὸ ἀλλοιωθῆναί με. 798a Ps 76,13b Αυ τη ἡ ἀδολεσχία ὁμοία τῇ α νωθεν ἀγαθή· τὸ πολλάκις γὰρ τὰ θαυμάσια τοῦ θεοῦ λέγειν τινὰ καλόν ἐστιν. 799a Ps 76,14a ̓Επεὶ ἐνοικεῖ καὶ ἐμπεριπατεῖ ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις ὁ θεός, ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἁγίων ε χει τὴν ἰδίαν ὁδόν, ἐπιπορευόμενος τῇ ἑκάστου αὐτῶν διανοίᾳ. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ὁδὸς ει ρηται ( ̓Εγὼ γάρ εἰμι, φησίν, ἡ ὁδός),

Redemption of the Two Peoples and the Marks of the Way§141

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

141But His word is in nothing trivial, for it is a way; rather, it is rightly said that the indwelling voice is in the saints alone. Regarding Psalm 76:14b, greatness is said of the intelligible substance by excellence of power, not by quantity. No god is found as great as ours.

He does not say that the gods are the idols or the demons (for these are called gods), but rather those who, having become toward us through the word of God, were made divine. For they are not partakers of divinity, but merely partakers. The present word is said of the Savior, as he will declare the following, being a great God and Father, since he is the Son of the great God.

Regarding Psalm 76:15a, after the article, the Savior is called God, so that he might be shown as different from those to whom it is said, 'You are gods' (Ps 82:6). None of them is as one who excels. After the article, it is said, 'God.' Such is also the Only-begotten God who is in the bosom of the Father, to be God by being alone in essence; for none of the others is only-begotten, but with the only-begotten is God. According to the same divinity, the only-begotten God and the Father God are.

Indeed, it is said of the Savior (of his one divinity and that of the Father), 'God is in you, and there is no god besides you; for you are God, and we shall not fear' (Ps 86:5). For how can it be that if God is in him, there is no god besides him, and he himself is God, unless we understand that the Father and the Son have the same divinity, so as to be one God, Father and Son, and not a Son and a Father? For the Father is the Father of the Son, and the Son is the Son of the Father. Therefore, the 'I and the Father are one' follows the 'I and the Father are one' being said, not the Son saying 'I and the God.' For the Father is not another Son, nor is God another, by the being of the same divinity of the offspring and of the begetter.

Regarding Psalm 76:15b.16, the Savior made his power known among both peoples, to the...

He performed many paradoxical wonders among the nations and the circumcised; for power went out from him and healed everyone. But also by his arm (I mean by his energy and action) he redeemed his people, the two united, having tasted death above all things by the grace of God, giving his soul as a ransom for many; for by his precious blood we were redeemed from our vain, ancestral conduct. The peoples are those in whom he made his power known, whom he also joined together into one people, whom he redeemed: the sons of Jacob and Joseph, the sons of Jacob who are circumcised and believe, and the sons of Joseph who are from the nations. For Joseph is interpreted as 'Addition of the Lord'; for God truly added to those being saved from the circumcised, those from the nations who believe. And 'He made known' does not signify the beginning of knowing, but that which is come to be known and recognized; for saying 'He who works wonders,' he recognizes these things through these words.

When the Savior appeared on earth, the earth endured confusion and trembling (Ps 76:19-21)—that is, the things on earth, which are above all laws and are fearful of all gods, through whose ordinances the demons are overturned; but also the earth endured confusion and trembling because of men, who are bound by passions and are being turned toward the Word of Christ. And the sea, the present life, Jesus God alone bound, so as to leave behind traces and proofs of the way, so that those wishing to follow him might follow; for he says, 'Your paths are in many waters, and your tracks shall not be known' (Ps 77:20), because the word of his journey is incomprehensible. And the sheep of Christ were led by God in practice (symbolically called by the hand) of the spiritual law and the priestly word. And Christ has become for us both, being himself the spiritual law, of the...

Greek · §141

ε στι δὲ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ ἐν οὐδενὶ φαύλῳ καθὸ ὁδός ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ἐν μόνοις τοῖς ἁγίοις εἰκότως ει ρηται ἡ ἐγκειμένη φωνή. 800a Ps 76,14b Τὸ μέγα ἐπὶ νοητῆς οὐσίας καθ' ὑπεροχὴν δυνάμεως ἀλλ' οὐ κατὰ ποσὸν λέγεται. οὐδεὶς ου ν ου τω μέγας εὑρίσκεται θεὸς ὡς ὁ ἡμέτερος. θεοὺς δὲ λέγει οὐ τὰ ἀγάλματα οὐδὲ τὰ δαιμόνια (ἑκάτερα γὰρ ταῦτα θεοὶ λέγονται), ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνοι πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ γενόμενος ἐθεοποίησεν αὐτούς. οὐ γὰρ θεότητος ου τοι παρεκτικοὶ ἀλλὰ μέτοχοι. Λέγεται δὲ ἡ παροῦσα λέξις πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα, ὡς τὰ ἑξῆς δηλώσει, μεγάλου ο ντος θεοῦ καὶ πατρός, ἐπεὶ υἱὸς τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ ὑπάρχει. 801 Ps 76,15a Μετὰ τοῦ α ρθρου λέγεται θεὸς ὁ σωτήρ, ι να δειχθῇ ε τερος ἐκείνων τῶν πρὸς ου ς ει ρηται ̓Εγὼ ει πα Θεοί ἐστε· ο θεν οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ὡς ὑπερέχων τῶν ὁμογενῶν μετὰ τοῦ α ρθρου ει ρηται θεός. τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ ̔Ο μονογενὴς θεὸς ὁ ω ν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, τῷ μόνος ει ναι κατ' οὐσίαν θεός· οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν ἑτέρων μονογενὴς ἀλλὰ μεθ' ὁμογενῶν ἐστι θεός. κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν θεότητα τῷ μονογενεῖ θεῷ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ θεός ἐστιν. ει ρηται γοῦν πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα (μιᾶς ου σης θεότητος αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ πατρός) ̓Εν σοὶ ὁ θεός ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ε στι θεὸς πλὴν σοῦ· σὺ γὰρ ει ὁ θεός, καὶ οὐκ ῃ δειμεν. πῶς γὰρ εἰ ὁ θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν, οὐκ ε στι θεὸς πλὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεός ἐστιν, εἰ μὴ νοοῖμεν πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν θεότητα ὡς ε να θεὸν ει ναι πατέρα καὶ υἱόν, υἱόν τε καὶ πατέρα μὴ ε να; ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ υἱοῦ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς πατρὸς υἱός· ο θεν καὶ τὸ ̓Εγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ε ν ἐσμεν, τοῦ ̓Εγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἀκολούθως ἐν τῷ Εν ἐσμεν λεγομένου, οὐκέτι λέγοντος τοῦ υἱοῦ ̓Εγὼ καὶ ὁ θεός· α λλος γὰρ υἱοῦ ὁ πατήρ, οὐκ α λλος δὲ θεὸς τῷ τὴν αὐτὴν ει ναι θεότητα τοῦ γεννήματος καὶ τοῦ γεννήτορος. 802 Ps 76,15b.16 ̓Εγνώρισε τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς λαοῖς, τῷ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν καὶ τῷ ἐκ περιτομῆς, παράδοξα καὶ θαύματα πολλὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς ποιήσας· ∆ύναμις γὰρ παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ βραχίονι αὐτοῦ (λέγω δὴ τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ καὶ πράξει αὐτοῦ) ἐλυτρώσατο τὸν ι διον λαὸν τὸν ἐκ τῶν δύο ἑνωθέντα, χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γευσάμενος θανάτου δοὺς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν· Τῷ γὰρ τιμίῳ αι ματι αὐτοῦ ἐλυτρώθημεν ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ἡμῶν ἀναστροφῆς πατρωπαραδότου. Λαοὶ δέ εἰσιν ἐν οι ς ἐγνώρισε τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, ου ς καὶ η νωσεν εἰς ε να λαὸν ο ν ἐλυτρώσατο, υἱοὶ ̓Ιακὼβ καὶ ̓Ιωσήφ, τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστευόντων χρηματιζόντων υἱῶν ̓Ιακώβ, τῶν δὲ ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν υἱῶν ̓Ιωσήφ. ̓Ιωσὴφ γὰρἑρμηνεύεται Κυρίου πρόσθεσις· προσέθηκε γὰρ ἀληθῶς ὁ θεὸς τοῖς σῳζομένοις ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς τοὺς ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν πιστεύοντας. Τὸ δὲ ̓Εγνώρισας οὐ τὸ ἀρχὴν τοῦ γινώσκεσθαι ε χον σημαίνει ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐπιγινωσκόμενον καὶ ἀναγνωριζόμενον· εἰπὼν γὰρ ̔Ο ποιῶν θαυμάσια, ἀναγνωρίζει ταῦτα διὰ τούτων τῶν ῥημάτων. 803a Ps 76,19c–21 Τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπὶ γῆς ὀφθέντος, σάλον καὶ τρόμον ἡ γῆ ὑπέμεινεν τουτέστι τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς πράγματα, τῶν παρὰ πᾶσιν νόμων καὶ δεισιδαιμόνων 154 θεῶν α μα τοῖς χρηστηρίοις δι' ω ν ἠπάτων οἱ δαίμονες ἀνατρεπομένων· ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῖς γηΐνοις διὰ προπαθείας ἡνωμένων μετατιθεμένων τῷ Χριστῷ λόγῳ, κλόνον καὶ τρόμον ὑπέμενεν ἡ γῆ. Καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν δέ, τὸν παρόντα βίον, μόνος ̓Ιησοῦς θεὸς ω ν ω δευσεν ὡς ι χνη καὶ τεκμήρια καταλειπεῖν τῆς ὁδοῦ, ο πως ἐπακολουθήσωσιν οἱ βουλόμενοι αὐτῷ ε πεσθαι· Αἱ τρίβοι σου γάρ φησιν ἐν υ δασι πολλοῖς, καὶ τὰ ι χνη σου οὐ γνωσθήσεται, διὰ τὸ ἀκατάληπτον ει ναι τὸν τῆς πορείας αὐτοῦ λόγον. ̔Ωδηγήθη δὲ τὰ Χριστοῦ πρόβατα ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἐν πράξει (συμβολικῶς χειρὶ ὀνομαζομένῃ) τοῦ πνευματικοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ ἱερατικοῦ λόγου. Χριστὸς δὲ ἡμῖν ἀμφότερα γεγένηται αὐτὸς ω ν ὁ πνευματικὸς νόμος, τῆς

The Spiritual Rock and the Nature of Sin§142

142He is the initiator and high priest of the spiritual rite of God, having ascended through the heavens. He signifies Moses as the law, and Aaron as the high priest; therefore they are brothers, being sons of the divine providence which brought forth this law and the appropriate high-priestly word for it; for by its will these good things have been raised up to men (Ps 77:1a).

He is able to call all the old scripture 'the law' present here. If the commanding and forbidding word were to signify the voice of the law according to the preceding verse, it commands the law to take heed how those having received the command, choosing the good and fleeing the bad, might act rightly (Ps 77:3).

These things those having the mind of Christ understood and perceived spiritually; for it was not hidden from them, having been explained to them according to knowledge. And they themselves did not reveal to their own children born of them through instruction the matters from the beginning, so that they might be known and not hidden even to their next generation.

For he who becomes with God in spirit, coming from Him, is trusted to understand and is confirmed according to the spirit (Ps 77:8d). It is to be thought that 'spirit' here refers to the intellect, according to what was said concerning the Virgin, how she conceived by the Holy Spirit and body; for in these things 'spirit' calls her opinion and her disposition, and from which having been sanctified, the body also comes to be sanctified, being served by sanctifying energies. And if the soul itself is spirit and is called so here, it is to be noted.

Regarding the manna given before the rebellion, the psalm says after the rebellion that both the manna and the meat were given (Ps 77:17–22). But this is not the question. For the psalm joins together things in different times, bringing together one rebellion having occurred in different times under one cause. For if someone should interpret the first rebellion as that before the making of the Tabernacle in the second month of the Exodus, he does not place that history in its proper time in the psalm; for not then did the water from the rock happen to be given, nor did the punishment of fire follow, and indeed the firstlings were not slain and they did not unrighteously disbelieve regarding the paradoxical gift of food...

You act with small-spiritedness because you do not immediately find abundance. Therefore, even Moses did not yield to the small-spiritedness of the people. In the second dispute concerning meats, Moses also bears it with difficulty; and it is fitting that the punishment from God was somewhat sent to them, and they were being consumed by fire. It is necessary to believe from those who were previously warned, not believing in the divine power, and it is necessary to hope for salvation from Him, not hoping.

It must also be said by way of upward leading: in the wilderness of the Son, much ignorance of things prevails. Having passed through and having divided his most meager word, a rock called it, a great watering has become for those being benefited, as if the flowing water were cast alongside an indescribable abyss in depth and breadth. For the water sent forth from this rock flowed like rivers (Ps 77:17–25a). And regarding these rivers, the Savior says: 'He who believes in me, as the Scripture says, from his spiritual belly (that which is according to the inner man) will flow rivers of living water' (John 7:38). And he says, the writer says, that those who believe will not receive this concerning the Spirit. For the water of these rivers is drawn out from a rock, about which Paul says: 'From a spiritual rock that follows' (1 Cor 10:4); and the rock is Christ. Christ himself, since he is a rock, says concerning the water of the rivers: 'For from me he will take and will declare to you all things' (John 14:26).

And they added to this: sinning against him—not all who sin against God are sinning against him, but only those who have known his will and are not doing it. Certainly even David, not being ignorant of God's will, says: 'Against you only have I sinned' (Ps 51:4). Perhaps for those sinning in ethical matters, the sin becomes toward men; but for those blaspheming God and providence, the sin, being a certain impiety, rises up against God. For if someone sins against a man, and prays for him; but if he sins against the Lord God, who will pray for him? Certainly, what they overthrew the Most High with, they were lacking in a dry place, being deprived of the spiritual waters; for they turned away from the water from the aforementioned rock. And finding themselves in a dry place, they did not experience the goodness of God which is sweet. But that which is according to virtue and wisdom makes it sweet.

Greek · §142

πνευματικῆς τελετῆς τοῦ θεοῦ μυσταγωγὸς καὶ ἀρχιερεὺς ὁ μέγας τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διεληλυθώς. σημαίνει δὲ Μωυσῇ τὸν νόμον, ̓Ααρὼν δὲ τὸν ἀρχιερέα· διὸ καὶ ἀδελφοὶ τυγχάνουσιν, υἱοὶ τυγχάνοντες τῆς θείας προνοίας γεννησάσης τοῦτον τὸν νόμον καὶ τὸν κατάλληλον αὐτῷ ἀρχιερατικὸν λόγον· βουλήσει γὰρ αὐτῆς ἀνθρώποις ὑπῆρκται τὰ ἀγαθὰ ταῦτα. 804 Ps 77,1a Νόμον ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος δύναται καλεῖν πᾶσαν τὴν παλαιὰν γραφήν. εἰ δὲ σημαίνοιτο ὁ προστακτικὸς καὶ ἀπαγορευτικὸς λόγος ἐκ τῆς νόμος φωνῆς κατὰ τὸν προκείμενον στίχον, προσέχειν ἐντέλλεται τῷ νόμῳ, ο πως κατωρθωμένα τὰ η θη ε χωσιν οἱ τὴν πρόσταξιν εἰληφότες αἱρούμενοι τἀγαθὰ καὶ φεύγοντες τὰ φαῦλα. 805 Ps 77,3 Ταῦτα οἱ Χριστοῦ νοῦν ε χοντες η κουσαν καὶ συνῆκαν πνευματικῶς· οὐ γὰρ ἐκρύβη ἀπ' αὐτῶν τῶν πατέρων κατ' ἐπιστήμην διηγησαμένων αὐτοῖς. καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ ου τοι τοῖς τέκνοις ἑαυτῶν γεννηθεῖσιν ὑπ' αὐτῶν διὰ παιδεύσεως ἐφανέρωσαν τὰ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς προβλήματα, ο πως καὶ εἰς τὴν ἑξῆς αὐτῶν γενεὰν γνωστὰ καὶ μὴ κεκρυμμένα τυγχάνῃ. 806 Ps 77,8δ ̔Ο γὰρ μετὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνεύματι γινόμενος ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ συνεῖναι θεῷ πιστοῦται καὶ βεβαιοῦται κατὰ πνεῦμα. πνεῦμα δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐνταῦθα εἰρῆσθαι νομιστέον κατὰ τὸ περὶ τῆς παρθένου λεχθέν, ο πως ῃ ἁγία πνεύματι καὶ σώματι· πνεῦμα γὰρ ἐν τούτοις τὴν γνώμην αὐτὴν καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν καλεῖ, ἀφ' η ς ἡγιασμένης συμβαίνει καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἁγιάζεσθαι ἐνεργείαις ἁγιαστικαῖς ὑπηρετούμενον. εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ψυχὴ πνεῦμα καὶ ἐνταῦθα καλεῖται, συνεπίστησον. 807 Ps 77,17–22 Πρὸ τῆς ἀντιλογίας δεδόμενον η ν τὸ μάννα, ὁ ψαλμὸς μετὰ τὴν ἀντιλογίαν φησὶ καὶ τὸ μάννα καὶ τὸ κρέας δεδόσθαι. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο οὐκ α ν ει η ζήτημα. ἐπισυνάπτει γὰρ τὰ ἐν διαφόροις χρόνοις ὁ ψαλμός, μίαν ἀντιλογίαν ἐν διαφόροις χρόνοις γεγενημένην συνάγων ὑπὸ μίαν αἰτίαν. εἰ γὰρ δὴ τὴν πρώτην ἀντιλογίαν τις οι ητο τὴν πρὸ τῆς ποιήσεως τῆς σκηνῆς τὴν ἐν δευτέρῳ μηνὶ τῆς ἐξόδου, οὐκ ἐν καιρῷ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐκείνην τῷ ψαλμῷ παρατίθησιν· ου πω γὰρ τότε τὸ ἐκ τῆς πέτρας υ δωρ ἐτύγχανε δεδόμενον, οὐδὲ μὴν τιμωρία ἡ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐπηκολούθησεν, α τε δὴ καὶ πρωτοπείροις ου σι καὶ οὐκ ἀπεικότως ἀπιστοῦσιν ε τι πρὸς τὴν παράδοξον δόσιν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ ὀλιγοψύχως ε χουσι διὰ τὸ μὴ παραχρῆμα τῆς ἀφθονίας τυγχάνειν. διὸ οὐδὲ Μωυσῆς ἀπέκαμεν ἐπὶ ταῖς τοῦ λαοῦ μικροψυχίαις. ἐν δὲ τῇ δευτέρᾳ περὶ τῶν κρεῶν ἀντιλογίᾳ χαλεπῶς η δη φέρει καὶ Μωυσῆς· εἰκότως δὲ καὶ ἡ παρὰ θεοῦ τιμωρία τηνικαῦτα αὐτοῖς ἐπῄει, καὶ πυρὶ κατεφλέγοντο. δέον πιστεύειν ἐκ τῶν προυπηργμένων μὴ πιστεύοντες τῇ θείᾳ δυνάμει, καὶ δέον ἐλπίζειν τὴν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ σωτηρίαν οὐκ ἐλπίζοντες. 808 Ps 77,17–25a ̔Ρητέον δὲ καὶ κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν ω δε· ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ υἱοῦ ε νθα πολλὴ ἐπικρατεῖ α γνοια τῶν πραγμάτων. διελὼν καὶ διαιρήσας τὸν στερρότατον αὐτοῦ λόγον πέτραν ὀνομαζόμενον, ποτισμὸς πολὺς τοῖς εὐεργετουμένοις γεγένηται ὡς παραβληθῆναι τὸ ῥέον υ δωρ διὰ τὸ ἀπερίγραφον κατὰ βάθος καὶ πλάτος ἀβύσσῳ. τὸ γὰρ ἐξαχθὲν ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πέτρας υ δωρ ὡς 155 ποταμοὶ κατηνέχθη. ποταμοὶ δὲ περὶ ω ν ὁ σωτὴρ ̔Ο πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, καθὼς ει πεν ἡ γραφή, ἐκ τῆς πνευματικῆς αὐτοῦ κοιλίας (τῆς κατὰ τὸν ε σω α νθρωπον) ῥεύσουσιν υ δατος ζῶντος· ε λεγε δέ, φησὶν ὁ συγγραφεύς, τοῦτο περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ου ε μελλον λαβεῖν οἱ πιστεύοντες. Τούτων γὰρ τῶν ποταμῶν τὸ υ δωρ ἐξάγεται ἐκ πέτρας περὶ η ς ὁ Παῦλός φησιν Επινον ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης πέτρας· ἡ δὲ πέτρα η ν ὁ Χριστός. αὐτὸς ου ν ὁ Χριστός, καθὸ πέτρα ἐστί, περὶ τοῦ υ δατος τῶν ποταμῶν ει πεν Οτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεται καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν πάντα. Καὶ προσέθεντο ε τι τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν αὐτῷ, οὐ πάντων τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων θεῷ ἁμαρτανόντων ἀλλὰ μόνων τῶν γνόντων αὐτοῦ τὸ θέλημα καὶ μὴ ποιούντων αὐτό. ἀμέλει καὶ ∆αυὶδ οὐκ ἀγνοῶν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ βούλημα ε φη Σοὶ μόνῳ η μαρτον. η τάχα τῶν ἐν ἠθικοῖς ἁμαρτανόντων ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς ἀνθρώπους γίνεται, τῶν δὲ θεὸν καὶ τὴν πρόνοιαν κακολογούντων ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀσέβειά τις ου σα εἰς θεὸν ἀνατρέχει. ̓Εὰν γὰρ ἁμάρτῃ τις εἰς α νδρα, καὶ προσεύξεται περὶ αὐτοῦ· ἐὰν δὲ εἰς κύριον τὸν θεὸν ἁμάρτῃ, τίς προσεύξεται περὶ αὐτοῦ; ̓Αμέλει γοῦν ἐπιφέρεται ο τι τὸν υ ψιστον παρεπίκραναν ἐν ἀνύδρῳ στερόμενοι τῶν πνευματικῶν ὑδάτων· ἀπεστράφησαν γὰρ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς προειρημένης πέτρας υ δωρ. ἐν ἀνύδρῳ δὲ τυγχάνοντες οὐδὲν τῶν γλυκαινόντων τὴν χρηστότητα τοῦ θεοῦ ε δρασαν. γλυκαίνει δὲ αὐτὴν τὰ κατ' ἀρετὴν καὶ σοφίαν

The Ascent of Wrath and the Nature of Heavenly Signs§143

143Being put into action and being contemplated. They tested Him not in their hearts superficially, but from the depth of their own ruling principle, thinking against God and doubting His power to request food for their souls—not the souls made in the image and likeness of God (for they feed on the bread of life and the fruit of the tree of life), but the souls being transformed into flesh because they have succumbed to material things, desiring not beneficial and healthy foods, but pleasant and disease-causing ones.

The soul that desires food, the desiring and appetitive one, is a rational power in us. For concerning this, it is said, 'And let your soul desire meat' (Psalm 34:8). The irrational animals also participate in this, desiring and being appetitive for food. And they spoke against God, saying, 'Will God not be able to prepare a table in the wilderness?' and the following things; but He has indeed given bread having come down from heaven and prepared a table before His people. Wisdom says, 'She has laid her victims and mixed her wine in the vessel; and none of the unbelieving shall taste them' (Wisdom 18:6). To this, you will receive the 'For I say to you, none of those men shall taste my supper' (Luke 22:27).

Because of this, the Lord was angry and cast down, as if to pay attention to them. This was followed by the fire of desires being kindled upon Jacob; or rather, the fire decided and laboring for the sake of virtue, or the fire kindled from God, which is able to consume by their blessing their material choice and their disposition. Consequently, by this fire, wrath ascended upon Israel. For from when they were practicing lower things, the wrath, having perceived, ascended upon Israel. And perhaps wrath descends upon those lying below the strangers of godliness, according to what is said: 'For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven upon all ungodliness and injustice of men' (Romans 1:18). And wrath ascends upon those called to do what God wills, through having been called from above. Therefore, the care for Israel, who ought to look above, has ascended, as it is said: 'the wrath has ascended.' 'Stop, if those serving God happen to be vessels of wrath through the punishments from God,' they serve similarly as vessels of wrath.

They are called. And the wrath, which is not said to be below, ascends upon the former Israel. This accords with: 'If the spirit of the ruler ascends upon you, let him not leave your place' (1 Sam 2:9). For in these things the unclean spirit is said to be below, which ascends toward. Therefore it is able to ascend upon Israel.

And since they did not believe in God, they did not hope for His salvation. For those who did not hope in Jesus Christ, the salvation of God, did not even believe in God Himself. To the apostles, it was said by Christ: 'Believe in me, and believe in God' (cf. John 14:1). It is possible, then, for wrath to have ascended upon Israel because they did not believe in God nor hope for His salvation, being overtaken by a force, concerning which Paul said: 'And wrath reached them to the end' (Eph 4:30).

And bread of heaven He gave them (Ps 77:38b). The voice of heaven signifies the essence of the intelligible realms, just as we have also learned in the previous passages; and the opening doors of the heavens are the outpourings and manifestations of the patriarchs, through these doors the gifts of God flow. Bread of angels man has eaten, to signify how a man is in the hiddenness of the heart. Therefore, having passed over all the other names, even though he frequently remembered them—of Jacob and of Israel and of Ephraim—he remembers the human appellation here to show the man who is truly made according to the image and likeness of God, having become a fellow-table-guest and a host to angels, receiving the true manna (Ps 77:38b).

To corrupt signifies sometimes to fall into punishment, just as 'If anyone corrupts the temple of God, God will corrupt him' (1 Cor 3:17), instead of punishment. But since to corrupt also signifies being handed over to a condition of dishonor as a recompense for error and other sins being committed, God does not corrupt in this sense; rather, He finds those worthy of being seen by Him, so that they might be propitiated for their sins by much mercy and compassion. He does not say He will produce evil angels such as these, but those who bring harm through their labors. He did not spare their souls from death, bringing them to the dissolution of a weary life (Ps 77:49c–51).

Greek · §143

ἐνεργούμενα καὶ θεωρούμενα. ̓Εξεπείρασαν ου ν αὐτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς ἀλλ' ἐκ βάθους τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ἑαυτῶν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ διανοούμενοι καὶ ἀμφιβάλλοντες περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τοῦ αἰτῆσαι βρώματα ταῖς ψυχαῖς αὐτῶν οὐ ταῖς κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγενημέναις (τρέφονται γὰρ αυ ται τὸν τῆς ζωῆς α ρτον καὶ τὸν καρπὸν τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς) ἀλλὰ ταῖς εἰς σάρκας μεταβαλλούσαις διὰ τὸ τοῖς ὑλικοῖς προσπεπονθέναι ὀρεγομέναις οὐκ ὠφελίμων καὶ ὑγιῶν τροφῶν ἀλλ' ἡδέων καὶ νοσοποιῶν. η τάχα ψυχὴ τροφῶν ὀρεγομένη ἡ ἐπιθυμητικὴ καὶ ὀρεκτικὴ ἐν ἡμῖν α λογος δύναμίς ἐστιν. περὶ ταύτης γὰρ ει ρηται Καὶ φάγῃ κρέα ο σον ἐπιθυμεῖ ἡ ψυχή σου. ταύτης μετέχει καὶ τὰ α λογα ζῷα ὀρεγόμενα καὶ ἐπιθυμητικὰ τροφῆς ο ντα. Καὶ κατελάλησαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ει πον Μὴ δυνήσεται ὁ θεὸς ἑτοιμάσαι τράπεζαν ἐν ἐρήμῳ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς; ἀλλὰ καὶ δέδωκεν α ρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβεβηκότα καὶ τράπεζαν ἡτοίμασεν ἐνώπιον τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ. ε φη ἡ Σοφία Τὰ ἑαυτῆς θύματα ἐπέθηκε καὶ τὸν ἑαυτῆς οι κον εἰς κρατῆρα κεράσασα ἡτοίμασε· καὶ γεύσεται αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀπίστων. εἰς τοῦτο παραλήψῃ τὸ Λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν Οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων γεύσεταί μου δείπνου. ∆ιὰ τοῦτο η κουσε κύριος καὶ ἀνεβάλετο, κα ν εἰς τὸ ε τι προσέχειν αὐτοῖς. τοῦτο δὲ ἠκολούθησε τὸ ἀναφθῆναι τὸ πῦρ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἐπὶ τὸν ̓Ιακώβ· η τὸ ἐπὶ τὸ ἀσκεῖν καὶ πονεῖν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς κεκριμένον, η πῦρ ἀνήφθη ἐκ θεοῦ τὸ δυνάμενον καταφλέξαι ἐπ' εὐεργεσίᾳ αὐτῶν τὴν ὑλικὴν προαίρεσιν καὶ διάθεσιν αὐτῶν. ἑπομένως δὲ τῷ πυρὶ τούτῳ ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ὀργή. ἀφ' ω ν γὰρ ε πραττον κατωτερικῶν ο ντων, ἐξαφθεῖσα ἡ ὀργὴ ἐπὶ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ἀναβέβηκε. καὶ τάχα μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τῆς θεοσεβείας κάτω που κειμένους ὀργὴ καταβαίνει κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν ̓Αποκαλύπτεται γὰρ ὀργὴ θεοῦ ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων. ἀναβαίνει δὲ ὀργὴ ἐπὶ τοὺς κληθέντας ἐπὶ τὸ πράττειν α βούλεται θεός, α νω διὰ τοῦ κεκλῆσθαι γεγενημένους. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἐπὶ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ τὸν ὀφείλοντα α νω βλέπειν ἀναβεβηκέναι ει ρηται ἡ ὀργή. ̓Επίστησον εἰ οἱ διακονούμενοι ταῖς ἐκ θεοῦ κολάσεσι σκεύη τυγχάνοντες ὀργῆς, ὁμωνύμως ῃ ὑπηρετοῦνται ὀργὴ καλοῦνται. καὶ ἡ ου τως ου ν λεγομένη ὀργὴ κατωτέρω ου σα τοῦ προλεχθέντος ̓Ισραήλ, ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἀναβαίνει. τούτων συνᾴδει ̓Εὰν τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐξουσιάζοντος ἀναβῇ ἐπὶ σέ, τόπον σου μὴ ἀφῇς. καὶ ἐν τούτοις γὰρ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον κάτω λέγεται ει ναι τοῦ πρὸς ο ν ἀναβαίνει. διὸ ἀναβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ δεδύνηται. Καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ θεῷ, ου τε 156 η λπισαν ἐπὶ τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ. οἱ γὰρ μὴ ἐλπίσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν ̓Ιησοῦν ο ντα θεοῦ σωτήριον οὐδὲ αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ ἐπίστευσαν. τοῖς γοῦν ἀποστόλοις ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ ει ρηται Πιστεύετε εἰς ἐμέ, καὶ εἰς τὸν θεὸν πιστεύετε. δυνατὸν δ' ἐπὶ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ μὴ πιστεύσαντα εἰς τὸν θεὸν μηδ' ἐλπίσαντα ἐπὶ τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ ἀναβεβηκέναι νομίζειν τὴν ὀργὴν η ν ὑπομένουσιν ἁλόντες ὑπὸ ῥώμης, περὶ η ς ὁ Παῦλος ε φη Εφθασε δ' αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος. Καὶ α ρτον οὐρανοῦ ε δωκεν αὐτοῖς. ἡ οὐρανὸς φωνὴ σημαίνει τὴν τῶν νοητῶν οὐσίαν καθὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ε μπροσθεν διειλήφαμεν, αἱ δὲ ἀνοιγόμεναι θυρίδες τῶν οὐρανῶν αἱ ἐξαπλώσεις καὶ φανερώσεις τῶν πατρικῶν εἰσιν, ῥέοντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὰς αὐτοῦ δωρεὰς διὰ τούτων τῶν θυρίδων. Αρτον ἀγγέλων ε φαγεν α νθρωπος· ι να ει πῃ τὸν ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ τῆς καρδίας α νθρωπον. διὸ καὶ πάντα τὰ α λλα ὀνόματα παρεὶς καίτοι πολλάκις αὐτῶν μνημονεύσας, τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ καὶ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ καὶ τοῦ ̓Εφραίμ, τῆς ἀνθρώπουπροσηγορίας ἐνταῦθα μνημονεύει πρὸς δεῖξιν τοῦ τὸν ἀληθῶς α νθρωπον τὸν κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγενημένον ὁμοτράπεζον καὶ ὁμέστιον ἀγγέλοις γεγονέναι μεταλαμβάνοντα τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ μάννα. 809 Ps 77,38b Τὸ διαφθεῖραι σημαίνει ποτὲ τὸ κολάσει περιπεσεῖν καθάπερ Ει τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ τοῦτον ὁ θεός, ἀντὶ τοῦ κολάσει. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ δηλοῖ τὸ διαφθεῖραι καὶ τὸ παραδοθῆναι πάθεσιν ἀτιμίας κατὰ ἀντιμισθίαν πλάνης καὶ α λλων ἁμαρτημάτων γινομένων, οὐ διαφθείρει ὁ θεὸς κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον τοὺς ἀξίους τοῦ ι λεω εὑρεῖν αὐτόν, ὡς ἐλέῳ πολλῷ καὶ οἰκτιρμῷ ἱλάσασθαι ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῶν. 810 Ps 77,49c–51 ̓Αγγέλους πονηροὺς οὐ φύσει ο ντας τοιούτους φησὶν ἀλλὰ τοὺς πόνων κάκωσιν ἐπιφέροντας. Οὐκ ἐφείσατο ἀπὸ θανάτου τῶν ψυχῶν αὐτῶν, ἐπαγαγὼν αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῆς μοχθηρᾶς ζωῆς

Virtue, Holiness, and the Imitation of Christ§144

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

144Death; having enclosed into this death and their irrational powers, which are tropically named cattle. For it will be for their good to cast away both themselves and their cattle, that is, their base life, namely, the passionate movement.

And understand more deeply: since the psychic man lives according to soul but not according to spirit, he does not spare these so-called souls of theirs, in order to, having destroyed their psychic state, lead them into a spiritual one. And since the name of the soul does not always signify its essence, it is clearly shown by 'the evil soul will destroy the one who has acquired it.' For it does not say the one having acquired a body calls the soul evil, but the essence of the matter has happened to which the word soul now lies. And the habit of calling some soul beautiful or base is consistent with what is being signified here.

And the tenth plague brought upon the Egyptians was death, the death of the firstborn among them from man to cattle. Perhaps it does not literally speak of the firstborn among men first born, but literally speaks of the firstborn voice upon the irrational animals as the firstfruits of pains. For the firstfruits of pains are the firstborn of those who are beast-fed. I agree to this being what is signified: that by the addition of what is said in their dwellings, the firstborn of the irrational ones were taken away, so that those having them might fall into loss, but also the firstborn of men were struck by death because their parents were tested by calamity.

Toward those not being disciplined nor repenting of such god-fearing things, 'I struck your children,' it is said (Exodus 12:12), 'because you did not receive discipline.' And so the firstborn either suffered the penalty of dying because of their own sins or they were not harmed at all, if they fell into death by the winning of others' discipline; for it is no difference to die and it happens by necessity, but toward the truth, the judgments of God are unsearchable. For the purpose of leading upward: since every place concerning the earth is called Egypt spiritually, those dwelling in it are called Egyptians. Therefore, by the grace of God, the firstborn offspring of their souls among these Egyptians is taken away, being ignorance and malice. For before the 157 virtues and sciences of the beneficial children of the intellects, malice and ignorance exist; therefore...

One does not err by calling these things 'firstfruits'. But even regarding those things which appear to be trivial in the exercise of knowledge according to virtue, they are to be rejected. For for everyone acting according to art and knowledge, the doing or acting well does not immediately occur, but it occurs after acting unassailably and acting blamelessly.

And that which lies in their tabernacles reveals what is to be said concerning souls when they are entwined with bodies; for bodies are tabernacles of souls (Ps 77:54). Holiness is the divided and most high virtue, not the intellectual alone but also the practical. And only the one perfect Teacher, Jesus, introduces one genuinely into this. Then those who are in heaven are not sanctified, but they are carried into it by the Lord. This very holiness is not a matter of chance, but it is called the right hand of God's power, not being anything other than the only-begotten Jesus. For every excellence and theoretical vision of the truth is truly a possession of Jesus, and therefore those acquiring these dispositions are called possessions of the Lord (Ps 77:61).

Perhaps they even blessed those having died in such a way, rather than weeping over the evils they had seen (Ps 77:66). He struck them from behind, so that they might not be diminished by a face of coarseness in front, but might be severed from their inhuman and evil state; for God does not desire anyone to progress in evils, but, caring for them, provided them with eternal reproach. And sinners are reproached, not only by others but also by themselves, when they are ashamed of the evils they have committed. For God says to certain ones: 'Be ashamed of your boasting and from reproach, mourn the day.' For those boasting over trivial things are benefited, if they are ashamed and reproached for the things they were vaunting of (Ps 77:72).

The name of 'innocence' does not signify gentleness here, but the absence of evil and simplicity. The sheep do not imitate the innocence of the Teacher, but are shepherded by it. And lest the one practicing evil be thought to be doing so deceptively, but rather from the best state, it is said of him that he is completing the innocence of the heart. And he also guided others by the wisdom of his hands.

Greek · §144

θάνατον· εἰς τοῦτον τὸν θάνατον συγκλείσας καὶ τὰς ἀλόγους αὐτῶν δυνάμεις κτήνη τροπικῶς ὀνομαζομένας. πρὸς ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ε σται ἀποβαλεῖν καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν τὴν φαύλην ζωήν, τουτέστι τὴν ἐμπαθῆ κίνησιν. Καὶ βαθύτερον δὲ νοήσεις· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ ψυχικὸς α νθρωπος κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀλλ' οὐ κατὰ πνεῦμα ζῇ, οὐ φείδεται τῶν ου τω λεγομένων ψυχῶν αὐτῶν, ι ν' ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχικὴν κατάστασιν αὐτῶν εἰς πνευματικὴν ε ξιν αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ. ο τι δὲ οὐκ ἀεὶ τὸ ο νομα τῆς ψυχῆς οὐσίαν σημαίνει, σαφῶς παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ Ψυχὴ πονηρὰ ἀπολεῖ τὸν κτησάμενον αὐτήν. οὐ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα κτησάμενον ψυχὴν λέγει πονηρὰν ἀλλὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ῃ συμβέβηκε τὸ πρᾶγμα καθ' ου κεῖται νῦν ἡ ψυχὴ λέξις. καὶ ἡ συνήθεια δὲ ψυχὴν καλὴν καὶ φαύλην ε χειν τινὰς λέγουσα συμφέρεται τῷ προκειμένῳ σημαινομένῳ. ̔Η δεκάτη δὲ πληγὴ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἐπαχθεῖσα θάνατος η ν τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς πρωτοτόκων ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ε ως κτήνους. τάχα ου ν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πρῶτον τεχθέντων κυριολεκτοῦσαν τὴν πρωτότοκον φωνὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων ἀπαρχὴν πόνων τὴν πρωτότοκον ει πε. ἀπαρχὴ γὰρ πόνων τῶν ζῳοτροφούντων τὰ πρωτότοκα. συμφέρομαι δὲ εἰς τοῦτο ει ναι τὸ δηλούμενον· ἐκ προσθήκης τῆς λεγούσης ἐν τοῖς σκηνώμασιν αὐτῶν τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν ἀλόγων ἀνῃρέθη, ο πως ζημίᾳ ὑποπέσωσιν οἱ κεκτημένοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπων πρωτότοκα ὑπεβλήθη θανάτῳ ἐπὶ τῷ πειραθῆναι συμφορᾶς τοὺς τούτων γονέας. πρὸς γοῦν τοὺς μὴ παιδευομένους μηδ' αυ μετανοοῦντας ἐπὶ τοιούτοις θεηλάτοις Μάτην ἐπάταξα τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν, ει ρηται, παιδείαν οὐκ ἐδέξασθε. καὶ ου τοι δὲ οἱ πρωτότοκοι η τοι ἐπιτιμίαν ε σχον τὸ θανεῖν τῶν σφῶν ἁμαρτιῶν η οὐδὲν ἐβλάβησαν, εἰ παιδεύσεως α λλων ε νεκα ὑπέπεσον θανάτῳ· ἀδιάφορον γὰρ τὸ τεθνάναι καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης συμβαῖνον, πρὸς δ' ἀλήθειαν ἀνεξερεύνητα τὰ κρίματα τοῦ θεοῦ. Πρὸς ἀναγωγήν· ἐπεὶ πνευματικῶς Αι γυπτος καλεῖται πᾶς ὁ περὶ γῆν τόπος, οἱ ἐν τούτῳ διατρίβοντες Αἰγύπτιοι προσαγορεύονται. χάριτι θεοῦ τοίνυν τούτων τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τὰ πρῶτα γεννήματα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν ἀναιρεῖται, α γνοια καὶ κακία τυγχάνοντα. πρὸ γὰρ τῶν 157 ἀρετῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν τῶν ὠφελίμων τέκνων τῶν διανοιῶν κακία καὶ α γνοια ὑφίσταται· διὸ καὶ πρωτότοκά τις ταῦτα ὀνομάζων οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἐπιτηδεύσεις τῶν κατὰ ἀρετὴν ἐπιστήμην ἐνεργειῶν φαῦλα τυγχάνοντα ε στιν ἀναιρετέα. παντὶ γὰρ τῷ κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἐνεργοῦντι οὐκ εὐθὺς τὸ ευ ποιῆσαι η πρᾶξαι παραγίνεται, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὸ ἀνεπιλήπτως ἐνεργῆσαι τὸ ἀμέμπτως ἐνεργῆσαι παραγίνεται. Τὸ δ' ἐν τοῖς σκηνώμασιν αὐτῶν προσκείμενον δηλοῖ περὶ ψυχῶν τὰ προκείμενα λέγεσθαι ε τι τοῖς σώμασι συμπεπλεγμένων· σκηνώματα γὰρ ψυχῶν τὰ σώματα. 811 Ps 77,54 ̔Αγιάσματος ο ρος ἡ διῃρημένη καὶ ὑψηλοτάτη ἀρετή ἐστιν, οὐχ ἡ διανοητικὴ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ πρακτική. μόνος δὲ εἰς ταύτην γνησίως εἰσάγει ὁ μόνος τέλειος διδάσκαλος ̓Ιησοῦς. τότε ου ν ἁγιάζονται οἱ ἐν τῷ ο ρει γινόμενοι, ο ταν ὑπὸ κυρίου ἀχθῶσιν εἰς αὐτό. τοῦτο δὴ τὸ ο ρος οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα ἀλλ' ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμις οὐκ α λλη τοῦ μονογενοῦς ̓Ιησοῦ τυγχάνουσα κέκληται αὐτό. κτῆμα γὰρ ἀληθῶς ̓Ιησοῦ πᾶσα ἀρίστη γνώμη καὶ θεωρητικὴ τῆς ἀληθείας ε ξις, ο θεν καὶ οἱ ταύτας τὰς διαθέσεις κτώμενοι κτήματα τοῦ κυρίου καλοῦνται. 812 Ps 77,61 Τάχα δὲ καὶ τεθνηκυίας αὐτὰς ἐν τοσαύτῃ φορᾷ θεηλάτων κακῶν ἐμακάρισαν μᾶλλον η ε κλαυσαν. 813 Ps 77,66 Εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω αὐτοὺς ἐπάταξεν, ο πως μὴ ε μπροσθεν καὶ πρόσω ὠμότητος ἐλάσσωσιν ἀλλ' ἀναχαιτίσωσιν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀπανθρώπου καὶ πονηρᾶς ε ξεως αὐτῶν· οὐδένα γὰρ βούλεται ὁ θεὸς ἐν κακοῖς προκόπτειν, κηδόμενος δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ ο νειδος αἰώνιον παρέσχεν αὐτοῖς. ὀνειδίζονται δὲ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ καὶ οὐ πρὸς α λλων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑφ' αὑτῶν, ο ταν αι σθωνται ω ν δεδράκασι κακῶν. λέγει γοῦν πρός τινας ὁ θεὸς Αἰσχύνθητε ἀπὸ καυχήσεως ὑμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ ὀνειδισμοῦ ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν. οἱ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς χειρίστοις καυχώμενοι εὐεργετοῦνται, ο ταν αἰσχυνθῶσι καὶ ὀνειδισθῶσιν ἐφ' οι ς ἐσεμνύνοντο. 814 Ps 77,72 Τὸ τῆς ἀκακίας ο νομα οὐκ εὐήθειαν ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει ἀλλὰ στέρησιν κακίας καὶ τὸ α δολον. ο σοι ου ν τῶν ἀρχομένων μιμοῦνται ἀκακίαν τοῦ διδασκάλου, ποιμαίνονται ὑπ' αὐτῆς. ο πως δὲ μὴ ἐπιπλάστως τὸ α κακον ἐπιτηδεύων νομισθῇ ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ βελτίστης ε ξεως, ἐπιτελούμενον καρδίας ἀκακίαν ε χειν αὐτὸν ε φη. ̔Ωδήγησε δὲ καὶ α λλους τῇ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ συνέσει.

The Perils of Earthly Desires and the Blood of the Soul§145

145For the nature of understanding is twofold: one is of the hands, the other of mind and hand; for understanding, which is called along with wisdom, comes into being through the mind. Concerning this it is said, 'The Lord gives wisdom, and from his face knowledge and understanding' (Ps 78:6). But the one of the hands, being practical and productive, is shown in the understanding of the good in all those who practice it. For the understanding that is practiced is practical knowledge; and by this the teacher guides certain ones who are not so much benefited by words. Let practical knowledge and the discussion of real-world matters be understood, so that we may logically know for each of those practicing according to virtue.

Toward the intellect: Once made the possession of God, the soul, having enriched the temple, having entered the experience of those dwelling within, received it. For they came upon it, not as the inheritance of God, but as the invisible enemies of old, unable to approach it even in measure, and mortal because of the strangeness of God's presence within. Having not approached these, they entered into the temple of God which is in it, corrupting it through which they entered into sins. Lest this should happen, it is written to some, 'Do you not know that you are the temple of God and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?' (1 Cor 3:16). If anyone corrupts the temple of God, God corrupts him; for the temple of God is holy, and you are some of them. It is also possible to call the unclean and uncircumcised thoughts mortal, having come into the inheritance once held by God as a soul, which also once entered into the sacred. But if the things happening at certain times in Christianity, having been worked by the Gentiles in the holy places, signify the things dwelling within, let the one encountering them judge. For the invisible enemies, called mortal, were not so powerful as to lay waste the once-become city of God, as if no fruit of anything remained in it, to place it in a state of desolation. And the desolation...

A small thing, as it is written in Isaiah (Isa 55:1), is a fig-bearing tree; and the fruits of this are figs and gourds. These are Egyptian foods which the people desired when sinning, even though they had the manna and the heavenly food from God, but also the mortal foods of God's servants and food to be eaten by the winged ones of heaven.

For the sinning soul, seeing the peace of God, is lost; Jerusalem, which passed well, had certain thoughts, because the diligent and virtuous servants happened to be of God. But they did not entirely remain, instead of seeking the incorruptible life, but they received something mortal in doing something passionately.

This is not the mortal food becoming of the winged ones who snatch what was sown by the roadside, which the Savior interpreted as the evil one (Matt 7:15) and those being sickened by this. For indeed vultures and young vultures, profiting from the beasts of the earth, do not eat the holy ones but their flesh. For whatever is found to be fleshy and passionate is nourished.

If it is possible to raise these things up to the witnesses of Christ, he himself will understand; many in persecutions, having become food for birds and beasts, yet their souls were not able to be devoured by the spiritual winged ones of heaven nor by the beasts themselves, because God did not hand over a soul confessing Him.

But the blood, which becomes the removal of the soul, instead of its life-giving power, which is called 'turning,' is poured out not far from or far from Jerusalem but around it. And this is the boundary of peace. Since the one stumbling goes outside of Jerusalem, of the correctness of the dogmas, the aforementioned blood is poured out about it and around it, not even worthy of a burial because of his exalting his sins; such are the things falling away after the knowledge of the truth (1 Tim 4:2). Since the one being baptized is not buried with Christ (Rom 6:4), and secondly not...

Greek · §145

διττὸν γὰρ καὶ τὸ τῆς συνέσεως ει δος, τὸ μὲν χειρῶν, τὸ δὲ νοῦ καὶ χειρός· ἡ γὰρ μετὰ σοφίας ὀνομαζομένη σύνεσις νῷ παραγίνεται. περὶ ταύτης λέγεται ̔Ο κύριος δίδωσι σοφίαν, καὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ γνῶσις καὶ σύνεσις. ἡ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν πρακτικὴ καὶ ποιητικὴ τυγχάνουσα δηλοῦται ἐν τῷ Σύνεσις δὲ ἀγαθὴ πᾶσι τοῖς ποιοῦσιν αὐτήν. ἡ γὰρ ποιουμένη σύνεσις χειρῶν ἐστι· καὶ ταύτῃ ὁδηγεῖ τινας ὁ διδάσκαλος τοὺς μὴ τοσοῦτον λόγῳ ο σον πράξει ὠφελουμένους. Νοηθείη δὲ χειρῶν σύνεσις καὶ ὁ τῶν πρακτέων λόγος καθ' ο ν δυνάμεθα ἑκάστῳ τῶν κατὰ ἀρετὴν πραττομένων ἐπιστῆσαι λογικῶς. 815 Ps 78 αργ ῃιδε απολλ νρ. 127 816 Ps 78,1–3 Πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν· η ποτε κλῆρος γενομένη θεοῦ ψυχὴ καὶ ναὸς χρηματίσασα μεταπεσοῦσα πεῖραν τῶν ἐγκειμένων ε λαβεν. η λθον γὰρ ἐπ' αὐτὴν ου σαν κληρονομίαν θεοῦ οἱ πάλαι μηδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν δυνάμενοι συνεγγίσαι αὐτῇ ἀόρατοι ἐχθροὶ ου ς ει πεν ε θνη διὰ τὸ ἀλλότριον τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκειώσεως. ταῦτα ου ν ἐγγίσαντα ἐμίαναν τὸν ἐν αὐτῇ α γιον τοῦ θεοῦ ναόν, φθείροντες αὐτὸν δι' ω ν ἐνῆκαν ἁμαρτημάτων. ο πως ου ν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, γράφεταί τισιν Οὐκ οι δατε ο τι ναὸς θεοῦ ἐστε καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν; ει τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθειρεῖ τοῦτον ὁ θεός· ὁ γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ α γιός ἐστιν, οι τινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς. ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀκαθάρτους καὶ ἀπεριτμήτους λογισμοὺς ε θνη εἰπεῖν ἐλθόντας εἰς τὴν κληρονομίαν τήν ποτε οἰκειωθεῖσαν θεῷ ψυχήν, ο τε καὶ ἐμίαναν τό ποτε α γιον. εἰ δὲ τὰ συμβάντα κατά 158 τινας καιροὺς τῷ χριστιανισμῷ α μα τοῖς ἁγίοις τόποις ἐνεργηθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν σημαίνει τὰ ἐγκείμενα, κρινέτω ὁ ἐντυγχάνων. Ου τοι δὲ οἱ ἀόρατοι ἐχθροὶ ε θνη καλούμενοι εἰς τοσοῦτον ι σχυσαν ὡς τήν ποτε πόλιν θεοῦ γενομένην ἐρημῶσαι, ὡς μηδενὸς ε τι καρποῦ ἐν αὐτῇ περιλειπομένου εἰς ὀπωροφυλάκιον αὐτὴν τεθῆναι. τὸ δὲ ὀπωροφυλάκιον, ὡς ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ γέγραπται, διὰ σικυήρατόν ἐστι· σίκυες δὲ καὶ πέπονες τούτου οἱ καρποί, Αἰγύπτια βρώματα α περ ἁμαρτάνων ὁ λαὸς ἐπεθύμει, καίτοι γε ε χων τὸ μάννα καὶ τὴν οὐράνιον τροφὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ θνησιμαῖα τῶν θεοῦ δούλων βρώματα καὶ τροφὴν θέσθαι τοῖς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πετεινοῖς. ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτοῦσα ψυχὴ ἡ τὴν εἰρήνην τοῦ θεοῦ ὁρῶσα, ο τε καλῶς διῆγεν ̔Ιερουσαλήμ, λογισμούς τινας ει χεν οι διὰ τὸ σπουδαῖον καὶ ἐνάρετον δοῦλοι ἐτύγχανον θεοῦ. ου τοι δὲ οὐ πάντῃ ε μειναν ἀντιποιούμενοι τῆς ἀφθάρτου ζωῆς, ἀλλὰ θνητόν τι προσείληφαν ἐν τῷ πράττειν τι ἐμπαθῶς. τοῦτο ου ν τὸ θνησιμαῖον βρῶμα γενόμενον τῶν πετεινῶν τῶν ἁρπαζόντων τὰ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρέντα, α ἑρμήνευσεν ὁ σωτὴρ τὸν πονηρὸν ει ναι καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τούτου νοσοποιουμένους. ου τοι γὰρ γῦπες καὶ νεοσσοὶ γυπῶν χρηματίζοντες θηρία γῆς ο ντα οὐ τοὺς ὁσίους ἀλλὰ τὰς σάρκας αὐτῶν κατεσθίει. ει τι γὰρ εὑρίσκεται σαρκῶδες καὶ ἐμπαθές, τρέφεται. Εἰ δὲ ἀνάγειν ταῦτα δυνατὸν εἰς τοὺς Χριστοῦ μάρτυρας, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιστήσεις· πολλῶν ἐν τοῖς διωγμοῖς βρῶσις ὀρνέων καὶ θηρίων βορὰ γεγενημένων, πλὴν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν οὐδὲ τὰ πνευματικὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὐδ' αὐτὰ θηρία κατεδωδῆσαι δεδύνηται, οὐ παραδιδόντος τοῦ θεοῦ τοῖς θηρίοις ψυχὴν ἐξομολογουμένην. ̓Εκχέουσι δὲ αι μα οἱ αι τιοι γινόμενοι ἀναιρέσει ψυχῆς, ἀντὶ τοῦ τὴν ζωτικὴν αὐτῆς δύναμιν τροπικῶς αι μα καλουμένην, οὐ μακρὰν οὐδὲ πόρρω τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ἀλλὰ κύκλῳ αὐτῆς. αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ τῆς εἰρήνης ο ρασις. ἐπεὶ δ' ὁ σκανδαλιζόμενος ε ξω γίνεται τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλήμ, τῆς τῶν δογμάτων ὀρθότητος, περὶ αὐτὴν καὶ κύκλῳ αὐτῆς ἐκχεῖται αὐτοῦ τὸ προειρημένον αι μα, οὐδὲ ταφῆς α ξιος ω ν διὰ τὸ ὑπεραίρειν αὐτοῦ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα· τοιαῦτα δὲ τὰ μετὰ τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας πταιόμενα. ἐπεὶ ου ν συνθάπτεται Χριστῷ ὁ βαπτιζόμενος, δεύτερον δὲ οὐκ

The Prayer for Mercy and the Sabbath Symbol§146

146If it is a bath, it is fitting that those who have acted impiously after the bath are not buried (Ps 78:4).

By analogy, you call the heretics neighbors; for their dwellings are near us because they hold to the same writings. They do not reproach us, saying we are heretics, but they call us as slaves, well-behaved and foolish. Around us, if there are wise men among the Greeks, they sneer and mock us as believing without examination and foolishly (Ps 78:5–6).

'You have disciplined the Jews sufficiently,' they say; 'surely, at some time, turn your wrath upon the impious mortals and upon the kingdom of your reverence that is alien' (Ps 78:7, 8a).

By analogy: if the word is about invisible enemies, we did not consume the one who once became a wing for the wicked, and their place was laid waste. The place of each is his own station of life; for the prudent man in some way inhabits prudence. We say that the prudent man inhabits the place of the prudent, and others the order of the righteous. If it happens that those possessing these things of yours are devoured by enemies, their order and their place will be laid waste. We say, for example, the place of a bishop and a presbyter. As the saved are food for Jesus, the perishing are not by the eating of the wicked.

'Do not remember our ancient iniquities' (Ps 51:3). And in other places, if no one confesses what he does evilly, but rather what he acted upon of old, 'Do not remember the sin of my youth and my ignorance' (Ps 25:7). And now, those who repent of their ceased iniquities are not worthy that their ancient sins not be remembered by God. For indeed, the sensual ones always call upon God not concerning youthful sins but concerning past deeds, saying: 'We have sinned, we have done wrong, we have transgressed' (Ps 51:1-3). For it is contrary to the one repenting to be sinning.

'We have become exceedingly impoverished, having fallen from the wealth of virtue and knowledge, Lord; therefore we beseech you to grant us mercy, not in the future, but surely even now and quickly (Ps 51:7). For you are the Father of mercies and the God of all consolation, and your mercies are sufficient to make us rich again.' And this will be easy for us, with your helping and saving; for many times, with your helping...

We experience the salvation of the Lord. Even if we are not worthy to suffer well because of the sins that are among us, but since your name has been called upon us (for we are your inheritance and your people), be propitiated toward our sins, so that your name may be glorified. For we do not bear the reproach of the nations saying, 'Where is their God?' (Ps 78:10). For they hold us in subjection because we have sinned, and they reproach even your name, thinking that you have been defeated by those who are beneath us.

And toward a turning point of discourse: those being squeezed by the chains of their own sins have been brought low, but having become aware of the weight, they are overcome by the plains, through which they are hindered from running toward salvation and from working out those things that contribute to happiness, groaning thus, being utterly exhausted. Therefore they also pray that their groan may be known to God and enter before him. For he will move his own goodness to intervene to break their bonds; for the Lord looses the bound (Ps 78:12). And he will set them apart for blessed life, according to the greatness of the God Word, his arm, so that, even if they appeared as sons of men having been dead, they might be shown to be children becoming living ones. For their fathers, having been killed by the enemies, are living before the Lord, and they are found to be his sons and his servants.

Since the number seven holds a symbol of rest, they desire the retribution to be upon the description of their impiety, through which they reproached God and were roughly brought to his servants, to be led away. For those knowing the good God will not lift up the reproaches of the scourged, but they want the scourgings to be brought upon them, so that the workers of that laziness, to whom punishment follows by necessity, may be idle. But the Sabbath number is a symbol of laziness. Since we are being enriched as your people and sheep grazing your pasture, concerning which it has been said, 'He shall enter and go out and shall find pasture' (Ps 78:13) (clearly meaning the sheep of Christ), we asked for blessings; do according to your greatness, so that, as you are clearly present, we may gratefully acknowledge you throughout life; for this clearly signifies 'unto the age' regarding the present. And if one were to take the usual meaning of 'age', you would say not only in the...

Greek · §146

ει η λουτρόν, εἰκότως οὐκ ε στι θάπτων τοὺς μετὰ λουτρὸν ἠσεβηκότας. 817 Ps 78,4 Κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν δὲ γείτονας ἐρεῖς τοὺς αἱρετικούς· ε γγιστα γὰρ ἡμῶν τὰς οἰκήσεις ε χουσι διὰ τὸ ταῖς αὐταῖς δῆθεν ἐπανέχειν γραφαῖς. ου τοι ου ν ὀνειδίζουσιν ἡμᾶς σφᾶς μὲν αἱρετικοὺς ἀναγορεύοντας, ἡμᾶς δὲ ὡς ἀνδραποδώδεις εὐήθεις καὶ ἠλιθίους ἀποκαλοῦντες. κύκλῳ δὲ ἡμῶν ει εν ̔Ελλήνων οἱ σοφοὶ μυκτηρίζοντες καὶ χλευάζοντες ἡμᾶς ὡς ἀνεξετάστως καὶ μωρῶς πιστεύοντας. 818 Ps 78,5–6 Πεπαίδευκας, φησίν, τοὺς ̓Ιουδαίους ἱκανῶς· η δη ποτὲ μετάγαγε τὴν ὀργήν σου ἐπὶ τὰ ε θνη τὰ δυσσεβῆ καὶ ἐπὶ βασιλείας ἀλλοτρίας τοῦ σοῦ σεβάσματος. 819 Ps 78,7.8a Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγήν· εἰ περὶ ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν ει η ὁ λόγος, κατέφαγον ου τοι τὸν τῶν φαύλων ποτὲ γενόμενον πτερνιστὴν ἐφ' ῳ καὶ ὁ τόπος αὐτῶν ἠρημώθη. τόπος δ' ἑκάστου ἡ ὑπόθεσις ου ει λατο βίου· ὁ γὰρ σώφρων τρόπον τινὰ οἰκεῖ τὴν σωφροσύνην. λέγομεν ου ν τινας οἰκεῖν τὸν τῶν σωφρόνων τόπον καὶ α λλους τὴν δικαίων τάξιν. ἐὰν ου ν συμβῇ καταβρωθῆναι ὑπὸ ἐχθρῶν τοὺς τὰς ε ξεις ταύτας περιέποντας, ἐρημωθήσεται ἡ τάξις καὶ ὁ τόπος αὐτῶν. λέγομεν ου ν ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπισκόπου καὶ πρεσβυτέρου τόπον. ὡς ου ν ̓Ιησοῦ τροφὴ οἱ σῳζόμενοι, ου τω βρῶσις τῶν πονηρῶν οἱ ἀπολλύμενοι. Μὴ μνησθῇς ἡμῶν ἀνομιῶν ἀρχαίων. καὶ ἐν α λλοις ει πομεν μηδένα ἐξομολογεῖσθαι ἐφ' οι ς ε τι πράττει κακῶς ἀλλ' ἐφ' οι ς πάλαι ἐνήργησεν, ο τι προέκειτο ̔Αμαρτίας νεότητός μου καὶ ἀγνοίας μου μὴ μνησθῇς. καὶ νῦν ου ν οἱ μετανοοῦντες τὰς πεπαυμένας ἀνομίας αὐτῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀρχαίας ου σας ἀξιοῦσι μὴ μνημονεύεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀεὶ γοῦν οἱ αἰσθητικοὶ οὐκ ἐπὶ νεαροῖς ἀλλὰ παρῳχηκόσιν ε ργοις παρακαλοῦσι θεόν, ̔Ημάρτομεν ἠδικήσαμεν 159 ἠνομήσαμεν λέγοντες· ἐναντίον γὰρ τῷ μετανοοῦντι τὸ ε τι ἁμαρτάνειν. 820 Ps 78,8b–9a ̓Επτωχεύσαμεν σφόδρα πεσόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ γνώσεως, δέσποτα· ο θεν παρακαλοῦμεν καταξιῶσαι οἰκτειρῆσαι ἡμᾶς, μὴ εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἀλλ' η δη καὶ ταχέως. πατὴρ γὰρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν ει καὶ θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως, καὶ ἱκανοὶ οἱ οἰκτιρμοί σου πάλιν πλουσίους ἡμᾶς ἀποδεῖξαι. ὑπάρξεται δὲ ἡμῖν ῥᾷστα τοῦτο, βοηθοῦντος σοῦ καὶ σῴζοντος· η δη γὰρ πολλάκις βοηθοῦντος σοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος πεῖραν ἀνέσχομεν. 821 Ps 78,9b–10 Εἰ καὶ μὴ α ξιοι ἡμεῖς τοῦ ευ παθεῖν διὰ τὸ ἁμαρτίας ει ναι περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλά γε ἐπειδὴ τὸ σὸν ο νομα ἐπικέκληται ἡμῖν (ἐσμὲν γὰρ κληρονομία καὶ λαός σου), ἱλάσθητι ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἡμῶν, ο πως δοξασθῇ τὸ ο νομά σου. οὐ φέρομεν γὰρ τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τῶν ἐθνῶν λεγόντων Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν. κρατοῦσι γὰρ ἡμῶν ῃ ἡμάρτομεν, ὀνειδίζουσι δὲ καὶ τὸ ο νομά σου οἰόμενοί σε ἡττηκέναι τῷ ἡμᾶς ὑποχειρίους ε χειν. 822 Ps 78,11 Πρὸς δὲ τροπικὴν διάληψιν· οἱ σειραῖς τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων σφιγγόμενοι πεπέδηνται, ἀλλ' ἐν συναισθήσει γενόμενοι τοῦ βάρους ω ν περίκεινται πεδῶν, δι' α ς ἐμποδίζονται καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ καὶ ἐνεργεῖν τὰ συντείνοντα πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν, στενάζουσι σφᾶς ὁλοφυρόμενοι. διὸ καὶ ευ χονται γνωσθέντα τῷ θεῷ τὸν στεναγμὸν αὐτῶν εἰσιέναι ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ. ου τω γὰρ κινῆσαι τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγαθότητα ἐπινεύσει πρὸς τὸ διαρρῆξαι τοὺς δεσμοὺς αὐτῶν· Κύριος γὰρ λύει πεπεδημένους. περιποιήσεται δὲ αὐτοὺς εἰς ζωὴν μακαρίαν, α γων κατὰ τὴν μεγαλωσύνην τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ο ντος αὐτοῦ βραχίονος, ο πως, εἰ καὶ τεθανατωμένων υἱοὶ ἀνθρώποις ἐφάνησαν, ἀλλά γε δειχθῶσι τέκνα τυγχάνοντες ζώντων. οἱ γὰρ θανατωθέντες πατέρες αὐτῶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ζῶντές εἰσι παρὰ κυρίῳ, ο σιοι καὶ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντες. 823 Ps 78,12 ̓Επειδὴ ὁ ἑπτὰ ἀριθμὸς καταπαύσεως σύμβολον ε χει, βούλονται τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν ἐπὶ τῷ περιγραφῆναι τὴν ἀσέβειαν αὐτῶν, ἐφ' ῃ ὠνείδισαν θεὸν καὶ ὠμῶς προσηνέχθησαν τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ, ἐπαχθῆναι. οὐ γὰρ ἐπαναιρέσει τῶν κολαζομένων οἱ θεὸν ἀγαθὸν ἐπιστάμενοι ἐπιφέρεσθαι βούλονται τὰς κολάσεις ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῷ ἀργῆσαι τῶν ε ργων ἐκείνων οι ς ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀκολουθεῖ τιμωρία. ἀργίας δὲ σύμβολον ὁ σαββατικὸς ἀριθμός. 824 Ps 78,13 ̓Επεὶ λαός σου χρηματίζομεν ἡμεῖς καὶ πρόβατα νεμόμενα τὴν σὴν νομὴν περὶ η ς ει ρηται τὸ Εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται καὶ νομὴν εὑρήσει (δηλονότι τὸ Χριστοῦ πρόβατον) α ς ᾐτήσαμεν εὐεργεσίας, κατὰ τὴν μεγαλωσύνην σου ποίησον, ἐφ' αι ς ὡς η δη παρούσαις χαριστηρίως ἀνθομολογησόμεθά σοι διὰ βίου· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τὸ Εἰς αἰῶνα δηλοῖ. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ συνήθως ἐκλαμβανόμενον τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκλαμβάνοιτο, ἐρεῖς μὴ μόνον ἐν τῷ

The Nourishment of Tears and the Allegory of Egypt§147

147But also in the coming life, thanks be to God. The phrase 'unto generation and generation' can be said more simply instead of 'and unto the generations and the many successors of men.' Or you may say more mystically, 'in the present and in the coming life,' or 'in both generations, the one of circumcision and the one of the calling of the Gentiles,' so that they may learn to praise God.

The Shepherd of Israel is none other than the one who said, 'I am the good shepherd' (John 10:11), who grazes those who have understanding and see God. He also guides those being added from the Gentiles like sheep, that is, as his own sheep, the Israelites; for Joseph, being interpreted as 'addition of the Lord,' signifies those from the Gentiles being added to those of the circumcision. It is the custom for the shepherd's voice to be placed instead of the approach of kings only in the ancient days. For indeed, even shepherds, as far as possible, set themselves out to rule and to lead among the flocks of the simpler animals, so that having progressed, they might consider themselves to rule over even peoples.

The Lord is seated upon the cherubim, as he is presented in Ezekiel (Ezek. 10). But he breathes upon the animals who have not attained this leadership from the wisdom present to them (for a multitude of knowledge is interpreted by the cherubim), which is established by virtue itself and is found by chance; but there exists in all those who have lit themselves with the light of knowledge which God has shone in the hearts for the illumination of the knowledge of the glory of Christ. This one, being royally established upon the cherubim, the choir of the saints entreats to appear and to shine before those bearing fruit in virtue and the sons of the right hand of God through the right-hand works, thoughts, and words having been performed, and those who have departed from the form of evils by their actions. For they have not truly taken forgetfulness of evils in the remembrance of good things. For Ephraim is fruitfulness, Benjamin is the son of the right hand, and Manasseh is interpreted from forgetfulness. They say therefore: 'Since you are a king, having awakened a greatest power and having roused it, O Lord, so as to save us; for there is no other way to attain salvation than for you, having come to us, to turn us back from sins.'

And of the captivity, the Lord of powers, as follows, bringing it upon us. Ps 79:5-6: 'O Master, All-King, ruling over the heavenly hosts, when will you shine for me, so that I may desire to see your face? For you are angry with me, your servant.' Therefore I beseech you: having been reconciled to your servant, who ruled, that I might not be in need. For I thirst for him exceedingly and without restraint.

And because you are angry at the prayer which we sent up, having turned it into weeping and lamentation, we bear such a multitude of tears at the time of food, as if to eat bread of tears and to drink with tears a little and measured drink. Ps 79:6-8: Since the toil and weeping for the sake of virtue is nourishment, we eat the tears of this very weeping as bread, and also drink them in measure. And the 'in measure' prevents one from always weeping and weeping through trial. For he will receive as rest and a propitiatory state those who undergo labors for the sake of good things. To this end, 'Blessed are those who weep now, they shall laugh' Matt 5:4, and 'Those who sow in tears shall reap in joy' Ps 126:5. For those who sow virtue with sweat and tears, they are able to measure the weeping, reaping in joy; for with it they shall laugh.

Let us be set for contention against our neighbors. It is said, 'Every evil man raises contention'; and the Savior has cast down his hands toward the sinning people who disobey and contradict him. For the neighbors are enemies; they mock them, sneering and dragging away their wise words. The wise man, however, has taken a command for his mind not to say anything, lest the fool should mock the wise man's wise words. But they will also mock those crying out to God. But they themselves, rather, say they are entreating: 'Lord God of powers, turn back now, redeeming our captivity from those who tyrannize.' And we shall desire this good thing: if you show your eternal face to us, you will grant us salvation. Ps 79:6-14

For allegory: the soul is then said to dwell in Egypt, as it spends time with the sensible things and the works of the flesh. But God moves it from Egypt, tearing it away from material things.

Greek · §147

παρόντι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τῇ μελλούσῃ ζωῇ εὐχαριστέον τῷ θεῷ. Τὸ δὲ Εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεὰν δύναται ἁπλούστερον λέγεσθαι ἀντὶ τοῦ Καὶ εἰς ε τη καὶ διαδοχὰς ἀνθρώπων πλείονας. μυστικώτερον δὲ ἐρεῖς ἐν τῷ παρόντι καὶ ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι βίῳ, η ἐν ἀμφοτέραις ταῖς γενεαῖς τῇ τε ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ τῇ κλήσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ο πως καὶ αυ ται μάθωσι θεὸν ὑμνεῖν. 825 Ps 79,2–4 ̔Ο τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ποιμὴν οὐκ α λλος ἐστὶ τοῦ εἰπόντος ̓Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, νέμων τοὺς ε χοντας νοῦν ὁρῶντα θεόν. ὁδηγεῖ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν προστιθεμένους ὡσεὶ πρόβατα, τουτέστιν ὡς τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πρόβατα, τοὺς ̓Ισραηλίτας· ̓Ιωσὴφ γὰρ ἑρμηνευόμενος κυρίου πρόσθεσις σημαίνει τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς προστιθεμένους. ε θος δὲ τοῖς παλαιοῖς μόνοις τοῖς ἡμέροις τάττειν ἀντὶ τῆς βασιλέων προσηγορίας τὴν ποιμὴν φωνήν. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἐκ ποιμένων ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐπὶ τὸ βασιλεύειν ι ενται ἀρχὴν προεθιζόμενοι καὶ ἡγεμονεύειν ἐν ταῖς ἀγέλαις τῶν εὐτελεστέρων ζώων, ι να προκόψαντες διαβῶσιν ἐπὶ τὸ καὶ λαῶν ἡγήσασθαι. Καθήμενος δ' ἐπὶ τῶν χερουβὶμ ὁ κύριός ἐστιν, ὡς ἐν τῷ 160 ̔Ιεζεκιὴλ παρίσταται. ἐφέζεται δὲ τοῖς η τοι ζῴοις ου σι τετευχόσι ταύτης τῆς προσηγορίας ἀπὸ τῆς προσούσης αὐτοῖς σοφίας (πλῆθος γὰρ γνώσεως ἑρμηνεύεται τὰ χερουβίμ), η αὐτῇ τῇ ἀρετῇ ἐφίδρυται ἐν οι ς α ν εὑρίσκηται τυγχάνουσα· ἐνυπάρχει δὲ πᾶσι τοῖς φωτίσασιν ἑαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως οι ς ε λαμψεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ Χριστοῦ. τοῦτον ου ν τὸν βασιλικῶς ἱδρυμένον ἐπὶ τῶν χερουβὶμ παρακαλεῖ ὁ τῶν ἁγίων χορὸς ἐμφανῆναι καὶ ἐπιλάμψαι ἐναντίον τῶν καρποφορούντων τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τῶν υἱῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ δεξιῶν ε ργων καὶ νοημάτων καὶ λόγων γεγενημένων καὶ τῶν ἀπομαθόντων τὴν τῶν κακῶν ει δησιν α μα ταῖς ἐνεργείαις αὐτῶν. ου τοι γὰρ ἀληθῶς λήθην τῶν κακῶν λαβόντες ἐν ὑπομνήσει τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐληλύθασιν. ̓Εφραῒμ γὰρ καρποφορία, Βενιαμὶν δὲ δεξιᾶς υἱός, Μανασσὴς δὲ ἀπὸ λήθης ἑρμηνεύεται. φασὶ τοίνυν· ̓Επεὶ βασιλεὺς ὑπάρχεις δυναστείαν ε χων μεγίστην διεγείρας καὶ ἐξεγείρας αὐτήν, η κε, ω δέσποτα, εἰς τὸ σῶσαι ἡμᾶς· οὐκ α λλως γάρ ἐστι σωτηρίας τυχεῖν η σοῦ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐληλυθότος ἐπιστρέψαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ ἁμαρτημάτων καὶ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων τυγχάνων κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς ἐπιφερόμενον. 826 Ps 79,5.6 Ω δέσποτα παμβασιλεῦ, κυριεύων τῶν οὐρανίων στρατευμάτων, ε ως πότε οὐκ ἐπιλάμπεις μοι ο ποθῶ σου πρόσωπον ἰδεῖν; ὀργιζομένῳ γὰρ ε οικας ἐμοὶ τῷ δούλῳ σου· διὸ δέομαί σου· καταλλαγείς μοι τῷ σῷ θεραπόντι, ο ρεξον τὸ περὶ ου ἐδεήθην. πάνυ γὰρ αὐτοῦ διψῶ ε ρωτι ἀκατασχέτω. ̓Οργιζομένου δὲ σοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ προσευχῇ, ῃ ἀνεπέμψαμεν εἰς κλαυθμὸν καὶ θρῆνον τραπέντες, τοσοῦτον πλῆθος δακρύων φέρομεν παρὰ τὸν τῆς τροφῆς καιρόν, ὡς α ρτον δακρύων ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν μετὰ δακρύων ὀλίγον καὶ μεμετρημένον πότον. 827 Ps 79,6–8 ̓Επεὶ ὁ ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πόνος καὶ κλαυθμὸς τρόφιμός ἐστιν, αὐτοῦ τούτου τοῦ κλαυθμοῦ τὰ δάκρυα α ρτου δίκην ἐσθίομεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ πίνομεν αὐτὰ ἐν μέτρῳ. τὸ δὲ ̓Εν μέτρῳ παρίστησι τὸ μὴ ἀεὶ καὶ ἐπ' α πειρον δακρύειν. τοὺς γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν καλῶν πόνους διά τι γινομένους ἀνάπαυσις καὶ ἱλαρὰ κατάστασις διαδέξεται. εἰς τοῦτο λήψῃ τὸ Μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, ο τι γελάσονται· καὶ τὸ Οἱ σπείροντες ἐν δάκρυσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θεριοῦσιν. οἱ γὰρ σπείροντες μεθ' ἱδρώτων καὶ δακρύων τὴν ἀρετὴν μεμετρημένον ε ξουσι τὸν κλαυθμόν, ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θερίζοντες· μετ' αὐτὸν γὰρ γελάσονται. Εθου ἡμᾶς εἰς ἀντιλογίαν τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν. ει ρηται ̓Αντιλογίας ἐγείρει πᾶς κακός· καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα λαὸν ἐκπεπετακέναι τὰς χεῖρας ἀπειθοῦντας καὶ ἀντιλέγοντας ει πεν. ου τοι δὲ οἱ γείτονες ἐχθροὶ τυγχάνουσιν οι ς ἀντιλέγουσιν. ἐκμυκτηρίζουσιν αὐτοὺς χλευάζοντες καὶ διασύροντες τοὺς συνετοὺς αὐτῶν λόγους. ἐντολὴν γοῦν ὁ σοφὸς ει ληφεν εἰς ω τα α φρονος μηδὲν λέγειν, ο πως μὴ μυκτηρίσῃ ὁ α φρων τοὺς συνετοὺς τοῦ σοφοῦ λόγους. ἀλλὰ καὶ μυκτηρίσουσι τοὺς θεὸν ἐπιβοωμένους. ̓Αλλά γε αὐτοὶ ε τι μᾶλλον παρακαλοῦντές φασι Κύριε ὁ θεὸς τῶν δυνάμεων ἐπίστρεψον δή, λυτρούμενος τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τῶν καταδυναστευόντων· τευξόμεθα δὲ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τούτου, εἰ ἐπιφάνας σου τὸ πρόσωπον αἰώνιον ἡμῖν σωτηρίαν ὀρέξεις. 828 Ps 79,6–14 Πρὸς ἀλληγορίαν· ἡ ψυχὴ τότε τὴν Αι γυπτον οἰκεῖν λέγεται, ο ταν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς καὶ τοῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ε ργοις ἐπιδιατρίβῃ. μεταίρει δὲ αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τῆς Αἰγύπτου θεὸς ἀποσπῶν αὐτὴν τῶν ὑλικῶν

The Vine and the Wild Beast§148

148For all, even he who will transplant it from the former bad planting into a better land. And that land is the state according to virtue.

And he sang before it, having given a saving law and luminous commands before it, in order to travel to the good land; and that land is perfect virtue. If it seems well to you, Egypt, to take the land as a spiritual world in which the soul, struggling with the sensible and temporal things, is planted, you would take a transplantation into the heavenly and intelligible realms of it, with God being the cause of this so great good for it, because he has prepared the way before it by giving the spiritual discourse of the God-breathed Scriptures (2 Tim 3:16). Its shadow covered them. For those called the righteous, who were high and possessed a lasting citizenship, were sheltered by what was well spread out under it. But also those who have become wealthy and well-toned through a more prosperous life, as if to profit from God's gain, were covered by its leafy branches in a certain way, being supported by them. And the vine extends its branches to the greatest extent, as if approaching the seas without suffering harm from the trials and surges of life called seas, to bear fruit metaphorically. And it also extends its shoots, just as the rivers that water it, in order to yield the proper fruit. And its branches are those joined to the Jewish worship, who, because of remaining in the law, happen to bear fruit like the shoots of those proselytizing.

If the vine is such a soul cultivated by God, having its beginning and its root in the Word, according to which it is logical for the one saying, 'I am the true vine' (John 15:1), God will transplant its various branches and powers, its roots metaphorically being shoots, into the various thoughts of the Only-begotten. For the vine, being raised up because it is well cultivated, will cover the high doctrines of truth, called shadows, with itself. And this citizenship and knowledge existing here are able to bear a shadow and a type of its true state hereafter.

And its side-shoots, which have branched out from its powers and virtues, are also extended, being called rivers as they are the drinkable waters of the divine words. And in another way, its side-shoots may be called such, as that which branches out from it for the benefit of the other instruction. For just as the side-shoots drink and are transformed into drinkability from the plant upon which they have branched, so also those branching out from the other learning drink from its preceding teaching, with every name being taken captive into the obedience of Christ.

Why would you remove its hedge? For if the vine does not bear fruit, the keeper of the cluster is found in the tent. But when fruitlessness exists, he abandons the tent. And those passing by the road trample it, not those walking the path. But these are false teachers and the spirits of error. They trample it, possessing a cluster of gall and a grape of bitterness; for such a settlement has become. And one bears passions instead of moral virtues, having produced thorns instead of grapes; and another errs concerning knowledge, bearing a cluster of gall and a grape of bitterness.

God desolated it from the thicket. Those desolating it are either the irrational passions and its wild passions, or the exposed and most evil powers. And perhaps God is able to be the shameful desires and unbridled pleasures, and because of the uncleanness in the thicket—that is, in the fruitless plants—they will be surrounded; for these passions are hidden regarding irrational impulses and fantasies, but the description of the more savage beast may signify even as if they had come to be, the heart and the angers. But the savage beast is the irrational mind, as if someone were to mount its passion (Ps 79:18-19).

A man, who has become like us individually and has not cast away his being, has been foretold by the Divine Scripture: 'Behold, his name is Orient, and a man comes after me' (Ps 79:18-19). If, regarding this man, the creative sign and wonders of God's hand were not to become the right hand (and this is the Divine Word), instead of the logical soul having been united to flesh according to subsistence and through it having blessed the God-marked things, such an improvement would be for us as not...

Greek · §148

ἁπάντων, ο τε καὶ μεταφυτεύσει αὐτὴν ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας φαύλης φυτείας εἰς ἀμείνονα γῆν. αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ κατὰ ἀρετὴν ε ξις. ὡδοποίησε δὲ ε μπροσθεν αὐτῆς, ταύτης τῆς ψυχῆς τροπικῶς ἀμπέλου καλουμένης, νόμον σωτήριον καὶ φωτεινὰ προστάγματα δεδωκὼς ἐπὶ τῷ ὁδεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγαθὴν γῆν· αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ παντελὴς ἀρετή. Εἰ δέ σοι καλῶς ε χειν δοκεῖ Αι γυπτον πνευματικὴν τὸν περὶ γῆν ἐκλαβεῖν κόσμον ἐν ῳ ἡ ψυχὴ προσπαθοῦσα ταῖς αἰσθητοῖς καὶ προσκαίροις πεφύτευται, ἐκλάβοις μεταφύτευσιν τὴν ἐν ἐπουρανίοις καὶ νοητοῖς ι δρυσιν αὐτῆς, 161 τοῦ θεοῦ αἰτίου αὐτῇ τοῦ τηλικούτου ἀγαθοῦ γινομένου διὰ τὸ ὁδοπεποιηκέναι ε μπροσθεν αὐτῆς τῷ δεδωκέναι τὴν πνευματικὴν τῶν θεοπνεύστων γραφῶν διάληψιν. ̓Εκάλυψεν ο ρη ἡ σκιὰ αὐτῆς. ἐσκέποντο γὰρ ο τι ευ διῆγεν ὑπ' αὐτῆς οἱ ὑψηλόν τι καὶ διηρμένον πολιτείας ε χοντες ο ρη καλούμενοι. ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ δι' εὐτονωτέρου βίου στερροὶ καὶ ευ τονοι γεγενημένοι ὡς χρηματίσαι θεοῦ κέρδους ἐκαλύπτοντο ὑπὸ τῶν ἀναδενδράδων αὐτῆς τρόπον τινὰ ὑποβασταζομένων ὑπ' αὐτῶν. εὐκλήματος δ' ου σα ἡ α μπελος αυ τη ἐπὶ μήκιστον ἠφίει τὰ κλήματα, ὡς θαλάσσαις αὐτὰ πλησιάζοντα μὴ ὑφίστασθαι βλάβην τῷ καὶ παρ' αὐτοῖς τοῖς πειρασμοῖς καὶ κλύδωσι τοῦ βίου ὀνομαζομέναις θαλάσσαις τροπικῶς καρποφορεῖν. ἠφίει δὲ καὶ τὰς παραφυάδας αὐτῆς ε ως καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ποταμῶν τῶν ποτιζόντων αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν κατάλληλον καρπὸν ἀποδοῦναι. κλήματα δὲ αὐτῆς ει εν οἱ συμπεφυκότες τῇ ̓Ιουδαϊκῇ λατρείᾳ, οι διὰ τὸ ἐμμένειν τῷ νόμῳ καρποφοροῦσι τυγχανουσῶν παραφυάδων αὐτῆς τῶν προσηλυτευόντων. Εἰ δὲ α μπελος ει η ἡ τοιάδε ψυχὴ ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεωργουμένη τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν ῥίζαν ε χουσα ἐν τῷ λόγῳ, καθ' ο ν ἐστι λογικὴ τὸν εἰπόντα ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ α μπελος ἡ ἀληθινή, καταφυτεύσει θεὸς τὰς διαφόρους σχέσεις καὶ δυνάμεις αὐτῆς, ῥίζας τροπικῶς ου σας, ἐν ταῖς ποικίλαις ἐπινοίαις τοῦ μονογενοῦς. αυ τη τοιγαροῦν ἡ α μπελος ὑψουμένη διὰ τὸ καλῶς γεωργεῖσθαι καλύψει τὰ ὑψηλὰ τῆς ἀληθείας δόγματα ο ρη ὀνομαζόμενα σκιᾷ τῇ ἑαυτῆς. ε στι δὲ αυ τη ἡ ἐνταῦθα πολιτεία καὶ γνῶσις ὑπαρχθῆναι δυνάμεναι σκιὰν καὶ τύπον φέρουσαι τῆς ἀληθοῦς μετὰ ταῦτα καταστάσεως αὐτῆς. ἐκτείνει δὲ καὶ τὰς παραφυάδας αὐτῆς τὰς παραφυείσας ταῖς δυνάμεσιν αὐτῆς ἀρετὰς ε ως τῶν ποτίμων τοῦ θεοῦ λόγων καλουμένων ποταμῶν. δύνανται δὲ καὶ α λλως παραφυάδες αὐτῆς καλεῖσθαι, ο σα παραφύεται αὐτῇ ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ ἐκ τῆς α λλης παιδεύσεως. ο ν γὰρ τρόπον αἱ παραφυάδες πιαίνονται καὶ πιότητος μεταποιοῦνται ἐκ τοῦ φυτοῦ ῳ παρέφυσαν, ου τω τὰ ἐξ α λλης μαθήσεως παραφυόμενα αὐτῇ πιαίνεται ἐκ τῆς προηγουμένης διδασκαλίας αὐτῆς, αἰχμαλωτιζομένου παντὸς ὀνόματος εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ινα τί καθεῖλες τὸν φραγμὸν αὐτῆς; ο ταν ὁ ἀμπελὼν καρποφορεῖ, ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τυγχάνει ὁ φύλαξ τῆς σταφυλῆς. ἀκαρπίας δὲ ὑπαρχούσης, ἐγκαταλείπει τὴν σκηνήν. Καὶ τρυγῶσιν αὐτὴν οἱ παραπορευόμενοι τὴν ὁδόν, οὐχ οἱ πορευόμενοι. εἰσὶ δὲ ου τοι ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι καὶ τὰ τῆς πλάνης πνεύματα. τρυγῶσι δὲ αὐτὴν ε χουσαν σταφυλὴν χολῆς καὶ βότρυν πικρίας· γέγονε γὰρ τοιούτων οἰκιστική. καὶ ο τε μὲν ἀντὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν ἀρετῶν πάθη καρποφορεῖ, ἀκάνθας ἀντὶ σταφυλῶν η γαγεν· ο τε δὲ περὶ τὰ τῆς γνώσεως ἁμαρτάνει, σταφυλὴν χολῆς καὶ βότρυν πικρίας φέρει. ̓Ελυμήνατο αὐτὴν υ ς ἐκ δρυμοῦ. τὰ λυμαινόμενα αὐτὴν η τοι τὰ α λογα καὶ α γρια πάθη αὐτῆς ἐστιν, η αἱ ἐκτεθηριωμέναι καὶ πονηρόταται δυνάμεις. καὶ τάχα υ ς ει ναι δύναται αἱ αἰσχραὶ ἐπιθυμίαι καὶ ἀκόλαστοι ἡδοναὶ αι καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον ἐν δρυμῷ τουτέστιν ἀκάρποις φυτοῖς λοχῶνται· περὶ γὰρ τὰς ἀλόγους ὁρμὰς καὶ φαντασίας τὰ πάθη ταῦτα ἐγκρύπτεται, θυμοὺς δὲ καὶ ὀργάς, εἰ καὶ ὡς γενομένας ἀποσημαίνειν δύναται ἡ τοῦ ἀγριωτέρου μονιοῦ προσηγορία. μονιὸς δὲ ὁ α γριος ο νος, ὡς α ν τις ει ποι Τὸ θυμικὸν αὐτῆς ἐπιβήσεται. 829 Ps 79,18.19 ̓Ανὴρ πολλάκις, ο δι' ἡμᾶς καθ' ἡμᾶς γενόμενος καὶ μὴ ἀποβαλὼν τὸ ει ναι ο η ν, προσηγόρευται παρὰ τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ· ̓Ιδοὺ γὰρ ̓Ανατολὴ ο νομα αὐτῷ, καὶ ὀπίσω μου ε ρχεται ἀνήρ. εἰ ου ν ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν α νδρα καθὸ γέγονεν α νθρωπος ἡ ποιητικὴ σημείων καὶ τεράτων θεοῦ χεὶρ γενηθείη δεξιὰ τυγχάνουσα (αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς λόγος), ἀντὶ τοῦ εἰ ἑνωθείη σαρκὶ καθ' ὑπόστασιν ψυχὴν λογικὴν ἐχούσῃ καὶ δι' αὐτῆς εὐεργήσειε τὰς θεοσημείας, τοσαύτη βελτίωσις περὶ ἡμᾶς ε σται ὡς μὴ

The Musical Allegory and the Tongues of Fire§149

149To depart from you. For if we are not partakers of you, we shall not be made alive, and we shall not call upon your name. For from this salvation will also follow us; for everyone who calls upon the name of the Lord shall be saved (Ps 80:2).

Since the commands of those being improved by Christ are many, and his stages have been spoken of as the true vine, there are various presses—that is, promises—in which the fruit is being pressed out, making the name of God and gladdening the heart of man. And since all the God-breathed Scripture speaks of vines (for concerning it, after it was taken away from the Hebrews and given to those believing from the Gentiles, it was said to the Jews, 'The kingdom of heaven shall be taken from you'—'the vine in the parable had grown'—'and it shall be given to a nation producing its fruits'; the fruit and clusters of this vine are the bearing of thoughts; the minds of the believers, having received divine presses, will not receive seeds as fruit, but will press out the Name, from which the one able to say to God, 'Joy has come into my heart' (Ps 80:2), drinks.

Fittingly, the eighty-first psalm is arranged according to its title, this number containing eights and tens as a symbol of the resurrection of the Lord being accomplished on the eighth Lord's day. And it is not the first that is written concerning the presses, but also the eightieth. And it himself, because of the aforementioned thought, is arranged in the order of the number eight.

Since Jesus, helping us through his death, dissolved the one having dominion over death, the devil, we shout aloud, triumphing against the abolished tyrant, rejoicing in the one providing the help (Ps 80:2).

Since the timbrel is made of the skin of a dead animal, he wants us, having killed the members upon the earth and carrying the death of Jesus in the body, to construct a timbrel for ourselves, which we shall give instead of a psalm. We do not take by the present...

The word commands not only to strike a timbrel for the psalm, but also a harp and a lyre. As it is said in other psalms, the harp is called so because it is straight and unbending, and because it gives back the sound from above; the spirit is the human spirit within him, the soul being signified by the lyre, with the senses stretched out and the powers of the soul composing the sound through well-ordered and musical activities.

If, then, the harp is the spirit, the lyre the soul, and the body the timbrel, it is being allegorized: we take the divine word as a psalm, in order to make the spirit, the soul, and the body active through the contemplation and actions according to virtue. According to an upward leading, it is thus: the command which declares the spiritual will of the shadowy feast is set as a testimony by the Lord to those who were added to the Gentiles by the Gospel. For the name of Joseph and what was said before signify these. For they did not leave behind the passions and the evils and the very place of the earth by wisdom, fleeing out of tropical Egypt, but in leaving it, they previously did not know the language, that is, the dialect they heard. The symbols of this paradox are carried into the Acts of the Apostles, where, having appeared as tongues of fire, they sat upon each of the believers, so that each one might suddenly speak the greatness of God in his own dialect heard in various voices. But those receiving this gift turned away from lifting up the sense of their souls, no longer enduring to lift up the material and muddy things of tropical Egypt. For they served, but they shall not serve with their hands in the basket; their hands in their actions are no longer touching wheat and brick, but are lifting up gracefully and freely some of the baskets, of which Jesus filled, from which he broke.

Greek · §149

ἀποστῆναί σου. ου τω γὰρ μετέχοντές σου ζωοποιηθησόμεθα καὶ τὸ σὸν 162 ἐπικαλεσόμεθα ο νομα. ἐκ τούτου γὰρ ἀκολουθήσει καὶ σωτηρία ἡμῖν· Πᾶς γὰρ ο ς α ν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ο νομα κυρίου σωθήσεται. 830 Ps 80 αργ ̓Επεὶ τάγματά εἰσι πολλὰ τῶν ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ βελτιουμένων οι καὶ κλήματα αὐτοῦ ει ρηνται ο ντος ἀμπέλου ἀληθινῆς, ποικίλαι ει εν ληνοὶ τουτέστιν ἐπαγγελίαι, εἰς α ς ἀποθλιβόμενος ὁ καρπὸς αὐτῶν οι νον ποιεῖ εὐφραίνοντα καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ θεόπνευστος γραφὴ ἀμπελὼν ει ρηται (περὶ γὰρ αὐτῆς ἀρθείσης ἀπὸ τῶν ̔Εβραίων καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν πιστεύσασι δοθείσης ει ρηται τοῖς ̓Ιουδαίοις ̓Αρθήσεται ἀφ' ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν–η ν ἀμπελὼν ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ ὑπῃνίξατο–καὶ δοθήσεται ε θνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς), ταύτης τῆς ἀμπέλου καρποὶ καὶ βότρυες ἡ τῶν νοημάτων φορά· ου σπερ καρποὺς αἱ διάνοιαι τῶν πιστευόντων παραλαβοῦσαι οι α θεῖαι ληνοὶ ἐκθλίψασαι ποιήσουσιν οι νον, ἀφ' ου πίεται ὁ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν θεῷ Εδωκας εὐφροσύνην εἰς τὴν καρδίαν μου. Καταλλήλως δὲ τῇ ἐπιγραφῇ καὶ ὀγδοηκοστὸς ὁ ψαλμὸς τέτακται, τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τούτου ὀγδοάδας δεκάδων περιέχοντος ὡς σύμβολον φέρειν τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου ἐν τῇ κυριακῇ ὀγδοῇ ου σῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιτελεσθείσης. οὐ πρῶτος δὲ ου τος ̔Υπὲρ τῶν ληνῶν ἐπιγέγραπται ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ο γδοος. καὶ αὐτὸς διὰ τὴν εἰρημένην διάνοιαν ἐν τάξει τοῦ ὀγδόου ἀριθμοῦ τεταγμένος. 831 Ps 80,2 Καὶ ἐπεὶ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου ἑαυτοῦ βοηθῶν ἡμῖν ̓Ιησοῦς κατέλυσε τὸν τὸ κράτος ε χοντα τοῦ θανάτου διάβολον, ἀλαλάζομεν ἐπικερτομοῦντες κατὰ τοῦ καταργηθέντος τυράννου, τῷ τὴν βοήθειαν παρασχόντι ἀγαλλιώμενοι. 832 Ps 80,3 ̓Επεὶ τὸ τύμπανον ἐκ δορᾶς νενεκρωμένου ζῴου ὑπάρχει, βούλεται ἡμᾶς νεκρώσαντας τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντας τύμπανον κατασκευάσαι ἑαυτοῖς, ο περ δώσομεν ἀντὶ ψαλμοῦ. οὐ λαμβάνομεν τῷ παρερχομένῳ αὐτόν· οὐ μόνον δὲ τύμπανον ἀποδοῦναι πρὸς τὸν ψαλμὸν προστάττει ὁ λόγος ἀλλὰ καὶ ψαλτήριον καὶ κιθάραν. ε στι δὲ καθὰ ἐν ἑτέροις ει ρηται ψαλμοῖς ψαλτήριον διὰ τὸ εὐθὺ καὶ ἀκαμπὲς ει ναι καὶ ἐκ τῶν α νωθεν ἀποδιδόναι τὸν η χον τὸ πνεῦμα ει ναι τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ, τῆς ψυχῆς δηλουμένης διὰ τῆς κιθάρας τῷ τεταμένας τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτῆς ἐμμελῆ καὶ μουσικὴν τῶν ἐνεργειῶν ἀποτελεῖν τὴν φθογγήν. εἰ τοίνυν τὸ ψαλτήριον τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἡ κιθάρα καὶ τὸ σῶμα τὸ τύμπανον αἰνίττεται, λαμβάνομεν τὸν λόγον θεῖον ψαλμὸν ο ντα ἐπὶ τῷ δοῦναι τὸ πνεῦμα τὴν ψυχὴν τὸ σῶμα τὰς κατ' ἀρετὴν θεωρίας καὶ πράξεις ἐνεργεῖν. 833 Ps 80,6–8b Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν ε χει ου τως· τὸ πρόσταγμα τὸ δηλοῦν τὸ πνευματικὸν βούλημα τῆς σκιώδους ἑορτῆς μαρτύριον τέθειται ὑπὸ κυρίου τοῖς ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν προστεθειμένοις τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ. τούτους γὰρ ἀποσημαίνειν ἡ τοῦ ̓Ιωσὴφ ὀνομασία καὶ πρότερον ει ρηται. ου τοι γὰρ τὰ πάθη καὶ τὰς κακίας καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν περὶ γῆν τόπον τῷ φρονήματι καταλιπόντες ε ξω τῆς Αἰγύπτου τῆς τροπικῆς ε σπευσαν γενέσθαι, α μα δὲ τῷ ἐξιέναι ταύτην η ν πρότερον ἠγνόουν γλῶτταν τουτέστι διάλεκτον η κουσαν. τούτου δὲ τοῦ παραδόξου τὰ σύμβολα ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων φέρεται, ο τε ὀφθεισῶν ὡσεὶ πυρὸς γλωσσῶν ὡς καθίσαι αὐτὰς ἐφ' ε να ε καστον τῶν πιστευόντων ἐξαπιναίως ε καστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ η κουσε λαλούμενα πρὸς διαφόρων φωνῶν τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ· ἀλλ' οἱ τούτου τοῦ χαρίσματος τυχόντες ἀπέστησαν ἀπὸ α ρσεων τὸν νῶτον τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν, οὐκέτι αι ρειν ὑπομένοντες τὰ ὑλιπὰ καὶ πηλώδη τῆς τροπικῆς Αἰγύπτου πράγματα. ἐδούλευσαν γὰρ ἀλλ' οὐ δουλεύσωσιν ἐν τῷ κοφίνῳ αἱ χεῖρες αὐτῶν, τῶν πράξεων αὐτῶν α ς χεῖρας ει πεν οὐκέτι ἀχύρου καὶ πλίνθου ἐφαπτομένων ἀλλ' αἱρουσῶν εὐγενῶς καὶ ἐλευθερίως τινὰ τῶν κοφίνων, ω ν ἐπλήρωσεν ̓Ιησοῦς ἀφ' ω ν ε κλασεν

The Divinity of Judges and God's Presence§150

150For the fragments left behind have become full baskets since those who feed the disciples carry these spiritual baskets. A storm is often taken for a trial. Since God is not present with those being tempted openly but rather hiddenly, it is necessary for the one being tempted to call upon Him, so that how having heard him, God will rescue him from his present distress.

'And my people will not hear my voice' (Ps 80:12). To hear signifies not only the sensing of a voice, but also to be persuaded by the one speaking, according to the Psalm: 'You do not heed the voice of my disciplining,' that is, I did not consent to the commands of the discipliner. And hearing the voice signifies also to understand and to think. For he says, 'Whoever has ears, let him hear'; that is, whoever has understanding, let him understand. And he says of his people that he awakens them to goodwill, while weighing down and increasing their transgression; saying only once, 'If he had encountered a nation that would forgive,' but not hearing our voice, being uninitiated, now they shall be punished without forgiveness.

And not only 'my people will not hear my voice,' but also 'they will not pay attention to me,' even though they are capable of understanding, seeing me. For even if he despises the voice, it is good to make clear through the one approaching me with my authority, that the timely evangelical word is not understood by the heterodox, who are interrupting these things, as seen in the Savior saying to the Jews concerning the Father, 'Nor have you ever heard his voice, nor have you seen his form' (John 12:49). The heretics, not having understood what was said, say that the Jews, having heard the voice of God and having seen his form, according to the appearances written by them. But the Savior rebukes them, showing that they have never heard the voice of God nor seen his form, and that to pay attention to God involves both hearing the voice and seeing the form. And those of differing opinions were deceived, having ignored the great significance of hearing the voice. For if even the Jews, having heard the voice of God and having received the law from him, did not understand it nor were persuaded by it, they are justly rebuked for not hearing his voice; but they also did not see his form, not having conformed to the character.

Regarding his substance, saying, 'He who has seen me has seen the Father' (John 14:9). Not so; it is said, meaning they have never heard the voice of God, and likewise here they are struck by the spoken word and the word that will be declared hereafter.

In 'the nothing' of Psalm 80:15a, it signifies that they humbled their enemies through lowly things, just as even the greatest tyrant of Egypt was not opposed by great and strong armed men, but by lowly and small creatures. In Psalm 81:2–4, they say that men set over the judging of the people are called gods, as Moses himself demonstrates, saying, 'You shall not do evil to gods, nor shall you speak evil of rulers of your people' (Exodus 22:28). For those being appointed as gods to the people of God are not further from the judges. But since hereafter in this same Psalm God says, 'I said, You are gods, and all of you are sons of the Most High' (Psalm 81:6) (not having been placed there, but because the word of God came to them), it is evident that even now 'God stands in the assembly of gods' (Psalm 82:1) will be brought against them. For all those who are such gods—men and angels—are divine in the same way, for God stands in their midst, unmoving and not abandoning them; such are they. For he stands away from those who fall, leaving them behind. Therefore also Adam, after the transgression, was standing before God who was with him before the sin; and it is said in the prophet, 'And the Lord God will go in the fury of his wrath' (Isaiah 33:19). But God, standing in the assembly of the gods, preserves their divinity, rather nourishing and increasing it through the participation they have in him. But even being in their midst, he distinguishes them in the manner spoken: 'How long will you judge injustice and accept the faces of sinners?' (Psalm 82:2). If the judges of Israel are gods, what is written will fall upon them. For it is a perversion of a judge to judge injustice and to accept the faces of sinners. Just as they corrupt the right through the greed for gifts, so too they judge contrary to the law by accepting faces. It is fitting, then, that the judgment falls upon sinners. For it is not right to give the right to the rich and to another who excels in the sequence of equality. For it is said, 'And you shall not show mercy to the poor in judgment' (Psalm 82:8); and it is also said, 'Not...'

Greek · §150

α ρτων. τὰ γὰρ καταλειφθέντα κλάσματα κοφίνων πληρώματα γεγένηνται ἀφ' ω ν 163 τρέφουσι τοὺς μαθητευομένους οἱ βαστάζοντες τοὺς πνευματικοὺς τούτους κοφίνους. Καταιγὶς πολλάκις ἐπὶ πειρασμοῦ λαμβάνεται. ἐπεὶ ου ν θεὸς πάρεστι τοῖς πειραζομένοις οὐ φανερῶς ἀλλὰ κεκρυμμένως, δέον ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸν πειραζόμενον, ο πως ἐπακούσας αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ῥύσηται αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς παρούσης αὐτοῦ θλίψεως. 834 Ps 80,12 Καὶ οὐκ η κουσεν ὁ λαός μου τῆς φωνῆς μου. τὸ ἀκοῦσαι οὐ μόνον αἰσθηθῆναι φωνῆς σημαίνει ἀλλ' ε σθ' ο τε καὶ τὸ πεισθῆναι τῷ λέγοντι κατὰ τὸ Οὐκ η κουον φωνὴν παιδεύοντός με, τουτέστιν οὐ συγκατετιθέμην ταῖς προστάξεσι τοῦ παιδεύοντος. δηλοῖ δὲ ἡ ἀκούειν φωνὴ καὶ τὸ συνιέναι καὶ νοῆσαι. ̔Ο ε χων γάρ φησιν ω τα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω, ῳ ι σόν ἐστιν ̔Ο ε χων σύνεσιν συνέτω. λαὸν δὲ αὐτοῦ φησιν αὐτὸν η τοι εἰς ευ νοιαν αὐτοὺς διεγείρων η βαρύνων καὶ ἐπιτείνων τὸ ε γκλημα αὐτῶν· μονονουχὶ λέγων, εἰ ε τερον ε θνος ἐτύγχανε, συγγνώμην α ν ει χον μὴ ἀκούοντες τῆς ἡμετέρας φωνῆς ο ντες ἀήθεις, νῦν δὲ ἀσύγγνωστα τιμωρηθείη–οὐ μόνον δὲ Οὐκ η κουσε τῆς φωνῆς μου ὁ λαός μου ἀλλ' οὐδὲ προσέσχε μοι, καίτοι νοῦν ε χων δυνάμενον ὁρᾶν ἐμέ, ι να, εἰ καὶ τῆς φωνῆς καταφρονεῖ, ἀλλά γε κα ν αἰσχυνθῇ με προσβαλών μου τῇ αὐθεντείᾳ εὐκαίρως εὐαγγελικὴν λέξιν μὴ νοουμένην ὑπὸ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων καὶ ταῦτα διακοπτόντων τὴν θεότητα σαφηνίσαι καλόν, τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῖς ̓Ιουδαίοις λέγοντος περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς Οὐδὲ φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ἀκηκόατε πώποτε ου τε ει δος αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε. μὴ νοήσαντες οἱ αἱρετικοὶ τὸ λεχθέν φασι (τῶν ̓Ιουδαίων τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν φωνὴν ἀκηκοότων τοῦ τὸν κόσμον πεποιηκότος καὶ τὸ ει δος αὐτοῦ ἑωρακότων) κατὰ τὰς ἀναγραφείσας παρ' αὐτοῖς ἀποφανείας· ἐλέγχων ὁ σωτὴρ μηδέποτε φωνὴν αὐτοὺς ἀκηκοότας θεοῦ μήτε ει δος αὐτοῦ ἑωρακότας α λλῳ προσέχειν θεῷ ου καὶ φωνὴν η κουσαν καὶ ει δος ἑωράκασιν. ἠπατήθησαν δὲ οἱ ἑτερογνωμονοῦντες τὸ πολύσημον τῆς ἀκούειν φωνῆς ἠγνοηκότες. εἰ γὰρ καὶ η κουσαν θεοῦ φωνῆς οἱ ̓Ιουδαῖοι νόμον παρ' αὐτοῦ λαβόντες μὴ νοήσαντες αὐτὴν μηδὲ πεισθέντες αὐτῇ, εὐλόγως ἐλέγχονται μὴ ἀκούσαντες φωνὴν αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τὸ ει δος αὐτοῦ ἑωράκασι μὴ προσηκάμενοι τὸν χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ λέγοντα ̔Ο ἐμὲ ἑωρακὼς ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα. Ωι ου ν ει ρηται σημαινομένῳ μὴ ἀκηκοέναι φωνὴν θεοῦ πώποτε, ου τω καὶ ἐνταῦθα πλήττονται διὰ τῆς εἰρημένης λέξεως καὶ τῆς ἑξῆς ἐκτεθησομένης ου τως ἐχούσης. 835 Ps 80,15a Τὸ ̓Εν τῷ μηδενὶ α ν σημαίνει τὸ δι' εὐτελῶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν ἐταπείνουν, ω σπερ καὶ τὸν μέγιστον τύραννον τῆς Αἰγύπτου οὐ γίγαντας ἰσχυροὺς ὁπλίσας κατ' αὐτῶν η θηρία μέγιστα ἀλλ' εὐτελῆ καὶ μικρὰ ζῳύφια. 836 Ps 81,2–4 Εθει ̔Εβραϊκῷ φασι τοὺς εἰς τὸ κρίνειν τὸν λαὸν προβεβλημένους α νδρας θεοὺς ὀνομάζεσθαι, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς Μωυσῆς παρίστησι λέγων Θεοὺς οὐ κακολογήσεις καὶ α ρχοντας τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς. α ρχοντι γὰρ λαοῦ θεοὶ συνταττόμενοι οὐχ ε τεροι τῶν κριτῶν ει εν. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ἑξῆς ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ψαλμῷ τούτῳ ὁ θεὸς ε φη ̓Εγὼ ει πα Θεοί ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου πάντες (ου τοι *** θέντες, γεγονότος πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου), δηλονότι καὶ νῦν τὸ ̔Ο θεὸς ε στη ἐν συναγωγῇ θεῶν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἀνενεχθήσεται. πάντων γὰρ τῶν ου τω θεῶν ο ντων, α νδρες δὲ καὶ α γγελοι θεῖοι τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ τυγχάνουσιν ω ν ὁ θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ ι σταται οὐ μετακινούμενος αὐτῶν οὐδὲ καταλείπων αὐτοὺς ο σον εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι. τῶν γὰρ μεταπιπτόντων ἀφίσταται καταλιπὼν αὐτούς. διὸ καὶ ὁ ̓Αδὰμ μετὰ τὴν παράβασιν ᾐσθήθη θεοῦ ἑστηκότος αὐτῷ πρὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας· καὶ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ ει ρηται Καὶ πορεύσεται κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἐν σάλῳ ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ. ἱστάμενος δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ τῶν θεῶν τηρεῖ αὐτῶν τὴν θεότητα, τρέφων μᾶλλον δὲ αυ ξων αὐτὴν τῇ μετοχῇ ῃ μετέχουσιν αὐτοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν τυγχάνων διακρίνει αὐτοὺς τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον. Εως πότε κρίνετε ἀδικίαν καὶ πρόσωπα ἁμαρτωλῶν 164 λαμβάνετε; εἰ οἱ κριταὶ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ θεοί, μεταπεσοῦσιν αὐτοῖς λέγεται τὰ ἐγκείμενα. διαστροφὴ γὰρ κριτοῦ τὸ ἀδικίαν κρίνειν καὶ πρόσωπα λαμβάνειν ἁμαρτωλῶν. ὡς γὰρ ε τεροι δώρων ε νεκα παραχαράττουσι τὸ δίκαιον, ου τως ου τοι ἀποδεξάμενοι πρόσωπα παρὰ τὸ ι σον κρίνουσιν. εἰκότως δὲ τὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν πρόσκειται. οὐ γὰρ ψεκτὸν ει η τὸ δοῦναι τὸ δίκαιον πλουσίῳ καὶ α λλως ὑπερέχοντι τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς ἰσότητος. ει ρηται γοῦν Καὶ πένητα οὐκ ἐλεήσεις ἐν κρίσει· ει ρηται δὲ καὶ τὸ Οὐ

The Fall of Man and the Judgment of Nations§151

151He will show no partiality in judgment; you will judge both the great and the small (Ps 81:5); one will not show partiality, for such is the judgment of God. For it is necessary for the judge to know what he serves in the judgment of God. Therefore it is also well said, that God stands in the assembly of these gods and judges them in their midst (Ps 81:5), as those knowing Him in them and in their midst, according to His own purpose.

If indeed they are gods who change their divinity, since they prove to be turnable, how can one judge injustice? For having an intermediate law by which it is possible to know the good to be chosen and the evil to be avoided, if they come to things in a way that turns away from the good and embraces the evil, you judge injustice; therefore you also take the faces of sinners, hiding your own faces which are according to the image of God. Judge the orphan, who has been left desolate by the father entrusted to guardianship, but also the poor man who does not wish to contend with his own righteous ones; but also bring out the laborer and the poor, being oppressed, rescuing them from the grasping sinners.

But it is also said to those who have been made divine according to virtue, how they judge worthily the one who has cast off the worthless father and the wealth of wickedness, in protection through discipline toward them. And let them also justify the one made lowly and poor through blindness, because he has come to toil for the sake of piety, excluding those who are not truly poor and needy, on account of making them do the work of a sinner by a hand outside of them.

The divine knowledge, being wisdom of God, shines and enlightens the one having it; for the wisdom of man enlightens his face (Prov 1:5), and those called toward divine knowledge have the command to enlighten for themselves the light of knowledge. If then the wise according to God happen to be enlightened, those who are contrary, being filled with ignorance and unreasonableness, wander in darkness, always progressing in evils.

But since, having become accustomed to evils and having embedded the first things of wickedness, they have not only become earthly due to their material existence, but they also wished the foundations of the earth to be, remaining firmly and immovably in the worthless opinion. But if they themselves are of such a kind...

They did not love, but rather the human-loving word causes them to be shaken and moved from the very bad position they hold, and to fall from the position they built with a clumsy hand (Ps 81:6-7). The good God is not all envious of his own, giving to men what he is, just as he accepted the word of the gods. But the God who makes them gods is God, and he will make them sons of the Most High, participating with them, the only-begotten Son of the Most High. But although God granted to them the being to be gods and sons of the Most High, they ran toward the opposite, to become humans and to die the death that follows humans.

For they did not become humans by falling from divinity (for this is how both gods and sons of the Most High happened), but according to how they loved, mortal and human. And they die not as humans do, not the common death, but the death that follows sin, falling similarly to the one who fell among the rulers. For such is the devil; for he himself was a ruler and fell in the heavens. For it is said concerning him, 'How did the Morning Star, rising in the morning, fall from heaven?' (Luke 10:18). In this way also Adam, sinning, did not as a god but as one of God's fell, clearly showing that he became human; for God did not say concerning him, 'Behold, Adam has become like us,' but 'As one of us' or 'As one of ours'—as many things are contained in the copies (Ps 81:8).

He said another scripture has, 'Rise, O God, judge the earth; you shall destroy all the nations' (Ps 81:8). God will judge all those on the earth, for the earth was made because of those who think of earthly things. And God will judge the earth, destroying all the nations, but not all the mortals. For the superstitious and the other curiosity, along with those who have worked them, the mortals were destroyed by God, so that the mortals might become pure for the acceptance of the word of salvation. And that disposition in the nations, through which the mortals were diverse, God, by destroying them, will show that they, having cast away what had happened to them, will prove to be in the image of himself, just as mortals have become.

Greek · §151

λήψῃ πρόσωπον ἐν κρίσει· κατὰ τὸν μέγαν καὶ τὸν μικρὸν κρινεῖς· οὐ μὴ ὑποστείλῃ πρόσωπον, ο τι ἡ κρίσις τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν. δεῖ γὰρ τὸν κριτὴν εἰδέναι, ο τι κρίσει θεοῦ ὑπηρετεῖ. διὸ καὶ καλῶς ει ρηται ι στασθαι ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ τῶν θεῶν τούτων συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτοὺς διακρίνειν, ο πως εἰδότες αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ μέσον αὐτῶν ο ντα ε πωνται τῷ αὐτοῦ βουλήματι. Εἰ δὲ θεοὶ ει εν οἱ θεότητος μεταποιούμενοι, ἐπεὶ τρεπτοὶ τυγχάνουσι, κα ν τραπεῖεν ἀπροσεκτήσαντες πρὸς ου ς καὶ σχετλιάζων ὁ λόγος Εως πότε, ε φη, κρίνετε ἀδικίαν; νόμον γὰρ ἐνδιάθετον ε χοντες καθ' ο ν ε στιν εἰδέναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν αἱρετὸν ει ναι καὶ φευκτὸν τὸ κακὸν, ἐν ἀλλάξει τοῖς πράγμασι προσερχόμενοι ὡς ἀποστρέφεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀσπάζεσθαι δὲ τὸ κακόν, ἀδικίαν κρίνετε· διὸ καὶ πρόσωπα ἁμαρτωλῶν λαμβάνετε, ἐπικρύπτοντες τὰ ι δια ἑαυτῶν πρόσωπα καθὸ κατ' εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστε· κρίνατε ὀρφανῷ οἱ τὸ κρίνειν ἐπιτραπέντες τῷ κηδεμονίᾳ πατρὸς ἐρημωθέντι ἀλλὰ καὶ πτωχῷ τῷ μὴ θέλοντι ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δικαίοις· ἀλλὰ καὶ πένητα καὶ πτωχὸν ἐξέλεσθε καταπονουμένους, ῥυόμενοι αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν πλεονεκτούντων ἁμαρτωλῶν. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ τοῖς κατ' ἀρετὴν θεοποιηθεῖσι λέγεται, ο πως τὸν ἀποβαλόντα τὸν φαῦλον πατέρα καὶ τὸν τῆς πονηρίας πλοῦτον κρίνωσιν ἀξίως τῆς πρὸς αὐτῶν διὰ παιδεύσεως προστασίας. δικαιούτωσαν δὲ καὶ τὸν δι' ἀτυφίαν ταπεινὸν καὶ πένητα διὰ τὸ πονεῖν ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας γεγενημένον, ἐξαιρούμενοι τοὺς ου τω πτωχοὺς καὶ πένητας ἐπὶ τῷ ἐκτὸς αὐτοὺς χειρὸς τουτέστι πράξεως ἁμαρτωλοῦ ποιῆσαι. 837 Ps 81,5 ̔Η θεία γνῶσις σοφία θεοῦ τυγχάνουσα ἐλλάμπει καὶ φωτίζει τὸν ε χοντα· Σοφία γὰρ ἀνθρώπου φωτιεῖ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ εἰς ἐπιστήμην θείαν καλούμενοι ἐντολὴν ε χουσι φωτίσαι ἑαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως. εἰ τοίνυν πεφωτισμένοι τυγχάνουσιν οἱ κατὰ θεὸν σοφοί, οἱ ἐναντίως διακείμενοι τῷ α γνοιαν καὶ τὸ ἀσύνετον περιέπειν ἐν σκότει διαπορεύονται προκόπτοντες ἀεὶ ἐν κακοῖς. ̓Αλλ' ἐπεὶ τοῖς κακοῖς ἐντριβέντες τὰ πρῶτα ἐνεγκάμενοι τῆς κακίας, οὐκ αὐτὸ μόνον γῆ διὰ τὴν ὑλικὴν ε ξιν γεγένηνται, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεμέλια γῆς ει ναι ἠθέλησαν, ἑδραίως καὶ ἀμετακινήτως τῇ φαύλῃ γνώμῃ ἐμμένοντες. ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ τοιοῦτοι ει ναι ἠγάπησαν, ἀλλ' ο γε φιλάνθρωπος λόγος ευ χεται κλονηθῆναι καὶ σεισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀφ' η ς ε χουσι κακίστης στάσεως καὶ καταπεσεῖν ἀφ' η ς ᾠκοδόμησαν χειρίστης ε ξεως. 838 Ps 81,6.7 ̔Ο ἀγαθὸς θεὸς ου πᾶς φθόνος μακράν ἐστι τῶν ἰδίων μεταδιδοὺς ἀνθρώποις ει πεν, ο πως καὶ θεοὶ ω σι καταδεξάμενοι τὸν θεὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ. ου τος δὲ ὁ θεὸς λόγος ποιῶν αὐτοὺς θεοὺς θεός ἐστι καὶ υἱοὺς ὑψίστου αὐτοὺς ποιήσει, μετεχόμενος ὑπ' αὐτῶν ῃ μονογενὴς υἱὸς ὑψίστου τυγχάνει. ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὲν θεοῦ χαρισαμένου αὐτοῖς τὸ ει ναι θεοῖς καὶ ὑψίστου υἱοῖς, αὐτοὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ε δραμον, ὡς α νθρωποι γενέσθαι καὶ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν ἑπόμενον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις θάνατον. α νθρωποι δὲ ου τοι γεγένηνται ἐκπεσόντες τῆς θεότητος οὐ καθὸ θνητὰ καὶ λογικὰ ζῷά εἰσιν (τοῦτο γὰρ ει χον καὶ ο τε θεοὶ καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου ἐτύγχανον), ἀλλὰ καθὸ θνητὰ καὶ ἀνθρώπινα ἠγάπησαν. ἀποθνῄσκουσι δὲ ῃ ου τως α νθρωποί εἰσιν οὐ τὸν κοινὸν θάνατον ἀλλὰ τὸν ἑπόμενον τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ θάνατον, πίπτοντες παραπλησίως τῷ πεσόντι ἑνὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων. ου τος δ' ἐστὶν ὁ διάβολος· α ρχων γὰρ ω ν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ε πεσεν. ει ρηται γοῦν περὶ αὐτοῦ Πῶς ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ ἑωσφόρος ὁ πρωῒ ἀνατέλλων; ταύτῃ καὶ ὁ ̓Αδὰμ ἁμαρτὼν οὐχ ὡς θεὸς ἀλλ' ὡς ει ς τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ 165 ἐκπεσὼν δηλονότι γέγονεν· οὐ γὰρ ει πε περὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ̓Ιδοὺ γέγονεν ̓Αδὰμ ὡς ἡμεῖς, ἀλλ' ̔Ως ει ς ἡμῶν, η ̔Ως ει ς ἐξ ἡμῶνὡς πολλὰ περιέχει τῶν ἀντιγράφων. 839 Ps 81,8 ̔Ετέραν ε φησε γραφὴν ε χουσαν ̓Ανάστα, ὁ θεός, κρῖνον τὴν γῆν, ο τι σὺ ἐξολοθρεύσεις ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσι. κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς η τοι πάντας τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς η ο σοι γῆ διὰ τὸ φρονεῖν τὰ ἐπίγεια γεγένηνται. κρινεῖ δὲ τὴν γῆν ὁ θεὸς ἐξολοθρεύων ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσιν ἀλλ' οὐ πάντα τὰ ε θνη. ο σα γὰρ ε θνη δεισιδαίμονα χρηστήριά τε καὶ ἡ α λλη περιεργία σὺν τοῖς ἐνεργήσασιν αὐτὰ πνεύμασι πλάνης ἐξωλοθρεύθη ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ι να καθαρὰ τούτων τὰ ε θνη γένηται ἐπὶ τῷ καταδέξασθαι τὸν τῆς σωτηρίας λόγον. καὶ αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσι διάθεσιν, καθ' η ν ε θνη διάφορα ἐτύγχανεν, ἐξολοθρεύσας θεὸς ἀνθρώπους αὐτοὺς ἀποδείξει κατ' εἰκόνα ἑαυτοῦ ἀποβαλόντα τὰ συμβεβηκότα καθὰ καὶ ε θνη γεγένηνται.

The Uniqueness of the Most High and Eternal Dwellings§152

152Likeness is understood in two ways. For when there is identity in essence, it is called similarity and even strictly identity; but when it is according to quality, it is called simply similarity. According to the second meaning, those becoming perfect are said to be made like God, just as the heavenly Father is perfect; therefore it is said, 'When he is revealed, we shall be like him' (1 John 3:2), meaning, like God. And the Creator of all, according to the first meaning, which I say is according to essence, fashioned man not according to an image and his own likeness, for no one is becoming like God. For 'Who shall be like God?' (Ps 82:2) does not declare something rare but rather something impossible, that no one is able to be like God in essence. But do not err, thinking that yourself and the Son are subject to the things being said. For it is not 'Who is like you?' but 'Who shall be made like you?'; for the Son is not about to undergo being made like God, being of His own essence and therefore being the same as Him, not in number but in the sameness of essence.

He wills them to be placed by God like an unstable and unwatered wheel (Ps 82:14). For it will be a misfortune to them not to be made stable and to remain motionless, having pursued wickedness. Therefore also He wills them to be placed like a reed being scattered and being driven about by a fierce wind before the face of the one pursuing them, a punishing spirit, allegorically a wind (Ps 82:15). And the fire of punishments shall consume them, having cut off the grove which had become fruit. And using another punishment against them, He will pursue them with His own storm, from which there is no escape; therefore they shall be troubled in the wrath of God being brought upon them. Since indeed their sins were diverse, a multi-faceted punishment has necessarily risen over them. It should be noted, however, that He loved them, though they were a good planting, becoming unfruitful. For the reed has its beginning from a good seed, not beforehand, but deviating by accident. For if they had borne fruit beforehand, it was necessary for them to become wheat, if they were to be brought into the granaries of the Word. But not desiring this, they have become a reed and a wasteland, which the tyrant of the spiritual Egypt shall use for the construction of...

They shall burn in the fire of destructive cities, and they shall be consumed by the unquenchable fire (Ps 82:19b).

For even if others are high and have become Most High through virtue, being lifted up, none of them is such from himself or in essence. For God alone is Most High, making others Most High but not becoming so himself; just as He alone is wise and alone is true, providing wisdom and truth but not participating in them as a recipient, so the Most High is unique, according to this being the Most High and the Only-begotten Most High. For the power of the Most High overshadowed Mary; and the Holy Spirit, being sent from the Most High, is Most High. The only Most High is fitting to the Trinity. For he who spoke the Most High Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit declares them; likewise, he who called the Son also declares the Father and the Holy Spirit. For as there is one deity, so is the Most High in it, so that there might be no difference regarding the Trinity, just as we theologize correctly in other matters.

Regarding the word 'As' (Ps 83:2,3a), it does not signify a likeness or a parable here, but the beloved thing itself, just as in Moses, where he is 'as' a servant, and Christ is 'as' a son. For 'as a son' signifies a true Son and not a likeness; and Moses was not a likeness of a servant of God, but was a servant of Him. Therefore, regarding the word present, the beloved dwellings of God are not according to a parable but according to truth. And if we have meditated on what kind of things they are, we will more certainly understand them as beloved things, rather than finding them to be merely like beloved things. These things are therefore eternal and heavenly, concerning which the Savior says to those present, 'Make friends for yourselves from the mammon of unrighteousness, so that when it fails, they may receive you into the eternal dwellings' (Luke 16:9). My soul longs and faints, to cast off the psychic state and become spiritual, as is appropriate for the dwelling in the heavenly courts, as they have been spoken of in parallel.

The altars are not perceptible. For the altar was not a multitude, according to the history. Unless even the altar is called so, Lord of hosts of the heavens (Ps 83:8).

Greek · §152

840 Ps 82,2a ̔Η ὁμοίωσις διττῶς νοεῖται. ε στιν γὰρ κατ' οὐσίαν ὁμοιότης η καὶ κυρίως ταυτότης λέγεται, ε στι δὲ καὶ κατὰ ποιότητα η καὶ ἁπλῶς ὁμοιότης καλεῖται. κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον σημαινόμενον ὁμοιωθεῖεν α ν θεῷ οἱ γινόμενοι τέλειοι, ̔Ως τέλειός ἐστιν ὁ οὐράνιος πατήρ· ο θεν ει ρηται Οταν φανερωθῇ, ο μοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, τῷ θεῷ δηλαδή. Καὶ τὸν α νθρωπον ου ν κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὁμοιότητα κατεσκεύασεν ὁ πάντων αι τιος κατὰ τὸ πρῶτον σημαινόμενον, τὸ κατ' οὐσίαν λέγω, οὐδενὸς ὁμοιουμένου θεῷ. τὸ γὰρ Τίς ὁμοιωθήσεται οὐ πεῦσιν οὐ τὸ σπάνιον ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀδύνατον δηλοῖ, οὐδενὸς δυναμένου κατ' οὐσίαν θεῷ ὁμοιοῦσθαι. ἀλλὰ μὴ λάθῃς σαυτὸν νομίσας καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ὑποκεῖσθαι τοῖς λεγομένοις. οὐ γὰρ ει πε Τίς ο μοιός σοι, ἀλλὰ Τίς ὁμοιωθήσεταί σοι; οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ μέλλουσιν ε χει ὁ υἱὸς τὸ ὁμοιωθήσεσθαι τῷ θεῷ, ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ τυγχάνων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ ω ν οὐκ ἀριθμῷ ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ ταυτῷ τῆς οὐσίας. 841 Ps 82,14–16 Βούλεται αὐτοὺς τεθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς τροχὸν ἀβέβαιον καὶ ἀνίδρυτον. πρὸς καλοῦ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ε σται τὸ μὴ βεβαιωθῆναι καὶ ἀκινήτως ε χειν η ς ει λαντο κακίας. διὸ καὶ βούλεται τεθῆναι αὐτοὺς ὡς καλάμην σκορπιζομένην καὶ διαρριπτουμένην κατὰ πρόσωπον σφοδρὸν πνέοντος ἀνέμου ὑπὸ τοῦ διώκοντος αὐτοὺς τιμωροῦ πνεύματος ο ἀλληγορικῶς α νεμον ει πεν. Καταφάγεται δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ δρυμὸν α καρπον γεγενημένους τὸ τῶν κολάσεων πῦρ ἐκκοπέντας ἀξίνῃ. χρώμενος δὲ κατ' αὐτῶν καὶ ἑτέρᾳ τιμωρίᾳ καταδιώξει αὐτοὺς τῇ ἰδίᾳ αὐτοῦ καταιγίδι η ν οὐκ ε στι διαδράναι· ο θεν καὶ ταραχθήσονται ἐν τῇ φερομένῃ ἐπ' αὐτοὺς θεοῦ ὀργῇ. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ποικίλα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτῶν ἐτύγχανεν, ἀναγκαίως πολύτροπος αὐτοῖς ὑπῆρκται κόλασις. Σημειωτέον δὲ ο τι καλὴ φυτεία τυγχάνοντες ἀκαρπίαν ἠγάπησεν. ἡ γὰρ καλάμη ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦ σπέρματος τὴν ἀρχὴν ε χει, οὐ προηγουμένως ἀλλὰ κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς παραφυομένη. ε δει μὲν γὰρ αὐτούς, ει περ προηγουμένως ἐκαρποφόρουν, σῖτον γενέσθαι, ι ν' εἰσαχθῶσιν εἰς τὰς τοῦ λόγου ἀποθήκας. τοῦτο δὲ μὴ θελήσαντες καλάμη καὶ α χυρα γεγένηνται, οι ς χρήσεται μὲν καὶ ὁ τῆς πνευματικῆς Αἰγύπτου τύραννος πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν ω ν κατασκευάζει ὀλεθρίων πόλεων, κατακαήσονται δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀσβέστου πυρός. τὸ γὰρ α χυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. 842 Ps 82,19b Εἰ καὶ α λλοι ὑψηλοὶ καὶ υ ψιστοι ἐκ θεοῦ γεγένηνται ἀρετῇ μετεωριζόμενοι καὶ ὑψούμενοι, ἀλλ' οὐδεὶς ἐκείνων ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ κατ' οὐσίαν ἐστὶ τοιοῦτος. μόνος γὰρ θεὸς υ ψιστος ὑψίστους ποιῶν ἀλλ' οὐ γινόμενος· ὡς μόνος σοφός ἐστι καὶ μόνος ἀληθινὸς παρέχων σοφίαν καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀλλ' οὐ μετέχων, ου τω μόνος υ ψιστος, κατὰ τοῦτο τοῦ ὑψίστου τὸ ει δος καὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ὑψίστου τυγχάνοντος. ὑψίστου γὰρ ω ν δύναμις ἐπεσκίασε τὴν Μαρίαν· καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα δὲ τὸ α γιον ἀπὸ ὑψίστου πεμπόμενον υ ψιστόν ἐστιν. ὁ μόνος ου ν υ ψιστος α μα τῇ τριάδι ἁρμόζει. ὁ γὰρ τὸν πατέρα υ ψιστον εἰπὼν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον δηλοῖ· ὡσαύτως 166 ὁ τὸν υἱὸν ου τω καλέσας δηλοῖ καὶ τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα. ὡς γὰρ μία θεότης, ου τω καὶ τὸ υ ψιστος ε ν, ι να μηδὲν τούτῳ διαφορὰ ῃ περὶ τὴν τριάδα, ω σπερ ἐν τοῖς α λλοις ὀρθῶς θεολογοῦμεν. 843 Ps 83,2.3a ̔Η ̔Ως λέξις οὐχ ὁμοίωσιν καὶ παραβολὴν ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει ἀλλ' αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγαπητόν, ω σπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ Μωυσεῖ ̓Εν ο λῳ τῷ οι κῳ αὐτοῦ ὡς θεράπων, καὶ ε τι Χριστὸς δὲ ὡς υἱός. τὸ γὰρ ̔Ως υἱὸς ἀληθείᾳ υἱὸν ἀλλ' οὐχ ὁμοίωμα τοῦτο σημαίνει, καὶ Μωυσῆς δὲ οὐχ ὁμοίωμα θεράποντος τοῦ θεοῦ η ν ἀλλὰ θεράπων η ν αὐτοῦ. ο θεν ἐπὶ τῆς προκειμένης λέξεως οὐ κατὰ παραβολὴν ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἀγαπητὰ τὰ σκηνώματα τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ εἰ νοήσαμεν αὐτὰ τίνα ποτέ ἐστιν, ε τι μᾶλλον συνήσομεν ὡς ἀγαπητὰ ἀλλ' οὐχ ο μοια ἀγαπητοῖς τυγχάνει. ε στι τοίνυν αἰώνια καὶ ἐπουράνια ταῦτα, περὶ ω ν ὁ σωτὴρ τοῖς παροῦσιν ε φη Ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας, ι ν' ο ταν ἐκλίπῃ δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς. ̓Επιποθεῖ καὶ ἐκλείπει ἡ ψυχή μου, τῷ ἀποβαλεῖν τὴν ψυχικὴν κατάστασιν καὶ γενέσθαι πνευματικὴν ὡς καταλλήλως ε χειν πρὸς τὴν διατριβὴν τὴν ἐν ταῖς ἐπουρανίαις αὐλαῖς ἐκ παραλλήλου εἰρημέναις. 844 Ps 83,4c Θυσιαστήρια οὐκ αἰσθητά. οὐ γὰρ πλῆθος ἀλλ' ε ν η ν τὸ θυσιαστήριον κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν. εἰ μὴ α ρα καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον ου τω τις καλέσοι, κυρίου δὲ τῶν δυνάμεων τῶν οὐρανίων

The progression of power and the superiority of the divine courts§153

153The altars upon which sacrifices are brought up are better than the sacrifices of shadow and type. The apostle says that the types of those in the heavens are linked to these sacrifices, but the heavenly things are better sacrifices than these. For the sacrifices of praise and righteousness are brought up upon these altars, and those offering the living sacrifice, presenting their own bodies pleasing to God, they offer them not upon something else but upon these altars.

For the dwelling of God is perfect virtue and the highest knowledge of the truth (Ps 83:5). It is said that in the presence of God the tent is a symbol of progress; for those traveling, it is a home. But the end of blessedness is made manifest by the dwelling of God's voice. And according to the history, the people traveling had a tent of witness (the dwelling of theology) and they had various tents for their own virtues in which all the people dwelt. Having reached the holy land, they had the dwelling in houses, no longer progressing; for they had reached the end of virtue and knowledge. But they were no longer approaching the tent of witness but the dwelling established, completing the things of worship. And there, therefore, after desiring and loving their progresses through the tabernacles, he began, saying, 'How lovely are your tabernacles, O Lord' (Ps 83:7), blessing those who have ascended through the progresses to the summit, as dwelling while bearing the state according to God, when the fullness is fulfilled upon them and the Son is revealed, we shall be like him, seeing him as he is (Ps 83:7-8a).

'The one set' signifies 'to do then,' as 'I set a guard with my mouth' instead of 'I did' (Ps 83:8a); and 'He who sets the inhabited world desolate' is the same as 'He who will make the inhabited world desolate.' And here 'the one set in a place' does not present 'He made a place.' For the surrounding place is not this. For in this God disposed of the things before...

He makes covenants for men. Let us not weep, nor let us praise the blameless weeping, learning from the fact that God established covenants for those who are here. For we shall also receive the blessings, living according to the will of the covenant given here. And we shall know the magnitude of the blessings given, understanding who the possessors of them are. And not such is the God who legislated. And they shall proceed from power to power. The virtues and contemplations of the truth are powers. Therefore, those having these are also more able.

Those having proceeded will not hasten according to the progress of the introductory power to become the more perfect, and those living according to the law toward the evangelical way—those knowing Christ according to the flesh to behold his glory, glory as unique from the Father; those knowing in part that he is on earth and that the most sharp knowledge does not fit—upon the coming of the perfect vision of contemplation to know as it is necessary to know, proceeding from a lower power of the intellect to a greater and more perfect power. Psalm 83:10b And more pure and more holy of the saints, but rather also of priests and kings, he is able to bring this merit to, Christ, the Son of God. For it is said, 'Do not be afraid of my Christs concerning all the saints,' and priests and kings were approaching as Christs in Hebrew. Psalm 83:11a Better it is to be in your courts for one day than a multitude of thousands of days outside your courts. For the perfection among men exceeds that which seems little in the courts of God. Such also is that which was said concerning John by the Savior: 'Among those born of women no one is greater than John, but the least in the kingdom is greater than him.' Matthew 11:11 Let it also be said thus here: men living are under time, but those in eternity are time unto a multitude.

Greek · §153

τὰ θυσιαστήρια ει πεν ἐφ' α ἀνάγονται κρείττους θυσίαι τῶν κατὰ σκιὰν καὶ ὑπόδειγμα· ῃ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος ̓Ανάγκη τὰ ὑποδείγματα τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ταύταις ταῖς θυσίαις· αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσι θυσίαις παρὰ ταύτας. αἱ γὰρ τῆς αἰνέσεως καὶ δικαιοσύνης θυσίαι ἐπὶ ταῦτα τὰ θυσιαστήρια ἀναφέρονται, καὶ οἱ θυσίαν δὲ ζῶσαν εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ προσάγοντες τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα οὐκ ἐπ' α λλα η ἐπὶ ταῦτα τὰ θυσιαστήρια αὐτὴν προσφέρουσιν. 845 Ps 83,5 Οι κος δὲ θεοῦ ἡ παντελὴς ἀρετὴ καὶ ἀκροτάτη γνῶσις τῆς ἀληθείας ἐστίν. ει ρηται δ' ἐν τοῖς ε μπροσθεν τὴν σκηνὴν προκοπῆς σύμβολον ει ναι· ὁδευόντων γὰρ οἰκεία αυ τη. αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ τέλος τῆς μακαριότητος δηλοῖ ἡ οι κος θεοῦ φωνή. ο θεν καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν ὁδεύων ὁ λαὸς σκηνὴν μαρτυρίου (οι κον δὲ θεολογίας) ει χε καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἀρετῶν διαφόρους σκηνὰς ἐν αι ς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ῳ κει. φθάσαντες δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν ἁγίαν γῆν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν οἰκίαις τὴν οι κησιν ει χον, οὐκέτι προκόπτοντες· εἰς τὸ τέλος γὰρ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ ἐπιστήμης ε φθασαν. ἀλλ' οὐκέτι τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀλλὰ τῷ οι κῳ τῷ ἱδρυμένῳ προσερχόμενοι ἐπετέλουν τὰ τῆς λατρείας. καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν μετὰ τὸ ποθῆσαι καὶ ἀγαπῆσαι τὰς προκοπὰς α ς διὰ τῶν σκηνωμάτων ᾐνίξατο εἰπὼν ̔Ως ἀγαπητὰ τὰ σκηνώματά σου, κύριε, μακαρίζει τοὺς διὰ τῶν προκοπῶν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκρώρειαν ἀναβεβηκότας ὡς οἰκεῖν τὸν θεοῦ οι κον φέροντας τὴν κατὰ θεὸν κατάστασιν, πληρωθέντος ἐπ' αὐτοῖς τοῦ Οταν φανερωθῇ, ο μοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ο τι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν. 846 Ps 83,7.8a Τὸ Εθετο δηλοῖ τότε ποιῆσαι, ὡς τὸ ̓Εθέμην τῷ στόματί μου φυλακήν, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐποίησα· καὶ ̔Ο τιθεὶς τὴν οἰκουμένην ο λην ε ρημον ταὐτὸν ο ν τῷ ποιῆσαι τὴν οἰκουμένην ε ρημον. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ου ν τὸ Εἰς τόπον ο ν ε θετο παρίστησι τὸ ̓Εποίησε τόπον. ου τος δ' ἐστὶν ὁ περίγειος τόπος. ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς διέθετο τὰς πρὸς ἀνθρώπους διαθήκας αὐτοῦ. κλαύσωμεν ου ν ἐπαινετῶς τὸ ἀμέμπτως κλαίειν, μανθάνοντες ἐξ η ς διέθετο ὁ θεὸς διαθήκης τοῖς ε τι ἐνταῦθα τυγχάνουσιν. ου τω γὰρ καὶ τῶν εὐλογιῶν τευξόμεθα, κατὰ τὸ βούλημα τῆς διαθήκης ζήσαντες τῆς ἐνταῦθα δοθείσης. γνωσόμεθα δὲ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν δεδομένων εὐλογιῶν, συνέντες τίς ὁ ὀρέγων αὐτάς. ε στι δὲ ου τος ὁ νομοθετήσας θεός. Πορεύσονται δὲ καὶ ἐκ δυνάμεως εἰς δύναμιν. αἱ ἀρεταὶ καὶ θεωρίαι τῆς ἀληθείας δυνάμεις εἰσίν. διὸ καὶ πλέον τι δύνανται οἱ ταύτας ε χοντες. οἱ πορευθέντες ου ν κατὰ τὰς προκοπὰς τῆς εἰσαγωγικῆς δυνάμεως σπεύσουσιν ἐπὶ 167 τὴν τελειοτέραν γενέσθαι καὶ οἱ κατὰ νόμον πολιτευόμενοι ἐπὶ τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν πολιτείαν, οἱ γνόντες κατὰ σάρκα Χριστὸν εἰς τὸ θεάσασθαι τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, ∆όξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός· οἱ ἐκ μέρους γινώσκοντες τῷ ἐπὶ γῆς ει ναι καὶ μὴ χωρεῖν τὸ ἀκραιφνέστατον τῆς γνώσεως–ἐλθόντος τοῦ τελείου ει δους τῆς θεωρίας εἰς τὸ γνῶναι καθὸ δεῖ γνῶναι, ἐξ ὑποδεεστέρας δυνάμεως τῆς νοήσεως ἐπὶ μείζονα καὶ τελειοτέραν δύναμιν πορευόμενοι. 847 Ps 83,10b ̔Απλούστερον δὲ καὶ ε καστος τῶν ἁγίων, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἱερέων καὶ βασιλέων δύναται ταύτην τὴν ἀξίωσιν προσάγειν, χριστὸς ω ν θεοῦ. Μὴ α πτεσθε γὰρ τῶν χριστῶν μου περὶ πάντων ἁγίων ει ρηται, καὶ ἱερεῖς δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ̔Εβραϊκῷ ε θει χριστοὶ προσηγορεύοντο. 848 Ps 83,11a Κρεῖσσον ει η ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς σου γενέσθαι κα ν ἐπὶ ἡμέραν μίαν ὑπὲρ πλῆθος χιλιάδων ἡμερῶν ἐκτὸς τῶν αὐλῶν σου τυγχάνοντι. τῆς γὰρ παρ' ἀνθρώποις τελειώσεως ὑπερέχει τὸ δοκοῦν ὀλίγον ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς τοῦ θεοῦ. τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ περὶ ̓Ιωάννου πρὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος ῥηθὲν ̓Εν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν οὐδεὶς μείζων ̓Ιωάννου ἀλλ' ὁ μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστι. Λεχθείη δ' α ν καὶ ου τως ἐνταῦθα· βιοῦντες οἱ α νθρωποι ὑπὸ χρόνον εἰσίν, ο στις χρόνος εἰς πλῆθος

Divine Goodness and the Turning of Wrath§154

154The days are divided, one day being an eternal and unceasing one, because of having been created in the divine courts of the Lord. For the Lord has become to him an eternal light, like the sun of righteousness, which is not able to be overcome by it. The unceasing day is greater than the life of many days occurring here.

Ps 83:12b–13: God gives grace to those being saved by grace, according to 'By grace you have been saved' (Eph 2:8), a gift of the grace able to be given here. For 'grace' and 'gift' signify the same thing, as one is found to be 'having been graced.' For this reason, it is said that someone has found grace in the sight of God. He gives this grace instead of a former grace, which we hastened to take from ourselves as much as possible. And He also gives glory to those worthy of receiving this, because He has promised the one saying, 'Those who glorify me I will glorify' (John 12:26), clearly through good works and true dogmas. And those moving through all things, unhindered by any hand, go about in innocence. If innocence also signifies simplicity, let Him also establish it.

And since hope is the expectation of good things, and only the rational appetite for truly good things is the proper virtue of man, to hope is especially the substitute for piety; for it is written, 'Hope is to the pious one.' For the faithful are reborn into a living and abiding hope because the expectation of good things is pure.

Ps 84:2–4: For contemplation: the Lord is pleased with a good and eager heart becoming His land, because it receives the seed from Him and bears fruit a hundredfold. But He turns away from it also the multitude of captives brought by evil powers, the thoughts of Jacob, because of standing against the passions. These things, having worked them, He grants as a remission of transgressions, removing and loosening their lawlessness. And if even after a remission there is error, He covers these sins, entering into virtue; for virtue covers sins, not hiding them, but utterly destroying and making them vanish. For in this way love covers a multitude of sins. Just as knowledge covers ignorance, utterly destroying it in the soul that it was generated in, so also the love of God, being the same as virtue, covers the sins of those it benefits.

God was pleased with his earth, having sent his Son to appear on the earth and to associate with men; thus it is said, 'Glory in the highest to God, and on earth peace among men of good pleasure' (Luke 2:14). From these things said, we learn that what is called God's wrath is not a passion. For because of sins, wrath is sustained, but it is managed such that they are destroyed and vanished, and it approaches them as a consequence.

If those serving wrath appear to be called vessels of wrath, being homonymous with it—fury and wrath being addressed—it is better that he visits. Since you are God, who gives us the salvations, turn us back, providing us opportunities for repentance and receiving us as we turn toward you (Ps 84:5–7). For it will be possible for your fury to turn away from us. Since we have removed that wrath through which we sinned, once we have recognized and turned back, it will no longer act against us, vanishing. Just as fire, when the combustible fuel through which it acts is failing, is no longer, so too, once our sins are vanished, your fury will no longer be sustained against us.

God lives, providing life to those who turn to him, having departed from him and turned away from him; he himself, having turned his face, turned away from them through which they practiced evil. It is possible to understand 'having turned' in both ways, most certainly said. For it is not made clear whether he himself turned toward them or they themselves turned toward him. When life was granted to the living ones, the people of God rejoiced over him, the God who granted life.

Since they require salvation not from works but by the grace and mercy of God, they say, 'O Lord, show us through whom you show mercy and compassion to your people' (Ps 84:8); for so also your salvation, that is, the salvation from you, might be given to us. It is possible to call Jesus the cause of mercy and salvation. For he is the mercy and the salvation of God, according to how he shows mercy and saves.

God does not speak striking the hearing of those listening from the outside, but placing his will within that mind, he desires to reveal to the intellect without utterance, which is why it is said, 'I will listen to what he speaks in me' (Hab 2:20). Agree with this also the words of Habakkuk, which say: 'And...'

Greek · §154

ἡμερῶν μερίζεται, μίαν ἡμέραν ε χοντος αἰώνιον καὶ ἀδιάκοπον τοῦ ἐν ταῖς θείαις αὐλαῖς τοῦ κυρίου γεγενημένου. γέγονε γὰρ αὐτῷ κύριος φῶς αἰώνιον τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης οὐ δύνοντος ἐπ' αὐτῷ. αυ τη ου ν ἡ ἀδιάστατος καὶ ἀδιάκοπος ἡμέρα κρείσσων ει η τῆς πολυημέρου ἐνταῦθα γινομένης ζωῆς. 849 Ps 83,12b–13 ∆ίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς χάριν τοῖς σῳζομένοις χάριτι κατὰ τὸ Χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι, ι σον δωρεᾶς δυναμένης ἐνταῦθα τῆς χάριτος. ε στι γὰρ καὶ ε τερον τῆς χάριτος σημαινόμενον καθὸ κεχαριτωμένος τις εὑρίσκεται. κατὰ τοῦτο γὰρ λέγεταί τις εὑρηκέναι χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. ταύτην τὴν χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος προτέρας δίδωσιν, η ς ἐκ τοῦ ἐφ' ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἀναλαβεῖν ἐσπεύσαμεν. ∆ίδωσι δὲ καὶ δόξαν τοῖς ἀξίοις τοῦ τυχεῖν ταύτης διὰ τὸ προδεδοξακέναι τὸν λέγοντα Τοὺς δοξάζοντάς με δοξάσω, δηλονότι δι' ἀγαθῶν ε ργων καὶ ἀληθινῶν δογμάτων. Πορεύονται δ' ἐν ἀκακίᾳ οἱ α νευ χειρίστης ε ξεως διὰ πάντων κινούμενοι. εἰ δὲ καὶ τὴν ἁπλότητα σημαίνει ἡ ἀκακία, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστησον. Καὶ ἐπεὶ προσδοκία ἐστὶν ἀγαθῶν ἡ ἐλπίς, μόνον δὲ τὸ λογικὸν ὀρεκτικὸν τῶν κυρίως ἀγαθῶν, μόνου ἀνθρώπου οἰκεία ἀρετὴ τὸ ἐλπίζειν, μάλιστα ο ταν εὐσεβείας ἀντιποιῆται· γέγραπται γὰρ ̓Ελπὶς τῷ εὐσεβεῖ. ἀναγεννῶνται γὰρ οἱ πιστοὶ εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν καὶ μένουσαν διὰ τὸ ἀκήρατον ει ναι τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν προσδοκίαν. 850 Ps 84,2–4 Πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν· εὐδοκεῖ κύριος τὴν ἀγαθὴν καὶ σπουδαίαν καρδίαν γῆν αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσαν διὰ τὸ δέχεσθαι τὸν σπόρον τὸν παρ' αὐτοῦ καὶ ἑκατονταπλασίονα καρποφορεῖν. ἀποστρέφει δ' εἰς αὐτὴν καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ἀχθέντων ὑπὸ πονηρῶν δυνάμεων, λογισμῶν ̓Ιακὼβ ο ντας διὰ τὸ ι στασθαι κατὰ τῶν παθῶν. Ταῦτα δ' ἐνέργησας α φεσιν ἀνομημάτων χαρίζεται πᾶσιν, ἐξαίρων καὶ λύων τὰς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν. ει ποτε δὲ καὶ μετὰ α φεσιν η μαρτον, καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἐπικαλύπτει ἐνδοὺς τὴν ἀρετήν· καλύπτει γὰρ ἡ ἀρετὴ τὰς ἁμαρτίας, οὐκ ἐγκρύπτουσα αὐτὰς ἀλλ' ἐξ ο λων ἀναιροῦσα καὶ ἀφανίζουσα. ου τω γὰρ ἀγάπη καλύπτει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. ὡς γὰρ ἡ ἐπιστήμη καλύπτει τὴν α γνοιαν ἐξ ο λων ἀναιροῦσα αὐτὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ῃ α ν παραγένηται, ου τω καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ αὐτὴ ου σα τῇ ἀρετῇ καλύπτει τὰς ἁμαρτίας ω ν α ν εὐεργετεῖν κρίνῃ. Εὐδόκησεν δὲ τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ ὁ θεός, ἀποστείλας τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ὀφθῆναι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συναναστραφῆναι· ο θεν ἐπὶ τῷ τοκετῷ τῆς Μαρίας ∆όξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰρήνη ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία ει ρηται. Μανθάνομεν δὲ ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐντεῦθεν μὴ πάθος ει ναι θεοῦ τὴν λεγομένην αὐτοῦ ὀργήν. διὰ γὰρ τὰ 168 ἁμαρτήματα ὑποστῆναι οἰκονομεῖται ω ν καταλυθέντων καὶ ἠφανισμένων καὶ αὐτὴ αὐτοῖς συναπέρχεται. εἰ δὲ φαίνονται οἱ τῇ ὀργῇ ὑπηρετούμενοι σκεύη ὀργῆς καλούμενοι ὁμωνύμως αὐτῇ θυμὸς καὶ ὀργὴ προσαγορευόμενα, βέλτιον ἐπισκέψῃ. 851 Ps 84,5–7 ̓Επεὶ τῶν σωτηρίων ω ν δίδως ἡμῖν θεὸς ὑπάρχεις, ἐπίστρεψον ἡμᾶς, ἀφορμὰς μετανοίας ἡμῖν παρασχὼν καὶ δεχόμενος ἡμᾶς ἀνακάμπτοντας πρὸς σέ. ε ψεται γὰρ τὸ καὶ τὸν θυμόν σου ἀποστραφῆναι ἀφ' ἡμῶν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἐξήψαμεν αὐτὸν δι' ω ν ἡμαρτήκαμεν, μεταγνόντων καὶ ἐπιστρεψάντων ἡμῶν, οὐκέτ' ἐνεργήσει καθ' ἡμῶν ἀφανιζόμενος. ὡς γὰρ πῦρ, ἐπιλειπούσης τῆς καυστῆς υ λης καθ' η ν ἐνεργεῖ, οὐκέτ' ἐστιν, ου τως ἠφανισμένων τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἡμῶν οὐκέτι ὑποστήσεται θυμός σου καθ' ἡμῶν. Ζωοῖ ὁ θεὸς ζωὴν παρέχων τούτοις, οι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπέστρεφον ἀποστάντες αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀποστραφέντες αὐτόν· η αὐτὸς ἐπιστρέψας τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ο ἀπέστρεψεν ἀπ' αὐτῶν δι' η ν ε πραττον κακίαν. ἑκατέρως γὰρ τὸ ̓Επιστρέψας νοεῖν δυνατὸν ἀπαρεμφάτως εἰρημένον. οὐ γὰρ ἐμφαίνει τὸ πότερον αὐτὸς ἐπ' αὐτοὺς η αὐτοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπέστρεψαν. ζωῆς ἐνδοθείσης τοῖς ζωωθεῖσιν, εὐφράνθη ὁ λαὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπ' αὐτῷ τῷ τὴν ζωὴν δεδωκότι θεῷ. 852 Ps 84,8 ̓Επεὶ οὐκ ἐξ ε ργων ἀλλὰ χάριτι καὶ ἐλέῳ θεοῦ ἀπαιτοῦσι τὴν σωτηρίαν, φασὶν Ω κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν δι' ω ν ἐλεεῖς καὶ οἰκτείρεις τὸν λαόν σου· ου τω γὰρ καὶ τὸ σωτήριόν σου, τουτέστιν ἡ παρὰ σοῦ σωτηρία, δοθείη ἡμῖν. ∆υνατὸν ε λεος καὶ σωτήριον εἰπεῖν τὸν αι τιον τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης καὶ σωτηρίας ̓Ιησοῦν. αὐτὸς γὰρ τὸ ε λεος καὶ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστι καθὸ ἐλεεῖ καὶ σῴζει. 853 Ps 84,9 Οὐκ ε ξωθεν κρούων τὴν ἀκοὴν τῶν ἀκουόντων λαλεῖ θεὸς ἀλλ' ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐναποτιθέμενος α περ βούλεται δηλῶσαι τῷ νῷ α νευ προφορᾶς, ο θεν ει ρηται τὸ ̓Ακούσομαι τί λαλήσει ἐν ἐμοί. συνᾴδει τούτῳ καὶ τὸ τοῦ ̓Αμβακοὺμ ε χον ου τως· Καὶ

The Conjunction of Mercy, Truth, Justice, and Peace§155

155I will aim to see what the Lord God will speak in me. According to these things also Paul says: 'If you seek a test of the Christ speaking in me; for in him indeed Christ does not speak simply to him' (2 Cor 13:5). For he speaks through that person in whom he speaks; and not everyone who speaks speaks through him, but only the hearing from the outside is struck. But the Lord God will speak in him, interpreting, whether it be peace or whether it be upon his people, the God of all, against all enemies of the people, clearly those subverting them, or the peace having possessed a mind surpassing all things of the people, by which all disturbance and noise are excluded, bringing tranquility. This peace is given from God and Father and Lord Jesus by grace, as the Savior says concerning it: 'My peace I give to you' (John 14:27). And this peace is given also to those who give back the things of God to God, guarding the righteousness toward him, who are rightly called his own. And he gives it also to those who through repentance turn their heart toward him, making the turning not crooked toward him nor superficial, but from the depth of the mind.

Then indeed he truly dwelt and brought glory in the earth, performing many and great things paradoxically: the Savior's resurrections of the dead, sight to the blind, cleansings of the lepers, and other wondrous things he did (Ps 84:10). And as toward a more mystical word for those fearing God, he did not leave them wanting (For there is no lack to those fearing him), he drew near to the God-participating salvation which they partake in through which they act salvifically. For just as salvation is far from sinners, working the things of destruction, so the salvation of God is near to the opposite, to those fearing him. Therefore also he dwells, glory in the earth, of those saying these things. And you will say their earth: the good heart of theirs which has yielded a hundredfold fruit of the seed cast upon it. But what dwells in the heart as the glory of God, the word establishes, which says: 'The God who said light should shine out of darkness' (2 Cor 4:6); He shone in our hearts for the illumination of the knowledge of the glory of Christ. And it dwells also in the body of those persuaded by the exhortation being said: 'Glorify then God in the body' (1 Cor 6:20).

Regarding those who achieve perfect prudence (Ps 84:11-12). From this, the following of virtues can be shown: that the merciful is true and the true is merciful, and that the just is peaceful and the peaceful is just.

In other words, truth is named along with mercy, as it is said in the Psalm: 'Thy mercy and thy truth have encompassed me' (Ps 84:11), and 'God sent His mercy and His truth' (Ps 84:12). I stand by saying these things because the truth of matters is difficult for men, and even more unreachable unless they happen to be granted it by the grace of God. Perhaps one cannot receive true salvation without the mercy of God, and thus they were named by righteousness. He says that mercy has met with truth. For if mercy and truth come to the same place, we shall know it and be in it.

Moreover, justice loves peace and peace loves justice. For where there is justice, there is certainly peace, without it being a mere sprout. You can also grasp these things regarding the Savior, spoken through His various thoughts, as has been clearly stated before. The truth of the Savior, having become man, has risen from the earth. For there is much deception and much falsehood among men. For there is no truth and mercy nor knowledge of God upon the earth; therefore, falsehood, murder, and adultery are poured out upon the earth, says the prophet (Ps 84:13). This is not the falsehood of the whole earth that prevailed, but the one overcome by Him who said, 'I am the truth' (John 14:6), having caused the truth from the earth (that is, from men) to rise. But also, becoming justice according to the Word of God and Wisdom, He descended from heaven, bowing the heavens and coming down. He brought to us peace according to justice and mercy according to truth; for all these things are thought of in Him, as has been clearly said.

As the manner of rain being given, the soil bears the goodness of the Lord's gift; the intelligent earth gives fruit, having been moistened by the goodness from God. And the fruit of it is the general virtue, whereby the soul, being as a fruit-bearing earth, happens to be presented as described. It is possible to say regarding the people what is set forth, namely that...

Greek · §155

ἀποσκοπεύσω τοῦ ἰδεῖν τί λαλήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ κύριος ὁ θεός. κατὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Παῦλός φησιν Εἰ δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε τοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος Χριστοῦ· ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ἀλλ' οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτῷ ἐλάλει Χριστός. λαλεῖ γὰρ ἐκείνῳ ἐν ῳ λαλεῖ, οὐ πάντως δὲ ῳ λαλεῖ τις καὶ ἐκείνῳ λαλεῖ, ο ταν ε ξωθεν μόνον πλήττηται ἡ ἀκοή. πλὴν ο λαλήσει ἐν αὐτῷ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἑρμηνεύων, ει πεν εἰρήνην ει ναι ἐπὶ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντων πολεμίων τῶν κατὰ τοῦ λαοῦ δηλονότι ἀνατρεπόντων, η εἰρήνην τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν πάντα νοῦν ἐσχηκότος τοῦ λαοῦ δι' η ς πάσης ταραχῆς καὶ θορύβου ἐκτὸς ει η γαλήνην ἀγόντων τῶν λογισμῶν. αυ τη ἡ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ̓Ιησοῦ α μα χάριτι δίδοται, ὡς τὸν σωτῆρα περὶ αὐτῆς φάναι Εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν. δίδοται δὲ ἡ εἰρήνη αυ τη καὶ τοῖς ἀποδιδοῦσι τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ φυλάττουσι τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν δικαιοσύνην, οι τινες κυρίως οἱ ο σιοι αὐτοῦ καλοῦνται. δίδωσι δὲ αὐτὴν καὶ τοῖς διὰ μετανοίας ἐπιστρέφουσι καρδίαν πρὸς αὐτόν, τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν οὐ σκολιὰν πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἐπίπλαστον ἀλλ' ἀπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ βάθους τῆς διανοίας ποιουμένοις. 854 Ps 84,10 Τότε δὲ καὶ ἀληθῶς κατεσκήνωσεν καὶ δόξαν ἐν τῇ γῇ, πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα παραδόξως ἐπιτελοῦντος τοῦ σωτῆρος νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεις τυφλῶν ἀναβλέψεις λεπρῶν καθαρισμοὺς καὶ ο σα α λλα θαυμαστῶς ἐποίει. ὡς δὲ πρὸς μυστικώτερον λόγον τοῖς θεὸν φοβουμένοις ἀνελλιπέσιν ου σιν (Οὐκ ε στι γὰρ ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν) η γγισεν τὸ θεοῦ σωτήριον μετεχόμενον ὑπ' αὐτῶν δι' ω ν πράττουσι σωτηριωδῶς. ὡς γὰρ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν σωτηρία ἐνεργούντων τὰ τῆς ἀπωλείας, ου τως ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἐγγὺς τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν ὑπάρχει. διὸ καὶ κατασκηνοῖ δόξαν ἐν τῇ γῇ τῶν ταῦτα λεγόντων. γῆν δὲ αὐτῶν ἐρεῖς τὴν ἀγαθὴν αὐτῶν καρδίαν τὴν ἑκατονταπλασίως καρποφορήσασαν τὸν ἐπ' αὐτῇ βληθέντα σπόρον. ο τι δὲ κατασκηνοῖ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ δόξα θεοῦ, παρίστησιν ἡ λέξις ἡ φάσκουσα ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους φῶς λάμψαι ο ς ε λαμψεν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τῆς δόξης τοῦ 169 Χριστοῦ. κατασκηνοῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ σώματι τῶν πειθομένων τῇ παραινέσει τῇ λεγούσῃ ∆οξάσατε δὴ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι ἑαυτῶν τῶν τελείαν σωφροσύνην κατορθούντων. 855 Ps 84,11.12 ∆ύναται καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἡ ἀντακολούθησις τῶν ἀρετῶν δηλοῦσθαι, τοῦ ἐλεητικοῦ ἀληθοῦς καὶ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς ἐλεητικοῦ τυγχάνοντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου εἰρηνικοῦ καὶ τοῦ εἰρηνικοῦ δικαίου ο ντος. καὶ ἐν α λλοις δὲ α μα τῷ ἐλέει ἡ ἀλήθεια ὀνομάζεται, ω σπερ ἐν τῷ Τὸ ε λεός σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου διαπαντὸς ἀντελάβετό μου, καὶ τὸ ̓Εξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐφίστημι δὲ διὰ τοῦτο α μα αὐτὰ εἰρῆσθαι, ἐπείπερ δυσέφικτός ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀλήθεια, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀνέφικτος, εἰ μὴ τύχοι ἐλέῳ θεοῦ χορηγουμένη· η τάχα τὴν ἀληθῆ σωτηρίαν α νευ ἐλεημοσύνης θεοῦ οὐκ ο ντος λαβεῖν, α μα ὠνομάσθησαν δικαιοσύνῃ. συνηντηκέναι τὸ ε λεος τῇ ἀληθείᾳ φησίν. εἰ γὰρ εἰς ταὐτὸν ε λθοι τὸ ε λεος καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια, καὶ γνωσόμεθα αὐτὴν καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ ἐσόμεθα. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη καταφιλεῖ τὴν εἰρήνην καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη τὴν δικαιοσύνην. ε νθα γὰρ δικαιοσύνη, πάντως εἰρήνη ε πεται ου σα αὐτῆς βλάστημα. δύνασαι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ταῦτα ἐκλαβεῖν κατὰ διαφόρους ἐπινοίας αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα, ὡς η δη προείρηται. ̓Ανατέταλκε δὲ ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνθρώπου γεγενημένου. πολλὴ γὰρ ἀπάτη καὶ πολὺ τὸ ψεῦδος ἐν ἀνθρώποις η ν. Οὐκ ε στι γὰρ ἀλήθεια καὶ ε λεος οὐδ' ἐπίγνωσις θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· α ρα καὶ ψεῦδος καὶ φόνος καὶ μοιχεία κέχυται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, φησὶν ὁ προφήτης. τοῦτο ου ν τὸ ψεῦδος τὸ καθόλου τῆς γῆς ἰσχύσαν ε λυσεν ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια, τὸ δ' ἐκ τῆς γῆς (τουτέστιν ἐκ τῶν ἀνθρώπων) ἀνατείλας. ἀλλὰ καὶ δικαιοσύνη τυγχάνων πατρὸς κατὰ τὸ ει ναι λόγος θεοῦ καὶ σοφία, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ διέκυψε κλίνας οὐρανοὺς καὶ καταβάς. ἐπήνεγκε δὲ ἡμῖν τὴν εἰρήνην καθὸ δικαιοσύνη καὶ τὸ ε λεος καθὸ ἀλήθεια· ἐπινοεῖται γὰρ αὐτῷ πάντα ταῦτα, ὡς ἀρτίως ει ρηται. 856 Ps 84,13 Ονπερ τρόπον ὑετοῦ δοθέντος ἡ χθὼν καρποφορεῖ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου δεδωκότος χρηστότητα, καρπὸν ἡ νοητὴ γῆ δίδωσι, ποτισθεῖσα τῇ ἐκ θεοῦ χρηστότητι. καρπὸς δὲ αὐτῆς ἡ γενικὴ ἀρετὴ η ς τὰ ει δη προβαλλομένη ἡ ψυχὴ γῆ καρποφοροῦσα τυγχάνει. 857 Ps 84,14 ∆ύναται περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ εἰρῆσθαι τὸ προκείμενον, ι ν' ῃ τὸ

Divine Mercy and Human Likeness§156

156Something like this is said. Since the Lord spoke peace upon his people, the justice of the people going before him will set his steps upon the way leading to blessedness; and the Lord himself, who is justice, goes before the people and will set his steps into a way. To whom, indeed, is it said, 'Before you I will go and I will make the level places'?

And likewise: the justice operating according to the law in Moses and the prophets, having come forward before the end of John from the Savior, having been placed into the way of his crossings in us, to dwell and walk among us, has cried out: 'Prepare the ways of the Lord straight, make his paths'; for he alone cries: 'Make straight for him who is stepping upon the mountains, the Lord, his name.' Care also regarding John, it is said: 'He will go before the Lord in spirit and in power like Elijah,' and 'Behold, I send my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way before you.'

If even the Savior is justice going before the Father into the minds of the God-bearers, consider with understanding in what way it was said: 'He who receives you receives me, and he who receives me receives him who sent me' (Matt 10:40). Psalm 85:2b,3: 'All the saints cry out as if upon a great command concerning the servant of God.' Jonah, indeed, when asked from what land he is and from what people, said: 'I am a servant of God, and I fear the God of heaven.'

And the apostles, indeed, are testified by the Savior well through works and words, confessing him as Lord: 'For you call me Lord and Teacher, and you say well: for I am both your Lord and Teacher always, learning from me and serving me sincerely' (Matt 23:36). And concerning their own letters, they set forward this significance, as if being refreshed by a greatest command: 'James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ,' and 'Paul, a servant of Jesus Christ.' Just as the men of the world in the writings of life-transactions wish to be designated by the honors concerning them, so the apostles in the beginnings of their writings are worthy to be designated servants of God and of Christ. David, doing the similar, and...

To the King, he says, 'Save, O God, your servant who hopes in you; save me in your abundant mercy, because as I say all the time of my life, I cry out to you' (Ps 85:5a). But leniency is not spoken of as being upon God; for leniency is a human virtue. If it is said about it to be more human, as are the other things, such as rejoicing, being glad, or remembering.

And 'gods' is said not only there to be taken for idols and demons, but also for the saints (Ps 85:8). For in these no one is entirely and unchangeably the equal of the Lord. For He himself alone is likewise God to the Father; but each of these has become a god by participation, having received the Word of God according to 'They shall be gods' (Ps 82:6) and 'The Word of God became' (Jn 1:1). For even if they have become the image and likeness of God, none of them is in essence the equal of the Lord, being those who shall be made like Him but not being Him. 'You shall be holy because I am holy' (Lev 11:44), He who is holy, so that they may become holy. To speak the truth concerning those who shall become holy: 'Who is holy like you, Lord?' (Ps 86:15). For it has not been written, 'Who shall be equal to you among the gods, Lord?', but 'Who is your equal?'. For they shall be like, according to what was said: 'We shall be like him, what we shall see him to be.' No one is the equal of the Lord among the gods mentioned, nor does anyone among them attain it according to His works. Therefore also in the Gospel it is said, 'If I have not done the works which I did in them, no other man has done; he has no sin' (Jn 10:38). For even if the saints once did the same things as the Savior, it differs greatly in the manner: some working by prayer and faith toward God, others by exercising authority; therefore it is said that none of the gods are gods according to the works of the Savior. And it is said to us also in the beginning of the Second Book how it was said, 'Lord God, who shall be equal to you?', which we also ought to apply to the one encountering the prescribed word.

To partake blamelessly of the knowledge of the truth is impossible not through moral instruction and active deeds having been passed through (Ps 85:11ab). For one is first led by God through prayer in the way; but this second way is that of practical progress. For the beginning of a good way is doing what is just, and so on.

Greek · §156

λεγόμενον τοιοῦτον. ἐπεὶ ἐλάλησε κύριος εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, η τοῦ λαοῦ δικαιοσύνη ε μπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πορευομένη θήσει τὰ διαβήματα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀνάγουσαν ἐπὶ τὴν μακαριότητα, η αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ω ν ἡ δικαιοσύνη προπορεύεται τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ θήσει εἰς ὁδὸν τὰ διαβήματα αὐτοῦ. πρός τινα γοῦν ει πεν Εμπροσθέν σου πορεύσομαι καὶ ο ρη ὁμαλιῶ. Η καὶ ου τως· ἡ κατὰ νόμον δικαιοσύνη ἐν Μωυσεῖ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις ἐνεργοῦσα η ς τέλος ̓Ιωάννης προελήλυθε τοῦ σωτῆρος, τεθεῖσα εἰς ὁδὸν τὴν ἐν ἡμῖν τὰς διαβάσεις αὐτοῦ, ι ν' ἐνοικῇ καὶ ἐμπεριπατῇ ἡμῖν, κέκραγεν ̔Ετοιμάσατε τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου εὐθείας, ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ· μονουχὶ βοῶν ̔Οδοποιήσατε τῷ ἐπιβεβηκότι ἐπὶ δυσμῶν, κύριος ο νομα αὐτῷ. ἀμέλει καὶ περὶ ̓Ιωάννου λέγεται τὸ Καὶ αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον κυρίου ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει ̓Ηλίου, καὶ τὸ ̓Ιδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν α γγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου ο ς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ε μπροσθέν σου. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ δικαιοσύνη ἐστὶ προπορευομένη τοῦ πατρὸς εἰς τὰς διανοίας τῶν θεοφορουμένων, ἐπίστησον νοῶν τίνα τρόπον ει ρηται τὸ ̔Ο δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται καὶ ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με. 858 Ps 85,2b.3 Αὐχοῦσιν ὡς ἐπὶ μεγάλῳ ἀξιώματι οἱ α γιοι πάντες ἐπὶ τῷ δοῦλοι θεοῦ ει ναι. ̓Ιωνᾶς γοῦν ἐρωτώμενος ἐκ ποίας χώρας ει η καὶ ἐκ ποίου λαοῦ, ̓Εγὼ δοῦλος θεοῦ εἰμι ε φη, καὶ τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ σέβομαι. καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι γοῦν μαρτυροῦνται ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος καλῶς δι' ε ργων καὶ λόγων κύριον αὐτὸν ὁμολογοῦντες· ̔Υμεῖς γὰρ φωνεῖτέ με ̔Ο κύριος καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος, καὶ καλῶς λέγετε· εἰμὶ γὰρ ὑμῶν καὶ κύριος καὶ διδάσκαλος ἀεὶ 170 μανθανόντων παρ' ἐμοῦ καὶ δουλευόντων μοι γνησίως. καὶ τῶν γραμμάτων γοῦν ἑαυτῶν προτάττουσι ταύτην τὴν σημασίαν ὡς ἐπὶ μεγίστῳ ἀξιώματι ἐναβρυνόμενοι· ̓Ιάκωβος γὰρ θεοῦ καὶ κυρίου ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, καὶ Παῦλος δοῦλος ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ. ὡς γὰρ οἱ τοῦ κόσμου α νθρωποι ἐν ταῖς συγγραφαῖς τῶν βιωτικῶν συναλλαγμάτων ἐκ τῶν περὶ αὐτοὺς ἀξιωμάτων χρηματίζειν θέλουσιν, ου τως οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς τῶν συγγραμμάτων αὐτῶν δοῦλοι θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ χρηματίζειν ἀξιοῦσι. τὸ παραπλήσιον ποιῶν ὁ ∆αυίδ, καίτοι βασιλεὺς ω ν, Σῶσον, ε φη, τὸν δοῦλόν σου, ὁ θεός, τὸν ἐλπίζοντα ἐπὶ σέ· σῶσον δέ με ἐλέῳ τῷ σῷ, ἐπειδήπερ ο λην ἡμέραν, λέγω δὴ πάντα τὸν χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς μου, πρὸς σὲ βοῶ. 859 Ps 85,5a Τὸ δὲ ἐπιεικὴς ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ κυριολεκτεῖται. ἀνθρωπίνη γὰρ ἀρετὴ ἡ ἐπιείκεια. ει ρηται δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωπικώτερον ὡς καὶ τὰ α λλα, τὸ χαίρειν τὸ εὐφραίνεσθαι τὸ μνημονεύειν. 860 Ps 85,8 Θεοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα λέγεσθαι οὐ τὰ ἀγάλματα καὶ τοὺς δαίμονας ληπτέον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἁγίους. ἐν τούτοις γὰρ οὐδεὶς πάντῃ καὶ ἀπαραλλάκτως ο μοιός ἐστι τῷ κυρίῳ. μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸς ὡσαύτως τῷ πατρί ἐστι θεός, τούτων δὲ ε καστος μετουσίᾳ θεὸς γέγονε δεξάμενος τὸν θεὸν λόγον κατὰ τὸ ̓Εκείνους ει πε θεοὺς πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο. εἰ γὰρ καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγένηνται, ἀλλ' οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν κατ' οὐσίαν ο μοιός ἐστι τῷ κυρίῳ, αὐτῶν ὁμοιωθησομένων ἀλλ' οὐκ ο ντων· Εσεσθε γὰρ α γιοι διότι ἐγὼ α γιός εἰμι, αὐτοῦ ο ντος ἁγίου, αὐτῶν δ' ἐσομένων. περὶ τῶν ἐσομένων ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν Τίς α γιός ἐστιν ὡς σύ, κύριε; οὐ γὰρ γέγραπται Τίς ὁμοιωθήσεταί σοι ἐν θεοῖς, κύριε, ἀλλὰ Τίς ο μοιός σοι. ο μοιοι γὰρ ε σονται κατὰ τὸ ῥηθὲν Ομοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ο τι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν. Οὐδεὶς ου ν ο μοιος τῷ κυρίῳ τῶν προκειμένων θεῶν ἀλλ' οὐδὲ κατὰ τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει τις αὐτῶν. διὸ καὶ ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ φησὶν Εἰ μὴ τὰ ε ργα ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς α οὐδεὶς α λλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ει χον. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ αὐτά ποτε τῷ σωτῆρι ἐποίησαν κατὰ τὸ ὑποκείμενον οἱ α γιοι, ἀλλά γε τῷ τρόπῳ πολὺ διαλλάττει, τῶν μὲν εὐχῇ καὶ πίστει τῇ εἰς θεὸν ἐργαζομένων, τοῦ δὲ ἐξουσιαστικῶς ἐπιτελοῦντος· ο θεν ει ρηται μηδένα τῶν θεῶν ει ναι κατὰ τὰ ε ργα τοῦ σωτῆρος. ει ρηται δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ ΠΒ πῶς ἐλέχθη τὸ Κύριε ὁ θεός, τίς ὁμοιωθήσεταί σοι, α περ ἀξιοῦμεν καὶ τῇ προκειμένῃ λέξει ἐφαρμόζειν τὸν ἐντυγχάνοντα. 861 Ps 85,11ab Τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας ἀμέμπτως μεταλαβεῖν ἀδύνατον μὴ διὰ τῶν ἠθικῶν παιδευμάτων καὶ ἐνεργημάτων διαβεβηκότα. ὁδηγηθῆναι γοῦν ὑπὸ θεοῦ πρότερον ευ χεται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. αυ τη δ' ἐστὶν ἡ ἐν πρακτικοῖς προκοπή· ̓Αρχὴ γὰρ ὁδοῦ ἀγαθῆς τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ δίκαια, ι ν' ου τω

The Son of the Handmaid and the Knowledge of God§157

157To be able to walk in the truth of God, one must progress in it and pass through to the end. The end of knowledge and truth is to bestow upon those who have known it completely and as they possess existence.

He who chooses these very good things rejoices in the possession of them (Ps 85:11c–13). It is also to fear the name of God; the one desiring to have it with joy prays to be made glad in heart by God through fearing His name. Having obtained this, he confesses thankfully to the Lord God with his whole heart, which was made glad by the attainment of his requests. He also glorifies the name of God for eternity—that is, all the time of his life—it having become upon him great divine mercy, by which he was also rescued from the pit of slavery. For he named the lowest pit. For those sinning many and great things fall into the lowest pit, and in order that they might be rescued, they beg for great mercy, as one of them can easily say, 'Have mercy on me, O God, according to your great mercy.' It is therefore fitting for one rescued from such great evil to glorify the name of God for eternity and to confess to Him with his whole heart.

One should not receive unthinkingly the saying that these things are spoken by our Lord Jesus Christ, with the kings of the earth and the rulers standing and gathered together against him (Ps 85:14.15). 'Visit me' (Ps 85:16). For you visit, you look, not at another, but to make well and to have mercy. Therefore also in the following things, the king is worthy to be given and to be guarded the kingdom, which God himself has given to him. For with this will follow his salvation as a child of God. If the prophecy is that concerning Christ, the promised things, then in this manner the upcoming things are smoothed out: David says, 'Looking upon me, as God, have mercy on me.'

And regarding your giving your power to your child in becoming human and taking the form of a servant. And since he follows the one who became man and died, God will save him, the son of your handmaid who said, 'Behold the handmaid of the Lord; let it be to me according to your word' (Luke 1:38). For truly, the handmaid and mother of the Lord is she who bore him. And he thought it to be said in parallel, the Lord as child and the son of the handmaid. And the people from the circumcision can also be a son of the handmaid. For Paul, writing to the Galatians, clearly says concerning these things, 'But he who is born of the handmaid according to the flesh has been born' (Gal 4:31).

'Let a sign be made to me for good of the prophecy being taken up, which forbids among us humans, of a virgin giving birth before the trial of a man and remaining a virgin even after the birth' (Ps 85:17). This is a sign for good, a help to our race. Therefore also we were comforted; for how could we not have been about to have the most complete consolation, having had God as a helper? 'God says he will remember Rahab and Babylon' (Ps 86:4a), for those knowing him. Consenting to this, now having known God, but rather having been known by God. For having taken up the knowledge of him, we shall know him more, and most especially we shall be known by him: 'For if anyone does not know, he is unknown.' And to someone God says, 'Because you cast away knowledge, I will cast you away from ministering to me; you forgot the law of your God, and I will forget you, your children' (Hos 4:6).

Therefore, regarding those who are ignorant of him through faults, God has forgotten them, even though they knew him. Behold, therefore, of Rahab, who takes upon herself the wide way, and of Babylon, being interpreted as confusion, God is said to remember those who have known him. For those turning from the wide and spacious way, they are Rahab, having known God, and those from...

Greek · §157

πορευθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνηθῇ προκόπτων ἐν αὐτῇ ε στ' α ν ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος διαβῇ. τέλος δὲ τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας τὸ ἐπιβαλεῖν τοῖς γνωστοῖς τελείως καὶ ὡς ε χουσιν ὑπάρξεως. 862 Ps 85,11c–13 ̔Ο δι' αὐτὰ τὰ ἀγαθὰ αἱρούμενος αὐτὰ εὐφραίνεται ἐπὶ τῇ τούτων κτήσει. ε στι δὲ καὶ τὸ φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ο θεν μετ' εὐφροσύνης αὐτὸ ε χειν βουλόμενος ευ χεται εὐφρανθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ τὴν καρδίαν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ. Τούτου δὲ τυχὼν εὐχαριστικῶς ἐξομολογεῖται κυρίῳ τῷ θεῷ ἐν ο λῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ τῇ εὐφρανθείσῃ ἐπὶ τῷ τετευχέναι τῶν αἰτημάτων. δοξάζει δὲ καὶ τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τουτέστι πάντα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ χρόνον, γενομένου ἐπ' αὐτῷ μεγάλου τοῦ θεϊκοῦ ἐλέους· ἐφ' ῳ καὶ ἐρρύσθη ἐκ τοῦ πυθμένος τοῦ ᾳ δου. τοῦτον γὰρ κατωτάτω ᾳ δην ὠνόμασεν. οἱ γὰρ πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἁμαρτάνοντες καταπίπτουσιν εἰς τὸν κατωτάτω ᾳ δην, ἀφ' ου , ι να ῥυσθῶσιν, μεγάλου ἐλέους δέονται, ὡς ε καστον αὐτῶν εὐκτικῶς λέγειν ̓Ελέησόν με, ὁ θεός, κατὰ τὸ μέγα ε λεός σου. ἁρμόζει τοίνυν τῷ ἐκ τηλικούτου κακοῦ ῥυσθέντι τὸ δοξάζειν τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἐν 171 ο λῃ καρδίᾳ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι αὐτῷ. 863 Ps 85,14.15 Οὐκ ἀμούσως δὲ παραδέξοιτ' α ν τις εἰρῆσθαι ταῦτα ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, παραστάντων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων συναχθέντων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατ' αὐτοῦ. 864 Ps 85,16 ̓Επισκόπησόν με. ἐπισκοπεῖς γὰρ ου ς βλέψεις οὐκ α λλου του ε νεκα η τοῦ ευ ποιῆσαι καὶ ἐλεῆσαι. διὸ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς βασιλεὺς ω ν ἀξιοῖ δοθῆναι καὶ φυλαχθῆναι αὐτῷ τὸ κράτος, ο περ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ δέδωκεν ὁ θεός. τούτῳ γὰρ ἀκολουθήσει καὶ τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτὸν ο ντα υἱὸν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ παιδίσκης. Εἰ δὲ προφητεία ει η περὶ Χριστοῦ τὰ ἐπαγγελλόμενα, τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐξομαλισθείη τὰ προκείμενα· φησὶν ὁ ∆αυίδ· ἐπιβλέψας ὡς θεὸς ἐλέησόν με. ὑπάρξει δὲ τοῦ διδόντος σοῦ τὸ κράτος σου τῷ παιδί σου ἐν τῷ ἐνανθρωπεῖν καὶ λαμβάνειν τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀκολουθεῖ τῷ γενομένῳ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τεθνάναι, ἀνιστῶν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς σώσει αὐτὸν ο ντα υἱὸν τῆς παιδίσκης αὐτοῦ τῆς εἰπούσης ὁπηνίκα η κουσεν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου ∆ιὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον ἐκ σοῦ α γιον κληθήσεται υἱὸς θεοῦ· ̓Ιδοὺ ἡ δούλη κυρίου· γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου. ἀληθῶς γὰρ δούλη καὶ μήτηρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡ τεκοῦσα αὐτόν. ἐκ παραλλήλου δὲ εἰρῆσθαι νόμιζε τὸν κύριον παῖδα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τῆς παιδίσκης. ∆ύναται δὲ καὶ υἱὸς παιδίσκης ὁ ἐκ περιτομῆς λαός. σαφῶς γὰρ περὶ τούτων ὁ Παῦλος Γαλάταις ἐπιστέλλων φησὶν ̓Αλλ' ὁ μὲν ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης κατὰ σάρκα γεγέννηται. 865 Ps 85,17 Γένοιτό μοι σημεῖον εἰς ἀγαθὸν τῆς προφητείας περιαιρουμένης τῆς διαγορευούσης ἐν ἡμῖν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γενήσεσθαι τὸν θεόν, παρθένου πρὸ πείρας ἀνδρὸς τικτούσης καὶ διαμενούσης παρθένου καὶ μετὰ τὸν τόκον. τοῦτο εἰς ἀγαθὸν σημεῖον ω φθη ἐπὶ βοηθείᾳ τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν. διὸ καὶ παρεκλήθημεν· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐμέλλομεν πληρεστάτην παραμυθίαν ε ξειν, θεὸν βοηθὸν ἐσχηκότες; 866 Ps 86,4a Τῆς ̔Ραὰβ καὶ τῆς Βαβυλῶνος μνησθήσεσθαι ὁ θεός φησι γινωσκόντων αὐτόν. συνᾴδει τούτοις τὸ Νῦν δὲ γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ. γνῶσιν γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἀναλαβόντες μᾶλλον καὶ μάλιστα γνωσθησόμεθα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ· Εἰ γάρ τις ἀγνοεῖ, ἀγνοεῖται. καὶ πρός τινα ὁ θεὸς λέγει Οτι σὺ ἐπίγνωσιν ἀπώσω, ἀπώσομαί σε τοῦ μὴ ἱερατεύειν μου· ἐπελάθου νόμου θεοῦ σου, κἀγὼ ἐπιλήσομαι τέκνων σου. τῶν φαύλων τοίνυν ἀγνοούντων αὐτὸν ἐπιλέληστο θεός, μνησθεὶς αὐτῶν ο τε καὶ αὐτὸν ε γνωσαν αὐτοί. ̓Ιδοὺ τοίνυν τῆς ̔Ραὰβ τῆς εἰς πλατυσμὸν μεταλαμβανομένης καὶ Βαβυλῶνος συγχύσεως ἑρμηνευομένης μεμνῆσθαι ὁ θεὸς ει πεν ἐγνωκότων αὐτόν. μεταβαλόντες γὰρ οἱ τὴν πλατεῖαν καὶ εὐρύχωρον ὁδεύοντες ὁδὸν ̔Ραάβ εἰσιν ἐγνωκότες θεόν, καὶ οἱ ἐκ

The Prayer of the Helpless Man§158

158Having come into the tranquility and stability of the mind from poured-out and disordered affections, they have entered Babylon having known God, whom God remembers, deserving of His remembrance when judged. The expansion may signify those coming from the east and west toward the kingdom (Ps 86:6).

Regarding the Church, not only the rulers but also the peoples have been inscribed into the citizenship of the heavenly city of the living God, having a registration upon the church of the firstborn who are written down in heaven, which only God is able to recount. For their registration has not happened from the mere collection of their names, but from that which reveals the quality of their soul, which only He Himself bears. And it is possible to learn from the opposite by the observer: in Jeremiah it has been written, 'Those having departed from the earth shall be written' (Jer 3:3). Just as those having departed and having become far from God are written upon the earth as the image of the worldly, surrounding themselves with earthly and material things and thinking of them, so those bearing the image of the heavenly and having citizenship in the heavens, being enregistered there, have been enrolled in the book of God.

Regarding 'For Ma'elah,' that is, for the dance or the chorale of the sons of Korah, for the understanding and for answering wisely to him who fears God and because of this truly becomes an Israelite. For their fear is interpreted as having all the divine fear and reverence, and to answer with understanding is proper for a wise listener while announcing the song with the dance and the divine chorale of the psalm.

'I have cried to You not only by day but also by night' (Ps 87:2,3), not occurring in solitude among the bright and pleasant things of life (it is impossible to be so by day), but also having been in the gloomy ones, containing a nocturnal state; having cried out in the day, so that the participation in the good things might remain for me, and in the night, so that when its end is coming out of the night, I might be able to rouse my spirit toward You. And it is possible to say more simply, similarly to what was said by the Savior: 'The Father will avenge His children who cry to Him day and night' (Luke 18:7). For he who meditates on the law of the Lord day and night and through it...

With works and disposition, he cries out to the God of his salvation day and night, at times asking for salvation, at others entreating that it might be preserved, which already exists. And the voice saying, 'Let my prayer enter before you' (Ps 88:4), speaks with much boldness toward God. For I ask such things as are profitable for me and appropriate for you and good to give (for I ask for the truly good things); let our prayer become in your hearing; for in this way you will also grant the responses I have requested, descending and inclining toward my cry; for in this way I have believed to be heard; therefore, O Lord, I cry out to you.

For many are the enemies lying in wait to tear my life into the pit (Ps 88:4), by whom my soul has been filled with despondency and evil struggles, that is, the indulgence of evil circumstances. The Holy Scripture calls the same place both the pit and the grave (Ps 88:5). The Savior himself, having become not a sinner, came for the salvation of those being slain to give a ransom, by the grace of God, having tasted death above all. For he alone died on behalf of all, and in this way he was counted among those descending into the pit.

For as each one rightly descends into the pit because of what he has done or thought, I was counted and numbered with them; not being led to this by the works of following, but by the Father's good pleasure and our will to be counted among those descending into the pit and being judged; not that I became arbitrarily and voluntarily as a helpless man, the likeness of which is not being raised to the man. 'Depart'; for he has become a man according to truth, and he says that to be like a man is not simply to be a man, but a helpless man. For being able not to suffer, not to be seized, and not to be bound, he gave himself, becoming obedient unto death, even the death of the cross.

But even if he has become a helpless man voluntarily, as also to be cast into death, yet he is free among the dead. For among all those departing to the place of the dead, being led by some, not only the wicked but also the distinguished, Jesus alone has been emboldened to say, 'No one takes my soul from me; I lay it down from myself, so that I may take it again' (John 10:18). But what is the soul of all those by some into...

Greek · §158

συγκεχυμένων καὶ τεταραγμένων ἐνθυμημάτων εἰς γαλήνην καὶ κατάστασιν διανοίας ἐληλυθότες Βαβυλών εἰσι θεὸν ἐγνωκότες, ω ν μνημονεύει θεὸς ἀξιῶν τῆς μνήμης αὐτοῦ κριθέντων. ∆ύναται δὲ ὁ πλατυσμὸς σημαίνειν τῶν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐρχομένων. 867 Ps 86,6 Τῆς ἐκκλησίας οὐ μόνον οἱ α ρχοντες ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ λαοὶ ἐνεγράφησαν εἰς τὴν πολιτείαν τῆς οὐρανίου πόλεως τοῦ ζῶντος θεοῦ, τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐχόντων ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τῶν πρωτοτόκων τῶν ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανῷ, μόνου θεοῦ διηγήσασθαι δυναμένου τὴν γραφὴν αὐτῶν. οὐ γὰρ τῶν ἐκ συλλαβῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν ἡ ἀναγραφὴ γέγονεν ἀλλὰ τῶν δηλούντων τὴν κατὰ ψυχὴν ποιότητα αὐτῶν η ς μόνος αὐτὸς ε φορός ἐστιν. καὶ ε στιν ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἐπιστῆσαι τῷ θεωρουμένῳ· ἐν ̔Ιερεμιᾷ γέγραπται ̓Αφεστηκότες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς γραφήσονται. ὡς ου ν οἱ ἀφεστηκότες καὶ πόρρω θεοῦ γεγενημένοι γράφονται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ περικείμενοι φρονοῦντες τὰ ἐπίγεια καὶ τὰ ὑλικὰ διανοούμενοι, ου τως οἱ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου 172 φοροῦντες καὶ τὸ πολίτευμα ε χοντες ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐκεῖ ἐμπολιτογραφούμενοι ἐνετάγησαν τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βίβλῳ. 868 Ps 87 αργ ̔Υπὲρ μαελέθ, τουτέστιν ὑπὲρ χοροῦ η χορείας τῶν υἱῶν Κορέ, ὑπὲρ τοῦ σύνεσιν καὶ συνετῶς ἀποκρίνεσθαι τῷ τὸν θεὸν φοβουμένῳ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τυγχάνοντι ἀληθῶς ̓Ισραηλίτῃ. Αἰμὰν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται φόβος αὐτῶν, ὡς πάντα τὸν ε χοντα θεῖον φόβον καὶ εὐλάβειαν Αἰμὰν ει ναι, ῳ σύνεσιν ἀποκρίνεσθαι προσήκει ο ντι συνετῷ ἀκροατῇ μετὰ χορείας καὶ χοροῦ θείου τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τὴν ᾠδὴν ἀπαγγέλλοντι. 869 Ps 87,2.3 Κεκράξομαι πρὸς σὲ οὐ μεθ' ἡμέραν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ νύκτωρ, οὐκ ἐν μόνοις τυγχάνων τοῖς λαμπροῖς καὶ προσηνέσι τοῦ βίου πράγμασιν (ἀδύνατον ἡμέραν ει ναι) ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς σκυθρωποῖς γεγενημένος νυκτερινὴν κατάστασιν περιέχουσιν· ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μὲν κεκραγώς, ο πως παραμένῃ μοι ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν μετουσίᾳ, ἐν νυκτὶ δέ, ο πως τέλος αὐτῆς λαβούσης ἐκ νυκτὸς πρὸς σὲ τὸ πνεῦμά μου ὀρθρίσαι δυνηθῇ. ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἁπλούστερον εἰπεῖν παραπλησίως τῷ λεχθέντι ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ̔Ο πατὴρ ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν τεκνῶν αὐτοῦ τῶν βοώντων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός. ὁ γὰρ τὸν νόμον κυρίου μελετῶν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς καὶ δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ μελετᾶν ε ργοις καὶ διαθέσει κεκράξεται πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τῆς σωτηρίας ἑαυτοῦ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, ὁτὲ μὲν αἰτούμενος σωτηρίαν, ὁτὲ δὲ φυλαχθήσεσθαι αὐτὴν η δη ὑπάρξασαν παρακαλῶν. Πολλὴν δὲ παρρησίαν ε χοντος πρὸς θεὸν ἡ λέγουσα φωνὴ Εἰσελθέτω ἐνώπιόν σου ἡ προσευχή μου. ἐπεὶ γὰρ τοιαῦτα αἰτοῦμαι α κἀμοὶ συμφέρει καὶ σοὶ πρέπει καὶ φίλον διδόναι (αἰτοῦμαι γὰρ τὰ κυρίως ἀγαθά), ἐν ο ψεσί σου ἡ ἡμετέρα προσευχὴ γενέσθω· ου τως γὰρ καὶ ἐπινεύσεις παρασχεῖν α ᾐτησάμην, συγκαταβαίνων καὶ κλίνων πρὸς μὲ τὸ ου ς σου· ου τως γὰρ εἰσακουσθῆναι πεπίστευκα· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ πρὸς σέ, ω δέσποτα, βοῶ. 870 Ps 87,4 Πολλοὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐπικείμενοι πολέμιοι οἱ κατασπάσαι τὴν ζωήν μου εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην θέλοντες, ἐφ' οι ς ἀθυμῶν καὶ ἀγωνιῶν κακῶν ε χω πλησθεῖσαν τὴν ψυχήν, τουτέστιν ἐπιπόνων κακωτικῶν. 871 Ps 87,5 ̓Εκ παραλλήλου τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον ᾳ δην καὶ λάκκον καλεῖν ε θος τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ. αὐτὸς ου ν γενόμενος ὁ σωτὴρ ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ο λων σωτηρίας ἐλήλυθε λύτρον δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀντὶ πολλῶν, χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γευσάμενος θανάτου. Μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸς ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανε καὶ ταύτῃ ει πε Προσελογίσθην μετὰ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς λάκκον. ἑκάστου γὰρ εἰκότως κατιόντος εἰς τὸν λάκκον δι' α ε πραξεν η ἐφρόνησεν, ἐγὼ προσελογίσθην καὶ μετ' αὐτῶν ἠριθμήθην, οὐκ ἀκολουθίας ε ργων εἰς τοῦτό με ἀγαγούσης ἀλλ' εὐδοκίας πατρικῆς καὶ ἡμετέρου θελήματος προσλογισθῆναι τούτοις τοῖς εἰς τὸν λάκκον κατιοῦσι κρινάντων· ο θεν αὐθαιρέτως καὶ ἐθελουσίως ἐγενήθην ὡς α νθρωπος ἀβοήθητος, τῆς ὁμοιώσεως οὐκ εἰς τὸν α νθρωπον ἀναφερομένης. Απαγε· α νθρωπος γὰρ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν γέγονεν, ὁμοιῶσθαι δέ φησιν οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἀνθρώπῳ ἀλλ' ἀβοηθήτῳ ἀνθρώπῳ. δυνάμενος γὰρ μὴ παθεῖν μὴ κρατηθῆναι μὴ δεθῆναι, ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδέδωκεν, Γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ. ̓Αλλ' εἰ καὶ γέγονεν ἑκουσίως α νθρωπος ἀβοήθητος ὡς καὶ περιβληθῆναι θανάτῳ, ἀλλά γε ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος η ν. πάντων γὰρ τῶν εἰς τὸν χῶρον τῶν νεκρῶν ἀπιόντων ὑπό τινων ἀγομένων, οὐ φαύλων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ σπουδαίων, μόνος ̓Ιησοῦς τεθάρρηκεν εἰπεῖν Οὐδεὶς αι ρει τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ· ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ, ι να πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν. ο τι δὲ ἡ πάντων ψυχὴ ὑπό τινων εἰς

The Victory of the Savior over Death and Sin§159

159It will be clear to one who has studied the Gospels. For concerning Lazarus, a distinguished man, it is said: 'And it came to pass that the poor man died and was carried to the bosom of Abraham' (Luke 16:22); and toward something trivial he says, 'In this night they demand your soul from you'; and toward another face he says, 'Until you are brought down.' For the one being brought down by others is brought down there.

Therefore, no one among the dead is free, whether they are those being pulled toward others or those being led to the place of the dead; but Jesus alone, having placed his soul by himself, receiving it from no one, has become free among the dead. And why? Because although all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God (Romans 3:23), being delivered from life with bonds, having difference in what is more and what is less having occurred in Hades, he alone, not having committed sin and not having known sin, has become free among the dead, as also to loose the bonds of death of the other dead in order to raise and vivify them.

For just as he alone on earth is the liberator of sins being given as a gift, he says, 'If the Son sets you free, you will be truly free' (John 8:36); so also, having become in Hades with freedom, he liberated the held souls, making fear work in those holding them; for even the gatekeepers of those places flew away, having seen his authority and his freedom. It follows then that you should interpret the following verses as having been spoken by Christ.

The Savior therefore says to his own Father: 'Even if I have come to be a Savior of the world, having come to seek and to save the lost, being made worthy of eternal salvation for all, but rather, O Father, you are the God of this salvation which I provide for the being saved; for I grant it by your will; therefore, becoming a Paraclete toward you on behalf of those who have sinned, I will save them, interceding for them.' Following this, you will understand the following, as previously foretold.

The Savior says: 'For no one will be able to snatch him who is guarded by the mighty hand of God' (Ps 87:6bc); for he is contained by God, invincible to those desiring to attack and snatch him.

He remains. But someone having become worthless through whom sin occurs, is unworthy to be made a part of the hand, and is cast away, no longer worthy to be held and remembered by God.

Since he says, 'Because I did not come into Hades and death according to my own work, but having tasted death on behalf of others, I bring the cause of falling into the lowest pit and into the very heart of the earth' (Ps 87:7) instead of 'You made me to go into the lowest parts of the pit,' just as having resurrected those in the depth of this, he leads them away from there to bring them into the paradise of God. 'You laid me in the dark and in the shadows of death' (Ps 87:7). For if he says he has become victorious even in death, it is not in death strictly speaking, but in its shadow (for he reached the third day having risen), and in the same way, having placed them in the darkness under them, he turned them away, so that they might no longer live in darkness but in me, the light.

The wrath of God is like fire, which takes sin as food (Ps 87:8). Because of these things he underwent, and he himself acts; and as they are being consumed, he also approaches (Ps 87:10a). When many human abominations were occurring, the wrath of God was being carried against them, but the benefactor Savior submitted himself to the wrath of God, so that he might be fixed upon it, no longer moving or acting to find fuel, and so that God might be extinguished, not having been fed by him; because he was not known to sin, having been tested in all things without sin.

And he brought upon himself all those wavering temptations and tribulations, so that having struggled and having been tested in all things, he might be shown proven, so that we are no longer subject to wavering. For he dispelled them; and it is said of God, 'They are not for you,' because they are brought upon them for His judgment. Those of the circumcision who knew him and were known by him were fortunate, but those who responded to the law and the prophets had become far from him, having turned away and having been shown to be traitors, having been cast out from the Father and having been made far from His own Son, whose hand exists from which...

Greek · §159

ᾳ δην α γεται, σαφές σοι ε σται ἐπιστήσαντι τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις. περὶ γὰρ Λαζάρου ἀνδρὸς σπουδαίου ο ντος ει ρηται ̓Εγένετο δὲ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πτωχὸν καὶ ἀπενεχθῆναι εἰς κόλπους ̓Αβραάμ· καὶ πρὸς φαῦλον δέ τινα λέλεκται Αφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἀπαιτοῦσι τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπὸ σοῦ· καὶ πρὸς ε τερον πρόσωπον λέλεκται τὸ 173 Εως ᾳ δου καταβιβασθήσῃ. ὁ γὰρ καταβιβαζόμενός που ὑφ' ἑτέρων ἐκεῖσε καταβιβάζεται. ο θεν οὐδεὶς ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος ει η τῶν πρὸς α λλων ἑλκομένων η ποδηγουμένων εἰς τὸν τῶν νεκρῶν τόπον, μόνος δὲ ̓Ιησοῦς ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ θεὶς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, οὐδενὸς λαβόντος αὐτὴν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος γέγονε. καὶ ε τι· ἐπεὶ Πάντες η μαρτον καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπαλλαττόμενοι τοῦ βίου μετὰ δεσμῶν διαφορὰν ἐχόντων τὴν κατὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ η ττον ἐν τῷ ᾳ δῃ γεγένηνται, μόνου τοῦ ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πεποιηκότος καὶ μὴ γνόντος ἁμαρτίαν καὶ ἐν τοῖς νεκροῖς ἐλευθέρου γεγενημένου ὡς καὶ λύειν τῶν ἑτέρων νεκρῶν τὰ δεσμὰ τοῦ θανάτου ἐπὶ τῷ ἀναστῆσαι καὶ ζωοποιῆσαι αὐτούς. ὡς γὰρ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς μόνος αὐτὸς ἐλευθερωτὴς ἁμαρτημάτων α φεσιν δωρούμενος, λέγει γοῦν ̓Εὰν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ο ντως ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε, ου τως καὶ ἐν ᾳ δῃ γεγενημένος μετ' ἐλευθερίας τὰς κατεχομένας ψυχὰς ἠλευθέρωσε, φόβον ἐμποιήσας τοῖς αὐτὰς κατέχουσιν· ε πτηξαν γοῦν καὶ οἱ πυλωροὶ τῶν τόπων ἐκείνων, τὴν αὐθεντίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῦ θεασάμενοι. ̓Ακόλουθον δ' α ν καὶ τοὺς προάγοντας στίχους ἑρμηνεῦσαι ὡς εἰρημένους ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ. λέγει τοίνυν ὁ σωτὴρ πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πατέρα· Εἰ καὶ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου τυγχάνω ἐληλυθὼς ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλὸς αι τιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου πᾶσι γενόμενος, ἀλλά γε, ω πάτερ, ταύτης η ς παρέχω τοῖς σῳζομένοις σωτηρίας θεὸς ὑπάρχεις· βουλήματι γὰρ τῷ σῷ χαρίζομαι αὐτήν· ο θεν καὶ παράκλητος γινόμενος πρὸς σὲ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμαρτηκότων σώσω αὐτούς, ἐντυγχάνων ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν. ̓Ακολούθως δὲ τοῖς η δη προειρημένοις νοήσεις καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. 872 Ps 87,6bc Τὸν γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ κραταιᾶς χειρὸς φρουρούμενον ἁρπάσαι οὐδεὶς δυνήσεται, φησὶν ὁ σωτήρ· ο σον γὰρ περιέχεται τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀήττητος τοῖς ἐπιβουλεῦσαι καὶ ἁρπάσαι θέλουσι διαμένει. ο ταν δέ τις φαῦλος γεγενημένος δι' ω ν ἁμαρτάνει ἀνάξιος τῆς χειρὸς γένηται, ἀπωθεῖται οὐκέτι α ξιος ω ν κρατεῖσθαι καὶ μνημονεύεσθαι ὑπὸ θεοῦ. 873 Ps 87,7 ̓Επεὶ οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ε ργα η λθεν εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην καὶ τὸν θάνατον ἀλλὰ α λλων ε νεκα ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν γευόμενος θανάτου, εἰς ἐκείνους ἀναφέρων τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ εἰς τὸν κατώτατον λάκκον καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν καρδίαν τῆς γῆς ἐφθακέναι φησὶ τὸ Εθεντό με, ἀντὶ τοῦ ̓Εποίησάν με εἰς τὰ κατώτατα τοῦ λάκκου ἰέναι, ο πως καὶ τοὺς ἐν βάθει τούτου ἀνιμησάμενος μεταγάγω ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τῷ εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν θεοῦ παράδεισον. Εθεντο δέ με καὶ ἐν σκοτεινοῖς καὶ ἐν σκιᾷ θανάτου. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐν θανάτῳ αὐτῶν ε νεκα γεγένημαι, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ κυρίως θανάτῳ ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ αὐτοῦ (ε φθασα γὰρ τριήμερος ἀναστάς), τῷ αὐτῷ δὲ τρόπῳ καὶ ἐν σκοτεινοῖς ὑπ' αὐτῶν τεθειμένος κατηύγασα αὐτούς, ὡς μηκέτ' αὐτοὺς ἐν σκότει διάγειν ἀλλ' ἐν ἐμοὶ τῷ φωτί. 874 Ps 87,8–10a ̔Ο τοῦ θεοῦ θυμὸς ἐοικὼς πυρὶ τροφὴν καὶ υ λην ε χει τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. ἐφ' ο σον ου ν ὑφέστηκε ταῦτα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνεργεῖ· ἀναλουμένων δὲ αὐτῶν συναπέρχεται καὶ αὐτός. πολλῶν ου ν τυγχανόντων ἀνθρωπίνων ἀνομημάτων, ἐφέρετο κατ' αὐτῶν ὁ θεοῦ θυμός, ἀλλ' ὁ σωτὴρ εὐεργέτης ω ν ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν τῷ θεοῦ θυμῷ, ὡς ἐπιστηριχθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐπ' αὐτὸν μηκέτι κινούμενον η ἐνεργοῦντα τῷ μὴ εὑρίσκειν υ λην. ο θεν καὶ σβεσθῆναι αὐτὸν συνέβη οὐ τραφέντα παρ' ῳ ἐπεστήρικτο, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐγνωκότος αὐτοῦ τῷ πεπειρᾶσθαι κατὰ πάντα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. ̓Επήγαγε δ' ἐπ' αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς μετεωρισμοὺς αὐτοῦ πειρασμοὺς καὶ θλίψεις ο ντας, ο πως ἀγωνισάμενος καὶ πειρασθεὶς περὶ πάντων δόκιμος ἀναδειχθῇ ὡς μηκέτι ἡμᾶς ὑποκεῖσθαι τοῖς μετεωρισμοῖς. ἐξηφάνισε γὰρ αὐτούς· θεοῦ δὲ ει ρηνται ου τοι, ἐπεὶ κρίσει αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ συμφέροντι ἐπάγονται. Γνωστοὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος οἱ γινώσκοντες αὐτὸν καὶ γινωσκόμενοι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐτύγχανον οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, ο τε τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις ἐπανεῖχον ἀλλὰ μακρὰν αὐτοῦ γεγένηνται ἀποστήσαντες καὶ προδόται αὐτοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένοι, τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκβαλόντος καὶ 174 μακρὰν πεποιηκότος αὐτοὺς τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ, ο ς καὶ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχει ἀφ' η ς

The Darkness of Perishing vs. the Light of Truth§160

160He drove them away according to the psalm: 'They drove You from my hand' (Ps 52:11). And he says that the pretext for them being distanced from Him is that they made an abomination for themselves. For the Jews, having become sinners, considered piety to be an abomination; for piety is an abomination to a sinner. Therefore, they also made the mystery-initiating abomination of this piety an abomination to themselves, not being of such a kind.

'I was handed over and was not delivered away.' For the Savior was not immediately handed over by them unto death and departed, leaving them nothing remaining to them in the providing of a way for repentance. For it was necessary for them to be perceptive, just as His eyes are said to be, and they grew weak as if to see Him no longer. Because of this he says, 'My eyes have grown weak from poverty' (Ps 102:3). For the cause of the weakness is that spiritual poverty has come upon them, for they desired the flesh and, taking everything written according to the letter, they grasped it.

How then can His eyes, the perceptive ones of Israel, be able? This will become clear to you once you understand: 'You are the body of Christ and members in part' (1 Cor 12:27). Just as those who believed according to the Gospel fulfill the body of Christ—just as the perceptive ones are the eyes, the understanding ones are the hearers, and the practical ones are called the hands—so also, before the manifestation, those holding to the Scriptures were the body of the Word of God according to the stated analogy.

Psalm 87:11-13 'Can a voice be read thus: Will you not do wonders for the unfeeling ones, and will you not perform wonders for the dead who have lost the power to grasp?' For these things happen to those who perceive and are able to marvel, not to those who fight against God, the impious, and because of this they remain unrepentant. For no one will pray for them.

'There shall be a resurrection upon your confession.' For those who happen to be God-fighters are not of a nature to confess. And regarding 'resurrection' here, he is not speaking of the most common sense (for all shall partake of this), but of the one occurring through repentance, as it is said: 'Does not he who falls not rise again?' (Luke 15:18). It is possible to decide: 'Will you not do wonders for the dead?' Only, he is not saying, 'Will you not do wonders for those who have been deadened by other gods,' since even those who become gods by fighting against God will not rise upon the...

To confess. For no one says that to those who have despaired and to those hidden in tombs, the announced mercy of you will be recounted to the living who desire to be shown mercy, but nor will your truth be recounted to those who are making a work of perishing and because of this are named perishing. For the Word recounts the mercy to those whose nature is to be shown mercy (for they are not those who show mercy to neighbors; for they say, 'Blessed are the merciful, for they shall be shown mercy'), but also the truth is not recounted in perishing, but to those who have passed over it and have reached salvation. The wonderful things are not to be known in darkness. Those held by superfluous wickedness and ignorance are darkness. For darkness is said of some, but also a land forgotten and a heart unremembered, being filled with thorns of pleasures and worldly cares. The wonderful things of the truth are not to be known in this, nor is practical justice and moral virtue in the land forgotten because of the thorns.

It is fitting for Jesus to speak with boldness, 'Why, Lord, have you rejected my prayer?' (Ps 87:15), for it is not that you have rejected my prayer and turned your face away from me because I have sinned at all; therefore, having received my petition, lead all into salvation, for whom I intercede, shining upon them with your face. When the rich one, who labored for us, became poor for our sake, toiling for our salvation, the text says, not saying at all that he is poor, but from youth. For being rich and existing in the form of God, having emptied himself in this present age, he became poor, from the time he was born and had age; and having been lifted up to the cross and having been humbled, and his body having been laid into the tomb, it seemed to be vanishing, causing many who believed in him to stumble, but having risen from the dead, he was lifted up again into the heavens, having been taken up so as to draw to himself those who are able no longer to see him as poor and toiling because of the humanization, but as rich and the icon of the invisible God (Ps 87:16-17). Since the Lord who became human bears the face of the many sinning of all humanity (for he took up the...)

Greek · §160

ἀπώσατο αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ Αὐτοὶ ἐκ τῆς χειρός σου ἀπώσθησαν. ο θεν καὶ τὴν πρόφασιν τοῦ μεμακρῦνθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἀπαγγέλλων φησὶν Εθεντό με βδέλυγμα ἑαυτοῖς. ἁμαρτωλοὶ γὰρ γενόμενοι οἱ ̓Ιουδαῖοι βδελυκτὴν τὴν θεοσέβειαν ἡγοῦντο· Βδέλυγμα γὰρ ἁμαρτωλῷ θεοσέβεια. διὸ καὶ τὸν ταύτης μυσταγωγὸν βδέλυγμα ἑαυτοῖς ε θεντο οὐκ ο ντα τοιοῦτον. Παρεδόθην καὶ οὐκ ἐξεπορευόμην. οὐ γὰρ εὐθὺς παραδοθεὶς ὑπ' αὐτῶν εἰς θάνατον ὁ σωτὴρ ἐξεπορεύθη, καταλιμπάνων αὐτοὺς ε τι παραμένων αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ παρέχειν μετανοίας τρόπον. ῃ δει γὰρ αὐτοὺς διορατικοὺς ει ναι, ὡς καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ λέγεσθαι οι καὶ ἠσθένησαν ὡς μηκέθ' ὁρᾶν αὐτόν. διὰ τοῦτό φησιν Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου ἠσθένησαν ἀπὸ πτωχείας. αἰτία γὰρ τῆς ἀσθενείας αὐτοῖς ἡ πνευματικὴ πτωχεία γεγένηται, η ν ε χειν ἐπεπόθησαν καὶ κατὰ τὸ γράμμα πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐκλαμβάνοντες. πῶς δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ οἱ διορατικοὶ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ει ναι δύνανται, ε σται σοι σαφῶς ἐπιστήσαντι τῷ ̔Υμεῖς δέ ἐστε σῶμα Χριστοῦ καὶ μέλη ἐκ μέρους. ὡς γὰρ οἱ πιστεύσαντες κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον συμπληροῦσι τὸ Χριστοῦ σῶμα, ὡς τοὺς μὲν διορατικοὺς ει ναι ὀφθαλμούς, τοὺς δὲ συνετοὺς ἀκροατὰς ω τα, ε τι μὴν τοὺς πρακτικοὺς χεῖρας καλεῖσθαι, ου τω καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας οἱ ταῖς γραφαῖς ἐπανέχοντες σῶμα τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ὑπῆρχον κατὰ τὴν εἰρημένην ἀναλογίαν. 875 Ps 87,11–13 ∆ύναται πεῦσις ἀναγινώσκεσθαι ου τως· μὴ τοῖς ἀναισθητοῦσι καὶ τὸ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι ἀπολέλασι νεκροῖς ου σι ποιήσεις θαυμάσια; ταῦτα γὰρ τοῖς αἰσθανομένοις καὶ θαυμάσαι δυναμένοις γίνεται ὁμοίως, μὴ τοῖς θεομάχοις γίγασιν εἰς θεὸν ἀσεβοῦσι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀμετανοήτως ε χουσιν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ προσεύξεται περὶ αὐτῶν. ̓Ανάστασις ε σται ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξομολογήσασθαί σοι. οὐ γὰρ πεφύκασι ῃ θεομάχοι τυγχάνουσιν ἐξομολογεῖσθαι. ἀνάστασιν δ' ἐνταῦθα οὐ τὴν κοινοτέραν νοουμένην λέγει (πάντες γὰρ μεθέξουσι ταύτης), ἀλλὰ τὴν κατὰ μετάνοιαν γινομένην καθ' η ν λέγεται Μήτι ὁ πεσὼν οὐκ ἀνίσταται; ∆υνατὸν ἀπόφασιν ει ναι Μὴ τοῖς νεκροῖς ποιήσεις θαυμάσια· μόνον οὐχὶ λέγων Μὴ τοῖς νεκρωθεῖσι τῷ α λλοις θεοῖς προσέχειν ποιήσεις θαυμάσια, ἐπείπερ οὐδὲ γίγαντες διὰ τοῦ θεομαχεῖν ο ντες ἀναστήσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξομολογήσασθαι. οὐδεὶς γάρ φησι τοῖς ἀπελπισθεῖσι καὶ η δη ἐν τάφοις συγκεκρυμμένοις διηγήσεται τὸ ε λεός σου ἀπαγγελλόμενον τοῖς ζῶσι καὶ ἐλεηθῆναι ποθοῦσιν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου ει ποιεν α ν τις τοῖς ἀπωλείας ε ργα ποιοῦσι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀπώλειαν ὀνομαζομένοις. διηγεῖται γὰρ ὁ λόγος τὸ ε λεος τοῖς πεφυκόσιν ἐλεεῖσθαι (ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἐλεοῦντες τοὺς πέλας· Μακάριοι γάρ φησιν οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ο τι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται), ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἀπωλείᾳ ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς μεταστᾶσιν αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπὶ σωτηρίαν ἐφθακόσιν. Μὴ γνωσθήσεται ἐν τῷ σκότει τὰ θαυμάσια. οἱ ὑπὸ περιττῆς κακίας καὶ ἀγνοίας κεκρατημένοι σκότος εἰσίν. η τε γὰρ σκότος πρός τινας ει ρηται ἀλλὰ καὶ γῆ ἐπιλελησμένη καὶ ἀμνημόνευτος ἡ καρδία ἡ ἀκανθῶν πεπληρωμένη οὐσῶν ἡδονῶν καὶ μεριμνῶν βιωτικῶν. οὐ γνωσθήσεται ου ν ἐν τούτοις σκότος ου σι τὰ θαυμάσια τῆς ἀληθείας ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἡ πρακτικὴ καὶ ἠθικὴ ἀρετὴ ἐν τοῖς διὰ τὰς ἀκάνθας γενομένοις ἐπιλελησμένη γῆ. 876 Ps 87,15 ̔Αρμόζει τῇ ̓Ιησοῦ παρρησίᾳ τὸ εἰπεῖν Ινα τί, κύριε, ἀπωθεῖς τὴν προσευχήν μου; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν αι τιόν τι δι' ο ἀπωθεῖς τὴν προσευχήν μου καὶ ἀποστρέφεις τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, οὐδαμῶς μου ἡμαρτηκότος· διὸ προσδεξάμενός μου τὴν εὐχὴν πάντας εἰς σωτηρίαν α γαγε, ὑπὲρ ω ν πρεσβεύομαι, ἐπιλάμπων αὐτοῖς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου. 877 Ps 87,16 Οτε δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσε πλούσιος ω ν ἐπόνησέ τε ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν κάμνων ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας, ἐρεῖ τὸ προκείμενον, οὐ καθάπαξ λέγων πτωχὸς ει ναι ἀλλ' ἐκ νεότητος. πλούσιος γὰρ καὶ ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων ἑαυτὸν κενώσας ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι πτωχὸς γέγονεν, ἐξότε ἐτέχθη καὶ ἡλικίαν ε χειν η ρξατο· ὑψωθεὶς δ' ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ 175 ταπεινωθείς, ο τε εἰσήχθη εἰς τὸ μνῆμα τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ε δοξεν ἐξαπορεῖσθαι σκανδαλιζομένων πολλῶν τῶν πιστευσάντων αὐτῷ, ἀλλ' ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστὰς πάλιν ὑψώθη εἰς οὐρανούς, ἀναληφθεὶς ὡς ἑλκύσαι πρὸς αὐτὸν τοὺς δυναμένους μηκέτι πτωχὸν αὐτὸν ὁρᾶν καὶ κάμνοντα διὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ἀλλὰ πλούσιον καὶ ο ντα εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου. 878 Ps 87,17.18 ̓Επεὶ τὸ πάσης τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος πολλὰ ἁμαρτούσης πρόσωπον φέρει ὁ ἐνανθρωπήσας κύριος (ἀνέλαβε γὰρ τὰς

The Preparation of Truth and the Oath to David§161

161Regarding all sin into his own body, all impulses according to various sins and his terrors passed over him as to disturb him, but they are not able to work against him, since he has not known or experienced sin. And it is said that the impulses and terrors of God, which are powers serving through punishments, turn out to be vessels of wrath.

These, having passed over the Savior, disturbed him, saying, 'Now my soul is troubled' (Ps 69:1). For even if he possesses a most perfect soul, yet seeing such a multitude of enemies, he experiences a fore-passion, especially since the water of the day surrounded him all at once, rushing against him and drowning him, if he had not been an excellent diver. For just as perceptible water surrounding someone drowns him, especially if he does not know how to swim, so the evil powers kill the one crushed by them.

But if they have become as water around Jesus, surrounding him all at once during the day, they are not even able to harm him; for much water will not quench the love (Song 8:7). For the perfection which is placed toward God through love is unquenchable. And this existed according to the human nature of Jesus, so that the shield of the hands cannot harm him.

And thus Eusebius of Caesarea, Didymus, and Apollinaris explained. It is said many times that the generation is carried in two ways. It signifies the people from the circumcision and the Gentiles. And it gives the reason for which the mercies of the Lord are for ever, having brought them in, that if all, mercy will be built up for ever. For the age which has come has not arrived, God clearly shows mercy and does good; and by this he says mercy is built up for ever. For just as a building is composed of many and various things being fitted together, so a building of many being benefited by the mercy of God takes place. Perhaps mercy is being built up, the building of wisdom...

Having built for itself these things. For its humanization is the foundation and the end of the building of mercy, the removal of the pre-occupying sin of all those being shown mercy.

From these things follows: 'In the heavens your truth shall be prepared' (Ps 88:5). For since we, those on earth, are imagined to be able to perceive divine things not yet with a clear face, but through a mirror and in a riddle (1 Cor 13:12), in the heavens the truth of God is being prepared for those having been prepared from there as if they are about to face it. For then they face face to face the beauty of the truth, having seized the end of knowledge and understanding, the partial reaching of things having been abolished for them. And the truth of God is being prepared in those not thinking of earthly things but having their citizenship in the heavens, by wearing the image of the heavenly through which the heavens are used.

By this God gives to David his father the throne to reign over these people forever, Jacob, into the ages (Ps 88:4), as if there is no end to his kingdom. And so that no one might think that David attained this blessing by chance according to favoritism, God says, 'I have sworn to David my servant'; for since David has been proven a genuine servant and worshiper, I give to him a sign, that a virgin, chaste and untouched by man, shall give birth to the God who is with you among men. For this the voice of Emmanuel signifies; it is not the seed of David being prepared. And the 'I have sworn' spoken by God establishes the stability of the promise toward David. For just as an oath-taker keeps an inviolable intention, being pressed by the word of a binding agreement with God, so also God, regarding whom it is said He eternally and certainly grants by oath, does not act according to another. For He says, 'As for myself, I have sworn, says the Lord, not as to the unfaithful...'

Greek · §161

πάντων ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα), διῆλθον ἐπ' αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ κατὰ διαφόρων ἁμαρτημάτων ὀργαὶ καὶ οἱ φοβερισμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς ἐκταράξαι αὐτόν, ἐνεργῆσαι δὲ κατ' αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν δεδύνηνται οὐκ ἐγνωκότος οὐδὲ πεποιηκότος ἁμαρτίαν. ̔Ρηθεῖεν δ' α ν ὀργαὶ καὶ φοβερισμοὶ θεοῦ αἱ ὑπηρετούμεναι ταῖς κολάσεσι δυνάμεις, ὀργῆς σκεύη τυγχάνουσαι. αυ ται ἐπὶ τὸν σωτῆρα διελθοῦσαι ἐξετάραξαν αὐτὸν λέγοντα Νῦν ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τελειοτάτην ψυχὴν ει χεν, ἀλλ' ου ν τοσοῦτον πλῆθος ἐχθρῶν ὁρῶσα προπάθειαν ε σχε, μάλιστα ἐπεὶ τρόπον υ δατος ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν περιέσχον αὐτὸν α μα κατ' αὐτοῦ συνδραμοῦσαι καὶ ε πνιξαν αὐτόν, εἰ μὴ δύτης α ριστος η ν. ὡς γὰρ τὸ υ δωρ τὸ αἰσθητὸν περιεχόμενόν τινος πνίγει αὐτὸν μάλιστα νήχεσθαι μὴ ἐπιστάμενον, ου τως αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις ἀποκτένουσι τὸν ὑπ' αὐτῶν καταπωθέντα. ἀλλ' εἰ κύκλῳ τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ ὡς υ δωρ γεγένηνται αυ ται ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν περιέχουσαι αὐτὸν α μα, ἀλλά γε βλάψαι αὐτὸν οὐδὲ δεδύνηνται· Υδωρ γὰρ πολὺ οὐ σβέσει τὴν ἀγάπην. ἡ γὰρ τελεία ε ξις ἡ δι' ἀγάπης πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τεθεῖσα α σβεστός ἐστιν. αυ τη δὲ ὑπῆρχε κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον τῷ ̓Ιησοῦ, ο θεν βλάψαι αὐτὸν ἡ τῶν χειρόνων φάλαξ οὐ δεδύνηνται. 879 Ps 87,19 Καὶ ου τως μὲν Εὐσέβιος ὁ Καισαρείας καὶ ∆ίδυμος καὶ ̓Απολινάριος ἐξηγήσαντο. 880 Ps 88,2.3 Ει ρηται δὲ πολλάκις ὡς ε νθα διττῶς φέρεται ἡ γενεά. σημαίνει τὸν ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ ἐθνῶν λαόν. ἀποδίδωσι δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν δι' η ν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ᾳ δει τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ κυρίου, ἐπαγαγὼν Οτι ει πας Εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ε λεος οἰκοδομηθήσεται. ο σον γὰρ ἐνέστηκεν ὁ αἰὼν ου τος, φανερῶς ἐλεεῖ καὶ εὐεργετεῖ ὁ θεός· καὶ ταύτῃ οἰκοδομεῖν ε λεος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα λέγει. ὡς γὰρ ἡ οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ πολλῶν καὶ διαφόρων συναρμοζομένων ἀποτελεῖται, ου τω πολλῶν εὐεργετουμένων ἐλέῳ θεοῦ οἰκοδομὴ γίνεται. Τάχα δὲ ε λεος οἰκοδομεῖται, τῆς σοφίας οἰκοδομησάσης ἑαυτῇ οι κον. ἡ γὰρ ἐνανθρώπησις αὐτῆς θεμέλιος καὶ πέρας τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τοῦ ἐλέους ἐστίν, πάντων ἐλεουμένων ἀφαιρέσει τῆς προκαταλαβούσης ἁμαρτίας. ̔Εξῆς τούτοις ἐστὶν ̓Εν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἑτοιμασθήσεται ἡ ἀλήθειά σου. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς ο ντες δι' ἐσόπτρου καὶ ἐν αἰνίγματι φανταζόμεθα τὰ θεῖα πράγματα ου πω προσβολῇ καθαρᾷ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι αὐτῶν δυνάμενοι, ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἑτοιμάζεται ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ τούτοις ἀπεντεῦθεν προπαρασκευασαμένοις ὡς οι όν τ' η ν προσβαλεῖν αὐτῇ. τότε γὰρ πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον προσβάλλουσι τῷ κάλλει τῆς ἀληθείας, τὸ τέλος τῆς γνώσεως καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἀπειληφότες, καταργηθείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς μερικῆς τῶν πραγμάτων διαλήψεως. ἑτοιμάζεται δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς μὴ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦσιν ἀλλ' ε χουσι τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς τῷ φορεῖν τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου δι' η ν χρηματίζουσιν οὐρανοί. 881 Ps 88,4.5 Τούτῳ δίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον ∆αυὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ βασιλεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὸν οι κον ̓Ιακὼβ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ὡς μὴ ει ναι τέλος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ. Οπως δὲ μὴ νομίσῃ τις ὡς ε τυχε κατὰ προσωποληψίαν τὸν ∆αυὶδ τετευχέναι ταύτης τῆς εὐλογίας, φησὶν ὁ θεὸς Ωμοσα ∆αυὶδ τῷ δούλῳ μου· ἐπεὶ γὰρ γνήσιος δοῦλός μου καὶ θεράπων ἀποδέδεικται ὁ ∆αυίδ, δίδωμι τῷ οι κῳ αὐτοῦ σημεῖον, ὡς παρθένον α χραντον καὶ α ψαυστον ὑπὸ ἀνδρὸς τεκεῖν τὸν μεθ' ὑμῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων θεόν. τοῦτο γὰρ ἀποσημαίνει ἡ ̓Εμμανουὴλ φωνή· ου τος δέ ἐστι τὸ 176 ἑτοιμαζόμενον σπέρμα τοῦ ∆αυίδ. Τὸ δὲ Ωμοσα λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ βέβαιον τῆς πρὸς τὸν ∆αυὶδ ἐπαγγελίας παρίστησιν. ὡς γὰρ ὁ ὀμνὺς ἀπαράβατον πρόθεσιν φυλάττει τῷ τὸν ο ρκον ει ναι λόγον ἐμπεδούμενον μετὰ θεοῦ παραλήψεως, ου τως καὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐφ' οι ς αἰωνίως καὶ βεβαίως χαρίζεται ὀμνύναι λέγεται οὐ κατ' α λλου. ει ρηται γὰρ Κατ' ἐμαυτοῦ ω μοσα, λέγει κύριος, οὐχ ο τι ἀπωμοτικοῖς η

The Circumference of Truth and Divine Light§162

162He does not use mere words, but promises an unchangeable and unalterable will. Since his will regarding the man from David becoming his son is unalterable, it is fitting that the Lord said to my servant, 'You are my son' (Ps 88:7). No one of those born from God, having received the spirit of adoption, will be able to become like the Lord. For he alone, according to truth, is the offspring of God, while the others are called sons of God to partake in him.

For the sake of a perfect understanding of what is set forth, we shall use the apostolic voice, which sounds thus: 'Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ' (2 Cor 13:14). For having called God Father of himself and of those near him, he was reverent, not assigning to himself an equality with any glory to the only-begotten Son; therefore he added, 'And the Lord Jesus Christ,' having cried out only once: 'if indeed we have become sons by the grace of God, and he himself becomes our Father, yet also we are slaves of Jesus Christ according to the nature of our Lord who is' (Rom 8:17).

This very thought is confirmed by the set-forth word: 'For who shall be like the Lord among the sons of God?' (Exod 35:19). No one is, according to essence, a son of God, except the Savior alone, who is the only one consubstantial with the Father; but those who are not according to essence, but according to quality, shall be made like him, just as they become merciful like the Father and perfect as the Father becomes: 'You shall be holy, because I am holy' (Lev 11:44). For the Lord comes upon the clouds of heaven with much power and glory, and the saints shall be caught up in clouds to meet the Lord in the air, to be with him forever (1 Thess 4:17).

Therefore, of the Lord and the saints being in the clouds, no one of those caught up in clouds shall be equal to the one coming upon the clouds of heaven with much power and glory. For each one was caught up with power, but not with much glory. For that power and glory he possessed, but the Savior will come with much power and glory; and each of those was in a cloud, but not upon the clouds. The expression 'upon the clouds' establishes the authoritative and kingly, whence no one in clouds shall be equal to the Lord; for truly, the cloud of each of the saints, being spiritual, is the intelligible moisture (the clouds...

For he says, 'justice has overwhelmed' (Ps 88:8), no such clouds can be found equal to the Lord, who is also a cloud, since each of them only waters a little, but He waters not only all men but also all rational things.

He is also fearful to those who are opposed, threatening punishments and bringing them down against those who fall away from His divine commands. For you, being near Him in receiving His divine teaching, while sinning, are near the fire, as the words of the Savior say: 'He who is near me is near the fire, and he who is far from me is far from the kingdom.' Thus, in the present word, He is fearful to those around Him who, through having believed in Him, disobey His commandments; how great is He to those held by His virtue.

The truth about God is none other than the one saying, 'I am the truth' (John 14:6). If it is around God, it can never not be, lest God should descend from not being once surrounded by truth to this. But it is surrounded by this, generating it, and He alone is the true God. For just as He alone is wise, not participating in wisdom but generating wisdom, so He alone is true and has truth around Him, not taking part in it but being with others and giving it to them.

For the Father exists with the Son in every thought and energy; for the Word, being with God, is God the Word, since the Father is in the Son and the Son is in the Father; for it is fitting for a God-Word to be with God the Father. But also as light, God has light with Him, the Son, as it is said in Daniel: 'And the light is with Him.' For it is not 'was' or 'will be' but 'is,' for this shows eternity, and thus it is said to be an emanation of eternal light. And the truth is said not to have 'become' or 'be going to be' around, but to 'be' of the almighty God. And the eternal power will be present to the almighty God, which exists the same as the wisdom, truth, light, and Word of God, but also 'your truth is around you.'

Understand this (Ps 88:10): faith in Him ruling all creation and the sea, regarding what is written about Jonah; for there it is said that waves were stirred up in the sea, and again, the sea will be to Him from the...

Greek · §162

κατωμοτικοῖς χρᾶται ἐπιρρήμασιν ἀλλ' ὡς α τρεπτος καὶ ἀμετάβλητον βουλὴν ε χων ὑπισχνεῖται. ἐπεὶ ου ν καὶ ἡ βούλησις αὐτοῦ ἡ περὶ τοῦ ἐκ ∆αυὶδ α νθρωπον γενέσθαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἀμετάθετος η ν, εἰκότως τὸ Ωμοσα ∆αυὶδ τῷ δούλῳ μου ει πεν. 882 Ps 88,7 Οὐδεὶς τῶν ἐκ θεοῦ γεγεννημένων τῷ παραδεδέχθαι τὸ τῆς υἱοθεσίας πνεῦμα ὁμοιωθῆναι τῷ κυρίῳ δυνήσεται. αὐτὸς γὰρ μόνος κατὰ ἀλήθειαν γέννημα θεοῦ, οἱ δ' α λλοι τῷ μετέχειν αὐτοῦ υἱοὶ θεοῦ καλοῦνται. ὑπὲρ τελείας δὲ νοήσεως τῶν προκειμένων χρησόμεθα ἀποστολικῇ φωνῇ ου τως ἐχούσῃ· Χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ. εἰπὼν γὰρ τὸν θεὸν πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων ηὐλαβήθη, μὴ δόξῃ τισὶν ἰσοτιμίαν ἑαυτῷ νέμειν πρὸς τὸν μονογενῆ υἱόν· διὸ ἐπήνεγκε Καὶ κυρίου ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μονονουχὶ κεκραγώς· εἰ καὶ θεοῦ χάριτι γεγόναμεν υἱοί, καὶ αὐτὸς ἡμῶν τυγχάνει πατήρ, ἀλλά γε καὶ δοῦλοι ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐσμεν κατὰ φύσιν κυρίου ἡμῶν ο ντος. ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν παρεμφαίνει καὶ ἡ προκειμένη λέξις· Τίς γὰρ ὁμοιωθήσεται τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν υἱοῖς θεοῦ; οὐδεὶς κατ' οὐσίαν υἱὸς θεοῦ η μόνος ὁ σωτὴρ ι διος καὶ μόνος ὁμοούσιός ἐστι τῷ πατρί, ὁμοιωθήσονται δὲ αὐτῷ ου τοι οἱ οὐ κατ' οὐσίαν ἀλλὰ κατὰ ποιότητα ω σπερ καὶ τῷ πατρὶ οἰκτίρμονες ὡς αὐτὸς γινόμενοι καὶ τέλειοι ὡς ὁ πατὴρ γινόμενοι· Αγιοι γὰρ ε σεσθε, διότι ἐγὼ α γιός εἰμι. Ου τος δὴ ὁ κύριος ε ρχεται ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς, καὶ οἱ α γιοι ἁρπαγήσονται ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς ἀέρα ἐπὶ τῷ πάντοτε σὺν αὐτῷ ει ναι. τοῦ τοίνυν κυρίου καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἐν νεφέλαις ο ντων, οὐδεὶς τῶν ἁρπαγέντων ἐν νεφέλαις ἰσωθήσεται τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ε καστος μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης ἡρπάγη, ἀλλ' οὐ πολλῆς. ἐκείνην γὰρ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ δόξαν ει χεν η ν ε λαβεν, ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς η ς παρέχει ἐλεύσεται· καὶ ε καστος ἐκείνων ἐν νεφέλῃ, ου τος δ' ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν. παρίστησι δὲ ἡ ̓Επὶ τῶν νεφελῶν λέξις τὸ αὐθεντικὸν καὶ βασιλικόν, ο θεν οὐδεὶς ἐν νεφέλαις ἰσωθήσεται τῷ κυρίῳ· ε τι μὴν ἑκάστου τῶν ἁγίων νεφέλης ο ντος πνευματικῆς ὑούσης τὸν νοητὸν ὑετόν (Αἱ νεφέλαι γάρ φησι ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην), οὐδεμία τῶν τοιούτων νεφελῶν ἰσωθῆναι τῷ κυρίῳ δυνήσεται τυγχάνοντι καὶ αὐτῷ νεφέλῃ, ἐπείπερ ἑκάστη ἐκείνων ὀλίγους ποτίζει, αυ τη δὲ οὐ πάντας ἀνθρώπους μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ λογικὰ πάντα. 883 Ps 88,8 Φοβερὸς δ' ἐστὶ καὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἀπειλῶν κολάσεις καὶ ἐπιφέρων κατὰ τῶν λειπτοτακτούντων τῶν θείων αὐτοῦ προσταγμάτων. ο σοι γὰρ ἐγγὺς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντες τῷ παραδεδέχθαι τὴν θείαν αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίαν ἁμαρτάνοντες ἐγγὺς τοῦ πυρός εἰσιν, ὡς ει ρηταί που ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ̔Ο ἐγγύς μου ἐγγὺς τοῦ πυρός, ὁ δὲ μακρὰν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας· ο θεν καὶ ἐν τῇ προκειμένῃ λέξει τοῖς περικύκλῳ αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ πεπιστευκέναι αὐτῷ παρακούουσι τῶν ἐντολῶν αὐτοῦ φοβερός ἐστιν, μέγας ω ν τοῖς δι' ἀρετὴν περιεχομένοις αὐτοῦ. 884 Ps 88,9b ̔Η περὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀλήθεια οὐκ α λλη τυγχάνει τοῦ εἰπόντος ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια. εἰ δὲ κύκλῳ τοῦ θεοῦ αυ τη ἐστίν, οὐ δύναταί ποτε μὴ ει ναι, ι να μὴ καταβοᾷ θεὸς ἐκ τοῦ ποτε μὴ κυκλοῦσθαι ὑπὸ ἀληθείας εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλυθόσι. κυκλοῦται δὲ ὑπὸ ταύτης γεννῶν αὐτὴν καὶ μόνος ω ν θεὸς ἀληθινός. ὡς γὰρ μόνος σοφὸς οὐ μετέχων ἀλλὰ καὶ γεννῶν σοφίαν, ου τω μόνος ἀληθινὸς καὶ κύκλῳ ε χει τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὐ μεταλαμβάνων αὐτῆς ἀλλὰ συνὼν καὶ ἑτέροις αὐτὴν δωρούμενος. καθ' ἑκάστην γὰρ 177 ἐπίνοιαν καὶ ἐνέργειαν συνυπάρχοντα ε χει τὸν υἱὸν ὁ πατήρ· ε στι γὰρ ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸν θεὸν θεὸς ω ν λόγος, ι ν' ὁ πατὴρ ῃ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ἐν τῷ πατρί· η ρμοζε γὰρ θεῷ πατρὶ συνεῖναι θεὸν λόγον. ἀλλὰ καὶ φῶς ω ν ὁ θεὸς ε χει φῶς σὺν αὐτῷ τὸν υἱὸν ῃ φησι ∆ανιὴλ Καὶ τὸ φῶς μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. οὐ γὰρ ει πεν Ην η Εσται ἀλλ' ̓Εστίνδηλωτικὸν γὰρ τοῦτο ἀϊδιότητος, ο θεν καὶ ἀπαύγασμα φωτὸς ἀϊδίου ει ρηται. Καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια δὲ οὐ γέγονεν η ε σεσθαι κύκλῳ ἀλλ' ει ναι τοῦ δυνατοῦ θεοῦ ει ρηται. παρέσται δὲ τῷ δυνατῷ θεῷ καὶ ἡ ἀΐδιος δύναμις, ἡ αὐτὴ τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ φωτὶ καὶ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπάρχουσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς κυκλοῦσί σε ἡ ἀλήθειά σου. 885 Ps 88,10 Νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· πίστις τοῦ δεσπόζειν αὐτὸν πάσης τῆς κτίσεως καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης τὰ περὶ τοῦ ̓Ιωνᾶ ἀναγραφέντα· ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἐξεγηγερκέναι κλύδωνα ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ λέγεται, καὶ πάλιν θελήσει αὐτοῦ Εστη ἡ θάλασσα ἐκ τοῦ

The Creative Power and the Arm of God§163

163of its violence. And Jesus, demonstrating by word what kind of son he is of the master of the dominion of the sea, rebukes it while it is being agitated and stirring up a storm, and immediately calms it.

But if the sea's allegory signifies the life of men, its dominion may be the evil one in whom the whole world lies, that is, the mortal and perilous state. By this, the master of the sea, providing weakness to its dominion, grants authority to the travelers to suffer against all his power, calming the unstable and irregular surges of its waves, which are called upon it, making it also a firm footing for those receiving authority to walk upon it with Jesus, of whom Peter bears the image.

For no one, apart from Jesus, is able to suffer the sea of life, becoming subject to anxieties and pleasant passions, unless he walks along with Jesus. For he is the one walking as if on dry land upon the sea, as it was said to him: 'Your ways, O God, are in the sea, and your paths in many waters' (Ps 88:12-13). For Jesus has trodden paths in the strong waters; the passions are also life-related anxieties that those following his tracks are able to mount.

Regarding the thought, all those interpreting confess his wonders, and the earth receiving Jesus, being a seed and bearing fruit, becomes his property, reaching one hundred and sixty and thirty. And he established the inhabited world upon its fullness, being no other than the church, in which souls dwell having adhered to the right reason and the truth. But sacred powers also dwell in it, intervening around those fearing him.

And the foundation upon which it was established is not other than that about which Paul writes, for no one else is able to lay a foundation other than the one laid, which is Jesus Christ. And the fullness of this spiritual inhabited world, being founded upon the same foundation, is the fullness of virtues and of the dogmas of piety, along with the divine gifts of the Spirit.

And the Lord created the north and the seas, so that they are no longer as they were before. For just as having created the two into one, a new man from the two, he has...

It has been struck, and the being-created heart is pure, from which it has become pure; and he creates also those outside of faith, so that in Christ they might become a new creation—not by creating the north wind and the seas. But everyone who obtains divine election and is suspended by light, having been enlightened, rejoices in the name of God with a light of knowledge.

Just as Tabor is indeed outside, but Hermonius is a suspension of light; for the Hebrew names of the mountains are taken toward these things. And if Tabor is also interpreted as a pit (for it does not carry the sense), you will understand how it is said 'a praiseworthy pit', having understood how God gives to some in a manner of blessing pits that have been dug; those who have dug them did not dig them out. And if the pit were spoken of in mockery, having changed the voice, it would not be named thus, as one should not enrich wells; the spring will rejoice upon the name of the Lord (Ps 88:14-15).

The poetic power of God (but this is His creative power, His only-begotten Son) is signified to all those who are within by name. For 'arms' is said in the Psalms: 'And the arm of the Lord, to whom was it revealed? And your arm, O Most High, and you shall not be afraid.' But also the 'hand of the Lord' is confessed in: 'My high hand has done all these things'; and 'right hand' in: 'Exalt me with the right hand of the Lord.' For the holy one says to God: 'Yours is the arm with might, reigning and holding all things.' And it also says: 'Let your hand be strengthened, performing wonders and accomplishing great powers.'

For Peter says to God: 'Grant to your servants to speak your word with boldness, stretching out your hand for signs and wonders' (Acts 4:29). In thought, the power of the Father is not different; Christ is called these things. For if He is the Son of God and Wisdom and the Word of God and Truth, He is the right hand being lifted up by God, suspending and lifting up all, and He goes forth before your presence as mercy and truth; for no one who is to approach your face has been previously pitied and has conversed with the truth. It is possible, then, as in other places and here, that mercy and truth are not other than the Only-begotten, as in 'God sent forth His mercy and His truth.' It is not other than the Only-begotten Son of God, who is the same.

Greek · §163

σάλου αὐτῆς. καὶ ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς ε ργῳ δεικνὺς ο τι υἱός ἐστι τοῦ δεσπότου τοῦ κράτους τῆς θαλάσσης, ἐπαφριζούσῃ αὐτῇ καὶ τρικυμίας διεγειρούσῃ ἐπιτιμᾷ καὶ εὐθέως αὐτὴν καταπραΰνει. Εἰ δὲ σημαίνοι τὸν τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίον ἡ τῆς θαλάσσης προσηγορία, κράτος αὐτῆς δύναται ει ναι ὁ πονηρὸς ἐν ῳ ὁ κόσμος ο λος κεῖται τουτέστιν ἡ θνητὴ καὶ ἐπίκηρος πολιτεία. τούτῳ ου ν τῷ κράτει τῆς θαλάσσης ἀσθένειαν ὁ δεσπότης αὐτοῦ παρέχων ἐξουσίαν ὀρέγει τοῖς φοιτηταῖς πατεῖν ἐπὶ πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν δύναμιν, καταπραΰνων τὰς ἀστάτους καὶ ἀνωμάλους ὁρμὰς κύματα αὐτῆς καλουμένας ἐπὶ τῷ καὶ βάσιμον αὐτὴν ει ναι τοῖς ἐξουσίαν λαβοῦσιν ἐπ' αὐτῆς σὺν ̓Ιησοῦ βαδίζειν ω ν εἰκόνα ὁ Πέτρος φέρει. οὐδεὶς γὰρ α νευ ̓Ιησοῦ κατ' ἐκεῖνον πατεῖν δύναται τὴν τοῦ βίου θάλασσαν, ὑπεράνω μεριμνῶν καὶ ἡδυπαθειῶν γινόμενος, εἰ μὴ ̓Ιησοῦ συμπεριπατῇ. αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ περιπατῶν ὡς ἐπ' ἐδάφους ἐπὶ θαλάσσης, ο θεν ει ρηται πρὸς αὐτὸν ̓Εν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἡ ὁδός σου καὶ αἱ τρίβοι σου ἐν υ δασι πολλοῖς. αι ς γὰρ ε τριψεν ̓Ιησοῦς τρίβοις ἐν τοῖς ἰσχυροῖς υ δασι, τὰ πάθη εἰσὶ καὶ βιωτικαὶ μέριμναι αι ς ἐπιβαίνειν δύνανται οἱ ἐπακολουθοῦντες τοῖς ι χνεσι αὐτοῦ. 886 Ps 88,12.13 Πρὸς διάνοιαν δὲ πάντες οἱ ἑρμηνευόμενοι οὐρανοὶ ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ τὸν ̓Ιησοῦ δεχομένη σπόρον καὶ καρποφοροῦσα εἰς ἑκατὸν καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριάκοντα γῆ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσα κτῆμα δὲ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει, καὶ η ν ἐθεμελίωσεν α μα τῷ πληρώματι αὐτῆς οἰκουμένην, οὐκ α λλη τῆς ἐκκλησίας ου σα ἐν ῃ οἰκοῦσι ψυχαὶ αἱ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν προσηκάμεναι. οἰκοῦσι δὲ αὐτὴν καὶ ἱεραὶ δυνάμεις παρεμβάλλουσαι κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτόν. θεμέλιος δὲ ἐφ' ο ν τεθεμελίωται οὐχ ε τερός ἐστι τοῦ περὶ ω ν γράφει Παῦλος Θεμέλιον γὰρ α λλον οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ο ς ἐστιν ̓Ιησοῦς Χριστός. πλήρωμα δὲ τῆς νοητῆς ταύτης οἰκουμένης ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν θεμέλιον ἱδρυμένον τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐστι καὶ τῶν τῆς εὐσεβείας δογμάτων α μα τοῖς θείοις τοῦ πνεύματος δωρήμασιν. Εκτισε δὲ τὸν βορρᾶν ὁ κύριος καὶ τὰς θαλάσσας ἐπὶ τῷ μηκέτι ει ναι ο η σαν πρότερον. ὡς γὰρ κτίσας τοὺς δύο εἰς ε να καινὸν α νθρωπον ἐκ δύο ε να αὐτοὺς πεποίηκε καὶ ἡ κτιζομένη δὲ καρδία καθαρὰ ἐξ ου καθαρὰ γεγένηται κτίζει δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐκτὸς τῆς πίστεως, ι ν' ἐν Χριστῷ καινὴ κτίσις γένωνται–ου τω κτίζει τὸν βορρᾶν καὶ τὰς θαλάσσας. Πᾶς δὲ ὁ τυγχάνων ἐκλογῆς θείας καὶ ὑπὸ φωτὸς μετεωριζόμενος τῷ πεφωτικέναι ἑαυτῷ φῶς γνώσεως ἀγαλλιᾶται τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ θεοῦ. ὡς ἐκτὸς μὲν τὸ Θαβώρ, φωτὸς δὲ μετεωρισμὸς τὸ ̔Ερμωνιείμ· εἰς ταῦτα γὰρ μεταλαμβάνονται αἱ ̔Εβραϊκαὶ τῶν ὀρέων προσηγορίαι. εἰ δὲ καὶ λάκκος ἑρμηνεύεται τὸ Θαβώρ (καὶ ου τω γὰρ φέρεται), νοήσεις πῶς ει ρηται ἐπαινετὸς λάκκος, ἐπιστήσας ὡς δίδωσι θεός τισιν εὐλογίας τρόπῳ λάκκους λελατομημένους ου ς οὐκ ἐξελατόμησαν οἱ εἰληφότες. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ ψόγου λέγοιτο ἡ λάκκος φωνὴ μεταβαλὼν ου τως ὠνομασμένος ὡς οὐ χρηματίσαι φρέαρ, ἡ πηγὴ ἀγαλλιάσεται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου. 887 Ps 88,14.15 ̔Η ποιητικὴ τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμις 178 (αυ τη δ' ἐστὶν ὁ δημιουργικὸς αὐτοῦ ω ν αὐτοῦ μονογενὴς υἱός) α πασι τοῖς ἐγκειμένοις ὀνόμασι σημαίνεται. βραχίων γὰρ ει ρηται ἐν τῷ Καὶ ὁ βραχίων κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη; καὶ ̔Υψηλός σου ὁ βραχίων, καὶ οὐκ ῃ δειμεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ χεὶρ κυρίου ὁμολογεῖται ἐν τῷ ̔Η χείρ μου ἡ ὑψηλὴ ἐποίησε ταῦτα πάντα· καὶ δεξιὰ ἐν τῷ ∆εξιὰ κυρίου υ ψωσέ με. Λέγει γοῦν ὁ α γιος τῷ θεῷ· Σὸς ὁ βραχίων μετὰ δυναστείας, βασιλεύων καὶ κρατῶν ἁπάντων. φάσκει δὲ καὶ τὸ Κραταιωθήτω ἡ χείρ σου, παραδοξοποιοῦσα καὶ δυνάμεις τεραστίους ἐπιτελοῦσα. φησὶ γὰρ ὁ Πέτρος πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ∆ὸς τοῖς δούλοις σου ἀφόβως μετὰ παρρησίας λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου ἐν τῷ ἐκτείνειν τὴν χεῖρά σου εἰς ι ασιν καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα. Κατ' ἐπίνοιαν ου ν διάφορον ἡ τοῦ πατρὸς δύναμις ὁ Χριστὸς ταῦτα καλεῖται. εἰ γὰρ υἱὸς θεοῦ καὶ σοφία καὶ θεὸς λόγος καὶ ἀλήθεια δεξιά ἐστιν ὑψουμένη θεοῦ μετεωρίζουσα καὶ ἐπαίρουσα πάντα τὸν μιμητήν, προπορεύεται δὲ τῆς σῆς παρουσίας ε λεος καὶ ἀλήθεια· οὐδεὶς γὰρ οι ός τέ ἐστι προσβαλεῖν σου τῷ προσώπῳ μὴ πρότερον ἠλεημένος καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἐνωμιληκώς. ∆υνατὸν γοῦν ὡς ἐν α λλοις καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ ε λεος καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν μὴ α λλα τοῦ μονογενοῦς ει ναι ὡς ἐν τῷ ̓Εξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ. ου τος ου ν ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸς ὁ αὐτὸς ω ν

The Perception of the Lord and the Vision of the Prophet§164

164cts

If we effect power, then our horn will be exalted by your good pleasure. For our horn was exalted by the good pleasure of God, who says, 'This is my beloved Son in whom I have been well pleased' (Matt 3:17). For He was well pleased to effect our salvation through His own Son. And because of this, he says, our horn was exalted in the good pleasure of God, since the perception of the Lord is that by which He perceives, fighting and defending those who receive this grace from Him.

And this perception belongs to the holy Israel, our king. For the king of the true Israel, seeing God, is a son; the same perception is not of the Lord. The same perception of the Lord can be as being worked by Him, and of the holy Israel as enduring it. And a holy Israel in these things is one who is sanctified in the mind to see Him. And our King, being restored by the Lord who transcends,

One who perceives a spoken word merely senses it, it is through hearing, if he hears the one speaking; but if he understands the things being announced, he does not perceive by hearing, but by vision of the mind he perceives the speech of the one offering it. Since God was showing things rather than merely announcing them, He speaks to His sons who are being enriched through progress and perfection, not in hearing but in vision. So also it has been written concerning Israel: 'And the people saw the voice of the Lord' (Exod 15:2). It is necessary to say, 'Heard the voice of the Lord,' but if it is said instead 'Saw the voice,' that is to say, he perceived it with the mind.

The prophets were seers of visions; for they did not claim to perceive by sensing or by seeing, but they were striking with the mind at the beauty of intelligible things. 'You spoke in vision to your sons': 'I made help as far as possible,' saying this regarding the Savior who has come from the root of Jesse. For truly in this He set help to help all creation that is able. And the one on whom He set help is the chosen one from the people, exalted not according to divinity but according to the flesh. For concerning him it is also, 'Israel is my chosen one,' and the people received him...

Greek · §164

τῷ ἐλέει καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ προεπιδημῶν ταῖς διανοίαις ἐμφανίζει τὸν συνηρμοσμένον αὐτῷ πατέρα· ̔Ο γὰρ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ̓Ελευσόμεθα ἐγώ τε καὶ ὁ πατήρ. εἰκὼν γὰρ ὑπάρχων τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου ἐμφανίζει ἑαυτὸν τῷ καθαρῷ νῷ, ο πως διὰ τὸ ὁραθῆναι δείξῃ καὶ τὸν πατέρα. Εἰ δὲ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρὸς ὁ υἱὸς λέγοιτο τῷ χαρακτὴρ ει ναι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ὑποστάσεως, προπορευθῆναι τούτου τοῦ προσώπου δεῖ ἐν τοῖς διὰ καθαρότητα τῆς καρδίας δυναμένοις ἐνιδεῖν τῷ θεοῦ προσώπῳ ε λεον διὰ ἠθικῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ ἀλήθειαν διὰ γνώσεως τῶν τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστηρίων. ἐπεὶ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν ἠθικὴν ἐνέργειαν ἐλεούμεθα, καὶ κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν προσβάλλομεν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· τούτου χάριν πολλαχοῦ α μα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὸ ε λεος ὀνομάζεται. 888 Ps 88,16–19 Οὐκ ει πε δὲ μακάριον ει ναι λαὸν τὸν ἐγνωκότα ἀλαλαγμὸν ἀλλὰ τὸν γινώσκοντα. οὐ γὰρ ἀπαρκεῖ τὸ νενικηκέναι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸ νικᾶν ἀεὶ ἐνεργοῖμεν· ἀεὶ γὰρ πρὸς ἀντιπάλους ε χομεν. ου τω δέ τις περιγινόμενος τῶν ἀντιπαρατεταγμένων προκόψοι καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας θεωρίαν, καὶ ἀεὶ καταλαμπόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ θείου προσώπου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ε σται αἰωνίῳ, ἐν ῃ τυγχάνων α μα πᾶσι τοῖς τὸν αὐτὸν φωτισμὸν ε χουσιν ἀγαλλιάσεται περικείμενος τὴν σωστικὴν θεοῦ προσηγορίαν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου ἀγαλλιώμενος ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν. πρόφασις γὰρ τῆς ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ αἰτία τοῖς τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ πορευομένοις τὸ θεοῦ ο νομά ἐστιν. Ου τοι δὲ καὶ μετεωρισθήσονται τῇ σῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ὑψούσῃ αὐτούς. σὴ δὲ δικαιοσύνη ὁ γενόμενος ἡμῖν παρὰ σοῦ, οὐ μόνον σοφία ἀλλὰ καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμός. ὑψοῖ γὰρ α παντας αυ τη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ε λκουσα αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἑαυτὴν διὰ μετουσίας. ὑψοῦται δέ τις καὶ τῇ διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας γινομένῃ. αἰτίαν δὲ τούτου ἐδήλωσεν εἰπὼν Οτι τὸ καύχημα τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν ει σύ. εἰ γὰρ καὶ δύναμιν ε χουσι καθ' η ν πάντα δυνατῶς ἐπιτελοῦσι καὶ θεωροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ σοῦ εἰδότες ε χειν αὐτὴν καυχῶνται οὐκ ἐπ' α λλῳ η σοί, πληροῦντες τὸ ̔Ο καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω. ̔Ομολογοῦσι γοῦν λέγοντες Αὐτὸς γὰρ δίδωσιν ἰσχὺν τοῦ ποιῆσαι δύναμιν· ο θεν καὶ παρρησιέστερόν φασιν ̓Εν τῷ θεῷ ποιήσομεν δύναμιν, καὶ ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου ὑψωθήσεται τὸ κέρας ἡμῶν. ὑψώθη γὰρ καὶ ηυ ξησεν ἡμῖν εὐδοκίᾳ θεοῦ τοῦ εἰπόντος Ου τός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἐν ῳ ηὐδόκησα. ηὐδόκησε γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ υἱῷ σωτηρίαν ἡμῶν ποιῆσαι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, φησίν, ἐν τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐδοκίᾳ ὑψώθη τὸ ἡμέτερον κέρας, ἐπεὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἐστὶν ἀντίληψις καθ' η ν ἀντιλαμβάνεται ὑπερμαχῶν καὶ ὑπερασπίζων τῶν παρ' αὐτοῦ ταύτην τὴν 179 χάριν λαμβανόντων. ε στι δὲ ἡ ἀντίληψις τοῦ ἁγίου ̓Ισραὴλ βασιλέως ἡμῶν. ὁ γὰρ βασιλεὺς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ τοῦ θεὸν ὁρῶντος α γιός ἐστιν, ὁ αὐτὸς ω ν τῷ κυρίῳ ου ἐστιν ἡ ἀντίληψις. ∆ύναται ἡ αὐτὴ ἀντίληψις τοῦ κυρίου ει ναι ὡς ἐνεργουμένη ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου ̓Ισραὴλ ὡς ὑπομένοντος αὐτήν. α γιον δὲ ̓Ισραὴλ ἐν τούτοις ἐρεῖς τὸν ἁγιαζόμενον ἐν τῷ νῷ καθορᾶν αὐτόν. τὸ δὲ Βασιλεὺς ἡμῶν ἀνακτέον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον τοῦ ὑπερβατοῦ ου τως ἀποκαθισταμένου, ο τι τοῦ κυρίου βασιλέως ἡμῶν ἡ ἀντίληψις καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου ̓Ισραήλ. 889 Ps 88,20–23 ̔Ο ἀντιλαμβανόμενος προφορικοῦ λόγου εἰ μὲν αὐτὸ μόνον αι σθοιτο αὐτοῦ η ἀκουστὸς ει η, ἐν ἀκοῇ λέγοντα ε χει τὸν λαλοῦντα, εἰ δὲ νοοίη τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα, οὐκ ἀκοῇ ἀλλ' ὁράσει νοῦ ἀντιλαμβάνεται τῆς λαλίας τοῦ προσφέροντος αὐτήν. ἐπεὶ ου ν θεὸς ἐδείκνυε τὰ πράγματα ε τι μᾶλλον η ἀπαγγέλλων αὐτά, λαλεῖ τοῖς διὰ προκοπὴν καὶ τελειότητα χρηματίσασιν αὐτοῦ υἱοῖς οὐκ ἐν ἀκοῇ ἀλλ' ἐν ὁράσει. ου τω γοῦν καὶ περὶ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ἀναγέγραπται Καὶ ὁ λαὸς ἑώρα τὴν φωνὴν κυρίου. δέον εἰπεῖν Ηκουσε τῆς φωνῆς κυρίου, ει ρηται δὲ ἀντὶ τούτου τὸ ̔Εώρα τὴν φωνήν, τουτέστιν ἐνόει ταύτην. ὁράσεις ἑώρων οἱ προφῆται· οὐ γὰρ αἰσθητῶν τινων καὶ ο ψει καταληπτῶν ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι ὁρᾶν ἐλέγοντο, ἀλλὰ νῷ προσβάλλοντες κάλλει πραγμάτων νοητῶν. ̓Ελάλησας ἐν ὁράσει τοῖς υἱοῖς σου ̓Εθέμην βοήθειαν ἐπὶ δυνατόν, δυνατὸν λέγων τὸν ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης ̓Ιεσσαὶ γεγενημένον σωτῆρα. ἀληθῶς γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ βοήθειαν ε θετο τὴν βοηθῆσαι τῇ κτίσει πάσῃ δυναμένην. ε στι δὲ ὁ δυνατὸς ἐφ' ο ν ε θετο βοήθειαν ἐκλεκτὸς ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ, ὑψωθεὶς οὐ κατὰ τὴν θεότητα ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν σάρκα. περὶ αὐτοῦ γάρ ἐστι καὶ τὸ ̓Ισραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου, προσεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἡ

The Anointing and Calling of the Son§165

165My soul. For he was chosen from myriads, as in the selection of the elect. And because of this the Father exalted him, granting to him the name which is above every name. 'I have found David my servant' (Ps 89:20); and since the one according to the flesh is of the seed of David, it is possible and sufficient for him to be held by the hand over all the rational creation so that he might teach me in this way; therefore he anointed him with holy oil, proving him priest and king in all things (In holy oil, by the Holy Spirit, clearly meaning anointed, as it is said: 'God, your God, has anointed you with the oil of gladness among your companions' Ps 45:7), because my hand shall take hold of him, his arm being strong.

And the arm and hand of God, the divinity of the Only-begotten; and it takes hold of him, performing strange and great works through him. An enemy will not benefit in him; instead of the devil (for he does not know sin, nor is there deceit in his mouth), thinking he can benefit, while he is able to instill deception and other wickedness. But no son of lawlessness, having come to break the law, will be able to harm him by surrounding him with sin. But the benefiting against the enemy lies strictly in overcoming. And in the Gospel, indeed, the deliberating chief priests and Pharisees against Jesus, not overcoming in his gathering, said to one another, 'See, you benefit nothing'; and the whole world went after him (Matt 22:37)—so that they would not overcome at all.

These things, Didymus says, clearly dividing the one Christ, even if in some way he turned away his manifest slanders. For he clearly presents two persons and two sons, and leads toward this kind of life a doctrine; therefore it seems to me that the interpretation of the one before him is more preferable to those wishing to think devoutly. And Eusebius, through similar things to Didymus, almost brings forward recollections in which he selects: 'The one of the prophets etc.'

He says of David, because the one according to the flesh is of the seed of David, it is possible and sufficient for him to be of hand; for this reason the voice of David is taken up. He found and with holy oil anointed him, since my hand shall take hold of him, strengthening him by my arm (Ps 88:27). And the arm and hand of God, the Son of God, has been said. For he overcomes the man, taking hold of him, the one born from the virgin. And the hand overcomes him and takes hold, performing extraordinary works through him. And the enemy will not profit; the devil is in the man who is the Lord's; for he did not know sin, nor was there deceit in his mouth.

He himself (clearly the one anointed with holy oil) will call upon me; 'You are my Father, God,' he says (Ps 88:28). For since having been born from the virgin he has been called the Son of God, he will call upon me, saying 'You are my Father,' the only-begotten Son of God (for he is Son according to essence), but not only calling but confessing God as Father. And he took upon himself man, and was called the Son of God, and calls God his Father and the supporter of his salvation; for he raised him and into the heavens he took him up. And he has become a supporter also of his own salvation, not that he himself is saved, but that he saves those fleeing to him. And having thus called upon the Father, the cause of all, the Father himself sets him as firstborn, bearing the first things of all those who have been called sons of God, not in the same way as he was raised up with the only-begotten; for he alone is the genuine instrument and temple of the God Word.

But do not let him fail you, thinking until then that the throne of Christ will be extended until the fullness of this; for heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will not pass away (Ps 88:30). For he reigns again, his words not passing away after the passing of heaven and earth. For it has not been said 'I will throw down the...

Greek · §165

ψυχή μου. ε στι γὰρ ̓Εκλελοχισμένος ἀπὸ μυριάδων, ὡς ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο υ ψωσεν αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ, χαρισάμενος αὐτῷ ο νομα τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ο νομα. Ευ ρον ∆αυὶδ τὸν δοῦλόν μου· καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ τυγχάνει τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, δυνατὸν καὶ ἱκανὸν χειρὶ τυγχάνοντα ἐπὶ τῷ πᾶσαν τὴν λογικὴν κτίσιν εἰς τὸ ου τως δουλεύειν μοι διδάξαι· ο θεν καὶ ἐν ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ ε χρισα αὐτόν, ἀρχιερέα καὶ βασιλέα α μα κατὰ πάντα ἀποδείξας ( ̓Εν ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ, τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ δηλονότι κεχρισμένος, περὶ ου ει ρηται Εχρισέ σε ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός σου ε λαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου), ἐπείπερ ἡ χείρ μου συναντιλήψεται αὐτῷ κατισχύοντος αὐτὸν τοῦ βραχίονός μου. βραχίων δὲ καὶ χεὶρ θεοῦ τοῦ μονογενοῦς ἡ θεότης· συναντιλαμβάνεται δὲ αὐτῷ, ε ργα παράδοξα καὶ μεγάλα δι' αὐτοῦ ἐπιτελοῦσα. Οὐκ ὠφελήσει ἐχθρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ· ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁ διάβολος (Οὐκ ε γνω γὰρ ἁμαρτίαν οὐδ' ε σχε δόλον ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ), δοκῶν ὠφελεῖν ἐν οι ς α ν ἀπάτην καὶ α λλην κακίαν ἐμποιεῖν δύνηται. ἀλλ' οὐδὲ υἱὸς ἀνομίας τις διὰ τοῦ ἀνομεῖν γεγονὼς δυνήσεται κακῶσαι αὐτὸν τῷ εἰς ἁμαρτίαν περιβαλεῖν. κυρίως δὲ τὸ ὠφελῆσαι ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ κεῖται ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀνύσαι. καὶ ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ γοῦν οἱ βουλευόμενοι ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι κατὰ τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ, μὴ ἀνύοντες ἐν τῷ συσκευάζεσθαι αὐτόν, πρὸς ἀλλήλους ε φασκον Θεωρεῖτε ο τι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν· ι δε ὁ κόσμος ο λος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν– ι σον τῷ μηδὲν ἀνύειν. Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ ∆ίδυμος, προφανῶς διαιρῶν τὸν ε να Χριστόν, εἰ καὶ ποσῶς τὰς προφανεῖς αὐτοῦ δυσφημίας ἐξέκλινα. δύο γὰρ πρόσωπα φανερῶς ὑφίστησι καὶ υἱοὺς δύο, καὶ εἰς τὸ τῆσδε προβιοτῆς ἀπάγει δόγμα· ο θεν δοκεῖ μοι ἡ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἑρμηνεία μᾶλλον αἱρετωτέρα ει ναι τοῖς εὐσεβῶς νοεῖν βουλομένοις. καὶ Εὐσέβιος δὲ διὰ τῶν ὁμοίων ∆ιδύμῳ σχεδὸν πρόεισιν ἐνθυμημάτων οι ς ἐπιλέγει· ̔Ο μὲν τῶν προφητῶν κτλ. 890a Ps 88,21–23 Τὸν ο ντα ∆αυίδ φησιν, ἐπεὶ ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα τυγχάνει, δυνατὸν καὶ ἱκανὸν χειρὶ τυγχάνοντα· εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ μεταλαμβάνεται ἡ ∆αυὶδ φωνή. ευ ρον καὶ ἁγίῳ ἐλαίῳ ε χρισα αὐτόν, ἐπείπερ ἡ χείρ μου συναντιλήψεται αὐτῷ, κατισχύοντος αὐτὸν τοῦ βραχίονός μου. βραχίων δὲ καὶ χεὶρ θεοῦ ὁ θεοῦ υἱὸς ει ρηται. ου τος γὰρ 180 κατισχύει τὸν α νθρωπον συναντιλαμβανόμενος αὐτῷ τὸν ἐκ τῆς παρθένου γεγεννημένον. κατισχύει δὲ αὐτὸν ἡ χεὶρ καὶ συναντιλαμβάνεται, ε ργα παράδοξα δι' αὐτοῦ ἐπιτελοῦσα. Τὸ δὲ Οὐκ ὠφελήσει ἐχθρός· ὁ διάβολος ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ κυριακῷ· Οὐκ ε γνω γὰρ ἁμαρτίαν οὐδ' ε σχεν δόλον ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ. 891a Ps 88,27.28a Αὐτὸς (δηλονότι ὁ ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ χρισθείς) ἐπικαλέσεταί με· Πατήρ μου ει σὺ ὁ θεός, ε φη. ἐπεὶ γὰρ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τῆς παρθένου υἱὸς θεοῦ κέκληται, ἐπικαλέσεταί με, λέγων Πατήρ μου ει σύ, τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ (ε στι γὰρ κατ' οὐσίαν υἱός) ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ἐπικαλουμένου ἀλλ' ὁμολογοῦντος πατέρα τὸν θεόν. ο ν δὲ ἀνέλαβεν α νθρωπον, καὶ ἐκλήθη υἱὸς θεοῦ καὶ ἐπικαλεῖται τὸν θεὸν πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἀντιλήπτορα τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ· ἀνέστησεν γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀνέλαβεν. ἀντιλήπτωρ δὲ γέγονεν καὶ α λλως τῆς αὐτοῦ σωτηρίας, οὐχ η ς αὐτὸς σῴζεται ἀλλ' η ς σῴζει τοὺς προσφεύγοντας αὐτῷ. αὐτοῦ τοιγαροῦν ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν πάντων αι τιον πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ πατὴρ τίθεται αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον τὰ πρωτεῖα φέροντα πάντων τῶν χρηματισάντων υἱῶν θεοῦ, οὐχ ὁμοίως αὐτῷ ἀνακραθέντων τῷ μονογενεῖ· μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸς γνήσιον ο ργανον καὶ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ἀναπέφαται. 892 Ps 88,30b ̓Αλλὰ μὴ λάθῃς σαυτόν, νομίσας μέχρι τότε παρατείνειν τὸν Χριστοῦ θρόνον μέχρι πληρώσεως τούτου· Οὐρανὸς γὰρ καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται, οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου μὴ παρέλθωσι. πάλιν γὰρ βασιλεύει, τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ μὴ παρερχομένων μετὰ τὴν πάροδον οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς. οὐ γὰρ ει ρηται Θήσομαι τὸν

The Defilement of the Sanctuary and the Scattering of the Apostles§166

166His throne lasts until the passing of the heavens, but like the days of heaven; for after the passing, heaven is. It is not possible for its passing to be perishable. And The bright and vigorous things can be days of the earth, but the bright and luminous mysteries of truth are days of heaven;ewise, the throne of the Savior, having been placed unshakable, remains forever.

In this, God steadfastly promises by swearing, upon which He has spoken and enters into (Ps 88:36–38). Since He does not change His mind after swearing, giving an unpassable priesthood according to the order of Melchizedek, He remains constant; and having promised to Abraham with an oath that in his seed all the nations of the earth would be blessed, He shows the immovability of the blessing. If indeed He gives something by chance, He does not swear upon it; for indeed, having given the kingdom to Saul without an oath, He did not change His mind. Since He also willed that the Savior be born from David according to the flesh, and that his seed, having come from David, be unpassable and steadfast, He was faithful to Him regarding the making of the unshakable promises. Therefore, O Moses, David says: 'In my holiness, not lying, upon which I promised, his seed remains for ever, sharing the throne of his beginning with the Sun of Righteousness.' And the moon remains most fully illuminated as the gathering of those being enlightened by Christ for ever, when the light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun, and the righteous shall shine forth like the sun in the kingdom of their Father (Ps 88:39–46). And a faithful witness concerning this being so in the heavens exists; concerning Job he says, 'Behold, in the heavens is my witness and my supporter in the highest' (Job 16:19).

But Didymus did not give the intellect in the same way as the interpretation of Eusebius: 'You, O Lord, having said the seed of Christ remains for ever, have cast away his seed.' Having rendered him powerless, taking up the Christ, who, having been anointed with holy oil, remains for ever and ever, those descending from him shall be shown mercy. Having overthrown the covenant of your servant, having cast up the Christ, though having said you would not profane your covenant with him.

And having defiled even his sanctuary into the earth, indeed his body is given unto death and a memory, while the church, being near, and his sanctuary having been defiled into that earth in the times during which you permitted or continued persecutions to be accomplished for the sake of the godless.

But Christ, the servant of God, is found having taken the form of a servant, becoming according to what was said to the angel, 'Behold the handmaid of the Lord, let it be to me according to your word' (Luke 1:38). And you demolished all his enclosures from his sons, every most fortified help, so that those attempting to plot against them might be able to act against them. For enclosures, according to the Scripture, are diversely becoming guards from God; and it is possible to call the apostles the enclosures of the Christ's vineyard, whom those seeing them scattered say are being removed by God, having been scandalized in the night of the betrayal of Jesus (Matt 26:56). You reproached his strongholds with cowardice. It has been said that the true disciples of Christ are his strongholds, having been placed in cowardice at the time of the betrayal of Jesus.

It followed that Christ was snatched away by those pursuing or departing from the way. But Christ, being snatched away, is not another from those snatching away his body; for you are the body of Christ and members in part (1 Cor 12:27). And it is possible also to call the strongholds of his church according to various local dwellings his strongholds.

To this also you reproach him toward those called his neighbors because of being toward him and around him. For those who seem to be gathered as neighbors of him through a pseudonymous knowledge, thinking that they contain his Scripture and are near his church, are those through whom they think and act badly, reproaching him. For just as he who works rightly and praises rightly according to the truth glorifies him from the opposite, so those who are disposed oppositely to the right ones reproach him. Because of these things, you reproached him on the right side of his enemies; for they exult as if they had overcome by their own power, and having done so, you abandoned him. And you reproached him upon those things happening to him, and those hating him, not assisting him in the war. But rather you turned away the sword of his help, the...

Greek · §166

θρόνον αὐτοῦ μέχρι τοῦ παρελθεῖν τὸν οὐρανόν, ἀλλ' ̔Ως τὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· καὶ μετὰ τὴν πάροδον γὰρ οὐρανός ἐστιν. οὐ γὰρ ι σον τῷ φθαρῆναι τὸ παρελθεῖν αὐτόν. ∆ύναται δὲ καὶ τὰ λαμπρὰ καὶ περιμάχητα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡμέραι γῆς ει ναι, οὐρανοῦ δὲ ἡμέραι τὰ φωτεινὰ καὶ φωτοειδῆ τῆς ἀληθείας μυστήρια οι ς παραπλησίως ὁ θρόνος τοῦ σωτῆρος τεθεὶς ἀσάλευτος εἰς ἀεὶ διαμένει. 893 Ps 88,36– 38 Ενθα βεβαίως ἐπαγγέλλεται θεὸς ὀμόσας, ἐφ' οι ς ει ρηκεν εἰσάγεται. ἐπεὶ ου ν τῷ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχίσεδεκ ἀπαράβατον ἱερωσύνην δίδωσιν ὀμνύς, οὐ μεταμέλεται· καὶ τῷ ̓Αβραὰμ δὲ ἐπαγγειλάμενος μεθ' ο ρκων ἐν τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ εὐλογηθήσεσθαι πάντα τὰ ε θνη τῆς γῆς τὸ ἀμετακίνητον τῆς εὐλογίας δηλοῖ. εἰ δέ που προσκαίρως δίδωσί τι, οὐκ ο μνυσιν ἐπὶ τούτῳ· ἀμέλει γοῦν οὐ μεθ' ο ρκων ἐγχειρίσας τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Σαοὺλ μετεμελήθη. ἐπεὶ ου ν καὶ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ γενέσθαι τὸν σωτῆρα κατὰ σάρκα καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ γεγενημένου ἀπαράβατον καὶ βέβαιον ει ναι ἐβούλετο, ω μοσεν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις ἀσαλεύτους ε σεσθαι. ̓Επεὶ τοίνυν ω μοσα ∆αυὶδ ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ μου οὐ ψευδόμενος ἐφ' οι ς ἐπηγγειλάμην, Τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένει, συνδιαιωνίζοντος τοῦ θρόνου τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ αὐτῷ τῷ ἡλίῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης. καὶ ἡ σελήνη δὲ τὸ α θροισμα τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ φωτιζομένων εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα διαμένει πληρέστατα πεφωτισμένη, πληρουμένου τοῦ Εσται τὸ φῶς τῆς σελήνης ὡς τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἡλίου, ἐκλαμψάντων δὲ τῶν δικαίων ὡς ὁ η λιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν. μαρτὺς δὲ πιστὸς περὶ τοῦ ου τως ε χειν ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐστιν, περὶ ου ̓Ιώβ φησιν ̓Ιδοὺ γὰρ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὁ μάρτυς μου καὶ ὁ συνίστωρ μου ἐν ὑψίστοις. 894 Ps 88,39–46 ∆ίδυμος δὲ τῆς Εὐσεβίου ἑρμηνείας τὴν διάνοιαν ου τως ἀποδέδωκε· Σὺ, ω δέσποτα, εἰπὼν Τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένει, ἀπώσω τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ. ἐξουδένωσας αὐτὸν ἀναλαβόμενον τὸν Χριστὸν ο ν ἐν ἐλαίῳ ἁγίῳ ε χρισας ε λαιον μένον εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος ε ξειν, καθ' ο ἐλεοῦνται οἱ ἐξ αὐτοῦ φῦντες. ἀναβαλλόμενος ου ν τὸν Χριστὸν κατέστρεψας τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ ο ντος δούλου σου, καίτοι εἰπὼν μὴ βεβηλώσειν τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν διαθήκην σου. ἐβεβήλωσας δὲ καὶ τὸ ἁγιαστήριον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν, η τοι εἰς θάνατον καὶ μνῆμα τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ παραδοὺς η τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τυγχάνουσαν οι κον καὶ ἁγιαστήριον αὐτοῦ βεβηλώσας 181 εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς καθ' ου ς ἐπέτρεψας η συνεχώρησας διωγμοὺς πρὸς ἀθέων ἐπιτελεῖσθαι. ∆οῦλος δὲ θεοῦ ὁ Χριστὸς τυγχάνει ἀναλαβὼν τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν, γενόμενος ἐκ τῆς εἰπούσης τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ̓Ιδοὺ ἡ δούλη κυρίου, γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου. Καὶ πάντας τοὺς φραγμοὺς αὐτοῦ καθεῖλες ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ, πᾶσαν ὀχυρωτάτην βοήθειαν, ὡς πάντα τὸν ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτοῖς ἐπιχειροῦντα δύνασθαι κατ' αὐτῶν. φραγμοὶ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ἀδιαφόρως θεόθεν γινόμεναι φρουραί· φραγμοὺς δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀμπελῶνος δυνατὸν εἰρῆσθαι τοὺς ἀποστόλους ου ς καθαιρεῖσθαι ὑπὸ θεοῦ φασιν οἱ ὁρῶντες αὐτοὺς ἐσκορπισμένους καὶ σκανδαλισθέντας ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ τῆς παραδόσεως ̓Ιησοῦ. Εθου τὰ ὀχυρώματα αὐτοῦ δειλίαν. ὀχυρώματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ οἱ γνήσιοι μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσιν α περ δειλωθέντα κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς παραδόσεως ̓Ιησοῦ δειλίᾳ τεθεῖσθαι ει ρηνται. ῳ ἠκολούθησεν τὸ διηρπάσθαι αὐτὸν τὸν Χριστὸν ὑπὸ τῶν διοδευόντων η παραπορευομένων ὁδόν. Χριστὸς δὲ διαρπαζόμενος οὐχ ε τερος τῶν διαρπαζόντων αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα τυγχάνει· ̔Υμεῖς γάρ ἐστε σῶμα Χριστοῦ καὶ μέλη ἐκ μέρους. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὰς κατὰ διαφόρους παροικίας ἐκκλησίας ὀχυρώματα αὐτοῦ εἰρῆσθαι. Πρὸς τούτῳ καὶ ο νειδος αὐτὸν ε θου τοῖς διὰ τὸ πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ πέριξ αὐτοῦ ει ναι καλουμένοις γείτοσιν αὐτοῦ. οἱ γὰρ δοκοῦντες τῆς γραφῆς αὐτοῦ περιέχεσθαι καὶ ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐκκλησίας αὐτοῦ διὰ ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως ἀθροιζόμενοι γείτονες αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσι· δι' ω ν κακῶς φρονοῦσι καὶ πράττουσιν, ὀνειδίζουσιν αὐτόν. ὡς γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου δοξάζει αὐτὸν ὁ ὀρθῶς καὶ ἐπαινετῶς ἐνεργῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν φρονῶν, ου τως ὁ ἐναντίως τοῖς ὀρθῶς ε χουσι διακείμενος ὀνειδίζει αὐτόν. ∆ιὰ ταῦτα υ ψωσας δεξιὰν τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ· ἐπαίρονται γὰρ ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει περιγενόμενοι καὶ ποιήσαντες α διέθηκας αὐτόν. ευ φρανας δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς μισοῦντας αὐτόν, οὐκ ἀντιλαμβανόμενος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ. ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ ἀπέστρεψας τῆς βοηθείας τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ η τὴν

The meaning of 'Who'§167

167The sword of his help; for it is carried on both sides. For having gone to war against Christ, his enemies, and hating him, they did not stand against him in the war, as if they had decided to lead him away to be crucified and to bring all other things against him insultingly.

These things will cease from saying, those who have desire toward Christ and having rightly received the providence, not seeing the intention according to which the Father, not sparing his own Son, delivered him to those standing and gathered against him, having learned the salvation having been made straight through his death, not only of the Father having delivered him on behalf of us but also of himself having delivered himself unto this; for he gave his soul a ransom for many.

Having removed the debt through his cleansing, and the following things as of the psalm. Thinking that he had departed from the things promised to him, and they say these things. For they supposed him to be abolished from the cleansing, thinking he did not work through his blood; upon which they think also that his throne has been broken down to the earth, the days of his throne being shortenededed.

But nothing of this sort will happen concerning his throne, since God has established him as the days of heaven, not as the things that are earthly. But also God remains in opposition to himself if the throne of Christ is as the sun and the completed moon for the age. For having seen him having been crucified and having suffered, they saw him having received the kingdom at the end, his throne having been diminished and overturned, and having taken upon himself the shame upon the cross, concerning which the apostle says: He endured the cross, despising the shame, instead of the joy set before him, having risen from the dead, no longer being abolished by the cleansing but perfecting and working, him removing the sin of the world, according to the said thing: having made a cleansing of sins, he sat at the right hand of majesty in the high places, being raised up and having firmly established the throne, remaining for a long time and an eternal age (Ps 88:47-48a).

Remember, we who are saying these things, what the substance is. For we are unstable and changeable being autonomous; therefore also we fear lest we be drawn into impiety. O God, looking quickly upon your mercy...

For the expressed anger is not of such a nature as to be merely extinguished. The term 'hypostasis' may not signify the essence, as we have interpreted, but rather that which one is able to sustain according to the underlying state.

Since 'who' signifies many things, let us observe what is meant by the various uses of 'Who is man?'. For 'who' sometimes signifies a person, as in 'Who shall ascend the hill of the Lord, and who shall stand in his holy place?' (Ps 24:3). It also denotes the rare or exceptional, as in 'Who is the faithful and prudent servant?' and 'Who is wise and understands these things?' and 'Who is discerning and will know these?'. The word is even applied to the incapable in 'Who knows the Lord?' and 'Who became his counselor?' and 'Who gathered the winds in his bosom?' and 'Who turned the water into a garment?'. The word is also applied to the insignificant, as if he were no one, in 'If God is for us, who is against us?' (Rom 8:31) and 'Behold, the Lord helps me; who will harm me?' (Ps 118:7). It is also applied to one called by a specific name by some, but by others as an individual or a single unit, as in 'a certain noble man'.

Here it is possible to grasp the upcoming passage regarding 'no one': 'For who is the man that shall live and not see death?' (Ps 39:5) instead of 'No one'. And if the discourse is about common death, no one truly lives and does not see death, according to what is said, 'For death passed upon all men, of whom all sinned' (Rom 5:12), and 'For it is appointed unto men once to die' (Heb 9:27). For 'who' is equivalent to 'all men'. No one is a man, since every man is a mortal creature, and every man having fallen from divinity, as in 'You die as men' and 'Wherefore your wrath and indignation, are ye not as men and walk after the manner of men?'. For none of such people have become unhistorical regarding death by sinning; therefore it is said, 'Who is the man that shall live?'. For such a thing is a god, among those called gods through participation in divinity. For they alone shall not see death, since they live by transforming into eternal life; a life which Hades shall not be able to consume or hold, as God saves such people from the hand of Hades.

These things indeed will be said, while we remain upon the literal sense; but if...

Greek · §167

ῥομφαίαν τῆς βοηθείας αὐτοῦ· ἑκατέρως γὰρ φέρεται. συμβαλόντων γὰρ εἰς πόλεμον Χριστῷ τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ μισούντων αὐτόν, Οὐκ ἀντελάβου αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, ὡς δήσαντας αὐτὸν ἀπαγαγεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ σταυρῶσαι καὶ τὰ α λλα ὑβριστικῶς ἐπενεγκεῖν κατ' αὐτοῦ. παύσονται ταῦτα λέγοντες οἱ πρὸς Χριστὸν πόθον ε χοντες καὶ περὶ τῆς προνοίας ὀρθῶς διειληφότες, οὐ μὴν ὁρῶντες πρόθεσιν καθ' η ν οὐ φεισάμενος ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ ἰδίου υἱοῦ ε κδοτον αὐτὸν ἀφῆκε τοῖς παραστᾶσι καὶ συναχθεῖσι κατ' αὐτοῦ, τὴν σωτηρίαν μαθόντες τὴν κατορθωθεῖσαν διὰ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, οὐ μόνον τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν παραδεδωκότος αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τοῦτο παραδεδωκότος ἑαυτόν· δέδωκε γὰρ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. Κατέλυσας ἀπὸ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς ε ως τοῦ διαψάλματος. οἰόμενοι παρὰ τὰ ἐπηγγελμένα αὐτῷ ἀπηντηκέναι καὶ ταῦτά φασιν. καταλελύσθαι γοῦν ὑπειλήφασιν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ ου εἰργάσατο διὰ τοῦ αι ματος αὐτοῦ· ἐφ' ῳ νομίζουσι καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ κατερράχθαι εἰς τὴν γῆν, σμικρυνθεισῶν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ. ἀλλ' οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον περὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ συμβήσεται, θεοῦ τεθεικότος αὐτὸν ὡς τὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περὶ ου τὰ ἐγχωροῦντα ει πομεν· ἀλλὰ καὶ μένειν ἐναντίον ἑαυτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ει πε τὸν θρόνον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὡς τὸν η λιον καὶ τὴν κατηρτισμένην σελήνην εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. σταυρωθέντα γὰρ καὶ πεπονθότα ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ε δοξαν τέλος εἰληφέναι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ, σμικρυνθέντος καὶ ἀνατραπέντος τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ σταυρῷ αἰσχύνην κατασχεθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ περὶ η ς ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν Ος ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινε σταυρὸν αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας, ι ν' ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστὰς μηκέτι καταλελυμένος ὑπὸ καθαρισμοῦ ῃ ἀλλ' ἐπιτελῶν καὶ ἐνεργῶν αὐτὸν αι ρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον Καθαρισμὸν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ 182 τῆς μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς, ἀνωρθωμένον καὶ βεβαίως ἱδρυμένον τὸν θρόνον ε χων μακροήμερον καὶ αἰώνιον διαμένοντα. 895 Ps 88,47.48a Μνήσθητι τίς ἡμῶν τῶν ταῦτα λεγόντων ἡ ὑπόστασίς ἐστι. τρεπτοὶ γὰρ καὶ ἀλλοιωτοὶ τυγχάνομεν αὐτεξούσιοι ο ντες· διὸ καὶ φοβούμεθα, μὴ εἰς ἀσέβειαν ὑποσυρῶμεν. ο θεν τάχυνον τὸν ε λεόν σου ἐπιβλέψας ἡμῖν. ου τως γὰρ μόνως σβέννυσθαι ἡ ἐξαφθεῖσα ὀργὴ πέφυκε. ∆ύναται τὸ τῆς ὑποστάσεως ο νομα μὴ τὴν οὐσίαν σημαίνειν, ὡς ἡρμηνεύσαμεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν καθ' η ν ὑποστῆναί τις δύναταί τι τῶν ἐπιπόνων. 896 Ps 88,49 ̓Επεὶ πολλὰ σημαίνει ἡ τίς φωνή, σκοπήσωμεν κατὰ τί τῶν σημαινομένων λέγεται τὸ Τίς ἐστιν α νθρωπος. σημαίνει γάρ ποτε πεῦσιν ἐν τῷ Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸ ο ρος κυρίου καὶ τίς στήσεται ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ; δηλοῖ καὶ τὸ σπάνιον ἐν τῷ Τίς α ρα ἐστὶν ὁ δοῦλος ὁ πιστὸς καὶ φρόνιμος; καὶ Τίς σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; καὶ συνετὸς καὶ ἐπιγνώσεται αὐτά; κεῖται καὶ ἐπὶ ἀδυνάτου ἡ φωνὴ ἐν τῷ Τίς ε γνω νοῦν κυρίου; η τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο; καὶ ἐν τῷ Τίς συνήγαγεν ἀνέμους ἐν κόλπῳ; τίς συνέστρεψεν υ δωρ ἐν ἱματίῳ; τάττεται ἡ φωνὴ καὶ ἐπὶ εὐτελιζομένου ὡς οὐδενὸς ο ντος ἐν τῷ Εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ' ἡμῶν; καὶ ̓Ιδοὺ κύριος βοηθήσει μοι, τίς κακώσει με; κεῖται καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ καλουμένου παρά τισιν ἰδίως ποίου, παρ' α λλοις δὲ ἀτόμου καὶ ἑνὸς ἀριθμῷ, ἐν τῷ Ανθρωπός τις εὐγενής. ̓Ενταῦθα δὲ δυνατὸν ἐκλαβεῖν τὸ προκείμενον ἐπὶ τοῦ οὐδείς· Τίς γάρ ἐστιν α νθρωπος ο ς ζήσεται καὶ οὐκ ο ψεται θάνατον; ἀντὶ τοῦ Οὐδείς. καὶ εἰ μὲν περὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ θανάτου ὁ λόγος, οὐδείς ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ο ς ε ζησε καὶ οὐκ ει δε θάνατον, καθὸ ει ρηται Καὶ ου τος ὁ θάνατος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους διῆλθεν, ἐφ' ῳ πάντες η μαρτον, καὶ Καθόσον ἀπόκειται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις α παξ ἀποθανεῖν. τὸ γὰρ τίς ἰσοδυναμεῖ τῷ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις. οὐδεὶς ου ν ἐστιν α νθρωπος, ἐπεὶ πᾶς θνητόν ἐστι ζῷον καὶ πᾶς δὲ α νθρωπος γεγονὼς τῷ ἀποπεπτωκέναι θεότητος, ὡς τὸ ̔Υμεῖς δὲ ὡς α νθρωποι ἀποθνῄσκετε, καὶ τὸ Οπου γὰρ ε ρις καὶ ζῆλος ἐν ὑμῖν, οὐχὶ α νθρωποί ἐστε καὶ κατὰ α νθρωπον περιπατεῖτε; οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ἀνιστόρητος γέγονε θανάτου τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν· διὸ ει ρηται Τίς ἐστιν α νθρωπος ο ς ζήσεται; θεῶν γάρ ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον, τῶν κατὰ μετουσίαν θεότητος θεῶν εἰρημένων· ου τοι γὰρ μόνοι οὐκ ο ψονται θάνατον, ἐπείπερ ζῶσι μεταποιούμενοι τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς· ἐφ' ῃ ζωῇ ψαῦσαι η καὶ κρατῆσαι αὐτῶν ὁ ᾳ δης οὐ δυνήσεται, ῥυομένου θεοῦ τοὺς τοιούτους ἐκ χειρὸς ᾳ δου. 897 Ps 89,1b.2 Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἰρήσεται, μενόντων ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ ῥητοῦ· εἰ δὲ

The fulfillment of prophecy and the light of mercy§168

168He says that those seated with the apostles, the earth being shaped to be a soul capable of bearing fruit, and the inhabited world in which angels dwell, and the dogmas of truth and the gifts of the Spirit, will speak before all these, just as to the prophets God has become a refuge from generation to generation. And the phrase 'And from the age and as of the age you are' signifies the movement of God from infinity to infinity. For you are the same one remaining forever, not one in one age and another in another age; for you are the same one, unchangeable and immutable, from infinity to infinity.

Having raised man from things of lowliness and debasement to height, guarding him in that suspension and height, do not turn him back to become such as the low things (Ps 89:3). Place our iniquities before you, to punish us for them, as all our age—and time is that which extends our day with bodily life—is manifest and enlightened to you, not only of every transgression in practice but also of that which is manifest and enlightened to you in thoughts (Ps 89:8).

The coming prayer of those standing by is: what God has in his right hand, and to see it, what they are doing (Ps 89:12-17). As those standing say: O Lord God, reveal the providence of the world which you created through your right hand, so that we may grasp not how it does and works through it, but let us know it as it approaches us. The petition of those calling upon the presence of Christ is able, for He himself is the right hand of God. For then the right hand of God became known, who is the Word having become flesh who dwelt among us; for we beheld his glory as of the only-begotten from the Father. And having known the right hand of God, let us know with it those who have been instructed in wisdom in the heart, who are not merely those who claim to be. But we speak of Wisdom in the perfect ones. It is possible even for the prophets to be known as those having been instructed in wisdom in the heart, for whom the brightness of Christ has been revealed. For then the prophets, truly proclaiming beforehand concerning him, were shown to be perhaps able.

Before their prophecies were fulfilled. For their words have reached an outcome through the revealed right hand of God, and they have become manifest as if they were instructed by the wisdom of God.

But the heart is instructed in wisdom by one who has made the mind and the ruling principle wise, as the speaker himself contends in ten thousand ways as if to say they are speaking truly: 'Even if he is an unlearned man in speech, yet not in knowledge.' And it is also said, 'Those laid low in heart by wisdom.' For the thought and the memory are laid low from the plains of the wisdom of the wise and the pious one imposing it upon things; and it is said concerning the plains of wisdom, that we protect the feet of the soul by stepping into them.

'Turn back, O Lord; how long will you turn your face and your right hand away from us?' (Ps 30:16). For you do this to us for only a little while, yet a long time appears to those exhausted by the longing. Having been discouraged among your servants, turn back to us, having become distant and having turned away from your commands.

'We have been filled in the morning with your mercy' (Ps 89:13). For your right hand, which we were worthy to be made known, having shone upon us, prepared the beginning of a spiritual day, like the sun of righteousness (Mal 4:2). In the beginning, occurring in the morning, we were filled with the mercy from you, as your true light enlightened us in all those days so that we might rejoice and be glad (Ps 119:130). It is not something entering into our minds in the morning that is poetic.

But since it rises to us not in one way but diversely according to various actions and thoughts, we come to be filled in many days; in all those days let us rejoice and be glad, so much as to be able to loose the dark and evil exterior of the days, in which you humbled us by captivity and delivered us to enemies through ignorance and malice. For in days and in many more, having been humbled, we see evils, but you provide the opposites of the truly good things, concerning which it is said, 'The fool does evil in jest,' or the things that are burdensome and causing harm, concerning which it is said to Job, 'If we have received good things from the hand of the Lord, shall we not also receive evil?' (Job 2:10). For having seen both kinds of evils before, now we rejoice and are glad. Look then upon the...

Greek · §168

ο ρη λέγοιτό τις ἑδραννύμενα τοὺς ἀποστόλους, γῆν δὲ πλασσομένην τὴν καρποφορεῖν δυναμένην ψυχήν, οἰκουμένην δὲ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐν ῃ οἰκοῦσιν α γγελοι, δόγματά τε ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τὰ χαρίσματα ἐρεῖ πρὸ τούτων πάντων, ὡσεὶ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις τὸν θεὸν καταφυγὴν γεγενῆσθαι ἐν γενεᾷ καὶ γενεᾷ. Σημαίνει δὲ τὴν ἐξ ἀπείρου ἐπ' α πειρον τοῦ θεοῦ υ παρξιν τὸ Καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ ε ως τοῦ αἰῶνος σὺ ει . σὺ γὰρ ει μένων ὁ αὐτὸς ἀεί, οὐκ ἐν ἑτέρῳ μὲν αἰῶνι α λλος, ἐν ἑτέρῳ δὲ α λλος· α τρεπτος γὰρ καὶ ἀμετάβλητος ω ν ἐξ ἀπείρου ἐπ' α πειρον ὁ αὐτὸς ει . 898 Ps 89,3a ̓Εκ ταπεινῶν καὶ χαμαιζήλων πραγμάτων εἰς υ ψος ἀναγαγὼν τὸν α νθρωπον, φυλάττων αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ μετεωρισμῷ καὶ υ ψει, μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς αὐτὸν αυ θις εἰς τὰ χαμαιριφῆ γενέσθαι. 899 Ps 89,8 Εθου τὰς ἀνομίας ἡμῶν ἐνώπιόν σου, ἐπὶ τῷ τιμωρήσασθαι ἡμᾶς ἐπ' αὐταῖς, ὡς πάντα τὸν αἰῶνα ἡμῶν (χρόνος δ' ἐστὶν ὁ παρεκτείνων τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ μετὰ σώματος ζωῇ) φανερὸν καὶ πεφωτισμένον σοι τυγχάνειν, παντὸς παροράματος οὐ πρακτικοῦ μόνου ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἐν λογισμοῖς φανεροῦ καὶ πεφωτισμένου σοι τυγχάνοντος. 900 Ps 89,12–17 ̔Η προκειμένη δέησις ἐπισταμένων ο τι θεὸς ε χει δεξιὰν καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὴν ποθούντων. 183 ὡς ἐπιστάμενοι γοῦν φασιν· Ω δέσποτα θεέ, τὴν δεξιάν σου δι' η ς ἐδημιούργησας τὸν κόσμον καὶ προνοῇ αὐτοῦ φανέρωσον, ο πως μὴ δι' ω ν ποιεῖ καὶ ἐνεργεῖ καταλαμβάνωμεν ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ προσβάλλειν αὐτῇ γνωρίσωμεν αὐτήν. ∆ύναται πρεσβεία τῶν παρακαλούντων αι τησις ει ναι τῆς Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίας. αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ θεοῦ. τότε γὰρ γνώριμος γέγονεν ἡ θεοῦ δεξιά, ο τε ὁ λόγος σὰρξ γενόμενος ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν· ἐθεασάμεθα γὰρ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός. Γνωρίσαντος δὲ τὴν δεξιὰν τοῦ θεοῦ, ε γνωμεν σὺν αὐτῇ φανερωθέντας καὶ τοὺς πεπαιδευμένους τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν σοφίᾳ. ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ φάσκοντες Σοφίαν δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις. δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἐγνωρίσθαι φάσκειν ο ντας πεπαιδευμένους τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν σοφίᾳ, ο τε ἡ Χριστοῦ ε λλαμψις πεφανέρωται. τότε γὰρ ἀληθῆ προαναφωνοῦντες οἱ προφῆται περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀνεδείχθησαν ὑποπτεύεσθαι ι σως δυνάμενοι πρὶν πληρωθῆναι αὐτῶν τὰς προφητείας. ο τε γὰρ οἱ λόγοι αὐτῶν ἐκβάσεως τετυχήκασι τῆς θεοῦ δεξιᾶς γνωρισθείσης, φανεροὶ γεγένηνται ὡς α ρα ει εν πεπαιδευμένοι τῇ θεοῦ σοφίᾳ. πεπαίδευται δὲ τὴν καρδίαν ἐν σοφίᾳ ὁ τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν σεσοφισμένος, ὡς ὁ προφορικὸς αὐτῷ μυρία διαμαρτάνει ὡς καὶ ἀληθεύοντα φάναι· Εἰ καὶ ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλ' οὐ τῇ γνώσει. Φέρεται καὶ Τοὺς πεπεδημένους τῇ καρδίᾳ ἐν σοφίᾳ. πεπέδηται γὰρ ὁ λογισμὸς καὶ ἡ ἐνθύμησις ἀπὸ πεδῶν τῆς σοφίας τοῦ σοφῶς καὶ εὐσεβῶς ἐπιβάλλοντος τοῖς πράγμασιν· ει ρηται δὲ περὶ πεδῶν σοφίας εἰς α ς ἐμβάλλειν τοὺς πόδας τῆς ψυχῆς προσταττόμεθα. ̓Επίστρεψον, κύριε· ε ως πότε, τουτέστιν ε ως πότε τὸ πρόσωπόν σου καὶ τὴν δεξιάν σου ἀποστρέφεις ἀφ' ἡμῶν; κα ν πρὸς ὀλίγον γὰρ τοῦτο ποιῇς ἡμῖν, πολὺς χρόνος φαίνεται τῆς ὑπερθέσεως ἐξημμένοις τοῦ ποθουμένου. παρακληθεὶς ου ν ἐπὶ τοῖς δούλοις σου, ἐπίστρεψον πρὸς ἡμᾶς μακρὰν γεγενημένους καὶ ἀποστραφέντας τὰ προστάγματά σου. ̓Ενεπλήσθημεν τὸ πρωῒ τοῦ ἐλέους σου. ἐπιλάμψασα γὰρ ἡμῖν ἡ δεξιά σου η ν γνωρισθῆναι ἠξιώσαμεν, η λιος δικαιοσύνης ου σα, ἀρχὴν ἡμέρας νοητῆς κατεσκεύασεν. ἐν ῃ ἀρχῇ πρωῒ τυγχανούσῃ ἐπληρώθημεν τοῦ παρὰ σοῦ ἐλέους, ὡς ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι καὶ εὐφραίνεσθαι ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσαις αι ς ἐφώτισεν ἡμῖν ἡμέραις τὸ φῶς σου τὸ ἀληθινόν· ο περ εἰσιὸν ἐν ταῖς διανοίαις ἡμῶν πρωΐας ἐστὶ ποιητικόν. ̓Αλλ' ἐπεὶ μὴ καθ' ε να τρόπον ἀλλὰ ποικίλως ἡμῖν ἀνατέλλει κατὰ τὰς διαφόρους πράξεις τε καὶ νοήσεις, ἐν πολλαῖς ἡμέραις γινόμεθα· ἐν αι ς πᾶσιν ἀγαλλιῶμεν καὶ εὐφραινόμεθα τοσοῦτον ὡς ἐξαρκεῖν λῦσαι τὸ ἐκτὸς σκυθρωπὸν καὶ κακωτικὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἐν αι ς ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς αἰχμαλωσίᾳ καὶ ἐχθροῖς δι' α γνοιαν καὶ κακίαν παραδούς. ἐν γὰρ ἡμέραις καὶ ε τεσι πλείοσι ταπεινωθέντες ει δομεν κακά, η τοι τὰ ἐναντία τῶν κυρίως ἀγαθῶν περὶ ω ν λέγεται Αφρων ἐν γέλωτι πράττει κακά, η τὰ ἐπίπονα καὶ κάκωσιν ἐμποιοῦντα οι ά ἐστι περὶ ω ν ει ρηται τῷ ̓Ιὼβ Εἰ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐκ χειρὸς κυρίου ἐδεξάμεθα, τὰ κακὰ οὐχ ὑποίσομεν; ἀμφότερα γὰρ τὰ γένη τῶν κακῶν ἰδόντες πρότερον, νῦν ἀγαλλιῶμεν καὶ εὐφραινόμεθα. ̓Επίβλεψον τοίνυν ἐπὶ τοὺς

The Protection of the Eagle and the Shield of Truth§169

169Guide your servants and the works of your hands, and those born to us through teaching and the imitation of virtue, being pure and harmonious, onto the path of salvation. For so shall your brightness as God shine upon us, as the sun in your kingdom. Therefore we pray, direct the works of our hands upon us. But those who are bold are those who spread snares and lie in wait, not wanting the works of his hands to be directed toward the evil, but rather to be surrendered to oblivion.

Hunters are in these things, and deceivers and sophists, men attempting to trap people, so that they might go through wisdom into false doctrines. Therefore, he who interprets their trap is a confused speaker; for nothing stirs up and agitates the mind like an argumentative speech. The evil powers are also hunting through a snare, catching souls through harmful desires and other passions; for he says, 'The eye of a prostitute is a snare to the sinner,' and 'For a woman hunts the precious souls of men.' And they hunt through wealth and through those nearby. But the leader of these hunters is the devil, who himself is a snare. It is said concerning someone, 'Lest he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil.'

This is in accord with the song of Deuteronomy regarding God: 'As an eagle will cover his nest and upon his young ones he has hovered, spreading his wings he received them and carried them upon his feathers.' All those who, through endurance and the other strength of approaching virtue, soar like eagles, are high-flying, being suspended by the wings of understanding and practical virtue. It is from God that they have come to possess such things; therefore they also are his young ones, as it is said in the prophet, 'But those who wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength.'

They shall grow wings like eagles, running and not growing weary. God will cover those who have grown wings like eagles with the young ones of an eagle; for as an eagle covers its young, so God, having desired his young ones, takes them upon his wings to cover them.

And in the present saying, regarding the one dwelling in the help of the Most High, it is said how God takes him up upon his wings to hope and expect good things happening in the wings of God. But it is said: what are the wings of God, and how does one hope, being shaded by them? For it is written: 'In the shadow of your wings I hope' (Ps 90:4c–6).

The defender God, as a shield, and with the side of his truth surrounds all the one guarded by him, so that he may remain unhurt by all those plotting to cast him down, and especially by the one sending out burning arrows. But the one surrounded by the truth of God, having put on the armor of God and having taken up in all things the shield of faith, will not fear even if it becomes night, being illuminated by the circling truth and light that reaches him.

For if ever someone, even having become in ignorance, should seem to be in a nightly state, he will not fear, possessing the light which is the cause of knowledge, which is the same as the truth. And even if night is the harmful and dark things of life, he does not fear even having become in this night, being able to say: 'The Lord is my light and my salvation; whom shall I fear?' (Ps 27:1). For honoring God and therefore being strong, he fears no one except him, having learned: 'Honor God and you shall be strong, but fear no other.' Just as the one in the night does not fear, because he has light and there are those watching the night, so also the one having the one who said: 'Do not fear, for I am with you,' will fear nothing of the aforementioned nightly things.

Greek · §169

δούλους σου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ε ργα τῶν χειρῶν σου, καὶ τοὺς κατὰ διδασκαλίαν καὶ μίμησιν ἀρετῆς γεννηθέντας ἡμῖν α ρρενας καὶ εὐτόνους ο ντας ὁδήγησον ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς σωτηρίας ὁδόν. ου τω γὰρ καὶ ἡ λαμπρότης σου τοῦ θεοῦ ε σται ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ἐκλάμψοντας ὡς ὁ η λιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου. διὸ δεόμεθα Τὰ ε ργα τῶν χειρῶν ἡμῶν κατεύθυνον ἐφ' ἡμᾶς. τοῦτο δὲ θαρρούντων ἐστὶν ἐφ' οι ς δεδράκασι καὶ διάκεινται, τοῦ φαύλου οὐ κατευθυνθῆναι θέλοντος ἐπ' αὐτὸν τὰ ε ργα τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον λήθῃ παραδοθῆναι. 901 Ps 90,3 Θηρευταὶ ει εν α ν ἐν τούτοις καὶ οἱ ἀπατεῶνες καὶ οἱ σοφισταὶ α νδρες παγιδεύειν πειρώμενοι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ω στε ὑπάγειν αὐτοὺς διὰ σοφίαν εἰς α βούλονται ψευδῆ δόγματα. διὸ καὶ ἑρμηνεύων αὐτῶν τὴν παγίδα ει πεν αὐτὴν ταραχώδη λόγον· οὐδὲν γὰρ ου τω συγχεῖ καὶ 184 συνταράττει διάνοιαν ὡς ἐριστικὸς λόγος. Θηρεύοντες διὰ παγίδος εἰσὶ καὶ αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις, ἀγρεύουσαι τὰς ψυχὰς δι' ἐπιθυμιῶν βλαβερῶν καὶ τῶν α λλων παθῶν· ̓Οφθαλμὸς γάρ φησι πόρνης παγὶς ἁμαρτωλοῦ, καὶ ε τι Γυνὴ γὰρ ἀνδρῶν τιμίας ψυχὰς ἀγρεύει. καὶ διὰ πλούτου δὲ καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων ἀγρεύουσιν ου τοι. ἡγεμὼν δὲ τούτων τῶν θηρευόντων ὁ διάβολος, ε χων καὶ αὐτὸς παγίδα. ει ρηται γοῦν περί τινος Ινα μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου. 902 Ps 90,4ab Τούτοις συνῳδὰ ἐν τῇ τοῦ ∆ευτερονομίου ᾠδῇ περὶ θεοῦ ᾳ δεται· ̔Ως ἀετὸς σκεπάσει νοσσιὰν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς νεοσσοῖς αὐτοῦ ἐπεπόθησεν, διεὶς τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ ἐδέξατο αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀνέλαβεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν μεταφρένων αὐτοῦ. α παντες οἱ δι' ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς α λλης ἰσχύος ἐξ ἀρετῆς ἐγγινομένης ἀετοῦ δίκην ὑψιπετεῖς εἰσιν, ὑπὸ πτερῶν τῆς νοήσεως καὶ τῆς πρακτικῆς ἀρετῆς μετεωριζόμενοι. ἐκ θεοῦ τὸ ει ναι τοιοῦτοι ἐσχήκασι· διὸ καὶ νεοσσοὶ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσιν, ο θεν ει ρηται ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ Οἱ δὲ ὑπομένοντες τὸν κύριον ἀλλάξουσιν ἰσχύν, πτεροφυήσουσιν ὡς ἀετοί, δραμοῦνται καὶ οὐ κοπιάσουσι. τοὺς πτεροφυήσαντας κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς ἀετοῖς ὁ θεὸς σκεπάσει οι α νεοσσοὺς ἀετοῦ· ̔Ως ἀετὸς γὰρ σκεπάσει νοσσιὰν αὐτοῦ. ο θεν καὶ τοὺς νεοσσοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐπιποθήσας ἐνέλαβεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν μεταφρένων αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ σκεπάζειν αὐτούς. Καὶ ἐν τῇ προκειμένῃ τοίνυν λέξει περὶ τοῦ κατοικοῦντος ἐν βοηθείᾳ τοῦ ὑψίστου ει ρηται ὡς α ρα ἀναλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ τῶν μεταφρένων αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐλπίζειν καὶ προσδοκᾶν ἀγαθὰ τυγχάνοντα ἐν ταῖς πτέρυξι τοῦ θεοῦ. ει ρηται δὲ τίνες θεοῦ πτέρυγες καὶ πῶς ἐλπίζει τις σκιαζόμενος ἐπ' αὐταῖς ἐν νς· ε νθα γέγραπται Καὶ ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ τῶν πτερύγων σου ἐλπιῶ. 903 Ps 90,4c–6 ̔Ο ὑπερασπιστὴς θεὸς ω σπερ ἀσπίδι καὶ ο πλῳ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἑαυτοῦ κυκλοῖ πάντα τὸν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ φρουρούμενον, ο πως α τρωτος διαμένοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν βαλεῖν αὐτὸν βουλευομένων καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ πεπυρωμένα ἐκπέμποντος βέλη πονηροῦ. ου τος δὲ ὁ κυκλωθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ ἐνδεδύσθαι τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀνειληφέναι, κα ν ἐν νυκτὶ γένηται, οὐ φοβεῖται, φωτιζόμενος ὑπὸ τῆς κυκλούσης αὐτὸν ἀληθείας τυγχανούσης καὶ φωτός. εἰ γάρ ποτε καὶ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ τις γενόμενος δόξειεν ἐν νυκτερινῇ καταστάσει ει ναι, οὐ φοβηθήσεται, ε χων τὸ τῆς γνώσεως αι τιον φῶς ο ταὐτὸν ει ρηται τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. εἰ δὲ καὶ νὺξ ει η τὰ βλαβερὰ καὶ σκυθρωπὰ πράγματα τοῦ βίου, οὐδ' ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ γενόμενος φοβεῖται, δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν Κύριος φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου· τίνα φοβηθήσομαι; τιμῶν γὰρ τὸν θεὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἰσχύων, πλὴν αὐτοῦ οὐδένα φοβεῖται, μαθὼν τὸ Τίμα τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἰσχύσεις, πλὴν δὲ αὐτοῦ μὴ φοβοῦ α λλον. ὡς γὰρ ὁ ἐν νυκτὶ τυγχάνων οὐ φοβεῖται, ο τε φῶς ε χει καί εἰσιν οἱ νυκτοφυλακοῦντες, ου τως ὁ ε χων τὸν εἰπόντα Μὴ φοβοῦ· μετὰ σοῦ γάρ εἰμι οὐδὲν φοβηθήσεται τῶν προειρημένων νυκτερινῶν.

The Right Hand and the Falling Enemy§170

170Only those who fear, sleeping and drinking in the night, are affected; but the one surrounded by the truth of God is not struck by a flying arrow in the daytime. A heterodox word promises a flying arrow in the daytime.

But he who uses the truth does not fear being led astray by a deed in the darkness. A deed led astray in the darkness is every sin and every ignorance and the working of those evil spirits of error.

Along with these, he will not fear any accident, bearing all things tangibly and bravely, saying the same thing to Job: 'If we have received the good things from the hand of the Lord, shall we not receive the bad?' (Job 2:10). As it seemed good to the Lord, so it happened. For everything brought by the Lord is received as good, knowing that to those who love the Lord all things work together for good (Romans 8:28), even the painful and distressing things brought by temptation.

Therefore, it happens to conquer and to turn against them. For blessed is the man who endures temptation (James 1:12), who having been proved, shall receive the crown of life. He who is found in so many uprightnesses does not even fear the devil transforming himself into an angel of light (2 Corinthians 11:14). A midday demon is promised a full-strength light through philosophy and empty deception; this very thing is entirely a midday demon.

Not he alone, but also his servants, transforming themselves into servants of righteousness, are midday demons. But even if each one pretends to be such a midday demon, those who pretend will not remain, when the light of the ungodly is extinguished, when Christ has come to enlighten the hidden things of darkness and to reveal the counsels of the hearts (Ps 90:7–9).

He who is upright in practical matters and in the knowledge of the truth holds many who attack treacherously in his hands, but he surrounds all of them, having put on the armor of God. Since fewer attack the moral matters on the left, while many are on the right regarding the spiritual, thousands fall from the bench of the perfect, ten thousands falling from his right. The bench, being said in opposition to the right, implies the notion of the left and the ill-named. Similar to these is also in Deuteronomy...

It is called rightly regarding those who uphold the law: 'If he will pursue a thousand, two thousand shall flee before him' (Ps 64:7). And Paul, not having been perfected, fights against the adversaries through the ships of righteousness of the right and the left, predicting a thousand falling from his left and ten thousand from his right.

And in Ecclesiastes, in praise of the right, it is said thus: 'The heart of the wise is at his right hand, but the heart of a fool is at his left' (Eccl 7:4). The wise man, having his mind upon the intelligible and spiritual things, is called right because the precious things are on the right; but he who lacks understanding regarding sensible and material things is second and on the left.

And the falling thousand and ten thousand do not approach the righteous to harm him; for it is written, 'They shall not approach you' (Ps 91:7). For when the zealous one intends to approach, the phalanx of the adversaries falls. For it is said, 'As they approach to devour my flesh, those who afflict me and my enemies themselves have stumbled and fallen' (Ps 27:2).

These things are fulfilled symbolically in the Gospels; for how closely did those who had come to seize Him dare to approach Jesus, when He said, 'Whom are you seeking?' and they answered, 'Jesus of Nazareth,' and He, Jesus, said, 'I am,' and they went backward and fell to the ground (John 18:4-6).

Besides these things being fulfilled (I am indeed saying regarding the falling thousand and ten thousand of the enemies not approaching the righteous), he will understand with the eyes of his mind, being guarded by that which has been made upright for him by the truth, the things that have been made upright for him, and he will see also the retribution of sinners; having said these things about them, he immediately confesses Him, the Cause of all existing goods. Because of this he says: 'O Lord, all these things have been made upright for me, since no one else but You have established my hope.' For if in the things above it is said, 'God is my refuge and I hope in Him' (Ps 91:2), and 'Under the wings of God, you hope' (Ps 91:4).

He says 'Perceptions and thus'; since the circumstances of both the unrighteous and the righteous fall together in common, and he is named because of the things that have fallen upon him, the words set forth are not regarding these evils. For a bodily scourge has often struck the tent, that is, the body of the righteous; for 'we were being tested, we were being scourged,' says Paul (1 Cor 11:30). And the Savior Himself also...

Greek · §170

̓Εκείνων μόνων φοβουμένων τῶν ἐν νυκτὶ καθευδόντων καὶ μεθυόντων, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ βέλος πετόμενον ἡμέρας δεδίττεται ὁ κυκλωθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ ἀληθείας. βέλος δὲ πετόμενον ἡμέρας ἐπαγγελλόμενος φωτεινὸς ει ναι ἑτερόδοξος λόγος. ̓Αλλ' οὐδ' ἀπὸ πράγματος ἐν σκότει διαπορευομένου φοβεῖται, ο πλῳ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ χρώμενος. πρᾶγμα δὲ ἐν σκότει διαπορευόμενον πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ α γνοια καὶ τὰ ἐνεργοῦντα αὐτὰ πονηρὰ πνεύματα τῆς πλάνης. πρὸς τούτοις οὐδὲ σύμπτωμα φοβηθήσεται, πάντα τλητικῶς καὶ γενναίως φέρων, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ ̓Ιὼβ λέγων Εἰ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐδεξάμεθα ἐκ χειρὸς κυρίου, τὰ κακὰ οὐχ ὑποίσομεν; ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ ε δοξεν, ου τως καὶ ἐγένετο. πᾶν γὰρ τὸ ἐπαγόμενον παρὰ κυρίου προσδέχεται ὡς ἀγαθόν, εἰδὼς ο τι Τοῖς ἀγαπῶσι τὸν κύριον πάντα συνεργεῖ εἰς ἀγαθόν, καὶ τὰ ἐπίπονα καὶ θλιβερὰ 185 κατὰ πειρασμὸν ἐπαγόμενα. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ νικᾶν καὶ στρέφεσθαι ἐπ' αὐτοῖς συμβαίνει· Μακάριος γὰρ ἀνὴρ ο ς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν, ο τι δόκιμος γενόμενος λήψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς. ̔Ο ου ν ἐν τοσούτοις κατορθώμασιν εὑρεθεὶς οὐδὲ τὸν μετασχηματιζόμενον εἰς α γγελον φωτὸς διάβολον φοβεῖται ο ντα δαιμόνιον μεσημβρινόν. κα ν ἀκμαῖον φῶς ἐπαγγέλληται διὰ φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ο λον ἐστὶ δαιμόνιον μεσημβρινόν. οὐκ αὐτὸς δὲ μόνος ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ διάκονοι αὐτοῦ μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς διακόνους δικαιοσύνης δαιμόνια μεσημβρινά εἰσιν. ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ προσποιεῖται τούτων ε καστος μεσημβρινὸς ει ναι, οὐ διαμένουσι τοιοῦτοι οι οι ει ναι προσποιοῦνται, σβεσθησομένου τοῦ φωτὸς τῶν ἀσεβῶν, ο ταν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐλθὼν φωτίσῃ τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους καὶ τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν φανερώσῃ. 904 Ps 90,7–9 ̔Ο ἐν τοῖς πρακτικοῖς καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας κατορθῶν πολλοὺς τοὺς ἐφεδρεύοντας ἐπιβουλευτικῶς ε χει, ἀλλὰ πάντων αὐτῶν περιγίνεται ἐνδυσάμενος τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ. ει τ' ἐπεὶ ὀλιγώτεροι ἐπιβουλεύουσι τοῖς ἠθικοῖς ὡς α ν ἀριστεροῖς ου σιν, πολλοὶ δὲ τοῖς πνευματικοῖς ὑπάρχουσι δεξιοῖς, ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους τοῦ τελείου χιλιὰς πίπτει, μυριάδος πεσουμένης ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ. τὸ κλῖτος δὲ πρὸς ἀντιδιαστολὴν δεξιοῦ λεχθὲν τὴν περὶ ἀριστεροῦ καὶ εὐωνύμου ὑπόληψιν ὑποβάλλει. παραπλήσια τούτοις καὶ ἐν ∆ευτερονομίῳ λέγεται πρὸς τοὺς κατορθοῦντας τὸν νόμον Ει ς ἐξ ὑμῶν διώξεται χιλίους καὶ δύο μετακινήσουσι μυριάδας. καὶ Παῦλος γοῦν ου τω τελειωθεὶς πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους πολεμεῖ διὰ τῶν ο πλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν, ὡς πίπτειν ἐκ τῶν ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ χιλιάδα, μυριάδα δὲ ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐν ̓Εκκλησιαστῇ ἐπὶ ἐπαίνου τὸ δεξιὸν φέρεται ου τως· Καρδία σοφοῦ ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, καρδία δὲ α φρονος εἰς ἀριστερὰν αὐτοῦ· τοῦ σοφοῦ τὸν νοῦν ε χοντος περὶ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ πνευματικὰ διὰ τὸ τίμια ει ναι δεξιὰ καλεῖται, τοῦ δὲ α φρονος περὶ αἰσθητὰ καὶ ὑλικὰ δευτέρα καὶ ἀριστερά ἐστιν. Πίπτουσα δὲ ἡ χιλιὰς καὶ ἡ μυριὰς οὐκ ἐγγίζει τῷ δικαίῳ ἐπὶ τῷ βλάψαι· γέγραπται δὲ Πρὸς σὲ δὲ οὐκ ἐγγιεῖ. α μα γὰρ τῷ ἐθέλειν πλησιάσαι τῷ σπουδαίῳ πίπτει ἡ φάλαγξ τῶν ἐναντίων· ̓Εν τῷ ἐγγίζειν γὰρ ἐπ' ἐμὲ κακοῦντας τοῦ φαγεῖν τὰς σάρκας μου οἱ θλίβοντές με καὶ οἱ ἐχθροί μου αὐτοὶ ἠσθένησαν καὶ ε πεσον. ἐπιτελούμενα ταῦτα συμβολικῶς ευ ροις ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ· ὁπηνίκα γὰρ συνεγγίσαι τῷ ̓Ιησοῦ ἐτόλμησαν οἱ ἐπὶ τῷ συλλαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἐληλυθότες, εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ Τίνα ζητεῖτε, τῶν δὲ ἀποκριναμένων ̓Ιησοῦν τὸν Ναζαρηνόν, ἀποκριναμένου αὐτοῦ τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ τὸ ̓Εγώ εἰμι, ̓Απῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ ε πεσον χαμαί. Πλὴν τούτων ἐπιτελουμένων (λέγω δὴ τοῦ μὴ ἐγγίζειν τῷ δικαίῳ τὴν πίπτουσαν χιλιάδα καὶ μυριάδα τῶν πολεμίων), τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τῆς διανοίας ἑαυτοῦ κατανοήσει τὰ κατορθωθέντα αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας φρουρούμενος, ὀψόμενος καὶ τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν· τούτων εἰρημένων περὶ αὐτῶν, εὐθέως αὐτὸν τὸν αι τιον τῶν ὑπαρξάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁμολογῶν. διὰ τοῦτό φησιν· Ω δέσποτα, κατωρθώθη μοι ταῦτα πάντα, ἐπείπερ οὐκ α λλος η σὺ ἐλπίς μου καθέστηκας. ει πε γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἀνωτέρω Καὶ καταφυγή μου ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἐλπιῶ ἐπ' αὐτόν, καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ Καὶ ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλπιεῖς. 905 Ps 90,10 Νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· κοινῶς συνπιπτόντων ἀδίκοις καὶ δικαίοις τῶν περιστατικῶν α καὶ κακὰ διὰ τὸ ἐπίπονον ὠνομάσθη, οὐκ α ρα περὶ τῶν ου τω κακῶν αἱ προκείμεναι λέξεις. καὶ μάστιξ γὰρ σωματικὴ πολλάκις καθήψατο σκηνώματος τουτέστι σώματος δικαίου· ̓Επειράσθησαν γὰρ ἐμαστιγώθησαν, φησὶν ὁ Παῦλος. καὶ αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ

Angelic Protection and Spiritual Warfare§171

171He was scourged while being led to the cross, fulfilling what was foretold through the prophet about himself: 'I gave my back to lashes' (Ps 38:7).

Therefore, of the race of evils, the second kind—which applies indiscriminately to the excellent and the vile—does not approach the one who makes the Most High his refuge. For, clinging to Him and becoming a partaker of the good things, it is said: 'But for me, to cling to God is good.' For this good thing, possessing it, is a cessation from opposing evils, conquering evil through the good and thus doing the good. He who is fulfilled in goodness, in doing and working the good, is not a partaker of true evils.

But since the aforementioned evils do not approach the one who makes the Most High his refuge, neither does the scourge brought upon them approach his dwelling, since he is not a sinner; for only the sinner is scourged in this way. For many are the lashes of the sinner; and it has been said to us in other places that the same circumstances are lashes to the sinners, but contests to the righteous. Never do the burdensome and evil things come upon the pious as a scourge, but as a testing, just as it happened to Job, that the righteous might be revealed (Job 5:7). And also it is said: 'No evil shall come near you' (Ps 90:10). For the nature of wickedness comes from without, having the pretext of virtue; for God made man upright, who, having sought evil thoughts, drew wickedness from without.

These words, spoken as if concerning the Savior, the devil took, as it is carried in the Gospel; but the Psalm is said from the perspective of every righteous person being helped and covered by the Most High, being the God of heaven (Ps 90:11-12). And even if it is said concerning Christ, it is manifest that he is not God but is a man; for all things concerning him are announced to him as a man, and this will also apply to every holy person who imitates him and follows him. And these things continue until now.

Let us also see the intention of these words. God gives a command to his angels, that they may guard and protect the righteous, who are ministering spirits sent for service for those about to inherit salvation (Heb 1:14).

Do not worry, for angels intervene around those who fear Him, to rescue them from unseen enemies and foes. Indeed, do not worry, even Jacob the patriarch, when about to face greatest enemies, sees the intervention of God being fulfilled by angels fighting for him, and thus he thanks: 'For God is the one nourishing me from my youth, the angel who rescues me from all my evils.' Likewise also Elisha saw a multitude of angels surrounding him, seen by him, but not by his servant; thus he prays for the eyes of the child to be revealed to see what is greater than those fighting against them.

Having received a command from the Lord, the angels guard the diligent from all deeds and activities, and they lift him up so that his ways may not stumble on a stone (these are the angelic energies) so that the foot of his soul may not trip on a stone. For he who is carried by angels meets the blessing of that which is said: 'He shall not stumble at any stone' (Ps 90:13). For when the light of the true one has risen and the intelligent day has dawned, he who walks in this day will not stumble on what the light sees. But the stone upon which those not lifted up by angels stumble is foolishness and most hard sin. And they also stumble upon the cornerstone, an elect one, through unfaithfulness, as if it were a stone of stumbling to them.

Four signifies opposing powers, through the four names of the fallen and cast-out animals. And Paul, surpassing the struggle against flesh and blood, wages struggles against four opposing unseen powers: against principalities, against authorities, against the rulers of the darkness, against the spiritual forces of evil (Eph 6:12). And he who now praises excellence, riding on a shield and a basilisk, having received authority from Jesus to tread upon the lion and the scorpion (Luke 10:19); and trampling, he will also trample all the power of the enemy, the lion and the dragon. And even from a parallel passage, the lion and the dragon are our adversary, the devil; for as a lion he walks seeking someone to devour; he himself is the serpent and the dragon, the ancient Satan (Rev 12:9), according to the...

Greek · §171

ἐμαστίχθη ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν ἀγόμενος, πληρῶν ο προεῖπε διὰ τοῦ προφήτου περὶ ἑαυτοῦ Τὸν νῶτόν μου δέδωκα εἰς μάστιγας. διττοῦ τοίνυν τοῦ γένους τῶν κακῶν ο ντος θατέρου γινομένου ἀδιαφόρως σπουδαίοις καὶ φαύλοις, τὸ ε τερον οὐ προσεγγίζει τῷ θεμένῳ τὸν υ ψιστον καταφυγὴν ἑαυτοῦ. προσκολλώμενος γὰρ αὐτῷ 186 ἐν μετοχῇ τῶν ἀγαθῶν γινόμενος λέγει ̓Εμοὶ δὲ τὸ προσκολλᾶσθαι τῷ θεῷ ἀγαθόν ἐστι. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ε χων α ψαυστός ἐστι τῶν ἐναντίων κακῶν, νικῶν ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιῶν. ̔Ο πληρωθεὶς ου ν ἀγαθότητος τῷ ποιεῖν καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀμέτοχός ἐστι τῶν κυρίως κακῶν. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ μὴ συνεγγίζει τῷ θεμένῳ τὸν υ ψιστον καταφυγὴν ἑαυτοῦ τὰ προειρημένα κακά, οὐδὲ κόλασις ἡ ἐπὶ τούτοις μάστιξ προσαγορευομένη ἐγγίζει τῷ σκηνώματι αὐτοῦ, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἁμαρτωλός ἐστι· μόνου γὰρ τούτου τὸ ἐπὶ τούτοις μαστίζεσθαι· Πολλαὶ γὰρ αἱ μάστιγες τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ· καὶ ἐν α λλοις ει ρηται ἡμῖν ο τι αἱ αὐταὶ περιστάσεις τοῖς μὲν ἁμαρτωλοῖς μάστιγες, τοῖς δὲ δικαίοις ἀγῶνές εἰσι. κα ν ποτ' ου ν τῶν ἐπιπόνων καὶ κακωτικῶν προσέλθοι τῷ εὐσεβεῖ, οὐχ ὡς μάστιξ ἀλλ' ὡς δοκίμιον παραγίνεται, ω σπερ τῷ ̓Ιὼβ ἐπὶ τῷ δίκαιον ἀναφανῆναι ἐπελήλυθεν. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι Οὐ προσελεύσεται πρὸς σὲ κακά. ἡ γὰρ τῆς κακίας φύσις ε ξωθεν ἐπέρχεται, τῆς ἀρετῆς οι κοθεν τὴν πρόφασιν ἐχούσης· εὐθῆ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὸν α νθρωπον πεποίηκεν, ο ς ζητήσας λογισμοὺς πονηροὺς ε ξωθεν ἐπεσπάσατο τὴν κακίαν. 906 Ps 90,11.12 Ταῦτας τὰς λέξεις ὡς πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα εἰρημένας ἐξείληφεν ὁ διάβολος, ὡς ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ φέρεται· ε στι δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐκ προσώπου παντὸς δικαίου λεγόμενος βοηθουμένου καὶ σκεπαζομένου ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑψίστου ο ντος θεοῦ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ Χριστοῦ λέγεται, φανερὸν ο τι οὐχ ῃ θεὸς ἀλλ' ῃ α νθρωπός ἐστι· πάντα δὲ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ῃ πρὸς αὐτὸν ῃ α νθρωπος ἀπαγγέλλεται, ἁρμόσει καὶ πρὸς πάντα α γιον τὸν μιμητὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἑπόμενον αὐτῷ. καὶ ταῦτα μέχρι τούτου. Ιδωμεν δὲ καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν λέξεων τὸ βούλημα. ἐντολὴν δίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ἑαυτοῦ, ο πως φρουρῶσι καὶ σκέπωσι τὸν δίκαιον, πνεύμασι λειτουργικοῖς ου σιν εἰς διακονίαν ἀποστελλομένοις διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν. ἀμέλει παρεμβάλλουσιν οἱ α γγελοι κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ῥύεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐξ ἐχθρῶν καὶ πολεμίων ἀοράτων. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ̓Ιακὼβ ὁ πατριάρχης, μέλλων προσβάλλειν πολεμίοις μεγίστοις, ὁρᾷ παρεμβολὴν θεοῦ συμπληρουμένην ὑπὸ ἀγγέλων ὑπερμαχησόντων αὐτοῦ, ο θεν εὐχαριστῶν ει πεν ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ τρέφων με ἐκ νεότητός μου, ὁ α γγελος ὁ ῥυόμενός με ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν μου. ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ ̓Ελισσαῖος πλῆθος ἀγγέλων ει χε περικυκλούντων αὐτόν, αὐτῷ μὲν ὁρωμένων, οὐ μὴν καὶ τῷ παιδὶ αὐτοῦ· ευ χεται γοῦν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ παιδαρίου ἐπὶ τῷ ἰδεῖν ο τι πλείους ει χεν ὑπερμαχοῦντας τῶν ἀντιπαλαιόντων αὐτοῖς. ̓Εντολὴν δὲ λαβόντες οἱ α γγελοι ὑπὸ κυρίου διαφυλάξαι τὸν σπουδαῖον ἐκ πασῶν πράξεων καὶ ἐνεργειῶν α ς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ ει πεν αι ρουσι μετεωρίζοντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων χειρῶν (αυ ται δέ εἰσιν αἱ ἀγγελικαὶ ἐνέργειαι) ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν πόδα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ μὴ προσπταῖσαι λίθῳ. τυγχάνει γὰρ ὁ ὑπ' ἀγγέλων βασταζόμενος εὐλογίας τῆς λεγούσης ̔Ο δὲ ποῦς σου οὐ μὴ προσκόψει. ἀνατείλαντος γὰρ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ νοητὴν ἡμέραν καταυγάσαντος, ὁ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ περιπατῶν οὐ προσκόψει, ο τι τὸ φῶς βλέπει. ε στι δὲ ὁ λίθος εἰς ο ν προσκόπτουσιν οἱ μὴ μετεωριζόμενοι ὑπὸ ἀγγέλων ἠλίθιος καὶ σκληρωτάτη ἁμαρτία. προσκόπτουσι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀκρογωναῖον λίθον ἐκλεκτὸν ε ντιμον δι' ἀπιστίας ὡς λίθον προσκόμματος αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι. 907 Ps 90,13 Τέσσαρα ει δη ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων σημαίνει διὰ τῶν ἐγκειμένων τεσσάρων ὀνομάτων τυγχανόντων ἰοβόλων καὶ ἐκτεθηριωμένων ζῴων. καὶ Παῦλος δὲ ὑπερβὰς τὴν πρὸς αι μα καὶ σάρκα πάλην πρὸς τεσσάρας διαφορὰς ἀντιπάλων ἀοράτων, πρὸς ἀρχὰς πρὸς ἐξουσίας πρὸς κοσμοκράτορας σκότους πρὸς πνευματικὰ τῆς πονηρίας ε χει τοὺς ἀγῶνας. Καὶ ὁ νῦν ου ν ἐπὶ ἀριστείας ἐγκωμιαζόμενος ἐπ' ἀσπίδα καὶ βασιλίσκον ἐπιβαίνει, λαβὼν ἐξουσίαν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ο φεων καὶ σκορπίων· καταπατῶν δὲ καὶ πᾶσαν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ καταπατήσει λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα. δύναται καὶ ἐκ παραλλήλου 187 λέων καὶ δράκων ει ναι ὁ ἀντίδικος ἡμῶν διάβολος· ̔Ως γὰρ λέων περιπατεῖ ζητῶν τίνα καταπίει· αὐτὸς ω ν καὶ ὁ ο φις καὶ ὁ δράκων, ὁ ἀρχαῖος σατανᾶς, κατὰ τὴν

The Depth of Divine Truth and the Darkness of God§172

172Revelation. Ps 90:14–16. Since he has set his love upon me, says the Lord, the one who has fled and hoped in me, the one who has said, 'But You, Lord, are my hope' (Ps 90:14)—I will rescue him from the falling of his perch, a thousand and ten thousand from his right side; but also I will cover him, the one who has known my name, so that he might remain unharmed, mounting upon a shield and a small buckler, and having subdued the lion and the dragon, the knowledge of my name becoming a protection around him. Having cried out with the great voice of the soul toward me, he will find me hearing and answering him. For I am always present for him, even when he encounters distress; for I am with him in tribulation (especially then is it necessary to be with him, when the painful and distressing things are around us). Not only will I free him from the painful things, but I will also work by watching over him. And I will grant to him also eternal life, upon the long-lasting and long-enduring, the eternal light (for light is for the righteous always). And I will show him my salvation, the salvation from me, the Jesus who is the cause of this, just as the blessed Simeon, having seen, rejoiced saying, 'Now You release your servant, Lord, in peace, since my eyes have seen your salvation, which you prepared in the presence of all peoples' (Luke 2:29-30). It is not to be thought that the psalm is spoken only concerning the Lord, as the Arian ones and Eusebius desire, but it is also concerning a righteous man and one having trusted in God, to see the best end of hope, Christ Jesus the salvation of God. And if the devil in the words toward the Lord said to him that the promise lies in the text, 'That he will command his angels concerning you' (Ps 91:11), as that man also conversed with the righteous, seeing clearly and excellently the truth in him, lest perhaps he be able to understand what is more than man and more excellent in Christ.

Ps 91:2,3. The one confessing and accusing himself toward the Lord, asking for forgiveness and remission, testing by experience the benefit from confessing, proclaims with his works the mercy of God, having been shown mercy upon those things for which he repented. And he proclaims the mercy of God having become upon him, having been enlightened and having become established at the beginning of the day by the sun of righteousness standing, he proclaims first of all.

If the blessing is that which is from God. And the singing in the name of the Lord the Most High is a premise of theology and theoria; the end has the truth which it is fitting to proclaim, not from the surface or from manifest things, but from deep and hidden things through an excess of knowledge. The obscurity which is named in such things is called night; for by nature the things said concerning the pious and the correct manifest the knowledge of many through the greatness of power. And night is that which is hard to grasp. And this night has a reference to the darkness which God has set as His own hiddenness. The morning proclaims the mercy of God and His truth according to the night (Ps 91:6,7).

And as much as the greatness of them appears to us, so much do I see the reflections concerning their God, which He has made and enlarged. To this is conjoined what is said by the Preacher: 'I said, I will be wise, but wisdom was removed from me; a great and deep depth, who will find it?' (Eccl 1:16). How its depth seems to have appeared incomprehensible to me. But having said 'Your reflections have become very heavy,' he gladdens the lovers of wisdom, saying that a man without understanding and without insight does not know and does not comprehend them, clearly showing that the wise man and the one having the Spirit of God investigates all things and comprehends the depths of God. And 'without understanding and without insight' he says, meaning being deprived of divine prudence and intelligence, though it may seem otherwise to be prudent and intelligent; just as, contrary to the idea in 188, the one having the wisdom of God is most without understanding, not at all, but in relation to the wisdom of men: 'For I am more foolish than all men, and the wisdom of men is not in me; but God has taught me wisdom.' Therefore, let the wise man in this age become a fool, as in relation to mortal wisdom (Ps 91:8–10).

On the day of judgment, of all men being humbled, from which they were exulting in pride over temporary things, the Lord alone is lifted up as King of all, being shown blameless of all and having provided for and arranged all things (Ps 91:10). And it is possible to grasp another thought in the things presented; for the sinners do not rise like the wheat, and iniquity and their hatred toward God are being worked out.

Greek · §172

̓Αποκάλυψιν. 908 Ps 90,14–16 ̓Επεὶ ἐπ' ἐμὲ η λπισεν, ὁ κύριος λέγει, ὁ καταφυγὼν καὶ ἐλπίσας ἐπ' ἐμέ, ὁ εἰπὼν Οτι σύ, κύριε, ἡ ἐλπίς μου, –ῥύσομαι αὐτὸν ἀπὸ πιπτούσης ἐκ τοῦ κλίτους αὐτοῦ χιλιάδος καὶ μυριάδος ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ· ἀλλὰ καὶ σκεπάσω αὐτὸν ἐγνωκότα τὸ ο νομά μου, ο πως ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνῃ ἐπιβὰς ἐπὶ ἀσπίδος καὶ βασιλίσκου καὶ καταστήσας λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα, τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ ὀνόματός μου ἀλεξικάκου ποιότητος περὶ αὐτὸν γινομένης. κεκραγὼς δὲ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς μεγαλοφωνίᾳ πρὸς ἐμέ, ἐπακούοντά με καὶ ἐπινεύοντα αὐτῷ εὑρήσει. ἀεὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ πάρειμι, κα ν ἐν περιστάσει τυγχάνῃ· μετ' αὐτοῦ γάρ εἰμι ἐν θλίψει (μάλιστα γὰρ τότε συνεῖναι αὐτὸν χρεία, ο ταν θλιβερὰ καὶ περιστατικὰ ῃ περὶ ἡμᾶς). Οὐ μόνον δὲ αὐτὸν ἐλευθερώσω τῶν θλιβερῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπίβλεπτον ἀπεργάσομαι. παρέξω δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον ἐπὶ τῷ πολυήμερον καὶ μακροήμερον ο ντα ε χειν φῶς αἰώνιον (Φῶς γὰρ δικαίοις διαπαντός). δείξω δὲ αὐτῷ τὸ σωτήριόν μου η τοι τὴν παρ' ἐμοῦ σωτηρίαν η τὸν ταύτης αι τιον ̓Ιησοῦν, ο περ καὶ ὁ μακάριος Συμεὼν ἰδὼν ηὐχαρίστει λέγων Νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου, δέσποτα, ἐν εἰρήνῃ, ο τι ει δον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου τὸ σωτήριόν σου ο ἡτοίμασας κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν. Οὐ δὴ νομιστέον περὶ τοῦ κυρίου ο λον εἰρῆσθαι τὸν ψαλμόν, ὡς οἱ ̓Αρειανοὶ βούλονται καὶ Εὐσέβιος, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἀνδρὸς δικαίου καὶ θεῷ πεποιθότος ῳ πρόκειται τέλος τῆς ἐλπίδος τὸ α ριστον ἰδεῖν Χριστὸν ̓Ιησοῦν τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. εἰ δὲ ὁ διάβολος ἐν τοῖς πρὸς κύριον λόγοις ε φησεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν κεῖσθαι τὸ Οτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, ὡς ἀνδρὶ κἀκεῖνος διελέγετο δικαίῳ, τὸ καθαρῶς καὶ ἐξόχως δίκαιον ὁρῶν ἐν αὐτῷ, μήπω δὲ τὸ πλέον ἀνθρώπου καὶ ἀνώτερον ἐν Χριστῷ συνιέναι δυνάμενος. 909 Ps 91,2.3 ̔Ο ἐξομολογούμενος καὶ κατηγορῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπὶ κυρίου α φεσιν καὶ συγχώρησιν αἰτούμενος, τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι ὠφέλειαν πείρᾳ ε χων, ε ργοις ἀπαγγέλλει τὸ ε λεος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐλεηθεὶς ἐφ' οι ς μετενόησεν. ἀναγγέλλει δὲ τὸν ἐπ' αὐτὸν γενόμενον ε λεον θεοῦ, φωτισθεὶς καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ ἡμέρας ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης συνισταμένης γεγονώς, ο θεν πρωῒ ἀναγγέλλειν ει πε τὴν εὐεργεσίαν η ν θεόθεν ε σχε. Καὶ τὸ ψάλλειν δὲ τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ὑψίστου θεολογίας καὶ θεοπτίας ὑπόθεσις τυγχάνον τέλος ε χει τὴν ἀλήθειαν η ν ἀναγγέλλειν προσήκει οὐκ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς καὶ ἐκ τῶν φανερῶν πραγμάτων ἀλλ' ἐκ βαθέων καὶ ἀποκρύφων διὰ γνώσεως ὑπερβολήν. τὴν δὲ ἀσάφειαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ὠνόμασε νύκτα· φύσει γὰρ τὰ περὶ τοῦ εὐσεβῶς καὶ ὀρθῶς λεγόμενα τῆς τῶν πολλῶν γνώσεως διὰ μέγεθος δυνάμεως ἀποδημεῖ. νὺξ δ' ἐστὶ τὸ δυσκατάληπτον. αυ τη δὲ ἡ νὺξ ἀναφορὰν ε χει πρὸς τὸ σκότος ο ε θετο ὁ θεὸς ἀποκρυφὴν αὐτοῦ. ἀπαγγέλλει τε τὸ πρωῒ τὸ ε λεος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ κατὰ νύκτα. 910 Ps 91,6.7 Οσον δὲ τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῶν ἀναφαίνεται ἡμῖν, τοσοῦτον βαθυνομένους ὁρῶμεν τοὺς περὶ αὐτῶν θεοῦ διαλογισμοὺς καθ' ου ς πεποίηκε καὶ ἐμεγέθυνεν αὐτά. τούτοις συνᾴδει τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ ̓Εκκλησιαστοῦ Ει πα Σοφισθήσομαι, καὶ αυ τη ἐμακρύνθη ἀπ' ἐμοῦ μακρὰν ὑπὲρ ο η ν καὶ βαθὺ βάθος, τίς εὑρήσει αὐτήν; ὡς τὸ βάθος αὐτῆς φησιν ἀκατάληπτόν μοι φανῆναι· εἰπὼν δὲ Σφόδρα ἐβαρύνθησαν οἱ διαλογισμοί σου, εὐθυμοποιεῖ τοὺς σοφίας ἐραστάς, φήσας α νδρα α φρονα καὶ ἀσύνετον μὴ γνώσεσθαι καὶ συνιέναι αὐτά, δηλονότι τοῦ σοφοῦ ἀνδρὸς καὶ ε χοντος τὸ θεοῦ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐρευνοῦν πάντα καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ συνιέντος. α φρονα δὲ καὶ ἀσύνετον λέγει τὸν θείας φρονήσεως καὶ συνέσεως ἐστερημένον, κα ν δοκῇ α λλως φρόνιμος ει ναι καὶ συνετός· ὡς ἐκ τοῦ 188 ἐναντίου ὁ ε χων τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίαν ἀφρονέστατός ἐστιν, οὐ καθάπαξ ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων φρόνησιν· ̓Αφρονέστατος γάρ εἰμι πάντων ἀνθρώπων, καὶ φρόνησις ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ε στιν ἐν ἐμοί· ὁ δὲ θεὸς δεδίδαχέ με σοφίαν. ο θεν καὶ ̔Ο σοφὸς ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ μωρὸς γενέσθω, ὡς πρὸς τὴν θνητὴν σοφίαν. 911 Ps 91,8– 10 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως, ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων ταπεινουμένων, ἀφ' η ς ει χον ὑψαυχενίας ἐπὶ τοῖς προσκαίροις, ὑψοῦται κύριος μόνος βασιλεὺς ἁπάντων ἀποδεικνύμενος ἀμέμπτως τε πάντων προνοησάμενος καὶ διαταξάμενος τὰ ο λα. Καὶ ἑτέραν δὲ διάνοιαν ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις καταλαβεῖν ε στιν· ο τε οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ οι α χόρτος ἀνατέλλουσι καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἡ ἀνομία καὶ ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ε χθρα αὐτῶν

The Spiritual Old Age and the Oil of Joy§173

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

173The height and greatness of God is overlooked when the eye of the mind, which is able to approach the Lord, is blinded by evil; and the destruction of sin occurs as if those who have become enemies of God through sinning were to perish, and to perish such are they, but the God who is the victor for all eternity will be found by the purified mind (Ps 91:11-12).

The horn of the kingdom is often an ally and previously was good. Not only shall my horn be exalted like a one-horned beast, but also my old age shall be anointed with the oil of gladness; old age not the bodily one, but the age presenting the perfection of the human soul, for it has been written: for old age is precious, not the long-lived, nor is it measured by number of years, but wisdom is a thing for men and an unblemished life is old age.

Having surpassed this, Abraham was said to be nourished in good old age; for it has been written about him: 'And Abraham died in a good old age, full of days, departing' (Gen 25:8). Regarding the bodily age, if it were said, these things are rather spoken of those who were longer-lived before Abraham.

This is interpreted as old age being anointed with oil, from that true olive tree speaking in the temple of God: 'I am like a fruitful olive tree in the house of God' (Ps 52:8). This olive tree not only anoints the light of knowledge, but also heals and looses pains, anointing the aforementioned old age.

And my eye has looked upon my enemies, and my ear shall hear of those rising up against me, committing iniquity (Ps 17:8). Perhaps the present enemies are cast down by sight, but his ear shall hear concerning those who are to rise up against him. Just as their strength is dissolved, all these things must be expected concerning evil powers. For strictly these are hating us.

And since some transgress the Scripture saying that it sometimes passes by and speaks in vain, let us bear it and let us defend the text also concerning the things set forth. For they say: 'Who does not see what is appearing...'

Greek · §173

ἐπιτείνεται, ἀγνοεῖται τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ υ ψος καὶ μέγεθος, τυφλούσης τῆς κακίας τὸ ο μμα τοῦ νοῦ τὸ δυνάμενον προσβάλλειν τῷ κυρίῳ· ο ταν δὲ κατάλυσις τῆς ἁμαρτίας γένηται ὡς ἀπολέσθαι τοὺς διὰ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐχθροὺς γεγενημένους θεοῦ, ἀπόλλυσθαι δὲ ῃ τοιοῦτοί εἰσι, τὸ τηνικάδε ὁ θεὸς υ ψιστος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα εὑρεθήσεται τῷ καθαρθέντι νῷ. 912 Ps 91,11.12 Σύμμαχον πολλαχοῦ τὸ κέρας τῆς βασιλείας καὶ πρότερον ει πον. οὐ μόνον δὲ ὑψωθήσεται ὡς μονοκέρωτος τὸ κέρας μου ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ γῆράς μου ἐν ἐλαίῳ τῆς ἀγαλλιάσεως πιαινόμενον, γῆρας οὐ τὸ σωματικὸν ἀλλὰ τὸ παριστάμενον τὴν τελείαν τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου ἡλικίαν, περὶ ου γέγραπται Γῆρας γὰρ τίμιον οὐ τὸ πολυχρόνιον οὐδὲ ἀριθμῷ ἐτῶν μεμέτρηται, πολιὰ δέ ἐστι φρόνησις ἀνθρώποις καὶ γῆρας βίος ἀκηλίδωτος. εἰς τοῦτο φθάσας ̓Αβραὰμ ει ρηται ἐν γήρει τετράφθαι καλῷ· γεγράπται γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ Καὶ ἐκλείπων ̓Αβραὰμ ἀπέθανε τραφεὶς ἐν γήρει καλῷ πρεσβύτερος καὶ πλήρης ἡμερῶν. περὶ δὲ τῆς σωματικῆς ἡλικίας, εἰ ἐλέγετο, ταῦτα μᾶλλον ει ρητο περὶ τῶν πρὸ τοῦ ̓Αβραὰμ πολυχρονιωτέρων γεγενημένων. Τοῦτ' ου ν τὸ ἑρμηνευθὲν γῆρας ἐλαίῳ πιαίνεται τετρυγωμένῳ ἐκ τῆς ἐλαίας ἐκείνης τῆς ἀληθινῆς τῆς ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ θεοῦ φασκούσης ̓Εγὼ δὲ ὡσεὶ ἐλαία κατάκαρπος ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. τοῦτο τὸ ε λαιον οὐ μόνον πιαίνει τὸ τῆς γνώσεως φῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰᾶται καὶ πόνους λύει πιαῖνον τὸ προειρημένον γῆρας. Καὶ ἐπεῖδεν ὁ ὀφθαλμός μου ἐν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐπανισταμένοις ἐπ' ἐμὲ πονηρευομένοις ἀκούσεται τὸ ου ς μου. τάχα τοὺς παρόντας ἐχθροὺς καταβεβλημένους ἐφορᾷ, ἀκούσεται δὲ τὸ ου ς αὐτοῦ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων αὐτῷ ἐπανίστασθαι. ὡς καὶ αὐτῶν η δη διαλυθέντων, ταῦτα δὲ πάντα περὶ πονηρῶν δυνάμεων ἐκληπτέον. κυρίως γὰρ αυ ται ἐχθραίνουσιν ἡμῖν. ̓Επεὶ δέ τινες κατεπιβαίνουσι τῆς γραφῆς ὡς παρέλκοντα καὶ μάταια ἐνίοτε λεγούσης, φέρε ἀπολογησώμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν προκειμένων. φασὶ γάρ· Τίς οὐκ οι δεν ο τι ἐφορῶν

The Twofold Senses and the Phoenix§174

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

174Who, hearing something or about someone, sees and hears with his own eye and ear? In answer to these things, it is not said wickedly, but that there is a twofold genus of sensations in us, mortal and immortal; and specifically for us rational beings, the immortal part is found to be intelligible. For the mortal is not our own essence, but is common and belongs to the irrational animals. The Scripture does not mean the sensations of the whole man, but says 'my eye and my ear see and hear' as in the things set forth.

Since the phoenix bears much fruit, and the cedar in Lebanon is very fruitful and many-rooted (Ps 92:12), it is fitting that the righteous man was compared to such much-fruitful things in the virtues according to their kinds and the various doctrines of the truth. For according to these things his blossom is compared to the phoenix, but also because of the firm and strong nature regarding the good, he is likened to the cedar in Lebanon; for the cedar is indeed dense and very thick, and the phoenix is ever-living and possessing a heart upward-stretching, to which the one who has treasured in heaven and therefore has his heart there is fittingly made similar. And since in the Song of Songs the bridegroom (and he is not the God Word) is said to be a phoenix, upon whom it is promised that he shall ascend and hold his heights, the bride (the perfect soul and the church) saying, 'I will ascend in the phoenix and hold his heights,' see, in this way the righteous man will blossom similarly, receiving from it the power to save the blossoming fruit. For those called female palms by the farmers receive from the male palm the occasion for preserving the fruit. Such is that upon whom the bride says she will ascend.

Greek · §174

τινα καὶ περί τινος ἀκούων ὀφθαλμῷ καὶ ἀκοῇ τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ὁρᾷ καὶ ἀκούει; ἀπαντητέον πρὸς ταῦτα ου τω πονηρῶς εἰρημένα ο τι διττὸν γένος αἰσθήσεών ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν, θνητὸν καὶ ἀθάνατον, κυρίως δὲ ἡμῶν τῶν λογικῶν τὸ ἀθάνατον τυγχάνον νοητόν. τὸ γὰρ θνητὸν οὐκ ι διον ἡμῶν ἀλλὰ κοινὸν καὶ πρὸς τὰ α λογα ζῷα. ο ταν ου ν ἡ γραφὴ τὰς αἰσθήσεις τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου σημαίνῃ, ὀφθαλμόν μου καὶ ου ς μου ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν λέγει ὡς ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις. 913 Ps 91,13 ̓Επεὶ ὁ φοίνιξ πολύχουν τὸν καρπὸν φέρει καὶ ἡ κέρδος ἡ ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ πολύερνος καὶ πολύριζός ἐστιν, εἰκότως τὸν δίκαιον παρέβαλε τοῖς τοιούτοις πολύκαρπον ο ντα ἐν ταῖς κατ' ει δος ἀρεταῖς καὶ τὰ διάφορα δόγματα τῆς ἀληθείας. κατὰ ταῦτα γὰρ ἡ ἀνθὴ αὐτοῦ παραβάλλεται τῷ φοίνικι, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ βέβαιον καὶ ἐχυρὸν περὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῇ κέρδῳ τῇ ἐν τῇ Λιβάνῳ παρεικάζεται· α σηπτος γὰρ καὶ πυκνοτάτη ἡ κέρδος, καὶ ἀειθαλὴς δὲ ὁ φοίνιξ καὶ τὴν καρδίαν α νω νενευκυῖαν ε χων, ῳ εἰκότως ὁμοιοῦται ὁ θησαυρίσας ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐκεῖ τὴν καρδίαν ε χων. ̓Επειδὴ δὲ ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων ὁ νύμφιος (ε στι δὲ ου τος ὁ θεὸς λόγος) φοίνιξ ει ρηται ἐφ' ο ν ἀναβαίνειν καὶ κρατεῖν τῶν υ ψεων αὐτοῦ ἐπαγγέλλεται ἡ νύμφη (ἡ τελεία ψυχὴ 189 καὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία) φάσκουσα Ει πα ̓Αναβήσομαι ἐν τῷ φοίνικι καὶ κρατήσω τῶν υ ψεων αὐτοῦ, ο ρα εἰ τούτῳ τῷ φοίνικι παραπλησίως ἀνθήσει ὁ δίκαιος, ἀπ' αὐτοῦ λαμβάνων τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ σῴζειν τὸν ἀνθοῦντα καρπόν. οἱ γὰρ πρὸς γεωργῶν θηλυκοὶ καλούμενοι φοίνικες ἀπὸ τοῦ α ρρενος φοίνικος τὴν ἀφορμὴν τοῦ φυλάττειν τὸν καρπὸν λαμβάνουσι. τοιοῦτος δὲ ἐφ' ο ν ἀναβαίνειν ἡ νύμφη φησὶν

The Palm and the Rivers of Truth§175

175Those who interpret his palm as being divine teachings receive it as a fertile and protective thing for the fruits. And the bride who says these things, not being like the flowering of the righteous according to the palm, says, 'I will be made like the palm.' From this palm, one takes ornaments made from the branches of palms when celebrating the feast of the Tabernacles, and the victors carry from this the symbols of victory.

Those who imitate the rivers lift up the river that gladdens the city of God (Ps 92:3–4b), first by raising their mind, if they use the voices that interpret the things understood by them, so that from the waters of these many rivers they may become wonderful and worthy of acceptance through repentance and the taking up of virtue, whereas formerly, through arrogance, wealth, self-will, and vainglory, they were tossed about like the waves of the sea of human life. And it is possible also for these words of the divinely inspired writings of both the New and Old Testaments to be rivers, because they are drinkable and life-giving and cause fruitfulness. Indeed, the rivers lift up and toss about those who drink from them through the contemplation of the truth, making the tossings of the sea wonderful, as they are ready to be awakened, lifting up their voices from the voices of the rivers by thinking things in a God-befitting and sublime way. Regarding the tossings of the sea, according to the present thought, the so-called temptations will also be wonderful causes of salvation, appearing from the voices of the many drinkable waters; for it is indeed possible to see upon...

Greek · §175

ἐπὶ τῷ κρατῆσαι κατά τινα τῶν ἑρμηνευσάντων τῶν ἐλάτων αὐτοῦ τοῦ φοίνικος οι θεῖαι διδασκαλίαι τυγχάνουσαι τὸ γόνιμον καὶ φυλακτικὸν τῶν καρπῶν λαμβάνουσιν· ο θεν καὶ ἡ νύμφη ἡ ταῦτα λέγουσα, οὐκ α λλη τοῦ ἀνθοῦντος κατὰ τὸν φοίνικα δικαίου τυγχάνουσα, φησὶν ̔Ομοιωθήσομαι τῷ φοίνικι. ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ φοίνικος κάλλυνθρα κοσμητήρια τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κλάδων τῶν φοινίκων γινόμενα λαμβάνων τις α γει τὴν τῆς σκηνοπηγίας ἑορτήν, καὶ τὰ σύμβολα δὲ τῆς νίκης ἐκ τούτου οἱ νικηταὶ φέρονται. 914 Ps 92,3–4b Οἱ μιμούμενοι ποταμοὶ τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν εὐφραίνοντα τὴν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπαίρουσι πρότερον τὴν σφῶν νόησιν, ει τα τὰς φωνὰς τὰς ἑρμηνευούσας τὰ νοηθέντα αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν τούτων ποταμῶν ὑδάτων φωνῆς θαυμαστοὺς καὶ ἀποδοχῆς ἀξίους γενέσθαι διὰ μετανοίας καὶ ἀναλήψεως ἀρετῆς τοὺς πάλαι δι' ἀλαζονείας καὶ πλούτου καὶ αὐθαδείας καὶ δοξαρίων μετεωρισμοὺς ο ντας τῆς τοῦ βίου τῶν ἀνθρώπων θαλάττης. ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοὺς τῶν θεοπνεύστων γραφῶν καινῆς τε καὶ παλαιᾶς διαθήκης ποταμοὺς ει ναι διὰ τὸ πότιμον καὶ ζωτικὸν καὶ καρποφορίας αι τιον. ου τοι δὲ οἱ ποταμοὶ τὸν πίνοντα ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἐπαίρουσι καὶ μετεωρίζουσι θεωρίᾳ τῆς ἀληθείας ου ς α ν ευ ρωσιν ἑτοίμους, ἐπαίροντες καὶ τὰς φωνὰς αὐτῶν ἀφ' ω ν φωνῶν θεοπρεπῶς καὶ ὑψηλοφυῶς νοουμένων θαυμαστοὶ γίνονται οἱ τῆς θαλάσσης μετεωρισμοί. μετεωρισμῶν θαλάττης κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν διάνοιαν ο ντων τῶν καλουμένων πειρασμῶν οι καὶ θαυμαστοὶ γενήσονται σωτηρίας αι τιοι ἀναφαινόμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν φωνῶν τῶν ποτίμων ὑδάτων πολλῶν, ε στι γοῦν ἰδεῖν ἐπὶ

Victory in Trials and the Holiness of the Temple§176

176Showing some to be victors over these trials and struggles. For blessed is the man who endures trial (Ps 92:4c), and the following. Stop if many things, from which the swellings of the sea become marvelous because of the voices, happen to the sea; for from its own things and from the men in them, the swellings of it become marvelous, being logically and prudently examined and known.

In the high and exalted words, the Lord is marvelous (Ps 92:5a), so that his testimonies, which are kindred to the spoken rights and laws, and he himself, God, are to be believed as high in which he is marvelous. It is possible to say that men are raised to divine things through faith and the rest of virtue, and even the angels and archangels in heaven are high, in whom the Lord is marvelous, having testimonies and sayings established and examined because he has spoken them with certain stability (Ps 92:5bc).

All those who have approached God become his dwelling-place, and it is truly fitting to be holy for the saints, not for one or two days, but for a length of days; thus The One who initiates, desiring the dwelling-place of God to be a sanctification for a length of days, says: Do you not know that you are the temple of God and the Spirit of God dwells in you? in you? If anyone destroys the temple of God, God destroys this one; for the temple of God is holy, and you indeed are it. For holiness and sanctification are truly necessary for everyone who becomes God's dwelling-place, just as the temple of God is holy and just as the holy place is holy and of God.

Greek · §176

τοῖς πειρασμοῖς καὶ ἀγῶσι τούτοις νικητάς τινας ἀποδεικνυμένους· Μακάριος γὰρ ἀνὴρ ο ς ὑπομένει πειρασμόν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ἐπίστησον εἰ τὰ πολλὰ υ δατα, ω ν ἀπὸ τῶν φωνῶν θαυμαστοὶ γίνονται οἱ μετεωρισμοὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, τυγχάνουσι ταῦτα τῇ θαλάσσῃ· ἐκ γὰρ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῆς καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων συμβαινόντων θαυμαστοὶ γίνονται οἱ μετεωρισμοὶ αὐτῆς, λογικῶς καὶ φρονίμως ἐταζόμενα καὶ γινωσκόμενα. 915 Ps 92,4c.5a ̓Εν τοῖς ὑψηλοῖς καὶ ἐπῃρημένοις λόγοις θαυμαστὸς ὁ κύριός ἐστιν ὡς πιστοῦσθαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὰ μαρτύρια τὰ συγγενῆ τοῖς λεγομένοις δικαιώμασι καὶ νομίμοις αὐτοῦ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψηλὰ ἐν οι ς θαυμαστός ἐστι. δυνατὸν α νδρας θείους διὰ πίστεως καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς ἀρετῆς ὑψουμένους εἰπεῖν, η καὶ τοὺς κατ' οὐρανὸν ἀγγέλους καὶ ἀρχαγγέλους ὑψηλοὺς ἐν οι ς ὁ κύριος θαυμαστὸς ω ν ε χει μαρτύρια καὶ λόγια βεβασανισμένα καὶ ἐξητασμένα α διὰ τὸ βέβαιον πιστὰ ει ρηται. 916 Ps 92,5bc Οι κος θεοῦ πάντες οἱ προσηκάμενοι αὐτὸν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς οι ς καὶ πρέπει ἀληθῶς τὸ ἁγίοις ει ναι οὐκ ἐπὶ μίαν καὶ δευτέραν ἀλλ' εἰς μακρότητα ἡμερῶν· ο θεν ὁ μυσταγωγὸς βουλόμενος τὸν οι κον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς μακρότητα ἡμερῶν ἁγίασμα ε χειν φησὶν Οὐκ οι δατε ο τι ναὸς θεοῦ ἐστε καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν; ει τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ τοῦτον ὁ θεός· ὁ γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ α γιός ἐστιν οι τινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς. πρέπει γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἡ ἁγιότης καὶ τὸ ἁγίασμα παντὶ τῷ γενομένῳ θεοῦ οι κῳ, ι ν' ω σπερ θεοῦ α γιος ῃ καὶ ω σπερ α γιος ου τω καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ.

The Tyranny of Lawlessness vs. Divine Commands§177

177The God of avenges, being in his avenging, has spoken boldly (Ps 93:1). For because he accurately knows the things of those being judged and even the intention of those doing them, he brings the avenges with boldness; whereas other judges might err by not bringing the punishment in proportion to the quantity and quality of those sinning, wherefore it happens that the judge is shamed as not having rightly punished those caught in wickedness, while he alone is bold in avenging, he who says: 'Measure with a measure, it shall be measured to you' (Luke 6:38); for he gives to each according to his works.

All these things shall be raised up toward the appearance of Christ (Ps 93:2). For then a sinless man having become man spoke boldly, although he is Lord of avenges, but also he judged the earth, proving it full of sin, himself having not done sin nor known sin; therefore also he repaid the Pharisees who had been prominent above him and the invisible enemies who were puffed up in crucifying him.

Often the pit is used to mean punishment, as it has been said: 'And he shall fall into the pit which he himself worked' (Ps 93:13b). And since it has been said unchangeably 'unto the abyss' (for it is not said by whom), it is shown from other writings that the pit which is being dug for the sinner is not dug by another, nor by the one falling into it; for 'they dug a pit before my face and I fell into it' (Ps 7:15); and 'he who digs a pit for his neighbor shall fall into it' (Prov 26:27); and since the fool digs evils for himself, saying evils, the punishments fall upon those sinning through foolishness.

You being our Creator are a care and you take care of us, O Lord (Ps 93:20); therefore if there is any good present to us, we are yours and are from you. But since we see certain wicked men killing the righteous and condemning the innocent, we cry out to you, [not another throne of kingship...].

What these things are accomplished against your servants will not happen to you, but a throne of lawlessness will not happen to you; for you have revealed the king of the law of all things, by whom the whole is governed. If, therefore, the devil, having become an apostate from your commands, attempts to rule lawlessly, he does not understand, nor will it happen to you; but having become a distant robber, he tyrannizes against those who happen to fall under his weakness. For a throne of lawlessness is a rule characterized by tyranny; for there is no other tyrant than a lawless rule. Therefore, he is most weak and contemptible, commanding heavy and burdensome things, weaving toil through his commands.

But your commandments, O God, are not heavy according to John, and they are also useful, lifting up and elevating the one being transformed (Ps 93:20-21). It is possible also to take the word thus: Lord, the throne of lawlessness weaves toil upon your commands, despite your light and easy commanding, casting cowardice and opposing things to the minds of those seated. For, while the right word exhorts to righteousness as beneficial, it sets against injustice gains and supplies, proposing those from this; again, while the word calls to temperance and freedom from care, he weaves toil upon such a command, entering into a thought of cowardice and fear of not being deprived of the necessities, overtaken by sickness and old age. Likewise, regarding the other commands of God, not being heavy, he weaves toil by casting a fantasy of weight.

And it should be read thus: O Lord, he who weaves toil upon your commands as if they were not esteemed because of their ease; for you want those coming to them to straighten them with sweat and toil. For it does not happen to acquire endurance and patience; therefore salvation will be saved. For he who endures to the end will be saved (Matt 24:13). A tyrannical throne will not happen to you; therefore...

Greek · §177

190 917 Ps 93,1bc ̔Ο τῶν ἐκδικήσεων θεὸς ὑπάρχων ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ἐκδικεῖν ἐπαρρησιάσατο. τῷ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς ἐπίστασθαι τῶν κρινομένων τὰ πράγματα καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν πρόθεσιν τῶν ἐνεργούντων αὐτὰ μετὰ παρρησίας ἐπάγει τὰς ἐκδικήσεις, τῶν α λλων κριτῶν ε σθ' ο τε σφαλλομένων ὡς μὴ κατ' ἀναλογίαν τῆς ποσότητος καὶ ποιότητος τῶν ἁμαρτανομένων ἐπάγειν τὴν τιμωρίαν· ἐφ' ῳ καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαι συμβαίνει τὸν κρίνοντα ὡς μὴ δεόντως ἐπιτιμήσαντα τοῖς ἑαλωκόσι τῷ κακίᾳ, μόνου παρρησιαζομένου ἐν τῷ ἐκδικεῖν τοῦ λέγοντος Ωι μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν· ἀποδιδοὺς γὰρ ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ. 918 Ps 93,2 ̓Αναχθείη ταῦτα πάντα καὶ εἰς τὴν Χριστοῦ ἐπιδημίαν. τότε γὰρ ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἀναμάρτητος α νθρωπος γεγονὼς καίτοι θεὸς ἐκδικήσεων κύριος ω ν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν γῆν ε κρινεν ἁμαρτίας πλήρης αὐτὴν ἀποδείξας, αὐτὸς ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιήσας οὐδὲ γνοὺς ἁμαρτίαν· διὸ καὶ ἀνταπέδωκε τοῖς ὑπερφανήσασιν αὐτὸν Φαρισαίοις καὶ τοῖς ἀοράτοις ἐχθροῖς ἐπαρθεῖσιν ἐν τῷ σταυρῶσαι αὐτόν. 919 Ps 93,13b Πολλαχοῦ ὁ βόθρος ἀντὶ τῆς κολάσεως λέγεται, καθὰ ει ρηται Καὶ ἐμπεσεῖται εἰς βόθρον ο ν εἰργάσατο. ἀπαρεμφάτως δὲ εἰρημένου τοῦ Εως ου ὀρυγῇ (οὐ γὰρ ει ρηται ὑπὸ τίνος), παρίσταται ἐξ ἑτέρων γραφῶν ο τι ὁ ὀρυσσόμενος τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ βόθρος οὐχ ὑπὸ α λλου ὀρύσσεται η ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ εἰς αὐτὸν ἐμπεσουμένου· Ωρυξαν γὰρ πρὸ προσώπου μου βόθρον καὶ ἐνέπεσον εἰς αὐτόν· καὶ τὸ ̔Ο ὀρύσσων τῷ πλησίον βόθρον ἐμπεσεῖται εἰς αὐτόν· καὶ Οτι ὁ δὲ α φρων ὀρύσσει ἑαυτῷ κακά, κακὰ λέγων τὰς κολάσεις εἰς α ς ἐμπίπτουσιν οἱ δι' ἀφροσύνην ἁμαρτάνοντες. 920 Ps 93,20 Σὺ δημιουργὸς ἡμῶν ὑπάρχων κήδῃ καὶ φροντίζεις ἡμῶν, ω δέσποτα· ο θεν ει τι πάρεστιν ἡμῖν ἀγαθόν, ι σμεν αὐτὸ σὸν καὶ παρὰ σοῦ ει ναι. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ὁρῶμεν φαύλους τινὰς κατὰ τῶν δικαίων φονῶντας καὶ ἀθῴους καταδικάζοντας, ἀναφθεγγόμεθα πρὸς σὲ μὴ ε τερος θρόνος βασιλείας σύνεστί σοι η προσέσται σοι, ο τι ταῦτα κατὰ τῶν σῶν θεραπόντων ἐπιτελεῖται, ἀλλ' οὐ πρόσεστί σοι ἀνομίας θρόνος· νόμον γὰρ τῶν πάντων βασιλέα ἀνέδειξας καθ' ο ν τὸ πᾶν διοικεῖται. κα ν τοίνυν παρανόμως α ρχειν ἐπιχειροίη διάβολος ἀποστάτης τῶν προσταγμάτων τῶν σῶν γεγενημένος, οὐ σύνεστιν οὐδὲ προσέσται σοι, ἀλλ' ἀποστὰς καὶ μακράν σου γεγενημένος λῃστάρχου δίκην τυραννεῖ κατὰ τῶν ἑλομένων ὑπὸ τὴν ὠμότητα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνειν. θρόνος γὰρ ἀνομίας ἡ μετὰ τυραννίδος ἀρχή· οὐδὲν γὰρ ε τερόν ἐστι τύραννος η παράνομος ἀρχή. διὸ καὶ ὠμότατος καὶ ἐπαχθὴς ω ν βαρέα καὶ ἐπίμοχθα προστάττει, φυλάττων τοῖς προστάγμασιν αὐτοῦ κόπον. ἀλλ' αἱ ἐντολαὶ σοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσὶ κατὰ τὸν ̓Ιωάννην, ο θεν καὶ ἀνωφερεῖς εἰσιν ὑψοῦσαι καὶ μετεωρίζουσαι τὸν μεταποιούμενον. 921 Ps 93,20.21 ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ ου τως ἐκλαβεῖν τὴν λέξιν· Σοῦ, δέσποτα, κοῦφα καὶ ἐλαφρὰ προστάττοντος, κόπους ἐπὶ τοῖς σοῖς προστάγμασι πλάττει ὁ τῆς ἀνομίας θρόνος, δειλίαν καὶ τοῖς ταχθεῖσι τἀναντία ὑποβάλλων τῇ διανοίᾳ. τοῦ γὰρ ὀρθοῦ λόγου προτρεπομένου ἐπὶ δικαιοσύνην ὡς ὠφέλιμον, τὴν ἀδικίαν ἀντιτίθησιν κέρδη καὶ πορισμοὺς τὰ ἐκ ταύτης προτείνων· πάλιν τοῦ λόγου ἐπ' ἀκτημοσύνην παρακαλοῦντος καὶ ἀμεριμνίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ προστάγματι πλάττει κόπον, δειλίας ἐνιεὶς λογισμὸν καὶ φόβου τοῦ μὴ ὑστερηθῆναι τῶν ἀναγκαίων νόσον καὶ γήρως καταλαβόντων. ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν α λλων προσταγμάτων τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ο ντων βαρέων πλάττει κόπον βάρους φαντασίαν ὑποβάλλων. ̓Αναγνωστέον δὲ καὶ ου τως· Ω δέσποτα, ὁ πλάσσων ἐπὶ τοῖς σοῖς προστάγμασι κόπον ὡς μὴ διὰ τὸ ευ κολον καταφρονῶνται· θέλεις γὰρ τοὺς προσερχομένους αὐτοῖς κατορθοῦν αὐτὰ σὺν ἱδρῶτι καὶ πόνῳ. ου τω γὰρ καρτερίαν καὶ ὑπομονὴν κτήσασθαι συμβαίνει· διὸ καὶ σωτηρία ε ψεται· ̔Ο γὰρ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, ου τος σωθήσεται. Οὐ συμπροσέσται σοι τυραννικὸς θρόνος· διὸ

Providence and the Creative Hands of God§178

178He says that the tyrannical rule of the devil is a throne of unrighteousness, by which they cruelly hunt the soul of the righteous, even as judges and arbitrators happen to condemn the innocent. For the devil's lust for evil is so great that it is equal to this wretchedness. For the Scripture calls him destruction instead of the Law-giver and perdition instead of the one who was lost; one place saying concerning him, 'Destruction came' (in this way also Judas was branded a son of perdition, having become a son of Satan), and another place calling him lawlessness; for it says his children are called sons of lawlessnessas it says concerning Christ, 'And son of lawlessness he shall not add to harm him.' Those who practice evil are his retainers, concerning whom it is said, 'Who shall rise up against me against evildoers?' or 'Who shall stand with me against those working lawlessness?' Both demons and evil men are such, acting through cunning the things foretold against the innocent and the righteous (Ps 94:1b–2).

They urge confession concerning those on whom they have acted wickedly, or concerning those who have suffered well from God, thanking Him who appeared and shone upon them, his countenance being the character of his essence. For He is the image of the invisible God. It is possible for the third verse to correspond to the first and the fourth to the second, regarding those who rejoice in the Lord: 'We have seen your face in confession, but also we shout for joy to our Savior God in psalms.' For through psalms they shout for joy to the Lord, through which deeds they perform such things as are pleasing to Him; for the voice of the psalm submits such a thing.

The Scripture calls angels 'gods' (Ps 94:3b). But the Word of God has come to reign over those who have become gods. Wandering over all the earth, the Word, according to the account of providence, holds the things said of the ends of the earth in his hand; for his grasping is the ends of the earth, as he holds the ends of the earth. Since parts of the earth and its mountains belong to the Lord (and these are high in these matters), it should be noted that throughout all Scripture, the doctrine of those describing the earth up to the moon is refuted.

He sees providence. For it is said that He does not merely hold the ends of the earth there, but also in many places, indeed, as if He is Lord of both heaven and earth: 'I will confess to You, Father, Lord of heaven and earth.'

Regarding thought, they come into the hand of God, for only those who are further than the ends of the earth by wisdom and citizenship are under His protective and almighty hand; thus no one is able to snatch them away, those who are in the hand of the Father and in the hand of the Son. These ends, by way of thought, are the sheep of Christ, concerning whom the Lord says: 'My sheep hear my voice, and I give them eternal life' (John 10:27), and furthermore: 'and no one shall snatch them from my hand' (John 10:28); and no one is able to snatch them from the hand of my Father (John 10:29). Since the interpreted ends of the earth are in the hand of God, it is fitting that He also attains the heights of the mountains, seeing those men who are separated by life and godly wisdom. But they are exceptional, surpassing even the heights of the mountains which He spoke of; perhaps they are the ends of the earth, the men walking upon the earth, yet having their citizenship and their heart in heaven because they have stored up treasure there, seeing the high angels as their wealth.

It is to be noted that the dry land is said to be formed not by one hand but by hands, just as 'the heavens are the work of your hands' (Ps 94:4) and 'your hands made me and fashioned me' (Ps 94:5). But as to what these creative hands are, it is a matter of perplexity; for one is, as we confess, the active hand of God, the Word of God, but with this hand another is also coordinated through many Scriptures, being itself creative. And it is pleasing to say, having become a follower of divine men and the apostles, that the creative hands of God are the Only-begotten and the Holy Spirit. This was the opinion of Irenaeus most especially, from which it is evident that the position being set forth is an ancient glory, not merely a passive one, but a creative one, and the Holy Spirit is creative.

They call upon one another to worship God, not by going from one place to another. For it is no longer a local worship, as was the case when Jerusalem and the temple there were established. For they worship the Lord, according to the prophet,

Greek · §178

κώλυσον αὐτοὺς τῆς ὠμοτάτης καθ' ἡμῶν ὁρμῆς, καθ' η ν δολερῶς θηρεύουσιν ἐπὶ 191 ψυχὴν δικαίου, ἐπιμορφαζόμενοι δὲ καὶ τὸ κριταὶ καὶ δικασταὶ τυγχάνειν καταδικάζουσιν ἀθῷον αι μα. Θρόνον δὲ ἀδικίας τὴν τυραννικὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ διαβόλου ε φη. εἰς τοσοῦτον γὰρ η λασε πονηρίας ὁ διάβολος ὡς ἰσοδυναμεῖν τῇ μοχθηρᾷ ε ξει. ἀνομίαν γὰρ ἀντὶ ἀνόμου καὶ ἀπώλειαν ἀντὶ ἀπολωλότος καλεῖ αὐτὸν ἡ γραφή· ο που μὲν λέγουσα πρὸς αὐτὸν ̓Απώλεια ἐγένου (ταύτῃ καὶ ὁ ̓Ιούδας Υἱὸς ἀπωλείας ἐχρημάτισεν υἱὸς Σατανᾶ γεγονώς), ο που δὲ ἀνομίαν ὀνομάζουσα αὐτόν· τοὺς γὰρ τέκνα αὐτοῦ γεγενημένους υἱοὺς ἀνομίας λέγει, ῃ φησι περὶ Χριστοῦ Καὶ υἱὸς ἀνομίας οὐ προσθήσει τοῦ κακῶσαι αὐτόν. τούτου ὑπασπισταὶ τυγχάνουσιν οἱ πονηρευόμενοι περὶ ω ν φησι Τίς ἀναστήσεταί μοι ἐπὶ πονηρευομένους η τίς συμπαραστήσεταί μοι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τὴν ἀνομίαν; δαίμονες δὲ ου τοι καὶ α νθρωποι πονηροί, διὰ πανουργίας τὰ προειρημένα κατὰ τοῦ ἀθῴου καὶ δικαίου δρῶντες. 922 Ps 94,1b–2 ̓Επὶ ἐξομολόγησιν παρακαλοῦσιν η τοι ἐφ' οι ς ε δρασαν κακῶς η ἐφ' οι ς ευ πεπόνθασι θεόθεν εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ ἐπιφανέντι καὶ ἐπιλάμψαντι αὐτοῖς τὴν χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντα αὐτοῦ πρόσωπον· Αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου. δυνατὸν τὸν τρίτον στίχον τῷ πρώτῳ ἀποδοῦναι καὶ τὸν τέταρτον τῷ δευτέρῳ ου τω νοοῦντα ἐπὶ τῷ η κειν ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι τῷ κυρίῳ· Προεφθάσαμεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐξομολογήσει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀλαλάττομεν τῷ σωτῆρι θεῷ ἡμῶν ἐν ψαλμοῖς. ψαλμοὶ δὲ καθ' ου ς ἀλαλάζουσι τῷ κυρίῳ πράξεις καθ' α ς ἐνεργοῦσιν εὐαρεστοῦντες αὐτῷ τοιαῦτα γάρ τινα ὑποβάλλει ἡ ψαλμὸς φωνή. 923 Ps 94,3b Θεοὺς λέγει ου ς ἀγγέλους ἡ γραφὴ καλεῖ. βασιλεύει δὲ κἀκείνων γενομένων θεῶν πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ γεγένηται. 924 Ps 94,4 Πάσης τῆς γῆς περιδραττόμενος ὁ λόγος κατὰ τὸν τῆς προνοίας λόγον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ ἑαυτοῦ ε χει τὰ λεγόμενα τῆς γῆς πέρατα· ἡ κατάσχεσις γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς ἐστι, κρατοῦντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τῶν τῆς γῆς περάτων. ἐπεὶ μέρη τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ ο ρη αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου (καὶ ταῦτά ἐστιν ὑψηλὰ ἐν τούτοις) τυγχάνει, σημειωτέον ο τι διὰ πάσης τῆς γραφῆς ἀναιρεῖται τὸ δόγμα τῶν περιγραφόντων μέχρι τῶν τῆς σελήνης ο ρων τὴν πρόνοιαν. οὐκ ἐνταῦθα γὰρ μόνον κρατεῖν τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς λέγεται ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλαχοῦ, ἀμέλει γοῦν ὡς οὐρανοῦ ου τω καὶ γῆς κύριός ἐστιν· ̓Εξομολογοῦμαί σοι γάρ, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς. Πρὸς διάνοιαν δὲ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ γίνονται τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ σκεπαστικῇ καὶ παντοδυνάμῳ μόνοι οἱ περαιτέρω τῆς γῆς φρονήσει καὶ πολιτείᾳ γινόμενοι· ο θεν οὐδεὶς αὐτοὺς ἁρπάσαι δύναται ο ντας ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ. ταῦτα τὰ πέρατα κατ' ἐπίνοιαν α λλην Χριστοῦ ει εν πρόβατα, περὶ ω ν ὁ κύριός φησι Τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούει, κἀγὼ δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον· καὶ οὐδεὶς ἁρπάσει αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου, καὶ ἑξῆς· οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάσαι ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ πατρός μου. ̓Επεὶ ου ν τὰ ἑρμηνευθέντα τῆς γῆς πέρατά εἰσιν ἐν χειρὶ θεοῦ, εἰκότως καὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ τῶν ὀρέων αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει, ὀρῶν ο ντων τῶν διῃρημένων βίῳ καὶ φρονήματι θεοσεβῶν ἀνδρῶν. κατ' ἐξαίρετον δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ὑπερέχοντες ου ς ὑψηλὰ τῶν ὀρέων προσηγόρευσεν· η τάχα πέρατα μὲν γῆς, οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατοῦντες α νθρωποι, ἐν οὐρανῷ δ' ε χοντες τὸ πολίτευμα καὶ τὴν καρδίαν διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ τεθησαυρικέναι, τῶν ἀγγέλων ὑψηλῶν ὀρῶν χρηματιζόντων. 925 Ps 94,5b Σημειωτέον ο τι οὐχ ὑπὸ χειρὸς ἀλλ' ὑπὸ χειρῶν πεπλᾶσθαι ἡ ξηρὰ λέγεται, ω σπερ τὸ Εργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί, καὶ τὸ Αἱ χεῖρές σου ἐποίησάν με καὶ ε πλασάν με. τίνες δὲ αυ ται αἱ δημιουργικαὶ χεῖρες ἀπορητέον· μία μὲν γὰρ ὁμολογουμένως δραστήριος τοῦ θεοῦ χεὶρ ὁ θεὸς λόγος ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ ταύτῃ τῇ χειρὶ καὶ ἑτέρα τις συντέτακται διὰ πλειόνων γραφῶν καὶ αυ τη δημιουργικὴ ὑπάρχουσα. 192 ε δοξε δὲ ἀνδράσι θείοις καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων φοιτηταῖς γεγενημένοις εἰπεῖν, ὡς α ρα αἱ δημιουργικαὶ τοῦ θεοῦ χεῖρες ὁ μονογενὴς ει η καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα. ταύτης δὲ τῆς γνώμης ὁ Εἰρηναῖος μάλιστα η ν, ἐξ ου δηλονότι παλαιὰ δόξα ἐστὶν ἡ τιθεμένη μὴ ποιούμενον ἀλλὰ ποιητικὸν καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα. 926 Ps 94,6–7c Οὐκ ἐκ τόπου εἰς ε τερον τόπον ἰόντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεὸν προσκυνῆσαι παρακαλοῦσιν ἀλλήλους. οὐκέτι γὰρ τοπικὴ προσκύνησίς ἐστιν, ω σπερ ἐτύγχανεν ου σα ο τε συνέστηκε τὰ ̔Ιεροσόλυμα καὶ ὁ ἐκεῖσε ναός. Προσκυνοῦσι γὰρ τῷ κυρίῳ, κατὰ τὸν προφήτην,

The Temple of God and the Restoration of the Soul§179

179Each one comes from his own place, not sensorially and bodily but in spirit and truth. Therefore, those who worship and fall down to him, bowing the knee to him and confessing him, come according to a disposition rather than a change of place; not only those on earth but also those in heavens and under the earth, weeping before him the weeping of repentance, and how much some weep and suffer. But a blameless weeping, escaping every stain, becomes one who is confident before the Lord.

And they say the reason by which the things written are fulfilled, asserting that he himself is our God and we are sheep of his pasture, a relationship of the people to God being shown through this word. Because of this he says: We become the people of his pasture, which he himself granted to make himself our God; for since he himself is our God, and we become the people of his pasture, and since we are the people of his pasture, he is our God. And being the people of his pasture, we are also sheep of his hand, he being our shepherd. Therefore no one shall snatch us from his right hand; for I myself give them eternal life, and no one shall snatch them from my hand (Ps 94:7c–9).

Having said that these words were spoken by the Holy Spirit as the end of the psalm, the apostle placed them in the Epistle to the Hebrews somewhat randomly and brought an interpretation to them. But he interpreted 'today', referring to the age that has fully come; for each day of the age is signified by 'today'. But the heart is hardened, appearing hard and contrary through all sin, bowing down to wickedness like that of Pharaoh. Therefore, abandoning this hardness, let us bow our hearing to the shouting God in order to become righteous.

Another says 'I said, I provided food' (Ps 94:10-11), referring to not every generation, but that generation always associating with error because of not wanting the knowledge of God; he says that God, having been angered, swore not to enter into his rest, saying these things in Psalm 106. Having explained this word of Paul, we will say nothing more than what was said then. Understand also thus: the rational soul, becoming according to the image and likeness of God, is the intellect of the one who has been made, especially with virtue...

Being sinful, the one sinning is taken captive and is disgraced, so that he is no longer a temple of God. For if God says concerning some, 'My spirit shall by no means remain in these men because they are flesh' (cf. Psalm 51:11), for formerly, when the temple of the divine Spirit was dwelling in them, it was like His own; but those sinning have become flesh, subject to passion and material, having taken it on, the one dwelling in them has departed as a conqueror, and they remained under destruction by the evil spirits who captured them.

Therefore, just as the one sinning, having become a captive, ceases to be a temple of God through the destruction of his edifice built of virtues, so also the one returning to God through repentance is not only ransomed from captivity, but is also founded and built up as a temple of God through correctness of mind and excellent deeds. And this is what the introductory part of the psalm declares. For after the captivity, once the temple is built, a gracious song of thanksgiving is sent up for the forgiveness of the captivity and the dedication of the temple.

And regarding the literal sense, one will be able to take what is according to the place. For it appears that the temple was built in the times of Ezra after the captivity. It must be said that concerning such a thing, David, having seen more prophetically the ancient restoration of the temple, has made the song for the dedication of the temple. But the singers, having put off the old man and having put on the new, being renewed into becoming according to the image of the one who created him, and being made suitable to the new discipleship of the new covenant, conforming to the newness of the teaching of Christ, sing.

Here indeed all the earth is commanded to obey, and in the heavens to worship: 'Let all the earth worship you and sing to you' (Psalm 95:6); and it is said in Isaiah, 'The whole earth is full of His greatness' (Isaiah 6:3), and in others, 'The whole earth is full of His glory.' Not all who sing to God are commanded to obey Him and to bless His name. For through good works and knowledge of the truth, one blesses and glorifies the name of God. For it is said in the Gospel, 'Let your light shine before men' (Matthew 5:16), so that they may see your good works and glorify the Father.

Greek · §179

ε καστος ἐκ τοῦ τόπου ἑαυτοῦ, οὐκ αἰσθητῶς καὶ σωματικῶς ἀλλὰ πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. Ερχονται τοίνυν κατὰ διάθεσιν μᾶλλον η μεταβολὴν τόπου οἱ προσκυνοῦντες καὶ προσπίπτοντες αὐτῷ, κλίνοντες αὐτῷ γόνυ θεὸν αὐτὸν ὁμολογοῦντες, οὐχ οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς μόνοι ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ καταχθονίοις κλαίοντες ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐκ μετανοίας κλαυθμόν, η καὶ ὁσαχῶς κλαίειν καὶ ὀδυνᾶσθαί τινας ει πομεν. α μεμπτος δὲ κλαυθμὸς καὶ πᾶσαν κηλίδα διαφεύγων ὁ θαρσῶν ἐνώπιον κυρίου γίνεσθαι. Λέγουσι δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν δι' η ν τὰ ἐγκείμενα ἐπιτελοῦσι, φάσκοντες Οτι αὐτὸς θεὸς ἡμῶν καὶ ἡμεῖς πρόβατα νομῆς αὐτοῦ, σχέσεως τοῦ λαοῦ πρὸς θεὸν δηλουμένης διὰ τῆσδε τῆς λέξεως. διὰ τοῦτό φησι· Λαὸς νομῆς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνομεν ο τι αὐτὸς ἐπιδέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν θεὸς ἡμῶν γενέσθαι· ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς θεὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡμεῖς λαὸς νομῆς αὐτοῦ τυγχάνομεν· καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡμεῖς λαὸς νομῆς αὐτοῦ, αὐτὸς θεὸς ἡμῶν. τῆς δ' αὐτοῦ νομῆς λαὸς αὐτοῦ ο ντες, ἐσμὲν καὶ πρόβατα χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ο ντος ποιμένος ἡμῶν. διὸ οὐδεὶς ἁρπάσει ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ· Κἀγὼ γὰρ δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου. 927 Ps 94,7c–9 Ταύτας τὰς λέξεις ε ως τοῦ τέλους τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἰρῆσθαι φήσας ὁ ἀπόστολος, ε θηκεν αὐτὰς ἐν τῇ Πρὸς ̔Εβραίους ἐπιστολῇ ἀμωσγέπως καὶ ἑρμηνείαν αὐταῖς ἐπαγαγών. ἡρμήνευσε δὲ τὸ σήμερον, εἰς τὸν πάντα ἐνεστηκότα αἰῶνα ἀναφέρων αὐτό· ἑκάστη γὰρ ἡμέρα τοῦ αἰῶνος σημαίνεται διὰ τοῦ σήμερον. σκληρύνεται δὲ καρδία, ο ν τρόπον καὶ ἡ τοῦ Φαραὼ κακίᾳ προσκλινομένη καὶ ὑπὸ ἁπάσης τῆς ἁμαρτίας σκληρὰ καὶ ἀντίτυπος ἀναφαινομένη. ταύτης τοίνυν ἀφέμενοι τῆς ὠμότητος, βοῶντι θεῷ κλίνωμεν τὴν ἀκοὴν ἐπὶ τῷ δίκαιοι γενέσθαι. 928 Ps 94,10.11 Αλλος δὲ τὸ Προσώχθισα προσκορής φησιν ἐγενόμην οὐ πάσῃ γενεᾷ ἀλλ' ἐκείνῃ ἀεὶ πλάνῃ συμβιούσῃ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἐθέλειν γνῶσιν ε χειν θεοῦ· ε φη τὸν θεὸν ὀργισθέντα ὀμόσαι μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα δὲ ἐν ΟΖ εἰπών. ἐξηγησαμένου δὲ καὶ Παύλου ταύτην τὴν λέξιν, οὐδὲν πλέον τῶν τότε ῥηθέντων ἐροῦμεν. 929 Ps 95,1–2a Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ ου τως· ἡ λογικὴ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γινομένη ψυχὴ οι κός ἐστι τοῦ πεποιηκότος, μάλιστα σὺν ἀρετῇ διάγουσα, ἁμαρτάνουσα δὲ αἰχμαλωτίζεται καὶ καθαιρεῖται ω στε μηκέτι ει ναι ναὸς θεοῦ. ει πε γοῦν ὁ θεὸς περί τινων Οὐ μὴ καταμείνῃ τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις διὰ τὸ ει ναι αὐτοὺς σάρκας. πάλαι γὰρ ἐνοικοῦντος ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῦ θείου πνεύματος ναὸς η σαν αὐτοῦ· ο τε δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντες σάρκες γεγένηνται ἐμπαθῆ καὶ ὑλικὴν ε ξιν ἀναλαβόντες, τὸ τηνικάδε ἀπέστη ὁ ἐνοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ καταστροφὴν ὑπέμειναν πρὸς τῶν αἰχμαλωτισάντων αὐτοὺς πονηρῶν πνευμάτων. Ωσπερ τοίνυν ὁ ἁμαρτάνων αἰχμάλωτος γεγονὼς παύεται τοῦ ει ναι θεοῦ οι κος διαλυθέντος τοῦ ἐξ ἀρετῶν οἰκοδομήματος αὐτοῦ, ου τως ὁ ἐπιστρέφων πρὸς θεὸν διὰ μετανοίας οὐ μόνον τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας λυτροῦται, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεμελιοῦται καὶ οἰκοδομεῖται θεοῦ οι κος δι' ὀρθότητα φρονήματός τε καὶ πράξεων ἀρίστων. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν ο δηλοῖ ἡ ἐγκειμένη τοῦ ψαλμοῦ προγραφή. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν τοῦ οι κου οἰκοδομηθέντος πρὸς τῶν εὐπαθόντων χαριστήριος ᾠδὴ ἀναπέμπεται ὑπὲρ ἀφέσεως τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας καὶ ἐγκαινισμοῦ τοῦ θείου οι κου. καὶ πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν ἐκλαβεῖν τις τὰ κατὰ τὸν τόπον 193 δυνήσεται. φαίνεται γὰρ ὁ οι κος ἐν τοῖς χρόνοις Εσδρα μετὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν οἰκοδομηθείς. λεκτέον ου ν περὶ τῆς τοιαύτης εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἀποκαταστάσεως τοῦ οι κου προφητικώτερον τὸν ∆αυὶδ τεθεωρηκότα τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐγκαινισμοῦ τοῦ οι κου τὴν ᾠδὴν πεποιηκέναι. ᾳ δουσι δὲ τὴν ᾠδὴν οἱ τὸν παλαιὸν α νθρωπον ἐκδυσάμενοι καὶ τὸν νέον ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν ἀνανεούμενον εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι κατ' εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν, τῷ μαθητεύεσθαι τῇ καινῇ διαθήκῃ τὴν καινότητα τῆς Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας προσηκάμενοι. ̓Ενταῦθα μὲν ου ν ᾳ δειν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ προστάττεται, ἐν ΞΕ δὲ προσκυνεῖν· Πᾶσα γὰρ ἡ γῆ προσκυνησάτωσάν σοι καὶ ψαλάτωσάν σοι· καὶ ἐν ̓Αμβακοὺμ Τῆς αἰνέσεως αὐτοῦ (δηλαδὴ τοῦ θεοῦ) πλήρης πᾶσα ἡ γῆ ει ρηται, καὶ ἐν α λλοις Πλήρης πᾶσα ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ. ου τοι ου ν πάντες οἱ ᾳ δοντες τῷ θεῷ πρὸς τῷ α δειν αὐτῷ καὶ εὐλογεῖν τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ προστάττονται. διὰ γὰρ ε ργων ἀγαθῶν καὶ γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας εὐλογεῖ τις καὶ δοξάζει τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ. ει ρηται γοῦν ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ Λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ε μπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ο πως ι δωσι τὰ καλὰ ὑμῶν ε ργα καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν

The Two Covenants and the Proclamation of Glory§180

180your Father who is in the heavens. For when the approach of God has been called to us, doing all things according to the right reason, we bless through blessing, we act or we bear the name of the Lord; for not otherwise having it, we pray that it itself might become blessed and holy.

But regarding precision, as it has been said about this in Psalm 22, 'Let us exalt his name to the same degree' (Ps 22:2); now we are satisfied with those things said through brevity. Strive as much as possible and in this way to receive the set-forth words; those who offer up to the Old Testament things happening in place of sensible things offer an old hymn. For after the Pharaoh, the tyrant of Egypt, was submerged, Moses, with all the Hebrew multitude, sang a hymn: 'Let us sing to the Lord, for he has been gloriously glorified' (Ps 95:2-3); he cast horse and rider into the sea. And regarding other things having happened, it is more bodily to see the hymn of Israel in the Pentateuch and the rest of the Old Scripture.

But those who depart from the antiquity of the letter to be discipled by the novelty of the Spirit, being made upright intellectually and spiritually, offer a new hymn to the Lord, the power of which having been abolished, the death of the devil having been overcome, and the underground realm of the mental Egypt having become submerged, Jesus, through the grace of God, having tasted every death. And those having sung to the Lord, not having been freed from all curses but having received the blessing supplied from God, bless the name of him who blessed them with all spiritual blessing in the heavenly places.

The set-forth commands become for the disciples of Jesus who hear: 'Go and make disciples of all nations' (Matt 28:19). For the Holy Spirit wills to accomplish the evangelical work in them with a swift and undivided zeal. For this 'day by day' presents to them the continuous evangelizing of the salvation of God, concerning which it has been said: 'This is truly the Savior of the world' (John 4:42), and again, 'A Savior has been born to you today, who is Christ the Lord' (Luke 2:11). For the prophecy saying 'All flesh shall see the salvation of God' (Luke 24:46), as the apostles evangelize his salvation day by day, shall reach its fulfillment.

It is possible to take the two covenants of the Savior, who is the sun of righteousness, from day to day. Since those who are commanded to evangelize are law-abiding and have the light of the first day, they subsequently follow that day with another day according to the new covenant, being enlightened, and they proclaim the salvation of God. Proclaiming Christ the Savior, who is the salvation of God, they announce to all nations the glory of God, which is Christ, who happens to be the radiance of the glory of God; concerning this, it is written in Isaiah: 'The glory of God shall be seen' (Isa 60:1), and also, 'And the glory of God shall rise upon you' (Isa 60:1). For just as Christ is the wisdom and power and truth and righteousness of God, so also his glory is.

Moreover, they are commanded to announce his wonders to all peoples, concerning which it is said to God in Psalm 76: 'You have done many things, Lord my God, your wonderful works' (Ps 76:6). The prophet Isaiah says that the cause of these wonders is: 'Lord my God, I will glorify you, I will sing praise to your name, for you have done wonderful things, a true ancient purpose' (Isa 25:1). For Christ the Savior has done wonderful things, having freed every soul suffering under the devil, establishing the ancient purpose of God, according to which man existed as being straight, having come to be in the image and likeness of the Creator. And if you wish the things being proclaimed to the people to be wonderful, immense powers, such as Jesus raising the dead and restoring the blind to sight, and if anything else of this kind is written, you do not err. And it is also possible to do so: manifest through theology the most unclouded knowledge concerning God, so that the nations might have right discourse concerning God, being freed from much-godly fear. These things will in no way suit those returning from Babylon in the times of Cyrus or in the times of Darius, who perceptibly built the temple while Zerubbabel and Joshua the priest were presiding over the building in Judah after the captivity. For these things are fulfilled through works after the presence of our Savior, with all his disciples wandering through the whole earth and evangelizing, having announced his salvation to all.

Greek · §180

πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. τῆς γὰρ θεοῦ προσηγορίας ἐπικληθείσης ἡμῖν, πάντα πράττοντες τὰ κατὰ λόγον τὸν ὀρθὸν δι' εὐλογίας ω ν εὐλογοῦμεν, ἐνεργοῦμεν ο φοροῦμεν ο νομα κυρίου· οὐ γὰρ α λλως ε χοντος αὐτοῦ, εὐχόμεθα εὐλογημένον αὐτὸ καὶ α γιον γενέσθαι. δι' ἀκριβείας δὲ ὡς οι όν τ' η ν ει ρηται περὶ τούτου ἐν τῷ ΛΓ ψαλμῷ εἰς τὸ ̔Υψώσωμεν τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό· ο θεν νῦν ἀρκούμεθα τοῖς διὰ βραχέων εἰρημένοις. ̓Επίστησον εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ ου τως ἐκδέξασθαι τὰς προκειμένας λέξεις· οἱ τῇ παλαιᾷ διαθήκῃ προσανέχοντες ὑπὲρ αἰσθητῶν συμβαινόντων πραγμάτων ᾳ δοντες ᾳ σμα παλαιὸν ῃ δον. τοῦ γὰρ Φαραὼ τοῦ τῆς Αἰγύπτου τυράννου καταποντισθέντος, ᾳ δει Μωυσῆς μετὰ πάσης τῆς ̔Εβραϊκῆς πληθύος ᾠδὴν η ἐφύμνιον Αισωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται· ι ππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ε ρριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν. καὶ ἐπ' α λλοις δὲ συμβεβηκόσι σωματικώτερόν ἐστιν ἰδεῖν ᾳ δοντα τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ἐν τῇ Πεντατεύχῳ καὶ τῇ λοιπῇ παλαιᾷ γραφῇ. οἱ δὲ ἀποστάντες τῆς παλαιότητος τοῦ γράμματος ἐπὶ τῷ μαθητευθῆναι τῇ καινότητι τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπὶ νοητῶς καὶ πνευματικῶς κατορθουμένοις καινὸν τῷ κυρίῳ ᾳ δουσιν ᾳ σμα, καταργηθέντος τοῦ τὸ κράτος ε χοντος τοῦ θανάτου διαβόλου καὶ ὑποβρυχίου γενομένου τοῦ τῆς νοητῆς Αἰγύπτου τυράννου, ̓Ιησοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γευσαμένου θανάτου χάριτι θεοῦ. ᾳ δοντες δὲ κυρίῳ ου τοι πάσας κατάρας ἠλευθερωμένοι καὶ τῆς εὐλογίας μετειληφότες τῆς θεόθεν χορηγουμένης, εὐλογοῦσι τὸ ο νομα τοῦ εὐλογήσαντος αὐτοὺς πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις. 930 Ps 95,2b.3 Αἱ προκείμεναι προστάξεις γίνονται τοῖς ̓Ιησοῦ μαθηταῖς ἀκούουσι Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ε θνη. βούλεται γὰρ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον συντόνῳ καὶ ἀδιαστάτῳ σπουδῇ ἐπιτελεῖν αὐτοὺς τὸ εὐαγγελικὸν ε ργον. τὸ γὰρ ̔Ημέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας τοῦτο παρίστησι τὸ διηνεκῶς αὐτοὺς εὐαγγελίζεσθαι τὸ θεοῦ σωτήριον, περὶ ου ει ρηται Ου τός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ πάλιν ̓Ετέχθη σήμερον ὑμῖν σωτὴρ ο ς ἐστι χριστὸς κύριος. τῶν γὰρ ἀποστόλων εὐαγγελιζομένων ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ, ἐκβάσεως τεύξεται ἡ προφητεία ἡ λέγουσα Οψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. ∆υνατὸν τὸ ̔Ημέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας ἐκλαβεῖν τὰς δύο διαθήκας τοῦ σωτῆρος ο ντος ἡλίου δικαιοσύνης. ἐπεὶ ου ν οἱ εὐαγγελίζεσθαι προσταττόμενοι νομομαθεῖς ο ντες καὶ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας φωτισμὸν ει χον, ἀκολούθως ἐκ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἡμέραν α λλην τὴν κατὰ τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην φωτιζόμενοι τὸ θεοῦ σωτήριον ἀπαγγελοῦσιν. Εὐαγγελιζόμενοι δὲ τὸν σωτῆρα Χριστὸν ο ντα θεοῦ σωτήριον, ἀναγγέλλουσι πᾶσι 194 τοῖς ε θνεσι τὴν θεοῦ δόξαν, η τις ἐστὶν ὁ Χριστὸς τυγχάνων ἀπαύγασμα τῆς θεοῦ δόξης· περὶ η ς γέγραπται ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ ̓Οφθήσεται ἡ θεοῦ δόξα, καὶ μεθ' ε τερα Καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ σὲ ἀνατέταλκεν. ὡς γὰρ σοφία καὶ δύναμις ἀλήθειά τε καὶ δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ ὁ Χριστός, ου τως καὶ δόξα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει. Πρὸς τούτοις δὲ καὶ ἀναγγέλλειν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς λαοῖς τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ προστάττονται, περὶ ω ν ἐν ΛΘ ψαλμῷ πρὸς θεὸν ει ρηται Πολλὰ ἐποίησας σύ, κύριε ὁ θεός μου, τὰ θαυμάσιά σου. τὸν τούτων τῶν θαυμάτων αι τιον ὑμνῶν ̔Ησαΐας ὁ προφήτης φησὶ Κύριε ὁ θεός μου, δοξάσω σε, ὑμνήσω τὸ ο νομά σου, ο τι ἐποίησας θαυμαστὰ πράγματα, βουλὴν ἀρχαίαν ἀληθινήν. Χριστὸς γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ θαυμαστὰ πεποίηκεν ἐλευθερώσας πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου καταπονουμένην, τὴν ἀρχαίαν θεοῦ βουλὴν στήσας καθ' η ν εὐθὴς ὁ α νθρωπος ὑπῆρχε κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ δημιουργοῦ γεγονώς. εἰ δὲ καὶ τεραστίους δυνάμεις ει ναι βούλεται τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα τοῖς λαοῖς θαυμάσια καθ' α ς ̓Ιησοῦς νεκροὺς η γειρε καὶ τυφλοὺς εἰς ο ψιν ἀποκαθιστᾷ καὶ ει τι α λλο τοιοῦτον ἀναγέγραπται, οὐχ ἁμαρτάνεις. ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ ου τως· Φανερώσατε διὰ θεολογίας τὴν περὶ θεοῦ ἀκραιφνεστάτην γνῶσιν, ο πως ὀρθὴν διάληψιν περὶ θεοῦ ε χῃ τὰ ε θνη ἀφέμενα πολυθέου δεισιδαιμονίας. Ταῦτα οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ ἁρμόσει τοῖς ἀπὸ Βαβυλῶνος ἐπανελθοῦσι κατὰ τοὺς Κύρου χρόνους η κατὰ τοὺς ∆αρείου, ο τε αἰσθητῶς ὁ οι κος ᾠκοδομεῖτο ὁ ἐν τῇ ̓Ιουδαίᾳ προεστῶτος τῆς οἰκοδομῆς Ζοροβάβελ καὶ ̓Ιησοῦ τοῦ ἱερέως μετὰ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν. πεπλήρωται γὰρ ταῦτα δι' ε ργων μετὰ τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν παρουσίαν, τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν τὴν σύμπασαν γῆν περιδραμόντων καὶ εὐαγγελισαμένων τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ ἀναγγειλάντων τε ἐν πᾶσι

Confession and Beauty before God§181

181by the incomparable superiority of creative power

Do not command them to depart into the deep abyss, having sent away a voice of pity; O God, do not torment us before the time (Ps 95:6). He who has acquired beauty through the loveliness of virtue, and presents this innate beauty with thanksgiving and confession before God, according to the one saying, 'The Lord of powers, I stood before Him' (Ps 95:6), is such; for everyone sinning flees from standing before God. For the lawless do not remain before His eyes.

Indeed, even Adam, after sinning with the woman, flees from the face of the Lord God, being ashamed, but rather fearing to be seen by Him. In this way also the Tempter goes out from the face of the Lord God, not that it is possible to flee from God and be far from His face, but because the wicked, deceiving themselves with false glory, thought they could hide from God, upon whom they act impiously; for even if they should succeed in hiding from God, it is not that they are actually hidden, but rather they possess such a disposition that, if it were possible, they would have wanted to be far from God, being ashamed of the rays of His eyes.

But the diligent, through much boldness and the freedom of the gaze before God, have stood as genuine servants of justice, saying, 'Look upon me and have mercy on me' (Ps 51:1), and 'The eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous and His gaze upon their prayer' (Ps 34:15). Do not be troubled, since we, the ones confessing and possessing beauty before the Lord, participate in this; and often, according to the Scripture, regarding those having certain states, it is said through the analogies of those states; for the Apostle, writing to men, says concerning him and them, 'That we might become the righteousness of God' (2 Cor 5:21) (meaning clearly, in Him, Christ).

And since confession and beauty are before God, holiness and majesty shall be in His sanctuary. And it is customary by ancestral habit to call the temple of God the sanctuary of God. Since not the...

Greek · §181

τοῖς ε θνεσι τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς λαοῖς. σωτήριον δέ φησιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν καὶ τὴν μετὰ τὸν θάνατον σωτηρίαν η καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Χριστόν. 931 Ps 95,4.5 Μέγας ὁ κύριος λέγεται οὐ κατ' ἐπίδοσιν μεγέθους καὶ ο γκου (ἀσώματος γάρ· σωμάτων δὲ ι διον τὸ πεποσῶσθαι καὶ ο γκον ε χειν) ἀλλὰ καθ' ὑπεροχὴν ἀσύγκριτον δημιουργικῆς δυνάμεως· τῶν γὰρ παμμεγέθων οὐρανῶν τυγχάνει ποιητής. εἰ δὲ τούτων πολλῷ πλέον τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν, τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ μέγας ω ν ὁ κύριος, καὶ ὑμνητὸς καὶ αἰνετός ἐστι καὶ φοβερὸς ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς θεούς, τῆς Σφόδρα λέξεως κατὰ κοινοῦ τεταγμένης. καὶ εἰ μὲν καθόλου καὶ κυρίως ἐκλάβοιμεν τὴν πρόσταξιν φάσκουσαν ̓Επὶ πάντας τοὺς θεούς, συναριθμήσαιμεν καὶ τοὺς ἐπαινουμένους θεοὺς ω ν ὁ θεὸς θεός ἐστι κατὰ τὸ ̓Οφθήσεται ὁ θεὸς τῶν θεῶν ἐν Σιών, καὶ Θεὸς θεῶν κύριος ἐλάλησεν–ἐπὶ πάντας ου ν τούς τε ἐπαινουμένους καὶ διαβαλλομένους θεοὺς φοβερὸς ὁ κύριός ἐστι τῷ μέγας καὶ αἰνετὸς σφόδρα τυγχάνειν, πάντων κριτὴς καὶ ἐξεταστὴς τυγχάνων· εἰ δὲ μὴ ἁπλῶς καθόλου ἀλλὰ περὶ μόνων τῶν θεῶν τῶν ἐθνῶν ἡ θέσις ει η ου τω λεγομένη, ἐπεὶ πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια ὑπάρχουσιν, ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς θεοὺς τούτους φοβερός ἐστιν ὁ μέγας καὶ αἰνετὸς σφόδρα κύριος, κρίνων καὶ κολάσει αὐτοὺς ὑποβάλλων. εἰς ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν καὶ τὸ ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ λήψῃ ̓Ολολύξατε γλυπτὰ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμκαὶ ἐν Σαμαρείᾳ καὶ τοῖς χειροποιήτοις αὐτῆς· ου τως ποιήσω καὶ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ καὶ τοῖς γλυπτοῖς αὐτῆς. γλυπτὰ γὰρ ὀλολύξαντα οὐ τὰ α ψυχα (ἐμψύχου γὰρ τὸ ὀλολύζειν) ἀλλὰ τὰ διὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀγαλμάτων δηλούμενα δαιμόνια ἐκδεκτέον. Κατὰ ου ν τῶν θεῶν τῶν ἐθνῶν (ου τοι δέ εἰσι δαιμόνια) φοβερὸς ε σται ὁ κρίνων αὐτοὺς κύριος· οὐχ ἁπλῶς δέ γε θεοὶ ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν. διὸ καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῶς ο ντα θεοὶ τὰ δαιμόνια, δειλιᾷ καὶ φοβερὸν ε χοντα τὸν κύριον, παρακαλεῖ αὐτὸν μὴ ἐπιτάξαι αὐτοῖς ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν α βυσσον, οἰκτροπάτην φωνὴν ἀφιέντα ∆εόμεθά σου μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσῃς ἡμᾶς. 932 Ps 95,6 ̔Ο διὰ τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς κάλλος ὡραιότητα κεκτημένος καὶ τὴν συμφυῆ ταύτῃ κατ' εὐχαριστίαν ἐξομολόγησιν ἐνώπιον παρίσταται θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα Ζῇ κύριος 195 τῶν δυνάμεων ῳ παρέστην ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, παντὸς ἁμαρτάνοντος φεύγοντος τὸ ἐνώπιον ι στασθαι θεοῦ· Οὐ διαμενοῦσι γὰρ παράνομοι κατέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ. ἀμέλει καὶ ὁ ̓Αδὰμ α μα τῇ γυναικὶ μετὰ τὸ ἁμαρτεῖν φεύγει ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ αἰσχυνόμενος, μᾶλλον δὲ φοβούμενος ὀφθῆναι αὐτῷ. ταύτῃ καὶ Καὶν ὁ ἀλάστωρ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐχ ο τι δυνατὸν διαδρᾶναι θεὸν καὶ πόρρω τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι, ἀλλ' ο τι οἱ φαῦλοι ψευδοδοξοῦντες ἠπάτηνται ὡς οἰηθῆναι λανθάνειν θεὸν ἐφ' οι ς δυσσεβῶς ἐνεργοῦσιν· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ι σασιν ο τι λαθεῖν θεὸν οὐχ οι όν τε, ἀλλ' ου ν γε διάθεσιν τοιαύτην ε χουσιν ὡς εἰ δυνατὸν ὑπῆρχεν, ἠβούλοντο πόρρω θεοῦ ει ναι αἰσχυνόμενοι τὰς αὐγὰς τῶν ο ψεων αὐτοῦ. οἱ δέ γε σπουδαῖοι διὰ πολλὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ ἐλεύθερον τοῦ βλέμματος ἐνώπιον θεοῦ γνησίων θεραπόντων δίκην ἑστήκασι, λέγοντες ̓Επίβλεψον ἐπ' ἐμὲ καὶ ἐλέησόν με, καὶ ̓Οφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ω τα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν. Μὴ ταραττέτω σε εἰ ἐξομολογήσεως καὶ ὡραιότητος ἐνώπιον κυρίου τυγχανουσῶν ἡμεῖς τὸν ἐξομολογούμενον καὶ ὡραιότητα ε χοντα ἐνώπιον κυρίου ει πομεν ει ναι, πολλάκις καὶ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν τῶν τὰς ε ξεις ἐχόντων σημαινομένων ταῖς τῶν ε ξεων προσηγορίαις· ἀνθρώποις γὰρ γράφων ὁ ἀπόστολος περί τε αὐτοῦ κἀκείνων φησὶν Ινα γενώμεθα (δηλονότι ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ Χριστῷ) θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη. ̓Εξομολογήσεως δὲ καὶ ὡραιότητος οὐσῶν ἐνώπιον θεοῦ, ἁγιότης καὶ μεγαλοπρέπεια ὑπάρξει τῷ ἁγιάσματι αὐτοῦ. ἁγίασμα δὲ θεοῦ καλεῖν ε θος πατρίῳ συνηθείᾳ τοῖς ἐκ περιτομῆς τὸν θεοῦ ναόν. ἐπεὶ ου ν ὁ

The Inhabited World and the Joy of Creation§182

182Confessing and receiving beauty, having God within himself as a temple and becoming sanctifieds fitting that holiness and magnificence are said of such a thing; indeed, partaking in the holiness of the present God and Christ, the sanctification of God, and also of the Holy Spirit, and seeking that which is becoming and appropriate in great and superior things; for magnificence is that which is becoming in great things, but smallness is that which is in small things.

For you, indeed, if you wish to be well-appearing in human honors and dignities and in perceptible strength and wealth, you are small if you are in the sanctification of God through the one who has enriched according to those things assigned in the intelligible and spiritual virtues and piety, but he who seeks to excel in all great things and by this possesses magnificence, is a companion not unequal to the holiness which he has acquired (Ps 95:7-8).

Since we are servants of Christ, having his name called upon us, let us perform all things wisely and rationally, justly and holily, and let us bring glory to the name of Christ which is upon us. And also let the appearance of sacrifices be excellent; that is, elevate the concept concerning sacrifices, not plunging down low and slaughtering animals, but thinking highly of those things signified by them, the spiritual and heavenly sacrifices, of which the perceptible sacrifices are types and shadows (Ps 95:9b-11a).

And every intellect having possessed a worldly quality, shaken by sympathy toward matter, casts off the former and earthly disposition in order to take up the spiritual and heavenly nature. For truly, this is to have the earth shaken in order to pass into heaven and to put on the image of the heavenly.

Following this are the things brought about: 'The Lord has reigned among the nations' (Ps 97:1). For having suffered and having risen from the dead, He reigned among the nations, having said, 'All authority was given to me in heaven and on earth' (Mt 28:18). As it becomes the will of God as in heaven and on earth, and the Lord reigning in all the nations, the whole earth is shaken in the said manner from His face, so that the nature of virtue, having been made steadfast by the Lord, might take up the inhabited world instead of the earth, having become steadfast, reigning...

For the Lord's domain is not merely earth but an inhabited world, with Father and Son and Holy Spirit dwelling in it and through divine gifts. He who ruled over all living things will judge the peoples with uprightness, judging according to his own order, since his wonders were announced to all, not only to Israel. He will judge them in uprightness, examining not only their works but also their dispositions. These things will happen according to his second coming, when the heavens will rejoice and the earth will exult (Ps 95:11-12a).

For the purpose of ascent, those bearing the image of the heavenly one and having citizenship in the heavens are heavens themselves, rejoicing in being laden with fruit coming from the Unconquerable from the true vine; wisdom poured it into the vessel. Some of these heavens are to inherit the high and above-lying earth through meekness, being called earth by a homonymous metonymy, rejoicing in the joy produced by the Holy Spirit.

If any mind is awakened by passions, as if by saltiness and bitterness, and the soul is treating the sea as a storm-tossed sea due to disordered movements, it is fitting for this to be shaken by a blessing, so that it might change from tossing and waves into stability and calm, according to its fullness, from the bitter and disordered. For the first blessing is for those who repent, to die to disordered and disturbed impulses. And those souls, because they have received the seed of Jesus, rejoice in unspeakable and glorified joy as they reap a harvest in tears amidst the exultation (Ps 95:12b-13b).

The 'then' refers to the inhabited world being made upright by the Lord. The 'then' also refers to 'Let the heavens rejoice.' For the heavens shall rejoice and the earth shall exult; then the trees of the forest shall exult (Ps 95:12b). The 'trees of the forest' are those not bearing fruit; but rather the former fruits bearing fruit exult, running ahead as the Lord comes down, 'Come!' For the Lord is coming to judge the earth, then the trees of the forest exult, always rejoicing like the trees of paradise in luxury. But of these not...

Greek · §182

ἐξομολογούμενος καὶ ὡραιότητα ε χων δεξάμενος θεὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ ναὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἁγίασμα γίνεται, εἰκότως περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου λέγεται τὸ ἁγιότητα καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ε χειν, ἁγιότητα μὲν μεταλαμβάνων τῆς ἁγιότητος τοῦ παρόντος θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ ο ντος θεοῦ ἁγιασμοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, μεγαλοπρέπειαν δὲ ζητῶν τὸ πρέπον καὶ εὐπρεπὲς ἐν μεγάλοις καὶ ὑπερτέροις· μεγαλοπρέπεια γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἐν μεγάλοις πρέπον, μικροπρέπεια δὲ τὸ ἐν μικροῖς. ο σοι γοῦν ἐν ἀνθρωπίνοις δοξαρίοις καὶ ἀξιώμασι καὶ ἐν αἰσθητοῖς ῥώμῃ καὶ πλούτῳ εὐπρεπεῖν θέλοντες, μικροπρεπεῖς ει εν τοῦ χρηματίσαντος ἁγιάσματος θεοῦ κατὰ τὰ ἀποδοθέντα ἐν νοητοῖς καὶ πνευματικοῖς ἀρεταῖς τε καὶ εὐσεβείᾳ, α περ πάντα μεγάλα τυγχάνει διαπρέπειν ζητοῦντα καὶ ταύτῃ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ε χει σύζυγον ου σαν ῃ κέκτηται ἁγιότητι. 933 Ps 95,7.8 ̓Επεὶ δοῦλοι τυγχάνοντες Χριστοῦ ε χομεν τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς διὰ τοῦ σοφῶς καὶ λογικῶς δικαίως τε καὶ ἁγίως ἐπιτελεῖν πάντα, δόξαν ἐνέγκωμεν τῷ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ὀνόματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι Αρατε θυσίας, τουτέστι μετεωρίσατε τὸ περὶ θυσιῶν νόημα, μὴ χαμαιζήλως βουθυτοῦντες καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ σφάζοντες ζῷα ἀλλ' ὑψηλῶς τὰ διὰ τούτων δηλούμενα διανοούμενοι τὰς πνευματικὰς καὶ ἐπουρανίους θυσίας ω ν ὑποδείγματα καὶ σκιὰ αἱ αἰσθητῶς προσαγόμεναι θυσίαι. 934 Ps 95,9b–11a Καὶ πᾶσα δὲ διάνοια γεώδη ποιότητα ἐσχηκυῖα ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὴν υ λην συμπαθείας σειομένη ἀποβάλλει τὴν προτέραν καὶ γεώδη διάθεσιν ἐπὶ τῷ πνευματικὴν καὶ ἐπουράνιον ε ξιν ἀναλαβεῖν. ἀληθῶς γὰρ τοῦτ' ει η τὸ σαλευθῆναι τὴν γῆν τὸ εἰς οὐρανὸν μεταβαλεῖν καὶ φορέσαι τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. ̓Ακόλουθα τούτοις καὶ τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα Ει πατε ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσιν ̔Ο κύριος ἐβασίλευσε. παθὼν γὰρ καὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστὰς ἐβασίλευσεν ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσιν, εἰπὼν ̓Εδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς. γινομένου λοιπὸν τοῦ θελήματος τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς, βασιλεύοντος δὲ τοῦ κυρίου ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσι, σαλεύεται τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, ο πως τὴν τῆς ἀρετῆς ε ξιν ἀναλάβῃ κατορθωθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου εἰς τὸ μηκέτι σαλεύεσθαι οἰκουμένη ἀντὶ γῆς γεγενημένη· βασιλεύοντος γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου, οὐχ ἁπλῶς γῆ ε τι μένει ἀλλ' οἰκουμένη, οἰκοῦντος ἐν αὐτῇ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ 196 καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ τῶν θείων χαρισμάτων. Ου τος ὁ βασιλεύσας ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσι κρινεῖ λαοὺς ἐν εὐθύτητι, ε καστον ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι δικάζων, ἐπείπερ ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ἀνηγγέλη τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἐν μόνῳ τῷ ̓Ισραήλ. κρινεῖ δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐν εὐθύτητι, οὐ τὰ ε ργα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν αὐτῶν ἐξετάζων. ταῦτα δὲ κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν αὐτοῦ γενήσεται παρουσίαν, ἡνίκα καὶ εὐφρανθήσονται οἱ οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἀγαλλιάσεται ἡ γῆ. 935 Ps 95,11.12a Πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν οἱ τὴν τοῦ ἐπουρανίου εἰκόνα φοροῦντες καὶ ἐν οὐρανοῖς πολίτευμα ε χοντες οὐρανοί εἰσιν, εὐφραινόμενοι τῷ ἐμπεφορῆσθαι τὸν α κρατον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλου γινόμενον οι νον ο ν ἐκέρασεν εἰς κρατῆρα ἡ σοφία. τούτων τῶν οὐρανῶν ὑποδεέστεροί τινες ο ντες μέλλουσι διὰ πραότητα κληρονομεῖν τὴν ὑψηλὴν καὶ α νω που κειμένην γῆν, η ς ὁμωνύμως μετωνυμικῷ τρόπῳ γῆ καλούμενοι ἀγαλλιῶνται χαρὰν χαίροντες τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος καρποφορουμένην. Ει η δέ τις διάνοια ὑπὸ παθῶν ἐξηγριωμένη ὡς δι' ἀλμυρότητα καὶ η θους πικρότητα καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀταξίας κινημάτων τρικυμίαν θάλασσα χρηματίζουσα· ταύτην σαλευθῆναι ἐπ' εὐεργεσίᾳ προσήκει, ο πως ἐκ σάλου καὶ κλύδωνος εἰς εὐστάθειαν καὶ γαλήνην μεταβάλλῃ α μα τῷ πληρώματι αὐτῆς τοῖς πικροῖς καὶ τεταραγμένοις· πρώτη γὰρ εὐεργεσία τοῖς μετανοοῦσιν ἀποθανεῖν τὰς ἀτάκτους καὶ τεθορυβημένας ὁρμάς. Καὶ αἱ ου σαι δὲ ψυχαὶ διὰ τὸ δεδέχθαι τὸν ̓Ιησοῦ σπόρον πεδία καρποφόρα χαίρουσι χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θερίζειν α ε σπειραν ἐν δάκρυσιν. 936 Ps 95,12b–13b Τὸ τότε ἀναφορὰν ε χει ἐπὶ τὸ κεκατορθῶσθαι ὑπὸ κυρίου τὴν οἰκουμένην. ἀνενεκτέον δὲ τὸ τότε καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ Εὐφραινέσθωσαν οἱ οὐρανοί. ο ταν γὰρ εὐφρανθήσονται οἱ οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἀγαλλιάσεται ἡ γῆ, τότε ἀγαλλιᾶται τὰ ξύλα τοῦ δρυμοῦ. δρυμοῦ δὲ ξύλα οἱ μὴ φέροντες καρπόν· ἀλλ' ου τοι οἱ πάλαι α καρποι καρποφοροῦντες ἀγαλλιῶσι, προτρέχοντες τοῦ κυρίου δεῦρο κατιόντος. ἐρχομένου γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου κρῖναι τὴν γῆν, τότε τὰ ξύλα τοῦ δρυμοῦ ἀγαλλιᾷ, ἀεὶ εὐφραινομένων τῶν ξύλων τοῦ παραδείσου τῆς τρυφῆς. τούτων δὲ οὐκ

The Cloud and Darkness of God's Incomprehensibility§183

183For they are indeed woods of a grove, but unless the Lord shines upon them to bear edible fruit and to make one like an apple, as he says, in the midst of the brothers among the limbs: 'Like an apple in the trees of the grove, so is my brother among the sons' (Ps 95:12). For he himself from the beginning was bearing fruit in virtue, not knowing nor doing sin; therefore he also shares his own fruit-bearing quality with those who accompany the woods of the grove, being one who happens to be an apple in the midst.

He has established the inhabited world so that it shall no longer be shaken, in righteousness the coming Lord will judge (Ps 95:13c). And he will judge in truth, and the peoples, in whom his wonders have become manifest, just as the inhabited world receives a reward of holiness according to the righteousness by which it is judged, so the peoples shall receive a perfect knowledge, so that they might no longer know by parts but might face the truth personally and fully, receiving and contemplating it.

By the sufficient hand (but the spiritual David is not he who was born of his seed according to the flesh) the earth is established, all war-like noise and disturbance having been destroyed by him (Ps 96:1); the earth is established, taking up a stability according to how it received seed to bear fruit, in R and X and L, having sown for themselves into righteousness, so that the offspring of righteousness might multiply of those sown by Jesus. Therefore also the Lord reigns, not from not reigning at all, but having come to reign from the fact that those sinning have repented and turned toward the kingdom. All the earth rejoices, doing this, being protected in the fact that the Lord has reigned over all of it.

And regarding the rejoicing, the assigned land and islands shall be glad, that is, the men and the churches dwelling in them. And it is possible also to call the souls of the steadfast according to virtue 'islands,' being tossed about by the storm and the surge of the passions, yet suffering nothing of the whole from them. Into all the minds that are set forth, he will take that which is said by God: 'Draw near to me, islands.' For the set-forth islands, having been renewed by the teaching of the new covenant, will receive the word concerning the powers of God, which those who make the paradoxes of God are able to proclaim sufficiently, which he says the Spirit...

They proclaim his virtues (that is, the virtues of God) in the islands. And because all these things exist, it happens that the islands are being completely rejoiced (Ps 96:2-3).

A cloud and thick darkness are around him—not bodily; for if the circling things were bodies, and the one being circled were a body or using a body; but incorporeal, rather exceeding bodies, are God and his only-begotten Son as God the Word is. And he says now, to present his incomprehensibility around him, 'there is a cloud and thick darkness'; and perhaps the cloud signifies the words flowing from him, and the thick darkness the obscurity of his incomprehensibility. For it is said also previously, 'He inclines the heavens and comes down' (Ps 18:1), and 'thick darkness is under his feet' (Ps 97:5); for that which is hard to see, rather incomprehensible to the mind of created beings, is presented through the thick darkness under his feet as he travels creatively and providentially.

If it is possible to take these things well concerning the Savior according to the incarnation, examine whether it can be said that there is a cloud around him, the assumed human nature being indivisible in its modes, fulfilling the prophecy saying, 'Behold, the Lord sits upon a cloud of mist' (Isa 40:4) and he goes into Egypt. For he came into the so-called allegorically Egypt, the inhabited world, and, if it is said so, sitting kingly upon a cloud of mist, he by no means has the weight of sin; for he did not commit sin by watering the whole world through this cloud. But since the descent of the Lord into the aforementioned cloud is much hard to see, it is fitting that a thick darkness also coincides with the cloud around him.

'Righteousness and judgment are the strength of his throne; fire goes before him and blazes around his enemies' (Ps 97:3-5). The strength of the throne of his kingdom is righteousness and judgment, since he, as king, is a righteous judge. This is agreed with what is found in Proverbs: 'By righteousness a throne is prepared' (Prov 16:12). Therefore, since he is found to be a righteous judge, fire going before him blazes at all his enemies. But the enemies of the word of righteousness are the irrational and those acting unjustly, as if different from the...

Greek · §183

ἀεί (δρυμοῦ γάρ εἰσι ξύλα), ἀλλ' ο ταν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῖς ἐπιλάμπῃ ὡς φέρειν καρπὸν ἐδώδιμον καὶ ποιῆσαι ὡς μῆλον ῃ φησιν ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων ̔Ως μῆλον ἐν ξύλοις τοῦ δρυμοῦ, ου τως ἀδελφιδός μου ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν υἱῶν· μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸς ἀρχῆθεν καρποφορῶν τὴν ἀρετήν, μὴ γνοῦς μηδὲ ποιήσας τὴν ἁμαρτίαν· διὸ καὶ μεταδίδωσι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καρποφόρου ποιότητος τοῖς συνοῦσι τοῦ δρυμοῦ ξύλοις ω ν ἐν μέσῳ ἐστὶ τυγχάνων μῆλον. 937 Ps 95,13cδ Ην κατώρθωσεν οἰκουμένην ἐπὶ τῷ μηκέτι κλονεῖσθαι ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρινεῖ ὁ ἐρχόμενος κύριος. κρινεῖ δ' ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τοὺς λαοὺς ἐν οι ς γέγονε τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ, ο πως τῇ μὲν οἰκουμένῃ μισθὸν ὁσιότητος νέμῃ κατ' ἀξίαν κριθείσῃ, τοῖς δὲ λαοῖς γνῶσιν τελείαν ὀρέξῃ, ο πως μηκέτι ἐκ μέρους γινώσκοιεν ἀλλ' αὐτοπροσώπῳ προσβάλοιεν τῷ ἀληθείᾳ τελείως αὐτὴν καὶ ἀναλαμβάνοντες καὶ θεωροῦντες. 938 Ps 96,1 Τοῦ ἱκανοῦ χειρὶ (ου τος δ' ἐστὶν ὁ πνευματικὸς ∆αυὶδ ὁ ἐκ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα γεγονώς) ἡ γῆ καθίσταται, παντὸς θορύβου καὶ ταράχου πολεμικοῦ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καταλυθέντος· η καθίσταται γῆ κατάστασιν ἀναλαμβάνουσα καθὸ καρποφορεῖν ἐδέξατο σπόρον εἰς Ρ καὶ Ξ καὶ Λ, σπειράντων ἑαυτοῖς εἰς δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ τῷ γενήματα δικαιοσύνης πληθύναι τῶν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ σπαρέντων. ∆ιὸ καὶ βασιλεύει ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ βασιλεύειν καθάπαξ ἐπὶ τὸ βασιλεύειν ἐληλυθὼς ἀλλ' ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ α ρχειν τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων μετανοησάντων η κειν ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν. ἀγαλλιᾶται ου ν πᾶσα ἡ γῆ, τοῦτο ποιεῖν προσταττομένη ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν κύριον πάσης αὐτῆς βεβασιλευκέναι. Πρὸς δὲ τῷ ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι τὴν ἀποδοθεῖσαν γῆν καὶ νῆσοι εὐφρανθήσονται, τουτέστιν οἱ ἐν αὐταῖς οἰκοῦντες 197 α νθρωποι η τοι καὶ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι. δύνασαι δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν βεβαίων κατ' ἀρετὴν ψυχὰς νήσους φάναι ὑπὸ τῆς τρικυμίας καὶ ζάλης τῶν παθῶν περικλυζομένας, πασχούσας δὲ ὑπ' αὐτῶν τὸ σύνολον οὐδέν. εἰς πάσας τὰς διανοίας τὰς προκειμένας λήψῃ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λεγόμενον ̓Εγκαινίζεσθε πρός με, νῆσοι. ἀνανεωθεῖσαι γὰρ αἱ προκείμεναι νῆσοι παιδεύσει τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης δέξονται τὸν περὶ τῶν παραδοξοποιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμεων λόγον πρὸς τῶν ἱκανῶς ἀπαγγέλλειν αὐτὸν δυναμένων, ῃ φησι τὸ πνεῦμα Τὰς ἀρετὰς αὐτοῦ (τουτέστι τοῦ θεοῦ) ἐν ταῖς νήσοις ἀπαγγελοῦσι. τούτων δ' ἁπάντων ὑπαρξάντων ταῖς νήσοις τελείως εὐφραίνεσθαι αὐτὰς συμβαίνει. 939 Ps 96,2.3 Νεφέλη καὶ γνόφος κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ–οὐ σωματικῶς· εἰ γὰρ τὰ κυκλοῦντα ει η σώματα, καὶ ὁ κυκλούμενος ει η σῶμα η σώματί γε χρώμενος· ἀλλ' ἀσώματος, μᾶλλον δὲ ὑπερέκεινα σωμάτων ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὁ μονογενὴς αὐτοῦ υἱὸς καθὸ θεὸς λόγος ἐστί. λέγει δὲ νῦν πρὸς παράστασιν τῆς ἀκαταληψίας αὐτοῦ περὶ αὐτὸν νεφέλη καὶ γνόφος ει ναι· καὶ τάχα μὲν ἡ νεφέλη τοὺς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ῥέοντας ποτίμους σημαίνει λόγους, ὁ δὲ γνόφος τὴν ἀσάφειαν τῆς ἀκαταληψίας αὐτοῦ. ει ρηται γοῦν καὶ πρότερον Καὶ ε κλινεν οὐρανοὺς καὶ κατέβη, καὶ γνόφος ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ· τὸ γὰρ δυσθεώρητον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀκατάληπτον τῷ νῷ τῶν γενητῶν τῆς πορείας αὐτοῦ καθ' η ν πορεύεται δημιουργικῶς καὶ προνοητικῶς παρίσταται διὰ τοῦ Γνόφος ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ. Εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος κατὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν ἐκλαβεῖν ταῦτα καλῶς ε χει, ἐπίστησον εἰ νεφέλη δύναται λέγεσθαι κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσα ἡ ἀνθρωπεία φύσις ἡ προσληφθεῖσα καθ' ε νωσιν ἀδιαίρετον, πληρῶν τὴν λέγουσαν προφητείαν ̓Ιδοὺ κύριος κάθηται ἐπὶ κούφης νεφέλης καὶ η ξει εἰς Αι γυπτον. η λθε γὰρ εἰς τὴν ἀλληγορικῶς καλουμένην Αι γυπτον οἰκουμένην ἐπιβὰς καὶ, ι ν' ου τως ει πω, βασιλικῶς προκαθήμενος ἐπὶ κούφης νεφέλης οὐδαμῶς βάρος ἁμαρτίας ἐχούσης· ἁμαρτίαν γὰρ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐπὶ τῷ ποτίσαι διὰ ταύτης τῆς νεφέλης τὸν πάντα κόσμον. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ἡ ἐπίβασις τοῦ κυρίου ἡ εἰς τὴν προειρημένην νεφέλην πολὺ τὸ δυσθεώρητον ε χει, εἰκότως καὶ γνόφος α μα τῇ νεφέλῃ τυγχάνει περὶ αὐτόν. ∆ικαιοσύνη καὶ κρίμα κατόρθωσις τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ· πῦρ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ προπορεύσεται καὶ φλογιεῖ κύκλῳ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ. ἡ κατόρθωσις τοῦ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ δικαιοσύνη καὶ κρίσις ἐστίν, ἐπείπερ βασιλεύων κριτὴς δίκαιός ἐστι. συνᾴδει τούτοις τὰ ἐν Παροιμίαις ου τως ε χοντα· Μετὰ γὰρ δικαιοσύνης ἑτοιμάζεται θρόνος ἀρχῆς. ο θεν δικαίου κριτοῦ τυγχάνοντος αὐτοῦ, πῦρ προπορευόμενον αὐτοῦ φλογίζει πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ. ἐχθροὶ δὲ τοῦ λόγου τῆς δικαιοσύνης οἱ ἀλόγως καὶ ἀδίκως πράττοντες ω σπερ ου ν διάφοροι τῆς

The Righteousness of the Truth-Witnesses§184

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

184Those who profess false doctrine and lie are enemies of the truth; and the friendship of the world makes one an enemy to God, as it is said. If one does not wish to be a friend of the world, he is established as an enemy of God, those being shown as enemies of God who embrace the worldly and more cosmic intercourse. These enemies are not consumed by the fire going before the Lord, which does not consume or corrupt their essence (for the subsistence of their soul is immortal), but it annihilates the works of the flesh and the material thoughts surrounding them; therefore the Savior prays that the fire which he came to cast upon the earth might be kindled, so that all earthly things might be consumed. This fire should not be considered the same as that which consumes burning substances, but it is of a different nature, differing greatly from the flame among us.

The bright words of his divine teaching flashed like lightning throughout the whole inhabited world (Ps 96:4), illuminating and lighting it with the light of knowledge, but the earth, seeing these lightnings, being shaken, changed, casting off its earthly quality in order to take up the image of the heavenly. And in another way: the earth was shaken seeing the laws of God resembling lightnings, as if human laws were to be transferred and the appropriate things were to be set for them. Not all men, having abandoned their own ancestral customs, have come to the evangelical instruction, but while the inhabited world sees the lightnings of the Lord, it is illuminated, yet the earth is shaken, receiving the beginning of the impulse to enrich the inhabited world itself, so that the divine lightnings of the Lord might appear to it having become such. And the rest similarly.

Those who preannounce the presence of the Savior here, who is the righteousness of God, are heavens (Ps 96:6), bearing the image of the heavenly and having citizenship in heaven, having announced the righteousness of God being released from heaven. When these things were brought to an end, the people followed to behold the glory of the Lord, which was not other than his righteousness. But since practical virtue is often called righteousness, only those who are righteous men can announce this practically, being heavens.

The righteous one proclaims faith, their faith being reckoned toward righteousness. And all the peoples, having become imitators of them, see the glory following this righteousness of God.

And likewise Zion will be thought of as entirely contemplative and theoretical regarding the truth, and the daughters of Judah, the souls confessing and praising God with thanksgiving for the wonderful things done through them. For Judah is interpreted as confession. And it is possible also to call all those things placed together with the Divine Scripture 'daughters of Judah'. Regarding 'Hear and be glad, O Zion' (Ps 95:2), such things are to be said: he who hears the divine words with understanding is always gladdened, seeing the beauties of the theorems made manifest by the teaching. Since Zion has been gladdened by having heard thus, the lesser daughters of Judah, being called to the judgments of God, will experience divine rejoicing according to how they will be judged, their minds being reasonably uplifted by the presence of the Holy Spirit.

If ever someone, intending harm to a holy person even unto bodily injury or death, strengthened the attacks, while the blameless and irreproachable soul remained, who would not confess the witnesses of the truth being guarded according to the souls by the Lord confessed by them? And if ever it should happen through inattention or slight oversight for the soul of a holy person to fall into the hand of a sinful devil or one of his kind, and the Lord rescues this one as having been set free from sins, the hands of the sinner are said to become under the hand of God. And concerning his holy disciples, he says to the Father, 'Father, keep them' (Jn 17:11); the same thing as 'to keep' is 'to guard'.

To the one who has perfected practical virtue, a light of knowledge has risen, called righteousness, which is nothing other than the light of the True One, concerning whom the Father is (Jn 1:1). To those who fear my name, the sun of righteousness rises (Ps 96:12). And when this light has shone upon the righteous, the heart has become straight; and God has caused gladness to rise to him having a straight heart, and for those partaking of the knowledge of the truth, having straight hearts, the righteous...

Greek · §184

ἀληθείας οἱ ψευδοδοξοῦντες καὶ ψευδόμενοι· καὶ ἡ φιλία δὲ τοῦ κόσμου ἐχθροποιεῖν ει ρηται θεῷ. ἐὰν ου ν βουληθῇ φίλος ει ναι τοῦ κόσμου, ἐχθρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καθίσταται, τῶν τὴν ε νυλον καὶ κοσμικωτέραν διαγωγὴν ἀσπαζομένων ἐχθρῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποδεικνυμένων. τούτους ου ν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς φλογίζει τὸ πῦρ τὸ ε μπροσθεν τοῦ κυρίου προπορευόμενον, οὐκ ἀναλίσκον καὶ φθεῖρον αὐτῶν τὴν οὐσίαν (ἀθάνατος γὰρ ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῶν ὑπόστασις) ἀλλ' ἀφανίζον τὰ περὶ αὐτοὺς παραφυέντα τῆς σαρκὸς ε ργα καὶ ὑλικὰ φρονήματα· ο θεν ὁ σωτὴρ ευ χεται ἀναφθῆναι τὸ πῦρ ο βαλεῖν η λθεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ο πως ἀναλωθῇ τὰ γήινα πάντα. οὐχ ἡγητέον δὲ τοῦτο τὸ πῦρ ὁμογενὲς ει ναι τῷ τὰς καυστὰς ἀναλίσκοντι υ λας ἀλλ' ἑτεροούσιον αὐτοῦ πολλῷ διαφέρον τῆς παρ' ἡμῖν φλογός. 940 Ps 96,4 Οἱ φωτεινοὶ λόγοι τῆς θείας διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ ἀστραπῶν τρόπῳ ε φαναν πάσῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ, καταυγάζοντες καὶ φωτίζοντες αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τῷ ε χειν φῶς γνώσεως, ἀλλ' ἡ γῆ ταύτας τὰς ἀστραπὰς ἰδοῦσα κλονηθεῖσα μετέβαλεν, ἀποβαλοῦσα τὴν γεώδη ποιότητα ἐπὶ τῷ ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. Καὶ ἑτέρως δέ· ἐσαλεύθη ἡ γῆ ἰδοῦσα τοὺς ἀστραπαῖς ἐοικότας τοῦ θεοῦ νόμους ὡς μετατεθῆναι τοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους νόμους καὶ 198 τὰ κατάλληλα τούτοις ε θη. πάντες ου ν οἱ α νθρωποι τὰ σφέτερα πάτρια καταλιπόντες τῇ εὐαγγελικῇ παιδεύσει προσεληλύθασιν, ἀλλ' ἡ οἰκουμένη μὲν ἰδοῦσα τὰς ἀστραπὰς αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἐλλάμπεται, ἡ δὲ γῆ σαλεύεται διὰ τοῦ κλόνου ἀρχὴν λαμβάνουσα πρὸς τὸ καὶ αὐτὴν οἰκουμένην χρηματίσαι, ι να φανῶσιν αὐτῇ τοιαύτῃ γεγενημένῃ αἱ θεῖαι τοῦ κυρίου ἀστραπαί. Τὰ δ' α λλα ὁμοίως. 941 Ps 96,6 Οἱ προαναφωνήσαντες τὴν ἐνταῦθα ἐπιδημίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος ο ντος δικαιοσύνης θεοῦ οὐρανοί εἰσι τῷ φέρειν τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου καὶ ε χειν τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανῷ, ἀναγγείλαντες τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην οὐρανόθεν ἐλευσομένην. Τούτων ου τως εἰς πέρας ἠγμένων, ἠκολούθησε τὸ πάντας τοὺς λαοὺς θεάσασθαι τὴν τοῦ κυρίου δόξαν οὐκ α λλην τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσαν. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ καὶ ἡ πρακτικὴ ἀρετὴ πολλαχοῦ δικαιοσύνη καλεῖται, ταύτην ἀναγγέλλειν πρακτικῶς μόνοι ι σασιν οἱ οὐρανοὶ ο ντες α νδρες δίκαιοι· ̓Επιδεικνυμένην γὰρ πίστιν ἀναγγέλλει δίκαιος, τῆς πίστεως αὐτῶν εἰς δικαιοσύνην λογιζομένης. καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ λαοὶ μιμηταὶ αὐτῶν γενόμενοι ὁρῶσι τὴν ἑπομένην ταύτῃ τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ θεοῦ δόξαν. 942 Ps 96,8 Καὶ α λλως δὲ Σιὼν νοηθήσεται πᾶσα σκοπευτικὴ καὶ θεωρητικὴ τῆς ἀληθείας ε ξις, θυγατέρες δὲ τῆς ̓Ιουδαίας τὰς ἐξομολογουμένας ψυχὰς ἐπ' εὐχαριστίᾳ αἰνούσας θεὸν ἐφ' οι ς ει δον θαυμασίοις· ̓Ιουδαία γὰρ ἐξομολόγησις ἑρμηνεύεται. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ πάσας τὰς συγκατατιθεμένας τῇ θείᾳ γραφῇ ̓Ιουδαίᾳ καλουμένῃ θυγατέρας αὐτῆς φάναι. Ετι εἰς τὸ Ηκουσε καὶ εὐφράνθη Σιὼν τοιαῦτα ῥητέον· ὁ μετὰ συνέσεως θείων λόγων ἀκούων πάντως εὐφραίνεται, ὁρῶν τὰ κάλλη τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς διδασκαλίας θεωρημάτων δηλουμένων. εὐφρανθείσης ου ν τῆς Σιὼν ἐπὶ τῷ ου τως ἀκηκοέναι, αἱ ταύτης ὑποδεέστεραι ̓Ιουδαίας θυγατέρες προσαγορευόμεναι ε νεκεν τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ κριμάτων καθὰ κρινεῖ ἀγαλλίασιν θείαν ε σχον, τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν εὐλόγως ἐπαιρομένης παρουσίᾳ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. 943 Ps 96,10bξ Ει ποτε ἐπεβούλευσέ τις τῶν ὁσίων τινὶ μέχρι τῆς σώματος κακώσεως η θανάτου τὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως ι σχυσεν, τῆς ψυχῆς ἀζημιώτου καὶ ἀμειώτου διαμεινάσης, τίς ου ν οὐχ ὁμολογήσειε τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας μάρτυρας περιφρουρεῖσθαι κατὰ τὰς ψυχὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ ὁμολογουμένου παρ' αὐτῶν κυρίου; εἰ δέ ποτε καὶ συμβαίη ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας η ὀλίγης παραβλέψεως ψυχὴν ὁσίου ὑπὸ χεῖρα τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ γενέσθαι διαβόλου η τινος τῶν ἐκείνου, καὶ ταύτην ὁ κύριος ῥύσεται ὡς ἐλευθερωθεῖσαν ὑπὸ ἁμαρτιῶν, αι χεῖρες ει ρηνται τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὑπὸ τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ θεοῦ γενέσθαι. καὶ περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ὁσίων γεγενημένων φησὶ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Πάτερ α γιε, τήρησον αὐτούς· ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ τηρῆσαι τῷ φυλάξαι. 944 Ps 96,11.12a Τῷ τὴν πρακτικὴν ἀρετὴν κατορθώσαντι δικαιοσύνην καλουμένην ἀνέτειλε φῶς τῆς γνώσεως, οὐκ α λλο τυγχάνον τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ περὶ ου ὁ πατὴρ ει πε Τοῖς δὲ φοβουμένοις τὸ ο νομά μου ἀνατελεῖ η λιος δικαιοσύνης. ἀναλάμψαντος δὲ τούτου τοῦ φωτὸς τῷ δικαίῳ, εὐθύτης ἐγγέγονε τῆς καρδίας· ο θεν καὶ εὐφροσύνη αὐτῷ εὐθεῖαν ε χοντι τὴν καρδίαν ἀνέτειλεν, εὐθειῶν κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν ο ντων τῶν μετεχόντων τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας, δικαίου δὲ

The Revelation of God's Righteousness§185

185It happens that one is practicing the practical training. Therefore, it is fitting that joy and divine incense rise to those who possess the capacity for contemplation, and light to the one who achieves the goal. Regarding the things falling into this, it is said in the Psalm Ps 96:12b to use the same word there.

The Savior has been shown through many things to be the right hand and arm of God, according to the placement of the right hand and the arm Ps 97:1. It is not by his right hand that God saves those being led toward blessedness. For not everyone being saved by the Lord God is saved, but rather only the one and all who, according to the right reason, are being delivered from evils and sufferings and have received the knowledge of the truth with piety. For he who is saved from diseases and wounds is not entirely saved by God, especially since he does not know if health was given to him by God, nor is he saved by God if he has remained unharmed from war, robbers, or such-like dangers. But the one and all who are saved from such things are saved by God, provided he does not attribute to God the cause of having suffered nothing. Since the Savior did not come to seek and save the lost Luke 19:10 but to judge the world, he saves by God those being benefited by him, giving to them the things toward blessedness on the right hand.

And the arm of God is holy, not by participating in holiness, but as the arm of the Holy Spirit. And perhaps the right hand is called the active power of God, not being the Word of God, because it does so righteously—that is, holily, wisely, praiseworthily, and blamelessly doing all things—and the arm because of the strength and the surpassing power. As the right hand and arm of God Ps 97:1, so also Christ is his salvation and his righteousness. Indeed, 'all flesh shall see' Ps 98:4 intends to make manifest that all men, through being saved, shall see the salvation of God, namely Christ, the one providing the salvation. And also 'He made it known'; for he is able to say 'He revealed'...

The middle is the knowledge; of these things he is not five, but has made them known. For someone comes to know those things by a dim prior conception, arriving at fully knowing them.

Since it is not naturally contained in the understanding of men as God's conception—just as His Word alone is the provider of perfect virtue and the setter of the laws of nature—God sent this understanding of the Word into the visible world, having sent His own Son the Savior into the world at the end of days, so it is rightly said that God has made known His own Savior among the nations. Having made known His own Savior according to the intention of saving, God revealed also His righteousness, which is the same as the Savior, as if it were one; for it has become for us, from God, righteousness and sanctification. For these things were simply hidden from us; but when it became possible for us to approach Him, the righteousness was revealed to us.

If someone says the righteousness through the faith of Jesus Christ, and there is something proposed concerning it, he will say that this righteousness has been revealed iconically and according to a shadow, which Paul called righteousness according to the law, having ceased, clearly showing the shadow; for apart from the law the righteousness of God has been manifested (Rom 3:21), being witnessed by the law and the prophets. And it has been manifested and revealed to those among whom God made known His Savior to the nations; therefore not Jesus alone will be made a covenant in every nation, but the one fearing the Lord and working righteousness becomes acceptable to God. Thus the nations are justified by faith and not by the works of the law (Rom 4:3), according to Abraham, their faith being reckoned for righteousness.

Israel differs from Jacob in thought but not in substance (Ps 97:3); for he is the same, at times Jacob and at times Israel. For he who, being a practitioner of practical virtue, subdues the irrational passions and the evils and...

Greek · §185

τυγχάνοντος τοῦ τὴν πρακτικὴν παίδευσιν ἀσκουμένου. διὸ εἰκότως εὐφροσύνη καὶ θεία θυμηδία ἀνατέλλει τοῖς πρὸς θεωρίαν ε χουσι, φῶς δὲ τῷ κατορθώσαντι τὸ η θος. 945 Ps 96,12b Ει ρηται δὲ τὰ εἰς τοῦτο ὑποπεσόντα ἐν ΚΘ ψαλμῷ τῷ κἀκεῖ τὴν προκειμένην λέξιν φέρεσθαι. 946 Ps 97,1δε ∆εξιὰ καὶ βραχίων θεοῦ διὰ πλειόνων ἀποδέδεικται ὁ σωτὴρ ει ναι, κατὰ τούτου τῆς δεξιᾶς καὶ τοῦ βραχίονος κειμένων. σῴζει ου ν αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ ἡ δεξιὰ αὐτοῦ τοὺς εἰς μακαριότητα ἀγομένους. οὐ γὰρ πᾶς σῳζόμενος κυρίῳ θεῷ σῴζεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ μόνος καὶ πᾶς ὁ κακῶν καὶ παθῶν κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ἀπαλλαττόμενος καὶ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας γνῶσιν μετ' εὐσεβείας εἰληφώς. ὁ γὰρ ἐκ νόσων καὶ τραυμάτων σωθεὶς οὐ πάντως θεῷ σῴζεται, μάλιστα ο τι οὐ 199 ἐπίσταται ἐκ θεοῦ τὴν ὑγεῖαν αὐτῷ δεδόσθαι, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ἐκ πολέμου η λῃστῶν η τοιουτοτρόπων κινδύνων ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνας. μόνος δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀπὸ τοιούτων σωθεὶς θεῷ σῴζεται, ο ταν τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ μηδὲν πεπονθέναι προσάπτῃ τῷ θεῷ. ἐπεὶ ου ν ἐλήλυθεν ὁ σωτὴρ ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλὸς ἀλλ' οὐ κρῖναι τὸν κόσμον, σῴζει τῷ θεῷ τοὺς πρὸς αὐτοῦ εὐεργετουμένους, δεξιῶς αὐτοῖς τὰ πρὸς μακαριότητα διδούς. Αγιος δὲ ὁ βραχίων ἐστὶ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ κατὰ μετοχὴν ἁγιότητος τυγχάνων ἀλλ' ἁγίου πνεύματος ω ν βραχίων. καὶ τάχα δεξιὰ μὲν ἡ ἐνεργητικὴ τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμις οὐκ α λλη τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου τυγχάνουσα καλεῖται διὰ τὸ δεξιῶς τουτέστιν ἁγίως σοφῶς ἐπαινετῶς ἀμέμπτως πάντα ποιεῖν, βραχίων δὲ διὰ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ὑπερβάλλον τῇ κραταιότητι. 947 Ps 97,2 ̔Ως δεξιὰ καὶ βραχίων θεοῦ, ου τω καὶ σωτήριον καὶ δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ ὁ Χριστός. τὸ γοῦν Οψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ βούλεται δηλοῦν ο τι πάντες οἱ α νθρωποι διὰ τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ο ψονται τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριον αὐτὸν τὸν τὴν σωτηρίαν παρέχοντα Χριστόν. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ ̓Εγνώρισε· δυνάμενος γὰρ εἰπεῖν ̓Εφανέρωσεν η Εἰς μέσον η γαγεν· τούτων οὐδὲν ει πεν ἀλλ' ̓Εγνώρισε. γνωρίζει δέ τις ἐκεῖνα ω ν ἀμυδρὰν προτέραν διάληψιν ε χων υ στερον ἐπὶ τὸ τελείως αὐτὰ ἐπίστασθαι ε ρχεται. ἐπεὶ ου ν ε γκειται φυσικῶς τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐννοίᾳ ω σπερ θεοῦ διάληψιν ου τω καὶ λόγου αὐτοῦ δημιουργικοῦ καὶ προνοητικοῦ μόνου χορηγοῦντος τὴν τελείαν ἀρετὴν καὶ τοὺς φύσεως νόμους τιθέντος, ταύτην δὲ τὴν τοῦ λόγου ε ννοιαν εἰς τοὐμφανὲς η γαγε θεός, πέμψας ἐπ' ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τὸν ι διον υἱὸν σωτῆρα εἰς τὸν κόσμον, εἰκότως ἐγνωρικέναι ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσιν ὁ θεὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σωτήριον ει ρηται. Γνωρίσας δὲ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σωτήριον ὁ θεὸς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σῴζειν ἐπίνοιαν ἀπεκάλυψε καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν ου σαν τῷ σωτηρίῳ, ὡς ει πον ἀρτίως· Γέγονε γὰρ ἡμῖν ὁ σωτὴρ ἀπὸ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἁγιασμός. ω ν γὰρ ταῦτα ἁπλῶς ἐκέκρυπτο ἡμῖν· ο τε δὲ ἡμῖν γέγονε προσβάλλειν αὐτῷ δυναμένοις, ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἀπεκαλύφθη ἡμῖν. Εἰ δὲ τὴν διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐρεῖ τις ει ναι περὶ η ς τὸ προκείμενον, λέξει κεκαλύφθαι ταύτην τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὑπὸ τῆς εἰκονικῆς καὶ κατὰ σκιάν, η ν κατὰ νόμον δικαιοσύνην ὁ Παῦλος ε φη, παυσαμένης δηλονότι τῆς σκιᾶς· Χωρὶς γὰρ νόμου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται, μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν. πεφανέρωται δὲ καὶ ἀπεκαλύφθη οι ς ἐγνώρισεν ε θνεσι τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ ὁ θεός· ο θεν οὐχ ὁ ̓Ιησοῦς μόνος συνθήσεται ἐν παντὶ ε θνει, τοῦ φοβουμένου τὸν κύριον καὶ ἐργαζομένου δικαιοσύνην δεκτοῦ θεῷ γινομένου. ἐκ πίστεως γοῦν δικαιοῦται τὰ ε θνη καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ε ργων νόμου, κατὰ τὸν ̓Αβραὰμ τῆς πίστεως αὐτῶν εἰς δικαιοσύνην λογιζομένης. 948 Ps 97,3ab ∆ιαφέρει τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ ὁ ̓Ισραὴλ ἐπινοίᾳ ἀλλ' οὐχ ὑποστάσει· ὁ γὰρ αὐτός, ὁτὲ μὲν ̓Ιακώβ, ὁτὲ δὲ ̓Ισραήλ ἐστιν. ο τε γὰρ ἀσκητὴς τυγχάνων τῆς πρακτικῆς ἀρετῆς καταπαλαίων τὰ α λογα πάθη καὶ τὰς κακίας καὶ

The Trumpet of Truth and the Judgment of the Lord§186

186The powers working these things are Jacob, who flutters the mentioned stalk; and Israel, having become higher than all toil through purity of mind, who approaches God. Since he who struggles against the mentioned opponents has need of God's mercy, but he who is unhearing of the truth is said to remember God in harmony with the things foretold, mentioning His mercy to Jacob and His truth to Israel.

And in Jeremiah, he who is beginning in the virtue of mercy, it is necessary, as the one speaking of God says to the God-fearing: 'Remember the mercy of your youth and the perfection of your love' (Jer 46:11); for he who is beginning in mercy, as also he who is led toward perfection in love, is able to say, 'There is the truth of Christ in me.' And as truth is appropriate for those with insight, the Savior says to the two hundred Jews who had believed in him: 'If you remain in my word, you will know the truth, and the truth will set you free' (John 8:31-32).

From the occurrence of the prophecy saying, 'All the ends of the earth shall remember and turn to the Lord, and all the families of the nations shall worship before him' (Ps 97:3c), it shall be said, 'All the ends of the earth shall see the salvation of our God.' For the gospel having been preached in all that is under heaven and in all the inhabited world as a testimony to all the nations, according to the oracle of Christ, all the ends of the earth shall see Christ, the salvation of God.

And those who do not see him by mere sight, but with faithful assent to his teaching through which a vision is present; but also toward the intellect, those having passed through the earth and having become higher than it, not thinking of material and earthly things, but seeking and caring for the things above—the ends of the earth—those see salvation and the God who is the cause of it, the salvation of God.

All the earth, that is to say, all people upon the earth, commands a triumphal hymn to be sent up to the Lord, who brings down the invisible enemies of men, the devil and his attendants (Ps 97:4-5). And all those upon the earth, shouting to him, let them sing to him and with the lyre. But what is the lyre, as I have often said, and what is to sing in it, what it is in practice through the body...

To work the things of virtue through all the powers of the soul. And those who, plucking with this harp and uttering a song, receive a command, it is not the voice of a psalm, but rather the contemplation concerning the practical matters, instead of that which is struck upon the psalm through the instrument and some voice singing.

They blow trumpets in elms, brightly and with fire proclaiming the word of truth (Ps 97:6a). For they are not sufficient to truly awaken for a spiritual feast, saying, 'Our sufficiency is from God,' who also made us sufficient as ministers of the new covenant, who alone are able to utter this, enriching with every word and all knowledge. But those who fight against the word blow with the horn, being able against sophisms and deceptive words. And if an interpreter of divine instruction stands, he uses a trumpet of elm to utter words pedagogically and demonstratively, but he constrains the opponents of the truth with a horn.

And those divided by wisdom and by conduct, who having profited through the height of faith, rejoice, not being guilty of the judgment which the Lord came to perform (Ps 97:8b). For the Lord says, 'He who believes in me shall not be judged' (cf. John 3:18), that is, he is not subject to accusations, but stands at the step of Christ to receive the promised good things. And judging the inhabited world in righteousness, he will judge with uprightness those who have been made his own as his people, since the peoples have a straight heart and straight deeds; for he will render to each according to his deed (Ps 98:2).

Previously in Zion, according to the gift of the law and the prophets, the Lord is great, but he is so much higher than all the peoples coming from the nations through faith (Ps 97:7). For glory and honor and peace belong to everyone who works the good, first to the Jew and also to the Greek; for having been lifted up from the earth, he has drawn all to himself. Both the high and the great exist according to his nature. For he dwells in the high places, and he is great and exceedingly praiseworthy, while the generated nature is lowly and brief, and rather nothing in comparison to him. We have a vision of his highness, we who think of the things above; but also, proclaiming great things about him, we contemplate his magnitude. But not the...

Greek · §186

τὰς ἐνεργούσας αὐτὰς δυνάμεις, ̓Ιακώβ ἐστι πτερνίζων τὸ προειρημένον στῖφος· ο ταν δὲ ἀνωτέρω πάσης μοχθηρίας γεγονὼς διὰ καθαρότητα νοῦ προσβάλλῃ τῷ θεῷ, ̓Ισραὴλ προσαγορεύεται. ἐπεὶ ου ν τῷ ε τι ἀγωνιζομένῳ πρὸς τοὺς εἰρημένους ἀντιπάλους χρεία ἐλέου θεοῦ, τῷ δὲ πρὸς θεωρίαν ἠκονημένῳ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἁρμονίως ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις θεὸς μνημονεύειν λέγεται τοῦ ἐλέους αὐτοῦ τῷ ̓Ιακὼβ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτοῦ τῷ οι κῳ ̓Ισραήλ. καὶ ἐν ̔Ιερεμίᾳ δὲ τῷ ἀρχομένῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐλέου δεῖ, ὡς τὸν θεὸν λέγειν πρὸς τὸν θεοσεβοῦντα ̓Εμνήσθην ἐλέους νεότητός σου καὶ ἀγάπης τελειώσεώς σου· ω σπερ γὰρ ἐλέου δεῖ τῷ ἀρχομένῳ, ου τω καὶ ἀγάπης τῷ εἰς τελειότητα ἠγμένῳ ο ς καὶ δύναται εἰπεῖν Εστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοί. ο τι δὲ τοῖς διορατικοῖς κατάλληλος ἡ ἀλήθεια, ὁ σωτήρ φησι πρὸς τοὺς 200 πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ ̓Ιουδαίους ̓Εὰν ου ν ὑμεῖς μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς. 949 Ps 97,3c ̓Εκβάσεως τυχούσης τῆς προφητείας λεγούσης Μνησθήσονται καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται πρὸς κύριον πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν, λεχθήσεται Ει δοσαν πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. κηρυχθέντος γὰρ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ὑπ' οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσι κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ χρῃσμωδίαν, ει δε πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς Χριστὸν τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. ει δον δὲ οὐκ ο ψει προσβάλλοντες ἀλλὰ πιστῇ συγκαταθέσει τῆς διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ δι' η ς φαντασίαν ει χον παρόντος· ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς διάνοιαν οἱ περάσαντες τὴν γῆν καὶ ἀνωτέρω αὐτῆς γεγενημένοι τῷ μὴ ὑλικὰ καὶ ἐπίγεια ε τι φρονεῖν ἀλλὰ ζητεῖν καὶ φροντίζειν τὰ α νω–πέρατα γῆς ο ντες ει δον σωτηρίαν καὶ τὸν ταύτης αι τιον θεὸν λόγον ο ντα σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. 950 Ps 97,4.5 Πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, τουτέστι τοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς α παντας ἀνθρώπους προστάττει ἐπινίκιον υ μνον ἀναπέμπειν τῷ κυρίῳ καθελόντι τοὺς πολεμίους τοὺς ἀοράτους ἐχθροὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, διάβολον καὶ τοὺς ὑπασπιστὰς αὐτοῦ. ἀλαλάζοντες δὲ αὐτῷ πάντες οἱ ἐπὶ γῆς, ψαλάτωσαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν κιθάρᾳ. τίς δὲ ἡ κιθάρα, πολλάκις ει πομεν, καὶ τί τὸ ψάλλειν ἐν αὐτῇ, ο τι τὸ πρακτικῶς ἐστι διὰ σώματος ἐνεργεῖν τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς η διὰ πασῶν τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεων. ψάλλοντες δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ κιθάρᾳ καὶ ᾠδὴν προφέρεσθαι ἐντολὴν λαμβάνουσιν, η ν φωνὴν ψαλμοῦ ει πεν· ἀντὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν ψαλμὸν τὸν διὰ τοῦ ὀργάνου πληττόμενον καὶ φωνή τις ᾀδέσθω ου σα ἡ περὶ τῶν πρακτέων θεωρία. 951 Ps 97,6a Σαλπίζουσιν ἐν ἐλαταῖς οἱ τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας λαμπρῶς καὶ διαπύρως προφέροντες. ου τοι γὰρ ἀληθῶς εἰς πνευματικὴν ἑορτὴν διεγείρειν ἱκανοί, λέγοντες ̔Η ἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ο ς καὶ ἱκάνωσεν ἡμᾶς διακόνους καινῆς διαθήκης, τῶν πλουτούντων παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει μόνων τοῦτο δυναμένων προφέρειν. σαλπίζουσι δὲ τῇ κερατίνῃ οἱ ἀπομάχεσθαι τῷ λόγῳ δυνάμενοι πρὸς σοφίσματα καὶ λόγους ἀπατηλούς. καὶ ἐπίστησον εἰ ἐξηγητὴς θείας παιδεύσεως ἐλατῇ μὲν χρᾶται σάλπιγγι διδακτικῶς καὶ ἀποδεικτικῶς προφέρων τοὺς λόγους, σάλπιγγι δὲ κερατίνῃ ἐπιστομίζων τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. 952 Ps 97,8b.9 Καὶ οἱ τῷ φρονήματι δὲ καὶ τῇ πολιτείᾳ διῃρημένοι ο ρη διὰ τὸ υ ψος τῆς πίστεως χρηματίσαντες ἀγαλλιῶνται, οὐκ ο ντες ε νοχοι τῇ κρίσει ῃ η λθεν ὁ κύριος ποιῆσαι· ̔Ο πιστεύων γάρ φησιν ὁ κύριος εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ κρίνεται, τουτέστιν οὐχ ὑπόκειται ἐγκλήμασι, παρίσταται δὲ τῷ Χριστοῦ βήματι ἐπὶ τῷ τυχεῖν τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων ἀγαθῶν. Κρίνων δὲ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, κατ' ἐξοχὴν τοὺς οἰκειωθέντας αὐτῷ ὡς λαοὺς αὐτοῦ χρηματίσαι ἐν εὐθύτητι κρινεῖ, ἐπεὶ εὐθεῖαν καρδίαν καὶ εὐθείας πράξεις ε χουσι οἱ λαοί· ̓Αποδώσει γὰρ ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ. 953 Ps 98,2 Πρότερον ἐν τῇ Σιὼν κατὰ τὴν δόσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν μέγας ὁ κύριός ἐστιν, ει θ' ου τως ὑψηλὸς τυγχάνει ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν προσερχομένους τῇ πίστει λαούς· ∆όξα γὰρ καὶ τιμὴ καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν, ̓Ιουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ελληνι· ὑψωθεὶς γὰρ ἐκ τῆς γῆς πάντας ει λκυσε πρὸς ἑαυτόν. ἀμφότερα δὲ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχει τὸ ὑψηλὸν καὶ μέγα. ὑψηλὸς γὰρ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν ἐστι, καὶ μέγας τυγχάνει καὶ αἰνετὸς σφόδρα, τῆς γενητῆς φύσεως ταπεινῆς καὶ βραχείας, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲν ου σης πρὸς αὐτόν. ὑψηλοῦ δὲ αὐτοῦ φαντασίαν ε χομεν, ο τε τὰ α νω φρονοῦμεν· ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγάλα περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλαμβάνοντες τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ θεωροῦμεν. ἀλλ' ου τε τὸ

Divine Judgment and the Worship of the Lord§187

187We do not perceive greatness in terms of height sensorially

God makes all evil things a judgment that examines, and he performs the matters of truth with righteousness. Indeed, the law of justice may reveal the virtue of practical action, and the judgment may be the examination of dogmas; and what is called judgment, by which it is distinguished what is to be thought and not to be thought, and what is to be done and not to be done, he himself called justice, namely the activity according to virtue. For God does both, that is, he grants to the practical and the ascetic one the meaning of the good through the analogy of James.

You make him high, not by lifting him from below into the above (for this is a matter of bodies) Ps 98:5, but having high and super-abundant thoughts concerning him. But the flesh received may be his footstool. Since we do not take up the things concerning the Word of God as concerning the only-begotten Son of God, we exalt the Lord God; but also, considering the economy according to his visitation, we worship at the footstool of his feet, because the powers of his ways, which are called feet more allegorically, have prevailed over him. And the ancient temple is also called his footstool, as it is written in Jeremiah, 'How did the Lord burn in his wrath his daughter Zion? He cast her sanctuary to the ground, and did not remember her footstool' Jer 46:10.

To worship truly and principally it is fitting for the Trinity alone; for 'You shall worship the Lord your God, and Him alone shall you serve' Deut 6:13. According to this meaning of worship, the Lord Jesus is also worshipped: 'For all the angels of God shall worship him' Matt 4:10. But in another way of honor, men are said to worship those in high places according to this scripture. For it has been written many times that even the king David was worshipped, as well as the other kings of Israel.

These things are said not only concerning these men, but also concerning all those who have the same virtue as they Ps 98:6. And if this is truth, stand upon that which is written in Ezekiel; and it happened that the prophet was during the time of the captivity. For it is written in that Ezekiel, saying, the Lord in the threats against Israel: 'If I brandish a sword upon the earth and find them upon it' Ezek 21:3.

Greek · §187

μέγεθος ου τε τὸ υ ψος αἰσθητῶς φανταζόμεθα (μακρὰν γὰρ ταῦτα τῶν ἀσωμάτων), ου τι γε αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. 954 Ps 98,3.4a Νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· μεγάλου ο νομα 201 μέγιστόν ἐστιν ὡς διαρκεῖν η κειν εἰς πάντας· μόνον γὰρ τὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ο νομα δέδοται ἐν γῇ ὑπ' οὐρανὸν πάσῃ ὡς θαυμαστὸν αὐτὸ ει ναι ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ. πάντας γοῦν τοὺς ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν σῳζομένους Χριστιανοὺς ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ καλουμένους ε στιν ἰδεῖν, περὶ ου α λλη πάλιν προφητεία Τοῖς δὲ δουλεύουσί μοι κληθήσεται ο νομα καινὸν ο εὐλογηθήσεται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. παρέτεινε γὰρ ἀληθῶς εἰς πάντα τὰ λογικὰ ἡ Χριστοῦ προσηγορία, ὡς μὴ τοὺς ἐπὶ γῆς μόνους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ τοὺς καταχθονίους ἐξομολογήσεσθαι τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ τῷ μεγάλῳ, ἐπείπερ τοῖς μὲν ἀποστάταις τοῦ θείου νόμου καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας φοβερόν ἐστι, τυγχάνον δὲ α γιον τοῖς τυχοῦσι τῆς εὐχῆς η ς ἀνέπεμψαν λέγοντες ̔Αγιασθήτω τὸ ο νομά σου. Τούτου δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως Χριστοῦ ου τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ μεγάλῳ πάντες ἐξομολογήσονται ἡ τιμὴ κρίσιν ἀγαπᾷ. εἰ γὰρ οἱ παραβαίνοντες αὐτοῦ τὸν νόμον δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ παραβαίνειν ἀτιμάζουσιν αὐτόν, οἱ κατορθοῦντες τὸν θεῖον νόμον δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐνεργεῖν κατ' αὐτὸν τιμῶσι τὸν νομοθετήσαντα αὐτὸν βασιλέα ἀγαπῶντες τὴν παρ' αὐτοῦ κρίσιν, ἐπιστάμενοι δίκαιον τὸ κρίμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ο τι τεύξονται θείων ἀμοιβῶν κατὰ τὸ βούλημα αὐτοῦ εὐσεβῶς καὶ δικαίως πολιτευσάμενοι, τῶν φαύλων οὐκ ἀγαπώντων αὐτοῦ τὴν κρίσιν, ἐπείπερ ἠτίμασαν αὐτήν. πᾶς ου ν φαῦλος τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανέρωσιν ἐντρεπόμενος μισῶν τὸ φῶς, οὐκ ε ρχεται πρὸς αὐτό, ι να μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ε ργα, τοῦ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ποιοῦντος ἐρχομένου πρὸς τὸ φῶς, ι να φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὸ ε ργον, ο τι ἐν θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένον ἐφ' ῳ καὶ τὴν κρίσιν τὴν φανεροῦσαν αὐτὸ ἀγαπᾷ. 955 Ps 98,4bc Εὐθύτητας οὐκ α λλας ἡγητέον ει ναι τῶν ἀρετῶν. ταύτας ου ν ̓Ιησοῦς ἡτοίμασε προκατορθώσας καὶ ἐνεργήσας αὐτάς, ι ν' ἐπακολουθήσωμεν τοῖς ι χνεσιν αὐτοῦ μιμησάμενοι αὐτόν· ὑπογραμμὸν γὰρ ἀρίστου βίου ὑπέδειξεν ἡμῖν. λέγων ου ν Μάθετε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ο τι πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, ἡτοίμασεν εὐθύτητας, ι ν' εὐκόλους καὶ ἑτοίμους εὑρεῖν αὐτὰς δυνηθέντες μετάσχωμεν αὐτῶν. Καὶ ἐν τῷ πτερνίζοντι δὲ πάντα τὰ πονηρὰ κρίσιν ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἐξετάζουσαν τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας πράγματα σὺν δικαιοσύνῃ ποιεῖ. καὶ δύναται μὲν τὸ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ο νομα τὴν πρακτικὴν δηλοῦν ἀρετήν, τὸ δὲ τῆς κρίσεως τὴν τῶν δογμάτων ἐξέτασιν· καὶ ε τι τὴν μὲν ε ξιν καθ' η ν διακρίνεται τὸ φρονητέον καὶ μὴ φρονητέον καὶ πρακτέον καὶ οὐ πρακτέον κρίσιν ει πεν, αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν κατ' ἀρετὴν ἐνέργειαν δικαιοσύνην ἐκάλεσεν. ἀμφότερα γοῦν ὁ θεὸς ποιεῖ, τουτέστι χαρίζεται τῷ πρακτικῷ καὶ ἀσκητικῷ τῶν καλῶν σημαινομένῳ τῇ τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ προσηγορίᾳ. 956 Ps 98,5ab ̔Υψηλὸν ποιεῖτε οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ κάτω εἰς τὰ α νω ἐπαίροντες αὐτόν (ι διον γὰρ σωμάτων τοῦτο), ἀλλ' ὑψηλὰς καὶ ὑπερφυεῖς περὶ αὐτοῦ ε χοντες νοήσεις. ὑποπόδιον δὲ αὐτοῦ ει ναι δύναται ἡ προσληφθεῖσα σάρξ. ο ταν ου ν τὰ περὶ θεοῦ λόγου ὡς περὶ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ διαλαμβάνωμεν, ὑψοῦμεν κύριον τὸν θεόν· ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν αὐτοῦ θεωροῦντες, προσκυνοῦμεν τῷ ὑποποδίῳ τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸν ἐπερείσαντα αὐτῷ τὰς πορευτικὰς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις ἀλληγορικώτερον πόδας καλουμένας. λέγεται δὲ ὑποπόδιον αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ πάλαι νεώς, ὡς ἐν ̔Ιερεμίᾳ γέγραπται Πῶς ἐζόφωσε κύριος ἐν ὀργῇ αὐτοῦ τὴν θυγατέρα Σιών; κατέρριψεν εἰς γῆν τὸ ἁγίασμα αὐτῆς, οὐκ ἐμνήσθη ὑποποδίου αὐτοῦ. Τὸ μὲν ου ν ἀληθῶς καὶ κυρίως προσκυνεῖν ἁρμόζει μόνῃ τῇ τριάδι· Κύριον γὰρ τὸν θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον τοῦ προσκυνεῖν καὶ ὁ κύριος ̓Ιησοῦς προσκυνεῖται· Προσκυνησάτωσαν γὰρ αὐτῷ πάντες α γγελοι θεοῦ. α λλῳ δὲ τρόπῳ τιμῆς ε νεκα α νθρωποι τοὺς ἐν ὑπεροχαῖς κατὰ ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν προσκυνεῖν λέγονται. πολλάκις γοῦν ἀναγέγραπται ὡς α ρα τὸν βασιλέα ∆αυὶδ πολλοὶ προσεκύνησαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς α λλους τοὺς ̓Ισραὴλ βασιλέας. 957 Ps 98,6 Οὐ περὶ μόνων τῶν ἀνδρῶν τούτων ταῦτα λέγεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ 202 πάντων τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν αὐτὴν αὐτοῖς ἀρετήν. καὶ ο τι τοῦτο ἀλήθειά ἐστιν, ἐπίστησον τοῖς ἐν τῷ ̔Ιεζεκιὴλ γεγραμμένοις· γέγονε δὲ ου τος ὁ προφήτης κατὰ τὸν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας καιρόν. γέγραπται γοῦν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ̔Ιεζεκιήλ, λέγων ὁ θεὸς ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ἀπειλαῖς ̓Εὰν ῥομφαίαν ἐπάξω ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ εὑρεθῶσιν ἐπ' αὐτῇ

The Ascent of the Mind through Hymns to God§188

188Noah, Job, and Daniel: the sword shall not enter upon them, even though the memory of men was made many thousands of years before. For Noah existed before the flood, and Job was the fifth from Abraham, many years before the prophecy. Do we not have something to say about these, or how he named those having the same virtues homonymously with them? If it is not so, it is clear that all the faithful servants also become according to Moses, and similarly regarding the others.

In a pillar of cloud he spoke to them (Ps 98:7). And from this we learn according to the writing the so-called collective manner, which names many things by the thing approaching in part, as he announces concerning all. Only to Moses, having spoken in a pillar of cloud, does he now speak concerning all. And you will find also in the Epistle to the Hebrews a pattern of such a narrative. For having enumerated all those who were well-pleasing through faith, he tells the deeds or passions of each in a collective way concerning all: 'They were struck, they were stoned,' and the following.

But what does it mean to speak of God in a pillar of cloud? This is clearly to be understood. Not because, since the word of God is firm and unswerving, it is rightly called a pillar as the church that received him is a pillar and foundation of truth; but because it is also a drinkable and fruit-bearing thing, coming like a rain unto the minds of men, it is a pillar of cloud. Perhaps through this the descent of the Savior to this place was also foretold, by which, having mounted a hollow cloud, he came into Egypt, or into the place regarding the land of a perfect man having all the virtues and guarding all the testimonies and commands of God.

To go out from the presence of the Lord God is contrary to entering before Him (Ps 99:2b). So then, having gone out from the presence of the Lord God, Cain did not leave a place in which the face of God was, but having become a desert of right notions concerning God in another place, he departed from His face, having embraced carelessness and atheism, as if he no longer had a vision or a thought of the appearance of God; so then, to enter before the Lord is to consider Him present through thought.

For having observed the Creator through the greatness and beauty of creations, the whole world has ascended into the thought concerning God, as if to stand before the Lord at all times, according to the saying, 'The Lord of powers lives; I stood before him' (Ps 99:4).

The gates of the Lord are the virtues through which, and in other things it is said, 'Open to me the gates of righteousness' (Ps 100:4), so that having surpassed his gates, having entered into the courts of God through theological hymns, they will gratefully confess to God.

Now he softens and restrains the passions of the listeners through the hymn, praising God the judge of men through deeds; and since his judgment is precise, examining not only the manifest things but also the hidden things of the heart, he brings it along with a kind intention. For if he were to observe according to the worth of our works, words, and intentions, we would perish utterly; but if this does not happen, he shows mercy before the judgment; for if you, Lord, should observe iniquity, who could stand? But since atonement is with you (for you are a source of goodness and mercy), we take courage that we shall obtain salvation from you, who examine what concerns us with mercy and judgment.

But for the one living rightly and desiring to have an unblemished path, it is not only the practice that ought to be blameless, but also the understanding and the knowledge regarding the doctrines, having been made precise. For someone sings, striking the instrument thoroughly and harmoniously, just as the body is, as it has been said many times, in order to produce excellent activities. And he takes up understanding, thinking about those who are prudent. And since the end of acting unblemished and thinking is to receive the presence of God into the mind and the intellect, the 'When will you come to me?' (Ps 100:2) immediately led the soul there; for your 'coming to me and dwelling as in a holy temple' (Ps 100:2) makes the aforementioned things established for me. And it will be said also to those who previously proclaimed the presence of the Savior here, 'We have sung, we have understood the things established concerning your coming into life.'

Of those who wander according to the activities of the mind, which move with evil alongside you, they become outside themselves, being passionately affected by the sensible things.

Greek · §188

Νῶε καὶ ̓Ιὼβ καὶ ∆ανιήλ, ἐπὶ τούτους οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται ἡ ῥομφαία–καίτοι πρὸ μυρίων ἐτῶν γεγενημένων τῶν ἀνδρῶν ω ν μνημονεύει. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Νῶε πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ γεγένηται, ̓Ιὼβ δὲ πέμπτος ω ν ἀπὸ ̓Αβραὰμ πρὸ πάνυ πολλῶν ἐτῶν τῆς προφητείας ὑπῆρξε. τί ου ν ε χομεν περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν η ο τι τοὺς τὰς αὐτὰς ἀρετὰς ε χοντας ὁμωνύμως αὐτοῖς ὠνόμασεν; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ου τως ε χει, δῆλον ο τι καὶ οἱ πιστοὶ θεράποντες γενόμενοι πάντες κατὰ Μωυσέα τυγχάνουσι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν α λλων ὁμοίως. 958 Ps 98,7 ̓Εν στύλῳ νεφέλης ἐλάλει πρὸς αὐτούς. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ει ναι τὸν καλούμενον συλληπτικὸν τρόπον, ο ς α ν πλείονας ὠνόμασε τὰ τοῖς κατὰ μέρος προσόντα, ὡς περὶ πάντων ἀπαγγέλλει. μόνῳ γοῦν Μωυσῇ λαλήσαντος ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης, περὶ πάντων αὐτὸ νῦν φθέγγεται. εὑρήσεις δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Πρὸς ̔Εβραίους ἐπιστολῇ σχῆμα τοιαύτης διηγήσεως. ἀπαριθμηθέντων γὰρ πάντων τῶν διὰ πίστεως εὐαρεστησάντων, τὰς τῶν κατὰ μέρος πράξεις η πάθος συλλήβδην α μα λέγει περὶ πάντων ̓Επρίσθησαν ἐλιθάσθησαν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Τί δὲ βούλεται τὸ ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης τὸν θεὸν λαλεῖν, η δη κατανοητέον. μήποτ' ου ν ἐπεὶ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος βέβαιος καὶ ἀκλινής ἐστι, στῦλος εἰκότως καλεῖται ὡς τὴν καταδεξαμένην αὐτὸν ἐκκλησίαν στῦλον καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας ει ναι· ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ καὶ πότιμος καὶ καρπῶν αι τιός ἐστιν ὑετοῦ δίκην εἰς τὰς διανοίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐρχόμενος, στῦλος νεφέλης ἐστι. Τάχα δὲ καὶ προεθεσπίζετο διὰ τούτου ἡ τοῦ σωτῆρος δεῦρο κάθοδος καθ' η ν ἐπιβὰς κούφης νεφέλης εἰς Αι γυπτον η κε τὸν περὶ γῆν τόπον. Τελείου δὲ ἀνδρὸς καὶ ε χοντος πάσας τὰς ἀρετὰς τὸ πάντα τὰ μαρτύρια καὶ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ φυλάσσειν. 959 Ps 99,2b ̓Αντίκειται τῷ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ εἰσελθεῖν ἐνώπιον. ὡς τοίνυν ἐξελθὼν ὁ Κάϊν ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ τόπον καταλείψας ἐν ῳ τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν α λλῳ τόπῳ γεγένηται ἀλλ' ε ρημος τῶν περὶ θεοῦ ὀρθῶν ἐννοιῶν γεγενημένος, ε ξω τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἐχώρησεν, ἀπρονοησίαν καὶ ἀθεΐαν ἀσπασάμενος ὡς μηκέτι φαντασίαν η ε ννοιαν ε χειν ἐπιφανείας θεοῦ· ου τω τὸ εἰσιέναι ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου τὸ διὰ νοήσεως ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτὸν παρόντα τυγχάνειν. ὁ γὰρ ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς κτισμάτων ἀναλόγως τὸν γενεσιουργὸν αὐτῶν θεασάμενος πάντα τὸν κόσμον ὑπερβὰς εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν περὶ θεοῦ νόησιν εἰσελήλυθεν, ὡς ἐνώπιον κυρίου διαπαντὸς ἑστάναι κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα Ζῇ κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων ῳ παρέστην ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ. 960 Ps 99,4 Πύλαι τοῦ κυρίου αἱ κατ' ει δος ἀρεταὶ περὶ ω ν καὶ ἐν α λλοις ει ρηται ̓Ανοίξατέ μοι πύλας δικαιοσύνης, ι να ὑπερβάντες τὰς πύλας αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς κατὰ θεολογίαν υ μνοις εἰσεληλυθότες εὐχαρίστως ἐξομολογήσωνται τῷ θεῷ. 961 Ps 100,1b ̔Ο νῦν ᾳ δων πραΰνει καὶ καταστέλλει τὰ η θη τῶν ἀκροατῶν, διὰ τῆς ᾠδῆς κριτὴν τὸν θεὸν τῶν πραττομένων ἀνθρώποις ὑμνῶν· ει τ' ἐπεὶ ἀκριβής ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ἡ κρίσις οὐ τὰ φανερὰ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς καρδίας ἐξετάζουσα, σὺν χρηστῇ προθέσει ἐπάγει αὐτήν. εἰ γάρ τοι πρὸς ἀξίαν τῶν ε ργων καὶ λόγων καὶ ἐνθυμημάτων ἡμῶν σκοπήσαι, α ρδην ἀπολώμεθα· ι ν' ου ν μὴ τοῦτο γένηται, πρὸ τῆς κρίσεως ἐλεεῖ· ̓Εὰν γὰρ ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται; ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ παρὰ σοὶ ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν (πηγὴ γὰρ τυγχάνεις ἀγαθότητος καὶ ἐλεημοσύνης), θαρροῦμεν ο τι ἐλέῳ καὶ κρίσει ἐξετάζοντός σου τὰ καθ' ἡμᾶς 203 σωτηρίας τευξόμεθα. 962 Ps 100,2a Τοῦ δὲ ὀρθῶς βιοῦντος καὶ α μωμον ὁδὸν ε χειν βουλομένου οὐχ ἡ πρᾶξις μόνη α μεμπτος ει ναι ὀφείλει ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ σύνεσις καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰ δόγματα γνῶσις ἠκριβωμένη. ψάλλει γάρ τις κρούων τὸ ο ργανον ἐμμελῶς καὶ ἐναρμονίως, ο περ ἐστὶ τὸ σῶμα καθὰ πολλάκις ει ρηται, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀποτελεῖν ἀρίστους ἐνεργείας. καὶ σύνεσιν δὲ ἀναλαμβάνει, περὶ τῶν φρονητέων διανοούμενος. καὶ ἐπεὶ τέλος ἐστὶ τοῦ ἀμώμως πρᾶξαι καὶ νοῆσαι τὸ θεοῦ δέξασθαι παρουσίαν εἰς τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν, ἐπήγαγεν εὐθὺς τὸ Πότε η ξεις πρός με; ἐπὶ γὰρ τῷ η κειν σε πρὸς ἐμὲ καὶ οἰκῆσαι ὡς ἐν ἁγίῳ ναῷ παρ' ἐμοὶ κατώρθωταί μοι τὰ προειρημένα. ̔Ρηθείη δ' α ν καὶ πρὸς τῶν προαναφωνησάντων τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐνταῦθα ἐπιδημίαν ̓Εψάλαμεν, συνήκαμεν τὰ θεσπισθέντα περὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν βίον φοιτήσεώς σου. 963 Ps 100,2b–4 Τῶν διαπορευομένων κατὰ τὰς τοῦ νοῦ ἐνεργείας, ο σοι σὺν κακίᾳ κινοῦνται, ἐκτὸς ἑαυτῶν γίνονται ἐμπαθῶς τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς

The Straightness of Character and the Deviation of Judas§189

189Having turned away. For he says it is fitting to call such people as being outside of themselves and having strayed. But he who is moved with innocence—that is, with virtue—concerning things to be done and things to be thought about, turns toward himself, having gathered his mind and his inner care, becoming a guide, better through wisdom, in the midst of his own household. And the houses of each of the diligent ones accomplish virtue.

In this way also James is remembered dwelling in a house, and the souls seeking the contemplations of the unseen and the hidden—which the word calls the wise women of the Hebrews—build houses inherited from virtues; after another word calling them wise women, women built the houses. 'I did not set before my eyes an unlawful thing' (Proverbs 6:26), nor did I aim or have a goal to act unlawfully.

And regarding what is written, Susanna, the three youths in the furnace, and the others are gathered into the rank of these; for they say to those fighting and persecuting them: 'Do not turn me away from my intention, while you sophistize ten thousand times ten thousand, you hang down punishments and threaten death itself.' 'I hated those committing transgressions.' 'Committing transgressions,' says those sinning; for every sin becomes an offense and a transgression of the divine law.

And the habit of the brothers calls those who have denied Christ 'transgressors'; it is fitting to hate enemies of the Savior with intensity. Therefore, the word says, regarding one wishing to be without fellowship with them: 'If any man named a brother sins with other sins and is an idolater, let him not eat with such a one' (1 Corinthians 5:11). For the apostle does not write this concerning the completely Gentile ones, for he marks in his own epistle: 'If any one calls you of the unbelievers and you wish to go, eat everything set before you without examining' (1 Corinthians 10:27). If not, he does not prevent fellowship...

To be unfaithful, and he forbids eating with a so-called brother who is an idolater, which clearly signifies that one has stepped away from Christianity in order to worship idols. And these, those committing transgressions, must be especially hated, not because they happen to be humans, but because they are such things.

A crooked heart did not cling to me. It is written in Ecclesiastes: God made man straight (Eccl 7:29). If he has not become straight by being shaped according to virtue from the beginning, all wickedness and crookedness of morals is far from him. He who has not remained abiding, guarding the straightness and the likeness to God, speaks this voice, showing that the thought having destroyed the crookedness and the straightness is not something appropriate for us coming from within, but coming from without, which we ourselves should grasp, casting away the straight.

When the evil one turned away from me, I did not know it. The evil devil turns away from everyone guarding the command: 'Do not give place to the devil' (Eph 4:27). Judas, therefore, since he did not guard himself to provide a place for him, did not turn away from him, but rather, having first cast into his heart impious thoughts, Satan entered into him the whole of Judas and worked his evils, so that Judas would feel and know that the evil one was acting in concert with him.

For according to wickedness, he himself who received the evil one has been shaped, but he who now sings, not having a crooked heart in him, the evil one is able to work; he is filled with God and those of God, as one not having the evil one having a place with him turns away from him. He sings, therefore, saying, 'When the evil one turned away from me, I did not know it,' because he did not perceive his presence; for it was not a thought, but a work of his that he had with me. And perhaps, desiring also to present his excellence, he led forward such a voice, as is the custom of the magnanimous who despise the weak and say nothing about them.

Greek · §189

προσκεχηνότες. ε θος γοῦν λέγειν τοὺς τοιούτους ἐκτὸς ἑαυτῶν καὶ ἐξεστηκότας ει ναι. ὁ δὲ σὺν ἀκακίᾳ τουτέστι σὺν ἀρετῇ κινούμενος περὶ τὰ πρακτέα καὶ φρονητέα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν κεκλικὼς στρέφεται· ο λος τοῦ νοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου γινόμενος, διαπορεύεται μεθ' ε ξεως βελτίστης ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ οι κου αὐτοῦ. οι κος δ' ἑκάστου τῶν σπουδαίων η ν κατορθοῦσιν ἀρετήν. ταύτῃ καὶ ὁ ̓Ιακὼβ οἰκῶν οἰκίαν μνημονεύεται, καὶ αἱ τῶν ἀφανῶν καὶ κεκρυμμένων θεωριῶν ζητητικαὶ ψυχαί, α ς μαίας τῶν ̔Εβραίων ὁ λόγος καλεῖ, φοβηθεῖσαι τὸν θεὸν τὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀρετῶν συγκληρουμένας οἰκίας οἰκοδομοῦσιν· α ς καὶ σοφὰς γυναῖκας καθ' ε τερον λόγον καλῶν Σοφαί, ει πε, γυναῖκες ᾠκοδόμησαν οι κους. Οὐ προετιθέμην πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν μου πρᾶγμα παράνομον· οὐ σκοπὸν ε χω καὶ προκείμενον τέλος παρανομῆσαι. καὶ ἐροῦσί γε τὸ ἐγκείμενον ̓Ιωσὴφ Σουσάννα οἱ ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ τρεῖς παῖδες καὶ ο σοι εἰς τὸ τάγμα τούτων συλλέγονται· ο θεν φασὶ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμοῦντας αὐτοὺς καὶ διώκοντας· Οὐκ ἐκκρούεις με η ς ε χω προθέσεως, κα ν μυρία ἐπὶ μυρίοις σοφιζόμενος λέγῃς, κα ν ἀναρτᾷς τιμωρίας καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν θάνατον ἀπειλῇς. Ποιοῦντας παραβάσεις ἐμίσησα. ποιοῦντας παραβάσεις λέγει τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας· πᾶσα γὰρ ἁμαρτία παρακοὴ καὶ παράβασις τοῦ θείου γίνεται νόμου. ἡ συνήθεια δὲ τῶν ἀδελφῶν παραβάτας καλεῖ τοὺς Χριστὸν ἀρνησαμένους ου ς ἐπιτεταμένως μισεῖν προσήκει ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἑλομένους ει ναι· ο θεν καὶ ἀκοινωνήτως ε χειν πρὸς αὐτοὺς βουλόμενος ὁ λόγος φησίν ̓Εάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος πρὸς ἑτέροις ἁμαρτήμασι καὶ εἰδωλολάτρης ῃ , τῷ τοιούτῳ μὴ συνεσθίειν. οὐ γὰρ περὶ τῶν καθάπαξ ἐθνικῶν τοῦτο ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει, ο ς γε ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολῇ χαράττει Ει τις καλεῖ ὑμᾶς τῶν ἀπίστων καὶ θέλετε πορεύεσθαι, πᾶν τὸ παρατιθέμενον ὑμῖν ἐσθίετε μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες. εἰ ου ν οὐ κωλύει ἁλῶν κοινωνεῖν ἀπίστοις, ἀπαγορεύει δὲ συνεσθίειν μετὰ ὀνομαζομένου ἀδελφοῦ ο ντος εἰδωλολάτρου, φανερὸν ο τι τὸν ἐκ χριστιανισμοῦ παραβεβηκότα ἐπὶ τῷ σέβειν ει δωλα σημαίνει. καὶ τούτους ου ν τοὺς παραβάτας ποιοῦντας παραβάσεις μάλιστα μισητέον, οὐχ ῃ α νθρωποι τυγχάνουσιν ἀλλ' ῃ εἰσι τοιοῦτοι. Οὐκ ἐκολλήθη μοι καρδία σκαμβή. γέγραπται ἐν τῷ ̓Εκκλησιαστῇ ̔Ο θεὸς ἐποίησε τὸν α νθρωπον εὐθῆ. εἰ ου ν εὐθὴς γεγένηται τῷ κατ' ἀρετὴν ἀρχῆθεν πεποιῶσθαι, πᾶσα κακία καὶ σκολιότης ἠθῶν μακρὰν αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. ο στις ου ν διέμεινε τηρῶν τὴν εὐθύτητα καὶ τὴν πρὸς θεὸν ὁμοιότητα, ταύτην προφέρει τὴν φωνήν, δεικνὺς τὴν σκαμβὴν καὶ τὸ ὀρθὸν ἀπολέσασαν νόησιν μὴ κατάλληλον ἡμῖν ου σαν ἀλλ' ε ξωθέν ποθεν ἐπερχομένην, ο ταν ἡμεῖς αὐτὴν ἐπισπασώμεθα τὸ εὐθὺ ἀποβάλλοντες. ̓Εκκλίνοντος ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τοῦ πονηροῦ οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον. ἐκκλίνει ὁ πονηρὸς διάβολος ἀπὸ παντὸς τηροῦντος τὸ Μὴ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. ̓Ιούδας γοῦν ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐφυλάξατο τόπον αὐτῷ παρασχεῖν, οὐκ ἐξέκλινεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πρότερον βαλὼν εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 204 αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμήσεις ἐναγεῖς, υ στερον καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ο λον τὸν ̓Ιούδαν εἰσελθὼν ἐνήργει τὰ τῆς πονηρίας ἑαυτοῦ, ὡς αἰσθήσει καὶ γνώσει τὸν ̓Ιούδαν εἰδέναι συνόντα αὐτῷ τὸν πονηρόν. κατὰ γὰρ πονηρίαν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ παραδεξάμενος τὸν πονηρὸν πεποίωται, ἀλλ' ὁ νῦν ψάλλων, καρδίαν σκαμβὴν οὐκ ε χων εἰς η ν ἐνεργεῖν ὁ πονηρὸς δύναται, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπεπλήρωτο ὡς μὴ ε χοντα τὸν πονηρὸν τόπον παρ' αὐτῷ ἐκκλίνειν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. ψάλλει γοῦν λέγων ̓Εκκλίνοντος ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τοῦ πονηροῦ οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον, τῷ μὴ αι σθησιν παρουσίας αὐτοῦ ἐσχηκέναι· οὐ γὰρ ἐνθύμημα η ε ργον τῶν αὐτοῦ ε σχον παρ' ἐμοί. Τάχα δὲ καὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν αὐτοῦ παραστῆσαι βουλόμενος τὴν τοιαύτην προσηγάγετο φωνήν, εἰωθότων τῶν μεγαλοψύχων καὶ εὐτελιζόντων τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ μηδὲν ο ντα λέγειν περὶ αὐτῶν Οὐδὲ

The Poverty of Petition and the Nature of Prayer§190

190greed, which is idolatry

For the soul holds the roots of the evils within it caused by the passions of the fleshto kill all the sinners of the earth in the manner spoken of, he will destroy from the city of the Lord all those working in lawlessness. For when the members upon the earth are put to death, the body being subdued and led away as a slave, the starting points of the sins from the flesh are no longer those which stir up in the soul thoughts rushing toward the practice of lawlessness for the sake of pleasure.

Everyone asking for something, who does not possess what he asks for by coming through the asking, is poor (Ps 101). Everyone praying to God asks for a participation in good things, which he is not able to have from himself; therefore, all are poor toward God. Even if David was great and a king, in the things given from God he was poor; therefore, having known himself to be lacking among many or all of those being supplied from God, he is filled with sorrow as if he were greatly discouraged. If, after not being thus disposed, he pours out his petition before the Lord, asking from the One giving good things to those asking Him. For the one not asking these things, but the things of the passing moments, does not have the boldness to pour out his petition before the Lord through an impassioned choice.

Prayer indeed expresses entreaty toward God and supplication, but petition expresses the request regarding which he desires to be granted to the one praying (Ps 101,2). These indeed are the truly good things, which it is fitting to give to God and beneficial for the askers to receive. If it is said regarding the cry of the saints praising God and praying to Him loudly, it is not that which is in the utterance, but the intensification of the mind.

But God turns His face away from some of those praying according to more ways than those asking without entreating (Ps 101,3); it is necessary for God to grant these and for them to receive them effectively, either to provide what is fitting to God to ask, not necessarily having the time to depart from these things profitably; and there are also those who happen to be worthy of these things while sinning. The holy man does not entreat saying: 'Do not, if you have changed your mind about asking such things of me, turn Your face away from me; but I pray not that I might not be afflicted (for this is impossible) but that, being afflicted, I might not be destroyed.'

Greek · §190

εἰ ε στιν οὐδὲ εἰ α πεστιν οι δα. πονηρὸς δὲ ου τος μετὰ τοῦ α ρθρου ἀεὶ ἐν τοῖς παιδεύμασι καλεῖται τῷ ὑπεραίρειν ἐν πονηρίᾳ καὶ δι' ἀπάτης ποιεῖν πονηροὺς τοὺς αὐτῷ πλησιάζοντας. 964 Ps 100,8 ̓Επεὶ κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν τοῦτο γενέσθαι ἀμήχανον (οὐδεὶς γὰρ δυνήσεται πάσης τῆς γῆς τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἀνελεῖν, κα ν πάσης αὐτῆς βασιλεὺς ῃ ), ἀληθεύει δὲ ὁ τὰ προκείμενα λέγων, α λλην γῆν θεωρητέον η ς πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἀποκτέννει οὐκ α λλῳ η τῷ ἑωθινῷ καιρῷ. λέγεται τοίνυν γῆ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὰ περὶ ἡμᾶς ὑλικὰ πάντα, ἁμαρτωλοὶ δὲ τῆς γῆς ταύτης αἱ αἰσχραὶ καὶ ἀκόλαστοι ἡδοναὶ καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι καὶ τὰ α λλα πάθη. ο ταν ου ν ἰσχύσας ὁ λογισμός, ἀνατείλαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὡς ἡμέρας πνευματικῆς ἀρχὴν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, τὸ τηνικαῦτα νεκρώσας τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς πορνείαν ἀκαθαρσίαν πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν κακὴν καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν η τις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρεία ἐρεῖ τὴν προκειμένην ἐπὶ νίκης φωνήν, οὐχ ἑαυτῷ διδοὺς τοσοῦτον τὸ ἀνῃρηκέναι τοὺς πολεμίους ο σον τῷ ἀληθινῷ φωτὶ τῷ διὰ φωτισμοῦ συνεργήσαντι αὐτῷ. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ πληθυντικῶς τὰς πρωΐας εἰπεῖν. καθ' ε καστον γὰρ ἁμαρτωλὸν τῆς γῆς ἡμέρας αὐτῷ ἀρχομένης, ἀνῄρει τοῦτον τῷ ζῆν καὶ ἐνεργεῖν τοὺς ἁμαρτωλούς· ε νθα ἀγνοίας καὶ κακίας νύξ· Οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθεύδουσι, καὶ οἱ μεθύοντες νυκτὸς μεθύουσι. παρέρχεται δὲ καὶ τὸ τέλος· λαμβάνει αὐτὸ ἡ νύξ, ἀνατείλαντος τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ. πολλάκις δ' ἀνατέλλων ἐν αὐτῷ πολλὰς πρωΐας ποιεῖ, ἐν αι ς καὶ ἀποκτέννει πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς. ι στανται δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ φωτισμοὶ οὐ μέχρι τῶν πρωϊῶν· διὸ καὶ μετὰ τὰς πρωΐας ἡμερῶν μακρῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἀπολαύων καὶ μακροήμερος καὶ πολυήμερος ε σται. καὶ περὶ α λλου ἁγίου ἐν εὐλογίας τρόπῳ λέγεται Μακρότητα ἡμερῶν ἐμπλήσω αὐτόν. Πόλις δὲ κυρίου ο ντος βασιλέως μεγάλου ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ λέγεται, ἑρμηνευομένη εἰρήνης ο ρασις. πᾶσα ου ν ψυχὴ τὸν ἐκ κακιῶν καὶ παθῶν καὶ ἀγνοίας καθαιροῦσα πόλεμον ἐν ὁράσει τῆς εἰρήνης τὰ πάντα νοῦν ὑπερεχούσης γίνεται, λαμβάνουσα χάριν καὶ εἰρήνην ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ· διὸ καὶ πόλις θεοῦ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ χρηματίσει. ̓Εν ταύτῃ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ πόλει τῆς γῆς οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀνιόντες ἀνομίας ἐργάται γίνονται. τῶν γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ κακιῶν τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἐκ τῶν τῆς σαρκὸς παθημάτων ε χει ἡ ψυχή. ἐὰν ου ν τις ἰσχύσῃ ἀποκτεῖναι πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον, ἐξολοθρεύσει ἐκ πόλεως κυρίου πάντας τοὺς ἐργαζομένους τὴν ἀνομίαν. νεκρωμένων γὰρ τῶν μελῶν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ὑπωπιαζομένου καὶ δουλαγωγουμένου τοῦ σώματος, αἱ ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀφορμαὶ οὐκέτι οι αί τέ εἰσιν ἐγεῖραι λογισμοὺς τῇ ψυχῇ τοὺς σπεύδοντας δι' ἡδονῆς ἀπόλαυσιν τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖν. 965 Ps 101 αργ Πᾶς ὁ αἰτούμενός τι, οὐκ ε χων ο αἰτεῖται ἐπὶ τῷ τυχεῖν τούτου ἐρχόμενος διὰ τῆς αἰτήσεως, πτωχός ἐστι. πᾶς ου ν προσευχόμενος θεῷ ἀγαθῶν αἰτεῖται μετουσίαν, ταύτην ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ε χειν οὐ δυνάμενος· ο θεν καὶ πάντες 205 πρὸς θεὸν πτωχοί. εἰ καὶ μέγας ου ν η ν καὶ βασιλεὺς ὁ ∆αυίδ, ἐν τοῖς ἐκ θεοῦ διδομένοις πτωχὸς η ν· ο θεν γνοὺς ἑαυτὸν πολλῶν η πάντων τῶν ἐκ θεοῦ χορηγουμένων λειπόμενον ἀκηδίας ἀναπίμπλαται ὡς σφόδρα ἀθυμῆσαι. ει τα μετὰ τὸ ου τως διατεθῆναι ἐκχεῖ ἐνώπιον κυρίου τὴν δέησιν αὐτοῦ, αἰτούμενος παρὰ τοῦ διδόντος τὰ ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν. ὁ γὰρ μὴ ταῦτα ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν προσκαίρων αἰτῶν οὐκ ε χει παρρησίαν ἐνώπιον κυρίου ἐκχεῖν τὴν δέησιν αὐτοῦ δι' ἐμπαθῆ προαίρεσιν. 966 Ps 101,2 ̔Η μὲν προσευχὴ τὴν ἱκετηρίαν δηλοῖ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὴν παράκλησιν, ἡ δὲ δέησις τὴν αι τησιν τὴν περὶ ω ν βούλεται αὐτῷ δεομένῳ παρασχεθῆναι. ταῦτα δέ ἐστι τὰ κυρίως ἀγαθὰ α καὶ τῷ θεῷ πρέπον διδόναι καὶ τοῖς αἰτοῦσι συμφέρει λαβεῖν. Ει ρηται δὲ η δη περὶ κραυγῆς τῶν ἁγίων ὑμνούντων θεὸν καὶ εὐχομένων αὐτῷ μεγαλοφώνως, ο τι ἐστὶν οὐχ ἡ ἐν προφορᾷ ἀλλ' ἡ τῆς νοήσεως ἐπίτασις. 967 Ps 101,3 ̓Αποστρέφει δὲ ὁ θεὸς τὸ πρόσωπον ἀπό τινων προσευχομένων κατὰ τρόπους πλείονας η τοι τῶν αἰτουμένων μὴ παρακαλούντων λαβεῖν α πρέπει θεῷ χαρίζεσθαι καὶ αὐτοῖς λυσιτελεῖν λαβεῖν, η τῷ μὲν α ἁρμόζει θεῷ παρέχειν αἰτεῖσθαι, μὴ μὴν αὐτούς πω καιρὸν ε χειν τοῦ ὠφελίμως χωρῆσαι ταῦτα· εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν τυχεῖν τινων ἀξιοῦντες. ὁ α γιος ου ν παρακαλεῖ λέγων· Μὴ ει η τοιαῦτά με αἰτῆσαι ἐφ' οι ς ἀνανεύσας ἀποστρέφεις ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον· ευ χομαι δὲ οὐχ ο πως μὴ θλιβῶ (ἀδύνατον γὰρ τοῦτο) ἀλλ' ο πως θλιβούμενος μὴ

The Spiritual Zion and the Glory of Christ§191

191That I might be defeated and not rejoice in any hope, enduring tribulations and boasting in them. For tribulation works endurance, and endurance testing, and testing hope, and hope does not put one to shame. Ps 101:4–6 It is customary for those who are shivering to wrap themselves tightly because they are always being chilled. The smoke fails when the fire is being extinguished, and having descended into the gap, the fire itself works gap. Even the days shall not fail (for it will not be good for me if the light of my days is extinguished), bring the afflictions; for if they remained, what would become of the cessation of my days, but also my bones would rather be frozen by remaining. It is often said that the bones of the inner man are the strengths of the dogmas and the powers of the soul, and they are frozen by the burning of the passions of the soul. And he says that his heart has become dry, with nothing cheerful or upon which he has acquired joy. For it has become in the coming circumstances such that it is no longer possible to feed the bread which is appropriate and fitting to his most precious essence. For to receive this bread is impossible without being surrounded and clouded by those from without. He says, moreover, that this bread has not been nourished and he has forgotten that he once tasted it. But, groaning so much because of the present painful things, I leave a fully extended and continuous groan, as if from his voice, with a wailing occurring, that my bone might be joined and in some way united to my flesh through the much approaching dryness, casting off all the moisture scattered to my body from the coming harm. For that moisture was present to me, enjoying the bone, and it draws it away from the flesh, from the middle flesh and the place having bones. Ps 101:14 For you will have compassion on those who have suffered, since you are God, the compassionate, and long-suffering, and full of mercy, and true. And there will be a time in which the things promised concerning Zion will be fulfilled; but who is not the most blessed and most desired time, the time of the resurrection, O Lord? And I prophesy this in these words of God, of Him, the Lord...

and of our Savior Jesus Christ, the theophany into men being the cause of the rebuilding of Zion. Once having become so, do not suppose for me the city upon the earth, nor consider the earthly Jerusalem to be signifying it, but rather the renewal of the citizenship of piety.

Why has he remembered Zion alone? (Ps 101:14) For what previously had not come except toward the lost sheep of Israel. For having come into the world once for his own (for his people were being used through the fathers), he will not present any of those in the world, but with his own he will vivify the whole world. (Ps 101:16-17) When the fearing of the name of the Lord is being brought in, and the fearing of the same Lord having been perfected (for there is no lack to those fearing him), they begin even with piety, believing in his name. For after the faith into his appellation, they believe in God himself and in his Christ, a faith reckoned as righteousness, through which everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ will be born from God. And it is perfect to be born from God; therefore also sinlessness follows the being born from him.

And the Gentiles, having feared the name of the Lord, having surpassed the Gentiles, being intellectually kings by having received foolishness to reign for an eternity, fear the glory of the Lord more than his name, as it is between those fearing the name of the Lord and the Lord himself, those fearing his glory are kings reigning accordingly; as Paul writes to the Corinthians, 'For you reigned without us; and indeed you reigned, so that we also might reign with you.' (1 Cor 4:8). And perhaps according to the first visitation the Lord built Zion, but according to the second he will appear with his glory.

And not only thus: the Word having become flesh and having tabernacled among us (John 1:14), he built the church spiritually, called Zion; and he will appear in his glory, so that having tabernacled among us, we might behold his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth. (Ps 101:19b, 20a) For the Gentiles were built up having believed in the Lord according to the having come to piety.

Greek · §191

ἡττηθῶ καὶ ο πως τῂ ἐλπίδι χαίρω ὑπομένων τὰς θλίψεις καὶ καυχώμενος ἐν αὐταῖς. ̔Η γὰρ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται, ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα, ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει. 968 Ps 101,4–6 Φρύγιον ε νθα εἰώθασι τὰ φρυγόμενα ἐπιτιθέναι σφόδρα πεφρυγμένῳ διὰ τὸ ἀεὶ ὑποκαίεσθαι. ἐκλείπει δὲ καπνός, πυρὸς σβεννυμένου, ὑφεστηκὼς εἰς ο σον ἐνεργεῖ τὸ πῦρ ῳ αὐτός τις α ρα ἀκολουθεῖ. ι ν' ου ν καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι μὴ ἐκλείπωσιν (οὐ γάρ μοι πρὸς καλοῦ ε σται τὸ σβεσθῆναι τὸ φῶς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὸ ποιητικὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν μου), παράγαγε τὰ θλιβερά· εἰ γὰρ ἐπιμένοιεν, αι τια γενήσεται τῆς ἐκλείψεως τῶν ἡμερῶν μου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ε τι μᾶλλον συμφρύξειε παραμένοντα. ει ρηται δὲ πολλάκις ὀστᾶ ει ναι τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου τὰ ευ τονα τῶν δογμάτων καὶ αἱ στερρόταται τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις α καὶ συμφρύγεται ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ψυχικῶν παθῶν πυρώσεως. Ξηρανθῆναι δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν φησὶν οὐδὲν ἱλαρὸν οὐδ' ἐφ' ῳ ε στιν ε χειν θυμηδίαν κεκτημένην. γέγονε γὰρ ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις περιστατικοῖς τοσοῦτον ὡς μηκέθ' οι όν τε ει ναι τὸν κατάλληλον καὶ ἁρμόδιον τῷ τιμιωτέρᾳ οὐσίᾳ αὐτοῦ α ρτον τρέφεσθαι. τούτου γὰρ τοῦ α ρτου μεταλαμβάνειν ε στι μὴ περιελκόμενον μηδὲ θολούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκτός. εἰς τοσοῦτον δέ φησι μὴ τετράφθαι τοῦτον τὸν α ρτον καὶ λήθην ε χειν τοῦ ποτε αὐτοῦ γεγεῦσθαι. Πάνυ δὲ στενάζων διὰ τὰ παρόντα ἐπίπονα τοσοῦτον ἀφίημι ἐπιτεταμένον καὶ συνεχῆ στεναγμὸν ὡς ἐκ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ μετὰ ὀλολυγῆς γινομένης κολληθῆναι καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἑνωθῆναι τὸ ὀστοῦν μου τῇ σαρκί μου διὰ τὴν πολλὴν προσγινομένην ξηρασίαν, ἀναποθείσης πάσης τῆς παρεσπαρμένης τῷ σώματί μου ὑγρότητος ἐκ τῆς ἐπελθούσης κακώσεως. αυ τη γὰρ ἡ ὑγρότης ο τε μοι παρῆν πιαίνουσα τὸ ὀστοῦν, διῄρει αὐτὸ ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν μέσην σαρκὸς καὶ ὀστέων ε χουσαν χώραν. 969 Ps 101,14 Οἰκτειρήσεις γὰρ τὰ πεπονθότα, ἐπεὶ θεὸς ὑπάρχεις ὁ οἰκτίρμων καὶ μακρόθυμος καὶ πολυέλεος καὶ ἀληθινός. ε σται δὲ καιρός τις τούτων ἐν ῳ πληρωθήσεται τὰ περὶ τῆς Σιὼν ἐπηγγελμένα· τίς δὲ ου τος ὁ πολύευκτος καὶ τριπόθητος καιρὸς ὁ τῆς ἀναστάσεως, ω κύριε; προφητεύειν δ' αὐτὸν οι μαι ἐν τούτοις τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου, αὐτοῦ δὴ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους θεοφάνειαν αἰτίαν ἐσομένην τῆς ἀνοικοδομῆς τῆς Σιών. ε νθα δὴ γενόμενος, μή μοι τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς πόλιν ὑπολάμβανε μηδὲ τὴν ἐπίγειον ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ νόμιζε δηλοῦσθαι ἀλλὰ τοῦ τῆς εὐσεβείας πολιτεύματος τὴν 206 ἀνανέωσιν. 970 Ps 101,14 ∆ιὰ τί δὲ μόνης μέμνηται τῆς Σιών; ο τι προηγουμένως οὐκ ἐλήλυθεν εἰ μὴ πρὸς τὰ ἀπολωλότα πρόβατα οι κου ̓Ισραήλ. α παξ δὲ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἰδίων ἐλθών (λαὸς γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐχρημάτιζον διὰ τοὺς πατέρας), οὐδένα τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ παρόψεται, ἀλλὰ σὺν τοῖς ἰδίοις α παντα τὸν κόσμον ζωοποιήσει. 971 Ps 101,16.17 Εἰσαγομένων τὸ φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ο νομα κυρίου, τελειωθέντων δὲ τὸ αὐτὸν φοβεῖσθαι τὸν δεσπότην (Οὐκ ε στι γὰρ ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν), ἀμέλει καὶ τῆς θεοσεβείας ἀρχόμενοι πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν εἰς τὴν προσηγορίαν αὐτοῦ πίστιν αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ πιστεύουσι καὶ τῷ Χριστῷ αὐτοῦ, πίστιν εἰς δικαιοσύνην λελογισμένην καθ' η ν ἐκ θεοῦ γεννηθήσεταί τις πᾶς προπιστεύων ο τι ̓Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται. τέλειον δὲ τὸ ἐκ θεοῦ γεγεννῆσθαι· διὸ καὶ ἀναμαρτησία ε πεται τῇ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννήσει. Τῶν δὲ ἐθνῶν φοβηθέντων τὸ ο νομα κυρίου, οἱ ὑπεραναβεβηκότες τὰ ε θνη, νοητῶς τυγχάνοντες βασιλεῖς τῷ ἀπολεληφέναι ἀφροσύνην ι να εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα βασιλεύσωσι, φοβοῦνται τὴν δόξαν τοῦ κυρίου πλεῖον ου σαν η τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ, ὡς ει ναι μεταξὺ τῶν φοβουμένων τὸ ο νομα κυρίου καὶ τὸν κύριον αὐτὸν τοὺς φοβουμένους τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ βασιλεῖς κατὰ αὐτὰ βασιλεύοντας Κορινθίοις οι ς γράφει ὁ Παῦλος Χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε· καὶ ο φελόν γε ἐβασιλεύσατε, ι να καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν συμβασιλεύσωμεν. Καὶ τάχα κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐπιδημίαν ᾠκοδόμησε κύριος τὴν Σιών, κατὰ δὲ τὴν δευτέραν ὀφθήσεται σὺν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ. η καὶ ου τως· γενόμενος σὰρξ ὁ λόγος καὶ σκηνώσας ἐν ἡμῖν ᾠκοδόμησε τὴν ἐκκλησίαν πνευματικῶς Σιὼν ὀνομαζομένην· ὀφθήσεται δὲ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ, ο ταν σκηνώσαντος ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῦ θεασώμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, ∆όξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. 972 Ps 101,19b.20a ̓Εκτίσθη γὰρ τὰ ε θνη πιστεύσαντα τῷ κυρίῳ κατὰ τὸ προσεληλυθέναι τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ·

The Groaning of the Bound and the Freedom of the Sons§192

192For when anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation; and in this Christ, the two—the one from circumcision and the one from the Gentiles—are being created into one new man. For the term 'creation' signifies not a change of substance but a change of form or a transformation. According to this, the meaning of 'O God, create in me a clean heart' (Ps 51:10) is expressed.

If this meaning applies to many things, then the Lord's saying 'I have created you as the beginning of his ways for his works' does not signify a change of substance for the person speaking; for he was not created from nothing, but as the beginning of God's ways for his works; and to be created as the beginning of these things denotes a relationship, not a change of substance. Thus, a people being created will praise the Lord, coming to the knowledge of the one God. Furthermore, the term 'being created' is used; for if he had intended a change of substance, the one being created would be called 'a people created'; for it is possible to always remain in the state of being transformed and changed rather than in the state of being a new substance.

The reason for the people being created and praising the Lord is presented in the fact that He descended from His holy height. Because He has taken the form of a servant and has descended to us even unto death, He descended from His holy height, never ceasing to be holy or to be high (Ps 101:20b, 21). Incorporeal and spiritual essence, rather, is how the Lord exists; He is not in a place, for the incorporeal is not limited by place, being uncircumscribable and beyond boundaries. Since He has become accustomed by power to all that comes from Him and is governed by Him (for He was in the world, and the world came through Him), He works within the better and more excellent parts of the world.

If it is said according to 'He who dwells in the heavens' (Ps 103:20) and 'Our Father who is in heaven' (Matt 6:9), we do not consider Him as being contained by places, but we set forth that He exists by an unutterable power toward His own works; therefore, it is said that He is in the heavens, which are the different parts of the world. For indeed, the thought of all things holds this kind of concept. Since God, not being in heaven in the manner spoken of, looks down upon the earth because of those having been made to be provided for by Him here, it is most correctly said, 'The Lord looked down from heaven upon the earth' (Ps 113:6). And the pretext through which the Word does this is...

He immediately brought forward, saying, 'Of those who hear the groans of the bound.' For those bearing the bonds and the shackles of wickedness groan out of repentance. For one used to doing evil with pleasure, he took it lightly and willingly bore the consequences following it; but others have withdrawn from the acts of wickedness, being weighed down by the hand of that evil, having been bound by it; therefore they also groan toward Him who is able to loose the bound. And the Lord, looking upon the earth, also looses the sons of the dead—that is, those born from those who practiced the sin leading to death and because of this have died. And if those coming from the Gentiles are not descendants of sinful and impious fathers, and death having prevailed has swallowed them up; whom He has freed the sons from sins, He has loosed from the bitter bonds through the mystery of rebirth. And it is possible to use these two verses for those bound in persecutions because of the word of Christ, and for the sons of those dead through the witness of the truth.

For the contemplative soul, being Zion, will see those announcing to her the teachers of the name of the Lord, and announcing also His praise in Jerusalem, which by seeing peace profits through thought. If Zion and Jerusalem were to accuse the church because of seeing the greater things and seeing peace in the harmony and the concord of the dogmas, it would follow rightly that in this so-called Zion the name of the Lord and His praise should be announced in this so-called Jerusalem. Who answered Him in the way of His strength? The word does not agree. Does he not say of the people being created, to praise the Lord? Rather, he considers the one who, being poor by predestination, is not despondent and pours out his prayer before the Lord, to be the one answering, not with voice and utterance, but walking strongly in the way of His strength and with rectitude the way of virtuous deeds. For one does not answer God only truly, but not merely with voice. He says: 'Since I have been commanded to achieve much readiness for me and to contemplate the doctrines of your most unshakeable truth, and much...'

Greek · §192

Ωστε γὰρ ει τις ἐν Χριστῷ, καινὴ κτίσις· καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ Χριστῷ κτίζονται οἱ δύο, ὁ ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ ὁ ἐξ ἐθνῶν, εἰς ε να καινὸν α νθρωπον. τὸ γὰρ τῆς κτίσεως ο νομα οὐκ οὐσίωσιν ἀλλ' ἀλλοίωσιν η μετασκευασμὸν σημαίνει. κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον καὶ τὸ Καρδίαν καθαρὰν κτίσον ἐν ἐμοί, ὁ θεός, λέλεκται. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πολλῶν τὸ σημαινόμενον, καὶ τὸ Κύριος ε κτισέ με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ οὐκ οὐσίωσιν σημαίνει τοῦ λέγοντος προσώπου· οὐ γὰρ καθάπαξ ἐκτίσθη ἀλλ' εἰς ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν θεοῦ τῶν εἰς ε ργα αὐτοῦ· τὸ δὲ ἀρχήν τινων κτισθῆναι σχέσιν ἀλλ' οὐκ οὐσίωσιν δηλοῖ. ̔Ο ου τως ου ν κτιζόμενος λαὸς αἰνέσει τὸν κύριον, εἰς γνῶσιν τοῦ ἑνὸς θεοῦ ἐρχόμενος. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ Κτιζόμενος ει πεν· εἰ γὰρ οὐσίωσιν ἐμφῆναι ἠβούλετο, καὶ λαὸς ὁ κτισθεὶς ει πεν α ν· οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ οὐσιῶσθαι ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ μετασκευάζεσθαι καὶ ἀλλοιοῦσθαι μένειν δυνατόν. ̔Η δὲ αἰτία τοῦ κτίζεσθαι τὸν λαὸν καὶ αἰνεῖν τὸν κύριον παρίσταται ἐν τῷ Οτι ἐξέκυψεν ἐξ υ ψους ἁγίου αὐτοῦ. συγκαταβαίνων γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ δούλου μορφὴν εἰληφέναι καὶ μέχρι θανάτου ἐφθακέναι ἐξέκυψεν ἐξ υ ψους ἁγίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ τοῦ α γιος οὐδὲ τοῦ ὑψηλὸς ει ναι παυσάμενος. 973 Ps 101,20b.21 ̓Ασώματος καὶ νοερὰ οὐσία, μᾶλλον δὲ ὑπὲρ ταῦτα ὁ κύριος ω ν, οὐκ ἐν τόπῳ ἐστὶ τοῦ ἀσωμάτου μὴ περιοριζομένου τόπῳ τῷ ἀπερίγραφον καὶ ἐκτὸς περάτων ει ναι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς ἁπάντων τῶν παρ' αὐτοῦ γινομένων καὶ διοικουμένων πεφοίτηκε τῇ δυνάμει ( ̓Εν τῷ κόσμῳ γὰρ η ν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο), διατρίβει δὲ ἐν τοῖς βελτίοσι καὶ κρείττοσι μέρεσι τοῦ κόσμου. εἰ λέγεται κατὰ τὸ ̔Ο κατοικῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ Πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, οὐχ ὡς περιεχόμενον τόποις αὐτὸν ἡγούμεθα, ἀλλὰ τίθεμεν ἀφάτῳ δυνάμει παρεῖναι αὐτὸν τοῖς αὐτοῦ ε ργοις· διὸ ἐν τοῖς διαφέρουσι τοῦ κόσμου μορίοις τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ει ρηται ει ναι. καὶ γὰρ ἡ πάντων διάνοια ταύτην πως ε χει τὴν ε ννοιαν. ̓Επεὶ ου ν τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον ὁ θεὸς ἐν οὐρανῷ τυγχάνων ἐπιβλέπει ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τῷ καὶ τῶν τῇδε προνοεῖσθαι πρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγενημένων, ὀρθότατα ει ρηται 207 Κύριος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐπέβλεψε. καὶ τὴν πρόφασιν δι' η ν τοῦτο ποιεῖ ὁ λόγος ἐπήγαγεν εὐθὺς εἰπὼν Τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν στεναγμῶν τῶν πεπεδημένων. στενάζουσι γὰρ ἐκ μετανοίας οἱ τὰ δεσμὰ καὶ τὰς πέδας τῆς κακίας φέροντες. ο τε μὲν γὰρ σὺν ἡδονῇ ε πραττον τὸ κακόν, κοῦφον ὑπελάμβανον αὐτὸ καὶ ἡδέως ε φερον τὰς κατ' αὐτὸ πέδας· ὁπηνίκα δὲ τῶν πράξεων τῆς κακίας ἀνεχώρησαν, βαροῦνται ὑπ' αὐτῆς τῆς χειρίστης ε ξεως πεπεδημένοι· διὸ καὶ στενάζουσι πρὸς τὸν δυνάμενον λύειν πεπεδημένους. Λύει δὲ καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν τεθανατωμένων ἐπιβλέπων ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὁ κύριος, τουτέστι τοὺς γεννηθέντας ἀπὸ τῶν πραξάντων τὴν πρὸς θάνατον ἁμαρτίαν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀποτεθνηκότων. καὶ ει εν ου τοι οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐρχόμενοι, ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ δυσσεβῶν πατέρων ο ντες ἀπόγονοι ου ς καὶ κατέπιεν ὁ θάνατος ἰσχύσας· ω ν τοὺς υἱοὺς ἐλευθερώσας τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ε λυσε τῶν πικρῶν δεσμῶν διὰ τοῦ τῆς ἀναγεννήσεως μυστηρίου. ∆υνατὸν δὲ χρήσασθαι τούτοις τοῖς δύο στίχοις πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τοῖς διωγμοῖς πεπεδημένοις διὰ τὸν Χριστοῦ λόγον καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν διὰ μαρτυρίαν τῆς ἀληθείας τεθανατωμένων. 974 Ps 101,22 ̔Η γὰρ σκοπευτικὴ ψυχὴ Σιὼν τυγχάνουσα ε ξει τοὺς ἀπαγγέλλοντας αὐτῇ διδασκάλους τὸ ο νομα κυρίου, ἀπαγγέλλοντας δὲ καὶ τὴν αι νεσιν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ διὰ τὸ ὁρᾶν τὴν εἰρήνην χρηματιζούσῃ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ διανοίᾳ. εἰ δὲ Σιὼν καὶ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ κατηγοροῖτο τῆς ἐκκλησίας διὰ τὸ σκοπεῖν τὰ κρείττονα καὶ ὁρᾶν τὴν εἰρήνην ἐν τῷ εἱρμῷ καὶ τῇ συμφωνίᾳ τῶν δογμάτων, εἰκότως καὶ ἐν τῇ ου τως καλουμένῃ Σιὼν ἀναγγελθείη τὸ ο νομα κυρίου καὶ ἡ αι νεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ου τω προσαγορευθείσῃ ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. 975 Ps 101,24.25a Τίς ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ἐν ὁδῷ ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ οὐ συνεμφαίνει ἡ λέξις. μήποτ' ου ν τὸν κτιζόμενον λαὸν ἐπὶ τῷ αἰνέσαι κύριον λέγει· η , ο περ μᾶλλον, τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ προγραφῇ πτωχὸν ἀκηδιῶντα καὶ ἐνώπιον κυρίου ἐκχέοντα τὴν δέησιν αὐτοῦ ἡγητέον ει ναι τὸν ἀποκρινόμενον, οὐ φωνῇ καὶ προφορᾷ ἀλλ' ἐν ὁδῷ ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ ἰσχυρῶς καὶ μετ' εὐτονίας ὁδεύοντα τὴν τῶν κατ' ἀρετὴν πράξεων ὁδόν. ου τως γὰρ μόνως πραγματικῶς ἀλλ' οὐ φωνῇ ε στιν ἀποκρίνασθαι θεῷ. Φησὶ δέ· ̓Επεὶ πολλὴν ε χω προθυμίαν κατορθῶσαι α μοι ἐνετείλω καὶ θεωρῆσαι τὰ τῆς ἀκραιφνεστάτης σου ἀληθείας δόγματα, πολλοῦ δέ

The Oldness of Creation and the Transformation of the Heavens§193

193Because I need time to be perfected in these things, I beseech your goodness to announce to me the brevity of the days of my life which are stretching out toward my life in the flesh, lest I may not be able to grant myself to be perfected by a short prayer; and may you also deem me worthy of this, not to raise me in the half of days. But he is brought up in the half of days who has not fully nor as he ought fruited here according to virtue. And this is not measured in a chronological interval, because then I receive a full number of days according to Abraham, so that I may be perfected with the knowledge of the truth and of the virtues. For then take me up, so that when the true light has shone upon me, I may become full of all days, having done those things according to virtue and having thought, lest it happen through all things to exceed the time of my life.

We previously noted as being toward Christ those words foretold by Paul in the Epistle to the Hebrews (Ps 101:26–29). For the Psalmist does not say such a thing: 'And you, at the beginning, Lord, founded the earth,' that is, you have made it to stand, in agreement with 'In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth.' The thing lying 'at the beginning' is able to refute the glory of all those saying the earth is an element, as if everything came from it and nothing existed before it. For it appears not to be a beginning, but rather that there exist foundations of it according to certain pre-conceived beginnings. It is also said to Job by the Lord, who founded the earth: 'Where were you when I was founding the earth?' But the Lord, through whom all things came to be, is founding the earth; and concerning the Father it is said, 'God founded the earth in wisdom.' And what was said concerning God, hanging the earth upon nothing, shows that the middle part of all things has this quality. But since you founded the earth, and the heavens are the work of your hands, and the hands of your active powers...

Regarding those called creatures. For just as the works produced by the hands of craftsmen among us demonstrate truly that they have made these things, so it is demonstrated that the works of God are properly the creatures, because they are called the works of His hand. But since the creatures are being changed because they produce the form of this world, you likewise remain not naturally changing or transforming. For this is a property of creatures, that essence itself begins to derive from them by way of a process.

Furthermore, he says, 'And all shall be worn out like a garment' (Isa 51:6), referring to all things that are under necessity. For having taken a temporal beginning in their becoming, they grow old as much time passes by. But see that you are not deceived hearing in Daniel the 'Ancient of Days' (Dan 7:9). For there, it does not signify having become old through a multitude of days, but that he is ancient and old of days; as it is possible in the Psalms to say, 'He who exists from before the ages' (Ps 90:2). Thus also, 'Before the days,' that is, before all time, he is ancient and old. But the oldness of the heavens signifies not that they are before time, but that they are within time.

Therefore, they are not being worn out like a garment, but they will be rolled up, and like a waistband they will be rolled up by Him who made them, in order to be changed and re-elementalized. Their growing old and being rolled up signifies that the necessity which they contributed to the adornment of the present has passed away. For just as a waistband is rolled up after fulfilling its need, so too, when the heavens will again undergo re-elementalization with the earth after they have passed away, according to the one saying, 'Heaven and earth will pass away' (Matt 24:35), it is rightly said that they are being rolled up like a waistband. To their rolling up, he adds, 'And they shall be changed.' And in Isaiah it is said, 'The heaven shall be rolled up like a scroll' (Isa 51:11). Because of these things, he says, in identity, since these things are not remaining, the eternal things shall not fail. But for You, O Lord, having always the same and the like, You neither began nor will end.

Greek · §193

μοι χρόνου χρεία πρὸς τὸ ἐν τούτοις τελειωθῆναι, ἱκετεύω τὴν ἀγαθότητά σου ἀναγγειλαί μοι τὴν ὀλιγότητα τῶν ἡμερῶν τῶν παρεκτεινουσῶν τῇ μετὰ σαρκός μου ζωῇ, ι ν' ο σα δύναμαι συντόνῳ προσευχῇ ἐμαυτὸν ἐπιδιδοὺς κατορθώσω· ο θεν καὶ τοῦτο ἀξιῶ Μὴ ἀναγάγῃς με ἐν ἡμίσει ἡμερῶν. ̓Εν ἡμίσει δὲ ἡμερῶν ἀνάγεται ὁ μὴ τελείως μηδὲ ὡς δεῖ ἐνταῦθα καρποφορήσας κατὰ τὴν ἀρετήν. οὐκ ἐν χρονικῷ δὲ διαστήματι τοῦτο μετρεῖται, ἐπεὶ τότε πλήρης ἡμερῶν κατὰ τὸν ̓Αβραὰμ παραλαμβάνομαι, ο ταν τελειωθῶ μετὰ τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν. τότε γὰρ ἀνάλαβέ με, ο ταν ἐπιλάμψαντός μοι τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς πασῶν ἡμερῶν πλήρης γένωμαι, πράξαντός μου ἐκεῖνα κατ' ἀρετὴν καὶ φρονήσαντος ο σα ἐνδέχεται γενέσθαι παρὰ πάντα τὸν τῆς ζωῆς μου χρόνον. 976 Ps 101,26–29 Καὶ πρὸ βραχέος ἐσημειωσάμεθα ὡς πρὸς Χριστὸν εἰρημένων τῶν προκειμένων λέξεων ὑπὸ Παύλου ἐν τῇ Πρὸς ̔Εβραίους ἐπιστολῇ. ο ου ν λέγει ὁ ψάλλων τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· καὶ σὺ κατ' ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας, τουτέστιν α μα τῷ οὐσιωθῆναι αὐτὴν πεποίηκας συμφώνως τῷ ̓Εν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. δύναται τὸ κατ' ἀρχὰς κείμενον ἀναιρεῖν δόξαν τῶν λεγόντων πάντων τὴν γῆν στοιχεῖον ει ναι, ὡς πάντα ἐξ αὐτῆς γεγονέναι οὐδενὸς προτέρου αὐτῆς ο ντος. φαίνεται γὰρ οὐκ ἀρχὴ ἀλλὰ κατά τινας προεπινοουμένας αὐτὰς ἀρχὰς θεμελίους αὐτῆς ὑπάρχειν. ει ρηται καὶ τῷ ̓Ιὼβ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ὡς θεμελιώσαντος τὴν γῆν Ποῦ η ς ἐν τῷ θεμελιοῦν με τὴν γῆν; θεμελιοῦντος δὲ τοῦ κυρίου δι' ου τὰ πάντα γεγένηται τὴν γῆν, καὶ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς λέγεται ̔Ο θεὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ ἐθεμελίωσε τὴν γῆν. καὶ τὸ 208 εἰρημένον δὲ περὶ θεοῦ Κρεμάζων γῆν ἐπ' οὐδενὸς ἐμφαίνει τὴν ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τοῦ παντὸς χώραν αὐτὴν ἐσχηκέναι. ̓Αλλὰ πρὸς τῷ θεμελιῶσαί σε τὴν γῆν καὶ οἱ οὐρανοὶ ε ργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσι, τῶν ἐνεργητικῶν σου δυνάμεων χειρῶν ὀνομαζομένων. ἐπεὶ γὰρ τῶν παρ' ἡμῖν τεχνιτῶν χερσὶν ἐργαζομένων τὰ ε ργα παρίστησι γνησίως αὐτοὺς ταῦτα πεποιηκέναι, τὸ κυρίως ε ργα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ κτίσματα ει ναι παρίσταται διὰ τὸ χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ε ργα λέγεσθαι. Τῶν δὲ κτισμάτων ἀλλοιουμένων διὰ τὸ παράγειν τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, σὺ διαμένεις ὡσαύτως οὐ πεφυκὼς ἀλλοιοῦσθαι η μεταβάλλεσθαι. κτισμάτων γὰρ ι διον τοῦτο τὸ καὶ τὴν οὐσίωσιν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τροπῆς η ρχθαι. ̔Εξῆς γοῦν φησι τὸ Καὶ πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται, παλαιουμένων πάντων τῶν ὑπὸ χρείαν. τὰ γὰρ χρονικὴν ἀρχὴν ἐν τῷ γίνεσθαι λαβόντα, πολλοῦ χρόνου παρατρέχοντος, παλαιοῦται. ἀλλ' ο ρα μὴ ἀπατηθῇς περὶ θεοῦ ἀκούων ἐν ∆ανιὴλ τὸ Παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ οὐ τὸ πεπαλαιῶσθαι δηλοῖ ἐκ πλήθους ἡμερῶν ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖος καὶ παλαιὸς τῶν ἡμερῶν ει ναι· ὡς ι σον τὸ ἐν Ψαλμοῖς δύναται τὸ φάσκον ̔Ο ὑπάρχων πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων, ου τω καὶ Πρὸ τῶν ἡμερῶν τουτέστι πρὸ παντὸς χρόνου παλαιὸς καὶ ἀρχαῖός ἐστι. τῶν οὐρανῶν δὲ ἡ παλαιότης οὐ τὸ πρὸ χρόνου ἀλλ' ἐν χρόνῳ αὐτοὺς ει ναι δηλοῖ. ου τοι δὲ ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιούμενοι ἑλιγήσονται καὶ ὡς περιβόλαιον ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοὺς πεποιηκότος ἑλιγήσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀλλαγῆναι καὶ μεταστοιχειωθῆναι. τὸ δὲ παλαιοῦσθαι καὶ ἑλίσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς σημαίνει παρεληλυθέναι τὴν χρείαν καθ' η ν συνέβαλλον τὸ τῇ παρούσῃ διακοσμήσει. ὡς γὰρ τὸ περιβόλαιον ἑλίσσεται μετὰ τὸ πληρῶσαι τὴν χρείαν, ου τως ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν α μα τῇ γῇ πάλιν ἀναστοιχείωσις ε σται μετὰ τὸ παρελθεῖν αὐτὰ κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα σωτῆρα ̔Ο οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται, εἰκότως ει ρηνται ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίσσεσθαι. Τῇ ἑλιγῇ γοῦν αὐτῶν ἐπιφέρεται τὸ Καὶ ἀλλαγήσονται. καὶ ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ δὲ ει ρηται ̔Ελιγήσεται ὁ οὐρανὸς ὡς βίβλιον. Τούτων δέ, φησὶν ἐν ταυτότητι, μὴ μενόντων ἐπιλείψει τὰ ε τη ποτέ. σοῦ δέ, ω δέσποτα, ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ε χοντος ου τε η ρξατο ου τε

Blessing the Name and the Crown of Mercy§194

194Your ages will not end, for your generations are from age to age (Ps 102:1b). But one should not take the ages of the wills chronologically, for time is not spoken of in this way. Nor does His being end, since His nature remains incorruptible, being alone possessing immortality.

One must not take 'sons of God' entirely according to the flesh, but according to instruction and the imitation of a way of life. For in this way some were called sons of the prophets, because they had perhaps become like them according to the prophetic manner. And Paul, a slave of Christ, has sons: Silvanus and Timothy and those near to them. And it happened that those benefiting from these were their seed. The children previously mentioned will dwell with Paul in the heavenly tabernacles, as will those being directed with them and their seed forever.

Others say that the composite man often speaks of himself as if he were others, saying, 'My soul' or 'My body.' And Paul, indeed, uses this practice, sometimes saying, 'I call God to witness upon my soul,' and sometimes implying, 'My body.' They say this by taking the parts as we say a people, rulers, and overseers of a city are not always different from the city itself (for it is filled from among them), but are a different rank of the whole city (for the rulers alone are not the city, nor the councilors privately, nor the people by themselves), but together they are the city—not so, even if the composite man is not another from the soul and the body (for from these two he is composed), but the soul of the whole is called as another of it.

Thus, the one who exhorts his own soul to bless the Lord is not 'uncomposite.' And those saying the soul is the spirit do not say it is such, but that it is under it, having its care. Within it, he calls upon every rational power of man. For it is not to be heard of the Savior saying, 'The kingdom of heaven is within you' (Luke 17:21). And do not view the 'internal' things as something else; for the powers we have, which are resting, are said to be able to act well within us. It is necessary to stir these up and turn them toward activity.

Through which we bless the name of the Lord. For the holy name blesses not powers, but good activities. Even the Savior says to those partaking of virtue and divine knowledge: 'The kingdom of God is within you' (Luke 17:21), saying only once: 'Seek the foundations of faith and virtue within yourselves, being rational and having become according to the image of God; seek not the good outside yourselves.'

Sins are diseases of the soul. For he says, 'My soul, what harm hast thou done to thee?' (Ps 102:3b). He redeems life from corruption, so that you may no longer live a life according to corruption and passion, but in incorruption, loving the Lord Jesus. And providing you an incorruptible body in the resurrection, he redeems your life from corruption.

And he crowns you also in mercy and compassion, the material of this crown being almsgiving and compassion. Just as others receive the crown of righteousness and the incorruptible crown of glory, woven from righteousness and upright glory, so also you, through mercy and compassion which you have worked, shall be crowned, according to 'Blessed are the merciful, for they shall obtain mercy' (Matt 5:7).

And not thus is the better: not so much that I shall be emboldened in the struggling, but because you are being merciful and pitied by the Lord, you shall be crowned, the Lord returning to your intellect the crown of graces. For by the grace of God and not of our own works we are saved, and we do not deserve sufferings in this present time for the sake of the glory to be revealed to us; so also he crowns us, not looking toward our own striving, but toward his own mercy and compassion.

And fill your desire also with good things. For he gives good things to those asking him. Since even the desiring of good things happens to be asking for them, giving to you all things, he fills your desire with good things through longing; for every desire of the righteous is good.

And since you are becoming according to the image and likeness of God and have become fit to enter into the essence in advance of the good, but having flown away from heedlessness, you cast away virtue both practical and intellectual; without which, being suspended, you would rise to the height, know that you have the power to grow wings, if you should wish it.

Greek · §194

ἐπιλείψει τὰ ε τη· ̓Εν γενεᾷ γὰρ καὶ γενεᾷ τὰ ε τη σου. ἀλλ' ο ρα μὴ χρονικῶς ἐκλαβεῖν τὰ ε τη θελήσεις· α χρονος γὰρ περὶ ου ταῦτα λέγεται. μὴ ἐκλείπειν δὲ αὐτοῦ ει πε τὰ ε τη τῷ ἐπ' α πειρον τὴν υ παρξιν αὐτοῦ μένειν ἀφθάρτου ο ντος καὶ μόνου ἀθανασίαν ε χοντος. Υἱοὺς δὲ δούλων τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ πάντως κατὰ σάρκα δεῖ λαβεῖν ἀλλὰ κατὰ παίδευσιν καὶ μίμησιν πολιτείας. ταύτῃ γὰρ καὶ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν τινες ἐκαλοῦντο τῷ κατὰ προφητικὴν ε ξιν ι σως γεγενῆσθαι παρ' αὐτῶν. καὶ Παῦλος γοῦν Χριστοῦ δοῦλος ω ν υἱοὺς ει χε Σιλουανὸν καὶ Τιμόθεον καὶ τοὺς τούτοις παραπλησίους. Σπέρμα δὲ αὐτῶν τούτων οἱ πρὸς αὐτῶν ὠφελούμενοι ἐτύγχανον. κατασκηνώσουσιν ου ν σὺν Παύλῳ ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ταῖς ἐπουρανίαις οἱ προειρημένοι αὐτοῦ παῖδες, α μα αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατευθυνομένων. 977 Ps 102,1bc Αλλοι δέ φασιν τὸν σύνθετον α νθρωπον πολλάκις ὡς περὶ α λλων ἑαυτοῦ λέγειν ̔Η ψυχή μου Τὸ σῶμά μου. καὶ Παῦλος γοῦν οι δε τὴν χρῆσιν ταύτην, ο που μὲν λέγων ̓Εγὼ δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχήν, ο που δὲ ὑπωπιάζων Τὸ σῶμά μου. φασὶ δὲ ου τως ἐκλαμβάνοντες ω σπερ λέγομεν δῆμον καὶ α ρχοντας καὶ ἐπιμελητὰς τῆς πόλεως οὐ πάντῃ ἑτέρους ο ντας αὐτῆς (ἐξ αὐτῶν γὰρ συμπληροῦται), ἀλλ' ο τι ε καστον τάγμα α λλο τῆς ο λης πόλεώς ἐστιν (οὐ γὰρ οἱ α ρχοντες μόνοι ἡ πόλις οὐδὲ ἰδίᾳ οἱ βουληταὶ αὐτῆς οὐδ' αυ ὁ δῆμος καθ' ἑαυτόν), τῷ α μα πάντας τὴν πόλιν ει ναι–ου τως, εἰ καὶ μὴ α λλος ὁ σύνθετος α νθρωπος παρὰ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ σῶμα (ἐξ αὐτῶν γὰρ τούτων συντέθειται), ἀλλά γε τοῦ ο λου ἡ ψυχὴ λέγεται ὡς α λλη αὐτοῦ. ̓Ασύνθετος ου ν 209 ἐστιν ὁ παρορμῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐλογεῖν τὸν κύριον. καὶ οἱ τὴν ψυχὴν δὲ λέγοντες ει ναι τοῦ πνεύματος οὐχ ὡς χοῦν αὐτό φασιν ἀλλ' ὡς ὑπ' αὐτὸ καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ κηδεμονίαν τυγχάνουσαν. ̓Εντὸς δὲ αὐτοῦ καλεῖ πᾶσαν τὴν λογικὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δύναμιν. ου τω γὰρ ἀκουστέον καὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντός τισιν ̔Η βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστι. καὶ ου τω θεώρησον τὰ ἐντὸς κατὰ διάνοιαν α λλην· ο ταν τὰς δυνάμεις ε χωμεν ἡσυχαζούσας, ω ν δυνάμεθα ἐνεργῆσαι καλῶς ἐντὸς ἡμῶν ει ναι λέγονται. δεῖ ου ν ἀνακινῆσαι ταύτας καὶ τρέψαι πρὸς ἐνεργείας δι' ω ν εὐλογοῦμεν τὸ ο νομα κυρίου. οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῷ δυνάμεις ε χειν ἀλλ' ἐνεργείας ἀγαθὰς εὐλογεῖ τὸ α γιον ο νομα. ἀμέλει καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ τοῖς δύναμιν ἀρετῆς καὶ γνώσεως θείας μεταλαβοῦσιν ε φη ̔Η βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστι, μονονουχὶ λέγων· Ης ζητῶ παρ' ὑμῶν πίστεως καὶ ἀρετῆς τὰς ἀφορμὰς ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ε χετε, λογικοὶ καὶ κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ γεγενημένοι· ο θεν μὴ ε ξω ἑαυτῶν ζητεῖτε τὸ ἀγαθόν. 978 Ps 102,3b–5 Νόσοι ψυχῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. ι ασαι γάρ φησι τὴν ψυχήν μου ο τι η μαρτόν σοι. Λυτροῦται δὲ ζωὴν ἐκ φθορᾶς, ι να μηκέτι κατὰ φθορὰν καὶ ἐμπαθῆ ζῇς ζωὴν ἀλλ' ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ ἀγαπῶν τὸν κύριον ̓Ιησοῦν. καὶ α φθαρτον δὲ ἀνθρώπου παρέχων σοι σῶμα ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει λυτροῦται ἐκ φθορᾶς τὴν ζωήν σου. Στεφανοῖ δέ σε καὶ ἐν ἐλέει καὶ οἰκτιρμοῖς, τῆς υ λης τοῦ στεφάνου τούτου ἐλεημοσύνης καὶ οἰκτιρμοῦ τυγχανούσης. ὡς γὰρ α λλοι τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανον καὶ τὸν ἀμαράντινον στέφανον τῆς δόξης δέχονται ἐκ δικαιοσύνης καὶ δόξης ὀρθῆς πεπλεγμένον, ου τω καὶ σὺ ἐξ ἐλέου καὶ οἰκτιρμοῦ ω ν εἰργάσω στεφανοῦσαι κατὰ τὸ Μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ο τι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται. η καὶ ου τως ο περ βέλτιον· οὐ τοσοῦτον δι' α ἠνδραγαθήσω ἐν τῷ ἀγωνίζεσθαι, ο σον διὰ τὸ ἐλεεῖσθαί σε καὶ οἰκτείρεσθαι ὑπὸ κυρίου στεφανοῦσαι, ἀναδοῦντος τοῦ κυρίου τῷ στεφάνῳ τῶν χαρίτων τὴν νοητὴν κεφαλήν σου. ὡς γὰρ χάριτι θεοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἡμετέρων ε ργων σῳζόμεθα καὶ οὐκ α ξια ε χομεν παθήματα ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι δόξαν ἡμῖν, ου τω καὶ στεφανοῖ ἡμᾶς οὐ πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν σκοπῶν α θλησιν ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ε λεον καὶ οἰκτιρμόν. ̓Εμπίπλησι δὲ καὶ ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν σου. διδοὺς γὰρ ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν ἐστιν. ἐπεὶ ου ν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ἐπιθυμεῖν τῶν ἀγαθῶν αἰτεῖσθαι αὐτὰ τυγχάνει, διδούς σοι πάντα ω ν ὀρέγῃ ἐμπιπλᾷ ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν σου· τοῦ γὰρ δικαίου πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία ἀγαθή ἐστι. Καὶ ἐπεὶ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γινομένη καὶ α μα τῷ εἰς οὐσίαν ἐλθεῖν ἐν προχρείᾳ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ γέγονας, ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας δὲ πτερορρυήσασα ἀπέβαλες τὴν ἀρετὴν πρακτικήν τε καὶ διανοητικὴν ου σαν δι' η ς μετεωριζομένη εἰς υ ψος ἀνήρχου, ι σθι ο τι ε χεις δύναμιν τοῦ πτεροφυεῖσθαι, εἰ βουληθείης καὶ

From Shadows to Spiritual Reality§195

195Working through God. And this shall be to you, your youth being renewed according to the eagle. For just as this old feather is cast off, and immediately it grows new wings, so also you, having grown old through wickedness, are renewed from your antiquity, and your youth comes in completion, and those who once used strong wings are not so, but now being clothed with new ones, you may be lifted up into heaven toward all those who have waited for God. For those waiting for the Lord shall change strength, they shall become wing-bearing like eagles, they shall run and shall run the course.

Father of mercies and alone good is the Lord, who performs acts of mercy, showing compassion to all, doing good (Ps 102:6). God also, toward those being wronged by the devil and by wickedness, making judgment, sent his only Son to heal and to set free those being oppressed by Satan, redeeming souls from bondage and from injustice, having torn the handwriting of our debt and having nailed it to the cross. The one holding us, the devil, had made us debtors, through whom we were practicing, having set up the handwriting of our debt for him. We were rescued from all our injustice, God making judgment for those being wronged, so that through the blood of his Son Jesus Christ we might be cleansed from all injustice, not only the injustice by which we were being wronged but also the injustice which we were practicing. From here we learn, according to the exhortation of Paul, the difference between being wronged and doing wrong. For to those being wronged God performs judgment, doing them good, but to those doing wrong he brings punishment, so that they do not inherit the divine promise: For those who do wrong shall not inherit the kingdom of God (Ps 102:7/1 Cor 6:9).

Virtues are called parallel. For he who says, 'Lord, make known to me your ways' (Ps 102:7), it is worthy that virtues become manifest to him; and that part by Paul toward Elymas, saying, 'You will not cease turning away the straight ways of the Lord' (Acts 13:10), presents the same, signifying that virtues are also the wills of God. And otherwise the coming thing might be understood; for since God gave the law of the things to come through Moses, having a shadow of them, but not every part...

This law bears an image and a type of the intelligible and spiritual, as if it were to move from the sensible things to the spiritual and original ones by a way of analogy. And the Lord will teach such transitions—fittingly, concerning these transitions it is said, 'He made known His ways to Moses' (Ps 105:5). For who else besides Moses, having learned from God how to ascend from the sensible circumcision and bodily sacrifice and the other shadowy things to the truth, knew this way? For He made known His ways to him.

But also, if anyone is a son of Israel, if it is not said, 'Israel is my chosen one,' how will he understand the wills of God, which are made known to the discerning ones by Him, such as the Jews who, hurrying in secret, circumcise not the flesh but the heart; and they also offer a sacrifice of righteousness and pleasingness to God, not as a spiritual sacrifice. All these things spoken are the Lord, since God is true; but a true God is not in the excellence of the aforementioned virtues, but is the source and essence of them. Therefore, we also take courage that He will not be angry with us for having sinned, in order to complete and destroy this. For this was 'He will be angry unto the end,' that is, to remain in anger as an end, and the anger toward the gods is destruction. He does not become angry unto the end, nor does He remain for an age. For the deceiver does not have lasting anger: 'When the anger of my spirit is kindled, I shall be healed' (Ps 102:13).

But the mercy of God takes its beginning upon the earth, according to what was said: 'The earth is full of the mercy of the Lord' (Ps 32:5). If mercy, beginning from there, becomes directed toward the pious, it lifts them up and suspends them upon the height of the heavens: 'For great is your mercy, O Lord, unto the heavens' (Ps 36:5). For ascending into the kingdom of heaven happens more by the mercy of God than by anything else. And the saving virtues appear to be sunrises, while sins are sunsets, entirely deprived of light. Since no one can exist in both virtue and wickedness, he who has associated himself with the aforementioned sunrises, as if to dwell in them, is like the one in Eden, planted by God according to sunrises.

Greek · §195

συνεργηθείης θεόθεν. καὶ ε σται σοι τοῦτο, ἀνακαινιζομένης σου τῆς νεότητος κατὰ τὸν ἀετόν. ὡς γὰρ τὸ ο ρνεον τοῦτο γηράσαν ἀποτιλλοῦται, ι ν' αυ θις νέα πτερὰ φύσῃ, ου τω καὶ σὺ γηράσασα τῇ κακίᾳ ἀνανεώθητι τῆς ἀρχαιότητος καὶ τῆς νεότητός σου ἐν ἀπολήσει γινομένη, ι ν' οι ς ποτε ἐχρῶ ἰσχυροῖς ου σι καὶ νῦν χρωμένη μετέωρος εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀρθῇς πρὸς πάντας τοὺς α μα σοι τὸν θεὸν ὑπομεμενηκότας· Οἱ γὰρ ὑπομένοντες τὸν κύριον ἀλλάξουσιν ἰσχύν, πτεροφυήσουσιν ὡς ἀετοί, δραμοῦνται καὶ κοπιάσουσιν. 979 Ps 102,6 Πατὴρ οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ μόνος ἀγαθὸς ω ν ὁ κύριος ἐλεημοσύνας ποιεῖ, πάντας ἐλεῶν εὐεργετῶν· ο θεν καὶ τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ὑπὸ διαβόλου καὶ τῆς κακίας ποιῶν κρίμα, τὸν ι διον υἱὸν ἐπέπεμψεν ἐπὶ τῷ ἰάσασθαι καὶ ἐλευθερῶσαι τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐκ τόκου καὶ ἐξ ἀδικίας λυτρούμενον τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν, α ρας τὸ καθ' ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον καὶ προσηλώσας τῷ σταυρῷ. ὁ κατέχων, ὁ διάβολος, ὑποχρέους ει χεν ἡμᾶς, ἡμῶν δι' ω ν ἐπράττομεν συστησάντων αὐτῷ τὸ καθ' ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον. ἐρρύσθημεν ου ν ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας τῆς καθ' 210 ἡμῶν, ποιήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ κρίμα τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις, ο πως διὰ τοῦ αι ματος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ καθαρισθῶμεν ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας οὐ μόνον καθ' η ν ἠδικούμεθα ἀλλὰ καὶ η ς ἐπράττομεν. ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Παύλου προτροπὴν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι η ἀδικεῖν. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀδικουμένοις ὁ θεὸς ποιεῖ κρίμα εὐεργετῶν αὐτούς, τοῖς δ' ἀδικοῦσι κόλασιν ἐπιφέρων ὡς μὴ κληρονομεῖν αὐτοὺς θείαν ἐπαγγελίαν· Αδικοι γὰρ βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν. 980 Ps 102,7 ̓Εκ παραλλήλου αἱ ἀρεταὶ καλοῦνται. ὁ γὰρ λέγων Τὰς ὁδούς σου, κύριε, γνώρισόν μοι τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀξιοῖ φανερὰς αὐτῷ γενέσθαι· καὶ τὸ Οὐ παύσῃ δὲ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας ὑπὸ Παύλου πρὸς ̓Ελύμαν λεγόμενον τὸ αὐτὸ παρίστησι σημαῖνον. ο τι δὲ καὶ θελήματα τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ ἀρεταί, πιστωθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ Ευ ρον ∆αυὶδ τὸν τοῦ ̓Ιεσσαί, α νδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ο ς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου. Καὶ ἑτέρως δὲ νοηθείη τὸ προκείμενον· ἐπεὶ γὰρ σκιὰν ε χοντα τὸν νόμον τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν δέδωκεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ Μωυσέως, ε καστον δὲ μέρος τοῦ νόμου τούτου εἰκόνα καὶ τύπον νοητοῦ καὶ πνευματικοῦ φέρει ὡς οι όν τ' ει ναι τρόπῳ ἀναλογίας ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν η τῆς κακίας ἐπὶ τὰ πνευματικὰ καὶ πρωτότυπα μεταβαίνειν, τὰς τοιαύτας δὲ μεταβάσεις οὐκ α λλος η ὁ κύριος διδάξει–εἰκότως περὶ τούτων τῶν μεταβάσεων ει ρηται ̓Εγνώρισε τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ τῷ Μωυσῇ. καὶ τίς γὰρ α λλος Μωυσέως ἠπίστατο ἀπὸ τῆς αἰσθητῆς περιτομῆς καὶ σωματικῆς θυσίας καὶ τῶν α λλων σκιωδῶν ἀναβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὑπὸ θεοῦ μαθὼν τὸ ου τως ὁδεύειν; ἐγνώρισε γὰρ αὐτῷ τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ει τις τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ υἱὸς ει η περὶ ου λέλεκται ̓Ισραὴλ ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου, ου τως ἐπιστήσεται τοῖς θεοῦ θελήμασι γνωριζομένοις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῖς διορατικοῖς, ο πως ἐν κρυπτῷ ̓Ιουδαῖοι σπεύδοντες ει ναι μὴ τὴν σάρκα ἀλλὰ τὴν καρδίαν περιτέμνωνται· ἀλλὰ καὶ θύουσι θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης καὶ αἰνέσεως τῷ θεῷ ου σαν πνευματικὴν θυσίαν. 981 Ps 102,9 Εστι πάντα τὰ εἰρημένα ὁ κύριος, ἐπείπερ ἀληθινός ἐστι θεός, ω ν δὲ θεὸς ἀληθινὸς οὐκ ἐν ε ξει τῶν προειρημένων ἀρετῶν ἀλλὰ πηγὴ καὶ οὐσία αὐτῶν ὑπάρχει. διὸ καὶ θαρροῦμεν ο τι κα ν ποτε ἁμαρτήσασιν ἡμῖν ὀργισθείη οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ συντελέσαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι τοῦτο ποιεῖ. τοῦτο γὰρ η ν τὸ Εἰς τέλος ὀργισθήσεται, τουτέστι παραμεῖναι τῷ ὀργίζεσθαι ε ως τέλους καὶ φθορᾶς τῶν πρὸς ου ς ἡ ὀργή. Μὴ εἰς τέλος ου ν ὀργιζόμενος οὐδὲ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μηνιεῖ. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπίμονον ὀργὴν ε χει ὁ φάσκων Οταν γὰρ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θυμοῦ μου γένηται, πάλιν ἰάσομαι. 982 Ps 102,11.12 Τὸ δὲ ε λεος τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν λαμβάνει ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν Τοῦ ἐλέους κυρίου πλήρης ἡ γῆ· ει τα ἐντεῦθεν ἀρχόμενον τὸν ε λεον γίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τοὺς εὐλαβεῖς ἐπαίρει καὶ μετεωρίζει τούτους ἐπὶ τὸ υ ψος α γων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· ̓Εμεγαλύνθη γὰρ ε ως τῶν οὐρανῶν τὸ ε λεός σου. καὶ αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ εἰς βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν ἀνελθεῖν μᾶλλον ἐλέῳ θεοῦ η ἑτέρῳ τινὶ γίνεται. Φωτειναὶ δὲ τυγχάνουσαι αἱ σωτηριώδεις ἀρεταὶ ἀνατολαῖς ἐοίκασι, δύσεσι δὲ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι πάντῃ φωτὸς ἐστερημέναι. ἐπεὶ ου ν α μα τις ἐν ἀρετῇ καὶ κακίᾳ οὐ δύναται ει ναι, ὁ συνεγγίσας ταῖς προειρημέναις ἀνατολαῖς ὡς ἐν αὐτῷ διατρίβειν τῷ ἐν ̓Εδὲμ κατὰ ἀνατολὰς ὑπὸ θεοῦ πεφυτευμένῳ

The Endurance of Mercy and the Nature of Commandments§196

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

196Having been distanced from paradise, the previously spoken evils of the interpreted Easts hold such a distance from himself. For the evils are far from the virtues.

But as one in the Easts has the previously spoken evils distanced from him by God, so he who is in them, desiring to sin by himself and not from God, is not distanced from the Easts, but is cast out of paradise. But even after these things have happened through disobedience to the divine commands, Jesus comes upon the evils according to 'Make way for him who is stepping upon the evils, the Lord is the law to him' (Ps 102:13), and he will not stay there long, but coming to the pain, saying 'With me you shall be in paradise.' For providing a remission of sins, he removes the evils from the rising toward paradise.

Rather, God excessively and super-abundantly pities those who fear him (Ps 102:13), having set them into the rank of his sons, making known to each of us the creature. For he did not create anything hating, but knowing the hearts of men, he fashioned them individually as he saw fit for each of us. And we have power and a starting point, and these he gives upon us having them by energy to become his sons. It is possible to grasp that he himself knows our creature and thus: let him take experience of our creature; having become flesh, he assumed a natural disposition so as to consider us sons of himself.

Not as a creator of our nature did he create the weakness. For even if not all our construction is from dust (for we have a spiritual nature in ourselves, becoming an icon and likeness of God), but rather in supplications toward God, deeming him a gatherer and benefactor, we say that he brings forward the lesser and weaker of those in us: 'Remember, Lord, what dust we are; therefore help our weakness and our poverty' (Ps 102:14). Following 'Remember, Lord, what dust we are,' it forbids not the inner man, but the outer things lying ahead. For according to the present and after the flesh, we have certain days that complete the extending time of the life after the flesh, surpassing it like a parching meadow.

He sings along with the others, and Isaiah says: 'All flesh is grass, and all the glory of man is like the flower of the grass; the sun rises and withers the grass, and its flower falls' (Isa 40:6-8). These things represent the glories, honors, and all the prosperities existing in this life which seem to those living in the flesh to be abundant, yet they depart like a flower and grass, and wither as if they had never even existed (Ps 102:17-18).

You should also perceive in another way the children of righteous men as zealots for their works. Thus, the mercy of God toward those who fear Him is indescribably extended from age to age (Ps 102:17-18). For He does not sometimes show mercy and sometimes not; for being good by nature, He always shows mercy. Moreover, righteousness is the spouse of this mercy; it is not limited by time, but extends to all generations, remaining upon the sons of sons and through all succession, so that He may always have this righteousness with those who guard the covenant of God from age to age, who are also inscribed as heirs of the coming promises through their doing of good. For those guarding it will also remember the commandments of God by doing them. For these are given not as a mere memory, but a memory for the purpose of doing. And regarding that which they are given for the purpose of doing, the Savior also establishes, saying: 'He who has my commandments and does them, he is the one who loves me' (John 14:15). For the promises are the reward and inheritance not of their memory alone, but of their doing.

And in other places it has been said that God is not in a place, but it is said that He dwells in heaven through a certain following and economy. Accordingly, it has been said that they have prepared for Him even here in heaven, that is, they have established the throne of His kingdom and His rule, not only of those in heaven, but of all, holding and dominating universally (Ps 102:19). One should not regard the prophet as a man, but rather the Holy Spirit within him, commanding the angels regarding the things at hand; for all His angels (meaning the Lord's) say, 'Bless Him' (Ps 103:20). The Spirit commands all the angels, being their essence. If this is so, how did some dare with audacity...

Greek · §196

παραδείσῳ μακρυνθείσας ε χει ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ† τοσαύτῃ διαστάσει ο σον ἀπέχουσιν αἱ ἀρτίως εἰρημέναι δυσμαὶ τῶν ἑρμηνευθεισῶν ἀνατολῶν· μακρὰν γὰρ αἱ κακίαι τῶν ἀρετῶν. ἀλλ' ω σπερ ὁ ἐν ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς ω ν μακρυνομένας ε χει ὑπὸ θεοῦ τὰς προειρημένας δυσμάς, ου τως ὁ ἐν αὐταῖς διὰ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν ει ναι θέλων παρ' ἑαυτὸν ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ μεμακρύνεται ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνατολῶν, ἐκβληθεὶς τοῦ παραδείσου. ἀλλ' ο μως καὶ τούτων γεγενημένων ἐκ παρακοῆς τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν, ἐρχόμενος ̓Ιησοῦς ἐπὶ τὰς δυσμὰς κατὰ τὸ ̔Οδοποιήσατε τῷ ἐπιβεβηκότι ἐπὶ δυσμῶν, κύριος ο νομα αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἐάσει ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐκεῖσε διατρῖψαι, πρὸς ε καστον ἐρῶν Μετ' ἐμοῦ ε σῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. α φεσιν γὰρ ἁμαρτημάτων παρέχων ἀφίστησι τῶν 211 δυσμῶν ἐπὶ τῷ εἰς τὸν παράδεισον κατὰ ἀνατολὰς ἀνάγειν. 983 Ps 102,13.14a Μᾶλλον δὲ καθ' ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερεχόντως οἰκτείρει θεὸς τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτόν, εἰς τάξιν υἱῶν αὐτοὺς θέμενος τῷ αὐτὸν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐγνωκέναι πλάσμα. οὐδὲ γὰρ μισῶν τι κατεσκεύασεν, ἀλλ' ἐπιστάμενος τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων α ς κατὰ μόνας ε πλασεν οι δεν τί ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν συμφέρει. καὶ ω ν ε χομεν δύναμιν καὶ ἀφορμήν, καὶ ταῦτα δίδωσιν ἐπὶ τῷ κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἡμᾶς αὐτὰ ε χοντας υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι. ∆υνατὸν ἐκλαβεῖν τὸ Οτι αὐτὸς ε γνω τὸ πλάσμα ἡμῶν καὶ ου τως· πεῖραν ε λαβε τοῦ πλάσματος ἡμῶν· γενάμενος σὰρξ ε σχε φυσικὴν διάθεσιν ω στε υἱοὺς ἡμᾶς ἑαυτοῦ λογίσασθαι. 984 Ps 102,14b Οι δεν ὡς δημιουργὸς τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν τὴν ἀσθένειαν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ πᾶσα ἡ κατασκευὴ ἡμῶν ἐκ χοός ἐστιν (ε χομεν γὰρ καὶ νοερὰν φύσιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ τυγχάνουσαν), ἀλλά γε ἐν ταῖς πρὸς θεὸν ἱκεσίαις συλλήπτορα καὶ εὐεργέτην ε χειν αὐτὸν ἀξιοῦντες τὸ ὑποδεέστερον καὶ ἀσθενέστερον τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν προφέροντές φαμεν Μνήσθητι, κύριε, ο τι χοῦς ἐσμεν· διὸ βοήθησον τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ τῇ εὐτελείᾳ ἡμῶν. 985 Ps 102,15 ̓Ακολούθως τῷ Μνήσθητι, κύριε, ο τι χοῦς ἐσμεν οὐ περὶ τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ ε ξω τὰ προκείμενα διαγορεύει. κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ε νυλον καὶ μετὰ σαρκὸς ζωὴν ἡμέρας τινὰς ε χομεν τὰς συμπληρούσας ἡμῖν τὸν παρεκτείνοντα χρόνον τῆς μετὰ σαρκὸς ζωῆς παραβαλλομένας χόρτῳ ξηραινομένῳ. τούτοις συνῳδὰ καὶ ὁ ̔Ησαίας φησι Πᾶσα σὰρξ χόρτος καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου ὡς α νθος χόρτου· ἀνέτειλεν ὁ η λιος καὶ ἐξήρανε τὸν χόρτον, καὶ τὸ α νθος αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσεν. παρίστησι δὲ ταῦτα τὰς ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ὑπαρχούσας τοῖς μετὰ σαρκὸς ζῶσι δοκούσας εὐημερίας πλούτους δόξας ἀξιώματα καὶ τὰς α λλας εὐπραγίας, αι περ δίκην α νθους καὶ χόρτου ἀπορρεῖ καὶ μαραίνεται ὡς μηδὲ γεγονέναι δοκεῖν. 986 Ps 102,17.18 Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ α λλως υἱοὺς τῶν δικαίων ἀνδρῶν τοὺς τῶν ε ργων αὐτῶν ζηλωτάς· ου τως τὸ ε λεος ἐπὶ τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτὸν ἀπερίγραφόν ἐστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ ε ως τοῦ αἰῶνος παρατεῖνον. οὐ γὰρ ποτὲ μὲν ἐλεεῖ, ποτὲ δὲ οὐ· φύσει γὰρ ἀγαθὸς ω ν ἀεὶ ἐλεεῖ. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ σύζυγος τῷ ἐλέει τούτῳ δικαιοσύνη· οὐδ' αὐτὴ περιοριζομένη χρόνῳ, εἰς πάσας ἐκτείνεται τὰς γενεάς, ἐπὶ υἱοὺς υἱῶν καὶ εἰς πᾶσαν διαδοχὴν παραμένουσα, ὡς ἀεὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ταύτην ε χειν μετὰ τοῦ ἐξ αἰῶνος εἰς αἰῶνα ἐλέου τοὺς φυλάσσοντες τὴν διαθήκην τοῦ θεοῦ, οι καὶ ἐνεγράφησαν διὰ τοῦ πράττειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ κληρονόμοι τῶν μελλουσῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν. Ου τω γὰρ φυλάσσοντες αὐτὴν καὶ μεμνήσονται τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντολῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ποιεῖν αὐτάς. δέδονται γὰρ αυ ται οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ μνήμην αὐτῶν ψιλὴν ει ναι ἀλλὰ μνήμην εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι. ο τι δὲ εἰς τὸ ποιεῖν δέδονται, καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ παρίστησιν εἰπὼν ̔Ο ε χων τὰς ἐντολάς μου καὶ ποιῶν αὐτάς, ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαπῶν με. τῆς γὰρ ποιήσεως ἀλλ' οὐ τῆς μνήμης αὐτῶν μόνης μισθὸς καὶ κληρονομία αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι. 987 Ps 102,19 Καὶ ἐν α λλοις ει ρηται οὐκ ἐν τόπῳ ει ναι τὸν θεόν, ἀκολουθίᾳ δέ τινι καὶ οἰκονομίᾳ λέγεσθαι αὐτὸν οἰκεῖν ἐν οὐρανῷ. ἀκολούθως ου ν ἐκείνοις καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐν οὐρανῷ ἡτοιμακέναι τουτέστιν ἱδρυκέναι τὸν θρόνον τῆς βασιλείας ει ρηται, τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ βασιλείας οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντων ἁπαξαπλῶς κρατούσης καὶ δεσποζούσης. 988 Ps 102,20a Οὐ τὸν προφήτην α νθρωπον ο ντα ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ πνεῦμα α γιον ἡγητέον προστάττειν τοῖς ἀγγέλοις τὰ ἐγκείμενα· πάντες γάρ φησιν οἱ α γγελοι αὐτοῦ (δηλονότι τοῦ κυρίου) εὐλογεῖτε αὐτόν. προστάττον δὲ πᾶσι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις τὸ πνεῦμα, ε τερον αὐτῶν κατ' οὐσίαν ἐστίν. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, πῶς θρασέως ἐτόλμησάν τινες

The Abyss and the Provision of God§197

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

197To show this regarding the order of the angels, although is it not somewhat different for all of them? Ps 103,1: He clothed himself in majesty, and to those in greatness and those who exalt themselves, he gives the appropriate thing; but in confession, he gives to all a harmonious symphony concerning them. For the name of confession signifies also the symphony that is in words. But if you wish him to be clothed in another kind of confession according to repentance and in thanksgiving, it is not for sinners. Corresponding to this signified thing, he will also clothe the virtue of those who succeed, which is called majesty. And just as the Savior says, 'I am naked, and you clothed me' (Matt 25:36), this shows what his clothing and covering becomes: the practice of those living according to him; so also the Father will clothe himself in the virtues of those who strive concerning him.

Ps 103,2a: Just as one who puts on a sensible garment is covered from every side, so God, being filled with knowledge from every side, as his essence turns out to be ungraspable, puts on light as a garment, signifying even here the most sharp-witted knowledge of the light. Agreeing with this concerning God, Paul writes that he has an unapproachable light, or dwells in unapproachable light (1 Tim 6:16). For in this very expression, it is said that the whole is the knowledge of God, and for this reason, that it is difficult to understand for the intellects, that he dwells in unapproachable light.

Ps 103,2b.3a: He roofs the air above us and the wind toward the ether with waters according to the swirling of the clouds. And toward the intellect: he calls the intellectual essence 'heaven,' being stretched out and made simple upon the canopy of the mind, he who roofs the intellectual and divine things with waters, the heavenly things of the soul, that is, its powers which happen to be above the sensible.

Ps 103,6a: You will find the abyss lying upon ungraspability, and in 'Your judgments, O Lord, are many' (Ps 136:7), for his judgments being unsearchable, there is no grasping of them. Therefore also not simply ab...

They are compared to a small abyss, but a great one. And God is not a small abyss, for the greatness of the abyss covers the judgments of the enclosure, being called incomprehensibility. Ps 103:7b: Hearing the sound of thunder—that is, the word being made loudly according to providence—they shall fear. It is fitting that these things should be said concerning the visible things and the waters. It is possible to take 'From the sound of thunder they shall fear' (Ps 103:11) not concerning the waters, but concerning men, rather concerning all living creatures, as it might happen that a thunder, of the invisible and unseen divinity, is perceived.

Through every word the preceding psalm glorifies and doxologizes God, remembering each of the creatures; and God, accepting his providence in the things set forth, marvels and considers his goodness with wisdom, caring for the endurance of the irrational animals. And rightly; for if he himself has made them, he is the provider of both their food and their drink. Ps 103:13–15.

And by ascent you shall understand the words having been fully returned; for the spirit-bearing men are they. They are watered from the heavenly things of this God, being filled with the gifts of the Spirit, the word of wisdom, and the following things which are innumerable. And the heavenly things of God, from which the words water, are sharp and surpassing contemplations of the truth, being called heavenly because they have not ascended beyond themselves. 'The earth shall be satisfied from the fruit of your works.' For he is... Let the earth blossom with grass for pasture and a fruitful tree producing fruit, and the following. And by ascent from Jesus, having much fruit during the visitation, the whole earth is satisfied, receiving those things having been made by Jesus in such a paradoxical way. For this is the fruit of his works. And the word concerning the works of creation and his providence, being understood, being found to be the fruit of the works of God, shall satisfy the earth, I say, those upon the...

Greek · §197

τῆς τάξεως τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτὸ φάναι, καίτοι ἁπάντων ε τερόν τι ο ν; 989 Ps 103, 1δ Μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσατο τῷ ἐν μεγάλοις καὶ ὑπεραίρουσιν ε χειν τὸ πρέπον, ἐξομολόγησιν δὲ τῷ πᾶσαν συμφωνίαν τὴν ἐναρμόνιον ε χειν περὶ 212 αὐτά. σημαίνει γὰρ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως ο νομα καὶ τὴν συμφωνίαν τὴν ἐν λόγοις. εἰ δὲ θέλεις α λλην κατὰ μετάνοιαν ἐξομολόγησιν καὶ τὴν ἐπ' εὐχαριστίαν ἐνδεδύσθαι αὐτόν, οὐχ ἁμάρτοις. καταλλήλως δὲ τούτῳ τῷ σημαινομένῳ καὶ τὴν τῶν κατορθούντων ἀρετὴν μεγαλοπρέπειαν καλουμένην ἐνδύσεται. καὶ ω σπερ ὁ σωτὴρ φάσκων Γυμνὸς η μην καὶ περιεβάλετέ με δηλοῖ ο τι ε νδυσις καὶ σκέπη αὐτοῦ γίνεται ἡ πρᾶξις τῶν κατ' αὐτὸν πολιτευομένων, ου τω καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐνδύσεται τὰς τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν σπουδαζόντων ει ναι ἀρετάς. 990 Ps 103,2a Ωσπερ ὁ ἀναβαλλόμενος αἰσθητὸν ἱμάτιον πάντοθεν καλύπτεται, ου τω θεὸς πάντοθεν γνώσεως πεπληρωμένος ὡς ἀκατάληπτον αὐτοῦ τυγχάνειν τὴν οὐσίαν ἀναβάλλεται φῶς ὡς ἱμάτιον, σημαινούσης καὶ ἐνταῦθα τῆς φῶς προσηγορίας τὴν ἀκραιφνεστάτην γνῶσιν. τούτῳ συνᾴδων περὶ θεοῦ γράφει Παῦλος ὡς α ρα οι κον ε χει φῶς ἀπρόσιτον η οἰκεῖ φῶς ἀπρόσιτον. καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ γὰρ τῇ λέξει τὸ ο λον ει ναι τὸν θεὸν γνῶσιν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο δυσπερινόητον ὑπάρχειν τοῖς νοητοῖς οἰκῶν ει ρηται φῶς ἀπρόσιτον. 991 Ps 103,2b.3a Τὸν ἀνωτέρω ἡμῶν ἀέρα καὶ νεύοντα πρὸς τὸν αἰθέρα υ δασι τοῖς κατὰ τὰς συστροφὰς τῶν νεφελῶν στεγάζει. Πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν· τὴν νοητὴν οὐσίαν οὐρανὸν ὀνομάζει ἐκτεινομένην καὶ ἁπλουμένην ἐπὶ σκέπῃ τοῦ νοῦ ὁ στεγάζων τοῖς νοητοῖς καὶ θείοις υ δασι τὰ ὑπερῷα τῆς ψυχῆς τουτέστι τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτῆς τὰς ὑπεράνω τῶν αἰσθητῶν τυγχανούσας. 992 Ps 103,6a Τὴν α βυσσον ἐπὶ ἀκαταληψίας εὑρήσεις κειμένην καὶ ἐν τῷ Τὰ κρίματά σου, κύριε, α βυσσος πολλή. ἀνεξερευνήτων γὰρ ο ντων τῶν κριμάτων αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ε στι κατάληψιν αὐτῶν ε χειν. διὸ καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἀβύσσῳ ἀλλὰ πολλῇ παραβάλλονται. καὶ τὸν θεὸν ου ν ου πολλὴ α βυσσος τὰ κρίματά ἐστι περιβολαίου δίκην καλύπτει ἀκαταληψία α βυσσος ὀνομαζομένη. 993 Ps 103,7b Βροντῆς ἀκούοντα τὰ ο ρη τουτέστιν τὸν κατὰ τὴν πρόνοιαν μεγαλοφώνως γινόμενον λόγον δειλιᾷ. εἰκότως περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ὀρῶν καὶ ὑδάτων εἰρῆσθαι ταῦτα δεῖ νοεῖν. δυνατὸν δὲ τὸ ̓Απὸ φωνῆς βροντῆς σου δειλιάσουσι μὴ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐκλαβεῖν ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, μᾶλλον δ' ἐπὶ τῶν ἐμψύχων ἁπάντων δηλουμένων, ο πως α ν γένοιτο βροντή, τῆς ἀοράτου καὶ ἀφανοῦς θεότητος συναισθανομένων. 994 Ps 103,11.12 ∆ιὰ πάσης λέξεως ὁ προκείμενος ψαλμὸς θεὸν ὑμνῶν δοξολογεῖ, ἑκάστου κτίσματος μνημονεύων· ο θεν καὶ ἐν τοῖς προκειμένοις ἀποδεχόμενος τὴν πρόνοιαν αὐτοῦ, θαυμάζει καὶ τὴν μετὰ σοφίας ἀγαθότητα αὐτοῦ φροντίσαντος καὶ τῆς διαμονῆς τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων. καὶ εἰκότως· εἰ γὰρ αὐτὸς αὐτὰ πεποίηκε, καὶ τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τοῦ πότου αὐτῶν αὐτὸς χορηγὸς ει η. 995 Ps 103,13–15 Καὶ κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν δὲ νοήσεις τὰ ἀρτίως ἀποδοθέντα ο ρη· εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ πνευματοφόροι α νδρες. ποτίζονται ἐκ τῶν ὑπερῴων αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, πληρούμενοι τῶν τοῦ πνεύματος χαρισμάτων, λόγου σοφίας καὶ τῶν ἑξῆς ἀπηριθμημένων. ὑπερῷα δὲ θεοῦ ἀφ' ω ν τὰ ο ρη ποτίζει ἀκραιφνεῖς καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσαι θεωρίαι τῆς ἀληθείας τυγχάνουσιν, ὑπερῷα καλούμεναι τῷ μηδὲν αὐτὰς ὑπεραναβεβηκέναι. ̓Απὸ καρποῦ τῶν ε ργων σου χορτασθήσεται ἡ γῆ. αὐτὸς γὰρ ει πε Βλαστησάτω ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου καὶ ξύλον κάρπιμον ποιοῦν καρπόν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν ἐκ τῶν ̓Ιησοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν ε ργων πολὺν καρπὸν ἐχόντων α πασα ἡ γῆ χορτάζεται μεταλαμβάνουσα τῶν ου τω παραδόξως ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ γεγενημένων. ου τος γὰρ καρπὸς τῶν ε ργων αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει. καὶ ὁ λόγος δὲ ὁ περὶ τῶν ε ργων τῆς δημιουργίας καὶ προνοίας αὐτοῦ νοηθεὶς οι α καρπὸς ε ργων θεοῦ τυγχάνων χορτάσει τὴν γῆν, φημὶ δὲ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς

The Rock and Divine Wisdom§198

198Wasting men upon the earth. Even in his super-natural and most high words, it is not possible to provide a meadow for those who are the most irrational.

The discourse concerning sensible things and the letter of the scripture is the meadow in this, but even the more ethical ones will not be able to partake, each of them saying of such things: 'Into the place of clover, there he pitched his tent' (Ps 104:18).

Having once surpassed such a state, being no longer slaves of men but having become men, they will say again, each of them: 'You have prepared a table before me' (Ps 23:5).

The mind rejoices the heart of men; not everyone alone is the one having the generation from the one saying, 'I am the vine, the true vine' (John 15:1), but since all sensible things are named earth because of the material.

From these, it is possible to take a word ascending through some analogy to the intelligible. And the beautiful word is brought forth from the earth by nourishing the endos and the man in secret; and from the bodily narratives of the scripture, the mystical word is brought forth beautifully because of the historical things said of the earth.

And the face of the inner man is appeased and made bright by the oil of the nourishing divine light, which alone dissolves diseases and the pains of the soul, differing from the attributed intellect. For the word of God is like the vine, so also the oil is; for he says, 'as an olive tree flourishing in the grove of God' (Ps 80:8). For his teaching, by a diverse relationship, is both vine and oil and bread.

According to an upward leading: the race of deer is at war against the race of gazelles. They hasten, indeed, to bring them up. Such are certainly the disciples of Christ, being ready to avenge every disobedience. And he also enables the power against the gazelles from the one who has extended authority to them to tread upon the gazelles and scorpions and upon all the power of the enemy.

These are not the spiritual deer desiring the springs of the waters, the spiritual ones, which are also called oracles; they wear themselves out upon these oracles. And if souls perfected according to virtue are to leap great leaps, imitating the one leaping upon the oracles and running over the mountains and the valleys because of the sharp-sightedness and...

Insightful. But those souls that have arrived at this state and are weaker, called swine, flee to the rock upon which Jesus founds the church as an unconquerable fortress; and this is the confession of the faith. And in Proverbs it is said, 'And the swine, a people not strong, made their dwellings in rocks' (Prov 30:26). It is nothing wonderful that the rock is spoken of both singularly and plurally, meaning Christ who is simply the rock, and who is also spoken of as rocks according to various thoughts.

It is suggested by scripture that 'Rock is a refuge for the hyenas,' as perhaps there is a synonymy between the hyena and the swine. It is not for each one to hear someone saying, 'Behold, the Lord helps me; who will harm me?' (Ps 118:6) and 'The Lord is my helper' (Ps 118:7), and 'I will not fear; what can man do to me?' (Ps 118:8). The fact that the 'As' the simile here written is a demonstrator not of likeness but of truth, just as also in the phrase 'As God is good to Israel,' for he does not say God is like good, but truly good. And in the present passage then, that the works of God are magnified, is signified by the 'As' in 'As your works have been magnified, O Lord' (Ps 103:24). For everything that comes about in wisdom is great of God. And the wisdom of God in which all things came into being is the Lord; for Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God (1 Cor 1:24).

Another says that he speaks only concerning the rational beings. For to hope and to have expectation toward God, this is hinted at. And they hope to find this at an opportune time, being freed from every deficiency and disease. For when this is given, they will gather it, hastening so much to receive it, so that it may be fed into a basket. And there will exist for them the kindness that is upon such straightness, as He is opening for them the hand of your words and the wisdom.

God, providing eternal glory to his own works, rejoices in all that hopes for him. For just as having made all things very good in the beginning (Gen 1:31), he rejoiced in the inhabited world, and he rejoiced in the sons of men when there was not yet transgression, so He would rejoice at the perfection and restoration of the ancient order of his works, not out of the joy of God being not impassible (for the divine is impassible) but out of the acceptance of those having perfected perfect virtue.

Greek · §198

γῆς διατρίβοντας ἀνθρώπους. ̓Ανατελεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ φύσιν καὶ ὑψηλοτάτοις λόγοις αὐτοῦ ο ρεσιν ου σι χόρτον ο ν φέρεσθαι οι οί τέ εἰσιν οἱ ἀλογώτεροι. ε στι δ' ὁ ἐν τούτοις ο ρεσι χόρτος ὁ περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν λόγος καὶ τὸ γράμμα τῆς γραφῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ ἠθικώτερος ου μεταλαβεῖν καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ δυνήσονται, ἑκάστου τῶν 213 τοιούτων λέγοντος Εἰς τόπον χλόης, ἐκεῖ με κατεσκήνωσεν. ὑπερβάντες δέ ποτε τὴν τοιαύτην κατάστασιν οὐκέτι δουλεία τῶν ἀνθρώπων ο ντες ἀλλ' α νθρωποι γεγενημένοι ἐροῦσι πάλιν ε καστος ̔Ητοίμασας ἐνώπιόν μου τράπεζαν. Οι νος δ' εὐφραίνει καρδίαν ἀνθρώπων, οὐ πᾶς η μόνος ὁ τὴν γένεσιν ε χων ἐκ τοῦ εἰπόντος ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ α μπελος ἡ ἀληθινή, ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ πάντα γῆ διὰ τὸ ὑλικὸν ὀνομάζεται. ̓Εκ τούτων δὲ λαβεῖν ε στι λόγον ἀναβιβάζοντα διά τινος ἀναλογίας ἐπὶ τὰ νοητά. καὶ ου τος ὁ λόγος α ρτος ἐστὶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐξαγόμενος ἐπὶ τῷ τρέφειν τὸν ε νδον καὶ ἐν κρυπτῷ α νθρωπον· καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σωματικῶν δὲ τῆς γραφῆς διηγημάτων διὰ τὸ ἱστορικὸν γῆ εἰρημένων α ρτος ἐξαγόμενος ὁ μυστικός ἐστι λόγος. ἱλαρύνεται δὲ καὶ φαιδρύνεται τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου ἐλαίῳ τῷ θρεπτικῷ τοῦ θείου φωτὸς καὶ λύοντι τὰς νόσους καὶ τοὺς πόνους τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ διαφέρον τοῦ ἀποδοθέντος οι νου. ὁ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ω σπερ α μπελος, ου τως καὶ ἐλαία ἐστίν· ̓Εγὼ γάρ φησι ὡσεὶ ἐλαία κατάκαρπος ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἡ γὰρ αὐτοῦ διδασκαλία κατὰ διάφορον σχέσιν οι νός τε καὶ ε λαιόν ἐστι καὶ α ρτος. 996 Ps 103,18 Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγήν· τὸ γένος τῶν ἐλάφων πολεμίως ε χει πρὸς τὸ τῶν ο φεων γένος. σπεύδουσι γοῦν ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. τοιοῦτοι δὲ πάντως οἱ Χριστοῦ μαθηταί, ἑτοίμως ε χοντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν. ε σχον δὲ καὶ τὴν κατὰ τῶν νοητῶν ο φεων δύναμιν ἐκ τοῦ ὀρέξαντος ἐξουσίαν αὐτοῖς πατεῖν ἐπάνω ο φεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ. Αυ ται ου ν αἱ πνευματικαὶ ε λαφοι ἐπιποθοῦσαι ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων τὰς πνευματικὰς αι καὶ ο ρη α λλως ὀνομάζονται, ἐπ' αὐτὰ ταῦτα τὰ ο ρη διατρίβουσι. Καὶ ει εν α ν αἱ κατ' ἀρετὴν τετελειωμέναι ψυχαὶ πηδῶσαι μεγάλα ε λαφοι, μιμούμεναι τὸν πηδῶντα ἐπὶ τὰ ο ρη καὶ διαλλόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν βουνῶν ο ντα καὶ δορκάδα διὰ τὸ ὀξυωπὲς καὶ διορατικόν. αἱ δέ γε ὑποβεβηκυῖαι ταύτας τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ ἀσθενέστεραι χοιρογρύλλιοι καλούμεναι καταφεύγουσιν ὡς ἐπὶ φρούριον ἀκαταμάχητον τὴν πέτραν ἐφ' ῃ θεμελιοῖ ̓Ιησοῦς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν· αυ τη δ' ἐστὶν ἡ ὁμολογία τῆς πίστεως. καὶ ἐν Παροιμίαις ει ρηται Καὶ οἱ χοιρογρύλλιοι, ε θνος οὐκ ἰσχυρόν, ἐποίησαν ἐν πέτραις τοὺς ἑαυτῶν οι κους. θαυμαστὸν δὲ οὐδὲν εἰ ο που μὲν ἑνικῶς, ο που δὲ πληθυντικῶς ει ρηται ἡ πέτρα, τοῦ Χριστοῦ ο ντος πέτρας ἁπλῶς, ο ντος δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὰς διαφόρους ἐπινοίας πετρῶν. φέρεται γραφὴ Πέτρα καταφυγὴ τοῖς λαγωοῖς, ὡς τάχα συνωνυμίαν ει ναι λαγωοῦ καὶ χοιρογρυλλίου. ε στιν ου ν ἑκάστου ἀκούειν λέγοντος ̓Ιδοὺ κύριος βοηθεῖ μοι· τίς κακώσει με; καὶ Κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός, καὶ Οὐ φοβηθήσομαι· τί ποιήσει μοι α νθρωπος; 997 Ps 103,24 Τὸ δὲ ̔Ως ἐνταῦθα κείμενον οὐχ ὁμοιώσεως ἀλλ' ἀληθείας ἐστὶ δηλωτικόν, ω σπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ ̔Ως ἀγαθὸς τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ ὁ θεός· οὐ γὰρ ἀγαθοῦ ο μοιον ἀλλ' ἀληθῶς ἀγαθὸν τὸν θεὸν λέγει. καὶ ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ τοίνυν λέξει τὸ μεμεγαλύνθαι τὰ ε ργα τοῦ θεοῦ σημαίνεται διὰ τοῦ ̔Ως ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ε ργα σου, κύριε. πᾶν γὰρ τὸ ἐν σοφίᾳ γινόμενον θεοῦ μέγα ἐστί. σοφία δὲ θεοῦ ἐν ῃ τὰ πάντα γεγένηται ὁ κύριός ἐστι· Χριστὸς γὰρ θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ θεοῦ σοφία. 998 Ps 103,27.28 Αλλος δὲ περὶ τῶν λογικῶν μόνον εἰρῆσθαί φησι. τὸ γὰρ προσδοκᾶν καὶ πρὸς θεὸν ε χειν τὴν προσδοκίαν τοῦτο αἰνίττεται. εἰς ευ καιρον δὲ προσδοκῶσι ταύτης τυχεῖν, ο ταν πάσης καχεξίας καὶ νόσου ω σιν ἀπηλλαγμένοι. τότε γὰρ διδομένης ταύτης, συλλέξουσι τοσοῦτον σπεύδοντες αὐτὴν λαβεῖν, ο σον εἰς κόρον τραφῆναι. ὑπαρχθήσεται δὲ αὐτοῖς ἡ ἐπὶ τῇ τοσαύτῃ εὐθηνίᾳ χρηστότης, τὴν χεῖρα τῶν λόγων σου καὶ τὴν σοφίαν ἀνοίγοντος αὐτοῖς. 999 Ps 103,31 Τὴν αἰώνιον παρέχων δόξαν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ε ργοις ὁ θεός, ο ταν πάντα πρὸς αὐτὸν προσδοκήσῃ, εὐφραίνεται. ὡς γὰρ ἐν ἀρχῇ τὰ πάντα λίαν καλὰ ποιήσας ἐνηυφραίνετο τὴν οἰκουμένην συντελέσας καὶ ἐνηυφραίνετο ἐν υἱοῖς ἀνθρώπων ου πω τότε παραβάσεως ου σης, ου τως ἐπὶ τελειώσει καὶ ἀποκαταστάσει τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ 214 ἀρχαῖον τῶν ε ργων αὐτοῦ εὐφραίνοιτο θεός, τῆς θεοῦ εὐφροσύνης οὐκ εὐπαθείας ου σης (ἀπαθὲς γὰρ τὸ θεῖον) ἀλλ' ἀποδοχῆς τῶν τελείαν ἀρετὴν κατορθωσάντων.

The Manifestation of Christ and the Guidance of God§199

199If you wish to handle these things spiritually, consider how, when God looks upon you according to 'Look upon me' (Ps 103:6) and 'The eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous' (Ps 103:9), the earth does not stand firm but trembles as if darkening, as if the material world were to be cast away and pass awayt God, touching the evil powers because he sees the called ones in their pride, smokes them out, entering into them with a breath, as if into the punishment by fire.

Sing to the Lord, having the presence of the one existing not in voice but in thoughts; and I will sing also in perfect deeds to God, since I have the presence of the one existing, in which I partake of the one existing before the ages and who said 'I am the Being' (Ex 3:14). And conversing in a way pleasing and acceptable to God, I will say, 'Let my conversation be sweet to him.' For he himself says, having accepted the church, 'Your voice is sweet' (Ps 103:2).

Just as according to the history of Samuel ministering continually in the tent of meeting, he saw the face of God, so also those who continually and without interruption examine the dogmas of truth and having practiced the virtues, seek the face of God, desiring to see him with a pure mind. For the face of God is the character of the essence, being an icon of the invisible God; therefore also the one seeing it immediately sees God.

As for his mouth, to perceive his word, he has given you instructions and commands judged to be both law-giving and precise. Having said 'slaves of God from Abraham' because of the bringing in of the race from Abraham, and 'the chosen ones from Jacob' because they are his and bear his name, and 'an election from the nations' then received into an inheritance, their own Lord and God, he says that his providential judgment is such toward all men.

The number of a thousand generations is not said according to a multitude, but by the appropriation toward the unit, just as also in 'When the thousands are increasing', and 'What is good to me is the law of your mouth, surpassing thousands of gold and silver' (Ps 118:72). Because you are evil and yourselves are partakers of Christ.

We have become such through being made worthy of the appearance of the Son of God; for He is the Christ, the one who also spoke to them, and He himself, the Savior, teaches in the Psalms that Abraham your father rejoiced to see my day (Ps 104:12), and did rejoice. When did he not look up with his eyes and stand before God at the oak of Mamre? For then the Scripture says, 'God appeared to Abraham.' And these things, even if they are few, were necessary to be announced to the nations by those commanded there to do this.

Regarding Psalm 104:12a, 'brief' instead of 'few.' For the brief lies in respect to magnitude, but the few is arranged in respect to numbers.

Regarding Psalm 104:18-19, they humbled his feet alone, not binding his soul in shackles, but the soul having been made free from iron. For they, being surrounded by shackles, bear the affliction, having the soul bowed down by iron. But he endured this not unto all things; for he limits the end of the affliction, saying that he had held it fast until the word of God passed through; according to which, having been transferred from the prison, he became a fosterer and nourisher of all, having grasped the word of the Lord, kindling it to boil in the spirit and being filled with the divine light, with which also he is able to give the exhortation saying, 'Do not quench the Spirit' (Ps 104:20).

Regarding Psalm 104:20-21, and Joseph himself did not follow this doctrine; therefore, toward the causes, he says, 'Did you not send me here? For you indeed plotted for evil, but God plotted for good' (Ps 104:21).

Regarding Psalm 104:26, since not all are able to depart from the harmful ones by themselves and through themselves, God sends to those who are thus weak the ones capable of being guides and leaders of the way that carries toward the good. And the law of God through Moses and the high-priestly word through Aaron are not the same; the one forbidding the deeds, the other ministering to God on our behalf and distributing the graces from Him to us; they are the leaders whom they say, 'Let us flee Egypt.'

Regarding Psalm 104:37, but by upward movement, think how each of those in these guards, possessing health and strength, says, 'I am able to do all things in the one who strengthens me' (Ps 104:37), and enriching in...

Greek · §199

1000 Ps 103,32 Εἰ δέ σοι βούλεται πνευματικῶς ε χειν ταῦτα, ὡς α ν ἐπιβλέπῃ θεὸς κατὰ τὸ ̓Επίβλεψον ἐπ' ἐμέ, καὶ ̓Οφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους, τούτῳ οὐχ ε στηκεν ε τι τὰ γήινα ἀλλὰ σκοτοδινῶντα τρέμει, ὡς ἀποβληθῆναι καὶ παρελθεῖν τὴν ὑλικὴν ε ξιν. ̓Εφαπτόμενος δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ τῶν πονηρῶν δυνάμεων διὰ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν ὀρῶν καλουμένων, καπνίζει αὐτάς, ἐναύσματι η δη αὐτὰς ἐνιεὶς τῆς διὰ πυρὸς κολάσεως. 1001 Ps 103,33.34a Αισω τῷ κυρίῳ, τοῦ ᾳ σματος οὐκ ἐν φωνῇ ἀλλ' ἐν νοήσεσι τὴν υ παρξιν ε χοντος· ψαλῶ δὲ καὶ ἐν πράξεσι τελείαις τῷ θεῷ, ε ως ὑπάρχω υ παρξιν ε χων καθ' η ν μετέχω τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ εἰπόντος ̓Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ω ν. Εὐπρόσδεκτα δὲ καὶ ἀρέσκοντα τῷ θεῷ διαλεγόμενος ἐρῶ ̔Ηδυνθείη αὐτῷ ἡ διαλογή μου. ου τω γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀποδεξάμενός φησιν ἐν τῷ Αισματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων ̔Η φωνή σου ἡδεῖα. 1002 Ps 104,4b Ωσπερ κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν διηνεκῶς Σαμουὴλ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου λειτουργῶν ἑώρα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πρόσωπον, ου τως οἱ συνεχῶς καὶ ἀδιαστάτως ἐξετάσει δογμάτων τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ πράξει τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐπιδεδωκότες σφᾶς διαπαντὸς ζητοῦσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν νῷ καθαρῷ βουλόμενοι. πρόσωπον δὲ θεοῦ ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεώς ἐστι, τυγχάνων εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου· διὸ καὶ ὁ ὁρῶν αὐτὸν εὐθὺς ὁρᾷ τὸν θεόν. 1003 Ps 104,5b Στόμα δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ νοήσαις, ο ς καὶ νομοθέτου καὶ ἀκριβοῦς παιδευτοῦ δίκην κεκριμένα παιδεύματα καὶ παραγγέλματα ὑμῖν δέδωκε. 1004 Ps 104,6.7 ∆ούλους εἰπὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς ἐξ ̓Αβραὰμ διὰ τὴν ἐξ ̓Αβραὰμ καταγωγὴν τοῦ γένους καὶ ἐκλεκτοὺς τοὺς ἐκ ̓Ιακὼβ διὰ τὸ Αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπωνύμους ει ναι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκλογὴν ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν τότε προσληφθέντας εἰς κλῆρον ι διον θεοῦ καὶ αὐτῶν κύριον καὶ θεὸν ι διον τὸν θεόν, ο μως κατὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ει ναί φησι τὴν κρίσιν τὴν προνοητικήν. 1005 Ps 104,8b ̔Ο τῶν χιλίων γενεῶν ἀριθμὸς οὐ κατὰ πλήθους ει ρηται ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν πρὸς μονάδα οἰκείωσιν, ω σπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ Χιλιάδες εὐθηνούντων, καὶ ε τι ̓Αγαθόν μοι ὁ νόμος τοῦ στόματός σου ὑπὲρ χιλιάδας χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου. 1006 Ps 104,10a ∆ι' ο ν ει πον α ν καὶ αὐτοὶ Μέτοχοι Χριστοῦ γεγόναμεν, α τε ἀξιωθέντες τῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπιφανείας· αὐτὸν γὰρ ει ναι τὸν Χριστὸν τὸν καὶ αὐτοῖς λελαληκότα καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ διδάσκει ἐν οι ς φησιν ̓Αβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἠγαλλιάσατο ι να ι δῃ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν, καὶ ει δεν καὶ ἐχάρη. πότε ει δεν η ο τε ἀναβλέψας τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ει δεν ἐπιστάντα τὸν θεὸν αὐτῷ πρὸς τῇ δρυῒ τῇ Μαμβρῇ; τότε γάρ φησιν ἡ γραφὴ Ωφθη ὁ θεὸς ̓Αβραάμ. καὶ ταῦτα ου ν, εἰ καὶε τερον, ἀναγκαῖα η ν ἀπαγγελθῆναι τοῖς ε θνεσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐνταῦθα προστεταγμένων τοῦτο ποιεῖν. 1007 Ps 104,12a Τὸ Βραχεῖς ἀντὶ ὀλίγων ει πεν. τὸ γὰρ βραχὺ ἐπὶ μεγέθους κεῖται, τὸ δὲ ὀλίγους ἐπὶ ἀριθμητῶν τάττεται. 1008a Ps 104,18.19 Τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ μόνους ἐταπείνωσαν, ἐν πέδαις τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ οὐ συνδεθείσης ἀλλ' ε ξω τοῦ σιδήρου γεγενημένης. ο σοι γὰρ δεσμοῖς περιβαλλόμενοι ἀγεννῶς τὴν περίστασιν φέρουσιν, καμφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ σιδήρου τὴν ψυχὴν ε χουσι. τοῦτο δὲ ὑπέμεινεν οὐκ εἰς α παν. περιορίζει γὰρ τῆς περιστάσεως τὸ τέλος, εἰπὼν αὐτὴν κεκρατηκέναι μέχρις ου διῆλθεν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος· καθ' ο ν ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου μετασταλεὶς κηδεμὼν καὶ τροφεὺς πάντων κεχειροτόνητο, τοῦ λογίου τοῦ κυρίου πυρώσαντος ἐπὶ τῷ ζέειν τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐξημμένον αὐτὸ ε χειν τῷ θείῳ φωτί, μεθ' ο καὶ τηρεῖν δυνατὸν παραίνεσιν λέγουσαν Τὸ πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε. 1009a Ps 104,20.21 Καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ̓Ιωσὴφ οι δεν τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα· διὸ πρὸς τοὺς αἰτίους ε φη Οὐχ ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατέ με ω δε· ὑμεῖς μὲν γὰρ εἰς κακὸν ἐβουλεύσασθε, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἰς 215 ἀγαθόν. 1010a Ps 104,26 ̓Επεὶ μὴ πάντες οι οί τέ εἰσιν ἐξ ἑαυτῶν καὶ δι' ἑαυτῶν ἀναχωρεῖν τῶν βλαβερῶν, τοῖς ου τως ἀσθενοῦσιν ἀποστέλλει θεὸς τοὺς δυναμένους ὁδηγοὺς καὶ ἡγεμόνας τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ φερούσης. εἰσὶ δὲ ου τοι ὁ θεοῦ νόμος Μωυσῆς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερατικὸς λόγος ου σύμβολον ̓Ααρών· ὁ μὲν διαγορεύων τὰ πρακτέα, ὁ δὲ λειτουργῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὰς ἐξ αὐτοῦ χάριτας διαπορθμεύων ἡμῖν· οι ς ἡγεμόσι χρώμενοι τὴν Αι γυπτον φεύγομεν. 1011 Ps 104,37 Κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν δὲ νοήσεις ὡς ε καστος τῶν ἐν ταύταις ταῖς φυλαῖς ὑγείαν καὶ σθένος ε χων ἐρεῖ Πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με, πλουτῶν δὲ καὶ ἐν

Repentance and the Divine Mercy§200

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

200It happens through good works, every kind of word, and all knowledge, in silver and gold, and outside of Egypt by God. For it is impossible for one being weak and lacking the aforementioned silver and gold to come out of Egypt.

The set-forth voice is especially holy of those before the coming of the Savior, entreating that the Lord might remember them in the good pleasure of His people (Ps 105:4–6), since He was well-pleased in His beloved Son to save, judging His people and the world; thus he says, showing Him: 'This is my beloved Son in whom I am well-pleased' (Matt 3:17). Because the divine prophets, desiring to see and hear the things happening and being spoken concerning Jesus by the eye of the mind, are worthy that their memory be made in the salvation according to the good pleasure.

And Christ is often called the salvation of God, as also in Ezekiel: 'For all flesh is the salvation of our God' (Ezek 36:26). This visitation, the father of the baptizer making manifest concerning God, says: 'Through the bowels of the mercy of our God, in whom he visited us, the sunrise from on high' (Luke 1:78). Having visited us in His salvation, it will be for us to become His chosen ones and to behold in the goodness of His chosen ones the joy being fulfilled, and to be made glad in the divine feast of the nation being completed from all those believing.

And may it be accomplished for us also to be praised with His inheritance, for it is for us as heirs to have the inheritance. Who is this church from the Gentiles, saying, 'Let them depart from me, and I will give you the inheritance of the Gentiles' (Isa 66:8)? For spiritually, remaining according to the Gospel, those attending to the law are praised with the aforementioned inheritance. And they are praised by God and by the holy powers, receiving those who hasten to be well-pleasing to God.

And the divine men, taking up also the countenance of those who repent of those on whom they acted wickedly, and teaching how they must repent after the sins, saying, 'We have not sinned, but we have sinned like our fathers'—calling their fathers the ancestors and those who came before, or those who begat them in wickedness—will not say everything when confessing, saying, 'We have turned away'...

We have acted perversely and done wrong. And even regarding those who are counted among those who repent, they do not appear to have been pious. For we were not made outside of the divinity, but being contained by it, we were defeated by passions and hard toil, and we sinned and did other things. Psalm 105:9: God, who rebuked the Red Sea, is praised by all. If even Jesus, when the sea is tossing, rebukes the sea, so that from a storm a calm becomes, He is proven to be God, He who rebuked the Red Sea, and He is the Son of Him. But because God rebuked the Red Sea, the ancient sea becomes dry, as if it were to be passable, and the abyss is no longer called by the abundance of the waters. Psalm 105:19: And they made a calf in Horeb, having a vision of the Apis brought from Egypt in Memphis. Therefore, they worshiped this calf and other carvings, being bound to the drama of polytheism. Immediately, indeed, having made a calf, they were showing many, saying, 'These are not your gods, Israel, who brought you up from the land of Egypt.'

The following psalm, its praise being of the divine benefits and mercies toward men that have been done, has the sequence arranged. Psalm 106:1: Those upon whom the surrounding tribulations fall (without any of them bringing this upon themselves), knowing that the good God has these things, says the following verses. And since some are becoming in temporary things thought to be good, they do not simply have a trial of God's mercy, but are being pitied for ever, having the eternal good things from Him. For if even the good God has pitied someone with eternal mercy. He also makes mercy for thousands for those who love Him the same, preparing for them. An eye has not seen, nor has an ear heard, nor has it ascended to the heart of man. It is said also previously that the good is synonymous with the good. Psalm 106:4: Therefore also, being in the desert, we wandered, not having a guide and a leader to follow, finding either a city well-arranged after the holy law in which we were able to dwell without departing from it, but virtue and the wisdom of God. Psalm 106:10b: And of the...

Greek · §200

ε ργοις ἀγαθοῖς παντί τε λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει, ἐν ἀργυρίῳ καὶ χρυσίῳ, καὶ ε ξω τῆς Αἰγύπτου ὑπὸ θεοῦ γίνεται. ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἀσθενοῦντά τινα καὶ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου τῶν προειρημένων στερούμενον ἐξελθεῖν τῆς Αἰγύπτου. 1012 Ps 105,4–6 ̔Αγίων ἐστὶν ἡ προκειμένη μάλιστα φωνὴ τῶν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ σωτῆρος παρακαλούντων, ο πως μνησθῇ αὐτῶν ὁ κύριος ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ η ν ηὐδόκησεν ἐν τῷ ἀγαπητῷ υἱῷ ἑαυτοῦ σῶσαι κρίνας τὸν λαὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τὸν κόσμον· δεικνὺς γοῦν αὐτόν φησιν Ου τός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἐν ῳ ηὐδόκησα. ἐπεὶ ου ν ο μματι διανοίας ει δον οἱ θεῖοι προφῆται ἐπιθυμήσαντες ἰδεῖν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι τὰ πρὸς ̓Ιησοῦ γινόμενα καὶ λαλούμενα, ἀξιοῦσι μνήμην αὐτῶν γενέσθαι ἐν τῇ κατὰ τὴν εὐδοκίαν σωτηρίᾳ. Σωτήριον δὲ θεοῦ πολλάκις ὁ Χριστὸς λέγεται, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Οψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν. ταύτην τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν ὁ τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ πατὴρ ἐμφανίζων περὶ θεοῦ φησι ∆ιὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐν οι ς ἐπεσκέψατο ἡμᾶς ἀνατολὴ ἐξ υ ψους. ̓Επισκεψαμένου δὲ ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ ἑαυτοῦ, ὑπάρξει ἡμῖν τὸ ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι καὶ θεάσασθαι ἐν τῇ χρηστότητι τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιτελουμένην χαρὰν καὶ εὐφρανθῆναι ἐν τῇ θείᾳ εὐωχίᾳ τοῦ ε θνους τοῦ συμπληρουμένου ἐκ πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων. Κατορθωθείη δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ ἐπαινεῖσθαι μετὰ τῆς κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ, η τοι η ς ὀρέξει ἡμῖν ὡς κληρονόμοις η η ς ε χει κληρονομίας. τίς δὲ αυ τη η ἡ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησία κατὰ τὸ Αι τησαι παρ' ἐμοῦ, καὶ δώσω σοι ε θνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου; πνευματικῶς γὰρ λοιπὸν κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῷ νόμῳ προσέχοντες ἐπαινοῦνται μετὰ τῆς προειρημένης κληρονομίας. ἐπαινοῦνται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἱερῶν δυνάμεων ἀποδεχομένων τοὺς εὐδοκιμεῖν σπεύδοντας παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. ̓Αναλαμβάνοντες δὲ καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον οἱ θεῖοι α νδρες τῶν μεταγινωσκόντων ἐφ' οι ς ε δρασαν κακῶς, καὶ διδάσκοντες πῶς μετὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας μετανοεῖν δεῖ φασιν, οὐχ ̔Αμαρτάνομεν, ἀλλ' ̔Ημάρτομεν μετὰ τῶν πατρῶν ἡμῶν· πατέρας ἑαυτῶν λέγοντες η τοι τοὺς προγόνους καὶ προγενεστέρους η τοὺς κατὰ κακίαν αὐτοὺς γεγεννηκότας. πάντ' ου ν α λέξουσιν ἐξομολογούμενοι εἰς παρῳχηκότα χρόνον ἐνέκλιναν φάσκοντες ̔Ημάρτομεν ἠνομήσαμεν ἠδικήσαμεν. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀπαριθμουμένους ἐφ' οι ς μετανοοῦσι μὴ φάναι ̓Ησεβήσαμεν· οὐ γὰρ ε ξω τῆς θεότητος γενάμενοι ἀλλὰ περιεχόμενοι αὐτῆς ὑπὸ παθῶν καὶ μοχθηρᾶς ε ξεως ἡττώμενοι ἡμάρτανον καὶ τὰ α λλα ἐποίουν. 1013 Ps 105,9 ̔Ο ἐπιτιμήσας τῇ ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ πᾶσι θεὸς ἀνωμολόγηται. εἰ ου ν καὶ ̓Ιησοῦς κλονουμένῃ ἐπιτιμᾷ τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ι ν' ἐκ τρικυμίας η κλύδωνος γαλήνη γένηται, θεὸς ω ν ἀποδείκνυται αὐτὸς ω ν ὁ ἐπιτιμήσας τῇ ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ ῃ υἱὸς ἐκείνου. Ομως δ' ἐπιτιμήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, ξηραίνεται ὡς διοδεύσιμον αὐτὴν γένεσθαι τὴν πάλαι θάλασσαν καὶ α βυσσον διὰ τὸ τῶν ὑδάτων πλῆθος ου τω καλουμένην. 1014 Ps 105,19 Καὶ ἐποίησαν μόσχον ἐν Χωρήβ, ε χοντες φαντασίαν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου κομισθεῖσαν τοῦ ἐν Μέμφει Απιδος. διὸ καὶ πρὸς τούτῳ τῷ μόσχῳ καὶ ἑτέροις γλυπτοῖς προσεκύνησαν, συνεσχημένοι τῷ δράματι τῆς πολυθεότητος. αὐτίκα γοῦν μόσχον 216 ε να πεποιηκότες ὡς πολλοὺς δεικνῦντες ε φασκον Ου τοι οἱ θεοί σου, ̓Ισραήλ, οἱ ἀναγαγόντες σε ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου. 1015 Ps 106 αργ Καὶ ὁ ἐπιφερόμενος ψαλμός, περιέχων θεοῦ εὐεργεσίας καὶ ἐλεημοσύνας πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους γεγενημένας αι νος αὐτοῦ τυγχάνων, προτεταγμένον ε χει τὸ ἀλληλουϊά. 1016 Ps 106,1bc Οι ς μεταπίπτει τὰ περιεστηκότα θλιβερά (μηδὲν αὐτῶν εἰσενεγκαμένων εἰς τοῦτο), ἐλέει χρηστοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα ε χειν ἐγνωκότες λέγειεν α ν τοὺς προκειμένους στίχους. καὶ ἐπεὶ ει έν τινες ἐν προσκαίροις νομιζομένοις ἀγαθοῖς γινόμενοι, ου τοι ἐλέου θεοῦ ἁπλῶς πεῖραν ε χουσιν, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐλεουμένων τῶν αἰώνια ἀγαθὰ παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐχόντων. ει πε γοῦν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ χρηστὸς θεὸς πρός τινα ̓Ελέῳ αἰωνίῳ ἐλέησά σε. ου τω δὲ καὶ ε λεος ποιεῖ εἰς χιλιάδας τοῖς αὐτὸν ἀγαπῶσιν, ἑτοιμάζων αὐτοῖς α ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ ει δεν οὐδὲ ου ς η κουσεν οὐδ' ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου ἀνέβη. ει ρηται καὶ πρότερον τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῷ χρηστῷ συνωνυμεῖν. 1017 Ps 106,4 ∆ιὸ καὶ ἐν ἐρήμῳ τε ἀρετῶν ο ντες ἐπλανώμεθα, ποδηγὸν καὶ ἡγεμόνα μὴ ε χοντες ῳ ἑπόμενοι εὑρεῖν οι οί τε η μεν μετὰ τὴν ὁδὸν πόλιν ευ διατεταγμένην ἱερῷ νόμῳ ἐν ῃ κατοικεῖν ἠδυνάμεθα μὴ ἀναχωροῦντες αὐτῆς. ε στι δὲ ἀρετὴ καὶ θεοῦ σοφία. 1018 Ps 106,10b Καὶ τῆς

The Glory of God and the Spiritual Economy§201

201Because poverty has pre-empted the state of having wealth in every word and in all knowledge and in good works, he having been released from these evils will not be tested by punishment. Ps 106:17: While they were still walking in the way of their lawlessness, God took hold of them, because through a multitude of impieties having been humbled, they were held by those from whom he raised them. And see if you are able to apply this to the thief who repented on the cross; for while he was in the way of lawlessness (for he was condemned by robbery) and having been humbled by punishment because of his lawlessness, he was taken hold of by the one saying to him, 'Today you shall be with me in Paradise' (Luke 23:43). Ps 106:18-19. Generally also, both upon the body and upon the soul, for what sickness of the emaciated one he abstains from all nourishment, both bodily and spiritual; but those having the health of the soul hunger and thirst for righteousness. And the gates of death are the sins toward death. These they approach before coming to him, having a life-giving breath and power, I mean indeed the thought concerning God; therefore, in their being afflicted, they cry out to the Lord, and he saves them from all the constraining necessities that hold them. And if they had not cried out to the Lord, they would have perished even until death. Ps 106:22b. And he proclaims in gladness the works of him, everyone announcing those things having happened to himself and having had experience of his goodness, not simply recounting those things having happened to others. Ps 106:26. And the saying of ascending as if to heaven and descending as if from the abyss is said by hyperbole. For indeed in such a way there are countless examples in the Scripture; for concerning the cities of Israel, the enemies, whatever they had been walled up as if to heaven because they had been walled up with high walls, and 'I shall be made white as snow' (Ps 51:7) is said in the same way. Ps 106:38b. Others say:

They are livestock that are in the so-called sheep, which possess abundance and greatness because of their perfected gentleness and learning (Ps 106:42b). But also, if she does not possess the capacity to speak of the divine economy of God, it will shut her mouth. And you will perceive the devil as lawlessness, and all that is established according to it, as those speaking lawlessly with an enclosed mouth (Ps 106:43).

Because much of them belongs to the spiritual intellect, it is for the wise and understanding to comprehend them. His glory is the practical and contemplative life, through which it is divided toward moral and intellectual virtue. Those who raised up the true light, having risen toward the Lord, walking decorously as in the day, striking the harp and striking the lyre, sing to the all-wise God, offering up their hymns rhythmically and harmoniously. And it is said in the psalm: what harp and what lyre?

His mercy is magnified as that of the heaven, beginning from the earth; for the earth is full of the mercy of the Lord (Ps 107:5). The end holds those who began to receive mercy from the earth to reach the heaven, in order to inherit the kingdom of the heavens. And his truth is also magnified in the clouds serving the spiritual, to Moses and the prophets, since their ministry begins from the shadow and ends in the truth, just as they also worship the Father in spirit and truth (John 4:24), as do the apostles and all the disciples of the Spirit.

From the first word, 'As high as the heavens is your glory' (Ps 107:6), and from the sixth verse until the end of the ninety-ninth (Ps 107:99), we are being cut off from the things set forth there. Because of the lifting up of God in those who carry the image of the heavenly, and because of this, called heavens, his glory extends over all the earth that is able.

Greek · §201

προκαταλαβούσης πτωχείας ἐναντίως ἐχούσης τοῦ πλουτεῖν ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει καὶ ἐν ε ργοις ἀγαθοῖς, ὁ τούτων τῶν κακιῶν ἀφεθεὶς οὐδὲ κολάσεις πειρασθήσεται. 1019 Ps 106,17 Ετι βαδιζόντων τῆς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν ὁδόν, ἀντελάβετο αὐτῶν ὁ ι λεω θεός, ἐπείπερ διὰ πλῆθος ω ν ει χον ἀσεβειῶν ταπεινωθέντες ἐνείχοντο τοῖς ἀφ' ω ν αὐτοὺς ἐξήγειρε. καὶ ο ρα εἰ δύνασαι ἐφαρμόσαι τούτοις τὸ περὶ τοῦ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ μετανοήσαντος λῃστοῦ· ε τι γὰρ ἐν ὁδῷ ἀνομίας ο ντος αὐτοῦ (διὰ λῃστείαν γὰρ κατεκέκριτο) καὶ ταπεινωθέντος κολάσει διὰ τὰς ἀνομίας α ς ει χεν, ἀντελάβετο αὐτοῦ ὁ εἰπὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν Σήμερον μετ' ἐμοῦ ε σῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. 1020 Ps 106,18.19 Καθόλου δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ὁ διά τι νόσημα καχεκτῶν πρὸς πᾶσαν τροφὴν ἀπεχθάνεται σωματικήν τε καὶ ψυχικήν, οἱ δὲ τὴν ὑγείαν τῆς ψυχῆς ε χοντες πεινῶσι καὶ διψῶσι τὴν δικαιοσύνην. Πύλαι δὲ θανάτου αἱ πρὸς θάνατον ἁμαρτίαι. ταύταις ἐγγίζουσιν οἱ πρὶν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν ε τι ζωτικὴν ε χοντες πνοήν τε καὶ δύναμιν, λέγω δὴ τὴν περὶ θεοῦ ε ννοιαν· διὸ ἐν τῷ θλίβεσθαι αὐτοὺς βοῶσι πρὸς κύριον, καὶ σῴζει αὐτοὺς ἐκ πασῶν τῶν κατεχουσῶν ἀναγκῶν. καὶ εἰ μὴ πρὸς κύριον ἐκέκραξαν, ε φθανον α ν καὶ μέχρις αὐτοῦ τοῦ θανάτου. 1021 Ps 106,22b ̓Εξαγγέλλει δὲ ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ πᾶς ὁ τὰ εἰς ἑαυτὸν γενόμενα ἐξαγγέλλων καὶ πεῖραν ἐσχηκὼς τῆς αὐτοῦ εὐεργεσίας, οὐχ ὁ ἁπλῶς τὰ ἑτέρων γενόμενα διηγούμενος. 1022 Ps 106,26 Τὸ δὲ ἀναβαίνειν λέγεσθαι τὰ υ δατα ε ως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ καταβαίνειν ε ως τῆς ἀβύσσου καθ' ὑπερβολὴν ει ρηται. καὶ γὰρ τοῦ τοιούτου τρόπου ευ ροις α ν μυρία παραδείγματα ἐν τῇ γραφῇ· περὶ γὰρ τῶν πόλεων τῶν τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ἐχθρῶν ο τι τετειχισμέναι η σαν ε ως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ διὰ τὸ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς τετειχίσθαι τείχεσι, καὶ τὸ ̔Υπὲρ χιόνα δὲ λευκανθήσομαι τῷ αὐτῷ ει ρηται τρόπῳ. 1023 Ps 106,38b Αλλοι φασί· κτήνη α ν ει εν τὰ καλούμενα πρόβατα, οι τινες ε ξουσι πλῆθος καὶ μέγεθος διὰ τὸ κατωρθωκέναι πραΰτητα καὶ εὐμάθειαν. 1024 Ps 106,42b ̓Αλλὰ καὶ μὴ ε χουσα κατειπεῖν τῆς περὶ τὰ ε θνη οἰκονομίας τοῦ θεοῦ ἐμφράξει τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς. ἀνομίαν δὲ νοήσεις τὸν διάβολον καὶ πάντα τὸν κατ' αὐτὴν πεποιωμένον κατὰ τὸ ̓Ενεφράγη στόμα λαλούντων α νομα. 1025 Ps 106,43 ̓Επειδὴ τὸ πολὺ αὐτῶν ἀνάκειται τῇ πνευματικῇ διανοίᾳ, σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν ε στι τὸ συνιέναι αὐτά. 217 1026 Ps 107,2b ∆όξα αὐτοῦ ἡ πρακτικὴ καὶ θεωρητικὴ ε ξις καθ' η ν διάκειται πρὸς τὴν ἠθικὴν καὶ διανοητικὴν ἀρετήν. 1027 Ps 107,3 Οι ς ἀνέτειλε τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν, πρὸς κύριον ὀρθρίσαντες ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατοῦντες, πλήττοντες τὸ ψαλτήριον καὶ κρούοντες τὴν κιθάραν μελῳδοῦσι τῷ πανσόφῳ θεῷ, εὐρύθμως καὶ ἐναρμονίως τοὺς υ μνους ἀναπέμποντες. ει ρηται δὲ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ τί ψαλτήριον καὶ τί κιθάρα. 1028 Ps 107,5 Μεγαλύνεται ε ως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸ ε λεος, ἀρχόμενον ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς· Τοῦ γὰρ ἐλέους κυρίου πλήρης ἡ γῆ. τὸ τέλος ε χει τοὺς ἀρξαμένους ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐλεεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν φθάσαι ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν κληρονομῆσαι. μεγαλύνεται δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς τὸν πνευματικὸν διακονουμέναις ὑετὸν νεφέλαις Μωυσῇ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, ἐπείπερ ἡ διακονία αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῆς σκιᾶς ἀρξαμένη εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν καταλήγει, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὺς πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ προσκυνῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ὡσαύτως τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοῦ πνεύματος μαθηταῖς. 1029 Ps 107,6 ̓Απὸ τῆς πρώτης λέξεως ε ως τοῦ ̓Επὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἡ δόξα σου ὁ αὐτός ἐστι τῶν Ν , ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἑξῆς στίχου μέχρι τελευτῆς τῶν ΝΘ· ο θεν ε καστα τῶν προκειμένων ἐκεῖ εἰρηκότες νῦν ἐπιτεμνόμεθα. 1030 Ps 107,6 ̔Υψουμένου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου φοροῦσι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐρανοῖς καλουμένοις, ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἐκτείνεται τὴν γῆν τὴν δυναμένην

The Fruitfulness of the Just and the Symbolism of Gilead and Manasseh§202

202To bear a hundred and sixty and thirty; as God is lifted up toward the contemplative natures of the world, which are called heavens, His glory is found upon the practical earth, which is called earth.

Not otherwise are those worthy of being loved by you can only be rescued from the enemies holding them or those surrounding them by you saving with your right hand and by me interceding for them (Ps 107:7). An oath is interpreted as a symbol of work (Ps 107:8–10). The Lord, having been lifted up on the cross and having ascended, divided the works of men as to justifying some and rejecting others; for He is a just judge.

Therefore, even the place near the surface, because it is called a valley below due to the human bodies dwelling in it, is called the measurement of the dwellings of the souls inhabiting it, to provide for both the things below and these things. Indeed, He sent the heralds of truth into all the nations, so that the gospel of justification might be proclaimed.

Gilead is interpreted as migration, Manasseh as being from oblivion, and Ephraim as fruitfulness. the Savior says, 'My Gilead is mine, and Manasseh is mine,' meaning migrating from evil to truth or from evil to virtue or from earth to heaven; and mine also is the one who has overcome all the oblivion of good things and has come from it.or he who comes from oblivion into memory is Manasseh, meaning having left and abandoned the oblivion in which the good things of God were forgotten.

But also the great fruitfulness of the believing nations has become a covering and a perception of the Savior; for as Paul writes to those who were benefited by him, saying they are his joy and crown (1 Thess 2:19), so also the Savior has a perception, a crown being woven for him by those bearing up righteousness and truth. And Judah is his king, not by his ruling, but by the king being made to dwell in him. Such is David, or perhaps everyone confessing on behalf of whom Judah was strengthened, meaning confession.

Moab, however, because of being a punishment for those handed over to him by the Lord, is the lion of hope. And the lion often signifies punishment among the prophets. Since punishments fall upon a good intention, they bring good hope.

I extend my footwear

Greek · §202

καρποφορεῖν ἑκατὸν ἑξήκοντα τριάκοντα· η ὑψουμένου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τὰς θεωρητικὰς τοῦ κόσμου φύσεις προσαγορευομένας οὐρανούς, ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὰς πρακτικὰς γῆν ὀνομαζομένας τυγχάνει. 1031 Ps 107,7 Οὐκ α λλως οἱ α ξιοι τοῦ ὑπὸ σοῦ ἀγαπᾶσθαι ῥυσθεῖεν ἀπὸ τῶν κατεχόντων πολεμίων η καὶ τῶν περιστάντων αὐτούς, η σοῦ σώσαντος τῇ δεξιᾷ σου καὶ ἐπακούοντος ἐμοῦ τοῦ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πρεσβευομένου. 1032 Ps 107,8–10 ̓Ωμίασις ἑρμηνεύεται Σίκημα, ε ργου σύμβολον ου σα. ὑψωθεὶς ου ν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ ἀναβεβηκώς, διεμέρισε τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ε ργα ὡς τὰ μὲν δικαιῶσαι, τὰ δὲ ἀποδοκιμάσαι· κριτὴς γὰρ δίκαιός ἐστι. διὸ καὶ τὸν περίγειον τόπον, διὰ τὸ ει ναί που κάτω κοιλάδα καλούμενον τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ διατριβόντων σωμάτων ἀνθρωπίνων, σκηνώματα καλεῖται τῶν ἐνοικουσῶν ψυχῶν διαμέτρησιν τῷ καὶ τῶν κάτω καὶ τῇδε πραγμάτων προνοεῖσθαι. ἀμέλει γοῦν εἰς πάντα τὰ ε θνη ἀπέστειλε τοὺς κήρυκας τῆς ἀληθείας, κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον δικαιώσας. Γαλαὰδ μετοικισμός, Μανασσῆς δὲ ἀπὸ λήθης, ̓Εφραῒμ καρποφορία ἑρμηνεύεται. ἐρεῖ ου ν ὁ σωτὴρ ̓Εμός ἐστι Γαλαάδ, καὶ ἐμός ἐστι Μανασσῆς, ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν η ἀπὸ κακίας εἰς ἀρετὴν η γῆς εἰς οὐρανὸν μετοικιζόμενος· ἐμὸς δ' ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ λήθην τῶν καλῶν πᾶσαν ὑπερβὰς καὶ ἀπὸ ταύτης γεγενημένος. ὁ γὰρ μετὰ λήθην εἰς μνήμην ἐρχόμενος Μανασσῆς ἐστι, τουτέστι ἀπὸ λήθης ἀφεὶς καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν λήθην καθ' η ν ἐπιλέληστο θεοῦ τῶν ἀγαθῶν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ πολλὴ καρποφορία τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐθνῶν σκέπη καὶ ἀντίληψις τοῦ σωτῆρος γέγονεν· ὡς γὰρ Παῦλος τοῖς πρὸς αὐτοῦ ὠφεληθεῖσι γράφει ὡς ει εν αὐτοῦ χαρὰ καὶ στέφανος, ου τω καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἀντίληψιν ε χει στέφανον αὐτοῦ πλεκόμενον τοὺς δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀλήθειαν καρποφοροῦντας. Καὶ ̓Ιούδας δὲ βασιλεὺς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, οὐ τῷ βασιλεύειν αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ τῷ βασιλέα ο ντα προσοικειῶσθαι αὐτῷ. τοιοῦτος δὲ ὁ ∆αυίδ, η τάχα πᾶς ἐξομολογούμενος ἐφ' οι ς κατώρθωσεν ̓Ιούδας ἐστι ἐξομολόγησις ἑρμηνευόμενος. ̔Ο μέντοι Μωὰβ διὰ τὸ κολαστικὸς ει ναι τῶν αὐτῷ παραδεδομένων ὑπὸ κυρίου τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ λέγοντος λέβης ἐστίν. ὁ δὲ λέβης πολλαχοῦ τῶν προφητῶν σημαίνει κόλασιν. ἐπεὶ ου ν χρηστῇ προθέσει αἱ κολάσεις ἐπάγονται ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν διαδεχομένην ε χουσαι, λέβης ἐλπίδος καὶ προσδοκία ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν. ̓Επὶ τὴν ̓Ιδουμαίαν ἐκτενῶ τὸ ὑπόδημά μου. εἰ πρόσωπον ει η τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ ταῦτα λέγον, ἐπεὶ μεταλαμβάνεται ἡ ̓Ιδουμαία εἰς τὸ γηίνη, ἐρεῖ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ γήινα πορείαν ποιήσασθαι· σύμβολον γὰρ 218 κεκαλυμμένης πορείας τὸ ὑπόδημα. πάλαι μὲν ου ν γυμνῇ τῇ πορείᾳ ἐχρῆτο κτίζων προνοούμενος, νῦν δὲ μετὰ σαρκὸς η ς περίκειται η καὶ ὑπόδημα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὑπεδήσαντό τινες τῇ ἑτοιμασίᾳ τῆς εἰρήνης, καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ὑπόδημα πανταχοῦ διαδοθὲν ἐξετάθη ἐπὶ τὴν ̓Ιδουμαίαν καθ' ἑκατέρους τοὺς εἰρημένους τρόπους. 1033 Ps 108,6–8 Οὐ πᾶσι τὰ αὐτὰ δεξιά, ἀλλὰ τῷ μὲν σπουδαίῳ τὰ νοητὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς, τῷ δὲ φαύλῳ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς κακίας· ἐν μὲν τοῖς δεξιοῖς τοῦ ἁγίου θεὸς ι σταται, ἐν δὲ τοῖς τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ διάβολος. ἀλλ' ι σως ἀντερεῖ τις λέγων· Καὶ περὶ ̓Ιησοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου ἱερέως ἁγίου τυγχάνοντος λέλεκται Καὶ ὁ διάβολος εἱστήκει ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀντικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ. οὐκ ἐπέστησε δὲ ὁ ἀνθιστάμενος τῇ τῶν λέξεων διαφορᾷ· ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ ̓Ιούδα ∆ιάβολος στήτω ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ γέγραπται, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ μεγάλου ἱερέως Καὶ ὁ διάβολος εἱστήκει ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ ἀντικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ· τῇ γὰρ δεξιότητι τοῦ ἁγίου ι σταται μαχόμενος καὶ ἀνθιστάμενος, εἰ καὶ ἀνατρέψαι οὐχ οι ός τέ ἐστι τὸν ου ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς ἐστι· τοῦ δὲ ̓Ιούδα ὡς ἐν ἰδίῳ τόπῳ τοῖς δεξιοῖς ι σταται. διὸ καὶ φαῦλός ἐστι, καὶ ε τι τὸ ἑπόμενον ἐμφαίνει τὴν πονηρίαν αὐτοῦ, τοῦ σωτῆρος εὐχομένου εἰς ἁμαρτίαν γενέσθαι τὴν τοῦ ̓Ιούδα προσευχήν. γίνεται εἰς ἁμαρτίαν προσευχὴ τῷ ἀναπέμποντι αὐτήν, ο ταν ἀποτυγχάνῃ ω ν αἰτεῖται. Ηυ ξατο γοῦν, τρόπον τινὰ προδιδοὺς τὸν διδάσκαλον, ἀφανισθῆναι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ καὶ σκορπισθῆναι πάντας τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ πεπιστευκότας, ἀλλ' ἀπέτυχεν. ε δραμε γοῦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ πιστεύοντες αὐτῷ ὁσημέραι αὐξάνοντες τὴν πᾶσαν οἰκουμένην ἐπλήρωσαν. Καὶ α λλως γε γίνεταί τινι εἰς ἁμαρτίαν ἡ προσευχή, ο ταν μὴ α δεῖ ἀλλὰ α μὴ συμφέροι αὐτῷ ἀξιοῖ λαβεῖν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κρίναντος αὐτόν, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ α πρέπει θεὸν διδόναι μηδὲ αὐτῷ λυσιτελῆ ᾐτήσατο. Παντὸς δὲ προδότου τῆς ἀληθείας γίνονται αἱ

The Right Hand of God and the Glory of the Son§203

203A few days, being enlightened, before he betrays the truth. Being enlightened by the true light, and receiving also the oversight of this instead of himself, becoming a teacher who both remained and progressed in the truth.

The fathers of Judah, who begot him through betrayal (Ps 108:14a), and those who are able to do this through the giving of silver, and what Satan, having cast it into his heart, incited him to betray the Lord; and those having the wisdom of this age, the rulers concerning whom Paul says, 'For if they had known, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory' (1 Cor 2:8). And he put him to death, because he became the one handed over to death (Ps 108:16c).

He who is clothed in the form of the slave speaks as to the Lord the Father (Ps 108:21–23). And he says to the Lord how he will do mercy with him, benefiting those who are his body; for the things happening to his body are reckoned to himself. Therefore he says, 'Do with me for the sake of your name, since in this I have come to those whom you sent, saying, I have come in the name of the Father; because of this name do it, for your mercy is good, benefiting and full of goodness; do it, since also my heart is troubled within me.' You say 'heart,' and the apostles are his equals, the lesser ones having become believing ones who were found to be his body. Since the disciples were not scattered having been scandalized in that night, but Judas and the crowd of the Pharisees stood over to hold him, it happened that their being troubled was his heart. But even if his heart was troubled, he did not depart from him, being held by him and dwelling in his disciples. But also everyone whose heart is being troubled from thoughts or suffering, doing nothing and saying nothing according to the trouble, says, 'My heart was troubled within me.' Since, indeed, the Savior is to live always among men (for indeed he was taken up after the resurrection into the heavens), he speaks concerning human life as not permanent nor standing, like a shadow in its vanishing: 'You were cast away from me like a chaff.' For just as the chaffs are scattered away through weakness of nature.

They are tossed about; not that I, having taken on a weak life through men, was quickly driven out of weakness to be crucified, but having been taken up after the resurrection. It is possible also to say concerning all the disciples as it is said concerning Him, 'I was tossed about like locusts' (Ps 108:30-31), since, being persecuted and tossed about by those desiring evil, they are not humbled but are carried away flying upward. And all the martyrs, having been tossed about like locusts, having left the things below, pursue the prize of the high calling.

Giving the reason for confessing and praising Him, He brought it so that He might stand at the right hand of the poor; it is evident regarding Him who became poor for all, that through my poverty they might become rich. He stands at the right hand of Him who does all things rightly and thinks all things rightly. Again, the God, having set the pretext of standing at His right hand, says, 'To save my soul' (Ps 109:1).

Having fulfilled the economy, both having been raised from the dead and having been taken up into heaven, the Lord Jesus says, 'Sit at my right hand, until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet' (Ps 109:6), that is, the Father. Paul, therefore, says that after this ascension, the voice was spoken through Him to say, 'Having made a cleansing of sins, He sat in the right hand of majesty in the high places.' For to which of the angels was it ever said, 'Sit at my right hand?' (Heb 1:8).

The Lord, therefore, who is the Father of all those having been brought forth with Him, says to the Lord of creation, 'Sit at my right hand, until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet.' And the Father says to the Son, as if a father to a son and a son to a father, for He does not converse using speech; for He is His own thought, truth, wisdom, and word. And the Lord of the Lord sits in the right hands.

It is not locally, in the body, that He says these things, as if we were seeking the right hand in a place. Rather, those partaking of God are indeed in the right hand, since God is holy and good; no one else will be counted holy, reigning with the Father. For the 'Sit at my right hand' declares the co-reigning of the Son toward the Father. If it is regarding the rational beings: those having wisdom and the most keen virtue are thrones of God; and in these, the Savior sits at the right hand of God.

Greek · §203

ἡμέραι ὀλίγαι, α ς ει χε φωτιζόμενος, πρὶν προδῷ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς φωτιζόμενος, λαμβάνει δὲ καὶ τούτου τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἀντ' αὐτοῦ διδάσκαλος γινόμενος, ὁ καὶ ἐμμείνας καὶ προκόψας ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. 1034 Ps 108,14a Πατέρες τοῦ ̓Ιούδα οἱ κατὰ προδοσίαν γεννήσαντες αὐτὸν ει ναι δύνανται οι τε διὰ τῆς δόσεως τῶν ἀργυρίων εἰς τοῦτο αὐτὸν παρορμήσαντες, καὶ ε τι ὁ βαλὼν εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ Σατανᾶς προδοῦναι τὸν κύριον, καὶ οἱ ε χοντες σοφίαν τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος α ρχοντες περὶ ω ν ὁ Παῦλος Εἰ γὰρ ε γνωσαν, οὐκ α ν τὸν κύριον τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν. 1035 Ps 108,16c ̓Εθανάτωσε δὲ αὐτόν, αι τιος γενόμενος τοῦ εἰς θάνατον παραδοθῆναι. 1036 Ps 108,21–23 ̔Ο τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφὴν περικείμενος ὡς πρὸς κύριον τὸν πατέρα λαλεῖ. λέγει δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ, ο πως ποιήσει μετ' αὐτοῦ ε λεος εὐεργετῶν τοὺς πιστεύοντας ο ντας αὐτοῦ σῶμα· τὰ γὰρ εἰς τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ γινόμενα ἑαυτῷ λογίζεται. διό φησι Ποίησον μετ' ἐμοῦ ε νεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματος σου, ἐπείπερ ἐν τούτῳ ἐλήλυθα πρὸς ου ς ἀπέστειλάς με φάσκων ̓Εγὼ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς ἐλήλυθα· ε νεκεν ου ν τούτου τοῦ ὀνόματος ποίησον, Οτι χρηστὸν τὸ ε λεός σου, εὐεργετικὸν ο ν καὶ μεστὸν ἀγαθότητος· ποίησον δέ, ἐπεὶ Καὶ ἡ καρδία μου τετάρακται ἐντός μου. Λέγοις δ' α ν καρδίαν καὶ ἰσοψύχους αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἀποστόλους, τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων πεπιστευκότων τυγχανόντων αὐτῷ σῶμα. ἐπεὶ ου ν ἐσκορπίσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ σκανδαλισθέντες ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ, ο τ' ἐπαρέστησαν ἐπὶ τῷ κρατῆσαι αὐτὸν ̓Ιούδας καὶ ὁ τῶν Φαρισαίων ο χλος, τεταράχθαι αὐτοὺς καρδίαν αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντας συνέβη. πλὴν εἰ καὶ ἐταράχθη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' ου ν οὐκ ἀπέστη αὐτοῦ, περιεχομένη αὐτοῦ καὶ ε νδον ου σα τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ πᾶς ὁ ταραττόμενος τὴν καρδίαν ἀπὸ λογισμῶν η παθῶν, μηδὲν δὲ πράττων η λέγων κατὰ τὴν ταραχήν, ἐρεῖ τὸ ̓Εταράχθη ἡ καρδία μου ἐντός μου. Ει τ' ἐπεὶ ἀεὶ ἐν 219 ἀνθρώποις η μελλεν ὁ σωτὴρ διάγειν (ἀνελήφθη γοῦν μετὰ ἀνάστασιν εἰς οὐρανούς), ἐρεῖ περὶ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς οὐ μονίμου οὐδ' ἑστηκυίας ου σης ὡς σκιὰ ἐν τῷ ἐκλείπειν ̓Αντανῃρέθης μου ἐκτιναχθέντος ὡς ἀκρίδος· ὡς γὰρ αἱ ἀκρίδες δι' ἀσθένειαν φύσεως θᾶττον ἐκτινάσσονται σοβούμεναι, ου τω κἀγὼ ἀσθενῆ ζωὴν δι' ἀνθρώπους ἀναλαβὼν ἐπὶ τῷ σταυρωθῆναι ἐξ ἀσθενείας ταχέως ἐξεδιώχθην μετὰ ἀνάστασιν ἀναληφθείς. ∆ύναται καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν μαθητῶν ὡς περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγειν τὸ ̓Εξετινάχθην ὡσεὶ ἀκρίδες, ἐπείπερ διωκόμενοι καὶ ἐκτινασσόμενοι πρὸς τῶν κακοῦν θελόντων οὐ ταπεινοῦνται ἀλλ' ἱπτάμενοι μετάρσιοι φέρονται. καὶ πάντες ου ν οἱ μάρτυρες ἐκτιναχθέντες ὡσεὶ ἀκρίδες, ἐάσαντες τὰ κάτω, διώκουσι τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς α νω κλήσεως. 1037 Ps 108,30.31 ̓Αποδιδοὺς δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι καὶ αἰνεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπήγαγεν Οτι παρέστη ἐκ δεξιῶν πένητος· ἐμοῦ δηλονότι τοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντων πτωχεύσαντος, ο πως τῇ ἐμῇ πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσωσι. παρίσταται δὲ ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ πάντα δεξιῶς πράττοντός τε καὶ φρονοῦντος. πάλιν δὲ τοῦ ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ παρεστάναι τὸν θεὸν τὴν πρόφασιν τιθεὶς λέγει Τοῦ σῶσαι τὴν ψυχήν μου. 1038 Ps 109,1bc Πληρώσαντι τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἐκ νεκρῶν τε ἀναστάντι καὶ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναληφθέντι τῷ υἱῷ κυρίῳ ο ντι ει πεν ὁ κύριος Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ε ως α ν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου, τουτέστιν ὁ πατήρ. Παῦλος γοῦν οι δε μετὰ τὴν ἀνάληψιν ταύτην εἰρῆσθαι τὴν φωνὴν διὰ τοῦ φάναι Καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ποιησάμενος ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψηλοῖς· καὶ ἑξῆς Τίνι γὰρ τῶν ἀγγέλων ει ρηκέ ποτε Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου; κύριος τοίνυν ω ν ὁ πατὴρ τῶν πρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγενημένων ἁπάντων λέγει τῷ κυρίῳ τῆς κτίσεως Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ε ως α ν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου. Λέγει δὲ ὁ πατὴρ τῷ υἱῷ ὡς α ν ει ποι πατὴρ υἱῷ καὶ υἱὸς πατρί, οὐ γὰρ προφορᾷ χρώμενος διαλέγεται τῷ υἱῷ· αὐτὸς γὰρ αὐτοῦ νόησις ἀλήθειά τε καὶ σοφία καὶ λόγος. κάθηται δὲ ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ κυρίου. οὐ τοπικῶς η σῶμα η ν η ει χεν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων, κα ν ἐν τόπῳ τὸ δεξιὸν ἐζητοῦμεν. δεξιοῖ τοιγαροῦν τοῦ θεοῦ οἱ μετέχοντες αὐτοῦ καθὸ θεὸς καὶ α γιος καὶ ἀγαθός ἐστιν· ω ν οὐκ α λλος ἡγήσεται η α μα τῷ πατρὶ βασιλεύων. τὸ γὰρ Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν συμβασιλεύειν τοῦ υἱοῦ δηλοῖ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. Ει τ' ἐπὶ τῶν λογικῶν· οἱ μὲν σοφίαν καὶ ἀκραιφνεστάτην ἀρετὴν ε χοντες θρόνος εἰσὶ τοῦ θεοῦ· καὶ ἐν τούτοις καθήμενος ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ

The distinction between making and begetting§204

204He sits. But those who have rushed toward wickedness and malice are enemies of the Word and the truth. But the Father also wills these to be changed through repentance, making them followers of the path and the feet of the Word, since having become his footstool, they fall from his feet; but with a turning toward virtue and wisdom, becoming more mobile, they themselves shall become a throne from being a footstool. Therefore Paul says, 'For he must reign until he has put all enemies under his feet' (Ps 110:1). And there God says, 'Until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet' (Ps 110:1). For he indeed sits at the right hands of the Father reigning, while the enemies oppose him. But having set for them the beginning of benefit by subduing them and making them his footstool, he raises their desiring hand, so that they themselves might be counted among the right-handed, no longer in the wickedness through which they happened to be on the left; so that in the end, the Father is in the Son and the Son in the Father, and all the rational beings, having been perfected, become toward the Father and the Son of God, all things becoming in all things.

Thoughts and not thus: the name of the beginning, 'kingdom,' here signifies not as with the Savior in the day of his power, but after the resurrection in which he rose from the dead; for if he was crucified out of weakness, but lives by the power of God. It signifies the beginning kindred to him which is coming, through which he holds and rules (that is, the day of his power), not in things happening by chance, but in the brightness of the saints through which they possess light, being illuminated and made bright by the true light, as one might say, 'Let the brightness of the Lord our God be upon us.' If, however, he says 'beginning' regarding those who are beginning, according to what is signified, it is said that God prevails over every beginning, and his beginning was made at his own time; and you do not say thus, but rather those who are beginning are under him in the day of his power, when the sun of righteousness shines (Mal 4:2). For he himself says concerning those being ruled by him toward the Father, 'I want that where I am, they also may be, that they may see my glory' (Ps 110:3). All the ecclesiastics were not before now...

But they also always say that the appointed voice is said towards the Father, joined to the beginning of the psalm thus: 'The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, so that I may make your enemies a footstool for your feet; from the womb before the dawn I begot you' (Psalm 110:1; Psalm 89:12)—through the middle of the other half-verses.

And indeed the apostle, having followed this thought, has said: 'For which of the angels did he ever say, Sit at my right hand?' (Hebrews 1:5) saying only once. Not to any of the born, but to his only-begotten Son alone: 'Sit at my right hand,' since he himself is alone the only-begotten who is in the bosom of the Father.

Let us see also what this very word intends. And it must be said that God is indeed simple and undivided; and even while he is thus, if the divine Word wishes to truly present himself as a maker, from whom we are, he says, speaking of his hands, that the heavens and the rest of creation are the work of his hands.

Just so, with genuine parents, whom we call a star, if we mean not the adoptive ones but the genuine ones, since some are truly sons and others are adoptive and placed; if we do not mean the placed ones but the genuine ones, we say they are the offspring of the womb of those who bore them. And God, wishing to present a genuine Son and the only-begotten from himself, remembers the womb.

But just as he makes it with hands in a God-befitting way, so also we hear 'to have been begotten from the womb.' But the works of the hands are many, while the only-begotten offspring of the womb is one; therefore, it is not to be said of God that creating and begetting are the same, as some say.

For all things were made through the Word and in wisdom (John 1:3), and the wisdom and the Word were not through something, but were begotten from God. Therefore, begetting is not the same as making; for if there were no difference, nothing would prevent saying: 'My hands made you, and the heavens are the work of my womb.'

But just as the word has many variations, so also the things signified by it. But the Father does not say these things to the Son in ignorance, but so that we might know the intimacy of the Father toward the Son and of the Son toward the Father, these things were written. Just as what was said by that same only-begotten Wisdom: 'Before all mountains he begets me' (Proverbs 8:25), therefore also there, before the dawn...

Greek · §204

κάθηται. οἱ δὲ πρὸς κακίαν καὶ κακοδοξίαν ἑλάσαντες ἐχθροὶ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας εἰσί. βούλεται δὲ καὶ τούτους ὁ πατὴρ διὰ μετανοίας ε λκων ὑπὸ τὴν πορείαν καὶ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ λόγου ποιῆσαι, ι ν' ὑποπόδιον αὐτοῦ γεγενημένοι κατὰ τὸ ἐγχωροῦν α πτωνται τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ· μεθ' η ν ἁφὴν πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ σοφίαν εὐκινητότεροι γινόμενοι ἐξ ὑποποδίου καὶ αὐτοὶ θρόνος ε σονται. διό φησιν ὁ Παῦλος ∆εῖ γὰρ αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, α χρις ου θῇ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ου ν ὁ θεός φησιν Εως α ν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου. κάθηται μὲν γὰρ ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ πατρὸς βασιλεύων εἰς ο σον οἱ ἐχθροὶ ἀντιτείνουσιν. ο ταν δὲ αὐτοὺς ὑποτάξῃ καὶ ὑποπόδιον ἑαυτοῦ ποιῆσαι ἀρχὴν ὠφελείας ἐν αὐτοῖς τεθεικώς, ὀρέγων χεῖρα ἀνάγει αὐτούς, ο πως καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν δεξιοῖς ἀριθμηθεῖεν, οὐκέτι ου σης κακίας τότε δι' η ν ἐτύγχανον ἀριστεροί, ὡς λοιπὸν τὸν πατέρα ἐν υἱῷ καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἐν πατρὶ ε ν ει ναι καὶ πάντας τελειωθέντας τοὺς λογικοὺς ε ν γενέσθαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα ἐν πᾶσι γινομένου. 1039 Ps 109,3ab Νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ο νομα βασιλείαν ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει ου σαν μετὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ η μετὰ ἀνάστασιν η ν ἀνέστη ἐκ νεκρῶν· εἰ γὰρ ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ 220 δυνάμεως θεοῦ. η σημαίνων τὴν προσοῦσαν αὐτῷ σύμφυτον ἀρχήν, καθ' η ν κρατεῖ καὶ δυναστεύει (αυ τη δὲ ἡ τῆς δυνάμεως ἡμέρα) οὐκ ἐν τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἀλλ' ἐν ταῖς λαμπρότησι τῶν ἁγίων καθ' α ς ε ξουσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς φωτιζόμενοι καὶ λαμπρυνόμενοι ω στ' α ν εἰπεῖν Εστω ἡ λαμπρότης κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς. ̓Εὰν δὲ ἀρχὴν τοὺς ἀρχομένους λέγῃ, καθ' ο σημαινόμενον ει ρηται ̔Ο θεὸς πάσης ἀρχῆς ἐπικρατῶν, καὶ τὸ ̓Εγενήθη ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ ω μου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ου τως ἐρεῖς μετὰ τοῦ ει ναι τοὺς ἀρχομένους ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ η καταυγάζει η λιος δικαιοσύνης ω ν. λέγει γοῦν αὐτὸς περὶ τῶν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ βασιλευομένων πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Θέλω ι να ο που εἰμὶ ἐγὼ καὶ αὐτοί εἰσι μετ' ἐμοῦ, ι να θεωρῶσι τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμήν. 1040 Ps 109,3c Πάντες οἱ ἐκκλησιαστικοὶ οὐ νῦν πρότερον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ πρὸς τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν προκειμένην λέγουσι φωνὴν εἰρῆσθαι συναπτομένην τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ου τως· Ει πεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ε ως α ν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου· ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε, –τῶν α λλων ἡμιστίχων διὰ μέσου εἰρημένων. καὶ ε οικέ γε καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ταύτῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ ἠκολουθηκὼς εἰρηκέναι Τίνι γὰρ τῶν ἀγγέλων ει ρηκέ ποτε Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου; μονονουχὶ λέγων· Οὐδενὶ τῶν γεννητῶν ἀλλὰ τῷ μονογενεῖ υἱῷ ἑαυτοῦ μόνῳ ει πε Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἐπεὶ καὶ μόνος αὐτός ἐστι μονογενὴς ω ν ἐν κόλποις τοῦ πατρός. Ιδωμεν δὲ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν λέξιν τί βούλεται. καὶ ῥητέον γε ο τι ὁ θεὸς ἁπλοῦς μὲν καὶ ἀσύνθετός ἐστι· καὶ ο μως ου τως αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχοντος, ὁ θεῖος λόγος, ἐὰν δημιουργὸν αὐτὸν γνησίως παραστῆσαι βούλεται, ἀφ' ω ν ι σμεν, ὁμιλῶν τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ λέγει ε ργα ει ναι τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὴν α λλην κτίσιν. ου τω καὶ γνησίας γονεῖς, ο ταν λόγον ποιώμεθα, γαστέρα ὀνομάζομεν. ἐπεὶ γάρ εἰσι κυρίως τινῶν υἱοί, α λλοι δὲ εἰσποιητοὶ καὶ θετοί, ο ταν μὴ τοὺς θετοὺς ἀλλὰ τοὺς κυρίως σημαίνωμεν, λέγομεν γεννήματα γαστρὸς αὐτοὺς τῶν τεκόντων. καὶ θεὸς ου ν γνήσιον υἱὸν καὶ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ παραστῆσαι θέλων γαστρὸς μνημονεύει. ἀλλ' ω σπερ τὸ ποιεῖν αὐτὸν χερσὶ θεοπρεπῶς, ου τω καὶ τὸ γεγεννηκέναι ἐκ γαστρὸς ἀκούωμεν. ̓Αλλὰ πολλὰ μὲν τὰ χειρῶν ε ργα, ε ν δὲ τὸ μονογενὲς γέννημα γαστρός· ο θεν οὐ ταὐτὸν τὸ κτίζειν καὶ τὸ γεννᾶν ἐπὶ θεοῦ ῥητέον, ὡς οι ονταί τινες. πάντα μὲν γὰρ διὰ τοῦ λόγου καὶ ἐν σοφίᾳ γεγένηται, ἡ σοφία δὲ καὶ ὁ λόγος οὐ διά τινος ἀλλ' ἐκ θεοῦ γεγέννηται. διὸ οὐ ταὐτὸν τὸ γεννᾶν τῷ ποιεῖν· εἰ γὰρ μὴ ει χε διαφοράν, οὐδὲν ἐκώλυεν εἰπεῖν· Αἱ χεῖρές μου ἐποίησάν σε, καὶ γαστρός μου ε ργα οἱ οὐρανοί. ἀλλ' ω σπερ ἡ λέξις πολλὴν ε χει παραλλαγήν, ου τω καὶ τὰ σημαινόμενα ὑπ' αὐτῆς. ̓Αλλ' οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντι τῷ υἱῷ ταῦθ' ὁ πατὴρ λέγει, ἀλλ' ι ν' ἡμεῖς γνῶμεν τὴν οἰκειότητα τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἀνεγράφη ταῦτα. Ωσπερ καὶ τὸ ὑπ' αὐτῆς τῆς μονογενοῦς σοφίας εἰρημένον Πρὸ δὲ πάντων βουνῶν γεννᾷ με, διὸ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πρὸ ἑωσφόρου

The crushing of enemies and the exaltation of the Head§205

205It is said to have been born, and as a morning-bearing light, not only perceptible but also intelligible. And even regarding the intelligible, it is manifest what is said also of all creation, according to what is said: 'He himself is before all things' (Heb 1:3).

As for us, the Savior defines the Yes as Yes and the No as No; moreover, God, being truthful, is said to swear, without using an unchangeable or a changeable method. Therefore, 'The Lord has sworn and will not repent' (Ps 109:4), since the gifts and the calling of God are unchangeable; and the greatest calling is that of the Savior, into priesthood and an unchangeable gift, a priesthood not according to the order of Aaron but of Melchizedek unto the age.

For the priesthood of Aaron, lying ahead until a time of correction, was transferred, as Paul says, 'When the priesthood is changed, there is a change also of law by necessity' (Heb 7:12). But the covenant made toward the Savior is eternal, preserving the priesthood without transgression, being able to save those coming to God through him into perfection, the one who lives always to intercede for them.

Likewise also the spiritual sacrifices, a sacrifice of praise and of righteousness, he offers to the Father on our behalf, but he has also offered himself as a sacrifice for all, for the salvation of those being saved. As the Father says, 'Sit at my right hand, my Son' (Ps 109:5), now it is said, 'The Lord is at your right hand' (Ps 109:5), so that it might be manifest not locally that the Son is at the right hand of the Father.

For behold, both he is at the right hand and his Father is at the right hand, which is impossible if one thinks of 'at the right hand' locally. Just as the Father is in the Son and the Son is in the Father, so the Son is at the right hand of the Father. And the Father of the Son crushes the intelligible kings at his right hand on the day of his wrath, who are found to be nothing other than rulers and powers and cosmocrators of the darkness. They are the same ones being placed under the feet of the Savior because of the wickedness and malice they have...

His enemies will cease to be enemies after being crushed, as every such authority and power is being abolished by the Lord. The day of the Lord, the time of the judgment of all, is spoken of in the Scriptures.

When these things are thus fulfilled, God will fill the dead with corpses, not being empty or a non-participant of His fullness regarding those fallen from salvation, so that they might rise into eternal life. For the saints themselves have not received life from the fullness except for the fall and resurrection of many, casting down and making to fall those having a bad standing who seem to be established through wickedness and impiety, in order to raise them to a resurrection of life, so that they might serve Him as Head, after the bad kingdoms have been crushed as heads of many, who are called to be poured out because of wickedness. For since not only those but He himself has the head, that is, the king, first upon the earth that exists, having crushed the rulers of the nations upon evil, He himself legally reigns over them, being the Head of every man according to the inner human and of the blameless church.

The cause of all these things was established by Him having become one who is plucked from a streamlet in the way of the human life. For this the last verse alludes to, saying, 'From a streamlet in the way water is drawn'; because of this, He will lift up the head. Ps 109:7 A streamlet signifies trial in many places, and to draw from it is to receive it. Jesus has been tested, having become for salvation in the way of men, as the apostle says writing: 'For He himself has suffered having been tested, He is able to help those being tested' Heb 4:15; and having been shown to be King, authority being given to Him in heaven and upon the earth, He will lift up the head, a ruler not only of those upon the earth but also of those in the heavens, having been ordained by the Spirit so that every knee should bend to Him.

Greek · §205

γεγεννῆσθαι λέγεται, ἑωσφόρου δὲ φωτός, οὐκ αἰσθητοῦ μόνου ἀλλὰ καὶ νοητοῦ. εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν νοητῶν, πρόδηλον ο τι καὶ πάσης τῆς κτίσεως κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον Καὶ αὐτός ἐστι πρὸ πάντων. 1041 Ps 109,4 Ωσπερ ἡμῖν ὁ σωτὴρ ο ρκον ὁρίζει ει ναι τὸ Ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ Ου ου , ου τω μᾶλλον δὲ πολλῷ πλέον θεὸς ἀληθεύων ὀμνύναι λέγεται, οὐ ἀπωμοτικῷ η κατωμοτικῷ τινι χρησάμενος. ω μοσε τοίνυν ὁ κύριος καὶ οὐ μεταμελήσεται, ἐπείπερ ἀμεταμέλητα τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ θεοῦ· κλῆσις δὲ μεγίστη ἡ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰς ἱερωσύνην καὶ ἀμεταμέλητον χάρισμα, ἡ ἱερωσύνη οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν ̓Ααρὼν ἀλλὰ τοῦ Μελχισεδὲκ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. ἡ γὰρ τοῦ ̓Ααρὼν μέχρι καιροῦ διορθώσεως ἐπικειμένη μετετέθη, ῃ φησιν ὁ Παῦλος Μετατιθεμένης τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἀνάγκῃ καὶ νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται. ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα γεναμένη διαθήκη αἰώνιος ἀπαράβατον ε χει τὴν ἱερωσύνην, σῴζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δυναμένου τούτου τοῦ ἱερέως τοὺς δι' αὐτοῦ προσερχομένους τῷ θεῷ ζῶν πάντοτε 221 εἰς τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν. ου τως δὲ καὶ τὰς πνευματικὰς θυσίας, θυσίαν αἰνέσεως καὶ δικαιοσύνην ου σας, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν προσάγει τῷ πατρί, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ πάντων θυσίαν προσηγίοχεν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ο λων σωτηρίᾳ. 1042 Ps 109,5.6 Τοῦ πατρὸς εἰπόντος Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου τῷ υἱῷ, νῦν λέγεται Κύριος ἐκ δεξιῶν σου, ὡς φανεροῦσθαι μὴ τοπικῶς ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ πατρὸς ει ναι τὸν υἱόν. ἰδοὺ γὰρ α μα καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐκ δεξιῶν ἐστιν, ο περ ἀδύνατον εἰ τοπικῶς τὸ ̓Εκ δεξιῶν νοοῖτο. ὡς ου ν ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ἐν τῷ πατρί, ου τως ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ πατρὸς δεξιός. Καὶ ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ συνθλᾷ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ τοὺς νοητοὺς βασιλεῖς οὐκ α λλους τυγχάνοντας ἀρχῶν καὶ ἐξουσιῶν καὶ κοσμοκρατόρων τοῦ σκότους. οἱ αὐτοὶ δέ εἰσιν ου τοι οἱ ὑπὸ πόδας τοῦ σωτῆρος τιθέμενοι ο ντες διὰ τὴν κακίαν καὶ πονηρίαν η ν ει λαντο ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ, πλὴν συνθλασθέντες παύσονται τοῦ ει ναι πολέμιοι, καταργουμένης ὑπὸ κυρίου πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ πάσης ἐξουσίας τοιαύτης. ἡμέρα δὲ ὀργῆς κυρίου ὁ καιρὸς τῆς α μα πάντων κρίσεως ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς λέγεται. Τούτων δὲ ου τως ἐπιτελουμένων, ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ε θνεσι πτώματα πληρώσει, οὐδένα κενὸν ἐῶν καὶ ἀμέτοχον τῆς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ πληρότητος τῶν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ πεσόντων, ι να ἀναστῶσιν εἰς αἰώνιον ζωήν. κεῖται γὰρ αὐτὸς ου περ ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος οἱ α γιοι εἰλήφασιν εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν, καταβάλλων καὶ πίπτειν ποιῶν τοὺς φαύλην στάσιν ε χοντας τῷ κατὰ κακίαν καὶ ἀσέβειαν δοκεῖν ἱδρῦσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ἐγεῖραι αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, ο πως αὐτῷ λοιπὸν χρήσονται κεφαλῇ, συνθλασθεισῶν τῶν φαύλων βασιλειῶν α ς ει πε Κεφαλὰς πολλῶν, τῶν κεχυδεῶσθαι διὰ τὴν κακίαν πολλῶν καλουμένων. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οὐχ οι όν τε η ν α μα ἐκείνους καὶ αὐτὸν κεφαλὴν τουτέστι βασιλέα ε χειν πρῶτον ε τι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ω ν, συνθλάσας τοὺς ἐπὶ κακῷ τῶν ἐθνῶν α ρχοντας αὐτὸς νομίμως αὐτῶν βασιλεύων παντὸς ἀνδρὸς κατὰ τὸν ε σω α νθρωπον τυγχάνοντος καὶ τῆς ἀμωμήτου ἐκκλησίας κεφαλή ἐστιν. Αι τιον δὲ τούτων ἁπάντων καθέστηκε τὸ πεπωκέναι ἐκ χειμάρρου αὐτὸν γενόμενον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίου. τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ τελευταῖος αἰνίττεται στίχος λέγων ̓Εκ χειμάρρου ἐν ὁδῷ πίεται υ δωρ· διὰ τοῦτο ὑψώσει κεφαλήν. 1043 Ps 109,7 ̔Ο χειμάρρους πολλαχοῦ ω σπερ καὶ ἐνταῦθα πειρασμὸν σημαίνει, πιεῖν δὲ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐστι τὸ ἀναδέξασθαι αὐτόν. πεπείραται δὲ ̓Ιησοῦς ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας γενόμενος ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὁδῷ, ω ς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφων ω δε· ̓Εν ῳ γὰρ αὐτὸς πέπονθε πειρασθείς, δύναται τοῖς πειραζομένοις βοηθῆσαι· ω ν καὶ βασιλεὺς ἀναδειχθείς, δοθείσης αὐτῷ ἐξουσίας ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, υ ψωσε κεφαλήν, α ρχων οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπὶ τῷ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψαι αὐτῷ

The Fulfillment of the Covenant§206

206of those in heaven and on earth and under the earth and of every tongue confessing what the Lord Jesus Christ does for the glory of God the Father. The cross bears as a symbol this exaltation. And all these things shall be spoken concerning the happening of the Word made flesh. For if even he himself happens to be one of them, yet according to the thought it will not fit the things set forth to his incarnate presence.

And a little before, we set down as a known tradition those psalms which are written after the Alleluia among those arranged previously, and here from Psalm 150 to Psalm 178 the Alleluia is written; none of these is of a different character. Since the righteous one of David is not written on them, it is necessary according to his tradition to include all the following until 178. And let this be a general observation upon all the unwritten psalms. And the saint, about to proclaim the things having happened concerning the salvation of all by the Lord, pre-announces the voices set forth. And everyone confesses with all his heart, and he alone who has loved God with all his heart, soul, and mind; and, having turned away all his loving power toward God, he loves God with all his heart; and, having consumed all his hymnographic and eucharistic power toward God, he confesses to him with all his heart in the assembly of the important ones, not in a random place or with random people. It is possible to read 'With all his heart' as follows: 'In the counsel of the upright and in the assembly, the great works of the Lord' (Ps 110:2).

Generally and broadly called the will of the Lord, the things concerning his works in part are his individual wills. If not all things he willed, he did; the creation extends broadly to his will, the individual works being fitted to the specific wills. Therefore, since the Creator is great, his works are also great, most accurately fitted to the harmony of his wills; for they do not happen as they chance, but they happen as having been sought out for all the wills. Therefore, of the works having been sought out, let no one say 'to what purpose?' For all things were created for their need; therefore, all the works of God are very good. If, indeed, the works of God are taken...

Since things happening paradoxically and marvelously (some through Moses and the prophets, others through Jesus our savior) are spoken of, the preceding words are also spoken of these. For the resurrections of the dead, the cleansings of lepers, the sight of the blind, and things similar to these, Jesus performs symbolically through them, manifesting the healings of his own humanity, which are always previously the will of God.

And if one calls virtues the will of God because he will do all my wills, he will say great works have been sought out for all the wills of God, namely the activities according to virtue. Ps 110:5,6: And indeed he gives food without exception to those fearing him with a certain paradoxicalness, just as Daniel found the best in the lion's den in Babylon; from Jerusalem, the transport of Habakkuk was brought to Babylon, carrying food to Daniel. But also, having commanded the ravens to bring bread in the morning and meat in the evening to Elijah (during a time of much famine), he nourished him who feared the Lord.

And of his old covenant, when the time of correction having been given, the end is taking up, he shall be remembered for an eternity during the age of the new covenant according to the gospel, which remains without a successor. Therefore also, to the people, he appropriated his own blood; through the bath of regeneration and the renewal of the spirit, Jesus gives the power of his works, making manifest to them what power he has commanded them to work, the people, and the words of the things that have happened. His covenant shall be remembered for an eternity.

He who partial hardening happened to Israel, the fullness of the nations has entered into salvation. But since God is good, not being satisfied with only the fullness of the nations entering into the pure and glorified inheritance, he is remembered for an eternity of the covenant toward the sons of Israel through their fathers. He will announce to the Israelite people the power he made his works, so that, having seen the power of the economy, they also might be saved, after the fullness of the nations has entered, receiving from God the inheritance appropriated and confirmed to the nations. Ps 110:7,8: Many of the divine sayings...

Greek · §206

ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων καὶ πάσης γλώσσης ἐξομολογουμένης ο τι κύριος ̓Ιησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός. ταύτης τῆς ὑψώσεως σύμβολον ὁ σταυρὸς φέρει. Πάντα δὲ ταῦτα περὶ τοῦ γενομένου σαρκὸς λόγου εἰρήσεται. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ει ς καὶ αὐτὸς τυγχάνει, ἀλλ' ου ν κατὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν ἁρμόσει τῇ ἐνσάρκῳ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ τὰ προκείμενα. 1044 Ps 110,1 Καὶ ὀλίγῳ δὲ πρότερον η ν ε γνωμεν παράδοσιν ἀρχαίων ἐθήκαμεν ἐκείνων ει ναι τοὺς μετὰ τοῦ ̓Αλληλουϊὰ ἐπιγραφομένους ψαλμοὺς τῶν ἐν τοῖς προτέροις συντεταγμένων οι ς καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἀπὸ τοῦ ΡΙ ψαλμοῦ ε ως τοῦ ΡΙΗ τὸ ̓Αλληλουϊὰ προγέγραπται, οὐ παρεμφαινομένου προσώπου ῥητοῦ ου ε καστος τούτων τυγχάνει. ἐπεὶ ου ν ὁ ΡΘ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ἐπιγέγραπται, ἀνάγκη ο σον ἐπὶ τῇ παραδόσει αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς καθεξῆς ει ναι πάντας μέχρι τοῦ ΡΙΗ. καὶ ε στω καθόλου παρατήρησις αυ τη ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν ἀνεπιγράφων ψαλμῶν. Μέλλων δὲ ὁ α γιος ἀπαγγέλλειν τὰ ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ο λων γενόμενα ὑπὸ κυρίου προαναφωνεῖ τὰς 222 ἐκκειμένας φωνάς. ἐν ο λῃ δὲ καρδίᾳ ἐξομολογεῖται πᾶς καὶ μόνος ὁ ἐξ ο λης καρδίας καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ διανοίας τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπήσας· καὶ πᾶσαν μὲν τὴν ἀγαπητικὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν εἰς θεὸν ἀποτείνας ἐξ ο λης καρδίας τὸν θεὸν ἀγαπᾷ, πᾶσαν δὲ τὴν ὑμνητικὴν καὶ εὐχαριστικὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν εἰς θεὸν ἀναλώσας ἐξομολογεῖται αὐτῷ ἐξ ο λης καρδίας ἐν τῇ τῶν σπουδαίων συναγωγῇ, οὐκ ἐν τῷ τυχόντι τόπῳ η μετὰ τῶν τυχόντων. ∆υνατὸν στίξαντα εἰς τὸ ̓Εν ο λῃ καρδίᾳ ἀναγνῶναι ἑξῆς ̓Εν βουλῇ εὐθείων καὶ συναγωγῇ μεγάλα τὰ ε ργα κυρίου. 1045 Ps 110,2 Καθόλου καὶ γενικῶς ὀνομαζομένου τοῦ θελήματος τοῦ κυρίου, τὰ περὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ε ργων αὐτοῦ ἰδικὰ θελήματα αὐτοῦ ει εν. εἰ ου ν πάντα ο σα ἠθέλησεν ἐποίησε, καθόλου ἡ ποίησις ἐξῆπται τῆς θελήσεως αὐτοῦ, τῶν καθ' ε καστα ποιημάτων ἡρμοσμένων τοῖς κατ' ει δος θελήμασι. διὸ καὶ μεγάλου ο ντος τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, μεγάλα ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ σφόδρα ἠκριβωμένα πρὸς τὴν α ρμοσιν τῶν θελημάτων αὐτοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ὡς ε τυχεν, ἀλλ' ἐξεζητημένα εἰς πάντα τὰ θελήματα τυγχάνει ταῦτα. διὸ τῶν ε ργων ἐξεζητημένων, μὴ λεγέτω τις εἰς τί ἐκεῖνο. πάντα γὰρ εἰς χρείαν αὐτῶν ἐκτίσθη· διὸ πάντα καλὰ λίαν ἐστὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ε ργα. Εἰ δ' ε ργα θεοῦ λάβοι τις τὰ παραδόξως καὶ τεραστίως ἐπιτελούμενα (τοῦτο μὲν διὰ Μωυσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, τοῦτο δὲ διὰ ̓Ιησοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν), ῥηθείη καὶ περὶ τούτων τὰ προκείμενα ῥητά. τὰς γὰρ ἀναστάσεις τῶν νεκρῶν καὶ τὰς τῶν λεπρῶν καθάρσεις καὶ ἀναβλέψεις τῶν τυφλῶν καὶ τὰ ὁμογενῆ τούτοις ̓Ιησοῦς ἐπιτελῶν συμβολικῶς ἐδήλου δι' αὐτῶν τὰς τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου ἰάσεις, α περ πάντα προηγουμένως θελήματά ἐστι θεοῦ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἀρετὰς λάβοι τις θελήματα θεοῦ λέγεσθαι διὰ τὸ Ος ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου, ἐρεῖ ε ργα μεγάλα ἐξεζητημένα εἰς πάντα τὰ θελήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ει ναι τὰς κατ' ἀρετὴν ἐνεργείας. 1046 Ps 110,5.6 Καὶ κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν μέντοι τροφὴν ἐξαιρέτως δίδωσι τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτὸν μετά τινος παραδοξοποιΐας, ὡς τῷ ∆ανιὴλ τὸ α ριστον τυγχάνοντι ἐν τῷ λάκκῳ τῶν λεόντων ἐν τῇ Βαβυλῶνι· ἐκ τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ τὸν ̓Αμβακοὺμ μετάρσιον α ρας η γαγεν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα κομίζοντα τὴν τροφὴν αὐτῷ τῷ ∆ανιήλ. ἀλλὰ καὶ κόραξιν ἐντειλάμενος α ρτους τὸ πρωῒ καὶ κρέας τὸ δείλης φέρειν τῷ ̓Ηλίᾳ (λιμοῦ πολλῆς τυγχανούσης) ε θρεψεν αὐτὸν φοβούμενον τὸν κύριον. Τῆς δὲ παλαιᾶς διαθήκης αὐτοῦ ε ως καιροῦ διορθώσεως δοθείσης τέλος ἀναλαβούσης, μνησθήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τῆς κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καινῆς διαθήκης ἀδιαδόχου μενούσης. διὸ καὶ τῷ λαῷ ου ς περιεποιήσατο τῷ ἰδίῳ αι ματι διὰ λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας καὶ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ̓Ιησοῦς δίδωσι τὴν ἰσχὺν τῶν ε ργων αὐτοῦ, φανερῶν αὐτοῖς οι ας δυνάμεώς ἐστιν ε καστον ω ν προσέταξεν ἐργάζεσθαι τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῶν γεγονότων. Μνησθήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα διαθήκης αὐτοῦ. ο τε πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ γέγονε, τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς τὴν σωτηρίαν εἰσῆλθεν. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ἀγαθὸς ὁ θεός ἐστιν οὐκ ἀρκεσθεὶς τῷ μόνον τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἀκήρατον καὶ δεδοξασμένην κληρονομίαν, μιμνήσκεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τῆς πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς ̓Ισραὴλ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας αὐτῶν διαθήκης. τὴν ἰσχὺν ω ν ἐποίησεν ε ργων ἀναγγελεῖ τῷ ̓Ισραηλιτικῷ λαῷ, ι να τῆς οἰκονομίας τὴν δύναμιν θεωρήσαντες σωθῶσι καὶ αὐτοὶ μετὰ τὸ εἰσελθεῖν τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν λαμβάνοντες θεόθεν τὴν προσοικειωθεῖσαν καὶ βεβαιωθεῖσαν τοῖς ε θνεσι κληρονομίαν. 1047 Ps 110,7.8 Πολλαχοῦ τῶν θείων λογίων χεῖρα τοῦ

The Judgment as Rectitude and the Fear of God§207

207When calling the Father, we find the Lord, as 'The high hand has done all these things' (Ps 118:74). For the Word—through whom all things were made and in whom all things exist, which the Father made—is His hand creating the all. But also in a strong hand, having brought the people out of Egypt, God accomplished this in the same Son, as one of the apostles writes: 'Jesus, having saved a people once out of Egypt, twice destroyed those who did not believe' (Heb 12:26).

And since other scriptures also say that God has made all things by one hand, such as the one saying 'The heavens are the works of your hands' (Ps 89:11), and the one announcing 'The hands did not create all the host of heaven' (Isa 48:7) (this is consistent with the one who said 'Your hands made me and fashioned me' Ps 139:13), someone might rightly seek and find the Holy Spirit being called the hand of God; from which it is shown that the Holy Spirit is creative, in the Son and Holy Spirit of the Father, having worked the heavens and having created the host of heaven.

Among these works of the hand of God in all the saints, truth and judgment are found, happening to be truth. For He gives through the Holy Spirit a practical power, and judgment is that which judges and, with examination, defines, so that one must choose good and flee evil; but truth is what Christ gives through the Holy Spirit, namely a word of wisdom and a word of knowledge. The knowledge of truth and moral virtue are works of the hands of God, being truth and judgment; therefore, following this, all His commandments were brought forth, not spoken so as to be believed merely, but because of the immovable and certain, as it is written, 'I will give you an eternal covenant, the faithful things of David' (2 Sam 7:16).

These faithful commandments stand for ever and ever because they are of God and cannot be overturned. Concerning them, indeed, the Savior says, 'Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away' (Matt 24:35). But do not err by thinking that the things set forth concern the commandments which are according to the shadow. For those passed away until a time of correction was given. For concerning the spiritual laws according to Him, it is necessary to hear the things set forth, as the coming thing teaches thus: 'Having been made in truth and rectitude.'

For they become understood in truth according to the doctrine of godliness. But they are also completed in rectitude with the best of guarding, as the work of the hands of the Lord, and these being found to be being accomplished in each godliness, are truth and judgment. But take hold of judgment for the sake of rectitude, to direct the soul toward practical and ethical virtue, and judgment is to be critical of things to be done and not to be done.

As God sent redemption to his people (Ps 110:9ab: He has sent redemption to his people; there is nothing else to the one saying), the Son of Man came to give his soul as a ransom for many. By the same precious grace of God, having tasted every death, we were redeemed from our ancestral vain conduct. For Christ has become to us as wisdom and righteousness and sanctification from God, and also as redemption, saying, 'I was sent to proclaim liberty to the captives' (Luke 4:18). For the redeemer and benefactor of all has released from captivity those held by the devil and by wickedness, forgiving the sins and impieties of those fleeing to him. But his goodness was not satisfied with merely redeeming the captives and their heirs, those of his own father, but he set them as co-heirs of himself, having enjoined upon them an eternal testament, so that possessing it with brevity and perfect readiness, they might receive an immortal inheritance according to the eternal and incorruptible promises.

His name, he says, is holy to the saints, but fearful to the unholy (Ps 110:9c). For just as the fountain of holiness makes those participating in it become saints, so it is fearful to those who sin by bearing it.

As the doing of righteous things is the beginning of the good way (for this is the contemplation of truth) (Ps 110:10), so the fear of God is the same beginning and introduction into the wisdom of God, which is called the same as the contemplation of truth, which to the practically righteous belongs. For as the doing of righteous things leads toward the good way, so this fear of God leads toward wisdom. The name 'beginning' can be here, not instead of an introduction, but as being a cause, since the fear of God is that which is called the cause and the beginning. And the struggle with this wisdom is understanding.

Greek · §207

πατρὸς καλούμενον εὑρίσκομεν τὸν κύριον, ὡς ἐν τῷ ̔Η χείρ μου ἡ ὑψηλὴ ἐποίησε ταῦτα πάντα. ὁ γὰρ λόγος δι' ου τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡ σοφία ἐν ῃ τὰ πάντα ὁ πατὴρ ἐποίησε χείρ ἐστιν αὐτοῦ δημιουργήσασα τὸ πᾶν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν χειρὶ κραταιᾷ ἐξαγαγὼν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου τὸν λαὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ υἱῷ τοῦτ' εἰργάσατο, ω ς τις τῶν ἀποστόλων γράφει ̓Ιησοῦς α παξ λαὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου σώσας τὸ δεύτερον τοὺς μὴ πιστεύοντας ἀπώλεσε. Καὶ ἐπεὶ καὶ α λλαι γραφαὶ οὐ μιᾷ χειρὶ τὸν θεὸν πεποιηκέναι 223 φασὶν ὡς ἡ λέγουσα Εργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί, καὶ ἡ ἀπαγγέλλουσα Ου αἱ χεῖρες ε κτισαν πᾶσαν τὴν στρατιὰν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (συνᾴδει τούτοις καὶ ὁ εἰπὼν Αἱ χεῖρές σου ἐποίησάν με καὶ ε πλασάν με), ζητῶν τις εὐλόγως ευ ροι καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα χεῖρα τοῦ θεοῦ καλούμενον· ἐξ ου δείκνυται δημιουργικὸν ο ν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιον, ἐν υἱῷ καὶ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι τοῦ πατρὸς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐργασαμένου καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κτίσαντος. Τούτων δὲ τῶν χειρῶν ε ργα θεοῦ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἁγίοις εὑρίσκεται τυγχάνοντα ἀλήθεια καὶ κρίσις. η ν γὰρ δίδωσιν υἱὸς ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ πρακτικὴν ε ξιν, κρίσις ἐστὶ κρίνουσα καὶ μετ' ἐξετάσεως ὁρίζουσα α δεῖ αἱρεῖσθαι ἀγαθὰ καὶ φεύγειν κακά· ἀλήθεια δὲ ω ν δίδωσιν ὁ Χριστὸς διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα λόγον σοφίας καὶ λόγον γνώσεως. Εργα ου ν τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ χειρῶν γνῶσις ἀληθείας καὶ ἠθικὴ ἀρετὴ ο ντα ἀλήθεια καὶ κρίσις· διὸ ἀκολούθως ἐπηνέχθη Πισταὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐ διὰ τὸ πιστεύειν ου τως εἰρημέναι ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ἀμετακίνητον καὶ βέβαιον, καθ' ο σημαινόμενον γέγραπται ∆ώσω ὑμῖν διαθήκην αἰώνιον, τὰ ο σια ∆αυὶδ τὰ πιστά. Αυ ται ου ν αἱ πισταὶ ἐντολαὶ ἐστηριγμέναι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τυγχάνουσι διὰ τὸ θεοῦ ει ναι καὶ ἀνατραπῆναι μὴ οι ας τε ει ναι. περὶ αὐτῶν γοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ ̔Ο οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται, οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν, ει πεν. ̓Αλλὰ μὴ λάθῃς νομίσας περὶ ἐντολῶν τῶν κατὰ τὴν σκιὰν εἰρῆσθαι τὰ προκείμενα. παρῆλθον γὰρ ἐκεῖναι μέχρι καιροῦ διορθώσεως δοθεῖσαι. περὶ γὰρ τῶν κατ' αὐτὸν πνευματικῶν νόμων ἀκούειν δεῖ τῶν προκειμένων, ὡς τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον διδάσκει ε χον ου τως· Πεποιημέναι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ καὶ εὐθύτητι. γίνονται γὰρ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ νενοημέναι κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς θεοσεβείας. ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐθύτητι ἐπιτελοῦνται σὺν βελτίστῃ ε ξει φυλαττόμεναι, ὡς ε ργα χειρῶν κυρίου καὶ ταύτας ἐν ἑκάστῳ θεοσεβεῖ ἐπιτελεῖσθαι τυγχάνοντα ἀλήθεια καὶ κρίσις. μετέλαβε δὲ τὴν κρίσιν εἰς εὐθύτητα τῷ τὴν πρακτικὴν καὶ ἠθικὴν ἀρετὴν κατευθύνειν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ κριτικὴν ει ναι πρακτέων καὶ μὴ πρακτέων. 1048 Ps 110,9ab Ην ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς λύτρωσιν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ἑτέρα ἐστὶ τοῦ εἰπόντος Ηλθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. τῷ αὐτοῦ γοῦν τιμίῳ αι ματι χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γευσαμένου θανάτου ἐλυτρώθημεν ἐκ τῆς πατροπαραδότου ματαίας ἀναστροφῆς ἡμῶν. γέγονε γὰρ ἡμῖν ὁ Χριστὸς ω σπερ σοφία καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμὸς ἀπὸ θεοῦ, ου τω καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις, φάσκων ̓Απέστειλέ με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις α φεσιν. ἀφεὶς γὰρ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ τῆς κακίας κεκρατημένους λυτρωτὴς καὶ εὐεργέτης πάντων ἀναπέφανται, ἁμαρτήματα καὶ ἀσεβείας ἀφεὶς τῶν προσφευγόντων αὐτῷ. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ οὐκ ἀρκεσθεῖσα ἡ ἀγαθότης αὐτοῦ τῷ λελυτρῶσθαι μόνον τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους, καὶ κληρονόμους αὐτοὺς τοὺς τοῦ ἰδίου πατρός, ἑαυτοῦ δὲ συγκληρονόμους ε θετο ἐντειλάμενος αὐτοῖς διαθήκην αἰώνιον, ο πως συντόνως καὶ τελείᾳ προθυμίᾳ ἐχόμενοι αὐτῆς ἀθάνατον κληρονομίαν ἀπολάβωσι κατὰ τὰς αἰωνίους καὶ ἀφθάρτους ἐπαγγελίας. 1049 Ps 110,9c Τὸ ο νομα, φησίν, αὐτοῦ τοῖς μὲν ἁγίοις α γιον, τοῖς δὲ μὴ ἁγίοις φοβερόν. ω σπερ γὰρ ἁγίους ποιεῖ τοὺς μετέχοντας αὐτοῦ τυγχάνον πηγὴ ἁγιότητος, ου τω φοβερόν ἐστι τοῖς μετὰ τοῦ φορεῖν αὐτὸ ἁμαρτάνουσι. 1050 Ps 110,10 Ωσπερ τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀγαθῆς (αυ τη δ' ἐστὶν ἡ θεωρία τῆς ἀληθείας) ἀρχὴ τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ δίκαια ὑπάρχει, ου τως ἀρχὴ καὶ εἰσαγωγὴ εἰς τὴν θεοῦ σοφίαν οὐκ α λλην ου σαν τῆς θεωρίας τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ θεῖός ἐστι φόβος ὁ αὐτὸς ω ν τοῖς πρακτικοῖς δικαίοις ὀνομαζόμενος. ο νπερ ου ν ε χει λόγον τὸ ποιεῖν τὰ δίκαια πρὸς τὴν ἀγαθὴν ὁδόν, τοῦτον ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος πρὸς τὴν σοφίαν. δύναται τὸ ἀρχὴ ο νομα καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὐκ ἀντὶ εἰσαγωγῆς ἀλλ' αι τιον κεῖσθαι, ι ν' ῃ τὸ λεγόμενον αἰτία καὶ ἀρχὴ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος. Καὶ ἡ α μα τῇ σοφίᾳ ταύτῃ σύνεσις

Divine Authority and the Virginity of Mary§208

208Goodness is not for those who have merely thought about doing it, but for those who are actually doing it. For those who practice understanding, no benefit will be other than that of virtue, from whose benefit they learn the goodness of it.

Regarding all that has been theologized in the present Psalm, it is said that the end of it is that his understanding remains. For this is a fitting end for those who theologize: to say that his understanding (clearly of the one theologized about) remains forever. Since the one being praised is immortal, it is necessary that his understanding also be without end, as it lasts for all the ages.

He who does not act for the sake of anything else, but through human glory, or to avoid falling into the punishment that entices sinners, or for reward, but by choosing and acting for the sake of the good itself—for such a one will truly be blessed (Ps 111:1bc). The seed of the blessed man, who has the fear of the Lord, sows into the good land, his diligent and beautiful heart; it is possible for him to bring forth a hundredfold fruit (Ps 111:2,3). For those sowing the seeds of evils sow into the flesh, which is their weak and earthly existence (and so they reap corruption from the flesh), but those sowing into the Spirit, the powerful seed, they sow and reap into eternal life. For each of the imperfect and sinful, the Word commands: Sow for yourselves into righteousness, reap for yourselves into the fruit of life. Glory and wealth in his cosmos.

He who has heard the words of Jesus and turned them into works builds his house upon the rock, laying down the foundations of his life, both in thought and action, upon the unshakable Word of God. Each one who fears the Lord has built such a house upon having willed to do what is in the commands of the Lord (that is, to have intensely willed the words of Jesus), filling it with the glory of the notions of truth and the wealth composed of every word, every knowledge, and every working good. Thus, the promise of his righteousness extends into the age of ages. Such imperfect houses they have built for themselves, having feared the Lord, so that they might not dwell in the [er...]

They wander halfway according to Isaiah, but they dwell according to the formed Jacob as a house. Others have also taken the things set forth according to the literal sense.

And the words ought not to be regarded as human. For the words of the stewards are not believed, as they are said. For indeed, one has been placed in advance by prophecy from God, Amos, who became upon the uncircumcised, and Solomon, stripping the matter bare: 'My words,' he says, 'if they are said by God.' Careless also is the divine Gospel, sometimes regarding the giver and sometimes the ministers; from the ministers he says, as Paul says, 'My Gospel,' but from the one handing it over, Paul again says, 'Just as we were approved by God to be believed to have the Gospel,' and 'That they are set apart for the Gospel of God'; and this is not a wonder. For it is the Holy Spirit that fills the holy men with divine things, sometimes of God and sometimes of those possessing it, as it is said in Luke 'The Spirit of the Lord has rested upon him,' and 'In Spirit and in Power' Acts.

But do not think because it is said chronologically, 'Until he goes against his enemies, he is not shaken,' that what is shaken after the destruction of the enemies is not the same. For how could he be moved, the one who, having the enemies removed, did not suffer this while threatening and looming over them? For it is customary in the Scripture to use such a way in many places; for regarding Mary, the Gospel says she remained a virgin until she bore her firstborn son, and so on. Since it is proper to show that the birth of Jesus came from a virgin without marriage, it is fitting that she was once in doubt. Did the virgin not undergo corruption? He says also 'she conceived'; having gone around this doubt, he says she remained a virgin until the childbirth. For if it is not said that a virgin remains until she bears, a virgin did not conceive from a man, nor did a virgin bring forth a child without conception. By this thought, 'I am, I am' is said by God, and 'as you may be reproached, I am.'

He says, 'God is my horn.' For all the righteous say this, being confident: 'In you we horn our enemies.' And he who therefore blesses his enemies in the Lord, having horned his horn against them...

Greek · §208

ἀγαθὴ οὐ τοῖς α νευ τοῦ ποιεῖν νενοηκόσιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς ποιοῦσιν αὐτὴν τυγχάνει. τοῖς 224 γὰρ ποιοῦσι τὴν σύνεσιν οὐχ ἑτέραν ου σαν τῆς ἀρετῆς ὠφέλεια ε σται, ἐξ η ς ὠφελείας μανθάνουσι τὸ ἀγαθὸν αὐτῆς. ̓Επὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῷ προκειμένῳ ψαλμῷ θεολογηθεῖσι φέρεται τέλος μένειν τὴν αι νεσιν αὐτοῦ. τοῦτο γὰρ κατάλληλον πέρας τοῖς θεολογοῦσι τὸ λέγειν ̔Η αι νεσις αὐτοῦ (τοῦ θεολογηθέντος δηλονότι) μένει ἐπ' α πειρον. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ ὑμνούμενος ἀθάνατος, ἀνάγκη καὶ τὴν αι νεσιν αὐτοῦ ἀτελεύτητον ει ναι ὡς διαρκεῖν εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας. 1051 Ps 111,1bc ̔Ο μὴ α λλου του χάριν η αὐτῶν ε νεκα ἐνεργῶν αὐτὰς οι ον διὰ δόξαν ἀνθρωπίνην η διὰ τὸ μὴ περιπεσεῖν τῇ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἐπαγομένῃ κολάσει η διὰ μισθόν, ἀλλὰ δι' αὐτὸ τὸ ἀγαθὸν αἱρούμενος καὶ ἐνεργῶν–ου τω γὰρ ε σται ἀληθῶς ὁ τοιοῦτος μακάριος. 1052 Ps 111,2.3 Τοῦ μακαριζομένου ἀνδρὸς ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν τοῦ κυρίου φόβον ε χειν τὸ σπέρμα ο σπείρει εἰς τὴν ἀγαθὴν γῆν, τὴν σπουδαίαν καὶ καλὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ, δυνατόν ἐστιν ὡς ἑκατονταπλασίονα καρπὸν ἐνεγκεῖν. τῶν μὲν γὰρ φαύλων τὰ σπέρματα α σπείρουσιν εἰς τὴν σάρκα, τὴν ὑλικὴν καὶ γεώδη ε ξιν αὐτῶν, ἀσθενῆ (διὸ καὶ ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς θερίζουσι φθοράν), τῶν δὲ σπειράντων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα δυνατὸν τὸ σπέρμα, ο θεν καὶ θερίζουσιν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ἑκάστῳ γοῦν τῶν ου τω τελείων καὶ α μα πᾶσι προστάττει ὁ λόγος Σπείρατε ἑαυτοῖς εἰς δικαιοσύνην, τρυγήσατε ἑαυτοῖς εἰς καρπὸν ζωῆς. ∆όξα καὶ πλοῦτος ἐν τῷ οι κῳ αὐτοῦ. ὁ τοὺς ̓Ιησοῦ λόγους ου ς η κουσεν εἰς ε ργα μεταβαλὼν οἰκοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ οἰκίαν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἀρραγῆ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον τὰς κρηπίδας τοῦ θεωρητικοῦ καὶ πρακτικοῦ βίου ἑαυτοῦ καταβαλλόμενος. ταύτην ου ν η ν ᾠκοδόμησεν οἰκίαν ε καστος τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν κύριον ἐπὶ τῷ ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ κυρίου τεθεληκέναι (τουτέστι τοῖς ̓Ιησοῦ λόγοις σφόδρα τεθεληκέναι) πληροῖ δόξης νοημάτων τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ πλούτου συγκειμένου ἐκ παντὸς λόγου καὶ πάσης γνώσεως καὶ ε ργων ἀγαθῶν. ο θεν καὶ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ παρατείνει ἐπὶ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. τοιαύτας αἱ μαῖαι οἰκίας ἑαυταῖς ᾠκοδόμησαν φοβηθεῖσαι τὸν κύριον, ι να μὴ α οικοι τὴν ἐρημίαν πλανώμεναι κατὰ τὸν ̓Ησαῦ τυγχάνωσιν ἀλλ' οἰκῶσι κατὰ τὸν α πλαστον ̓Ιακὼβ οἰκίαν. Αλλοι δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν ἐξειλήφασι τὰ προκείμενα. 1053 Ps 111,5b 1053 Οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνους δὲ τοὺς λόγους ἡγητέον ει ναι. ου ς γὰρ πιστεύονται οἰκονομεῖν λόγους, καὶ αὐτῶν πως λέγονται. προτέταχε γοῦν η ς ε τυχε προφητείας θεόθεν τις τὸ Λόγοι ̓Αμὼς οι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ ἀκκάρων, καὶ Σολομὼν δὲ ἀπογυμνῶν τὸ πρᾶγμα Οἱ ἐμοὶ λόγοι, φησίν, ει ρηνται ὑπὸ θεοῦ. ἀμέλει καὶ τὸ θεῖον εὐαγγέλιον ὁτὲ μὲν τοῦ δεδωκότος ὁτὲ δὲ τῶν διακονούντων χρηματίζει, ἀπὸ μὲν τῶν διακονούντων ο ταν λέγῃ Παῦλος Τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἐγχειρίσαντος ο ταν πάλιν Παῦλος λέγῃ Καθὼς δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, καὶ Οτι ἀφωρισμένοι εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ· καὶ οὐ θαυμαστόν. αὐτὸ γὰρ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα τὸ πληροῦν τῶν θείων τοὺς ἱεροὺς α νδρας ὁτὲ μὲν θεοῦ ὁτὲ δὲ τῶν ἐχόντων λέγεται, ὡς ἐν τῷ ̓Επαναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα ̓Ηλιοῦ, καὶ ̓Εν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει ̓Ηλιοῦ1054 Ps 111,8b ̓Αλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς διὰ τὸ χρονικῶς εἰρῆσθαι Μέχρις ου ἐπίδῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ μὴ σαλεύεσθαι αὐτόν, ο τι μετὰ τὴν κατάλυσιν τῶν ἐχθρῶν σαλεύεται. πῶς γὰρ α ν κλονηθείη, καθαιρεθέντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀπειλεῖν καὶ ἐπικεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς τοῦτο μὴ παθών; σύνηθες γὰρ τῇ γραφῇ ἐπὶ πολλῶν ου τω χρῆσθαι, οι ον περὶ τῆς Μαρίας φησὶ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον μεμενηκέναι παρθένον αὐτήν, Εως ου ε τεκε τὸν υἱὸν αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον, καὶ ἀκολούθως. ἐπεὶ γὰρ προσήκει τὸ δεῖξαι α νευ γάμου ἐκ παρθένου γεγονέναι τοῦ ̓Ιησοῦ τὴν γέννησιν, εἰκότως ε νθα ἀμφίβολον η ν. μὴ α ρα φθορὰν ὑπέμεινεν ἡ παρθένος· ε φη καὶ συνείληφε· τὴν ἀμφιβολίαν ταύτην περιελὼν παρθένον αὐτὴν μεμενηκέναι μέχρι τῆς ἀποτέξεως λέγει. εἰ γὰρ μέχρι τοῦ 225 τεκεῖν παρθένος ου σα ει ρηται, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνδρὸς συνείληφεν ο προήνεγκε παρθένος ου σα τέκνον. ταύτῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ ὑπὸ θεοῦ λέγεται ̓Εγώ εἰμι, ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ ε ως α ν καταγηράσητε, ἐγώ εἰμι. 1055 Ps 111,9c Κέρας τὸν θεόν φησι. πάντες γὰρ οἱ δίκαιοι τοῦτο θαρροῦντές φασιν ̓Εν σοὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν κερατιοῦμεν. καὶ ὁ μακαριζόμενος τοίνυν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἑαυτοῦ ἐν κυρίῳ κερατίσας τὸ κέρας ῳ αὐτοὺς

The Glory of God and the Sun of Righteousness§209

209wickedness and the impiety joined to it

To sing: for God says the Son glorifies the Father and the slave fears his lord; and if I say, 'I am lord,' where is my fear? and if I say, 'I am father,' where is my glory? (Ps 112:3,4). Perhaps also regarding the sun of righteousness, if it is in some rises according to which it rises. These have a relationship (or are themselves) to the rises in which paradise is planted. If they have a harmony in these rises, it is fitting to praise the name of the Lord according to the rises by which it rises and the settings. For he was able for Israel, but he rose for the believing nations. Since not with unwise and unjust judgment he was able to rise for those also, having received providence's judgments everywhere and all things from the Lord: Praise his name; the Lord is high above all nations, his glory is above the heavens.

And the words being taken more simply declare that as God of all things he provides, being high above all nations as a king, and having his glory in the heavens ruling also the rational ranks there. But with a deeper mind, the Lord is high above all believing nations, being praised by them with pure life, practical and contemplative life. And upon the heavens, which no longer bear the image of the swine but the heavenly, his glory reaches, just as he announces it to his own disciples: for the heavens declare the glory of God (Ps 19:1). For certainly some declare it. If you are able to say the glory of the Lord, the radiance of his glory, the Lord and our savior, you would follow what was said to the one being illuminated: And the glory of God has shone upon you (Lk 1:79).

And through the coming words, foreseeing the God of all, we learn, regarding how incomparably the Holy One is compared to all created things, he says: Who is like the Lord our God? (Ps 112:5-9). For there is no one like him, since he is alone.

Greek · §209

καθεῖλεν ἐν δόξῃ ὑψούμενον ε χει. 1056 Ps 111,10 ̓Εν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα βίῳ τυγχανόντων τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν τῶν ευ βεβιωκότων, τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ε καστος περιτυχὼν κολάσει ο ψεται ο ν ἐπόρθησε δίκαιον, καὶ ὀργισθήσεται καθ' ἑαυτοῦ ἐν μεταμελείᾳ σφοδροτάτῃ γινόμενος, ο τε καὶ βρύξει τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτοῦ, καὶ τακήσεται ἀποβαλὼν τὸν ο γκον καὶ τὸ οι δημα τῆς ὑλικῆς καὶ σαρκικῆς ε ξεώς τε καὶ προαιρέσεως, τῆς τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐπιθυμίας ἀπολλυμένης. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ βρύχουσι καθ' ἑαυτῶν τοὺς ὀδόντας. συμβαίνειν ταῦτα τοῖς κολαζομένοις καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ει πε φάσκων ̓Εκβάλετε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον· ἐκεῖ ε σται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. ̓Αλλὰ μὴ ου τως βραδὺς ε σο ὡς αἰσθητοὺς ὀδόντας νομίζειν λέγεσθαι. ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ̓Οδόντας ἁμαρτωλῶν συνέτριψας αἰσθητῶς λαμβάνομεν, μήποτ' ου ν οἱ τραφέντες ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ τὴν κακίαν καὶ τὴν συνηρμοσμένην αὐτῇ δυσσέβειαν οι αν τροφὴν δηλητήριον ψυχικαῖς δυνάμεσί τισι τὰ α θεα δόγματα κατελέαινον οι α ὀδοῦσι καὶ μύλαις μεταμελούμενοι· ἐφ' οι ς κακῶς ἐτράφησαν αὐτὰς ἐκείνας τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις δι' ω ν ε τεμνον καὶ ἐλέαινον τὴν χειρίστην τροφήν, βρύξουσι σφοδρῶς αὐτῶν καθικνούμενοι, μεμφόμενοι ἑαυτοὺς ἐφ' οι ς πράξαντες συνεσχέθησαν τῇ φλεγούσῃ τιμωρίᾳ. 1057 Ps 112,1b ̓Απολύτως εἰρημένον τὸ Παῖδες οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει νομίσαι ἀντὶ δούλων εἰρῆσθαι τοὺς παῖδας· ἁπλῶς γὰρ καὶ χωρὶς προσθήκης οἱ νέοι παῖδες καλοῦνται. οἱ δὲ δοῦλοι παῖδές τινων· ὡς γὰρ δοῦλος, ου τω καὶ τὸ παῖς πρὸς τὸν δεσπότην ε χει τὴν ἀναφοράν. πολλαχοῦ γοῦν ε στιν ἰδεῖν παῖδας ∆αυὶδ καὶ παῖδας Σολομῶντος καὶ ἑτέρων πλειόνων τοὺς δούλους αὐτῶν καλουμένους. εἰ δὲ ι σον δύναται τὸ Αἰνεῖτε, παῖδες, τῷ Αἰνεῖτε, υἱοί, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστησον. δύναται γὰρ ἀκολουθίαν ε χειν τοῦ λόγου διαστελλομένου, ο τι δούλων ἐστὶ τὸ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν, υἱῶν δὲ τὸ δοξάζειν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ ὑμνεῖν· φησὶ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς Υἱὸς δοξάζει πατέρα καὶ δοῦλος φοβεῖται τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ· καὶ εἰ κύριός εἰμι ἐγώ, ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ φόβος μου; καὶ εἰ πατήρ εἰμι, ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα μου; 1058 Ps 112,3.4 Τάχα καὶ τοῦ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἡλίου ει εν α ν ἀνατολαί τινες καθ' α ς ἀνατέλλει. αυ ται δὲ συγγένειαν ε χουσιν (η αὐταὶ αὐταῖς τυγχάνουσι) πρὸς τὰς ἀνατολὰς ἐν αι ς ὁ παράδεισος πεφύτευται. ει εν δὲ ταύταις ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς καταλλήλως ε χουσαι καὶ δύσεις καθ' α ς ἀνατολὰς καὶ δυσμὰς αἰνεῖν τὸ ο νομα κυρίου προσήκει. ε δυνε γὰρ τῷ ̓Ισραήλ, ἀνέτειλε δὲ τοῖς πιστεύσασιν ε θνεσιν. ἐπεὶ ου ν σοφῶς καὶ δικαίᾳ κρίσει κἀκείνους ε δυνε καὶ τούτοις ἀνέτειλεν, ἀποδεχόμενοι τὰ τῆς προνοίας κρίματα πανταχοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ παντὶ ὑπὸ κυρίου γινόμενα Αἰνεῖτε τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ· ὑψηλὸς ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ε θνη ὁ κύριος, ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ἁπλουστέρως λαμβανόμενα τὰ ῥητὰ δηλοῦσιν ὡς θεὸς τῶν πάντων προνοεῖται ὑψηλὸς ω ν οι α βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ε θνη, ε χων καὶ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τὴν δόξαν τῷ καὶ τῶν ἐκεῖσε λογικῶν ταγμάτων ἡγεῖσθαι. βαθυτέρῳ δὲ νῷ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ πεπιστευκότα ε θνη ὁ κύριος ὑψηλός ἐστιν ὑμνούμενος πρὸς αὐτῶν καθαρῷ βίῳ πρακτικῷ τε καὶ θεωρητικῷ. ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς τοὺς μηκέτι φοροῦντας τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ ἐπουρανίου ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει ὡς καὶ ἀπαγγέλλειν αὐτὴν ἰδίοις μαθηταῖς· Οἱ οὐρανοὶ γὰρ διηγοῦνται δόξαν θεοῦ. πάντως γάρ τισιν αὐτὴν διηγοῦνται. Εἰ δὲ δύνασαι δόξαν κυρίου φάναι τὸ ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ τὸν κύριον καὶ σωτῆρα ἡμῶν, 226 ἀκολούθως ἐκλήψῃ τῷ λεχθέντι πρὸς τὸν φωτιζόμενον Καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ σὲ ἀνατέταλκεν. 1059 Ps 112,5–9 Καὶ διὰ τῶν προκειμένων λέξεων προνοοῦντα τὸν πάντων θεὸν μανθάνομεν, περὶ ου ἀσυγκρίτως πρὸς πάντα τὰ γενητὰ ε χοντος ὁ α γιός φησιν Τίς ὡς κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν; οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστι κατ' αὐτόν, ἐπείπερ μόνος

The Soul as Mother and the Nature of Israel§210

210He is both maker and provider of all things. These things he says, not separating the Son from the Father or the Father from the Son; for the divinity is one, and there is no other God besides the Son and no other the Father.

In Isaiah, indeed, concerning the Father, it is said: 'In you is God, and there is no God besides you; for you are God, and we are not afraid' (Isa 25:6-7). For if there were another God in the Son who is beside him, how could he subsequently bring forth: 'And there is no God besides you?' and immediately: 'For you are God, and we are not afraid, the God of Israel is Savior'? Therefore, even concerning the Father, when it is said, 'Who is like our God, the Lord?' (Isa 40:25), the Son has not been excluded; but even concerning the Savior, the Father has not been set apart from the one divinity of Father and Son.

Who says: 'Who is the Lord our God, the one dwelling in the heights and looking down upon the lowly things?' For all lowly creatures and works are toward God, not only those upon the earth but also those in the heavens. And he sees these lowly things providentially.

For he sees the poor man cast down upon the earth and the needy man upon the refuse, and he raises them up from those standing in evils of want and poverty; and not merely to raise and make stand, but strengthening their goodness, seating them with rulers, preparing them to be equal to them. And he will seat them not with simple rulers, but with the rulers of his own people. And a woman, formerly dwelling in barrenness, will become a mother having borne many children.

It can also be said concerning the people from among the Gentiles, for whom the prophecy is: 'For this the poor people shall bless you' (Gal 3:14). Therefore, having raised this poor and needy people from the lowly things and from the refuse of Greek customs, he will seat them with the rulers of Israel, being their people. And the apostles are the rulers of the Hebrew people, whom we say are sitting on twelve thrones to judge the twelve tribes of Israel.

And the church from among the Gentiles, formerly barren, is called into joy, saying: 'Rejoice, barren one who does not bear children; break forth and cry out, you who do not labor in childbirth; for many more are the children of the desert than of her who has a man' (Isa 54:1). For truly, the church from among the Gentiles has become very much with children, more than she who has a man.

The law of the man is the assembly of the Jews. Every soul, through chastity, is inhabited by God as a child in the church of the living God, a mother working out thoughts and words to rejoice in the offspring produced by the Word of God dwelling within her. This also happened according to the history of the Scripture. For instance, Anna, the mother of Samuel, is called a mother inhabiting the church, a mother having become such from children, rejoicing in children. And concerning Sarah and Rebekah and Elizabeth, and before this mother, the one born to Samson, someone says wisely concerning each of them what inhabited her: a mother of children, rejoicing (Ps 113:1,2).

For the intellect: the mind, seeing God, becomes like the wing of the things opposed to the truth, withdrawing from the dwellings of Egypt so as to no longer 'Egyptize,' nor to be contained by Egyptian superstitions, but to implore God, who sanctifies the soul that confesses sincerely; and he shall have authority and the king shall hold the discerning one. For Judah is confession, but Israel is the intellect seeing God. Previously, it was not fitting to confess, but now, since one has become a sanctuary of God, and His holy temple is being constructed, thus, having been perfected through the vision of the truth, Israel shall be shown to have come under the authority of God in order to be able to reign under Him, about to experience blessedness, seeing God with a pure heart (Ps 113:10,11).

'Where is their God?' the mortals say, when You, Lord, are doing us good. For they have local gods established in places, and they mock You by this, saying, 'Where is their God?' Perhaps they say this mockingly, thinking we have no God. But even if those wandering say this, we do not hold the precise opinion that our God is in the heavens above, but we think of Him not locally, but with a superabundance of majesty. For if He were in a place, He would be prevented from being elsewhere. And there is also a cause for all the heavens and upon the earth, since whatever He willed, He made, surpassing all things. Therefore, He is not contained by all things, but is also outside all things and exists in them according to the logic of creation and providence. For thus He fills the...

Greek · §210

αὐτὸς καὶ ποιητὴς καὶ προνοητὴς ἁπάντων ἐστί. ταῦτα δέ φησιν οὐκ ἀπομερίζων τοῦ πατρὸς τὸν υἱὸν η τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸν πατέρα· μία γὰρ ἡ θεότης, καὶ οὐκ α λλος θεὸς ὁ υἱὸς καὶ α λλος ὁ πατήρ ἐστιν. ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ γοῦν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα λέγεται ̓Εν σοὶ ὁ θεός ἐστι, καὶ οὐκ ε στι θεὸς πλὴν σοῦ· σὺ γὰρ ει ὁ θεός, καὶ οὐκ ῃ δειμεν. εἰ γὰρ ἐν υἱῷ θεός ἐστιν α λλος ω ν παρ' αὐτόν, πῶς ἑξῆς ἐπιφέρει Καὶ οὐκ ε στι θεὸς πλήν σου; καὶ εὐθὺς Σὺ γὰρ ει ὁ θεός, καὶ οὐκ ῃ δειμεν, ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ σωτήρ. διὸ κα ν περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς η ν τὸ Τίς ὡς κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, οὐκ ἀπεσχοίνισται ὁ υἱός· ἀλλὰ κα ν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος, οὐ διέστηκεν ὁ πατὴρ τῷ μίαν ει ναι πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ θεότητα. Τίς ου ν φησιν ὡς κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν; ὡς πρὸς θεὸν γὰρ πάντα ταπεινὰ κτίσματα ποιήματα ο ντα, οὐ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. ὁρᾷ δὲ ταῦτα τὰ ταπεινὰ προνοητικῶς. ̓Αμέλει γοῦν πτωχὸν ὁρῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ῥιφέντα καὶ ἐπὶ κοπρίας πένητα η γειρε, καὶ ἀνέστησεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ περιεστηκότων ἐκ πενίας καὶ πτωχείας κακῶν, καὶ οὐ μέχρι τοῦ ἐγεῖραι καὶ ἀναστῆσαι, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἐπιτείνων τὴν ἀγαθότητα καθίσαι αὐτοὺς μετὰ ἀρχόντων, ἰσοτίμους αὐτοὺς αὐτοῖς παρασκευάζων. καθίσει δὲ αὐτοὺς οὐ μετὰ ἁπλῶν ἀρχόντων ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ. καὶ εὐφραινομένην γυναῖκα τὴν πρότερον διὰ στειρότητα α τεκνον ου σαν ἐν οι κῳ κατοικήσει μητέρα γεγενημένην ἐπὶ πολυπαιδίᾳ. ∆ύναται καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν λαοῦ λέγεσθαι ὑπὲρ ου προφητεία ∆ιὰ τοῦτο εὐλογήσει σε ὁ λαὸς ὁ πτωχός. τοῦτον τοιγαροῦν τὸν πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα λαὸν ἀπὸ τῶν χαμαιζήλων πραγμάτων ἐγείρας καὶ τῆς κοπρίας τῶν ̔Ελληνικῶν μυσαγμάτων καθίσει μετὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ο ντος αὐτοῦ λαοῦ. εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι α ρχοντες τοῦ ̔Εβραίου λαοῦ, ου ς ει πομεν καθιζομένους ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους ἐπὶ τῷ κρίνειν τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ ̓Ισραήλ. καὶ στεῖραν δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησίαν, α τεκνον ου σαν τὸ πρῶτον, εἰς εὐφροσύνην καλεῖ λέγων Εὐφράνθητι, στεῖρα ἡ οὐ τίκτουσα, ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον, ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα, ο τι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρήμου μᾶλλον η τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν α νδρα. ἀληθῶς γὰρ πολύπαις καὶ καλλίπαις ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐκκλησία γεγένηται ὑπὲρ τὴν ε χουσαν τὸν α νδρα νόμον ̓Ιουδαίων συναγωγήν. ἑκάστη δὲ ψυχὴ διὰ στειρότητα α παις ου σα κατοικίζεται ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἐν οι κῳ τῇ τοῦ ζῶντος θεοῦ ἐκκλησίᾳ, μήτηρ ε ργων μαθημάτων νοημάτων τε καὶ λόγων ἐπὶ τῷ εὐφραίνεσθαι α μα οι ς ε σχε γεννήμασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ συνοικοῦντος αὐτῇ θεοῦ λόγου. Συνέβη δὲ ταῦτα καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς γραφῆς ἱστορίαν. Αννα γοῦν ἡ μήτηρ Σαμουὴλ κατοικεῖσθαι ἐν οι κῳ μήτηρ λέγεται τέκνων εὐφραινομένη, ο λων ε ξ τέκνων γεναμένη μήτηρ. καὶ περὶ τῆς Σάρρας καὶ ̔Ρεβέκκας ̓Ελισάβετ τε καὶ πρὸ ταύτης τῆς μητρὸς γεναμένης τοῦ Σαμψὼν λέγοι τις εὐλόγως περὶ ἑκάστης αὐτῶν ο τι κατῴκισεν αὐτὴν μητέρα τέκνων εὐφραινομένην. 1060 Ps 113,1.2 Πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν· ὁρῶν θεὸν νοῦς τυγχάνων τοῦ πτερνιστοῦ τῶν ἀντικειμένων τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οι κου τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἀναχωρῶν ἐπὶ τῷ μηκέτ' Αἰγυπτιάζειν μηδὲ τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν δεισιδαιμονιῶν περιέχεσθαι ι λεω θεὸν ε σχε τὸν ἁγιάζοντα τὴν ὁμολογουμένην γνησίως ψυχήν, ο τε καὶ ἐξουσιάσει καὶ οι α βασιλεὺς κρατήσει τοῦ διορατικοῦ· ̓Ιουδαία γὰρ ἐξομολόγησις, ̓Ισραὴλ δὲ νοῦς ὁρῶν θεὸν ἑρμηνεύεται. πρότερον μὲν ου ν ἐξομολογήσασθαι προσήκει, ι ν' εἰς ἁγίασμά τις θεοῦ γεγένηται οι κος καὶ α γιος ναὸς αὐτοῦ κατασκευαζόμενος, ι ν' ου τως τελειωθεὶς διὰ θεωρίας τῆς ἀληθείας ̓Ισραὴλ ἀποδειχθῇ γενόμενος ὑπὸ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ 227 ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τῷ δυνηθῆναι, βασιλευόμενος ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, μακαρισμοῦ τυχεῖν ὀψόμενος τὸν θεὸν καρδίᾳ καθαρᾷ. 1061 Ps 113,10.11 Σοῦ, δέσποτα, ἡμᾶς εὐεργετοῦντος, οὐχ ε ξει χώραν τὰ ε θνη λέγειν Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ τοπικοὺς θεοὺς ε χουσι καὶ ἱδρυμένους που, καὶ περὶ σοῦ τοῦτο τοπάζουσι λέγοντες Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν. η τάχα χλευαστικῶς τοῦτό φασιν οἰόμενοι μὴ ε χειν ἡμᾶς θεόν. ἀλλ' εἰ κἀκεῖνοι πλανώμενοι τοῦτο λέγουσιν, ἀλλ' ου ν γε ἡμεῖς ἠκριβωμένῃ ὑπολήψει ι σμεν ο τι ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ α νω ἐστίν, οὐ τοπικῶς ἀλλ' ὑπεροχῇ μεγαλειότητος φρονοῦντες. εἰ γὰρ η ν α νω τόπος, ἀλλαχόσε ει ναι ἐκωλύετο. Εστι δὲ καὶ αἰτία πᾶσι τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐπείπερ ο σα ἠθέλησεν ἐποίησεν, α λλος ω ν παρὰ πάντα. διὸ οὐ περιέχεται ὑπὸ πάντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ε ξω πάντων καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχει κατὰ τὸν τῆς δημιουργίας καὶ προνοίας λόγον. ου τω γὰρ πληροῖ τὸν

The Heavenly Heaven and the Trinity§211

211heaven and the earth. But if all the heavens and those in them, the earth and all that is in it, should come into being as the essence of God's will, some are very impiously thinking and suddenly snatching away the substance of the Son, the will of the Father, making him a will of those in the heavens who are substantial. But let the impious hear how creation alone was subject to the will of God. For it is fitting for the Maker that he wills to create (God and James agree in writing: 'Having willed, he brought us forth,' Rom 8:28 as he says in the word of God, a word of truth, so that we might be a kind of firstfruits of his own creatures and works) that the will of God be the cause. But the Son is neither a creature nor a work; he is a generation not of substance, but of will. For if he were a son of will, he would be an image and a character of God's will; but the divine words say he is a character of his subsistence and an image of the invisible God. If the Son is not a character of the subsistence and an image of the invisible God, then it is fitting that the Only-begotten be a generation of the essence of the invisible God and of his subsistence. For indeed, those being born by the word of truth, they are such; and the Word and the Truth himself is the Only-begotten of God. Since he is not brought forth by a word of truth, he himself is the will of the Father, for in the same way that wisdom and truth are, so also is the will of God. Indeed, it is the same in wisdom and in will to do all things.

All the perceptive race has the mind to see God (Israel signifies by chance the church of the living God) Ps 113:17 and hopes in the Lord, whereas all other men hope for nothing. And the one who is among those healing the divine, by chance a priest, hopes in a greater Lord and in a hope witnessed by Israel; for of those who have ascended above by contemplation and practice, the hope is greater, asking more greatly to have him as a helper and a defender. But also all those fearing the Lord (these are not the proselytes and those added to the law from the Gentiles) hoping themselves in the Lord, call upon him to be a helper and a defender Ps 113:20-21. For God remembers all of those who have remembered him.

Remaining in memory. Therefore he says, 'Seek the law of your God, and I will seek you,' children of yours. For the one forgetting the divine law immediately forgets also that which was given to him; but when a god remembers something blessed, he immediately turns toward it, giving spiritual and heavenly blessings according to the proportion of the greatness of faith, just as he gives the other gifts. Stand firm, for it is necessary for the small ones to receive blessings along with the great ones, among those alone fearing the Lord, and upon all the mentioned ranks, so that you may not differ in these things, where some are great and others small.

Blessed are we by the Lord, who made heaven and earth (Ps 113:23). For it is not that we observe the laws. Lest anyone think the divinations belong to another, Moses served; following this, the hierophant handed down the things concerning creation before the giving of the laws, through which he teaches that there is a God, but all the parts of the world and He himself are created. But he who wishes to contemplate these things more deeply will say that something is exceptionally said in the Scripture, a heaven characterized for God, in which God alone is; but I speak of God concerning the Trinity.

This heaven, far from being a place, is a property of essence for the created things, as these things are in the heavens. Take care lest, before the transgression, the devil, who finds himself below this heaven as in heaven, said, 'I will ascend into heaven, and above the stars of heaven I will set my throne' (Ps 113:24); for these things were said to him before he fell from heaven; indeed, this is also remembered as the cause of his fall. No one has ascended into this heaven except the one descending from heaven, since having been sent from there, he has come, saying, 'I have descended from heaven.' But also the Holy Spirit was sent from this heaven, which Peter says: 'Truly it has been announced to us through those who evangelized us by the Holy Spirit sent from heaven' (2 Pet 1:21). For the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit are thus. But stand firm, lest you carry the thought concerning these things down to sensible things, supposing a local heaven and a movement occurring there by transport; for God's...

Greek · §211

οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν. Εἰ δὲ πάντες οἱ οὐρανοὶ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς η τε γῆ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ θελήσει θεοῦ εἰς οὐσίαν η λθεν, ἀσεβῶς σφόδρα διανοούμενοί τινες ἐξάπτουσι τὴν υ παρξιν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς θελήσεως, ε να ποιοῦντες αὐτὸν τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς θελήσει πατρὸς οὐσιωμένων. ἀλλὰ ἀκουέτωσαν οἱ δυσσεβεῖς ὡς τὴν κτίσιν μόνην ἐξήρτησε τῆς βουλήσεως τοῦ θεοῦ. καταλλήλως γὰρ ε χει τὸν ποιητὴν α βούλεται δημιουργεῖν (ο θεν καὶ ὁ ̓Ιάκωβος συνῳδᾷ γράφων Βουληθεὶς ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς, ε φη λόγῳ θεοῦ, λόγῳ ἀληθείας εἰς τὸ ει ναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων καὶ ποιημάτων) ἡ θέλησις τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσακτική. οὐ κτίσμα δὲ οὐδὲ ποίημα ὁ υἱός, οὐσίας ἀλλ' οὐ βουλήσεώς ἐστι γέννημα. εἰ γὰρ βουλήσεως υἱός, η ν α ν καὶ εἰκὼν καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς θεοῦ βουλήσεως· ἀλλὰ χαρακτῆρα τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου οἱ θεῖοι λόγοι φασίν. εἰ ου ν χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως καὶ εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου ὁ υἱός, εἰκότως γέννημα τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου καὶ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ ὁ μονογενὴς ει η. καὶ ο ρα γε τοὺς βουλήσει γεννωμένους λόγῳ ἀληθείας τούτου τυγχάνοντας, αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια, ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐπεὶ μὴ λόγῳ ἀληθείας κυΐσκεται, αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ βούλησις τοῦ πατρός· ῳ γὰρ τρόπῳ σοφία καὶ ἀλήθεια, ου τω καὶ θέλησίς ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ. ταὐτὸν γοῦν ἐστιν ἐν σοφίᾳ καὶ θελήσει πάντα ποιῆσαι. 1062 Ps 113,17–19 Τὸ πᾶν διορατικὸν γένος διὰ τὸ νοῦν ε χειν ὁρῶντα θεὸν (οι κος ̓Ισραὴλ χρηματίζει διὰ τοῦ τυγχάνειν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος) η λπισεν ἐπὶ κύριον, πρὸς οὐδὲν ε τερον ω ν οἱ α λλοι α νθρωποι ἐλπίζουσιν ε χον τὴν προσδοκίαν. καὶ ὁ οι κος δὲ τῶν θεραπευόντων τὸ θεῖον τῷ τυγχάνειν ἱερεῖς η λπισεν ἐπὶ κύριον μείζονι καὶ τεθεωρημένῃ παρὰ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ἐλπίδι· τῶν γὰρ ὑπεραναβεβηκότων θεωρίᾳ καὶ πράξει μείζων ἡ ἐλπὶς μειζόνως αἰτούντων βοηθὸν καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴν αὐτὸν ε χειν. ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον (ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ προσήλυτοι καὶ προστεθέντες τῷ νόμῳ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν) ἐλπίσαντες καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ κύριον βοηθὸν καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴν αὐτὸν ε χειν ἐπικαλοῦνται. 1063 Ps 113,20.21 Πάντων γὰρ μνημονεύει θεὸς τῶν αὐτῷ μεμνημένων. διό φησιν ̓Επελάθου νόμου θεοῦ σου, κἀγὼ ἐπιλήσομαι τέκνων σου. ὁ γὰρ ἐπιλανθανόμενος τοῦ θείου νόμου εὐθέως καὶ τοῦ δεδωκότος αὐτὸν ἐπιλανθάνεται, μνημονεύσας δέ τινος θεὸς εὐθὺς εὐλογημένον αὐτὸν ἀποφαίνει διδοὺς πνευματικὰς καὶ ἐπουρανίους εὐλογίας κατὰ ἀναλογίαν ου ε χει τις μεγέθους πίστεως· ω σπερ τὰ α λλα τῶν χαρισμάτων, ου τως καὶ τὰς εὐλογίας διδούς. ̓Επίστησον δὲ εἰ Τοὺς μικροὺς μετὰ τῶν μεγάλων ἐπὶ μόνων τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν κύριον δεῖ λαβεῖν η καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν εἰρημένων ταγμάτων, ου σης καὶ ἐν τούτοις διαφορᾶς καθ' η ν οἱ μὲν μεγάλοι οἱ δὲ μικροί. 1064 Ps 113,23 Εὐλογημένοι δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ ἐσμὲν τῷ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν πεποιηκότι. αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ου τοὺς νόμους φυλάττομεν. ι να γὰρ μὴ νομίσῃ τις α λλου τινὸς τοὺς χρησμοὺς ει ναι ου ς Μωυσῆς διηκονήσατο, ἀκολούθως ὁ ἱεροφάντης πρὸ τῆς τῶν 228 νόμων δόσεως τὰ περὶ τῆς κοσμοποιΐας παραδέδωκε, δι' η ς διδάσκει ε να θεὸν ει ναι, πάντα δὲ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου μέρη καὶ αὐτὸν ει ναι γενητά. 1065 Ps 113,24 ̔Ο δὲ βαθύτερον καὶ ταῦτα θεωρεῖν βουλόμενος ἐρεῖ ει ναί τινα ἐξαιρέτως ἐν τῇ γραφῇ λεγόμενον οὐρανὸν θεῷ προσῳκειωμένον, ἐν ῳ μόνος ὁ θεός· θεὸν δὲ λέγω περὶ τῆς τριάδος διανοούμενος. τούτου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πόρρω που οὐ τόπῳ ἀλλ' οὐσίας ἰδιώματι τυγχάνει τὰ γενητά, κα ν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ῃ ταῦτα. ἀμέλει πρὸ παραβάσεως ὁ διάβολος, ω ν ἐν οὐρανῷ ὡς κάτω που τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τούτου τυγχάνων, ε λεγεν Εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι καὶ ἐπάνω τῶν α στρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ θήσω τὸν θρόνον μου· ει ρηται γὰρ αὐτῷ ταῦτα πρὶν ἐκπεσεῖν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· αυ τη γοῦν καὶ αἰτία τῆς καταπτώσεως αὐτοῦ μνημονεύεται. εἰς τοῦτον τὸν οὐρανὸν οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ἐπεὶ κἀκεῖθεν ἀποσταλεὶς ἐλήλυθε φάσκων Καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα ἐκ τούτου ἀπεστάλη τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ῃ ὁ Πέτρος φησὶν Α δὴ ἀνηγγέλη ἡμῖν διὰ τῶν εὐαγγελισαμένων ἡμᾶς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ἀποσταλέντι ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ. ε νθα γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα. ἀλλ' ἐπίστησον ἀκριβῶς μὴ εἰς αἰσθητὰ κατενέγκῃς τὴν περὶ τούτων νόησιν, οὐρανὸν τοπικὸν καὶ μετάβασιν ἐκεῖθεν κατὰ φορὰν γινομένην ὑπολαβών· θεοῦ γὰρ

The Humility of John and the Eternal Truth§212

212The preceding description of the heaven mentioned signifies a superiority and a state of being, if one may say so. None of those deadened by sin praises God (for a beautiful praise is not in the mouth of a sinner, Ps 113:25-26), nor do those descending into the tropical Hades become those who die the death following sin (for there is no one remembering God in death, Ps 114:6), nor anyone in Hades confessing himself.

Therefore, since they do not praise Him, we who live and partake of eternal life praise Him, concerning which the Savior says, 'And this is the eternal life, that they may know you, the only true God, and whom you sent, Jesus Christ' (John 17:3). The Lord himself protects those who, according to the commandment of Jesus, are childlike in turning and becoming, so that enemies do not attack them before the time of struggle. Just as He protects those who are such children, He humbled me, having set me against a struggle, as if I had ascended far above the age of children, and instead of being tested by many strong things, He made me; and just as He humbled me, so also He saved me, having clothed me with a strength surpassing the struggle and an invincible panoply.

Regarding this word, the Apostle says to the Corinthians, 'Having this, we have the same spirit of faith, according to what is written: I believed, therefore I spoke; and we also believe, therefore we also speak' (2 Cor 4:13). By saying 'spirit of faith,' he signifies the being which is near from it, the spirit that God provides to one who has faith. 'I believed, therefore I spoke' is in accord with the heart, for it is believed in the heart unto righteousness, but with the mouth it is confessed unto salvation; for he says, 'If you confess the Lord Jesus and believe in your heart that God raised him from the dead, you will be saved' (Rom 10:9). For by this one is immediately brought to the heart, for it is believed in the heart unto righteousness, and the following. You will also receive this understanding, and 'If you do not believe, you will not understand' (Acts 5:25); for first one believes, if he understands, and after this he speaks, as the Psalm says, 'I believed, therefore I spoke.' When, having believed, I spoke exceedingly and great things, then, seeing nothing of myself, I was greatly humbled. Such is that which is said by John concerning Jesus.

Regarding the saying, 'That He must increase and I must decrease,' John was not diminishing in terms of actual magnitude, but was comparing himself to the superiority of Jesus's teaching and way of life (John 3:30). He who said, after speaking from the beginning, that he had believed, 'I have become exceedingly humbled,' did not suffer this by a subtraction of honor, but by seeing the greater and above himself. If even the death of many signifies God, those who die with Christ and carry His death in the flesh, and who recognized how well to give thanks, will receive the cup of such a saving death, and he who receives it will drink it blamelessly, if he calls upon the name of the Lord to drink it bravely.

If we have said of the lesser ones that they call upon the name of the Lord, let it not trouble you now to receive the Lord while not yet perfect; for the saints, being blind, give the lesser things to themselves that they possess. For Moses and Samuel did not say of themselves, 'We called upon the Lord,' but it is said of others. The word concerning salvation is not complete unless the memory of the saved is also taken up. For having said in that psalm as the end of the shadow approaching, 'I will offer to You a sacrifice of thanksgiving' (Ps 116:1), he immediately calls all nations into eternity, just as these also offer a sacrifice of thanksgiving through the ages, after one nation and people has been cast away, since a sinful nation and people having become full of sins is tossed about. But after this nation and people has been cast away, the mercy of God has reached all, as a certain and strong thing for His mercy to become upon us. And because this has surpassed, 'The truth of the Lord remains forever' (Ps 117:2). For the truth accepted the shadow as an end and a lot, limiting it, but the truth itself, being eternal, will receive nothing that is nothing above it, but itself above all, in an incomparable excess. For indeed, as with a cause, He has given that the remaining truth remains forever. Sharing in the truth of the mercy which has been strengthened upon us, and many times these names, His mercy and...

Greek · §212

προηγουμένην, ι ν' ου τως ει πω, ὑπεροχὴν καὶ κατάστασιν δηλοῖ ἡ τοῦ διηγηθέντος οὐρανοῦ προσηγορία. 1066 Ps 113,25.26 Οὐδεὶς τῶν νεκρωθέντων τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν θεὸν αἰνεῖ (Οὐχ ὡραῖος γὰρ αι νος ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ), ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην τὸν τροπικὸν εἰς ο ν γίνονται οἱ ἀποθνῄσκοντες τὸν ἑπόμενον τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ θάνατον (Οὐκ ε στι γὰρ ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ ὁ μνημονεύων θεοῦ), οὐδενὸς ἐν τῷ ᾳ δῃ ἐξομολογουμένου αὐτοῦ. Τούτων τοίνυν μὴ αἰνούντων αὐτόν, ἡμεῖς αὐτὸν αἰνοῦμεν οἱ ζῶντες καὶ τῆς αἰωνίου μετέχοντες ζωῆς, περὶ η ς ὁ σωτήρ φησιν Αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ι να γινώσκωσι σὲ τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν καὶ ο ν ἀπέστειλας ̓Ιησοῦν Χριστόν. 1067 Ps 114,6 Τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ̓Ιησοῦ ἐντολὴν νηπίους ο ντας τῷ ἐστρέφθαι καὶ γεγονέναι ὡς τὰ παιδία αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος φυλάσσει, οὐκ ἐῶν προσβαλεῖν αὐτοῖς πολεμίους τῷ μήπω καιρὸν ε χειν ἀγῶνος. ο μως τοὺς ου τως τυγχάνοντας νηπίους φυλάττων, ἐμὲ ὡς ὑπεραναβεβηκότα τὴν τῶν παιδίων ἡλικίαν εἰς ἀγῶνα προβαλλόμενος ἐταπείνωσέ με καὶ ἀντὶ πολλῶν ἰσχυρῶν πειρασθῆναι ποιήσας· ω σπερ δ' ἐταπείνωσέ με, ου τω καὶ ε σωσέ με ἀνανταγώνιστον ἰσχὺν καὶ ἀκαταμάχητον πανοπλίαν ἐνδύσας με. 1068 Ps 115,1 Ταύτης τῆς λέξεως τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ ἀπόστολος Κορινθίοις Εχοντες, ε φη, τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον ̓Επίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα, καὶ ἡμεῖς πιστεύομεν, διὸ καὶ λαλοῦμεν· πνεῦμα πίστεως λέγων η τοι τὴν ε ξιν τὴν ἀπ' αὐτῆς ἐγγινομένην η τὸ ἐπιχορηγούμενον ἐκ θεοῦ τῷ πίστιν ε χοντι πνεῦμα. Τὸ ̓Επίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα συνῳδὸν τῷ Καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, στόματι δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν· ἐὰν ου ν φησι ὁμολογήσῃς κύριον ̓Ιησοῦν καὶ πιστεύσῃς τῇ καρδίᾳ ο τι ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν η γειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, σωθήσῃ· τούτῳ γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐπηνέχθη τὸ Καρδίᾳ γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. εἰς ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν παραλήψῃ καὶ τὸ ̓Εὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε, οὐδ' οὐ μὴ συνῆτε· πρότερον γὰρ πιστεύει τις, ει τα συνίησι καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λαλεῖ, ῃ φησιν ὁ ψαλμὸς ̓Επίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα. Οτε δὲ πιστεύσας ἐλάλησα ὑπερφυῆ καὶ μεγάλα, τότε τὸ μηδὲν ἐμαυτὸν ἰδὼν ἐταπεινώθην σφόδρα. τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τὸ ὑπὸ ̓Ιωάννου περὶ ̓Ιησοῦ λεγόμενον ̓Εκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ δὲ ἐλαττοῦσθαι. οὐ γὰρ ἀποβαλών τι ου ει χε μεγέθους ὁ ̓Ιωάννης ἠλαττοῦτο, ἀλλὰ συγκρίνων ἑαυτὸν τῇ ὑπεροχῇ τῆς 229 ̓Ιησοῦ διδασκαλίας τε καὶ πολιτείας. καὶ ὁ εἰπὼν τοίνυν μετὰ τὸ λαλῆσαι ἀπὸ ε ξεως πεπιστευκυίας ̓Εγὼ ἐταπεινώθην σφόδρα οὐ κατὰ ἀφαίρεσιν υ ψους τοῦτο πέπονθεν ἀλλ' ἐκ τοῦ μείζονα καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτὸν τεθεᾶσθαι. 1069 Ps 115,6 ̓Εὰν δὲ καὶ θάνατον ὁσίων θεοῦ σημαίνηται καθ' ο ν συναποθνῄσκουσι Χριστῷ καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ περιφέρουσι, καὶ ου τω καλῶς α ν εὐχαριστεῖν διέγνω, ληψόμενος τὸ τοιούτου θανάτου σωτηρίου ποτήριον ο καὶ ἀμέμπτως πίεται ὁ ληψόμενος αὐτό, εἰ ἐπικαλοῖτο τὸ ο νομα κυρίου ἐπὶ τῷ γενναίως αὐτὸ πιεῖν. Εἰ δὲ τῶν ἐλαττόνων εἰρήκαμεν τὸ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ο νομα κυρίου, τελείων δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν κύριον, μή σε ταραττέτω νῦν ἐπὶ τοῦ ου τως τελείου παραλαμβανόμενον· οἱ γὰρ α γιοι δι' ἀτυφίαν ο ντες ἑαυτῶν ἐλαττωτικοὶ τὰ ἐλάττονα ἑαυτοῖς διδόασιν ω ν ε χουσιν. ἀμέλει γοῦν οὐ Μωυσῆς οὐ Σαμουὴλ εἰρήκασι περὶ ἑαυτῶν ̓Επεκαλοῦντο τὸν κύριον, ἀλλ' α λλος ει πε περὶ αὐτῶν. 1070 Ps 116.1.2 Οὐκ η ν ἐντελὴς ὁ περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας λόγος, εἰ μὴ καὶ τῶν σῳζομένων ἀπειλήφει τὴν μνήμην. εἰπὼν γὰρ ἐν ἐκείνῳ ὡς τέλος ἀπολαβούσης τῆς σκιᾶς τὸ Σοὶ θύσω θυσίαν αἰνέσεως, εὐθέως εἰς αι νον καλεῖ τὰ ε θνη πάντα, ο πως καὶ ταῦτα διὰ τῶν αι νων τὴν τῆς αἰνέσεως προσάγει θυσίαν, ἀποβεβλημένου αὐτοῦ ἑνὸς ε θνους καὶ λαοῦ, ἐπείπερ ταλανίζεται ἁμαρτωλὸν ε θνος καὶ λαὸς πλήρης ἁμαρτιῶν γεγονώς· ἀλλὰ τούτου ἀποβληθέντος τοῦ ε θνους καὶ λαοῦ, ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς πάντας ε φθασεν ὡς βέβαιον καὶ κραταιὸν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς γενέσθαι τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο ὑπῆρκται, ̔Η ἀλήθεια τοῦ κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. τὴν μὲν γὰρ σκιὰν ἡ ἀλήθεια διεδέξατο τέλος καὶ κλῆρον αὐτῇ περιορίσασα, αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αἰώνιον ου σαν οὐδὲν διαδέξεται τῷ μηδὲν ὑπὲρ αὐτὴν ἀλλ' αὐτὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα καθ' ὑπερβολὴν ἀσύγκριτον ει ναι. ο ρα γοῦν ὡς μετ' αἰτίας ἀποδέδωκε τὸ μένειν ἀλήθειαν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 1071 Ps 116,2b Συνδιαιωνίζοντος τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοῦ κραταιωθέντος ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ἐλέου, πολλαχοῦ δὲ τὰ ὀνόματα ταῦτα, τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ καὶ

Truth and Divine Mercy§213

213Truth is spoken of in the Savior and in the psalm where God sent His mercy and His truth and rescued my soul from the midst of troubles (Ps 117:1). Thus truth and the hope of the nations are one; therefore, having shone upon the human race, it calls all the nations and all the peoples, teaching them to give thanks to the Father who strengthens His mercy and makes His truth remain unto the age.

Since God is good and wills the repentance of the sinner rather than his death, you who are responsible for sin, by performing confession through repentance upon him, you will have him forgiving those for whom you confess. For His mercy is found inseparable from Him unto the age, since it is always so; in His mercy, not only now but also formerly from the beginning, all those having experience of His goodness confess to Him.

A righteous man having become in affliction does not so much entreat to be outside of it, but how to bravely and cheerfully bear it (Ps 117:5–9). For indeed the one being distressed in the stadium against opponents does not wish the contest to pass by him, lest he become exhausted, but entreats the trainer to cooperate with him, so that, strengthening himself against those advancing toward the opponent, he may win with the hope of victory and the glory of the crown which is given through which the crown is granted.

And it is possible to say different things concerning mortals, 'I shall not fear what man shall do to me' (Ps 117:9), but concerning invisible enemies, 'I also shall see my enemies' (Ps 117:8); for some enemies are even the men who rise up against us, waging war against us and setting themselves against us lethally. And if 'I shall not fear what man shall do to me' is referred to the devil, because 'Man has made this,' it is evident what it is: to sow the weeds (Matt 13:25) and 'But you...'

a double-edged thing

Greek · §213

ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγεται, ω σπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ ̓Εξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐρρύσατο τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐκ μέσου σκύμνων. αυ τη τοιγαροῦν ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ προσδοκία τῶν ἐθνῶν η ν· διὸ καὶ ἐπιλάμψασα τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει εἰς αι νον πάντα τὰ ε θνη καὶ πάντας τοὺς λαοὺς καλεῖ, εὐχαριστεῖν διδάσκουσα τῷ πατρὶ τῷ κραταιώσαντι τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ καὶ μένειν ποιήσαντι τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ ε ως τοῦ αἰῶνος. 1072 Ps 117,1 ̓Επεὶ ἀγαθὸς ω ν ὁ θεὸς βούλεται τὴν μετάνοιαν τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ η τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ, ο σοι ὑπεύθυνοι ἁμαρτίας ἐστέ, τὴν ἐκ μετανοίας ἐξομολόγησιν ἐπ' αὐτῷ ποιούμενοι ε ξετε αὐτὸν ἀφιέντα τὰ ὑπὲρ ω ν ἐξομολογεῖσθε. τὸ γὰρ ε λεος αὐτοῦ ἀχώριστον αὐτοῦ τυγχάνον εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ει η, ἐπείπερ καὶ η ν ἀεί, ἐλεοῦντος αὐτοῦ οὐ νῦν πρότερον ἀλλὰ καὶ πάλαι α νωθεν, ἐξομολογουμένων αὐτῷ πάντων τῶν πεῖραν ἐχόντων τῆς ἀγαθότητος αὐτοῦ. 1073 Ps 117,5–9 ̔Ο ἐν θλίψει γενόμενος δίκαιος οὐ τοσοῦτον παρακαλεῖ περὶ τοῦ ἐκτὸς αὐτῆς γενέσθαι, ἀλλ' ο πως γενναίως καὶ ἱλαρῶς αὐτὴν ἐνέγκῃ. καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἐν σταδίῳ πρὸς ἀντιπάλους θλιβόμενος οὐ τὸν ἀγῶνα ευ χεται αὐτῷ παρελθεῖν, ι να μὴ ἐξαγώνιος γένηται, ἀλλὰ παρακαλεῖ τὸν παιδοτρίβην συνεργεῖν αὐτῷ, ο πως ἐγκαρτερῶν τοῖς ἐπιφερομένοις πρὸς τοῦ ἀντιπάλου ἐλπίδι νίκης καὶ στεφάνου προσηνῆ δόξῃ ει ναι τὰ δι' ω ν ἀποδίδοται ὁ στέφανος. Καὶ δύναται μὲν περὶ θνητῶν διαφόρων λέγεσθαι τὸ Οὐ φοβηθήσομαι τί ποιήσει μοι α νθρωπος, περὶ δὲ ἀοράτων πολεμίων τὸ Κἀγὼ ἐπόψομαι τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου· οι τινες ἐχθροὶ καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐπεγείρουσι καθ' ἡμῶν ἐκπολεμοῦντες αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ φονικῶς διατιθέντες καθ' ἡμῶν. εἰ δὲ 230 καὶ τὸ Οὐ φοβηθήσομαι τί ποιήσει μοι α νθρωπος ἐπὶ τὸν διάβολον ἀναφέρεται διὰ τὸ ̓Εχθρὸς α νθρωπος ἐποίησε τοῦτο, φανερὸν δ' ο τι τὸ ἐπισπεῖραι τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ τὸ Σὺ δὲ ει α νθρωπος καὶ οὐ θεός, συνεπίσκεψαι. ̓Αγαθὸν πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ κύριον η πεποιθέναι ἐπ' α νθρωπον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· οὐ καθάπαξ τὸ πεποιθέναι καὶ ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ κύριον συνκρινόμενον τῷ πεποιθέναι ἐπ' α νθρωπον καὶ ἐλπίζειν ἐπ' α ρχοντας ἀγαθόν ἐστιν. ἁπλῶς γὰρ καὶ κυρίως ἀγαθὸν τοῦτο. τὸ δὲ ἐπ' α νθρωπον καὶ α ρχοντα πεποιθέναι καὶ ἐλπίζειν οὐκ ἀγαθόν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοῦς ἐπ' ἀνθρώπῳ πεποιθέναι καὶ ἐν α ρχοντι ἐλπίζειν σπουδάζοντας ἡ τοιαύτη προσάγεται παίδευσις, ο πως μάθωσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἀεὶ μένοντα καὶ ἰσχυρὸν ο ντα καὶ παντοδυνάμενον θεὸν πεποιθέναι καὶ μὴ ἐπ' α νθρωπον θνητὸν καὶ ῥᾷστα φθειρόμενον. ε στιν ο τε καὶ τῇ γνώμῃ παλίμβολον ο ντα· ἀντὶ γὰρ τοῦ βοηθεῖν ε στιν ο τε καὶ βλάψει μεγάλα τὸν ἐπ' αὐτῷ πεποιθότα· διὸ μακάριος ὁ πεποιθὼς ἐπὶ κύριον ἀκαταίσχυντος διαμένων, κατὰ τὸ ̓Επὶ σοί, κύριε, η λπισα, μὴ καταισχυνθείην εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 1074 Ps 117,10–13 Εἰ μὴ ὑπερβολικῶς ει ρηται, ἀδύνατον τὸ ἐπαγγελλόμενον· πῶς γὰρ ε να α νδρα ἐν τῇ ̓Ιουδαίᾳ διατρίβοντα πάντα τὰ ε θνη ἐκύκλωσαν καὶ κυκλοῦντά γε αὐτὸν πολεμοῦντες, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου ἠμύνατο αὐτούς; αὐτὸ γὰρ ο πλον καὶ ἀσπὶς καὶ φρούριον τοῦ φοροῦντος αὐτὸ γίνεται. ἐπίστησον δὲ εἰ μὴ παραπλησίως τῷ Εἰς τὰς πρωΐας ἀπέκτεννον πάντας τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῆς γῆς δυνατὸν νοῆσαι τὰ προκείμενα τῷ κυκλοῦσθαι τὸν σπουδαῖον ὑπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν ὑποβαλλόντων τοὺς σαρκὸς γαργαλισμοὺς καὶ τὰ α λλα πάθη μετὰ πάντων τῶν τῆς σαρκὸς ε ργων, ε τι μὴν λόγους ἀθέους ἀνασκευάζοντας σοφιστικῇ δεινότητι τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας δόγματα. ἀλλ' ὁ ευ τονος καὶ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ καθωπλισμένος προσηγορίᾳ ἀνατρέψει τὰ ε θνη πάντα εἰς φυγὴν τρέπων, ἐσθ' ο τε δὲ καὶ ἀναιρῶν αὐτά. ὁ γὰρ ἀντὶ ο πλου καὶ ξίφους χρησάμενος τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ ὀνόματι ἐκκόψει τὰς παθητικὰς ὁρμὰς μετὰ καὶ τῶν τεταραγμένων λογισμῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ λύων καὶ ἀνατρέπων τὰ

Christ as Wisdom and the Eternal Dwellings§214

214Deceptive doctrines constructed sophistically. They have surrounded me like bees surround wax, and the following: the class of wax-makers is similar to bees; for although they are greater than bees in size, they do not deceive the unreasoning ones as bees do; nor do they make honey or mold wax, nor do they have a sting to repel those attempting to harm the wax. But eating the honey from the opposite, they wage war against the bees, just as those having used their own sting to safely destroy the wax-makers as having defiled their fruit.

The honey-making and wax-molding bee is not an allegory, but the Church which has honored the wisdom of God, whose labors, though not of a precious or glorious kind, are offered by kings and laymen for health; even though she is weak in strength, her preaching is not in persuasive words of human wisdom, but she possesses the sting in the demonstration of the spirit and power of God, having the word of faith, just as she destroys heresies like wax-makers, dividing them by the reproof of the truth. And one is the bee that has honored the wisdom, but many are those that depart from honoring the wisdom of God—not bees, but those who are like bees; he is not sinning, saying they are wax-makers surrounding like wax to consume the honey and having been burned like fire in thorns. For those from the heresies and the fire of shameful things and desires escape, as Paul says, 'For what is shameful to speak of is made known by them' (2 Cor 13:1). And the Gospel interpreted the thorns as pleasures.

However, even if they surrounded the wise one like wax, bees, and were burned like fire in thorns, they did not defend themselves by the name of the Lord alone. For he did not only remain undefiled, but he also cast down all their sophistical reasoning, and every high thing boasting itself against the knowledge of God, since his works are not fleshly but are powerful in God, not being defeated by the approach of God. The Lord becoming salvation does not receive a beginning of being; for he is both eternal and everlasting. And he becomes for salvation according to the taking up of the relation...

Regarding those being saved, God submits to the mind these things said by the one declaring that all things have become Christ; for it has not become that God is Word, not truth, not wisdom, not Son, but he has become to us wisdom, not merely having become wisdom, but this himself to us is righteousness and sanctification and redemption. For the reference to these things having become to us simply and eternally is said according to the relation toward us; thus God has made him both Christ and Lord, Christ meaning king and priest to those who reign and to those for whom he offers the sacrifices, but also to those who wish to serve him as Lord, and in general, the things said concerning him are not thought to be impieties.

You will understand the dwellings of the righteous, which are alone with the Father according to the fulfillment of the promises, concerning which the Savior says: 'When Mammon departs' (meaning that), 'they will receive you into the eternal dwellings' (Ps 117:15a). In these dwellings all the righteous are rejoicing; for they have attained the promised good things. Thus it is well said, 'A voice of joy and confession in the dwellings of the righteous' (Ps 117:15b), with sorrow and sighing fleeing away. And if you say that even the bodies of the righteous, their dwellings, will be returned to them incorruptible and spiritual, you will not dispute that in these dwellings of theirs there will also be a voice of joy and confession. A voice of joy and salvation is brought forward, as the righteous rejoice in the aforementioned dwellings having received the eternal salvation, not different from eternal life.

He has thus made power for those partaking of him, as it is possible to say, 'I can do all things in Christ who strengthens me' (Phil 4:13). He thus lifts up and exalts the one partaking, as one having been strengthened by the right hand of the Lord more brightly and more greatly, and to say a second time, 'The right hand of the Lord made power' (Ps 117:16). Therefore he says, 'I shall no longer die, he who follows the evil death, but I shall live' (Ps 118:17), partaking of the life opposite the evil death, in order to recount the wonderful works of God that have become in me. And his right hand makes power in everyone who thinks and acts according to the right, but also lifts him up as a second power in him of the former power, through which having obtained immortality, he says, 'I shall not die, but...'

Greek · §214

σοφιστικῶς κατεσκευασμένα ἀπατηλὰ δόγματα. ̓Εκύκλωσάν με ὡσεὶ μέλισσαι κηρίον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ὁμοιότητα φέρει πρὸς τὰς μελίσσας κηφήνων τὸ γένος· αυ ται γὰρ εἰ καὶ μείζους τῶν μελισσῶν τῷ ο γκῳ τυγχάνουσιν, ἀλλ' ου ν γε ἀπατῶσι τοὺς ἀνιστορήτους ὡς ου σαι μέλισσαι· ου τε δὲ μελισσουργοῦσιν η πλάττουσι κηρὸν οὐδ' αυ κέντρον ε χουσι τὸ ἀλεξοῦν τὰ βλάπτειν ἐπιχειροῦντα τὸν κηρόν. ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου δὲ ἐσθίοντες τὸ μέλι ἐκπολεμοῦσι κατ' αὐτῶν τὰς μελίσσας ὡς χρησαμένας κατ' αὐτῶν τῷ ἰδίῳ κέντρῳ σωρηδὸν ἀναιρεῖν τοὺς κηφῆνας ὡς λυμηναμένους τῷ καρπῷ αὐτῶν. ἐστὶν ου ν πρὸς ἀλληγορίαν ἡ μελισσουργοῦσα καὶ κηροπλαστοῦσα μέλιττα ἡ τιμήσασα τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίαν ἐκκλησία, η ς ἐργάτιδος ου σης ποθεινῆς τυγχανούσης καὶ ἐπιδόξου τοὺς πόνους βασιλεῖς καὶ ἰδιῶται πρὸς ὑγίειαν προσφέρονται· καίπερ ου σης τῇ ῥώμῃ ἀσθενοῦς τῷ τὸ κήρυγμα αὐτῆς μὴ ἐν πειθοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις ει ναι, ο μως δ' ε χει τὸ κέντρον ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος καὶ δυνάμεως θεοῦ τῆς πίστεως τὸν λόγον ε χουσα, ὡς καὶ ἀναιρεῖν κηφήνων δίκην τὰς αἱρέσεις διχοτομοῦσα αὐτὰς ἐλέγχῳ τῆς ἀληθείας. καὶ μία μὲν ἡ τιμήσασα τὴν σοφίαν μέλισσα, πολλαὶ δὲ αἱ ἀποστᾶσαι τοῦ τιμᾶν τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ μέλισσαι ἀλλ' ὡς μέλισσαι τυγχάνουσαι, α ς ει ναι κηφῆνας λέγων οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεις κυκλούσας ὡς κηρίον ἐπὶ τῷ ἀναλῶσαι τὸ περὶ αὐτὸ μέλι καὶ ἐκκαυθείσας ὡσεὶ πῦρ ἐν ἀκάνθαις. ἐξάπτουσι γὰρ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων καὶ τὸ τῶν αἰσχρῶν καὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν πῦρ, ῃ φησιν ὁ Παῦλος Τὰ γὰρ κρυφῆ γινόμενα ὑπ' αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστι καὶ λέγειν. ἀκάνθας δὲ τὰς ἡδονὰς ἡρμήνευσε τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον. Ομως δὲ εἰ καὶ ἐκύκλωσαν τὸν σοφὸν ὡσεὶ κηρίον μέλισσαι καὶ ἐξεκαύθησαν ὡσεὶ πῦρ ἐν ἀκάνθαις, ἀλλ' ου ν αὐτὸς τῷ ὀνόματι κυρίου ἠμύνατο αὐτούς. οὐ γὰρ ἀζήμιος μόνον ε μεινεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ καθεῖλεν αὐτῶν πάντα σοφιστικὸν λογισμόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶν υ ψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον 231 κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐπείπερ τὰ ο πλα αὐτοῦ οὐ σαρκικὰ ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ οὐχ ε τερα ο ντα τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ προσηγορίας ἠμύνατο αὐτούς. 1075 Ps 117,14b Γενόμενος εἰς σωτηρίαν ὁ κύριος οὐκ ἀρχὴν οὐσιώσεως δέχεται· ἀΐδιος γὰρ καὶ αἰώνιός ἐστι. γίνεται δὲ εἰς σωτηρίαν κατὰ τὸ ἀναλαμβάνειν σχέσιν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς σῳζομένους. ο θεν πάντα γεγονέναι τὸν Χριστὸν λέγοντα ταῦτα ὑποβάλλεται τῇ διανοίᾳ· οὐ γὰρ γέγονε θεὸς λόγος οὐκ ἀλήθεια οὐ σοφία οὐχ υἱός, ἀλλὰ γέγονεν ἡμῖν σοφία, οὐχ ἁπλῶς γενόμενος σοφία ἀλλ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἡμῖν δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις. ω ν γὰρ ἁπλῶς καὶ ἀϊδίως ταῦτα ἡμῖν γεγονέναι κατὰ ἀναφορὰν τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς λέγεται· ου τω καὶ χριστὸν καὶ κύριον πεποίηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεός, χριστὸν μὲν τουτέστι βασιλέα καὶ ἱερέα τοῖς βασιλευομένοις καὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ ω ν προσάγει τὰς θυσίας. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς δουλεύειν ἐθέλουσιν αὐτῷ κύριον καὶ καθόλου τὰ σχετικῶς περὶ αὐτοῦ λεγόμενα ου τω διανοούμενος οὐκ ἀσεβήσεις. 1076 Ps 117,15a Σκηνὰς δὲ δικαίων νοήσεις τὰς παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ μονὰς κατὰ τὴν ἀπόδοσιν τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν, περὶ ω ν ὁ σωτήρ φησιν Οταν ἐκλίπῃ (δηλονότι ὁ μαμωνᾶς), δέξονται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς. ἐν ταύταις ταῖς σκηναῖς πάντες εἰσὶν οἱ δίκαιοι ἀγαλλιώμενοι· τετύχασι γὰρ τῶν προσδοκωμένων ἀγαθῶν. ο θεν καλῶς ει ρηται Φωνὴ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως ἐν σκηναῖς δικαίων, ἀποδρασάσης λύπης καὶ στεναγμοῦ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὰ σώματα τῶν δικαίων σκηνὰς αὐτῶν ἐρεῖς ἀφθάρτων καὶ πνευματικῶν ἀποδοθεισῶν αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἀμφισβητήσεις ὡς καὶ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς σκηναῖς αὐτῶν φωνὴ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως ε σται. Φέρεται Φωνὴ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ σωτηρίας τῷ ὡς ἐν ταῖς προειρημέναις σκηναῖς ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι τοὺς δικαίους ἐπὶ τῷ αἰωνίαν σωτηρίαν ἀπειληφέναι οὐκ α λλην ου σαν τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς. 1077 Ps 117,15b–17 Αυ τη τοιγαροῦν ἐποίησε δύναμιν τοῖς μετειληφόσιν αὐτοῦ, ὡς ε καστον φάναι Πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ. αυ τη τὸν μετέχοντα ὑψοῖ καὶ μετεωρίζει, ὡς φαιδρότερον καὶ μειζόνως ὑπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς κυρίου δυναμωθέντα καὶ δεύτερον εἰπεῖν ∆εξιὰ κυρίου ἐποίησε δύναμιν. διό φησιν Οὐκέτι θνήξομαι τὸν ἑπόμενον τῇ κακίᾳ θάνατον, ἀλλὰ ζήσομαι μετασχὼν τῆς ἐναντίας τοῦ πονηροῦ θανάτου ζωῆς ἐπὶ τῷ ἐκδιηγήσασθαι τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ἐμὲ γενόμενα θαυμαστὰ ε ργα. ποιεῖ δὲ δύναμιν ἡ δεξιὰ αὐτοῦ ἐν παντὶ τῷ δεξιὰ φρονοῦντι καὶ πράττοντι ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑψοῖ αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ δευτέραν γενέσθαι ἐν αὐτῷ τῆς προτέρας δυνάμεως δύναμιν ἐφ' ῃ ἀθανασίαν κεκτημένος ἐρεῖ τὸ Οὐκ ἀποθανοῦμαι, ἀλλὰ

The Gates of Law and Faith§215

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

215I shall live, and the following. The gates were formerly the law and the prophets through which Israel entered toward God (Ps 117:19-20), but now the gate is faith, through which we are more closely brought near, being testified to by the law and the prophets. Into this understanding one should take also that which is said in Jeremiah: 'Stand in the paths and ask for the ancient well-trodden ways of the Lord, and examine what is the good way, and walk in it, and you will find cleansing for your souls.' For if someone stands here in the many paths—I mean the private virtues—he will examine those worn down from eternity by the saints, in order to know who, after this, according to the theory, is the good way; he who walks finds cleansing for his soul, having cleansed it through obedience to the truth.

Understand this (Ps 117:18-20): he who is being educated by divine discipline and most profitably by the Lord does not fall into the death that holds those who sin. For death encounters those who are uneducated, but he who is being educated by the Lord, having excellent thought and practice, is not handed over to the death that receives those handed over to the passions of dishonor and unproven mind. When the name of righteousness is being accused against every moral virtue, its gates—the private virtues—must be spoken of, into which those who are through asceticism and care for them enter, knocking at them. And they enter upon confessing those things which they have done outwardly, being of the gates of righteousness. He says 'into them' and not 'through them'; for one must not bypass the activities of the virtues, but must travel through them. But having entered into the gates of righteousness and having confessed within them, another gate is shown to be superior and more honorable, the one according to the theory of the truth, into which those having perfected righteousness enter, so as to be called righteous as a nickname from it.

I will praise you immediately having opened to me the gates of righteousness, and I thank you that you heard me and received the petition and provided salvation (Ps 117:21). For every day of sensation occurring under the sun, the sun may rise over the earth; the day shown under the sun of righteousness being the Lord was constructed, which they also show to one another (Ps 117:24).

dazzled

Greek · §215

ζήσομαι, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. 1078 Ps 117,19.20 Πύλαι πάλαι ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται δι' ω ν εἰσῄει πρὸς θεὸν ὁ ̓Ισραήλ, πύλη δὲ νῦν ἡ πίστις δι' η ς οἰκειότερον νῦν προσαγόμεθα μαρτυρουμένης ὑπὸ νόμου καὶ προφητῶν. εἰς ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν λήψῃ καὶ τὸ ἐν ̔Ιερεμίᾳ λεγόμενον Στῆτε ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁδοῖς καὶ ἐρωτήσατε τρίβους κυρίου αἰωνίας καὶ ἐξετάσατε ποία ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀγαθή, καὶ βαδίσατε ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ εὑρίσκετε ἁγνισμὸν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. καὶ ἐνταῦθα γὰρ στάς τις ἐν ταῖς πλείοσιν ὁδοῖς, φημὶ ταῖς ἰδικαῖς ἀρεταῖς, ἐξετάσει τὰς ἐξ αἰῶνος τετριμμένας ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων ἐπὶ τῷ γνῶναι τίς μετὰ ταῦτα κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν ἀγαθὴ ὁδὸς η ν ὁ βαδίζων ἁγνισμὸν εὑρίσκει τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ ἁγνίσας αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τῆς ἀληθείας. 1079 Ps 117,18–20 Νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· ὁ παιδεύσει θείᾳ καὶ πάνυ γε ὠφελίμως ὑπὸ κυρίου παιδευόμενος οὐκ ἐμπίπτει εἰς τὸν θάνατον τὸν κρατοῦντα τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀπαιδεύτοις συναντᾷ θάνατος, ὁ παιδεύσει ὑπὸ κυρίου παιδευόμενος α ριστος τὴν γνώμην καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ω ν οὐ παραδίδοται τῷ θανάτῳ τῷ παραλαμβάνοντι τοὺς παραδιδομένους πάθεσιν ἀτιμίας καὶ ἀδοκίμῳ νῷ. Τοῦ δὲ ὀνόματος τῆς δικαιοσύνης κατηγορουμένου κατὰ πάσης τῆς ἠθικῆς ἀρετῆς τὰς πύλας αὐτῆς τὰς ἰδικὰς ἀρετὰς λεκτέον, εἰς α ς εἰσέρχονται οἱ δι' ἀσκήσεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας τῆς περὶ αὐτῶν κρούοντες αὐτάς. εἰσέρχονται δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξομολογήσασθαι ὑπὲρ ω ν ε πραξαν ε ξω 232 τῶν πυλῶν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ο ντες. εἰσέρχεσθαι οὐ δι' αὐτῶν ἀλλ' εἰς αὐτάς φησιν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπερβατέον τὰς ἐνεργείας τῶν ἀρετῶν, ἀλλὰ προσδιατριπτέον αὐταῖς. εἰσελθοῦσι δὲ εἰς τὰς τῆς δικαιοσύνης πύλας καὶ ἐξομολογησαμένοις ἐν αὐταῖς ἑτέρα ὑπερέχουσα καὶ τιμιωτέρα δείκνυται πύλη ἡ κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς ἀληθείας, εἰς η ν εἰσέρχονται οἱ τὴν δικαιοσύνην κατορθώσαντες ω στε παρωνύμως ἀπ' αὐτῆς κληθῆναι δίκαιοι. 1080 Ps 117,21 ̔Υμνῶ σε τοιγαροῦν ἀνοίξαντά μοι τῆς δικαιοσύνης τὰς πύλας καὶ εὐχαριστῶ ο τι εἰσήκουσάς μου καὶ προσεδέξω τὴν δέησιν καὶ παρέσχες τὴν σωτηρίαν. 1081 Ps 117,24 Πάσης τῆς κατ' αι σθησιν ἡμέρας ὑπὸ ἡλίου γινομένης ο ταν ὑπὲρ γῆν γένηται, ἡ δεικνυμένη ἡμέρα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης ο ντος κυρίου κατεσκευάσθη, η ν καὶ δεικνῦντες ἀλλήλοις οἱ τῷ ἀληθινῷ φωτὶ καταυγαζόμενοί φασιν Αυ τη ἡ ἡμέρα ὑπὸ κυρίου γεναμένη ἐστίν· ο θεν εὐφραινώμεθα καὶ ἀγαλλιώμεθα ἐν αὐτῇ ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατοῦντες· οὐ γὰρ ε τι νυκτὸς καὶ σκότους ἀλλ' υἱοὶ φωτὸς καὶ ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, ε χοντες τὴν πίστιν ̓Αβραὰμ τοῦ ἀγαλλιασαμένου, ι να ι δῃ τὴν ἡμέραν κυρίου, καὶ χαρέντος ἐπὶ τῷ ἑωρακέναι αὐτήν. 1082 Ps 117,25.26a ̔Ο διάληψιν ε χων περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖσθαι τῶν ο λων παρ' αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ σωθῆναι καὶ τὸ εὐοδοῦσθαι ἀπαιτεῖ· θεὸς γὰρ τοῦ σῴζειν ἐστί, καὶ παρ' αὐτοῦ κατευθύνεται τὰ διαβήματα ἀνδρί. ο θεν καὶ ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ψαλμῷ ὁ μακαριζόμενος πάντα ο σα α ν ποιῇ κατευοδοῦται, θεῷ ἡγεμόνι χρώμενος τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἐπὶ μακαριότητα ἀγούσης. Εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. καὶ ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν οἱ Εὐαγγελισταὶ περὶ Χριστοῦ προφητείαν ει ναι ἐξειλήφασιν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἀληθῶς ἐστιν ὁ αὐθεντικῶς καὶ ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου ἐρχόμενος. 1083 Ps 117,26b.27a Πάντων τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἀνδρῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων ἐληλυθότων ὡς κυρίου δούλων, ἀμέλει Τάδε λέγει κύριος ε καστος ε φη, καὶ ε καστος τῶν ἀγγέλων φησὶν πρὸς ο ν ε ρχεται ̔Ο κύριος ἀπέστειλέ με· ἀλλ' ου τος ὁ ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου ἐρχόμενος εὐλογημένος ἐστίν. ο θεν ε καστος τῶν προαγορευόντων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν λέγει Εὐλογήκαμεν ὑμᾶς ἐξ οι κου κυρίου. ἐξ οι κου γὰρ κυρίου τῶν κόλπων τῶν πατρικῶν ἐστιν ὁ ἐρχόμενος. ̓Επιφέρεται γοῦν παραχρῆμα· Θεὸς κύριος καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἡμῖν. τὸ γὰρ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν οὐ τόπον ἐστὶν ἀμεῖψαι ἀλλ' ἐπιφανῆναι πρότερον οὐχ ὁρώμενον. ὑπάρχων γὰρ ἀόρατος τῷ ει ναι εἰκὼν θεοῦ ἀοράτου, μορφὴν δούλου λαβὼν καὶ γενόμενος λόγος σὰρξ ω φθη, ι ν' ου τως φανεὶς χειραγωγήσῃ διὰ ταύτης τῆς κατανοήσεως εἰς τὸ καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ θεάσασθαι, ∆όξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. λέγουσι γοῦν οἱ ταύτην τελέσαντες τὴν μύησιν Εἰ καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ εἰπεῖν ̔Ο ἐρχόμενος, ἀλλ' οὐχ ̔Ο ἐλθών· ἀεὶ ε ρχεται καὶ ἐπιδημεῖ τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένει, εἰ καὶ μὴ διὰ σαρκός· οὐ κινούμενος οὐ μεταβαίνων αὐτός· α τρεπτος γὰρ καὶ ἀναλλοίωτος καὶ πληρῶν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν θεϊκῇ παρουσίᾳ. ἡμῶν δὲ σχέσει καὶ διαθέσει ἐγγιζόντων αὐτῷ

The Blessedness of Seeking God's Law§216

216Regarding His distance, some find Him coming near to them (Draw near to God and He will draw near to you Ps 117:27bc), while those who are distanced are not departing locally but, as I have previously said, by relationship; for God is far from the ungodly (Ps 117:27). And not in this way: they are pruning the shoots and the fruits just as they bear them.

In these things, not finding them, establish a feast extending until the horns of the spiritual altar, from which, having taken a coal with tongs, the other of the seraphim is sent to the prophet to cleanse him and to take away his iniquities and his sins. But to whom is it commanded to establish a feast—the teachers and priests? Perhaps you will even say to the angels. But to do what is necessary and to think the truth is a feast established according to the guidance of God. This has especially much room among those who have cast off oldness in order to become a new planting.

And since the Passover is fulfilled in the month of the new moons, it is possible to conceive that anyone passing from wickedness and the sensible things to virtue and the intelligible things, being renewed, prunes, so as to celebrate and to bring forward spiritual sacrifices, as those showing the altar to be royal by its horns. And if these things were said concerning our feast of the weeks, they would not be lacking truth (Ps 117:28-29).

He who is thanking God through the Psalm for having made such great and so many blessings proclaims: 'You are my God, and I will confess to you; you are my God, and I will exalt you' (Ps 118:2-3). Glorifying, theologizing you, I say: 'You have done wonderful things in me; for having exalted me and having made strength, so that I might not die but living, I might recount your works.' And second, I will confess that you heard my petitions and became my salvation. Having learned through experience your great mercy and your goodness, and exhorting others, I say to many, proclaiming: 'Confess to the Lord, what is good, what has mercy extending into the age, according to how he shows mercy by his much goodness' (Ps 118:2a). For if even the words of God were to testify to Him and to His truth.

Blessed then are those searching out his testimonies and seeking him with all their heart, turning away from all human haste and approaching him through good works and right understanding. But the blessing is not for those who have gone away, but for those who are going; even though those working lawlessness in his law have not gone, it is evident that they have never attempted to test the divine law as if it were among them; for whoever sins lawlessly, lawlessly he shall perish. Nor are they those who have never heard the divine teaching; for those who, after being initiated into this, stumble, are said to have sinned against the law and to be transgressors of it.

Then I shall not be ashamed in keeping all your commandments; not on one thing, but on all (Ps 118:6). For according to those commandments I do not look, I shall be ashamed (Ps 118:8b). For I am often abandoned for a little while for the sake of testing and my trial, having bravely endured circumstances to be benefited. But immediately, with your helping, having run the race, I shall be crowned; therefore, so that I may not be defeated by those striving mightily, do not leave me exceedingly. He who does not receive the words of God from above and hides them in his heart, so that having made his mind and purpose according to these, is without sin before God who sees the hidden, not only not committing adultery but not even reaching for the shameful thing (Ps 118:11).

The Son also agrees with what is set forth: if, having received the word of my commandment, you hide it with yourself, your intellect will obey wisdom. So that I may not be glorified for nothing having had your judgments performed, repay me the divine and blessed life, so that living according to it I may keep your words; for after remembering them, to keep them following (Ps 118:17). To this end you will take that which was said by Jesus: 'He who holds my commandments and keeps them' (John 14:15/21); for he who remembers them also keeps them, doing them as well. Another, saying 'judgments' instead of 'rights/statutes', did not explain it thus: 'God's rights always benefit, being truly good. Desiring them at all times, he has loved them, not wanting to do them out of grief or out of necessity, as those do...'

Greek · §216

η μακρυνομένων αὐτοῦ, τοῖς μὲν ε ρχεται εὑρισκόμενος παρ' αὐτῶν ( ̓Εγγίσατε γὰρ θεῷ καὶ ἐγγιεῖ ὑμῖν), τῶν δὲ μακρύνεται οὐ τοπικῶς ἀποδημῶν ἀλλ' ὡς προείρηκα σχέσει· Μακρὰν γὰρ ἀπέχει ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ ἀσεβῶν. 1084 Ps 117,27bc Η καὶ ου τως· πυκάζοντές εἰσιν οἱ βλαστοὺς καὶ καρποὺς α ρτι φέροντες. ἐν τούτοις ου ν τυγχάνοντες νέα φυτὰ συστήσασθε ἑορτὴν παρατείνουσαν μέχρι τῶν κεράτων τοῦ πνευματικοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, ἀφ' ου τὸν α νθρακα λαβὼν τῇ λαβίδι τὸ ε τερον τῶν σεραφὶμ ἀποστέλλεται πρὸς τὸν προφήτην ἐπὶ τῷ καθᾶραι αὐτὸν καὶ περιελεῖν τὰς ἀνομίας καὶ ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ. Τίσι δὲ προστάττεται συστῆναι ἑορτὴν η τοῖς διδασκάλοις καὶ ἱερεῦσι; τάχα δὲ καὶ ἀγγέλοις ἐρεῖς. ἑορτὴ δὲ συνισταμένη καθ' ὑφήγησιν θεοῦ τὸ πράττειν ἐστὶ τὰ δέοντα καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν φρονεῖν. αυ τη δὲ μάλιστα χώραν ι σχει ἐν τοῖς ἀποσεισαμένοις τὴν παλαιότητα ἐπὶ τῷ γενέσθαι 233 καινὴν φυτείαν. καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ πάσχα τῷ μηνὶ τῶν νέων ἐπιτελεῖται, δυνατὸν ὑπολαβεῖν ο τι μεταβαίνων τις ἐκ κακίας καὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ ἀρετὴν καὶ τὰ νοητὰ ἀνανεούμενος πυκάζει, ω στ' α ν ἑορτάσαι καὶ προσαγαγεῖν πνευματικὰς θυσίας ε ως τῶν ἐμφαινόντων βασιλικὸν ει ναι τὸ θυσιαστήριον κεράτων αὐτοῦ. καὶ περὶ τῆς ἑορτῆς δὲ ἡμῶν τῶν ἑβδομάδων εἰ λέγοιτο ταῦτα, οὐκ ἀπᾴδει τῆς ἀληθείας. 1085 Ps 117,28.29 ̔Ο δι' ο λου τοῦ ψαλμοῦ εὐχαριστῶν τῷ θεῷ τῷ τὰς τηλικαύτας καὶ τοσαύτας ποιήσαντι εὐεργεσίας ἀναφθέγγεται τὸ Θεός μου ει σύ, καὶ ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι· θεός μου ει σύ, καὶ ὑψώσω σε. δοξολογῶν, θεολογῶν σε λέγω Εἰς ἐμὲ πεποίηκας θαυμάσια· υ ψωσας γάρ με καὶ πεποίηκας δύναμιν, ὡς μὴ ἀποθανεῖν ἀλλὰ ζήσαντά με διηγήσασθαι τὰ ε ργα σου. καὶ δεύτερον δὲ ἐξομολογοῦμαι Οτι ἐπήκουσάς μου τῶν δεήσεών μου καὶ ἐγένου μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν. πείρᾳ τοιγαροῦν μαθών σου τὸ πολυέλεον καὶ τὴν ἀγαθότητα καὶ α λλους προτρεπόμενος λέγω πρὸς πολλοὺς ἀποτεινόμενος ̓Εξομολογεῖσθε τῷ κυρίῳ, ο τι ἀγαθός, ο τι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ε χει ἐκτεινόμενον τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ, καθ' ο ἐλεεῖ τῇ πολλῇ αὐτοῦ ἀγαθότητι. 1086 Ps 118,2a Μαρτύρια δ' α ν ει η καὶ τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ μαρτυρεῖσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτοῦ. 1087 Ps 118,3 Μακάριοι τοίνυν οἱ ἐξερευνῶντες τὰ μαρτύρια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν ο λῃ καρδίᾳ ἐκζητοῦντες αὐτόν, πάσης σπουδῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀποστάντες καὶ δι' ε ργων ἀγαθῶν καὶ φρονήματος ὀρθοῦ ἐγγίζοντες αὐτῷ. ευ δὲ τὸ μακαρίζειν οὐ τοὺς πορευθέντας ἀλλὰ τοὺς πορευομένους, καίτοι τὸ Οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐπορεύθησαν ἐμφαίνει τὸ μηδεπώποτε αὐτοὺς πεπειρᾶσθαι τοῦ θείου νόμου ὡς περὶ αὐτῶν ει ναι· Οσοι γὰρ ἀνόμως η μαρτον, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται. ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ μηδεπώποτε θείας διδασκαλίας ἀκηκοότες· οἱ γὰρ μετὰ τὸ ταύτης μυηθῆναι πταίσαντες ἐν νόμῳ ἡμαρτηκέναι καὶ παραβάται αὐτοῦ λέγονται. 1088 Ps 118,6 Τότε οὐ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶ ἐν τῷ με ἐπιβλέπειν πάσας τὰς ἐντολάς σου· οὐκ ἐπί τινας ἀλλ' ἐπὶ πάσας. κατ' ἐκείνας γὰρ τὰς ἐντολὰς α ς μὴ βλέπω αἰσχυνθήσομαι. 1089 Ps 118,8b ̓Εγκαταλείπομαι γὰρ πρὸς ὀλίγον πολλάκις ὑπὲρ πείρας καὶ δοκιμῆς ἐμῆς ἐπὶ τῷ γενναίως ἐνεγκόντα τὰ περιστατικὰ ὠφεληθῆναι. εὐθέως γοῦν σοῦ βοηθοῦντος ο ν δεῖ τρόπον τοὺς ἀγῶνας διαθλήσας στεφανοῦμαι· διό, ι να μὴ ἡττηθῶ, δεινῶν ο ντων τῶν προσπαλαιόντων, μὴ ε ως σφόδρα ἐγκαταλείψῃς. 1090 Ps 118,11 ̔Ο μὴ ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ δεχόμενος κρύπτει αὐτὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ι να τὴν γνώμην καὶ τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτοῦ κατὰ ταῦτα ποιωθεὶς ἀναμάρτητος ει η θεῷ τῷ τὸ κρυπτὸν ὁρῶντι, μὴ μόνον μὴ μοιχεύων ἀλλὰ μηδὲ αἰσχρὰν ο ρεξιν ε χων. συνᾴδει τῷ προκειμένῳ καὶ τὸ Υἱέ, ἐὰν δεξάμενος ῥῆσιν ἐμῆς ἐντολῆς κρύψῃς κρύψῃς παρὰ σεαυτῷ, ὑπακούσεται σοφίας τὸ ου ς σου. 1091 Ps 118,17 1091 Οπως μὴ ἀμισθὶ δόξω πεπραχέναι τὰ δικαιώματά σου, ἀνταπόδος μοι τὴν θείαν καὶ μακαρίαν ζωήν, ι να ζήσας κατ' αὐτὴν φυλάξω τοὺς λόγους σου· μετὰ γὰρ τὸ μνημονεῦσαι αὐτῶν ἀκόλουθον φυλάξαι. εἰς τοῦτο λήψῃ τὸ ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ λεχθὲν ̔Ο ε χων τὰς ἐντολάς μου καὶ τηρῶν αὐτάς· ε χει γὰρ τὰς ἐντολὰς ὁ μνημονεύων αὐτῶν καὶ τηρεῖ ὁ καὶ ταύτας ἐνεργῶν. 1092 Ps 118,20 Αλλος δὲ οὐ Τὰ κρίματα ἀλλὰ Τὰ δικαιώματα εἰπὼν ου τως ἐξηγήσατο· τὰ θεοῦ δικαιώματα ἀεὶ ὠφελεῖ, ἀγαθὰ κυρίως ο ντα. ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτῶν ε χων ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐπεπόθησεν, οὐ θέλων αὐτὰ ἐκ λύπης η ἐξ ἀνάγκης ποιεῖν, ὡς ποιοῦσιν οἱ

Defense of the Law and the Body of Christ§217

217They do these things through fear of falling into punishment, but with desire and longing. For from this it will happen to bear all things soberly and courageously, not only the pleasant things but also the painful and unpleasant ones, and to go toward every diligent task with eagerness.

Since some reproach and belittle me for seeking your testimonies (Ps 118:22), you have removed the reproach and the belittling from me. How could these be removed? For the coming knowledge of the truth of those formerly reproaching and belittling me; and if this exists, they themselves will seek your testimonies.

Another scripture says, 'I have declared your ways' (Ps 118:26), meaning: the ways that lead to you are not other ways of virtues, O Lord; I have declared them practically with diligent intention and in appropriate works, and you heard me; therefore, toward those who obey I say, 'Teach me your statutes' (Ps 118:29).

He who will turn away from the way of unrighteousness and approaching the law of God wants to be perfected and established toward God, who brings the ends of good things (Ps 118:29). For as one having hated ignorance has had a longing for the opposing knowledge, so one who has turned himself from ignorance and approached by faith asks the teacher: 'Turn ignorance away from me and have mercy on me by your knowledge.'

The voice is not one who is conscious of sin, but of one suspecting, as in 'From my secret things cleanse me' (Ps 118:39). But I am confident in what you will remove, the suspected reproach, being convinced of what your judgments are, being full of kindness and love for mankind.

If it is possible to say all things about the spoken word, stand by; for he himself is both mercy and salvation of the Lord (Ps 118:41-42). Therefore, it is necessary for us to seek the mercy of the Lord, the salvation according to his mercy. For having been shown mercy and having been saved...

We answer those who previously reproached us as lacking the mercy and salvation of God (Ps 118:43-44).

I ask for insights, not merely such words; even if I sometimes fall into difficulties regarding providence and similar matters, I do not wish to give an answer that merely resolves the contradictions of those who wander, but rather, since you have opened my mouth with your own goodness, give me an interpretation of the truth through your word, so that the word of truth may not be entirely torn from my mouth, but that I may be able to speak somewhat regarding the unanswerable ones, saying: 'I have erred concerning your judgments, your examined and tested words; how do you judge and provide for men?' (Ps 118:51).

Do not let the word of truth depart vehemently from my mouth. For indeed, keeping your law will not only happen in this age but unto the age, the words of Jesus not passing away. We therefore keep God's law according to the image of things, previously kept by the Jews according to a shadow, to be kept for us according to the future good things unto the age of ages (Ps 118:51).

Regarding the heterodox who boast against the law by slandering it (Ps 118:53), I was intensely occupied with its keeping, and how much I was shaken in my assent to it, not enduring the slander.

Since of the sinners some sin lawlessly, not even attempting the beginning of laws, and others transgress it while in law, discouragement seized me from the sinners who abandon God's law; for if one member suffers, all the members suffer with it; and if one member is honored, all the members rejoice with it. And it is fitting to be grieved for our brothers who sin, what kind of people they are, and not to be divided against this holy one (Ps 118:58).

The character of His subsistence is the face of God, as it has been said to us many times. Therefore, the one who...

Greek · §217

ἐνεργοῦντες αὐτὰ φόβῳ τοῦ μὴ περιπεσεῖν κολάσει, ἀλλὰ σὺν ὀρέξει καὶ ἐπιθυμίᾳ. συμβήσεται γὰρ ἐκ τούτου σωφρόνως καὶ γενναίως πάντα φέρειν, οὐ μόνον τὰ ἡδέα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐπίπονα καὶ ἀηδῆ καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν πρᾶξιν σπουδαίαν σὺν πόθῳ ἰέναι. 1093 Ps 118,22 ̓Επεὶ ὀνειδίζουσι καὶ ἐξουδενοῦσί μέ τινες ἐπὶ τῷ ἐκζητεῖν τὰ 234 μαρτύριά σου, σὺ περίελε τὸ ο νειδος καὶ τὴν ἐξουδένωσίν μου. πῶς δ' α ν περιαιρεθείη ταῦτα; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἐρχομένων ἀληθείας τῶν τέως ὀνειδιζόντων καὶ ἐξευτελιζόντων με· ὑπάρξαντος δὲ τούτου, α μα ἐμοὶ ἐκζητήσουσι καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ μαρτύριά σου. 1094 Ps 118,26 ̔Ετέρα γραφὴ Τὰς ὁδούς σου, φησίν, ἐξήγγειλα, ι να ει πῃ· τὰς φερούσας πρὸς σὲ οὐχ ἑτέρας ου σας τῶν ἀρετῶν ὁδούς, ω δέσποτα, πρακτικῶς ἐξήγγειλα σπουδαίᾳ προθέσει καὶ καταλλήλοις αὐτῇ ε ργοις, καὶ ἐπήκουσάς μου· διὸ πρὸς ὑπακούσαντά φημι ∆ίδαξόν με τὰ δικαιώματά σου. 1095 Ps 118,29 ̔Ο προαιρέσει ἀποστὰς τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας καὶ τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ προσελθὼν τελειωθῆναι καὶ βεβαιωθῆναι ταῦτα βούλεται πρὸς θεοῦ τοῦ τὰ τέλη τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπιφέροντος. ὡς γὰρ μισήσας η ν ει χεν α γνοιαν τῷ πόθον ἐσχηκέναι τῆς ἀντικειμένης ἐπιστήμης, οὐχ οι ός τε ω ν ἑαυτὸν τῆς ἀγνοίας ἀποστῆσαι καὶ τῇ πίστει προσερεῖσαι, τὸν διδάσκαλον παρακαλεῖ· Τὴν α γνοιαν ἀπόστησον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ καὶ τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ σου ἐλέησόν με. 1096 Ps 118,39 Οὐ συνειδότος ἐστὶν ἑαυτῷ ἁμαρτίαν ἡ φωνὴ ἀλλ' ὑποπτεύοντος, ω σπερ ου ν καὶ τὸ ̓Απὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου καθάρισόν με. θαρρῶ δὲ ο τι περιαιρήσεις ο ὑπώπτευσα ο νειδος, πεπεισμένος ο τι χρηστοφιλανθρωπίας γέμοντα τὰ κρίματά σού εἰσιν. 1097 Ps 118,41.42a Εἰ δὲ δυνατὸν πάντα περὶ τοῦ ἀποσταλέντος λόγου εἰρῆσθαι, ἐπίστησον· αὐτὸς γὰρ καὶ ε λεος καὶ σωτήριον κυρίου ἐστί. διὸ εὐκτέον η κειν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ ε λεος κυρίου, τὸ σωτήριον κατὰ τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ. ου τω γὰρ ἐλεηθέντες καὶ σωθέντες τοῖς ὀνειδίζουσι πρότερον ὡς λειπομένοις ἐλέου καὶ σωτηρίας θεοῦ ἀποκρινούμεθα. 1098 Ps 118,43.44 Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ ου τως· εἰ καί ποτε πρὸς ἐμπιπτούσας ἀπορίας περὶ προνοίας η ὁμοιοτρόπων ζητημάτων μὴ ε χοιμι λόγον ἀποδοῦναι λύοντα τὰς ἀντιρρήσεις τῶν ἐπαπορούντων, ἀλλὰ σὺ τῇ αὑτοῦ ἀγαθότητι ἀνοίξαντί μοι τὸ στόμα τῷ σῷ λόγῳ δὸς ἑρμηνευτικὸν τῆς ἀληθείας, ι να μὴ παντελῶς περιαίρεσις τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου γένηται ἀλλὰ δυνηθῶ περὶ τῶν δυσαποδότων ἀμωσγέπως λέγειν Οτι η λπισα ἐπὶ τὰ κρίματά σου, τοὺς κεκριμένους καὶ ἐξητασμένους σου λόγους η τὰ κρίματα καθ' α διοικεῖς καὶ προνοεῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Μὴ περιέλῃς ε ως σφόδρα ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου ἀληθείας λόγον. ου τω γὰρ καὶ διὰ παντὸς φυλάξαι σου τὸν νόμον συμβήσεται τηρούμενον οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ μόνῳ τῷ αἰῶνι ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρις αἰῶνος, τῶν λόγων ̓Ιησοῦ οὐ παρερχομένων. φυλάττομεν γοῦν τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον κατὰ τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων, πρότερον ὑπὸ ̓Ιουδαίων κατὰ σκιὰν φυλαχθέντα, φυλαχθησόμενον ἡμῖν κατὰ τὰ μέλλοντα ἀγαθὰ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. 1099 Ps 118,51 Τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ἀλαζονευομένων κατὰ τοῦ νόμου τῷ διαβάλλειν αὐτόν, ἐγὼ σφόδρα τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ περιειχόμην καὶ κατὰ ποσὸν κλονῆσαι τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν συγκατάθεσιν μὴ ἀνεχόμενος. 1100 Ps 118,53 ̓Επεὶ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν οἱ μὲν ἀνόμως ἁμαρτάνουσι τῷ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν πεπειρᾶσθαι νόμων, οἱ δ' ἐν νόμῳ τῷ παραβαίνειν αὐτόν, ἀθυμία κατέσχε με ἀπὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν τῶν ἐγκαταλιμπανόντων τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ νόμον· Ει τι γὰρ πάσχει ε ν μέλος, συμπάσχει πάντα τὰ μέλη· καὶ ἐὰν δοξαζόμενον ῃ ε ν μέλος, συγχαίρει πάντα τὰ μέλη. καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ου ν ἡμῶν τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι λυπεῖσθαι καθήκει, ο τι τοιοῦτοί εἰσι, καὶ ου τω διακεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν α γιον τοῦτον. 1101 Ps 118,58 Πρόσωπον θεοῦ ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ, ὡς πολλάκις ἡμῖν ει ρηται. ὁ τοίνυν ο λῃ

Purity of Heart and the Ropes of Sin§218

218Fixing the heart upon this, he considers it pure, and through not staring intensely at it, he may be shown mercy according to the word of his teaching, if the spoken words are such. is the one seeing the face of God. Jesus teach you, saying, 'Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God' (Matt 5:8).

And what are the ropes, namely the evil thoughts and the evil powers that subvert these, which they undertake to cast down the standing against God? But the zeal of those surrounding the righteous with ropes is unceasing, those who with rapid zeal remember the law. The same circumstances occurring to the righteous through the sinners can also be ropes for them; but the righteous, bearing these patiently, does not forget the law of God. And those who entangle ropes into sin through deceptive words; but if one remains sober, he does not forget the law of God (Ps 118:63).

Let us also consider the friend and companion, which says the Preacher, 'that if he falls, the one is to raise his companion' (Eccl 4:9-10). He does not at any time intend to say, 'I am a friend and companion to all who fear God and keep his commandments,' while he himself fears him and keeps his commandments.

If there is not kindness and severity concerning God according to the apostle, the kindness becomes for those standing in faith, but the severity for those having fallen away from it. Since the saint was confirmed in faith, 'Kindness, O God, you have done with your servant,' he says; but he says, wanting to present not through destruction the kindness of God with someone, but with the one serving him, whomsoever he may be. And 'according to your word' approaching implies that the kindness of the Lord becomes with someone with word and a logical cause. Therefore, he who wishes to know the logical and wise part of it, deserves no other teacher to be with him concerning it, so that he may learn with it both instruction and knowledge: instruction indeed the ethical, and knowledge the intellectual virtue of good things. And in Proverbs, 'Get instruction and not silver, and knowledge rather than tested gold' (Prov 4:7).

practical and theoretical benefit

Greek · §218

καρδίᾳ ἐφιέμενος τούτου, ο πως καθαρὰ αυ τη γενομένη θεωροίη αὐτὸ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἀτενίζειν αὐτῷ ἐλεηθῇ κατὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ, ει ποι α ν τὰ ἐγκείμενα ῥητά. ο ρα δὲ πηλίκος ἐστὶν ὁ ὀψόμενος τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ. ̓Ιησοῦς σε διδαξάτω λέγων Μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ο τι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ο ψονται. 1102 Ps 118,61 Καὶ τίνα τὰ σχοινία η οἱ πονηροὶ διαλογισμοὶ καὶ αἱ ὑποβάλλουσαι τούτους πονηραὶ δυνάμεις δι' ω ν τῆς κατὰ θεὸν στάσεως ἐνεχείρουν καταβάλλειν; 235 ἀλλ' ἀνήνυτος ἡ σπουδὴ τῶν περιβαλλόντων τὰ σχοινία τῷ δικαίῳ, ο ταν συντόνῳ σπουδῇ μνημονεύοι τοῦ νόμου. τὰ αὐτὰ δύνανται καὶ αἱ περιστάσεις αἱ πρὸς τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τῷ δικαίῳ προσαγόμεναι σχοινία αὐτῶν ὑπάρχειν· ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτας καρτερῶς φέρων οὐκ ἐπιλανθάνεται τοῦ νόμου τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ δίκαιος. καὶ οἱ δι' ἀπατηλῶν δὲ λόγων εἰς ἁμαρτίαν παρακαλοῦντες σχοινία περιπλέκουσιν· ἀλλ' ἐὰν νήφῃ τις, οὐκ ἐπιλανθάνεται τοῦ νόμου τοῦ θεοῦ. 1103 Ps 118,63 Μέτοχον δὲ νοήσωμεν τὸν φίλον καὶ κοινωνόν, ῃ φησιν ὁ ̓Εκκλησιαστὴς Οτι ἐὰν πέσῃ, ὁ ει ς ἐγερεῖ τὸν μέτοχον αὐτοῦ. μήποτ' ου ν τοῦτο βούλεται λέγειν ο τι φίλος καὶ κοινωνός εἰμι πάντων τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν θεὸν καὶ τῶν φυλασσόντων τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ αὐτὸς φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ φυλάσσων τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ. 1104 Ps 118,65.66a Ου σης περὶ τὸν θεὸν χρηστότητος καὶ ἀποτομίας κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον, ἡ μὲν χρηστότης γίνεται ἐπὶ τοὺς ἑστηκότας τῇ πίστει, ἡ δὲ ἀποτομία ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀφεστηκότας αὐτῆς. ἐπεὶ ου ν ὁ α γιος ἐβεβαίωτο ἐν τῇ πίστει, Χρηστότητα, ει πεν, ἐποίησας μετὰ τοῦ δούλου σου. σοῦ δὲ ε φη, παραστῆσαι βουλόμενος μὴ κατὰ ἀποκλήρωσιν γινομένην μετά τινος τὴν χρηστότητα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τοῦ δουλεύοντος αὐτῷ, ο στις ποτ' α ν ῃ ου τος. Τὸ δὲ Κατὰ τὸ λόγιόν σου προσκείμενον δηλοῖ σὺν λόγῳ καὶ αἰτίᾳ λογικῇ γίνεσθαι μετά τινος τὴν τοῦ κυρίου χρηστότητα. διὸ καὶ τὸ λογικὸν καὶ τὸ σοφὸν αὐτῆς γνῶναι θέλων οὐκ α λλον ἀξιοῖ διδάσκαλον αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς γενέσθαι, ι να σὺν αὐτῇ καὶ παιδείαν καὶ γνῶσιν μάθῃ, παιδείαν μὲν τὴν ἠθικήν, γνῶσιν δὲ τὴν διανοητικὴν ἀρετὴν καλῶν. καὶ ἐν Παροιμίας τὸ Λάβετε παιδείαν καὶ μὴ ἀργύριον καὶ γνῶσιν ὑπὲρ χρυσίον δεδοκιμασμένον ἀνοιστέον ἐπὶ πρακτικὴν καὶ θεωρητικὴν ὠφέλειαν. 1105 Ps 118,66b ̓Επεὶ ὀρθῶς καὶ φρονίμως ταῖς παρὰ σοῦ ἐντολαῖς προσελθὼν ἐπίστευσα αὐταῖς ὡς τηρῆσαι αὐτάς, ο ρεξόν μοι σοφίαν, διδάξας με χρηστότητα καὶ παιδείαν καὶ γνῶσιν. συνᾴδει τούτοις τὸ ̓Επιθυμήσας σοφίαν διατήρησον ἐντολάς, καὶ κύριος χορηγήσει σοι αὐτήν. 1106 Ps 118,67 Εἰ γὰρ καὶ διττὸς ὁ τρόπος τοῦ ἐπάγεσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα· τοῖς μὲν γὰρ δι' ἁμαρτίας, τοῖς δ' ἐπὶ τῷ δοκιμασθῆναι καὶ φανερωθῆναι αὐτῶν ἐπαγομένων, τούτων τὸ ε λαττον ἑαυτῷ διδοὺς πεπλημμεληκέναι ει πεν. ἀλλ' ο μως, φησίν, ἐφύλαξα τὸ λόγιόν σου, ι ν' ω σπερ πλημμελήσας ἐταπεινώθην, ου τως κατορθώσας καὶ φυλάξας τὸ λόγιόν σου ἀφεθῶ τῆς ταπεινώσεως. 1107 Ps 118,68 Οὐκ εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀξίαν ἀφορῶν ( ̓Επλημμέλησα γὰρ) ἀλλ' εἰς τὴν σὴν χρηστότητα, ἐπεὶ χρηστὸς ω ν χρηστότητα ε χεις, ἀξιῶ διδαχθῆναι οὐ παρ' ἑτέρου η σοῦ αὐτοῦ τὰ δικαιώματά σου. 1108 Ps 118,69 Πολλῶν ἀπατεώνων ἀπονενοημένων κατὰ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου καὶ μυρία ο σα πρὸς διαβολὴν αὐτῶν καὶ ἀνατροπὴν δῆθεν λεγόντων, ἀδικία πολλὴ ἐπ' ἐμὲ γεγένηται. ο μως δὲ εἰ καὶ δεινὰ ἐδόκουν λέγειν α τοὺς ἀνερματίστους ἀποστῆσαι αὐτῶν δύναται, ἀλλ' ἐγὼ ἐπιτείνων τὴν σπουδὴν καὶ τὸν πόθον εἰς αὐτὰς ἐν ο λῃ καρδίᾳ ἐξηρεύνουν αὐτάς, ὡς τὸ κάλλος αὐτῶν τεθεωρηκότα με ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς καὶ ἐπιτεταμένης αὐτῶν ἐρεύνης κατεγνωκέναι σφόδρα τῶν διαβαλλόντων αὐτάς. Ει ποι δ' α ν ταῦτα καὶ ὁ πρός τινων ὑπερηφάνων τε καὶ δυναστῶν καταπονούμενος καὶ ἀδικούμενος ἐν τοῖς τοῦ βίου πράγμασιν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου, φησίν, δυνήσομαι μαθεῖν φαυλότερον ει ναι τὸ ἀδικεῖν καὶ ἀποστερεῖν τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι καὶ ἀποστερεῖσθαι. 1109 Ps 118,70 ̓Επεὶ γὰρ ποτισθέντες τὸ λογικὸν καὶ α δολον γάλα πρὸς τῶν παιδευόντων οὐ διῴκησαν οὐδ' ε πεψαν αὐτὸ συστραφὲν καὶ παγὲν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἐτύρωσε τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν. ἀλλ' ου ν εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι τοῦτο πεπόνθασι παρ' ἑαυτούς, ἐγὼ τὸν νόμον σου διὰ μελέτης ε χων ἐσπούδαζον αὐτὸν νοεῖν, τῆς τούτου νοήσεως λυούσης οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀχλὺν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν παχύτητα τῆς ὑλικῆς διαθέσεως. Ps 118,72 ∆ιττοῦ ο ντος τοῦ νόμου, τοῦ μὲν πνευματικοῦ καὶ πρὸς διάνοιαν, τοῦ δὲ κατὰ γράμμα καὶ τὴν σκιὰν διαταγέντος δι' ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ

Resurrection and the Spiritual Life§219

219Regarding the mediator, the prophet says to him that the law of the divine mouth is good above all the pleasures of the world, which he showed through thousands of gold and silver. For contemplation, it must be said that silver stands for the word, and gold stands for the mind; for many thousands of such silver and gold are found in those who philosophize about the things of the world and heresies. Above all these things, the law of the mouth of God is good to the lover of the wisdom and truth of God, for those who attend to it alone receive the proper benefit.

Psalm 118:74: 'Understand and not thus: those fearing God are perfect, they not lacking anything; and such are found good, they do not lack fear.' Therefore they desire all to progress and to have benefit, and they rejoice over those things pleasing to God, imitating those in heaven who rejoice over the benefit of the penitents. It is also possible to take the inferior understanding regarding 'they shall be glad,' as it says: 'They shall see and be glad,' where the mind of the things said is such. 'Hoping in your words, I desire to become completely one with you, I act and think according to your instruction'; and those fearing lest they fall into the punishment following the judgment which pursues sinners, they avoid evil. If those fearing you in this way are not able to see me, they shall be glad, no longer avoiding sins out of grief and necessity, but with zeal to take them up, hoping also themselves in your words.

Psalm 118:77a: Since the mercies of God are said to be not only here but also in many other places, one must watch lest the only-begotten and the Holy Spirit, the providers of life, are not seen as the mercies of God. And Father is said, according to the apostle's philosophy of the mercies.

Psalm 118:78a: Of a great man, he says: 'Unjustly I have transgressed against me.'

Psalm 118:81: 'My soul fails for the salvation of God, but the end of faith shall bring salvation'; for there remains no soul, setting aside the state through which the soul used to exist, but desiring the salvation of God and continuing in hope, the spirit and mind becoming one with his word. For the name of the soul does not declare its essence, but the relationship toward the communion of the body. But if it might pass over to incorporeal life and be uncorrupted...

Receiving bread and a spiritual body from a resurrection, the body which was formerly joined to it, corruptible and psychic in being possessed by a soul, shall become mind and spirit, leaving behind the divine salvation and being in spirit toward God through Him. And this is to deny oneself; for he who has denied himself will become one thing instead of another, not according to the underlying substance but according to that which makes it, sometimes soul, sometimes mind. For even if the evangelical sayings are exhortations toward martyrdom, they are not to be understood according to the aforementioned mystical word.

The word of God is a spiritual dew (Ps 118:83a), since dew and rain are often called; it cools my unbridled flame from passions and makes my flesh weak, as to bear the death of Jesus in it. Many attempt to interpret the divine writings of the Church and those outside it, both heretics and Jews and Samaritans (Ps 118:85), but not all speak well; for rare is the one possessing the grace from God for this, speaking of many things promised, but living not well and unlawfully. If they say anything, it is wandering and babbling; for a word cannot be vigorous, strong, and salutary in an unlawful soul.

Those pursuing righteousness and the teaching of Christ will healthily speak the aforementioned word (Ps 118:87a), and all the prophets also. And to be accomplished is in the earth, not the common dying, but that which was called into the material existence as earth, to come to an end in order to be done according to it. To live according to the word of God is to live with piety (Ps 118:88), not simply this sensory life. For having obtained this, he will be in well-being, as to guard the testimonies of the mouth of God testified and demonstrated by the word of God, which are in His mouth.

The day remains by Your ordinance (Ps 118:91a), as to circle regularly and uniformly according to the annual cycles, the day not deviating, never having toward night an ordinance of inequality or inequality. Just as from a great sickness, through certain medical helps, one has taken up health steadily and certainly through him of...

The text ends abruptly mid-sentence.

Greek · §219

236 μεσίτου, ὁ προφήτης ἀγαθὸν αὐτῷ λέγει τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεϊκοῦ στόματος ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἡδέα α διὰ χιλιάδων χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου ἐδήλωσεν. πρὸς θεωρίαν δὲ λεκτέον τὸ ἀργύριον ἀντὶ λόγου, τὸ δὲ χρυσίον ἀντὶ νοῦ· πολλῶν γὰρ χιλιάδων τοιούτου ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου ἐν τοῖς τὰ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν αἱρέσεων φιλοσοφοῦσιν, ὑπὲρ πάντα ταῦτα τῷ τῆς σοφίας καὶ ἀληθείας θεοῦ ἐραστῇ ἀγαθὸς ὁ νόμος τοῦ στόματος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστι τῷ ἐκ μόνου τούτου τὴν κυρίως ὠφέλειαν ἐγγίνεσθαι τοῖς αὐτῷ προσέχουσιν. 1110 Ps 118,74 Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ ου τως· οἱ θεὸν φοβούμενοι τῷ μηδὲν αὐτοὺς ὑστερεῖν τέλειοί εἰσιν· ο ντες δὲ τοιοῦτοι ἀγαθοὶ τυγχάνουσι κατὰ τὸν ου ε χουσι φόβον. διὸ καὶ πάντας βούλονται προκόπτειν καὶ ὠφέλειαν ε χειν καὶ εὐφραίνονται ἐπὶ τοῖς εὐαρεστοῦσι θεῷ, μιμούμενοι τοὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ χαίροντας ἐπὶ τῇ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν μετανοούντων. ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ ὑποδεεστέρους ἐκλαβεῖν περὶ ω ν λέγει Οψονταί με εὐφρανθήσονται, ι ν' ῃ ὁ νοῦς τῶν λεγομένων τοιοῦτος. ̓Επελπίσας ἐγὼ εἰς τοὺς λόγους σου ποθῶ τὸ τελείως συγγενέσθαι, πράττω καὶ φρονῶ κατὰ τὴν σὴν παίδευσιν· οἱ δὲ φόβῳ τοῦ μὴ περιπεσεῖν τῇ κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν ἑπομένῃ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι τιμωρίᾳ ἀπέχονται κακίας. ἐὰν ου ν οἱ ου τω φοβούμενοί σε δυνηθῶσιν ἰδεῖν με, εὐφρανθήσονται, οὐκέτι ἐκ λύπης καὶ ἀνάγκης ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπεχόμενοι ἀλλὰ σπουδῇ ἀναλαβεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ἐλπίσαι καὶ αὐτοὺς εἰς τοὺς λόγους σου. 1111 Ps 118,77a ̓Επειδὴ δὲ μὴ ἐνταῦθα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν α λλοις πολλοῖς οἱ οἰκτιρμοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λέγονται, ἐπιστατέον μήποτε ὁ μονογενὴς καὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα, οἱ ζωῆς παρεκτικοί, οἰκτιρμοὶ θεοῦ εἰσι. καὶ πατὴρ ει ρηται κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀποστόλου φιλοσοφίαν τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν. 1112 Ps 118,78a Μεγάλου δὲ ἀνδρὸς τὸ λέγειν ̓Αδίκως ἠνόμησαν εἰς ἐμέ. 1113 Ps 118,81 ̓Εκλείπει ἡ ψυχή μου εἰς τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, ο ταν τέλος τῆς πίστεως σωτηρίαν κομίσηται· οὐ γὰρ ε τι μένει ψυχή, ἀποτιθεμένη τὴν κατάστασιν δι' η ν ἐτύγχανε ψυχή, ὀρέξει τῇ πρὸς τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐλπίδι συνεχεῖ τῇ πρὸς τὸ λόγιον αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα καὶ νοῦς γινομένη. οὐ γὰρ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῆς δηλωτικὸν τὸ ψυχῆς ο νομα ἀλλὰ τῆς σχέσεως τῆς πρὸς τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ σώματος. ο ταν δὲ ἀΰλου μεταλάβῃ ζωῆς καὶ α φθαρτον καὶ πνευματικὸν ἐξ ἀναστάσεως ἀναλάβῃ τὸ σῶμα, τὸ πάλαι αὐτῇ συνεζευγμένον φθαρτὸν καὶ ψυχικὸν ψυχῇ τυγχανούσῃ νοῦς καὶ πνεῦμα γενήσεται, ἐκλείπουσα εἰς τὸ θεοῦ σωτήριον καὶ ε ν πνεῦμα πρὸς αὐτὸ γινομένη δι' αὐτοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἀπαρνήσασθαί τινα ἑαυτόν· ὁ γὰρ ἀπαρνησάμενος ἑαυτὸν ε τερος ἀνθ' ἑτέρου γενήσεται, οὐ κατὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ὑπόστασιν ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰ ποιοῦντα ταύτην, ὁτὲ μὲν ψυχήν, ὁτὲ δὲ νοῦν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ προτρεπτικὰ εἰς μαρτύριον τὰ εὐαγγελικὰ ῥητά, ἀλλ' ου ν καὶ κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον μυστικὸν λόγον ἐκληπτέον. 1114 Ps 118,83a ̔Ο τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος πνευματικὴ ω ν πάχνη, ἐπεὶ καὶ δρόσος καὶ ὑετὸς πολλαχοῦ λέγεται, καταψύχει μου τὸν ἀπὸ παθῶν ἀκόλαστον φλογμὸν καὶ ἀσθενῆ μου τὴν σάρκα ποιεῖ, ὡς τὴν νέκρωσιν ̓Ιησοῦ φέρειν ἐν αὐτῇ. 1115 Ps 118,85 Πολλοὶ ἑρμηνεύειν ἐπιχειροῦσι τὰς θείας γραφὰς καὶ τῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ε ξω ταύτης αἱρετικῶν τε καὶ ̓Ιουδαίων η καὶ Σαμαρειτῶν, ἀλλ' οὐ πάντες λέγουσι καλῶς· σπάνιος γὰρ ὁ ε χων τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τοῦτο χάριν, πολλῶν μὲν ἐπαγγελομένων λέγειν, οὐ καλῶς δὲ η καὶ παρανόμως βιούντων. ει τι λέγουσιν, ἀδολεσχία ἐστὶ καὶ φλυαρία· οὐ γὰρ δύναται λόγος ευ τονος καὶ ἐρρωμένος καὶ σωτήριος ει ναι ἐν ψυχῇ παρανόμῳ. 1116 Ps 118,87a Ταῦτα ὁ διὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίαν διωκόμενος ὑγιῶς ἐρεῖ τὴν προειρημένην λέξιν, καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται. συντελεσθῆναι δέ ἐστιν ἐν τῇ γῇ οὐ τὸ κοινῶς τεθνάναι ἀλλὰ τὸ εἰς τὴν ὑλικὴν ε ξιν η ν ἐκάλεσε γῆν ὡς εἰς τέλος ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ κατ' αὐτὴν ποιωθῆναι. 1117 Ps 118,88 Τὸ κατὰ τὸ λόγιον τοῦ θεοῦ ζῆν τὸ σὺν εὐσεβείᾳ ζῆν ἐστιν, οὐχ ἁπλῶς τὴν αἰσθητὴν ταύτην ζωήν. τούτου γὰρ τυχὼν ἐν εὐζωΐᾳ ε σται, ὡς 237 φυλάσσειν τὰ μαρτύρια τοῦ στόματος τοῦ θεοῦ μαρτυρηθέντα καὶ ἀποδειχθέντα ὑπὸ λόγου τοῦ θεοῦ, ου ει πεν αὐτοῦ στόματος ει ναι. 1118 Ps 118,91a Τῇ διατάξει σου διαμένει ἡ ἡμέρα, ὡς τεταγμένως καὶ ὁμαλῶς περικυκλεῖν κατὰ τοὺς ἐτησίους κύκλους, οὐκ ἐξισταμένης τῆς ἡμέρας οὐδεπώποτε η ς ε χει πρὸς νύκτα διατάξεως κατά τε ἰσότητα καὶ ἀνισότητα. 1119 Ps 118,93 Ωσπερ γὰρ ἐκ μεγάλης νόσου διά τινων ἰατρικῶν βοηθημάτων παγίαν καὶ βέβαιον ἀναλαβὼν ὑγείαν δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ

The Law as Light and the Progression of Knowledge§220

220those who followed him

Turn away from evil and do good; for he who turns away from evil from every wicked way restrains his feet, so that having done good, he may guard the words of God (Ps 118:105).

The law is a lamp to those walking in the night before the rising of the sun of righteousness (Ps 118:106); just as the night has passed and the day has approached, they are illuminated not by a lamp but by the sun of the true light, so that it is possible to walk decorously during the day.

And to set it here and to define firmly signifies to stand fast, and to swear is not merely to name God, but to set this thing unchangeably and to guard it without transgression, performing the work of an oath by power (Ps 118:124).

Not as if, not having attained the petition, he approaches it again, but as having learned the ordinances of God according to a prior worthiness; as one who is spending time with them, desiring to contemplate them more greatly, he needs and always does this, so that he may reach the goal of their understanding (Ps 118:125).

Since, however, regarding the learning of the ordinances, various things are becoming different, I will say this also concerning the knowledge of the testimonies: that through progress, their knowledge is always becoming ascended for the one spending time with their comprehension (Ps 118:127).

'Your mouth's law is more precious to me than ten thousands of gold and silver' (Ps 118:127), and 'Take instruction and do not forsake knowledge, which is tested above silver' (Prov 8:10); for wisdom is more excellent than precious stones, and every precious thing is not of equal value to it. Therefore it is also said to companions concerning it to Job: 'The balance of Ethiopia shall not equal it' (Job 28:15). These things are not said by comparison but in relation to the value of men.

He who has come to fulfill the law and all the prophets, making manifest the words contained in them (Ps 118:130), does this by fulfilling the prophecies, and does this by uncovering the law, so that it is seen no longer as letter and shadow but as spiritual. For thus the manifestation of the divine words that has occurred will prove the prophet to be sensible and will enlighten those called from the nations after Israel, who are infants in their weakness and have late or tardy come to a generation from faith. But even before the descent of him who fulfilled the...

Greek · §220

ὑγιαίνειν καὶ εὐεκτεῖν οὐκ ἐπιλανθάνεται τῶν ἰατρικῶν ἐκείνων οι ς ἠκολούθησε τὸ ου τως αὐτὸν μετ' εὐεξίας ὑγιαίνειν, ου τως ὁ α γιος ου τος ὑπὸ θεοῦ ζωοποιηθεὶς ἐν οι ς ε σχε παρ' αὐτοῦ δικαιώμασι λέγει παρ' ο λον τὸν αἰῶνα μὴ ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι αὐτῶν, ἀποδιδοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν θεὸν αὐτὸν ἐζηκέναι. 1120 Ps 118,96a Εἰ καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ε ν τέλος διὰ τὸ ἐπὶ πάσῃ προκοπῇ ἐγγινόμενον, ἀλλ' ου ν γε καὶ ἑκάστης προκοπῆς ἐστι τὸ προσεχὲς πέρας. ὁ ου ν διὰ πάσης προκοπῆς ἀφιγμένος εἰς τὸ τέλος τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐρεῖ Πάσης συντελείας ει δον πέρας, τοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ τέλειον ἀγαθὸν διαβαίνοντος πολλὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τέλη καταβαλλομένου· ἡ γὰρ τῆς προτέρας βελτιώσεως περιγραφὴ ἀρχὴ τῆς ἐχομένης ἐστὶ καὶ ἐκείνης τέλος στοιχεῖον τῆς ἑπομένης· ο θεν ει ρηται τὸ Οτε συντελέσει α νθρωπος, τότε α ρχεται. 1121 Ps 118,96b Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐν ἐντολῇ θεοῦ περιπατῶν στενοχωρεῖται, μεγαλόψυχος καὶ μεγαλόνους γινόμενος ἐκ τοῦ περιέπειν αὐτήν. 1122 Ps 118,97 1122 Οὐ παραβολὴν δὲ καὶ ὁμοίωσιν ἐνταῦθα σημαίνει τὸ ̔Ως ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀληθῶς καὶ πρωτοτύπως καὶ οὐ δι' ε τερόν τι ἀγαπητὸν ἡγεῖσθαι τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ. ∆υνάμεθα δὲ νοεῖν τὸ Ολην τὴν ἡμέραν μελέτη μού ἐστι ἀντὶ τοῦ ̓Εν ο λῳ τῷ τῆς ζωῆς μου χρόνῳ· πολλαχοῦ γὰρ ὁ πᾶς χρόνος τῆς ζωῆς ἀνθρώπων ἡμέρα καλεῖται, ὡς ἐν τῷ Καὶ σὲ ὑπέμεινα ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν, καὶ τὸ Ενεκά σου θανατούμεθα ο λην τὴν ἡμέραν. 1123 Ps 118,98 Οἱ ἐπικείμενοι ἐχθροὶ ἀόρατοι πειρῶνται διὰ πάσης σπουδῆς εἰς τὸ προτιμᾶν ἡδονὴν ἀγαγεῖν με· δι' η ς ἡδονῆς συμβαίνει πρὸς πάντα πόνον δυσχερῶς ε χειν, ὡς καὶ τὴν θείαν ἐντολὴν σὺν ἱδρῶτι κατορθουμένην παραιτεῖσθαι. κρείττων δὲ γίνεται τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ τῶν πρεσβευόντων αὐτὴν ἐχθρῶν ὁ τὴν θεοῦ ἐντολὴν σοφιζόμενος ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, ω στε εἰς αἰῶνα αὐτὴν ε χειν, προτιμήσας τῆς πρὸς ὀλίγον ου σης καὶ προσκαίρου ἡδονῆς. διὸ τῷ θεῷ εὐχαριστικῶς ὑμνῶν ἐρεῖ ̓Εσόφισάς με τὴν ἐντολήν σου, ἐξ ου καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου γεγένημαι. 1124 Ps 118,101 ̓Εμφαίνει δὲ τὸ ἐλεύθερον τῆς προαιρέσεως τῷ ̓Εκώλυσα τοὺς πόδας μου· ὡς γὰρ ἐπ' αὐτῷ ο ντος τοῦ κινεῖν τοὺς πόδας εἰς τὸ βαδίζειν καὶ κωλῦσαι αὐτοὺς τὸ προκείμενον ει πε. τοῦτο συνᾴδει τῷ Εκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν· ὁ γὰρ ἐκκλίνων ἀπὸ κακοῦ ἐκ πάσης ὁδοῦ πονηρᾶς κωλύει τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ι να ποιήσας τὸ ἀγαθὸν φυλάξῃ τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους. 1125 Ps 118,105 Λύχνος ὁ νόμος ἐστὶ τοῖς πρὸ τῆς ἀνατολῆς τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐν νυκτὶ βαδίζουσι, τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς οὐ λύχνου ο ντος ἀλλ' ἡλίου φωτίζοντος ἐκείνοις, οι ς προέκοψεν ἡ νὺξ ἐγγισάσης τῆς ἡμέρας, καθ' η ν ἡμέραν εὐσχημόνως περιπατεῖν ε στιν. 1126 Ps 118,106 Τὸ δὲ στῆσαι ἐνταῦθα τὸ βεβαίως ὁρίσαι δηλοῖ, καὶ τὸ ὀμόσαι οὐ τὸν θεὸν ὀνομάσαι ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀμεταθέτως τοῦτο προθέσθαι καὶ ἀπαράβατον φυλάττειν, τὸ ε ργον τοῦ ο ρκου δυνάμει ποιῶν. 1127 Ps 118,124 Οὐχ ὡς μὴ τυχὼν δὲ τῆς αἰτήσεως πάλιν αὐτὴν προσάγει ἀλλ' ὡς μαθὼν τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ προτέραν ἀξίωσιν· ὡς οι όν τε η ν ε τι ἐπιδιατρίβων αὐτοῖς, μειζόνως η ε γνω θεωρῆσαι αὐτὰ βουλόμενος, δέεται καὶ ἀεὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ε ως ἐπὶ τὸ τέρμα ε λθῃ τῆς νοήσεως αὐτῶν. 1128 Ps 118,125 Οπερ δὲ ει πον ἀρτίως περὶ τῆς μαθήσεως τῶν δικαιωμάτων διαφόρως γινομένων, τοῦτ' ἐρῶ καὶ περὶ τῆς γνώσεως τῶν μαρτυρίων, κατὰ προκοπὴν ἀεὶ ὑπεραναβεβηκυίας γνώσεως αὐτῶν γινομένης τῷ προσδιατρίβοντι τῇ κατανοήσει αὐτῶν. 1129 Ps 118,127 Ταῦτα συνᾴδει τῷ ̓Αγαθόν μοι ὁ νόμος τοῦ στόματός σου 238 ὑπὲρ χιλιάδας χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου, καὶ τῷ Λάβετε παιδείαν καὶ μὴ ἀργύριον καὶ γνῶσιν ὑπὲρ χρυσίον δεδοκιμασμένον· Κρείσσων γὰρ σοφία λίθων πολυτελῶν, πᾶν δὲ τίμιον οὐκ α ξιον αὐτῆς ἐστι. διὸ καὶ πρὸς ἑταίρους ει ρηται περὶ αὐτῆς τῷ ̓Ιὼβ Οὐκ ἰσωθήσεται αὐτῇ τοπάζιον Αἰθιοπίας. ταῦτα δὲ οὐ κατὰ σύγκρισιν ει ρηται ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων αι ρεσιν. 1130 Ps 118,130 ̔Ο ἐληλυθὼς πληρῶσαι τὸν νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας πάντας τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς λόγους ἐφανέρωσε, τοῦτο μὲν ἐκβάσει πληρῶν τὰς προφητείας, τοῦτο δὲ ἀνακαλύπτων τὸν νόμον ἐπὶ τῷ μηκέτι γράμμα καὶ σκιὰν ἀλλὰ πνευματικὸν αὐτὸν ὁρᾶσθαι. αυ τη τοιγαροῦν ἡ γεναμένη δήλωσις τῶν θείων λόγων συνετὸν τὸν προφήτην ἀποδείξει καὶ φωτίσει τοὺς μετὰ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ καλουμένους ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν νηπίους τῷ υ στερον καὶ ὀψέ ποτε τὴν ἐκ πίστεως ἐσχηκέναι γένεσιν. ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ πρὸ τῆς καθόδου τοῦ πληρώσαντος τὸν

The Truth of God's Testimonies§221

221The wise one announced the law and the prophets, saying, 'The revelation of your words makes me understand'; but he did not see these things in a prophetic spirit, for whoever possesses their understanding desired that which was to be revealed before the coming of Christ.

He is worthy to see and learn the shining forth of the Savior this time, saying to the Savior about it, 'Let your face shine, so that whoever seeing you may see you' (Ps 118:135). For he himself says about himself, 'He who has seen me has seen the Father' (John 14:9). For since this exists, he says, it will be possible for me to learn your ordinances. And to learn that is to walk in them, not according to the flesh but according to grace.

Therefore your judgment is straight, because you are just, judging all those who received your judgments straight according to the canons of righteousness, since I commanded truth and righteousness intensely (Ps 118:137). For I commanded your divine writings to men, not only the new ones but also the old ones, being just according to ethics and truth, that is, being precise according to the view of things according to which I commanded us to make judgments, so that we might judge the great and the small, judging a just judgment intensely, they are truth and righteousness (Ps 118:138).

Therefore that word so ignited is made to him intensely loved by something, making him a servant of God burning in the spirit (Ps 118:140). Such a person, when the Scriptures are made clear by Jesus, is amazed in heart, as saying according to the Road to Emmaus, 'Did not our heart burn within us when he opened the Scriptures to us?' (Luke 24:32).

For he is unswerving and unchangeable, never having or not having righteousness, being the source and generator of it (Ps 118:142); and his word is truth, being truth to those hearing for all eternity, not being such a human word; for the word of human wisdom, to become in glory...

Being false, after the truth has been revealed, he will be convicted of being false (Ps 118:144). I have given you testimonies not for a short time, but they prove to be useful righteousness for eternity, justifying the one who possesses them by drawing near to them.

First, in an unseasonable time—that is, what is called night in this present age, often called day as if for the coming age, according to 'The night has passed, and the day is near' (Ps 118:147)—but the perceptive powers of his eyes, acting as eyes, reach forward toward the righteousness coming from the rising of the sun. Therefore, having been enlightened and finding himself in the light, he meditates on the commandments of God, which cause him to fly to be lifted up and to approach the true light nakedly, so that he may find himself no longer in an unseasonable time, but in a peak and midday light.

Another scripture says: 'And all your ways are truth' (Ps 118:151), clearly meaning those paths leading to Him; for the end of all these ways is He who said, 'I am the way, and the truth, and the life' (John 14:6). He who has reached the goal of these ways is in truth, having both it and its Father within himself. And since He also approaches the sinners in another way, He is near to them; and all His ways are truth, for as one travels them, He performs the examination and judgment of their affairs.

The testimonies were established by God so that no one would be able to shake or overturn them; for your word is wisdom, and your Son is their foundation. Therefore, presenting their unassailable and unshakeable nature, He says, 'My words will never pass away, even if heaven and earth pass away' (Matt 24:35).

Often, when 'the beginning' is taken in a certain sense, we say the beginning is the truth of the words of God, as that which is first. For to make it known...

Greek · §221

νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἀπήγγειλεν ὁ σοφὸς λέγων ̔Η δήλωσις τῶν λόγων σου συνετιεῖ με, ἀλλ' ου ν γε πνεύματι προφητικῷ ταῦτα ὁρῶν ὡς οι όν τ' η ν σύνεσιν αὐτῶν ε χειν ἐπόθει τὴν ἐγχωροῦσαν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας Χριστοῦ δηλωθῆναι. 1131 Ps 118,135 Τὴν δεῦρο τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπίλαμψιν ἰδεῖν καὶ μαθεῖν ἀξιοῖ, περὶ αὐτῆς τῷ σωτῆρι φάσκων Τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐπίφανον, ο περ ἰδών τις σὲ ὁρᾷ. αὐτὸς γὰρ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λέγει ̔Ο ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα. τούτου γὰρ ὑπάρξαντος, φησίν, συμβήσεταί με μαθεῖν τὰ δικαιώματά σου. τὸ δὲ μαθεῖν αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατεῖν, μὴ κατὰ σάρκα ἀλλὰ κατὰ χάριν. 1132 Ps 118,137.138 ∆ιὰ τοῦτο εὐθής ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις σου, ἐπεὶ δίκαιος ω ν κατὰ τοὺς τῆς δικαιοσύνης κανόνας εὐθυτάτους ο ντας κρινεῖς πάντας τοὺς δεξαμένους τὰ κρίματά σου, α περ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀλήθειαν σφόδρα ἐνετείλω. αἱ γὰρ θεῖαί σου γραφαὶ α ς ἀνθρώποις ἐνετείλω, οὐχ αἱ καιναὶ μόναι ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ παλαιαί, δικαιοσύνη κατὰ τὰ ἠθικὰ τυγχάνουσαι καὶ ἀλήθειαν σφόδρα, τουτέστιν ἠκριβωμέναι κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν ο ντων καθ' η ν α ν ἐνετείλω ἡμῖν ποιεῖν κρίματα, ο πως κρινῶμεν κατὰ τὸν μέγα καὶ τὸν μικρὸν κρίμα δίκαιον κρίνοντες σφόδρα, ἀλήθεια καὶ δικαιοσύνη εἰσίν. 1133 Ps 118,140 Οθεν τὸ ου τως πεπυρωμένον λόγιον σφόδρα παρά τινος ἀγαπηθὲν ποιεῖ αὐτὸν τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντα α τε δοῦλον ο ντα τοῦ θεοῦ. ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ σαφηνιζομένων ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ τῶν γραφῶν ἐξάπτεται τὴν καρδίαν, ὡς φάσκειν κατὰ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Κλεώπαν Οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη η ν ἐν ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς; 1134 Ps 118,142 Ατρεπτος γὰρ καὶ ἀναλλοίωτος ω ν οὐ ποτὲ μὲν ποτὲ δὲ οὐκ ε χει δικαιοσύνην, πηγὴ καὶ γεννήτωρ αὐτῆς ὑπάρχων· καὶ ὁ λόγος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀλήθεια * ἀκουόντων ἀλήθεια εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, οὐκ ο ντος ἀνθρωπίνου λόγου τοιούτου· τῆς γὰρ ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ὁ λόγος, κα ν δόξῃ γενέσθαι ἀληθής, μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς ἀληθείας φανείσης ἐλεγχθήσεται ψευδὴς ω ν. 1135 Ps 118,144 Α δέδωκάς μοι μαρτύρια οὐ πρὸς ὀλίγον ο ντα ὠφέλιμα δικαιοσύνη εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τυγχάνουσι, δικαιοῦντα τὸν διαθέσει συνεγγίζοντα αὐτοῖς. 1136 Ps 118,147 Πρῶτον ἐν ἀωρίᾳ, ο περ νοήσεις καὶ ου τως ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος αἰῶνος νυκτὸς ὀνομαζομένου πολλάκις ὡς πρὸς τὸν μέλλοντα αἰῶνα ἡμέραν καλούμενον, κατὰ τὸ ̔Η νὺξ προέκοψεν, ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα η γγισεν. 1137 Ps 118,148 Προέφθασαν δὲ καὶ αἱ διορατικαὶ αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις χρηματίζουσαι αὐτοῦ ὀφθαλμοὶ πρὸς τὸν ἐκ τῆς ἀνατολῆς τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης γινόμενον ο ρθρον. διὸ καὶ καταυγασθεὶς καὶ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ τυγχάνων η δη μελετᾷ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ πτερούσας αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῷ μετεωρισθῆναι καὶ αὐτῷ γυμνῷ τῷ ἀληθινῷ φωτὶ προσβαλεῖν, ὡς μηκέτ' ἐν ἀωρίᾳ ἀλλ' ἐν ἀκμαίῳ καὶ μεσημβρινῷ φωτὶ τυγχάνειν. 1138 Ps 118,151 ̔Ετέρα δὲ γραφὴ ω δε ε χει· Καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοί σου ἀλήθεια, δηλονότι αἱ πρὸς αὐτὸν φέρουσαι· τέλος γὰρ πασῶν τῶν ὁδῶν τούτων ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς καὶ ἡ ζωὴ καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια. τούτων τῶν ὁδῶν ὁ ἐπὶ τέρμα φθάσας ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐστίν, ε χων αὐτὴν καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτῆς ἐν ἑαυτῷ. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων 239 ἐγγίζων η ν καθ' ε τερον τρόπον, ἐγγύς ἐστιν αὐτῶν· καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ καθ' α ς ἐπιπορευόμενος τὴν ἐξέτασιν καὶ κρίσιν τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῶν ποιεῖται ἀλήθειά εἰσιν. 1139 Ps 118,152 ̓Εθεμελιώθη τὰ μαρτύρια ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς μηδένα δύνασθαι σεῖσαι η ἀνατρέψαι αὐτά· ὁ γὰρ σὸς λόγος σοφία καὶ υἱός σου τυγχάνων θεμέλιος αὐτῶν ὑπάρχει. διὸ καὶ παριστὰς τὸ ἀκαταμάχητον καὶ ἀκαθαίρετον αὐτῶν ε φη Οἱ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται, κα ν ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρέρχωνται. 1140 Ps 118,160 Πολλαχῶς λαμβανομένης τῆς ἀρχῆς καθ' ε ν σημαινόμενον, ἐροῦμεν ἀρχὴν ει ναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγων ὡς τὸ ου ε νεκα. τοῦ γὰρ γνωσθῆναι αὐτὴν

The Practical and Contemplative Life in Psalm 118§222

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

222The legal and prophetic writers and even the words of God's new covenant are given naked of types. For, exercising themselves through them and being led according to their spiritual will, we reach the point of meeting face to face with the truth. If the beginning of those bearing them is the truth itself and they become so because of it, and if God's words also bear toward the truth (for they are spoken because of it), it is rightly said that their beginning is the truth. Since also that which exists in some is called a beginning by another meaning, and truth exists in God's words, they are themselves true by that, and because of this they are called their beginning. Similarly, the true state is held to be upon the true words, by which the divinely-breathed scriptures—which are the words of God—are said to be from self-truth. And because of this, it is right to say that the truth is the beginning of God's words.

And what is it? Since the Lord says, 'I am the truth,' the word of God is also that itself; he says to the Father, 'Your word is truth,' who becomes with each prophet. And likewise: those established according to the truth, being truth-receivers, become the beginning of God's words. Just as the truth was the beginning of your words, so all your judgments of justice are found indestructible and shown forever (Ps 118:161c).

Cowardice is twofold: one part is the irrational regarding the emotional part of the soul, the other is the logical established regarding the heart and the intellect, not of reason, and perhaps it can pertain to the same divine fear. Throughout his life, the righteous man, being enlightened, will be in a perfect day not intercepted by night and will praise God sevenfold (Ps 118:164), having become transcendent to be separated from the world that has become in days of exile, even having been in God's paradise, having contemplated the word of God's creation and providence, will confess the judgments of the justice of God, according to the judgments of each varied creation and providence. If he also awaits the Savior, as it is said, 'All flesh shall see the salvation of God' (Ps 118:166), following this he loves the commandments of God.

And he has expected salvation, so that both his practice is pure and his expectation is contemplative, always expecting and contemplating that God has come to seek and to save the lost.

He prays for such a worthy condition to be tested, certain and unshakeable, as if to enter before the Lord. 'And I will know if my worthiness enters before you, if I am rescued by you according to your word and your wisdom' (Ps 118:170). For He, being above all passions, irrational and the evils working from irrationality, having departed from them, is rescued by God according to His word.

'Oh that you would teach me, so that I might act from it and know them clearly; I would bring to you a thankful hymn from my lips, O Lord, of your man' (Ps 118:171). If the impulse of hymnody to God is clearly the beginning of its nourishment, it constitutes full theology.

'Your various commandments are instructions; they all possess the virtues of those who are wise, the general virtue being to follow the particular virtues, as one possessing the one perfectly possesses all' (Ps 118:172). 'I utter your word with my lips toward your man' (Ps 118:173a). But the word concerning righteousness is uttered principally not by voice alone, not by merely bringing it forth, but also by works and by practical intention, being corrected according to the right word.

'Let your hand be done to save me' (Ps 118:174a) does not signify here the generation of it according to essence, but the relation toward the ones being saved. The same thought is carried in 'Become for me a protector toward God'. The path of the one longing for the salvation of God is the one who has the study of the law as his desire, pre-sounding his arrival here. By 'law' he calls here the ancient and divine Scripture.

'Since remembering your judgments and being set apart, I turn away from the death that follows sin' (Ps 118:175). Not merely sinning, but performing those things, which follow the living of the soul and the praising of you thankfully, through which you provide it with immortal life. Since remembering your judgments, I turn away from the death following sin by not sinning; my soul shall live, having worked out those of life and praising the thankful ones, through which you provide it with immortal life.

Greek · §222

καὶ γυμνὴν τύπων ἀναφανῆναι οἱ νομικοὶ καὶ προφητικοὶ καὶ ε τι μὴν καὶ οἱ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης θεοῦ λόγοι δέδονται· γυμναζόμενοι γὰρ δι' αὐτῶν καὶ χειραγωγούμενοι κατὰ τὸ πνευματικὸν αὐτῶν βούλημα φθάνομεν ἐπὶ τὸ προσβάλλειν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. εἰ δ' ε στι τὸ ου ε νεκα ἀρχὴ τῶν ἐπ' αὐτὰ φερόντων καὶ αὐτοῦ χάριν γινομένων, φέρουσι δὲ καὶ οἱ θεοῦ λόγοι ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν (αὐτῆς γὰρ χάριν ει ρηνται), εἰκότως ἀρχὴ αὐτῶν ει ρηται. ̓Επειδὴ δὲ καὶ κατ' α λλο σημαινόμενον ἀρχὴ καλεῖται τὸ ἐνυπάρχον τισίν, ἐνυπάρχει δὲ τοῖς θεοῦ λόγοις ἡ ἀλήθεια αὐτόθεν ἀληθέσιν ου σι, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἀρχὴ αὐτῶν αυ τη ει ναι λέγεται. Καταλλήλως ἐπὶ τῶν ἀληθῶν λόγων ἡγεῖται ἡ ἀληθὴς ε ξις, καθ' η ν λέγονται ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτοαληθείας τῆς ἐμπνεομένης εἰπεῖν τὰς θεοπνεύστους γραφάς, αι περ εἰσὶν οἱ θεοῦ λόγοι. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὀρθῶς ε χοι α ν ἀρχὴν τῶν θεοῦ λόγων ει ναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Καὶ ε τι· ἐπεὶ ὁ κύριός φησιν ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια, θεοῦ λόγος καὶ αὐτὸ τυγχάνει, ῃ φησιν αὐτὸς τῷ πατρὶ ̔Ο λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν, ὁ γινόμενος πρὸς ε καστον προφήτην. Καὶ α λλως· ὁ θεοληπτούμενος ἀλήθεια ω ν, ἀρχὴ γίνονται λόγων θεοῦ οἱ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πεποιωμένοι. ὡς ου ν τῶν λόγων σου ἀρχὴ η ν ἀλήθεια, ου τως εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα πάντα τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου τυγχάνει ἀκατάλυτα καὶ εἰς ἀεὶ δεικνύμενα. 1141 Ps 118,161c ∆ιττή ἐστιν ἡ δειλία, ἡ μὲν α λογος περὶ τὸ θυμικὸν μέρος τῆς ψυχῆς καταγινομένη, ἡ δὲ λογικὴ περὶ τὴν καρδίαν συνισταμένη καὶ τὴν νόησιν οὐκ α νευ λόγου, καὶ τάχα ἡ αὐτὴ τῷ θείῳ φόβῳ τυγχάνειν δύναται. 1142 Ps 118,164 Παρ' ο λον τὸν βίον ἑαυτοῦ ὁ δίκαιος φωτιζόμενος ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ε σται τελείᾳ οὐ μεσολαμβανομένῃ ὑπὸ νυκτὸς καὶ αἰνεῖ τὸν θεὸν ἑπτάκις, ὑπερκόσμιος γεγονὼς τῷ α νω κεχωρηκέναι τοῦ ἐν ε ξ ἡμέραις γενομένου κόσμου, ο τε καὶ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγενημένος, τὸν τῆς δημιουργίας καὶ προνοίας θεοῦ λόγον θεωρήσας, ἐξομολογεῖται ἐπὶ τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τοῦ θεοῦ, καθ' α κρίματα ε καστον ποικίλην δημιουργίαν καὶ πρόνοιαν ε σχε. 1143 Ps 118,166 Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν σωτῆρα προσδοκᾷ, περὶ ου ει ρηται Πᾶσα σὰρξ ο ψεται τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀκολούθως ἀγαπᾷ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ ου καὶ τὸ σωτήριον προσεδόκησεν, ι να καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ῃ καθαρὸς καὶ τὴν προσδοκίαν θεωρητικός, προσδοκῶν ἀεὶ καὶ θεωρῶν ἐληλυθότα τὸν θεὸν λόγον ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός. 1144 Ps 118,170 Παρακαλεῖ τοιαύτην ει ναι τὴν ἀξίωσιν δόκιμον καὶ βεβαίαν καὶ ἀκατάγνωστον ω στε εἰσελθεῖν ἐνώπιον κυρίου. γνώσομαι δὲ εἰ εἰσέλθοι ἐνώπιόν σου τὸ ἀξίωμά μου, εἰ ῥυσθείην ὑπὸ σοῦ κατὰ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὴν σοφίαν σου· ὁ γὰρ ἀνωτέρω πάντων παθῶν ἀλόγων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ ἀλογίας ἐνεργουμένων κακῶν χωρήσας ῥέρυσται ὑπὸ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸ λόγιον αὐτοῦ. 1145 Ps 118,171 Η ο ταν διδάξῃς με ἐκ τοῦ ἐνεργεῖσθαι καὶ τρανῶς ἐγγυῶσθαί μοι αὐτά, εὐχάριστον προσγινόμενον υ μνον σοι προσενέγκωμαι ἐκ χειλέων μου τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου. εἰ δὲ ἡ ἐρυγὴ ὑμνῳδία θεοῦ, δηλονότι ἡ ἀρχὴ γινομένη αὐτῆς τροφή, πληρεστάτη θεολογία τυγχάνει. 1146 Ps 118,172 Αἱ διάφοροι ἐντολαί σου προστάξεις ου σαι τῶν κατ' ει δος ἀρετῶν ε ν πᾶσαι τυγχάνουσιν, ἡ καθόλου γενικὴ ἀρετὴ τῷ ἀντακολουθεῖν τὰς ἰδικὰς ἀρετάς, ὡς τὸν μίαν τελείως ε χοντα πάσας ε χειν. 240 Φθέγγομαι τοῖς τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου χείλεσί μου τὸ λόγιόν σου. φθέγγεται δὲ κυρίως τὸ περὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης λόγιον οὐχ ὁ φωνῇ μόνῃ ου τω προφέρων ἀλλὰ καὶ ε ργοις καὶ προθέσει πρακτικῇ τῇ κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον εὐθυνομένῃ. 1147 Ps 118,173a Τὸ Γενέσθω ἡ χείρ σου τοῦ σῶσαί με οὐ τὴν κατ' οὐσίαν γένεσιν αὐτῆς σημαίνει ἐνταῦθα ἀλλὰ τὴν πρὸς τὰ σῳζόμενα σχέσιν. τῆς αὐτῆς διανοίας ε χεται καὶ τὸ Γενοῦ μοι εἰς θεὸν ὑπερασπιστήν. 1148 Ps 118,174 ̔Οδὸς τοῦ ἐπιποθοῦντος τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ τὸν νόμον ει ναι μελέτην τῷ ἐπιποθοῦντι προαναφωνοῦντα τὴν δεῦρο αὐτοῦ α φιξιν. νόμον δ' ἐνταῦθα καλεῖ τὴν παλαιὰν καὶ θείαν γραφήν. 1149 Ps 118,175 † ̓Επείπερ τῶν κριμάτων μνημονεύων καὶ ἐξεχόμενος ἐκκλίνω τὸν ἑπόμενον τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ θάνατον, οὐδ' ο λως ἁμαρτάνων ἀλλ' ἐνεργῶν ἐκεῖνα, οι ς ἀκολουθεῖ τὸ ζήσεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ αἰνέσαι σε εὐχαριστοῦσαν, ἐφ' ῃ παρέσχες αὐτῇ ἀθανάτῳ ζωῇ. ̓Επείπερ τῶν κριμάτων σου μνημονεύων ἐκκλίνω τὸν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ παρεπόμενον θάνατον τῷ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν, ζήσεται ἡ ψυχή μου τὰ τῆς ζωῆς ἐνεργήσασα καὶ τοῦς εὐχαριστηρίους αἰνεῖν, ἐφ' ῃ παρέσχες αὐτῇ ἀθανάτῳ ζωῇ. 1150 Ps 118,176 ̔Ως τὸ

The Ascent to the Temple and the Kingdom§223

223Having lost a sheep from the hundred, the Savior comes seeking it, leaving the ninety-nine in the wildernesse human race has gone astray through Adam's transgression. The human race is the lost sheep from the hundred, while the rational things that do not stumble remain part of creation in the desert, staying high in virtue and truth, except for man who has gone into error.

Therefore, like the sheep, but rather a part of it, the Psalmist says: 'I have gone astray; seek me, your servant; for you came to seek and save the lost; seek me so that you may find me ready for this; for I have longed for your commandments' (Ps 119). It is to be understood that he in the Jerusalem temple has fifteen steps, and standing on each of them, those appointed to sing hymns were saying an ode. Therefore, the number of odes coincided with the steps. The arrangement concerning the odes and those singing them on each step of the temple lies in the Chronicles.

You shall understand the temple of God to be a holy, intelligible, and spiritual thing—the theology—and the steps to be the stages of progress. He who has ascended to the second step of the temple begins to be transformed into perfection, no longer thinking of something lowly. Therefore, he says he has lifted the eyes of the intellect toward the height. Thus, the ode of the second step has attained a familiar number. For the one hundred and twentieth limits the perfection of human life.

Indeed, it has been said concerning men after the flood: 'Their days shall be one hundred and twenty' (Gen 6:3). Thus also Moses, the great hierophant and servant of God, having perfected human life into one hundred and twenty years, describes his own life, setting forth his own life as a pattern for those under him who receive the laws. It can also be strongly understood regarding the exodus: the exodus of God guarding from evil for one turning away from evil, and likewise the exodus of one guarding the doing of the good, an exodus from the sensible toward the intelligible and spiritual. He who...

He who stretches himself forward toward those before him does not forget them, nor does he run back again. For he who hastens toward the prize of the higher calling goes toward the higher things. Therefore, having begun the ascent toward the temple, he does not return after having traveled; having ascended to the third degree, he does not even depart from the flight of the soul, but, having received a vision, he hastens toward that which he is being urged to lead the entrance of, being in good spirit.

Those having firmly established the feet of their own souls previously in the courts of Jerusalem (Ps 121:2–4), have a desire also to ascend to the temple. And the most sharp-witted theology is the temple, while the partial contemplations are the courts of the vision of peace, the specific virtues that occur. The vision of the aforementioned peace, having begun to be transformed, becomes as a city built by the Lord, and its participation consists of the same aforementioned courts, in which the feet of the firm ones are standing. And it is not a low-lying thing, but exists in some height, so that the citizen who wishes to become of it does not descend, but ascends toward it.

And indeed, the various ranks of the saved, having the choice of confession, ascend there as watches of the Lord, having been well testified by the Lord to ascend and having confessed, and they increase in zeal and progress, doing these things, Israel. David the savior has said many things (Ps 121:5); therefore, because it is from the seed of David, it is according to the flesh, and because it is sufficiently by hand, it is so; for David is interpreted as being 'capable by hand.' For how is he not capable by hand, he who performs wondrous powers? This is the church of David, in which thrones are seen for judgment, upon which the apostles sit judging the twelve tribes of Israel. For the faith and the citizenship of each apostle is a throne of his kingdom, judging and condemning those who have not conformed to what is prophesied in the divine scriptures, nor believed in those whom he made and taught with words.

And according to contemplation (Ps 121:6-7), he who bears spiritual fruit because of loving Jerusalem will be in much prosperity and well-being, bearing not only the acts of virtue but also the contemplation of the truth. And 'In your power it is possible toward the...

Greek · §223

ἀπολωλὸς πρόβατον τὸ τυγχάνον ἀπὸ τῶν ἑκατόν, ἐφ' ο ἐλήλυθε ζητῆσαι αὐτὸ βουλόμενος ὁ σωτὴρ καταλιπὼν τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τοῖς ο ρεσιν, ἐπλανήθην ὑποκείμενος τῇ παραβάσει τοῦ ̓Αδάμ. τὸ γὰρ ἀπολωλὸς ἀπὸ τῶν ἑκατὸν προβάτων τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος ἐστί, τὰ δὲ μὴ σφαλέντα λογικὰ α καὶ αὐτὰ μέρος τῆς κτίσεώς ἐστιν ἐπὶ τὰ ο ρη ἀπέμεινε τῷ υ ψει τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ δογμάτων τῆς ἀληθείας, μόνου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰς πλάνην ἐληλυθότος. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν παραπλησίως τῷ προβάτῳ, μᾶλλον δὲ μέρος αὐτοῦ ω ν, πεπλάνημαι, ζήτησον ἐμὲ τὸν δοῦλόν σου· η λθες γὰρ ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός· ζήτησον δέ με ἐπὶ τῷ εὑρεῖν ε τοιμον ο ντα πρὸς τοῦτο· ἐπεπόθησα γὰρ τὰς ἐντολάς σου. 1151 Ps 119 αργ ̓Ιστέον δὲ ὡς ὁ ἐν τῇ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ νεὼς ἀναβαθμοὺς ει χε δεκαπέντε καὶ ἐφ' ε καστον αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ ἀναβαίνειν εἰς αὐτὸν ἑστηκότες οἱ εἰς τὸ ὑμνεῖν τεταγμένοι ᾠδὴν ε λεγον. διὸ καὶ συνέβη ἰσαρίθμους ᾠδὰς τοῖς ἀναβαθμοῖς ει ναι. κεῖται δὲ ἡ περὶ τῶν ᾠδῶν καὶ τῶν λεγόντων αὐτὰς ἐφ' ἑκάστου τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν τοῦ ναοῦ διάταξις ἐν τοῖς Παραλειπομένοις. Νοήσεις δὲ ναὸν ει ναι θεοῦ α γιον νοητὸν α μα καὶ πνευματικὸν τὴν * θεολογίαν, βαθμοὺς δὲ * 1152 Ps 120,1 ̔Ο ἐπὶ δεύτερον τοῦ ναοῦ βαθμὸν ἀναβεβηκὼς η δη τελειότητος α ρχεται μεταποιεῖσθαι, οὐκέτι χαμαίζηλόν τι διανοούμενος. διὸ καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς διανοίας εἰς υ ψος ἠρκέναι φησίν. ο θεν καὶ οἰκείου ἀριθμοῦ τετύχηκεν ἡ τοῦ δευτέρου ἀναβαθμοῦ ᾠδή. ὁ γὰρ ἑκατοστὸς εἰκοστὸς τὴν τελειότητα τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς περιορίζει. ἀμέλει γοῦν μετὰ τὸν κατακλυσμὸν ει ρηται περὶ ἀνθρώπων τὸ Εσονται αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτῶν ΡΚ. ο θεν καὶ ὁ πάντα μέγας ἱεροφάντης Μωυσῆς θεοῦ διάκονος γεγονὼς τῶν τελειούντων τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωὴν εἰς ἑκατοστὸν εἰκοστὸν ἐνιαυτὸν περιγράφει τὴν ἰδίαν ζωήν, μίμημα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον προβαλλόμενος τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦς νόμους παραλαβοῦσιν. 1153 Ps 120,7.8 ∆υνατῶς δὲ καὶ πρὸς η θος τὸ προκείμενον νοῆσαι· ε ξοδον ποιουμένου τοῦ φρουροῦντος θεοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας τοῦ ἐκκλίνοντος ἀπὸ κακοῦ, ει σοδον τὴν πρὸς τὸ ποιεῖν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ὡσαύτως φυλάττοντος καὶ τὴν ε ξοδόν τινος τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ τὴν εἰς τὰ νοητὰ καὶ πνευματικὰ ει σοδον. 1154 Ps 121,1 ̔Ο τοῖς ε μπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος ἀεὶ τῶν ο πισθεν ἐπιλανθάνεται, οὐ πάλιν δρομῶν. ὁσημέραι γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς α νω κλήσεως ἐπειγόμενος ἐπὶ τὰ α νω χωρεῖ. διὸ καὶ ἀρξάμενος τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν ναὸν ἀνόδου 241 ἀνεπιστρέπτει ὁδεύσας, εἰς τρίτον βαθμὸν ἀναβέβηκεν· ο θεν καὶ ἐξ ἀπόπτου η δη τοῦ οι κου ἐφ' ο ν σπεύδει φαντασίαν λαβὼν εὐθυμεῖ θυμηδίαν προτρεπομένων αὐτὸν τῶν ἡγεῖσθαι τῆς εἰσόδου δυναμένων. 1155 Ps 121,2–4 Οἱ ἱδρυθέντες βεβαίως τοὺς πόδας τῆς ψυχῆς ἑαυτῶν πρότερον ἐν ταῖς τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ αὐλαῖς πόθον ε χουσι τοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ναὸν ἀναβῆναι. ἡ δὲ ἀκραιφνεστάτη θεολογία ὁ ναὸς ει η, αὐλαὶ δὲ τῆς ὁράσεως τῆς εἰρήνης αἱ κατὰ μέρος θεωρίαι, αἱ ἰδικαὶ ἀρεταὶ τυγχάνουσαι. ἡ τοίνυν τῆς προειρημένης εἰρήνης ο ρασις ἀρξαμένη μεταποιεῖσθαι ὡς πόλις ὑπὸ κυρίου οἰκοδομεῖται, η ς ἡ μετοχὴ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αὐλὰς ε χει τὰς προειρημένας, ἐν αι ς οἱ πόδες τῶν βεβαίων ἑστῶτές εἰσιν. οὐ χαμαίζηλος δέ, ἀλλ' ἐν υ ψει τινὶ ου σα τυγχάνει, ὡς πάντα τὸν βουλόμενον πολίτην αὐτῆς γενέσθαι μὴ καταβαίνειν ἀλλ' ἀναβαίνειν πρὸς αὐτήν. καὶ φυλαὶ γοῦν κυρίου τὰ διάφορα τάγματα τῶν σῳζομένων ἐξομολογήσεως προαίρεσιν ε χουσαι ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐκεῖ, μεμαρτυρημέναι ὑπὸ κυρίου καλῶς ἀναβάσαι καὶ ἐξομολογησάμεναι καὶ εἰς ζῆλον καὶ προκοπὴν α γουσαι τὸν δρῶντα αὐτὰς ̓Ισραήλ. 1156 Ps 121,5 ∆αυὶδ ὁ σωτὴρ πολλάκις ει ρηται, η τοι διὰ τὸ ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ ει ναι τὸ κατὰ σάρκα η διὰ τὸ ἱκανῶς τῂ χειρὶ ὑπάρχειν· ∆αυὶδ γὰρ ἱκανὸς χειρὶ ἑρμηνεύεται. πῶς γὰρ οὐχ ἱκανὸς χειρὶ ὁ τεραστίους δυνάμεις ποιῶν; τούτου τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἐν ῃ θρόνοι εἰς κρίσιν ι δρυνται ἐφ' οι ς οἱ ἀπόστολοι καθήμενοι κρίνουσι τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ ̓Ισραήλ. ἡ γὰρ ἑκάστου ἀποστόλου πίστις καὶ πολιτεία βασιλείας αὐτοῦ θρόνος ἐστί, κρίνων καὶ καταδικάζων τοὺς μὴ προσηκαμένους τὸν προφητευόμενον ἐν ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς μηδὲ πιστεύσαντας οι ς ἐποίει καὶ ἐδίδασκε λόγοις. 1157 Ps 121,6.7 Καὶ κατὰ θεωρίαν δὲ ὁ διὰ τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ καρποφορῶν τὰ πνευματικὰ ἐν πολλῇ ει η εὐθηνίᾳ καὶ εὐετηρίᾳ ε σται, οὐ πράξεις αὐτῷ μόνον τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀλλὰ καὶ θεωρίας τῆς ἀληθείας καρποφορῶν. τὸ δὲ ̓Εν τῇ δυναστείᾳ σου δύναται πρὸς τὴν

Stability of Faith and the Heavenly Zion§224

224Jerusalem, because she reigns with power, has become peaceful, having previously been at war with enemies whom she overcomes by her might, finding tranquility in her high towers. For the great towers in the walls are being constructed for the purpose of watching for the coming enemies. For among the Syrians, large houses are called heavy dwellings, and some, having taken height upon the walled cities, having their position, are called high towers. Therefore, Jerusalem, having used her own power which is from God, has subjected those who oppose her; she will make peace, and tranquility will follow in her high towers.

If, however, in allegory, the high towers are those who, through the height of the commonwealth and the vision of the truth, not only watch for the enemies coming for war but also cast them down from on high in reproofs. According to the vision, he who is born from God, doing righteousness and believing that Jesus is the Christ, has brothers who perform the same things and believe, and neighbors who approach through the doing of righteousness and the faith of Jesus Christ.

But since of both these ranks, of his brothers and of his neighbors, I say that Jerusalem, who is to be given, says she speaks peace and is peaceful (Ps 122:8,9), I wish for them, both the brothers and the neighbors of the fatherland, but since they seek the goods of the Lord their God, seeking the truly good things for Jerusalem. For he says concerning the one who began to ascend (Ps 122:2), since seeking the good things for Jerusalem, the keeping of the divine commandments and the right understanding of the true faith.

It is possible for slaves having eyes to take into the hands of masters the nations which are being managed under the angels, according to how the nations stood according to the number of the angels of God; but the circumcision assembly having eyes, a little girl into the hands of the mistress, a little girl because she is called a spirit of slavery; but her mistress, calling the unblemished and spotless church of God, no one stumbles. But we do not have our eyes in the hands of those masters, but we approach to the Lord our God for mercy.

And it shows mercy to us (Ps 123:4a). The Ara does not speak in a way that is merely formal, but in a way that is collective. An unsubstantial gift is one that is possible to receive without Christ sustaining it. If someone signifies evil as an unsubstantial gift, it must be said that evil is called unsubstantial because it lacks essence and its own subsistence; for it does not exist as a substance in those who are acting, not having its own nature.

Just as the mountain of Zion is unshakable and immovable (for the Word of God is it), so also those trusting in God have an immovable standing, imitating Him as they hasten to be. For the upcoming text is not said regarding the sensible mountain, similarly to all those mountains that are steadfast, but regarding that mountain about which the Spirit commands the prophet, saying, 'Ascend upon a high mountain, O you who preach Zion.' For Zion, being interpreted as the watchtower of the holy Church's contemplation of good things, is the high mountain; and regarding the mountain of the heavenly Zion, it is said, 'But you have come to the mountain of Zion and to the city of the living God, Jerusalem the heavenly' (Ps 125:2). Let us therefore establish the trust toward God, so as to chance upon both blessedness and the other promises, as the prophecy exhorts us: 'And having trusted in the Lord, He will lift you up upon the good things of the earth' (Ps 124:1). For the beginning of being lifted up upon the good things of the earth of the living and gentle ones is to have trusted in Him.

As for the Church, it is seen being enriched in the 'Shine, shine, Jerusalem, Jerusalem built as a city.' Therefore, he who thinks perfectly and genuinely that the things of the Church will dwell in it forever will not be shaken, nor will he be removed from this habitation, having received the things to be practiced and thought about with certainty and immovability. And it will be said specifically that he dwells in it forever, the living one and the believing one in the Lord, who shall not die forever, having here received the pledge of eternal life. But if he should ever become negligent, as if it were possible through attention and desire for the good, the habitation will be moved; for this reason it says in Proverbs, 'A righteous man will not be moved forever' (Prov 10:25). Regarding the mountains, it is said of the intelligible Jerusalem...

Greek · §224

̔Ιερουσαλὴμ διὰ τὸ βασιλεύειν δυναστεύουσαν εἰρηκέναι πάντα ἐχθρὸν πρότερον πολεμοῦντα δυναστείᾳ καθελοῦσαν ὡς εὐθηνίαν ει ναι λοιπὸν ἐν ταῖς πυργοβάρεσιν. ου τοι δὲ μεγάλοι πύργοι εἰσὶν ἐν τοῖς τείχεσι κατασκευαζόμενοι τοῦ ἀποσκοπεῖν χάριν τοὺς ἐρχομένους πολεμίους. βαρεῖς γὰρ ἐπιχωρίῳ ε θει παρὰ Σύροις αἱ μεγάλαι οἰκίαι καλοῦνται, αι τινες καὶ υ ψος προσλαβοῦσαι ἐπὶ τῶν τετειχισμένων πόλεων τὴν θέσιν ε χουσαι πυργοβάρεις καλοῦνται. ο ταν τοίνυν τῇ δυναστείᾳ ἑαυτῆς ῃ ἀπὸ θεοῦ ε σχε χρησαμένη ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ καθυποτάξῃ τοὺς ἀντιταγμένους, εἰρήνη ποιήσει ἀκολουθῆσαι καὶ ἐν ταῖς πυργοβάρεσιν αὐτῆς εὐθηνίαν ει ναι. Ει εν δ' α ν κατ' ἀλληγορίαν πυργοβάρεις οἱ δι' υ ψος τῆς πολιτείας καὶ θεωρίας τῆς ἀληθείας μὴ μόνον σκοποῦντες τοὺς ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἐχθροὺς ἀλλὰ καὶ υ ψωθεν ἐν τοῖς ἐλεγχοῖς βάλλοντες αὐτούς. 1158 Ps 121,8.9 Κατὰ θεωρίαν δὲ ὁ ἐκ θεοῦ γεννηθεὶς τῷ ποιεῖν δικαιοσύνην καὶ πιστεύειν ο τι ̓Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς ἀδελφοὺς ε χει τοὺς τὰ αὐτὰ ἐνεργοῦντας καὶ πιστεύοντας, πλησίον δὲ τοὺς ὑποδεεστέρους τῇ ποιήσει τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῇ πίστει ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ προσερχομένους. Πλὴν ε νεκα ἀμφοτέρων τούτων τῶν ταγμάτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν πλησίον, λέγω περὶ τῆς ἀποδοθείσης ̔Ιερουσαλήμ, εἰρήνην λαλεῖν φησιν, εἰρηνικὴν ει ναι εὐχόμενος αὐτῶν τε καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν καὶ τῶν πλησίον πατρίδα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ε νεκα τοῦ οι κου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἐκζητεῖν τὰ κυρίως ἀγαθὰ τῇ ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. οι κον δὲ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ λέγει ἐφ' ο ν α ν ἀναβαίνειν η ρξατο, ε νεκα τούτου ζητῶν ἀγαθὰ τῇ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ τὴν τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν τήρησιν καὶ τῆς ὀρθῆς πίστεως σὺν ἀληθείᾳ κατανόησιν. 1159 Ps 122,2 ∆υνατὸν δούλους εἰς χεῖρας κυρίων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ε χοντας ἐκλαβεῖν τὰ ε θνη τὰ ὑπὸ τοὺς ἀγγέλους οἰκονομούμενα κατὰ τὸ Εστησαν ο ρια 242 ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἀγγέλων θεοῦ, παιδίσκην δὲ εἰς χεῖρας τῆς κυρίας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ε χουσαν τὴν ἐκ περιτομῆς συναγωγήν, παιδίσκην διὰ τὸ τῆς δουλείας πνεῦμα εἰρημένην· κυρίαν δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν α μωμον καὶ α σπιλον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκλησίαν λέγων τις οὐ σφάλλεται. ἀλλ' ἡμεῖς οὐκ εἰς χεῖρας ἐκείνων τῶν κυρίων ε χομεν ἀλλὰ πρὸς κύριον τὸν θεὸν ἡμῶν οἰκτείροντα καὶ ἐλεοῦντα ἡμῶν. 1160 Ps 123,4a Οὐ πευστικῶς δὲ τὸ Αρα ἀλλὰ συλλογιστικῶς λέγει. ἀνυπόστατον δὲ υ δωρ τῷ μὴ α ν τινα ὑποστῆναι αὐτὸ χωρὶς τοῦ Χριστοῦ δύνασθαι. εἰ δὲ τὴν κακίαν σημαίνοι τις ἀνυπόστατον υ δωρ, ῥητέον ἀνυπόστατον εἰρῆσθαι τὴν κακίαν τῷ μὴ ει ναι οὐσίαν καὶ ἰδίαν ὑπόστασιν· συμβεβηκὸς γὰρ ου σα ἐν τοῖς ἐνεργοῦσιν ὑφίσταται, καθ' ἑαυτὴν υ παρξιν οὐκ ε χουσα. 1161 Ps 124,1 Ωσπερ τὸ τῆς Σιὼν ο ρος α σειστον καὶ ἀμετακίνητον (ε στι δ' ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος), ου τω καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν πεποιθότες ἀμετακίνητον στάσιν ε χουσι, μιμηταὶ αὐτοῦ σπεύδοντες ει ναι. οὐ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ ο ρους τὸ προκείμενον λέγεται ὁμοίως πάντων τῶν ὀρῶν ο ντων ἀκλονήτων, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἐκείνου περὶ ου προστάττον τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ προφήτῃ φησὶν ̓Επ' ο ρος ὑψηλὸν ἀναβάθητι, ὁ εὐαγγελιζόμενος Σιών. τῆς γὰρ σκοπευτικῆς τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῆς ἁγίας ἐκκλησίας Σιὼν ου σης ἑρμηνευομένης σκοπευτήριον, ὑψηλὸν ο ρος ὁ θεὸς λόγος αὐτὸς ω ν καὶ τὸ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σιὼν ο ρος περὶ ου ει ρηται ̓Αλλὰ προσεληλύθατε Σιὼν ο ρει καὶ πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος, ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ. κατορθώσωμεν τοίνυν τὴν πρὸς θεὸν πεποίθησιν ἐπὶ τῷ καὶ μακαρισμοῦ τυχεῖν καὶ τῶν α λλων ἐπαγγελιῶν, προτρεπομένης τῆς προφητείας τῆς ω δε ἐχούσης· Καὶ πεποιθὼς ε σῃ ἐπὶ κύριον, καὶ ἀναβιβάσει σε ἐπὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς. ἀρχὴ γὰρ τοῦ ἀναβιβασθῆναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς τῶν ζώντων καὶ πραέων γῆς ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἐστὶ τὸ πεποιθέναι ἐπ' αὐτόν. Τὴν ἐκκλησίαν δὲ χρηματίζουσαν ε στιν ἰδεῖν ἐν τῷ Φωτίζου φωτίζου, ̔Ιερουσαλήμ, ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ᾠκοδομημένη ὡς πόλις. διὸ ὁ τελείως καὶ γνησίως φρονῶν τὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας κατοικεῖν αὐτὴν λεχθήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, οὐ σαλευθησόμενος οὐδὲ τῆς οἰκειώσεως ταύτης μεθιστάμενος τῷ βεβαίως καὶ ἀμετακινήτως παρειληφέναι τὰ πρακτέα καὶ φρονητέα. καὶ κυρίως αὐτὴν κατοικεῖν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ῥηθείη ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν κύριον, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα οὐ τεθνηξόμενος τῷ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἠρραβωνίσασθαι. εἰ δὲ ῥαθυμήσαιέν ποτε ὡς ἐνδοῦναι τῇ προσοχῇ καὶ τῷ πόθῳ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθόν, μετακινήσεται τῆς οἰκήσεως· διὰ τοῦτό φησιν ἐν Παροιμίαις ∆ίκαιος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα οὐκ ἐνδώσει. 1162 Ps 124,2 Ορη δὲ ῥηθεῖεν τῆς νοητῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ τὰ

The Circle of the Lord and the Stability of Jerusalem§225

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

225High doctrines of truth, distinct laws and ecclesiastical canons, and with these all the saints—not only those before the epidemic but also those after it—for each of these is a circle concerning the church, so that from all of them a continuous and inseparable circle has come to be in the midst of the church.

And with these the announcements can be made, placing around those who fear the Lord the mountains that surround Jerusalem. But greater than the security of the mountains exists for the people dwelling in Jerusalem, through whom especially the one dwelling in it is not shaken for ever, the Lord becoming a circle around him. And the Lord becomes a circle not locally and bodily, limiting himself within certain bounds, but participating with them and being with all of them, not only according to the present age but also the coming one.

Regarding the rod, indeed there is a purpose to strike, to stretch out the hands of the righteous against lawlessness; but the will of the Lord is for the righteous to stretch out their hands toward righteousness, lifting them up piously without anger or inner deliberation (Ps 124:3). Good are those who have been benefited by the mindset of virtue and are straight in heart, those who truly and rightly think the things of piety (Ps 124:4). Yet these differ not in their essence but in their way of thinking. For those dwelling in Jerusalem unshakeably are all good and straight in heart, being both active and knowing. And God does good to them, giving them good things as they ask him: an addition of faith and of the rest of virtue, along with the provision of participation in divine gifts, in order to bring them into the heavenly promises and the kingdom of heaven (Ps 124:5a-b). 'He will deliver,' he says, meaning to have let go of desires toward uncleanness and toward passions of dishonor, and to stop making an unproven mind do what is not fitting. And he says also in the Psalms...

according to the inclinations of their hearts

Greek · §225

ὑψηλὰ τῆς ἀληθείας δόγματα καὶ οἱ διῃρημένοι θεσμοὶ καὶ κανόνες ἐκκλησιαστικοί, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις οἱ α γιοι πάντες, οὐχ οἱ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας μόνοι ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταύτην· ε καστος γὰρ τούτων ο ρος ἐστὶ περὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τυγχάνων, ὡς ἀπὸ πάντων αὐτῶν ε να κύκλον συνεχῆ καὶ ἀδιάστατον γενόμενον ἐν μέσῳ ε χειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. καὶ πρὸς τούτοις α γγελοι ει ναι δύνανται, παρεμβάλλοντες κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν κύριον, τὰ κύκλῳ τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ο ρη. Μεῖζον δὲ τῆς ἐκ τῶν ὀρῶν ἀσφαλείας ὑπάρχει τῷ λαῷ τῷ κατοικοῦντι τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ δι' η ν μάλιστα οὐ σαλεύεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὁ κατοικῶν αὐτῇ, τοῦ κυρίου κύκλῳ γινομένου αὐτοῦ. κύκλῳ δὲ γίνεται ὁ κύριος οὐ τοπικῶς καὶ σωματικῶς ε νδον τινὰς περιορίζων, ἀλλὰ μετεχόμενος ὑπ' αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι συνὼν αὐτοῖς, οὐ κατὰ μόνον τὸν παρόντα αἰῶνα ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα. 1163 Ps 124,3 1163 Καὶ σκοπὸς μὲν τῇ ῥάβδῳ ταύτῃ βιάσασθαι ἐπὶ ἀνομίαν ἐκτεῖναι τὰς χεῖρας τοὺς δικαίους, θέλημα δὲ τοῦ κυρίου τὸ ἐπὶ δικαιοσύνην ἐκτείνειν τοὺς δικαίους τὰς χεῖρας ἐπαίροντας αὐτὰς ὁσίως χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ. 1164 Ps 124,4 ̓Αγαθοί εἰσιν οἱ τὴν γνώμην ἐξ ἀρετῆς 243 ὠφελημένοι καὶ εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ οἱ ἀληθῶς καὶ ὀρθῶς τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας φρονοῦντες. διαφέρουσι δὲ ου τοι οὐ τῇ ὑποστάσει ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ. οἱ γὰρ κατοικοῦντες εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ἀκλονήτως πρακτικοὶ καὶ γνωστικοὶ α μα ο ντες ἀγαθοὶ καὶ εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ εἰσίν. ἀγαθύνει δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ θεός, διδοὺς ἀγαθὰ αἰτοῦσιν αὐτὸν προσθήκην πίστεως καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς ἀρετῆς σὺν μετουσίᾳ θείων χαρισμάτων παρεχομένοις ἐπὶ τῷ καὶ εἰς τὰς ἐπουρανίους ἐπαγγελίας καὶ βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτούς. 1165 Ps 124,5a.β Τὸ ̓Απάξει τὸ παραδώσει φησίν, αι ς ει λαντο ε χειν ἐπιθυμίας εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν καὶ εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας καὶ εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα. ε φη δὲ καὶ ἐν ψαλμοῖς Καὶ ἐξαπέστειλα αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν, πορεύσονται ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν αὐτῶν. ἀπάξει τοίνυν τοὺς ἐκκλίνοντας εἰς τὰς στραγγαλιὰς μετὰ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐπὶ τῷ δειχθῆναι φανερῶς τίνες ο ντες ἐλάνθανον, ὡς δοκεῖν τὴν ἀνομίαν μὴ ποιεῖν, καίτοι κατ' αὐτὴν διακείμενοι. δηλοῦται τὸ ψεκτὸν τῶν στραγγαλιῶν καὶ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ, τοῦ θεοῦ λέγοντος τῷ εἰς νηστείαν ἐρχομένῳ ∆ιάλυε στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων, ο πως ὀρθῶς ἐπιτελῇ αὐτὴν καὶ μετὰ τῆς ὀφειλούσης ε ξεως. 1166 Ps 124,5c ̔Η δὲ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν εἰρήνη ἡ μετὰ θείας χάριτος διδομένη ὑπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπάρξεται παντὶ καὶ μόνῳ νοῦν ε χοντι χρηματίζοντι ̓Ισραήλ, ἐπευχομένου τοῦ ὑμνοῦντος. 1167 Ps 126 αργ ̓Ογδόη τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν ᾠδή· αἰνιττόμενος τὰ μυστήρια τῆς ἐν ὀγδοάδι ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου * τῷ Σολομῶν ἀναγέγραπται, τῷ ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ κατὰ σάρκα γεγενημένῳ εἰρηνικῷ ἀληθῶς * ο ντι. αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν τῶν σῳζομένων, φάσκων Εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν. * τὰ κατάλυσιν παντὸς ἐχθροῦ καὶ πολεμίου εἰρηνι * ειν καὶ τὸν οι κον τοῦ θεοῦ θεμελιοῦντι καὶ οἰκοδομοῦντι, ου τὸ σύμβολον φέρων ὁ ἐκ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ γεννηθεὶς Σολομῶν, πολλῆς εἰρήνης γενομένης ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἐν τῇ ̓Ιουδαίᾳ ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ᾠκοδόμησεν. 1168 Ps 126,1 Οὐχ η ττον δὲ τῶν α λλων γραφῶν καὶ οἱ προκείμενοι στίχοι προνοητὴν ἁπάντων τὸν κύριον τέθεινται, τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων σπουδῶν ματαίων γινομένων, εἰ μὴ τύχοιεν τὸ κατάλληλον τέλος ἐκ θεοῦ ἀπολαβοῦσαι· ο θεν τι ποιοῦντες μὴ τὸ ο λον ἑαυτοῖς δῶμεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ τελειοῦντι θεῷ, μηδ' αὐτῷ τὸ πᾶν ἐάσαντες α πρακτοι διατελῶμεν. ἑκάτερα γὰρ αἱ προκείμεναι δηλοῦσι λέξεις, τότε ἐξ ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ματαίως λέγουσαι τὸν οἰκοδομοῦντα α νευ θεοῦ, οὐ τὸν μηδ' ο λως ἐνεργοῦντα. 1169 Ps 126,2 Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ ου τως· οἱ καταξαινόμενοι ταῖς

Fruit of the Womb and the Arrows of the Soul§226

226Those who seek to care for life give the bread of pain to those with them, eating it constantly. Therefore they are deprived of the beloved of God, those who advise moderately that reaching the Lord is the end and providence.

If the beloved of God, those raising themselves toward piety, do not despise this, but instead a spirit becomes a source of quiet rest for them, having been turned and having changed from this life, while maintaining watchfulness in the common way of lifesly mentioned eat the bread of pain. All their striving is done in vain, rising and standing up after sitting, and having sleep, sitting, standing, and rising up become to them useless. For they were not able to do these things not in vain, nor to eat the bread of pain, if they had given attention to the beloved of God before receiving the spirit from God.

And those who seem to go toward godliness, if they thought they were being enlightened by themselves, rise in vain; for it is not fitting that it be said of those who do not say, 'My spirit rises to you, O God, through the night.' But they also rise in vain for the energy of good things, sitting and resting again, thinking they are doing this not from God but from themselves. But the one who confesses this is from God says to the Lord, 'You have known my seat and my rising.' And it is necessary to have joy and gladness, eating the bread that supports the heart of man; they eat it with pain from grief and necessity, but not approaching its use cheerfully. Therefore, they are altogether incomplete and do all things in vain.

And the former inheritance of Israel was made; for a portion of his inheritance is Israel; he was the firstborn son of God, saying, 'Israel is my firstborn son' (Ps 126:3). And all were sons by chance through a concordant and united will according to one law of life. But second after them are the sons concerning whom it was said by the Father to the Savior, 'I will make you heirs in my place, and I will give you an inheritance.' And from both of the two inheritances, one has become, which the Spirit says, showing it in the Son, 'Behold, the inheritance of the Lord is the Son.'

Indeed, all possess the spirit of adoption and are born from God to practice righteousness. And a reward is this, being the fruit of the womb of the Lord who has come to visit.

For it is said to her by Elizabeth, 'Blessed is the fruit of your womb' (Luke 1:42). And 'fruit of the womb' is the name for that which is not from a man, but from Mary alone, through the Holy Spirit having come upon her and the power of the Most High having overshadowed her. For those who have received seed from the fathers are those fruits; for it is said to David, 'From the fruit of your loins I will set someone upon your throne' (2 Sam 7:12), teaching him that his kingdom shall not fail like that of Saul, but that this shall be directed from his succession. And if the Son can also be the fruit of the father's womb, it follows, as it is said, 'From the womb before the morning star you were born, visit them.'

Who is the powerful one, the Savior, who is able to send the arrows of wisdom and truth sufficiently to wound for love? For it has been written, 'Your arrows are unavailing' (Ps 126:4). Similarly, those who are born of the sons of the stretched-out ones, those born of the holy men, are archers. And those who are stretched-out do not consist of all the dust of material things and soil, having sent forth by a rational movement a discerning soul capable of following the sequence of the dogmas.

And because of this, the Word, seeing peace and exhorting toward it, entreats, saying, 'Shake off your dust, Jerusalem.' Since the young ones, being stretched-out in the ancestral tradition of the Hebrews, are called and are capable for war, as we learn from Ezra, it is fitting that those who have put on the new man should stretch out the old man from themselves through his deeds, becoming imitators of the Powerful through their deeds, and through their hands being called to the word, they possess the arrows to strike the unavailing words. And the sayings of Ezra concerning the stretched-out ones are thus: 'And it came to pass from that day that half of those who were stretched-out were doing the work, and half of them were resisting, with spears and shields and bows and breastplates, and the leaders behind all the men of Judah who were building on the wall, and the...'

Greek · §226

φροντίσι τοῦ βίου τῷ τοῖς αὐτοῖς διδόναι τῶν σπουδαζομένων α ρτον ὀδύνης ἐσθίουσι συνεχῶς. διὸ καὶ στεροῦνται τῶν ἀγαπητῶν τοῦ θεοῦ παραινούντων καὶ συμβουλευόντων μετρίως τούτων ἐφικέσθαι τῷ κυρίῳ ει ναι τὸ τέλος καὶ ἡ πρόνοια. ἐπὰν ου ν καταφρονησάντων τῶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν ἐγειρόντων ἀγαπητῶν τοῦ θεοῦ υ πνος γένηται αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ἰδίαν ἀνάπαυσιν τραπέντων η καὶ μετατεθέντων ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ βίου καὶ τῆς γρηγόρσεως αὐτοῦ συνισταμένης κατὰ τὸ ζῆν τὸ κοινόν, τὸ τηνικαῦτα οἱ προειρημένοι τὸν α ρτον τῆς ὀδύνης ἐσθίουσιν· ἀτελῶς πάντα τὰ σπουδαζόμενα ποιοῦσι μάτην ὀρθρίζοντες καὶ ἐγειρόμενοι μετὰ τὸ καθῆσθαι, ἀνηνύτων καὶ τῆς καθέδρας καὶ τῆς στάσεως καὶ τῆς ε ξω ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῖς γενομένων. ἠδύναντο γὰρ μὴ ματαίως ταῦτα ποιεῖν μηδ' α ρτον ὀδύνης ἐσθίειν, εἰ προσεῖχον τοῖς θεοῦ ἀγαπητοῖς πρὶν λαβεῖν ἐκ θεοῦ τὸν υ πνον. καὶ οἱ εἰς θεοσέβειαν δὲ ἰέναι δοκοῦντες, εἰ φωτίζεσθαι παρ' ἑαυτοὺς οἰηθεῖεν, εἰς μάτην ὀρθρίζουσι· τοῖς γὰρ μὴ λέγουσιν ̓Εκ νυκτὸς ὀρθρίζει τὸ πνεῦμά μου πρὸς σέ, ὁ θεός, εἰκότως τοῦτο λεχθείη. ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς μάτην διεγείρουσιν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς ἐνέργειαν δῆθεν τῶν καλῶν, μεθ' η ν πάλιν καθήμενοι καὶ διαναπαυόμενοι οὐκ ἐκ θεοῦ ἀλλ' 244 ἐξ ἑαυτῶν οἰόμενοι τοῦτο κατορθοῦν. ἐκ θεοῦ δὲ τοῦτ' ε χειν ὁμολογεῖ ὁ φάσκων τῷ κυρίῳ Σὺ ε γνως τὴν καθέδραν μου καὶ τὴν ε γερσίν μου. δέον δὲ καὶ τὴν χαρὰν ε χειν καὶ εὐφροσύνην ἐσθίοντα τὸν στηρίζοντα καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου α ρτον· σὺν ὀδύνῃ ἐσθίουσιν αὐτὸν ἐκ λύπης καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ἀλλ' οὐχ ἱλαρῶς προσερχόμενοι τῇ χρήσει αὐτοῦ. διὸ πάμπαν ἀτελεῖς ου τοι καὶ μάτην πάντα ποιοῦντες. 1170 Ps 126,3 Καὶ ἡ μὲν προτέρα αὐτοῦ κληρονομία ̓Ισραὴλ ἐγενήθη· Σχοίνισμα γὰρ κληρονομίας αὐτοῦ ̓Ισραήλ· υἱὸς η ν πρωτότοκος θεοῦ λέγοντος Υἱὸς πρωτότοκός μου ̓Ισραήλ· ει ς δὲ υἱὸς οἱ πάντες ἐτύγχανον διὰ τὸ σύμφωνον καὶ ἡνωμένον τῆς γνώμης καθ' ε να νόμον * βιοῦντες. δεύτεροι δὲ μετ' ἐκείνους υἱοὶ περὶ ω ν ει ρηται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τῷ σωτῆρι Αι τησαι παρ' ἐμοῦ, καὶ δώσω σοι ε θνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου. ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων δὲ τῶν δύο κληρονομιῶν μία γέγονεν, η ν δεικνύων ἐν τῷ υἱῷ τὸ πνεῦμά φησιν ̓Ιδοὺ ἡ κληρονομία κυρίου υἱοί, πάντες τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς υἱοθεσίας ε χοντες καὶ τῷ ποιεῖν δικαιοσύνην ἐκ θεοῦ γεγεννημένοι. Μισθὸς δέ ἐστιν αὐτῇ, τοῦ ἐπιδημήσαντος κυρίου τυγχάνοντος καρποῦ τῆς γαστρὸς τῆς παρθένου. ει ρηται γοῦν πρὸς αὐτὴν ὑπὸ τῆς ̓Ελισάβετ Εὐλογημένος ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου. καρπὸς δὲ κοιλίας ὠνόμασται τὸ μὴ ἐξ ἀνδρὸς ει ναι ἀλλ' ἐκ μόνης τῆς Μαρίας, πνεύματος ἁγίου ἐπελθόντος αὐτῇ καὶ τῆς τοῦ ὑψίστου δυνάμεως ἐπισκιάσης αὐτήν. οἱ γὰρ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων σπορὰν ε χοντες ἐκείνων εἰσὶ καρποί· ει ρηται γοῦν πρὸς ∆αυὶδ ̓Εκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος σου θήσομαι ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου σου, διδάσκοντος αὐτὸν τοῦ λόγου μὴ ἐπιλείψειν τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ ὡς τὴν τοῦ Σαοὺλ ἀλλ' ἐκ τῆς διαδοχῆς αὐτοῦ ταύτην διευθύνεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ καὶ καρπὸς τῆς γαστρὸς τοῦ πατρὸς δύναται ει ναι ὁ υἱὸς ἀκολούθως τῷ ̓Εκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐγέννησά σε, συνεπίσκεψαι. 1171 Ps 126,4 Τίς δὲ ὁ δυνατὸς ὁ ἱκανῶς ἐκπέμπων τὰ βέλη ω στε εἰς ἀγάπην σοφίαν τε καὶ ἀλήθειαν τρῶσαι η ὁ σωτήρ, περὶ ου γέγραπται Τὰ βέλη σου ἠκονημένα, δυνατέ; παραπλησίως αὐτῷ τοξεύοντες οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἐκτετιναγμένων οἱ ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν γεγεννημένοι. ἐκτετιναγμένοι δὲ ου τοι τυγχάνουσι πᾶσαν κόνιν ὑλικῶν καὶ χοῦν κινήσει λογικῇ ἀποπεμψάμενοι· ο θεν καὶ πο * διορατικὴν ψυχὴν προσβάλλειν τῷ εἱρμῷ τῆς ἀκολουθίας τῶν δογμάτων δυναμένην. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὴν εἰρήνην ὁρῶσαν προτρεπόμενος ὁ λόγος εἰς τοῦτο παρακαλεῖ λέγων ̓Εκτίναξαι τὸν χοῦν σου, ̔Ιερουσαλήμ. ̓Επειδὴ καὶ πατρίῳ ε θει τῶν ̔Εβραίων ἐκτετιναγμένοι καλοῦνται οἱ νέοι καὶ πρὸς πόλεμον δυνατοί, ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ̓Εσδρὰ μανθάνομεν, εἰκότως οἱ τὸν νέον α νθρωπον ἐνδυσάμενοι τῷ ἐκτετινάχθαι ἀπ' αὐτῶν τὸν παλαιὸν α νθρωπον α μα ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ, μιμηταὶ τοῦ δυνατοῦ γινόμενοι ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτῶν σὺν λόγῳ γινομέναις χερσὶν αὐτῶν καλουμέναις, ε χουσι τὰ βέλη τοὺς ἠκονημένους λόγους ου ς βάλλειν οι οί τέ εἰσιν. ε χει δὲ τὰ τοῦ ̓Εσδρὰ περὶ ἐκτετιναγμένων ῥητὰ ου τως· Καὶ ἐγένετο ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης η μισυ τῶν ἐκτετιναγμένων ἐποίουν τὸ ε ργον, καὶ η μισυ αὐτῶν ἀντείχοντο, καὶ λόγχαι καὶ θυρεοὶ καὶ τόξα καὶ οἱ θώρακες καὶ οἱ α ρχοντες ὀπίσω παντὸς οι κου ̓Ιούδα τῶν οἰκοδομούντων ἐν τῷ τείχει, καὶ τὰ

The Spiritual Meaning of the Blessed Man§227

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

227Next, through the spoken words, we understand that the sons of those stretching themselves out to build the house of the Lord hold stones and swords and other weapons, as with one hand doing the work of the building, and with the other throwing stones to hinder those wishing to stop the construction of the divine house.

For the divine teachers strive in each soul being educated to build for God and to fight against thoughts and evil powers attempting to obstruct the growth of the building. He blesses the man who, because he has preserved that which remains according to the image of God, has had his desire fulfilled from the arrows of the Mighty (Ps 126:5). For having been directed toward the desire of good things by them, he has been shown blessed. And possessing unashamed and undaunted boldness in the gate of the beneficial entrance, he speaks without being shamed by the enemies, who were striving to be obstacles to the fulfillment of desire and to the building.

And it is no wonder that he has blessed a man singularly; he has blessed in the plural, that those speaking in the gate shall not be shamed; for the word is not about one, but about everyone who has fulfilled his desire from the arrows (Ps 127:2). And in another way, if they nourish their own soul with virtue, so as to be according to God, desirable foods and joyful for the soul. He who does not fear the Lord eats the labors of his fruit, but he who loves him as perfect will eat the bread, the heavenly one, according to 'Blessed is he who eats bread in the kingdom of heaven' (Ps 127:3). And he says 'fruits' here, so that it might be in some way 'He shall eat the labors of your hands,' that is, of the practical powers.

The word is indeed somewhat shorthand, smoothing these promises to be given to the one fearing the Lord, as if they were complete, but not to the one loving him with all heart and all soul and strength; for 'Eye has not seen and ear has not heard, nor has it come up upon the heart of man, what God has prepared for those who love him' (1 Cor 2:9). To the one fearing the Lord, a gift of God is given, a partner and a companion, not a woman by chance, but one grafted into the true vine.

Who can find a woman of worth, a good wife, and a woman of manly strength? Such a thing is more precious than costly stones. Just as the opposite of evil is good, and the wrath of God is a spouse in a harsh manner, so also sons from God are given to the one fearing the Lord; they are not like many sons, but like young olive shoots surrounding and crowning his table. You will also understand these from the perfection of the one saying, 'But I am like a fruitful olive tree in the house of God' (Ps 52:8). For the offspring of such an olive tree are called like young olive shoots. If anyone says that those not fearing the Lord often possess much in the property of children and in the prosperity of a wife, we will say that the present beatitude does not simply promise a wife and children, but all of this is depicted as a woman in a vineyard and children as young olive shoots; such things are not the lot of the ungodly.

From there: Blessed is the man who fears the Lord, since the wife accompanying you is fertile, finding herself like a vine rejoicing with fruits (Ps 127:4). But also your offspring are not weak or female, but strong sons being around your table, bearing the food of light like young olive shoots. And your spiritual table exists, full of all those who nourish mind and soul. Be having in these things a blessing from the Lord; no one else, but the God-fearing shall receive from the Lord. This is shown through 'the Man' and 'every man.' Therefore, regarding the present things, one ought not to take them as being about a sensible woman and bodily children, since many having obtained the fear of God have possessed neither wife nor children. If, then, the things of the word are not entirely literal, the spiritual sense of the things expressed must be sought by every one existing in piety.

By ascent you will understand thus: those being captured by the enemy in a single blow would not say this, but the one alone, driving the enemies into flight anew until old age, becoming always a victor and a triumphalist over them (Ps 128:1-4). And he brought forward the proof of having fought them many times: 'For even I was not able; for He was strengthening me, the Lord, who crushes the enemies.' Regarding those being announced with boldness, not the one happening by chance, but the one seeing God...

Greek · §227

ἑξῆς. καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐκκειμένων δηλαδὴ λέξεων μανθάνομεν τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἐκτετιναγμένων ἐν τῷ οἰκοδομεῖν τὸν οι κον κυρίου κατέχειν βολίδας καὶ ῥομφαίας καὶ τὰ α λλα ο πλα, ὡς μιᾷ μὲν χειρὶ τὸ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ε ργον ποιεῖν, τῇ δ' ἑτέρᾳ βάλλειν ταῖς βολίσι τοὺς κωλύειν ἐθέλοντας τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ θείου οι κου. σπουδὴ γὰρ τοῖς θείοις διδασκάλοις α μα οἰκοδομεῖν θεῷ οι κον ἐν ἑκάστῃ τῶν παιδευομένων ψυχῇ καὶ καταπολεμεῖν λογισμοὺς καὶ πονηρὰς δυνάμεις ἐμποδίζειν πειρωμένας τὴν αυ ξησιν τῆς οἰκοδομῆς. 1172 Ps 126,5 Μακαρίζει τὸν διὰ τὸ τετηρηκέναι τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ μένοντα α νθρωπον ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοῦ πεπληρωκέναι ἐκ τῶν βελῶν τοῦ δυνατοῦ. τρωθεὶς γὰρ εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπ' αὐτῶν μακάριος ἀποδέδεικται. ο θεν καὶ ἀκαταίσχυντον ε χων 245 παρρησίαν ἐν πύλῃ τῇ τῶν ὠφελίμων εἰσαγωγῇ λαλῶν οὐ καταισχύνεται ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, οι τινες κωλυταὶ τῆς πληρώσεως τῆς ἐπιθυμίας καὶ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἐσπούδαζον ει ναι. οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ εἰ ἑνικῶς μακαρίσας α νθρωπον· πληθυντικῶς ει πε μὴ καταισχυνθήσεσθαι τοὺς λαλοῦντας ἐν πύλῃ· οὐ γὰρ περὶ ἑνὸς ἀλλὰ περὶ παντὸς τοῦ πληρώσαντος τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν βελῶν ὁ λόγος. 1173 Ps 127,2 Καὶ α λλως δ' α ν ει ποις τρέφειν ψυχὴν αὐτὴν τὴν ἀρετήν, ω στε ει ναι αὐτοὺς τοὺς κατὰ θεὸν καμάτους τροφίμους καὶ εὐφραντικοὺς ψυχῆς. ὁ μὲν ου ν φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον τοὺς πόνους τῶν καρπῶν αὐτοῦ ἐσθίει, ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν αὐτὸν ὡς η δη τέλειος τὸν ζῶντα φάγεται α ρτον τὸν ἐπουράνιον κατὰ τὸ Μακάριος ο ς φάγεται α ρτον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. Καρποὺς δέ φησιν ἐνταῦθα τὰς χεῖρας, ι να ει πῃ Τοὺς πόνους τῶν χειρῶν σου φάγεται, τουτέστι τῶν πρακτικῶν δυνάμεων. 1174 Ps 127,3 Προχείρως μέν ἐστι καὶ περὶ πόδα τὴν λέξιν ἐξομαλίζοντα ταύτας δίδοσθαι τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ φοβουμένῳ τὸν κύριον, ὡς α ν ε τι ἀτελεῖ, ἀλλ' οὐχὶ τῷ ἀγαπῶντι αὐτὸν ἐξ ο λης καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ο λης ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως· ̓Οφθαλμὸς γὰρ οὐκ ει δε καὶ ου ς οὐκ η κουσε καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, α ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. τῷ δὲ φοβουμένῳ τὸν κύριον δῶρον θεοῦ δίδοται κοινωνός τις καὶ σύζυγος, οὐχ ἡ τυχοῦσα γυνὴ ἀλλ' ἡ τῇ ἀληθινῇ ἀμπέλῳ παρεικασμένη, ω στ' α ν εἰρῆσθαι περὶ αὐτῆς Γυνὴ ἀγαθὴ μέρις ἀγαθή, καὶ Γυναῖκα ἀνδρείαν τίς α ν εὑρήσῃ; τιμιωτέρα δέ ἐστι λίθων πολυτελῶν ἡ τοιαύτη. ὡς ε μπαλιν ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου πονηρὰ καὶ τὸν τρόπον ὀργαλέα σύζυγος ὀργὴ α ν ει η θεοῦ, ου τω καὶ υἱοὶ ἐκ θεοῦ δίδονται τῷ φοβουμένῳ τὸν κύριον οὐχ ο μοιοι τοῖς πολλοῖς υἱοῖς ἀλλ' οἱ ὡς νεόφυτα ἐλαιῶν κυκλοῦντα καὶ στεφανοῦντα τὴν τράπεζαν αὐτοῦ. νοήσεις δὲ καὶ τούτους ἀπὸ τοῦ τελείου τοῦ λέγοντος ̓Εγὼ δὲ ὡσεὶ ἐλαία κατάκαρπος ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. τῆς γὰρ τοιαύτης ἐλαίας τὰ γεννήματα ὡς νεόφυτα ἐλαιῶν ει ναι λέγεται. Εἰ δέ τις μὴ φοβουμένους τὸν κύριόν φησι πολλάκις ἐν περιουσίᾳ τέκνων ὑπάρχειν καὶ ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ γυναικός, ἀλλ' ἐροῦμεν ο τι ὁ παρὼν μακαρισμὸς οὐχ ἁπλῶς γυναῖκα καὶ τέκνα ἐπαγγέλλεται, ἀλλ' ο λον αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὴν ἀμπέλῳ μὲν ἀπεικασμένην γυναῖκα, νεοφύτοις δ' ἐλαιῶν τέκνα· οὐ τοιαῦτα δὲ τὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν. 1175 Ps 127,4 ̓Απεντεῦθεν μακάριος ει ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον, ἐπεὶ ἡ συνοῦσά σοι γυνὴ οἰστική ἐστι καρπῶν εὐφραινόντων τυγχάνουσα α μπελος. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ γενήματά σου οὐκ ἀσθενῆ οὐ θήλεα ἀλλ' ευ τονοι υἱοὶ περὶ τὴν σὴν τράπεζαν ο ντες δίκην νεοφύτων ἐλαιῶν τὴν τροφὴν τοῦ φωτὸς καρποφορούντων. πλήρης δὲ πάντων τῶν τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τρεφόντων ἡ νοητὴ τράπεζά σου ὑπάρχει. Ισθι δὲ ἐν τούτοις γεγονὼς ὑπὸ κυρίου εὐλογίαν ε χειν η ν οὐκ α λλος η ὁ εὐλαβὴς παρὰ κυρίου λήψεται. δηλοῦται δὲ διὰ τοῦ Ανθρωπος καὶ πᾶς α νθρωπος. διὸ οὐ περὶ αἰσθητῆς γυναικὸς καὶ σωματικῶν τέκνων ἐκλαβεῖν προσήκει τὰ προκείμενα, πολλῶν τὸν θεοῦ φόβον κεκτημένων ου τε γυναῖκα ου τε τέκνα ἐσχηκότων. εἰ τοίνυν τὰ τῆς λέξεως οὐ καθόλου, τὸ πνευματικὸν τῶν ἐκκειμένων ζητητέον παντὶ εὐλαβεῖ ὑπάρχοντι. 1176 Ps 128,1–4 Κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν δὲ νοήσεις ου τως· οἱ μιᾷ προσβολῇ πολεμίων ἁλισκόμενοι οὐ λέγοιεν τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ μόνος ὁ ἐκ νέου μέχρι γήρως εἰς φυγὴν τοὺς πολεμίους τρέπων ἀεὶ νικητὴς καὶ τροπαιοῦχος αὐτῶν γινόμενος. ἀπόδειξιν δὲ τοῦ πλεονάκις αὐτοὺς πεπολεμηκέναι ἐπήγαγε τὸ Καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησάν μοι· ει χον γὰρ τὸν κύριον τὸν συντρίβοντα πολεμίους ἐνδυναμοῦντά με. Τῶν δὲ μετὰ παρρησίας ἀπαγγελλομένων οὐ τὸν τυχόντα ἀλλὰ τὸν ὁρῶντα θεὸν

The Harvest of Iniquity and the Sifting of the Wicked§228

228He calls him a witness of the mind. And they show what is 'from my youth' (Psalm 71:5), and that having dared to speak from the womb and being drawn up for godliness, he opposes the devil and his allies and bodyguards, who are arrayed against him and fighting against him, and by no measure was he defeated by them.

The 'from my youth' is able to show that he is strong and being strengthened by Christ, from whom I have cast off old age, having cast away the old man with his deeds; having clothed himself with the new man, fighting against the aforementioned enemies, he was never overturned by them, but conquering unceasingly and steadily, and turning them to witness for Israel.

And the boast is not small, to be fought against by the devil and those around him, who do not possess this strength; for they are his friends and obedient ones. And everyone alone says, 'For indeed you were not able to trample upon me, having received authority from the Word of God, upon the lion and the scorpion, and to trample the lion and the dragon' (Luke 10:19). For having escaped all such things, the God crushing Satan under his feet, he says, 'Many times they have fought against me from my youth, and indeed they were not able; but I was able against them, being strengthened by the Lord. The sinners have stretched out their necks upon my back, they have lengthened their lawlessness' (Psalm 74:18).

It is a stain and very dangerous to have the enemies before one's face, having them sufficiently according to thought, and to harm and destroy them merely through seeing and through the senses, those whom we have perceived of them; it is proper to always turn away from them, casting them upon the back. For he who hastens toward God and virtue turns away from wickedness.

For if the sinners have stretched out their necks upon the face and before one, they have harmed the heart, timely casting it into evil thoughts, and the sight through destructive spectacles, and the other senses harming through those things belonging to them. But he has the sinners behind, the one forgetting those behind, and stretching out himself toward those before, and going behind the Lord God; but he who follows the interpreted sinners turns away from the Lord, as to say God, 'They turned their backs upon me and not their faces' (Psalm 74:18). Mis—

For they have cast your instruction behind them, following the demons who are lovers of their heart. The lengthening of their lawlessness reveals the persistent wickedness of sinners who weave a series of sins like a rope, and by adding to those who have already received, they lengthen their lawlessness. The word weighs such people down: 'Woe to those who pile up sins,' as with a long rope and as with a heavy yoke, subduing their lawlessness. For their hands weave injustice, and as adding sin upon sin, they lengthen their own lawlessness. The Lord is righteous and has cut off the necks of sinners. The righteous Lord cuts off the neck of those who do not submit to his good yoke. But he makes this addition good for those who, having cast off their inclination and strength toward worthless things, submit to the Lord, who is all naked and bowed down.

And the wise of this world are themselves like stubble, having only their promise until this present life; and they are a heap of roofs for those who through them act and think that they have surpassed all. Therefore, it is a dried-up stubble, not casting its roots into the soil (that is, the sensible things), nor hastening toward a spiritual planting instead of stubble. Before they are even cut, they dry up, not filling the hands of the one harvesting this stubble, because they have unbelief. For the ungodly shall not rise in judgment, and 'he who does not believe is condemned' (John 3:18). Not only hands, but even the bosom of himself the harvester of this stubble will not fill, by not receiving them first into the bosom of Abraham, and then thereafter into the bosoms of the harvesting angel; for the Savior interpreted the harvesting angels as the harvester wielding a sickle in the prophet: 'Therefore I have cast away your prophets' (Matt 23:37). He himself also cleanses his threshing floor, having the winnowing fan in his hand to gather the wheat into the granary, but the chaff to burn with unquenchable fire. And who are those who hate Zion? They become not stubble, but like stubble, the weeds sown among the good seed by the evil one and being burned in the future.

Greek · §228

νοῦν μάρτυρα καλεῖ. καὶ τὸ ̓Εκ νεότητός μου προσκείμενον δείκνυσιν ο τι ἐκ νέων 246 καὶ η δη βιασάμενος εἰπεῖν μητρόθεν κατὰ θεοσέβειαν ἀναγόμενος διάβολον καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους καὶ δορυφόρους αὐτοῦ ἀντιπαρατεταγμένους καὶ προσπολεμοῦντας ε χων οὐδὲ κατὰ ποσὸν ἡττήθη πρὸς αὐτῶν. τὸ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ ἐνδυναμούμενος ει ναι δηλοῦν δύναται τὸ ̓Εκ νεότητός μου, ἐξ ου ἀπεδυσάμην τὸ γῆρας, τὸν παλαιὸν α νθρωπον α μα ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ ἀποβεβληκώς· ἐνδυσάμενος τὸν νέον α νθρωπον πρὸς τῶν εἰρημένων ἐχθρῶν πολεμούμενος οὐδεπώποτε ἀνετράπην ὑπ' αὐτῶν, ἀδιαστάτως καὶ συνεχῶς νικῶν καὶ τροπούμενος αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ μάρτυρι τῷ ̓Ισραήλ. καύχημα δὲ οὐ μικρὸν τὸ ὑπὸ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν ἀμφ' αὐτὸν πολεμεῖσθαι, τῶν φαύλων τοῦτ' οὐκ ἐχόντων· εἰσὶ γὰρ αὐτοῦ φίλοι καὶ ὑπήκοοι. πᾶς δὲ καὶ μόνος ἐρεῖ τὸ Καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησάν μοι ὁ ἐξουσίαν ὑπὸ θεοῦ λόγου λαβὼν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ο φεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ καταπατεῖν λέοντα καὶ δράκοντα. πάντων γὰρ περιγενόμενος τῶν τοιούτων, συντρίβοντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ἐρεῖ Πλεονάκις ἐπολέμησάν με ἐκ νεότητός μου, καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησάν μοι· ἐγὼ δ' ἠδυνήθην κατ' αὐτῶν ὑπὸ κυρίου ἐνδυναμούμενος. ̓Επὶ τῶν νώτων μου ἐτέκταινον οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί, ἐμάκρυναν τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτῶν. ἐπιζήμιον καὶ πάνυ ἐπισφαλὲς εἰς πρόσωπον τοὺς πολεμίους ε χειν κατὰ διάνοιαν ἱκανῶς ε χοντας καὶ διὰ μόνου τοῦ βλέπεσθαι καὶ ο λως εἰς αι σθησιν ε ρχεσθαι βλάπτειν καὶ ἀναιρεῖν τοὺς ὁποσοῦν ᾐσθημένους αὐτῶν· ο θεν ἀποστρέφεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀεὶ προσήκει εἰς νῶτον αὐτοὺς βάλλοντα. ὁ γὰρ σπεύδων πρὸς θεὸν καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν τὴν κακίαν ἀποστρέφεται. εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ προσώπου καὶ τῶν α λλων ε μπροσθεν ἐτέκταινον οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί, ε βλαψαν α ν τὴν καρδίαν, καιρίως αὐτὴν πονηροῖς λογισμοῖς βάλλοντες καὶ τὴν ο ψιν διὰ θεαμάτων ὀλεθρίων καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς αἰσθήσεις βλάπτοντες διὰ τῶν οἰκείων αὐταῖς αἰσθητῶν. ε χει δὲ ὀπίσω τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ὁ τῶν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ε μπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος καὶ ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ πορευόμενος· ὁ δὲ ἀκολουθῶν τοῖς ἑρμηνευθεῖσιν ἁμαρτωλοῖς τὸν κύριον ἀποστρέφεται, ὡς θεὸν εἰπεῖν Εστρεψαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ νῶτα καὶ οὐχὶ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν· μισήσας γὰρ ε καστος αὐτῶν παιδείαν ἐξέβαλε τοὺς λόγους μου εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, ἀκολουθῶν τοῖς ἐρασταῖς τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ δαίμοσιν. ∆ηλοῖ δὲ τὴν ἐπίμονον κακίαν τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ νώτου τῶν δικαίων τεκταινόντων ἁμαρτωλῶν τὸ ̓Εμάκρυναν τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτῶν. σειρᾶς γὰρ δίκην τὰ ἁμαρτήματα πλέκοντες τῷ τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν ε τερα προσλαμβάνειν μακρύνουσι τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐτῶν. ταλανίζων τοὺς τοιούτους ὁ λόγος ει πεν Οὐαὶ οἱ ἐπισπώμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν ὡς σχοινίῳ μακρῷ καὶ ὡς ζυγῷ ἱμάντι δαμάλεως τὰς ἀνομίας αὐτῶν. ἀδικίαν γὰρ αἱ χεῖρες αὐτῶν συμπλέκουσι καὶ ὡς προστιθέντες ἁμαρτίας ἐφ' ἁμαρτίαις μακρύνουσι τὴν ἀνομίαν ἑαυτῶν. Κύριος δίκαιος συνέκοψεν αὐχένας ἁμαρτωλῶν. συγκόπτει τὸν αὐχένα ο ν οὐχ ὑποβάλλουσι τῷ χρηστῷ ζυγῷ ὁ δίκαιος κύριος. χρηστῇ δὲ προσθέσει τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ο πως ἀποβαλόντες τὴν πρὸς τὰ φαῦλα εὐτονίαν καὶ ἰσχὺν ὑποταγῶσι τῷ κυρίῳ ῳ πάντα γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα ἐστί. 1177 Ps 128,5–8 Καὶ οἱ τοῦ κόσμου δὲ σοφοὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ χόρτος εἰσὶ τῷ καὶ αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν μέχρι τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς ει ναι καὶ χόρτος δωμάτων τῷ δῆθεν δι' ω ν πράττουσι καὶ φρονοῦσι τὴν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς οι κησιν ὑπερβεβηκέναι. διὸ καὶ εὐξήραντος χόρτος ἐστίν, ου τ' εἰς χέρσον (τουτέστι τὰ αἰσθητά) τὰς ῥίζας βάλλοντες, ου τ' αυ ἀντὶ χόρτου νοητὴ φυτεία σπεύσαντες ει ναι. ο θεν πρὶν ἐκσπασθῆναι ξηραίνονται, οὐ πληροῦντος τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ θερίζοντος τούτου τοῦ χόρτου, δι' η ν ε χουσιν ἀπιστίαν· Οὐκ ἀναστήσονται γὰρ οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἐν κρίσει, καὶ ̔Ο μὴ πιστεύων η δη κέκριται. Οὐ μόνον δὲ χεῖρας ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ τὸν κόλπον ἑαυτοῦ πληρώσει τούτου τοῦ χόρτου ὁ θερίζων τῷ μὴ παραλαμβάνεσθαι αὐτοὺς πρῶτον μὲν εἰς κόλπον ̓Αβραάμ, ει θ' ἑξῆς εἰς κόλπους τοῦ θερίζοντος ἀγγέλου· τοὺς γὰρ θεριστὰς ἀγγέλους ἡρμήνευσεν ὁ 247 σωτὴρ ὁ θεριστὴς φάσκων ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ ∆ιὰ τοῦτο ἀπεθέρισα τοὺς προφήτας ὑμῶν. αὐτὸς γοῦν καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν α λωνα αὐτοῦ, ε χων τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν σῖτον εἰς ἀποθήκην συνάξαι, τὸ δὲ α χυρον κατακαῦσαι πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. Τίνες δὲ ο ντες οἱ μισοῦντες Σιών; οὐ χόρτος ἀλλ' ὡσεὶ χόρτος γίνονται η ζιζάνια ἐπισπαρέντα τῷ καλῷ σπέρματι ὑπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ καὶ κατακαιόμενα ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι

The Cry from the Depths§229

229the grass of the roofs are those who have leaped over

Not as one ascending, but finding no one able to help, he cries to God. Along with confessing where he has fallen, he says, 'Out of the depths I have cried to you, Lord; Lord, hear my voice; for having heard, you will raise me up from the depth of wickedness and the deepest pit' (Ps 130:1-4). This expression agrees with what is said by him later: 'If iniquity be observed, Lord, Lord, who shall stand?' (Ps 130:4).

It is possible even for one dwelling in the earthly place, through human life, to send up this prayer, feeling himself far below both heaven and God; for heaven is high and earth is deep. It is also possible for the one praying to be holy according to what was previously stated. For he does not send up the prayer concerning small and earthly things, but large and heavenly things. He does not send up the prayer from a psychic discourse concerning them, asking for them, but being enlightened by the Spirit, searching all things, and knowing and contemplating the depths of God. Following the one searching these things by the Spirit, it is necessary from these depths to cry to God, deeming himself worthy of having his voice heard. And from these depths he cries, seeking not the non-sensible but all intelligible things and the Holy Spirit itself.

It is equal to 'Let your words be done' (Luke 1:38) for those attending to 'Incline your ear to my voice' (Ps 40:5). Since our voice does not reach the heights, and because there is a great difference in the nature of your words. And from here we learn, having understood, that they are not always the same, but 'Let it be done' also signifies a certain relation. For the words of God do not simply become, but become worthy of attending to Him. Following this, one must also understand what was said concerning Christ: that He became to us wisdom from God (1 Cor 1:30), and that God made Him both Lord and Christ, and such things. Since from you is the propitiation (Rom 3:25), the one being propitiated and, having forgiven sins, is Savior, not—

Greek · §229

αἰῶνι ἐν καιρῷ θερισμοῦ. ζιζάνια γὰρ οἱ αἱρετικοί, χόρτος δὲ δωμάτων οἱ ὑπερπηδήσαντες δῆθεν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην πολιτείαν τοῦ κόσμου σοφοί, πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος Ινα τί ἀνέβητε πάντες εἰς δώματα μάταια; οἱ μέντοι τῆς Σιὼν πολῖται ο ντες ἐπὶ δώματος μὴ καταβαινέτωσαν α ραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ο η κουσαν εἰς τὸ ου ς κηρυξάτωσαν ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων, ι να καὶ σπέρμα καλὸν διαμείναντες καρποφορήσωσιν ἐπὶ τῷ συγκομισθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα δράγματα συνάγοντος εἰς τὴν α λω τῆς σωτηρίας. Καὶ οὐκ ει παν οἱ παράγοντες Εὐλογία κυρίου ἐφ' ὑμᾶς, εὐλογήκαμεν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. οἱ ἀποδοθέντες ἑτερόδοξοι μισοῦντες τὴν Σιὼν καὶ οἱ ἑρμηνευόμενοι τοῦ κόσμου σοφοὶ δωμάτων χόρτος, ἐπεὶ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ βίου καὶ τοῦ φρονήματος μέχρι τῶν προσκαίρων καὶ παρερχομένων ε σχον, παράγοντες ει ρηνται. ου τοι δὲ ἀπηνεῖς καὶ ὑπερήφανοι φιλαδελφίαν καὶ ἀγαπητικὴν διάθεσιν οὐδ' ο λως ε χοντες, μόνους ἑαυτοὺς δοκοῦντες ει ναι μεγάλους καὶ θεοῦ φίλους, οὐδενὶ προσφωνοῦσιν εὐλογίαν· ο θεν περὶ αὐτῶν ει ρηται Καὶ οὐκ ει παν οἱ παράγοντες Εὐλογία κυρίου ἐφ' ὑμᾶς, οὐδένα τῶν α λλων παρὰ σφᾶς τευξόμενον εὐλογίας παρὰ κυρίου λέγοντες. ο μως δὲ εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι οὐδενὶ προσφωνοῦσιν εὐλογίαν, ἀλλ' ου ν ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸ ο νομα κυρίου εὐλογοῦντες φιλεταιρίᾳ προστιθέμενοι προσφωνοῦμεν εὐλογίαν πᾶσι τοῖς πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν. ∆υνατὸν ἐκλαβεῖν ἀμφότερα τὰ ἡμιστίχια ὡς λεγόμενα πρὸς τῶν παραγόντων, ι ν' ἀμφοτέρων ῃ προτεταγμένον τὸ Οὐκ ει παν· οὐκ ει παν γὰρ οἱ παράγοντες Εὐλογία κυρίου ἐφ' ὑμᾶς, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ει παν Εὐλογήκαμεν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. 1178 Ps 129,1.2 ̔Ο εἰς βάθη κακίας καὶ δυσσεβείας πεσὼν κατὰ τὸ ̓Εὰν ε λθῃ ἀσεβὴς εἰς βάθος κακῶν, καταφρονεῖ, ἐν συναισθήσει γενόμενος οι κακῶν ἐστι, φθάσας εἰς τὰ βάθη τῆς κυμαινομένης τοῦ βίου θαλάσσης ἐξ ἰδίας ῥαθυμίας δέεται τοῦ ἐκεῖθεν ἀνάγοντος· ἀλλὰ μηδένα εὑρὼν δυνάμενον βοηθῆσαι κράζει πρὸς θεόν. μετὰ τοῦ ὁμολογεῖν ποῦ πεσὼν ε φθασε, καί φησιν ̓Εκ βαθέων ἐκέκραξά σε, κύριε· κύριε, εἰσάκουσον τῆς φωνῆς μου· εἰσακούσας γὰρ ἀνάξεις με ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ βυθοῦ τῆς κακίας καὶ τοῦ βαθυτάτου ᾳ δου. συνᾴδει ταύτῃ τῇ ἐκδοχῇ τὰ μεθ' ε τερα λεγόμενα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ̓Εὰν ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, κύριε, κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται; ∆υνατὸν καὶ πάντα τὸν ἐν τῷ περιγείῳ τόπῳ μετὰ ἀνθρωπίνης πολιτείας διατρίβοντα ταύτην ἀναπέμπειν τὴν εὐχὴν αἰσθανόμενον ἑαυτῷ πάνυ κάτω που ο ντα οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ θεοῦ· Οὐρανὸς γὰρ ὑψηλὸς γῆ τε βαθεῖα. ∆υνατὸν καὶ α γιον ει ναι τὸν εὐχόμενον κατὰ τὰ προαποδοθέντα. ου τος δὲ οὐ περὶ μικρῶν καὶ ἐπιγείων ἀλλὰ μεγάλων καὶ ἐπουρανίων τὴν εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπει. οὐκ ἐκ ψυχικῆς περὶ αὐτῶν διαλήψεως τὴν εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπει πρὸς θεὸν αἰτούμενος αὐτά. ἀλλὰ φωτιζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ πάντα ἐρευνῶντος καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ γνώσει καὶ θεωρίᾳ· ἑπόμενος τῷ ἐξερευνῶντι αὐτὰ πνεύματι ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν βαθέων τούτων α δεῖ θεὸν αἰτεῖν κράζει πρὸς αὐτὸν, εἰσακουσθῆναι τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ἀξιῶν. ἐκ τούτων δὲ τῶν βαθέων κράζει ὁ μηδὲν αἰσθητὸν ἀλλὰ πάντα νοητὰ καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα αἰτούμενος λαβεῖν. Ισον δὲ δύναται τὸ Γενηθήτω τὰ ω τά σου προσέχοντα τῷ Κλῖνον πρός με τὸ ου ς σου. ἐπεὶ οὐ φθάνει ἡ ἡμετέρα φωνὴ εἰς τὰ ὑψηλά, καὶ μακρὰν τυγχάνοντα διαφορᾷ φύσεως Ωτά σου. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν δὲ μανθάνομεν ἐπιστήσαντες μὴ ἀεὶ οὐσίωσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ σχέσιν τινὰ σημαίνειν τὸ Γενηθήτω. οὐ γὰρ 248 ἁπλῶς γενέσθαι τὰ ω τα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλ' αὐτῷ προσέχοντα γενέσθαι ἀξιοῖ. τούτοις ἑπομένως νοεῖν δεῖ καὶ τὸ περὶ Χριστοῦ εἰρημένον Ος ἐγενήθη ἡμῖν σοφία ἀπὸ θεοῦ, καὶ Οτι κύριον καὶ χριστὸν αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός, καὶ ο σα τοιαῦτα. 1179 Ps 129,3.4 ̓Επεὶ παρὰ σοὶ ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστιν, ὁ ἱλασκόμενος καὶ ἀφεὶς τὰς ἁμαρτίας σωτήρ, μὴ

The Spiritual Zion and the Davidic Promise§230

230Observe, examining iniquities; for if he were to do this, no one would stand. For all have strayed, all have sinned. Therefore, since no one stands before the judgment from you, there is need of the propitiation from you, being propitiated for the salvation of all.

And what is the propitiation, the Savior? John writes: 'And if anyone sins, we have an advocate with the Father, a righteous Lord Jesus Christ' (1 John 2:1); and he himself is the propitiation for our sins, not only concerning ours but also concerning the sins of the world. But also Paul: 'For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God, being justified freely by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus, whom God put forward as a propitiation through faith in his blood' (Romans 3:23-25), and the following. A symbol of this propitiation was constructed in the law, concerning which also now the one praying to God says: 'That from you is the propitiation'; from you, as a generation from the only good Father, is the propitiation. Not every rational creature needs, not with a god to be upheld, observing the iniquities of each of the created ones.

Always and at all times it is necessary to hope in the Lord, not only the one standing openly but also the one standing in gloom. From the morning watch, the one with the bright things present, and until night, the one with the dreary and darker things surrounding; and what is from the morning watch, the rising of the true light and making the beginning of a mental day, the discerning mind, Israel, called by the Hebrew voice, let him hope in the Lord (Ps 129:6-8), expecting from him an addition of the bright things and a deliverance from the gloomy things, what is from him as in a fountain and from him the mercy which those hoping in him need; but also much redemption from him, the propitiation from him is not another; for he himself from all iniquities will redeem him. For even if the iniquities of Israel are many, from all he will redeem him.

David, having perfected gentleness, says the following: 'Remembering me,' he says, 'upon these things you will give me an inheritance, the land of the gentle' (Ps 131:1). And those with these priests, not by chance, but they shall rejoice, they shall rejoice, of the only perfect and from the beginning rejoicing, from the most perfect rejoicing of this thing. And it is possible that the...

The person and the saint are the same, though distinguished by relations, for one is priest and the other is a saint of God, being the same in substance as the subject. Who is the cause of them putting on righteousness and rejoicing? It is David, the holy one, who is capable by hand. For the Lord brought forth for David his servant. He who became God's servant according to the flesh from the seed of David, having taken the form of the servant, emptied himself.

Understand thus Ps 131:10b: intending by your grace to shine upon men the face of your Christ, O Lord, do not turn it away, so that they may remain unhidden from his appearance, having been benefited. The cause of the certain fulfillment is the one having brought forth, saying, 'The Lord swore truth to David and will not deny it' Ps 131:11.

The 'certainly shall be' regarding what was sworn in truth to David, concerning the coming of the Lord, is that the fruit of the womb of David shall sit upon his throne Ps 131:11. He will fulfill it as he swore; for the oath of God is truth, according to what was said by Gabriel to Mary concerning him being genealogically from David: 'And God will give him the throne of David his father, and he will reign over the house of Jacob forever' Luke 1:32; Ps 131:12-13.

If someone takes the earthly Zion, how could he understand 'that my resting place for ever and ever' Ps 131:14, since passing to the end of this age, the heaven and the earth pass away? For if the whole earth passes away, then the Zion which is upon the earth will also pass by. Regarding the spiritual Zion, concerning which it is written, 'Sing to the Lord who dwells in Zion' Ps 87:1, that is the most holy Church, which he desired for a dwelling place for himself, he who said, 'I will dwell, what I have desired' Ps 131:14.

Another text instead of 'the widow' says 'the huntress' and says: 'The unprotected and the brave guardian they do not have, I will bless all the poor to whom he provides an abundance of bread,' he says, 'I will fill her poor with bread' Ps 131:15, since each of such poor people, being the seed of the righteous, is not diminished by bread. It is carried in copies as 'Blessing her huntress, I will bless.' And being blessed with the blessing of the Lord, she was a huntress hunting on every high mountain and...

Greek · §230

παρατήρου ἐξετάζων ἀνομίας· εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ποιήσειας, οὐδεὶς ὑποστήσεται· Πάντες γὰρ ἐξέκλιναν, πάντες η μαρτον. διὸ μηδενὸς ὑφισταμένου τὴν παρὰ σοῦ κρίσιν, χρεία τοῦ παρὰ σοῦ ἱλασμοῦ ἱλασκομένου τῆς πάντων ε νεκα σωτηρίας. ο τι δὲ ἱλασμὸς ὁ σωτήρ, ̓Ιωάννης γράφει Καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ε χομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, κύριον ̓Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον· καὶ αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστι τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, οὐ περὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων δὲ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ο λου τοῦ κόσμου. ἀλλὰ καὶ Παῦλος Πάντες γὰρ η μαρτον καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ̓Ιησοῦ, ο ν προέθετο ὁ θεὸς ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αι ματι, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. τούτου τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου σύμβολον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κατεσκευάσθη, περὶ ου καὶ νῦν ὁ εὐχόμενος τῷ θεῷ φησιν Οτι παρὰ σοῦ ὁ ἱλασμός ἐστι· παρὰ σοῦ ὡς ἐκ μόνου ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς γέννημα ἱλασμός ἐστιν. οὐ πᾶσα λογικὴ δέεται κτίσις, οὐχ ὑποστησομένου τινὸς θεοῦ παρατηρησομένου τὰς ἀνομίας ἑκάστου τῶν πεποιηκότων. 1180 Ps 129,6–8 ̓Αεὶ καὶ κατὰ πάντα καιρὸν ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον δεῖ, οὐ μόνον ο τε προσηνῆ ἀλλὰ καὶ ο τε σκυθρωπὰ περιεστηκότα. ἀπὸ φυλακῆς γοῦν πρωϊνῆς ο τε λαμπρὰ τὰ παρόντα καὶ μέχρι νυκτὸς ο τε ἀηδῆ καὶ ζοφώτερα τὰ περιεστηκότα καὶ ε τι ἀπὸ φυλακῆς πρωΐας ἀνατέλλοντος τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἀρχὴν ἡμέρας νοητῆς ποιοῦντος ὁ διορατικὸς νοῦς, ̓Ισραὴλ καλούμενος ̔Εβραίων φωνῇ, ἐλπισάτω ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον, προσθήκην τῶν φαιδρῶν καὶ ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν σκυθρωπῶν προσδοκῶν παρ' αὐτοῦ, ο τι παρ' αὐτῷ ὡς ἐν πηγῇ καὶ παρ' αὐτοῦ τὸ ε λεος ου χρῄζουσιν οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπ' αὐτόν· ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὴ παρ' αὐτοῦ λύτρωσις τοῦ παρὰ τοῦ ἱλασμοῦ οὐχ ἑτέρα ου σα· ο θεν αὐτὸς ἐκ πασῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν λυτρώσεται αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος. εἰ γὰρ καὶ πολλαὶ αἱ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ἀνομίαι, ἀλλ' ἐκ πασῶν αὐτὸν λυτρώσεται. 1181 Ps 131,1 ̔Ο ∆αυὶδ πραΰτητα κατορθώσας λέγει τὰ προκείμενα· μνησθεὶς γάρ μου, φησίν, ἐπὶ τούτοις δώσεις μοι κληρονομίαν τὴν τῶν πραέων γῆν. 1182 Ps 131,9.10a Καὶ οἱ σὺν τούτοις δὲ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ο σιοι οὐχ ὡς ε τυχεν ἀλλ' ἀγαλλιάσει ἀγαλλιάσονται, μόνου τοῦ τελείου καὶ ἀπὸ ε ξεως ἀγαλλιῶντος ἀπὸ ἀγαλλιάσεως τῆς τελειωτάτης τοῦτ' ε χοντος. ἐνδέχεται δὲ τὸν ἱερέα καὶ ο σιον ει ναι τὸν αὐτόν, ὡς τῇ ὑποστάσει μὲν ε να ει ναι τὸν ὑποκείμενον, διαλλάττοντα δὲ ταῖς σχέσεσι καθ' α ς ἱερεὺς καὶ ο σιος θεοῦ ἐστι. τίς δὲ αὐτοῖς αι τιος τοῦ ἐνδύσασθαι δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀγαλλιάσει ἀγαλλιάσασθαι η ὁ τῇ χειρὶ ἱκανὸς ∆αυὶδ α γιος ὑπάρχων; ο θεν ἐπενήνεκται τὸ Ενεκεν ∆αυὶδ τοῦ δούλου σου. ὁ γὰρ ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα γεγονὼς θεοῦ δοῦλός ἐστι, λαβὼν τὴν τοῦ δούλου μορφήν, ο τε ἐκένωσεν ἑαυτόν. 1183 Ps 131,10b Νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· προθέμενος τῇ χάριτι τῇ σῇ ἐπιλάμψαι ἀνθρώποις τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ χριστοῦ σου, ω δέσποτα, μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς αὐτό, ω στε ἀφαντάστους αὐτοὺς διαμεῖναι ἐκ τῆς ἐπιφανείας αὐτοῦ ὠφεληθησομένους. Τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν δι' η ν πάντως ε κλαμψις ε σται ἐπήνεγκεν εἰπὼν Ωμοσε κύριος τῷ ∆αυὶδ ἀλήθειαν καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀθετήσει αὐτήν. 1184 Ps 131,11 Τὸ πάντως ε σται, η ν ω μοσε τῷ ∆αυὶδ ἀλήθειαν, περὶ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ κυρίου, ο ς καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας τοῦ ∆αυίδ ἐστι καθήσειν ἐπὶ θρόνου αὐτοῦ. ὀμωμοκὼς πληρώσει· ἀλήθεια γὰρ θεοῦ ο ρκος κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ Γαβριὴλ πρὸς τὴν Μαριὰμ περὶ τοῦ ἐκ ∆αυὶδ γενεαλογουμένου Καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον ∆αυὶδ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οι κον ̓Ιακὼβ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. 1185 Ps 131,13.14 Εἰ τὴν ἐπίγειον Σιὼν λαμβάνοι τις, 249 πῶς νοῆσαι δύναιτο Αυ τη ἡ κατάπαυσίς μου εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος, παρερχομένης ἐπὶ τέλει τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος, ο ταν παρέρχηται ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ; εἰ γὰρ πᾶσα ἡ γῆ παρέρχεται, καὶ ἡ Σιὼν ἡ ἐπὶ γῆς τυγχάνουσα παρελεύσεται. περὶ α ρα τῆς πνευματικῆς Σιὼν τὰ προκείμενα, περὶ η ς γέγραπται Ψάλατε τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ κατοικοῦντι ἐν Σιών. αυ τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἁγιωτάτη ἐκκλησία η ν καὶ ᾑρετίσατο ε χειν εἰς κατοικίαν ἑαυτῷ ὁ εἰπὼν Ωδε κατοικήσω, ο τι ᾑρετισάμην αὐτήν. 1186 Ps 131,15–18 Αλλος ἀντὶ τοῦ Τὴν θήραν Τὴν χήραν ἐξέδωκε καί φησι· Τὴν ἀπροστασίαστον καὶ α νδρα κηδεμόνα οὐκ ε χουσαν εὐλογήσω α μα τοῖς πτωχοῖς οι ς εἰς πλησμονὴν α ρτους παρέχων λέγει Τοὺς πτωχοὺς αὐτῆς ἐμπλήσω α ρτων, ἐπείπερ ε καστος τῶν τοιούτων πτωχῶν δικαίου σπέρμα τυγχάνων οὐκ ἐλαττοῦται α ρτοις. Φέρεται δὲ ἐν ἀντιγράφοις Τὴν θήραν αὐτῆς εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω. εὐλογουμένη δὲ εὐλογίᾳ κυρίου θήρα η ν θηρεύουσιν ἐπὶ παντὸς ο ρους ὑψηλοῦ καὶ

The Anointing and the Spiritual Dew§231

231The sent-out fishermen and hunters in the crevices of the rocks are a symbol of those dwelling in the village of the hunters, for all dwell in Bethsaida, which is taken to be the village of hunters (Ps 149:9). 'I will clothe the priests of this Zion with salvation' (Ps 149:4). Christ has come as salvation for all, to seek and to save the lost (Lk 19:10). Regarding the presence of salvation and the clothing of it, it is written: 'Let my soul rejoice, for you have clothed me with a garment of salvation; they shall rejoice, and those who are holy of him shall rejoice in divine joy' (Ps 18:10).

There, in Zion, I will cause a horn to rise up for David (Ps 132:17). This horn of the kingdom is raised up by God in the house of David, according to what was said by the righteous: 'Raise up a horn of salvation for us in the house of David' (Ps 132:17). Prepare for this horn, Christ, who is found as a lamp, the Father running forward with his divine law for his visitation, for it is written: 'Your law is a lamp to my feet and a light to my paths' (Ps 119:105). And John, until the law and the prophets, is a lamp being prepared for his own Christ, concerning that Savior. There is that lamp which is kindled and shines: 'Did you not desire to rejoice at the right hour in his light?'

These things being theologized concerning the one who came from the seed of David according to the flesh, his enemies shall clothe themselves in shame, desiring, if they were consumed by fire, to say 'that a child was born, a son was given to us' (Isa 9:6), not recognizing the beginning of his time, mocking shame more, saying 'what he embraces with other men does not have a life that has ascended far above.' Therefore also upon him his holiness shall blossom, as it is said in Isaiah: 'And a flower shall ascend from the root' (Isa 11:1), following which the flowers of the earth shall appear in our land; such flowers being present toward the blossoming of the holiness by the Lord. For this blossoming sanctifies those passing by it, which is the very holiness of God, a flower, or rather to say, 'I am a flower of the field, a judge of the valleys' (Isa 35:1). If the flower and the judge of the field and of the valleys do not do these things, it is not fitting that flowers should appear in our land, once God has caused his holiness to rise up upon the enlightened and those approaching the...

A blessed and spiritual feast. The beard is a symbol of manhood. The oil descends from the beard of Aaron onto the shoulder of his garment (Ps 132:2). Aaron represents the shadow of priesthood. His head, the original, is filled with the divine oil of the name of Christ, regarding which it is said, 'Myrrh, your name.' This oil descends upon the beard of each who is able to say, after surpassing the shadow, 'I have become a man,' opposing the infant. Such a man becomes an imitator having become like Him, regarding which it is written, 'Behold, a man, whose name is Dawn, and a man comes after me' (Ps 133:1).

However, even if the oil descends upon Aaron's head, it does not descend upon a random beard but upon the high-priestly one, and from there onto the shoulder of the high-priestly garment. Aaron's tunic does not merely bear a type, for it is the Lord's body, born of the Holy Spirit, according to what was said concerning the Virgin: 'For that which was born in her is of the Holy Spirit' (Matt 1:18). Regarding the mountains of Zion, you shall perceive the divine and universal Church, which is the high doctrines of truth, the ornaments of the soul, having seized the being of Mount Zion (Ps 132:3).

Upon these mountains descends a spiritual dew, regarding which Moses said, 'And I will come down as dew' (Ex 16:4), and in the prophet, 'For the dew from you is its essence' (Hos 14:5). From this heavenly dew, the habitation of the blessed shall be from heaven. This spiritual dew does not descend from random clouds, but from the celestial light of the one saying, 'I have come as light into the world' (John 8:12). For this light both dews and shines from above, and makes things to become in most piercing brightness.

All the servants of the Lord bless the Lord (Ps 133:1), not having stepped far from Him but approaching Him through wisdom. Therefore they have stood in the court of the Lord, firmly established in Him. And they have stood in the courts of our God. The courts of God are where those who fear Him stand, the God-breathed writings and the doctrines of truth.

Greek · §231

ἐν ταῖς τρυμαλίαις τῶν πετρῶν οἱ ἀποστελλόμενοι ὑπὸ κυρίου ἁλιεῖς καὶ θηρευταί, ω ν σύμβολον φέρουσιν οἱ τὴν κώμην τῶν θηρευτῶν οἰκοῦντες ̓Ανδρέας Πέτρος Φίλιππος· ου τοι γὰρ πάντες τὴν Βηθσαϊδὰ οἰκοῦσι μεταλαμβανομένην εἰς τὸ οι κος θηρευτῶν. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς Σιὼν τοὺς ἱερέας ἐνδύσω σωτηρίαν. σωτηρία δὲ πάντων ὁ Χριστὸς ἐληλυθὼς ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός. πρὸς δὲ τῷ ει ναι σωτηρία καὶ ε νδυμά ἐστι, περὶ ου γέγραπται ̓Αγαλλιάσθω ἡ ψυχή μου, ο τι ἐνέδυσάς με ἱμάτιον σωτηρίου, ἀγαλλιωμένων καὶ τῶν ὁσίων αὐτοῦ ἀγαλλιάσει θείᾳ. ̓Εκεῖ ἐν τῇ Σιὼν ἀνατελῶ κέρας τῷ ∆αυίδ. τοῦτο τὸ κέρας τῆς βασιλείας ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἀνατέλλεται ἐν οι κῳ ∆αυὶδ κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ δικαίου Ηγειρε κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἐν οι κῳ ∆αυίδ. ἡτοίμασε δὲ τούτῳ τῷ κέρατι Χριστῷ τυγχάνοντι λύχνον ὁ πατὴρ προτρέχοντα τῆς ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ θεῖον νόμον, περὶ ου γέγραπται Λύχνος τοῖς ποσί μου ὁ νόμος σου καὶ φῶς ταῖς τρίβοις μου. η καὶ ὁ ̓Ιωάννης, μέχρις ου ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται, λύχνος ἐστὶν ἑτοιμαζόμενος τῷ χριστῷ ἑαυτοῦ, περὶ ου ὁ σωτὴρ ̓Εκεῖνος η ν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων ου ἠθελήσατε πρὸς ω ραν ἀγαλλιαθῆναι τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ. Τούτων θεολογουμένων περὶ τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ αἰσχύνην ἐνδύσονται, θέλοντες, εἰ ἐγένοντο πυρίκαυστοι, Οτι παιδίον ἐγεννήθη, υἱὸς καὶ ἐδόθη ἡμῖν, ου ἡ ἀρχὴ ἐπὶ τοῦ ω μου αὐτοῦ, αἰσχύνην πλείονα ὀφλισκάνοντες, ο τι τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς α λλοις ἀνθρώποις ἀσπαζόμενος οὐκ ε χει τὸν ὑπεραναβεβηκότα βίον. διὸ καὶ ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἐξανθήσει τὸ ἁγίασμα αὐτοῦ, περὶ ου φησιν ἐν ̔Ησαΐᾳ Καὶ α νθος ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης ἀναβήσεται, ῳ ἀκολούθως τὰ α νθη τῆς γῆς ω φθη ἐν τῇ γῇ ἡμῶν τὸ ει ναι α νθη τοιαῦτα εἰληφότα πρὸς τοῦ ἐξανθουμένου ὑπὸ κυρίου ἁγιάσματος. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ἐξανθοῦν ἁγιάζει τοὺς προσπελάζοντας αὐτῷ, αὐτὸ ο ν τὸ α γιον τοῦ θεοῦ α μα καὶ α νθος, ω στ' α ν εἰπεῖν ̓Εγὼ α νθος τοῦ πεδίου κρίνον τῶν κοιλάδων. ἐπὰν ου ν αὐτὰ ποιῇ τὸ α νθος καὶ τὸ κρίνον τοῦ πεδίου καὶ τῶν κοιλάδων, εἰκότως ὀφθήσεται τὰ α νθη ἐν τῇ γῇ ἡμῶν, ἐξανατείλαντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἁγίασμα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῷ πεφωτισμένους καὶ νεάζοντας ει ναι ἐπὶ τὴν μακαρίαν καὶ πνευματικὴν ἑορτήν. 1187 Ps 132,2 ̔Ο πώγων σύμβολον ἀνδρικῆς ἡλικίας. καταβαίνει δὲ τὸ μύρον ἀπὸ τοῦ πώγωνος τοῦ ̓Ααρὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ῳ αν τοῦ ἐνδύματος αὐτοῦ. ὁ ̓Ααρὼν πρόσωπον ε χει τῆς κατὰ σκιὰν ἱερωσύνης. ταύτης ἡ κεφαλὴ ἡ πρωτότυπος καὶ ἀληθῶς ἱερωσύνη πεπλήρωται θείου μύρου τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὀνόματος, περὶ ου ει ρηται Μύρον ο νομά σου. κάτεισι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ μύρον ἐπὶ τὸν πώγωνα ἑκάστου τῶν δυναμένων εἰπεῖν μετὰ τὸ ὑπερβεβηκέναι τὴν σκιὰν Οτι γέγονα ἀνήρ, κατήργη κατὰ τοῦ νηπίου. γίνεται δέ τις ἀνὴρ τοιοῦτος μιμητὴς γεγονὼς ἐκείνου, περὶ ου γέγραπται ̓Ιδοὺ ἀνήρ, ̓Ανατολὴ ο νομα αὐτῷ, καὶ ̓Οπίσω μου ε ρχεταιἀνὴρ ο ς ε μπροσθέν μου 250 γέγονεν. Ομως δὲ εἰ καὶ καταβαίνει τὸ μύρον ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ ̓Ααρών, οὐκ ἐπὶ τυχόντα πώγωνα ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀρχιερατικὸν κάτεισιν, ἐκεῖθεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ῳ αν τοῦ ἀρχιερατικοῦ ἐνδύματος. ε νδυμα δὲ ἀρχιερατικὸν ου τύπον ε φερεν ὁ χιτὼν τοῦ ̓Ααρὼν τὸ κυριακόν ἐστι σῶμα, πνεύματος ἁγίου γεννήσαντος αὐτὸ κατὰ τὸ λεχθὲν περὶ τῆς παρθένου Τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου. 1188 Ps 132,3 Ορη δὲ Σιὼν νοήσεις τῆς θείας καὶ καθολικῆς ἐκκλησίας η τοι τὰ ὑψηλὰ δόγματα τῆς ἀληθείας η οἱ διάρματι ψυχῆς τὸ ει ναι τῆς Σιὼν ο ρη ἀπειληφότες. κάτεισι δ' ἐπὶ ταῦτα τὰ ο ρη πνευματικὴ δρόσος, περὶ η ς Μωυσῆς Καὶ καταβήτω ὡς δρόσος τὰ ῥήματά μου, καὶ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ ̔Η γὰρ δρόσος ἡ παρὰ σοῦ ι αμα αὐτῆς ἐστιν. ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς δρόσου ου σης οὐρανίου ἡ κατοικία τῶν εὐλογουμένων ε σται ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. Αυ τη δὲ ἡ πνευματικὴ δρόσος οὐκ ἐκ τῶν τυχόντων νεφῶν κάτεισιν, ἀλλ' ἀπὸ τοῦ μετεώρου φωτὸς τοῦ λέγοντος ̓Εγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ φῶς καὶ δροσίζει καὶ μετεωρίζει καὶ ἐν ἀκραιφνεστάτῃ λαμπρότητι γενέσθαι ποιεῖ. 1189 Ps 133,1 Πάντες οἱ δοῦλοι κυρίου εὐλογοῦσι τὸν κύριον, οὐ μακρὰν αὐτοῦ βεβηκότες ἀλλὰ συνεγγίζοντες αὐτῷ τῷ φρονήματι. διὸ καὶ ἑστήκασιν ἐν οι κῳ κυρίου, βεβαίως ἐν αὐτῷ ἱδρυμένοι. ἑστήκασι δὲ καὶ ἐν αὐλαῖς οι κου θεοῦ ἡμῶν. αὐλαὶ δὲ θεοῦ ἐν αι ς ἑστήκασιν οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτὸν αἱ θεόπνευστοι γραφαὶ καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τὰ δόγματα. 1190 Ps 134 αργ Μετὰ τὸ πληρωθῆναι τὰς τῶν

The Nature of God and Divine Participation§232

232It is not a temple for those ascending into it to follow the songs of the ascents and praise God joyfully. Therefore also 'Alleluia' is written upon the psalm, the superscription signifying that the living God must be hymned (Ps 134:1-3).

How will it not be that all those having ascended the ascents with songs and hymns will stand in the house of the Lord with right thought and unassailable practice, being His servants in the house of the Lord, and hymning Him in the courts of our God? But the courts of God are the old and new Scriptures, the theologies according to their parts, or the many dwellings in the Father's house through His promises. And to praise first according to the introductions His name, so that they might serve the Lord and serve Him sincerely.

Regarding allegory, if there are certain spiritual clouds, they signify a mental and invisible rain flowing. And these rise from the end of the earth, since the Gospel does not call those from great, rich, philosophical, oratory rulers, but from men thought to be the lowest, the unlettered and the laypeople. But He has also made the bright flashes of theories and the justices into a rain, to enlighten and to water those asking for these things in harmony with what is set forth. And He brings forth winds from their treasuries, which some signify better breaths and intellectual, transcendent natures.

This memorial is from the former generation of the Hebrews as a generation of the calling of the Gentiles, concerning which it is written, 'The coming generation shall declare to the Lord' (Ps 134:13b-14). And these things shall remain, as God has mercy on His people and calls upon His servants. For having heard the intercession and appeal of His servants on behalf of the people and themselves,. Therefore also He has mercy on His people.

According to an upward leading, if in Israel there are those perceptive and seeing God with a pure heart, and in Aaron those who serve Him perfectly and priestly-wise continually, not day by day (Ps 134:19-21); and with these, the Levites are inferior to the sacred things, those being in the temple and the services being imposed in the...

Those who perform the service of the 251st God Psalm 135 will not be newcomers to God, being brought into justice; and all those from foreign nations are added by the fear of the Lord. However, even if all bless, not each one will do this according to the proportion of power.

But those previously mentioned do not merely bless, but he is also blessed, not from a chance place but from the heavenly Zion, dwelling in the city of God, who gives the heavenly Jerusalem and the church which has no house or wrinkle, unlike Jerusalem, to see the peace which Jesus gives, saying, 'My peace I give to you' (John 14:27). But even if he is blessed in Zion by another thought, God is not thus in it and from it. Let these things also be said concerning the soul through knowledge and perfect virtue, being called Zion and Jerusalem.

The present psalm, being called forth for thanksgiving, commands to confess to the Lord, who does much in kindness and goodness (Ps 135:1-3). Therefore, in every verse, a hymn-like phrase is selected: 'For his mercy is unto the ages.' For since he neither ever has mercy nor ever does not, but always has mercy, it is fitting that those who hymn say, 'For his mercy is unto the ages.'

Of what gods is he, concerning whom it is said? If he is not God to them, then the Word of God did not become toward them according to the scripture saying, 'I am God' (John 8:58). For this one truly it is fitting to be called God; so do not worry even about those who are called gods around Abraham (Exodus 3:6; 'God of Abraham, and God of Isaac, and God of Jacob'; for this one truly it is fitting to be called God). According to this, the meaning of divinity and angels and divine powers is said to be 'gods,' as the apostle says, 'As there are many gods and many lords in heaven and on earth' (1 Cor 8:6), so all those called gods with the Trinity are such by participation of divinity.

But the Savior is not thus, but is God by essence; therefore he makes gods of those who partake of him. He has been said to be the only-begotten God; for he himself alone is the true God from the true God, being God according to the same nature as the Father, being consubstantial with the one who begets him.

Greek · §232

ἀναβαθμῶν ᾠδὰς ἀκόλουθον η ν τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν ναὸν ἀναβάντας αἰνέσαι χαριστηρίως τὸν θεὸν ου ναός ἐστι. διὸ καὶ ̓Αλληλούϊα ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐπιγέγραπται, σημαινούσης τῆς προγραφῆς τὸ δεῖν ὑμνεῖσθαι τὸν ο ντα θεόν. 1191 Ps 134,1–3 Πῶς δὲ οὐκ ε μελλον οὐ πάντας τοὺς ἀναβαθμοὺς μετ' ᾠδῶν καὶ υ μνων ἀναβεβηκότες ἐν οι κῳ κυρίου ἑστάναι ὀρθῷ νοήματι καὶ πράξει ἀνεπιλήπτῳ ἐν τῷ οι κῳ κυρίου ο ντας αὐτοῦ δούλους καὶ ὑμνεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς οι κου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν; αὐλαὶ δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ παλαιαὶ καὶ νέαι γραφαὶ η κατὰ μέρος θεολογίαι η αἱ ἐν ἐπαγγελίαις ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς μοναὶ πλείονες. καὶ αἰνεῖν μὲν πρότερον κατὰ τὰς εἰσαγωγὰς τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ, ει τ' αὐτὸν τὸν κύριον τῷ θεραπεύειν αὐτὸν καὶ γνησίως δουλεύειν αὐτῷ. 1192 Ps 134,7 Καὶ πρὸς ἀλληγορίαν δὲ ει εν α ν τινες πνευματικαὶ νεφέλαι, νοητὸν καὶ ἀόρατον ὑετὸν ῥέουσαι. καὶ αυ ται ἐξ ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς ἀνάγονται, ἐπεὶ μὴ ἐκ μεγάλων ἀρχόντων πλουσίων φιλοσόφων ῥητόρων ἀλλ' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τὰ ε σχατα νενοημένων, ου ς φιλον * ἀγραμμάτους καὶ ἰδιώτας καλεῖν ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἀστραπὰς τὰς φωτεινὰς θεωρίας καὶ τὰς δικαιοσύνας εἰς ὑετὸν πεποίηκεν ἐπὶ τῷ φωτίζειν α μα καὶ ποτίζειν τὰ τούτων δεόμενα καταλλήλως τοῖς προκειμένοις. καὶ ἀνέμους ἐξάγει ἐκ θησαυρῶν αὐτῶν, οι τινες πνόας κρείττους σημαίνουσι καὶ λογικὰς ὑπεραναβεβηκυίας φύσεις. 1193 Ps 134,13b.14 Τοῦτο τὸ μνημόσυνον ἀπὸ τῆς προτέρας γενεᾶς τῆς τῶν ̔Εβραίων ε ως γενεᾶς τῆς κλήσεως τῶν ἐθνῶν, περὶ η ς γέγραπται ̓Αναγγελήσεται τῷ κυρίῳ γενεὰ ἡ ἐρχομένη. διαμενεῖ δὲ ταῦτα, οἰκτείροντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ παρακαλουμένου ἐν τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ. ἐπινεύσας γὰρ τῇ πρεσβείᾳ καὶ παρακλήσει τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ ἑαυτῶν ἀναπεμπομένῃ παρεκλήθη, τουτέστι προσήκατο τὴν παράκλησιν. διὸ καὶ ῳ κτειρε τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ. 1194 Ps 134,19–21 Κατὰ δὲ ἀναγωγὴν ει εν μὲν οι κος ̓Ισραὴλ οἱ διορατικοὶ καὶ καθαρᾷ καρδία τὸν θεὸν ὀψόμενοι, οι κος δὲ ̓Ααρὼν οἱ τελείως καὶ ἱερατικῶς θεραπεύοντες αὐτὸν διηνεκῶς ἀλλ' οὐχ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν· καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὁ τοῦ Λευὶ οι κος ὑποδεέστεροι τῶν ἱερῶν, ο μως δὲ ο ντες ἐν τῷ ναῷ καὶ τὰς ἐπιβαλλούσας ὑπηρεσίας ἐν τῷ οι κῳ τοῦ 251 θεοῦ ἐπιτελοῦντες, ου ς νεωκόρους τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δίκῃ προσαγορεύσειέ τις· ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ οἱ ἐξ ἀλλογενῶν ἐθνῶν οι φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου προστιθέμενοι. Ομως εἰ καὶ πάντες εὐλογοῦσιν, ἀλλ' ου ν ε καστος κατὰ τὴν τῆς δυνάμεως ἀναλογίαν τοῦτο ποιήσει. Ον δὲ εὐλογοῦσιν οἱ προειρημένοι, οὐκ αὐτὸ μόνον εὐλογούμενος ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐλόγητός ἐστιν, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς τυχούσης ἀλλ' ἐκ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σιών, κατοικῶν τὴν πόλιν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ δόντος τὴν ἐπουράνιον ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν μὴ ε χουσαν σπίλον η ῥυτίδα η τι τῶν τοιούτων ου σαν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ τῷ ὁρᾶν τὴν εἰρήνην η ν ̓Ιησοῦς δίδωσι λέγων Εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν. ̓Αλλ' εἰ καὶ κατ' α λλην ἐπίνοιαν ἐν Σιών ἐστιν εὐλόγητος, καὶ ου τως ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς ὁ θεός ἐστι. λεχθείη δ' α ν ταῦτα καὶ περὶ ψυχῆς δι' ἐπιστήμην καὶ τελείαν ἀρετὴν Σιὼν καὶ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ καλουμένης. 1195 Ps 135,1–3 Καὶ ὁ παρὼν ψαλμὸς εἰς εὐχαριστίαν προκαλούμενος προστάττει ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τῷ κυρίῳ χρηστότητι καὶ ἀγαθότητι πολλῇ ποιοῦντι. διὸ καὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστου στίχου τρόπῳ ἐφυμνίου ἐπιλέγεται Οτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οὐ ποτὲ μὲν ἐλεεῖ, ποτὲ δὲ ου , ἀλλ' ἀεὶ ἐλεεῖ, εἰκότως οἱ ἐφυμνοῦντες λέγουσιν Οτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ. Τίνων δὲ θεῶν θεός ἐστιν η ἐκείνων περὶ ω ν ει ρηται; εἰ ου ν ἐκείνους θεοὺς ει πε πρὸς ου ς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο κατὰ τὴν λέγουσαν γραφὴν ̓Εγὼ ει πα Θεοί ἐστε τοῦτον γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀληθῶς ἁρμόζει θεὸν λέγεσθαι, ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν ̓Αβραὰμ ου τω θεῶν ο ντων (θεὸς ἀναγέγραπται φάσκων ̓Εγὼ θεὸς ̓Αβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς ̓Ισαὰκ καὶ θεὸς ̓Ιακώβ· τοῦτον γὰαὐτὸν ἀληθῶς ἁρμόζει θεὸν λέγεσθαι), κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον τῆς θεότητος καὶ α γγελοι καὶ θεῖαι δυνάμεις ῥηθεῖεν α ν θεοί, ῃ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος Ωσπερ εἰσὶ θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοὶ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τῷ πάντας τοὺς λεγομένους μετὰ τὴν τριάδα θεοὺς μετουσίᾳ θεότητος ει ναι τοιούτους. ἀλλ' ὁ σωτὴρ οὐχ ου τως ἀλλ' ω ν κατ' οὐσίαν θεός· διὸ ποιεῖ θεοὺς τοὺς μετέχοντας αὐτοῦ. μονογενὴς ει ρηται θεός· μόνος γὰρ αὐτὸς ἀληθινὸς θεὸς ἐξ ἀληθινοῦ θεοῦ τυγχάνει, κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ πατρὶ θεὸς ω ν τῷ ὁμοούσιος τῷ γεννήσαντι ει ναι. Πρὸς τῷ δὲ

The Allegorical Exodus and the Sea of Passions§233

233If he is God of gods and Lord of lords, he is of those in heaven and on earth having a relationship to the holy principalities and powers and lordships (Ps 135:4–6). For it was written that he alone does wonderful things; for the Father, remaining in the Son, does the works. But also, while making the heavens in understanding and strengthening the earth upon the water, it must be confessed again. And what is set forth agrees: God in wisdom founded the earth, and prepared the heavens in prudence. Understanding and prudence are through which the heavens are prepared and strengthened; who is like the wisdom through which all things came to be, concerning which the theologian says Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God. For also those bearing the image of the heavenly become intelligibles, being heavens. Such things are prepared in the revealed understanding and prudence of God. And the earth is strengthened upon the water, receiving the seed cast under Jesus in order to bear fruit. For in the flowing and temporary things of life, they allegorically strengthen and provide firmness upon the water to bear fruit most fully (Ps 135:7–9).

Having made great lights alone, by saying: 'Let there be lights in the expanse of the heaven'; he arranged the sun for the dominion of the day and the moon and the stars for the dominion of the night, just as it is said in the creation to have become the sun for the beginnings of the day and the moon for the beginnings of the night and the stars. And these things contribute not a little to us for the order of life and for life itself: the elements nourishing fruits, without which one cannot live; showing us seasons, marking hours, representing the courses of day and night, guiding the travelers of earth and sea, providing ten thousand other uses. If you see how unto the age is his mercy (Ps 135:10–12). And towards diani-

Regarding what belongs to the tropical Egypt while the world exists around the earth, these things, appearing to be firstborn, are struck down by God for the benefit of Israel. For when these are struck down, the mind seeing God is led out from it by God. And God leads Israel out from the middle of the allegorically called Egypt through His word and His wisdom, which is named His arm and His mighty hand. And these things are said concerning Christ, since according to the Epistle of Jude, Jesus is the one who saved the people out of Egypt. A mighty hand and a high arm should be said to express His paradoxical energy and power.

God divided the Red Sea into not one division but into many, so that it might be driven out from the middle of it by God, while Israel walked as on dry land (Ps 135:13–15). It is given into twelve divisions according to the twelve ways, so that each tribe of Israel might have its own passage to pass through.

And these things are indeed according to the literal sense; but for the intellect, the life of man is often like a sea placed before us, filled with waves and much saltiness and turbulence, yet the word of God provides us a way through, rising up and piercing the storms laid upon us from passions, so that we might have a way through once the moisture of all those passions has been dried up by God, while the intelligible Pharaoh and all that from demons and unclean spirits are being sunk in it, his power being fulfilled as if he were scattering them like the most worthless dust into the sea of God.

Happening to be deceived by those prepared in a sophistical manner, since the Amorites are interpreted as those who provoke and the king of them, Sihon, as a temptation or an incitement (Ps 135:17–22), and since it was necessary to provoke others and to act as those who speak through sophistry...

Greek · §233

ει ναι θεὸς θεῶν καὶ κύριος τῶν κυρίων ἐστὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς συγγένειαν ἐχόντων πρὸς τὰς ἁγίας ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ κυριότητας. 1196 Ps 135,4–6 Μόνος γὰρ ποιεῖν θαυμάσια ἀνεγράφη· μένων γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ ποιεῖ τὰ ε ργα. ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιοῦντι τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἐν συνέσει καὶ στερεοῦντι τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τὸ υ δωρ πάλιν ἀνθομολογητέον. συνᾴδει δὲ τοῖς προκειμένοις τὸ ̔Ο θεὸς ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ ἐθεμελίωσε τὴν γῆν, ἡτοίμασε δὲ οὐρανοὺς ἐν φρονήσει. σύνεσις καὶ φρόνησις δι' η ς ἑτοιμάζονται καὶ στερεοῦνται οἱ οὐρανοί, τίς α ν α λλη ει η η σοφία τοῦ ∆ι' η ς πάντα γεγένηται, περὶ η ς ὁ θεολόγος φησὶ Χριστὸς θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ θεοῦ σοφία. ̓Αλλὰ γὰρ καὶ οἱ φοροῦντες τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου νοητῶς οὐρανοὶ ο ντες γίνονται. ἑτοιμάζονται τοιοῦτοι ἐν τῇ προδεδηλωμένῃ συνέσει τε καὶ φρονήσει θεοῦ. καὶ ἡ γῆ στερεοῦται ἐπὶ τὸ υ δωρ ἡ τὸν ὑπὸ ̓Ιησοῦ βαλλόμενον σπόρον πρὸς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι δεξαμένη. ἐν τοῖς ῥευστοῖς γὰρ καὶ προσκαίροις τοῦ βίου πράγμασιν υ δατι ἀλληγορικῶς ε τι διατριβούσας στερέωσιν καὶ εὐτονίαν ε σχεν ἐπὶ τῷ πληρέστατα καρποφορῆσαι. 1197 Ps 135,7–9 Φῶτα μεγάλα μόνος ποιήσας διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν Γενηθήτωσαν φωστῆρες ἐν τῷ στερεώματι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· εἰς ἐξουσίαν τῆς ἡμέρας τὸν η λιον καὶ εἰς ἐξουσίαν τῆς νυκτὸς τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας ε ταξεν, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῇ κοσμοποιΐᾳ ει ρηται γεγονέναι τὸν η λιον εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὴν σελήνην εἰς ἀρχὰς τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας. Οὐ μικρὸν δὲ ἡμῖν εἰς εὐταξίαν ζωῆς καὶ εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν ζωὴν ταῦτα συντελεῖται τὰ στοιχεῖα τρέφοντα καρποὺς πεπαίνοντα, ω ν α νευ ζῆσαι οὐκ ε νι, καιροὺς ἡμῖν δεικνῦντα, ω ρας 252 χαρακτηρίζοντα, δρόμους ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς εἰκάζοντα, ὁδοιπόρους γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ὁδηγοῦντα, μυρίαν ἑτέραν χρείαν παρεχόμενα. ει δες πῶς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ε λεος αὐτοῦ. 1198 Ps 135,10–12 Καὶ πρὸς διάνοιαν δὲ Αἰγύπτου τροπικῶς τοῦ περὶ γῆν κόσμου ὑπάρχοντος, τὰ ταύτης δοκοῦντα πρωτότοκα ἐπ' εὐεργεσίᾳ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ ὑπὸ θεοῦ πατάσσεται. παταχθέντων γὰρ τούτων ὁ θεὸν ὁρῶν νοῦς ε ξω αὐτῆς γίνεται ὑπὸ θεοῦ ποδηγούμενος. ἐξάγει δὲ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ὁ θεὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ μεσαιτάτου τῆς ἀλληγορικῆς Αἰγύπτου καλουμένης τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, βραχίονος καὶ κραταιᾶς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὀνομαζομένης. καὶ περὶ Χριστοῦ δὲ ῥηθείη ταῦτα, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ̓Ιούδα ὁ τὸν λαὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου σώσας ̓Ιησοῦς ἐστι. κραταιὰν δὲ χεῖρα καὶ ὑψηλὸν βραχίονα ῥητέον τὴν παραδοξοποιὸν ἐνέργειαν καὶ δύναμιν αὐτοῦ. 1199 Ps 135,13–15 Οὐκ εἰς μίαν διαίρεσιν ἀλλ' εἰς πλείονας καταδιεῖλεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν ̓Ισραὴλ ὡς ἐπὶ ξηρᾶς βαδίζοντα ἐξαχθῆναι ἐκ μέσου αὐτῆς ὑπὸ θεοῦ. παραδέδοται δὲ εἰς δώδεκα διαιρέσεις ἐπὶ τῷ δώδεκα διόδους ει ναι, ο πως ἑκάστη τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ φυλὴ ἰδίαν διάβασιν ε χουσα διέλθοι. 1200 Ps 135,13–15 Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν κατὰ τὸ ῥητόν· πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίος πολλάκις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ε μπροσθεν ει ρηται θάλασσα, η νπερ κυμάτων καὶ πολλῆς ἁλμυρότητος καὶ ταραχῆς πεπληρωμένην διοδεύσιμον ἡμῖν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος παρέχει, ἀναστελλόμενος καὶ διϊστῶν τὰς ἐκ παθῶν ἐπιθεμένας τρικυμίας ἐπὶ τῷ, ἀναξηρανθέντων τῶν παθῶν πάσης τῆς ὑγρότητος αὐτῶν ὑπὸ θεοῦ κωλυομένης, διοδεύσιμον ἡμῖν γενέσθαι, καταποντιζομένων ἐν αὐτῇ τοῦ νοητοῦ Φαραὼ καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐκ δαιμόνων καὶ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, συμπληρουμένης δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ ω σπερ εὐτελεστάτην κόνιν ἐκτινάσσοντος αὐτοὺς εἰς αὐτὴν τοῦ θεοῦ. 1201 Ps 135,17–22 Τυγχάνοντας περὶ τὸ ἀπατᾶν δεινοὺς τῷ σοφιστικῶς παρεσκευᾶσθαι, ἐπεὶ ̓Αμορραῖοι ἑρμηνεύονται λαλητοὶ η τοι παραπικραίνοντες καὶ ὁ τούτων βασιλεὺς Σηὼν πειρασμὸς η παροργισμός, τίνας δὲ α λλους παραπικραίνοντας καὶ λαλητοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι ἐχρῆν η τοὺς διὰ σοφιστικῶν

The Prayer of the Just and the Glory of God§234

234Are they undermining the words, those enemies of the truth, intending to speak and to shout in order to deceive, to test and to provoke, having such a purpose?

But also, since Babylon is interpreted as a symbol of that which brings shame upon those doing evil, accordingly the king of this Babylon will be struck and killed along with the king of Zion among the Amorites, so that the land may be given to Israel. They ruled it badly through sophistry and through a wearying life, meddling in the nature of things and appearing to rule it; but their interpreted land being taken away, it is given as a possession to Israel to inherit it, becoming a true servant of the cause of all things. (Ps 135:23-24: And when we were brought low through misfortune, he remembers us and redeems us.)

Let my confession be upon your mercy and your truth, since, having been often shown mercy and having seen the truth which was enlightened in me by you, I was rescued from all evil and from its related deception, you providing remission of sins through your mercy and keeping me from all wandering through your truth. (Ps 137:2: Let my confession be upon your mercy and your truth...)

But since you have magnified the word given to me by you, depending on it through your presence as if it were your own wealth, I will worship toward your holy temple and I will confess your name, giving thanks that your word is being magnified in me; for then it is magnified in me, and since I am progressing by it, I hasten toward its perfection. (Ps 137:2d: Another scripture is brought forth saying, 'That you have magnified your holy name above all.')

When is this fulfilled? When every knee shall bow in the name of Jesus, both heavenly and earthly and under the earth, every tongue confessing what the Lord Jesus Christ is, to the glory of God the Father, announcing to his brothers who have come to be the Son's likeness the greatness of the Father's presence; for he has not come alone in the name of the Father, so that the holy name of God might be magnified above all. We learn to say in prayer, 'Hallowed be your name.' But just as the hallowed name of God does not become holy from something profane, but is shown to be such, it is not magnified by increase as...

To become great from something small, but with his greatness being made manifest. The one who prays unceasingly and performs this by spirit and mind: 'I will pray, saying, by spirit, and I will pray also by the mind,' having God as a listener on each day, concerning whom it has been written, 'and the ears of the Lord are toward the righteous, and to their supplication' (Ps 137:3). For one possesses God as a guardian who does not delay nor despise him, but watches over him in his provident power.

Because of setting the mind on earthly things and seeking the lower and temporal things, making a profit, the peoples of the earth—about which the prophecy says here—the reason for wanting all the words of your mouth that you spoke in the law and in the prophets concerning their calling is this: for even if they are not hearers of your oracles, it is not by their power that their faith was foreknown. Therefore also I desire to reach them with diligent and musical recitation in your ways, namely, the Scriptures, so that one traveling through them by continuous study and reading might diligently proclaim the meanings from them. And if someone speaks of the virtuous ways of the Lord, and someone traveling diligently through these ways sings triumphal hymns against the wickedness that of old was working in them; if someone diligently speaks the word of virtuous activity concerning each of the ways of the Lord, having sent forth a diligent voice through the actions according to them.

All these things shall be made perfect, since also the glory of the Lord which performs these things is great, concerning which it is said toward Jerusalem: 'And the glory of the Lord has risen upon you, and all flesh shall see the salvation of our God' (Ps 137:4-5), since the glory of the Lord shall be seen. And who then is this, the savior, being a radiance of the glory of God and a character of his substance? It is brought here instead of 'Peoples' as 'Kings': 'Let all the kings of the earth confess to you, O Lord' (Ps 137:6). And both expressions have harmony with the concept of being called to reign, the peoples confessing to the Lord being set as a royal priesthood and a holy nation (Ex 19:6); and toward some of them it is written, 'And you have reigned, so that we also may reign with you' (2 Sam 5:11).

Greek · §234

λόγων παραπικραίνοντας τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας ἐχθροὺς καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πρὸς τὸ ἀπατᾶν παρασκευῇ λαλεῖσθαι καὶ βεβοῆσθαι θέλοντας καὶ πειράζειν καὶ παροργίζειν σκοπὸν ε χοντας; ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἐπεὶ Βασὰν αἰσχύνη ἑρμηνεύεται σύμβολον ου σα τῆς καταισχυνούσης τοὺς πράττοντας κακίας, ἀκολούθως καὶ ὁ ταύτης βασιλεὺς Ωγ σὺν τῷ Σηὼν βασιλεῖ τῶν ̓Αμορραίων πατάσσεται καὶ ἀποκταίνεται, ο πως δοθῇ τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ ἡ γῆ αὐτῶν, η ν κακῶς ἐκράτουν σοφιστικῶς καὶ μετὰ μοχθηρᾶς ε ξεως περὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων διατρίβοντες φύσιν δοκοῦντες βασιλεύειν αὐτῆς· ἀλλὰ ἀφαιρεθεῖσα αὐτῶν ἡ ἑρμηνευομένη γῆ αὐτῶν εἰς κατάσχεσιν τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ δίδοται ἐπὶ τῷ κληρονομεῖν αὐτήν, δοῦλος γνήσιος τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου τυγχάνων. 1202 Ps 135,23.24 Καὶ ταπεινωθέντων δὲ ἡμῶν δι' ἀτυφίαν, μνημονεύει ἡμῶν καὶ λυτροῦται ἡμᾶς. 1203 Ps 137,2 Γίνεταί μοι ἡ ἐξομολόγησις ἐπὶ τῷ ἐλέει σου καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου, ἐπείπερ πολλάκις ἐλεηθεὶς καὶ θεωρήσας τὴν φωτισθεῖσάν μοι παρὰ σοῦ ἀλήθειαν ἐρρύσθην πάσης κακίας καὶ τῆς συγγενοῦς αὐτῆς ἀπάτης, τοῦ ἐλέους σου α φεσίν μοι ἁμαρτημάτων παρέχοντος, τῆς δὲ ἀληθείας σου ἐκτός με πλάνης πάσης ποιούσης. ἀλλ' ἐπείπερ τὸ δοθέν μοι παρὰ σοῦ λόγιον ἐμεγάλυνας ἐξαρτήσας αὐτὸ τῆς σῆς προσηγορίας ὡς σὸν χρηματίσαι λόγιον, προσκυνήσω πρὸς ναὸν τὸν α γιόν σου καὶ ἐξομολογήσομαι τῷ ὀνόματί σου, χάριν ὁμολογῶν ἐπὶ τῷ μεγαλύνεσθαί μοι τὸ λόγιόν σου· τότε γὰρ μεγαλύνεταί μοι, ο ταν προκόπτων κατ' αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τὸ τελειωθῆναι ἐπείγομαι. 1204 Ps 137,2δ Φέρεται καὶ ἑτέρα γραφὴ λέγουσα Οτι ἐμεγάλυνας ἐπὶ πάντας τὸ ο νομα τὸ α γιόν σου. πότε δὲ πληροῦται τοῦτο, η ο ταν ἐν 253 τῷ ὀνόματι ̓Ιησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, πάσης γλώσσης ἐξομολογουμένης ο τι κύριος ̓Ιησοῦς Χριστὸς εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός, ἀπαγγέλλοντος τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸ τηνικαῦτα τὴν πατρὸς προσηγορίαν τοῖς γεναμένοις αὐτοῦ ἀδελφοῖς· μόνος γὰρ ου τος ἐλήλυθεν ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός, ι να μεγαλυνθῇ ἐπὶ πάντας τὸ ο νομα τὸ α γιον τοῦ θεοῦ. Μανθάνομεν λέγειν ἐν εὐχῇ ̔Αγιασθήτω τὸ ο νομά σου. ω σπερ δὲ τὸ ἁγιαζόμενον ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἐκ βεβήλου α γιον γίνεται ἀλλ' ἀποδεικνύμενον τοιοῦτον τυγχάνει, ου τως οὐ κατ' αυ ξησιν μεγαλύνεται ὡς ἐκ μικροῦ μέγα γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ φανερουμένης τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτοῦ. 1205 Ps 137,3 ̔Ο ἀδιαλήπτως προσευχόμενος καὶ τοῦτο ἐνεργῶν πνεύματι καὶ νῷ, Προσεύξομαι, λέγων, πνεύματι, προσεύξομαι δὲ καὶ τῷ νοΐ, ἐφ' ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ε χει θεὸν ὑπακούοντα, ὑπὲρ ου γέγραπται Εὐχαῖς δὲ δικαίων ὑπακούει, καὶ ̓Οφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίοις καὶ ω τα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν. Ευ χεται δὲ θεὸν ε χειν κηδεμόνα οὐκ ὀλιγωροῦντα οὐδὲ καταφρονοῦντα αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ πολυωροῦντα αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ προνοητικῇ αὐτοῦ δυνάμει. 1206 Ps 137,4.5 ∆ιὰ τὸ φρονεῖν τὰ ἐπίγεια καὶ ζητεῖν τὰ κάτω καὶ πρόσκαιρα χρηματίζοντες Λαοὶ τῆς γῆς, περὶ ω ν ἡ προφητεία ἐνταῦθά φησιν τὴν δ' αἰτίαν τοῦ θέλειν με αὐτοὺς πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματός σου α ἐλάλησας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τοῖς προφήταις περὶ τῆς κλήσεως αὐτῶν–εἰ γὰρ καὶ μὴ ἀκροαταὶ τῶν σῶν λογίων εἰσίν, ἀλλ' ου ν δυνάμει ο σον ἐπὶ τῷ προεγνῶσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν πίστιν η κουσαν αὐτά. διὸ καὶ βούλομαι φθάσαι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τῷ ᾳ δειν ἐμμελῶς καὶ μουσικῶς ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς σου η τοι ταῖς γραφαῖς, α ς ὁδεύων τις διὰ μελέτης καὶ ε ξεως συνεχοῦς ᾳ δειν ἐν αὐταῖς ἀπαγγέλλων τὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν νοήσεις. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἀρετὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου λέγει τις, καὶ ταύτας τις ὁδεύων ᾳ δει ἐπινικίους ᾠδὰς κατὰ τῶν πάλαι τὴν κακίαν ἐνεργούντων ἐν αὐτοῖς. η ᾳ δει ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς κυρίου ὁ περὶ ἑκάστης ἐνεργείας ἐναρέτου λόγον ε χων ἀποδοῦναι, δι' αὐτῶν τῶν κατ' αὐτὰς πράξεων φωνὴν ἐμμελῆ ἀφιείς. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα κατορθωθήσεται, ἐπείπερ καὶ μεγάλη ἡ τελεσιουργοῦσα ταῦτα κυρίου δόξα, περὶ η ς λέγεται πρὸς τὴν ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ Καὶ ἡ δόξα κυρίου ἐπὶ σὲ ἀνατέταλκε, καὶ τὸ Οψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ἐπείπερ ὀφθήσεται ἡ δόξα κυρίου. τίς δ' α ν ει η αυ τη η ὁ σωτήρ, ἀπαύγασμα τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων; Φέρεται ἀντὶ τοῦ Λαοὶ Βασιλεῖς ου τως· ̓Εξομολογησάσθωσάν σοι, κύριε, πάντες οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς. καὶ συμφωνίαν γε ε χουσιν ἀμφότεραι αἱ λέξεις τῷ ἐπὶ τῷ βασιλεύειν κεκλῆσθαι τοὺς ἐξομολογουμένους τῷ κυρίῳ λαοὺς ἐσομένους βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα καὶ ε θνος α γιον· ο θεν καὶ πρός τινος αὐτῶν γράφεται Καὶ ο φελόν γε ἐβασιλεύσατε, ι να καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν συμβασιλεύσωμεν. 1207 Ps 137,6 Οὐ

The Inaccessibility of Divine Wisdom§235

235Not only concerning the Father, but also concerning the Son, these things are to be spoken, since He holds all things made through Him and they exist in Him, and above all things He is. Thus also the almighty rule is ordered upon Him, as in the prophet Zechariah (Zech 4:6). Even if the High Lord sees someone among the lowly, He is high to the heavenly and is of a nature that has ascended far above, but He does not only know these things from a distance as being far from Him by a change of existence.

In this way, the apostolic word is like it: 'Beloved, do not avenge yourselves, but give place to the wrath; for it is written, Vengeance is mine, I will repay, says the Lord' (Rom 12:19; Deut 32:35).' That is, do not hand us men over to invisible enemies intent on killing us. By which I press forward, striving to reach the prize of the high calling (Ps 138:7).

And it is nothing wonderful if He knew all things concerning me, He says (Ps 138:5); for knowing all things, He does not merely observe them, but also the beginnings and the ends of them, and the causes by which they came to be, and what will be about them after the cosmic variety. Having formed me with knowledge of all things, You placed Your hand upon me, which is said first. Having placed Your hand upon me, and having formed me from dust and clay as a man, it is as if a wise one said: 'Your hands made me and formed me,' and likewise, 'Remember what clay You formed me from.'

And it is also not so; having formed me, You were not satisfied with having made me, but You also placed Your hand upon me in order to improve and guard me and to lift me up by it. Therefore, let him who understands this gift and advises others be careful, saying, 'Humble yourselves under the mighty hand of God, so that He may lift you up in due time' (1 Pet 5:6), so that, being secured by it, you may not have any insolence or scheme occur. For no one snatches from the hand of the Father; for the invisible enemies only tear apart those who have been cast away from it. Having understood how You have knowledge of all things, I have come to a marvel. But even if, having understood, I marveled at Your knowledge, it is not that my will understands it on my behalf, having been made by You.

It has been strengthened so that I might not be able to reach it. This is consistent with what is in Ecclesiastes: 'I said, I will be wise, but wisdom has departed from me, and it was made far from me, beyond my reach; who can find it?' (Eccl 8:17). And also Paul left the same voices, saying: 'O the depth of the riches and the wisdom and the knowledge of God! How unsearchable are his judgments and untraceable are his ways!' (Rom 11:33). And he himself says this, since he is not able to reach the knowledge of God having been strengthened beyond him.

It is also possible for that which is near me to show that your wisdom, which is wonderful, was not revealed to me, because once it is strengthened, I will no longer be able to oppose or strike at it. And if even concerning the knowledge of God, the saint himself has words about it as one who is grasping it, discussing the things set forth, having visited it. Having theologized about the things concerning the foreknowledge of God, that He is, and has the knowledge and understanding of all things, he moves on to say that He is everywhere.

He indeed says toward the one being theologized about: 'If your spirit has filled the inhabited world, where shall I go from it? But since your face also observes and looks upon all things, where shall I flee from it? For ascending into heaven, with you present, I receive a vision; if I become in Hades, I see you present' (Ps 138:7-12). And if in heaven and in Hades your presence is known, and in the intermediate places it is evident that you are there; 'Do I not fill the heaven and the earth?' says the Lord, as the prophet says (Jer 23:24). But also in the sea itself, he manifests himself to those seeking him, as the following word presents.

Therefore also, one of the theologians says to one of those listening: 'And he shall know by intellect what God is in the heaven above and on the earth below, and there is nothing besides Him.' But He presents Himself everywhere, not locally dwelling, but creatively and providentially entering into all things. For he says concerning the only-begotten Word that all things consist in him; and if all things have been established in him, nothing of those established in him is left out from him. And we learn also from the things set forth the theologized Trinity. For the Holy Spirit, the Spirit of God, has often been demonstrated to be a person, his only-begotten Son being an image of him.

Greek · §235

περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς μόνου ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ ταῦτα λεκτέον κρατοῦντος πάντων τῶν δι' αὐτοῦ γεγενημένων καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ συνεστηκότων ω ν καὶ πρὸ πάντων ἐστίν· ο θεν καὶ ἐπ' αὐτοῦ τέτακται ἡ παντοκράτωρ προσηγορία ὡς ἐν Ζαχαρίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ. Εἰ καί τινα ου ν ἐν οι ς καθορᾷ ὁ ὑψηλὸς κύριος ταπεινοῖς ὑψηλά ἐστι τῷ οὐρανίῳ η καὶ ε τι ὑπεραναβεβηκυίας φύσεως ει ναι, ἀλλ' ου ν γε καὶ ταῦτα ἀπὸ μακρόθεν γινώσκει πόρρω αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντα τῇ τῆς ὑπάρξεως ἐξαλλαγῇ. 1208 Ps 137,8a Τούτῳ ο μοιον τὸ ἀποστολικὸν ε χον ου τως· Μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ· οι δαμεν γὰρ τὸν εἰπόντα ̓Εμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει κύριος. 1209 Ps 137,8c Τουτέστιν ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μὴ παρίδῃς, ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν φονικῶς διακειμένων καθ' ἡμῶν. 1210 Ps 138,3a Καθ' η ν προκόπτων τοῖς ε μπροσθεν ἐπεκτείνομαι, μέχρι φθάσω εἰς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς α νω κλήσεως. 1211 Ps 138,5 Θαυμαστὸν δὲ οὐδὲν εἰ τὰ κατ' ἐμὲ πάντα ε γνως, φησί· καὶ γὰρ τὰ πάντα ἐπίστασαι οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτὰ θεωρῶν 254 ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰ τέλη αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς αἰτίας δι' α ς γέγονε καὶ τί περὶ αὐτὰς ε σται μετὰ τὴν κοσμικὴν ποικιλίαν. πάντων ου ν τὴν γνῶσιν ε χων πλάσας με, τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ' ἐμὲ ε θηκας, ι ν' ῃ πρῶθ' υ στερον τὸ λεγόμενον. θεὶς ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὴν χεῖρά σου χοῦν καὶ πηλὸν ο ντα ε πλασάς με α νθρωπον, ὡς ε καστον τῶν συνετῶν τοῦτο λέγειν Αἱ χεῖρές σου ἐποίησάν με καὶ ε πλασάν με, καὶ α λλως Μνήσθητι ο τι πηλόν με ε πλασας. ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ ου τω· πλάσας με σὺ οὐκ ἠρκέσθης τῷ πεποιηκέναι με, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἐπέθηκας ἐπὶ τῷ βελτιοῦν καὶ φρουρεῖν με καὶ ὑψοῦσθαι ὑπ' αὐτῆς. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὁ τὴν δωρεὰν ταύτην ἐπιστάμενος καὶ ἑτέροις συμβουλεύει, Ταπεινώθητε, λέγων, ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ θεοῦ, ι να ὑψώσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν καιρῷ, ω στε ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἠσφαλισμένων ὑμῶν μηδεμίαν ἐπήρειαν η ἐπιβουλὴν δύνασθαι γενέσθαι· Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἁρπάζει ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ πατρός. μόνους γὰρ τοὺς ἀπωσθέντας ἀπ' αὐτῆς διαπάσουσιν οἱ ἀόρατοι ἐχθροί. 1212 Ps 138,6 ̓Επιστήσας ὡς πάντων γνῶσιν ε χεις εἰς θαυμαστὸν η λθον. ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ ἐπιστήσας ἐθαύμασά σου τὴν γνῶσιν, ἀλλ' ου ν γε ε τι θέλοντός μου κατανοεῖν αὐτὴν ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ γεγενημένην κεκραταίωται, ὡς μὴ δυνηθῆναί με πρὸς αὐτήν. τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ ἐν τῷ ̓Εκκλησιαστῇ Ει πα Σοφισθήσομαι, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐμακρύνθη ἀπ' ἐμοῦ ὑπὲρ ο η ν, καὶ βαθὺ βάθος, τίς εὑρήσει αὐτήν; ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τὰς αὐτὰς ἀφῆκε φωνὰς φάσκων Ω βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ· ὡς ἀνεξερεύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ. καὶ αὐτὸς ταῦτ' ει πεν, ἐπείπερ οὐ δύναται πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ θεοῦ κραταιωθεῖσαν ὑπὲρ αὐτόν. ∆ύναται καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐμοῦ προσκείμενον δηλοῦν ο τι ἐξ ἐμοῦ καὶ τῶν κατ' ἐμὲ πραγμάτων θαυμαστὴ ἡ γνῶσίς σου ἀνεφάνη μοι· καθὸ κραταιωθείσης αὐτῆς οὐκέτι ἀντισχεῖν η προσβαλεῖν αὐτῇ δυνήσομαι. Εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ, η ς αὐτὸς ε χει ὁ α γιος περὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς οι ός τέ ἐστι διαλαμβάνων, τὰ προκείμενα διαλέγεται, συνεπισκέψῃ. 1213 Ps 138,7.8 Θεολογήσας τὰ περὶ τοῦ προγνώστην ει ναι τὸν θεὸν καὶ πάντων ἐπιστήμην ε χειν καὶ σύνεσιν, μέτεισιν ἐπὶ τὸ πανταχοῦ ει ναι αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν. φησὶ γοῦν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν θεολογούμενον· Εἰ πνεῦμά σου πεπλήρωκε τὴν οἰκουμένην, ποῦ πορευθῆναι ἀπ' αὐτῆς δυνήσομαι; ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐπισκοπεῖ καὶ ἐφορᾷ τὰ ο λα, ποῦ φυγεῖν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ δυνήσομαι; ἀνελθὼν γὰρ εἰς οὐρανὸν παρόντος σου λαμβάνων φαντασίαν· α ν εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην γένωμαι, συνόντα σε βλέπω. εἰ δὲ ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐν ᾳ δῃ ἡ παρουσία σου γνωρίζεται, καὶ ἐν τοῖς μεταξὺ χωρίοις δηλονότι τυγχάνεις· Οὐχὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν ἐγὼ πληρῶ, λέγει κύριος, ω ς φησιν ὁ προφήτης· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ θαλάσσῃ τοῖς ζητοῦσί σε ἐμφανίζῃ, ὡς ἡ ἑπομένη παρίστησι λέξις. διὸ καὶ τῶν θεολόγων τις πρὸς ε καστον τῶν ἀκροωμένων ε φη Καὶ γνώσῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ ο τι ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ α νω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω καὶ οὐκ ε στιν ε τι πλὴν αὐτοῦ. παρίστησι δὲ πανταχοῦ οὐ τοπικῶς διατρίβων ἀλλὰ δημιουργικῶς καὶ προνοητικῶς τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐπιχωριάζων. ει ρηται γοῦν περὶ τοῦ μονογενοῦς λόγου ὡς α ρα πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν· εἰ δ' ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκε τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲν τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ συνεστηκότων ἀπολείπεται αὐτοῦ. Μανθάνομεν δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν προκειμένων τὴν τριάδα θεολογουμένην. πνεῦμα γὰρ θεοῦ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα πολλάκις ει ναι ἀποδέδεικται καὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὁ μονογενὴς αὐτοῦ υἱὸς εἰκὼν τυγχάνων αὐτοῦ

The Illumination of the Night§236

236It is said to be the being of the invisible God, and also the character of his own subsistence. From this we learn that the Spirit of God is not a creature, but is joined to the God himself and to his person. For it has often been shown that He is never with the creation, but always united to the Father and the Son. Only this is presented as a contrast: that I must pass locally and ascend, while it is your case to be present and to be established there, in having made him and turning him, and also to descend into the sea similarly passing, by your presence of providence there.

Therefore, God is not in a place; for if he is everywhere, not passing from one place to another, nor being limited by each one, nor being circumscribed by all the places, it is evident that by a creative and providential presence he moves through all, upon all, through all, and exists in all, according to apostolic philosophy (Ps 138:9-10). 'I searched,' he says, 'whether by using the wings of thought I might have gone far beyond the sea and the ocean's end, whether I would be able to go from your spirit and flee from your face, and there also to have seen your active and providential hand, and that very right hand of yours surpassing, working; as this very thing, that to have dwelt with me, would be established for me in a predicted sequence at the ends of the sea, your hand guiding me and holding me with your right hand.' For even if the ocean is boundless, yet even the worlds with it are driven through by the commands of the Lord; for all things having been made toward him, whatever they ever are, are straightened for me by the commands of his own providence (Ps 138:11-14a).

Since being enlightened by the knowledge of the Lord, I have become in the morning at the beginning of the daytated on glories with the intellectual wings through which every rational nature is lifted up to be far off and beyond the ocean, he also knew this: that he could not go from the spirit of God or its guidance, to seek another way, by which to go from the spirit and flee from the face of God who is, lest perhaps by darkness...

I will be able to speak this having happened. Therefore I say, 'Alas, darkness will tread upon me,' that is, it will cover me. For just as the floor that is being trodden upon is hidden, not being hidden underneath, if the darkness happens to tread much around me and upon me.

If indeed the glory is a luxury regarding the attainment of what is labored for, immediately even the night and the gloomy darkness is illumination, nothing of that darkness being darkened by God illuminating it just as also all other things. For among us, those using the distinction see the difference between night and day, and those seeing in the day, but in the night they neither see nor are seen; but with God, the night is illuminated as the day, seizing for himself those in darkness and night as those in light and day, since the night is illuminated as the day by God himself.

The righteous man applies all these things to himself, having intended to teach those having wrong opinion about God that it is not possible to flee from God. For are those thinking these things about God, to say even the God himself, 'Will someone not be hidden in secret places, and I will not find him?' (Ps 139:12), for God is approaching all, and I am not God from a distance. Cain has become a father of this ill-reputation, having said to God, 'If you cast me out from the face of the earth today, and from your face I will be hidden' (Gen 4:14).

And another, through surpassing foolishness, sinning in a dim and gloomy place and night, says, 'Darkness covers me from every side, and the walls cover me; who sees me?' (Eccl 10:3); 'The Most High will not remember my sins' (Ps 139:12), saying only once, 'Since in darkness and in the midst of the gloom I sin, with no one present, I elude everyone, and even the Most High would not know my sins.'

But stop, for if someone becomes further than the word concerning darkness, he will be able to behold mysteries, if the division of the things being said is such: 'Will I indeed be able to flee from God, having become evil and trivial, as to become under the darkness and to be trodden upon by it?' But having thought this, he immediately knew that even the night is illuminated in the day, that is, in the luxury of the rational animal; for illumination from virtue and knowledge is truly and appropriately a luxury for the rational animal.

Greek · §236

ο ντος θεοῦ ἀοράτου, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰρημένος. καὶ ἐντεῦθεν μανθάνομεν μὴ κτίσμα ει ναι τὸ θεοῦ πνεῦμα, αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ προσώπῳ αὐτοῦ συναπτόμενον. πολλάκις γὰρ ἀποδέδεικται ὡς οὐδέποτε μετὰ τῆς κτίσεως ἀλλ' ἀεὶ μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ συνάπτεται. Μονονουχὶ τοῦτο παρίστησιν ο τι, ἐμοῦ τυγχάνοντος γενητοῦ, τὸ μεταβαίνειν τοπικῶς καὶ ἀναβαίνειν, σοῦ δὲ τὸ τυγχάνειν καὶ ἱδρῦσθαι ἐκεῖ ἐν τῷ πεποιηκέναι αὐτὸν καὶ στρέφειν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καταβῆναι εἰς τὸν ᾳ δην ὁμοίως μεταβατικῶς ε χω, σοῦ ο ντος ἐκεῖ προνοίας 255 παρουσίᾳ. διὸ οὐκ ἐν τόπῳ θεός· εἰ γὰρ πανταχοῦ ἐστιν, οὐ μεταβαίνων ἐξ ἑτέρου εἰς ε τερον τόπον οὐδ' αυ ὑφ' ἑκάστου περιοριζόμενος οὐδὲ ὑπὸ α μα πάντων τῶν τόπων περιγραφόμενος δηλονότι παρουσίᾳ δημιουργικῇ καὶ προνοητικῇ διὰ πάντων χωρεῖ, ἐπὶ πάντων καὶ διὰ πάντων καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν ὑπάρχων κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀποστολικήν. 1214 Ps 138,9.10 ̓Εσκόπησα, φησί, μὴ α ρα ταῖς πτέρυξι τῆς νοήσεως χρησάμενος ὑπερβὰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὸν ὠκεανὸν αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις γεγενημένος δυνήσομαι πορευθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός σου καὶ φυγεῖν σου τὸ πρόσωπον, κἀκεῖ τὴν δραστήριον καὶ προνοητικήν σου χεῖρα καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν δεξιάν σου ἐνεργοῦσαν τεθέαμαι, ὡς αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατεσκηνωκέναι με προειρημένῃ ἀκολουθίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἐσχάτοις τῆς θαλάσσης κατορθῶσθαί μοι, τῆς χειρός σου ὁδηγούσης με καὶ κατεχούσης με τῆς δεξιᾶς σου. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὠκεανὸς ἀπέραντος, ἀλλ' ου ν καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτὸν κόσμοι ταῖς τοῦ δεσπότου διαταγαῖς διϊθύνονται· πάντα γὰρ τὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγενημένα, ο ποι ποτ' ε στι, ταγαῖς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προνοίας διοικούμενά μοι ἰθύνεται. 1215 Ps 138,11–14a ̓Επεὶ φωτισθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ κυρίου ἐν ο ρθρῳ ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς ἡμέρας γεγονέναι δόξας διενοήθην ταῖς πτέρυξι ταῖς νοηταῖς καθ' α ς ἐπτέρωται πᾶσα λογικὴ φύσις μετεωρισθῆναι ὡς μακρὰν γενέσθαι καὶ περαιτέρω τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ, ε γνων δὲ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μὴ ει ναι πορευθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, μετῆλθον ὁδὸν α λλην ζητῆσαι, καθ' η ν πορευθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος καὶ φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ οι όν τέ ἐστι, μήπως α ρα ὑπὸ σκότος γεγονὼς διαλαθεῖν τοῦτο δυνήσομαι. διό φημι Αρα σκότος καταπατήσει με, τουτέστιν ἐπικρύψει με. ὡς γὰρ τὸ ε δαφος τὸ πατούμενον κρύπτεται, ου τω κρυβείην κάτω, εἰ καταπατήσει με τὸ σκότος πολὺ περὶ ἐμὲ καὶ ἐπ' ἐμὲ γεγονός. Ει τα, ο τε ε δοξα τρυφᾶν ἐπὶ τῷ τετευχέναι τοῦ σπουδαζομένου, εὐθέως ει δον ο τι καὶ αυ τη ἡ νὺξ καὶ τὸ κατακορὲς σκότος φωτισμός ἐστιν, οὐδὲν αὐτοῦ τοῦ σκότους σκοτιζομένου ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καταλάμποντος αὐτὸ ω σπερ καὶ τὰ α λλα πάντα. παρ' ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ο ψει χρωμένοις διαφορὰ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας, ὁρῶσι καὶ ὁρωμένοις ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐν δὲ τῇ νυκτὶ μηδὲ βλεπομένοις μηδὲ βλέπουσι· παρὰ μέντοι τῷ θεῷ ἡ νὺξ ὡς ἡμέρα φωτίζεται, καταληπτῶν αὐτῷ τυγχανόντων τῶν ἐν σκότῳ καὶ νυκτὶ ὡς τῶν ἐν φωτὶ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπείπερ ἡ νὺξ ὡς ἡμέρα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φωτίζεται. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα τῷ ἑαυτοῦ προσώπῳ ὁ δίκαιος προσάπτει, διδάξαι προελόμενος τοὺς μὴ ὀρθὴν περὶ θεοῦ διάληψιν ε χοντας ο τι διαδράναι θεὸν οὐκ ε στιν. εἰσὶ γὰρ οἱ ταῦτα περὶ θεοῦ διανοούμενοι, ὡς αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν εἰπεῖν Μὴ κρυβήσεταί τις ἐν κρυφαίοις, κἀγὼ οὐκ ο ψομαι αὐτόν; πᾶσι γὰρ ἐγγίζων θεός εἰμι καὶ οὐ θεὸς πόρρωθεν. ταύτης τῆς κακοδοξίας πατὴρ γέγονε Κάϊν εἰπὼν πρὸς θεὸν Εἰ ἐκβάλλῃς με ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς σήμερον, καὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου σου κρυβήσομαι. καὶ ε τερος δὲ δι' ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἠλιθιότητα ἐν ἀφεγγεῖ καὶ ζοφερῷ οι κῳ καὶ νυκτὶ ἁμαρτάνων, Σκότος καλύπτει με πάντοθεν, ει πε, καὶ οἱ τοῖχοί με καλύπτουσι· τίς με ὁρᾷ; τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μου οὐ μνησθήσεται ὁ υ ψιστος· μονονουχὶ λέγων ̓Επεὶ ἐν σκότῳ καὶ ε νδον τοῦ οι κου ἁμαρτάνω οὐδενὸς παρόντος, λανθάνω πάντας οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ υ ψιστος εἰδείη τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου. ̓Επίστησον δὲ εἰ καὶ περαιτέρω τῆς περὶ σκότους λέξεως γενόμενός τις δυνήσεται μυστήρια θεάσασθαι, ι ν' ῃ τῶν λεγομένων ἡ διαίρεσις τοιαύτη· α ρά γε δυνήσομαι θεὸν φυγεῖν πονηρὸς καὶ φαῦλος γεγονώς, ὡς ὑπὸ τὸ σκότος γενέσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ; ἀλλὰ τοῦτο διανοηθεὶς εὐθέως ε γνων ο τι καὶ ἡ νὺξ φωτίζεται ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τουτέστι τοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου τρυφῇ· εὐωχία γὰρ ἀληθῶς καὶ κατάλληλος τῷ λογικῷ ζῴῳ τρυφὴ ὁ ἐξ ἀρετῆς καὶ γνώσεως φωτισμός. κα ν

Divine Knowledge and the Unworked Creation§237

237Lest I become a son of night and darkness, striving to act and think wickedly through it; rather, since the darkness is not darkened by it, God who illuminates all things says: The God who said, 'Let light shine out of darkness,' who shone in the hearts of men for the illumination of the knowledge of Christ, says night shall be as day, of the one passing from ignorance and wickedness saying, 'I am not a son of darkness and night but of light and day.'

For this reason, night shall be as day, for its darkness is not real, nor its light. For darkness is chosen, not natural (for no one is evil by creation), so also it holds virtue; and finding no place of flight, having turned to himself, he says: It is no wonder that, having become evil, I cannot be far from You, since I have even possessed my own kidneys, God who examines kidneys and heart; for if you are a knower of my hidden things, having possessed even my kidneys, in whatever part of the world I may be, you have knowledge of my presence; for if you even took hold of me from my mother's womb, having formed me in the belly and laying your hand upon me. Since, because of all the aforementioned things, you were fearfully wondered at (for with fear I have marveled at all things concerning you), I say, turning toward thanksgiving: I will confess to you what I fearfully wondered at (Ps 138:14b,15).

God has possessed the kidneys of the one who has achieved purity in temperance. Therefore, he, being celibate, has inscribed his own kidneys to God, says: You have possessed my kidneys, Lord; with the achievement of knowing all his wonderful works of creation, providence, and paradox, he says: 'Wonderful are your works,' and my soul knows it intensely. The 'intensely' refers to the knowledge of the soul or to the wonders. And the. Text ends abruptly....

He says: 'You have done in secret so that no one knows the combination of this; nothing of it is hidden from you' (Ps 138:16). For how can those who are your handiwork not be like the soul of the body? And it is said also to those discussing the nature and generation of animals that the transformation of blood into bone is invisible and incomprehensible, even though I say that others observing the generation of flesh and nerves see how they are.

And the scripture of Ecclesiastes establishes this, not saying 'as a bone in the belly of the pregnant' (Eccl 11:5), but 'you shall not know the works of God.' And my substance was not hidden from you, having reached the lowest parts of the earth; for neither the soul having been created in water, nor even the body having been decomposed and dissolved into the earth, escapes your vision.

Through these things extended, having theologized with prophetic eyes, he says he has seen the Lord's visitation, that it has come from the virgin. For having been born from the virgin Mary, the birth is unworked, not composed from a studied combination of labor, but existing from the Holy Spirit. Some understand this as what was said in Daniel concerning the stone being cut out without hands (Dan 2:45).

This being made manifest unworked, subsequently salvation for all shall come to be, as if it were written of them in the book of God to become worthy. But since that also can be unworked—being of a nature to receive labor yet not having had it—it is possible to speak concerning all those who are about to exist, the Maker of God, and especially concerning the resurrection of the dead, of which the said thing is the anchor. Since my substance is in the lowest parts of the earth, and not to always have such a thing, I say I have pre-conceived this with faith and hope, that the resurrection of the dead will be: 'Your unworked thing my eyes have seen, and upon your book all are written' (Ps 94:4).

Greek · §237

ου ν ὑπὸ σκότους γένωμαι νυκτὸς καὶ σκότους σπουδάσας υἱὸς ει ναι δι' ω ν πράττω καὶ φρονῶ κακῶς, ἀλλ' ου ν ἐπεὶ τὸ σκότος οὐ σκοτίζεται ὑπ' αὐτοῦ θεοῦ 256 καταυγάζοντος τὰ πάντα ῃ φησιν ὁ λόγος ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εκ σκότους φῶς λάμψαι, ο ς ε λαμψεν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, νὺξ ὡς ἡμέρα φωτισθήσεται, τοῦ μεταβάντος ἐξ ἀγνοίας καὶ κακίας λέξοντος Οὐκ ε τι εἰμὶ υἱὸς σκότους καὶ νυκτὸς ἀλλὰ φωτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας. ∆ιὰ τοῦτο δὲ νὺξ ὡς ἡμέρα φωτισθήσεται, ἐπείπερ ὡς τὸ σκότος αὐτῆς ου τω καὶ τὸ φῶς αὐτῆς. ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὸ σκότος προαιρετικῶς ἀλλ' οὐ κατὰ φύσιν ε χει (οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐκ κατασκευῆς κακός ἐστιν), ου τω καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν ε χει· μηδεμίαν δὲ χώραν φυγῆς εὑρὼν εἰς ἑαυτὸν στραφείς φησιν Οὐ θαυμαστὸν εἰ γενόμενος κακὸς μακρυνθῆναί σου οὐ δύναμαι, ὁπότε καὶ τοὺς νεφρούς μου αὐτοὺς κέκτησαι, θεὸς ω ν νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίαν ἐτάζων· εἰ γὰρ τῶν κρυπτῶν μου γνώστης α τε τοὺς νεφρούς μου κεκτημένος ει , ἐν ὁποίῳ μέρει τοῦ κόσμου ἐὰν γένωμαι, ὡς παρόντος μου γνῶσιν ε χεις· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἀντελάβου μου ἐκ γαστρὸς μητρός μου, ἐν κοιλίᾳ πλάσας με καὶ ἐπιθείς μοι τὴν χεῖρά σου. ει τ' ἐπεὶ διὰ πάντων τῶν προειρημένων φοβερῶς ἐθαυμαστώθης (μετὰ φόβου γὰρ ἐθαύμασα πάντα α περὶ σοῦ διείληφα), εἰς εὐχαριστίαν τρεπόμενός φημι ̓Εξομολογήσομαί σοι, ο τι φοβερῶς ἐθαυμαστώθης. 1216 Ps 138,14b.15 Κέκτηται ὁ θεὸς τοὺς νεφροὺς τοῦ κατορθώσαντος τὴν ἐν σωφροσύνῃ καθαρότητα. ὁ τοίνυν ἀγαμίᾳ σχολάζων, τῷ θεῷ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ νεφροὺς καταγράψας, ἐρεῖ Σὺ ἐκτήσω τοὺς νεφρούς μου, κύριε· μεθ' ο κατόρθωμα γνῶσιν ε χων πάντων τῶν θαυμαστῶν ε ργων αὐτοῦ τῶν τῆς δημιουργίας καὶ προνοίας καὶ παραδοξοποιΐας, Θαυμάσια, ε φη, τὰ ε ργα σου, καὶ ἡ ψυχή μου γινώσκει σφόδρα. τὸ Σφόδρα η ἐπὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ψυχῆς η ἐπὶ τὰ θαυμάσια ἀναφέρεται. Καὶ τὸ ὀστοῦν μου, φησίν, ο ἐν κρυφῇ πεποίηκας ὡς μηδένα τούτου τὴν σύμπηξιν εἰδέναι, ἀπὸ σοῦ οὐ κέκρυπται· πῶς γὰρ καὶ οι όν τέ σου ποιητοῦ ο ντος ω σπερ ο λου τοῦ σώματος ου τω καὶ αὐτοῦ; ει ρηται δὲ καὶ τοῖς περὶ φύσεως καὶ γενέσεως τῶν ζῴων πραγματευσαμένοις ἀόρατον ει ναι καὶ ἀκατάληπτον τὴν εἰς ὀστέον τοῦ αι ματος μεταβολήν, καίτοι τῶν α λλων σαρκῶν καὶ νεύρων λέγω ο πως ποτὲ ὡς ε χουσι γενέσεως θεωρούντων. καὶ ἡ γραφὴ δὲ τοῦ ̓Εκκλησιαστοῦ παρίστησι τοῦτο ου τω λέγουσα ̔Ως ὀστᾶ ἐν γαστρὶ τῆς κυοφορούσης, ου τως οὐ γνώσῃ ποιήματα τοῦ θεοῦ. Οὐκ ἐκρύβη δὲ ἀπὸ σοῦ οὐδὲ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου, ἐν τοῖς κατωτάτοις τῆς γῆς φθάσασα· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν ᾳ δῃ γεγενημένη οὐδ' αὐτὸ σῶμα κατορωρυγμένον καὶ εἰς γῆν διαλυθὲν διαφεύγει τὴν θεωρίαν σου. 1217 Ps 138,16 ∆ιὰ τῶν προεκτεθέντων θεολογήσας ὀφθαλμοῖς προφητικοῖς καὶ τὴν κυριακὴν ἐπιδημίαν ἑωρακέναι φησίν, ὡς ἐκ τῆς παρθένου γεγένηται. ὁ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς παρθένου Μαρίας γεγονὼς τόκος ἀκατέργαστος ει η, μὴ συστὰς ἐκ τῆς μεμελετημένης ἐκ συνδυασμοῦ κατεργασίας ἀλλ' ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου ὑπάρχων. ου τω νοοῦσί τινες τὸ ἐν τῷ ∆ανιὴλ εἰρημένον περὶ τοῦ α νευ χειρῶν τετμῆσθαι ἐξ ο ρους λίθον. Τούτου αὐτοῦ ἀκατεργάστου φανέντος, ἀκολούθως σωτηρία πάντων γενήσεται, ὡς ἀξίους αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ βιβλίον γραφῆναι τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ κἀκεῖνο ἀκατέργαστον ει ναι δύναται, τὸ πεφυκὸς μὲν κατεργασίαν δέχεσθαι, μήπω δὲ ταύτην ἐσχηκός, δύναται περὶ πάντων τῶν ε σεσθαι μελλόντων, ποιοῦντος θεοῦ, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως εἰρῆσθαι τὸ προκείμενον, ι ν' ῃ τῶν λεγομένων ὁ εἱρμός. ἐπεὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου ἐν τοῖς κατωτάτοις τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ δὲ ου τως ε χουσα διατελέσει ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐσομένης, ταύτην πίστει καὶ ἐλπίδι προκατειληφώς φημι Τὸ ἀκατέργαστόν σου ι δοσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ βιβλίον σου πάντες

The Nature of God's Enemies and the Deception of the Tongue§238

238They shall be written: all things happening to them in all things, and all darkness, and all grief, and pain, and the sighing happening from the feet, but in a bright day they shall shine forth like the sun in the kingdom of their own Father. For it is said, 'They shall be made as the Day' (Ps 139:16), so that they are no longer in the darkness of their creation, being planted in corruption and dishonor, but in light and in a day standing together, being raised in incorruption and glory.

But since they are not made such as the day, and since all things happening in all things are written in the book of God, God will be in them, and there is no one among them of the evil ones or worthy of being despised. Perhaps the multitude and the 'who' and the 'no one' will vanish; for because of a great perfection and for the sake of oneness and identity, having restored the number, there shall no longer exist a 'who' or a 'no one' among them, having understood all things into the unity of the Spirit. The 'who' and the 'no one' shall no longer be among them.

A scripture is brought forward: 'My unformed eyes saw you' (Ps 139:16). And let this itself be understood likewise: 'You understood my thoughts from afar,' instead of 'the unformed of my thoughts'; before anything is accomplished, your eyes, seeing all hidden things, are full. And the Gospels are full of such things. They are friends of God, having come to be from faith and virtue. For it is said concerning Abraham: 'Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him for righteousness, and he was called a friend of God' (Gen 15:6); and concerning Moses it says: 'God spoke to him mouth to mouth, face to face, as if one were speaking to his own friend' (Exod 33:11). But even the greatest of the prophets has not become such a friend of God. And toward the apostles, indeed (they possess this friendship), Jesus says: 'I say to you, my friends' (John 15:15).

And these rulers, receiving authority from the King Christ over more than ten cities or more than five cities, are very strong as they co-reign with Christ. And it is said also by another meaning: their rule is strong because the reasons for it are friends of God. For those who are highly honored, friends of God, through a multitude of contemplations and good activities which they have, shall be multiplied beyond the immaterial, that is, beyond the sensible and the bodily. For since the companions of the material things regarding the immaterial are under this as the foundation of the house...

Their path, having fallen easily upon this, is established or fortified under this; which carries a symbol: the Egyptian, having been struck down by Moses after being seized by error, is necessarily taking a super-cosmic disposition, being worthy to be numbered by God despite the error (Ps 138:21-22). Regarding the same, it is to accept and honor the friends of God and to hate those who hate him, and to count as enemies the impious and those who think foolishly concerning God. For how are those who turn the deceived away from the truth not enemies of God, since God wills all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth (1 Tim 2:4)? And perfect hatred exists against such people, not for the sake of another, but because one hates them as enemies of God. And just as someone has perfect love toward the good, not for the sake of another but desiring it for its own sake, so the one hating those diverse from God does so not for the sake of another but because they are enemies of God, raging against them according to the one saying the prophet, 'I have envied with zeal for the Lord Pantokrator, whom the sons of Israel have forsaken' (1 Kings 19:10).

An evil man is a treacherous and deceiving man; but an unjust man is one who has ascended above this in wickedness, as if through craftiness and mischief, hastening the rational nature from virtue into wickedness, attempting to transfer it by some craft. Desiring to be saved from both, the one declaring the things set before him prays to God, since they reckoned iniquity against him, hiding it in their own heart, so that through remaining hidden, what such people are, they might be able to ensnare him, standing hostilely and against him for the sake of the duration of his life. Therefore, if it is said, 'All the day they prepared wars,' having no time of peace and rest, instead of a sword they have sharpened the tongue of themselves upon the deceiver, and being able to wound, they utter a word imitating the serpent who corrupts in his craftiness. And under their own lips, that is, their speech, they have thoughts made to be cast into them by evil powers because of the harmful and venomous nature of what are called 'darts.' And it is possible also concerning the devil and the other invisible enemies to grasp these things.

Greek · §238

γραφήσονται· σοῦ πάντα ἐν πᾶσι γινομένου καὶ σκότους παντὸς καὶ λύπης καὶ ὀδύνης καὶ στεναγμοῦ ἐκ ποδῶν γινομένου, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ φωτεινῇ ε σονται ἐκλάμψαντες ὡς ὁ η λιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς ἑαυτῶν. ο θεν ει ρηται τὸ ̔Ημέρας πλασθήσονται, οὐκέτι σκοτίας τῆς πλάσεως αὐτῶν ου σης σπειρομένων ἐν 257 φθορᾷ καὶ ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ ἀλλὰ φωτεινῆς καὶ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ συνισταμένης ἐγειρομένων ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ καὶ δόξῃ. ̓Αλλ' ἐπεὶ ου τως ἡμέρας πλασθέντων αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ θεοῦ γραφέντων πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν ὁ θεὸς ε σται, ἐν αὐτοῖς οὐδείς ἐστι τῶν πονηρῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐξευτελίζεσθαι ἀξίων. η τάχα ε νθα τὸ πλῆθος καὶ ὁ τίς καὶ οὐδείς· ο ταν διὰ πολλὴν τελειότητα καὶ εἰς ε ν καὶ ταὐτότητα ἀποκαταστάντων ἀριθμὸς μηκέθ' ὑπάρχῃ καταντησάντων πάντων εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος, ὁ τίς καὶ ὁ οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ε σται ἐν αὐτοῖς. Φέρεται γραφὴ ε χουσα Τὸ ἀκατέργαστόν μου ι δοσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί σου. νοηθείη δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ ὡσαύτως τῷ Σὺ συνῆκας τοὺς διαλογισμούς μου ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἀντὶ τοῦ Τὸ ἀκατέργαστον τῶν λογισμῶν μου· πρὶν ἐπιτελέσθαι τι οἱ πάντα τὰ κρυπτὰ ὁρῶντες ὀφθαλμοί σου ει δον. πλήρη δὲ τῶν τοιούτων τὰ Εὐαγγέλια. 1218 Ps 138,17.18a Φίλοι δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν, ἐκ πίστεως καὶ ἀρετῆς γεγενημένοι. ει ρηται γοῦν περὶ τοῦ ̓Αβραὰμ ̓Επίστευσε δὲ ̓Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰςδικαιοσύνην, καὶ φίλος θεοῦ ἐκλήθη· καὶ περὶ Μωυσέως φησὶν Οτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς στόμα κατὰ στόμα ἐνώπιος ἐνωπίῳ, ὡς ει τις λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ φίλον. ἀλλὰ καὶ ε καστος τῶν προφητῶν ου τω φίλος τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονε. καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους γοῦν (ταύτην ε χουσι τὴν φιλίαν) ̓Ιησοῦς λέγει ̔Υμῖν λέγω τοῖς φίλοις μου. τούτων δὲ καὶ αἱ ἀρχαί, α ς παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Χριστοῦ ε σχον ἐξουσίαν λαμβάνοντες ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων η ἐπάνω πέντε πόλεων, λίαν κραταιοί εἰσιν α τε Χριστῷ συμβασιλεύοντες. ̔Ρηθεῖεν δ' α ν καὶ κατ' α λλο σημαινόμενον αἱ ἀρχαὶ αὐτῶν κραταιαὶ αἱ αἰτίαι καθ' α ς εἰσι φίλοι θεοῦ. ου τοι δὲ οἱ λίαν τιμηθέντες φίλοι τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ πλῆθος θεωρημάτων καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐνεργειῶν ω ν ε χουσιν ὑπὲρ α μμον πληθυνθήσονται, τουτέστιν ὑπὲρ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ σωματικά. ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ τῶν ὑλικῶν ἑταῖροι περὶ τὴν α μμον η ὑπὸ ταύτην τυγχάνουσιν ὡς τὸν θεμέλιον τῆς οἰκοδομῆς αὐτῶν ῥᾷστα καταπεσουμένης ἐπὶ ταύτης ἱδρῦσθαι η ὑπὸ ταύτην κατορύσσεσθαι, ω ν σύμβολον φέρει ὁ ὑπὸ Μωυσέως παταχθεὶς Αἰγύπτιος ὑπὸ τὴν α μμον χωσθείς, ἀνάγκη τοὺς ὑπερκόσμιον διάθεσιν λαμβάνοντας ὑπὲρ τὴν α μμον ει ναι ἀξίους τοῦ ἀριθμεῖσθαι παρὰ θεοῦ ὑπάρχοντας. 1219 Ps 138,21.22 Τοῦ αὐτοῦ α ν ει η καὶ τὸ ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ τιμᾶν τοὺς φίλους τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μισεῖν τοὺς μισοῦντας αὐτὸν καὶ ἐχθροὺς λογίζεσθαι τῷ ἀσεβῆ καὶ α θεα περὶ θεοῦ φρονεῖν. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐχθροὶ θεοῦ οἱ διαστρέφοντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας τοὺς ἀπατωμένους, τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος πάντας ἀνθρώπους σωθῆναι καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν; Τέλειον δὲ μῖσός ἐστι κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων, ο ταν μὴ α λλου χάριν ἀλλ' η τοῦ ἐχθροὺς αὐτοὺς ει ναι τοῦ θεοῦ μισεῖ τις αὐτούς. καὶ ω σπερ τελείαν ἀγάπην τις ε χει πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν μὴ α λλου του χάριν ἀλλ' αὐτοῦ ε νεκα ποθῶν αὐτό, ου τως ὁ μισῶν διαφόρους θεοῦ μὴ α λλου του χάριν ἀλλ' η ο τι ἐχθροὶ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν, ἐκτηκόμενος ἐπ' αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα προφήτην Ζηλῶν ἐζήλωκα τῷ κυρίῳ παντοκράτορι ἀνθ' ω ν κατέλιπόν σε οἱ υἱοὶ ̓Ισραήλ. 1220 Ps 139,2–4 Ανθρωπος πονηρὸς ὁ δολερὸς καὶ ἀπατεών ἐστιν, ἀνὴρ δὲ α δικος ὁ τοῦτον ὑπεραναβεβηκὼς ἐν κακίᾳ ὡς διὰ τοῦ πανουργεύεσθαι καὶ ῥᾳδιουργεῖν ἀδικεῖν σπεύδειν τὴν λογικὴν φύσιν ἐξ ἀρετῆς εἰς κακίαν πανουργίᾳ τινι πειρώμενος μεταβιβάζειν. ἀπ' ἀμφοτέρων σωθῆναι βουλόμενος ὁ τὰ προκείμενα φάσκων θεὸν παρακαλεῖ, ἐπείπερ κατ' αὐτοῦ ἀδικίαν ἐλογίσαντο κρύπτοντες αὐτὴν ἐν καρδίᾳ ἑαυτῶν, ο πως διὰ τοῦ λανθάνειν ο τι εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι παγιδεῦσαι αὐτὸν δυνηθῶσι πολεμίως καὶ ἀντικειμένως πρὸς αὐτὸν ἱστάμενοι δι' ο λου τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ. διὸ ει ρηται Ολην τὴν ἡμέραν παρετάσσοντο πολέμους, οὐδένα καιρὸν εἰρήνης καὶ ἀναπαύσεως ε χοντες ἀντὶ ξίφους ἀκονήσαντες τὴν γλῶσσαν ἑαυτῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ἀπατηλὸν καὶ τρῶσαι δυνάμενον λόγον προφέρειν μιμήσει τῇ πρὸς 258 τὸν ο φιν τὸν φθείραντα τὴν Ευ αν ἐν τῇ πανουργίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ. ο θεν καὶ ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη ἑαυτῶν, τουτέστι τὴν προφοράν, δηλητηρίῳ ἐοικότα ε χουσι νοήματα ὑποβληθέντα αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ δυνάμεων πονηρῶν διὰ τὸ βλαπτικὸν καὶ ἰῶδες ἀσπίδων καλουμένων. ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν α λλων ἀοράτων ἐχθρῶν ἐκλαβεῖν ταῦτα·

The Power of Salvation and the Battle of the Mind§239

239For a man is often called an evil one and an enemy, the devil. But also one serving his purpose may be called an antichrist. Ps 139:5,6: The hand of a sinner, the sinful practice, prays to be guarded from by God acting as a watchman. And besides this, it is worthy that he also be rescued from men who intend to do wrong by their choice, since they have reasoned through deceptive words and thoughts to trip up the steps of those walking toward progress in greater things.

It is possible in these things to catch the sinner, the devil, and unjust men, or rather his evil angels, or those who work men toward iniquity of soul. For they possess a deceptive wisdom, which they do not bring forth openly but hide like a snare under their sophistical words. But also their complex ropes of wickedness, which are composed and entwined by their sophistical words, stretch out to catch the feet of those walking rightly, calculating through these ropes to trip the steps of those who unthinkingly follow a path that someone has worn down.

Obstacles and stumbling blocks are, if they are thoughts, being cast against those intending to walk well and according to virtue. But he who has known himself, that he is not self-sufficient to remain harmless before so many dangers, flees to God and requires power; therefore he also announces those surrounding him. Ps 139:7,8: He who is mastered by practice and thought will say practically to Him, 'My God, are you?' and it is worthy that he asks how his voice of petition might be heard, receiving it unto his own. For he truly says, 'O Lord of all, and You are my Lord, and I am your servant; therefore You are the power of my salvation.' For of the truly and attainable salvation of yours, man's power exists to have an impossible salvation if he has not become in you. And my salvation is the likeness according to the image and the likeness that has become yours, to partake of your holiness through which also salvation exists. And that very gospel is the power of God unto salvation, as it is written by the apostle regarding the one becoming in the gospel...

One possesses the power of salvation by living and acting according to the Gospel. The power of my salvation, O Lord, has overshadowed my head on a day of war, specifically my mental head. I am convinced, therefore, that nothing is difficult against the invisible enemies during the day, that is, during the temporal extension of this life. The testimony that the head is mental is found in 'The blessing of the Lord is upon the head of the righteous' (Ps 112:3) and 'The eyes of the wise are in his head' (Ps 111:10).

The sinful devil takes those who perform sin, making them his instruments. It is not clear, however, if one is mastered by a certain shameful desire. For if someone is drawn from desire into practical sin, he immediately becomes the devil's instrument; but if, having looked at a woman with desire, one stops in thought to prevent the fulfillment of the desires, he will not become the intended sinner. Therefore, one prays to the Lord that from desire alone, without being drawn into the action of the desire, he may not be handed over to the sinner, nor proceed further being conquered by it, but rather always be prevented by the better thought from You. It is also said: since all good desire is present to me as a righteous man, let me not be such as to fall from such desire and be handed over to the sinner having acted sinfully.

‘Lest through many of my thoughts I may be able to sin, do not leave me, guarding me in the shelter of your wings and under your strong hand’ (Ps 139:23-24), so that no one may seize or lift himself up arrogantly against me as one caught by him. A fighter and a slanderer is one who is accustomed to speaking with a wagging tongue. For no one of such a kind is able to be directed in a good disposition, always turning away from the fighter; for they are lovers of sinning through rejoicing in battles, insults, and slanders. Therefore, it is not possible for such a person to be directed by virtue. And he who is always trivial in everything is called unrighteous. Perhaps he speaks of the hand that operates the corruption in those who frequently perform many evil deeds.

Greek · §239

α νθρωπος γὰρ πονηρὸς καὶ ἐχθρὸς ὁ διάβολος πολλάκις ει ρηται. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ τῷ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ ὑπηρετούμενος ἀντίχριστος α ν ῥηθείη. 1221 Ps 139,5.6 Χεὶρ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἡ ἁμαρτητικὴ πρᾶξις ἀφ' η ς φυλαχθῆναι θεοῦ φρουροῦντος ευ χεται. καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἀξιοῖ, ι να καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδικεῖν αὐτὸν τῇ προαιρέσει βουλομένων ἀνθρώπων ῥυσθῇ, ἐπείπερ διελογίσαντο διὰ λόγων καὶ ἐνθυμημάτων ἀπατηλῶν ὑποσκελίσαι τὰ διαβήματα τῶν ἐν τῷ προκόπτειν διαβαινόντων ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττω. ∆υνατὸν ἐν τούτοις ἐκλαμβάνειν ἁμαρτωλὸν τὸν διάβολον, ἀνθρώπους δὲ ἀδίκους η τοι τοὺς πονηροὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ η εἰς ου ς ἐνεργεῖ ἀνθρώπους εἰς τὸ ψυχὰς ἀδικεῖν. ου τοι δ' α ν ει εν καὶ ὑπερήφανοι σοφίαν ε χοντες ἀπατηλήν, η ν οὐ προφανῶς προφέρουσιν ἀλλὰ κρύπτουσιν αὐτὴν ὡς παγίδα ὑπὸ τοὺς σοφιστικοὺς αὐτῶν λόγους. ἀλλὰ καὶ σχοινία η τοι τὰς πολυπλόκους αὐτῶν πονηρίας η τοὺς συντιθεμένους καὶ περιπλεκομένους ὑπ' αὐτῶν σοφιστικοὺς λόγους διατείνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ συλλαβεῖν τοὺς πόδας τῶν ὀρθῶς βαδιζόντων, λογιζόμενοι διὰ τούτων τῶν σχοινίων ὑποσκελίσαι τὰ διαβήματα τῶν ἀπροοράτως ἐχόντων α τιθέασι καὶ ἐχόμενα η ς τις ε τριψεν ὁδοῦ. Προσκόμματα α καὶ σκάνδαλα ει πε λογισμοὶ δέ εἰσιν ου τοι ὑποβαλλόμενοι τοῖς καλῶς καὶ κατ' ἀρετὴν ὁδεύειν προαιρουμένοις. ἀλλ' ὁ γνοὺς ἑαυτὸν ο τι οὐκ αὐτάρκης ἐστὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀβλαβὴς ἀπὸ τῶν τοσούτων διαμεῖναι πρὸς θεὸν καταφεύγων δύναμιν ἀπαιτεῖ· διὸ καὶ ἀπαγγέλλει τὰ περιεστηκότα αὐτόν. 1222 Ps 139,7.8 ̔Ο οἰκειωθεὶς πράξει καὶ φρονήσει πρακτικῶς ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ Θεός μου ει σύ, καὶ ἀξιοῖ, ο πως ἐνωτίσηται τὴν φωνὴν τῆς δεήσεως αὐτοῦ δεχόμενος αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ω τα αὐτοῦ. καὶ γὰρ ἀληθῶς φησιν Ω τοῦ παντὸς κύριε, κἀμοῦ κύριος ει δουλεύοντός σοι· ο θεν καὶ δύναμις τῆς σωτηρίας μου ει . τῆς γὰρ ἀληθῶς καὶ ἁπτομένης σωτηρίας τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου δύναμις ὑπάρχεις τῷ ἀμήχανον σωτηρίας ε χειν μὴ γενόμενον ἐν σοί. σῴζεται δέ μοι ὁμοιότης κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοιότητα τὴν σὴν γεγενημένῳ τοῦ μετασχεῖν τῆς σῆς ἁγιότητος δι' η ν καὶ σωτηρίαν ε ξω. καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον δύναμις θεοῦ εἰς σωτηρίαν πρὸς τοῦ ἀποστόλου γράφεται τῷ τὸν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ γενόμενον η δη τὴν δύναμιν τῆς σωτηρίας ε χειν, η ν σχοίη καὶ κατ' ἐνέργειαν εὐαγγελικῶς φρονῶν καὶ πολιτευόμενος. Τυγχάνων δὲ δύναμις τῆς σωτηρίας μου, ω δέσποτα, ἐπεσκίασας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν μου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ πολέμου, ἐπὶ τὴν νοητὴν κεφαλήν μου. πείσομαι γοῦν οὐδὲν χαλεπὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀοράτως πολεμούντων ἐχθρῶν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ παρεκτάσει τῇ χρονικῇ τοῦ βίου τούτου. μαρτυρία τοῦ νοητὴν ει ναι κεφαλὴν τὸ Εὐλογία κυρίου ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν δικαίου, καὶ Τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ. 1223 Ps 139,9a ̔Ο ἁμαρτωλὸς διάβολος παραλαμβάνει τοὺς ἀποτελοῦντας τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ποιεῖν τὸ κακὸν ὑποχειρίους αὐτοὺς ε χων. α δηλον δὲ εἰ καὶ τῶν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τινὶ τῶν αἰσχρῶν γεγενημένων κρατεῖ. εἰ γάρ τις ἐξελκυσθείη ἐκ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐπὶ πρακτικὴν ἁμαρτίαν, εὐθὺς ὑπ' αὐτῷ γίνεται· εἰ δ' ἐμβλέψας γυναικὶ πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπισχοίη λογισμῷ τὴν ο ρεξιν ω στε μηδὲν ἐπιτελέσαι τῶν ὀρεκτῶν, οὐ γενήσεται πρὸς τὸν προκείμενον ἁμαρτωλόν. ευ χεται τοίνυν τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπὸ μόνης ἐπιθυμίας μὴ προσπαραλαβούσης τὴν πρᾶξιν τοῦ ὀρεκτοῦ μὴ παραδοθῆναι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ μηδὲ περαιτέρω χωρεῖν νικηθέντα ὑπ' αὐτῆς ἀλλ' ἀεὶ κωλύειν τῷ παρὰ σοῦ βελτίονι λογισμῷ. Λεκτέον δὲ καὶ ου τως· ἐπεὶ δικαίῳ τυγχάνοντί μοι πᾶσα ἀγαθὴ ἐπιθυμία πάρεστι, μὴ τοιοῦτος γενοίμην ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιθυμίας ἐκπεσεῖν καὶ παραδοθῆναι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἁμαρτητικῶς ἐνεργηκότα. 1224 Ps 139,9b Ινα μὴ κατ' 259 ἐμοῦ πολλὰ διαλογισάμενοι δυνηθῶσι, μὴ ἐγκαταλείψεις με φυλάττων με ἐν σκέπει τῶν πτερύγων σου καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν κραταιάν σου, ἀφ' η ς οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάσαι η ἐπαρθῆναι ἀλαζονικῶς κατ' ἐμοῦ ὡς ἁλόντος ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. 1225 Ps 139,12a Γλωσσώδη τὸν μάχιμον καὶ λοίδορον ε οικε λέγειν. οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων ο σον ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ γεώδει προαιρέσει κατευθυνθῆναι δύναται, ἀεὶ στρεβλούμενος ἐκ τοῦ μάχιμος ει ναι· φιλαμαρτημόνων γὰρ τῷ χαίρειν μάχαις καὶ υ βρεσι καὶ λοιδορίαις. διὸ καὶ τὸ κατευθύνεσθαι ὑπὸ ἀρετῆς οὐ δυνατὸν ε χειν τὸν τοιοῦτον. 1226 Ps 139,12b Αδικος δὲ λέγεται ὁ κατὰ πάντα φαῦλος. διαφθορὰν δὲ τάχα τὴν χειρίστην ε ξιν λέγει εἰς η ν θηρεύουσιν αἱ πολλαχῶς ἐπιτελούμεναι κακαὶ πράξεις. ο τι δὲ ἡ

The Sacrifice of Praise and the Discipline of Silence§240

240Punishment is corruption, appearing from the corruption. 'With your corruption, O Jerusalem, who will help?' (Ps 79:9). And also the hand-operated disposition will be corrupted because of uncleanness; it will be corrupted by decay, as it is shown by 'Evil conversations corrupt good habits' (Ps 139:13-14).

He says 'judgment' is the examination of deeds and intentions, and 'justice' is the repayment according to merit. And even if the same subject is signified by both words in a parallel way, examine it yourself. The same must be said concerning the poor and the needy; for indeed, both names applied to the same thing must be taken according to different matters, such as being 'poor' if one has fallen greatly from wealth (for the rich have become poor and hungry), but 'needy' being one who has the necessary things for living through toil rather than through property.

The righteous confess either that they have not fallen into such things themselves, or that those who disregarded them and caused them much harm were subjected to such burdens by the judgment and justice of God. Regarding the confession of the righteous, the upright—others of the righteous—will dwell in the face of the Lord; those who confessed by the name, the righteous, confessed. Others of the righteous, the upright, if not entirely in substance, but in thought only, being righteous in one who performs moral virtues, and upright in one who has possessed the contemplation of truth.

Perhaps one who sometimes performs praiseworthy things may be called righteous, but while the practical man of the righteous confesses by the name of God, the upright one has acquired a city and a house through contemplation, dwelling in the face of God. For the character of the substance has been shown to be the face of God, Him dwelling in this face, concerning which it is said everywhere, 'If anyone is in Christ, he is a new creation' (2 Cor 5:17).

And if the 'upright who will dwell with your face' is to be explained, not thus: 'that your face they will dwell in, the upright, not going out from the face of the Lord God like Cain (Gen 4:16), or fleeing from it according to those things said concerning him, "And Adam and his wife fled from the face of the Lord God" (Gen 3:8).' But not thus: 'You are found upright, saving the image and likeness of you, having become conformed...'

They dwell in the likeness of the image of your Son, so that your Son may be found in them, the fulfillment of what the Savior said concerning such things: 'I am that I am, and they shall be with me, to behold my glory.' And this is to be heard not locally but in a God-befitting manner.

Ps 140:2b This sacrifice is offered by one who, having hurried to complete it, reaches the evening, while the one sacrificing in the morning offers according to the law the sacrifices that present the sensible things. But at noon, after this, he who has learned what is said by the Lord, 'You desire sacrifice, not burnt offerings, but the knowledge of God' Ps 140:3. And above all, an evening sacrifice is to be heard, the offering of the hands previously mentioned.

Ps 140:3-4 If the lips of the prophet approach with crushing, and a smooth-tongued man will not be directed upon the earth. May I also not fall into these things, O Lord; a guard to my mouth and a door of restraint around my lips. For I have set all things upon myself, having obeyed the exhortation of the one saying, 'With your words make a weight and a balance' Prov 16:11. For it is not advantageous for all to speak, nor even to be silent; for to the one able to open the mouth with the word of God, silence is not fitting, but to the one who brings forth a word that is idle and to those condemning words, silence will be for good. But those who practice silence differ from the one saying, 'He who keeps silence is found wise,' and 'He is keeping silence, for he has no answer,' and 'He is keeping silence, knowing the time.' For the one possessing the knowledge of the time to speak and the time when it is not necessary to speak, would ask that a guard and a door be present to his mouth and his lips from God, so that he might not bring forth anything unseasonably; and let the one who is not called to answer the questions being put forward be requested to remain silent, so that, having been shown to be unbridled toward God, he might not answer rashly instead of others; for indeed, let the one found wise through silence seek confirmation from God by that silence through which he is found wise. And since men who work iniquity make excuses, defending themselves ostensibly on behalf of those on whose behalf they work wickedly, I, having entreated you much, O Lord, deserve to be heard, that I might also entreat on behalf of not coming into such a disposition, or of having a heart flowing into words of wickedness upon the...

Greek · §240

τιμωρία διαφθορά, παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ Τῇ διαφθορᾷ σου, ̔Ιερουσαλήμ, τίς βοηθήσει; ο τι δὲ καὶ ἡ χειρίστη διάθεσις, ἐκ τοῦ Ενεκεν ἀκαθαρσίας διαφθαρήσεται φθορᾷ, ὡς δηλοῦται ἐκ τοῦ Φθείρουσιν η θη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί. 1227 Ps 139,13.14 Κρίσιν δέ φησι τὴν ἐξέτασιν τῶν πράξεων καὶ προθέσεων, δίκην δὲ τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τοῦ κατ' ἀξίαν. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸ αὐτὸ ὑποκείμενον ὑπ' ἀμφοτέρων τῶν λέξεων σημαίνεται, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξέτασον. τὰ δ' αὐτὰ ῥητέον καὶ περὶ πτωχοῦ καὶ πένητος· η τοι γὰρ κατὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀμφότερα τὰ ὀνόματα λαβεῖν δεῖ η κατὰ διαφόρων πραγμάτων, ὡς πτωχὸν μὲν ει ναι τὸν σφόδρα πλούτου ἀποπεσόντα (Πλούσιοι γὰρ ἐπτώχευσαν καὶ ἐπείνασαν), πένητα δὲ τὸν μήπω ἐκ περιουσίας ἀλλ' ἐκ τοῦ πονεῖν ε χοντα τὰ ἀναγκαίως πρὸς τὸ ζῆν συντείνοντα. ̓Εξομολογοῦνται δὲ οἱ δίκαιοι η τοι ο τι ἐκτὸς αὐτοὶ τοῦ τοιούτοις ὑποπεσεῖν γεγένηνται η ο τι οἱ προσπολεμήσαντες καὶ πολλὰ πορθήσαντες αὐτοὺς ὑπεβλήθησαν τοῖς ἐπιπόνοις κρίσει καὶ δίκῃ θεοῦ. πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τοὺς δικαίους οἱ εὐθεῖς, α λλοι τῶν δικαίων ο ντες, κατοικήσουσιν ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ κυρίου, ου τῷ ὀνόματι ἐξομολογήσαντο οἱ δίκαιοι. α λλους δὲ τῶν δικαίων τοὺς εὐθεῖς ει πον οὐ πάντως τῇ ὑποστάσει, ἀλλ' ε στιν ο τε τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνον, δικαίου μὲν ο ντος τοῦ κατορθοῦντος τὰς ἠθικὰς ἀρετάς, εὐθοῦς δὲ τοῦ τὴν θεωρίαν τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσχηκότος. η τάχα δίκαιος ει ναι δύναται ὁ ο πως ποτὲ πράττων τὰ ἐπαινετά, πλὴν ὁ μὲν πρακτικὸς τῶν δικαίων ἐξομολογεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ δὲ εὐθὴς κατοικεῖ διὰ θεωρίας ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ πόλιν καὶ οἰκίαν αὐτὸ κεκτημένος. πρόσωπον δὲ θεοῦ ἀποδέδεικται ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως, αὐτοῦ κατοικοῦντος ἐν τούτῳ τῷ προσώπῳ παντὸς περὶ ου λέγεται Ει τις ἐν Χριστῷ, καινὴ κτίσις. Εἰ δὲ ει η τὸ Κατοικήσουσιν εὐθεῖς σὺν τῷ προσώπῳ σου, ἐξηγητέον ου τως· ε νθα τὸ πρόσωπόν σου οἰκήσουσι καὶ οἱ εὐθεῖς, οὐκ ἐξερχόμενοι κατὰ τὸν Κάϊν ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ η φεύγοντες αὐτὸ κατὰ τοὺς περὶ ω ν ει ρηται Καὶ ε φυγεν ο τε ̓Αδὰμ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ. Η ου τως· ο σοι εὐθεῖς τυγχάνουσι σῴζοντες τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσίν σου σύμμορφοι γεγονότες τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ σου, σὺν τούτῳ κατοικοῦσιν, ε νθα α ν ὁ υἱός σου τυγχάνῃ, πληρουμένου τοῦ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημένου Θέλω ι να ο που εἰμὶ ἐγὼ καὶ αὐτοὶ ω σι μετ' ἐμοῦ, ι να θεωρῶσι τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμήν. τοῦ δὲ ε νθα καὶ ο που θεοπρεπῶς ἀλλ' οὐ τοπικῶς ἀκουστέον. 1228 Ps 140,2b Ταύτην τὴν θυσίαν προσάγει ὁ τῷ τετελειῶσθαι φθάσας ἐπὶ τὴν ἑσπέραν, τὸ πρωῒ θύοντος τοῦ τὰς αἰσθητὰς προσάγοντος κατὰ νόμον θυσίας. μεσημβρίᾳ δὲ μετὰ τοῦτον θύει ὁ μαθὼν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου λεγόμενον Ελεον θέλω η θυσίαν, ἐπίγνωσιν θεοῦ η ὁλοκαυτώματα. ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ προσακτέον ἑσπερινὴν θυσίαν τὴν τῶν προειρημένων χειρῶν ε παρσιν. 1229 Ps 140,3.4 Ει ρηταί που ̔Ο προπετὴς χείλεσιν ἐγγίζει συντριβῇ, καὶ ̓Ανὴρ γλωσσώδης οὐ κατευθυνθήσεται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ι ν' ου ν κἀγὼ μὴ παραπέσω τούτοις, Θοῦ, κύριε, φυλακὴν τῷ στόματί μου καὶ θύραν περιοχῆς περὶ τὰ χείλη μου. πεποίηκα γὰρ τὰ ἐπ' ἐμοὶ πάντα, πεισθεὶς τῇ 260 προτροπῇ τοῦ εἰπόντος Τοῖς λόγοις σου ποίησον ζυγὸν καὶ σταθμόν. οὐ πᾶσι γὰρ τὸ λαλεῖν ω σπερ οὐδὲ τὸ σιωπᾶν συμφέρει· τῷ γὰρ δυναμένῳ ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα λόγῳ θεοῦ οὐ καθήκει σιωπᾶν, τῷ δὲ προφερομένῳ ῥῆμα ἀργὸν καὶ τοὺς καταδικάζοντας λόγους πρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ε σται ἡ σιωπή. οι δε διαφορὰν τῶν σιωπὴν ἀγόντων ὁ λέγων Εστι σιωπῶν εὑρισκόμενος σοφός, καὶ Εστι σιωπῶν, οὐ γὰρ ε χει ἀπόκρισιν, καὶ ε στι σιωπῶν εἰδὼς καιρόν. ὁ γὰρ ἐπιστήμην ε χων καιροῦ τοῦ εἰπεῖν καὶ καιροῦ καθ' ο ν οὐ δεῖ τι λέγειν αἰτήσοιτο φρουρὰν καὶ θύραν τῷ στόματι καὶ τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ ὑπαρχθῆναι θεόθεν, ο πως μηδὲν ἀκαίρως προφέρῃ· καὶ ὁ μὴ ε χων πρὸς τὰς προαγομένας ἐρωτήσεις ἀποκρίνασθαι παρακαλείτω, ο πως ἐχέθυμος ει ναι πρὸς θεοῦ ἀποδειχθεὶς μὴ ε τερα ἀνθ' ἑτέρων ἀποκρίνεσθαι· ε τι μὴν καὶ ὁ διὰ τοῦ σιωπᾶν εὑρισκόμενος σοφὸς βεβαίωσιν ἐκ θεοῦ ἀπαιτείτω τῇ σιωπῇ καθ' η ν εὑρίσκεται σοφός. Καὶ ἐπεὶ οἱ τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐργαζόμενοι α νθρωποι προφάσεις πλάττουσιν ἀπολογούμενοι δῆθεν ὑπὲρ ω ν ἐνεργοῦσι κακῶς, ἐγὼ ὁ περὶ πολλῶν παρακαλέσας σε, ω δέσποτα, ἀξιῶ καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ εἰς τοιαύτην διάθεσιν ἐλθεῖν, ω στε ἁμαρτάνοντα εἰς λόγους πονηρίας ῥέπουσαν ε χειν τὴν καρδίαν ἐπὶ τῷ

Pretexts for Sin and the Victory of the Word§241

241Men make excuses for their sins alongside those who practice lawlessness. For if my heart were kept by your guarding, I would not be joined with the chosen ones among men who practice lawlessness. And these chosen ones are those who use pretexts upon which they act wickedly, being worse than those without pretexts who lawlessly act without covering. For these are not like those who sin while knowing, who seem to hold ignorance or weakness as a pretext, but like those who lawlessly act while knowing. If, through the things set forth, the one praying says, 'No cause, O Lord, should exist, as if through ignorance, or force, or weakness, that my heart should be turned toward words of wickedness through any pretext upon which one sins,' how might he not also avoid being joined with the chosen ones among men who practice lawlessness? (Ps 140:5b). In this, the ruling principle, as if the head of the soul, must be considered to signify the head.

Understand also this: what else are the chosen ones who practice lawlessness but those in good will, or false doctrines and evil dispositions, whom you would deem worthy of having your own prayer become a means to be exposed and cast out? (Ps 140:5c–8a). For in these things his prayer becomes nothing other than a request to God for their overthrow and destruction. Therefore, regarding his worthiness, manage the matter. For the strong ones among the men practicing lawlessness, being the same as their chosen ones, were crushed, as the divine Scripture has often interpreted the Word of God approaching them as a rock. And a symbol of having conquered is to swallow up; for it is said, 'Death was crushed into victory,' and 'That the mortal might be swallowed up by life,' but also 'Aaron's rod swallowed up theirs'; it says the rods of the sophists and the vainglorious, by the victory of the scepter of divine truth.

the scepters of the phalanx

Greek · §241

προφασίζεσθαι ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺν τοῖς ἐργαζομένοις τὴν ἀνομίαν ἀνθρώποις. εἰ γὰρ τηρηθείη ἡ καρδία μου ὑπὸ τῆς σῆς φυλακῆς, οὐδὲ συνδυασθήσομαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν τῶν τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐργαζομένων ἀνθρώπων. ἐκλεκτοὶ δὲ τούτων ει εν οἱ σκηπτόμενοι προφάσεις ἐφ' οι ς δρῶσιν κακῶς, χειρόνων ο ντων τῶν α νευ προφάσεως καὶ ἀνεπικαλύπτως ἀνομούντων. ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ μετὰ τοῦ γινώσκειν ἁμαρτάνοντες, τῶν α γνοιαν η ἀσθένειαν προφασιζομένων προύχειν δοκούντων τῶν φανερῶς καὶ μετὰ τοῦ εἰδέναι ἀνομούντων. ει ποιεν ου ν διὰ τῶν προκειμένων ὁ εὐχόμενος Μηδεμία αἰτία, ω δέσποτα, ὑπάρξοι ὡς δι' α γνοιαν δῆθεν η βίαν η ἀσθένειαν ἐκκλῖναι τὴν καρδίαν μου εἰς λόγους πονηρίας ου ς προενέγκοιτό τις προφασιζόμενος ἐφ' οι ς ἁμαρτάνει, ο πως μηδὲ ἀκολουθήσῃ τὸ συνδυᾶσαι μετὰ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν τῶν τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐργαζομένων ἀνθρώπων. 1230 Ps 140,5b Κεφαλὴν δὲ ἐν τούτοις τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ὡσανεὶ κεφάλαιον τῆς ψυχῆς τυγχάνον σημαίνεσθαι νομιστέον. 1231 Ps 140,5c–8a Νοήσεις καὶ ου τως· τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν τίνες α λλαι ει εν εὐδοκίαι η ψευδοδοξίαι καὶ πονηραὶ διαθέσεις, ω ν ει σω τὴν ἑαυτοῦ προσευχὴν ἀξιοῖ γενέσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ διελεγχθείσας καθαιρεθῆναι; ἐν ταύταις γὰρ ἡ προσευχὴ αὐτοῦ οὐκ α λλως γίνεται η αἰτουμένου θεοῦ ἀνατροπὴν καὶ κατάλυσιν αὐτῶν. διὸ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀξίωσιν αὐτοῦ ᾠκονόμησε τὸ πρᾶγμα. οἱ γὰρ κραταιοὶ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν ἀνθρώπων οἱ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνοντες τοῖς ἐκλεκτοῖς αὐτῶν κατεπόθησαν, ἐγγίσαντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ο ν πέτραν πολλάκις ἡρμήνευσεν ἡ θεία γραφή. σύμβολον δὲ τοῦ νενικῆσθαι τὸ καταπίνεσθαι· ου τω γὰρ ει ρηται καὶ τὸ Κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος, καὶ τὸ Ινα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ Κατέπιεν ἡ ῥάβδος ̓Ααρὼν τὰς ἐκείνων· φησὶ δὲ τὰς τῶν σοφιστῶν καὶ ἐπαοιδῶν ῥάβδους, νικῶντος τοῦ σκήπτρου τῆς θεϊκῆς ἀληθείας καὶ σοφίας τὰ σκῆπτρα τῆς φάλαγγος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς α ρχοντας τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος σοφίαν ἐπαγγελλομένους καὶ τῶν α λλων δαιμόνων τὸ στῖφος κραταιοὺς τῶν κατὰ κακίαν πεποιωμένων ἐρεῖς, καὶ ου τοι τῷ Χριστῷ τῇ πέτρᾳ συνεγγίσαντες καταποθήσονται, ἀφανιζόμενοι καὶ τὸ μηδὲν ει ναι ἀποδεικνύμενοι τῇ παρουσίᾳ Χριστοῦ ἀπολλύντος τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετοῦντος, τῶν δὲ αἰσθητῶν σπερμάτων χρῃζόντων εἰς ἀροτριαθεῖσαν καὶ σχισθεῖαν γῆν καταβληθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ εἰς τὴν γῆν κρυβέντα τὰς ῥίζας εἰς βάθος βαλεῖν. ου τως γὰρ καὶ καρποφορῆσαι ἀσφαλῶς στηριχθέντα ταῖς ῥίζαις δυνήσεται τὰ τῶν ἁγίων ῥήματα α θεόθεν ε σχον τυγχάνοντα σπέρματα πνευματικά. τοσαύτην ε χει δύναμιν ὡς μὴ μόνον ῥιζῶσαι καὶ καρποφορῆσαι ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀρότρου χρείαν 261 ἀποπληροῦν· παντοδύναμα γὰρ ο ντα ἀρδεύσει, ἀροτριάσει τὴν γῆν καὶ πάντα ποιήσει ο σα ἐνέργεια γεωργικὴ πράξει, ι να μετὰ τοῦτο ῥιζώσαντα τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς ἀρετῆς πληρέστατα ἀποδῷ γενήματα. ἀληθῶς γὰρ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ου τως ἐστὶ δυνατὰ ὡς τὰς παχυνθείσας καὶ λιθωθείσας διανοίας διαρρηγνῦναι ἐπὶ τῷ διαδύντα διὰ κατανύξεως ῥιζῶσαι, ἀφ' η ς ὡς ἀπὸ ἀσφαλοῦς ῥίζης ἀποδοθήσεται ὁ διὰ πράξεων καὶ νοημάτων ἀρίστων καρπός. Φέρεται δὲ καὶ ἑτέρα γραφὴ ου τως ε χουσα· Κατεπόθησαν ἐχόμενα πέτρας οἱ κριταὶ αὐτῶν. ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ δι' ἐξετάσεως καὶ διαιρέσεως ω ν μετέρχονται λόγων κρίνοντες δῆθεν τὰ πράγματα· οι τινες οὐχ ε τεροι τῶν κραταιῶν ο ντες ἐχόμενα τῆς πέτρας γινόμενοι καταπίνονται, τῶν κηρύκων τῆς ἀληθείας οὐ καταπινομένων ἀλλ' ἑστηκότων ἐπ' αὐτῆς καὶ ὑψουμένων ( Εστησε γὰρ ἐπὶ πέτραν τοὺς πόδας μου, καὶ ̓Εν πέτρᾳ υ ψωσέ με) καὶ προσέτι καὶ πινόντων ἀπ' αὐτῆς· Επινον γὰρ ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης πέτρας, ἡ δὲ πέτρα η ν ὁ Χριστός. ̓Οστᾶ δὲ ψυχῆς ῥητέον τὰς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις καθὰ

The Deception of the Enemy and the Flight from God§242

242It is said. If these things are accomplished well while praising God, he says, 'Lord, Lord, who is like you?'; but if they should sin and turn away through which sin works according to malice, casting away all harmony and unity, they are scattered not just anywhere, but in the place of the dead souls.

But this has not arisen from inattention alone, but it is also possible for the eyes of the soul to be lifted toward the Lord, who is able to gather together into himself the things scattered by the adversary, interpreted as 'bones to each one,' and as the Scripture says, 'to each one' giving back to its own harmony. And also, to speak in the plural regarding the dispersion (for 'our bones were scattered'), while the saving thing is spoken of in the singular; for it is not said, 'O Lord, Lord, our eyes are toward you,' but 'my eyes.' For when the spirit of unity is toward the Lord for those seeing toward him, but malice and the dispersion of the bones is a multitude, those experiencing these things say.

Compare this also to the first commandment of God toward Adam, which had the singular regarding the command and the plural regarding the prohibition: 'For the Lord God commanded Adam, saying, From every tree of the garden you may eat, but from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil you shall not eat; for in the day that you eat of it you shall surely die' (Gen 2:16-17). And if in the Decalogue both the commands and prohibitions were expressed in the singular, the things spoken of are not invalidated; for these things will find their own proper interpretation in due time.

Toward you, O Lord, are my eyes, hoping in you; therefore do not let my soul fall, lest it fall down to the pit (Ps 140:8). For even if the bones of each of us were scattered by the adversary, yet I do not hope that you will gather and restore them to their own concord and harmony; if it does not happen by your goodness, not only will my soul not be destroyed, but it will be saved, you guarding me from the snare in which he established it for me. And not from this alone, but also from the stumbling blocks of those working lawlessness, guard me. And perhaps one snare being set for me is the deception of the wicked according to pseudo-orthodoxy, and the other is the stumbling block of those working lawlessness.

And moral wickedness, for the one stumbling in uncertainty, sees many more acting lawlessly; the testimony of this is 'For when iniquity has increased, love will flee' (Ps 140:10), and the proof is also that the trap set deceitfully, the pseudonymous one, is known from the fact that they 'strengthened themselves with a word of evil' and narrated how to hide traps.

If it is spoken concerning the devil, the explanation will be this: the enemy of our race holds a two-edged sword, woven from his various thoughts, all of which are terrible for the purpose of deceiving, which surrounds men and brings them into a fall through sin, so that they are immediately proven sinners, except for those alone who escape him. For we do not ignore his thoughts; indeed, he has caught many and is making them god-makers with nets, which he used as a snare and incense for the two-edged sword for the hunting of the deceived, as it is written in the prophet. But even if sinners fall into his two-edged sword, I, having withdrawn from all material things, am alone, so that when I pass through this timely life, I may escape the multitude of evils and be joined to the Lord, to be with Him in spirit.

No one recognizes the wise of material things and the foolish, since concerning the wise and wisdom they do not even have a concept, but only the wise recognize themselves and their neighbors. 'Since,' he says, 'no one recognizes me,' I have perceived into the right things which I previously looked upon, having had a perception of them, that since something more wise than I has come to be, my heart would come into the right side, perceiving nothing sensible but all things intelligible.

And since everyone who sins flees from God, as it is presented that one who is after transgression is said to 'flee from the face of God,' both Adam and his wife (Gen 3:8); but he who no longer sins but having been made upright speaks 'Flight has perished from me,' that is, wickedness has perished from me, in which those fleeing from God hide. Therefore also there is no one seeking my soul, having been revealed to God and having stood before Him. And 'searching out' indicates an intensification of the search: 'the one searching out'—the lost is sought and is being sought. The same thing is to have perished and to have fled. And he who has come to be in wickedness does not even repent.

Greek · §242

ει ρηται. ταῦτα εἰ μὲν κατωρθωμένως ἐπιτελοῖντο ὑμνοῦντα θεὸν ἐρεῖ Κύριε κύριε τίς ο μοιός σοι; εἰ δ' ἁμαρτάνοιεν καὶ διαστρέφοιντο δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ κατὰ κακίαν ἐνεργεῖν, πᾶσαν συμφωνίαν καὶ ἑνότητα ἀποβάλλουσαι διασκεδάννυνται οὐχ ο που ε τυχεν ἀλλ' ε νθα τὸ χωρίον τῶν νεκρωθεισῶν ψυχῶν. ἀλλ' ου ν εἰ καὶ τοῦτο ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας ὑπῆρκται, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνατὸν τοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμοὺς α ραι πρὸς τὸν κύριον τὸν δυνάμενον εἰς ταὐτὸν συναγαγεῖν τὰ διασκορπισθέντα παρὰ τὸν ᾳ δην ἡρμηνευμένα ὀστᾶ ω στε ε καστον ἑκάστῳ, καὶ ὡς ἡ γραφὴ ει πεν ̔Εκάτερον ἑκατέρῳ, ἀποδοῦναι τῇ οἰκείᾳ ἁρμονίᾳ. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ πληθυντικῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ διασκορπισμοῦ φάναι (∆ιεσκορπίσθη γὰρ τὰ ὀστᾶ ἡμῶν), ἑνικῶς εἰρημένου τοῦ σωτηριώδους· οὐ γὰρ ει ρηται Οτι πρὸς σέ, κύριε κύριε, οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν, ἀλλ' Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου. ὁτὲ γὰρ πρὸς κύριον τὸ νεῦμα ἑνότης τῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁρώντων, ὁτὲ δὲ κακία καὶ τῶν ὀστῶν διασκορπισμὸς πλῆθος, λέγοντες οἱ ταῦτα παθόντες. παραβαλεῖς τούτοις καὶ τὴν πρώτην πρὸς τὸν ̓Αδὰμ θεοῦ ἐντολήν, ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς προστάξεως τὸ ἑνικόν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἀπαγορεύσεως τὸ πληθυντικὸν ε χουσαν· Καὶ ἐνετείλατο γάρ φησι κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῷ ̓Αδάμ ̓Απὸ παντὸς ξύλου τοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ βρώσει φάγῃ, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ξύλου τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρὸν οὐ φάγετε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· ῃ δ' α ν ἡμέρᾳ φάγητε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, θανάτῳ ἀποθανεῖσθε, ει πεν. εἰ δὲ ἐν τῇ δεκαλόγῳ καὶ αἱ προστάξεις καὶ ἀπαγορεύσεις ἑνικῶς ἐξηνέχθησαν, οὐκ ἀθετεῖται τὰ ε ναγχος ῥηθέντα· καὶ ταῦτα γὰρ οἰκείας ἐξηγήσεως κατὰ καιρὸν τεύξεται. 1232 Ps 140,8b.9 Πρὸς σέ, ω κύριε, η ρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου, ἐλπίσας ἐπὶ σέ· διὸ μὴ ἀντανέλῃς τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὡς τέλεον αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ διεσκορπίσθη τὰ ὀστᾶ ἑκάστου ἡμῶν παρὰ τὸν ᾳ δην, ἀλλ' ου ν ἐλπίζω ο τι συνάξας ἀποκαταστήσεις αὐτὰ τῇ οἰκείᾳ συμφωνίᾳ καὶ ἁρμονίᾳ· ου γενομένου τῇ σῇ ἀγαθότητι, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἀναιρεθήσεται ἡ ψυχή μου ἀλλὰ καὶ σωθήσεται, σου φυλάττοντός με ἀφ' η ς συνεστήσαντό μοι παγίδος. οὐκ ἐκ μόνης δὲ ταύτης ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ σκανδάλων τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν φυλάξεις με. Καὶ τάχα παγὶς μὲν συνισταμένη μοι πρὸς τῶν πονηρῶν ἡ κατὰ ψευδοδοξίαν ἀπάτη ἐστί, τὸ δὲ τῶν ἐργαζομένων τὴν ἀνομίαν σκάνδαλον ἡ ἠθικὴ κακία, τοῦ ἀβεβαίου σκανδαλιζομένου, ο ταν πλείονας ὁρᾷ ἀνομοῦντας· τούτου μαρτύριον τὸ ∆ιὰ τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν φυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν, ἀπόδειξις τοῦ καὶ τὴν συσταθεῖσαν ἀπατηλῶς παγίδα τὴν ψευδώνυμον ει ναι γνῶσιν ἐκ τοῦ ̓Εκραταίωσαν ἑαυτοῖς λόγον πονηρόν, διηγήσαντο τοῦ κρύψαι παγίδας. 1233 Ps 140,10 Εἰ μὲν περὶ τοῦ διαβόλου λέγοιτο, ἐξήγησις ε σται τοιαύτη· ἀμφίβληστρον ε χει ὁ ἐχθρὸς τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν πεπλεγμένον ἐκ τῶν ποικίλων αὐτοῦ νοημάτων πάντων τυγχανόντων δεινῶν πρὸς τὸ ἀπατῆσαι, ῳ περιβάλλων τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δι' ἁμαρτίας εἰς πτῶμα φέρει, ὡς εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς 262 ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἀποδείκνυσθαι, μόνων ἐκφευγόντων αὐτὸ τῶν δυναμένων εἰπεῖν Οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν· ο θεν καὶ πολλοὺς ἀγρεύσας θεοποιῶν τὰ δίκτυα, οι ς πρὸς θήραν τῶν ἠπατημένων ἐχρήσατο θεοῦ ἐπὶ σαγήνῃ καὶ θυμίᾳ τῷ ἀμφιβλήστρῳ ὡς ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ γέγραπται. ̓Αλλ' εἰ καὶ πεσοῦνται ἐν ἀμφιβλήστρῳ αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτωλοί, ἀλλ' ἐγὼ πάντων ἀναχωρήσας τῶν ὑλικῶν κατὰ μόνας εἰμί, ε ως α ν παρέλθω τὸν ἐπίκηρον βίον καὶ τῶν κακῶν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ κολληθῶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἐπὶ τῷ ε ν πνεῦμα πρὸς αὐτὸν γενέσθαι. 1234 Ps 141,5 Οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκεται τὸ σοφὸν τῶν ὑλικῶν καὶ ἠλιθίων, ἐπεὶ περὶ τοῦ σοφοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας διάληψιν οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ε χουσι, μόνων τῶν σοφῶν ἐπιγινωσκόντων ἑαυτούς τε καὶ τοὺς παραπλησίους. ἐπεὶ ου ν, φησίν, οὐκ η ν ὁ ἐπιγινώσκων με, ἐγὼ κατενόουν εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ οι ς ἐπιβλέπω πρότερον ἐσχηκὼς αὐτῶν κατανόησιν, ι να ε τι σοφωτέρου μου γεγενημένου ε τι μᾶλλον ἡ καρδία μου εἰς δεξιὰν ε λθοι οὐδὲν αἰσθητὸν ε τι ἀλλὰ πάντα νοητὰ θεωροῦσα. καὶ ἐπεὶ πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων φεύγει θεόν, ὡς παρίσταται ἐκ τοῦ μετὰ παράβασιν λέγεσθαι Καὶ ε φυγον ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ο τε ̓Αδὰμ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, ὁ μηκέτι ἁμαρτάνων ἀλλὰ κατορθώσας ἀναμαρτησίαν ἐρεῖ ̓Απώλετο φυγὴ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, τουτέστιν ἀπώλετο ἀπ' ἐμοῦ κακία εἰς η ν κρύπτονται καὶ χωροῦσιν οἱ φεύγοντες θεόν. διὸ καὶ οὐκ ε στιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὴν ψυχήν μου, φανερωθεῖσαν θεῷ καὶ παραστᾶσαν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ. ζητήσεως δ' ἐπίτασιν δηλοῖ τὸ ̓Εκζητῶν· ζητεῖται καὶ ἐκζητεῖται τὸ ἀπολωλός. ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ ἀπολωλέναι καὶ πεφευγέναι. καὶ ὁ ἐν κακίᾳ δὲ γεγονὼς ο τε μετανοεῖν

Justification through Faith and the Nature of the Soul§243

Click or tap any sentence to jump there. The side buttons skip a paragraph.

243having joined my prayer

By the grace through the faith of Jesus Christ, having the righteousness that was revealed apart from law, being testified to by the law and the prophets. Perhaps, since the one believing in him is not judged, he receives from him perfect faith so that he might happen not to be judged. For judgment comes to those who loved the darkness more than the light or to those who do evil works. Surely, if God listens to someone in his own righteousness, he does not enter into judgment with him; for he happens to be his servant, doing all these things commanded to him (Ps 142:3b–4a).

To be brought low to the earth is to have the life of someone observing the things below and thinking the things upon the earth. Just as the life of those having their heart in heaven is tossed about and lifted up, so the one hoarding on the earth and having his mind about sensible things is brought low, having his life toward the earth.

He says, 'In the dark ages' (the rulers of this darkness rule there), 'as the fallen one, to be made like the dead of the age.' But those called sons of this age are not, except the one having stripped himself of these things, not a dead of the age, but having become as a dead of the age. Therefore also the spirit called the spirit of man, being with him, despaired for the sake of help. For since he has encountered the man helping him among those things, it is fitting that he despaired and was angry only upon knowing the things of the man.

This parched earth and the adjacent souls, parched places, the unclean spirit does not pass through, finding no rest or repose with them. But even if they happen to be parched by the drying up of foul waters, they do not pursue the Lord to find him on the straight path, who will also rain upon them as a preceding rain and as a dry rain. Therefore they shall be in waters, having springs in them of living water changing into eternal life.

And since the Holy Spirit does not remain where sin is, having said, 'The enemy pursued my soul' (Ps 142:6b), and the following, let him be careful not because of these things to abandon him then as a spirit present with him, as it is the same as the one proposed: 'Turn not your face away,' and the Holy Spirit.

Greek · §243

α ρχεται φεύγει ταύτην· Φεύγετε γάρ φησι τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν, καὶ ̔Ως ἀπὸ προσώπου ο φεως φεῦγε ἀπ' ἁμαρτίας. καὶ ἐπιτείνει γε τὴν φυγὴν ὁσημέραι διὰ προκοπῆς μακρυνόμενος η ς καταλέλοιπεν ε ξεως ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκραιφνεστάτην ἀρετὴν ἐλθεῖν, στὰς λοιπὸν ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ βεβαίως ἐρεῖ τὸ ̓Απώλετο φυγὴ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ· οὐκέτι γὰρ ε χω διώκουσαν ἁμαρτίαν οὐδὲ τὸν ἐκζητοῦντα τὴν ψυχήν μου γενομένην ἐν τῷ φρουρίῳ τῆς εὐσεβείας. 1235 Ps 141,8a Κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν δὲ ἡ κακία καὶ ἡ δυσσεβεία πᾶσα ω σπερ φρουρά τις ε νδον τὰς ψυχὰς περιλαβοῦσα κατεῖχεν· ἀφ' η ς φυλακῆς ἑκάστη ἀναπέμπει τὴν προκειμένην εὐχήν, ὡς ἐπινεύσαντα τὸν κύριον ἐληλυθέναι ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ δεσμῶν δεδεμένους καὶ ἐξ οι κου φυλακῆς καθημένους ἐν σκότει. 1236 Ps 142,1.2 ̔Ο μὲν τρίτος ψαλμὸς ἐπιγέγραπται Ψαλμὸς τῷ ∆αυίδ, ὁπότε ἀπεδίδρασκεν ἀπὸ προσώπου ̓Αβεσαλὼμ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἐνταῦθα δὲ Οτε αὐτὸν ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ κατεδίωκεν. οὐχ ου τω δὲ δεινὸν τὸ φυγεῖν ἀπό τινος ὡς ἐκεῖνον διώκειν. ἐνδέχεται δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὑπονοίας μόνης φεύγειν, τὸ μέντοι τὸν διωκόμενον ἐλαύνεσθαι ἐμφαίνει τὴν ὠμότητα καὶ ἀγριότητα τοῦ διώκοντος. Φησὶν ου ν· Πολλῶν ἐπιδεὴς ω ν κατέφυγον πρὸς σέ, ἐπιστάμενος ἀκριβῶς ο τι πληρώσεις με πάντων ω ν ἐλλειπής εἰμι ἐνωτισάμενος τὴν δέησιν μου ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τῷ μονογενεῖ σου γεννήματι τῷ εἰπόντι ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια. η ἐπεὶ ἐν εἰκόνι καὶ σκιᾷ τέως λατρεύω, ευ χομαι καὶ τὸ λεῖπόν μοι δοθῆναι. ε στι δὲ τὸ ὑπερβῆναι τὴν τυπικὴν θεραπείαν ἐπὶ τῷ γυμνῇ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου προσβαλεῖν, ι να πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ σοι προσκυνήσω. ̓Επάκουσόν μου ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου, δικαιώσας με ἐν αὐτῇ. ἡ γὰρ ἐμὴ δικαιοσύνη ὡς οὐδὲν ἐναντίον σου λογισθήσεται. διὸ καὶ ἀξιῶ, ο πως μὴ εἰσέλθῃς εἰς κρίσιν μετ' ἐμοῦ· εἰμὶ γάρ σου δοῦλος, καὶ κριθῆναι πρὸς σὲ η ἐπὶ σοῦ φοβοῦμαι. ἐξετάζεις γὰρ οὐ τοὺς λόγους η τὰ ε ργα μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πρόθεσιν ἀφ' η ς ταῦτα· ο θεν τῶν ζώντων οὐδείς, κα ν ἀκροτάτην ἀρετὴν ε χει, δικαιωθῆναι ἐνώπιόν σου δυνήσεται. πάντες γοῦν οἱ δίκαιοι συγκρίνοντες τὴν σφῶν δικαιοσύνην τῇ σῇ ἀπὸ 263 διαθέσεως ἀληθευούσης φασὶν ̔Ως ῥάκος ἀποκαθημένης πᾶσα ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἡμῶν ἐναντίον σου· δικαιούμεθα δὲ δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ε χοντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν χωρὶς νόμου φανερωθεῖσαν μαρτυρουμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Η τάχα ἐπεὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται, ευ χεται τελείαν πίστιν παρ' αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν, ι να τύχῃ τοῦ μὴ κριθῆναι. γίνεται γὰρ ἡ κρίσις πρὸς ἀγαπήσαντας μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος η τὸ φῶς τῷ πονηρὰ ε ργα ε χειν. οὐκοῦν ο ταν ἐπακούσῃ ὁ θεὸς τινὶ ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ἑαυτοῦ, οὐκ εἰσέρχεται μετ' αὐτοῦ εἰς κρίσιν· τυγχάνει γὰρ αὐτοῦ δοῦλος, ποιῶν ταῦτα πάντα τὰ διαταχθέντα αὐτῷ. 1237 Ps 142,3b–4a Ταπεινωθῆναι εἰς γῆν ἐστι τὴν ζωήν τινος τὸ σκοπεῖν τὰ κάτω καὶ φρονεῖν τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ὡς γὰρ μετεωρίζεται καὶ ὑψοῦται ἡ ζωὴ τῶν θησαυριζόντων ἐν οὐρανῷ κἀκεῖ τὴν καρδίαν ε χειν, ου τως ὁ θησαυρίζων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ περὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ τὴν διάνοιαν ε χων ταπεινοῦται, εἰς γῆν τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ ε χων. ̓Εν σκοτεινοῖς δέ φησιν αἰῶνος (ε νθα α ρχουσιν οἱ κοσμοκράτορες τοῦ σκότους τούτου) ὡς τὸν ἁλόντα ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς νεκροῖς τοῦ αἰῶνος. ου τοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ λεγόμενοι υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου, πλὴν ὁ ταῦτα ἀποδυράμενος οὐ νεκρὸς αἰῶνος ἀλλ' ὡς νεκρὸς αἰῶνος γέγονε. διὸ καὶ ἠκηδίασεν ἐπ' αὐτῷ τὸ βοηθείας χάριν συνὸν αὐτῷ πνεῦμα λεγόμενον πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ. ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὸν βοηθούμενον ὑπ' αὐτοῦ α νθρωπον ει δε τοῖς προκειμένοις περιτυχόντα, εἰκότως ἠκηδίασε καὶ ἠθύμησεν α τε μόνον εἰδὸς τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 1238 Ps 142,6b Ταύτην τὴν α νυδρον γῆν καὶ τὰς παραπλησίους ψυχὰς ἀνύδρους τόπους ου σας διέρχεται τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, οὐχ εὑρίσκον παρ' αὐτοῖς μονὴν η ἀνάπαυσιν. πλὴν εἰ καὶ α νυδροι τυγχάνουσι τῷ στερεῖσθαι τῶν φαύλων ὑδάτων, ἀλλ' ου ν διώκουσι τὸν κύριον ἐπὶ τῷ ο ρθρον ε τοιμον εὑρεῖν αὐτόν, ο τε καὶ η ξει αὐταῖς ὡς ὑετὸς πρόϊμος καὶ ο ψιμος. διὸ καὶ ε νυδροι γενήσονται, πηγὰς ἐν αὐταῖς ε χουσαι υ δατος ζῶντος ἀλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 1239 Ps 142,7bc Καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ α γιον πνεῦμα οὐχ ὑπομένει ει ναι ε νθα ἁμαρτία, εἰπὼν Κατεδίωξεν ὁ ἐχθρὸς τὴν ψυχήν μου, καὶ τὰ ἑπόμενα, εὐλαβεῖται μὴ διὰ ταῦτα ἐγκαταλείψει αὐτὸν τότε ὡς παρὸν αὐτῷ πνεῦμα, ὡς ει ναι τὸ προκείμενον ταὐτὸν τῷ Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου, καὶ Τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιόν

Learning the Divine Will§244

244Do not drive me away from you. For no one who is in God and possesses the Spirit is immediately cast out for sinning, but he who persists in sinning is like a craftsman preparing a tool; for then such a person will be cast out from the divine face and be deprived of the Holy Spirit. However, he who does not possess the Spirit is not stripped of it, but he does not grieve it while it is present through sinning.

In the beginning of the day being illuminated by you, and having begun to shine like the rising of the sun, let me hear of your righteousness Ps 142:8a; I am not speaking about it as my own state or hearing. For then, having been benefited by the hearing about it, I will be able to progress as to seeing it with longing. I shall also obtain the vision of it, as he who calls to all the zealous ones, saying, 'Show us, Lord, your mercy'; for then it becomes visible, so that if someone receives what is heard, it is not in ignorance but in the beginning of knowledge, which he revealed through the First.

Perhaps also the former ways, Moses and the prophets, having been walked by someone according to 'Stand in the ways and ask for the paths of the Lord eternal' Ps 119:58, after the journey in them, seeking the good way, he will say to the father of this way alone to the one knowing the way, 'Like a son, make known to me the way in which I shall walk.' Therefore also, having been acknowledged by the father, making itself manifest, he says to the worthy, 'I am the way; for no one comes to the Father except through me' John 14:6.

Being pursued by a single enemy, as if being finished, he prays now to be rescued from a multitude of enemies Ps 142:9. But they do not fight with different words; for he called the leader of evil, the enemy, singular, but his army he called enemies in the plural. And it is most just to be rescued from the enemies, since he fled to no one but to him alone.

'Teach me,' he says, 'not only to know but also to do your will' Ps 142:10; for it is not the knowing of it that is sanctifying and making blessed, but it being worked and being done. Therefore also the Savior says, 'Not everyone saying to me, Lord, Lord, will enter the kingdom of heaven, but he who does the will of my Father' Matt 7:21.

Regarding the one in the heavens. It is evident what one does the will of God and understands it, not necessarily being one who knows it and does not do it; for this reason, the 'Learn to do good' agrees. And what is this learning of the divine will, the following word signifies: what is the guidance of the Holy Spirit into the straight land. For the one having learned the will of God in moral virtues will be guided by the gift of God by the Holy Spirit who works upon all truth. And the straight land is the good and pure heart in which Jesus will bear fruit, the seed of the gentle ones. And it can also be thus: 'Teach me to do your will,' not merely formally but spiritually, fulfilling your law, which happens to be not other than your will; and having progressed to this and having been guided by the Holy Spirit into the straight land, one articulates the remaining truth face to face.

In some texts it is carried instead of 'Your Holy Spirit' as 'Your Good Spirit'; from which it is presented that the holy is good and the good is holy, and 'good' is not by participation in goodness but is good by essence, such as also the holy is. And such is the Father; for indeed it is said concerning him, 'Holy Father,' and 'No one is good except God.' And the Son, being from the good and the holy, is said to be good and holy. Ps 142:11: 'For the sake of your called name, I will do your justice. You will make me live in your righteousness, for you justify me; for it will not happen that I live in it.' It is fitting, therefore, that 'You will make me live' inclines toward future time, since here, just as we possess other good things only partially, we shall live perfectly when Christ, our life, is revealed; for he is the righteousness of God, in whom the one who approaches him will live. Ps 143:1: Since everything that is good and useful comes from God to men, what do the saints possess concerning such things? They give thanks to God, knowing him to be the cause of the good things. Behold, even David, having experienced fighting his enemies in military matters, those invisible diverse ones who are overturned and cast down, bless God, becoming a teacher to himself of that knowledge.

Greek · §244

σου μὴ ἀντανέλῃς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν ἐν ο ψει θεοῦ καὶ ἐχόντων πνεῦμα εὐθὺς ἀποβάλλεται ἁμαρτάνων ἀλλ' ὁ ἐπιτείνων τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ὡς ε ξιν χειρίστην συγκροτῆσαι· τότε γὰρ ἐκβληθήσεται ὁ τοιοῦτος τοῦ θεϊκοῦ προσώπου καὶ ἀφαιρεθείη τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. ο μως δὲ εἰ καὶ μὴ γυμνοῦται ὁ ου τως ε χων τοῦ πνεύματος, ἀλλ' ου ν λυπεῖ αὐτὸ παρὸν διὰ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν. 1240 Ps 142,8a ̓Εν ἀρχῇ τῆς ὑπὸ σοῦ φωτιζομένης ἡμέρας τυγχάνοντι καὶ ἀρξαμένῳ καταλάμπεσθαι ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου τοῦ τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου ἀκουστόν μοι ποίησον τὸ ε λεος· ου τω περὶ αὐτοῦ λαλῶν ὡς ἡ ἐμὴ ε ξις καὶ ἀκοή. τότε γὰρ καὶ ὠφεληθεὶς ἐκ τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀκροάσεως προκόψαι δυνήσομαι ὡς καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸ ποθῆσαι. τεύξομαι δὲ καὶ τῆς θέας αὐτοῦ, ο ταν μετὰ πάντων τῶν ὁμοζήλων παρακαλῶν ει πω ∆εῖξον ἡμῖν, κύριε, τὸ ε λεός σου· ὁρατὸν γὰρ τότε γίνεται, ο ταν ἀκουστόν τις αὐτὸ λάβοι οὐκ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ ἀλλ' ἐν ἀρχῇ γνώσεως ω ν, ο διὰ τοῦ Πρωῒ ἐδήλωσεν. 1241 Ps 142,8c Τάχα δὲ καὶ τὰς προτέρας ὁδούς, Μωυσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, βαδίσας τις κατὰ τὸ Στῆτε ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς καὶ ἐρωτήσατε τρίβους κυρίου αἰωνίας, μετὰ τὴν ἐν αὐταῖς πορείαν ζητῶν τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἀγαθὴν τῷ ταύτης πατρὶ ἐρεῖ μόνῳ γινώσκοντι τὴν ὁδὸν ου σαν υἱὸν Γνώρισόν μοι ὁδὸν ἐν ῃ πορεύσομαι. διὸ καὶ ἐπινεύσαντος τοῦ πατρὸς ἐμφανίζουσα ἑαυτὴν ἐρεῖ τοῖς ἀξίοις ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδός· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ε ρχεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ δι' ἐμοῦ. 1242 Ps 142,9 ̔Υπὸ ἑνὸς ἐχθροῦ καταδιωχθείσης τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ ὡς ἀρτίως ει πεν, ἀπὸ πλήθους ἐχθρῶν ἐξαιρεθῆναι νῦν παρακαλεῖ. ἀλλ' οὐ μάχονται αἱ ου τω διάφοροι λέξεις· τὸν μὲν γὰρ ἀρχηγέτην τῆς κακίας ἐχθρὸν ε να ει πε, τὴν δὲ 264 στρατιὰν αὐτοῦ πληθυντικῶς ἐκάλεσεν ἐχθρούς. ̓Απαιτεῖ δὲ τὸ ἐξαιρεθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν δικαιότατα, ἐπείπερ πρὸς οὐδένα η πρὸς αὐτὸν μόνον κατέφυγεν. 1243 Ps 142,10 ∆ίδαξόν με, φησίν, μὴ εἰδέναι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημά σου· οὐ γὰρ τὸ ἐπίστασθαι αὐτὸ α νευ τοῦ ἐνεργεῖν ἁγιαστικὸν καὶ μακαριοποιόν ἐστιν ἀλλ' ἐνεργούμενον καὶ πραττόμενον. διὸ καὶ ὁ σωτήρ φησιν Οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων μοι Κύριε κύριε εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλ' ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. φανερὸν δὲ ο τι ὁ ποιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ θέλημα καὶ ἐπίσταται αὐτό, οὐ πάντως τοῦ εἰδότος καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντος· τούτῳ συνᾴδει τὸ Μάθετε καλὸν ποιεῖν. τίς δὲ αυ τη ἡ μάθησις τοῦ θείου θελήματος ἡ ἑξῆς σημαίνει λέξις, ο τι ὁδήγησις τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματός ἐστιν εἰς τὴν εὐθείαν γῆν. ὁ γὰρ μαθὼν τὸ ἐν ἠθικαῖς ἀρεταῖς τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ θέλημα ὁδηγηθήσεται δωρεᾷ θεοῦ ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν. γῆ δὲ εὐθεία ἡ ἀγαθὴ καὶ καθαρὰ καρδία ἐστὶν ἐν ῃ ὁ ̓Ιησοῦ καρποφορήσει σπόρος η ὁ τῶν πραέων. ∆ύναται δὲ καὶ ου τως· ∆ίδαξόν με τοῦ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημά σου, ο πως α ν μὴ τυπικῶς ε τι ἀλλὰ πνευματικῶς ἐπιτελῶ σου τὸν νόμον τυγχάνοντα οὐχ ε τερον τοῦ θελήματός σου· προκόψας δὲ μέχρι τούτου καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ποδηγηθείην ἐν τῇ εὐθείᾳ γῇ, πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον περιαρθρῶν λοιπὸν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Εν τισι φέρεται ἀντὶ τοῦ Τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ α γιόν σου Τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀγαθόν σου· ἐξ ου παρίσταται τὸ α γιον ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν α γιον ει ναι, ἀγαθὸν δὲ οὐ κατὰ μετουσίαν ἀγαθότητος ἀλλὰ τῷ κατ' οὐσίαν ει ναι τοιοῦτον ω σπερ καὶ α γιον. τοιοῦτος δὲ καὶ ὁ πατήρ· καὶ ει ρηται γοῦν περὶ αὐτοῦ Πάτερ α γιε, καὶ τὸ Οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ ει ς ὁ θεός. καὶ ὁ υἱὸς δὲ ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ ἁγίου ἀγαθὸς καὶ α γιος ει ρηται ει ναι. 1244 Ps 142,11 Ενεκα τοῦ ἐπικεκλημένου ὀνόματός σου σὸς χρηματίζω. Ζήσεις με ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου, κατὰ ταύτην δικαιῶν με· ου τω γὰρ συμβήσεται τὸ ζήσεσθαί με ἐν αὐτῇ. εἰκότως δὲ εἰς μέλλοντα χρόνον ἐνέκλινε τὸ Ζήσεις με, ἐπείπερ ἐνταῦθα ω σπερ τὰ α λλα ἀγαθὰ μερικῶς ου τω καὶ τὸ ζῆν ε χομεν, ζησόμενοι τελείως τὸ τηνικαῦτα ο ταν φανερωθῇ Χριστὸς ἡ ζωὴ ἡμῶν· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ δικαιοσύνη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ῃ ζήσεται ὁ προσβαλὼν αὐτῇ. 1245 Ps 143,1 ̓Επεὶ πᾶν ει τι καλὸν καὶ ὠφέλιμον ἐκ θεοῦ εἰς ἀνθρώπους παραγίνεται, ο τι ποτ' α ν ε χουσι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων οἱ α γιοι, εὐχαριστοῦσι τῷ θεῷ, εἰδότες αὐτὸν αι τιον τῶν ἀγαθῶν ο ντα. ἰδοὺ γοῦν καὶ ὁ ∆αυὶδ καταπολεμῶν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ ἐμπείρως ε χειν περὶ τὰ πολεμικά, οι ς ἀνατρέπονται καὶ βάλλονται οἱ ἀόρατοι διάφοροι, εὐλογεῖ τὸν θεὸν διδάσκαλον αὐτῷ γινόμενον τῆς ἐπιστήμης

The Nature of Man and the Revelation of the Father§245

245Regarding such wars, it is as if the fingers and hands of a man were skillfully touching the defenses, through which one might strike and wound the evil men and demons who are protectors of wickedness and false knowledge. Ps 143:4.

The composition of men from a corruptible body and an immortal soul, joined together, possesses according to the immortal and spiritual soul a thought and knowledge of the cause of all things; but according to the body, it is nothing, being like the moving and bright shadow of a man's daily life. Ps 143:4.

Yet although the power of the soul is spiritual, it is not reckoned as a god by chance, but by providing good things to God itself. For it is not said, 'What is man, that he should know you and think about you,' but, 'That you were known and you think about him.' For the Savior makes himself manifest to those prepared for this, and by this it is said that they know him. Having been known also according to spiritual contemplation, having been seen, he shows also the Father to be seen by the same. For 'He who has seen me has seen the Father,' and 'No one knows the Father except the Son and whomsoever the Son wills to reveal.' Since, therefore, the Son, possessing the Father within himself, shows Him to be seen by the same, so also the Father, possessing the Son within himself, reveals Him to him who wishes to have knowledge not through flesh and blood but from God. Ps 143:5,6.

And the following things are able to signify the coming of the Savior from Mary, who, having bent the heavens which are His handiwork, descended because He was to come forth from her. Since, therefore, having descended, He overturned the invisible demons who are harmful and filthy to men with all their host, through which they are called 'decaying' because they see themselves as arrogant and lofty. Since, therefore, the things being purified and made bright are not gold and silver by the striking of fire upon them, but...

by the fire that has come to be cast upon the earth

Greek · §245

τῶν τοιούτων πολέμων, ὡς τοὺς δακτύλους καὶ τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ ε σω ἀνθρώπου τεχνικῶς ἐφάπτεσθαι τῶν ἀμυντηρίων, δι' ω ν ε στι βαλεῖν καὶ τρῶσαι τοὺς τῆς κακίας καὶ τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως προστάτας ἀνθρώπους τε πονηροὺς καὶ δαίμονας. 1246 Ps 143,4 ̔Η σύστασις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκ σώματος φθαρτοῦ καὶ ἀθανάτου ψυχῆς συνηρμοσμένη κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἀθάνατον καὶ νοερὰν ψυχὴν λογισμὸν καὶ γνῶσιν ε χει τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου, κατὰ δὲ τὸ σῶμα οὐδὲν ου σα ματαιότητι παρεικάζεται τῷ τῆς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εὐκινήτῳ καὶ εὐαφανίστῳ σκιᾷ παραβάλλεσθαι. ο μως δὲ εἰ καὶ νοερὰ ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς δύναμις, ἀλλ' ου ν οὐχ ὡς ε τυχε νοεῖ η λογίζεται θεὸν ἀλλ' αὐτοῦ αὐτῇ τὰ ἀγαθὰ παρέχοντος. οὐ γὰρ ει ρηται Τί ἐστιν α νθρωπος, ο τι γινώσκει σε καὶ λογίζεται περὶ σοῦ, ἀλλ' Οτι ἐγνώσθης καὶ λογίζῃ αὐτῷ. ἐμφανίζει γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ ἑαυτὸν τοῖς εἰς τοῦτο παρεσκευασμένοις, καὶ ταύτῃ ἐγνῶσθαι αὐτοῖς λέγεται. γνωσθεὶς δὲ καὶ κατὰ θεωρίαν νοητὴν ὁραθεὶς δείκνυσι καὶ τὸν πατέρα τῷ αὐτὸς ἑωρᾶσθαι· ̔Ο γὰρ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακε τὸν πατέρα, καὶ Οὐδεὶς ε γνω τὸν πατέρα εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ῳ α ν βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. ει τ' ἐπεὶ ὁ υἱὸς ἐν ἑαυτῷ ε χων τὸν πατέρα δείκνυσιν αὐτὸν τῷ αὐτὸς ἑωρᾶσθαι, 265 ου τω καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ε χων τὸν υἱὸν ἀποκαλύπτει αὐτὸν τῷ μηκέτι διὰ σαρκὸς καὶ αι ματος ἀλλ' ἐκ θεοῦ γνῶσιν ε χειν θέλοντι. 1247 Ps 143,5.6 ∆ύναται δὲ σημαίνειν τὰ προκείμενα τὴν ἐκ Μαρίας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίαν, ο τε κλίνας τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ο ντας αὐτοῦ ποίημα κατῆλθεν ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξ αὐτῆς προελθεῖν. ει τ' ἐπεὶ κατελθὼν ἐπ' εὐεργεσίᾳ τῶν ο λων τοὺς βλαπτικοὺς καὶ λυμεῶνας τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀοράτους δαίμονας ἀνέτρεψεν α μα πάσῃ τῇ αὐτῶν στρατιᾷ, η φθαι λέγεται αὐτῶν διὰ τὸ ἀλαζονικὸν καὶ ὑπερήφανον ὀρῶν καλουμένων. ει τ' ἐπεὶ μὴ χρυσὸς καὶ α ργυρος τὰ καθαιρόμενα καὶ φαιδρυνόμενα τῇ πυρὸς προσβολῇ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀλλ' α κανθαι καὶ τρίβολοι ξύλα τε καὶ χόρτος καὶ καλάμη, ἐκαπνίσθησαν ἐκ τοῦ η φθαι αὐτῶν τὸν ἐληλυθότα πῦρ βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. ̓Εσκόρπισε δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐκλάμψει ἀστραπῆς ὁμονοοῦντας καὶ συναγομένους ἐπὶ κακίᾳ. ἀστραπὴ δὲ ἡ τοῦ θείου λόγου φανέρωσις, εἰς φόβον διεγείρουσα τοὺς ἀντιλαμβανομένους αὐτῆς. ἀλλὰ καὶ βέλη ἐξαποστείλας συνετάραξεν αὐτούς. διὰ δὲ τῶν βελῶν σημαίνει τὰς θεοῦ κολάσεις, ὡς καί φησιν ὁ ̓Ιὼβ Βέλεσιν αὐτοῦ κατηκόντισέ με, καὶ Τὰ βέλη γὰρ κυρίου ἐν τῷ σώματί μού ἐστιν, ω ν ὁ θύμος αὐτῶν ἐκπίνει μου τὸ αι μα. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν δευτέραν μετὰ δόξης τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίαν ἀνάγει τις ταῦτα, μᾶλλον τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῶν προκειμένων στίχων εὑρήσει. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ὑπερήφανοί τινες ὡς διὰ τὸ θράσος τοῦτο τῆς ἀλαζονείας ο ρη ει ναι νομιζόμενοι διαβάλλοιεν τὴν πρόνοιαν μηδ' ο λως ει ναι αὐτὴν λέγοντες τῷ τὸν θεὸν μὲν ο ντα ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ περιωπῇ μὴ κήδεσθαι δὲ μηδ' ο λως φροντίζειν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ευ χοιτο α ν ὁ εἰς αι σθησιν ἀγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς βουλόμενος τοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς φροντίζειν τὸν θεόν, τῷ κυρίῳ λέγων· Κλίνας τοὺς οὐρανούς σου ἐν οι ς μόνοις ει ναί σε λέγουσι κατάβηθι τῷ προνοητικῷ σου λόγῳ, ἐπιπόνως ἁπτόμενος αὐτῶν ὡς τὰ ὑλικὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτοῖς συμφλεχθέντα ἀποτελέσαι καπνόν. ἑπομένως δὲ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς κατὰ ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν ε ξει τὴν ἐξήγησιν. 1248 Ps 143,7.8 Οἱ ἐκπεσόντες τοῦ ε χειν τὸν θεὸν πατέρα υἱοὶ ἀλλότριοί εἰσι τῷ ἐχιδνῶν γέννημα γεγονέναι η τοῦ διαβόλου. ου τοι δηλαδὴ οἱ ἀλλότριοι υἱοὶ καὶ νοήσει καὶ πράξει ἐπιβλαβεῖς καὶ λυμεῶνές εἰσι, προηγουμένως μὲν ἑαυτῶν, ε πειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀκολουθούντων αὐτοῖς. ο θεν καὶ δι' ω ν λέγουσι καὶ περὶ ω ν φρονοῦσιν ἀθέως καὶ ἀσεβῶς τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν ματαιότητα λαλεῖν λέγεται, δι' ω ν δὲ πράττουσιν ἀπηγορευμένων ἡ πρακτικὴ αὐτῶν δύναμις, η ν νομίζουσι δεξιὰν ει ναι οἰόμενοι ἐπαινετῶς ἐνεργεῖν, ἀδικίας ἐστὶ πλήρης. ταῦτα

The True Theology of Abraham§246

246Many waters are brought forth in vain, through which the impious and godless contend. For they wish to imitate through them the one who said, 'If anyone thirsts, let him come to me and drink, and whoever drinks of the water I will give him shall become a spring of water welling up to eternal life' (John 4:14). And indeed, in these things Jesus gives as if it were one water; this is the Spirit which those believing in him are to receive.

The waters of the heterodox, through which they imitate the quenching given by the Lord, are many, because they are diverse and discordant and do not lead to a single end; for both the ends and the beginnings of their mindsets are different. 'Send therefore,' says the Psalmist, 'your poetic and protective hand, to bring me out and to rescue me from many waters and from the hand of strange sons' (Ps 143:7). For the strange is commonly to be taken both in terms of sons and of waters. And it is possible to say that to be rescued from many waters means from the evil powers and from the devil, the king of all those in such waters; and to be rescued from the hand of strange sons means those working through men.

The ten-stringed psaltery is composed and joined by the energy of the ten commandments; for each of the ten commandments is a string musically composed in the whole instrument. 'And kings, he says, you shall perceive, and those who rule perceptibly the nations and the inhabited world' (Ps 143:10). For if a king is not saved by much power, the kings being saved by God possess the kingdom. And also it is said of giving salvation to kings. Since they always have it from the one being saved, he did not cease to give salvation, but always has given, and will give, and gives. And the same applies concerning the one redeeming and not having redeemed and the one about to redeem.

Be useful to those destined for the turning away of the world (Ps 143:12). For concerning the women of the church, Paul writes how they, praying with modesty and self-control, adorn themselves with the works of godliness, but not with the laying down of gold and pearls and elaborate hairstyles (1 Tim 2:9). Consider these things said and apply them to the heterodox. For their word is struck like swords.

Regarding the devouring and the stripping away of those who have not put on the armor of God. Those previously mentioned as speaking vanity, who are alien sons, use this evil sword. The divine thoughts may be their sons, having strength in youth but not in perfection, being like their daughters, whose words are beautified and trimmed with a smooth composition and the elegance of phrasing.

Therefore, they are a likeness of a temple but not a temple; for they do not have within themselves a divine mind like the words of the divine Scriptures; for a temple is where God is found in them who encounter them rightly. He exalts God, the one theologizing rightly and truly, uttering great and high things concerning God (Ps 144:1). He says regarding the faith set forth of him who became a child of Abraham through works and faith, that the God of all causes is not his God, but he confesses toward him, 'I am your God.' But he, having become a man of God by serving his God, fleeing every evil kingdom, is ruled by this God himself, and so he will be able to say, 'You are my king and my God.' Having the soul say immortal, he says, 'I will bless your name for ever and unto the age of ages.' And he blesses the name of God and his king, the one doing to wear it and saying and thinking the things belonging to the divine calling upon him, beginning to bless from the present age unto the doing of it as of the age; for if now, knowing in part and participating partially in the good, he blesses the name of the benefactor, much more he will bless when he approaches the perfect good and the face-to-face knowledge of God.

And it shall be said also concerning those from the circumcision and from the Gentiles who have believed: 'Generation and generation shall praise your works' (Ps 144:4), being rightly worthy of praise by his own word, just as he has seen the divine Creator with a divine gaze to be very beautiful. The holiness of God is not another of the Savior; for he himself is the sanctification who sanctifies those approaching God, to whom it is said, 'You shall be holy, as I am holy' (Lev 11:44). The glory of this holiness is majestic.

Greek · §246

ου ν α ματαίως προφέρουσι καὶ ὑπὲρ ω ν ἀθέως καὶ ἀσεβῶς διάκεινται υ δατα τυγχάνει πολλά· μιμεῖσθαι γὰρ δι' ω ν διδάσκουσι βούλονται τὸν εἰπόντα Ει τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω, καὶ Ος α ν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ υ δατος ου ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ υ δατος ἀλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Καὶ ο ρα γε ἐν τούτοις ὡς ἑνὸς ο ντος υ δατος ου δίδωσι ̓Ιησοῦς· τοῦτο δὲ η ν τὸ πνεῦμα ο η μελλον λαμβάνειν οἱ πιστεύοντες εἰς αὐτόν. τὰ υ δατα τῶν ἑτεροδόξων δι' ω ν μιμοῦνται τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ποτισμὸν πολλά ἐστι διὰ τὸ ποικίλα καὶ ἀσύμφωνα τυγχάνειν καὶ μὴ πρὸς ε ν ἀναφέρεσθαι τέλος· διάφορα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τέλη καὶ αἱ ἀρχαὶ τῶν φρονημάτων αὐτῶν. ̓Εξαπόστειλον τοίνυν, φησὶν ὁ ψαλμῳδός, τὴν ποιητικὴν καὶ φυλακτικὴν τῶν ο λων χεῖρα ἐπὶ τῷ ἐξελέσθαι καὶ ῥύσασθαί με ἐκ τῶν πολλῶν ὑδάτων καὶ τῆς χειρὸς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων υἱῶν· κατὰ κοινοῦ γὰρ τὸ ἀλλότριον ληπτέον κατά τε υἱῶν καὶ ὑδάτων. ∆υνατὸν δὲ τὸ ἐξ ὑδάτων πολλῶν ῥυσθῆναι εἰπεῖν τῶν πονηρῶν δυνάμεων καὶ τοῦ διαβόλου τοῦ βασιλέως πάντων τῶν ἐν τοιούτοις υ δασιν, ἐξαιρεθῆναι δὲ καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων υἱῶν τῶν ἐνεργουμένων ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 1249 Ps 143,9b.10 Σύγκειται καὶ συνήρμοσται τὸ δεκάχορδον ψαλτήριον ἐξ ἐνεργείας τῆς δεκαλόγου· ἑκάστη γὰρ τῶν δέκα ἐντολῶν χορδή ἐστι μουσικῶς συντεθειμένη ἐν ο λῳ τῷ ὀργάνῳ. Βασιλεῖς δὲ νοήσεις, φησίν, καὶ τοὺς 266 αἰσθητῶς κρατοῦντας τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης. εἰ γὰρ οὐ σῴζεται βασιλεὺς διὰ πολλὴν δύναμιν, οἱ σῳζόμενοι βασιλεῖς ἐκ θεοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν ε χουσιν. ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι ∆ιδόντι σωτηρίαν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀεὶ παρ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ε χουσιν, οὐ δο * σωτηρίαν ἐπαύσατο, ἀλλ' ἀεὶ καὶ δέδωκε καὶ δώσει καὶ δίδωσι. τὰ δ' αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ λυτρουμένου καὶ οὐ λυτρωσαμένου καὶ αυ λυτρωσομένου. 1250 Ps 143,12 Χρηστέον τοῖς προκειμένοις πρὸς ἀποτροπὴν κόσμου. περὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν γυναικῶν ὁ Παῦλος γράφει, ο πως μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης προσευχόμεναι κοσμῶσιν ἑαυτὰς τοῖς τῆς θεοσεβείας ε ργοις ἀλλὰ μὴ περιθέσει χρυσίων καὶ μαργαριτῶν καὶ πλοκῇ τριχῶν περιέργων. Θεωρήσεις δὲ τὰ εἰρημένα καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων. ὁ λόγος γὰρ αὐτῶν μαχαίρας δίκην ἠκόνηται ἐπὶ τρώσει καὶ ἀναιρήσαι τῶν μὴ ἐνδυσαμένων τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ. χρῶνται δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ ῥομφαίᾳ οἱ προειρημένοι τῷ ματαιότητα λαλεῖν ο ντες ἀλλότριοι υἱοί. δύνανται ει ναι υἱοὶ αὐτῶν αἱ θεῖαι νοήσεις α ς ε χουσι παραβαλλομένας νεοφύτοις ω ν τὸ ἰσχυρὸν ἐν νεότητι ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν τελειότητι, θυγατέρων αὐτῶν τυγχανουσῶν ω ν προφέρονται λέξεων καλλωπιζομένων καὶ περικοσμουμένων λείᾳ συνθέσει καὶ τῷ ᾠδικῷ τῆς φράσεως. διὸ καὶ ὁμοίωμα ναοῦ ἀλλ' οὐ ναός εἰσιν· οὐ γὰρ ε χουσιν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς θεῖον νοῦν ω σπερ αἱ τῶν θείων γραφῶν λέξεις· ναὸς γὰρ αυ ται θεοῦ εὑρισκομένου ἐν αὐταῖς τοῖς ὀρθῶς ἐντυγχάνουσιν. 1251 Ps 144,1 ̔Υψοῖ δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁ ὀρθῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς θεολογῶν, μεγάλα καὶ ὑψηλὰ περὶ θεοῦ διαλαμβάνων. λέγει δὲ τὴν αι νεσιν τὴν προκειμένην ὁ διὰ τὸ ἐξ ε ργων καὶ πίστεως γεγονὼς τοῦ ̓Αβραὰμ τέκνον, ου θεὸς ὁ πάντων αι τιος ει ναι ὁμολογεῖ φάσκων πρὸς αὐτὸν ̓Εγὼ θεὸς σός. ου τος δὲ θεοῦ α νθρωπος γεγονὼς τῷ τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ χρηματίζειν φυγὼν πᾶσαν βασιλείαν πονηρὰν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ βασιλεύεται, ο θεν καὶ εἰπεῖν δυνήσεται Σὺ ει αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεύς μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου. ε χοντος δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον λέγειν ε στιν Εὐλογήσω τὸ ο νομά σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. εὐλογεῖ δὲ τὸ ο νομα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ βασιλέως αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ φορεῖν αὐτὸ πράττων καὶ λέγων καὶ φρονῶν τὰ οἰκεῖα τῇ ἐπικληθείσῃ ἐπ' αὐτὸν θεοῦ προσηγορίᾳ, ἀρξάμενος τοῦ εὐλογεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος αἰῶνος ἐπὶ τῷ ποιεῖν αὐτὸ ε ως τοῦ αἰῶνος· εἰ γὰρ νῦν ἐκ μέρους γινώσκων καὶ μερικῶς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μετέχων εὐλογεῖ τὸ ο νομα τοῦ εὐεργετοῦντος, πολλῷ μᾶλλον εὐλογήσει αὐτὸ ἐπιστάντος τοῦ τελείου ἀγαθοῦ καὶ τῆς πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ. 1252 Ps 144,4a ̔Ρηθείη δ' α ν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ ἐξ ἐθνῶν πεπιστευκότων Γενεὰ καὶ γενεὰ ἐπαινέσει τὰ ε ργα σου, δεόντως ο ντα ἐπαινετὰ τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν ποιητὴν θείῳ βλέμματι ἑωρακέναι ο τι καλὰ λίαν ἐστίν. 1253 Ps 144,5 ̔Η ἁγιωσύνη τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ α λλη η τοῦ σωτῆρός ἐστιν· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὁ ἁγιάζων τοὺς ἐγγίζοντας τῷ θεῷ, πρὸς ου ς λέγεται Αγιοι ε σεσθε, ο τι α γιος ἐγώ εἰμι. ταύτης τῆς ἁγιωσύνης ἡ δόξα μεγαλοπρεπής

The Kingship of God and the Justice of His Son§247

247It is. Therefore, those who have been instructed in the holiness of God and also in his glory, they are transformed and they hymn him magnificently, not by bare speech, but before this by works and right disposition, thinking, acting, and speaking holily, gloriously, and magnificently.

The glory of the holiness of God is able to be: 'He will glorify' (that is, the Paraclete), what he will take from me and declare to you. Therefore, also those who hear him declaring, in giving the word of wisdom and the word of knowledge, they speak of this holiness. And toward this they will recount his wonders, not merely what the holiness is, but penetrating the mystical word of his wonders, which occur at various times and are occurring, with precision and keen contemplation.

It is fearful to fall into the hands of the living God (Hebrews 10:31), and 'Shout to God with a voice of joy' (Ps 144:6), what the Lord is most high and awesome; they will say this in practice and through right understanding (for through this fear of God and exceeding reverence, they will say to him the power of his awesome things). And if they have been benefited, they will fear his greatness with virtue and sinlessness, and they will not say 'the power of your awesome things' but they will recount it after having known what is without experience and without limit; for they do not recount it as having described and limited it to the intellect, but as surpassing every human apprehension.

For only the Son knows who the Father is, and the Father who the Son is; but even if the Son reveals the Father as he wills, not as it is possible for humans to see according to analogy, anyone who has it before preparation will make him manifest. Since a perceptible trembling becomes a fullness (for having been filled with food, he sends out spirits bringing breath, according to the quality of the things eaten), it follows that one must say that he who has eaten the words concerning the goodness of God, having been filled from these spiritual foods, intensely stirs up the memory of the goodness of God, of the goodness capable of being good. But since it is advantageous toward knowing God for the good, also his justice...

And the mind judges them, so that the memory of your goodness shall be searched out, and they shall rejoice in your justice. The justice of God can be the only-begotten offspring of Him, upon which those having obtained the Wisdom born to us from God—justice and sanctification and redemption—rejoice.

For what was sent to proclaim to the captives the goodness of God has become redemption for those being set free from captivity, who, remembering the goodness of God that happened to them, search out its memory; but also having perceived how they were justified, it having become for them the work of the one redeeming and of the justice from God, they rejoice in this justice of God. And those who are to receive both all practical virtue and the justice having come through the faith of Jesus into all those believing are made manifest in the present word. Ps 144:13 All those whom God has made through his word and his wisdom, God holds and reigns; therefore God is almighty.

Since, therefore, even the ages, being part of all things, have come to be through God by means of the Savior according to the Scripture saying, 'Through whom also he made the ages, and over all of them he reigns,' and since the thing theologized by Paul agrees with these things: 'To the King of the ages, the incorruptible, invisible, only wise God' 1 Tim 1:17. For to reign over all the ages and to be the King of the ages is the same thing.

Consider if it is said of the Son, 'Your kingdom is the kingdom of all the ages,' reigning over Jacob, that his kingdom has no end; for reigning over all those having come through him, he holds and reigns for the ages. Therefore, just as the others who belong to the Father, so also the Almighty shares in the approachability. If not the Father is the King of the ages and the Son's kingdom is the kingdom of all the ages, it is fitting that his kingdom is also without beginning and without end, both before the ages and while reigning with them; for 'the Lord reigns for an age and for ever and ever' Ps 10:16, and 'our God is King before an age,' that is, before every age. Accordingly, his lordship also extends to the kingship...

Greek · §247

ἐστιν. ο σοι τοίνυν μετειλήφασι τῆς ἁγιότητος τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, μεταποιοῦνται καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῶς ὑμνοῦσι τὸν ου ἡ ἁγιότης καὶ ἡ μεγαλοπρεπὴς δόξα αὐτῆς, οὐ ψιλῇ δὲ προφορᾷ ἀλλὰ πρὸ ταύτης ε ργοις καὶ ὀρθῇ διαθέσει ἁγίως καὶ ἐπιδόξως ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγαλοπρεπῶς νοοῦντες καὶ ἐνεργοῦντες καὶ λέγοντες. ∆ύναται δόξα τῆς ἁγιότητος τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ̓Εκεῖνός με δοξάσει (τουτέστιν ὁ παράκλητος), ο τι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήψεται καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν. διὸ καὶ ο σοι η κουσαν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγέλλοντος ἐν τῷ διδόναι λόγον σοφίας καὶ λόγον γνώσεως, τῆς τούτου ἁγιωσύνης λαλήσουσι. Καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο διηγήσονται τὰ θαυμάσια αὐτοῦ, ου περ ἡ ἁγιότης ἐστί, μετ' ἐπιστασιότητος καὶ θεωρίας ἀκραιφνοῦς διεξιόντες τὸν μυστικὸν λόγον τῶν θαυμασίων αὐτοῦ τῶν κατὰ διαφόρους καιροὺς γενομένων τε καὶ 267 γινομένων. 1254 Ps 144,6 Οι Οι όν ἐστι φοβερὸν τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας θεοῦ ζῶντος καὶ τὸ ̓Αλαλάξατε τῷ θεῷ ἐν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως, ο τι κύριος υ ψιστος φοβερός, πρακτικῶς καὶ διὰ φρονήματος ὀρθοῦ ἐροῦσι (δι' αὐτοῦ γὰρ τοῦ φοβεῖσθαι θεὸν καὶ σέβας ὑπερβάλλον ε χειν), πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐροῦσι τὴν δύναμιν τῶν φοβερῶν αὐτοῦ. ει τ' ὠφεληθέντες τὴν μετ' ἀρετῆς ἀναμαρτησίαν τὴν μεγαλωσύνην αὐτοῦ φοβοῦνται καὶ οὐ Τὴν δύναμιν τῶν φοβερῶν σου ἐροῦσι διηγήσονται μετὰ τοῦ εἰδέναι ο τι α πειρος αυ τη καὶ πέρας οὐκ ε χουσα· οὐ γὰρ ὡς περιγράψαντες καὶ περιορίσαντες αὐτὴν τῇ διανοίᾳ διηγοῦνται αὐτὴν ἀλλ' ὡς ὑπερβάλλουσαν πᾶσαν γενητοῦ κατάληψιν. μόνος γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ τίς ἐστιν ὁ υἱός· ἀλλ' εἰ καὶ ἀποκαλύπτει τὸν πατέρα ὁ υἱὸς οι ς α ν βούληται, ἀλλ' ου ν ὡς ἐφικτὸν γενητοῖς ἰδεῖν κατὰ ἀναλογίαν η ς τις ε χει πρὸ παρασκευῆς φανεροῖ αὐτόν. 1255 Ps 144,7 ̓Επεὶ ἡ αἰσθητῶς ἐρυγὴ γινομένη πλήρωσιν αἰτίαν ε χει (πληρωθεὶς γὰρ τῆς τροφῆς ἐκπέμπει πνεύματα τὴν πνοὴν ἐπιφερόμενα τῆς ποιότητος τῶν βεβρωμένων), ἀκόλουθον α ν ει η φάναι ο τι ὁ τραφεὶς τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περὶ τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστότητος πληρωθεὶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν πνευματικῶν τροφῶν ἐπιτεταμένως ἐρεύγεται τὴν μνήμην τῆς θεοῦ χρηστότητος τῆς ι σον ἀγαθότητι δυναμένης. ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἰδέναι τὸν θεὸν συμφέρει καὶ δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ καθ' η ν κρίνει ε ννοιαν ε χειν, ἑξῆς τῷ Μνήμην τῆς χρηστότητός σου ἐξερεύξονται ἐπήγαγε τὸ Καὶ τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου ἀγαλλιάσονται. ∆ύναται δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ τὸ μονογενὲς γέννημα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνειν, ἐφ' ῃ ἀγαλλιῶνται τυχόντες τοῦ Ος ἐγενήθη ἡμῖν σοφία ἀπὸ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη τε καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις. ο τι γὰρ χρηστότητι τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεστάλη κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις α φεσιν, γέγονεν ἀπολύτρωσις τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἐλευθερωμένοις, οι καὶ μνημονεύοντες τῆς ἐπ' αὐτοὺς γενομένης τοῦ θεοῦ χρηστότητος ἐξερεύγονται τὴν μνήμην αὐτῆς· ἀλλὰ καὶ αἰσθηθέντες ὡς ἐδικαιώθησαν, γενομένου αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπολυτρωσαμένου καὶ δικαιοσύνης ἐκ θεοῦ, ἀγαλλιῶνται τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ταύτῃ ου σῃ θεοῦ. οι όν τε δὲ καὶ πᾶσαν πρακτικὴν ἀρετὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν διὰ πίστεως ̓Ιησοῦ γενομένην δικαιοσύνην εἰς πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας ὑπολαβεῖν δηλοῦσθαι ἐν τῇ προκειμένῃ λέξει. 1256 Ps 144,13 Πάντων τῶν διὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ ω ν ὁ θεὸς πεποίηκε κρατεῖ καὶ βασιλεύει, ο θεν καὶ παντοκράτωρ ἐστίν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ οἱ αἰῶνες μέρος τῶν πάντων ο ντες ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος γεγένηνται κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν τὴν λέγουσαν ∆ι' ου καὶ ἐποίησε τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ αὐτῶν ἁπάντων βασιλεύει. καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ Παύλου δὲ θεολογούμενον συνᾴδει τοῖς προκειμένοις ου τως ε χον· Τῷ δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων, ἀφθάρτῳ ἀοράτῳ μόνῳ σοφῷ θεῷ. ταὐτὸν γάρ ἐστι τὸ βασιλεύειν πάντων τῶν αἰώνων καὶ τὸ βασιλέα ει ναι τῶν αἰώνων. ̓Επίστησον εἰ ἐπὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ λέγεται τὸ ̔Η βασιλεία σου βασιλεία πάντων τῶν αἰώνων, βασιλεύοντος ἐπὶ τὸν οι κον ̓Ιακώβ, πέρας οὐκ ἐχούσης τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ· πάντων γὰρ τῶν δι' αὐτοῦ γεγονότων κρατῶν καὶ βασιλεύων βασιλεύει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ο θεν ὡς τῶν α λλων τῶν προσόντων τῷ πατρί, ου τως καὶ τῆς παντοκράτωρ κοινωνεῖ προσηγορίας. εἰ ου ν ὁ πατὴρ βασιλεὺς τῶν αἰώνων καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ ἡ βασιλεία βασιλεία ἐστὶ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων, εἰκότως δὲ καὶ α ναρχος καὶ ἀτελεύτητος ὑπάρχει ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ, καὶ πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ μετ' αὐτοὺς βασιλεύοντος αὐτοῦ· Κύριος γὰρ βασιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἐπ' αἰῶνα καὶ ε τι, καὶ ̔Ο θεὸς ἡμῶν βασιλεὺς πρὸ αἰῶνος, τουτέστι πρὸ παντὸς αἰῶνος. ̓Ακολούθως τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ ἡ δεσποτεία αὐτοῦ παρατείνει εἰς

True Calling and the Divine Will§248

248He rules over all generations, being Lord of those within time and generation, but reigning over those who have ascended beyond the temporal by looking at the unseen and eternal things. 'But God is faithful in all his words' (Ps 144:13a). It is said not that they offer something from faith or by faith, but that it is fitting for the one who believes.

Indeed, everything he says becomes according to what is written: 'He said, and he will not do or speak, and he will not remain' [text is garbled/corrupt here]. For it is said, 'Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away' (Matt 24:35). Regarding being faithful in his words and holy in all his works, imparting to them the holiness from himself: just as one is holy among those participating in his holiness, and the Savior is wise among the wise according to him, so the Lord is holy in all his works becoming holy through communion with him.

Perhaps those who are in desires and bad thoughts without practice fall; but those who sin actively are shattered. However, he helps both sides, supporting some and restoring others. How does he support? By commanding each one, 'You shall not covet your neighbor's wife' (Ex 20:17), and the following, and 'Do not let beauty's desire overcome you' (Prov 21:9) by advising through a wise man. Those falling are those sinning in morals while being encompassed by Christianity, but those shattered are those turning away from it; those falling are those sinning in practice, but those shattered are those who embrace impious heresies of the ungodly.

In all his ways he causes to walk, providing and governing, judging, benefiting, granting, punishing; righteous he is found (Ps 144:17a); 'for God is faithful, and there is no injustice' (Ps 144:17). If someone says his ways are the virtues (for those traveling practically and intellectually bring them to him), and in these he appears righteous. No one living earnestly and according to virtue blames providence, but if someone has stood foolishly outside his ways: 'A man's folly ruins his paths' (Prov 14:12), yet he blames God in his heart. Regarding the saying of 'ways' and those given from him in...

If one dares, the righteous man will be known, having matched them in power to those who have received grace. But he who says that nature is an unproven virtue in men, or that fate is forcing them into sin, does not rightly say that God is in the ways He has legislated (Ps 144,18).

It is said that He is near to those who call upon His name. Therefore, those making progress pass on to calling upon Him in truth; for calling upon the name of the Lord is more introductory for those who are perfecting themselves in calling Him. For Moses says, and Aaron among His priests, and Samuel among those calling His name, they called upon the Lord, and He himself heard them—those doing this sincerely and not by chance.

It is possible to say that those living according to the letter of the law call upon the name of the Lord, whereas those following the novelty of the Spirit call upon Him in truth, appropriately worshiping Him in spirit and truth. Each of those having a pious disposition, having denied human will, wishes to have the will of God, saying, 'Teach me to do your will, O my God, for You are God' (Ps 51:17). Therefore, he who does the will of those fearing Him transforms his own will into action, he who wishes to have God as his will, revering Him.

And there is no difference, in the plural or the singular, between 'wills' and 'the will'; for His wills are the virtues according to each kind, but His will in general is the universal and common virtue. He who wishes to be guarded by Him, so that by no means the evil one may deceive him, let him love God with all his heart and soul and strength. To those thus guarded by Him because they love Him, the things promised without falsehood are made favorable, concerning which it has been said, 'An eye has not seen and an ear has not heard, nor has there risen upon the heart of man what God has prepared for those who love Him' (Ps 144,19a).

He says 'mouth,' not the sensible but the intelligible, as also in another psalm toward God: 'I will open my lips, and my mouth shall declare your praises.' Yet, when His praises are being spoken, all flesh having heard Him shall bless His holy name.

Greek · §248

πάσας τὰς γενεάς· καὶ δεσπόζει μὲν τῶν ὑπὸ χρόνον καὶ γενεὰν ο ντων, βασιλεύει δὲ τῶν ὑπεραναβεβηκότων τὰ πρόσκαιρα διὰ τὸ σκοπεῖν τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα καὶ αἰώνια. 1257 Ps 144,13a Πιστὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ. λέγεται οὐ τὸ ἀπὸ πίστεως η πίστει προσφέρειν αὐτοὺς ἀλλὰ τὸ α ξιος ει ναι τῷ πιστεύεσθαι. ἀμέλει 268 γοῦν πᾶν ο λέγει γίνεται κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον Αὐτὸς ει πεν, οὐχὶ ποιήσει η λαλήσει καὶ οὐχὶ ἐμμενεῖ· ο θεν ει ρηται καὶ τὸ ̔Ο οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται, οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσι. Πρὸς δὲ τὸ ει ναι πιστὸς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ καὶ ο σιος ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε ργοις αὐτοῦ, μεταδιδοὺς αὐτοῖς τῆς παρ' αὐτοῦ ὁσιότητος. ὡς γὰρ α γιός ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ καὶ σοφία ἐστὶν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τοῖς κατ' αὐτὸν σοφοῖς, ου τως ο σιος ὁ κύριος ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ε ργοις αὐτοῦ γενομένοις ὁσίοις τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίᾳ. 1258 Ps 144,14 Τάχα καταπίπτειν οι οί τέ εἰσιν οἱ ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ φαύλοις λογισμοῖς α νευ πράξεως ο ντες· κατερραγμένοι δὲ οἱ ἐνεργητικῶς ἁμαρτάνοντες. πλὴν ἑκατέροις βοηθῶν, τοὺς μὲν ὑποστηρίζει, τοὺς δὲ ἀνορθοῖ. πῶς δὲ ὑποστηρίζει; ἐντελλόμενος ἑκάστῳ Οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον σου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς, καὶ τὸ Μή σε νικήσει κάλλους ἐπιθυμία παραινῶν διὰ σοφοῦ ἀνδρός. Καταπίπτοντες δὲ ει εν α ν οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες μὲν ἐν ἠθικοῖς, περιεχόμενοι δὲ τοῦ χριστιανισμοῦ, καταρραχθέντες δὲ οἱ ἀποστάντες αὐτοῦ· η καταπίπτοντες μέν εἰσιν οἱ πρακτικῶς ἁμαρτάνοντες, κατερραγμένοι δὲ οἱ τὰ τῶν δυσσεβῶν αἱρέσεων μετερχόμενοι. 1259 Ps 144,17a ̓Εν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ αι ς ἐπιπορεύεται προνοῶν καὶ διοικῶν κρίνων εὐεργετῶν χαριζόμενος κολάζων δίκαιος εὑρίσκεται· Θεὸς γὰρ πιστός, καὶ οὐκ ε στιν ἀδικία. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ λέγοι τις τὰς ἀρετάς (φέρουσι γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν πρακτικῶς καὶ διανοητικῶς ὁδεύοντα), καὶ ἐν ταύταις δίκαιος ἀναφαίνεται. οὐδεὶς γοῦν σπουδαίως καὶ κατ' ἀρετὴν βιῶν αἰτιᾶται τὴν πρόνοιαν, ἀλλ' ει τις φαῦλος ε ξω τῶν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ βεβηκώς· ̓Αφροσύνη γὰρ ἀνδρὸς λυμαίνεται τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ, τὸν δὲ θεὸν αἰτιᾶται τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ. λεγομένων δὲ ὁδῶν καὶ τῶν παρ' αὐτοῦ δοθεισῶν ἐντολῶν, δίκαιος γνωρισθείη α ν, συμμετρήσας αὐτὰς τῇ δυνάμει τῶν εἰληφότων. ̔Ο δὲ λέγων φύσιν ἀνεπίδεκτον ἀρετῆς ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ει ναι η εἱμαρμένην βιαζομένην εἰς ἁμαρτίαν οὐ δίκαιον ἐρεῖ τὸν θεὸν ει ναι ἐν αι ς ἐνομοθέτησεν ὁδοῖς. 1260 Ps 144,18 ̓Εγγὺς ει ναι λέγεται τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ. διὸ καὶ προκόπτοντες μετίασιν ἐπὶ τῷ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ· εἰσαγωγικώτερον γὰρ τὸ ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ο νομα κυρίου, τελείων ο ντων τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων αὐτόν· Μωυσῆς γάρ φησιν καὶ ̓Ααρὼν ἐν τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν αὐτοῦ καὶ Σαμουὴλ ἐν τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἐπεκαλοῦντο τὸν κύριον, καὶ αὐτὸς εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν, τῶν γνησίως καὶ μὴ ὡς ε τυχε τοῦτο πραττόντων διαστελλόμενοι. ∆υνατὸν τοὺς κατὰ τὸ γράμμα τοῦ νόμου βιοῦντας ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ο νομα κυρίου εἰπεῖν, τῶν τῇ καινότητι τοῦ πνεύματος ἀκολουθούντων ἐπικαλουμένων αὐτὸν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἁρμοδίως τὸ προσκυνεῖν αὐτὸν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. 1261 Ps 144,19a Εκαστος τῶν εὐλαβῶς διακειμένων ἀρνησάμενος τὸ ἀνθρώπινον θέλημα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ευ χεται ε χειν, φάσκων ∆ίδαξόν με τοῦ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημά σου, ο τι θεός μου ει σύ. διὸ καὶ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ θέλημα εἰς ε ργον μεταβάλλει, ο περ ι διον ε χειν ει λατο θέλημα θεὸν εὐλαβούμενος. Οὐδὲν δὲ διαφέρει πληθυντικῶς η ἑνικῶς τὰ θελήματα η τὸ θέλημα φάναι· θελήματα γὰρ αὐτοῦ αἱ κατ' ει δος ἀρεταί, ε ν δὲ γενικὸν θέλημα αὐτοῦ ἡ καθόλου καὶ κοινὴ ἀρετή. 1262 Ps 144,20 ̔Ο θέλων φρουρηθῆναι παρ' αὐτοῦ, ο πως κατὰ μηδὲν ὁ πονηρὸς α ψεται αὐτοῦ, ἀγαπάτω τὸν θεὸν ἐξ ο λης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ ἰσχύος. τοῖς ου τω ὑπ' αὐτοῦ φυλαττομένοις διὰ τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν ηὐτρέπισται ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τὰ ἀψευδῶς ἐπηγγελμένα, περὶ ω ν ει ρηται Α ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ ει δε καὶ ου ς οὐκ η κουσε καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη, α ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. 1263 Ps 144,21ab Στόμα φησὶ οὐ τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἀλλὰ τὸ νοητόν, περὶ ου καὶ ἐν α λλῳ ψαλμῷ πρὸς θεὸν ει πεν ̓Ανοίξεις τὰ χείλη μου, καὶ τὸ στόμα μου ἀναγγελεῖ τὴν αι νεσίν σου. ο μως αὐτοῦ αι νεσιν κυρίου φθεγγομένου, πᾶσα σὰρξ ἀκούσασα αὐτοῦ εὐλογήσει τὸ ο νομα τὸ α γιον 269

The God of Jacob as Helper and the Truth of His Promises§249

249That which is called upon her, the disciples of Jesus do not understand, praying to others saying, 'Hallowed be thy name.' And all that flesh blesses his holy name; concerning this it is said, 'Hear my prayer; unto thee all flesh shall come' (Ps 145:1,2). And all flesh shall see his salvation. These things are not said concerning sensible flesh, but concerning the existing analogy to the fleshy hearts, concerning which God says, 'I will take away from them the stony hearts and I will put in them fleshy hearts,' in which the spiritual law has been inscribed, Paul saying about this, as it is not written on stone tablets but on fleshy heart tablets (2 Cor 3:3).

The hymn is not being sent up to God by those happening to be celebrating, but by the one who celebrates God through doing the necessary things and remembering him with proper and pious speech. For 'Angaios' is a feast, and 'the memory of God' are the interpretations of Zechariah. Everyone who does not work the practical virtues unceasingly, not even one but many feasts, is named Angaios in the Hebrew tongue; but also everyone who has suffered well through all things and has been benefited by the goodness of God, remembering him, is called Zechariah according to the Hebrew voice, interpreted as the memory, that is, of God.

Praise, O my soul, the Lord. But when will this happen and how will you always do it? How does the release from sins approach through virtue and the rectitude of the knowledge of truth? For praise is due to the upright, not to the beautiful word in the mouth of a sinner. I will praise the Lord in my life; for as long as I live (and I live always the eternal life), I will praise. It is shown through the things set forth that no one possessing death, every soul sinning, is able to praise the Lord. I will sing to God my God, as long as I exist. And it is often interpreted that to sing according to virtue means to act. Therefore, a harmonious practice is promised to the Praise. And the 'as long as I exist' means to submit the mind...

Such a thing is not possible: for as I possess a share in the one who says, 'I am the Being,' I sing with the one who has the desire for me, for no one can sing being separated from the existing God and not becoming a being.

It is also not possible to divide trust thus: 'Do not trust in rulers who are of this age, nor in other evil powers (for they are falling and do not have the beginning), nor even in the sons of men; for salvation is not for them, they do not become salvation for mortals; for they are not able to provide it, nor do they have salvation from where they are, but they receive it from God' Ps 145:3.' For the Savior alone is the cause of eternal salvation, saying, 'Salvation is not from me.'

But he is blessed not simply as God is a helper, but as 'God of Jacob is a helper' Ps 145:5-7b, being helped by the God who shakes the rulers and the authorities and the cosmic rulers of this darkness. For he who has the struggle against these, having shaken them regarding what has happened to them, is helped by the God of Jacob, the son of Jacob who is so called according to practice in his doing his works. Thus being helped, he has hope in the Lord God who in the beginning trusted the heaven and the earth, the sea and all things in them. For he did not only those things, but also all things in them he himself made. And if his works endure, much more he himself is enduring and powerful.

Therefore, take courage, for the truth of both his words and the promises in the holy letters is confirmed, and he preserves his own promises for the whole age, so that his word and promises do not fail, as he promised to his own people. And what is the truth of the word? It is the coming judgment and the vengeance for those being wronged in the present life. For do not think, he says, that the pious are overlooked, nor that the blood of God-beloved men goes unavenged. For he is truthful who, having promised to perform their vengeance.

Greek · §249

κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπ' αὐτήν, περὶ ου μανθάνουσιν οἱ μαθηταὶ ̓Ιησοῦ πρὸς α λλοις εὐχόμενοι λέγειν ̔Αγιασθήτω τὸ ο νομά σου. Εὐλογεῖ δὲ τὸ ο νομα τὸ α γιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσα σὰρξ ἐκείνη, περὶ η ς λέγεται Εἰσάκουσον τῆς προσευχῆς μου· πρὸς σὲ πᾶσα σὰρξ η ξει· ε τι μὴν Καὶ πᾶσα σὰρξ ο ψεται τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ. οὐ περὶ αἰσθητῆς δὲ σαρκὸς λέγεται ταῦτα ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐχούσης ἀναλογίαν πρὸς τὰς σαρκίνας καρδίας, περὶ ω ν ὁ θεός φησιν ̓Εξελῶ αὐτῶν τὰς καρδίας τὰς λιθίνας καὶ ἐνθήσω αὐτοῖς καρδίας σαρκίνας, ἐν αι ς καὶ ὁ πνευματικὸς κεχάρακται νόμος, τοῦ Παύλου λέγοντος περὶ τούτου ὡς α ρα ἐν πλαξὶ λιθίναις οὐ γέγραπται ἀλλ' ἐν πλαξὶ καρδίαις σαρκίναις. 1264 Ps 145,1.2 ̔Ο υ μνος οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν τυχόντων ἀναπεμπόμενος θεῷ ἀλλ' ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑορτάζοντος θεῷ ἐν τῷ τὰ δέοντα πράττειν καὶ μνημονεύειν αὐτοῦ κατ' ὀρθὴν καὶ εὐσεβῆ διάληψιν. ̓Αγγαῖος γὰρ ἑορτή, θεοῦ δὲ μνήμη Ζαχαρίας ἑρμηνεύονται. πᾶς ου ν ὁ κατὰ τὰς πρακτικὰς ἀρετὰς ἀδιαστάτως ἐνεργῶν οὐδὲ μίαν ἀλλὰ πολλὰς ἑορτὰς α γει, ̔Εβραίᾳ γλώττῃ ̓Αγγαῖος ὀνομαζόμενος· ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶς ὁ διὰ πάντων ω ν ευ πέπονθε καὶ εὐεργετήθη τῆς θεοῦ ἀγαθότητος μνημονεύων Ζαχαρίας καθ' ̔Εβραίων φωνὴν καλεῖται, ἑρμηνευόμενος μνήμη τουτέστι θεοῦ. Αι νει, ἡ ψυχή μου, τὸν κύριον. πότε δὲ τοῦτο ἀ * καὶ ὡς ἀεὶ ποιήσεις· η ο τε ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπαλλαγῇ * τῇ κατ' ἀρετὴν καὶ γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας εὐθύτητι προσέρχῃ· Τοῖς γὰρ εὐθέσι πρέπει αι νεσις, οὐχ ὡραίου ο ντος αι νου ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ. Αἰνέσω κύριον ἐν ζωῇ μου. ἐφ' ο σον γὰρ ζῶ (ζῶ δὲ ἀεὶ τὴν αἰώνιον ε χων ζωήν), αἰνέσω. δείκνυται διὰ τῶν προκειμένων ο τι οὐδεὶς ε χων θάνατον ο ν πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἁμαρτάνουσα ἀποθνῄσκει αἰνεῖν δύναται κύριον. Ψαλῶ τῷ θεῷ μου, ε ως ὑπάρχω. ἡρμήνευται δὲ πολλάκις ο τι τὸ ψάλλειν κατ' ἀρετὴν ἐνεργεῖν σημαίνει. ἁρμόνιον τοίνυν πρᾶξιν τῷ Αἰνῶ ἐπαγγέλλεται. τὸ δὲ Εως ὑπάρχω διάνοιαν ὑποβάλλει τοιαύτην· ε ως ὑπάρχω μετοχὴν ε χων τοῦ εἰπόντος ̓Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ω ν, ψαλῶ τῷ τὴν υ παρξίν μοι ὀρέγοντι, οὐδενὸς ψάλλειν δυναμένου κεχωρισμένου τοῦ ο ντος θεοῦ α τε μὴ ω ν τυγχάνων. 1265 Ps 145,3 ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ ου τω διελεῖν Μὴ πεποίθατε ἐπ' α ρχοντας τοὺς ο ντας τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ τὰς α λλας πονηρὰς δυνάμεις (μεταπτώτην γὰρ καὶ ου τοι τὴν ἀρχὴν ε χουσιν), ἀλλὰ μηδὲ ἐφ' υἱοὺς ἀνθρώπων· οὐκ ε στι γὰρ αὐτοῖς σωτηρία θνητοῖς τυγχάνουσι· παρασχεῖν γὰρ οὐ δύνανται η ν οὐκ ε χουσι σωτηρίαν οι κοθεν, ἀλλὰ θεόθεν λαβοῦσι. μόνος γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ αι τιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου τυγχάνει, φάσκων Σῴζων οὐκ ε στι πάρεξ ἐμοῦ. 1266 Ps 145,5–7b Μακαρίζεται δὲ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ου ὁ θεὸς βοηθὸς ἀλλ' Ου ὁ θεὸς τοῦ ̓Ιακὼβ βοηθός, βοηθουμένου ὑπὸ θεοῦ τοῦ πτερνίζοντος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τούτου. ὁ γὰρ τὴν πάλην ε χων πρὸς τούτους, πτερνίσας αὐτοὺς τῷ περιγεγονέναι αὐτῶν, βοηθεῖται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ̓Ιακώβ, υἱὸς ̓Ιακὼβ ω ν κατὰ πρᾶξιν τῷ ποιεῖν αὐτοῦ τὰ ε ργα. Ου τω βοηθούμενος τὴν ἐλπίδα ε χει ἐπὶ κύριον τὸν θεὸν τὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ πεποιηκότα τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς. οὐ μόνον γὰρ αὐτὰ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς αὐτὸς ἐποίησεν. εἰ δὲ τὰ ε ργα αὐτοῦ διαρκῆ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον αὐτὸς καὶ διαρκὴς καὶ δυνατός. Θάρσησον τοίνυν ο τι καὶ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν ἐπαγγελιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν πιστοῦται καὶ φυλάσσει εἰς τὸν σύμπαντα αἰῶνα τὰς ἑαυτοῦ ὑποσχέσεις, ὡς μὴ διαπίπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον καὶ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας α ς τοῖς οἰκείοις ἀνθρώποις ἐπηγγείλατο. τίς δὲ ἡ τοῦ λόγου ἀλήθεια; ἡ μέλλουσα γίνεσθαι κρίσις καὶ ἡ ἐκδίκησις τοῖς κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον ἀδικουμένοις. μὴ γὰρ νομίζετε, φησίν, παρορᾶσθαι τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς μηδὲ τὸ αι μα τῶν θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀνεκδίκητον. ἀψευδὴς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι ἐπαγγειλάμενος

The Inclusion of Gentiles and the Protection of New Believers§250

250And they hunger and thirst for the things of this life, and He gives eternal food to those who are suffering, according to the Beatitudes: 'Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, for they shall themselves be filled' (Matt 5:6), and according to the prophetic word saying, 'Behold, my servants shall eat, but you shall hunger' (Isa 55:20).

If one wishes to perceive these things sensorially: He gave manna to those hungering in the wilderness, and nourished five thousand hungry men; and He gave also to Elijah and Daniel, the one through ravens, the other through the prophet Ambakum. And He made judgment for those being wronged: Joseph by the Egyptians, Susanna by the judges of Israel, and David being wronged by Saul and others more; the Scripture is rich with these examples. (Gen 42:21; Dan 13)

Those being broken are the same as those who are humbled, differing only in thought; for they are hindered from acting and from running toward the truth, laid lowss, they fall from the height of virtue and happen to be broken. It must be said that those laid low and broken are those sinning in practice, being blind ones who cast away the seeing of the intellect, so that they do not see the beauties of the dogmas of the truth.

Just as he released the laid low and straightened the broken, desiring the forgiveness of sins, so he enlightened the blind, having opened the eyes of their hearts, he himself about whom Paul writes: 'The God who said, Let light shine out of darkness, has shone in your hearts to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God' (2 Cor 4:6).

Since the word spoken refers to the memory of the righteous among the converts: those loved by the Lord are called righteous, those having been pleasing to him according to the Old Scripture; but converts are those called from the Gentiles upon the teaching of the Gospel. And what the intellect questions, it is to be heard from the Savior saying, 'Many prophets and righteous men desired to see what you see and to hear what you hear' (Matt 23:37). Among these righteous ones is Abraham, concerning whom it is written: 'Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him for righteousness' (Gen 15:6). And concerning the Gentiles as being converts, it is to be heard from Paul saying, 'Therefore remember...'

You used to be of the Gentiles, and once you were separated from the commonwealth of Israel (Eph 2:12). But now, you who once became distant, have become near in the eye of our Lord Jesus Christ; for He is our peace. Furthermore, you are no longer strangers and sojourners, but fellow citizens with the saints and members of the household of God (Eph 2:19), having been built up upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets (Eph 2:20).

Concerning these proselytes, Moses said to Israel, saying, 'If you do not obey the commandments of the Lord your God, the proselyte who is among you will be above you, but you will be below' (Deut 23:7), through the changing of circumstances. Indeed, before the coming of the Savior, those of the Gentiles who hurried to worship God approached Israel being instructed and obeying them; but now, those who wish to approach the faith of Christ from the Israelites are setting aside the evangelical commonwealth, approaching as sacrifices among those of the Gentiles who have believed.

In addition to this, take care lest the proselytes who are coming now through godliness—though those who have passed through and been perfected in it are called righteous—should be lost; for God loves the righteous, but He guards the proselytes. For those who have arrived immediately by the word of truth, lest they may not be strong and firm, need the guarding of the Lord so that they may remain unhurt, whereas the righteous are made members of Him and loved by Him through perfection.

He will take up the orphan and the widow (Ps 68:5)—not any widows, but those continuing in purity and reverence. Such is Anna, the daughter of Phanuel, whom the Gospel remembers (Luke 2:36). The Lord will take up such a widow through incorruptible prudence, along with her well-endured orphanhood, lifting them up and raising them by virtue, so that He may also lead them into the heavenly blessings.

It is possible to say of orphans being taken up that they are the godly who leave behind parents; such as Abraham, going out from the land and kindred and the house of his father at God's calling of him (Gen 12:1); and also James and John, having left Zebedee their father through the invitation of Jesus (Mark 1:19). Following these things also...

Greek · §250

καὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον πεινῶσι καὶ διψῶσι καὶ στενοχωρουμένοις διδόναι 270 τροφὴν τὴν αἰώνιον, κατὰ τὸ Μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην ο τι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται, καὶ κατὰ τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον τὸν φάσκοντα ̓Ιδοὺ οἱ δουλεύοντές μοι φάγονται, ὑμεῖς δὲ πεινάσετε. Εἰ δὲ καὶ αἰσθητῶς τις ταῦτα ἐκλαμβάνειν βούλεται· δέδωκε τροφὴν τοῖς πεινῶσιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ υ σας τὸ μάννα καὶ πεντακισχιλίους πεινῶντας α νδρας ε θρεψε, δέδωκε δὲ καὶ ̓Ηλίᾳ καὶ ∆ανιήλ, τῷ μὲν διὰ κοράκων, τῷ δὲ δι' ̓Αμβακοὺμ τοῦ προφήτου. ἐποίησε δὲ κρίμα τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ̓Ιωσὴφ καὶ Σουσάννᾳ, τῷ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας, τῇ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Κριτῶν τοῦ ̓Ισραήλ, καὶ τῷ ∆αυὶδ ἀδικουμένῳ ὑπὸ Σαοὺλ καὶ α λλοις πλείοσιν ω ν πληρεστάτη ἡ γραφή. 1267 Ps 145,7c–8b Οἱ κατερραγμένοι οἱ αὐτοί εἰσι τοῖς πεπεδημένοις ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ διαφέροντες· η γὰρ κωλύονται καὶ ἐνεργεῖν καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας α κοντες πεπεδημένοι, η ἐκπίπτουσι τοῦ υ ψους τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τυγχάνουσι κατερραγμένοι. ̔Ρητέον πεπεδημένους καὶ κατερραγμένους ει ναι τοὺς πρακτικῶς ἁμαρτάνοντας, τυφλῶν ο ντων τῶν τὸ βλέπειν τῆς διανοίας ἀποβαλλόντων, ο πως μὴ ὁρῶσι τὰ κάλλη τῶν δογμάτων τῆς ἀληθείας. ὡς ου ν ε λυσε τοὺς πεπεδημένους καὶ ἀνώρθωσε τοὺς κατερραγμένους α φεσιν ἁμαρτημάτων ὀρέξας, ου τως ἐσόφισε τοὺς τυφλοὺς φωτίσας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, αὐτὸς ω ν τὸ φῶς περὶ ου γράφει Παῦλος ̔Ο θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εκ σκότους φῶς λάμψαι ε λαμψεν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ. 1268 Ps 145,8c.9 ̓Επεὶ α μα τῶν δικαίων μνημονεύει τῶν προσηλύτων ἡ προκειμένη λέξις, τοὺς μὲν ἀγαπωμένους ὑπὸ κυρίου δικαίους λεκτέον τοὺς κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν γραφὴν εὐαρεστήσαντας αὐτῷ, προσηλύτους δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν κληθέντας ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διδασκαλίαν· καὶ ο τι ε ρρωται ἡ διάνοια αυ τη, ἀκουστέον τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντος Πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν α βλέπετε καὶ ἀκοῦσαι α ἀκούετε. τούτων τῶν δικαίων καὶ ὁ ̓Αβραὰμ η ν περὶ ου γέγραπται ̓Επίστευσε δὲ ̓Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὡς ο ντων προσηλύτων ἀκουστέον Παύλου λέγοντος ∆ιὸ μνημονεύετε ο τι ποτὲ ὑμεῖς τὰ ε θνη, καὶ μεθ' ε τερα Οτι η τέ ποτε χωρὶς θεοῦ ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς πολιτείας τοῦ ̓Ισραήλ, καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα Νῦν δὲ ὑμεῖς οι ποτε ο ντες μακρὰν ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς ἐν τῷ αι ματι τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ̓Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· καὶ μεθ' ε τερα Αρ' ου ν οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ξένοι καὶ πάροικοι ἀλλὰ συμπολῖται τῶν ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. περὶ τούτων τῶν προσηλύτων καὶ ὁ Μωυσῆς προεῖπε τῷ ̓Ισραήλ, λέγων ̓Εὰν μὴ ἀκούσητε τῶν ἐντολῶν κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ὁ προσήλυτος ὁ ω ν κάτω καὶ ὑφ' ὑμᾶς ε σται α νω, σὺ δὲ κάτω, ἀντιμεταβαλλόντων τῶν πραγμάτων. ἀμέλει γοῦν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ σωτῆρος, ο σοι τῶν ἐθνῶν θεῷ ε σπευδον λατρεύειν, προσήρχοντο τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ παιδευθησόμενοι καὶ ὑπακούοντες αὐτοῖς· νῦν δὲ οἱ βουλόμενοι τῶν ̓Ισραηλιτῶν προσελθεῖν τῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ πίστει τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πεπιστευκόσι προσίασι τὴν εὐαγγελικὴν πολιτείαν παραληψόμενοι. Πρὸς τούτοις ἐπίστησον μήποτε οἱ α ρτι τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ προσερχόμενοι προσήλυτοι, οἱ δὲ διαβεβηκότες καὶ τελειωθέντες ἐν αὐτῇ, δίκαιοι ει ρηνται· ο θεν τοὺς μὲν δικαίους ἀγαπᾷ, φυλάττει δὲ τοὺς προσηλύτους. οἱ γὰρ εὐθέως προσεληλυθότες τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας ὡς μήπω ἰσχυροὶ καὶ βέβαιοι δέονται τοῦ φυλάττοντος κυρίου ἐπὶ τῷ ἀβλαβεῖς διαμεῖναι, τῶν δικαίων διὰ τελειότητος οἰκειουμένων αὐτῷ καὶ ἀγαπωμένων ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. ̓Ορφανὸν καὶ χήραν ἀναλήψεται, χηρῶν οὐ τῶν τυχουσῶν ἀλλὰ τῶν σὺν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι διατελουσῶν. τοιαύτη η ν Αννα ἡ θυγάτηρ Φανουὴλ η ς μνημονεύει τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον. τὴν τοιαύτην χήραν δι' α κραν σωφροσύνην μετὰ καὶ τοῦ καλῶς ἐνεγκόντος ὀρφανίαν ἀναλήψεται κύριος, ὑψῶν καὶ μετεωρίζων αὐτοὺς τῇ ἀρετῇ, 271 ο πως καὶ εἰς τὰς ἐπουρανίους εὐλογίας εἰσαγάγῃ αὐτούς. ∆υνατὸν ὀρφανοὺς ἀναλαμβανομένους εἰπεῖν τοὺς θεοσεβείας ε νεκα καταλειπόντας γονέας· οι ος η ν ὁ ̓Αβραὰμ ἐξερχόμενος ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ συγγενείας καὶ τοῦ οι κου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, εἰς τοῦτο καλέσαντος αὐτὸν θεοῦ· ε τι μὴν καὶ ̓Ιάκωβος καὶ ̓Ιωάννης διὰ τὴν ̓Ιησοῦ πρόσκλησιν καταλείψαντες Ζεβεδαῖον τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν. ἀκολούθως τούτοις καὶ

Allegorical Interpretation of Psalm 146/147§251

251You say that widows are takeng been separated from men in perfect prudence, by the mutual consent of both, the man and the woman, for the same purpose as those who dissolved the marriage. But more allegorically, the souls that cast off the one who became their father, the devil, are orphans and widows being taken. Once these are taken, the way of the sinners, which is nothing other than wickedness, shall be destroyed by God (Ps 145:10).

Zion, the watchful and examining one of the truth, is the perfect soul, the church of the living God; your God shall reign forever (Ps 146:3), the end of the kingdom shall not be delayed, his rule extending from generation to generation. It is said in this psalm before this, concerning his unending kingdom extending through all ages and how he rules from generation to generation. Therefore, being satisfied with those, as they apply them also to the present words, we shall say nothing more.

Since the psalm is good and beneficial to the user, praising its honor, announce to him that in praising this psalm, there is no difference from that one, especially since the one who sings with spirit and mind and with the heart is not different. If, however, to sing signifies to act in practice, it is advised to those who have perfected this good psalm to also praise Christ through theology, so that, having been perfected in practice and thought, they may rejoice in God; for he says, 'A sacrifice of praise shall glorify me' (Ps 146:5), and the Spirit commands to bring it forward, as those who say, 'Offer to God a sacrifice of praise.'

He also takes up the meek (Ps 147:6), lifting them up to where they inherit the land. But that land they inherit is high above. Therefore it has also been written, 'He will bring you up upon the good things of the earth,' and 'He will lift you up to inherit the land.' He takes up the meek, but he humbles the sinners as those who carry the image of the earth, thinking of low things and those upon the earth. Just as Paul, the meek one, was taken up to the third heaven (2 Cor 12:2) and to be a participant in unutterable things as if in paradise. And all those who call upon their names upon their lands, being in the flesh and not having the Spirit of God, having departed from God upon the earth, are written down.

For thanksgiving, awakening those who have received so many good things. 'Begin,' he says, 'in confession, hymning and glorifying him for those things on which he worked' (Ps 146:8-9). And allegorically, his divine word surrounds the heaven with noetic clouds pouring down a noetic rain: for the heaven above rejoiced, and the clouds (surrounding him) rained down righteousness. From these noetic clouds he prepares rain for the earth, which Jesus spiritually sowed to bring forth fruit divided into one hundred and sixty and thirty, bringing up grass in the deserts for the great-souled and providing for the soul a fresh green clover to be found upon the slavery of men to be fed as food.

But the slavery of men is the irrational animals. This is said concerning the things destined, as we saw in the hundred and third Psalm; let us see them further. He brings up and gives food to the simpler sheep and cattle of those having believed in Christ, which are being saved apart from men. But he gives food not only to these, but also to the high-flying ones, for he commanded the young ravens to call upon him. God gives food to these, since they call upon him, according to the perfect men, concerning whom it is said, 'They called upon the Lord, and he heard them' (Ps 145:4). And you will understand the young ravens to be those from the nations who have believed and because of this call upon the Lord, so that he may give them spiritual food. For the raven is unclean and gloomy. Such are the evil demons and those who have added to impiety, of whom they were formerly sons, but having believed they obtained the heavenly food.

The gates of Jerusalem are the introductory teachings, with the destructive words lying upon them, or the representing ranks of Jerusalem, having the capacity to silence those who contradict (Ps 147:2). 'For he has blessed your sons in you,' those who will act and will possess the capacity of thought; for because they become such sons of her, being blessed in her, they never cease to act, having learned to turn to the house of the Lord all the days of their lives. And the word interpreting it as the one who blessed the...

Greek · §251

χήρας ἀναλαμβανομένας ἐρεῖς τὰς χωρισθείσας ἀνδρῶν ἐπὶ τελείᾳ σωφροσύνῃ, ἐκ συμφώνου συγκαταθέσεως ἑκατέρων, τοῦ ἀνδρὸς καὶ τῆς γυναικός φημι, τῷ αὐτῷ σκοπῷ διαλυσάντων τὸν γάμον. ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἀλληγορικώτερον αἱ ἀποβάλλουσαι ψυχαὶ τὸν γενόμενον ἐν κακίᾳ πατέρα αὐτῶν διάβολον η καὶ α νδρα ὀρφαναὶ καὶ χῆραι ἀναλαμβανόμεναί εἰσιν. τούτων ἀναληφθέντων ἡ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ὁδὸς οὐκ α λλη τῆς κακίας ου σα ὑπὸ θεοῦ ἀφανισθήσεται. 1269 Ps 145,10 ̔Η Σιὼν ἡ σκοπευτικὴ καὶ ἐξεταστικὴ τῆς ἀληθείας η τοι ψυχὴ τελεία η ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος· βασιλεύσει σου ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ου τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ε σται τέλος παρατεινούσης τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν. Ει ρηται ἐν τῷ πρὸ τούτου ψαλμῷ περὶ τῆς ἀτελευτήτου βασιλείας αὐτοῦ διατεινούσης εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας καὶ ὡς δεσπόζει εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν. διὸ ἐκείνοις ἀρκούμενοι, ὡς ἐφαρμόζουσι καὶ ταῖς προκειμέναις λέξεσιν, οὐδὲν πλέον ἐροῦμεν. 1270 Ps 146,1bc ̓Επεὶ ὁ ψαλμὸς ἀγαθός ἐστιν ὠφελῶν τὸν χρώμενον, τούτου ε νεκα αἰνοῦντες ἀπαγγείλατε αὐτῷ ὡς κατὰ τοῦτο ψαλμὸν αι νου μὴ διαφέρειν, ἐκείνου μάλιστα ου προφέρει ὁ ψάλλων πνεύματι καὶ νῷ ᾳ δων καὶ ψάλλων τῇ καρδίᾳ. εἰ δὲ τὸ ψάλλειν τὸ πρακτικῶς ἐνεργεῖν δηλοῖ, τοῖς τὸν ἀγαθὸν τοῦτον ψαλμὸν κατορθώσασι παραινεῖ καὶ αἰνεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν διὰ θεολογίας, ο πως πράξει καὶ νοήσει τελειωθέντες εὐφράνωσι θεόν· Θυσία γάρ φησιν αἰνέσεως δοξάσει με, καὶ προστάττει τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ προσάγειν αὐτὴν οι ῳ τε ο ντι Θῦσον τῷ θεῷ θυσίαν αἰνέσεως. 1271 Ps 146,6 Καὶ τοὺς πραεῖς ἀναλαμβάνει, ἀναβιβάζων αὐτοὺς ἐφ' η ν κληρονομοῦσι γῆν. αυ τη δὲ η ν κληρονομοῦσι γῆν πρὸς υ ψος α νω που ι δρυται. διὸ καὶ γέγραπται ̓Αναβιβάσει σε ἐπὶ τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ε τι Καὶ ὑψώσει σε τοῦ κατακληρονομῆσαι γῆν. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν πραεῖς ἀναλαμβάνει, τοὺς δὲ ἁμαρτωλοὺς ταπεινοῖ ε ως γῆς τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ φοροῦντας τῷ φρονεῖν τὰ κάτω καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς. ου τω Παῦλος πρᾶος ω ν ἀνελήφθη εἰς τρίτον οὐρανὸν καὶ ε ως τοῦ παραδείσου ἐπὶ τῷ μετασχεῖν ῥημάτων ἀρρήτων. καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ ἐπικαλεσάμενοι τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τῶν γαιῶν αὐτῶν τῷ ει ναι ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ πνεῦμα θεοῦ μὴ ε χειν ἀφεστηκότες τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς γράφονται. 1272 Ps 146,7 Εἰς εὐχαριστίαν διεγείρων τοὺς τῶν τοσούτων ἀγαθῶν τετυχηκότας. ̓Εξάρξατε, ε φη, ἐν ἐξομολογήσει ὑμνοῦντες καὶ δοξολογοῦντες αὐτὸν ἐφ' οι ς εἰργάσατο. 1273 Ps 146,8.9 Περιβάλλει δὲ κατ' ἀλληγορίαν τὸν θεῖον αὐτοῦ λόγον οὐρανὸν ο ντα νεφέλαις νοητὸν ὑετὸν ῥεούσαις· Εὐφρανθήτω γὰρ ὁ οὐρανὸς α νωθεν, καὶ αἱ νεφέλαι (αἱ περιβάλλουσαι αὐτὸν) ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην. ̓Εκ τούτων τῶν νοητῶν νεφελῶν ἑτοιμάζει τῇ γῇ ὑετόν, η ν ε σπειρεν ̓Ιησοῦς πνευματικῶς ἐπὶ τῷ ἀγαγεῖν καρπὸν διαιρούμενον εἰς ἑκατὸν καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριάκοντα, ἐξανατέλλων χόρτον ἐν ο ρεσι τοῖς μεγαλοφυέσι καὶ ε παρμα ψυχῆς ε χουσι ἐπὶ τῷ εὑροῦσαν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων δουλείαν χλόην νεαρῶς τεθηλυῖαν εἰς κόρον τραφῆναι. δουλεία δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ α λογα ζῷα. ει ρηται περὶ τῶν προκειμένων τὰ ὑποπεσόντα ἐν ἑκατοστῷ καὶ τρίτῳ ψαλμῷ, ο θεν ἐκείνοις ἀρκεσθέντες ἑξῆς ι δωμεν. ̓Εξανατέλλει καὶ δίδωσι τροφὴν τοῖς ἁπλουστέροις τῶν πεπιστευκότων Χριστοῦ προβάτων καὶ κτηνῶν α μα ἀνθρώποις σῳζομένων. οὐ μόνον δὲ τούτοις τροφὴν δίδωσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ὑψιπετέσι γεγενημένοις τῷ αὐτὸν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι ου ς κοράκων νεοσσοὺς 272 προσηγόρευσε. δίδωσι δὲ τούτοις ὁ θεὸς τροφήν, ἐπείπερ ἐπικαλοῦνται αὐτὸν κατὰ τοὺς τελείους α νδρας, περὶ ω ν ει ρηται ̓Επεκαλέσαντο τὸν κύριον, καὶ αὐτὸς εἰσήκουεν αὐτῶν. Νεοσσοὺς δὲ κοράκων νοήσεις τοὺς ἐξ ἐθνῶν πεπιστευκότας καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπικαλουμένους τὸν κύριον, ι να δῷ αὐτοῖς τροφὴν πνευματικήν. ἀκάθαρτος γὰρ κόραξ καὶ ζοφώδης. τοιοῦτοι δὲ οἱ πονηροὶ δαίμονες καὶ οἱ τῇ ἀσεβείᾳ προστετηκότες ω ν οἱ πάλαι αὐτῶν γενόμενοι υἱοὶ πιστεύσαντες ε τυχον τῆς οὐρανίου τροφῆς. 1274 Ps 147,2.3 Πύλαι τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ αἱ εἰσαγωγικαὶ παιδεύσεις εἰσίν * ἐπικείμενοι αὐταῖς οἱ διὰ κατα * α λυτοι λόγοι η οἱ πρεσβεύοντες * τάγματα η τοι τῆς ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἱκανότητα ε χοντες τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας ἐπιστομίζειν. Οτι εὐλόγησε τοὺς υἱούς σου ἐν σοί, τοὺς πράξει καὶ νοήσει ἱκανότητα κεκτημένους· η διὰ τὸ ου τως υἱοὶ τυγχάνειν αὐτῆς ἐν αὐτῇ εὐλογούμενοι περαιτέρω αὐτῆς οὐδεπώποτε γίνονται, οὐ * ου πράξει μαθόντες ἐν οι κῳ κυρίου ἀναστρέφεσθαι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἑαυτῶν. ̔Ερμηνεύων δὲ ὁ λόγος ὡς ὁ εὐλογήσας τοὺς

The Snow and Mist of Divine Word§252

252He brings her children within her, he who sets your borders in peace, with all war having fled from her borders, against the wars that crush, the Lord setting the borders of the city in peace. By saying peace, he imparts to her spiritual food.

And if you wish to say that the educational words of God are fire (not that they are something by which one is filled?), you do not err. For it is said in the prophet, in the face of God toward the false prophets, 'What is chaff with grain?' Thus are my words, says the Lord; the words of himself are indeed grain, but theirs are chaff through the word. Just as the wisdom from God is not earthly, nor psychic, nor demonic, but descending from above Him, so also His word, not being from the earth, is sent into the earth, becoming for each of those able to serve Him the same thing as the word given by the Lord to those preaching the gospel with much power. If this thing given, being distributed, runs swiftly to more souls, the word of God, being fulfilled, 'Their voice has gone out into all the earth and their words to the ends of the inhabited world' (Ps 147:4). Truly his taking up has happened, and immediately the evangelical word passed through all the earth, to everyone under the heaven.

Regarding the things said before, it appears to us that these things have been set forth in a parabolic manner, by placing the works of the cosmic creation alongside the economy concerning the church by way of likeness. For just as snow is a layer covering a place, and after this a thaw occurs and water pours out, so the divine word, having dwelt among the Jews first, after this pours out upon all. Therefore also the mission of the word and the blowing of the Spirit are well indicated through the cosmic works: that just as the word comes into the world and the Spirit breathes, the word of the holy and saving teaching went out from Jerusalem to all the inhabited world. If one is to take this also up in allegory, since it stands forth spiritually regarding His running word: for indeed, 'You will wash me, and I shall be whiter than snow' (Ps 51:7), one should not think in terms of sensible snow...

How can the soul be made whiter than snow, which is beyond sensation, if it is not a participant in the brightness of the rational nature through the whiteness of the snow? To this thought the saying, 'If your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow' (Isaiah 1:18), contributes; for one cannot conceive of sins being whitened like physical snow.

Perhaps the most beautiful word cast upon the earth by the Lord is like wool, a garment to be fashioned for the soul, this wool being produced by the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world (John 1:29). Similarly, you will perceive those cast down like crystal flakes and the mist passing like ash. Farmers need snow and mist; for these, when they come upon the offspring, increase them. Just as even upon the good earth of the soul, if the seed has fallen, it is necessary that rain and dew fall, so too snow and mist must come upon our offspring, so that we may bear fruit being nourished by all these.

You will perceive the snow, the crystal, and the mist as temptations brought upon the saints for testing. For they are not being chilled in the love within them by opposing powers, just as 'as a pit cools, so does its wickedness cool' allusion. In the face of this cold, who will endure, if not he who, like Peter, Paul, Job, and James the speaker who said 'I became' (James 1:12), is joined with the heat of the day and the frost of the night?

Toward these things you will also take the things said by Moses: 'Let my speech drop as the rain, and my words descend as the dew, as the gentle rain upon the tender grass, and as the snow upon the herb' (Deuteronomy 32:2). For by the word, the sayings of Moses are made like these; by this word, the word sent to the land of God is logically divided into all things spoken. And what is this cold that no one can endure from its presence, to be seen as worthy? Perhaps his word, being fiery, is compared to fire, warming and making to boil those who have been chilled by wickedness, whose love was cooled by the abundance of lawlessness; again, against the souls being burned by the flame of pleasures and passions, the cold of God is called, not according to...

Greek · §252

υἱοὺς αὐτῆς ἐν αὐτῇ† ἐπιφέρει ἑξῆς τὸν θέντα τὰ ο ριά σου εἰρήνην, παντὸς πολέμου πεφυγαδευμένου ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῆς, πρὸς τοὺς συντρίβοντος πολέμους κυρίου καὶ τιθέντος τὰ ο ρια τῆς πόλεως εἰρήνην. εἰρήνην λέγων τὴν * καὶ τροφῆς δὲ αὐτῇ πνευματικῆς μεταδίδωσιν. εἰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς παιδευτικοὺς θεοῦ λόγους πυρὸν εἰπεῖν θέλεις (ου τος ταῖς * τίς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐμπιπλᾶται;), οὐχ ἁμαρτάνεις. ει ρηται γὰρ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ ἐκ προσώπου θεοῦ πρὸς τοὺς ψευδοπροφήτας Τί τὸ α χυρον πρὸς τὸν σῖτον; ου τως οἱ λόγοι μου, λέγει κύριος· σῖτον μὲν τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ λόγους, α χυρον δὲ τοὺς ἐκείνων διὰ τῆς λέξεως. 1275 Ps 147,4 Ωσπερ ἡ ἐκ θεοῦ σοφία οὐκ ε στιν ἐπίγειος οὐ ψυχικὴ οὐ δαιμονιώδης ἀλλ' α νωθεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ κατερχομένη, ου τω καὶ τὸ λόγιον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐκ γῆς ὑπάρχον ἀποστέλλεται ἐν τῇ γῇ, γινόμενον πρὸς ε καστον τῶν διακονεῖν αὐτῷ δυναμένων τυγχάνον τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ διδομένῳ ὑπὸ κυρίου ῥήματι τοῖς εὐαγγελιζομένοις δυνάμει πολλῇ. ει τα δοθὲν τοῦτο νεμόμενον πλείονας ψυχὰς ε ως τάχους δραμεῖται, λόγος ω ν θεοῦ, πληρουμένου τοῦ Εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν. α μα γοῦν γέγονεν ἡ ἀνάληψις αὐτοῦ, καὶ εὐθέως διέβη ὁ εὐαγγελικὸς λόγος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ η τις ἐστὶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. 1276 Ps 147,5 Πρὸς τὰ προειρημένα φαίνεται ἡμῖν οι ον ἐν παραβολῆς τρόπῳ ταῦτα ἐπῆχθαι, τῶν τῆς κοσμικῆς δημιουργίας ε ργων παρατιθεμένων καθ' ὁμοίωσιν τῇ περὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οἰκονομίᾳ. ω σπερ γὰρ χιών ἐστι καταρρυεῖσα τόπον καὶ πάχνη μετὰ ταῦτα λύεται καὶ υ δατα προχεῖ, ου τως ὁ θεῖος λόγος εἰς ̓Ιουδαίους κατασκήψας τὰ πρῶτα, μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πάντας διακέχυται. διὸ καὶ ἡ τοῦ λόγου ἀποστολὴ καὶ ἡ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεῦσις καλῶς διὰ τῶν κοσμικῶν ε ργων ὑποδηλοῦται, ο τι δὴ λόγου παραγινομένου εἰς κόσμον καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεύσαντος ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ ̔Ιερουσαλὴμ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὁ λόγος τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ σωτηρίου διδασκαλίας. 1277 Ps 147,5.6 Εἰ δὲ πρὸς ἀλληγορίαν ἐκλαμβάνειν καὶ αὐτό, ἐπειδὴ πνευματικῶς τοῦ δραμοῦντος λόγου αὐτοῦ, παρίσταται· καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸ Πλυνεῖς με, καὶ ὑπὲρ χιόνα λευκανθήσομαι, οὐ περὶ αἰσθητῆς χιόνος νοεῖν ὑποβάλλει. πῶς γὰρ ὑπὲρ τὴν αἰσθητὴν χιόνα λευκανθῆναι ἡ ψυχὴ δύναται, οὐκ ου σης συμβλητῆς τῆς φαιδρότητος τῆς περὶ τὴν λογικὴν φύσιν τῇ τῆς χιόνος λευκότητι; εἰς ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν συνδραμεῖται καὶ τὸ ̓Εὰν ω σιν ὑμῶν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὡς φοινικοῦν, ὡς χιόνα λευκανῶ· ἁμαρτίας γὰρ λευκαινομένας κατὰ τὴν σωματικὴν χιόνα οὐδὲ ἐννοεῖν ε χω. μήποτε ου ν φαιδρότατος λόγος εἰς τὴν γῆν ὑπὸ κυρίου βάλλεται ἐρίῳ ἐοικὼς ἐξ ου ἱμάτιόν ἐστι κατασκευάσαι τῇ ψυχῇ, τοῦ ἐρίου τούτου καρποφορουμένου ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀμνοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ αι ροντος τὴν 273 ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. Συγγενῶς τούτοις καὶ τοὺς βαλλομένους ὡσεὶ ψωμοὺς τοῦ κρυστάλλου νοήσεις καὶ τὴν ὁμίχλην τὴν πασσομένην ὡσεὶ σποδόν. χρεία τοῖς γεωργοῖς χιόνος καὶ ὁμίχλης· ταῦτα γὰρ ἐρχόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ γενήματα αυ ξει αὐτά. ω σπερ ου ν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν τὴν ψυχήν, εἰ πέπτωκεν ὁ σπόρος, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν ὡς ὑετὸν ὡς δρόσον η κειν, ου τω καὶ χιόνα καὶ ὁμίχλην ἐπὶ τὸ γένημα ἡμῶν, ι να δυνηθῶμεν ὑπὸ πάντων τούτων τρεφόμενοι καρποφορῆσαι. Νοήσεις δὲ τὴν χιόνα καὶ τὸν κρύσταλλον καὶ τὴν ὁμίχλην πειρασμοὺς ἐπαγομένους τοῖς ἁγίοις πρὸς δοκιμήν. ου τοι γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων ψύχειν πειρῶνται τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀγάπην, ἐπείπερ ̔Ως ψύχει λάκκος, ου τως ψύχει κακία αὐτῆς. κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ψύχους τούτου, τίς ὑποστήσεται εἰ μὴ ὁ κατὰ Πέτρον καὶ Παῦλον καὶ τὸν ̓Ιὼβ καὶ τὸν ̓Ιακὼβ τὸν εἰπόντα ̓Εγενόμην συγκαιόμενος τῷ καύματι τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῷ παγετῷ τῆς νυκτός; πρὸς ταῦτα λήψῃ καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ Μωυσέως εἰρημένα Προσδοκάσθω ὡς ὑετὸς τὸ ἀπόφθεγμά μου, καὶ καταβήτω ὡς δρόσος τὰ ῥήματά μου, ὡσεὶ ο μβρος ἐπ' α γρωστιν καὶ ὡσεὶ νιφετὸς ἐπὶ χόρτον. ῳ γὰρ λόγῳ τὰ ῥήματα Μωυσέως τούτοις ὁμοιοῦται, τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ τὸ ἀποσταλὲν τῇ γῇ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγιον διαιρεῖται εἰς πάντα τὰ εἰρημένα. Τί δὲ τὸ ψῦχος αὐτοῦ ου ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς ὑποστῆναι δύναται, θεωρῆσαι α ξιον. μήποτ' ου ν ω σπερ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ διάπυρος ὑπάρχων παραβάλλεται πυρὶ θερμαίνων καὶ ζέειν ποιῶν τοὺς ἀπεψυγμένους τῇ κακίᾳ ω ν ἡ ἀγάπη ἐψύγη διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς ἀνομίας, ου τω πάλιν κατὰ τῶν ψυχῶν τὴν φλόγα τῶν ἐξ ἡδονῶν καὶ παθῶν πυρουμένων ψῦχος θεοῦ λέγεται ου κατὰ

The Abyss, Dragons, and the Creative Word§253

253No one will be able to withstand those who are burned by passions, since their hearts have been kindled like a furnace, like the light of fire, since all are committing adultery and are being burned by lawless desires. To these things, the coming of pain from the storehouses and cold from the heights, as carried in Job, is appropriate.

The provident Word of God, being sent, will melt the snow and those counted with it, but also when He breathes, His spirit will flow (for He says the south wind), turning into these things the ones forenamed of the snow and those near it (Ps 147:7). And it is necessary even spiritually to hear these things: the clarifying Word of God, having been sent with concealment, will melt the mist, the crystal, and the snow, making them like a drink upon the watering place, but by His spirit, the spirit of this God breathing; but also the Word of God, being sent into the heart of those receiving Him, will melt the trials and make them invisible, those who, warming by the spirit, will courageously undergo such trials, will dissolve them.

To the one who has trampled and flapped the rulers and the authorities and the cosmic rulers of this darkness, mystically called Jacob, He sends His word, which is salvific and creative, in order to make all the true doctrines of piety clear to him (Ps 147:8-9). And after the victory having been achieved through insight and Israel having been shown to see by intellect God, His requirements and His judgments, He sent the Word to work all things determined and just. And upon these things, the greatness of the God's gift existing to the mortal, manifesting, He says: He did not do thus to every mortal, but only to Israel He performed the foretold things before the arrival of the Savior; however, the coming of Christ, the High Priest of truly good things, all mortals are filled with the divine Word (Ps 148:7-8). But—

Someone might say regarding this, as the very words show, that calling the multitude of the waters an abyss (for the Lord walked upon it) is as if there were another beginning: 'The gates of death open to you in fear,' and the following. If he says that the dragons were also named appropriately with the abysses, being more terrible than the creeping things upon the earth; and in another psalm, being called waters, it was said that dragons were in them, not other than the abyss named here. For it is also written in the seventy-third Psalm: 'You crushed the heads of the dragons upon the water,' and 'You crushed the head of the dragon.

It must be understood that evil powers are signified by these, as the Word of God crushed them, and through time has descended even unto the abysses. But observe, he says, how very strongly the Word does not command the dragons in the abysses to praise, but simply mentions them; for they are not worthy to praise God. They are called by necessity to obey the hymn being lifted up by all creation to the Lord, King, and God: fire, hail, snow, ice, wind of a storm, which do His Word (Ps 148:8).

All these things, existing around the air, were necessarily mentioned as parts of the whole cosmos and as subsisting through the Divine Word and serving Him. For apart from the creative Word, the whole cosmos would be moving aimlessly and without presiding over its days; neither snow, nor fire, nor ice, nor storm, nor wind would ever subsist, nor would they ever act apart from His will. Thus, these things doing His Word should not be heard as acting independently.

It is also possible to say of kings and rulers and judges, those living loftily and approaching things critically and investigatively, and the lower peoples who have believed.

Greek · §253

πρόσωπον οὐδεὶς ὑποστῆναι δυνήσεται τῶν ὑπὸ παθῶν πεπυρωμένων, ἐπείπερ ἀνεκαύθησαν αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν ὡς κλίβανος ὡς φέγγος πυρός, ἐπείπερ πάντες μοιχῶνται καὶ πυροῦνται ὑπὸ ἀκολάστων ἐπιθυμιῶν. τούτοις συνᾴδει τὸ ̓Απὸ ταμείων ἐπέρχονται ὀδύναι, ἀπὸ δὲ ἀκρωτηρίων ψῦχος, φερόμενον ἐν τῷ ̓Ιώβ. 1278 Ps 147,7 ̔Ο προνοητικὸς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ἀποστελλόμενος τήξει τὴν χιόνα καὶ τὰ συνηριθμημένα αὐτῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πνεύσαντος αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα υ δατα ῥυήσεται (πνεῦμα δὲ τὸν νότον φησίν), εἰς ταῦτα μεταβαλλόντων τῶν προωνομασμένων τῆς χιόνος καὶ τῶν παραπλησίων. Εἰ δὲ καὶ πνευματικῶς καὶ τούτων ἀκοῦσαι δεῖ· ὁ σαφηνιστὴς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος τῶν λελαλημένων μετ' ἐπικρύψεως ἀποσταλεὶς τήξει τὴν ὁμίχλην τὸν κρύσταλλον τὴν χιόνα ἐπὶ τῷ πότιμα αὐτὰ ποιῆσαι, α μα τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ πνεύσαντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποστελλόμενος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν τῶν αὐτὸν παραδεχομένων τήξει τοὺς πειρασμοὺς καὶ ἀφανεῖς καταστήσει, οι τε τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, γενναίως τοὺς τοιούτους ὑπομένοντες πειρασμούς, διαλύσουσιν αὐτούς. 1279 Ps 147,8.9 Τῷ καταπατήσαντι καὶ πτερνίσαντι τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας καὶ τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους τούτου μυστικῶς ̓Ιακὼβ καλουμένῳ ἀποστέλλει τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τὸν σωτήριον καὶ ποιητικὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ τῷ σαφηνίσαι αὐτῷ πάντα τὰ ἀληθῆ δόγματα τῆς εὐσεβείας. ει τα μετὰ τὴν νίκην διορατικῶς γεγενημένῳ καὶ ̓Ισραὴλ ἀποδειχθέντι τῷ ὁρᾶν διανοίᾳ θεὸν τὰ δικαιώματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ ἀπέστειλεν ἐπὶ τῷ κεκριμένως καὶ δικαίως πάντα ἐνεργεῖν. καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις τὸ μέγεθος τῆς θεοῦ δωρεᾶς ὑπαρξάσης τῷ ἁγίῳ ε θνει ἐμφανίζων φησὶν Οὐκ ἐποίησεν ου τως παντὶ ε θνει, ἀλλ' η μόνῳ τῷ ̓Ισραὴλ τὰ προειρημένα πεποίηκε πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημίας· Χριστοῦ μέντοι παραγενομένου τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τῶν ἀληθῶς ἀγαθῶν, πάντα τὰ ε θνη πεπλήρωνται τοῦ θείου λόγου. 1280 Ps 148,7.8 ̓Αλλὰ φαίη τις πρὸς τοῦτο, ὡς μάλιστα δείκνυσιν ἡ λέξις αὐτή, τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὑδάτων α βυσσον ἀποκαλεῖν (ἐπ' αὐτῇ γὰρ περιεπάτησεν ὁ κύριος) ὡς ἀφ' ἑτέρας ει ναι ἀρχῆς· ̓Ανοίγονται δέ σοι φόβῳ πύλαι θανάτου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ει τά 274 φησιν ὡς καταλλήλως ταῖς ἀβύσσοις καὶ οἱ δράκοντες ὠνομάσθησαν ε τεροι ο ντες παρὰ τὰ ἑρπετὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐν α λλῳ δὲ ψαλμῷ ε ν τισι καλουμένοις υ δασιν οὐκ α λλοις ου σι τῆς ἐνταῦθα ὀνομαζομένης ἀβύσσου δράκοντες ει ναι ἐλέγοντο. γέγραπται γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἑβδομηκοστῷ τρίτῳ Σὺ συνέτριψας τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν δρακόντων ἐπὶ τοῦ υ δατος, σὺ συνέθλασας τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ δράκοντος. δυνάμεις δὲ πονηρὰς πεπεῖσθαι χρὴ σημαίνεσθαι διὰ τούτων, α ς ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος συνέτριψε καθ' ο ν χρόνον καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἀβύσσων κατελήλυθε. Τήρει δέ, φησίν, ο πως ἀκριβῶς σφόδρα ὁ λόγος οὐ προστάττει τοῖς δράκουσι τοῖς ἐν ταῖς ἀβύσσοις αἰνεῖν, ἁπλῶς δὲ αὐτῶν μνημονεύει· οὐ γὰρ α ξιοι τοῦ αἰνεῖν τὸν θεόν. καλοῦνται δὲ ἀναγκαίως εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν τοῦ υ μνου τοῦ ὑπὸ πάσης κτίσεως ἀναπεμπομένου τῷ τῶν ο λων κυρίῳ καὶ βασιλεῖ καὶ θεῷ. Πῦρ, χάλαζα, χιών, κρύσταλλος, πνεῦμα καταιγίδος, τὰ ποιοῦντα τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ. ταῦτα πάντα ἀμφὶ τὸν ἀέρα ὑφιστάμενα ἀναγκαίως ἐμνημονεύθη ὡς α ν μέρη ο ντα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου καὶ ὡς διὰ τοῦ θείου λόγου ὑποστάντα καὶ αὐτῷ ἐξυπηρετούμενα. δίχα γὰρ τοῦ δημιουργικοῦ λόγου ἀθρόως τε τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ἐπιπορευομένου καὶ τοῖς μέρεσιν αὐτοῦ ἐπιστατοῦντος, ου τε χιὼν ου τε πῦρ ου τε κρύσταλλος ου τε καταιγὶς ου τε α νεμος ὑποσταίη ποτ' α ν, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐνεργήσει ε τι δίχα τῆς αὐτοῦ βουλῆς. ου τως ου ν ἀκουστέον ταῦτα ποιοῦντα τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ. 1281 Ps 148,11 ∆υνατὸν δὲ καὶ βασιλέας καὶ α ρχοντας καὶ κριτὰς εἰπεῖν τοὺς ὑπεραναβεβηκότως βιοῦντας καὶ κριτικῶς καὶ ἐξεταστικῶς τοῖς πράγμασι προσερχομένους, λαοὺς δὲ τοὺς ὑποδεέστερον πεπιστευκότας. 1282 Ps

The Two-Edged Sword of the Saints§254

254The only-begotten Word of God is the horn of the people, to whom the holy ones, when they call out, say: 'We gore our enemies with you.' Therefore also the Word was named one-horned, according to the glory of being one-horned. Concerning this it is said: 'There I will cause a horn to rise up for David, I have prepared a lamp for my Christ' (Ps 131:17); for he demonstrated that the Christ, who is to be born according to the flesh from the seed of David, is a horn ordains it not as the sun and light to rise again. This, therefore, the horn says, will lift up his people, so that having been lifted up, it may become manifest to all the nations.

But it is for the holy alone to sing, not for the sinners, since: 'Not a beautiful song in the mouth of a sinner' (Ps 149:2); for praise is due to the upright. And who are the holy whose song it is, or the discerning sons of Israel who have God in their mind, or those who are called the people approaching God? Those having an enlightened mind and a pure soul approach God by relationship and disposition, being near the exhortation of the one who said: 'Draw near to God, and he will draw near to you' (James 4:8). And it is not by chance that this is so; for it is said concerning the hierophant Moses, what alone approaches God.

Only those having clothed themselves with the new man are able to attain the newness of mind and to do the things of the new covenant, serving by the newness of spirit and not by the oldness of the letter. These same also fulfill the assembly of the holy, accomplishing the faithful and holy things of David and having the most holy righteousness toward God; therefore also the praise does not attain the newness in the assembly of these.

The holy ones, having accomplished this, will rejoice in the glory that is to come and is eternal, even as they are called by that name from it (Ps 149:4). For we reckon, as the apostle says, that the sufferings of the present time are not worthy of the glory that is about to be revealed to us (Rom 8:18). And it is possible to hear of the glory in which the holy ones boast, concerning which it is said: 'The glory of the Lord shall be seen' (Isa 60:1), and 'The glory of your God has risen upon you' (Isa 60:1), not any other than the radiance of the glory of...

Of God. Therefore it is also written, 'Let him who boasts boast in the Lord.' Sleeping together with this glory and wisdom, the holy ones shall boast; for it is said, 'Whenever you sleep, let wisdom be with you'; appropriately to these things you say, 'Honor her, so that she may embrace you.' He who sleeps together with this is without fear and without care, and rejoices at his bed. Therefore all the souls of his holy ones, his brides, being joined together with God the Word, as a bride to the bridegroom of every rational nature, rejoice at their beds (Ps 149:6,7).

The elevations of God, demonstrated through them and through theology, in the noetic throat of the holy ones, happen to be lifting up His name to the same degree. For praising with much truth, they glorify and highly exalt Him, having in their hands two-edged swords, although they are not killing according to men, but are ready to avenge every disobedience, since the weapons of their warfare are not fleshly but are powerful through God, by which they cleanse every seductive fortification through the utterance of high words being raised against the knowledge of God.

And it is also possible to call the two-edged swords in their hands 'two-mouthed'; for the holy ones do not possess each word as two-mouthed, but according to the living and active Word of God, they are more two-mouthed than any sword. Therefore also those using the words of truth do not only cut away the false and the superfluous by loosening sophisms, but they also wound the hearers into the questions of the truth. It is possible to call both types of two-edged swords in the hands of the holy ones found in these practices. And it is possible to call even an exhortatory word a two-edged sword, doing both: rebuking the one who receives it unto repentance, and avenging and punishing the disobedient unto the end.

He does not say that the holy ones make vengeance that leads to destruction upon the Gentiles, but rather the vengeance that happens well upon them, just as the Gentiles and idolaters happen to be, so that, having cast off the life of the nations, they might become fellow-citizens of the saints and become members of God. Therefore

Greek · §254

148,14 Κέρας λαοῦ ὁ μονογενής ἐστι τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ῳ προσφωνοῦντες οἱ α γιοι ε λεγον ̓Εν σοὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν κερατιοῦμεν. διὸ καὶ μονόκερως ὁ λόγος ὠνομάζετο κατὰ τὸ ̔Ως δόξα μονοκέρωτος αὐτῷ. περὶ τούτου ει ρηται ̓Εκεῖ ἐξανατελῶ κέρας τῷ ∆αυίδ, ἡτοίμασα λύχνον τῷ χριστῷ μου· α ντικρυς γὰρ ἐδήλωσε τὸν κατὰ σάρκα ἐκ σπέρματος ∆αυὶδ γενησόμενον Χριστὸν αὐτὸν ει ναι κέρας, ο ν δίκην ἡλίου καὶ φωτὸς ἐξανατέλλειν θεσπίζει. τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ κέρας φησὶν ὑψώσειν τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ι ν' ὑψωθὲν πᾶσι τοῖς ε θνεσιν ἐμφανὲς γένηται. Μόνων δὲ τῶν ὁσίων ἐστὶν ὑμνεῖν ἀλλ' οὐ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, ἐπείπερ Οὐχ ὡραῖος αι νος ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ· Τοῖς γὰρ εὐθέσι πρέπει αι νεσις. τίνες δὲ οἱ ο σιοι ω ν ὁ υ μνος η οἱ τοῦ ̓Ισραὴλ υἱοὶ οἱ διορατικοὶ καὶ νοῦν θεὸν ὁρῶντα ε χοντες, οι τινες καὶ λαὸς ἐγγίζοντες θεῷ ει ρηνται. ἐγγίζουσι δὲ θεῷ σχέσει καὶ διαθέσει οἱ πεφωτισμένον νοῦν καὶ ψυχὴν ε χοντες καθαράν, η κοντες τῇ προτροπῇ τοῦ εἰπόντος ̓Εγγίσατε τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐγγιεῖ ὑμῖν. οὐ τοῦ τυχόντος δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν· ἀμέλει γοῦν ει ρηται περὶ τοῦ ἱεροφάντου Μωυσέως ο τι μόνος ἐγγιεῖ πρὸς θεόν. 1283 Ps 149,1bc Μόνοι οἱ τὸν νέον α νθρωπον ἐνδυσάμενοι ᾳ δειν δύνανται τὸ καινὸν ᾳ σμα τῷ φρονεῖν καὶ πράττειν τὰ τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης, δουλεύοντες καινότητι πνεύματος καὶ οὐ παλαιότητι γράμματος. οἱ αὐτοὶ δὲ συμπληροῦσι καὶ ἐκκλησίαν ὁσίων, κατορθοῦντες τὰ ο σια ∆αυὶδ τὰ πιστὰ καὶ ὁσιωτάτην πρὸς τὸν θεὸν δικαιοσύνην ε χοντες· ο θεν καὶ ἡ αι νεσις ου τὸ καινὸν ᾳ σμα τυγχάνει ἐν τῇ τούτων ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐστίν. 1284 Ps 149,5 Οἱ ὁσιότητα κατορθώσαντες ὡς καὶ παρωνύμως ἀπ' αὐτῆς αὐτοὺς χρηματίζειν ἐν δόξῃ καυχήσονται τῇ μελλούσῃ καὶ αἰωνίῳ· Λογιζόμεθα γάρ φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος ο τι οὐκ α ξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξαν εἰς ἡμᾶς. ∆υνατὸν δὲ τὴν δόξαν ἀκοῦσαι ἐφ' ῃ ο σιοι καυχῶνται ἐκείνην περὶ η ς ει ρηται ̓Οφθήσεται ἡ δόξα κυρίου, καὶ ̔Η δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ σου ἐπὶ σὲ ἀνατέταλκεν, οὐχ ἑτέρας ου σης τοῦ ἀπαυγάσματος τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ. διὸ καὶ γέγραπται ̔Ο καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω. ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ δόξῃ τῇ καὶ σοφίᾳ συγκαθεύδοντες οἱ ο σιοι καυχήσονται· ει ρηται γὰρ ̔Ηνίκα α ν 275 καθεύδῃς, μετὰ σοῦ ε στω ἡ σοφία· ἁρμοδίως τούτοις ἐρεῖς Τίμησον αὐτήν, ι να σε περιλάβῃ. ̔Ο ταύτῃ συγκαθεύδων α φοβος καὶ ἀμέριμνος ω ν ἀγαλλιᾶται ἐπὶ τῇ κοίτῃ αὐτοῦ. διὸ πᾶσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν ὁσίων αὐτοῦ οι α νύμφαι συνευναζόμεναι τῷ θεῷ λόγῳ ο ντι νυμφίῳ πάσης λογικῆς φύσεως ἀγαλλιῶνται ἐπὶ ταῖς κοίταις αὐτῶν. 1285 Ps 149,6.7 Αἱ δι' υ μνων καὶ θεολογίας ἀποδεικνύμεναι ὑψώσεις θεοῦ ἐν τῷ νοητῷ λάρυγγι τῶν ὁσίων τυγχάνουσιν ὑψούντων τὸ ο νομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. αἰνοῦντες γὰρ σὺν ἀληθείᾳ πολλῇ δοξάζουσι καὶ ὑπερυψοῦσιν αὐτόν, ε χοντες ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ καὶ διστόμους ῥομφαίας, καίτοι οὐ κατὰ ἀνθρώπων φονῶντες ἀλλ' ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ε χοντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν, ἐπείπερ τὰ ο πλα τῆς στρατείας αὐτῶν οὐ σαρκικὰ ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ δι' ω ν καθαίρουσι πᾶν ἐριστικὸν ὀχύρωμα διαδη * θεν ὑψηλῶν λόγων ἐπαιρουμένων κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ. Ευ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι διστόμους ει ναι τὰς ἐν ταῖς αὐτῶν χερσὶ ῥομφαίας, ἑκάστου λόγου ου ε χουσιν οἱ ο σιοι διστόμου ο ντος κατὰ τὸν ζῶντα τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον καὶ ἐνεργῆ καὶ τομώτερον ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον. διὸ καὶ οἱ χρώμενοι τοῖς τῆς ἀληθείας λόγοις οὐ μόνον ἐκτέμνουσι τὰ ψευδῆ καὶ τὰ περιττὰ λύοντες σοφίσματα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιτρώσκουσιν εἰς ε ρωτα τῆς ἀληθείας τοὺς ἀκροωμένους. ∆υνατὸν ἀμφοτέρας τὰς διαθήκας ῥομφαίας διστόμους εἰπεῖν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τουτέστι πράξεσι τῶν ὁσίων εὑρισκομένας. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ε καστον προτρεπτικὸν λόγον δίστομον μάχαιραν εἰπεῖν ἀμφότερα ποιοῦντα, ἐλέγχοντα μὲν τὸν εἰς μετάνοιαν καταδεχόμενον αὐτόν, ἐκδικοῦντα δὲ καὶ τιμωρούμενον τὸν ἀπειθοῦντα μέχρι παντός. Οὐ τὴν εἰς ἀπώλειαν ἀπάγουσαν τὰ ε θνη ἐκδίκησιν τοὺς ὁσίους ποιεῖν λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὴν εὐλόγως γινομένην ἐπ' αὐτούς, καθὸ ε θνη καὶ εἰδωλολάτραι τυγχάνουσιν, ο πως τὴν ἐθνῶν ζωὴν ἀποβαλόντες συμπολῖται τῶν ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ θεοῦ γένωνται. ̔Επομένως

The Power of the Word and the Trumpet of Resurrection§255

255And also reproaches will be active among the nations, since the vengeance upon the nations is a greater evil than the reproaches of the people, but the reproaches are against the better peoples. For it is said: Reprove the wise, and he will love you; make known to the righteous, and he will add to the receiving. For the peoples will not hate those reproving them because they do not happen to be evil, even if they sin through inadvertence, as opposed to those having a hateful disposition toward those reproving them because of perfected wickedness. If it is therefore said, Do not reprove the evil, lest they hate you.

You will find this same interpretation also in the Gospel, understanding the word of the Savior as saying: If your brother sins against you, go and reprove him between you and him alone; and if he listens to you, you have gained your brother; but if he does not listen to you, take one or two, and if he listens to them, announce it to the church; but if he even despises even the church, let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector (Matt 18:15-17). This one, having become evil, having despised through all, is not to be reproved; for he will hate everyone who reproves, if he happens to be unholy.

For they will not put their hands in iron shackles those who seem glorious among them, being unable to act before being bound wickedly and acting toward the harm of many (Ps 149:8-9). But the righteous do not perform the vengeance and the reproaches or the making of the enclosure of bonds in an imprecise way, but with written judgment, bringing about the construction of true dogmas from the written oracles and the overthrow of pseudonymous knowledge. And I do not ignore that some of those who have explained this historically have taken the interpretation for the sake of a victory and trophies and hymns of praise to themselves against certain sensual enemies.

But also the comprehension of God through the divine Scriptures is a stronghold of the power of God, but it is not the power of God itself that exists. And you will perceive also this: whether the power of God is in men, or whether one partakes of the Holy Spirit: For you shall receive power of the Holy Spirit coming upon you, to the apostles (Acts 1:8).

Words are spoken by the Savior, and 'You indeed shall sit in the city,' as if you would not put on power from the height. Therefore, if anyone firmly preserves this power given to him, watching over it with care, becoming in its stability a part of it, he praises God, from whom this divine power is, and he says, 'I am able to do all things in Christ who strengthens me' (Phil 4:13). Since they are ruled by the Savior of power, and in the stability they praise him, understanding that the all-ruling powers—through which he royally creates, provides, benefits, and corrects—they praise him upon his powers.

He who is the unsearchable judgments of God and the unsearchable ways of him, the wise man, knowing according to the multitude of the unsearchable judgments, will praise him (Ps 150:2b); not because of the incomprehensibility of the judgments and the ways, as it says, 'O depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God, and your wisdom was wondered at by me' (Rom 11:33); I was strengthened, yet I am not able toward it. For I cannot contemplate the multitude of it; it becomes stronger than me, as if I were not able to assist it, being infinite and incomprehensible.

He who is not ashamed of Jesus and his words, clearly and loudly bringing forth the things of theology with boldness, praises him and his Father in a trumpet; for even the heralds of the truth have the command to proclaim the teaching more boldly and clearly, having as a trumpet to lift up their voice. For words are indeed spoken to them, 'Sound the trumpet in the trumpet, proclaim in Zion in my holy mountain' (Ps 150:3). But also the resurrection of the dead, which becomes fearful to all those rising, is signaled by a trumpet, for he says, 'The trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible' (1 Cor 15:52), and in another epistle, 'With the voice of an archangel and in the trumpet of God he shall descend from heaven' (1 Thess 4:16), in order to raise those who have slept in Christ. As the command of the resurrection being revealed to all, in order to raise the righteous and the unrighteous, is made known by the loud voice of the instruments.

Greek · §255

δὲ καὶ ἐλεγμοὺς ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς ἐνεργήσουσιν, ἐπείπερ τὰ ε θνη χείρονα τῶν λαῶν τὸ μεῖζον τῶν ἐλέγχων ἡ ἐκδίκησις ἐπὶ τὰ ε θνη γίνεται, οἱ δὲ ε λεγχοι ἐπὶ τοὺς κρείττονας λαούς· Ελεγχε γὰρ σοφόν, καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε· Γνώριζε δικαίῳ, καὶ προσθήσει τοῦ δέχεσθαι. οὐ γὰρ μισήσουσιν οἱ λαοὶ τοὺς ἐλέγχοντας τῷ μὴ τυγχάνειν κακοί, εἰ καὶ ἐξ ἀπροσεξίας ἁμαρτάνουσι, τῶν πεποιωμένων κατὰ τελείαν κακίαν πρὸς τοὺς ἐλέγχοντας ἀπεχθῶς ἐχόντων. ει ρηται γοῦν Μὴ ε λεγχε κακούς, ι να μή σε μισήσωσιν. ταύτην τὴν ἑρμηνείαν εὑρήσεις καὶ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ, ἐπιστήσας τῇ λέξει τοῦ σωτῆρος φασκούσῃ ̓Εὰν ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, υ παγε καὶ ε λεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου· καὶ ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ σου, παράλαβε ε να ε τερον η δύο, καὶ ἐὰν παρακούσῃ, ἀνάγγειλον τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ· εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτῆς περιφρονήσει, ε στω σοι ὡς ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. τοῦτον * κακὸν γεγενημένον διὰ τοῦ πάντων καταπεφρονηκέναι οὐκ ἐλεγκτέον ἐστί· μισήσει γὰρ πάντα τὸν ἐλέγχοντα, κα ν α γιος τυγχάνῃ. 1286 Ps 149,8.9 ∆ήσουσι γὰρ ου τοι, φησίν, τὰς χεῖρας ἐν χειροπέδαις σιδηραῖς τῶν δοκούντων ἐνδόξων ει ναι παρ' αὐτοῖς, πράττειν αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐῶντες α πρὸ τοῦ δεθῆναι κακῶς καὶ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ πολλῶν ε πραττον. οὐκ ἀκρίτως δὲ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν καὶ τοὺς ἐλεγμοὺς η τὴν περιβολὴν τῶν δεσμῶν ποιοῦνται οἱ ο σιοι ἀλλ' η ἐγγράπτῳ κρίματι, ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων λογίων τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ἀληθῶν δογμάτων καὶ ἀνατροπὴν τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως ἐπιφέροντες. Οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δὲ ω ς τινες τῶν ἐξηγησαμένων ἱστορικῶς ε λαβον τὴν ἑρμηνείαν, κατὰ πολεμίων τινῶν αἰσθητῶν νίκην καὶ τρόπαια καὶ ὑμνολογίας ἑαυτοῖς ἀναπλάσαντες. 1287 Ps 150,1c.2a ̓Αλλὰ καὶ ἡ διὰ τῶν θείων γραφῶν τοῦ θεοῦ κατάληψις στερέωμα δυνάμεως θεοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐκ αὐτὴ ἡ δύναμις θεοῦ ὑπάρχει. Νοήσεις δὲ καὶ ου τως· ἡ θεοῦ δύναμις εἰς ἀνθρώπους η κεν, ο τε τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετέσχον· 276 Λήψεσθε γὰρ δύναμιν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐπελθόντος ἐφ' ὑμᾶς, τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ει ρηται, καὶ τὸ ̔Υμεῖς δὲ καθήσεσθε ἐν τῇ πόλει, ε ως ου ἐνδύσησθε δύναμιν ἐξ υ ψους. ο ταν τοίνυν βεβαίως τις ταύτην τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ δύναμιν φυλάξῃ ἐν προσοχῇ περιέπων αὐτήν, ἐν στερεώματι αὐτῆς γινόμενος αἰνεῖ τὸν θεόν, ἀφ' ου τὴν θείαν ταύτην ε σχε δύναμιν, καὶ ἐρεῖ Πάντα ἰσχύσω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ. Ει τ' ἐπεὶ βασιλεύονται ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος τῆς δυνάμεως η ς ἐν τῷ στερεώματι αἰνοῦσιν αὐτόν, νοοῦντες τὰς παντοκρατορικὰς δυναστείας καθ' α ς βασιλικῶς δημιουργεῖ προνοεῖται εὐεργετεῖ κολάζει, αἰνοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ταῖς δυναστείαις αὐτοῦ. 1288 Ps 150,2b Οι όν ἐστι τὸ ἀνεξερεύνητα τὰ κρίματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀνεξιχνιάστους τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ ὁ σοφὸς ἐπιστάμενος κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνεξιχνιάστων κριμάτων αἰνέσει τὸν ου ἡ ἀκαταληψία τῶν κριμάτων καὶ τῶν ὁδῶν, ὡς λέγει Ω βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ ̓Εθαυμαστώθη ἡ γνῶσίς σου ἐξ ἐμοῦ· ἐκραταιώθη, οὐ μὴ δύνωμαι πρὸς αὐτήν. ο σον γὰρ α ν αὐτῆς περινοήσω πλῆθος, κραταιουμένη ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ γίνεται, ὡς μὴ δυνηθῆναι ε τι συνδραμεῖν αὐτῇ ἀπείρῳ ου σῃ καὶ ἀκαταλήπτῳ. 1289 Ps 150,3 ̔Ο μὴ ἐπαισχυνόμενος ̓Ιησοῦν καὶ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ μετὰ παρρησίας σαφῶς καὶ μεγαλοφώνως τὰ τῆς θεολογίας προφέρων αἰνεῖ αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ ἐν η χῳ σάλπιγγος· ο θεν καὶ οἱ τῆς ἀληθείας κήρυκες ἐπὶ τῷ παρρησιέστερον καὶ σαφῶς ἀπαγγέλλειν τὴν διδασκαλίαν ἐντολὴν ε χουσιν ὡς σάλπιγγι ἑαυτῶν ὑψοῦν τὴν φωνήν. ει ρηται γοῦν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Σαλπίσατε ἐν σάλπιγγι, ἐν Σιὼν κηρύξατε ἐν ο ρει ἁγίῳ μου. ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀνάστασις, ο πως πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνισταμένοις φοβερὰ καταστῇ, διὰ σάλπιγγος σημαίνεται, ῃ φησι Σαλπίσει γάρ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐγερθήσονται α φθαρτοι, καὶ ἐν ἑτέρᾳ ἐπιστολῇ ̓Εν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ καταβήσεται ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ, ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς κεκοιμημένους ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστῆναι. ὡς ου ν τὸ πρόσταγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως φανερούμενον πᾶσιν ἐπὶ τῷ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους ἀναστῆναι τῷ μεγαλοφώνῳ τῶν ὀργάνων γνωρίζεται,

The Breath of Life and the True Voice§256

256Likewise, the minds of God are carried forth by the same instrument. Praise him with psaltery and lyre. What is the psaltery and the lyre, and what difference is said to be held between them in what was said before? God is to be praised, singing in spirit and mind; for this is the psaltery; for the spirit and the mind are held together from above by God through the loftiness of dogmas. And he is to be praised also with lyre; through every power of the soul and sensation, with strings stretched, they are struck in order. For the soul was given as a lyre in those things previously read. If, however, through every activity of each member, it is struck as an alien lyre, no one would err in praising God through every action of the body.

Those carrying about the death of Jesus in the body, through which the flesh was killed, praise him with a timbrel (Ps 150:4). It has been interpreted before that the timbrel is that which was destined to be the one among the young women, the timbrel-players. For this is the body, which the soul will take up at the resurrection; it is a young woman playing the timbrel in announcing the minds of God in the standing of the heavenly ones with the myriads of the celebrating angels, as this is made manifest through the approaching word sounding, 'Praise him with timbrel, and also with dance'; for the soul dances with the powers and with all the higher creation after the resurrection, instead of a corrupt and weak and dishonorable and psychic body, having taken up an incorruptible, powerful, glorious, spiritual body. And the praising with strings and instrument is able to be the same as the praising with psaltery and lyre; for perhaps the lyre is strings, and the psaltery is the instrument.

I think it is made manifest through the praising him with loud cymbals (Ps 150:5) that it is necessary also to commemorate the Lord with voice according to utterance through theology. And there appears to me to understand this from the word of the apostle writing thus: 'I have become a sounding brass or a clanging cymbal' (1 Cor 13:1); for if he says, 'If I speak not with mind but with tongue,' not interpreting the things said by the tongue for the understanding of the listener...

Having only a voice without possessing thought, so that the one speaking seems to be a barbarian, having sense of voice and sound only, he becomes to himself a bronze clanging or a resounding cymbal, striking and only making a noise in his hearing. Let us therefore glorify God, and imitating the perfect and righteous men in speech. For it is said concerning each of these: the discourse of a pious man is wisdom throughout; likewise, the mouth of the righteous shall meditate on wisdom, and his tongue shall speak judgment, the law of God being in his heart; that is to say, he praises God also with mind and tongue and mouth.

But the cymbal sounds well if it has a careful and well-modulated voice clearly signifying things. But he says the same cymbal is driven forth with a loud noise according to the falling and becoming under the feet of the enemies. When God becomes all in all, the foretold word shall be fulfilled. For assisting our weakness, He imparts to us the notion of divine breath, just as it has been written concerning the first man: He breathed into his face the breath of life, and he became a living soul (Gen 2:7). For life and the fountain of life is the one who said, 'I am the life' (John 14:6), and concerning life it has been said to the Father, 'From you is the fountain of life' (Luke 10:42).

This breath of life, which makes blessed and sanctifies, coming into the man, shall prepare his soul to live, or to say thankfully, 'My soul lives in him.' This gift alone all shall enjoy who has received the word of Jesus and has believed in the one who sent him to the Father. For the Savior says, 'The one hearing my words and believing in the one who sent me has eternal life' (John 6:47). God offers this breath to those who have ascended far above the sensible things and tread upon them, called His people, just as the prophet says concerning him: 'Thus says the Lord God who made the heavens and established the earth, who gives breath to the people upon it and spirit to those who tread upon it' (Ps 150:6); it is evident what is the earth. And it is said also toward something ancient: 'And the breath of the Almighty is the one teaching me' (Job 32:8).

Greek · §256

ἀκόλουθον καὶ τοὺς θεοῦ αι νους ταὐτῷ τῷ ὀργάνῳ προφέρεσθαι. Αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ καὶ κιθάρᾳ. τί τὸ ψαλτήριον καὶ ἡ κιθάρα καὶ ποίαν ε χουσι πρὸς α λληλα διαφορὰν ἐν τοῖς προάγουσιν ει ρηται. αἰνετέον ου ν θεόν, ψάλλοντες ἐν πνεύματι καὶ νῷ· τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ψαλτήριον· τὸ γὰρ πνεῦμα καὶ ὁ νοῦς α νωθεν ἐκ θεοῦ δι' ὑψηλότητα δογμάτων συνηχεῖ. αἰνετέον δὲ καὶ κιθάρᾳ· διὰ πάσης δυνάμεως τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ αἰσθήσεως χορδῶν τεταμένων δίκην κρούονται. κιθάρα γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐν τοῖς προαναγνωσθεῖσιν ἀπεδόθη. εἰ δὲ * διὰ πάσης ἐνεργείας ἑκάστου μέλους συντείνουσ * ἀλλοτρόπῳ κιθάρας κρούεται, οὐκ α ν σφαλείη τις * διὰ πάσης πράξεως τῆς διὰ σώματος αἰνεῖσθαι θεόν. 1290 Ps 150,4 Οἱ τὴν νέκρωσιν ̓Ιησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ νενεκρωκέναι τὴν σάρκα τὴν σφῶν αἰνοῦσιν ἐν τυμπάνῳ. ἡρμήνευται καὶ πρότερον τοῦτο ει ναι τὸ τύμπανον, ο τε προέκειτο τὸ ̓Εν μέσῳ νεανίδων τυμπανιστριῶν. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ σῶμα, ο ταν ἐξ ἀναστάσεως ἀναλάβῃ ἡ ψυχή, νεᾶνίς ἐστι τυμπανίζουσα ἐν τῷ ἀπαγγέλλειν τοὺς θεοῦ αι νους ἐν τῇ στάσει τῶν ἐπουρανίων σὺν ταῖς μυριάσι τῶν πανηγυριζόντων ἀγγέλων, ὡς ει ναι δηλούμενον τοῦτο διὰ τῆς ἐπιφερομένης λέξεως ἐχούσης Αἰνεῖτε ω σπερ ἐν τυμπάνῳ, ου τως καὶ ἐν χορῷ· χορεύει γὰρ σὺν ταῖς δυνάμεσι καὶ πάσῃ τῇ ὑπερτέρῳ κτίσει ἡ ψυχὴ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ἀντὶ φθαρτοῦ καὶ ἀσθενοῦς καὶ ἀτίμου καὶ ψυχικοῦ σώματος α φθαρτον δυνατὸν ε νδοξον πνευματικὸν ἀναλαβοῦσα τὸ σῶμα. Τὸ δὲ ἐν χορδαῖς καὶ ὀργάνῳ αἰνεῖν ταὐτὸν δύναται τῷ αἰνεῖν ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ καὶ κιθάρᾳ· τάχα γὰρ τὴν κιθάραν χορδάς, τὸ δὲ ψαλτήριον ο ργανον ει πεν. 1291 Ps 150,5 ∆ηλοῦσθαι νομίζω διὰ τοῦ αἰνεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν κυμβάλοις εὐήχοις τὸ δεῖν καὶ φωνῇ τῇ κατὰ προφορὰν ἀνυμνεῖν διὰ θεολογίας τὸν κύριον. παρίσταται δέ μοι 277 τοῦτο νοεῖν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀποστόλου λέξεως γράφοντος ου τως· Γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν η κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον· εἰ γάρ φησι μὴ νῷ ἀλλὰ γλώσσῃ λαλήσω μὴ διερμηνεύων ε καστα τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς γλώττης εἰρημένων * ἀντιλήψει τοῦ ἀκροατοῦ μόνης φωνῆς α νευ διανοίας ε χοντος, ὡς δοκεῖν αὐτῷ βάρβαρον ει ναι τὸν λαλοῦντα, φωνῆς καὶ ἠχουμένου αι σθησιν ε χοντος, γίνεται αὐτῷ χαλκὸς ἠχῶν η κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον, κρούων καὶ περιβομβοῦν μόνον τὴν ἀκοὴν αὐτοῦ. δοξολογῶμεν τοίνυν θεόν, καὶ τῇ προφορᾷ μιμούμενοι τοὺς τελείους καὶ δικαίους α νδρας. ει ρηται γὰρ περὶ ἑκάστου τούτων τὸ ∆ιήγησις εὐσεβοῦς διαπαντὸς σοφία· ὁμοίως καὶ Στόμα δικαίου μελετήσει σοφίαν, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ λαλήσει κρίσιν, ὁ νόμος τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ· τουτέστι καὶ νῷ καὶ γλώσσῃ καὶ στόματι ὑμνεῖ θεόν. Ευ ηχον δὲ κύμβαλον ει πε τὴν ἐμμελῆ καὶ μεμουσωμένην φωνήν * ἀριδήλως σημαίνουσαν τὰ πράγματα. τὴν δὲ αὐτὴν κύμβαλον ἀλαλαγμοῦ φησι προφερόμενον ἐπινι * κατὰ ἁλόντων καὶ ὑπὸ πόδα γενομένων τῶν ἐχθρῶν. 1292 Ps 150,6 Οτε πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν ὁ θεὸς γένηται, πληρωθήσεται ἡ προκειμένη λέξις. βοηθῶν γὰρ τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ ἡμῶν νόησιν πνοῆς θείας ἡμῖν ἐνδίδωσιν, ὡς καὶ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου ἀνθρώπου ἀναγέγραπται τὸ ̓Ενεφύσησεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ πνοὴν ζωῆς, καὶ ἐγένετο α νθρωπος εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν. ζωὴ γὰρ καὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς ὁ εἰπὼν ̓Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή, περὶ η ς ζωῆς ει ρηται τῷ πατρὶ Παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς. ταύτης τῆς μακαριοποιοῦ καὶ ἁγιαστικῆς ζωῆς πνοὴ εἰς τὸν α νθρωπον ἐρχομένη ζῶσαν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ παρασκευάσει, ω στ' α ν εἰπεῖν εὐχαριστικῶς τὸν τούτου τυχόντα ̔Η ψυχή μου αὐτῷ ζῇ. ταύτης τῆς δωρεᾶς μόνος καὶ πᾶς ἀπολαύσει ὁ τὸν ̓Ιησοῦ λόγον δεξάμενος καὶ πιστεύσας τῷ ἀποστείλαντι αὐτὸν πατρί. φησὶ γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ ̔Ο τῶν λόγων μου ἀκούων καὶ πιστεύων τῷ ἀποστείλαντί με ε χει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Ταύτην τὴν πνοὴν α μα τῷ πνεύματι ὀρέγει θεὸς τοῖς ὑπεραναβεβηκόσι τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ πατοῦσιν αὐτὰ καλουμένοις λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ει πεν ὁ προφήτης περὶ αὐτοῦ Ου τω λέγει κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ στερέωσας τὴν γῆν, ὁ διδοὺς πνοὴν τῷ λαῷ τῷ ἐπ' αὐτῆς καὶ πνεῦμα τοῖς πατοῦσιν αὐτήν· φανερὸν δὲ ο τι τὴν γῆν. ει ρηται δὲ καὶ πρός τινος ἀρχαίου Πνοὴ δὲ παντοκράτορός ἐστιν ἡ διδάσκουσά με. 278

Contents